diff --git a/.vs/DPM2016/v15/.suo b/.vs/DPM2016/v15/.suo index abcfdfc..26edca6 100644 Binary files a/.vs/DPM2016/v15/.suo and b/.vs/DPM2016/v15/.suo differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/Aga.Controls.pdb b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Aga.Controls.pdb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c4d493 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Aga.Controls.pdb differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Data.2.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Data.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60b083f --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Data.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,8577 @@ + + + + C1.Data.2 + + + + + StringTables + this class contains a single static method InitTables that populates the + tables used by the Localizer class. + + + + + SchemaImporter imports database structure into internal DataSet object. + After Open(...) you can access database structure using InternalDataSet property + Invoke Import() member to actually import database structure into schema object. + + + + + Formats design-info of the imported tables according to + revative position of these tables + + + + + + + Summary description for DesignTimeInfo. + + + + + Base class for all C1DataObjects components. + + + + + Specifies how a command string is interpreted. + + + These flags, used in property, affect the way change notifications are sent to + data bound controls. If none of the flags is set (the default), C1DataObjects uses its regular + notification scheme. + + + + + C1DataObjects uses its regular notification scheme. + + + + + ListChanged event with ListChangedType = ItemChanged is not fired when a field is set in edit mode (between BeginEdit and EndEdit). + + + + + ListChanged event with ListChangedType = ItemChanged is fired on EndEdit if some fields were changed while the row was in edit mode. + + + + + For a newly added row, second ListChanged event with ListChangedType = ItemAdded is called on EndEdit (when the row leaves the "detached" state). The first ListChanged event with ItemAdded is always fired on AddNew:C1DataTable, when the row is created in the "detached" state. + + + + + SuppressInEditMode | NotifyEndEdit | NotifyAddNewTwice + + + + + Determines the type of string comparison. + + + + + String comparisons are compatible with the previous versions of C1DataObjects. + + + + + String comparisons are compatible with the standard ADO.NET objects, such as DataTable. + + + + + Compare strings using ordinal sort rules based on the Unicode values of each character. + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets the index of the data table with a given name (the name is not case-sensitive). + + The of the element. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Gets the total number of elements in a collection. + + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the element. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the element. + + + + Represents a collection of properties that can be added to , , or . + + + This class does not add any new properties or methods to the System.Data.PropertyCollection class. + The only difference with the base class is that C1.Data.PropertyCollection is marked + with [Serializable] attribute and implements the ISerializable interface, so it can be passed + as a parameter and returned from a method executed remotely in a different process or on + a different computer. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyCollection class. + + + + + C1DataSet is the main client component of C1DataObjects. + + + It contains the data as it is exposed to the user, that can be used both by data bound controls + and programmatically. C1DataSet class has a [Serializable] attribute, so it can be passed + as a parameter and returned from a method executed remotely in a different process or on a different computer. + + + + + Base class for . + + + + + Gets or sets the Form or other Control which has a reference to the BindingContext object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DataSet class. + + + + + Fills the data set with data fetching it from the database. + + If data set schema has changed since the last time the data set was filled, + you must call one of the Fill overloads with Recreate argument set to True. + This recreates the structure of table view and table rowsets in the data set, + synchronizing it with the changed schema. Calling Fill without Recreate or Recreate set to False + after schema change can cause unpredictable results. + Filter conditions specify restrictions on the fetched rows. Each filter condition represents + a restriction on one of the data set table views. For table views based on bound and SQL-based tables, + a filter condition has SQL WHERE syntax with bracketed table view field names as variables + (example: [CustomerID] = 'ALFKI'), except for a custom filter condition ( = True) + which can be an arbitrary string for use in event. For table views based on unbound tables, filter conditions + are arbitrary strings that can be used by BeforeFill event code implementing the fetch. + Specifying the TableViewNames argument allows you to selectively fetch certain table views without affecting + other table views in the data set. + If the TableViewNames argument is not used, table views with FillIgnore property set to True are not fetched. + Before fetching data, C1DataObjects fires BeforeFill event. You can either pass filter conditions + to the Fill method or set them in event. event fires both on calling Fill + and when the data set is filled at startup due to = True. After filling the data set, C1DataObjects fires event. + + + + + Fills the data set with data fetching it from the database. + + If data set schema has changed since the last time the data set was filled, + you must call one of the Fill overloads with Recreate argument set to True. + This recreates the structure of table view and table rowsets in the data set, + synchronizing it with the changed schema. Calling Fill without Recreate or Recreate set to False + after schema change can cause unpredictable results. + Filter conditions specify restrictions on the fetched rows. Each filter condition represents + a restriction on one of the data set table views. For table views based on bound and SQL-based tables, + a filter condition has SQL WHERE syntax with bracketed table view field names as variables + (example: [CustomerID] = 'ALFKI'), except for a custom filter condition ( = True) + which can be an arbitrary string for use in event. For table views based on unbound tables, filter conditions + are arbitrary strings that can be used by BeforeFill event code implementing the fetch. + Specifying the TableViewNames argument allows you to selectively fetch certain table views without affecting + other table views in the data set. + If the TableViewNames argument is not used, table views with FillIgnore property set to True are not fetched. + Before fetching data, C1DataObjects fires BeforeFill event. You can either pass filter conditions + to the Fill method or set them in event. event fires both on calling Fill + and when the data set is filled at startup due to = True. After filling the data set, C1DataObjects fires event. + + Set this parameter to True if data set schema has changed since the last time the data set was filled. + + + + Fills the data set with data fetching it from the database. + + If data set schema has changed since the last time the data set was filled, + you must call one of the Fill overloads with Recreate argument set to True. + This recreates the structure of table view and table rowsets in the data set, + synchronizing it with the changed schema. Calling Fill without Recreate or Recreate set to False + after schema change can cause unpredictable results. + Filter conditions specify restrictions on the fetched rows. Each filter condition represents + a restriction on one of the data set table views. For table views based on bound and SQL-based tables, + a filter condition has SQL WHERE syntax with bracketed table view field names as variables + (example: [CustomerID] = 'ALFKI'), except for a custom filter condition ( = True) + which can be an arbitrary string for use in event. For table views based on unbound tables, filter conditions + are arbitrary strings that can be used by BeforeFill event code implementing the fetch. + Specifying the TableViewNames argument allows you to selectively fetch certain table views without affecting + other table views in the data set. + If the TableViewNames argument is not used, table views with FillIgnore property set to True are not fetched. + Before fetching data, C1DataObjects fires BeforeFill event. You can either pass filter conditions + to the Fill method or set them in event. event fires both on calling Fill + and when the data set is filled at startup due to = True. After filling the data set, C1DataObjects fires event. + + Filter condition restricting the fetched rows of one of the data set table views. + Set this parameter to True if data set schema has changed since the last time the data set was filled. + + + + Fills the data set with data fetching it from the database. + + If data set schema has changed since the last time the data set was filled, + you must call one of the Fill overloads with Recreate argument set to True. + This recreates the structure of table view and table rowsets in the data set, + synchronizing it with the changed schema. Calling Fill without Recreate or Recreate set to False + after schema change can cause unpredictable results. + Filter conditions specify restrictions on the fetched rows. Each filter condition represents + a restriction on one of the data set table views. For table views based on bound and SQL-based tables, + a filter condition has SQL WHERE syntax with bracketed table view field names as variables + (example: [CustomerID] = 'ALFKI'), except for a custom filter condition ( = True) + which can be an arbitrary string for use in event. For table views based on unbound tables, filter conditions + are arbitrary strings that can be used by BeforeFill event code implementing the fetch. + Specifying the TableViewNames argument allows you to selectively fetch certain table views without affecting + other table views in the data set. + If the TableViewNames argument is not used, table views with FillIgnore property set to True are not fetched. + Before fetching data, C1DataObjects fires BeforeFill event. You can either pass filter conditions + to the Fill method or set them in event. event fires both on calling Fill + and when the data set is filled at startup due to = True. After filling the data set, C1DataObjects fires event. + + Filter conditions restricting the fetched rows of some of the data set table views. + Set this parameter to True if data set schema has changed since the last time the data set was filled. + + + + Fills the data set with data fetching it from the database. + + If data set schema has changed since the last time the data set was filled, + you must call one of the Fill overloads with Recreate argument set to True. + This recreates the structure of table view and table rowsets in the data set, + synchronizing it with the changed schema. Calling Fill without Recreate or Recreate set to False + after schema change can cause unpredictable results. + Filter conditions specify restrictions on the fetched rows. Each filter condition represents + a restriction on one of the data set table views. For table views based on bound and SQL-based tables, + a filter condition has SQL WHERE syntax with bracketed table view field names as variables + (example: [CustomerID] = 'ALFKI'), except for a custom filter condition ( = True) + which can be an arbitrary string for use in event. For table views based on unbound tables, filter conditions + are arbitrary strings that can be used by BeforeFill event code implementing the fetch. + Specifying the TableViewNames argument allows you to selectively fetch certain table views without affecting + other table views in the data set. + If the TableViewNames argument is not used, table views with FillIgnore property set to True are not fetched. + Before fetching data, C1DataObjects fires BeforeFill event. You can either pass filter conditions + to the Fill method or set them in event. event fires both on calling Fill + and when the data set is filled at startup due to = True. After filling the data set, C1DataObjects fires event. + + Array of names specifying table views to be filled with data. Other table views are not changed. + + + + Fills the data set with data fetching it from the database. + + If data set schema has changed since the last time the data set was filled, + you must call one of the Fill overloads with Recreate argument set to True. + This recreates the structure of table view and table rowsets in the data set, + synchronizing it with the changed schema. Calling Fill without Recreate or Recreate set to False + after schema change can cause unpredictable results. + Filter conditions specify restrictions on the fetched rows. Each filter condition represents + a restriction on one of the data set table views. For table views based on bound and SQL-based tables, + a filter condition has SQL WHERE syntax with bracketed table view field names as variables + (example: [CustomerID] = 'ALFKI'), except for a custom filter condition ( = True) + which can be an arbitrary string for use in event. For table views based on unbound tables, filter conditions + are arbitrary strings that can be used by BeforeFill event code implementing the fetch. + Specifying the TableViewNames argument allows you to selectively fetch certain table views without affecting + other table views in the data set. + If the TableViewNames argument is not used, table views with FillIgnore property set to True are not fetched. + Before fetching data, C1DataObjects fires BeforeFill event. You can either pass filter conditions + to the Fill method or set them in event. event fires both on calling Fill + and when the data set is filled at startup due to = True. After filling the data set, C1DataObjects fires event. + + Filter conditions restricting the fetched rows of some of the data set table views. + Array of names specifying table views to be filled with data. Other table views are not changed. + + + + Removes all rows from all data set tables. + + Rows removed by the Clear method do not become deleted (DataRowStateEnum.Deleted), they are completely removed, destroyed. + + + + Removes all rows from the specified table views. + + + + + For = VirtualAutomatic, this property stops the background fetch, if a fetch is in progress. + + The name of the table view. + + + + Updates (commits) all changed data set rows to the database. + + Update method without parameters updates the whole data set. + Update method with tableNames parameter updates only changes in the tables listed in tableNames. + The tableNames parameter must contain a list of simple tables (not composite tables or table views). + Update method with tableNames parameter does not allow updating a table that is used in a composite + table as a main constituent table (is connected to its parent in the composite table diagram with a + one-to-many relation; the restriction does not apply to those connected many-to-one). + If this restriction is not satisfied, the method throws an exception. + In such case, always use Update without parameters to update the whole data set. + An unsuccessful update, including one resulting in an exception, triggers event. + If user code sets the event's Status argument to Continue, an update attempt is made again. + This loop continues until either the update succeeds or UpdateError event code does not set Status to Continue. + See "Handling Update Errors on the Client" for details. + + + + + Updates (commits) all changed data set rows to the database. + + Update method without parameters updates the whole data set. + Update method with tableNames parameter updates only changes in the tables listed in tableNames. + The tableNames parameter must contain a list of simple tables (not composite tables or table views). + Update method with tableNames parameter does not allow updating a table that is used in a composite + table as a main constituent table (is connected to its parent in the composite table diagram with a + one-to-many relation; the restriction does not apply to those connected many-to-one). + If this restriction is not satisfied, the method throws an exception. + In such case, always use Update without parameters to update the whole data set. + An unsuccessful update, including one resulting in an exception, triggers event. + If user code sets the event's Status argument to Continue, an update attempt is made again. + This loop continues until either the update succeeds or UpdateError event code does not set Status to Continue. + See "Handling Update Errors on the Client" for details. + + Array containing the names of simple tables to be updated to the database. + + + + Gets a copy of the data set containing all changes to simple tables made since it was last filled, + or since was called. Composite tables and table views are empty in the resulting data set. + + + + + Gets a copy of the data set containing all changes to simple tables made since it was last filled, + or since was called. Composite tables and table views are empty in the resulting data set. + + Names of the tables whose modified rows are to be included in the resulting data set. If this argument is null, modified rows of all tables are included. + One or more (combination of) flags Added, Modified, Deleted indicating what rows to include. + + + + Merges the parameter data set containing only simple table data into this (caller) data set. + + This method copies the data contained in the dataSet argument to the calling C1DataSet. + It is used to refresh a data set after its modified rows are updated to the database in a business method, + see "Business Methods". The normal sequence is to obtain a data set with the method, + pass it to the business method, return the passed data set back from the business method and + call Merge for the original data set with the returned data set as the parameter. + The dataSet argument object must contain only simple table rows. If one of its table views or + composite tables is not empty, this method throws an exception. + For example, see CustomFillUpdate sample. + + The dataSet that will be merged into the calling data set. + + + + Commits all changes made to the data set since it was filled with data or the last time or was called. + + After this method the current state of all data set rows except deleted rows becomes also their original state. + Any objects still in edit mode successfully end their edits. + The property of each changes: + Added and Modified rows become Unchanged, and Deleted rows are removed. + can also be called for a single simple table. + + + + + Rolls back all changes made to the data set since it was filled with data or the last time or was called. + + + This method returns all data set rows to their original state. + When the RejectChanges method is called, any rows still in edit mode successfully cancel + their edits. New rows are removed. Modified and deleted rows return back to their original + state (See ). + can also be called for a single simple table. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the data set has changes, including new, deleted, or modified rows, + optionally filtered by . + + + You can examine HasChanges before calling method. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the data set has changes, including new, deleted, or modified rows, + optionally filtered by . + + + You can examine HasChanges before calling method. + + One of the DataRowStateEnum values. + + + + Sets the execution mode affecting actions invoked while handling another action. + + + When method is called, + it restores the last mode that existed before PushExecutionMode call. + PushExecutionMode and are the push/pop operations of a stack. + + One of the values. + + + + Restores the execution mode affecting actions invoked while handling another action. + + + When PopExecutionMode method is called, it restores the last mode that existed before call. and PopExecutionMode are the push/pop operations of a stack. + + + + + Writes XML data from the data set. + + + The WriteXml method is used to save the data in an XML form so it can be later restored with . + Together, these methods allow to save the whole data contents of a and restore it later, + for example, to save work when no database connection is available to save it in the database, + and restore it and send to the database for update when the connection becomes available. + + The file name (including the path) to which to write. + + + + + Writes XML data from the data set. + + + The WriteXml method is used to save the data in an XML form so it can be later restored with . + Together, these methods allow to save the whole data contents of a and restore it later, + for example, to save work when no database connection is available to save it in the database, + and restore it and send to the database for update when the connection becomes available. + + The stream to which to write. + + + + + Writes XML data from the data set. + + + The WriteXml method is used to save the data in an XML form so it can be later restored with . + Together, these methods allow to save the whole data contents of a and restore it later, + for example, to save work when no database connection is available to save it in the database, + and restore it and send to the database for update when the connection becomes available. + + The XmlReader to which to write. + + + + + Reads XML data into the data set. + + + The ReadXml method is used to restore the data previously saved by . + Together, these methods allow to save the whole data contents of a and restore it later, + for example, to save work when no database connection is available to save it in the database, + and restore it and send to the database for update when the connection becomes available. + + The file name (including the path) from which to read. + + + + + Reads XML data into the data set. + + + The ReadXml method is used to restore the data previously saved by . + Together, these methods allow to save the whole data contents of a and restore it later, + for example, to save work when no database connection is available to save it in the database, + and restore it and send to the database for update when the connection becomes available. + + The stream from which to read. + + + + + Reads XML data into the data set. + + + The ReadXml method is used to restore the data previously saved by . + Together, these methods allow to save the whole data contents of a and restore it later, + for example, to save work when no database connection is available to save it in the database, + and restore it and send to the database for update when the connection becomes available. + + The XmlReader which to read. + + + + + Creates and fills with data an ADO.NET data set consisting of this data set's table views. + + + This method can be used to export data and to integrate C1DataObjects with reporters, such as CrystalReports. + It returns an ADO.NET DataSet containing a table for each table view in the C1DataObjects data set definition, and a relation for each view relation. + + + + + Creates and fills with data an ADO.NET data set consisting of this data set's table views. + + + This method can be used to export data and to integrate C1DataObjects with reporters, such as CrystalReports. + It returns an ADO.NET DataSet containing a table for each table view in the C1DataObjects data set definition, and a relation for each view relation. + + If True, System.Data.DataSet is created and returned with schema information but without data rows. + + + + Begins the process of modifying/synchronizing the underlying ADO.NET DataSet. + + + The process of modifying/synchronizing the underlying ADO.NET DataSet, see Working with ADO.NET Dataset, + consists of two stages: + First stage (between and ) is for modifying the ADO.NET data + set C1DataSet.StorageDataSet by any means available in ADO.NET. Simple tables are filled with rows + or modified at this stage. + Second stage (between and ) is for synchronizing the + with changed underlying data. Table views are filled with rows on this stage, using the + method. + + + + + Marks the end of the first stage of modifying/synchronizing the underlying ADO.NET DataSet. + + + The process of modifying/synchronizing the underlying ADO.NET DataSet consists of two stages: + First stage (between and StorageChanged) is for modifying the ADO.NET + data set by any means available in ADO.NET. + Simple tables are filled with rows or modified at this stage. + Second stage (between StorageChanged and ) is for synchronizing the + with changed underlying data. Table views are filled with rows on this stage, + using the method. + StorageChanged call is required between and , + to mark the end of the first stage and the beginning of the second. + Calling StorageChanged with clearTableViews=False allows to make simple changes to + without modifying table view rows. + For example, you might want to change some field values in the underlying ADO.NET data set, + and you are sure that this will not affect table view rows in any way, + that is, all table view rows will still point to the same table rows, only data in the table + rows will change. In such case, you can use clearTableViews=False and skip the second stage + (synchronization). But this must be done with caution, because C1DataObjects does not verify + these conditions. If, for example, you delete a table row that was pointed to by a table view row, + it will cause unpredictable behavior. Also, using clearTableViews=False means that the collection + of table view rows will not change, so any rows added to the ADO.NET data set will not be reflected + in the table views. + + + + + Marks the end of the first stage of modifying/synchronizing the underlying ADO.NET DataSet. + + + The process of modifying/synchronizing the underlying ADO.NET DataSet consists of two stages: + First stage (between and StorageChanged) is for modifying the ADO.NET + data set by any means available in ADO.NET. + Simple tables are filled with rows or modified at this stage. + Second stage (between StorageChanged and ) is for synchronizing the + with changed underlying data. Table views are filled with rows on this stage, + using the method. + StorageChanged call is required between and , + to mark the end of the first stage and the beginning of the second. + Calling StorageChanged with clearTableViews=False allows to make simple changes to + without modifying table view rows. + For example, you might want to change some field values in the underlying ADO.NET data set, + and you are sure that this will not affect table view rows in any way, + that is, all table view rows will still point to the same table rows, only data in the table + rows will change. In such case, you can use clearTableViews=False and skip the second stage + (synchronization). But this must be done with caution, because C1DataObjects does not verify + these conditions. If, for example, you delete a table row that was pointed to by a table view row, + it will cause unpredictable behavior. Also, using clearTableViews=False means that the collection + of table view rows will not change, so any rows added to the ADO.NET data set will not be reflected + in the table views. + + Whether to clear all table view rows or not. This parameter is True by default, meaning that table views are cleared at the end of the first stage. + + + + Returns the list of all potential table view rows, pointers to all existing table rows. + + + This method can be used only on the second stage of ADO.NET data set modification/synchronization process, + see Working with ADO.NET Dataset. + This method returns a list that can be passed as a parameter to . + If you pass it unchanged, the table view will contain all existing table rows, unrestricted. + Filtering this list, building another list from its elements, you can restrict (filter) the table view. + Elements of the returned ArrayList are: + For a table view based on a simple table: objects, rows of the corresponding table. + For a table view based on a composite table: arrays of type [], + with length equal to the number of "main" simple tables in the composite table + ("main" means connected to its parent with a 1-M relation, not with an M-1 one). + That is, every element of the list is an array of table rows, one for each "main" constituent table. + A composite table can also contain "linked" constituent tables (connected to their parents with + M-1 relations). Since "linked" rows can be uniquely located given the values in "main" rows, + they are not used here. + + The name of the table view for which to return the list of potential rows. + + + + Fills a table view with rows pointing to table rows. + + + This method fills a table view with rows. It can be used only on the second stage of ADO.NET + data set modification/synchronization process, see Working with ADO.NET Dataset. + The rows are passed in as the tableRows collection. Elements of this collection are pointers + to table rows: + For a table view based on a simple table: objects, rows of the corresponding table. + For a table view based on a composite table: arrays of type [], + with length equal to the number of "main" simple tables in the composite table + ("main" means connected to its parent with a 1-M relation, not with an M-1 one). + That is, every element of the list is an array of table rows, one for each "main" constituent table. + A composite table can also contain "linked" constituent tables (connected to their parents + with M-1 relations). Since "linked" rows can be uniquely located given the values in "main" rows, + they are not used here. + The input collection of rows can be obtained by one of the two methods. + + First is to call and optionally filter the returned list + according to some filtering criteria. This method is convenient, but may be performance-heavy + for composite tables where uses unrestricted joined tables that sometimes + can produce a large number of rows, because no conditions are checked except the join + conditions of the 1-M relations forming the composite table. + The alternative method is to scan rows of constituent tables in nested loops, without + calling . In this case you have more control on which rows you examine + and which rows you skip, that in some cases can lead to better performance. + + After table view rows are created, they are sorted according to the fillSort argument. + The sort syntax is the same as in the . property, for example, "CustomerID, + OrderDate DESC" (DESC means descending order). If fillSort is empty, the value of + . property is used for sorting. If that is empty, the rows are sorted + by primary key. + + The name of the table view to fill with rows. + The list of pointers to table rows. + Optional sort to apply to the table view row collection. + + + + Ends the process of modifying/synchronizing the underlying ADO.NET DataSet. + + + Related topics: Method, Method. + + + + + Fired before the data set fills with data. + + + This event is fired on the client before calling the server to fill the data set with data. It is fired both when Fill is called and when the data set is filled at startup due to = True. + In this event, you can add filter conditions to Filter before passing the request on to the server. + + + + + + Fired after the data set is filled with data. + + + This event is fired on the client after the data set is filled with data. It is fired both when is called and when the data set is filled at startup due to = True. + In this event, you can modify the data set after it has been filled with data fetched from the server. + + + + + + Fired when one of the data set data members changes current row position. + + + Current row position is managed by the form containing the data set component. Each DataMember has its own current row position that is managed by a System.Windows.Forms.CurrencyManager object attached to it by the form. Data bound controls interact with CurrencyManager to synchronize with current row position and request moving to a new row position. + Whenever current row position changes for any of the data set data members, the PositionChanged event fires. It allows you to associate business logic with changes in current row position. + + + + + Fired when there are changes in the current row, whatever their cause, resulting from field change, current row change or complete data refresh. + + + The CurrentRowChanged event is useful in scenarios like synchronizing detail data with the master row on every change occurring in the master row. The CurrentRowChanged event is triggered in two main cases: + 1. When row currency changes, another row becomes current, or the whole rowset is refreshed. In this case, event argument property ChangeType is set to RowChangedTypeEnum.CurrentRowChanged. + 2. When the value of a field (or several fields) in the current row is changed. In this case, event argument property ChangeType is set to RowChangedTypeEnum.FieldsChanged. + + + + + + Fired when an error occurs committing changes to the dataset. + + + An unsuccessful update, including one resulting in an exception, triggers UpdateError event. + If user code sets the event's Status argument to Continue, an update attempt is made again. + This loop continues until either the update succeeds or UpdateError event code does not set Status + to Continue. See Handling Update Errors on the Client for details. + If the error is a fatal failure (a program or physical error, see + Handling Errors in Update), the Error argument contains the exception + object describing the failure. If this is a concurrency conflict that could not be reconciled on + the server (see Handling Concurrency Conflicts), the Error argument + is set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic). In case of a concurrency conflict, the rows that failed + update can be found in the DataSet using the properties , and + . + + + + + + Fired when an error occurs. + + + This event gives developers full control over error (exception) handling. It allows to + customize/localize error messages or provide a fully customized error handling if necessary. + When this event is fired, the Status argument is set either to ErrorsOccured or to Continue. + It is set to ErrorsOccured if the error occurred during an action executed from code, and to + Continue if it occurred performing an action requested by data bound controls. + What happens next, whether the error is considered handled or throws an exception, depends + on the value you assign to the Status argument: + 1. If you set Status to ErrorsOccured, an exception is thrown. To specify the exception + information, set the Error argument. Use this option in cases where you do not need to override + the standard exception handling. + 2. If you set Status to Skip, the error is considered handled and operation resumes as + if the error has not occurred (but subsequent actions may not be executed when they depend on the + successful completion of the current action). Use this option when you want to handle the error in + your code, suppress the standard error handling and consider the operation successful. + 3. If you set Status to Continue, C1DataObjects shows a standard error message box and + resumes operation without throwing an exception (as in the Skip case). Use this option when you + are satisfied with the standard C1DataObjects error message and want to consider the operation successful. + 4. It is also possible that you need to show a custom error message or otherwise handle + the error in the Error event, then throw an exception, but do not want data bound controls to + show their own error messages because you have already shown an error message. To accomplish that, + set Status to ErrorsOccured and throw an exception derived from + with ShowMessage property set to False. Note that this behavior is only supported by data bound + controls honoring the ShowMessage property, such as ComponentOne FlexGrid and C1TrueDBGrid. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the data set in the schema. + + + This property determines the schema data set definition represented by this data set. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data set will be automatically filled with data when a data bound control requests data from it. + + + If this property is set to True (default), the data set is automatically filled with data at startup, once a control bound to it requests data. + If it is set to False, the data set remains empty until the method is called. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the data set is filled with data. + + + This run-time read-only property returns True if the data set has already been filled with data, + either by the or, if the property was set to True, by a request from a data + bound control. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the data library containing the schema. + + + In a client application using a data library, this property determines the name of the data library containing the schema for this data set. It is the name of a data library assembly included in the project References. The name does not include the ".dll" extension. + + + + + In a 3-tier client application, this property gets or sets the URL of the data library located on the server. + + + In a 3-tier application, data library runs both on the server and on the client. The DataLibrary property identifies the data library on the client. The DataLibraryUrl property identifies data library on the server. Using this URL, client-side data library invokes the data library on the server. + + + + + Returns or sets the component hosting the schema on which the data set is based. + + + This property determines the C1SchemaDef component to which the data set is connected. + In direct client applications, this property is usually set at design time to a component residing in the same form. + In a client application using a data library, this property is left empty. The is retrieved from the data library. + + Schema Objects + Application configurations + + + + Returns the object representing the schema on which the + data set is based. + + + + + Returns the container object hosting the component in the data library. + + + + + This run-time property returns the collection of tables in the data set. + + Schema Objects + + + + This run-time property returns the collection of table views in the data set. + + Schema Objects + + + + Gets the ADO.NET DataSet where table data rows are stored. + + Working with ADO.NET Dataset + C1DataObjects and ADO.NET + + + + Gets a value indicating whether actions in handling a business logic event are deferred or performed immediately. + + + This property affects how C1DataObjects performs actions while inside a business logic event. + If this run-time property is set to Immediate (default), actions are performed immediately. + If it is set to Deferred, actions are deferred until the current user action handling is completed. + This property is read-only. To set execution mode, call the method, + passing it the new mode as a parameter. To restore the previous execution mode, + call the method. + + Action Order and Execution Mode + C1ExpressConnection Class + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether relation constraints must be satisfied while modifying the data set. + + + This run-time property is set to True by default, which means that C1DataObjects enforces + relation parent-child constraints when the data set is modified. Relation constraints are + imposed by simple relations with property set to True. They do not allow + child records without parent. + + Simple Relations + C1ExpressConnection Class + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether firing event is deferred. + + + This property, available only at run time, is set to False by default. + Setting it to True, defers firing AfterChanges event until this property is set back to False. + Normally, event is fired after every change to a field value. Sometimes, + it is desirable to make multiple field changes in a batch without firing this event, + and fire the event only when all changes are done. Setting ChangeInProgress to True enables + this mode of firing for all rows of the data set. + + C1ExpressConnection Class + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether data bound controls must be notified of changes in the data set. + + + This run-time property is set to True by default, which means that data bound controls receive + notifications of any change made to the data set. Notifications are issued by C1DataObjects after + every end-user or programmatic action causing changes in the data set. C1DataObjects issues notifications + when the action is completely handled. Having received a change notification, data bound controls + usually repaint themselves to reflect the changed data. + In some cases, it is necessary to suppress notifications to be able to perform multiple actions + in a batch without causing changes in data bound controls. Setting the SuppressNotifications property + to False disables sending notifications to data bound controls. If you suppress notifications, + data bound controls will not be notified of any changes, so you have to explicitly + call for all changed table views to make data bound + controls refresh their contents. + + + + + Flags affecting the way change notifications are sent to data bound controls. + + + For data bound controls that rely on specific ADO.NET notification behavior, set + NotificationMode=ListChangedFlags.Ado.Net. + C1DataObjects uses a slightly different notification scheme (calling the + IBindingList.ListChanged event) than ADO.NET does. C1DataObjects notifications are fully + .NET data binding-compliant and optimized for data bound controls. All ComponentOne bound + controls and Microsoft bound controls work properly with this notification scheme. + However, some (very few) third-party bound controls may not work properly unless notifications + are fully ADO.NET compliant. In fact, all data bound controls should work with C1DataObjects + notifications without problems, but in the non-ideal world that can be broken. + To prevent this problem and allow using any bound controls, C1DataObjects provides this property. + If you need this property in C1DataExpress, set C1ExpressConnection.DataSet.NotificationModeFlags or .ExpressConnection.DataSet.NotificationModeFlags in code, at run time. + The notifications can be turned off altogether using the property. + + + + + Determines the locale information used in string comparisons within the data set. + + + This property affects string comparison in expression evaluation, sorting table views by + the end user (via IBindingList.ApplySort) and sorting in objects. + By default, all objects created by a C1DataSet use the Locale property + of the C1DataSet, but it can be overridden setting the property of the object. + + + C1DataObjects Expressions + + + + Determines whether string comparisons within the data set are case-sensitive. + + + This property affects string comparison in expression evaluation, sorting table views by + the end user (via IBindingList.ApplySort) and sorting in objects. + By default, all objects created by a C1DataSet use the CaseSensitive property + of the C1DataSet, but it can be overridden setting the property of the object. + + + + + Determines the type of string comparison within the data set. + + + This property affects string comparison in expression evaluation, sorting table views by + the end user (via IBindingList.ApplySort) and sorting in objects. + By default, all objects created by a C1DataSet use the SortComparisonMode property + of the C1DataSet, but it can be overridden setting the property of the object. + + + + + Gets a collection of custom user information associated with the data set. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether there are errors in any of the rows in any of the tables of this data set. + + + You can use the HasErrors property of the data set to determine if any table has errors, + before checking individual objects in the collection. + To get all errors of an individual , use its method. + + + + + Gets a collection of Connection objects used at run time as substitutes for schema connections. + + + This property changes connection at run time for a single data set. + If you need to change schema connection for all data sets at once, set Connection.ConnectionString + in the CreateSchema event. + By default, if C1DataSet.DynamicConnections is empty, data fetch and update for + this data set uses the connections specified in the schema. + Add a connection object for each connection you want to change at run time for this data set. + Usually, you will add a copy of a schema connection object(s) using . + Alternatively, you can create new connection objects from scratch, for example, new (). + Adding an existing connection object from schema to DynamicConnections throws an exception. + This prevents changes unintentionally affecting other data sets attached to the same schema. + Having added a connection object, set its properties as desired. + Usually, only the needs to be changed in connection objects obtained + with . If you created a new connection object, without using , + set its property to the name of the schema connection you want to modify. + When the data set performs a fetch or update operation while its DynamicConnections + collection is not empty, it first looks for connection properties in DynamicConnection, + and only then, if not found, in the schema. If DynamicConnections contains a connection with + the same as the schema connection, that DynamicConnections element is used instead of the + schema connection. + + Database Connections + + + + Gets or sets username, password and domain used to communicate with the server. + + + + + Gets the RemoteDataService-derived class of the data library. + + + This property enables the programmer to access the RemoteDataService-derived class in the data library, + both in 2-tier and 3-tier configuration. This property is necessary for calling business methods + (methods added by the programmer to the RemoteDataService-derived class in the data library). + For example, see the CustomFillUpdate sample. + + + + + C1DataView is used for sorting and filtering data. + + + Data bound controls can bind directly + to a C1DataView component, see Using a Data Library. This allows you to use C1DataView to + provide separate views into the same data, with different row filter criteria and sorts. + Each such view has independent current row, can be independently navigated. + Another common use of C1DataView is to obtain direct access to simple table data rows. + Normal data binding, using or gives you access to table views. + If, for some reason, you need direct access to simple tables behind those table views, you need + to use C1DataView with non-empty property. See How to Access Table Data for details. + + + + + Base class for , and C1DataExpress components. + + + + + Base class for , and C1DataExpress components. + + + + + Fired when controls bound to this component change their current row position. + + + Current row position is managed by the form containing this component, by its + CurrencyManager object. Data bound controls interact with CurrencyManager to synchronize + with current row position and request moving to a new row position. + Whenever current row position changes, the PositionChanged event fires. + It allows you to associate business logic with changes in current row position. + + + + C1ExpressTable Class + + + + + Fired when there are changes in the current row, whatever their cause, resulting + from field change, current row change or complete data refresh. + + + The CurrentRowChanged event is useful in scenarios like synchronizing detail + data with the master row on every change occurring in the master row. + The CurrentRowChanged event is triggered in two main cases: + 1. When row currency changes, another row becomes current, or the whole rowset is refreshed. + In this case, event argument property ChangeType is set to .CurrentRowChanged. + 2. When the value of a field (or several fields) in the current row is changed. + In this case, event argument property ChangeType is set to .FieldsChanged. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current row position for controls bound to this component. + + + This property gets or sets the Position property of the CurrencyManager + (class System.Windows.Forms.CurrencyManager) controlling current row position for controls + bound to the component. + + + C1ExpressTable Class + + + + + Gets the source containing the data. + + + The data table returned by this property is used for programmatic access to the table data. + + + C1ExpressTable Class + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DataView class. + + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of a given row in the collection. + + The row to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of the row, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The row to locate in the collection. + True if row is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Creates and returns a object containing child rows of a parent row. + + The data set to which the parent row and the child view belong. + The name of the view relation () between the parent and the child. + The parent row. + + This method can be used as an alternative to for master-detail navigation. + For example, you might want to use the resulting as a data source for a data bound control. + + + + + Refreshes the collection of data view rows. + + + This method re-populates the data view rows, testing the filter conditions and applying sort, + if specified. Call this method after changing filter conditions and sort, + if is set to False. + + + + + + Refreshes the collection of data view rows. + + + This method re-populates the data view rows, testing the filter conditions and applying sort, + if specified. Call this method after changing filter conditions and sort, + if is set to False. + + + If the thisViewOnly argument is True, only this C1DataView is refreshed. + If it is False (default), all C1DataView components based on the same table view are refreshed. + + + + + + Adds a new row to the data view. + + + This method creates a new empty row and adds it to the source data table of the data view. + The new row is filled only with default values, so it may not satisfy the filter conditions + if some are set in the property. However, even if this new row does not satisfy filter + conditions, it is always included in the data view until is called, at which time the + row is tested for filter conditions and either remains in the data view or not depending on the + filter condition. + + Adding Rows and Primary Keys + + + + Deletes a row from the source table view or table. + + + After this method, the row is deleted from the source, from the data view and from all other data views based on that source. + + The index of the row to delete. This is an index in the data view, not in the source table view or table. + + + + Finds a row in the data view by the specified sort key value. + + + This method applies only to sorted view, with a non-empty . It returns the index of the + first row in the data view containing the specified sort key value(s). If no such rows are found, + it returns a negative number, which is the bitwise complement of the index of the row whose sort + key is next to the specified sort key value. + + The value to search for. + + + + Finds a row in the data view by the specified sort key value. + + + This method applies only to sorted view, with a non-empty . It returns the index of the + first row in the data view containing the specified sort key value(s). If no such rows are found, + it returns a negative number, which is the bitwise complement of the index of the row whose sort + key is next to the specified sort key value. + + An array of values to search for. + + + + Used to programmatically specify the list of rows in a data view. + + + This event can be used to create custom data views in cases where filtering cannot be specified + by a simple expression in the property or sorting by a list of fields in the property. + The GetRows event is called every time C1DataObjects needs to obtain the list of rows + for the data view. It gives the developer an opportunity to specify a list of rows comprising + the data view by assigning such list to the e.List event argument. This list can be filtered + and sorted in whatever fashion the developer needs it to be, provided it consists of C1DataRow + objects belonging to the table view or table on which the data view is based. The list supplied + in the event handler will become exactly the list of rows of this data view, unless + and/or properties are not empty, in which case they are applied to the list of rows + resulting from the GetRows event. + Writing code in GetRows event, you can use the e.List argument value passed to the event, + which is the complete list of rows as it would appear in the data view if there were no GetRows + handler and no and properties. You can filter and/or sort this list to + obtain your custom list, although this is only one possible technique, you can form the + resulting list in any other way you need. + + + + + Gets the data set object to which the data view belongs. + + + This property returns the data set containing this data view's . + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the source table view for this data view. + + + Only one of the two properties, or TableViewName can be set to a non-empty string. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the source table for this data view. + + + Only one of the two properties, TableName or can be set to a non-empty string. + + + + + + Gets the schema used in the data view, if the property is set. + + + Only one of the two properties, or can be set to a non-empty string. + + + + + + Gets the schema used in the data view, if the property is set. + + + Only one of the two properties, or can be set to a non-empty string. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this component's and settings + are applied to any binding to the table view in the data set. + + + This property is False by default, meaning that filtering and sorting affect only the data + exposed by this C1DataView component. Binding to a directly or to another + is not affected by this view's filtering and sorting. + If this property is set to True, filtering and sorting affect the underlying + table view data directly. So, all controls bound to that table view, in C1DataSet + or in , are filtered and sorted (including parent-child rows in master-detail). + See the DefaultDataView sample in the Samples directory. + Only and properties affect table view data, other properties of + do not affect the whole table view. + IsDefault = True can be used only with a attached to a table view + ( specified), it cannot be used with a data view attached to a table ( specified). + + + + + Gets the component with IsDefault = True, if one is connected to this data view. + + + + + Gets or sets the expression used to filter rows in the data view. + + + Expression must return Boolean values. If it evaluates to True on a row, the row is included + in the data view. If it evaluates to false, the row is excluded. + For example, expression "City = 'London'" selects all rows where field City equals 'London'. + To select rows with null values in a certain field, use the following expression: + "IsNull(Field1, 'Null Field') = 'Null Field" + + C1DataObjects Expressions + + + + Gets or sets the row state filter used in the data view. + + + Using this property you can select only added rows, or only deleted rows, or only + modified rows, or a combination of those states, see . + Using the Deleted row state filter is only allowed for simple tables + ( property is set), it is not allowed for + table views ( property is set). + + + + + Gets or sets the sort field or fields, and sort order for the data view. + + + A string containing one or more field names followed by "ASC" (ascending; default, can be omitted) + or "DESC" (descending). Multiple fields are separated by commas. + Examples: "OrderID", "CustomerID DESC", "Quantity DESC, CustomerID". + + + + + Gets the data table object which is the source of this data view. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data view is automatically refreshed when + one of the following properties changes: , , + , , . + + + This property is True by default. If it is set to False, changing any of + the properties at run time does not automatically refresh the data view, + refresh occurs when the method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether changes to the rows of this data view are allowed. + + + If the or on which the data view is based has = False, + changing rows is not allowed regardless of the value of data view's ReadOnly property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether adding new rows to this data view is allowed. + + + If the or on which the data view is based has AllowAddNew = False, + adding new rows is not allowed regardless of the value of data view's AllowAddNew property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether deleting rows from this data view is allowed. + + + If the or + on which the data view is based has AllowDelete = False, deleting rows is not allowed regardless + of the value of data view's AllowDelete property. + + + + + Gets the total number of rows in the data view. + + + This property returns the number of rows satisfying the conditions in and . + + + + + Gets the row at the specified index in the data view. + + + This property returns the rows satisfying the conditions in and . + + The zero-based index of the row. + + + + Where the instance of a data library is running. + + Application Configurations + + + + + Direct client: there is no data library, no server, database access is performed + in the same application, and components belong to the same + container class or form. + + + + + Data library runs on the client in a 2-tier configuration. + + + + + Data library runs on the server in a 3-tier configuration. + + + + + Data library runs on the client in a 3-tier configuration. + + + + + component is used in a WebForms (ASP.NET) application. + + + + + Flags affecting generated classes in the data objects assembly (*.DataObjects.dll). + + + Used in the property. + + + + + All generated classes belong to a single namespace, no static name fields are generated. + + + + + Generated table view classes belong to special namespaces, a namespace for each data set. + + + + + Enables generating static string properties returning field, table, table view and relation names, to be used in code instead of constant strings, to prevent errors in naming objects. + + + + + DataSetNamespaces | StaticNameFields + + + + + The SchemaBase class is a common base class from which + and component classes are derived. + + + + + Returns or sets the Schema object. This property is overridden in and + to return the component's schema. + + + + + C1SchemaRef components are used in a data library with multiple source code files. + + + A C1SchemaRef component represents the component holding the library's schema + when it resides in a different file in the project. + + Creating a Data Library Project + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SchemaRef class. + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the component referred to by this component. + + + This property determines the component referred to by this component. + In addition to setting this property, you must call the method at run time. + + Schema Objects + + + + Returns the object of the corresponding component. + + + + + The C1SchemaDef component hosts a Schema object that is the basis of a C1DataObjects + data library or direct client. + + + The object associated with a C1SchemaDef component + is created and edited using the Schema Designer invoked from the context menu of a + C1SchemaDef component. + A C1DataObjects data library always contains a single schema, that is, a single C1SchemaDef + component. An application that uses C1DataObjects directly, without a data library (Direct Client) + is allowed to have multiple schemas, each stored in its own C1SchemaDef component. + + Schema Objects + Application Configurations + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SchemaDef class. + + + + + Adds an element to the list of components associated with the C1SchemaDef component. + + + This method is used to specify a list of components representing + (associated with) a C1SchemaDef component. It is useful in large data library projects where + it is desirable to use multiple source code files to write business logic code. + A component represents the C1SchemaDef component holding the library's schema + when it resides in a different file in the project. Every component representing + a C1SchemaDef must have its SchemaDef property set to the C1SchemaDef component and it also + has to be associated with the C1SchemaDef component at run time calling the Add method. + + Creating a Data Library Project + + + + Fired after the object has been created at startup. + + + In most cases, a schema is created at design time in the Schema Designer, and used at + run time without modifications. However, all schema objects are programmatically accessible + at run time through the schema object model, with the class being the root of that + object model. Using this object model, it is possible to modify the schema or even define + it from scratch at run time, using the CreateSchema event. To access and modify the Schema + object, use the property. + In a 3-Tier Application, this event is called both for the client and server instances of + the data library. If you modify schema in this event, you may need to know whether it occurs + on the client or on the server, for example, to modify database connections differently + depending on where the event occurs. This information can be obtained from the RunsAt property. + + Schema Objects + + + + Returns or sets the object. + + + Normally, this property is not set by user code. It is set by C1DataObjects SchemaDesigner. + User code gets the value of this property to gain access to schema objects and possibly + modify them at run time, in the event. + + Schema Objects + + + + This property is used in ComponentOne WebDataObjects for data caching in web applications. + It is ignored if the schema is used in WinForms application or in WebForms application + without WebDataObjects. + + + + + Flags affecting generated classes in the data objects assembly (*.DataObjects.dll). + + + This property affects the way classes are generated in the data objects assembly, that is, + the *.DataObjects.dll assembly automatically generated on saving schema, see Schema Objects. + Setting flag .DataSetNamespaces makes table view classes belong + to special namespaces, a namespace for each data set, for example, + Northwind.DataObjects.CustOrders.EmployeesRow for table view Employees in data set CustOrders. + Table classes still belong to the root namespace: Northwind.DataObjects.EmployeesRow + for table Employees. + Setting flag .StaticNameFields generates static string properties + returning field, table, table view and relation names, so that they can be used instead of + constant strings in code thus making it compile-time safe (errors detected at compile time), + for example: + Northwind.DataObjects.EmployeesRow.FieldNameEmployeeID (field name returning "EmployeeID" + for field EmployeeID of table Employees), + Northwind.DataObjects.EmployeesRow.TableName (table name returning "Employees", for table Employees), + Northwind.DataObjects.EmployeesRow.RelationNameEmployees__Orders (relation name returning + "Employees - Orders", for simple relation "Employees - Orders"), + Northwind.DataObjects.CustOrders.EmployeesRow.TableViewName (table view name returning + "Employees", for table view Employees in data set CustOrders), + Northwind.DataObjects.CustOrders.EmployeesRow.FieldNameEmployeeID (field name returning + "EmployeeID" for field EmployeeID of table Employees), + Northwind.DataObjects.CustOrders.CustOrdersRow.RelationNameCO__ODP (relation name returning + "CO - ODP", for view relation "CO - ODP" between table views CustOrders and OrderDetailsProducts + in data set CustOrders). + + + + + + Returns a value indicating where the instance of the data library is running. + + + The main purpose of this property is to distinguish between .ThreeTierServer + and .ThreeTierClient. This is sometimes necessary in business logic to take + different actions depending on whether it runs in the client-side or in the server-side + instance of a data library. For example, you might want to assign a in + event on the server, but leave empty on the client in a + 3-tier configuration, since the client does not perform database access. + + Application Configurations + + + + The SessionCacheProperties class is used in ComponentOne WebDataObjects + to specify settings for session cache. It is not used in WinForms application + or in WebForms application without WebDataObjects. + + + + + Gets or sets the cache storage used by default in session cache methods. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data in cache should be compressed. + + + + + Get or sets the path to cache temporary files. + + + + + Represents a row of data in a object. + + + + + Gets the object associated with a row object (data item) obtained from data binding. + + An object exposed by a C1DataObjects data source to bound controls. + This method allows programmers to obtain the object corresponding to an object + returned by a C1DataObjects data source, from its IList interface (used in data binding). For example, + such objects belong to a CurrencyManager.List collection, and CurrencyManager.Current returns one of them. + Objects obtained by bound controls from a C1DataObjects data source are not C1DataRow objects, + although each of them corresponds to a object. The FromDataItem method represents this correspondence. + Bound controls can get all information they need from the objects returned by the IList interface. However, + if you want to work with such objects (data items) in code, get or set their field values, you need to treat them + as objects. This method allows you to obtain a from an untyped row object (data item) returned + by the IList interface. For example, C1WebGrid (bound grid control in ComponentOne Studio for ASP.NET) has a + C1GridItem.DataItem property. This property returns an object obtained by the grid from the data source. + It is not a C1DataRow object, so you must use C1DataRow.FromDataItem(C1GridItem.DataItem) to obtain the C1DataRow object + corresponding to that data item. + + Returns object. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether a specified row version exists. + + One of the values. + True if the version exists; otherwise, False. + + + + + + Begins an edit operation on the row. + + + Use the BeginEdit method to put a C1DataRow into edit mode. In this mode, validation is temporarily + suspended allowing the user to make changes to more than one field in more than one row. + + The BeginEdit method is called implicitly when the user positions to a row in a data-bound control; + the EndEdit method is called implicitly when you invoke or methods. + While in edit mode, the stores representations of the current and new proposed values Therefore, as long as the EndEdit + method has not been called, you can retrieve either the current or proposed version by passing + either DataRowVersionEnum.Current or DataRowVersionEnum.Proposed for the Version parameter of the Item property. + You can also cancel any edits by invoking the CancelEdit method. + + To see if the row is in edit mode, call the HasVersion method with DataRowVersionEnum.Proposed. + + + + + + Ends the edit on the row. + + See for details. + + + + Cancels the current edit on the row. + + See for details. + + + + Deletes the row. + + + If the of the row is Added, the row is removed from the data table. + The becomes Deleted after calling the method. + Deleted rows can be undeleted by calling . + + + + + + Commits all the changes made to the row since the last time AcceptChanges or RejectChanges was called. + + + This method can be applied only to simple table rows (or to rows of a table view based on such table). + It cannot be applied to composite table rows. Also, applying this method to a simple table that is used + in a composite table as a main constituent table is not allowed (if it is connected to its parent in the + composite table diagram with a one-to-many relation; the restriction does not apply to those connected + many-to-one). In such cases, use for the whole data set. + If one of these restrictions is not satisfied, the method throws an exception. + + + + + + Rolls back all the changes made to the row since the last time AcceptChanges or RejectChanges was called. + + + This method can be applied only to simple table rows (or to rows of a table view based on such table). + It cannot be applied to composite table rows. Also, it is not allowed to apply this method to a simple + table that is used in a composite table as a main constituent table (is connected to its parent in the + composite table diagram with a one-to-many relation; the restriction does not apply to those connected + many-to-one). In such case, use for the whole data set. + If one of these restrictions is not satisfied, the method throws an exception. + + + + + + + Refreshes field values in the row. + + + This method performs for every field that has non-empty collection. + Normally, calculations are performed automatically, without explicit Refresh call, when calculation + arguments change. However, some calculation arguments changes cannot be detected automatically, + for example, changes in Current, Original or BeforeChange field values, see C1DataObjects Expressions. + + + + + Gets the parent row of this C1DataRow using the specified relation. + + + The overload without parameters can be used when the parent and the child are connected with a single relation. + + The name of the relation to use. + An object (or null). + + + + + Gets the parent row of this C1DataRow using the specified relation. + + + The overload without parameters can be used when the parent and the child are connected with a single relation. + + An object (or null). + + + + + Gets the child rows of this C1DataRow using the specified relation. + + + The overload without parameters can be used when the parent and the child are connected with a single relation. + + The name of the relation to use. + An array of objects (or a zero-length array). + + + + + Gets the child rows of this C1DataRow using the specified relation. + + + The overload without parameters can be used when the parent and the child are connected with a single relation. + + An array of objects (or a zero-length array). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the specified field contains a null value in this row. + + The zero-based index of the field. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the specified field contains a null value in this row. + + The name of the field. + + + + + + Sets the value of the specified field to null. + + A data field. + + + + + + Clears the errors for the row, including the and errors set with . + + See for details. + + + + + Gets an array of fields that have errors in this row. + + See for details. + + + + + Gets the error description for a field. + + The index of a field. + See for details. + + + + + Gets the error description for a field. + + The name of a field. + See for details. + + + + + Gets the error description for a field. + + The field in error. + See for details. + + + + + Sets the error description for a field in the row. + + The index of a field. + The error description. + See for details. + + + + + Sets the error description for a field in the row. + + The name of a field. + The error description. + See for details. + + + + + Sets the error description for a field in the row. + + A data field. + The error description. + See for details. + + + + + Changes from Unchanged to Modified without modifying any field in the row. + + + + + + Gets the to which the row belongs. + + + + + + Gets or sets the data stored in the row in one of the fields. + + The zero-based index of the field. + An Object that contains the data. + + + + + Gets or sets the data stored in the row in one of the fields. + + The name of the field. + An Object that contains the data. + + + + + Gets or sets the data stored in the row in one of the fields. + + The data field that contains the data. + An Object that contains the data. + + + + + Gets or sets the data stored in the row in one of the fields. + + The data field that contains the data. + One of the DataRowVersionEnum values that specifies the desired row version. + Possible values are Default, Original, Current, and Proposed. + An Object that contains the data. + + + + + Gets or sets the data stored in the row in one of the fields. + + The name of the field. + One of the DataRowVersionEnum values that specifies the desired row version. + Possible values are Default, Original, Current, and Proposed. + An Object that contains the data. + + + + + Gets or sets the data stored in the row in one of the fields. + + The data field that contains the data. + One of the DataRowVersionEnum values that specifies the desired row version. + Possible values are Default, Original, Current, and Proposed. + An Object that contains the data. + + + + + Gets or sets all of the field values for this row through an array. + + + + + + Gets the current state of the row. + + + Modifying field values, deleting a row and adding a row changes the row state. + While the row is in edit mode (see ), the state does not change on field modifications + until is called (see also property). Calling + or resets the state of all rows. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether there are errors in some of the row field values. + + + Validating data, you can set an error on any field in a row. Data bound controls can use this information to show user interface clues for errors. + Also, an error can be assigned to a whole row using the property. Update errors occurring in specific rows set the RowError property for rows with errors. + Use to set an error on a field, and property to set an error for the whole row. + Use the and methods to return field errors. + Use the property to return error information for the whole row. + The method clears all errors for the row. + + + + + + Gets or sets the custom error description for a row. + + See for details. + + + + + For a row in edit mode, gets a value indicating whether at least one of row values has been changed. + + + For a row not in edit mode (not between and ), this property returns False. In this case, use the property to determine if the row was changed. + + + + + + Gets the object representing this row in data binding interface IList. + + + + + + Gets the position of the row in the . + + + + + + Gets a collection of custom user information associated with the row. + + + + + + Gets the ADO.NET DataRow object storing data of this C1DataRow. + + The DataRow belongs to the table . + This property returns a non-null value only for simple table rows. For rows belonging to + objects representing composite tables and table views, this property returns null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + The BaseLogic class is a common base class from which and + component classes are derived. + + + + + Fired before a field value is set. + + + This event can be used to specify validation logic that cannot be specified in the + form of constraint expressions. Throwing an exception in this event disallows the change. + When this event occurs, the field value is not yet modified. The new (proposed) value is + available in the NewValue argument of the event. + + + + Events on Modifying Row + + + + Fired after a field value is set. + + + This event, among other possible actions, allows other fields/rows/tables to be modified + depending on this field. The new value is already assigned to the field, and the old field + value is also available in this event, in its OldValue argument. Knowing the old value can be + useful, for example, in updating counters, where you may need to add the new value and subtract + the old one. + + + + Events on Modifying Row + + + + Fired before a new (empty) row is added. + + + Throwing an exception in this event cancels adding a row. + + + + Events on Adding Row + + + + Fired after a new (empty) row is added. + + + This event can be used to fill default values of the fields according to some rules that + cannot be specified as simple values of the property. It can also be used + to specify the primary key values, see Keys Assigned by Client: New Row Detached and Attached State. + The ParentRow argument is used in AfterAddNew event on the data set level + (in a component), in a master-detail situation. When a new row is added to + the child (detail) table view, this argument contains the parent row to which the new + child row belongs. Under other circumstances and in other events this argument contains null. + This argument is necessary because in this case parent row cannot be found using the + , as the new row is yet in detached state, + see Keys Assigned by Client: New Row Detached and Attached State. becomes accessible only in the + event. + + + + Events on Adding Row + + + + Fired when all changes initiated by a field change are done and handled by the business logic code. + + + This event occurs when all changes to a row are finished, including both the changes + made directly by the user and those resulting from executing event code that handled those changes. + It is designed specifically to ensure that this is the "last change", so the developers can + put code that relies on the "finality" of changes to a row. For instance, this event is the + best place to put code setting calculated field values (for calculations that cannot be + specified as simple calculation expressions. + When a field value in a row changes, that change can be handled by event code that in its + turn can make other changes to row fields, or it could change other rows or other tables. When + all such handling is done, C1DataObjects collects all changed rows and fires the AfterChanges + event for every row that has changed in the process. + Setting the property to True, firing AfterChanges event can be deferred until + the property is set back to False. This allows multiple field changes to be performed with + AfterChanges firing only once, when all changes are done. + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user starts editing a row, before the row enters edit mode. + + + Throwing an exception in this event prevents the row going into edit mode. + Writing code handling edit mode events, take into account that in addition to + explicit programmatic calls to /, edit mode is also used by data bound + controls: when a row becomes current, it is automatically placed in edit mode + ( is called implicitly). For example, throwing an exception in BeforeBeginEdit + event will prevent bound controls from positioning on a row. This also means that + BeforeBeginEdit event does not indicate an attempt to change a row. If you need to + execute some code when a row is being changed, consider using / + events instead. + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user starts editing a row, after the row enters edit mode. + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user finishes editing a row, before the row leaves edit mode. + + + Throwing an exception in this event prevents the row from leaving edit mode. + Use this event for validating changes done to a row, testing conditions that + depend on multiple fields, so these conditions can be tested only when all the changes are done, + the whole row changed, as opposed to conditions depending on a single field. The latter are + usually tested in the event. See also , and + for alternative, codeless ways of specifying validation conditions. + Writing code handling edit mode events, take into account that in addition to explicit programmatic + calls to /, edit mode is also used by data bound controls: when a row + becomes current, it is automatically placed in edit mode ( is called implicitly). + When the user moves to another row, the row exits edit mode (EndEdit is called implicitly). + For example, throwing and exception in event will prevent bound controls from + leaving the row. + If you want to test validation conditions only when the row has been changed while it was in + edit mode and not when it was just moved to and out of edit mode without making changes, use + the Modified argument to distinguish between these two cases. + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user finishes editing a row, after the row leaves edit mode. + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user cancels editing a row, before reverting the changes made to the row. + + + Throwing an exception in this event prevents reverting the changes in the row. + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user cancels editing a row, after reverting the changes made to the row. + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired before a newly added row becomes a regular row in the rowset, that is, when its + primary key and other required (=false) fields are specified. + + + Throwing an exception in this event aborts the process of attaching the row (making it a + regular, that is, attached) row, as opposed to a just added, or detached row) and aborts + , if the row is being attached as a result of an call. + + + + Events on Adding Row + + + + Fired after a newly added row becomes a regular row in the rowset, that is, when + its primary key and other required (=false) fields are specified. + + + A new row is created empty, filled with default values, its primary key undefined. + A row with undefined primary key is in a special transitory state called detached, + the process of adding this row to the rowset is yet incomplete. For example, + such row will not be sent to the database for update. A row becomes a full-fledged + table row only after its primary key is set and any fields with =false are + set too. This is when this event happens. + + + + Events on Adding Row + + + + Fired before first change is made to a row (a field value changes) after the + row last entered edit mode. + + + Throwing an exception in this event disallows changes to the row. + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired after first change is made to a row (a field value changes) after the row last entered edit mode. + + + This event occurs after the first change has been successfully performed on a row. + It can be used, for example, for showing some user interface clues indicating that the + row has been changed (canceling them in and , if necessary). + After the event has been fired for the first time, successive changes + to row fields do not fire the /AfterFirstChange events until the row leaves edit mode. + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired before a row is deleted. + + + Throwing an exception in this event cancels deleting the row. + + + + Events on Deleting Row + + + + Fired after a row has been deleted. + + + To access field values in the deleted row, use the ItemArray argument. The values are + not accessible through regular row properties once the row has been deleted. + + + + Events on Deleting Row + + + + Fired before modifications made to a row are committed to the database. + + + For a bound table, this event can be used to examine and possibly modify the SQL + command performing the update. + For an SQL-based table, this event must be used to specify the SQL command performing the update. + The IDbCommand object is created and passed as an argument to the event. Event code must set + the CommandText property of the command object. + For an unbound table, updating the row must be performed in the event code. C1DataObjects + does not create a command object in this case. The result of the update operation must be + communicated to C1DataObjects by setting the Status, SqlStatus and Error + arguments in the event code. + Although this is less frequently done, the Status, SqlStatus and Error arguments can + be changed in event code for bound and SQL-based tables as well as for unbound tables. + This too affects the success/failure status of the operations and determines further + course of action followed by C1DataObjects. + + + + C1ExpressConnection Class + Events in Updating a Row + Events on Updating Database + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Fired after modifications made to a row are committed to the database. + + + The AfterUpdateRow event is fired for every row that fired the event, + regardless of the outcome of the update operation for that row. If row update was unsuccessful, + that is reflected in the values of Status, SqlStatus and Error arguments. + This event can be used to change the outcome of the operation from failure to success and + vice versa, see the description of the Status, SqlStatus and Error arguments. + This event can also be used to modify values refreshed from the database after the update operation, + see the description of the Row argument. + + + + C1ExpressConnection Class + Events in Updating a Row + Events on Updating Database + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Fired when has been performed for a table or for the whole data set. + + + Calling triggers this event once in the component + attached to the data set definition, if one exists. In this case the e.DataTable argument is null. + Calling triggers this event in the component + attached to the simple table in question (if such component exists) and then + in the component. In this case, e.DataTable argument points to the + for which AcceptChanges was called. + Calling C1DataRow.AcceptChanges also triggers this event in component + and then in component. + + + + + + + + Fired when RejectChanges has been performed for a table or for the whole data set. + + + Calling triggers this event once in the component + attached to the data set definition, if one exists. In this case the e.DataTable argument is null. + Calling triggers this event in the component attached + to the simple table in question (if such component exists) and then in the + component. In this case, e.DataTable argument points to the C1DataTable + for which RejectChanges was called. + Calling also triggers this event in component and then + in component. + + + + + + + + This property determines the schema owning this business logic component. + The component specifies business logic for a table in the schema, if it is a + component, or to one or more table views in the schema, if + it is a component. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the C1SchemaDef component holding the owner schema. + + + + + + + A C1TableLogic component hosts business logic event code for a table. + + + It connects to the schema by setting its property, and to a particular table in the schema by setting its + Table property. Business logic is then specified in its events inherited from the class. + + Business Logic + + + + Returns or sets the name of the table represented by this component. + + + Normally, this property is not set by user code. It is set by C1DataObjects SchemaDesigner. + User code gets the value of this property to gain access to schema objects and possibly + modify them at run time, in the event. + + + + + Returns or sets the ADO.NET IDBDataAdapter component used to fill and update the + table with = SqlBased. + + + This property allows to support updateable SQL-based tables based on a SQL SELECT statement + or a stored procedure, without manual code, using ADO.NET data adapter. This makes working + with SQL-based tables in C1DataObjects almost as easy as working with bound tables (when + =Bound, set to a database table name). However, bound tables should + be always preferable when you have a choice. Bound tables are more intimately related to + database tables, so C1DataObjects can support features, such as virtual mode, that are + unavailable for SQL-based tables, see Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound tables. + See the SQLBasedTablesEasy sample in the samples directory for an example of using a data adapter. + In C1DataObjects Enterprise edition, data adapter is specified in the DataAdapter property + of a component attached to a table. The table must be SQL-based (=SqlBased). + In C1DataExpress, it is specified in the C1ExpressTable DataAdapter property. In both editions, + a data adapter component can be created using the Create DataAdapter context menu item or + created manually and attached to the DataAdapter property. + If specified, the DataAdapter is used to fill and update the table. Filling the table, only its + SelectCommand property is used, not the whole data adapter component. The SelectCommand is + executed to fetch the data on filling the data set. Updating modified rows to the database, + C1DataObjects calls the data adapter's method DbDataAdapter.Update(DataRow[]) for each + modified row (each call uses a single element in the DataRow[] array). + A data adapter component must be attached to a Connection component. The Create DataAdapter + menu item creates that component automatically. The connection component is used only at + design time. At run time, it is always ignored, the schema connection (or, in the Express + edition, C1ExpressConnection.ConnectionString) is always used at run time regardless + of what you specify in DataAdapter.Connection. + You are not required to set up the adapter's TableMappings property. It is not used at run time. + C1DataObjects always uses the mapping between your table fields and the database fields + that you already have in the schema in the fields' property. In fact, the + adapter's TableMappings are automatically updated to reflect the mappings specified in + the fields' DbFieldName property. + ADO.NET data adapter supports both SQL statements and stored procedures. To fill a SQL-based + table with data returned by a stored procedure, set =StoredProcedure and + type the procedure name in the property or select it from the dropdown + list of stored procedures in SelectCommandText. + When you set to a procedure name, the fields returned by the procedure + are automatically retrieved (if the procedure returns a recordset; only procedures returning + a recordset as return value or one of out parameters can be used in C1DataObjects as well as in ADO.NET). + When you use a stored procedure as your (=StoredProcedure; + in this case your adapter's SelectCommand will also be the same stored procedure), you + can specify parameter values in the data adapter's SelectCommand property. Even if you + do not use data adapter for update (in which case you can leave its UpdateCommand/ + InsertCommand/DeleteCommand properties empty), you can use it this way to specify + parameter values for the stored procedure you use to fill the table. + Regardless of whether you use a stored procedure or a SQL statement in , + your data adapter commands for updating modified rows (data adapter properties UpdateCommand, + InsertCommand, DeleteCommand) can be either SQL statements or stored procedures, as + supported by the data adapter (so you can select Create New Stored Procedures or Use + Existing Stored Procedures in the wizard). + If a data adapter is used for update, some C1DataObjects update features become unavailable, + as they only relate to update made by SQL commands generated by C1DataObjects itself, not + by an external component. These are table properties UpdateLocateMode, UpdateRefreshMode, + IgnoreDeleteError, field properties AutoIncrement (only on the server, it still works on + the client), UpdateLocate, UpdateRefresh, UpdateSet. This does not mean that features + supported by these properties are unavailable, it only means that they must be supported + in a different way. All these features are supported by ADO.NET DataAdapter, but may + require more property settings and some coding, see the ADO.NET documentation. + To control the update process for every row, you can use and + events in SQL-based tables with DataAdapter as well as in bound tables. You can also use + RowUpdating and RowUpdated events of the data adapter component. These events fire between + and events. They (and data adapter's ContinueUpdateOnError + property) allow you to specify whether to continue or throw an exception, allow to make + this decision in the context of the data adapter component itself. If an exception is + thrown, it is passed to the event, and, if it is suppressed in the adapter + event, then, accordingly, does not receive an error. But using adapter + events is optional, you can do all necessary error handling in the event. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + A C1DataSetLogic component hosts business logic event code for a data set, for all table views of that data set. + + + It connects to the schema by setting its Schema property, + and to a particular data set definition in the schema by setting its property. + Business logic is then specified in its events, most of which are inherited from the class. + + + + + Fired before generating the SQL SELECT statement for fetching a table view from the database. + + + This event is used for SQL-based tables to specify the SQL SELECT statement that populates + the table, fetches data from the database. The SQL statement is assigned to the Sql + argument or to the CommandText property of the Command argument. + If you use the Command argument, the command does not necessarily have to contain + a SELECT statement. You can use a stored procedure instead, or you can use a parameterized + SELECT. You can even create your own command object and assign it to the Command + argument. The only requirement is that you set up the Command argument passed to + the event with all necessary properties so it becomes a valid IDbCommand ready for execution. + C1DataObjects executes the command's ExecuteReader method. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Fired after generating the SQL SELECT statement for fetching a table view from the database. + + + In this event, you can examine and modify the SQL SELECT statement generated by C1DataObjects. + + + + + Fired before a table view is fetched from the database. + + + This event is mainly intended for populating unbound tables. Unbound table fetch + is performed in the event code. To provide data, you must create a data reader implementing + the System.Data.IDataReader interface and assign it to the Reader argument. + C1DataObjects provides a helper class that you can use to + create your reader. If you have your data in the form of a System.Data.DataTable, + create an passing the DataTable object to its constructor. + You can also create standard .NET Framework or third-party objects implementing + IDataReader, such as OleDbReader or SqlDataReader, or implement your own custom + data reader, if necessary. + Before any BeforeFetch events are fired for individual table views, a + BeforeFetch event is fired for the whole fetch session, with the TableView argument + set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic). Use this event to execute code before any + table views are fetched. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + An AfterFetch event is fired after a table view has been fetched from the database. + Also, after all AfterFetch events have been fired for individual table views, an + AfterFetch event is fired for the whole fetch session, with the TableView argument + set to null (Nothing in Visual Basic). Use this event to execute code after all table + views have been fetched. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Fired before all changes in the data set are updated to the database. + + + Before any modified rows are committed to the database, the BeforeUpdate event fires. + The DataSet argument contains the data set passed to the server for update. By modifying + this data set, you can customize the update process, control the set of rows and field + values that undergo database update. + You can even perform the whole update process in your code in the BeforeUpdate event + and tell C1DataObjects to skip further processing, consider it done, by setting the + Status argument to Skip. If you detect an unrecoverable error in this event, set the + Status argument to ErrorsOccurred and set the Error argument to describe the error. + + C1ExpressConnection Class + Controlling the Update Process + + + + Fired after all changes in the data set are updated to the database. + + + The AfterUpdate event is fired after the update process is completed or skipped, + regardless of whether it was successful or failed. The success status of the update + process is passed to the event in the Status argument. The Status argument can also + be modified by the event code to make C1DataObjects ignore an error, or vice versa, + to make the update fail. + Among its possible uses, this event allows to control the whole data set + (via its Tables argument) sent back to the client for refreshing updated rows, + see Changing Data as a Result of Update (Refresh). + + C1ExpressConnection Class + Controlling the Update Process + + + + Used to programmatically specify the list of child rows for a relation. + + + This event can be used to create custom view relations, when the rule defining the + list of child rows for a parent row cannot be formulated based on a simple relation + between tables. For example, see CustomRelations sample in the Samples directory, + where a custom relation is used to represent a many-to-many relation. + If the property is set to True for a view relation, the GetChildRows event + is called every time C1DataObjects needs to obtain the list of child rows for a parent + row for that relation. Event code sets the argument e.List to a list of rows, thus + defining the child rows of the relation. The resulting list, if not empty, must contain + objects belonging to the child table view of the relation. + + + View Relations + + + + Used to programmatically specify the parent row for a relation. + + + This event can be used in addition to event for two-way custom view relations. + If the property is set to True, the custom relation does not support getting + parent row (note that only is used for master-detail data binding, + GetParentRow is not necessary, it may only be needed in code). If =False + for a custom relation, C1DataObjects calls the GetParentRow event to obtain the + parent row whenever is called. + + C1ExpressConnection Class + View Relations + + + + Returns or sets the name of the data set represented by this component. + + + + + Provides data for AfterFieldChange and BeforeFieldChange events in + (, ) + and C1DataExpress components. + + + + + + The table object where the event has occurred. + + + + + The row where the event has occurred. + + + + + The field changing value. + + + + + The field value after change. + + + + + The field value before change. + + + + + Represents the method that handles BeforeFieldChange and AfterFieldChange events. + + The source of the event. + A object that contains the event data. + + + + + + Indicates an action performed on a data row. + + + + + No action. + + + + + Row switched to edit mode. + + + + + Row left edit mode. + + + + + Canceled changes made to the row in edit mode. + + + + + Row changed first time since it entered edit mode. + + + + + All actions directly triggered by the user and by code that handled them, have been + handled. After that, C1DataObjects gives the programmer an opportunity to perform + whatever actions necessary after handling all the changes. + + + + + A new (empty) row added. + + + + + An added row becomes a regular row in the rowset. It happens when its primary key + and other required (=false) fields are specified. + + + + + Row deleted. + + + + + or called. + + + + + or called. + + + + + Provides data for events which occur when an action is performed on a . + + + + + + The table object where the event has occurred. + + + + + The row where the event has occurred. + + + + + Parent row. + + + + + For a deleted row, in event, the array of field values in the row before + the row was deleted. This property is not set in events other than AfterDelete. This + property must be used in event to access row values because they are not + accessible through regular row properties after the row has been deleted. + + + + + + For events , , this property indicates whether the row has + been modified while it was in edit mode. This property is often needed in / + because data-bound controls begin edit mode when they position on a row and + end edit mode when they leave the row, even if no changes have been made to the row in the process. + + + + + The action that has occurred. + + + + + Represents the method that handles events which occur when an action is performed on a . + + The source of the event. + A object that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides data for the and events. + + + + + + + The data set where the event has occurred. + + + + + Filter conditions used to fill the data set. + + + + + Used to detect which table views are being filled in the event. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the and events. + + The source of the event. + A object that contains the event data. + + + + + + Indicates status before and after an operation on a table view in a data set or on a whole data set. + + + + + Successful operation. + + + + + If this status value is set in event code, operation must be skipped and considered successful. + + + + + Operation failed. + + + + + Provides data for the and events. + + Events in Updating a Row + Events on Updating Database + + + + + The data set where the event has occurred. + + + + + Success or failure status of the operation. In events occurring before operation and allowing + to change the status argument, user code can change the status to indicate whether to proceed + with the operation, skip or abort it. + + + + + For an unsuccessful operation, information detailing the error. + + + + + Returns the table collection of the data set. Use this property to gain access to table + data in 3-tier configuration, where the DataSet argument is not set because it resides + on the client and the event is fired on the server. + + + + + Returns the table view collection of the data set. Use this property to gain access to table view + data in 3-tier configuration, where the DataSet argument is not set because it resides + on the client and the event is fired on the server. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the and events. + + + + The source of the event. + A object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the and events. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + The table view populated with the SQL SELECT statement. + + + + + Filter conditions used to fill the data set. These are all filter conditions for + all table views in the data set. You need to extract the filter conditions for the + particular table view from this argument. + + + + + The IDbCommand object containing the generated SQL SELECT statement. + + + + + SQL statement. The programmer can set this argument in the event code to set or modify + the SQL SELECT statement used for fetching data. Alternatively, the programmer + can set or modify the Command argument to specify the complete command to be executed. + + + + + ClauseSelect/ClauseFrom/ClauseWhere/ClauseOrderBy are read-only properties that are available + in AfterGenerateSql event (not available in BeforeGenerateSql). They contain corresponding + parts of the automatically generated SQL SELECT statement (the complete statement is available + in the Sql property). They can be used to modify/compose a statement, for example, to add TOP + n or another clause after the SELECT clause. + + + + + ClauseSelect/ClauseFrom/ClauseWhere/ClauseOrderBy are read-only properties that are available + in AfterGenerateSql event (not available in BeforeGenerateSql). They contain corresponding parts + of the automatically generated SQL SELECT statement (the complete statement is available in the + Sql property). They can be used to modify/compose a statement, for example, to add TOP n or + another clause after the SELECT clause. + + + + + ClauseSelect/ClauseFrom/ClauseWhere/ClauseOrderBy are read-only properties that are available + in AfterGenerateSql event (not available in BeforeGenerateSql). They contain corresponding + parts of the automatically generated SQL SELECT statement (the complete statement is available + in the Sql property). They can be used to modify/compose a statement, for example, to add TOP + n or another clause after the SELECT clause. + + + + + ClauseSelect/ClauseFrom/ClauseWhere/ClauseOrderBy are read-only properties that are available + in AfterGenerateSql event (not available in BeforeGenerateSql). They contain corresponding parts + of the automatically generated SQL SELECT statement (the complete statement is available in the + Sql property). They can be used to modify/compose a statement, for example, to add TOP n or + another clause after the SELECT clause. + + + + + Success or failure status of the operation. In events occurring before operation and allowing + to change the status argument, user code can change the status to indicate whether to proceed + with the operation, skip or abort it. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the + and events. + + + + + + + Provides data for the and events. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + + The table view being populated. + + + + + Filter conditions used to fill the data set. These are all filter conditions for all + table views in the data set. You need to extract the filter conditions for the particular + table view from this argument. + + + + + For a bound or SQL-based table, the IDbCommand object containing the generated + SQL SELECT statement. This argument is null for an unbound table. + + + + + The generated SQL SELECT statement. + + + + + The reader object providing the fetched data. + + + + + Success or failure status of the operation. In events occurring before operation + and allowing to change the status argument, user code can change the status to + indicate whether to proceed with the operation, skip or abort it. + + + + + Returns the table collection of the data set being populated. + + + + + Returns the table views collection of the data set being populated. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the and events. + + + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Indicates status before and after an operation on a data row, e.g., committing (updating) the row to the database. + + + + + Successful operation. + + + + + Operation failed due to an exception (error) condition that occurred while performing the operation. + + + + + If this status value is set in event code, operation must be considered failed and aborted. + + + + + If this status value is set in event code, operation must be skipped and considered successful. + + + + + This enumeration specifies success or failure of a database access operation, including specific reasons of operation failure. + + + + + Successful operation. + + + + + Operation failed due to an error executing SQL INSERT command. + + + + + Operation failed due to an error executing SQL DELETE command. + + + + + Operation failed due to an error executing SQL UPDATE command. + + + + + Operation failed due to an error executing SQL SELECT command. + + + + + Operation failed due to concurrency conflict, that is, the target row could not + be found in the database, presumably because another user has modified it. + + + + + Provides data for the and events. + + Events on Updating Database + Events in Updating a Row + + + + + Returns the table collection with all data being updated to the database. + + + + + Returns the table view collection with all data being updated to the database. + + + + + The row that is committed to the database. + + + + + Success or failure status of the operation. In events occurring before operation + and allowing to change the status argument, user code can change the status to indicate + whether to proceed with the operation, skip or abort it. + + + + + For an unsuccessful operation, information detailing the error. + + + + + Success or failure status of the database access operation. For an unsuccessful operation, + specifies the cause of failure. + + + + + For an added row, the object representing the SQL INSERT command used to add the row to the database. + + + + + For a deleted row, the object representing the SQL DELETE command used to delete the row from the database. + + + + + For a modified row, the object representing the SQL UPDATE command used to add the row to the database. + + + + + For a modified and added row, the object representing the SQL SELELCT command used to refresh the row with database values after the row has been committed to the database. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the and events. + + + + + + + Provides data for PositionChanged event in , , and C1DataExpress components. + + + + + + Current row before position change. + + + + + Current row after position change. + + + + + DataMember string identifying the member (node in master-detail hierarchy) that has + changed current row position. + + + + + The CurrencyManager object managing current row position for the data member. + + + + + The row object that has become current. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the PositionChanged event in , , and C1DataExpress components. + + + + + BaseDataSourceComponent.PositionChanged Event + + + + Provides data for the event in and C1DataExpress components. + + + + + + Indicates whether an error message is shown. Set this argument to False if you + have already shown an error message or otherwise handled the error and do not want the + standard error message to appear. + + + + + Exception object describing the error. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the event in and C1DataExpress components. + + + C1ExpressTable.UpdateError Event + C1ExpressConnection.UpdateError Event + + + + Provides data for the , and events. + + + + + + This argument contains the list of rows. In events returning a list, create a new + ArrayList object, fill it with rows and assign to the List argument. In events returning + a single row (for example, GetParentRow:C1DataSetLogic event), add a single row to the list. + + + + + The row on which to base the list. In GetParentRow:C1DataSetLogic event, the parent row of the view, + if it is a child view. In GetChildRows:C1DataSetLogic event, the parent row for which to return + child rows. + + + + + The name of the relation (in GetRows:C1DataView event, empty if the view is not a child view). + + + + + Represents the method that handles the , and events. + + + + + + + + Indicates a type of change occurring in Event. + + + + + + + Indicates that the end user or user code modified a field. + + + + + Indicates that the current row has changed. + + + + + Provides data for the event in and C1DataExpress components. + + + + + + Indicates a type of change occurred. + + + + + Row that became current, or null if there is no current row (empty rowset). + + + + + Position of Row in the list. + + + + + Name the of table on which the rowset is based. + + + + + Name of the table view on which the rowset is based. In C1DataView, if the rowset + represents rows directly from a table, that is, when TableName property is used to define + the rowset source, this property value is empty string. + + + + + For C1DataSet rowsets, that is, when a C1DataSet component is specified as the + DataSource value for a bound control, this property returns the DataMember value + used to bind to this rowset. In other cases, the value is empty string. + + + + + Returns the CurrencyManager object that manages this rowset. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the event in and C1DataExpress components. + + + + + + Base class for and C1DataExpress components. + + + + + Moves to the first row. + + + Use this method to navigate the underlying rowset in virtual mode. Although this method is + applicable in all modes, it is only necessary in virtual mode. In virtual mode, the underlying + contains only a segment of available data. To navigate the whole rowset, you need to + use methods MoveFirst, , , , . + If the rowset contains at least one row, this method moves to the first row and returns + True; otherwise, it returns False. After this method, properties and + point to the first row. + + + C1ExpressTable Class + Virtual Mode - Dealing with Large Datasets + + + + Moves to the last row. + + + Use this method to navigate the underlying rowset in virtual mode. Although this method is + applicable in all modes, it is only necessary in virtual mode. In virtual mode, the underlying + contains only a segment of available data. To navigate the whole rowset, you need to + use methods , MoveLast, , , . + If the rowset contains at least one row, this method moves to the last row and returns + True; otherwise, it returns False. After this method, properties and + point to the first row. + + + C1ExpressTable Class + Virtual Mode - Dealing with Large Datasets [C1Category("Data")] + + + + Moves to the next row. + + + Use this method to navigate the underlying rowset in virtual mode. Although this method is + applicable in all modes, it is only necessary in virtual mode. In virtual mode, the underlying + contains only a segment of available data. To navigate the whole rowset, you need to use + methods , , MoveNext, , . + If the current row is not the last row in the underlying data table, + this method moves to the next row and returns True; otherwise, it returns False. + After this method, the property is incremented by 1 and the returns the next row. + + + C1ExpressTable Class + Virtual Mode - Dealing with Large Datasets [C1Category("Data")] + + + + Moves to the previous row. + + + Use this method to navigate the underlying rowset in virtual mode. Although this method is + applicable in all modes, it is only necessary in virtual mode. In virtual mode, the underlying + contains only a segment of available data. To navigate the whole rowset, you need to use + methods , , , MovePrevious, . + If the current row is not the first row in the underlying data table, + this method moves to the next row and returns True; otherwise, it returns False. + After this method, the property is decremented by 1 and the returns the next row. + + + C1ExpressTable Class + Virtual Mode - Dealing with Large Datasets [C1Category("Data")] + + + + Seeks a row by its primary key values. + + + Use this method to navigate the underlying rowset in virtual mode. In virtual mode, + the underlying contains only a segment of available data. To navigate the whole + rowset, you need to use methods , , , , Seek. + This method seeks for the search key in the whole rowset. If the search key is + greater than all the keys in the rowset, the method returns False. Otherwise, it + finds the first row with the key greater than or equal to the search key, positions + the component on the found row (so the properties and point to + the found row) and returns true. It also sets the ExactMatch argument to indicate + whether an exact match was found or the first row with key value greater than the + search key. + + The primary key value to search for. + This parameter is undefined when the method is called. After the method + returns, it contains a value indicating whether the found row contains exactly the key value + the method searched for, or it is the row with the next key value in the primary key order. + It is set to False if the row with exact key match was not found. + + C1ExpressTable Class + Virtual Mode - Dealing with Large Datasets [C1Category("Data")] + + + + Fired in = VirtualAutomatic, when all rows are fetched. + + + This event is fired if the is in = VirtualAutomatic. + It indicates the end of the fetch process. + + + C1ExpressTable Class + Virtual Mode - Dealing with Large Datasets [C1Category("Data")] + + + + Fired before a field value is set. + + + This event can be used to specify validation logic that cannot be specified in the + form of constraint expressions. Throwing an exception in this event disallows the change. + When this event occurs, the field value is not yet modified. The new (proposed) value + is available in the NewValue argument of the event. + + + + + Events on Modifying Row + + + + Fired after a field value is set. + + + This event, among other possible actions, allows other fields/rows/tables to be modified + depending on this field. The new value is already assigned to the field, and the old field + value is also available in this event, in its OldValue argument. Knowing the old value can + be useful, for example, in updating counters, where you may need to add the new value and + subtract the old one. + + + + + Events on Modifying Row + + + + Fired before a new (empty) row is added. + + + Throwing an exception in this event cancels adding a row. + + + + + Events on Adding Row + + + + Fired after a new (empty) row is added. + + + This event can be used to fill default values of the fields according to some rules that + cannot be specified as simple values of the property. It can also be used to + specify the primary key values, see Keys Assigned by Client: New Row Detached and Attached State. + The ParentRow argument is used in AfterAddNew event on the data set level (in a + component), in a master-detail situation. When a new row is added to the + child (detail) table view, this argument contains the parent row to which the new child + row belongs. Under other circumstances and in other events this argument contains null. + This argument is necessary because in this case parent row cannot be found using the + , as the new row is yet in detached state, + see Keys Assigned by Client: New Row Detached and Attached State. becomes accessible only in the event. + + + + + Events on Adding Row + + + + Fired when all changes initiated by a field change are done and handled by the business logic code. + + + This event occurs when all changes to a row are finished, including both the changes + made directly by the user and those resulting from executing event code that handled + those changes. It is designed specifically to ensure that this is the "last change", + so the developers can put code that relies on the "finality" of changes to a row. For instance, + this event is the best place to put code setting calculated field values (for + calculations that cannot be specified as simple calculation expressions. + When a field value in a row changes, that change can be handled by event code that in + its turn can make other changes to row fields, or it could change other rows or other + tables. When all such handling is done, C1DataObjects collects all changed rows and + fires the AfterChanges event for every row that has changed in the process. + Setting the property to True, firing AfterChanges event can be deferred + until the property is set back to False. This allows multiple field changes to be performed + with AfterChanges firing only once, when all changes are done. + + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user starts editing a row, before the row enters edit mode. + + + Throwing an exception in this event prevents the row going into edit mode. + Writing code handling edit mode events, take into account that in addition to + explicit programmatic calls to /, edit mode is also used by data + bound controls: when a row becomes current, it is automatically placed in edit + mode ( is called implicitly). For example, throwing an exception in + BeforeBeginEdit event will prevent bound controls from positioning on a row. + This also means that BeforeBeginEdit event does not indicate an attempt to change a row. + If you need to execute some code when a row is being changed, consider using + / events instead. + + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user starts editing a row, after the row enters edit mode. + + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + + Fired when the user finishes editing a row, before the row leaves edit mode. + + + Throwing an exception in this event prevents the row from leaving edit mode. + Use this event for validating changes done to a row, testing conditions that + depend on multiple fields, so these conditions can be tested only when all the changes + are done, the whole row changed, as opposed to conditions depending on a single field. + The latter are usually tested in the event. See also + , and for alternative, codeless ways of specifying + validation conditions. + Writing code handling edit mode events, take into account that in addition to explicit + programmatic calls to /, edit mode is also used by data bound controls: + when a row becomes current, it is automatically placed in edit mode (BeginEdit is called + implicitly). When the user moves to another row, the row exits edit mode (EndEdit + is called implicitly). For example, throwing and exception in BeforeEndEdit event will + prevent bound controls from leaving the row. + If you want to test validation conditions only when the row has been changed while it was in + edit mode and not when it was just moved to and out of edit mode without making changes, + use the Modified argument to distinguish between these two cases. + + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user finishes editing a row, after the row leaves edit mode. + + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user cancels editing a row, before reverting the changes made to the row. + + + Throwing an exception in this event prevents reverting the changes in the row. + + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired when the user cancels editing a row, after reverting the changes made to the row. + + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired before a newly added row becomes a regular row in the rowset, that is, when its + primary key and other required (=false) fields are specified. + + + Throwing an exception in this event aborts the process of attaching the row (making it a + regular, that is, attached) row, as opposed to a just added, or detached row) and aborts + , if the row is being attached as a result of an call. + + + + + Events on Adding Row + + + + Fired after a newly added row becomes a regular row in the rowset, that is, when + its primary key and other required (=false) fields are specified. + + + A new row is created empty, filled with default values, its primary key undefined. + A row with undefined primary key is in a special transitory state called detached, + the process of adding this row to the rowset is yet incomplete. For example, such row will + not be sent to the database for update. A row becomes a full-fledged table row only after its + primary key is set and any fields with =false are set too. This is when this event happens. + + + + + Events on Adding Row + + + + Fired before first change is made to a row (a field value changes) after the row last entered edit mode. + + + Throwing an exception in this event disallows changes to the row. + + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired after first change is made to a row (a field value changes) after the row last entered edit mode. + + + This event occurs after the first change has been successfully performed on a row. + It can be used, for example, for showing some user interface clues indicating that the row + has been changed (canceling them in and , if necessary). + After the AfterFirstChange event has been fired for the first time, successive changes + to row fields do not fire the /AfterFirstChange events + until the row leaves edit mode. + + + + + Events on Editing Row + + + + Fired before a row is deleted. + + + Throwing an exception in this event cancels deleting the row. + + + + + Events on Deleting Row + + + + Fired after a row has been deleted. + + + To access field values in the deleted row, use the ItemArray argument. + The values are not accessible through regular row properties once the row has been deleted. + + + + + Events on Deleting Row + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether modified rows are immediately updated to the database when the end user leaves the row. + + + This property is False by default, which means that you need to call the method of + the object to commit changes to the database. If it is set True, C1DataObjects + automatically calls when the user changes a row in a control bound to this component + and leaves that row. + + When the Database is Updated + + C1ExpressTable Class + + + + Gets the source containing the data. + + + The data table returned by this property is used for programmatic access to the table data. + + + C1ExpressTable Class + + + + Gets the object representing the current row. + + + This property returns the row data controls bound to this component are currently positioned on. + The index of this row is returned by the property. + + + C1ExpressTable Class + + + + C1DataTableSource has two main uses: + You can use C1DataTableSource to handle business logic events in your client application code, + in addition to the business logic specified in the data library, see Business Logic for details. + You must use C1DataTableSource as the data source for your bound controls to make + them work in virtual mode, see Virtual Mode - Dealing with Large Datasets for details. + C1DataTableSource is used as a data source for bound controls, such as grids and others. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DataTableSource class. + + + + + Gets or sets the to which this component belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the table view represented by this component. + + + + + Indicates whether the Row property can be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the current row index. + + + + + Specifies whether actions in handling business object events are deferred or performed immediately. + + + Use the members of this enumeration to determine the action performed on a data row. + + + C1ExpressConnection.ExecutionMode Property + Action Order and Execution Mode + + + + Actions performed immediately. + + + + + Actions deferred until the current user action handling is completed. + + + + + An element of a field's collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the expression producing the result of a calculation. + + C1DataObjects Expressions + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets an optional Boolean expression defining applicability of a calculation. + + + If this expression is empty or evaluates to True, the is evaluated and assigned to the field. If it evaluates to False, this calculation is skipped. + + C1DataObjects Expressions + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether calculation triggers the same events as field modification by the user. + + + This property is set to False by default. If it is set to True, setting the value from calculation + expression triggers the same sequence of events (, , ) + as if the end user has modified the value. + + Table Fields + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Adds an element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Inserts an element into the FieldCalculationCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which calculation should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the calculation object in the collection. + + The object to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of the calculation object, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The Object to locate in the collection. + True if calculation object is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element. + + + + Represents the exception that is thrown when attempting an action that violates a constraint. + + + + + Gets the where the exception occured. + + + + + Gets the where the exception occured. + + + + + An element of a field's collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the Boolean expression used to test a constraint. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets an optional Boolean expression defining applicability of a constraint. + + + If this expression is empty or evaluates to True, the is evaluated. + If it evaluates to False, this constraint is skipped. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets the string used as the error description in the exception thrown when a constraint is not satisfied. + + C1DataObjects Expressions + Table Fields + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Adds an element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the constraint in the collection. + + The Object to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of the constraint, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The Object to locate in the collection. + True if constraint is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + + + + Specifies the version of a . + + + + + Current values in the row. + + + + + Default values in an added row, as they were immediately after the row was added. + + + + + Original values in the row, as they were fetched from the database. + + + + + Values set in edit mode, they have not yet become current, will become current when edit mode ends. + + + + + Specifies the state of a . + + + + + The row was added using the AddNew method of . + + + + + The row was deleted using the Delete method of . + + + + + The row was removed from the table and will be destroyed. Detached rows are not considered deleted, they are completely removed from the data set and will not be accessible. + + + + + Some row field values were modified. If the modification occurred in edit mode, the edit was ended. + + + + + The row has not changed since , or . + + + + + Specifies a subset of rows satisfying certain status and version conditions. + This enumeration has a FlagsAttribute attribute that allows a bitwise combination of its member values. + + + + + + None + + + + + Original rows, including ModifiedOriginal, deleted and unchanged. + + + + + Current rows including unchanged, new, and modified rows. + + + + + New rows. + + + + + Deleted rows, not including rows that were first added, then deleted (those are completely removed and cannot be accessed). + + + + + Modified rows. + + + + + The original version of modified rows (the modified version is available as ModifiedCurrent). + + + + + Unchanged rows. + + + + + Specifies how a command string is interpreted. + + + + + A SQL statement. + + + + + A stored procedure name. + + + + + Base class for all C1DataObjects exception classes. + + + + + Gets the name of the table or table view where the exception occurred. + + To distinguish between tables and table views, use properties and . + This property returns empty string if the exception is not related to a particular table or table view. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object where the exception occurred is a table (as opposed to a table view). + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object where the exception occurred is a table view (as opposed to a table). + + + + + Gets the name of the field where the exception occurred. + + + This property returns empty string if the exception is not related to a particular field. + + + + + Gets the index of the row where the exception occurred. + + + This property returns -1 if the exception is not related to a particular field. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining whether error message must be displayed by bound controls or it should be suppressed since C1DataObjects already handled the error. + + + This property is False by default. If an exception generates error messages in bound controls, + and you want to suppress them because you already showed an error message or otherwise handled + the error in object's event, set this property to true in the event code. + This behavior is only supported by data bound controls honoring the ShowMessage property, + such as ComponentOne FlexGrid and C1TrueDBGrid. + + + + + Represents an exception that is thrown when an action is canceled by throwing an + exception in a business logic event (see Business Logic). + + + To retrieve the exception thrown + by the user code in a business logic event, use the InnerException property belonging + to the System.Exception class. + + + + + Represents an exception that is thrown when attempting an operation using an invalid field expression. + + + + + Represents an exception that is thrown while performing database access + operations fetching data or updating the database. + + + + + Gets the name of the object used to connect to the database. + + + + + Specified an operation performed over data or data components. + + + + + No operation. + + + + + Adding new row. + + + + + Deleting a row. + + + + + Modifying a row. + + + + + Updating the database. + + + + + Initializing a component. + + + + + Filling a component with data. + + + + + Represents an exception that is thrown on attempt to perform an action that is disabled + by the current property settings. + + + Represents an exception that is thrown on attempt to perform an action that is disabled + by the current property settings (such as , , etc.) or the current state of an object. + + + + + Gets the attempted operation. + + + + + Represents an exception that is thrown when an operation, such as updating the database, fails. + + + + + Gets the attempted operation. + + + + + Represents an exception that is thrown at run time when C1DataObjects encounters errors + in the schema specified in a component. Most of such errors can be detected + at design time performing schema verification (select Verify schema from the Schema menu in Schema Designer). + + + + + Gets the name of the schema object where the error is found. + + + + + Gets the type name of the schema object where the error is found. + + + + + Represents an exception that is thrown on attempt to perform an operation that cannot be performed. + + + Represents an exception that is thrown on attempt to perform an operation that, although + not explicitly disabled by property settings, cannot be performed on the specified + object in its current state with specified arguments. + + + + + Represents a exposed to data bound controls. The corresponding + object can be obtained as DataItem.DataRow. Alternatively, the same objects can + be obtained as (dataItem). + + + + + Gets the object represented by this data item. + + + + + Gets or sets the data stored in a specified field. + + The zero-based index of the field. + An Object that contains the data. + + + + Gets or sets the data stored in a specified field. + + The name of the field. + An Object that contains the data. + + + + Gets the current state of the object represented by this data item. + + + + + Represents a table or table view rowset filled with data. Provides programmatic access to + table view or table data. To obtain a C1DataTable object, use or collection + property of a component. + + How to Access Table Data + How to Access Table View Data + + + + Adds a new row to the data table. + + + This method creates a new empty row and adds it to the data table. The new row is filled only + with default values, its primary key undefined. A row with undefined primary key is in a special + transitory state called detached, the process of adding this row to the rowset is yet incomplete. + For example, such row will not be sent to the database for update. A row becomes a + full-fledged table row only after its primary key is set and any fields with + = False are set too. + + Adding Rows and Primary Keys + + + + Refreshes field values in all data table rows and notifies data bound controls that the + rows have changed. + + + This method performs for every field in every row that has non-empty + collection. Normally, calculations are performed automatically, without + explicit Refresh call, when calculation arguments change. However, some calculation + arguments changes cannot be detected automatically, for example, changes in Current, + Original or BeforeChange field values, see C1DataObjects Expressions. Calling the + Refresh method is also necessary when you use the property of + a data set, to notify data bound controls that row values have changed. + + + + + Gets an array of objects that contain errors. + + + + + + Computes an aggregation expression on the rows that satisfy a filter condition. + + + This function computes aggregation expressions only. For example, you can use it to compute + a sum of a field over rows, as in Sum(Quantity) (correct), but not to compute an expression + depending on multiple fields in a single row, as in UnitPrice * Quantity (incorrect). For + computations involving multiple fields in a single row use field . + + + + + Commits all changes made to the table since it was filled with data or the last time + AcceptChanges or was called. + + + This method accepts changes in one simple table or simple table view, whereas method + accepts changes in the whole data set. This method cannot be + applied to composite tables. Also, it is not allowed to apply this method to a simple + table that is used in a composite table as a main constituent table (is connected to its + parent in the composite table diagram with a one-to-many relation; the restriction does + not apply to those connected many-to-one). If one of these restrictions is not satisfied, + the method throws an exception. In such case, use for the whole data set. + + + + + + Rolls back all changes made to the table since it was filled with data or the last + time or RejectChanges was called. + + + This method rolls back changes in one simple table or simple table view, whereas method + rolls back changes in the whole data set. This method cannot be + applied to composite tables. Also, it is not allowed to apply this method to a simple + table that is used in a composite table as a main constituent table (is connected to + its parent in the composite table diagram with a one-to-many relation; the restriction + does not apply to those connected many-to-one). If one of these restrictions is not satisfied, + the method throws an exception. In such case, use for the whole data set. + + + + + + If the value of the property was overridden in the C1DataTable, + this method switches C1DataTable to the CaseSensitive property of the owner . + + + + + If the value of the property was overridden in the C1DataTable, + this method switches C1DataTable to the SortComparisonMode property of the owner . + + + + + Gets the data set this data table belongs to. + + + + + Gets a or schema object representing the schema of this data table. + + + + + + Gets the name of the data table. + + + This property is used to return this data table from the C1DataSet object's two data + table collections, and . + + + + + This run-time property returns the collection of rows belonging to this data table. + + + + + + This run-time property returns the collection of fields in the data table. + + + + + + Gets a collection of custom user information associated with the data table. + + + This property allows you to store arbitrary custom information with the object. + + + + + Determines the locale information used in string comparisons within the data table. + + + This property affects string comparison in expression evaluation, sorting table views + by the end user (via IBindingList.ApplySort) and sorting in objects. + By default, all C1DataTable objects created by a use the Locale property of + the , but it can be overridden setting the Locale property of the C1DataTable object. + + C1DataObjects Expressions + + + + Determines whether string comparisons within the data table are case-sensitive. + + + This property affects string comparison in expression evaluation, sorting table views + by the end user (via IBindingList.ApplySort) and sorting in objects. + By default, all C1DataTable objects created by a use the CaseSensitive + property of the , but it can be overridden setting the CaseSensitive property + of the C1DataTable object. + + + + + Determines the type of string comparison within the data table. + + + This property affects string comparison in expression evaluation, sorting table views by + the end user (via IBindingList.ApplySort) and sorting in objects. + By default, all objects created by a C1DataSet use the SortComparisonMode property + of the C1DataSet, but it can be overridden setting the property of the object. + + C1DataObjects Expressions + + + + Gets a value indicating whether there are errors in any of the rows of this data table. + + + To get all errors, use the method. + + + + + Gets an array of fields that function as primary key of this data table. + + Table Properties + + + + Gets the ADO.NET DataTable storing data rows for a simple table. + + + This data table belongs to the ADO.NET data set C1DataSet.StorageDataSet. + This property returns a non-null value only for C1DataTable objects representing + simple tables. For C1DataTable objects representing composite tables and table views, + this property returns null (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + C1DataObjects and ADO.NET + Working with ADO.NET Dataset + + + + Gets or sets fetch order of the data table representing a table view rowset. + + + This property is used to modify fetch order dynamically in the event when + this event is fired with empty an TableView argument before fetching any table views. For example: + Visual Basic: + + Private Sub DataSet_BeforeFetch(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As C1.Data.FetchEventArgs) Handles DataSet.BeforeFetch + If e.TableView Is Nothing Then + e.TableViews("maindata").FetchIndex = 0 + End If + End Sub + + C#: + + private void dataset_DataSet_BeforeFetch(object sender, C1.Data.FetchEventArgs e) + { + if (e.TableView == null) + e.TableViews["maindata"].FetchIndex = 0; + } + + Delphi: + + procedure TForm.dataset_BeforeFetch(sender: System.Object; e: C1.Data.FetchEventArgs); + begin + if e.TableView = nil then + e.TableViews['maindata'].FetchIndex := 0; + end; + + If you only need to modify fetch order statically, it is easier to do it + setting the property in Schema Designer. + Possible values: from 0 up to the number of table views in the dataset. + + + + + + Represents a field of a , an item of the collection. + + + Data table fields correspond to schema fields, objects of the corresponding schema + table or table view. The DataField class contains only a few most important field properties. + To access other field property values, use the schema accessible through the property. + + + + + Gets the schema object on which the field is based. + + + Data table fields correspond to schema fields, C1.Data.SchemaObjects.Field objects + of the corresponding schema table or table view that can be accessed through the + SchemaTable property of the . + + + + + Gets the name of the field in the . + + + This property is used to return this data field from the object's collection. + + + + + Gets the type of field data. + + + + + Gets the to which the field belongs. + + + + + Gets the position of the field in the . + + + This property is used to return this data field from the object's collection. + + + + + Gets a collection of custom user information associated with the data set. + + + This property allows you to store arbitrary custom information with the object. + + + + + Gets the ADO.NET DataColumn object storing this field's data. + + + The DataColumn belongs to the table . + This property returns a non-null value only for fields of C1DataTable objects + representing simple tables. For objects representing composite tables + and table views, this property returns null (Nothing in Visual Basic) for all fields. + + C1DataObjects and ADO.NET + Working with ADO.NET Dataset + + + + Represents a collection of objects, fields of a . + + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a value in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Gets the total number of elements in a collection. + + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the element. + + + + Represents a collection of rows in a object. + + + + + Copies elements of the collection to an array starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the collection, return -1 if this item not found. + + The object to locate in the collection. + + + + + Returns True if the collection contains the specific item, False otherwise. + + The object to locate in the collection. + + + + + Gets the row specified by the primary key value. + + This method returns the C1DataRow object containing the primary key values specified; + otherwise a null value if the primary key values do not exist in the C1DataRowCollection. + To use the Find method, the object must have at least one field designated as + a primary key field, see PrimaryKey property. + + The primary key value of the row to find. + The object. + + + + + Gets the row specified by the primary key value. + + An array of primary key values to find. + The object. + + + + + Gets the total number of rows in the data table. + + + + + + Gets the row at the specified index. + + + + + + UnboundDataReader is a helper class used in supporting unbound tables in the event. The data is passed to its constructor in a System.Data.DataTable object. It implements the System.Data.IDataReader interface. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Initializes a new instance of the UnboundDataReader class. + + System.Data.DataTable object with data rows. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DbTableField class. + + + + + Gets or sets the System.Data.DataTable object that contains data rows for this data reader. + + + + + Specifies the conditions for enabling caching. + + + + + + Global caching for this data set is enabled only in WebForms. + + + + + Global caching is disabled for this data set. + + + + + Reserved for future use (in current version this value is equivalent to InWebForms) + + + + + Specifies storage type for saving data. + + + For Memory storage type, storing data in the cache depends on the session state mode for which your web application is configured. + If SessionStateMode = InProc, in global cache, the data is copied to a persistent object in memory. + If SessionStateMode = InProc, in session cache, the data stays in the same object, no copying is necessary. + If SessionStateMode = SqlServer, the data is copied to a persistent object in memory and then the object is persisted, saved in the state database. + If SessionStateMode = StateServer, the data is copied to a persistent object in memory and then the object is remoted to the state server, where it stays in memory. + The fastest caching mode is using Memory storage type in session cache when your application is configured for SessionStateMode = InProc. In this case, saving and restoring data in cache is virtually immediate, because it does not involve copying any data, even in memory, it just stores a reference to an internal object. If you use SessionStateMode = StateServer or SqlServer with Memory storage type, C1WebDataObjects copies data in memory to make them persistent. This is also fast, but not immediate, depends on data size. + + + + + + Cached data stored in files on the server. + + + + + Cached data stored in server memory. In InProc session state mode, it is always physical memory. + In SqlServer session state mode, the actual storage can be a database where the + memory-based data is persisted. In StateServer session state mode, it is still server memory, + but data ends up on a different server, the state server. + + + + + Specifies a restriction on fetched rows when a table view is filled with data. + + + A filter condition specifies a restriction on fetched rows when a table view is filled with + data, see Fill. For table views based on bound and SQL-based tables, a filter condition has + SQL WHERE syntax with bracketed table view field names as variables (example: [CustomerID] = 'ALFKI'), + except for a custom filter condition ( = True) which can be an arbitrary string for + use in event. For table views based on unbound tables, filter conditions are + arbitrary strings that can be used by event code implementing the fetch. + See Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables for details. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FilterCondition class. + + The table view to which the conditions belongs. + The text of the condition + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FilterCondition class. + + The table view to which the conditions belongs. + The text of the condition + A value indicating whether the condition is custom. + If this parameter is set to True, the condition is ignored in SQL generation, + does not generate an SQL condition, can be used in the event. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FilterCondition class. + + Data set to which the condition applies. This parameter can be null, + which means the data set will be determined later, when the filter condition is used in + call. + The name of the table view to which the conditions applies. + The text of the condition. + A value indicating whether the condition is custom. If this parameter + is set to True, the condition is ignored in SQL generation, does not generate an SQL condition, + can be used in the event. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FilterCondition class. + + Data set to which the condition applies. This parameter can be null, + which means the data set will be determined later, when the filter condition is used in + call. + The name of the table view to which the conditions applies. + The text of the condition. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FilterCondition class. + + + + + Gets the table view () to which the filter condition belongs. + + + Each filter condition represents a restriction on one of the data set table views. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the condition. + + + Filter conditions have SQL WHERE syntax with bracketed table view field names as variables + (example: [CustomerID] = 'ALFKI'), except for a custom filter condition (IsCustom = True), + which can be an arbitrary string for use in event. + + + + + Gets value indicating whether it is a custom condition. + + + A custom filter condition is an arbitrary string. Custom filter conditions are ignored + in SQL generation, do not generate SQL conditions. They are intended for use in + in cases where it is needed to pass custom information to that event. + + + + + Gets or sets the sort field or fields, and sort order for filling a table view with data. + + + By default, fetched data is sorted according to the property, + or by primary key if is empty. This default order can be + overridden at run time, when calling by specifying the required sort + order in one of the filter conditions passed to the method as a parameter. + Set this property to the sort field name(s). To specify sort order (ascending/descending), + add "ASC" (ascending) or "DESC" (descending) after the field name. If no order is specified, + the order is "ASC" (ascending). Multiple field names are separated with commas. + Example: "CustomerID DESC, OrderID". + Fill sort can be set for any filter condition filtering the given table view, or a special + filter condition can be created for this purpose (if there are no filtering conditions for + this table view), with = True and empty . + Note that in virtual mode ( property set to a mode other than Static) + FillSort, both in filter conditions and in class, must form a unique key. + If it does not represent a unique key, a run time exception will occur when two different + row with equal key values are fetched in virtual mode. You can always ensure uniqueness + of a sort order by adding primary key fields in the end. + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + This interface is used to allow objects and collection to serialize + types of their members in a custom way. + If a collection implements this interface, TypeToString is invoked during + serialization of collection items, and for all items for which it returns a + non-null string, that string is used as the element name of the item. + If a class implements this interface, AND a member of that class has + attribute TypeNameSerialization.Custom, AND does not have attribute + XmlAttribute (i.e. is serialized as an element), TypeToString is invoked + on the owner when that member is serialized, and if that returns a non-null + string, that string is used as the value of TypeName attribute. + When deserializing a collection which implements this interface, + StringToType is invoked for each new item in the collection, and if that + returns a non-null type, that type is used to create the item. Otherwise, + TypeNameSerialization attribute is used. + When deserializing a class which implements this interface, StringToType + is invoked on that class for members with TypeNameSerialization.Custom + attribute set. + + + + + Returns a string representing the type of the object + + + + + Returns the type restored from the serialized string + + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which object should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the filter condition object in the collection. + + The Object to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of the filter condition object, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The Object to locate in the collection. + True if the filter condition object is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + + + + A RemoteDataService-derived class is included in every data library. It is used to support + automatic remoting in methods C1DataSet.Fill/Update. Calling C1DataSet.Fill/Update on the + client automatically calls RemoteDataService.Fill/Update on the server. + RemoteDataService.Fill/Update are virtual methods that can be overridden to customize + Fill/Update behavior. Also, new "business" methods can be added to the RemoteDataService-derived class, + see Business Methods. + + + + + Called on the server when C1DataSet.Fill is called on the client. + + Data set to be filled with data. This data set is initially empty. + After this data set is filled, its data is passed to the client to the data set for which + was called. + Filter conditions used in call. + + Connection object substitutes defined in + property. + This parameter is set to False by default. It means + C1DataObjects does not use transactions in fetching data. To make it perform fetch + in a transaction, override this method and set this parameter to True. + + + + Called on the server when C1DataSet.Update is called on the client. + + Data set containing simple table rows. Only rows with C1DataRow.RowState + equal to Added, Deleted or Modified need to be updated to the database. After database update, + simple table rows in this data set are passed back to the client to refresh the data set + for which C1DataSet.Update was called. + Connection object substitutes defined in + property. + This parameter is set to True by default. It means + C1DataObjects performs inside a database transaction. To make it perform Update + without using a database transaction, override this method and set this parameter to False. + This is needed to support distributed transactions, see Supporting distributed (COM+) transactions. + + + + Specifies the database engine software used to connect to the database. + + + + + A custom, generic ADO.NET data provider, see class C1CustomConnection. + + + + + Connection using OLE DB database access classes in System.Data.OleDb namespace. + + + + + Connection using SQL Server native database access classes in System.Data.SqlClient namespace. + + + + + Connection using SQL Server Compact native database access classes in System.Data.SqlServerCe namespace. + + + + + Connection using Oracle Data Provider for .NET, namespace Oracle.DataAccess.Client. + + + + + Connection using Microsoft .NET Framework Data Provider for Oracle, namespace System.Data.OracleClient.OracleType. + + + + + Base class representing a database connection. + + + C1DataObjects supports five types of database connections: + OLE DB connection (connecting to any database that has an OLE DB provider), represented by a + derived class, native SQL Server connection, represented by a derived + class, two native Oracle connection types ( + and ), and any other .NET data provider + is represented by the class. + + Database Connections + Native and OLE DB Database Access + + + + Creates a copy of the connection object, with the same Name and other properties. + + A new connection object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Connection class. + + Schema to which this connection object belongs. + + + + Opens database connection. + + + + + Closes database connection. + + + + + Starts a transaction on the connection object. + + + + + Commits the current transaction. + + + + + Rolls back the current transaction. + + + + + Gets the schema to which the connection object belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the connection object. + + + + + Gets or sets the wait time before terminating an attempt to execute a command and generating an error. + + + The default is 30 seconds. + + + + + Gets the object containing information about SQL dialect supported by the connection. + + + Use the properties of this object to specify various options of SQL syntax relevant to C1DataObjects + that can vary between different databases. Normally, these properties are set automatically to their + appropriate values, according to the selected or OLE DB provider (when you specify + the ), but, occasionally, they may need manual adjustment, for example, when using + a third-party OLE DB provider or a custom .NET data provider. + + + + + Gets .NET IDbConnection object representing open connection. + + + This property returns a non-null object only while the connection is open. Depending on the + value, DbConnection returns an object of one of the following classes: + for OleDb: System.Data.OleDb.OleDbConnection, + for SqlServer: System.Data.SqlConnection, + for Oracle: Oracle.DataAccess.Client.OracleConnection, + for MSOracle: System.Data.OracleClient.OracleConnection, + for others (Custom): the type is specified in the ConnectionTypeName property. + + + + + Gets .NET IDbTransaction object representing current transaction. + + + This property contains a non-null object only while the database connection is open and is + performing a transaction while updating the database. Depending on the value, + DbTransaction returns an object of one of the following classes: + for OleDb: System.Data.OleDb.OleDbTransaction, + for SqlServer: System.Data.SqlTransaction, + for Oracle: Oracle.DataAccess.Client.OracleTransaction, + for MSOracle: System.Data.OracleClient.OracleTransaction, + for others (Custom): type depends on the provider. + + + + + Gets or sets the string used to connect to a database. + + + Connection string includes provider name (only for OLE DB connections), data source name, database name, connection timeout, user ID, password and other required and optional parameters for establishing database connection. It contains all information necessary to open the database. + + + + + Gets the type of database connection, either via OLE DB or using one of the native database access options. + + + This property is overridden in each class derived from Connection, indicating the type of database connection the class represents. + + Native and OLE DB Database Access + + + + Gets or sets a description for the connection. + + This value is displayed in the Schema Designer's Information window when you select the connection. + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the connection with a given name in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + The zero-based index of the connection with a given name, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the connection object in the collection. + + The element of the collection. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + True if connection with a given name is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which object should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + + + + Represents an OLE DB connection to a database, using OLE DB Data Provider for .NET, classes from namespace System.Data.OleDb. + + Database Connections + Native and OLE DB Database Access + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OleDbConnection class. + + Schema to which this connection object belongs. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OleDbConnection class. + + + + + In this class this property returns .OleDb. + + + See the Property. + + + + + Represents a connection to a database, using SQL Server Data Provider for .NET, classes from namespace System.Data.SqlClient. + + Database Connections + Native and OLE DB Database Access + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SqlServerConnection class. + + Schema to which this connection object belongs. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SqlServerConnection class. + + + + + In this class this property returns .SqlServer. + + + See the Property. + + + + + Represents a connection to a database, using Data Provider for Microsoft SQL Server Compact, classes from namespace System.Data.SqlServerCe. + + Database Connections + Native and OLE DB Database Access + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SqlServerConnection class. + + Schema to which this connection object belongs. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SqlServerConnection class. + + + + + In this class this property returns .SqlServerCe. + + + See the Property. + + + + + Represents a connection to a database, using Oracle Data Provider for .NET, classes from namespace Oracle.DataAccess. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OracleConnection class. + + Schema to which this connection object belongs. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OracleConnection class. + + + + + In this class this property returns .Oracle. + + + See the Property. + + + + + Represents a connection to a database, using Microsoft .NET Framework Data Provider for Oracle, classes from namespace System.Data.OracleClient. + + Database Connections + Native and OLE DB Database Access + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1MSOracleConnection class. + + Schema to which this connection object belongs. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1MSOracleConnection class. + + + + + In this class this property returns .MSOracle. + + + See the Property. + + + + + Represents a connection to a generic ADO.NET data provider. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CustomConnection class. + + Schema to which this connection object belongs. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CustomConnection class. + + + + + Gets the object containing information necessary to access a generic .NET data provider. + + + Using Other (Custom) .NET Data Providers + Native and OLE DB Database Access + Database Connections + + + + In this class this property returns .Custom. + + + See the Property. + + + + + Containing information necessary to access a generic .NET data provider. + + Using Other (Custom) .NET Data Providers + C1CustomConnection.CustomProviderInfo Property + + + + Gets or sets the name of the assembly implementing the .NET data provider. + + + + + Gets or sets the full name of the type implementing the IDbConnection interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the full name of the type implementing the IDbCommand interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the full name of the type implementing the IDbDataParameter interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the full type name of the native database type enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the full name of the type implementing the IDbDataAdapter interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property of the parameter class specifying parameter native data type. + + + + + Gets or sets a format string used to generate parameter names in SQL statements from parameter number {0} and name {1}. + + + Generating SQL statements, C1DataObjects uses this format string to generate parameter names in the SQL statement. For example, for a SQL Server database, the string can be "@{1}", which will generate parameters like this: + SELECT ... FROM ... WHERE ... = @aName + SQL Server accepts named parameters, so we can use the suggested name (parameter name, {1}) in the SQL statement. Suggested name is usually based on a field name, but it is generally at C1DataObjects discretion. Another possible option for SQL Server can be "@Par{0}", which ignores the suggested name and uses the (unique) parameter number to generate parameter names in the SQL statement. For an Oracle database, a correct format string can be ":{1}" or ":Par{0}". + + + + + + Gets or sets a format string used to generate the value of parameter.ParameterName from parameter number {0} and name {1}. + + + Generating SQL statements and corresponding commands, C1DataObjects uses this format string to create names to assign to command parameter Name property (IDbDataParameter.Name). For example, for a SQL Server database, the string can be "@{1}" or "@Par{0}". The latter ignores the suggested name and uses the (unique) parameter number to generate the parameter Name property value. For an Oracle database, examples of a correct format string are "{1}" or "Par{0}". + + + + + + Specifies how data is fetched from the database to a table view. + + Virtual Mode - Dealing with Large Datasets + + + + All data is pre-fetched when the data set is filled with data. + No fetches occur until method is called. + + + + + Data is fetched in segments of limited size, and the number of segments cached at the client at any given time is limited, segments are uncached when this limit is exceeded. + + + + + Data is fetched in segments, and the number of segments in the cache is unlimited, and, in addition to that, fetch is continually performed in background mode until all data is fetched. + + + + + Data is fetched in segments of limited size, and the number of segments in the cache is unlimited, segments are never uncached. + + + + + Base class for data set diagrams () and composite table diagrams (). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Diagram class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Diagram class. + + + + + Gets the schema the diagram belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the diagram object. + + + + + Gets the collection of table views. + + + + + Gets the collection of view relations. + + + + + Represents a data set definition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSetDef class. + + Schema the dataset belongs to. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataSetDef class. + + + + + This property is used in ComponentOne WebDataObjects for data caching in web applications. It is ignored if the schema is used in WinForms application or in WebForms application without WebDataObjects. + + + + + Gets the object containing default settings used for fields accessed through this data set. + + + + + Gets or sets a description for the dataset. + + + + + The CacheProperties class is used to specify global cache settings for a DataSetDef using the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of data set objects that can be used simultaneously for fetching data by different threads on a server. PoolSize = 0 means object pool is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of seconds to wait while all existing data set objects are busy serving other threads on the server and a new object cannot be created because there the PoolSize limit is already reached. PoolTimeout = 0 means wait indefinitely. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating under what conditions caching is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the storage medium used to cache data. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data in cache should be compressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the path for storing cache data files, if = File. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of data sets that can be stored in the cache for this DataSetDef. + + + + + Gets or sets the storage medium used to cache changes made by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the cached changes should be compressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the path for storing cached changes, if ChangesCacheMode = File. + + + + + Contains various default settings used for fields accessed through a certain data set. + + Table Fields + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FieldDefaults class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether DbNull values of string fields are returned as empty strings. + + + If is set to Default (default option for a field), + the value of this property, defined in , takes effect for the field. + + + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether empty strings are stored as DbNull values. + + + If is set to Default (default option for a field), + the value of this property, defined in , takes effect for the field. + + + + Table Fields + + + + Represents a composite table definition diagram. + + + + + Gets the composite table the diagram belongs to. + + + + + Gets the collection of table views. + + + + + Gets the collection of view relations. + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Gets the index of the element with a given name in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Gets the index of an element in the collection. + + The element of the collection. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which object should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + True if element is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the relation with a given name in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of an element in the collection. + + The relation object to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which object should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + True if element with a given name is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + + + + Objects of the TableView class represent nodes in a data set definition diagram. + + + Objects of the derived class represent nodes in a composite table definition + diagrams. For both kinds of table views, every table view object is based on a table object. + + + + + Base class for all tables and table views. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether modifying table data is allowed. + + + + + Gets the effective value of the property at run time. + + + Although a table view's property may be False, it will behave as if + it is True if it is based on a table with = True. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether modifying table data in bound controls is allowed. + + + + + Gets the effective value of the property at run time. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether adding new rows to the table is allowed. + + + + + Gets the effective value of the property at run time. + + + Although a table view's property may be True, it will behave as if it + is False if it is based on a table with = False. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether deleting rows from the table is allowed. + + + + + Gets the effective value of the property at run time. + + + Although a table view's property may be True, + it will behave as if it is False if it is based on a table with = False. + + + + + Gets the collection of record level constraints. + + + + + Gets the collection of field level constraints. + + + + + Gets the name(s) of the table primary key field(s). + + + This property returns a comma-delimited string consisting of the names of one + or more fields whose property is set to True. + + + + + Gets or sets the table name. + + + + + Gets or sets a class representing rows of this table or view. + + + This property allows you to define a custom class representing rows of a table or table view. + By default, row objects are represented by the C1DataRow class. To define a custom class, + do the following: + 1. In the data library dll, define a class derived from C1DataRow. + 2. In the C1SchemaDef.CreateSchema event, assign this class to Table.RowType or + TableView.RowType property. + If the RowType property is set for a table, simple or composite (DbTable or CompositeTable), + all TableView objects based on this table will automatically use the same class, + unless their RowType property is set explicitly, in which case TableView.RowType overrides + the table setting. + + + + + Gets or sets a description for the table. + + + This value is displayed in the Schema Designer's Information window when you select the table or table view. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TableView class. + + Diagram the table view belongs to. + Table the table view is based on. + Custom row's prototype. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TableView class. + + Diagram the table view belongs to. + Table the table view is based on. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TableView class. + + + + + Retrieves table view fields from table specified in the Table property. + + + + + Gets the diagram this table view belongs to. + + + + + Gets the table this table view is based on. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the table view. + + + + + Gets or sets the sort field or fields, and sort order for filling the table view with data. + + + This property controls the order in which data rows are sorted after fetch. By default, fetched data is sorted by primary key. If a different sort is required, set this property to the sort field name(s). To specify sort order (ascending/descending), add "ASC" (ascending) or "DESC" (descending) after the field name. If no order is specified, the order is "ASC" (ascending). Multiple field names are separated with commas. + Example: "CustomerID DESC, OrderID". + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this table view is skipped when the data set is filled with data. + + + The default value is False. If this property is set to True, this table view data is not fetched from the database when the data set is filled with data. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether must be called automatically for + newly added rows once their primary key is defined. + + + + + Gets the field collection of the table view. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying how data is fetched from the database to the table view. + + + The default value is Static. The other three possible values specify a virtual fetch mode, + where data is fetched in chunks (segments) allowing to work with large datasets. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of segments in the cache in virtual mode. + + + This property has effect only when is set to Virtual. It is a performance + tuning property. Do not change the default value unless you thoroughly understand + the mechanics of virtual mode. The default value is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets the size (number of rows) of a segment of rows fetched from the database in virtual mode. + + + This property has effect only in virtual mode (when is not Static). + It is a performance tuning property. Do not change the default value unless you + thoroughly understand the mechanics of virtual mode. The default value is 400. + + + + + Gets or sets a percent value from 0 to 100 determining (in virtual mode) the distance + to the end of a segment that is considered a 'preemptive fetch zone'. + + + This property has effect only in virtual mode (when is not Static). + It is a performance tuning property. Do not change the default value unless you + thoroughly understand the mechanics of virtual mode. The default value is 30%. + This property determines the distance (number of rows) to the end of a + segment that is considered a 'preemptive fetch zone', in the sense that a new + segment must be fetched from the database (if not found in the cache) when the + user positions on a row inside that zone. By default, it is 30% of 400 = 120 rows. + + + + + Gets or sets a percent value from 0 to 100 determining (in virtual mode) the distance to + the end of a segment that is considered a 'mandatory fetch zone'. + + + This property has effect only in virtual mode (when is not Static). + It is a performance tuning property. Do not change the default value unless you + thoroughly understand the mechanics of virtual mode. The default value is 12%. + This property determines the distance (number of rows) to the end of a segment + that is considered a 'danger zone', or a 'mandatory fetch zone', in the sense that the + current segment must be changed to another segment (taken from the cache or fetched from the database) + when the user positions on a row inside that zone. By default, it is 12% of 400 = 48 rows. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating (in VirtualAutomatic mode) whether the table view + rebuilds its rowset after all rows are fetched. + + + This property has effect only in virtual automatic mode (when = VirtualAutomatic). + + + + + This property is used in ComponentOne WebData for data caching in web applications. It is ignored if the schema is used in WinForms application or in WebForms application without WebDataObjects. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether table view is used for data binding (shown in the DataMember property of bound controls). + + + The default value of this property is True. + If this property is set to False, the table view will be available only programmatically + (through the C1DataSet.TableViews[] collection), but data binding will not see it. A data bound + control, such as a grid, has only table views with ExposedInBinding=True available for selection + in its DataMember property for data binding. + Use this property to hide table views that you only need programmatically and do not need + to appear in bound controls for the end user. + This property shows/hides individual objects in data binding. If you need to + show/hide a whole path of TableView objects, use the property. + + + + + Gets or sets fetch order of the table view. + + + This property allows you to change the order in which table views in the dataset are fetched. + Controlling fetch order can be necessary, for example, if you have both bound and unbound + or SQL-based tables in one dataset. + You can set TableView.FetchIndex at design time in the Schema Designer or programmatically + at run time, in the event. + Possible values: from 0 up to the number of table views in the dataset. + + + + + Represents a node in a composite table definition diagram. + + It is a table view, based on a table object, one of constituent tables. + + Composite Table Diagram + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeDefView class. + + Diagram the table view belongs to. + Table the table view is based on. + Custom row's prototype. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeDefView class. + + Diagram the table view belongs to. + Table the table view is based on. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeDefView class. + + + + + Gets or sets the alias used for this table view in the SQL statement generated for fetching rows into the composite table. + + + The default value is empty string. + Generated SQL statement must use aliases for constituent simple tables, because a table + can occur more than once in a composite table diagram, so its name may be not unique in the + statement, in which case it needs aliasing. By default, view table names are used as aliases, + but if you want to change the default alias, you can set it. + This is rarely needed, this property is supported only for completeness, since all other + names in the generated SQL statement can be controlled by developers using + and . + + How Composite Table Data is Fetched, Stored and Updated + + + + Represents a view relation, an arc in a . + + + A view relation between two table views is + always based on a Relation between two tables. + + View Relations + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ViewRelation class. + + Diagram to which this view relation belongs. + Relation between tables on which this view relation is based. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ViewRelation class. + + + + + Gets the diagram this view relation belongs to. + + View Relations + + + + Gets or sets the relation between tables this view relation is based on. + + View Relations + + + + Gets or sets the name of the view relation. + + View Relations + + + + Gets or sets the parent table view. + + + If the view relation is inverted with respect to the table relation on which it is based, + the view relation's is based on the table relation's , and the + view relation's is based on the table relation's . + + View Relations + + + + Gets or sets the child table view. + + + If the view relation is inverted with respect to the table relation on which it is based, + the view relation's is based on the table relation's , and the + view relation's is based on the table relation's . + + View Relations + + + + Gets view relation cardinality, which is determined by the relation cardinality with possible inversion. + + + A view relation, as an arc in the data set diagram, can have direction opposite to the + direction of the table relation on which it is based. For example, having a one-to-many + relation Customers - Orders, we can create a many-to-one view relation Orders - Customers, + based on Customers - Orders, but in inverse order (direction). So, if the + object Customers - Orders has = Customers, = Orders, the view relation, + if inverted, will have = Orders, = Customers. + + View Relations + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether relation is specified in code in + and + events (and not based on a between tables). + + + If this property is set to True, the view relation is not based on a table relation + (its property is ignored), it is defined by custom code returning + the list of child rows for a parent row in event + (in C1DataExpress, C1ExpressConnection.GetChildRows). + Only view relations (only relations between table views, not relations between tables) + can be custom (have this property set to True). Furthermore, custom relations are allowed + only in data set diagrams, not in composite table diagrams. You can define custom relations + between table views based on composite tables, but cannot use custom relation inside a + composite table diagram. + Related topic: + + View Relations + + + + For a relation specified in code in GetChildRows event, indicates whether GetParentRow is not available. + + + This property has effect only for custom relations, those defined in code, + with =True. If this property is set to True, code in + event can be omitted, calling for this relation will throw exception. + Set this property to True if it is difficult or simply unnecessary to reverse your + algorithm enumerating child rows. Note that only is used for master-detail + data binding, is not necessary. + In C1DataExpress, OneWay is always True for custom relations. + + View Relations + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether relation is used for data binding (shown in the DataMember property of bound controls). + + + Default: True. + If this property is set to False, the relation will be available only programmatically + (through the method and typed business logic methods), but data binding will not see it. + A data bound control, such as a grid, has only relations with ExposedInBinding=True available + for selection in its DataMember property for data binding. + Use this property to hide relations that you only need programmatically, do not need to + appear in bound controls for the end user. + In C1DataExpress, the value of the ExposedInBinding property is determined by the + Master-detail check box in the Relations editor. If the check box is unchecked, ExposedInBinding=False. + + + + + Gets or sets a description for the view relation. + + + This value is displayed in the Schema Designer's Information window when you select the relation. + + + + + Represents an arc in a composite table definition diagram. + + + It is a view relation, based on a table relation between two constituent tables. + + Composite Table Diagram + View Relations + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeDefRelation class. + + Diagram to which this view relation belongs. + Relation between tables on which this view relation is based. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeDefRelation class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use outer join in generated SQL , if = ManyToOne. + + + This property has effect only for many-to-one relations ( = ManyToOne). + The default value is True. This means that a many-to-one relation in a composite table + diagram generates outer joins in the SQL statement. This ensures the standard interpretation + of many-to-one links, where the child table contains one row corresponding to the parent row, + or none. If there are no corresponding row, the child fields receive null values. However, + some databases do not implement outer joins, or implement them inadequately, with various + limitations (as, for example, MS Access). In this case, and when outer joins are undesirable + for other reasons, you can set this property to False. Then C1DataObjects will use inner join + for this view relation in the composite table diagram. + + How Composite Table Data is Fetched, Stored and Updated + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the field with a given name in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of a field in the collection. + + The field object to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + True if field with a given name is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which object should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + + + + Gets the table view to which the collection belongs. + + + + + Specifies how a table is related to the database. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Table is based on a database table, SQL statements generated automatically. + + + + + SQL statements specified in user code. + + + + + Fetch and update performed entirely in user code. + + + + + Specifies which field values participate in locating the database record for update. + + Generated SQL Statements + + + + All field values in the database record must match the original row values. + + + + + Primary key field values in the database record must match the original row values. + + + + + Primary key field values and those field values that have changed from their original values must match the original row values. + + + + + Specifies how refresh after update is done. + + Changing Data as a Result of Update (Refresh) + + + + Always retrieve the resulting database record after adding or modifying record in the database. + + + + + Do not retrieve the resulting database record after adding or modifying record in the database. + + + + + Try to retrieve the resulting database record after adding or modifying record in the database, but ignore errors if they occur. + + + + + Base class for simple and composite tables. + + Simple Tables + Composite Tables + + + + Gets the schema to which the table belongs. + + + + + Gets the collection of table fields. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying which field values participate in locating the database record for update. + + Generated SQL Statements + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying how refresh after updating the database is done. + + Generated SQL Statements + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the absence of a record to delete in the database is interpreted as an error. + + Generated SQL Statements + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the field with a given name in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of a field in the collection. + + The field object to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + True if field with a given name is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which object should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the element. The search is not case-sensitive. + + + + Gets the table to which the field collection belongs. + + + + + Base class for simple tables. + + + + + Represents a simple table. + + Simple Tables + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DbTable class. + + Schema the table belongs to. + Custom class representing rows of a table or table view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DbTable class. + + Schema the table belongs to. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DbTable class. + + + + + Retrieves fields from the database table specified in property. + + + property should be non-empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the object used for the table. + + + This property is null for an unbound table. + + Table Properties + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + + Gets or sets the name of a database table on which the table is based. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Gets or sets the table data mode. + + + Data mode is one of the values specifying whether a table is bound, SQL-based or unbound. + + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Gets or sets the command text for fetching data used in = SqlBased. + + + Property determines whether SelectCommandText is a + SQL statement or a stored procedure name. + If specified, /SelectCommandText determine the command that is + executed to fetch data. + The command can also be specified dynamically, in code, in or + events. + If property is set and its SelectCommand property is not empty, + it supersedes the SelectCommandText property. + The SelectCommandText property can be specified in a only for a SQL-based table ( = SqlBased). + In C1DataExpress, in a C1ExpressTable component, specifying this property makes the table + SQL-based and clears the DbTableName property. + When this property is set at design time, and a database connection exists, fields are + automatically retrieved from the database structure, with user confirmation if it is OK to + delete the existing fields. + + C1ExpressTable Class + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Determines how to interpret in = SqlBased. + + + This property determines whether is a SQL statement or a stored procedure name. + + C1ExpressTable Class + Bound, SQL-Based and Unbound Tables + + + + Represents a composite table. + + Composite Tables + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeTable class. + + Schema the table belongs to. + Custom class representing rows of a table or table view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeTable class. + + Schema the table belongs to. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeTable class. + + + + + Gets the composite table definition diagram. + + Composite Table Diagram + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether constituent tables are allowed to use different connections. + + How Composite Table Data is Fetched, Stored and Updated + + + + Specifies whether field value is set in the database. + + + + + + Value is always assigned to the database field. + + + + + Value is never assigned to the database field. + + + + + Value is assigned to the database field if the value has been changed since it was fetched from the database. + + + + + Specifies automatic assignment of field values on adding rows to a table and to the database. + + + + + + No autoincrement functionality. + + + + + The field automatically receives incremented value in a new row added to the table on the client. + + + + + The field automatically receives incremented value in a new row added to the database table on the server. + + + + + The field automatically receives incremented value in a new row both in a new row + added on the client and in a new row added to the database table on the server. + These two values can be different. After adding the row to the database table on the server, + the client value is refreshed with the value from the database table. + + + + + An enumeration used in property values instead of the Boolean type where there is a default option + (depending on the context) in addition to Yes (True) and No (False). + + + + + Property value is True. + + + + + Property value is False. + + + + + This can be Yes or No depending on other properties of the object. Where Default is used, + the value of the property is determined by some rules documented with the property. + + + + + The base class for and . + Contains common field properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the field. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets the type of field data. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets the field data type as a native data type of the underlying database. + + + NativeDbType contains the numeric value corresponding to one of the values of the enumerated + type describing all possible data types for the database access provider. These enumerations are: + for OleDb: System.Data.OleDb.OleDbType, + for SqlServer: System.Data.SqlDbType, + for Oracle: Oracle.DataAccess.Client.OracleDbType, + for MSOracle: System.Data.OracleClient.OracleType, + for others (Custom): enumeration type is specified in the property. + This property is used for database update, to specify the type of command parameters + containing field values that are written to the database. Sometimes it is essential to + specify the type for database update more exactly than it can be inferred from the .NET + type of the field (from ). For example, DataType = String can be further specialized + to be a Unicode or ASCII string. When you create a schema importing it from database structure, + Field.NativeDbType is automatically set to the actual type of the database field. + In those rare cases when you need to change it, you can set the Field.NativeDbType + property to a specific native type you need, or you can use Field.NativeDbType = + Any (-1) to indicate that inferring parameter type from is good enough + (or not needed at all, as, for example, in calculated fields). + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the field belongs to the table's primary key. + + + Every modifiable (ReadOnly:Table set to False) table must have primary key, that is, + at least one field with PrimaryKey property set to True. Primary key values must be unique + in table rows, an attempt to set a duplicate primary key generates an exception. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether null or empty string values are allowed in this field. + + + If this property is set to False, an attempt to assign null or empty string value to this + field generates an exception. + The effective value of this property at run time (see ) for fields based + on other fields (composite table fields, table view fields) is False if the base field's + property value is False, even though the property value itself is independent of the + base field's property value. + + + Table Fields + Composite Table Fields + + + + Gets the effective value of the property at run time. + + + Although a field's property may be True, it will behave as if it + is False if the field is based on another field and that field's is set to False. + The EffectiveAllowDbNull property allows you to get this effective value. + A table view field is based on a table field if the table view field's + property is not empty. + A composite table field is based on a table field if the composite table field's + property is not empty and is not empty. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets whether this field has a default value in the database. + + + If this property is set to True, an attempt to assign null or empty string value to this + field of the newly added row will not generate an exception even if the AllowDbNull + property is set to False for this field. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the values of this field in each row must be unique. + + + If it is set to True, an attempt to assign a duplicate value to this field generates an exception. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the field automatically receives an + incremented value for a new row added to the table. + + + The most common way of implementing the autoincrement functionality is using the ClientAndServer + option. In this case, your database field must be an autoincrement field (an integer field + having autoincrement functionality in the database), and C1DataObjects implements autoincrement + functionality on the client. When a new row is added on the client, the field receives + a negative autoincrement value (both and are + equal to -1). C1DataObjects uses negative values on the client to ensure their uniqueness, + to distinguish them from autoincremented values assigned by the database. When the new row + is added to the database table on the server, C1DataObjects gets the autoincrement value + assigned by the database and refreshes the field value on the client with this value. + For this functionality to work with Oracle, Interbase and other databases that support + sequence/generator objects, you must also set the property. + + Table Fields + Keys Assigned by Server or Database + + + + Gets or sets the starting value for a field with value other than None. + + + If = ClientAndServer, the values of the AutoIncrementSeed and + properties are equal to -1, to distinguish client autoincrement values + from those of the server, see . + + Table Fields + Keys Assigned by Server or Database + + + + Gets or sets the name of a sequence or generator database object used for autoincrement on the server. + + + This property is used to enable autoincrement key field functionality in Oracle, + InterBase and other databases that support special database objects used to generate unique + (autoincrementing) values. With SQL Server, Access and Sybase, the autoincrement (identity) is + assigned automatically by the database and can be retrieved with a special SQL command, see the + property. In Oracle and Interbase, setting the key value is not + done automatically by the database. It can be done either automatically by C1DataObjects, + if you set = BeforeInsertCommand, or by a trigger, in which case you + set IdentityColumnRetrieveMode = AfterInsertCommand. In both cases, in addition to setting the + IdentityColumnLastValueSelect property that retrieves the autoincremented value, you must set + the AutoIncrementSequenceName property to the name of the object generating the value, a sequence + in Oracle, a generator in Interbase. + + Table Fields + Keys Assigned by Server or Database + + + + + Gets or sets the increment for a field with value other than None. + + + If AutoIncrement = ClientAndServer, the values of the and AutoIncrementStep + properties are equal to -1, to distinguish client autoincrement values from those of the server, + see . + + Table Fields + Keys Assigned by Server or Database + + + + Gets or sets the maximum length of a string field, in characters. + + + If the length is unlimited, the value is 0 (default). + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of digits used to represent the field value. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets the number of decimal places to in the field value. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets the default value for the field when creating new rows. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether modifications to field values are allowed. + + + If this property is set to True, modifying this field's values is not allowed. + The effective value of this property at run time (see ) for fields + based on other fields (composite table fields, table view fields) is True if the base + field's property value is True, even though the property value itself is independent + of the base field's property value. + + Table Fields + + + + + Gets the effective value of the property at run time. + + + Although a field's ReadOnly property may be False, it will behave as if it is + True if the field is based on another field and that field's ReadOnly is set to False. + The EffectiveReadOnly property allows you to get this effective value. + A table view field is based on a table field if the table view field's TableField + property is not empty. + A composite table field is based on a table field if the composite table field's + TableViewField property is not empty and TableViewField.TableField is not empty. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can change this field value using bound controls. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets the effective value of the UserReadOnly property at run time. + + + Although a field's property may be False, it will behave as if it is True if the + field is based on another field and that field's is set to False. + The EffectiveReadOnly property allows you to get this effective value. + A table view field is based on a table field if the table view field's TableField property is not empty. + A composite table field is based on a table field if the composite table field's + property is not empty and is not empty. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether modifications to field values are allowed + only in newly added rows. + + + If this property is set to True, modifying this field's values is allowed only in + newly added rows and that only while the row is in detached state ( not yet called, + see Keys Assigned by Client: New Row Detached and Attached State) + The effective value of this property at run time (see ) + for fields based on other fields (composite table fields, table view fields) is True + if the base field's property value is True, even though the property value itself + is independent of the base field's property value. + + Keys Assigned by Client: New Row Detached and Attached State + Table Fields + + + + + Gets the effective value of the property at run time. + + + Although a field's ReadOnlyUnlessNew property may be False, it will behave as if + it is True if the field is based on another field and that field's ReadOnlyUnlessNew + is set to False. The EffectiveReadOnly property allows you to get this effective value. + A table view field is based on a table field if the table view field's TableField + property is not empty. + A composite table field is based on a table field if the composite table field's + property is not empty and is not empty. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets the expression producing the result of a calculation. + + + The 's CalculationExpression property corresponds to the property of + the first object in the collection. Since in most + cases consists of a single calculation, this field property, together + with 's and makes it easier to specify + a single calculation for a field, without using the collection editor. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets an optional Boolean expression defining applicability of a calculation. + + + The 's CalculationCondition property corresponds to the property of + the first object in the collection. Since in most + cases consists of a single calculation, this field property, together + with 's and makes it easier to specify + a single calculation for a field, without using the collection editor. + + Table Fields + C1DataObjects Expressions + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether calculation triggers the same events as field modification by the user. + + + The Field's CalculationFireEvent property corresponds to the property of the + first object in the collection. + Since in most cases consists of a single calculation, this field property, + together with 's and makes it easier + to specify a single calculation for a field, without using the collection editor. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets the Boolean expression used to test a constraint. + + + The Field's ConstraintExpression property corresponds to the Expression property of the + first object in the collection. Since in many cases + consists of a single constraint, this field property, together with + Field's and makes it easier to specify a + single constraint for a field, without using the collection editor. + + + + + Gets or sets an optional Boolean expression defining applicability of a calculation. + + + If this expression is empty or evaluates to True, the is evaluated + and assigned to the field. If it evaluates to False, this calculation is skipped. + The Field's CalculationCondition property corresponds to the Condition property + of the first object in the collection. + Since in most cases consists of a single calculation, this field property, + together with Field's and makes it easier + to specify a single calculation for a field, without using the collection editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the string used as the error description in the exception thrown + when a constraint is not satisfied. + + + The Field's ConstraintErrorDescription property corresponds to the ErrorDescription property of the + first object in the collection. Since in many cases + consists of a single constraint, this field property, together with + Field's and makes it easier to specify a + single constraint for a field, without using the collection editor. + + + + + Gets the collection of field constraints, objects. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets the collection of field calculations, objects. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether DbNull values of a string field are returned as empty strings. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether empty strings are stored as DbNull values. + + + + + + Gets or sets a description for the field. + + + + + The base class for and . + + + + + Gets the table to which the field belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the values of this field in each row must be unique. + + + If it is set to True, an attempt to assign a duplicate value to this field generates an exception. + + Table Fields + + + + Represents a simple table field. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DbTableField class. + + Table the field belongs to. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DbTableField class. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the database field this field is based on. + + + This property value can be empty string, in which case the field is not based + on a database field, represents a calculated field. + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the field value in the database can be changed. + + + If this property is set to True, the field value will not be set in the database update + operation (as with = Never) and it cannot be modified unless it is done + in a newly added row, before the event (as with = True). + + Table Fields + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the field value is sent to the database (to the server) for insert. + + + If this property is set to True, the field value is not sent to the server for insert, even if the user has modified it. The default is False. + + Table Fields + Updating the Database + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the field value is sent to the database (to the server) for update. + + + If this property is set to True, the field value is not sent to the server for update, even if the user has modified it. The default is False. + + Table Fields + Updating the Database + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the field value is used to locate the database + record that is going to be updated. + + + If this property is set to False, the field is not used for locating the database record, + regardless of the value of . If it is set to True (default), + this is determined by the value of the property. + + Table Fields + Updating the Database + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the field value is set in the database record. + + + If this property is set to Always, the value in the database is always modified, set + to the current field value. If it is set to Never, the value in the database is always + left unchanged. If it is set to IfChanged (default), the value in the database is set to + the current field value if the current field value is different from the original field + value as it was last fetched from the database. The original value can be retrieved + using .Item (field, .Original). + + Table Fields + Updating the Database + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the field value is refreshed, retrieved + from the database after updating the database record. + + + If this property is set to False, the field value is not refreshed, regardless of the + value of . If it is set to True (default), this is determined + by the value of the property. + + Table Fields + Updating the Database + + + + Represents a composite table field. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeTableField class. + + Composite table the field belongs to. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeTableField class. + + + + + Gets or sets the table view field on which this field is based. + + + This property value can be null, in which case the field is not based on any of the + constituent table fields, represents a calculated field belonging to the composite table. + + Composite Table Fields + + + + Represents a table view field. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TableViewField class. + + Table view the field belongs to. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TableViewField class. + + + + + Gets the table view to which the field belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the table field on which this field is based. + + + This property value can be null, in which case the field is not based on any of + the table fields, represents a calculated field belonging to the table view. + + Table View Fields + + + + Specifies the cardinality of a relation. + + Simple Relations + + + + One-to-many relation. + + + + + Many-to-one relation. + + + + + Specifies the action applied to child rows when their parent key is modified or deleted. + + Simple Relations + + + + Delete or update child rows. + + + + + No action taken on child rows. + + + + + Set values in child rows to the value specified by the property. + + + + + Set values in child rows to DbNull. + + + + + Base class for simple and composite relations. + + Simple Relations + Composite Relations + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Relation class. + + Schema the relation belongs to. + Parent table of the relation. + Child table of the relation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Relation class. + + + + + Gets the schema the relation belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets the relation name. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent table of the relation. + + Simple Relations + Composite Relations + + + + Gets or sets the child table of the relation. + + Simple Relations + Composite Relations + + + + Gets or sets one of the two values. + + Simple Relations + + + + Gets or sets a description for the relation. + + + This value is displayed in the Schema Designer's Information window when you select the relation. + + + + + Represents a relation between two simple tables. + + Simple Relations + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SimpleRelation class. + + Parent table of the relation. + Child table of the relation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SimpleRelation class. + + Schema the relation belongs to. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SimpleRelation class. + + + + + Gets the joins collection of the relation. + + + Simple Relations + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rule prohibiting child rows without parent is enforced. + + + The default is True. + + Simple Relations + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the action applied to child rows when their parent key is modified. + + + The default is Cascade. + + Simple Relations + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the action applied to child rows when their parent key is deleted. + + + The default is None. + + Simple Relations + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the database performs cascade update of + child key values when their parent key value is modified. + + + The default is True. + Performing database update in a cascade key update situation, C1DataObjects + must know whether the database is performing cascade update as well. + + Simple Relations + + + + Represents a relation between two tables one of which is composite. + + Composite Relations + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeRelation class. + + Simple relation on which the composite relation is based. + Parent table of the relation. + Child table of the relation. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeRelation class. + + Schema the relation belongs to. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CompositeRelation class. + + + + + Gets or sets the on which this composite relation is based. + + Composite Relations + + + + Gets or sets the table view in the composite table that is used as the parent + table for the . + + Composite Relations + + + + Gets or sets the table view in the composite table that is used as the child table for + the . + + Composite Relations + + + + Represents an equality condition between a parent and a child field of a . + + Simple Relations + + + + Initializes a new instance of the JoinCondition class. + + The collection of join conditions of a relation this join condition belongs to. + + + + Gets or sets the parent field of the join condition. + + Simple Relations + + + + Gets or sets the child field of the join condition. + + Simple Relations + + + + Gets the collection to which the join object belongs. + + + + + Represents a collection of objects of a . + + + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which object should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the join object in the collection. + + The join object to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The Object to locate in the collection. + True if join is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets the this collection belongs to. + + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element. + + + + The main class of the C1.Data.SchemaObjects namespace, representing a schema. + + + + + Saves the schema in a file or stream. + + Full name of the file where the schema is saved. + + + + Saves the schema in a file or stream. + + The stream where the schema is saved. + + + + Loads the schema from a file or stream. + + Full name of the file from which the schema is loaded. + + + + Loads the schema from a file or stream. + + The stream from which the schema is loaded. + + + + Returns unique string index name for collection. + Can be used for classes inherited from CollectionBase. + + Collection + String part which will ahead of number if defaultRelVal already exists in collection + First checks this value. If does not exist, builds index name as indexBase + [numeric id] + + + + + + Gets the data set definition collection. + + + + + Gets the table collection. + + + + + Gets the relation collection. + + + + + Gets the connection collection. + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + + Gets the index of an element with a given name in the collection. + + The of the element. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Gets the index of a given element in the collection. + + The element of the collection. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which obj should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object. + + The Object to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The of the element. + True if element is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The index of the object. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the object. + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Gets the index of an object in the collection. + + The of the element. + Returns the index of the object. + + + + Gets the index of an object in the collection. + + The element of the collection. + Gets the index of an object. + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which obj should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object. + + The Object to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The of the element. + True if table with a given name is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The index of the object. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the object. + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Gets the index of the relation object with a given name in the collection. + + The of the element. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Gets the index of the relation object in the collection. + + The element of the collection. + The zero-based index of an element, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Adds a new element to the collection. + + The object to be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Inserts an element into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which obj should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object. + + The Object to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies the collection or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + The one-dimensional Array that is the destination of the elements copied from collection. The Array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Determines whether an element is in the collection. + + The of the element. + True if relation with a given name is found in the collection; otherwise, False. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The index of the object. + + + + Gets the element of the collection at the specified index. + + The of the object. + + + + Summary description for SchemaDesignerBase. + + + + + Specifies general SQL syntax used by a database. + + + Current C1DataObjects version uses the following features of SQL2 standard, if Syntax = SQL2: Joins in FROM clause. + + + + + + Compliant with SQL2 standard. Such are, for example, Microsoft SQL Server and Microsoft Access. + + + + + Oracle SQL syntax. + + + + + SQL engines supporting only SQL1 standard. + + + + + Specifies quotation rules for names in SQL statements. + + + + + + No quotation. Example: a name + + + + + Square brackets: Example: [a name] + + + + + Double quote. Example: "a name" + + + + + Single quote. Example: 'a name' + + + + + Indicates how autoincrement key value is retrieved for inserted row: before, after or in the same scope with the INSERT command. + Used in the property of a connection. + + Key Assigned Automatically by Database + + + + + + Autoincrement key value is obtained (generated by a sequence/generator object) before + executing the INSERT command. This option is used with Oracle, Interbase and other databases + that support special database objects for generating autoincrement (identity) values. This + option is used if there is no on INSERT trigger setting the autoincrement key value. + If there is such trigger, the AfterInsertCommand option is used. + + + + + Autoincrement key value retrieval is done by the same command that inserts the row. + The generated command consists of two SQL commands separated by semicolon: first INSERT, + then the identity retrieval command. This option is used with Sql Server and can be used + with other databases. It is necessary to support the SCOPE_IDENTITY() function that is used + for identity retrieval. + + + + + Autoincrement value is retrieved by a separate command after the INSERT command has been executed. + This option is used with Microsoft Access and can be used with other databases. + + + + + This class contains represents various specifics of SQL syntax relevant to C1DataObjects that can vary between different databases. + + Database Connections + + + + Gets the object to which this object belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets one of the values specifying the SQL dialect syntax. + + + + + Gets or sets one of the values specifying the quotation rule for names. + + + Name that are not well-formed identifiers (not start with a letter or containing characters + other than letters and digits) need to be quoted in SQL statements. This property determines + the quotation mark used in these cases. + + Database Connections + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to add "AS" between table name and table alias. + + Database Connections + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether DEFAULT keyword is supported in the VALUES() list in INSERT statement. + + + This property is used generating an INSERT statement, only if no field values are specified, + so all fields in the new row must have default values determined by the database. + If this property is True, "VALUES (DEFAULT)" is used in the statement. If it is False, + "DEFAULT VALUES" is used. + + + + + Gets or sets a string representing the SELECT command returning the last assigned identity + (autoincrement) value in the current database connection. + + + Implementing autoincrement functionality on adding a row for a field with + = ClientAndServer, C1DataObjects tries to retrieve the + autoincrement (identity) values assigned by the database to the field, in order to refresh that + value on the client. If your database supports retrieving the last assigned identity value via a + single command, you can set this property to a command string retrieving that value. That will be + enough for C1DataObjects to implement the autoincrement refresh functionality. + This property is used in conjunction with the property. + By default, C1DataObjects sets correct values for well-known databases such as SQL Server, MS Access, + Oracle, Interbase. For example, in SQL Server 2000, this command is "SELECT SCOPE_IDENTITY()" + and is InInsertCommand. In Microsoft Access, this command is + "SELECT @@IDENTITY" and the is AfterInsertCommand. + In Oracle and Interbase, there are two options: + If you need a trigger setting the autoincrement key value on INSERT, use + = AfterInsertCommand and the following properties for Oracle and Interbase: + Oracle: set IdentityColumnLastValueSelect = SELECT %AUTOINCREMENTSEQUENCENAME%.CURRVAL FROM DUAL + and set the field property to the corresponding sequence name. + Interbase: set IdentityColumnLastValueSelect = SELECT GEN_ID(%AUTOINCREMENTSEQUENCENAME%, 0) FROM RDB$DATABASE + and set the field property to the corresponding generator name. + Without such trigger, set the = BeforeInsertCommand and the + following properties for Oracle and Interbase: + Oracle: set = SELECT %AUTOINCREMENTSEQUENCENAME%.NEXTVAL FROM DUAL + and set the field property to the corresponding sequence name. + Interbase: set = SELECT GEN_ID(%AUTOINCREMENTSEQUENCENAME%, 1) FROM RDB$DATABASE and + set the field property to the corresponding generator name. + If your database does not support this functionality, you still can implement refreshing + autoincrement value in AutoIncrement = ClientAndServer writing code in AfterUpdateRow event as + shown in Keys Assigned by Server or Database. + + Keys Assigned by Server or Database + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating how autoincrement key value is retrieved for inserted row: before, after or in the same scope with the INSERT command. + + + Keys Assigned by Server or Database + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether every table and column name must be quoted to + avoid collision with reserved keywords. + + + If this property is set to True, table and field names are always escaped in generated + SQL statements. This is useful to ensure that the names do not conflict with database-reserved words. + The quotation mark is determined by the property value (for example, [field] in + MS Access, "field" in SQL Server and Oracle). Default: False. + + Database Connections + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Provides static methods that + should be called from the constructors of licensed classes. + Also provides a static method that can + be called to show the about box with product and licensing information. + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + A object that contains information about the license. + + Check the ShouldNag property of the returned + to determine whether the licensed class should nag the user. This value is set + to true in situations where a valid license was not found but a nag dialog + could not be displayed. In these cases, the licensed class is supposed to nag + in some other way (with a watermark for example). + + + + + Perform license validation. Call this method from the licensed object's + constructor to save a license key at design time, validate it at runtime, + and display a nag dialog if a valid license is not found. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object (not currently used). + Whether the nag dialog should be displayed when a valid license is not found. + A object that contains information about the license. + + This overload was created for use in WPF. It should be called in the control's constructor + in order to support license persistence correctly. But it should not show the nag dialog until the + control is fully loaded, or the VS designer may remain blank. + So the solution is this: + + LicenseInfo _licInfo; + public LicensedControl() + { + // check license but don't nag yet + _licInfo = ProviderInfo.Validate(typeof(LicensedControl), this, false); + + // perform licensing after control is fully loaded + Loaded += LicensedControl_Loaded; + } + void LicensedControl_Loaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // nag after loading + if (_licInfo.ShouldNag) + { + ProviderInfo.ShowAboutBox(this); + } + } + + + + + + Nag user by showing AboutBox with license information. + Show it only once per day per assembly. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + object that contains information about the license. + Whether we're running at design or run time. + + + + Version of Validate used by constructors that take runtime keys. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + Reference to the licensed object. + Assembly that contains the owner licensed control. + Any valid C1 runtime key. + A with information about the runtime key. + + This allows a licensed C1 class to create other C1 objects bypassing + license verification for the child objects. + For extra safety, we check that the owner object is defined in an assembly + the contains a 'C1ProductInfo' attribute. + + + + + Design time validation. Looks for a license in the registry and saves it in the + provided . + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + where the runtime key will be stored. + A with information about the license. + + Call this method from application-type products (that always require a license to be + installed in the registry). In this case, the parameter + should be set to null. + + + + + Runtime validation. + Looks for a runtime key stored in the current application's resources. + + Type of licensed object (use typeof() and not GetType()). + where the runtime key will be stored. + A with information about the license. + + + + Shows the About Box for an instance of a C1 product. + + + + + Get the type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute'. + + Instance of an object whose type is to be checked. + The type whose assembly contains a 'C1ProductInfoAttribute' + + + + Contains information about a license stored in an application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Gets or sets the status of this license (valid, expired, unlicensed). + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with this license. + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with this license. + + + + + Gets the number of evaluation days elapsed. + Returns -1 for valid licenses. + + + + + Gets the number of evaluation days still left. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the caller should + nag the user. This is the case when the component/control is + not licensed, but is not running in interactive mode. So we can't + show a dialog and the caller is supposed to nag some other way + (typically by adding watermarks to the UI or output). + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the license found is valid. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the license found is expired. + + + + + Gets a value that determines whether the component is running under + localhost and therefore should not nag the user with alert dialogs. + + + + + + Provides a version of GetSavedLicenseKey that doesn't require + special permissions. + + The code was mostly copied from the .NET framework, but then changed + in a few places to require fewer permissions (assembly name, file io, + etc). + + The main change is the use of a custom deserializer to read Hashtable + objects instead of the original BinaryFormatter, which requires + permissions. + + + + + + Attribute used to specify the product name shown on the About Box. + + + + + Attribute used to attach licensing/product information to assemblies. + + + + + C1DescriptionAttribute replaces the DescriptionAttribute + and uses the C1Localizer class to return the localized Attribute string + + + + + C1CategoryAttribute replaces the CategoryAttribute + and uses the C1Localizer class to return the localized Attribute string + + + + + Localization tables and methods for looking up localized strings. + + + + + Represents a license for a product (e.g. C1BarCode, C1Studio Enterprise). + + Provides methods for: + - generating new license keys (administrative task) + - checking license key validity (used by installer and products) + - generating and checking runtime keys (used by products) + - installing/uninstalling licenses (used by installer) + + The install/uninstall code requires elevated permissions, and is + used only by setups and utilities (not by controls). The code is + implemented in the ProductLicense.Installer.cs, which controls should + not include since it won't be useful to them. + + When a product is sold, we send the user a license KEY. The user installs + a license on his machine by providing his name, his company name, and the + key. + + The is a string in the following format: + + AAQYYCC-XX-NNNNNN-DD-DZZZZZZ + + Where: + + AA: Product code (should match one of the products in the + product catalog (see ProductInformation.GetProductCatalog()). + Q: Quarter when the license key was issued (1, 2, or 3) + YY: Year when the license key was issued (e.g., 10 for 2010) + CC: Order code, two chars that indicate whether this is a + new sale, upgrade, renewal, special offer, etc. + XX: Hash code to ensure key validity. + NNNNNN: Unique serial number. + DDD: Vendor code, three chars + ZZZZZZ: Combination of random numbers for uniqueness and extra hash. + + + + + + Interface used to provide feedback and the ability to cancel potentially long operations + + + + + Determines how item types are serialized + + + + + Item type is not serialized (this is the default) + + + + + Item type is serialized as a fully qualified name + + + + + Item type is serialized as a fully qualified name and assembly name + + + + + Use owner's IMemberTypeEncoder for members + (for collection items, this is done automatically). + + + + + Helper class for implementors of IMemberTypeEncoder + + + + + Forces the serializer to serialize the type name of a property or field + + + + + This attribute allows to specify collection's element type name + (in that case there is no need to store it). + + + + + Serializes and deserializes objects into and from XML. + + + All the methods in this class are static (Shared in Visual Basic). + You cannot create an instance of this class. + + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified Stream. + DOES NOT close the underlying stream. Useful for copying objects. + Caller is responsible to call out writer.Close() to close writer and underlying stream. + + The Stream used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + The XmlWriter object reference. Call writer.Close after working with stream/writer. + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified Stream. + + The Stream used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified XmlWriter + + The XmlWriter used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified Stream. + DOES NOT close the underlying stream. Useful for copying objects. + Caller is responsible to call out writer.Close() to close writer and underlying stream. + + The Stream used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The FieldInfo or MemberInfo object context for the object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + The XmlWriter object reference. Call writer.Close after working with stream/writer. + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified Stream. + + The Stream used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The FieldInfo or MemberInfo object context for the object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified XmlWriter + + The XmlWriter used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The FieldInfo or MemberInfo object context for the object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + + + + Serializes the specified object to an XML formatted string. + + + + + + + + + Used to write the namespaces as attributes for the initial object + + + + + + + Given a list of Field or Property attributes returns visibility + + + + + + + Enumerates and serializes all public fields and properties + + The XmlWriter used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + + + + Deserializes an XML-document instance + + The Stream containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The type of object being deserialized + The Object being deserialized + + + + Deserializes an XML-document instance + + The Stream containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The type of object being deserialized + The type of array elements (in case the object is an array) + The Object being deserialized + + + + Deserializes an XML-document instance + + The XmlReader containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The type of object being deserialized + The Object being deserialized + + + + Deserializes object + + The XmlReader containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The Object being deserialized + The type of object being deserialized + The type of array elements (in case the object is an array) + The Object being deserialized + + + + Deserializes an XML document string + + + + + + + + Deserializes an XML document string + + + + + + + + + Deserializes text of element or attribute into object of appropriate type + + The XmlReader containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The type of object being deserialized + The Object being deserialized + + + + Recognizes type of object serialized in element + + The XmlReader containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The default type of object being deserialized + + The type of object being deserialized + + + + Deserializes array or collection + + The XmlReader containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + Collection item type + The array or collection being deserialized + + + + Returns the "almost" fully qualified type name - i.e. with assembly name, + but without version, culture, and public key. + + Type + Type name, assembly name + + + + Sets or returns the object implementing IOnLongOpInProgressProvider interface + (can be used to provide visual feedback to the user during serialization). + + + + + Sets or returns formatting used by the XML writer. + + + + + Sets or returns indentation used by the XML writer. + + + + + Sets or returns serialization of non-public properties. If true non-public properties + are included, but are hidden by default. Public properties are always visible by default. + + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Win.C1Command.4.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Win.C1Command.4.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00300fc --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Win.C1Command.4.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11056 @@ + + + + C1.Win.C1Command.4 + + + + + Represents a handler for an item related event. + + + + + Provides data for an item related event. + + + + + Gets key of the item being added or changed. + + The key. + + + + Gets the string value. + + The value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is default. + + + true if this instance is default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the description. + + The description. + + + + Represents a collection of end user visible UI strings. + + + + + Adds a string to the collection, specifying the ordinal. + + The key of the string. + The ordinal of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection in alphabetical order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection, preserving the order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Sets all strings in collection to their default values. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the strings in the current collection + have non-default values. + + + true if any of the strings have non-default values, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a string in the collection has default value. + + The key of the string to test. + + true if the string has default value, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the description of a string. + + The key of the string to get the description of. + The string's description + + + + Resets a string to its default value. + + The key of the string to reset. + + + + Returns the key of an item with the specified index. + + The item index. + The item's key. + + + + Gets the string by its index. + + The string index. + The string. + + + + Sets the value of a string with the specified index. + + The string index. + The new string value. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the collection. + + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the collection has been changed. + + + + + Provides type conversion for the type. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + C1CommandLink serves as a link to a C1Command component. + C1CommandLink can be added to menu/tool bars and customized as needed. + The actual action is performed by the C1Command proxy points to. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandLink class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandLink class. + + + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandLink. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Command property of the command link changes. + + + + + Event fired when the ToolTip property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Text property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Delimiter property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ButtonLook property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the AlwaysRecent property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the MergeType property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the MergeOrder property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the NewColumn property of commandlink is changed. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the linked command. + + + + + If set, overrides the Command text. + + + + + If set, overrides the Command tooltip text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is default in a dropdown or context menu. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this item is owner-drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a delimiter should be drawn before this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether this link starts a new column in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets a value controlling how to show the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the behavior of this menu item when its menu is merged with another. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the relative position of the menu item when it is merged with another. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining the relative position of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the item is always recent (is never hidden when hiding non-recent links is on) + + + + + Shortcut to linked command's Enabled property. + + + + + Shortcut to linked command's Visible property. + + + + + Returns true if the linked command is enabled and contains a submenu. + + + + + Gets the object (menu, toolbar etc.) containing this command link. + + + + + Gets the current state of the command link (normal, hot, pressed, open). + + + + + Gets the current index in CommandLinks collection for recent links. + + + + + Indicates whether this link is a service link (more, customize, scroll button). + + + + + Indicates whether this link is a More link. + + + + + Represents a main customization form. + + + + + A TabPage, describing toolbars. + + + + + A TabPage, describing available commands. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + A button for adding a new toolbar. + + + + + A button for deleting toolbar. + + + + + A list of all command categories. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A button for saving toolbar layout. + + + + + A button to restoring toolbar layout. + + + + + A Panel control. + + + + + A Panel control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A StatusBar control. + + + + + A StatusBarPanel control. + + + + + A button to reset toolbar layout. + + + + + A list of all customizable toolbars. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A CheckBox switching visibility of Customize link in the selected toolbar. + + + + + A TabControl control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A RadioButton control. + + + + + A TabPage control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A CheckBox control. + + + + + A GroupBox control. + + + + + A button to call Font dialog. + + + + + A button to call Color dialog. + + + + + A button to call Color dialog. + + + + + A Font dialog. + + + + + A Color dialog. + + + + + A NumericUpDown control. + + + + + A CheckedListBox control. + + + + + A ComboBox control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + A Label control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CustomizerForm class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Finds first command in C1CommandHolder belongs to category. + + Category name. + + + + + + Finds next command in C1CommandHolder belongs to category. + + Category name. + + + + + + The form, which is owner for this form. + + + + + Represents dialog for entering a new toolbar name. + + + + + The Textbox control + + + + + The Label control + + + + + OK button + + + + + Cancel button + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NewToolbarForm class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1NewToolbarForm. + + + + + + + The name of new toolbar + + + + + The C1CommandDock control provides docking and floating capabilities to C1Command toolbars (class C1ToolBar) and tab controls (class C1DockingTab). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandDock class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandDock. + + + + + + + Docs or floats the specified control. + + The child control. + The x- and y-coordinates of the point where the child control will be moved. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area on the left. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area at the top. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area on the right. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically create a dock area at the bottom. + + + + + Indicates whether to allow floating C1ToolBar and C1DockingTab controls. + + + + + Sets or returns whether the dock automatically adjusts its size. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Specifies docking behavior of C1DockingTab controls. + + + + If the DockingStyle property is set to Default, + docking works without the selectors: when you drag a floating panel over another panel, + a gray frame appears to show you the position that the instance of C1DockingTab will + have once you release it. + + + The VS2005 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2005, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + + Defines behavior of floating windows when the application loses focus. + + + + + This class implements the familiar tab control interface: several overlaying pages (each of which can + contain arbitrary controls) accessible via tabs at the side of the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTab class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DockingTab. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified tab is in the hot state, otherwise false. + + + + + Temporarily suspends the layout logic for the control. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Closes the tab page specified. + + + + + + + Hides the page by sliding it to the side. + + + + + Shows the page by sliding it out. + + + + + + + Shows the page by sliding it out. + + + + + + + Returns the page with the specified tab text. + + + + + + + + + Scrolls the tabs if necessary so that the tab of the currently selected page is visible. + + + + + Returns the row and column of the specified tab in the tabs of the C1DockingTab. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the collection of all C1DockingTab components that were automatically + created as the result of user interaction with the current C1DockingTab + (e.g. when a page is teared off and dropped to float outside of the form). + + The array of automatically created C1DockingTab controls. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Occurs when the property value changes. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Saves layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form to the stream. + + + + + + + + + Saves layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form to the specified file. + + + + + + + + + Restoress layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form from the stream. + + + + + + + + + Restores layout of all C1DockingTab controls on the form from the specified file. + + + + + + + + + Floats the page out from the form. + + The tab page to float out. + + Floats out the page to a default position. + + + + + Floats the specified tab page out from the form. + + The tab page to float. + The position. + + + + Floats the specified tab page out from the form. + + The tab page to float. + The x coordinate of the screen point to float to. + The y coordinate of the screen point to float to. + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + List of controls whose children are excluded from SaveLayout / RestoreLayout. + + + + + Fired when a new C1DockingTab is automatically created in response to user actions (e.g. tearing off a tab and dropping it elsewhere). + + + + + Occurs when the Alignment property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AutoHiding property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanAutoHide property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanCloseTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowTabList property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CanMoveTabs property is changed. + + + + + Allows to override the standard drawing of the tabs with custom drawing. + + + + + Occurs when the HotTrack property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Indent property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ItemSize property is changed. + + + + + Allows to arbitrarily change the size of the tabs. + + + + + Occurs when the MultiLine property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Padding property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the index of the currently selected page is about to change. Allows to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when the SelectedIndex property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedTab is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowToolTips property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowSingleTab property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowCaption property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabLook property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabLayout property is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the currently selected page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Event fired after a page has been closed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabSizeMode property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AlignTabs property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the TabStyle property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Floating property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the RightToLeftLayout property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs should display focus rectangles. + + + + + Gets or sets position of close box. + + + This property has effect only if is True. + + + + + Gets or sets modifier key which, if pressed, will prevent the floating control from docking when it is moved around at runtime. + + + If several modifier keys are specified, pressing any one will work. + + + + + Gets or sets the mode used to draw window outline while moving the window. + + + + + Gets the collection of tab pages in this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the currently selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list used to provide images to show on the control’s tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the look of the tabs (whether to show text, image or both). + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of text and images on the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space around images and text shown on the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the area of the control (top, bottom, left or right) where the tabs are aligned. + + + + + Gets or sets the way in which the tabs are sized. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end user can rearrange tabs by dragging them around at runtime. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end user can rename tabs by double clicking on the tab's text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control's tabs change in appearance when the mouse passes over them. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how tabs are aligned along the side of the page content area. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when showing or hiding the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether more than one row of tabs can be displayed. + + + + + Gets the text of the currently selected tab (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets the number of pages in the control. + + + + + Gets the number of tab rows (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets or sets the indentation of the first tab from the side of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the tabs (if empty, the size is calculated automatically based on content). + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether tabs scrolling arrows are currently shown (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the pages of the tab control are in auto-hiding mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tool tip is shown when the mouse passes over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a tab will be shown when there is only one page in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether individual tab pages can be closed by the end user. If CanCloseTabs is true, a close icon appears either in the caption area (if ShowCaption is true), or in the tabs area otherwise. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a tab page closed by the end user should be kept in an internal array (used when a previously saved tabs layout is restored). The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether caption is shown on the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the pages can auto-hide (if both CanAutoHide and ShowCaption are true, a pin icon appears in the caption area). + + + + + Gets or sets the width of automatic splitters drawn between pages of the control when page docking is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of the text drawn on the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the docking of the control in the parent container. Can be specified only for controls not parented in a C1CommandDock. + + + + + Indicates the border style for the DockingTab. + + + + + Indicates the tab style for the DockingTab. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs can receive focus on mouse click. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control handles Ctrl-Tab and Ctrl-Shift-Tab keys. + + + + + Gets the C1DockingTab which automatically created this instance in response to user actions. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the tab area. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the C1DockingTab is currently floating (runtime-only). + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to draw border around the tab area. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance between tabs (may be negative to overlap tabs). + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the edge of the tab area and the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to draw selected tab text with bold font. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show a button with dropdown list of all tabs (ignored in multiline mode). + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs area is displayed within the . + + + Use the ShowTabs property to control the display of the tabs. + If this property is set to false, the tabs area is not displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert TabStyleEnum objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + Represents a single tab page in a C1DockingTab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabPage class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Floats the page out from the form to a default position. + + + + + Floats the page out from the form to the specified position. + + The position. + + + + Floats the page out from the form to the specified coordinates. + + The x coordinate of the screen point to float to. + The y coordinate of the screen point to float to. + + + + Docks the page to the another target page. + + The target page. + + The page becomes the next page after the target page. + If you want to Dock this page the first use DockTo(C1DockingTab)/> + + + + + Docks the page to the target DockingTab. + + The target docking tab. + + The page becomes the first page at the target DockingTab. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DockingTabPage. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Raises the HandleCreated event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Occurs when the caption text changes. + + + + + Occurs when the tooltip text changes. + + + + + Occurs when the visibility of the tab changes. + + + + + Event fired when the page is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the page. + + + + + Event fired after the page has been closed. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the tab image in the tab control's ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the text in the caption area of the page. If not specified, defaults to the value of the Text property. + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTip text for the tab. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether this page is currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the tab is visible. + + + + + Defines behavior on C1DockingTabPage's CloseBox click. + + + + + Returns the tab bounds of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the nonselected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the selected tab. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse pointer is located over tab area of the page. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1DockingTabPage elements. + + + + + Represents a a base class for page collections of a paged-like control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of thePagedControlsCollectionBase class. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the IList. + + + + + + + Determines whether the IList contains a specific value. + + + + + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the IList. + + + + + + + + + Adds an item to the IList. + + + + + + + + + Removes all items from the IList. + + + + + Inserts an item to the IList at the specified position. + + + + + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + + Copies the elements of the ICollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PagedControlsCollectionBase. + + + + + + + Copies the PagedControlsCollectionBase to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + Copies the ArrayList or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + + Removes a range of elements. + + + + + + + + + This [method|property|class] is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList has a fixed size. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the ICollection is synchronized + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the ICollection. + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the ICollection. + + + + + Supports a simple iteration over a collection. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. + + + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1DockingTabPage with the specified key. + + + + + + + + + Returns number of pages where TabVisible property is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Gets a dockingtab page with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AllDockingTabs class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandDockReflector class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabReflector class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DockingTabPageReflector class. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Type of topic bar element at a specific point on the control. + + + + + The point is out of the C1TopicBar's area. + + + + + The point is in the C1TopicBar's empty area. + + + + + The point is on empty space of a page title area (not over a text, image or expand/collapse indicator). + + + + + The point is on expand/collapse indicator of a page title. + + + + + The point is on image of a page title. + + + + + The point is on text of a page title. + + + + + The point is on a page body (but not on a link). + + + + + The point is on empty space of a link (not over a text or image). + + + + + The point is on image of a link. + + + + + The point is on text of a link. + + + + + Contains information, such as the page and the link + in the control. + + + Use the method to obtain a value. + + + + + Gets a that describes the type of element described by a . + + + This property allows you to determine whether the point corresponds to a topic link or + to special elements such as title image or text, and so on. + + + + Get the at the point being tested (if the point does not correspond to a page, it returns null). + + + + + Get the at the point being tested (if the point does not correspond to a page, it returns null). + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + The base for specialized commands such as button (a plain button, the only action is invoke), + submenu (points to a menu or a toolbar), textbox (text entry), list, combo etc. etc. + + + + + Empty command + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Command class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Command. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + + Generates a click event for the C1Command. + + + + + Raises the Select event for the C1Command. + + + + + Fires the CommandStateQuery event, updates any changed properties. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Copy another command properties to this command + + + + + + + Returns true if the change has actually been made + and the control is not initializing (i.e. on change should be fired) + + + + + + + + + + + C1CommandHolder containing this command. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip text. + + + + + Gets or sets the command category. + + + + + Gets or sets the command visibility. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command has a drop down arrow when it is in a toolbar. + + + + + If true, the Checked property value is toggled automatically when this command is invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard shortcut associated with the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut text associated with the command. + + + >Use this property to localize shortcuts. + If property is empty or is False, then the has no any effect. + If property is empty, then default value is used for the shortcut. + + + + + Indicates whether the shortcut for this command will be shown. + + + + + Indicates whether this command's text will be shown as tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the command icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the command image (in C1CommandHolder.ImageList). + + + + + Gets or sets the command image. + + + + + Arbitrary data that can be associated with the command. + + + + + Determines whether this command is a non-empty submenu. + + + + + Returns the value of the mnemonic character, or the character following the ampersand, to be used as an access key. + + + + + Gets or sets the C1ContextMenu component associated with this command. + + + + + Event fired when the command is invoked by the user. + + + + + Event fired when the command is selected by the user. + + + + + Event fired when the Checked property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Pressed property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the command state has to be verified. + + + + + Event fired after a command link was linked to this command. + + + + + Event fired after a command link was unlinked from this command. + + + + + Event fired when the Text property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Image or ImageIndex or Icon property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Enabled property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Visible property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Category property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ToolTip property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowShortcut property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowTextAsToolTip property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the drop down arrow is clicked on the toolbar button. + + + + + Returns true if the command has focus and "firmly" keeps it + (e.g. if it is C1CommandControl and user clicked inside the control). + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Command to and from various other representations. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TypeConverter class. + + + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A CultureInfo object. + The Object to convert. + The Type to convert the value parameter to. + + + + + + Represents a collection of C1Command + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Commands class. + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1Command with the specified key. + + + + + + + + + Removes all elements + + + + + Adds an object to the end. + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + + Inserts an element into the C1Commands at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the C1Commands at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes a range of elements + + + + + + + + + Copies the elements of a collection over a range of elements. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Gets a command with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + + + Arbitrary controls can be contained in toolbars. This functionality is provided by the class C1CommandControl, derived from C1Command. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandControl class. + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Event fired when the Control property of command is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the CommandActive property of command is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the arbitrary control attached to the command. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the command link can be clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the embedded control receives the Return key. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how the hot frame around the link is drawn. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandException class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandException class + + + + + + + Holds C1Command objects defined on the form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandHolder class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandHolder. + + + + + + + Creates a command holder and initializes it. + + Form for which the command holder is created. + The command holder created. + + + + Returns the command holder for the specified form, if it exists. + + Form whose command holder is returned. + The command holder for the specified form, or null. + + + + Gets a context menu contained within the C1CommandHolder. + + The control or NotifyIcon for which to retrieve the context menu. + + + + + + Sets a context menu contained within the C1CommandHolder. + + The control or NotifyIcon for which to set the context menu. + The context menu to attach to the control. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Determines the command (of the type C1Command or inherited) invoked when the control's default (or, if there is none, Click) event fires. + + + + + + + + + Set the command (of the type C1Command or inherited) invoked when the control's default (or, if there is none, Click) event fires. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the C1Command associated with the shortcut. + + The shortcut keys associated with the command. + + + + + + Creates a new command and adds it to the Commands collection. + + + + + + + Creates a new command and adds it to the Commands collection. + + + + + + + + + Invokes toolbar customizer. + + + + + Merges command links from links1 and links2 into result, using merge rules specified with links, similar to MDI merge. + + + + + + + + + + + Merges command links from links1 and links2 into result, using merge rules specified with links, similar to MDI merge. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Unmerges the two collections of links merged previously by MergeCommandLinks. + + + + + + + Unmerges the two collections of links merged previously by MergeCommandLinks. + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + called for restoring layout of a single toolbar + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Sets the current layout to be the default (the one the customizer's reset button reverts to). + + + + + Saves the layout data into the application config file. + + + + + Loads layout data from the application config file. + + + + + Reset layout. + + + + + Called for restoring layout of a single toolbar. + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the collection of commands. + + + + + Returns the main menu for the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list for command images. + + + + + Gets or sets the transparent color for images not in image list. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbars layout; To enable automatic layout persistence, add this property to dynamic properties. + + + + + Gets or sets a name of layout dynamic key in application config file. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to automatically save the toolbars layout (for this to work, Layout must be added to dynamic properties). + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to update commands' status when idle. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to the CommandLink using keys when the Command is disabled. + + + + + Draw smooth images for currently unselected items. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of all C1Command controls on the form (can be overridden by individual controls). + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the Customizer form. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the Customizer's new toolbar dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the MDI child selection dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how many times the app must be run before rarely used menu items start hiding. + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold (in percent) for an item to be considered rarely used. The higher the value, the more items are hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets the delay (in seconds) for the mouse to hover over the parent menu item in order to show all rarely used item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible menu and toolbar items are shown at design time. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation in menus. + + + + + Occurs when layout string must be loaded from app config file. + + + + + Occurs when layout string must be saved in app config file. + + + + + Occurs when customization mode starts. + + + + + Occurs when customization mode finishes. + + + + + Occurs when a new toolbar is added or a hidden toolbar becomes visible during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a visible toolbar is hidden during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a new command link is added to an existing toolbar during customization. + + + + + Occurs when a command link is removed from a toolbar during customization. + + + + + Occurs when the command is invoked by the user. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RecentLinksRunCount property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RecentLinksRunCount property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowNonRecentLinksHoverDelay property changes. + + + + + C1CommandLinks + + + + + Removes all elements + + + + + Adds an object to the end. + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + + Inserts an element into the C1CommandLinks at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the C1CommandLinks at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Copies the elements of a collection over a range of elements. + + + + + + + + + Removes the element. + + + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes a range of elements + + + + + + + + + Moves an element to the specified index. + + + + + + + + + This method prevents the control from painting until the EndUpdate method is called. + + + + + Resumes painting after painting is suspended by the BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Resets all counters stored for recent link showing + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMdiList class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method should not be called directly, as there is no clear meaning in invoking a command which is actually a placeholder for commands created on the fly. + + + + + + + Populates and shows the popup window with the list of all currently available MDI child windows. + + + + + Returns true if there are currently no items in the list. + + + + + + + Occurs before the Select Window dialog is shown. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Sets or returns the maximum number of menu items created. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to list hidden windows. + + + + + Summary description for C1CommandMenu. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMenu class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CommandMenu. + + + + + + + Invokes the command. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Determines whether this command is a non-empty submenu. + + + + + Occurs before the command's submenu is displayed. + + + + + Occurs after the command's submenu is closed. + + + + + Event fired when the LargeMenuDisplay property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Font property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the Width property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SideCaption property of menu is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the ShowToolTips property of menu is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackgroundImage property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the HideNonRecentLinks property changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be measured. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn menu or toolbar needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1ContextMenu. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the base background color of the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the base background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout in the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the image/checkbox bar in the menu. If set to 0, the width is calculated automatically. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines the way large menus (when all items cannot fit in one column) are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to hide rarely used menu items. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of menu. + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show check marks instead of images or in a separate bar. + + + + + Allows to specify a caption (text and/or image) to be shown alongside the left edge of the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to close the menu when an item is clicked. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + This class is for internal use only. + + + + + Hook code. + + + + + The FilterFunc value. + + + + + The HookType value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LocalWindowsHook class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LocalWindowsHook class. + + + + + + + + + Default filter function. + + Hook code. + WPARAM argument. + LPARAM argument. + + + + + + Installs the hook. + + + + + Uninstalls the hook. + + + + + Win32: SetWindowsHookEx() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Win32: UnhookWindowsHookEx() + + + + + + + + + Win32: CallNextHookEx() + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A HookInvoked event. + + + + + The FilterFunc value. + + + + + Filter function delegate. + + Hook code. + WPARAM argument. + LPARAM argument. + + + + + + Represents the method that handles a Hook event. + + The source of the event. + A HookEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMsgHookProc class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CommandMsgHookProc class. + + + + + Context menu. + + + + + Shows the menu at the specified location. + + The control where the context menu is to be shown. + The point in the control client area where the context menu is to be shown. + + + + Closes the currently open context menu if there is one. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets the control that is displaying the shortcut menu. + + + This property enables you to determine which control currently displays the shortcut menu defined in the . + If the shortcut menu is not currently displayed, you can use this property to determine which control last displayed the shortcut menu. + You can use this property in the event to ensure that the control displays the proper menu items. + You can also use this property to pass a reference to the control to a method that performs the tasks associated with a menu command displayed in the shortcut menu. + + + The following code example creates an event handler for the event of the . + The code in the event handler determines which of two controls a PictureBox named pictureBox1 and a TextBox named textBox1 is the control + displaying the shortcut menu. + Depending on which control caused the to display its shortcut menu, the control shows or hides the appropriate + menu items of . + This example requires that you have an instance of the class, + named c1ContextMenu1, defined within the form. c1ContextMenu should have "Copy", "Find", "Change Picture" menu items. + This example also requires that you have a TextBox and PictureBox added to a form and that the C1ContextMenu property of these controls is set to c1ContextMenu1. + + + private void c1ContextMenu1_Popup(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + Control c = c1ContextMenu1.SourceControl; + // Copy and Find is dispayed for textBox1 + c1CommandCopy.Visible = (c == textBox1); + c1CommandFind.Visible = (c == textBox1); + // Change Picture is dispayed for pictureBox1 + c1CommandChangePicture.Visible = (c == pictureBox1); + } + + + + + + This event is for internal use only. + + + + + C1MainMenu. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1MainMenu class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1MainMenu. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Wrap property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the CanMerge property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when it is necessary to measure the owner-drawn link. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn C1CommandLink should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn menu should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when an OwnerDraw command link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1MainMenu. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show background image in the image bar of dropdown menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap the menu or show a \"More...\" button if not all items fit on a single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to merge MDI child menu with MDI parent menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the C1MainMenu. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the C1MainMenu. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over menu item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the menu that is + automatically created when some items do not fit on the toolbar closes + when an item on that menu is clicked. + + + + + Summary description for C1SelectMdiChildForm. + + + + + The list of available existing windows. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SelectMdiChildForm class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + A list of available forms + + + + + A form being selected. + + + + + A ListBox control for displaying available windows. + + + + + OK button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Represents one window in the window list + + + + + A Form control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WindowItem class. + + + + + + + Converts WindowItem to it's string representation. + + + + + + + Represents a class for SideCaption property of a C1CommandMenu + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SideCaption class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient direction (horizontal, vertical, forward diagonal, or backward diagonal) in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of the text in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment (near, far, or center) in the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the text layout for the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the beginning color of the gradient for the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending color of the gradient for the SideCaption. + + + + + Gets or sets the SideCaption image. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the image for the SideCaption in C1CommandHolder.ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the SideCaption icon. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Command to and from various other representations. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Members of this enumeration are used to determine the value of the ClickSource property in the ClickEventArgs class. + + + + + Click source undefined. + + + + + Click source is a menu. + + + + + Click source is a shortcut key. + + + + + Click source is external. + + + + + Describes data related to the invokation of a context menu + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ContextInfo class + + The control where the context menu was shown. + The location inside the Source control where the context menu was shown. + + + + Returns the control where the context menu was shown. + + + + + Return the location inside the Source control where the context menu was shown. + + + + + Arguments for the command Click event handler. + + + + + ClickEventArgs with empty arguments + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClickEventArgs class + + Determines whether the click event was caused by a menu selection, shortcut key, or other means. + Gets the command link which caused the click event to occur. + Gets the context info for clicks which originated in a context menu. + + + + Determines whether the click event was caused by a menu selection, shortcut key, or other means. + + + + + Gets the command link which caused the click event to occur. + + + + + Gets the context info for clicks which originated in a context menu. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a Click event. + + The source of the event. + A ClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the CommandClick event handler. + + + + + CommandClickEventArgs with empty arguments + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandClickEventArgs class + + The command invoked by the user. + Determines what caused the click event to occur. + Gets the command link which was clicked by the user. + Gets the context info for events fired from a context menu. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandClickEventArgs class + + The command invoked by the user. + A BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the command clicked. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandClick event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the check auto toggle event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckedChangedEventArgs class + + A new value of Checked property. + + + + Returns a new value of Checked property. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CheckedChanged event. + + The source of the event. + A CheckedChangedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the command status query event handler. + + + + + Determines whether the command is visible. + + + + + Determines whether the command is enabled. + + + + + Determines whether the command is checked. + + + + + Determines whether the command is pressed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandStateQuery event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandStateQueryEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Arguments for the before select MDI child window event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs class + + The window or dialog box selected. + + + + The window or dialog box selected. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a BeforeSelectWindow event. + + The source of the event. + A BeforeSelectWindowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the CustomizeToolBar event. + + + + + Gets the tool bar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomizeToolBarEventArgs class + + The tool bar just customized + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CustomizeToolBar event. + + The source of the event. + A CustomizeToolBarEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the CustomizeLink event. + + + + + Gets the tool bar for the command link. + + + + + Gets the command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomizeLinkEventArgs class + + Gets the tool bar for the command link. + Gets the command link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CustomizeLink event. + + The source of the event. + A CustomizeLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DropDown event. + + + + + Gets the command link which was selected by the user. + + + + + Gets the screen coordinates of command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownEventArgs class + + Gets the command link which was selected by the user. + Gets the screen coordinates of command link. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DropDown event. + + The source of the event. + A DropDownEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureLink event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureLinkEventArgs class + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + Specifies the link that needs to be measured. + Specifies the width of the link. + Specifies the height of the link. + + + + Specifies the link that needs to be measured. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + Specifies the width of the link. + + + + + Specifies the height of the link. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureLink event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the LayoutLink event. + + + + + Specifies the command link for the layout. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the command link. + + + + + Text rectangle layout. + + + + + Image rectangle layout. + + + + + The location of the nested control (valid only if the command is a C1CommandControl). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LayoutLinkEventArgs class + + Specifies the command link for the layout. + The bounding rectangle of the command link. + Text rectangle layout. + Image rectangle layout. + The location of the nested control + + + + Represents the method that will handle a LayoutLink event. + + The source of the event. + A LayoutLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawLink event. + + + + + The command link to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the link. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawLinkEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The command link to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the link. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawLink event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawBar event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the bar (menu or toolbar). + + + + + The graphics path bounding the bar (menu or toolbar). + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawBarEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the bar + The graphics path bounding the bar + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawBar event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawBarEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasurePage event. + + + + + The C1OutPage object to measure. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The height of the page caption. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasurePageEventArgs class + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + The C1OutPage object to measure. + The height of the page caption. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasurePage event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasurePageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawPage event. + + + + + The page to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the page. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawPageEventArgs class. + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The page to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the page. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawPage event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawPageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PageClick event. + + + + + The page clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawPageEventArgs class. + + The page clicked. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawPage event. + + The source of the event. + A PageClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureTab event. + + + + + The C1DockingTabPage object to measure. + + + + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The width of the tab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureTabEventArgs class. + + Specifies the Graphics object to use for measuring. + The C1DockingTabPage object to measure. + The width of the tab.. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureTab event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the AutoCreatedDockingTab event. + + + + + Gets the new DockingTab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AutoCreatedDockingTabEventArgs class + + The new DockingTab. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a AutoCreatedDockingTab event. + + The source of the event. + A AutoCreatedDockingTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawTab event. + + + + + The tab page to draw. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the tab. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawTabEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The tab page to draw. + The bounding rectangle of the tab. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawTab event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawTabEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawArrow event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the Arrow button. + + + + + Gets the value if button is enabled. + + + + + Gets the value if button is pressed. + + + + + Indicates if Up button is drawn or not. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawArrowEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the Arrow button. + Gets the value if button is enabled. + Gets the value if button is pressed. + Indicates if Up button is drawn or not. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawArrow event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawArrowEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the MeasureFloatingCaption event. + + + + + The Graphics object to use for measuring. + + + + + The height of the floating caption. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MeasureFloatingCaptionEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to use for measuring. + The height of the floating caption. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a MeasureFloatingCaption event. + + The source of the event. + A MeasureFloatingCaptionEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the DrawFloatingCaption event. + + + + + The Graphics object to draw on. + + + + + The bounding rectangle of the floating caption. + + + + + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. If set to true, no further drawing is performed. + Otherwise, the default drawing is done. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DrawFloatingCaptionEventArgs class + + The Graphics object to draw on. + The bounding rectangle of the floating caption. + Flag indicating whether the user completed the drawing. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a DrawFloatingCaption event. + + The source of the event. + A DrawFloatingCaptionEventArgs object that contains the event data.. + + + + Provides data for the CommandLinkAdded or CommandLinkRemoved event. + + + + + Gets the command link. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CommandLinkEventArgs class + + + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a CommandLinkAdded or CommandLinkRemoved event. + + The source of the event. + A CommandLinkEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the SelectedIndexChanging event. + + + + + Indicates the new index of the selected tab page. + + + + + Indicates whether the change of the selected index can be cancelled by the event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SelectedIndexChangingEventArgs class + + Indicates the new index of the selected tab page. + Indicates whether the change of the selected index can be cancelled by the event handler. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a SelectedIndexChanging event. + + The source of the event. + A SelectedIndexChanging object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageClosed event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageClosed event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the TabPageClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabPageCancelEventArgs class + + Indicates the tab page + + + + Represents the method that will handle a TabPageClosing event. + + The source of the event. + A TabPageCancelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PanelClosed event. + + + + + Indicates the tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PanelEventArgs class + + Indicates the navbar panel. + + + + Represents the method that will handle a PanelClosed event. + + The source of the event. + A PanelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the PanelClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the nav bar panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of thePanelCancelEventArgs class + + Indicates the nav bar panel + + + + Represents the method that will handle a PanelClosing event. + + The source of the event. + A PanelCancelEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Hook event. + + + + + Hook code. + + + + + WPARAM argument. + + + + + LPARAM argument. + + + + + Hook Types + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages generated as a result of an input event in a dialog box, message box, menu, or scroll bar. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that records input messages posted to the system message queue. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that posts messages previously recorded by a WH_JOURNALRECORD hook procedure. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that monitors keystroke messages. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages posted to a message queue. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages before the system sends them to the destination window procedure. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that receives notifications useful to a computer-based training (CBT) application. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages generated as a result of an input event in a dialog box, message box, menu, or scroll bar. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that monitors mouse messages. + + + + + This hook is not currently implemented in Win32. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure useful for debugging other hook procedures. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that receives notifications useful to shell applications. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that will be called when the application's foreground thread is about to become idle. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages after they have been processed by the destination window procedure. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that monitors low-level keyboard input events. + + + + + Installs a hook procedure that monitors low-level mouse input events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBar class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Save current order and visibility options as the default button arrangement. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Get the value of size for control in a collapsed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the header of the active panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in PanelHeaderImage images. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Gets the collection of buttons in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the collection of panels in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the currently visible panel in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the string defining the order and visibility for buttons in this navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the string with the default order and visibility options for the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of buttons displayed in the stack (-1 shows all buttons). + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of buttons in the stack (unlimited if -1). + + + + + Gets or sets index of the selected button in the Buttons collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the button, which is currently selected in the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the button to be selected when the form opens. + + + + + Returns the number of visible buttons in the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the close button is shown in panel caption, and what is closed when it is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the runtime options menu is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the vertical text is displayed in collapsed C1NavBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the collapse button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the direction in which to collapse the control. + + + + + Gets or set the value indicating whether the control is currently in a collapsed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the navigation bar panels' header. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used in panel headers. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the section header within the navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used in section headers. + + + + + Gets or sets the space before text caption in a section header. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each stack button within the C1NavBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to render text on a stack button. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of images displayed on stack buttons (24 x 24 pixels by default). + + + + + Gets or sets the space before the image on a stack button. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between the image and the text on a stack button. + + + + + Represents a set of color properties to customize appearance of C1NavBar. + + + The theme colors are reset when VisualStyle property is changed to a new value. + Some theme colors have effect only with certain visual styles. + + + List of the properties, which have effect in Classic, OfficeXP, Office2003 visual styles: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in WindowsXP visual style: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note, Theme does not have effect in Office2007, Office2010 visual styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the button strip at the bottom of the navigation bar. + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + Occurs when the user presses the button on the C1NavBar. + + + + + Occurs when the close button on the panel header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the collapse button on the panel header is clicked. Allows to cancel collapsing. + + + + + Occurs when the currently selected panel is about to be closed by the user. Allows to cancel closing the panel. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header is double clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the panel header image is clicked. + + + + + Occurs after a panel has closed. + + + + + Occurs when the ShowOptionsMenu property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the AllowCollapse property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CollapseDirection property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the CloseButton property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the currently selected panel is about to be changed. Allows to cancel changing the panel. + + + + + Occurs when the selected panel is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets the unique identifier, which is the same for the corresponding button and panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the small image that is displayed in the button strip. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in Image and SmallImage images. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the stack button, or in a tooltip when the button is in the bottom strip. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shown on the panel header. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the button. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Creates a new button, puts the button into the collection, returns the created button. + + + + + Determines whether the IList contains a specific value. + + + + + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the IList. + + + + + + + + + Determines the index of the item in the collection + with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Index of the button with the specified ID, + or -1 if no such button exists. + + + + Adds an item to the IList. + + + + + + + + + Removes all items from the IList. + + + + + Inserts an item to the IList at the specified position. + + + + + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the IList. + + + + + + + Removes the IList item at the specified index. + + + + + + + Copies the elements of the ICollection to an Array, starting at a particular Array index. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the PagedControlsCollectionBase. + + + + + + + Copies the ButtonCollection to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + Copies the ArrayList or a portion of it to a one-dimensional array. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds the elements of an ICollection to the end. + + + + + + + Removes a range of elements. + + + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the IList has a fixed size. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the ICollection is synchronized + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the ICollection. + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the ICollection. + + + + + Supports a simple iteration over a collection. + + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. + + + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarPanel class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the panel is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the corresponding button for this panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Looks for the panel in the collection with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Panel with the specified ID, or null if no such panel exists. + + + + Determines the index of the item in the collection + with the specified value of the ID property. + + The value of the ID property to search for. + Index of the panel with the specified ID, + or -1 if no such panel exists. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1NavBarPanel with the specified key. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Gets a C1NavBarPanel with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarSectionHeader class. + + + + + Gets the owner C1NavBar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NavBarHorizontalRule class. + + + + + Gets the owner C1NavBar control. + + + + + Represents a set of color properties to customize appearance of C1NavBar. + + + The theme colors are reset when VisualStyle property is changed to a new value. + Some theme colors have effect only with certain visual styles. + + + List of the properties, which have effect in Classic, OfficeXP, Office2003 visual styles: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + List of the properties, which have effect in WindowsXP visual style: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note, Theme does not have effect in Office2007, Office2010 visual styles. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Windows Classic style. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the default blue color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Olive Green color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Silver color scheme. + + + + + Gets the theme that corresponds to the Media Center style. + + + + + Represents foreground color of panel header. + + + + + Represents 1st background gradient color of panel header. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of panel header. + + + + + Represents foreground color of section header. + + + + + Represents 1st background gradient color of section header. + + + + + Represents 2nd background gradient color of section header. + + + + + Represents color of horizontal rule in C1NavBar section header. + + + + + Represents color of horizontal rule between C1NavBar sections. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of grip line. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of grip line. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button in normal state. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background in normal state. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background in normal state. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is highlighted. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is highlighted. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is highlighted. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is pressed. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is pressed. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is pressed. + + + + + Represents foreground color of button when it is in checked state. + + + + + Represents 1st gradient color of button background when it is in checked state. + + + + + Represents 2nd gradient color of button background when it is in checked state. + + + + + Border color. + + + + + Outlook-style container/tab control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutBar class + + + + + Returns the index of the page with the specified text, or -1 if such a page does not exist. + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified page caption is in the pressed state, or false otherwise. + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified page caption is in the hot state, or false otherwise. + + + + + + + + + Scrolls embedded toolbar up. + + + + + + + Scrolls embedded toolbar down + + + + + + + Temporarily suspends the layout logic for the control. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the PageTitleHeight property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Allows owner draw of C1OutBar's page scrolling arrows. + + + + + Occurs when the owner-drawn C1OutPage should be redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when the page title is clicked. + + + + + Fires when a C1OutBar's page caption must be measured. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedIndex property of the outbar is changing. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedIndex property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Event fired when the SelectedPage property of the outbar is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the PageLayout property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + Gets the collection of outbar pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of each page title. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether scroll buttons for scrolling toolbar links are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use animation when changing the selected page. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tool tip is shown when the mouse is over the page title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown on page title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of text and image on pages' title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of text and image on pages' title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible pages are shown at design time. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Represents a single page in a C1OutBar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutPage class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Occurs when the PageVisible property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the tooltip text changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is visible. + + + + + Returns the caption bounds of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the page. + + + + + Gets the pressed state of the page caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the title of this page is owner-drawn. + + + + + Returns true if the page is currently selected. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the mouse pointer is located over caption area of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the page image in the outbar's ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the page image. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Represents a collection of control objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1OutPageControlCollection class. + + + + + + + Adds the specified Control object to the collection. + + + + + + + The collection of outbar pages. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns the index of the first occurrence of the C1OutPage with the specified key. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Gets an outpage with the specified key from the collection. + + + + + + + + + Represents a radial menu. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1RadialMenu class. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Shows the radial menu at the specified screen point. + If the menu is currently visible at another location, it is hidden first. + + The owner form. + The radial menu center's screen coordinates. + Indicates whether the menu should show initially expanded. + + + + Hides the radial menu if it is currently visible. + + + + + Moves the radial menu if it is currently visible, + does nothing otherwise. + + The X offset. + The Y offset. + + + + Occurs when a public property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the menu is closed. + + + + + Occurs when a menu item is clicked. + + + If the clicked item has its own Click event associated with it, + that event occurs immediately before this one. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu radius in the expanded state. + The default value is 160. + + + + Gets or sets the radius of the central button. + The default value is 28. + + + + Gets or sets the radius separating the area filled with items' background color on the outside + from the inner area filled with radial menu's own background. + The default value is 70. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the radial menu's outer border. + The default value is 24. + + + + Gets or sets the position of the tooltip relative to the radial menu. + The default value is "left". + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu should use animation effects. + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items contained in this menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the image shown in the radial menu's center button. + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor used by the radial menu. + The default value is "hand". + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the radial menu should automatically hide + on certain events (such as lost focus etc). + The default is true. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the radial menu is enabled. + The default is true. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the radial menu is currently visible. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the radial menu is currently expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the screen coordinates of the menu's center. + If the menu is currently invisible ( is false), + setting this property throws an exception. + + + + + Arguments for the RadialMenuItemClickEventHandler event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs class. + + The item that was clicked. + + + + Gets the item that was clicked. + This may be either an object of a type derived from , + or a . + + + + + If the clicked item was a , returns that item; + otherwise, returns null. + + + + + If the clicked item was a , returns that link; + otherwise, returns null. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a RadialMenuItemClick event. + + The source of the event. + A RadialMenuItemClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Specifies where to show menu tooltips relative to the radial menu. + + + + + Tooltips are not shown. + + + + + Tooltips are shown to the left of the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown above the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown to the right of the menu. + + + + + Tooltips are shown below the menu. + + + + + Abstract base class for items in a radial menu. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the name used to identify the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the menu item. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip associated with the menu item. + + + + + Gets or sets the image associated with the menu item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the menu item is enabled. + + + + + Represents a radial menu item, possibly with a sub-menu. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuItem class. + + + + + Invokes the Click event. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items contained in this menu item. + + + + + Occurs when the menu item is clicked. + + + + + Gets the parent of this menu item (which may be either a , + or another ). + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item background specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the highlight color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item highlight color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the check mark color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item check mark color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the non-expandable border color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that item non-expandable border color specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the hot expandable border color of this menu item. + Empty (default) means that style specified for the whole menu is used. + + + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary object that can be associated with this menu item. + + + + + Represents a radial menu item associated with a . + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + Gets or sets the associated with this menu item. + + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the text shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the text + on the associated C1Command. + + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the tooltip shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the tooltip + on the associated C1Command. + + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the image shown by this menu item. + Note that setting this property does not change the image + on the associated C1Command. + + + + + C1ToolBar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ToolBar class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1ToolBar. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Event fired when Reset command from Customize dialog is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookEnforceHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLookEnforceVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLayoutHors property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonLayoutVert property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonAlign property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ButtonWidth property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the MinButtonSize property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the CustomizeButton property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Border property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ToolBarStyle property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Horizontal property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ShowToolTips property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the BackHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ForeHiColor property changes. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be measured. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to layout its text, image and control within the link bounds. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn link needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when an owner drawn menu or toolbar needs to be drawn. + + + + + Occurs when a floating toolbar's caption needs to be measured. Allows to customize the toolbar's size. + + + + + Occurs when a floating toolbar's caption needs to be drawn. Allows to owner draw the caption. + + + + + Occurs when the current command link changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Wrap property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the WrapText property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should hide the first delimiter. + + + C1CommandLink.Delimiter property shows a delimiter before a C1CommandLink present at C1ToolBar. The HideFirstDelimiter property hides the delimiter for the first visible C1CommandLink even the Delimiter property of the C1CommandLink is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the highlighted item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the highlighted item. + + + + + Indicates whether the toolbar is floating. + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of the toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the toolbar can be moved by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the buttons when the toolbar is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the buttons when the toolbar is vertical. + + + + + Gets or sets the default look of the buttons when the toolbar is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the default look of the buttons when the toolbar is vertical. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size (width and height) of button in toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the width for all buttons (applies to horizontal toolbars only; if 0, buttons are individually sized). + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of customize button. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookHorz. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookVert. + + + + + Gets the collection of commandlinks. + + + + + Gets the current layout of the buttons. + + + + + Gets the default look of the buttons in the current toolbar orientation. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether to force all buttons to comply with ButtonLookCurrent. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show background image in the image bar of dropdown menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance of the toolbar’s border. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the toolbar automatically adjusts it size to fit all items. + + + + + Gets or sets the button alignment for vertical toolbars. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show tooltip texts when mouse cursor is over toolbutton. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating what can be customized in this toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap the toolbar or show a \"More...\" button if not all items fit on a single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to wrap text in links when ButtonWidth is greater than zero and text doesn't fit. + + + + + Indicates whether the toolbar is in customize mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the menu that is + automatically created when some items do not fit on the toolbar closes + when an item on that menu is clicked. + + + + + Represents a Topic Bar + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicBar class + + + + + + + Resets the LinkStyle property to its default value. + + + + + Returns information about the control at at the current mouse position. + + A object that contains information about the point. + + + + Returns information about the control at a specified point on the control surface. + + The horizontal position of the client coordinate. + The vertical position of the client coordinate. + A object that contains information about the point. + + This method is useful when handling the , events or similar. + It allows you to determine whether the mouse is over a specific link, page title, etc. + + + + + Returns information about the control at a specified point on the control surface. + + + in client coordinates. + A object that contains information about the point. + + This method is useful when handling the , events or similar. + It allows you to determine whether the mouse is over a specific link, page title, etc. + + + The code below shows hit test information whenever the user moves the mouse: + + Private Sub C1TopicBar1_MouseMove(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs) Handles C1TopicBar1.MouseMove + Dim ht As C1.Win.C1Command.C1TopicBarHitTestInfo = C1TopicBar1.HitTest(e.Location) + Label1.Text = ht.Type.ToString() + If (Not IsNothing(ht.Page)) Then + Label2.Text = ht.Page.Text + Else + Label2.Text = "" + End If + If (Not IsNothing(ht.Link)) Then + Label3.Text = ht.Link.Text + Else + Label3.Text = "" + End If + End Sub + + + + + Collapses the all pages + + + + + Expands the all pages + + + + + Returns the first page with the specified text, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first page with the specified value, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified value, or null if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns index of the first page with the specified text, or -1 if such a page does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified text, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the topicbar pages caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to use animation when collapsing/expanding pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown on page title bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding between a page border and a link. + + + + + Gets or sets the space between pages. + + + + + Gets the collection of topic bar pages. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tool tip is shown when the mouse is over the page title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether invisible pages and links are shown at design time. + + + + + Gets the style of the links on pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether pages and links should display focus rectangles. + + + + + Occurs when a link on this topic bar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when a page is expanded. + + + + + Occurs when a page is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs when the LinkStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the Style property of the C1Border class. + + + + + No border. + + + + + Flat border at dark color. + + + + + Grooved border. + + + + + Ridged border. + + + + + Inset border. + + + + + Outset border. + + + + + This class allows you to add borders to a C1ToolBar object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Border class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Border class. + + + + + + + Sets full border around toolbar or removes border. + + If True, sets all borders, otherwise removes them + + + + Checks if border is full and visible. + + + + + + + Checks if border is not visible. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the border style. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width in pixels. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a left edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a top edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a right edge. + + + + + Determines whether the border has a bottom edge. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert C1Border objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties. + + + + + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Represents a topic bar link. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the link image in the ImageList of the page. + + + + + Index of this link in the topic page. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link is visible. + + + + + Gets the owner topicpage. + + + + + Gets the owner topicbar. + + + + + Gets or sets arbitrary data that can be associated with the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the link is enabled. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1TopicLink objects. + + + + + Adds the specified link to the collection. + + + + + Searches for the specified link and returns the zero-based index. + + + + + Inserts the link into the specified zero-based position. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified link from the collection. + + + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specified link. + + + + + Gets or sets the link at the specified index. + + + + + Summary description for CTopicPage. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TopicPage class. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified text, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Returns the first link with the specified value, or null if such a link does not exist. + + + + + Collapses the page + + + + + Expands the page + + + + + Gets the index of this page in the topic bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of links on the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is collapsed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page has a special dark title. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the expand/collapse button is shown on the page title. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images shown in page links. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the page title image in the topic bar’s ImageList. + + + + + Gets the collection of links on the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the page. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the page is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether wide link texts wrap. + + + + + Gets or sets arbitrary data that can be associated with the page. + + + + + Gets the owner topicbar. + + + + + Represents a collection of C1TopicPage objects. + + + + + Adds the specified page to the collection. + + + + + Searches for the specified page and returns the zero-based index. + + + + + Inserts the page into the specified zero-based position. + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specified page from the collection. + + + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specified page. + + + + + Gets or sets the page at the specified index. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the link. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the link. + + + + + Gets the style of the links on page. + + + + + Gets the style of the links on page with special style. + + + + + Gets the style of the link. + + + + + Gets the style of the link when mouse cursor is over link. + + + + + Gets the style of the disabled link. + + + + + Gets the style of the pressed link. + + + + + Simple stack with indexed access, based on System.Collections.ArrayList + + + + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the values of ButtonLook, ButtonLookHorz, + and ButtonLookVert properties of the C1CommandLink class. + + The members of this enumeration can be combined using the bitwise OR operation. + + + + + Use the default value for the toolbar. + + + + + Show button text. + + + + + Show button image. + + + + + Show button text and image. + + + + + Specifies the relative location of text and image on toolbar buttons. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the ButtonLayoutHorz and ButtonLayoutVert properties of C1Toolbar. + + + + + Text is on the right of the image. + + + + + Text is on the left of the image. + + + + + Text is below the image. + + + + + Text is above the image. + + + + + Specifies position of close box in locked mode. + + + + + Default position of close box. + + + + + Close box on the active tab. + + + + + Close boxes on the all tabs. + + + + + Defines behavior on C1DockingTabPage's CloseBox click. + + + + + Closes the and removes it from collection. + + + + + Set the property to false. + + + + + Specifies the current state of a menu or toolbar item. + + + + + Normal (default) state. + + + + + Mouse is currently over the item. + + + + + Item has been pressed (either by the left mouse button or by the space key). + + + + + Item contains a submenu, which is currently open. + + + + + Item is being dragged during customizing or at design-time. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of a menu when all its items do not fit on the screen. + + Use the members of this enumeration to set the value of the LargeMenuDisplay property in the C1CommandMenu class. + + + + + When a menu does not fit on the screen, it is wrapped. + + + + + When a menu does not fit on the screen, it is scrolled. + + + + + Enumerates customizable user interface strings. + Elements of this enumeration can be used to index strings in the UIStrings array. + + + + + Text of the "More..." command. + + + + + Text of the "Toolbar Options" command. + + + + + Text of the "Add or Remove Buttons" command. + + + + + Text of the "Reset" command. + + + + + Text of the "Customize..." command. + + + + + Text of the Rename toolbar dialog command. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the "duplicate toolbar" message in the customizer. + + + + + Text of the "More Windows" menu item created by C1CommandMdiList. + + + + + 'Allows to translate/customize the "confirm toolbar delete" question in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Allows to translate/customize the status strings in the customizer. + + + + + Tooltip for the close C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the auto hide C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the scroll right C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the scroll left C1DockingTab button. + + + + + Tooltip for the tab list C1DockngTab button. + + + + + Show item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Hide item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Options item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Add/remove item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Customize item in the NavBar menu. + + + + + Collapsed bar text in the NavBar. + + + + + Specifies the look and feel of a control. + + + + + Office XP look and feel. + + + + + Classic look and feel. + + + + + Windows XP look and feel. + + + + + Office 2003 look and feel. + + + + + Office 2007 look and feel. + + + + + Office 2010 look and feel. + + + + + Specifies the style of the toolbar. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the ToolBarStyle property of a C1ToolBar. + + + + + Specifies a toolbar in the default state. + + + + + Specifies drawing toolbar like DropDownMenu. + + + + + Specifies which customization options are available at runtime. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the CustomizeOptions property of a C1ToolBar. + + The members of this enumeration can be combined using the bitwise OR operation. + + + + + Nothing is allowed. + + + + + Toolbars can be deleted. + + + + + A new C1CommandLink can be added to a toolbar. + + + + + Command links in toolbar can be removed. + + + + + Customize button can be enabled or disabled. + + + + + Hides Customize menu item from Add and Remove Buttons menu. + + + + + Allow all actions. + + + + + Specifies the text direction. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the TabTextDirection property of a C1DockingTab. + + + + + The default direction: Horizontal for tabs on the top or bottom, VerticalLeft for tabs on the left, VerticalRight for tabs on the right. + + + + + Text is drawn horizontally. + + + + + Text is drawn vertically, turned 90 degrees counter-clockwise. + + + + + Text is drawn vertically, turned 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + Specifies how tabs of a C1DockingTab are sized. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the TabSizeMode property of a C1DockingTab. + + + + + The default sizing mode. + + + + + All tabs are squeezed to fit into the width of the tab control. + + + + + Tabs are stretched to take the whole width of the tab control. + + + + + The user can specify the tab size in the MeasureTab event. + + + + + Specifies how the tabs of a C1DockingTab control look. + + + + + Visual Studio 2003 look. + + + + + Use VS2003 instead. + + + + + Windows XP look. + + + + + Classic look. + + + + + Tabs are sloped on one side. + + + + + Tabs are rounded. + + + + + Tabs are drawn using the Office 2003 style. + + + + + Tabs are drawn using the Office 2007 style. + + + + + Tabs are drawn using the Office 2010 style. + + + + + Specifies how the window outline is drawn when the window is being moved. + + + + + Draws the outline with a checkered pattern of black and transparent pixels. + + + + + Draws a reversible line with a complimentary color. + + + + + Specifies how the hot frame is drawn on a command link with an embedded control. + + Use members of this enumeration to set the value of the HotFrame property of a C1CommandControl. + + + + + The frame encloses the whole link. + + + + + The frame encloses just the control. + + + + + Hot frame/selection is not drawn. + + + + + Defines behavior of floating windows when the application loses focus. + + + + + Default float hide behavior. + + + Same to float hide behavior. + + + + + Hides floating docking tabs when the application loses focus. + + + + + Never hides floating docking tabs. + + + + + Enumerates the Outlook-style navigation bar buttons. + + + + + Unspecified button. + + + + + Custom button. + + + + + Mail button. + + + + + Calendar button. + + + + + Contacts button. + + + + + Tasks button. + + + + + Notes button. + + + + + Folder button. + + + + + Shortcut button. + + + + + Journal button. + + + + + Specifies the visibility and function of the navigation bar's close button. + + + + + The close button is not shown. + + + + + Clicking the close button closes the currently selected panel. + + + + + Clicking the close button closes the whole navigation bar. + + + + + Specifies the direction in which the navigation bar is collapsed. + + + + + The direction in which the bar collapses is determined by the value of the control's Dock property. + + + + + The bar collapses to the left. + + + + + The bar collapses to the right. + + + + + The bar collapses to the top. + + + + + The bar collapses to the bottom. + + + + + Specifies how it is determined whether to animate the menus or not. + + + + + Animation is determined by the system-wide setting. + + + + + Animation is off. + + + + + Animation is on. + + + + + Determines the visual style of a control. + + + + + Custom style. + + + + + Standard system style. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2003 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2003 Olive color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2003 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office XP color scheme. + + + + + Classic color scheme. + + + + + Windows XP color scheme. + + + + + Specifies docking behavior of C1DockingTab controls. + + + + + Default docking style. + + + If the DockingStyle property is set to Default, + docking works without the selectors: when you drag a floating panel over another panel, + a gray frame appears to show you the position that the instance of C1DockingTab will + have once you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2005 - like docking style. + + + The VS2005 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2005, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2008 - like docking style. + + + The VS2008 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2008, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + + Visual studio 2010 - like docking style. + + + The VS2010 docking style feedback is similar to Visual Studio 2010, using docking zone + selectors to specify where the dragged view will be docked if you release it. + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Win.C1Input.4.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Win.C1Input.4.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7172e20 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Win.C1Input.4.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10006 @@ + + + + C1.Win.C1Input.4 + + + + + Defines the Japanese char converting mode. + + + + + Converts the Japanese character to the Half Width Katakana mode. + + + + + Convert the Japanese character to the Full Width Katakana mode. + + + + + Converts the Japanese character to the Hiragana mode. + + + + + Determines how the IME should handle sentences. + + + + + Inherit the IME sentence mode of the parent control. + + + + + Do not control the IME sentence mode. + + + + + Use phrase information to predict the next character. + + + + + The IME uses plural clause information to carry out conversion processing. + + + + + The IME uses conversation mode. This is useful for chat applications. + + + + + No information for sentence. + + + + + A class is used to control the output behavior of the reading string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A indicates the target object. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + Another object to compare to. + + if obj and this instance are the same type and represent the same value; otherwise, . + + + + + Declares the "==" operator. + + + + + Declares the "!=" operator. + + + + + Gets the hash code of this object. + + + An indicates the hash code of the ime. + + + + + Gets a empty output. + + + + + Gets or sets a control used to receive the output. + + + A indicates the target control. + + + + + Gets or sets an object used to receieve the output string. + + + An object indicates the output target. + + + To make sure the string could be receieved, the output target object should either have a public property named 'Text' or 'Value'. + In addition, a string typed property is valid. + + + + + Gets or sets the output mode. + + + A controls the output behaviors. + + + + + Indicates the output mode of the reading string. + + + + + Adds the new text at the end of the old text. + + + + + Replaces all text of the target control. + + + + + Maintain the reading string output automatically. + + + + + Provides the data for the ResultString event. + + + The ResultString takes place when there has been changes + made in the IME conversion window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class with the specified reading string. + + + A indicates the source control that creates the reading string. + + + A string indicates the specified reading string. + + + + + Gets the control that creates the reading string. + + + A indicates the source control. + + + + + Gets the reading string. + + + A value indicating the reading string. + + + + + Class with static methods used for enumerating and retrieving application + resources. + + + + + Returns all images from the entry assembly. + + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Returns all images from the specified assembly. + + An to load images from. + A collection of name/image pairs. + + + + Loads an image from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads an image from the specified assembly. + + An to load image from. + The case-insensitive name of the requested image. + The if it is found; null otherwise. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the entry assembly. + + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Loads the specified manifest resource from the specified assembly. + + An to load resource from. + The case-insensitive name of the manifest resource being requested. + A representing this manifest resource. + + + + Decodes an image from a base-64-encoded string. + + String that contains the encoded image data. + The encoded in the string. + + + + Defines an abstract base class for controls that support auto-scrolling behavior. + + + + + Initializes the properties. + + + + + Override this method to get notifications when the control scrolls. + + + + + + + This method is used to set the scroll rectangle. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + + + + + + + Handles scroll messages. + + + + + + + This member overrides . + Override this method to account for scrollbars size. + + + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + + + Retrieves the specified scroll bar range. + + + + + + + + + Gets the scroll position of the specified scroll bar. + + + + + + + + + Gets the immediate position of the specified scroll box that the user is dragging. + + + + + + + + + Sets the position of the specified scroll bar. + + + + Specifies the new position of the scroll box. + The position must be within the scrolling range. + The previous position of the scroll box indicates success. + Zero indicates failure + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets which scroll bars should appear on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining the current scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the document. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control should scroll as the user drags the scrollbar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the value determining + the type of border around the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the that appears when + the mouse moves over the control. + + + + + This property is used to set the scroll page size. + Override it to customize the scrolling behavior. + + + + + This member overrides . + + + + + Gets or sets the distance to move a scroll bar in response to + a small scroll command. + + + + + Gets or sets a value determining whether control shows scroll bars. + + + + + Control that hosts X elements. + The control has an property that gets or + sets the element to be displayed. + The control is responsible for displaying the element, providing + scrolling, and routing mouse and keyboard events to the hosted element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the control. + + + + + Creates a object for the control. + + A object for the control. + + The object returned by this method reflects the current + settings for the and + properties. + + + + + Scrolls a given point into view. + + Point to scroll into view. + + + + Scrolls a given rectangle into view. + + Rectangle to scroll into view. + + + + Releases all resources used by the control. + + + + + + + Determines whether the specified key is a regular input key or + a special key that requires preprocessing. + + One of the values. + True if the specified key is a regular input key; otherwise, false. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Returns True if the mouse pointer is inside the XView control. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls that belong to elements which became invisible or + belong to a different control now. + + + The host element is responsible for restoring the control's Parent property + when it updates its position. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + + that contains the event data. + + + + Remove hosted controls before disposing of the parent control. + + + This allows the host element to remain valid even if their parent view is disposed. + To dispose of the hosted control, call Dispose on the hosted control directly. + Note: determines that a belongs to an + if the control's property contains + a reference to a object. + + + that contains the event data. + + + + Sets the scroll rectangle. + + Amount to scroll in the x direction, in pixels. + Amount to scroll in the y direction, in pixels. + + + + + + Represents a handler for an item related event. + + + + + Provides data for an item related event. + + + + + Gets key of the item being added or changed. + + The key. + + + + Gets the string value. + + The value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is default. + + + true if this instance is default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the description. + + The description. + + + + Represents a collection of end user visible UI strings. + + + + + Adds a string to the collection, specifying the ordinal. + + The key of the string. + The ordinal of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection in alphabetical order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection, preserving the order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Sets all strings in collection to their default values. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the strings in the current collection + have non-default values. + + + true if any of the strings have non-default values, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a string in the collection has default value. + + The key of the string to test. + + true if the string has default value, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the description of a string. + + The key of the string to get the description of. + The string's description + + + + Resets a string to its default value. + + The key of the string to reset. + + + + Returns the key of an item with the specified index. + + The item index. + The item's key. + + + + Gets the string by its index. + + The string index. + The string. + + + + Sets the value of a string with the specified index. + + The string index. + The new string value. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the collection. + + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the collection has been changed. + + + + + Provides type conversion for the type. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + Base class for C1ColorPicker and C1FontPicker controls. + + + + + Base class for C1DateEdit and C1NumericEdit controls. Includes support for dropdown and up/down buttons. + + + + + The main data bound control used for entering and editing information in a text form. + Supports data formatting for all data types, including special features for date-time formats. + Also supports edit mask, data validation and other features. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1TextBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1TextBox. + + + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method works exactly as setting the Value property, except that it does not change the internal variable + storing the value before editing, so the user can press Esc and restore the previous value. + This method works only in edit mode. If the control is not in edit mode, this methods does nothing. + + Value to set to the control. + + + + This method temporarily disables numeric input mode + + True to suspend numeric input, False to resume it + If True, control's Value is updated, obtained from the current control text. + + + + Parses the Text string. + + Output parameter: Parsing result + Output parameter: Object detailing error information, if an error occurred. + + + + + + Sets culture. + + New culture. + + + + Checks the result of the ParseContent method. + + Value indicating the reason of validation failure + Parsed value of type DataType that was undergoing validation + Object detailing error information, if an error occurred + + + + + + Triggers parsing of the Text property and updating the Value. + + + + + + + Increments the currently selected field in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Decrements the currently selected field in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Validates current Text property in the same manner as it usually validated after the control loses focus. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. + The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. + This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. + + Notes to Inheritors. When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, + be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + Updates the control's Text with the current Value. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This member is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Makes Fixed3D borders old-style looking (flat) + for System VisualStyle. + This property is only for compatibility with legacy applications only. + + + + + Draws a red dotted line if Value is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + The BorderColor property has an effect only when the property is set to FixedSingle. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the disabled control. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the control which contains negative value. + + + + + Indicates whether to honor the ColumnStyle properties defined on the + C1ViewColumn object that this control is bound to. + + + + + The culture ID. + + + + + Calendar, used to format date. + + + + + The name selected for the Culture property in the Properties grid + + + + + If True, current user regional settings override the selected culture. + + + + + The current CultureInfo object (available at runtime). + + + + + Format used to display the value when the control is not in edit mode (does not have input focus or is read-only). + + + + + Format used to display the value when the control is in edit mode (has input focus and is not read-only). + + + + + Defines rules to filter keyboard input. + + + + + Settings affecting parsing, that is, converting the string entered by the user to the data type. + + + + + Edit mask settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters or bytes that the control can hold. + + + The number of characters or bytes (determined by the + LengthAsByte property) + that can be entered into the control.
The default is zero. +
+ + The MaxLength property allows you to limit the number of characters + a user can enter in the control. The default value is 0, + which does not limit the number of characters. Any number greater than 0 indicates + the maximum number of characters. + The effects the displayed result along with the MaxLength property. + + + If value is less than zero, an ArgumentOutOfRangeException is thrown. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the maximum number of lines. + + + An int value that indicates the maximum number of lines. +
The default is zero. +
+ + + MaxLineCount limits the acceptable lines of text when the + property is . + + + This property does not work with wrapped lines, so preferrable is to use MaxLineCount when + property is . + + + The default value of this property, zero, means no limit. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets whether the maximum number of characters that fit in the control + are handled based on bytes, characters, or text elements. + + + Determines the unit for counting for the property. + The value LengthUnit.Byte means the MaxLength is counted by Byte. + The value LengthUnit.Char means the MaxLength is counted by Char. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. Default: False + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + String representing a DBNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DBNull). + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + The edit mask string restricting user input. + + + + + Sets or gets a value indicating whether a special edit mode is used for numeric values. + + + + + Enables/disables the special keys used when NumericInput = True. Default: NumericInputKeyFlags.Standard. + + + + + Whether or not a special edit mode is applied to DateTime values. + + + + + If True, the control’s stored Value is in current time zone; otherwise, the Value is adjusted to the time zone defined by the GMTOffset property + + + + + The time zone of the Value property used if CurrentTimeZone = False. + + + + + If this property is False the month will be automatically incremented when the user spins the date past the end of the month. The same about other parts of the date/time value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of the caret is automatically moved to the first field when the last field is filled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the position of the character is automatically changed + + + + + The value specified in the GMTOffset property can be advanced or set back due to daylight-saving time changes. Default: NoAdjustments. + + + + + The minimum year that can be entered without leading zeros. + + + + + Validation rules applied before parsing, that is, before converting the string entered by the user to the DataType (raw string validation). + + + + + Validation rules applied after parsing, that is, after converting the string entered by the user to the DataType (typed validation). + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control causes validation (i.e. calls Validated and Validating events) + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the control + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets the length of text in the control. + + + + + The lines of text in a multiline control. + + + + + Specifies whether the Value and Text properties can be set independently. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Value is DBNull. + + + + + The main bindable property of a C1Input control. + + + + + Settings affecting error handling in the control. + + + + + Indicates if the Escape key that cancels modified value is handled by the control without passing it to the owner form (AcceptsEscape=True), or it is then passed to the form and can close it if the form has CancelButton (AcceptsEscape=False). + + + + + Indicates if Tab and Shift+Tab keys are accepted by control and move the focus to the next (previous) group of input characters in edit mask and in DateTimeInput mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates that the control has been modified by the user since the control received the input focus or its Value last set. + + + + + Returns True, if the control has input focus and TextDetached = False. + + + + + Label control associated with this input field. + + + + + Determines the selection position when a control receives input focus. Default: InitialSelectionEnum.SelectAll. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text box should be disabled when it is bound to an empty data source, i.e. CurrencyManager.Count = 0. + + + + + Specifies whether a focus rectangle should be displayed around the client area when the control has the input focus. + + + + + Specifies whether the context menu can be displayed for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the height of the control automatically adjusts when the font assigned to the control is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the content in the control. The default is VerticalAlignEnum.Top. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the input control content and its edges, in pixels. Default: all margins are set to 0. + + + + + Allows backward compatibility with the old behavior, when the ValueChanged event previously fired on any text change. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the next control in the tab order receives the focus as + soon as the control is filled at the last character. + + + if the focus is moved to the next control in the tab order as soon as the control + is filled at the last character defined by the input control; otherwise, . +
+ The default is . +
+ + The input focus moves to the next control when the last entered character causes the text to exceed the limit of the control. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets whether the focus automatically moves to the previous or next control in the tab order + when pressing the left or right arrow keys. + + + One of the enumeration values. +
+ The default is . +
+ + The value of this property indicates the key which moves the input focus to the next control. + When the caret is at the last character of this control, focus moves out by pressing the right arrow key. + When the caret is before the first character of this control, focus moves out by pressing the left key. + + +
+ + + Occurs when the BorderColor property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + CultureInfo can be set up (on startup) or has been changed. + + + + + Occurs when the control receives data that cannot be formatted according to the current format and edit mask settings. + + + + + Formatting the value programmatically. + + + + + Occurs after the value has been formatted. + + + + + Programmatic parsing of the input string. + + + + + Occurs after the input string value has been converted to the DataType. + + + + + Programmatic input string validation. + + + + + Occurs after the input string value has been validated. + + + + + Programmatic typed value validation. + + + + + Occurs after the typed value has been validated + + + + + Occurs when the DataType property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the Value changes. + + + + + Error occurred while parsing or validating the input string. + + + + + Occurs when Value is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + Occurs when Value is stored in the data source. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the VerticalAlign property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Margins property or one of the margins has changed. + + + + + Occurs when invalid character is in input. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DropDownControl class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DropDownControl. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Shows the dropdown. + + + + + Closes the dropdown. + + + + + Closes the dropdown. + + + + + + + Performs the spin up action. + + + This method has the same behavior as pressing the up key. + + + + + + Performs the spin down action. + + + This method has the same behavior as pressing the down key. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Called when a drop down form is created. + + The new dropdown form. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Returns image size. + + The size object. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Draws image in the control. + + Grapthics object. + Device context. + Rectangle to draw image in. + + + + Default path + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to open the combo box when the control receives the focus. + + + + + Determines the time when drop down form is created. + + + + + Has valid value only if ShowValueImage returns true. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the combo box. + + + The DropDownStyle property specifies whether the text portion can be edited. + + If the value is Default, the text is editable and the dropdown list is displayed by clicking the down arrow. + + If the value is DropDownList, the text is not editable and the dropdown list is displayed by clicking any part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the button image. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the button image in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the button image in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to get the images to display in the drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the image padding. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying which buttons are visible. The default is (UpDown Or DropDown). + + + + + Determines if the dropdown button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the up/down buttons are visible. + + + + + Determines if the modal button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the modal button is visible. + + + + + Determines if the up/down buttons intercept and handle Up and Down arrow keys. + + + + + Specifies the class name of a Form serving as the dropdown window. + + + + + Returns dropdown form instance associated with the control. + + + + + Specifies form class that is used by default as the dropdown for the control. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Run-time read-only property indicating if the dropdown is currently open. + + + + + Specifies the button width instead of using the default width. + + + + + Distance in pixels between the control edge and the dropdown. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the mouse click event is consumed or passed through after closing the dropdown. + + + + + Alignment of the dropdown form relative to the control. + + + + + The cursor that is displayed when the mouse is over a button. + + + + + Gets or sets the images for buttons + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor that is displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the spin button. + + + + + Occurs just before the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs just before the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs after the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs when the dropdown has been closed. + + + + + Occurs when UpDown buttons are clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the Modal button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the Custom button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the DropDownFormAlign property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the DropDownAlign property has changed. + + + + + Event fired when the value of ButtonCursor property is changed. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Determines if image should be shown. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1BasePicker class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Should be overridden in deviced class and convert string to value. + + + + + + + + + Should be overridden in derived class and convert value to string. + + + + + + + + + Determines the style of the control's border. + + + + + Represents a Windows color picker control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ColorPicker class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the transparent color can de selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the empty color can de selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the current color. + + + + + Gets or sets a caption for the empty color. + + + + + The main bindable property of a C1Input control. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents drop down color picker form. + + + + + Base class for custom dropdown forms. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownForm class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownForm. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Fires the PostChanges event. + + Contains arguments describing the event. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Closes the dropdown form. + + + + + Closes the dropdown form. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether theme should be applied to dropdown form + when it applied to . This property returns true + by default. + + + + + Determines the style of the control's border. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Determine various behavioral options of the dropdown form. + + + + + Determines the control on the form that gets input focus when the form is shown. + + + + + Alignment of the dropdown form relative to the owner control. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Occurs when Value property of the OwnerControl is updated by the dropdown form. + + + + + Occurs when changes made by dropdown form are cancelled. + + + + + Occurs when dropdown form is opened. + + + + + Occurs when OwnerControl.Text property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when OwnerControl.Value property is changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ColorPickerDropDownForm class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Represents a composite control combining a textbox and a drop-down item list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1ComboBox class. + + + + + Sets items data source and data member for the C1ComboBox. + + Data source. + Data member. + + + + Sets items data source, data member and initially selected item index for the C1ComboBox. + + Data source. + Data member. + Initially selected item index. + + + + Creates a new instance of the item collection. + + A that represents the new item collection. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1ComboBox. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Determines whether the spinner moves to the first item when it reaches the last, or to the last when it reaches the first. + + + + + Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in this ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the combobox item mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern to build HTML representation of combobox items. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected item in the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to get the images to display in the combobox items. + + + + + Gets the style of the drop down form and combobox items. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the initially selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for items of this C1ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the property to display items for this C1ComboBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the path of the property to use as the actual value for the items in the C1ComboBox control. + + + + + Occurs when the changes. + + + + + Occurs when the changes. + + + + + Specifies how the visual representation of combo box items is building. + + + + + C1ComboBox displays text of combo box item in the drop drown list. + + + + + Each combo box item is fragment of HTML. parses the HTML fragment and displays it as the drop down items. + + + C1ComboBox uses the same subset of HTML as C1SuperLabel does. + It does not support the full HTML features. + + + + + Each combo box item is fragment of HTML defined by property. + parses the HTML pattern and replaces any of "{Text}" entires with the combo box item text. + + + C1ComboBox uses the same subset of HTML as C1SuperLabel does. + It does not support the full HTML features. + + + + + Specifies the style. + + + + + Text portion of the drop down control is editable and the drop down is displayed by clicking + the down arrow. + + + This means that the user can enter a new value and is not limited to selecting an existing value. + + + + + The drop down of the is displayed by clicking + on either the text portion of the control or drop down button. The text portion is not editable. + + + This means that the user cannot enter a value not existing in the drop down. + + + + + Represents collection of drop down items. + + + + + Raises the event with the provided arguments. + + + + + Occurs when an item is added, removed, changed, moved, or the entire list is refreshed. + + + + + Style for drop down form and combobox items. + + + + + Resets the style to default value. + + + + + Background color of the drop down form. + + + + + Color of border of the drop down form. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the drop down form. + + + + + Default font of the combo box items. + + + + + Space around the textual parts of the combo box items. + + + + + Default text color of the combo box items. + + + + + Text color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Border color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Background color of the combo box items in hot state. + + + + + Displays and edits date and/or time values. Includes a dropdown calendar for easy input of datetime values. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DateEdit class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DateEdit. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed when day field selected and increments value by one day. + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + The value that indicates the increment when spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed when day field selected and decrements value by one day. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + The value that indicates the decrement when spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + Determines whether the spinner moves to the when it reaches the , or to the when it reaches the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to retain the current time value when the date is changed via the drop down calendar. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The dropdown calendar object. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting metod, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Represents drop down calendar. + + + + + Creates the instance of the class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be persisted. + + + if the property value has been changed from its default; otherwise, . + + + + Clears . + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + Calls SuspendLayout on all DateEditMonthCalendar's child controls. + + + + + Calls ResumeLayout on all DateEditMonthCalendar's child controls. + + Indicates whether to invoke the layout logic now. + + + + Adds a day that is displayed in bold on an annual basis in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Adds a day to be displayed in bold in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Adds a day to be disabled in the month calendar. + + The date to be disabled. + + + + Adds a day that is displayed in bold on a monthly basis in the month calendar. + + The date to be displayed in bold. + + + + Removes all the annually bold dates. + + + + + Removes all the nonrecurring bold dates. + + + + + Removes the all disabled dates. + + + + + Removes all the monthly bold dates. + + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of annually bold dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of nonrecurring bold dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of disabled dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Removes the specified date from the list of monthly bolded dates. + + The date to remove from the date list. + + + + Sets the number of columns and rows of months to display. + + The number of columns. + The number of rows. + + + + Sets a date as the currently selected date. + + The date to be selected. + + + + Retrieves date information that represents the low and high limits of the displayed dates of the control. + + true to retrieve only the dates that are fully contained in displayed months; otherwise, false. + The begin and end dates of the displayed calendar. + + + + Sets the selected dates in a month calendar control to the specified date range. + + The beginning date of the selection range. + The end date of the selection range. + + + + Returns an object with information on which portion of a month calendar control + is at a location specified by a System.Drawing.Point. + + A System.Drawing.Point containing the System.Drawing.Point.X and System.Drawing.Point.Y + coordinates of the point to be hit tested. + A System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo that contains information + about the specified point on the month calendar. + + + + Returns a System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo with information + on which portion of a month calendar control is at a specified x- and y-coordinate. + + The System.Drawing.Point.Y coordinate of the point to be hit tested. + The System.Drawing.Point.X coordinate of the point to be hit tested. + A System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar.HitTestInfo that contains information + about the specified point on the month calendar. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current month display offset. + + + This example shows current month at the center of the multi-dimensional + drop down calendar. + + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.CalendarDimensions = new Size(3, 1); + // Display current month at the center of the calendar. + // Other possible values: + // 0 - (Default) - at the Right + // 1 - Center + // 2 - Left + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.CurrentMonthDisplayOffset = 1; + + + + + Gets or sets VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by DateEditMonthCalendar as today's date. + The default value is the current system date. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum allowable date. The default value is DateTime.MinValue (01/01/0001). + + + The value is greater than the . + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum allowable date. + + + The value is less than the . + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating that no date is currently selected in the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the arrows. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border around the current date. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the color of days in months that are not + fully displayed in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names' text color. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the background color of the title area of the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the foreground color of the title area of the calendar. + + + + + Gets the first day of the first fully shown month. + + + + + Gets the last day of the last fully shown month. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of columns and rows of months displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of the week as displayed in the month calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the format to use for the calendar caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum length of day names. + + + + + Gets or sets the title height. + + + + + Gets or sets the title font. + + + + + Gets or sets the day names font. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which nonrecurring dates are displayed in bold. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which annual days are displayed in bold. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determine which monthly days to bold. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of System.DateTime objects that determines which dates are disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the date represented by the TodayDate property is displayed at the bottom of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether today's date is circled. + + + + + Determines if the Today button of the dropdown calendar is visible. + + + + + Determines if the Clear button of the dropdown calendar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Today" button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Clear" button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies which rule is used to determine the first calendar week of the year. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the month calendar control displays + week numbers (1-52) to the left of each row of days. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is laid out from right to left. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Today button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Today button visibility is changed. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button visibility is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Date property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the user selects a new value for the Date property. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the RightToLeftLayout property changes. + + + + + Handles the month change in the Dropdown calendar in C1DateEdit. + Occurs when the value of the or property changes. + + + Can be used to set some dates in the month to bold as user scrolls through the months. + + + This example sets a new bolded date in the selected month. + + private void c1DateEdit1_Calendar_MonthChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + DateTime dt = c1DateEdit1.Calendar.FirstMonth; + c1DateEdit1.Calendar.AddBoldedDate(new DateTime(dt.Year, dt.Month, dt.Month)); + } + + + + + Get or sets current culture for the calendar. + + + + + Represents drop down calendar form. + + + + + Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Calendar. + + + + + Data bound control providing buttons for convenient navigation over data source rows, moving to the first, + last, previous and next row and performing common data actions such as updating the data source and refreshing data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1DbNavigator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1DbNavigator. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Raises the TextChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains event data. + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if VisualStyleBaseStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Raises event. + + The event data object. + + + + Performs the action associated with a navigator button. + + The button whose action is performed. + + + + Sets the DataSource and DataMember properties at run time. + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + For multi-table data sources, specifies a specific table to which the control is bound. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets or sets value of the Position textbox. + + + If the Position textbox is not visible, it returns empty string. + If you set the Text property when the Position textbox is not visible, + the action has no effect. + Changing the Text property causes the data source position change. + + + + + Occurs when the Text property value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Specifies if navigator buttons have color bitmaps. + + + + + Specifies if navigator buttons have color bitmaps. + + + + + If True, navigator buttons show color bitmaps when the mouse hovers over them. + + + + + Navigator border style. + + + + + Navigator button style. + + + + + Vertical alignment of navigator buttons. + + + + + Vertical margin between the border and the buttons. + + + + + Horizontal margin between the border and the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to use when displaying button images without highlighting. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to use when displaying button images in highlighted state. + + + + + Indicates whether tooltips are shown for the buttons. + + + + + This member overrides Control.ForeColor. + + + + + Time delay in milliseconds after pressing Next/Previous button before automatic scrolling begins. + + + + + Time delay in milliseconds between row moves in automatic scrolling. + + + + + Number of rows to skip when the user presses PageUp/Down. + + + + + Specifies whether the editable row position field and row captions are visible in the navigator. + + + + + This member overrides Control.TabStop. + + + + + Flags enumeration specifying which buttons are visible. + + + + + Flags enumeration specifying which buttons are enabled. + + + + + Whether a confirmation dialog is shown before deleting a record. + + + + + Whether the control in focus should be validated before a button click is handled by the navigator. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + "For multi-table data sources, specifies a specific table to which the control is bound. + + + + + Returns the number of rows in the table. + + + + + Gets or sets the current row position in the table (from 0 to RowCount - 1). + + + + + Gets or sets the CurrencyManager object navigated by the control. + + + + + The size of navigator buttons. + + + + + Controls how the text is positioned relative to the image in navigator buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the texts displayed on the buttons. + + + + + The string collection defining navigator button tooltips. + + + + + Gets the collection of user interface strings. + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the current data row. + + + + + The cursor that is displayed when the mouse is over the navigator buttons. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Position has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the current row has been modified, some of its fields changed. + + + + + Occurs when a button is clicked, before the action is executed. + + + + + Occurs when Add button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when Delete button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when Edit button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when Update button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when Refresh button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when a navigator button has been pressed, after the button action is performed. + + + + + Occurs when an exceptions is thrown performing an action on button click. + + + + + Event fired when the value of ButtonCursor property is changed. + + + + + A list of all available navigator buttons + + + + + First button. + + + + + Previous button. + + + + + Next button. + + + + + Last button. + + + + + Add button. + + + + + Delete button. + + + + + Edit button. + + + + + Apply button. + + + + + Cancel button. + + + + + Update button. + + + + + Refresh button. + + + + + Position text box + + + + + Represents the method that handles a BeforeAction event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorBeforeActionEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a BeforeAction event. + + + + + The clicked button. + + + + + Current row index in the data source (only for Delete and Edit buttons). + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will skip the standard action associated with the button. + + + + + Represents the method that handles an Adding event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorAddingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Adding event. + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will abort adding a new row. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a Deleting event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorDeletingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Deleting event. + + + + + The index of the row being deleted. + + + + + This argument is False by default. If you set it to True in your event code, the navigator control will abort deleting. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a Editing event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorEditingEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a Editing event. + + + + + The index of the row being edited. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a ButtonClick event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorButtonClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a ButtonClick event. + + + + + The clicked button. + + + + + Represents the method that handles an Error event. + + The source of the event. + A NavigatorErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for an Error event. + + + + + The clicked C1DbNavigator button. + + + + + Exception that occurred while performing the button action. + + + + + This argument is set to true by default. If it is set to False by event code, the standard message box is not shown. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box. + + + + + The caption of the standard message box. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.ButtonStyle property. + + + + + Flat buttons showing "mouse hover". + + + + + Standard 3D-buttons. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.VerticalAlign property. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the top of the control. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the center of the control. + + + + + Buttons are aligned with the bottom of the control. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.ButtonTextAlign property. + + + + + Text appears to the right of the image. + + + + + Text appears underneath the image. + + + + + Used by C1DbNavigator.VisibleButtons property. + + + + + No buttons. + + + + + Moves to the first row. + + + + + Moves to the previous row. + + + + + Moves to the next row. + + + + + Moves to the last row. + + + + + Adds a new row to the table. + + + + + Deletes the current row. + + + + + Fires the Editing event. + + + + + Ends edit mode for the current row. + + + + + Cancels (reverts) modifications in the current row. + + + + + Fires the UpdateData event. + + + + + Fires the RefreshData event. + + + + + First + Previous + Next + Last buttons + + + + + All buttons. + + + + + Used by C1DropDownControl.VisibleButtons properties. + + + + + Show without any button + + + + + Show up/down buttons. + + + + + Show dropdown button. + + + + + Show button to start a modal dialog. + + + + + Show a custom button. + + + + + Show all buttons + + + + + Represents the method that handles a UpDownButtonClick event. + + The source of the event. + An UpDownButtonClickEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a UpDownButtonClick event. + + + + + Set to 1 if Up button is pressed, to -1 if Down button is pressed. + + + + + Set to true in the user's UpDownButtonClick event handler. No built-in processing is done. This allows the user to override the default behavior of the buttons. + + + + + Provides data for a DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Returns True if a value is selected in dropdown dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownClosedEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Represents the method that handles a DropDownClosed event. + + The source of the event + A DropDownClosedEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Images for C1DropDownControl buttons + + + + + Clears all custom images and returns standard images for C1DropDownControl buttons. + + + + + Returns True if any custom image is assigned + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Image for Up button + + + + + Image for Down button + + + + + Image for DropDown button + + + + + Image for Modal button + + + + + Image for Custom button + + + + + TypeConverter class for ButtonImages + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Represents a Windows font picker control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1FontPicker class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets a collection of fonts installed on system. + + + + + Gets or sets a width of drop down list of fonts. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents drop down font picker form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1FontPickerDropDownForm class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Used by ErrorInfo.ErrorAction property. + + + + + Control value remains as the user typed it. + + + + + Control value is set to ValueOnError. + + + + + Control value is reset to the value control had before entering edit mode. + + + + + Control value is reset to the value control had before entering edit mode, and an exception is thrown. + + + + + Settings affecting error handling. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Resets whole ErrorInfo property in base control + + + + + If True, the control beeps signaling an error. Default: False. + + + + + If True (default), the standard error message is shown. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + The text to display in the title bar of the error message box. + + + + + Enumerated value that determines what action is performed on the control value when an error occurs. + + + + + Determines whether or not the control is allowed to lose focus after the error. + + + + + Value used to reset the control if ErrorAction = SetValueOnError. + + + + + Boolean property used to set ValueOnError to DbNull (only necessary at design time). + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets an C1SuperErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + Run-time-only read-only property returning the original exception object that caused the error. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a FormatError event. + + The source of the event. + A FormatErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a FormatError event. + + + + + Source value for formatting. + + + + + Formatting target (ForEdit or ForDisplay). + + + + + The text to show in the control. Your code in FormatError event can set this argument to a text + you want to show in the control in case of a formatting error. + + + + + FormatInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + Error description shown as the tooltip in the ErrorProvider icon, if ErrorInfo.ErrorProvider property is set. + + + + + Used by ValidationErrorEventArgs.Reason and ValidationException.Reason properties. + + + + + All validation checks were successful. + + + + + Value does not match the edit mask. + + + + + Value was rejected before parsing (in PreValidation). + + + + + Parsing failed. + + + + + Value rejected after parsing (in PostValidation). + + + + + Value rejected by the data source, setting the data source field to that value failed. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a ValidationError event. + + The source of the event. + A ValidationErrorEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a ValidationError event. + + + + + Validation phase on which the error has been detected. + + + + + The input text that caused the error. + + + + + If Reason = ErrorReasonEnum.PostValidationError, this is the value that caused the error. Otherwise, this property is null or DBNull. + + + + + Error information. + + + + + An exception that follows the ValidationError event if ValidationErrorEventArgs.ErrorInfo is set to ErrorActionEnum.ThrowException. + + + + + Control that fired the exception. + + + + + Validation phase on which the error has been detected. + + + + + The input text that caused the error. + + + + + The typed value that caused the error. + + + + + An exception thrown by C1Input when a control's Value property is set, but the new value is rejected by the data source, + setting the data field to that value is cancelled by the data source throwing an exception. + + + + + Control that caused the exception. + + + + + Current value in the control that caused the exception. + + + + + Used by FormatInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the FormatType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CustomFormat property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the NullText property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CalendarType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that values of FormatType, CustomFormat, NullText, EmptyAsNull, TrimStart, TrimEnd, CalendarType properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by FormatEventArgs.Target property. + + + + + Formatting (or Formatted) event was called while the control is not in edit mode. + + + + + Formatting (or Formatted) event was called while the control is in edit mode. + + + + + Represents the method that handles Formatting or Formatted events. + + The source of the event. + A FormatEventArgs object that contains the event data + + + + Provides data for Formatting or Formatted events. + + + + + Source value for formatting. + + + + + Formatting target (ForEdit or ForDisplay). + + + + + The out parameter for the resulting string (in Formatting), or the in parameter for the formatted string (in Formatted). + + + + + FormatInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + The out parameter for specifying error description if Succeeded is set to False. + + + + + Formatting result (assigned in the event code in Formatting). Default: True + + + + + Settings for data formatting, converting data to string. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets whole FormatInfo property of base control + + + + + Formats a value, converts it to a string. + + Typed value to convert to a string + + + + + + Formats a value, converts it to a string. + + Typed value to convert to a string. + Format method or specifier used for conversion. + Culture used for conversion. + + + + + + Manages inheritance of the FormatInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting method, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Calendar, used to format date. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + String representing a DbNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + Used by MaskInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by MaskInfo.ShowLiterals property. + + + + + The whole mask is shown when editing begins (empty spaces filled with PromptChar). + + + + + The mask is validated on exit (no literals or prompt chars displayed automatically). + + + + + The literals will be inserted after the user enters the first character of the field that follows the literals. + + + + + Literals that follows the input mask will be inserted after the user enters the last character in the current field. + + + + + Contains edit mask settings. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns True if EditMask is non-empty and the control is in edit mode. + + + + + + + Resets whole MaskInfo property of base control + + + + + Resets the text to the string representing a DBNull value. + + + + + Returns a string formatted for display using edit mask. + + String containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + If set to True, the result will omit blank positions. If set to False, the resulting text will contain PromptChar on blank positions + + + + + + Returns the string that will be stored in the database, in accordance with current values of SaveLiterals, SaveBlanks and StoredEmptyChar properties. + + String containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + + + + + + Returns the string containing characters entered by the user, including those on optional positions that were left blank (skipped). + + Text to parse. + Same as MaskInfo.SaveLiterals property. + Same as MaskInfo.SaveBlanks property. + Same as MaskInfo.StoredEmptyChar property + + + + + + Returns True if the input string is valid with respect to the edit mask. + + + + + + + The edit mask string restricting user input. + + + + + A representing the mask in regular expression style. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the MaskInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if comparison with mask literals is case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + If True, text copied to the clipboard includes literals. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or if an exception occurs. + + + + + If True, focus automatically moves to the next control when the mask is filled. + + + + + Character displayed on empty mask positions in edit mode. + + + + + If True (default), optional mask positions are automatically skipped until the first position allowing the typed character. + + + + + If True (default), the stored text includes literals. + + + + + If True, the stored text includes blank positions as StoredEmptyChar. + + + + + Character stored in empty mask positions. + + + + + Literal display method. + + + + + The collection of user-defined mask characters. + + + + + Returns the number of editable positions in the edit mask. + + + + + Text entered by the user without literals (mask literals stripped). + + + + + Text in a readable format, with literals and without blanks. + + + + + The stored string obtained from the user input string. + + + + + Defines rules to filter keyboard input. + + + + + Only single byte characters are allowed. + + + + + Only double byte characters are allowed. + + + + + Letters allowed. + + + + + Numbers are allowed. + + + + + Symbols are allowed. + + + + + Only upper case letters are allowed. + + + + + Only lower case letters are allowed. + + + + + Only katakana is allowed. + + + + + Only hiragana is allowed. + + + + + Only big kana letters are allowed. + + + + + Auto conversion if possible. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.NumericInputKeys property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the Input Keys are used. + + + + + Indicates that F2 enters negative infinity (-Infinity). + + + + + Indicates that F3 enters positive infinity (+Infinity). + + + + + Indicates that F4 enters the "not a number" value (NaN). + + + + + Indicates that F9 toggles the sign of the displayed number. + + + + + Indicates that '-' makes the displayed number negative. + + + + + Indicates that '+' makes the displayed number positive. + + + + + Indicates that Decimal key enters a decimal separator regardless of culture settings. + + + + + Indicates that the X key starts entry of the exponent part in scientific-notation numbers. + + + + + This value is a combination of the F9, Minus, Plus, Decimal, and X values. + + + + + This value is a combination of all enum values + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the FormatType property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CustomFormat property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the NullText property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the EmptyAsNull property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.NumberStyle property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the bit styles are allowed. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string is parsed as currency if it contains a currency symbol; otherwise, it is parsed as a number. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a decimal point. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can be in exponential notation. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have notation that signifies that the number is hexadecimal. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a leading sign. + + + + + Indicates that a leading white-space character is ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have one pair of parentheses enclosing the number. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have group separators. + + + + + Indicates that the numeric string can have a trailing sign. + + + + + Indicates that trailing white-space character must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that all the AllowXXX bit styles are used. + + + + + Indicates all styles except AllowExponent and AllowHexSpecifier. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, AllowLeadingSign, + AllowDecimalPoint, and AllowExponent styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, and AllowHexSpecifier styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, and AllowLeadingSign styles are used. + + + + + Indicates that the AllowLeadingWhite, AllowTrailingWhite, AllowLeadingSign, + AllowTrailingSign, AllowDecimalPoint, and AllowThousands styles are used. + + + + + Used by ParseInfo.DateTimeStyle property. + + + + + Indicates that the default formatting options must be used. + + + + + Indicates that extra white space characters in the middle of the string must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that leading white space characters must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that trailing white space characters must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that extra white space characters anywhere in the string must be ignored during parsing. + + + + + Indicates that, if the parsed string contains only the time and not the date, the parsing methods + assume the Gregorian date with year = 1, month = 1, and day = 1. If this value is not used, the current date is assumed. + + + + + Represents the method that handles Parsing or Parsed events. + + The source of the event. + A ParseEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for Parsing or Parsed events. + + + + + Source string for parsing. + + + + + Data type to convert the string to. + + + + + Parse result (assigned in the event code in Parsing). Default: True + + + + + Property to save the result to (in Parsing) or to get the resulting value from (in Parsed). + + + + + Error information in case of parsing failure. Can be set in event code in Parsing. + + + + + ParseInfo object that fired the event. + + + + + Contains settings affecting parsing, that is, converting a string to the required data type. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets whole ParseInfo property of base control + + + + + Returns True if the argument represents a null value (DBNull). + + The string to parse. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + + Converts the text to a Decimal value using a fixed numeric format. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + + Converts the text to a Double value using a float numeric format. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + + Converts the text to Int64 value using an integer numeric format. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Converts the text to a Boolean value. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + + Converts text to a value using one of DateTime formats. + + The string to parse. + Format type used in parsing. + Culture used in parsing. + + + + + + Converts text to the specified data type. + + The string to parse. + Type to which the string is converted. + Conversion result. + Object detailing error information, if an error occurred. + + + + + + Manages inheritance of the ParseInfo properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + The format used for parsing. + + + + + Custom format specifier (in parsing used for DateTime and Boolean types only). + + + + + The string representing DbNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed before parsing. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed before parsing. + + + + + Determines the styles (flags) permitted in input strings representing numbers. + + + + + Determines the styles (flags) permitted in input strings representing date/time. + + + + + Used by PostValidation.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by PostValidation.Validation property. + + + + + Validation using Values and Intervals. + + + + + Using the PostValidating event. + + + + + Represents the method that handles PostValidating or PostValidated events. + + The source of the event. + A PostValidationEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for PostValidating or PostValidated events. + + + + + The value to validate. + + + + + PostValidation object that fired the event. + + + + + Error information in case of validation failure. Can be set in event code in PostValidating. + + + + + Validation result (assigned in the event code in PostValidating). Default: True + + + + + An interval in a collection of intervals of possible values used in post-validation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueInterval class. + + + + + ValueInterval Constructor. + + MinValue property value. + MaxValue property value. + IncludeMin property value. + IncludeMax property value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueInterval class. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + The type of lower and upper bounds (taken from the control’s DataType). + + + + + Lower bound. + + + + + Upper bound. + + + + + If False (default), the lower bound is negative infinity. + + + + + If False (default), the upper bound is positive infinity. + + + + + If True (default), the lower bound is included. + + + + + If True (default), the upper bound is included. + + + + + A collection of ValueInterval objects used by a PostValidation object. + The collection is used if the Validation = PostValidationTypeEnum.ValuesAndIntervals + or if the user calls the ValidateValuesAndIntervals method. + + + + + Adds the elements of an array to the end of the collection. + + The array whose elements should be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Adds a new value interval to the collection. + + The ValueInterval to add. + + + + Inserts a new value interval to the collection at the specified position. + + The zero-based index at which ValueInterval should be inserted. + The ValueInterval to insert. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns True if the collection contains the specific value interval, False otherwise. + + The ValueInterval to locate in the collection. + + + + + + Determines the index of a specific value interval in the collection, return -1 if this item not found. + + The ValueInterval to locate in the collection. + + + + + + Removes a specific value interval from the collection. + + The ValueInterval to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies elements of the collection to an array starting at a particular array index. + + The one-array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets the collection element at the specified index. + + + + + + + + + Validating the typed value after parsing, after the input string has been converted to the DataType. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Resets whole PostValidation property of base control + + + + + Performs validation of the value against the collections of Values, ValuesExcluded and Intervals. + + The value to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + + Performs validation using the current settings of the PostValidation object. Returns true if vaidation was successful. + + The value to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + + Validation method. + + + + + Determines whether it is possible to enter DbNull value in the control. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the PostValidation properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + Predefined values used for matching the input value. + + + + + List of values that are not permitted as input value. + + + + + Collection of intervals. The input value must belong to one of these intervals. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.Inherit property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the CaseSensitive property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the ErrorMessage property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimStart property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that the value of the TrimEnd property is inherited from the control. + + + + + Indicates that all properties are inherited from the control. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.Validation property. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a list of possible values separated by the ItemSeparator. + + + + + Using the PreValidating event. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a list of wildcard patterns separated by the ItemSeparator. + + + + + The PatternString property contains a regular expression. + + + + + Used by PreValidation.RegexOptions property. + + + + + Specifies that no options are set. + + + + + Enables ECMAScript-compliant behavior for the expression. This flag can be used only + in conjunction with the IgnoreCase, Multiline, and Compiled flags. + + + + + Specifies that the only valid captures are explicitly named or numbered groups of the form. + + + + + Eliminates unescaped white space from the pattern and enables comments marked with #. + + + + + Multiline mode. Changes the meaning of ^ and $ so they match at the beginning and end, + respectively, of any line, and not just the beginning and end of the entire string. + + + + + Specifies that the search will be from right to left instead of from left to right. + + + + + Specifies single-line mode. Changes the meaning of the dot (.) so it matches every character (instead of every character except \n). + + + + + Represents the method that handles PreValidating or PreValidated events. + + The source of the event. + A PreValidationEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for PreValidating or PreValidated events. + + + + + The text to validate. + + + + + PreValidation object that fired the event. + + + + + Error information in case of validation failure. Can be set in event code in PreValidating. + + + + + Validation result (assigned in the event code in PreValidating). Default: True. + + + + + Validating the input string entered by the user, before parsing. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Resets whole PreValidation property of base control + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches one of the exact list items specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches the specified wildcard pattern passed as argument. + + The input string to match. + The wildcard pattern. + + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches at least one of the wildcard patterns specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + + Returns True if the input text matches the regular expression pattern specified in PatternString. + + The input string to match. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + + Returns True if the text successfully passes validation using the current settings of the PreValidation object. + + The input string to validate. + Error information filled in case of failure. + + + + + + Validation method. + + + + + Manages inheritance of the PreValidation properties from the host control properties. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Error message shown in the standard message box and/or in the exception. + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed before validation. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed before validation. + + + + + String containing the validation pattern. + + + + + String separating list items in PatternString. + + + + + The collection of user-defined characters to use in a wildcard pattern. + + + + + Settings affecting regular expression matching. + + + + + Represents the method that handles DateValueChanged and DateValueSelected events. + + The source of the event. + A NullableDateTimeEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for DateValueChanged and DateValueSelected events. + + + + + The date value. + + + + + Set to True if the date value is null. + + + + + Determines when drop down form will be created. + + + + + At the host control creation time. + + + + + On first call of the drop down form. + + + + + Defines the LengthUnit enumeration. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a .Net character when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Indicates the calculational unit is a byte when calculating the length of the string. + + + + + Determines the visual style of a control. + + + + + Custom style. + + + + + Standard system style. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2007 Silver color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Black color scheme. + + + + + MS Office 2010 Silver color scheme. + + + + + Used by FormatType property. + + + + + Conversion using TypeConverter.ConvertToString(). + + + + + Conversion performed by user code in the Formatting (or Parsing) event. + + + + + Formatting uses the string assigned to the CustomFormat property. + Parsing uses NumberStyle, DateTimeStyle, and CustomFormat properties. + + + + + The number is converted to the most compact decimal form, using fixed point or scientific notation. + + + + + The number is converted to a string that represents a currency amount. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form “-ddd.ddd…” where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form "-d,ddd,ddd.ddd…", where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The number is converted to a string that represents a percent as defined by the NumberFormatInfo.PercentNegativePattern property + or the NumberFormatInfo.PercentPositivePattern property. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of the form "-d.ddd…E+ddd" or "-d.ddd…e+ddd", where each 'd' indicates a digit (0-9). + + + + + The round-trip specifier guarantees that a numeric value converted to a string will be parsed back + into the same numeric value. This format is supported by floating-point types only. + + + + + Displays number as a string that contains the value of the number in Decimal (base 10) format. This format is supported for integral types only. + + + + + The number is converted to a string of hexadecimal digits. This format is supported for integral types only. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows No for false, Yes for true. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows True or False. + + + + + Converts to Boolean and shows Off for false, On for true. + + + + + General date/time pattern (short time). + + + + + Displays a date according to specified CultureInfo's long date format. + + + + + Displays a date using the medium date format ("dd-MMM-yy"). + + + + + Displays a date using specified CultureInfo's short date format. + + + + + Displays a time using your locale's long time format; includes hours, minutes, seconds. + + + + + Displays time in 12-hour format using hours and minutes and the AM/PM designator ("hh:mm tt"). + + + + + Displays a time using the 24-hour format, for example, 17:45. + + + + + Displays the long date and short time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the long date and long time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the short date and short time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the short date and long time according to specified CultureInfo's format. + + + + + Displays the month and the day of a date. + + + + + Formats the date and time as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). + + + + + Formats the date and time as a sortable index. + + + + + Formats the date and time as a GMT sortable index. + + + + + Formats the date and time with the long date and long time as GMT. + + + + + Formats the date as the year and month. + + + + + This enum is for internal use only + + + + + Any type of data. + + + + + Only number data type. + + + + + Only DateTime data type. + + + + + Used by DropDownForm.DropDownAlign and C1DropDownControl.DropDownFormAlign properties. + + + + + In a C1DropDownControl, the alignment of the dropdown form is determined by the + DropDownAlign property of the drop down form. + + + + + Left alignment. + + + + + Center alignment. + + + + + Right alignment. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.VerticalAlign property. + + + + + Text is aligned with the top of the enclosing control. + + + + + Text is aligned with the center of the enclosing control. + + + + + Text is aligned with the bottom of the enclosing control. + + + + + Used by C1Label.DaylightTimeAdjustment and C1TextBox.DaylightTimeAdjustment properties. + + + + + No daylight-saving time adjustments. + + + + + Use this option if the GMTOffset property corresponds to the standard time offset. + For the daylight-saving time GMTOffset should be advanced by an hour. + + + + + Use this option if the GMTOffset property is set to the daylight time offset. + So, for the standard time it should be set back by an hour. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.InitialSelection property. + + + + + The whole text is selected. + + + + + Nothing selected, the caret is moved at the beginning of the text. + + + + + Nothing selected, the caret is moved at the end of the text. + + + + + Used by C1TextBox.ValueChangedBehavior. + + + + + The ValueChanged event is fired only when the Value property changes. + + + + + The ValueChanged event is fired on any text change. + + + + + Specifies the action for the left or right arrow key. + + + The left or right key causes focus to be lost when the caret is at the left-most or right-most position. + + + + + Specifies no action. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous control when pressing left or Ctrl+left keys on the first character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the next control when pressing right or Ctrl+right keys on the last character of the control. + + + + + Specifies to move to the previous or next control when pressing the left or right or Ctrl+left or Ctrl+right keys on the first or last character of the control. + + + + + Represents the method that handles a CultureInfoSetup event. + + The source of the event. + A CultureInfoSetupEventArgs object that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for a CultureInfoSetup event. + + + + + Regional settings. + + + + + Represents the four margins around a control’s content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Margins class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Margins class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an identical copy of the current Margins. + + + + + + + Overloaded. Determines whether two Object instances are equal. + + + + + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + + + + + + Converts this Margins to a human readable string. + + + + + + + Overloaded. Sets the margin values. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Sets the margin values. + + + + + + + Sets all margins to zero. + + + + + Returns true if at least one margin differs from the default zero value. Otherwise, returns false. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the left margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top margin, in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin, in pixels. + + + + + Custom user-defined characters (placeholders) used in edit mask and in wildcard patterns in pre-validation + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + The value of the Placeholder property. + The value of the Optional property. + The value of the LookupChars property. + The value of the CaseSensitive property. + The value of the Excluding property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + The value of the Placeholder property. + The value of the Optional property. + The value of the LookupChars property. + The value of the CaseSensitive property. + The value of the Excluding property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomPlaceholder class. + + + + + + + + + The special character used as a user-defined placeholder. + + + + + True if character is optional and can be omitted. + + + + + The list (string) of characters matching the placeholder (see also Excluding). + + + + + True if string comparison is case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Specifies whether the LookupChars are interpreted as allowed or disallowed characters. + + + + + A collection of CustomPlaceholder objects. + + + + + Adds the special characters of an ICollection to the end of the PlaceholderCollection. + + The ICollection whose elements should be added. + + + + Checks validity of the placeholder + + + + + + + Adds a new special character to the collection. + + The CustomPlaceholder to add. + + + + Inserts a new special character to the collection at the specified position. + + The zero-based index at which CustomPlaceholder should be inserted. + The CustomPlaceholder to insert. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Determines whether a character is in the placeholder collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + + Returns the index of a character in the placeholder collection, or –1 if it does not belong to the collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + + Removes a specific character from the collection. + + The character to remove from the collection. + + + + Copies elements of the collection to an array starting at a particular array index. + + The one-array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns the CustomPlaceholder object corresponding to the character argument, or null if it does not belong to the collection. + + The character argument. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Occurs when PlaceholderCollection is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the the special character at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + + + + + + Represnts a Field class to define a base field. + + + This class will implement view function for single segment. And some input behavior will exposed to user, too. + This is final interface for our user. + When a field is created, it will create a segment and value module for it. Then configuration will be done on the + segment and the value module. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the object. + + + A value indicating the name of the object. +
The default is . +
+
+ + + Read-only data bound control displaying formatted data. C1Label supports all formatting features of the C1TextBox control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Label class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Label. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. + The OnBorderColorChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. + This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class. + + Notes to Inheritors. When overriding OnBorderColorChanged in a derived class, + be sure to call the base class's OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Invokes the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + The BorderColor property has an effect only when the property is set to FixedSingle. + + + + + Indicates whether to honor the ColumnStyle properties defined on the + C1ViewColumn object that this control is bound to. + + + + + The culture ID. + + + + + The name selected for the Culture property in the Properties grid. + + + + + If True, current user regional settings override the selected culture. + + + + + The current CultureInfo object (available at runtime). + + + + + Format used to display the value. + + + + + Edit mask settings. + + + + + True if string comparisons are case-sensitive; otherwise, False. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting metod, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Custom format specifier used if FormatType = FormatTypeEnum.CustomFormat. + + + + + String representing a DbNull value. + + + + + If True, empty strings are interpreted as null values (DbNull). + + + + + If True, leading spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, trailing spaces are removed. + + + + + If True, the control’s stored Value is in current time zone; otherwise, the Value is adjusted to the time zone defined by the GMTOffset property. + + + + + The time zone of the Value property used if CurrentTimeZone = False. + + + + + The value specified in the GMTOffset property can be advanced or set back due to daylight-saving time changes (used only if CurrentTimeZone = False). + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the control. + + + + + Gets or sets an ErrorProvider object used to indicate error state of the control. + + + + + The current text in the control. + + + + + Specifies whether the Value and Text properties can be set independently. + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Value is DbNull. + + + + + The main bindable property of a C1Input control. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding within the control. + + + + + Occurs when the BorderColor property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + CultureInfo can be set up (on startup) or has been changed. + + + + + Error occured while formatting the stored value. + + + + + Formatting the value programmatically. + + + + + Occurs after the value has been formatted. + + + + + Occurs when the DataType property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the Value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Value is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents a Windows button control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1Button class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1Button. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if VisualStyleBaseStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Default Theme root path. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + The calculator used as a dropdown in the C1NumericEdit control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericEditCalculator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the NumericEditCalculator. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method called when theme is changed. + + New theme. + Base visual style. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Determines the style of the dropdown calculator buttons. + + + + + // patch: localization: added after StringTables.cs was created + + + + + Custom format specifier used to format the stored value of the dropdown calculator. + + + + + Gets or sets whether StoredFormat should be applied to the value entered in the dropdown calculator. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + The collection of user interface strings. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut menu associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Static Memory context menu should appear for the dropdown calculator. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + Displays and edits numeric values. Includes a dropdown calculator for easy input of numeric values. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1NumericEdit class. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + property is used to define the increment. + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin up. + + + The value that indicates the increment when spin up. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Up key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + property is used to define the decrement. + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + Performs spin down. + + + The value that indicates the decrement when spin down. + + + This method has the same behavior with the Down key pressed. + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Shows the dropdown. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Enumeration value determining the formatting metod, including standard .NET format specifiers, custom and programmatic formatting. + + + + + Indicates the amount to increment/decrement when the user clicks up/down buttons. + + + + + The dropdown calculator object. + + + + + This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents the class of dropdown calculator form. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownCalculator class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownCalculator. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + The calculator used in a DropDownCalculator form. + + + + + In addition to the standard PictureBox functionality, C1PictureBox supports data binding to data source fields containing image data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1PictureBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1PictureBox. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Returns the contents of an image. + + Image to return as a byte array. + Format in which to return the image contents. + + + + + + Converts a byte array to an image. + + The contents of an image. + + + + + + Copies the image currently in the control to the clipboard. + + + + + If the clipboard contains an image, this method replaces the contents of the Image property of the control + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the image should be put into the data source right after the Image property has been changed or it shouldn't be put there until the following call of the CurrencyManager.EndCurrentEdit() method. + + + + + The image displayed in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the picture box receives focus when clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Image is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + Occurs when Image is stored in the data source. + + + + + Occurs when the Image changes. + + + + + Represents a Windows range slider control supporting additional visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1RangeSlider class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1RangeSlider. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if Styles should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if VisualStyleBaseStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current lower magnitude of the range control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current upper magnitude of the range control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum possible value of the range element. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible value of the range element. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether C1RangeSlider bar should be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the horizontal or vertical orientation of the C1RangeSlider. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction of increasing value. + + + + + Gets or sets custom thumb path for lower value. + + + + + Gets or sets custom thumb path for upper value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Fires when any of the properties: LowerValue or UpperValue changes. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Fires when the property changes. + + + + + Default Theme root path. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if BarStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if ThumbStyle should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects for bar. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of named Style objects for thumb. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects for bar. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if BackSolor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if BorderColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if DisabledBackColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if DisabledBorderColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets background color of bar. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of bar. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of bar if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of bar if control is disabled. + + + + + Represents a collection of named Style objects for thumb. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if BackColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if BorderColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if HotBackColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if HotBorderColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if PressedBackColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if PressedBorderColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if DisabledBackColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if DisabledBorderColor should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + True if CornerRadius should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb if mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb if mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb when user performs mouse click on it. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb when user performs mouse click on it. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of thumb if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of thumb if control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets corner radius of thumb. + + + + + In addition to the standard CheckBox functionality, + C1CheckBox supports data binding to data source fields of Boolean, String, or Integer types. + C1CheckBox has BorderStyle and BorderColor properties. + C1CheckBox supports visual styles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1CheckBox class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1CheckBox. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Invokes the ValueChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Invokes the CheckStateChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Invokes the VisualStyleChanged event. + + The event arguments. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + The data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + The field of the data source object to which the control is bound. + + + + + Type of the Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text box should be disabled when it is bound to an empty data source, i.e. CurrencyManager.Count = 0. + + + + + The main bindable property of a C1Input control. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property has changed. + + + + + Translates between string values and check box states. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Occurs when the VisualStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the border style of the C1CheckBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the control. + + + Use the BorderColor property to specify the border color of the control. + This property is set using a object. + + + + + Default C1CheckBox path in Theme xml file. + + + + + Default C1Button path in Theme xml file. + + + + + Translates between string values and check box states. + + + + + Value for Checked state. + + + + + Value for Unchecked state. + + + + + Value for Indeterminate state. + + + + + Determines if DbNull is used for indeterminate state of check box. + + + + + The class contains static properties used for localization. + + + + + The object used for lookup resources. + + Set this property to the valid value if + you define resources in a Custom Control assembly. + + + + Returns default object used as fallback culture. + + + + + Represents a composite button control supporting additional visual styles and drop down item list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1SplitButton class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the C1SplitButton. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Raises event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + This method is for internal use only. + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets the collection of components on this button. + + + + + The ImageList to get the images to display in the drop down items. + + + + + Gets or sets the default drop down item. + + + + + Occurs when a is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the dropdown has been closed. + + + + + Occurs after the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Run-time read-only property indicating if the dropdown is currently open. + + + + + Default path for the control in xml theme file. + + + + + Represents collection of drop down items. + + + + + Adds the specified item to the end of the collection. + + The to be added to the end of the collection. + The zero-based index value of the added to the collection. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence of a value in the list. + + The item to locate in the list. + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of value within the entire list, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts the specified item into the collection at the specified location. + + The indexed location within the collection to insert the item. + The item to insert. + + + + Removes the specified item from the collection. + + The item to remove from the collection. + + + + Indicates whether the collection contains a specific . + + The object for which to search. + Whether the collection contains the specific object. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting an + into the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an + from the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting an + in the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of + the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes after clearing the contents of + the instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified indexed location in the collection. + + The indexed location of the item in the collection. + An that represents the item at the specified indexed location. + + + + Represents drop down item for control. + + + + + Creates an instance of DropDownItem class. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the DropDownItem. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Gets the that this belongs to. + + + + + Gets the collection of child items in that is associated with this DropDownItem. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the item should toggle its pressed state when it is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the component. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the item is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the dialog-box result produced in a modal form by clicking the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image associated with the . + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the image in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the image key in the ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the image that will be displayed on the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the bounds specified by the property. + + + The value of this property is only used if = Clip and + exceeds the original size of the image. + + + + + Gets or sets how the image will be scaled to fit within the bounds specified by the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the item. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the component has been disposed. + + + + + Fires when the drop-down portion of this element is shown. + + + + + Indicates that the drop-down portion of this element has closed. + + + + + Fires when the component is clicked. + + + + + Fires when a key is pressed while the component has focus. + + + + + Fires when a key is pressed while the component has focus. + + + + + Fires when a key is released while the component has focus. + + + + + Fires when the component receives the focus. + + + + + Fires when the component loses the focus. + + + + + Fires when the component is double-clicked. + + + + + Specifies whether the layout should break the flow after the component. + + + + + The layout should not break the flow after the component. + + + + + Causes next component to be placed in a new row within the flow. + + + + + Creates a new column after this component. + + + + + Creates a new row starting below the current component, at the left edge of the current group. + + + + + Defines values for the content alignment within the . + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Determines whether the user can edit a value in the text portion of the . + + + + + The text portion is editable. + + + + + The user cannot directly edit the text portion. + + + + + Defines values for the content alignment within the . + + + + + Default value. + + + + + Near. + + + + + Far. + + + + + Center. + + + + + Spread. + + + + + Specifies the image alignment on the input components. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the top, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned in the middle, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the left. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned at the center. + + + + + Image is vertically aligned at the bottom, + and horizontally aligned on the right. + + + + + Specifies the layout logic used to display the background image in a rich tooltip. + + + + + The image is left-aligned at the top across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is tiled across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is centered within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is stretched across the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is enlarged within the control's client rectangle. + + + + + The image is split into nine pieces and tiled within the control's client rectangle. + Center tiles are stretched, corner tiles are rendered with the original size. + + + + + Specifies the image scaling on the input components. + + + + + Use the image's original size, clipping it to the display area if necessary. + + + + + Stretch the image to fill the display area. + This mode will usually change the image's aspect ratio. + + + + + Scale the image to fit the display area. + This mode may increase or reduce the size of the image while maintaining its aspect ratio. + + + + + Tile the image to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the 3x3 matrix and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the row of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + Tile the image into the column of 3 images and stretch it to fill the display area. + + + + + A list of all available navigator buttons. + + + + + The 'Move First' button. + + + + + The 'Move Previous' button. + + + + + The 'Move Next' button. + + + + + The 'Move Last' button. + + + + + The 'Add New' button. + + + + + The 'Delete' button. + + + + + The 'Edit' button. + + + + + The 'Apply' button. + + + + + The 'Cancel' button. + + + + + The 'Save Data' button. + + + + + The 'Reload Data' button + + + + + A set of navigator items. + + + + + No items are in the set. + + + + + The 'Move First' button. + + + + + The 'Move Previous' button. + + + + + The input box that changes the current position. + + + + + The text label that displays the total number of items. + + + + + The 'Move Next' button. + + + + + The 'Move Last' button. + + + + + The 'Add New' button. + + + + + The 'Delete' button. + + + + + The 'Apply' button. + + + + + The 'Cancel' button. + + + + + Includes all available items. + + + + + Specifies the display state of a component. + + + + + Display the component. + + + + + Do not display the element, but reserve space for the element in layout. + + + + + Do not display the element, and do not reserve space for it in layout. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of the class. + + + + + + + + + Provides data for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownItemClickedEventArgs class for the specified control. + + The to store in this event. + + + + Returns the clicked item. + + + + + Calendar used with C1DateEdit. + + + + + Represents default calendar. + + + + + Represents Chinese Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents East Asian Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Gregorian Calendar + + + + + Represents Hebrew Calendar + + + + + Represents Hijri Calendar + + + + + Represents Japanese Calendar + + + + + Represents Japanese Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Julian Calendar + + + + + Represents Korean Calendar + + + + + Represents Korean Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Taiwan Calendar + + + + + Represents Taiwan Lunisolar Calendar + + + + + Represents Thai Buddhist Calendar + + + + + Represents UmAlQuraCalendar + + + + + Specifies alignment of spin button of a . + + + + + Vertically stacked Up and Down buttons. + + + + + Up button on the left and down button on the right. + + + + + Up button on the right and down button on the left. + + + + + Used by DropDownForm.Options property. + + + + + Indicates that none of the options are set. + + + + + Indicates that DropDownForm can contain focus. + + + + + The end users are not allowed to change the width of the dropdown form resizing it. + + + + + The end users are not allowed to change the height of the dropdown form resizing it. + + + + + If this flag is set, the changes to the control Value can only be cancelled explicitly, with Esc key + or using the CloseDropDown method, and implicit cancellation (when the form is closed because it loses focus) is disabled. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Esc key does not close the form. + + + + + If this flag is set, pressing the Enter key does not close the form. + + + + + If set, the dropdown form width is automatically adjusted to the width of the owner control + before the form is shown. + + + + + = FixedWidth + FixedHeight + + +
+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..433945e --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10613 @@ + + + + C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.2 + + + + + + + + + Gets the data source. + + + + + + + Gets the data view. + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the bound control. + + The bound control. + The name. + + + + Gets the size of the virtual segment. + + + + + + + Sets the visible row count. + + The value. + The name. + + + + Bounds the control scrolled. + + + + + + + + + Gets the first visible row. + + + + + + + Gets the visible row count. + + + + + + + Scrolls to row. + + The first visible row. + The row count. + + + + + + + + Requests the modification. + + + + + + + + + Sets the row filter. + + The value. + + + + Sets the sort. + + The value. + + + + Refreshes this instance. + + + + + Interfaces used by bound controls and other C1Data consumers: + Dynamic, late bound access to the interfaces, via reflection + + + + + Gets the data source. + + The obj. + + + + + + + + + + News the late binding I c1 complex bound control. + + The obj. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the data view. + + The obj. + + + + + + Holds a Graphics object together with (printer) device or bitmap that was used + to create it, if any. The point is to dispose the device or bitmap together + with the graphics when it is no longer needed (i.e. to avoid resource leaks). + + + + + An empty graphics holder instance. + + + + + Creates a graphics holder from a device context. + When the holder is disposed, both graphics and the device context are released (DeleteDC is called on the device context). + + The device context from which graphics is created. + The new instance of the graphics holder. + + + + Creates a graphics holder from a graphics instance. + When the holder is disposed, the graphics is left alone (i.e. NOT disposed). + + The graphics to store in the new holder. + The new instance of the graphics holder. + + + + Creates a graphics holder from screen. If that fails (e.g. on Azure), the graphics is created from a bitmap. + When the holder is disposed, both graphics and the bitmap are released. + + The new instance of the graphics holder. + + + + Creates a graphics holder from a bitmap. The graphics and the bitmap are released when the holder is disposed. + This should never fail. + + The new instance of the graphics holder. + + + + Disposes the current graphics holder. + + + + + Gets the graphics object held by the current instance. + + + + + Gets the horizontal resolution of graphics held by the current instance. + + + + + Gets the vertical resolution of graphics held by the current instance. + + + + + Represents an exception that occurred during C1DX or C1MDX serialization/deserialization + if the underlying zip stream has invalid format. + + + + + Abstract base class for and + classes. + + + + + Gets the list of strings describing the actions that lead to the exception that occurred + during serialization or deserialization. + + + + + Represents an exception that occurred during serialization. + + + + + Represents an exception that occurred during deserialization. + + + + + Gets the line number associated with the exception. + + + + + Gets the position in line associated with the exception. + + + + + Represents range of character codes. + + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + Adding character. + + + + Initialization of the range of character codes + + The first character code. + The last character code. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The begin code of character. + + + The end code of character. + + + + Represents collection of unique objects. + All CodeRange objects within collection not intersect and sorted + by First field. + + + + + Adds object to current without any check, typically used during deserialization. + + + to add. + + + + Gets the array of chars contained in this list of code ranges. + + Array of char + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection + contains all characters from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + + + + + + + Static class containing UI strings used by the designer. + + + + + Represents a handler for an item related event. + + + + + Provides data for an item related event. + + + + + Gets key of the item being added or changed. + + The key. + + + + Gets the string value. + + The value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is default. + + + true if this instance is default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the description. + + The description. + + + + Represents a collection of end user visible UI strings. + + + + + Adds a string to the collection, specifying the ordinal. + + The key of the string. + The ordinal of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection in alphabetical order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Adds a string to the collection, preserving the order. + + The key of the string. + The string. + The description of the string. + + + + Sets all strings in collection to their default values. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the strings in the current collection + have non-default values. + + + true if any of the strings have non-default values, false otherwise. + + + + Tests whether a string in the collection has default value. + + The key of the string to test. + + true if the string has default value, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the description of a string. + + The key of the string to get the description of. + The string's description + + + + Resets a string to its default value. + + The key of the string to reset. + + + + Returns the key of an item with the specified index. + + The item index. + The item's key. + + + + Gets the string by its index. + + The string index. + The string. + + + + Sets the value of a string with the specified index. + + The string index. + The new string value. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event data. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the collection. + + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the collection has been changed. + + + + + Provides type conversion for the type. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + + + + + C1TrueDBGrid control object. + + + + + Summary description for BaseGridFrame. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + Ctor for the split container class. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Raised when the Binding Context changes. + + + + + + + ISupportInitialize interface. + + + + + ISupportInitialize interface. + + + + + Called after the control has been added to another container. + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Raises the VisibleChanged event when the Visible property value of the control's container changes. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Initializes root and named styles. + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Processes Windows messages. + + + + + + + Helper method for serializing images. + + + + + Recomputes the sizes of the splits based on the client size of the control. + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Inherited from Control. + + + + + + + Creates the view. + + + + + + + Creates the view. + + The other. + + + + + + Called when the datasource changes. + + The new datasource. + The new datamember. + True to force a new binding. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resets to the default value. + + + + + Tests whether should be serialized. + + True if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raised after the datasource has been updated for a column. + + + + + + + Raised after a row has been deleted. + + + + + + + Raised after a row has been inserted. + + + + + + + Raised after a row has been updated. + + + + + + + Raised before a column has been updated. + + + + + + + Raised before a row is deleted. + + + + + + + Raised before a row is inserted. + + + + + + + Raised before a row is updated. + + + + + + + Raised when a column has been resized. + + + + + + + Raised when a column header has been clicked. + + + + + + + Raised when a column footer has been clicked. + + + + + + + Raised when a cell has to be rendered. + + + + + + + Raised when a cell has to be printed. + + + + + + + Raised when Page header needs to be printed. + + + + + + + Raised when a Page footer needs to be printed. + + + + + + + Raised before a row or column currency is changed. + + + + + + + Raised after a row or column currency has been changed. + + + + + + + Raised before a row is resized. + + + + + + + Raised when the grid scrolls. + + + + + + + Raised when a selection has changed. + + + + + + + Raised when split currency has changed. + + + + + + + Raised when a split has been added. + + + + + + + Raised when a split has been removed. + + + + + + + Raised when the grids cell content has been modified. + + + + + + + Raised to fetch data for an unbound column. + + + + + + + Raised when an unbound column has been updated. + + + + + + + Raised after a column has been edited. + + + + + + + Raised before a column edit. + + + + + + + Raised when a column has been edited. + + + + + + + Raised when the top row has changed. + + + + + + + Raised when the left column has changed. + + + + + + + Raised when a cell value needs custom formatting. + + + + + + + Raised when a button in a cell has been clicked. + + + + + + + Raised when a value in the combobox has been selected. + + + + + + + Raised when a value item is selected that's not in the ValueItems collection. + + + + + + + Raised when a custom style is to be used for rendering a cell. + + + + + + + Raised when a custom style is to be used for renderind a grouped cell. + + + + + + + Raised when a custom style is to be used for a row. + + + + + + + Raised when a new row is added. + + + + + + + Raised when a column is dragged. + + + + + + + Raised when a cell tip is to be displayed. + + + + + + + Raised when the grid is initialized. + + + + + + + Raised when the datasource is changed. + + + + + + + Raised when a band is collasped in a hierarchical grid. + + + + + + + Raised when a band is expanded in a hierarchical grid. + + + + + + + Raised when a grouped column is moved. + + + + + + + Raised when a column header in the grouping area is clicked. + + + + + + + Raised when scroll tips are to be displayed. + + + + + + + Raised when a filter condition has changed. + + + + + + + Raised when a button in the filter bar is clicked. + + + + + + + Raised before a child grid is displayed. + + + + + + + Rasied before a child grid is closed. + + + + + + + Raised when the datasource is sorted by clicking the column header. + + + + + + + Raised when AllowFilter is false. + + + + + + + Raised after the datasource has been filtered. + + + + + + + Raised after the datasource has been sorted. + + + + + + + Raised when the grid encounters an error through the UI. + + + + + + + Raised when custom values are to be used for the group text. + + + + + + + Raised when custom aggregates are used for a grouped grid. + + + + + + + Raised when custom group intervals are used for a grouped grid. + + + + + + + Binds the grid at runtime + + Source of the data + The table to bind to within the object returned by the DataSource property + True to preserve design time layout + /// True to keep previously expanded groups in GroupBy mode. + + + Binds the grid at runtime + + Source of the data + The table to bind to within the object returned by the DataSource property + True to preserve design time layout + + + + Binds the grid at runtime + + Source of the data + The table to bind to within the object returned by the DataSource property + The call to SetDataBinding(object dataSource, string dataMember) assumes false for the holdFields arguments. + + + + Configures the grid for use without a datasource. + + + + + Adds a row to an unbound grid. + + The data used to populate the new row. Column data is delimited by ';' char. + The index of the row that was added. + + + + Adds a row to an unbound grid. + + The data used to populate the new row. + Character used to separate the data fields. + The index of the row that was added. + + + + Adds the number of given rows to an unbound grid. + + The number of rows to add. + The index of the first row that was added. + + + + Deletes the given row from an unbound grid. + + The index of the row to remove. + + + + Deletes a range of rows from an unbound grid. + + The starting index of the row to remove. + The number of rows to remove. + + + + Creates a new System.Data.DataRow with the same schema as the unbound grid. + + + + + + + Gets the default size of the control. + + + + + The default of the control. + + + + + Allows us to set the borderstyle. + + + + + Gets the current position from the currency manager. + + + + + Gets or sets the border for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the InactiveStyle is applied to the grid when it loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability of the grid to automatically sort data when a column header is clicked. + + + If True, and if the property is set to GroupBy, the grid will automatically filter column data upon grouping action. + If False, the grid will fire the event. + If the property is set to Group By and the user attempts to drag a column header into the grouping area, the grid will automatically sort the column data. + If False, the event allows the application to sort the data. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability of the grid to automatically filter data. + + + If True, and if the Filter Bar is active, the grid will automatically filter data. + If False, the grid will fire the event. + If the property is true and the user attempts to filter column data, the grid will automatically filter the column data according to the value in the Filter Bar. + If False, the event allows the application to filter the data. + + + + + Gets or sets the grid's caption. + + + For a control, this property determines the text displayed in the caption bar at the top of the grid. + Setting the Caption property to an empty string for a control hides its caption bar. + For a object, this property determines the text displayed in the object's heading area. + Setting the Caption property to an empty string for a object clears the text in the column's heading area but does not hide the heading. Column captions are only displayed if the grid's property is set to True. + Setting the Caption property to an empty string for a object hides the heading area, even if other splits have non-empty captions. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the grid's caption. + + This property requires that the property of the grid has a value. + + + + Gets or sets the height of grid rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the specific data member in a multimember data source that the grid binds to. + + + This property returns or sets the name of the data member used to populate the grid. Typically, a data member represents a database table or query. + A bound can expose multiple sets of data that consumers can bind to. Each set of data is called a data member, and is identified by a unique string. + + + + + Gets or sets the source containing a list of values used to populate the items within the control. + + The DataSource property specifies the list of values used to bind a or control. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should use an off-screen buffer when painting to redue flicker. + + + Setting this value to False may cause the grid to flicker when the control is painting. + You may want to set DoubleBuffer to False to increase performance when deploying applications that run on terminal servers. + + + + + Gets or sets the general appearance of 3D elements for the entire grid. + + + + + Gets the DataRowCollection for an unbound grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that controls how the grid scrolls when the scroll thumb is moved. + + + + + + The size of the split divider. + + + + Gets the number of rows in an unbound grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Style information is applied from the datasource. + + + + + Occurs when visual style property has been changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines the overall appearance of the control. + + + This property allows you to quickly customize the appearance of the grid so + it matches the appearance of your application. + The settings available include System, various Microsoft Office color + schemes, and Custom, which relies on the controls standard styles and appearance + properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the renderer used to render visual styles. + + The renderer. + + + + Specifies whether text rendering should be compatible with previous releases of WinForms. + + + This property determines whether the control should render text using the + class (compatible with previous versions), or the new class + (available in .NET 2.0 and later). + The class supports complex scripts and Uniscribe APIs, making + it better suited for some international applications. + However, the class seems to render about 25% slower than the + traditional method. + You may want to try both modes and select the one that matches the appearance of other + controls and forms in your application. + + + + + The C1TrueDBGrid control. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Creates a new accessibility object for the control. + + A new for the control. + + + + Creates the view. + + + + + + + Creates the view. + + The other view. + + + + + + + + + + End initialization. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a top-level object bound to the specified view row. + + Returns null if the specified view row is not a data row. + + + + Shoulds the width of the record selector be serialized. + + + + + + + Should the row divider be serialized. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a row to an unbound grid. + + The data used to populate the new row. Column data is delimited by ';' char. + The index of the row that was added. + + + + Adds a row to an unbound grid. + + The data used to populate the new row. + Character used to separate the data fields. + The index of the row that was added. + + + + Adds the number of given rows to an unbound grid. + + The number of rows to add. + The index of the first row that was added. + + + + Instructs the grid to temporarily ignore IBindingList.ListChange notifications from the data source. + + + + + Resumes IBindingList.ListChange notifications from the data source to the grid. + + + + + Controls the used to change the appearance for cells meeting the specified condition. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + object that specifies appearance attributes. + + + + + Controls the used to change the appearance of cells according to their contents. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + object that specifies appearance attributes. + + + A regular expression string. + + + + + Returns the row index of the DataSource for a display row index. + + + The row index of the grid. + + + The underlying row index of the DataSource. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + A regular expression string. + + + + + Restores the default grid layout. + + + + + Returns the column index for the column containing the specified X coordinate. + + + The horizontal coordinate (X value) in pixels. + + + The index of the column in the collection beneath the specified X coordinate. + + + + + Returns the column index for the column containing the specified point. + + + The point. + + + The index of the column in the collection beneath the specified point. + + [C1Description("Identifies the index of the DisplayColumn under a point")] + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the display row containing the Y specified coordinate. + + + The vertical coordinate (Y value) in pixels. + + + The display row index beneath the specified Y coordinate. + + + + + Returns the Y coordinate of the top of a visible row. + + + The displayed row index. + + + The Y coordinate of the specified display row, based on the client coordinates of the grid. + + + + + Scrolls the grid data area by the specified number of rows and columns. + + + Number of columns to scroll. + + + Number of rows to scroll. + + + + + Returns one of the enumerations, which indicates the kind of grid element beneath the specified coordinate. + + + The Point in client coordinates. + + + The enumerations under the given coordinate. + + + + + Returns one of the constants, which indicates the kind of grid element beneath the specified coordinate. + + + The x-coordinate. + + + The y-coordinate. + + + The enumerations under the given coordinate. + + + + + Reinitializes grid with data from its data source. + + + True to preserves current column layout. False retrieves the schema from the datasource. + + + + + + + + + Returns the of the split containing the specified coordinate. + + + The x-coordinate. + + + The y-coordinate. + + + The beneath the specified coordinate pair. + + + + + Updates any changes on the current row to the data source. + + + + + Moves the current row positions of the grid by the given offset. + + + The number of records to move. A positive value indicates forward movement; a negative value indicates backward movement. + + + + + Moves the current row positions of the grid by the given offset from the given row. + + + The number of records to move. A positive value indicates forward movement; a negative value indicates backward movement. + + + The origin of the relative movement. + + + + + Positions to the last row of the datasource. + + + + + Positions to the first row of the datasource. + + + + + Positions to the next row of the datasource. + + + + + Positions to the previous row of the datasource. + + + + + Deletes the current row. + + + + + Loads a saved layout from the given file. + + + The file containing a saved layout. + + + + + Loads a saved layout from the given stream. + + + The Stream containing a saved layout. + + + + + Saves the grid's layout. + + + File to contain the grid layout. + + + + + Saves the grid's layout. + + + The Stream to contain the grid layout. + + + + + Saves the grid's layout. + + + File to contain the grid layout. + + + Specifies whether default values are serialized. + + + + + Saves the grid's layout. + + + The Stream to contain the grid layout. + + + Specifies whether default values are serialized. + + + + + Returns the cell position for a set of coordinates. + + + The x-coordinate. + + + The y-coordinate. + + + The row under the coordinate pair. + + + The column index under the coordinate pair. + + + A value indicating whether a data cell is beneath the specified coordinate pair. + + + The CellContaining method combines the and methods into one call. If the coordinate pair specified by x and y points to a data cell, this method returns True, and the rowindex and colindex arguments receive zero-based indexes that identify the cell. + This method is useful when working with mouse and drag events when trying to determine where the user clicked or dropped another control in terms of a grid cell. + If the specified coordinate is outside of the grid's data area, this method returns False. Use the method to determine what kind of grid element, if any, is beneath the specified coordinate. + + + + + Invalidates the current row. + + + The RefreshRow method causes a repaint of the entire row in the grid. Normally, the grid repaints automatically as needed. However, if handlers have been written for the event, use this method to force a row to be repainted and hence cause the appropriate events to fire. + + + + + Invalidates the current row. + + + The row to refresh. + + + The RefreshRow method causes a repaint of the entire row in the grid. Normally, the grid repaints automatically as needed. However, if handlers have been written for the event, use this method to force a row to be repainted and hence cause the appropriate events to fire. + + + + + Invalidates the current column. + + + The RefreshCol method causes a repaint of the entire column in the grid. Normally, the grid repaints automatically as needed. However, if handlers have been written for the event, use this method to force a column to be repainted and hence cause the appropriate events to fire. + + + + + Invalidates the specified column. + + + The split column index to repaint. + + + The RefreshCol method causes a repaint of the entire column in the grid. Normally, the grid repaints automatically as needed. However, if handlers have been written for the event, use this method to force a column to be repainted and hence cause the appropriate events to fire. + + + + + Retreives data from the datasource for the current row and refreshes the row. + + + The RefetchRow method repopulates the specified row from a data source. It also repaints the row, firing all events necessary for redisplay. + By default, the grid retrieves data automatically as needed. In some circumstances, the underlying datasource may change without the grid receiving notification that a change has occurred. The RefetchRow method is provided for this purpose. + + + + + Retreives data from the datasource for the specified row and refreshes the row. + + + The row to refetch. + + + The RefetchRow method repopulates the specified row from a data source. It also repaints the row, firing all events necessary for redisplay. + By default, the grid retrieves data automatically as needed. In some circumstances, the underlying datasource may change without the grid receiving notification that a change has occurred. The RefetchRow method is provided for this purpose. + + + + + Expands the given row in GroupBy DataView. + + + The row to expand. + + + Expanding/collapsing a row in a GroupBy grid also expands/collapses the row in a split that shares the same vertical scroll group. + + + + + + + Expands the given row in GroupBy DataView and optionally exapands the subrows. + + The row to expand. + True to expand subrows. + + + + Collapses a grouped row. + + + + + Obtains the band given a column index. + + + + + Obtains the underlying row object for the given band and row. + + + + + Obtains the expanded state of a band for a hierarchical grid. + + + + + Collapses a gvien band in a hierarchical grid. + + + + + Expand the given band in a hierarchical grid. + + + + + Closes the Child Grid. + + + + + Displays the Child grid. + + + + + Exports the grid to an HTML file. + + + + + Exports the grid to a PDF file. + + + + + Exports the grid to an RTF file. + + + + + Exports the grid to a XLS file. + + + + + Exports the grid to a XLS file. + + + + + Opens a dialog in which the user can select the export format. + + + + + Exports the grid based upon the file extension. + + + + + Exports the specified rows from the grid to the specified file as delimited text. + + + + + Exports the specified rows from the grid to the specified file as delimited text. + + + + + Exports the specified rows from the grid to the specified file as delimited text. + + + + + Exports the specified rows from the grid to the specified file as delimited text. + + + + + Exports the specified rows from the grid to the specified file as delimited text. + + + + + Exports the specified rows from the grid to the specified file as delimited text. + + + + + Inserts vertical splits at the given position. + + + + + Removes all vertical splits at the given index. + + + + + + + + + Inserts new horizontal splits at the given position. + + + + + Removes all the horizontal splits at the given index. + + + + + Clears any cached styles and forces the grid to repaint. + + + + + Sets the focus to the given cell. + + The zero based index of the row. + The zero based index of the column. + + + + Extends the last column in each subrow so that all rows have the same width. + + + + + Raises the AfterColUpdate event. + + + + + + + Raises the AfterDelete event. + + + + + + + Raises the AfterInsert event. + + + + + + + Raises the AfterUpdate event. + + + + + + + Raises the BeforeColUpdate event. + + + + + + + Raises the BeforeDelete event. + + + + + + + Raises the BeforeInsert event. + + + + + + + Raises the BeforeUpdate event. + + + + + + + Raises the ColResize event. + + + + + + + Raises the HeadClick event. + + + + + + + Raises the FootClick event. + + + + + + + Raises the OwnerDrawCell event. + + + + + + + Raises the OwnerDrawCellPrint event. + + + + + + + Raises the OwnerDrawPageHeader event. + + + + + + + Raises the OwnerDrawPageFooter event. + + + + + + + Raises the BeforeRowColChange event. + + + + + + + Raises the RowColChange event. + + + + + + + Raises the RowResize event. + + + + + + + Raises the Scroll event. + + + + + + + Raises the SelChange event. + + + + + + + Raises the SplitChange event. + + + + + + + Raises the SplitRemoved event. + + + + + + + Raises the SplitRemoved event. + + + + + + + Raises the Change event. + + + + + + + Raises the UnboundColumnFetch event. + + + + + + + Raises the UnboundColumnUpdated event. + + + + + + + Raises the AfterColEdit event. + + + + + + + Raises the BeforeColEdit event. + + + + + + + Raises the ColEdit event. + + + + + + + Raises the FirstRowChange event. + + + + + + + Raises the LeftColChange event. + + + + + + + Raises the FromatText event. + + + + + + + Raises the ButtonClick event. + + + + + + + Raises the ComboSelect event. + + + + + + + Raises the ValueItemError event. + + + + + + + Raises the FetchCellStyle event. + + + + + + + Raises the FetchGroupCellStyle event. + + + + + + + Raises the FetchRowStyle event. + + + + + + + Raises the OnAddNew event. + + + + + + + Raises the ColMove event. + + + + + + + Raises the FetchCellTips event. + + + + + + + Raises the OnInit event. + + + + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + + + + + + Raises the Collapse event. + + + + + + + Raises the Expand event. + + + + + + + Raises the GroupColMove event. + + + + + + + Raises the GroupText event. + + + + + + + Raises the GroupAggregate event. + + + + + + + Raises the GroupHeadClick event. + + + + + + + Raises the GroupInterval event. + + + + + + + Raises the FetchScrollTips event. + + + + + + + Raises the FilterChange event. + + + + + + + Raises the FilterButtonClick event. + + + + + + + Raises the BeforeOpen event. + + + + + + + Raises the BeforeClose event. + + + + + + + Raises the Sort event. + + + + + + + Raises the Filter event. + + + + + + + Raises the AfterFilter event. + + + + + + + Raises the AfterSort event. + + + + + + + Raises the Error event + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a top-level object bound to a current data row. + + Returns null if no data row is selected. + + + + Gets or sets the language to use when localizing the column filters. + + + + + Gets the row object associated with the given row. + + + + + Gets or sets the cell value at the given row and column. + + + + + Gets or sets the cell value at the given row and column. + + + + + Gets a value that describes the current AddNew state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to delete records from the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to add new rows. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether arrow keys can be used to navigate around the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to move columns in the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to select columns in the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to drag from the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to select rows in the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability of a user to modify data. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating how the grid updates modifed data when the grid loses focus. + + + + + Gets the number of levels within a hierarchical grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the current row position of the underlying CurrencyManager. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the grid displays a pop-up text window when the cursor is idle. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of time in milliseconds before the cell tip window is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the cell tip window. + + + + The CellTipsWidth property returns or sets the width of the cell tip window in pixels. + + + By default, this property is set to zero, which causes the cell tip window to grow or shrink to accommodate the cell tip text. Override this behavior and give the cell tip window a fixed width by specifying a non-zero value for this property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the column position of the current cell in the current split. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the collapse icon. + + + + + Gets a reference to the cell editor that is currently active. + + + + + Gets the Split that has focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the default width for all grid columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the expand icon in hierarchical grids. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of column headers. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of column footers. + + + + + Gets the collection of C1DataColumn objects. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the current cell in a split. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the modification status of the current row. + + + + + Gets the split index which will be current after cell movement. + + + + + Gets the row which will be current after cell movement. + + + + + Gets the column which will be current after cell movement. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the editing status of the current cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing will take place in a popup window or within cell boundaries. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how the grid displays rows below the last data row. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for ErrorProvider. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how the last column will extend to fill the dead area of the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets how the rightmost column reacts when clicked by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event will be raised. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filter bar has focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the FilterBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the row index for the first visible row in a grid or split. + + + + + Gets or sets the zero-based index of the leftmost column in a grid or split. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarqueeStyle for a grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the time (milliseconds) in which the incremental search string will reset for a dropdown when the property is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection state of the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image used in the record selector to indicate the Current row. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image used in the record selector to indicate the Modified row. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image used in the record selector to indicate the AddNew row. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image used in the record selector to indicate the FilterBar row. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image used in the record selector to indicate the Standard row. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image used in the record selector to indicate the Header row. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image used in the record selector to indicate the Footer row. + + + + + Gets the object. + + + + + Gets the object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of row headers for a grid or split. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the row headers. + + + + + Gets or sets the the current row. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the grid displays a pop-up text window when the scrollbar thumb is dragged. + + + + + Gets the collection of rows that are currently selected. + + + + + Gets the collection of columns that are currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected within the grid's editing window. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting point of the text selection within the grid's editing window. + + + + + Gets or sets the string containing the currently selected text within the grid's editing window. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether a range of cells has been selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the current within the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how columns will resize when the grid is resized. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the behavior of the tab and arrow keys at split borders. + + + + + Gets or sets the behavior of the tab key. + + + + + Gets the number of visible columns in the current Split. + + + + + Gets the number of visible rows in the current Split. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the behavior of Tab and arrow keys at row boundaries. + + + + + Gets the object that controls the appearance of the vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets the object that controls the appearance of the horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout by which the grid will display data. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines the relative position of the next cell when the user presses the Enter key. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed in the grouping area when no columns have been grouped. + + + + + Gets the collection of columns that are grouped. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the Grouping area of the grid when the property is set to GroupBy. + + + + + Gets the rectangle occupied by the grouping area. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of subrows of the grid when the property is set to MutlipleLinesFixed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the behavior of the grid and row currency when the grid's datasource is sorted. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the border drawn between grid rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the subrow divider in a multi-line grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the C1TrueDBGrid control used as a child grid in a hierarchical presentation. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the caption area. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the cell editor within a grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of an even-numbered row when using . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of column footers. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of grouping area. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the grids column headers. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the current row/cell when the is set to Highlight Row/Cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the grids caption when it doesn't have focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of an odd-numbered row when using . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of selected rows and columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the root object. + + + + + Gets the collection of named objects. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the grid or split uses the for odd-numbered rows and for even-numbered rows. + + + + + Gets or sets how interactive row resizing is performed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a user is allowed to create horizontal splits. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a user is allowed to create vertical splits. + + + + + Gets the collection of objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of a column when the is set to Inverted or Form. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the column caption when the is set to Inverted or Form. + + + + + Occurs after a cell has been updated. + + + + + Occurs after a row has been deleted. + + + + + Occurs after a row has been added. + + + + + Occurs after a row has been updated. + + + + + Occurs before a cell is updated to the datasource. + + + + + Occurs before a row is deleted. + + + + + Occurs before a new row is added to the datasource. + + + + + Occurs before a row is updated to the datasource. + + + + + Occurs whenever a column is resized. + + + + + Occurs whenever a column header is clicked. + + + + + Occurs whenever a column footer is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before a cell is rendered and the is true. + + + + + Occurs before a cell is to be printed and the is true. + + + + + Occurs before the page header is to be printed. + + + + + Occurs before the page footer is to be printed. + + + + + Occurs prior to focus moving to another cell. + + + + + Occurs when the focus moves to a different cell. + + + + + Occurs whenever the user resizes a row. + + + + + Occurs whenever the user scrolls the grid. + + + + + Occurs whenever the user selected a different range of rows or columns. + + + + + Occurs whenever a Split changes focus. + + + + + Occurs when a split is removed. + + + + + Occurs when a split is added. + + + + + Occurs whenever the user changes the value of a cell. + + + + + Occurs when the grid needs to access the value of an unbound column. + + + + + Occurs when the value of an unbound column has been updated. + + + + + Occurs after editing is completed. + + + + + Occurs before a cell enters edit mode. + + + + + Occurs whenever a cell first enters edit mode. + + + + + Occurs whenever the first row changes. + + + + + Occurs whenever the left column changes. + + + + + Occurs whenever a cell is about to be rendered and whose property has been set to FormatTextEvent. + + + + + Occurs whenever a button is clicked in a cell. + + + + + Occurs whenever a selection has been made to the built-in combo or TrueDBDropdown. + + + + + Occurs whenever a user attempts to enter invalid data into a column that is using valueitems. + + + + + Occurs whenever a cell is to be rendered and the is true. + + + + + Occurs whenever a grouped cell that contains an aggregate is to be rendered and is true. + + + + + Occurs whenever the grid renders a row and the property has been set. + + + + + Occurs whenever an AddNew operation has been initiated. + + + + + Occurs whenever the user has finished moving a column. + + + + + Occurs when the grid needs to display CellTips. + + + + + Occurs after the grid has been initialized. + + + + + Occurs whenever the datasource changes. + + + + + Occurs whenever a hierarchical row is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs whenever a hierarchical row is expanded. + + + + + Occurs whenever a column is moved into or out of the grouping area. + + + + + Occurs when the property is set to custom. + + + + + Occurs when the is set to Custom for a grouped row. + + + + + Occurs whenever a column in the grouping area is clicked. + + + + + Occurs whenever a row is being grouped and a custom interval has been specified. + + + + + Occurs whenever the grid has focus and the scrollbar thumb is moved using the mouse. + + + + + Occurs when the contents of a cell in the filterbar changes. + + + + + Occurs when a button is clicked in the filterbar. + + + + + Occurs when the user attempts to open a child grid. + + + + + Occurs when the user attempts to close a child grid. + + + + + Occurs when the user drags a column into the grouping area. + + + + + Occurs when the user types in the filterbar and the property is false. + + + + + Occurs after the datasource has been filtered. + + + + + Occurs after a column has been sorted. + + + + + Occurs whenever an exception is thrown during end user interaction. + + + + + C1TrueDBDropdown control. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the object. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + Creates the view. + + + + + + + Creates the view. + + The other. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Controls the used to change the appearance for cells meeting the specified condition. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + object that specifies appearance attributes. + + + + + Controls the used to change the appearance of cells according to their contents. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + object that specifies appearance attributes. + + + A regular expression string. + + + + + Restores the default layout. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + + + Restores the default layout. + + + + + Returns the column index for the column containing the specified X coordinate. + + + The horizontal coordinate (X value) in pixels. + + + The index of the column in the collection beneath the specified X coordinate. + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the display row containing the Y specified coordinate. + + + The vertical coordinate (Y value) in pixels. + + + The display row index beneath the specified Y coordinate. + + + + + Reinitializes grid with data from its data source. + + + True to preserves current column layout. False retrieves the schema from the datasource. + + + + + + + + + Scrolls the data area by the specified number of rows and columns + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the user has moved a column. + + + + + Occurs when the user has resized a column. + + + + + Occurs when the grids DataSource has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs when the dropdown closes. + + + + + Occurs whenever the grid is about to display a row of data and the FetchRowStyles property is True. + + + + + Occurs when the first displayed row of a control or split is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the user clicks on the column footer. + + + + + Occurs when the grid is about to display cell data in a column whose NumberFormat property is set to the string FormatText Event. + + + + + Occurs when the user clicks on the column header. + + + + + Occurs when the first visible column of a grid or split is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the focus moves to a different row. + + + + + Occurs when the user has finished resizing a grid row. + + + + + Occurs when the user scrolls the grid. + + + + + Occurs when the user selects a different range of rows or columns. + + + + + Occurs when the grid needs to display the value of a cell in an unbound column. + + + + + Occurs when the user attempts to enter invalid data into a column that is using value lists. + + + + + Occurs whenever the grid has focus and the scrollbar thumb is moved using the mouse. + + + + + Gets the current selected index. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the MouseUp event. + + A MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Inherited from control. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the default size of the control. + + + + + The default of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to move columns. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to select columns. + + + + + Gets or sets how interactive row resizing is performed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown uses the for odd-numbered rows and for even-numbered rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the current row position of the underlying CurrencyManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the column position. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of column footers. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of column captions. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of column footers. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of column headers. + + + + + Gets the collection of C1DataColumn objects. + + + + + Gets the collection of C1DisplayColumn objects. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the current cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the property used to update the associated grid column. + + + + + Gets or sets the default width for all grid columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the dropdown. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how the grid displays rows below the last data row. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of an even-numbered row when using . + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how the last column will extend to fill the dead area of the dropdown. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event will be raised. + + + + + Gets or sets the row index for the first visible row. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of column footers. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the grids column headers. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of a highlighted row. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should resize to avoid showing partial items. + + + + + Gets or sets the zero-based index of the leftmost column. + + + + + Gets or sets the property used for incremental search. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of an odd-numbered row when using . + + + + + Gets or sets the the current row. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the border drawn between rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the subrow divider in a multi-line dropdown. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines if rows are highlighted under the mouse. + + + + + Gets the object that controls the appearance of the vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets the object that controls the appearance of the horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether the grid displays a pop-up text window when the scrollbar thumb is dragged. + + + + + Gets or sets the root object. + + + + + Gets the collection of named objects. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how the grid display values in a column. + + + + + Gets the number of visible columns in the dropdown. + + + + + Gets the number of visible rows in the dropdown. + + + + + Occurs when the user has moved a column. + + + + + Occurs when the user has resized a column. + + + + + Occurs when the grids DataSource has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs when the dropdown closes. + + + + + Occurs whenever the grid is about to display a row of data and the FetchRowStyles property is True. + + + + + Occurs when the first displayed row of a control or split is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the user clicks on the column footer. + + + + + Occurs when the grid is about to display cell data in a column whose NumberFormat property is set to the string FormatText Event. + + + + + Occurs when the user clicks on the column header. + + + + + Occurs when the first visible column of a grid or split is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the focus moves to a different row. + + + + + Occurs when the user has finished resizing a grid row. + + + + + Occurs when the user scrolls the grid. + + + + + Occurs when the user selects a different range of rows or columns. + + + + + Occurs when the grid needs to display the value of a cell in an unbound column. + + + + + Occurs when the user attempts to enter invalid data into a column that is using value lists. + + + + + Occurs whenever the grid has focus and the scrollbar thumb is moved using the mouse. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the caption area. + + + + + Represents operators used in filter conditions. + + + + + Disables the operator. + + + + + Return true if the value equals the operator parameter. + + + + + Return true if the value does not equal the operator parameter. + + + + + Return true if the value is greater than the operator parameter. + + + + + Return true if the value is less than the operator parameter. + + + + + Return true if the value is greater than or equal to the operator parameter. + + + + + Return true if the value is less than or equal to the operator parameter. + + + + + Return true if the string representation of the value contains the operator parameter. + + + + + Return true if the string representation of the value does not contain the operator parameter. + + + + + Return true if the string representation of the value begins with the operator parameter. + + + + + Return true if the string representation of the value ends with the operator parameter. + + + + + Represents a condition within a . + + + Each contains up to two conditions that + can be combined with 'And' or 'Or' operators. + + + + + Clears this condition by setting the to 'None' + and the to null. + + + + + Applies the condition to a given value. + + Value to test. + True if the value satisfies the condition, false otherwise. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the condition is active. + + + + + Gets or sets the operator used by this condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the parameter used by this condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the parameter as a string used by this condition. + + + + + Specifies the type of filter to be used for a . + + + + + Filter column using a . + + + + + Filter column by values using a . + + + + + Filter column by conditions using a . + + + + + Filter column using a filter specified by the caller. + + + + + Do not provide a filter for this column. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the language to be used for localizing the control. + + + + + Localize the control to the language specified by the CurrentUICulture. + + + + + Localize the control to Arabic. + + + + + Localize the control to Czech. + + + + + Localize the control to Danish. + + + + + Localize the control to Dutch. + + + + + Localize the control to English. + + + + + Localize the control to Finnish. + + + + + Localize the control to French. + + + + + Localize the control to German. + + + + + Localize the control to Greek. + + + + + Localize the control to Hebrew. + + + + + Localize the control to Italian. + + + + + Localize the control to Japanese. + + + + + Localize the control to Norwegian. + + + + + Localize the control to Polish. + + + + + Localize the control to Portuguese. + + + + + Localize the control to Russian. + + + + + Localize the control to Slovak. + + + + + Localize the control to Spanish. + + + + + Localize the control to Swedish. + + + + + Localize the control to Chinese (simplified). + + + + + Localize the control to Turkish. + + + + + Base class for splits. + + + + + + + + + Releases the resources used by the view. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the view. + + + + + + + Returns the string that represents the current object. + + + + + + + Returns the style associated with a given cell. + + Row to fetch the style for. + Column to fetch the style for. + The text of the cell. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a line should be rendered for a given row and column. + + The row index. + The column index. + + + + + + Raised when the scrollbar visibility changes. + + The scrollbar object. + The new visible state. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Notifies what curent row or column is changed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + autosizes the height of the given row + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Performs internal reset. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + checks to see if the mouse is over a 3d element + + + + + + + Called when C1DisplayColumn properties have been changed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + creates a datasource from the valueitems so for the internal combobox. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets an XML string containing the current filter state. + + + + + potential properties + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of border rendered for a split. + + + + + Base class for typeconverter. + + + + + Returns an object from it's string representation. + + + + + + + + + Returns a string representation from a given object. + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the source type is string. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true of the type of string. + + + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Converts the given value object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Typeconverter for bitmaps. Used for serialization. + + + + + Override. Returns the object given a string. + + + + + + + + + Override. Returns a string given an object. + + + + + + + + + Expandable object converter that doesn't handle strings. + + + + + Overloaded. Returns whether this converter can convert an object of one type to the type of this converter. + + + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Converts from. + + The CTX. + The ci. + The obj. + + + + + + Defined the relationship of a column. + + + + + Column is not related. + + + + + Column is the parent. + + + + + Column is the child. + + + + + Represents a column that defines binding information for the datasource. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this object. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this object. + + The column caption. + The data type. + + + + Creates a new instance of this object. + + The column caption. + The field from the data source. + The data type. + + + + + + + + + + Resets ButtonPicture to its default value. + + + + + Resets FilterButtonPicture to its default value. + + + + + Gets the display value for a cell in a given row. + + The row to fetch. + The display value. + + + + Gets the cell value for a given row. + + The row to fetch. + The underlying data from the data source. + + + + Invalidate the current column in all visible rows. + + + + + Invalidates the current cell. + + + + + Invalidates the cell at the given row. + + Row to invalidate. + + + + Repopulate the entire grid from the data source. + + + + + Repopulates the current cell from the data source. + + + + + Repopulates the specified data from the data source. + + The row to refetch. + + + + Gets or sets the level of this column in a hierarchical data source. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of aggregate computed for a grouped row. + + + + + Gets or sets the image shown in a drop-down button in a column. + + + + + Index of button picture. + + + + + Tag of button picture. + + + + + Gets or sets the text in the column header. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether data in this column has been modified. + + + + + Gets or sets the database field name for a column. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of object stored for a column. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters which may be entered for cells in this column. + + + + + Gets or sets the default value for a column when a new row is added by the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the edit mask for a column. + + + The property allows an input mask to be specified for automatic input formatting and validation. The mask syntax is similar to the one used by Microsoft Access. Setting the input mask for a column will prevent the user from entering any information in the cell that is not in the format of the string. + The must be a string composed of the following symbols: + + Wildcards + + + + 0 + Digit. + + + 9 + Digit or space. + + + # + Digit or sign. + + + L + Letter. + + + ? + Letter or space. + + + A + Letter or digit. + + + a + Letter, digit or space. + + + & + Any character. + + + + Localized characters + + + + . + Localized decimal separator. + + + , + Localized thousand separator. + + + : + Localized time separator. + + + / + Localized date separator. + + + + Command characters + + + + \ + Next character is taken as a literal. + + + > + Translate letters to uppercase. + + + < + Translate letters to lowercase. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether literal characters in the edit mask are stored to the underlying data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the editor that is used to edit cell data. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a DateTime picker is used to edit this column. + + + + + Gets or sets the image shown as the column's filter button. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the key used to initiate the filtering operation as the user types in the filterbar. + + + + + Gets the number of values in the filter drop-down list. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed in the column footer. + + + + + Gets or sets the characters that should be ignored when applying the filter criteria to the datasource. + + + + + Gets or sets the operator that is used for a filter expression. + + + + + Gets or sets the data associated with the value of the filter for a column. + + + + + Specifies the text that is rendered in an empty cell in the Filterbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a drop-down list is displayed in the filter cell that lists all the values of the field. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating All when the FilterDropdown property is True. + + The filter dropdown text. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiple values can be selected in the filter drop-down list. + + If FilterMultiSelect is true then the user is able to enter several values using comma separator. + + + + Gets or sets a character used to separate values in the filter drop-down list when multiple values are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of Apply button in the filter drop-down list when the FilterMultiSelect property is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of Cancel button in the filter drop-down list when the FilterMultiSelect property is True. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of Clear button in the filter drop-down list when the FilterMultiSelect property is True. + + + + + Specifies the ImeMode used to edit this column. + + + + + Gets or sets the formatting string for a column. + + + + + Gets the object for this column. + + + + + Gets or sets the display value for the current cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the current cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a user defined objects associated with this column. + + + + + Gets or sets a user defined object associated with this column. + + + + + Gets or sets the state of the sorting glyph in the column caption bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with this column. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents an object used to render grid elements. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this object. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + + + + + + + Renders the given string using the style properties. + + Graphics object to render too. + Rectangle to render in. + String to render. + + + + Renders the given string using the style properties. + + Graphics object to render too. + Rectangle to render in. + String to render. + The draw flags. + + + + Reset BackColor to its default value. + + + + + Resets ForeColor to its default value. + + + + + Resets Font to its default value. + + + + + Resets HorizontalAlignment to its default value. + + + + + Resets VerticalAlignment to its default value. + + + + + Resets BackgroundPictureDrawMode to its default value. + + + + + Resets the BackgroundImage to its default value. + + + + + Resets ForGroundImagePosition to its default value. + + + + + Resets ForegroundImage to its default value. + + + + + Resets Locked to its default value. + + + + + Resets WrapText to its default value. + + + + + Resets Trimming to its default value. + + + + + Resets all specialized attributes. + + + + + Gets the associated with this Style. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color associated with a Style. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color associated with a Style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether gamma correction is enabled when a linear gradient style is rendered. + + + true if gamma correction is enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the direction of a linear gradient. + + The gradient mode. + + + + Gets or sets the alpha component when the style is rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color associated with a Style. + + + + + Gets or sets the Font associated with a Style. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering method for a . + + + + + Gets or sets the background image associated with a Style. + + + + + Gets or sets the position that the ForGroupImage is rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground image associated with a style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether data entry is permitted for the assocated object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether text is word-wrapped when it does not fit into a layout shape. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the Style. + + + + + Gets or sets the trim characters for a string that does not completely fit into a layout shape. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between cell content and its edges. + + + + + Represents the border in a + + + + Gets or sets the type of border. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the left border. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the right border. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the top border. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the bottom border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + Represents an object that defines how cells are rendered. + + + + + Returns a that represents the current . + + + A that represents the current . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether both Value and Display Value are rendenered when Display value is an image. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether users can cycle through by clicking on a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the default or -1 for no default. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of visible rows in the combobox. + + + + + Gets or sets the method in which cells are rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether data values are translated using matching . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether values entered by the user must match on of the objects. + + + + + Gets the collection of Value/Display Value pairs. + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + + The ValueItem to add. + The index at which the ValueItem has been added. + + + + + + + + + + + + Inserts a at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the ValueItem should be inserted. + The ValueItem to insert. + + + + Gets the index of the specified . + + The ValueItem to search. + The index of the ValueItem. + + + + Gets or sets the specified from the collection at the specified index. + + + + + Represents an object that defines a value/display value pair. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueItem class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValueItem class. + + Underlying data value. + Translated value. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current object. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the raw (untranslated) value of this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the display value of this item. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the columns in a split. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the component. + + + + + Returns a that represents the current . + + + A that represents the current . + + + + + Releases the resources used by the component. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the filter expression for the column. + + The filter expression for the column + Use this method in your implementations of custom filtering. + Example shows how to build a row filter using method. + "" Then + If sb.ToString() <> "" Then + sb.Append(" AND ") + End If + sb.Append(cond) + End If + + Next dc + ' filter the data + Me.DataSet11.Tables(0).DefaultView.RowFilter = sb.ToString() + End Sub]]> + + + + Controls the used to change the appearance for cells meeting the specified condition. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + object that specifies appearance attributes. + + + + + Controls the used to change the appearance of cells according to their contents. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + object that specifies appearance attributes. + + + A regular expression string. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + A regular expression string. + + + + + Adjusts the width of a column to accommodate the longest visible field within that column. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown opens automatically when a key is typed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown auto fills the edit portion with the matched entry. + + + + + Gets the vertical offset of the top of the cell for the current row. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown acts like a dropdown list (text portion is not editable). + + + + + Gets or sets the that controls the appearance of the column headers. + + + + + Gets or sets the root for this column. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of column footers. + + + + + Gets or sets the used for the cell editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to render the cell in the grouped header row. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to render the cell in the grouped footer row. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of a column. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the border drawn between columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of a column. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the column. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability of a column to receive focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing is permitted in a column. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether contiguous like-value cells of this column are merged into one large cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is frozen. + + + true if frozen; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether column resizing is allowed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether cells in this column look like buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether buttons will be displayed when the cell does not contain focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a dropdown button will be displayed in this column. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a dropdown button will be displayed in this column. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width a column can be resized to when in . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the column divider in the header area. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the column divider in the footer area. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the FetchCellStyle event will be raised for a column. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a column header will act like a button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a column footer will act like a button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether cells in this column are drawn by the user in the OwnerDrawCell event. + + + + + Gets the associted associated with this object. + + + + + + + + + Gets the caption of the associated objects. + + + + + Enumerates the type of changes made to a display column for event listeners + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + TypeConverter for the GridLines object. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Froms the STR. + + The STR. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the line used for row and column dividers. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this object. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of lines used for row and column dividers. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of lines used for row and column dividers. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the width. + + The width. + + + + Gets or sets the border3D style. + + The border3D style. + + + + Represents a collection of ViewRow objects. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of the instance. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes when removing an element from the instance. + + The zero-based index at which value can be found. + The value of the element to remove from index. + + + + Owner of the row list. + + + + + Gets or sets the at the specified index. + + + + + Represents a row in a split. + + + + + Adjust the size of the row to fully display cell data. + + + + + Gets or sets the visiblity of a row. + + + + + Gets the type of row. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of a row. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of a row. + + + + + Gets index of the row in data source. + + + + Returns -1 if there is not corresponding data row. + For example, for a group row. + + + Use DataRowIndex property to translate view row index to data row index. + + + + + private void c1TrueDBGrid1_FetchCellStyle(object sender, C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.FetchCellStyleEventArgs e) + { + ViewRow row = this.c1TrueDBGrid1.Splits[0].Rows[e.Row]; + if (row.RowType == RowTypeEnum.DataRow) + { + bool val = (bool)this.c1TrueDBGrid1[row.DataRowIndex, 3]; + if (val == true) + e.CellStyle.BackColor = Color.Red; + } + } + + + + + + Represents a horizontal or vertical pane to display and edit data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The f. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The other. + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the filter cell. + + The instance containing the event data. + The col. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + returns true if the data at the given row is the same as the passed in string + + + + absolute row number + + + + + + + + + + Called when C1DisplayColumn properties have been changed. + + + + + Returns the upper and lower bounds for a merged column. + + Starting row + Starting colum. + The CellRange object that defines the rows and columns for a merged cell. + + + + Exits editing mode. + + + + + + + short circuits exiting the editor on row change when actively filtering + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds the row. + + The newrow. + + + + Deletes the rows. + + + + + Gets the drop down for the current column if one exists. + + + + + + + Determines whether we have an internal combo. + + + true if combo is not a valueitem otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether this instance has combo. + + + true if this instance has combo; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates the internal dropdown for use in the filterbar. + + + + + + + Sets the flat mode. + + The mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Controls the used to change the appearance for cells meeting the specified condition. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + object that specifies appearance attributes. + + + + + Controls the used to change the appearance of cells according to their contents. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + object that specifies appearance attributes. + + + A regular expression string. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + + + Removes a cell condition established with a previous call to the method. + + + Combination of one or more enumerations. + + + A regular expression string. + + + + + Returns the Rectangle for the given Row and Column + + Visible row number + Visible column index + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the split can recive focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to move columns. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to select columns. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the ability to select rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of a split. + + + + + Gets or sets how interactive row resizing is performed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a user is allowed to resize horizontal splits. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a user is allowed to resize vertical splits. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the split uses the for odd-numbered rows and for even-numbered rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the column captions. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of column footers. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the current cell in a split. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how the last column will extend to fill the dead area of the split. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event will be raised. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filter bar has focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of the FilterBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the filter border style. + + The filter border style. + + + + Gets or sets the row index for the first visible row in a split. + + + + + Gets or sets the left most visible column for a split. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarqueeStyle for a Split. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the cells of a split can be edited. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the row headers. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibility of row headers for Split. + + + + + Gets the collection of Rows displayed in the Split. + + + + + Gets or sets the group which synchronizes verticall scrolling between splits. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width that a split can be interactively resized. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum height that a split can be interactively resized. + + + + + Gets or sets the group which synchronizes horizontal scrolling between splits. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the Horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the Vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how columns will resize when the grid is resized. + + + + + Gets the object that controls the appearance of the vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets the object that controls the appearance of the horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of a split. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of a split. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating how the property is used to determine the actual size of a split. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the caption area. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the cell editor within a grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of an even-numbered row when using . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of column footers. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the grids column headers. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the current row/cell when the is set to Highlight Row/Cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the grids caption when it doesn't have focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of an odd-numbered row when using . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that controls the appearance of selected rows and columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the root object for the Split. + + + + + Gets a collection of objects. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The row. + The col. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The row1. + The col1. + The row2. + The col2. + + + + Determines whether the range is a single cell. + + + true if [is single cell]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Represents a collection of named . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a to the end of the collection. + + The Style to add. + The index at which the has been added. + + + + Inserts a at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the Style should be inserted. + The Style to insert. + + + + Gets the index of the specified . + + + + The index of the Style. + + + + Removes the at the specified index. + + Teh zero-based index of the Style to remove. + + + + Gets the specified Style from the collection given its index. + + + + + Gets the specified Style from the collection given its name. + + + + + Represents a collection of in a . + + + + + Inserts a at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the C1DisplayColumn should be inserted. + The C1DataColumn to insert. + + + + Gets the index of the . + + + + The index of the C1DisplayColumn. + + + + Gets the index of the specified by the . + + + + The index of the C1DisplayColumn. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the specified from the collection at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the specified from the collection wich contains the specified . + + + + + Gets the specified from the collection with the specified name. + + + + + Contains a collection of objects. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Removes all elements from the collection. + + + + + Adds a C1DataColumn to the end of the collection. + + The C1DataColumn to add. + The index at which the C1DataColumn has been added. + + + + Removes the C1DataColumn at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the row to remove. + + + + Inserts a at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the C1DataColumn should be inserted. + The C1DataColumn to insert. + + + + Gets the index of the specified . + + + + The index of the the C1DataColumn. + + + + Gets the index of a with the specified DataField. + + + + The index of the the C1DataColumn. + + + + Gets the specified C1DataColumn from the collection at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the specified C1DataColumn from the collection with the specified name. + + + + + Contains a collection of objects that represent columns that are selected. + + + + + Removes all elements from the collection. + + + + + Removes the C1DataColumn at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the row to remove. + + + + Adds a C1DataColumn to the end of the collection. + + The C1DataColumn to add. + The index at which the C1DataColumn has been added. + + + + Inserts a at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the C1DataColumn should be inserted. + The C1DataColumn to insert. + + + + Contains a collection of objects that represent columns that are grouped. + + + + + Removes all elements from the collection. + + + + + Exchanges the C1DataColumn objects at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the first C1DataColumn. + The zero-based index of the second C1DataColumn. + + + + Removes the C1DataColumn at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the row to remove. + + + + Adds a C1DataColumn to the end of the collection. + + The C1DataColumn to add. + The index at which the C1DataColumn has been added. + + + + Inserts a at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the C1DataColumn should be inserted. + The C1DataColumn to insert. + + + + Represents a collection of Selected rows. + + + + + Removes all elements from the collection. + + + + + Removes the row at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the row to remove. + + + + Adds a row to the end of the collection. + + Row number to add. + The index at which the row has been added. + + + + Inserts a row at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which row should be inserted. + The row to insert. + + + + Gets the index of the specified row. + + + + The index of the row. + + + + Gets or sets the specified Row index from the collection. + + + + + Represents a collection of Split objects. + + + + + This interface is used to allow objects and collection to serialize + types of their members in a custom way. + If a collection implements this interface, TypeToString is invoked during + serialization of collection items, and for all items for which it returns a + non-null string, that string is used as the element name of the item. + If a class implements this interface, AND a member of that class has + attribute TypeNameSerialization.Custom, AND does not have attribute + XmlAttribute (i.e. is serialized as an element), TypeToString is invoked + on the owner when that member is serialized, and if that returns a non-null + string, that string is used as the value of TypeName attribute. + When deserializing a collection which implements this interface, + StringToType is invoked for each new item in the collection, and if that + returns a non-null type, that type is used to create the item. Otherwise, + TypeNameSerialization attribute is used. + When deserializing a class which implements this interface, StringToType + is invoked on that class for members with TypeNameSerialization.Custom + attribute set. + + + + + Returns a string representing the type of the object + + + + + Returns the type restored from the serialized string + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the index if the specified Split. + + + + + + + + + Gets the specified Split object from the collection. + + + + + Gets the specified Split object from the collection. + + + + + Gets the specified Split object from the collection. + + + + + Gets the number of vertical splits in the collection. + + + + + Gets the number of horizontal splits in the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the glyph used to denote a sort direction in the column header. + + + + + Column is not sorted. + + + + + Column is sorted in ascending order. + + + + + Column is sorted in descending order. + + + + + Specifies the UI behavior for selecting rows and columns. + + + + + Multiple selection is disabled but single selection is permitted. When the user clicks a record selector, the current selection is cleared, and the clicked row is then selected and added to either the SelectedRows or SelectedCols collections. The Ctrl and Shift keys are ignored, and the user can only select one row at a time. + + + + + Multiple selection is enabled using the mouse. When the user clicks a record selector, the selection is cleared and the clicked row is selected and added to either the SelectedRows or Selected Cols collections. However, if the user holds down the Ctrl key while clicking, the clicked row is added to the current selection. The user can also select a range of rows by selecting the first row in the range, then selecting the last row in the range while holding down the Shift key. + + + + + Multiple selection is enabled using the mouse. The user can also select records with the following key combinations: Shift + Up Arrow, Shift + Down Arrow, Shift + PgUp, and Shift + PgDn. NOTE: The user will not be able to select a single cell, instead the entire corresponding row will be selected. + + + + + Specifies how 3D elements are rendered. + + + + + The grid’s column headers and recordselectors are rendered with an inset three-dimensional look + + + + + Three-dimensional elements appear flat + + + + + Three-dimensional elements are flat, but when the user drags the cursor over a column heading or recordselector, they become three-dimensional and appear to pop up. + + + + + Three-dimensional elements uses XP Themes if available. + + + + + Specifies the sizing mode for splits. + + + + + The indicates the relative size of the split with respect to other scalable splits. + + + + + The indicates the size of the split in pixels. + + + + + The indicates the number of columns displayed in the split. + + + + + Specifies the vertical alignment of text or images in a cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the top of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the center of the cell. + + + + + Text is rendered at the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Specifies the horizontal alignment of text or images in a cell. + + + + + Text is aligned Near and numeric values Far + + + + + Text is aligned to the left. + + + + + Text is aligned centered. + + + + + Text is aligned to the right. + + + + + Text is aligned with respect to the cells boundries. + + + + + Specifies the visibility of ScrollBars. + + + + + ScrollBars are never displayed. + + + + + ScrollBars are always displayed. + + + + + ScrollBars are displayed only if the object's contents extend beyond its borders. + + + + + Specifies the line style for row and column dividers. + + + + + No line. + + + + + Single line. + + + + + Double line. + + + + + Line with 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Line with 3D inset appearance. + + + + + Specifies how the grid displays its data. + + + + + The grid will only display flat files and will not support a hierarchical view. If the data source is a hierarchical dataset, the grid will only display data from the master table. + + + + + Rows will be represented horizontally and columns vertically. + + + + + The data will be displayed in a convenient data entry form. + + + + + A grouping area is created at the top of the grid; any columns that are placed into this area become part of the GroupedColumn collection. When in group mode, grid columns can be moved into or out of the grouping area with the Add and RemoveAt methods, respectively. Users can also perform this action by selecting and dragging a column into or out of the grouping. Users can customize the display of the grouped row with styles and automatically compute aggregates for columns that are grouped. The expanded/collapsed state of the grouping can also be specified. + + + + + The grid will display all the fields in the current grid area with multiple lines. + + + + + The grid will display DataSets in a hierarchical format. At run time, users can expand and collapse hierarchical recordset Bands using a treeview-like interface. + + + + + The grid will display all the fields in the current grid area with multiple lines. The number of subrows does not change once set. The number of subrows can be set using the LinesPerRow property. + + + + + Provides a description of the current addnew state with respect to the current cell. + + + + + The current cell is not on the addnew row. + + + + + The current cell is on the addnew row. + + + + + There is an Add New operation pending. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of the pop-up window when the cursor is idle over the grid. + + + + + No cell tips will be displayed. + + + + + Cell tips will be displayed in the bounding rectable of the cell. + + + + + Cell tips will be displayed under the mouse cursor. + + + + + Specifies how the grid exposes the rightmost column when it gets focus. + + + + + The grid will scroll to the left to display the rightmost column in its entirety. + + + + + The grid will not move when the rightmost column is clicked initially. However, if the user attempts to edit the cell, then the grid will scroll to the left to display the rightmost column in its entirety. + + + + + The grid will always leave the rightmost column clipped. + + + + + Specifies the location of the foreground image in a cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the near side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered in the far side of the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the left of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered to the right of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered on top of any text in the cell. + + + + + Image is rendered below any text in the cell. + + + + + Text is not displayed. + + + + + Image is not displayed. + + + + + Specifies how the background image is rendered. + + + + + The image is rendered in the center of the cell. + + + + + The image is tiled in the cell. + + + + + The image is stretched to fit within the cell. + + + + + Specifies how rows can be resized. + + + + + Row can not be resized. + + + + + All rows will be sized to the same height or width. + + + + + Rows can be sized indepentently. + + + + + Specifies which rows are to be previewed/printed. + + + + + All rows are to be previewed/printed. + + + + + Only selected rows will be previewed/printed. + + + + + Only the current row will be previewed/printed. + + + + + Specifies the type of ui-element for a coordinate. + + + + + Coordinates are not in the grid. + + + + + Coordinates are in the caption area + + + + + Coordinates are in the split's header + + + + + Coordinates are in the split's resizing box + + + + + Coordinates are in the row selector. + + + + + Coordinates are in the row resizing box. + + + + + Coordinates are in the column headers. + + + + + Coordinates are in the column footers. + + + + + Coordinates are in the column resizing box. + + + + + Coordinates are in the data area. + + + + + Coordinates are in the grouping area. + + + + + Coordinates are in the group header. + + + + + Coordinates are in the empty row area. + + + + + Coordinates are in the addnew row. + + + + + Coordinates are in the empty column area. + + + + + Coordinates are in the filter bar. + + + + + Specifies how ValueItems are rendered. + + + + + Values are displayed as text or graphics. + + + + + Values are displayed as a group of Radio Buttons. + + + + + Values are displayed as a dropdown combobox. + + + + + Values are displayed as a dropdown combobox in sorted order. + + + + + Values are displayed as a checkbox. + + + + + Specifies how focus is handled when the Tab key is entered. + + + + + The tab key moves to the next or previous control on the form. + + + + + The tab key moves the current cell to the next or previous column. However, if this action would cause the current row to change, then the next or previous control on the form receives focus. + + + + + The tab key moves the current cell to the next or previous column. The behavior of the tab key at row boundaries is determined by the property. When this setting is used, the tab key never results in movement to another control. + + + + + Specifies the borders for a . + + + + + No borders. + + + + + Borders have a Flat appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised appearance. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset appearance. + + + + + A line around the inside of the border. + + + + + A fillet type border. + + + + + Borders have a 3D raised with a bevel. + + + + + Borders have a 3D inset with a bevel. + + + + + Specifies which cell gets focus when the enter key is pressed. + + + + + Cell currency doesn't change. + + + + + The next cell will be the cell to the right of the current cell. + + + + + The next cell will be the cell below the current cell. + + + + + The next cell will be the cell to the left of the current cell. + + + + + The next cell will be the cell above the current cell. + + + + + Describes the disposition of a cell. + This enumeration has a FlagsAttribute attribute that allows a bitwise combination of its member values. + + + + The cell satisfies none of the conditions. For grouped rows, this is the only applicable cell style. + + + + + The cell is the that currently has focus. At any given time, only one cell can have this status. When the MarqueeStyle property is set to Floating Editor, this condition is ignored. + + + + + The cell is part of a highlighted row marquee. When the MarqueeStyle property indicates that the entire current row is to be highlighted, all visible cells in the current row have this additional condition set. + + + + + The cell contents have been modified by the user but not yet written to the datasource. This condition is also set when cell contents have been modified in code with the Text or Value properties. + + + + + The cell is part of a row selected by the user or in code. The SelectedRowCollection contains the index for each selected row. + + + + + All cells. + + + + + Specifies how the current cell is highlighted. + + + + + The current cell within the current row will be highlighted by drawing a dotted border around the cell. In Microsoft Windows terminology, this is usually called a focus rectangle. + + + + + The current cell within the current row will be highlighted by drawing a solid box around the current cell. This is more visible than the dotted cell border, especially when 3D divider properties are used for the grid. + + + + + The entire current cell will be drawn using the attributes of the HighlightRowStyle property. This provides a very distinctive block-style highlight for the current cell. + + + + + The entire row containing the current cell will be drawn using the attributes of the HighlightRowStyle property. In this mode, it is not possible to visually determine which cell is the current cell, only the current row. When the grid or split is not editable, this setting is often preferred, since cell position is then irrelevant. + + + + + The entire row will be highlighted as in setting 3, but the current cell within the row will be "raised" so that it appears distinctive. This setting does not appear clearly with all background color and divider settings. The best effect is achieved by using 3D dividers and a light gray background. + + + + + The marquee will not be shown. This setting is useful for cases where the current row is irrelevant, or when not wanting to draw the user's attention to the grid until necessary. + + + + + The current cell will be highlighted by a floating text editor window with a blinking caret (as in Microsoft Access). + + + + + The entire current row will be highlighted by drawing a dotted border around it. This effect is similar to setting 0. + + + + + Identifies the type of scrollbar. + + + + + The Horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + The Vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Identifies the type of row. + + + + + Row is a datarow. + + + + + Row is a collapsed group row. + + + + + Row is an expanded group row. + + + + + Row is a footerrow. + + + + + Row is a childrow. + + + + + Specifies the initial expanded or collapsed state of a grouped row. + + + + + Grouped rows initial display is collapsed (default). + + + + + Grouped rows initial display is expanded. + + + + + Specifies how the grouped column should be displayed. + + + + + Grouped columns contain just a header row (default). + + + + + Grouped columns contain a header and footer row. + + + + + Grouped columns contain a header and footer row, but aggregates are shown only in the footer row. + + + + + Specifies the type of aggregate that is computed for a grouped row. + + + + + No aggregate is calculated or displayed. + + + + + Count of non-empty values. + + + + + Sum of numerical values. + + + + + Average of the numerical values. + + + + + Minimum value (numerical, string, or date). + + + + + Maximum value (numerical, string, or date). + + + + + Standard deviation (using formula for Sample, n-1). + + + + + Standard deviation (using formula for Population, n). + + + + + Variance (using formula for Sample, n-1). + + + + + Variance (using formula for Population, n). + + + + + Causes the GroupAggregate event to be raised. + + + + + Specifies the width of a C1TrueDBDropdown for a cell. + + + + + The width of the dropdown is the control width. + + + + + The width of the dropdown is the column width. + + + + + Specifies how columns are merged. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the type of gradient. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies how rows are grouped. + + + + + Rows are grouped by their values. + + + + + Rows are grouped by the date portion of their values. + + + + + Rows are grouped by the month portion of their values. + + + + + Rows are grouped by the year portion of their values. + + + + + Rows are grouped by the first character of their values. + + + + + Rows are grouped according to their date values. + + + + + Rows are grouped by raising the event. + + + + + Raised before an action is performed on the grid and the action can be canceled. + + + + + Provides data for the , , , , , , , , and events. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that the action should not be performed. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Gets the current scroll position. + + + + + Gets the new scroll position. + + + + + Raised before a column enters edit mode. + + + + + Provides data for the BeforeColEdit event. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that editing should be disallowed. + + If event procedure sets the Cancel argument to True, the cell will not enter edit mode. Otherwise, the ColEdit event is raised immediately, followed by the Change event for the KeyChar property, if non-zero. + + + + Indicates the character that initiated the editing operation. + + The BeforeColEdit event occurs just before the user enters edit mode by typing a character. If a floating editor marquee is not in use, this event also occurs when the user clicks the current cell or double clicks another cell. + + + + Indicates the position in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + Gets the C1DisplayColumn for the column being edited. + + + + + Raised after editing is completed in a cell. + + The BeforeColUpdate event occurs after editing is completed in a cell, but before data is moved from the cell to the grid's internal copy buffer. + The data specified by the OldValue argument moves from the cell to the grid's copy buffer when the user completes editing within a cell, as when tabbing to another column in the same row, pressing the Enter key, or clicking on another cell. Before the data has been moved from the cell into the grid's copy buffer, the BeforeColUpdate event is triggered. This event gives the application an opportunity to check the individual grid cells before they are committed to the grid's copy buffer. + If your event procedure sets the Cancel argument to True, the previous value is restored in the cell, the grid retains focus, and the AfterColUpdate event is not triggered. Change the current cell text by setting OldValue to the value wanted to display (other than the previous value). + To restore OldValue in the cell and permit the user to move focus off of the cell, set Cancel to False and set the cell to OldValue as follows: + + + + Provides data for the BeforeColUpdate event. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that prevents the user from moving focus to another cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the original cell data. + + + + + Indicates the position in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + Gets the C1DisplayColumn for the column being edited. + + + + + Raised after a column has been resized. + + + + + Provides data for the ColReisize event. + + + + + Indicates the position in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that sizing should be ignored. + + + + + Gets the C1DisplayColumn for the column being sized. + + + + + Raised when an action is perfored on a column. + + + + + Provides data for the , , , , , , , , and events. + + + + + Indicates the position in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + Gets the C1DisplayColumn. + + + + + Raised when grouping columns. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Indicates the position in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + The C1DataColumn that was clicked. + + + + + Raised when a cell is to rendered by the event code. + + + + + Provides data for the and events. + + + + + The bounding rectangle for the cell that needs to be rendered. + + + + + The index of the row for the cell being rendered. + + + + + The index of the split for the cell being rendered. + + + + + The index of the column in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + The GDI+ graphics object to render on. + + + + + The text of the cell. + + + + + The Style used to render the cell. + + + + + Indicates whether the event code rendered the cell. + + + + + The C1DisplayColumn being rendered. + + + + + Indicates whether the custom renderer handles the background, border or content. + + + + + Raised when custom page headers and footers need to be rendered. + + + + + Provides data for the and events. + + + + + The object used to render the custom header or footer + + + + + Raised after the current Row or Column changes. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The previous row index. + + + + + The previous column index of the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + Raised when an unbound column needs to be rendered. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The index of the row. + + + + + Indicates the position in the Columns collection. + + + + + The object. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the Column. + + + + + Raised when Split specific actions are performed. + + + + + Provides data for the and events. + + + + + Indicates the position of the Split in the Splits collection. + + + + + Raised when a cell needs custom formatting. + + + + + Provides data for the FromatText event. + + + + + Indicates the position in the Columns collection. + + + + + The row index for the cell to be formatted. + + + + + The value to format. + + + + + The object. + + + + + Raised when the used to render a cell needs customization. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The sum of one or more constants describing the disposition of the cell being rendered. + + + + + Indicates the position in the Splits collection. + + + + + The index of the row for the cell being rendered. + + + + + The index of the column in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + The Style used to render the cell. + + + + + The C1DisplayColumn being rendered. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Value that the data is being grouped on. + + + + + First row index that is being grouped. + + + + + Last row index that is being grouped. + + + + + Raised when the used to render a row needs customization. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Indicates the position in the Splits collection. + + + + + The index of the row for the cell being rendered. + + + + + The Style used to render the row. + + + + + Raised when a column is being repositioned. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Indicates the target index of the column being moved. + + + + + Indicates the starting position in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that the action should not be performed. + + + + + Gets the C1DisplayColumn that is being moved. + + + + + Raised when a column is moved into or out of the grouping area. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The C1DataColumn for the column being moved. + + + + + Raised when cell tips are to be displayed. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Indicates the position of the Split in the Splits collection. + + + + + Indicates the position in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + The index of the row for the cell tip. + + + + + The text to be displayed in the cell tip. + + + + + Indicates if the contents of the cell is fully displayed. + + + + + The Style used to render the cell tip. + + + + + The C1DisplayColumn that this tip is associated with. + + + + + Raised when a hierarchical node is expanded or collapsed. + + + + + Provides data for the and events. + + + + + Indicates the recordset level that holds the current row within a master-detail hierarchy. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating that the action should not be performed. + + + + + Raised when scroll tips are to be displayed. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Indicates the position of the Split in the Splits collection. + + + + + Indicates the position in the DisplayColumns collection. + + + + + The index of the topmost row for the scroll tip. + + + + + Indicates the scrollbar that was moved. + + + + + The text to be displayed in the scroll tip. + + + + + The Style used to render the scroll tip. + + + + + The current C1DisplayColumn. + + + + + Raised when the grid is sorted or filtered. + + + + + Provides data for the , , , and + + + + The filter or sort condition. + + + + + Raised when an excpetion is thrown via the UI. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + The exception which caused the Event to be raised. + + + + + True if the exception has been handled. + + + + + True to continue as if no exception was raised. + + + + + Raised when text is grouped. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Custom text for the grouped row. + + + + + Value that the data is being grouped on. + + + + + Column that is being grouped. + + + + + Type of row being grouped. + + + + + First row index that is being grouped. + + + + + Last row index that is being grouped. + + + + + Raised when text is grouped. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Underlying value of the row being grouped. + + + + + Column that is being grouped. + + + + + Row index that is being grouped. + + + + + Object that represents a groupby split. + + + + + Gets the type of row. + + + + + Gets the text that is being grouped. + + + + + Gets the level of the grouping. + + + + + Gets the starting row index of the datasource that belong to this group. + + + + + Gets the ending row index of the datasource that belong to this group. + + + + + Gets the number of rows that belong to this group. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Interface used to provide feedback and the ability to cancel potentially long operations + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Simple stack with indexed access, based on System.Collections.ArrayList + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + General purpose pair class. (Should be moved to gp utils.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Attribute used to specify which properties get serialized when saving layouts. + + + + + Attribute used to specify which properties get serialized when saving layouts. + + + + + Determines how item types are serialized + + + + + Item type is not serialized (this is the default) + + + + + Item type is serialized as a fully qualified name + + + + + Item type is serialized as a fully qualified name and assembly name + + + + + Use owner's IMemberTypeEncoder for members + (for collection items, this is done automatically). + + + + + Helper class for implementors of IMemberTypeEncoder + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Forces the serializer to serialize the type name of a property or field + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This attribute allows to specify collection's element type name + (in that case there is no need to store it). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Serializes and deserializes objects into and from XML. + + + All the methods in this class are static (Shared in Visual Basic). + You cannot create an instance of this class. + + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified Stream. + DOES NOT close the underlying stream. Useful for copying objects. + Caller is responsible to call out writer.Close() to close writer and underlying stream. + + The Stream used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + The XmlWriter object reference. Call writer.Close after working with stream/writer. + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified Stream. + + The Stream used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified XmlWriter + + The XmlWriter used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified Stream. + DOES NOT close the underlying stream. Useful for copying objects. + Caller is responsible to call out writer.Close() to close writer and underlying stream. + + The Stream used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The FieldInfo or MemberInfo object context for the object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + The XmlWriter object reference. Call writer.Close after working with stream/writer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified Stream. + + The Stream used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The FieldInfo or MemberInfo object context for the object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + + + + Serializes the specified Object and writes the XML-document instance to a file using the specified XmlWriter + + The XmlWriter used to write the XML-document instance + The Object to serialize + The FieldInfo or MemberInfo object context for the object to serialize + The XmlSerializerNamespaces referenced by the object + Array of attributes that specify what to serialize + + + + Serializes the specified object to an XML formatted string. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Deserializes an XML-document instance + + The Stream containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The type of object being deserialized + The Object being deserialized + + + + Deserializes an XML-document instance + + The XmlReader containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The type of object being deserialized + The Object being deserialized + + + + Deserializes object + + The XmlReader containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The Object being deserialized + The type of object being deserialized + The type of array elements (in case the object is an array) + The Object being deserialized + + + + Deserializes an XML document string + + + + + + + + + + + Deserializes text of element or attribute into object of appropriate type + + The XmlReader containing the XML-document instance to deserialize + The type of object being deserialized + The Object being deserialized + + + + Sets or returns the object implementing IOnLongOpInProgressProvider interface + (can be used to provide visual feedback to the user during serialization). + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether all the values are to be persistent. + + + + + Sets or returns formatting used by the XML writer. + + + + + Sets or returns indentation used by the XML writer. + + + + + Sets or returns serialization of non-public properties. If true non-public properties + are included, but are hidden by default. Public properties are always visible by default. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + true if this object can be changed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the service object of the specified type. + + An object that specifies the type of service object to get. + + A service object of type . + -or- + null if there is no service object of type . + + + + + Gets the container representing this request. + + + + + Gets the object that is connected with this type descriptor request. + + + + + Gets the that is associated with the given context item. + + + + + The that describes the given context item; otherwise, null if there is no responsible for the call. + + + + + GroupInfo + Property of the C1DataColumn object, used to control grouping and + rendering of group headers and footers + + + + + Creates a new instance of the object. + + The column this object is associated with. + + + + Override. The string representation of the object. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the grouped row. + + + + + Gets or sets the initial expanded/collapsed state of the grouped row. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed in the group header row. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed in the group footer row. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed with the Aggregates value + + + + + Gets or sets the way rows are grouped. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating the visibility of a column when it's grouped. + + + + + Represents print/export options form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the PrintOptionsFrom class. + + + + + Called when the class is being disposed. + + + True to cleanup. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the output file name. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the ActionItem class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Object to manage custom page headers and footers when printing and previewing. + + + + + Renders text for the document. + + X-coordinate to start the rendering. + Y-coordinate to start the rendering. + The text to render. + The width for the rendered text. + The font to use. + The color of the text. + The alignment to render the text. + + + + Renders an image for the document. + + X-coordinate. + Y-coordinate. + Image to render. + Width to render. + Height to render. + Alignment options. + + + + Renders a line for the document. + + Start x-coordinate. + Start y-coordinate. + End x-coordinate. + End y-coordinate. + Color of the line. + Width of the line. + + + + The height of drawing area in inches + + + + + Specifies how a should be printed + or exported when using such methods as + , + etc. + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be serialized. + + + true if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether the property should be serialized. + + + true if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the property should be serialized. + + + true if should be serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Opens a separate modal window in which end users can preview the output + that would be generated by the print operation. + + + allows to specify a custom form for + the preview dialog. + + + + + Prints the grid. + + + + + Prints the grid. + + Specifies the printer settings (including the printer) to use. + + + + Saves the current grid to a stream in C1D + (native C1PrintDocument) format. + + Note that unlike most other print/export methods, this method + does not require C1Report assemblies. + + The output stream. + + + The stream's Position is set to 0 when the method returns. + + This method does not show progress dialog + (ignoring property). + + + + + + Saves the current grid to a memory stream in C1D + (native C1PrintDocument) format. + + The stream's Position is set to 0 when the method returns. + + The stream containing the saved grid. + + + + Saves the current grid as a C1D file, which can later be loaded + into a C1PrintDocument (provided by C1Report product). + + Note that unlike most other print/export methods, this method + does not require C1Report assemblies. + + The name of the output file. + + true if the file was successfully saved, + false otherwise. + + + + Saves the current grid to a stream in C1D + (native C1PrintDocument) format. + + Note that unlike most other print/export methods, this method + does not require C1Report assemblies. + + The output stream. + + true if the stream was successfully written, + false otherwise. + + Unlike the method, + this method does not reset the stream's position after saving. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the grid rows can split between pages. + + + This new property helps to print very long text in columns on multiple pages. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the grid's color scheme is translated to the print page. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page header is owner-drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the page footer is owner-drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used to render the page header. + + + + + Gets or sets the string to be printed at the top of each page. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the Page header. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used to render the page footer. + + + + + Gets or sets the page footer height in hundredths of an inch. + + + + + Gets or sets a string to be printed at the bottom of each page. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether column footers should appear on each page. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the grid caption should appear on each page. + + + + + Gets or sets a value inidcating whether split captions should appear on each page. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether horizontal splits are previewed and printed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether column headers should appear on each page. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating how empty space left on a printed page is handled. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal page break mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that controls how text is wrapped in a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a value whether to print a grid if it has no data rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum row height in hundredths of an inch + (used if is ). + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating how row height of the printed grid is determined. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating how grid lines are rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the options dialog is displayed + when the grid is printed or exported. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the progress dialog is displayed when the grid is printed or exported. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the grid in Form view style is printed each record per page. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether selected cells will be highlighted when previewing or printing. + + + + + Gets or sets the PageSettings for printing. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the print progress dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the form used as the print options dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the class name of the form used as the preview form. + + + + + Specifies how empty space left on a printed page is handled (filled or otherwise). + + + + + All columns are extended proportionally to fill the page. + + + + + Empty space on the right of the page is left as is. + + + + + Rightmost column on the page is extended to fill the empty space. + + + + + Specifies how grid is broken into extension (horizontal) pages + when it is too wide to fit into one page. + + + + + All columns are made narrow enough to fit into one page. + + + + + Columns that do not fit into one page are clipped. + + + + + Horizontal page breaks can be inserted on grid splits as necessary. + + + + + Horizontal page breaks can be inserted on any column as necessary. + + + + + Specifies how cell text is wrapped. + + + + + Text can wrap in any cell as needed. + + + + + Text in cells never wraps. + + + + + Use column's property. + + + + + Specifies how grid lines are rendered. + + + + + Grid lines are rendered. + + + + + Grid lines are not rendered. + + + + + Specifies how rows' heights are determined. + + + + + Stretch rows vertically to fit all data. + + + + + Use the grid's row height. + + + + + Stretch rows vertically but not greater than . + + + + + Specify allowed print options. + + + + + No print/export operations are allowed. + + + + + Printing is allowed. + + + + + Preview is allowed. + + + + + Export is allowed. + + + + + All print/export operations are allowed. + + + + + The print preview form. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the PrintFrom class. + + + + + Additional initialization of the form. + + + To override properties like FormBorderStyle, MaximizeBox, MinimizeBox, ControlBox etc. of a Form, + inherited from "C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PrintForm", override the Init method of the PrintForm. + First call the base.Init(), then set the properties you want. + + + The example is a custom PrintForm which has sizable border, control box is on, and minimize and maximize boxes are off. + + public class CustPrintForm : C1.Win.C1TrueDBGrid.PrintForm + { + public CustPrintForm(): base() + { + } + + protected override void Init() + { + base.Init(); + FormBorderStyle = FormBorderStyle.Sizable; + this.ControlBox = true; + this.MinimizeBox = false; + this.MaximizeBox = false; + } + } + + + + + Overloaded. Overridden. Releases all resources used by the Control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents exception that is thrown if printing or exporting + a is cancelled by the user. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Specifies the characteristics of the print preview window + shown by the method. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resets the array of UIStrings back to the default locale. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the preview window. + + + + + Gets or sets the position and manner in which the control is docked in the navigation page. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the preview window. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the end user has the ability to size the preview window. + + + + + Gets or sets the zoom factor for print preview. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the form. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the visibiity of toolbars. + + + + + Gets the array of user interface strings. + + + + + Print progress window. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1PrintProgress class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the C1PrintProgress class with a language. + + UI Language + + + + Overloaded. Releases the resources used by the component. + + + + + Gets or sets the text used to display the current progress when the grid is printed/previewed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for the Cancel button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for the Windows caption. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the print/preview was cancelled. + + + + + Base class for the grid's scrollbars + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SBar class + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Releases the resources used by the class. + + + + + + + Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by either a mouse or keyboard action. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the scrollbars. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the scrollbar is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll box on the scroll bar control. + + + + + Represents a vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the VBar class. + + + + + + + Overloaded. Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by either a mouse or keyboard action. + + + + + + + + + Returns a string the represents the current object. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll box on the scroll bar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Represents a horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the VBar class. + + + + + + + Overloaded. Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by either a mouse or keyboard action. + + + + + + + + + Returns a string the represents the current object. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + Specifies which elements of the cell should be drawn by the grid. + + + This enumeration is used when rendering owner-drawn cells. + + + + + Draw nothing. + + + + + Draw the cell background. + + + + + Draw the cell border. + + + + + Draw the cell content (text, images, checkboxes, etc). + + + + + Draw all cell elements (background, border, and contents). + + + + + Specifies a visual style to use when rendering the control. + + + + + Do not use any visual styles. Render the control using the styles and properties only. + + + + + Render the control with an appearance based on the current system settings. + + + + + Render the control with an appearance based on the Office 2007 Blue color scheme. + + + + + Render the control with an appearance based on the Office 2007 Silver color scheme. + + + + + Render the control with an appearance based on the Office 2007 Black color scheme. + + + + + Render the control with an appearance based on the Office 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + Render the control with an appearance based on the Office 2010 Silver color scheme. + + + + + Render the control with an appearance based on the Office 2010 Black color scheme. + + + + + Base class for the grid renderers. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + + Gets the background brush. + + The grid. + Type of the cell. + The r. + + + + + + Gets the border pen. + + Type of the cell. + + + + + + Styles the has custom background. + + The style. + + + + + + Styles the has custom border. + + The style. + + + + + + Styles the has right border. + + the style + + + True is has right border + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.application b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.application new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07efce0 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.application @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 37LpAZycKU+gc52DQLZpCcqf1M1XpfSstUvAkIy1P40= + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.exe b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.exe index 9d3cf1c..6268711 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.exe and b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.exe differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.exe.manifest b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.exe.manifest new file mode 100644 index 0000000..859ce71 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.exe.manifest @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + JU/E0O9QUSU4z52mw1MfM8HW/P2cCG36y8RuNBQE9/E= + + + + + + + + + + + + KoP4MFPtIPpuYdi596ZhFG36UQfpLRmBzWf4wgIl0FY= + + + + + + + + + + + + LZCXuAA4KWfd6d5himjivInUTiseJEISMLPZ1q7R/vQ= + + + + + + + + + + + + YXpnMK5jsATYiliytt/7VHMqiJBOOgvjx8NFwBngHi0= + + + + + + + + + + + + Icd1jj+Kvlb94cEgv3chdv6Wf27hZh+KIA0ZRg1pZ9s= + + + + + + + + + + + + d5BU2IT2VV5V9H1eeFwMVqrHI2LCfyLEXhU4/aygU38= + + + + + + + + + + + + qOttGDzispyTSEC4XB5iUPbsR10PtKs0OgV6CMM4UKY= + + + + + + + + + + + + 2OXAMAvz8YuzbnmziDyw0/IP/m6gtZIjt7XGJaFUeok= + + + + + + + + + + + + Yh4JxnvP4BbsBuooDtLBea9dtDt4ghlNAsLFoITgif8= + + + + + + + + + + + + s3TO/BZxsTenr8m3MNgLlCWapDlTvKdGeleODxGYqy8= + + + + + + + + + + + + 2U6bOkyGIdEx+eav8x86aZkeOhCsyZ4Bms/AufqQn8Y= + + + + + + + + + + + + wpAwxZO9F6GJFAWImOIhm+QET1EReXo76VvWNc7F4F8= + + + + + + + + + + + + QZnddgw7fYoUdX8ZJTVvUGa3jUXm0KVe/iMOy4kKq3o= + + + + + + + + + + + + Meir6IabPaye3GDIkfHQ2S58OFF1BkHDeV7aSpaQMpM= + + + + + + + + + + + + kmmLSyM9YCkmP+X33YMDTg/6sJlFHUuInLwRv1o/LXM= + + + + + + + + + + + + o1A1TiMHyyY2HLODhWlzi01juSSiEk3jKsgc9fnbhpo= + + + + + + + + + + + + g+nWXc4h/DaKewOmkCJQA0uOR5aVfJrS29T7d3pRR8E= + + + + + + + + + + + + 0kQ0ECE9Yssc8+VSB/OBR0wyAvrQohp9wU1XooeaAAk= + + + + + + + + + + + + w7YDFs7JG9vsHL/9mcor2gJaXLMXWB51EBS3EuvmuTY= + + + + + + + + + + + + R9YpJ3C++XMKCh2vmWQTajUn3wmIc+JI1MQeitOkDH4= + + + + + + + + + + + + 6scfFs8nXETuUezW4QqWamnLCsR5cz7QWK7QJ5i8zes= + + + + + + + + + + + + SWk9IKE+0SPRg3AWLfsjgP7f5btQ+NClbND+LFSilAI= + + + + + + + + + + + + mr/GGmbL1yJSDogYuXcB6KNK+SRKYKjJyrKFe9gNfpk= + + + + + + + + + + + + 4naKSmLDTxXFDayCsIzQIEkZ/v6lDwMW4KCTHze4J/4= + + + + + + + + + + + + JlpTPCSUJ4ZVTC3ZhOOko8esU7863qTUqQVF5O+KC+c= + + + + + + + + + + + + qpMUG8ftEzEY6UOpg28s1ZUjJlHpm5N+hguI3BmgQaI= + + + + + + + + + + + + aUAod78vI9kaA0nO9U+fhedzrU7f9i72rBX1Y09g1U4= + + + + + + + + + + + + 1Qk23CEY4CjDovde+7WWRWUX8CFaEQo7LM1AIKxmEU8= + + + + + + + + + + + + qkv+B7s/bOgxmjNOJbDBbhBSayDuFlq+OVTmhHIowXI= + + + + + + + + + + + + RaMonFw25O7L9GS1aMA9TIYe4a57y/PKRGmyFShiL6A= + + + + + + + + + + + + 4t88JDlFXeUQUQe9WNz6i9ZJ4rdHWRTwdrPtF7J5cWE= + + + + + + + + + + + + w8XSYPGEVjxA37eFSMqRfvZGn7IX98GZz6D0rhAQ0OA= + + + + + + + + + + fqNYdpv05Nzre/YSFSiXZTjp6jtD8U4DfipoKXcs3Nw= + + + + + + + + + T92PpISzKuFvoRCaXDKcSaiMyMOICRIrhQVQN101KX8= + + + + + + + + + NWIY2ZA/cvxFGJhWoujJXmMyJ2dBrX42PS6foKReDq8= + + + + + + + + + NLnqVMsy3w9jN63XtqsXl3zuDEd+8S6tWSYv9gZKS4Q= + + + + + + + + + /P0NdEUz8clHUcJM9ImDfBMA4l2BnekLEPsHffEA1UU= + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.pdb b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.pdb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d0c222 Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.pdb differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a85270 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DPM2018.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3128 @@ + + + + +DPM2018 + + + + + + Eine stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse zum Suchen von lokalisierten Zeichenfolgen usw. + + + + + Gibt die zwischengespeicherte ResourceManager-Instanz zurück, die von dieser Klasse verwendet wird. + + + + + Überschreibt die CurrentUICulture-Eigenschaft des aktuellen Threads für alle + Ressourcenzuordnungen, die diese stark typisierte Ressourcenklasse verwenden. + + + + + A Simple Class to test BrowsableAttribute usage + + + + + + Prüfung, ob Datenänderungen vorgenommen wurden. + + + + + + Allg Eventhandler für Chanage-Ereignise festlegen + + + + + + + Envent-Handler für Change-Ereignisse + + + + + + + + Sucht in den Base-Controls sämtliche Controls mit dem Namen in "Key" (Wildcards * möglich) und listet + die gefundnen Controls in der Liste L zur weiteren Bearbeitung + + Base-Contrlo (z.B. aktuelles Formular + Schlüssel welcher gesucht werden soll + Liste der gefundenen Objekte + True wenn eines oder mehr Controls gefunden wurden, false wenn kein Control gefunden wurde. + + + + + + Prüfung, ob Datenänderungen vorgenommen wurden. + + + + + + Allg Eventhandler für Chanage-Ereignise festlegen + + + + + + + Envent-Handler für Change-Ereignisse + + + + + + + + Sucht in den Base-Controls sämtliche Controls mit dem Namen in "Key" (Wildcards * möglich) und listet + die gefundnen Controls in der Liste L zur weiteren Bearbeitung + + Base-Contrlo (z.B. aktuelles Formular + Schlüssel welcher gesucht werden soll + Liste der gefundenen Objekte + True wenn eines oder mehr Controls gefunden wurden, false wenn kein Control gefunden wurde. + + + + + + Prüfung, ob Datenänderungen vorgenommen wurden. + + + + + + Allg Eventhandler für Chanage-Ereignise festlegen + + + + + + + Envent-Handler für Change-Ereignisse + + + + + + + + Sucht in den Base-Controls sämtliche Controls mit dem Namen in "Key" (Wildcards * möglich) und listet + die gefundnen Controls in der Liste L zur weiteren Bearbeitung + + Base-Contrlo (z.B. aktuelles Formular + Schlüssel welcher gesucht werden soll + Liste der gefundenen Objekte + True wenn eines oder mehr Controls gefunden wurden, false wenn kein Control gefunden wurde. + + + + + + Formular-Security-Objekte auslesen und auf DB schreiben bzw. Formular-Security zur Laufzeit setzen + + + + + + Formularsecurity setzen + + Aktuelles Formular + + + + + + Daten ab Datenbank laden + + + + + + Prüft die DB-Einträge mit den Formcontrols und bei Übereinstimmung werden die Security-Einstellungen gesetzt + + + + + + Security-Einstellungen setzen + + Betroffenes Objeckt (Menuitem, Conrol usw.) + Readonly ja/nein + Sichtbar ja/nein + Name des Unterobjektes - wird für die Spalteneinstellungen von C1TruedbGrids verwendet + + + + + Alle Controls des Formulars zusammensuchen und auf der DB speichern + + Betroffenes Formular + + + + + + + Sämtliche Controls vom Formular auslesen + + + + + + + + Auslesen von MenuItems + + + + + + + + + Auslesen von ContextMenuItems + + + + + + + + + Auslesen von Menu-Subitems + + + + + + + + Prüft, ob das Security-Objekt bereits auf der DB vorhanden ist + + Formular + Objekttyp + Objektname + Objektitem + + + + + + Klasse für ein Control-Objekt + + + + + + Neue Instanz erstellen + + Control-Objekt + Betroffenes Formular + Objekttyp + Objektname + Unterobjekt (z.B. bei Menus, Spalten von C1TrueDBGrids) + + + + +Prüft, ob das Security-Objekt bereits auf der DB vorhanden ist + + + + + + + Prüfung, ob Datenänderungen vorgenommen wurden. + + + + + + Allg Eventhandler für Chanage-Ereignise festlegen + + + + + + + Envent-Handler für Change-Ereignisse + + + + + + + + Sucht in den Base-Controls sämtliche Controls mit dem Namen in "Key" (Wildcards * möglich) und listet + die gefundnen Controls in der Liste L zur weiteren Bearbeitung + + Base-Contrlo (z.B. aktuelles Formular + Schlüssel welcher gesucht werden soll + Liste der gefundenen Objekte + True wenn eines oder mehr Controls gefunden wurden, false wenn kein Control gefunden wurde. + + + + + + Prüfung, ob Datenänderungen vorgenommen wurden. + + + + + + Allg Eventhandler für Chanage-Ereignise festlegen + + + + + + + Envent-Handler für Change-Ereignisse + + + + + + + + Sucht in den Base-Controls sämtliche Controls mit dem Namen in "Key" (Wildcards * möglich) und listet + die gefundnen Controls in der Liste L zur weiteren Bearbeitung + + Base-Contrlo (z.B. aktuelles Formular + Schlüssel welcher gesucht werden soll + Liste der gefundenen Objekte + True wenn eines oder mehr Controls gefunden wurden, false wenn kein Control gefunden wurde. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/Database1.mdf b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Database1.mdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3240fc Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Database1.mdf differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/Database1_log.ldf b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Database1_log.ldf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96f648f Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Database1_log.ldf differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80851d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13572 @@ + + + + DevComponents.DotNetBar.Schedule + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sends ChangedEvent for the CategoryColor property + + Old CategoryColor + New CategoryColor + + + + Handles control MouseDown events + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Determines if it is a simple, single-click MouseDown + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CalendarItem instance + + + + Occurs when CategoryColor has changed + + + + + Occurs when StartTime has Changed + + + + + Occurs when EndTime has Changed + + + + + Occurs when IsSelected has Changed + + + + + Occurs when CollateId has Changed + + + + + Gets or sets the CollateId used for TimeLine row collation. + + + + + Gets or sets the CalendarItem Start time. + + + + + Gets or sets the CalendarItem End time. + + + + + Gets or sets the category color used for TimeLine CondensedView markers. + Use static members on Appointment class to assign the category color for example Appointment.CategoryRed. + + + + + Gets and sets the Model item + + + + + Gets and sets the Root Model item + + + + + Gets and sets the IsRecurring item status + + + + + Gets and sets the selection state + + + + + Gets and sets the last hit area + + + + + IsMarkupSupported + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Handles StartTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Handles EndTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + DisplayTemplateText + + + + true is displayed + + + + GetDisplayTemplateText + + + Templatized text + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Gets the item text and image bounds + + + + + + + + + DrawContentImage + + + + + + + + + Initiates the drawing of the appointment Time Marker + + Graphics + Appointment rectangle + Corner radius + + + + RenderMarker + + + Brush + Rectangle + Corner + + + + Creates a left rounded rectangle path to be + used for the Time Marker + + Appointment rectangle + Corner radius + Graphics path + + + + Gets the appointment BackGround brush + + Bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the appointment TimeMarkerBrush + + Bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the view Appointment + + + + + Gets and sets the appointment color + + + + + Gets and sets the view font + + + + + Gets whether the Appointment display Text is clipped + + + + + BaseView + + + + + Image + + + + + Gets the border color for the Category + + + + + Gets the border pen + + + + + Gets the selected border pen + + + + + Gets the Text color for the Category + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Handles StartTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Handles EndTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Sets the view display end types + + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + DrawContentText + + + + + + + Gets the view rect for the appointment + + Corner radius + View rect + + + + Gets a path defining the item + + + + + + + + + Draws the resize gribits for the view + + + View rectangle + + + + Handles mouseDown processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Gets the HitArea from the current + mouse position + + + + + + + Gets whether the appointment is mutable + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Sets the view display end types + + + + + Gets and sets View MonthWeek + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Sets the view display end types + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Handles StartTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Handles EndTime value changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Sets the view display end types + + + + + Gets the initial starting DayColumn col and max col + for the given date + + Selection date + Column + Max col + + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Gets the view rect for the appointment + + View rect + + + + DrawContent + + + + + + + Draws the content text + + + + + + + Draws the resize handles for the view + + + View rectangle + + + + Handles mouseDown processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Gets the HitArea from the current + mouse position + + + eHitArea + + + + Gets and sets View DayColumn + + + + + Gets and sets View AllDayPanel + + + + + Gets the default horizontal padding + + + + + Gets whether the appointment is mutable + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + OnCalendarColorChanged event propagation + + + + + SelectedItemChanged event propagation + + + + + Hooks and unhooks our object events + + True - hook, false - unhook + + + + DateSelectionEndChanged + + + + + + + DateSelectionStartChanged + + + + + + + ModelChanged + + + + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Draws horizontal tab layout + + + + + + Draws the background border around + the entire control view + + + + + + + Draws the tab - border and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Tab text + Text measured width + Bounding rectangle + + + + Gets the tab graphics path + + Tab width + GraphicsPath + + + + Draws vertical tab layout + + + + + + Draws the tab - border and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Tab text + Bounding rectangle + + + + Gets the tab graphics path + + Tab width + GraphicsPath + + + + Draws the tab - border and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Tab text + Bounding rectangle + + + + Gets the tab graphics path + + Tab width + GraphicsPath + + + + Gets the multiuser tab path + + + + + + + Determines if the given Point is + within the View tab area + + Point in question + true if the Point is in the tab + + + + MouseDown processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + MouseMove processing + + + + + + MouseUp processing + + + + + + Clears all mouse related state flags + + + + + Initiates dragging of a copy of the + current selectedItem - if the ctrl-key is pressed + + + + + + Updates associated appointment reminders + after an appointment has been moved + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type (WeekDay / Month) + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Gets the appointment view created for an appointment in this view + + The appointment + Reference to AppointmentView or null if no view is found + + + + Gets the CustomCalendarItem created for this view + + Reference to CustomCalendarItem or null if none found + + + + Invalidates the given rectangle + + + + + Invalidates the entire calendar + bounding rect area + + NeedRecalcSize flag + + + + Invalidates the entire calendar + bounding rect area + + + + + Invalidates the given rectangle + + Rectangle to invalidate + NeedRecalcSize flag + + + + Disconnects and resets the Model connection + + + + + Sets the current selected item + + Previously selected CalendarItem + New CalendarItem to select + Base selected CalendarItem + + + + Updates each monthWeeks DayRects to reflect + the date selection start and end values + + + + + AutoSync our view start date + + + + + + Extends the selection if the shift-key + is pressed with selection + + + + + + + Pos window update + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the BaseView specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New BaseView instance + + + + Occurs when SelectedItem has Changed + + + + + Occurs when CalendarColor has Changed + + + + + Gets the Bold display font + + + + + Gets and sets the view bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the DisplayedOwnerKey + + + + + Gets and sets the DisplayedOwnerKeyIndex + + + + + Gets and sets the view Owner Key + + + + + Gets and sets the view Display Name + + + + + Gets and sets the display start date + + + + + Gets and sets the display end date + + + + + Gets and sets the date selection start + + + + + Gets or sets the end date of selection. + + + + + Gets and sets the CalendarColorTable + + + + + Gets and sets the display calendar color scheme + + + + + Get and sets the calendar font. + + + + + Gets and sets the currently selected CalendarItem + + + + + Gets the selected state of the view + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection of the + currently selected appointments for the view + + + + + Gets the View CalendarModel + + + + + IsMouseDown + + + + + IsStartResizing + + + + + IsEndResizing + + + + + IsResizing + + + + + IsMoving + + + + + IsTabMoving + + + + + IsConMoving + + + + + CanDrag + + + + + Pre-move/resize StartTime + + + + + Pre-move/resize EndTime + + + + + Sets local view cursor + + + + + Gets CalendarView default cursor + + + + + Gets and sets the view position window + + + + + Gets the CalendarView + + + + + Gets the ECalendarView + + + + + Gets and sets the ModelViewConnector + + + + + Gets the DayOfWeekHeader height + + + + + IsCopyDrag + + + + + OldOwnerKey + + + + + Gets the MultiUserTabHeight + + + + + Gets the MultiUserTabWidth + + + + + Gets the Appointment height + + + + + Gets and sets the date selection anchor + + + + + Gets and sets the Days of the week object + + + + + Gets and sets the selecting status + + + + + Gets and sets recalc layout need + + + + + Gets and sets the view client rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the DateRangeChanged state + + + + + Gets and sets the base non-client data + + + + + Constructor + + Tab Orientation + Tab border color + Tab foreground color + Tab background color + Tab content background + Tab selected foreground + Tab selected background + + + + SelectedItemChangedEventArgs + + + + + Generic ValueChangedEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + CalendarColorChangedEventArgs + + + + + Constructor. + This is the main container panel for all + BaseView and TimeRulerPanel objects + + CalendarView + + + + Handles SelectedView changes + + + + + + + Performs object recalc processing + + + + + Recalculates all WeekDay views + + + + + Configures the CalendarPanel subItems + + View count + TimeRuler width + Vert Scrollbar width + + + + Recalculates Month views + + + + + Configures the CalendarPanel subItems + + View count + + + + Recalculates all Year views + + + + + Configures the CalendarPanel subItems + + View count + Vert Scrollbar width + + + + Recalculates TimeLine views + + + + + Configures TimeLine view items + + + + + + Configures default view horizontal scrollBar + + + + + + + + + + Sets up default view horizontal scrollbar + + + + + Updates default view horizontal scrollbar + + + + + Processes default view horizontal + scrollbar value changes + + + + + + + Configures TimeLine View vertical scrollbar + + + + + + + + Sets up TimeLine vertical scrollbar + + + + + Updates our vertical scrollbar + + + + + + + Processes TimeLine vertical scrollbar changes + + + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Paints the non-BaseView items + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Paints the BaseView items + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarPanel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CalendarPanel instance + + + + Gets the Horizontal scrollbar + + + + + Gets the Vertical scrollbar + + + + + CalendarView constructor + + + + + SelectedViewChanged event propagation + + + + + Propagates FixedAllDayPanelHeightChanged events + + Old value + New value + + + + Propagates MaximumAllDayPanelHeightChanged events + + Old value + New value + + + + Propagates MinimumTimeSlotHeightChanged events + + Old value + New value + + + + OnTimeSlotDurationChanged event propagation + + + + + OnIs24HourFormatChanged event propagation + + + + + OnLabelTimeSlotsChanged event propagation + + + + + OnShowOnlyWorkDayHoursChanged event propagation + + + + + OnIsMonthSideBarVisibleChanged event propagation + + + + + OnIsMonthMoreItemsIndicatorVisibleChanged event propagation + + + + + OnIsTimeRulerVisibleChanged event propagation + + + + + OnEnableDragDropChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewAllowDateSelectionChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewAppointmentLinkChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewNonAppointmentLinkChanged event propagation + + + + + YearYearViewLinkViewChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewLinkActionChanged event propagation + + + + + YearViewLinkStyleChanged event propagation + + + + + OnYearViewShowGridLinesChanged event propagation + + + + + OnWeekDayCanExtendRangeChanged event propagation + + + + + OnModelChanged event propagation + + + + + OnDateSelectionStartChanged event propagation + + + + + OnDateSelectionEndChanged event propagation + + + + + Sends DayViewDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends WeekViewStartDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends WeekViewEndDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends MonthViewStartDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends MonthViewEndDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends MonthViewHorizontalPaddingChanged events + + Old padding + New padding + + + + Sends OnYearViewStartDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends OnYearViewEndDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends TimeLineViewStartDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Sends TimeLineViewEndDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Updates the TimeLine scroll value + + Value + + + + Sends TimeLineViewScrollDateChanged event + + Old date + New date + + + + Calculates number of TimeLine columns + + + + + + Sends TimeLineColumnWidthChanged event + + Old width + New width + + + + Sends TimeLineHorizontalPaddingChanged events + + Old padding + New padding + + + + Sends TimeLineMaxColumnCountChanged event + + Old width + New width + + + + Sends TimeLineIntervalChanged events + + + + + + + Coerces the user supplied interval period into + an evenly divisible duration + + Original value + Validated value + + + + Gets a valid minute interval from the + given user supplied value + + Supplied value + Valid interval + + + + Gets a valid hour interval from the + given user supplied value + + Supplied value + Valid interval + + + + Updates the BaseInterval value (interval total minutes) + + + + + Sends TimeLineIntervalPeriodChanged events + + + + + + + Updates the view end date period given the + new base interval + + + + + Sends TimeLineShowPeriodHeaderChanged event + + + + + + + Sends TimeLineShowIntervalHeader event + + + + + + + Sends TimeLineShowPageNavigationChanged event + + + + + + + Sends OnTimeLineCondensedViewVisibilityChanged event + + + + + + + Sends OnTimeLineCondensedViewHeightChanged event + + + + + + + Refreshes the deselected and newly selected tabs + + Old tab index + New tab index + + + + Invalidates the given view tab + + + + + + + Invalidates the given view tab + + + + + + + InvalidateCondensedViews + + + + + + InvalidateTimeIndicators + + + + + + Invalidates TimeIndicator display area + for the given view DateTime + + + + + + + + Propagates SelectedOwnerChanged events + + Old index + New index + + + + Navigates the current calendar view to show the given date + + Date to show in the calendar view + + + + Navigates the given view to show date + + View to navigate + Date to navigate to + + + + Scrolls the Day/Week calendar view to the + specified hour and minute + + Hour to scroll to + Minute to scroll to + + + + Ensures that the given Appointment is visible + in the current view. It will change the view date and + scroll as necessary to ensure the appointment is visible + + Appointment to bring into view + + + + Ensures that the given CustomCalendarItem is visible + in the current view. It will change the view date and + scroll as necessary to ensure the item is visible + + Appointment to bring into view + + + + Ensures that the given calendarItem is visible + in the current view. It will change the view date and + scroll as necessary to ensure it is visible + + Item start time + Item end time + + + + Gets the AppointmentView in the current displayed + view that was created for the given appointment + + Reference to AppointmentView or null if not found + + + + Gets the default date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type (WeekDay / Month) + + Point in question + [out] Start date + [out] End date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Gets the View that contains the given point + + Point in question + BaseView containing the given point, or null + + + + Gets the current selected BaseView + + + + + + Hooks needed events + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + ReminderNotification + + + + + + + Dispatches ReminderNotification to UI thread + + + + + + AppointmentStartTimeReached + + + + + + + Dispatches AppointmentStartTimeReached to UI thread + + + + + + AppointmentCategoryColorCollectionChanged + + + + + + + TimeIndicatorCollectionChanged + + + + + + + Processes TimeIndicatorColorChanged events + + + + + + + Processes TimeIndicatorTimeChanged events + + + + + + + InitDefaultViews + + + + + Sets the selected view + + View to select + + + + Installs single-user calendar + + eCalendarView + + + + Installs multi-user calendar + + + + + + Installs multi-user DayView calendar + + + + + Installs multi-user WeekView calendar + + + + + Installs multi-user MonthView calendar + + + + + Installs multi-user YearView calendar + + + + + Installs multi-user TimeLineView calendar + + + + + Installs the TimeRulerPanel + + + + + Release the TimeRulerPanel + + + + + Release the TimeLineHeaderPanel + + + + + Installs the TimeLine Horizontal Scroll Panel + + + + + Handles Scroll Panel updates + + + + + + + Releases the Horizontal Scroll Panel + + + + + Installs the given View into the CalendarPanel + + View to install + + + + Routine to initiate the OnChange user events + + Affected item + + New start time + New end time + Move, resize, etc + + + + + + Routine to initiate the BeforeAppointmentViewChange event + + BaseView + Affected item + Move, resize, etc + + + + + OnBeforeAppointmentViewChange event propagation + + + + + OnAppointmentViewChanging event propagation + + + + + DoAppointmentViewChanged event propagation + + + + + DoGetDisplayTemplateText event propagation + + + + + DoGetDisplayTemplateText event propagation + + + + + Handles DoAppointmentViewPreRender events + + + + + Handles DoAppointmentViewPostRender events + + + + + DoDetailSortEvent + + + + + Handles invocation of DoTimeLineViewRenderPeriodHeader event + + + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of DoTimeLineViewPreRenderSlotBackground event + + + + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of DoTimeLineViewPostRenderSlotBackground event + + + + + + + + + + + + DoTimeLineViewRenderSlotBorder + + + + + + + + + + + + + + DoTimeLineViewRenderViewBorder + + + + + + + + + + + + DoTimeLineGetRowHeight + + + + + + DoTimeLineGetRowCollateId + + + + + + DoTimeLineGetHeaderText + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of PageNavigatorClick events + + + + + + Handles invocation of DoYearViewLinkSelected event + + + + + Handles invocation of YearViewDrawDayBackground event + + + + + Handles invocation of YearViewDrawDayText event + + + + + Handles invocation of MonthViewPreRenderSlotBackground event + + + + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of MonthViewPostRenderSlotBackground event + + + + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of RenderDaySlotAppearanceText events + + + + + Handles invocation of RenderTabBackground event + + + + + Handles invocation of RenderTabContent events + + + + + DoRenderViewBorder + + + + + + + + + Handles invocation of ViewLoadComplete events + + + + + Handles invocation of MonthMoreItemsIndicatorClick events + + + + + + This routine is called after an element has been + added to the DisplayedOwners list. It is responsible + for updating the MultiCalendar views accordingly. + + + + + This routine is called after an element has been + removed from the DisplayedOwners list. It is responsible + for updating the MultiCalendar views accordingly. + + Starting index to remove + Ending index to remove + + + + Removes individual views + + Index to remove + + + + This routine is called after an element has been + reset in the DisplayedOwners list. It is responsible + for updating the MultiCalendar views accordingly. + + + + + + Gets the view index from a given Point + + Point + + + + + Reorders views in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + SelectedViewChanged event propagation + + + + + Reorders Day view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders Week view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders Month view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders Year view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders TimeLine view in the MultiCalendar and + DisplayOwner arrays + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Reorders the DisplayedOwner list + + Starting index + Ending index + + + + Creates a new calendar base view of + the given type + + Type of view to create + DisplayedOwner index + Created view + + + + Creates new DayViews + + DisplayedOwner index + Created DayView + + + + Creates new WeekViews + + DisplayedOwner index + Created WeekView + + + + Creates new MonthViews + + DisplayedOwner index + Created MonthView + + + + Creates new YearView + + DisplayedOwner index + Created YearView + + + + Creates new TimeLineViews + + DisplayedOwner index + Created WeekView + + + + Completes the setup of the created view + + Newly created view + DisplayedOwner index + + + + Gets the default eCalendarColor for the view + + View in question + Index of view + View color + + + + Updates all view CalendarColor settings + + New color + Multi-user index + + + + Mouse Wheel support + + Window handle + wParam + lParam + false + + + + OnMouseDown + + + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + + + Control resize processing + + + + + + OnCursorChanged + + + + + + Occurs when CalendarModel has changed + + + + + Occurs when DateSelectionStart has changed + + + + + Occurs when DateSelectionEnd has changed + + + + + Occurs when the Day, Week, or Month view date(s) have changed + + + + + Occurs when SelectedView has Changed + + + + + Occurs when SelectedOwner has Changed + + + + + Occurs when EnableDragDrop has changed + + + + + Occurs when DisplayedOwners has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeIndicators has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator time has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator Color has changed + + + + + Occurs when ViewDisplayCustomizations have changed + + + + + Occurs when a Tab's background needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a Tab's content (text, etc) needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a View Border needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a view load/reload has occurred + + + + + Occurs when a View date is changing + + + + + Occurs before an AppointmentView is about to change + + + + + Occurs when an AppointmentView is changing + + + + + Occurs when an AppointmentView has changed + + + + + Occurs when Appointment Reminder has been reached.")] + + + + + Occurs when Appointment StartTime has been reached.")] + + + + + Occurs when Appointment DisplayTemplate text is needed + + + + + Occurs when an AppointmentView is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when an AppointmentView has been rendered + + + + + Occurs when Appointment GroupId is needed (used to logically group + appointments together when displayed in the WeekDay view) + + + + + Occurs when two CalendarItems need detail sorting. + When items are of equal sort value, based upon their calendar time, this + event will be raised to give the user the ability to perform more detailed + sorting as needed - such as via Subject and/or Description, etc). + + + + + Occurs when DayViewDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when WeekViewStartDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when WeekViewEndDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when LabelTimeSlots has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeSlotDuration has changed + + + + + Occurs when Is24HourFormat has changed + + + + + Occurs when FixedAllDayPanelHeight has changed + + + + + Occurs when MaximumAllDayPanelHeight has Changed + + + + + Occurs when MinimumTimeSlotHeight has Changed + + + + + Occurs when IsTimeRulerVisible has changed + + + + + Occurs when ShowOnlyWorkDayHours has changed + + + + + Occurs when DaySlotAppearance Text needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when WeekDayCanExtendRange has changed + + + + + Occurs when the WeekDay header is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when the WeekDay header has been rendered + + + + + Occurs when MonthViewStartDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when MonthViewEndDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when IsMonthSideBarVisible has changed + + + + + Occurs when IsMonthMoreItemsIndicatorVisible has changed + + + + + Occurs when a MonthView Slot Background is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when a MonthView Slot Background has just been rendered + + + + + Occurs when a MonthView 'MoreItemsIndicator' has been clicked + + + + + Occurs when the MonthView header is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when the MonthView header has been rendered + + + + + Occurs when MonthViewHorizontalPadding has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewStartDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewEndDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewShowGridLines has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewAllowDateSelection has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewLinkView has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewAppointmentLink has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewLinkAction has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewNonAppointmentLink has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewLinkStyle has changed + + + + + Occurs when YearViewLink has been selected + + + + + Occurs when YearView Day Background needs drawn + + + + + Occurs when YearView Day Text needs drawn + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineViewStartDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineViewEndDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineViewViewScrollDate has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineInterval has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineIntervalPeriod has Changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineColumnWidth has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineMaxColumnCount has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineHorizontalPadding has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineShowPeriodHeader has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineShowIntervalHeader has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineShowPageNavigation has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineCondensedViewVisibility has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineCondensedViewHeight has changed + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineView Period Header needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a TimeLineView Slot Background is about to be rendered + + + + + Occurs when a TimeLineView Slot Background has just been rendered + + + + + Occurs when a TimeLineView Slot Border needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when a TimeLineView Border needs rendered + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineView needs to get the Appointment row height + + + + + Occurs when TimeLineView needs to get the row collate Id (used to group rows). + + + + + Occurs when a PageNavigator control button has been clicked + + + + + Occurs when the TimeLineView needs Date Header Text for a column + + + + + Gets and sets whether the control will permit + tab reordering via the user interface + + + + + Gets or sets whether view dates are automatically + synced to the currently viewed date range + + + + + Gets and sets the default appointment border width + + + + + Gets or sets how DayView "AllDay" appointments are displayed + + + + + Gets or sets whether Appointment text-markup support is enabled + + + + + Gets and sets the selected calendar view + + + + + Gets and sets the fixed (constant) AllDayPanel + height for all WeekDay views. Setting this value to -1 + will let the height change dynamically + + + + + Gets or sets whether the current calendar day is highlighted + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum height of the All Day Appointment panel + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum height of the WeekDay time slots + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar multi-user tab height + + + + + Gets or sets the default TimeIndicator + + + + + Gets and sets the Time slot duration for all Day and Week views. + This value, in minutes, must be greater than 0 and less than or + equal to 30. Set values must also evenly divide the hour. This means + that values like 6, 10 and 20 are valid values, whereas 7, 11 and 31 are not + + + + + Gets and sets the 12 or 24 hour + formatting that is used in the Day and Week views + + + + + Gets and sets whether time slot labels are + displayed in the Day and Week view TimeRulerPanel + + + + + Gets and sets whether only WorkDay hours are + displayed in the Day and Week views + + + + + Gets and sets multi-user tab visibility + + + + + Gets and sets the default Month view SideBar visibility + + + + + Gets and sets the Month view 'More Items' indicator visibility + + + + + Gets and sets whether the Week/Day view TimeRuler is visible + + + + + Gets and sets whether DragDrop across calendar views is enabled + + + + + Gets or sets whether a new copy of an item will be + created when holding the Control-Key while dragging it. + + + + + Gets and sets whether date selection is permitted + + + + + Gets and sets the YearView Appointment Link mode. This defines the + interaction between the mouse and YearView days that contain appointments. + + + + + Gets and sets the YearView Non-Appointment Link mode. This defines the + interaction between the mouse and YearView days that do not contain appointments. + + + + + Gets or sets the Link Calendar View. This defines the + View that is activated when a YearView date 'link' is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the Link action. This defines the + action that is taken when a YearView date 'link' is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the AppointmentLink display style. This defines the + style that is used when 'highlighting' YearView date links. + + + + + Gets and sets the YearView grid lines visibility + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Week or Day View Start and End dates can be + can be automatically extended by the control when the user presses + the left or right arrow keys. + + + + + Gets and sets the calendar Model + + + + + Appointment CategoryColors + + + + + Gets the collection of user defined custom + CalendarItems + + + + + Gets or sets the selection start date + + + + + Gets or sets the end date selection + + + + + Gets the Day View + + + + + Gets and sets the DayView date + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar Multiuser Horizontal scrollbar + + + + + Gets the Week View + + + + + Gets and sets the week start date + + + + + Gets the week end date + + + + + Gets the Month View + + + + + Gets and sets the month start date + + + + + Gets the month end date + + + + + Gets and sets the horizontal padding used between + items displayed in the Month view + + + + + Gets the Year View + + + + + Gets and sets the YearView start date + + + + + Gets the YearView end date + + + + + Gets the TimeLine View + + + + + Gets and sets the TimeLine start date + + + + + Gets or sets the TimeLine end date + + + + + Gets and sets the TimeLine Scrolled start date + + + + + Gets the TimeLine Scrolled end date + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineColumnWidth + + + + + Gets and sets the horizontal padding used between + items displayed in the TimeLine view + + + + + Gets and sets the TimeLine Interval Header height + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment for the TimeLineView Period Header text + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for the + TimeLineView Period Header text + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineMaxColumnCount + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineInterval + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLinePeriod + + + + + Gets or sets the TimeLine period header height. Set to -1 for default. + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineHeight + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineShowPeriodHeader + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineShowIntervalHeader + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineShowPageNavigation + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Horizontal TimeLine scroll bar is shown + + + + + Gets and sets the Condensed View visibility + + + + + Gets and sets the Condensed View height + + + + + Gets or sets whether the row height is stretched + to fill the TimeLine appointment content area + + + + + Gets or sets how the row height is stretched to fill the TimeLine + appointment content area (TimeLineStretchRowHeight must be set to true). + + + + + Gets or sets whether the TimeLine Start and End dates can be + can be automatically extended by the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether the TimeLine view will draw collate lines + between each group of collated rows (see TimeLineViewGetRowCollateId event) + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLine horizontal tab width + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLine horizontal tab orientation + + + + + Gets or sets the Calendar TimeLineView PageNavigator TodayTooltip + + + + + Gets or sets the Calendar TimeLineView PageNavigator PreviousPageTooltip + + + + + Gets or sets the Calendar TimeLineView PageNavigator NextPageTooltip + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar TimeLineView Minimum Appointment Width + + + + + Gets the multiCalendar state or mode + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarDayViews collection + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarWeekViews collection + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarMonthViews collection + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarYearViews collection + + + + + Gets the MultiCalendarTimeLineViews collection + + + + + Gets the DisplayedOwners collection + + + + + Gets and sets the current selected multi-user owner + + + + + Gets and sets the current selected multi-user owner + using a DisplayedOwner index + + + + + Gets the read-only collection of currently selected + appointments in the current view + + + + + TimeIndicators + + + + + Gets the CalendarView ViewDisplayCustomizations + + + + + Gets and sets the Calendar ViewWidth + + + + + Gets the Calendar Multiuser Vertical scrollbar + + + + + Gets the WeekDay Vertical scrollbar + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the CalendarView + + + + + Gets the default (cycling) color scheme + + + + + Gets the CalendarPanel object + + + + + Gets the width of a vertical scrollbar + + + + + Gets the height of a horizontal scrollbar + + + + + Gets and sets the AutoSyncDate + + + + + Gets whether any CategoryColors have been defined + + + + + Gets the default TimeSlice height + + + + + Gets the number of WeekDay time slices + + + + + Gets the NumberOfActiveSlices + + + + + WeekDay starting Slice + + + + + Gets the number of slots per hour + + + + + Gets the WeekDay Vertical Scroll panel + + + + + Gets the Year Vertical Scroll panel + + + + + Gets the AllDay panel height + + + + + Gets the TimerRuler width + + + + + Gets the base interval (total minutes) + + + + + Gets the TimeLine column count + + + + + Gets the TimeLine Horizontal Scroll panel + + + + + Gets whether the user has defined any ViewDisplayCustomizations + + + + + Sets the local view cursor + + + + + Gets the default cursor + + + + + Defines the available view operations + + + + + Defines views available on CalendarView control. + + + + + Defines TimeLine interval period + + + + + Defines TimeLine interval period + + + + + Row height is partially stretched, based upon the + number of overlapping rows. + + + + + Row height is extended fully (if possible), irrespective of the + number of overlapping rows. + + + + + Defines Condensed View visibility + + + + + Defines link mode for YearView dates containing appointments + + + + + Defines link action for YearView dates containing Appointments or CalendarItems + + + + + Defines link mode for YearView dates containing appointments + + + + + Defines the "display state" (work, inactive, selected) of the slot + + + + + Defines how All "All Day" appointments are displayed + + + + + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + + ModelEventArgs + + + + + DateSelectionEventArgs + + + + + LabelTimeSlotsChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeSlotDurationChangedEventArgs + + + + + Is24HourFormatChangedEventArgs + + + + + IsMonthSideBarVisibleChangedEventArgs + + + + + IsMonthMoreItemsIndicatorVisibleChangedEventArgs + + + + + IsTimeRulerVisibleChangedEventArgs + + + + + BeforeAppointmentViewChangeEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem being affected + + + + + Gets the operation to be performed + + + + + Gets whether the operation is being + performed on a drag created copy item + + + + + AppointmentViewChangingEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem being changed + + + + + Gets the OwnerKey to be applied. + This value will be null if no new OwnerKey is to be applied. + + + + + Gets the new StartTime to be applied + + + + + Gets the new EndTime to be applied + + + + + Gets the operation to be performed + + + + + Gets whether the operation is being + performed on a drag created copy item + + + + + AppointmentViewChangedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem that was changed + + + + + Gets th old, previous OwnerKey + + + + + Gets th old, previous start time + + + + + Gets the old, previous end time + + + + + Gets the operation that was performed + + + + + Gets whether the operation is being + performed on a drag created copy item + + + + + AppointmentViewPostRenderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem being changed + + + + + Gets the associated Graphics object. + + + + + Gets the associated GraphicsPath. + This item may be null, based upon appointment style. + + + + + Gets the item bounding rectangle + + + + + AppointmentViewPreRenderEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel + further item rendering. + + + + + GetAppointmentGroupIdEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem that was changed + + + + + Gets or sets the GroupId + + + + + GetDisplayTemplateTextEventArgs + + + + + Gets the CalendarItem that was changed + + + + + Gets the DisplayTemplate + + + + + Gets or sets the Display Text for the given DisplayTemplate + + + + + DateChangeEventArgs + + + + + ViewDateChangedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the View + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView + + + + + Gets th old, previous start time + + + + + Gets the old, previous end time + + + + + Gets or sets the new start time + + + + + Gets or sets the new end time + + + + + DateViewChangingEventArgs + + + + + Gets the View + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView + + + + + Gets th old, previous start time + + + + + Gets the old, previous end time + + + + + Gets or sets the new start time + + + + + Gets or sets the new end time + + + + + CalendarItemEventArgs + + + + + Gets the View + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView + + + + + Gets item1 comparison element + + + + + Gets item2 comparison element + + + + + + SelectedOwnerChangedEventArgs + + + + + + FixedAllDayPanelHeightChangedEventArgs + + + + + + MaximumAllDayPanelHeightChangedEventArgs + + + + + + MinimumTimeSlotHeightChangedEventArgs + + + + + + TimeLineIntervalChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineIntervalPeriodChangedEventArgs + + + + + EnableDragDropChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineColumnWidthChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineMaxColumnCountChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineHorizontalPaddingChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineShowPeriodHeaderChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineShowIntervalHeaderChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineShowPageNavigationChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineCondensedViewVisibilityChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineCondensedViewHeightChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineRenderPeriodHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the Period Header + + + + + Gets the Bounding Text Rectangle + + + + + Gets the visible display StartTime + + + + + Gets the visible display EndTime + + + + + Gets or sets the header Text + + + + + TimeLinePreRenderSlotBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + TimeLinePreRenderSlotBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the slot + + + + + Gets the slot bounding Rectangle + + + + + Gets the slot StartTime + + + + + Gets the slot EndTime + + + + + Gets the slot display state + + + + + Gets the associated View + + + + + Gets or Sets whether the event should be canceled + + + + + TimeLineRenderSlotBorderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the slot + + + + + Gets whether the border if an hourly border + + + + + Gets the slot display state + + + + + Gets the slot Starting Time + + + + + Gets the slot starting Point + + + + + Gets the slot ending Point + + + + + Gets the slot border Color + + + + + TimeLineRenderViewBorderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the slot + + + + + Gets the starting column + + + + + Gets the ending column + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the default border Pen + + + + + ShowOnlyWorkDayHoursChangedEventArgs + + + + + TimeLineGetRowHeightEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets the Height + + + + + Gets the associated CalendarItem + + + + + TimeLineGetRowCollateIdEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets the row CollateId + + + + + Gets the associated CalendarItem + + + + + PageNavigatorClickEventArgs + + + + + Gets the PageNavigator + + + + + Gets the associated CalendarView + + + + + Gets which button was clicked + + + + + Gets or sets the time to navigate to + + + + + AllowDateSelectionChangedEventArgs + + + + + DayLinkChangedEventArgs + + + + + LinkViewChangedEventArgs + + + + + LinkViewActionChangedEventArgs + + + + + LinkViewStyleChangedEventArgs + + + + + LinkViewSelectedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the selected StartDate + + + + + Gets the selected EndDate + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView to activate + + + + + ShowGridLinesChangedEventArgs + + + + + YearViewDrawDayBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the YearMonth + + + + + Gets the date to draw + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets or sets the Appointment Link style + + + + + YearViewDrawDayTextEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the YearMonth + + + + + Gets the date to draw + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + RenderDaySlotAppearanceTextEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the DaySlotAppearance + + + + + Gets the start DateTime + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the end DateTime + + + + + Gets whether the area is selected + + + + + Gets or Sets the Text to render + + + + + MonthViewPreRenderSlotBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + MonthViewPreRenderSlotBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + MonthViewHorizontalPaddingChangedEventArgs + + + + + RenderTabBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the tab GraphicsPath + + + + + Gets the tab BaseView + + + + + Gets whether the tab is selected or not + + + + + RenderTabBackgroundEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets the tab text + + + + + RenderViewBorderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object used to render + the slot + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + ViewLoadCompleteEventArgs + + + + + Gets the tab BaseView + + + + + MonthMoreItemsIndicatorClickEventArgs + + + + + Gets the associated MonthView + + + + + Gets the eCalendarView to select + + + + + Gets or sets the starting time to navigate to + + + + + TimeLineGetHeaderTextEventArgs + + + + + Gets the associated TimeLineHeaderPanel + + + + + Gets the Header date / time + + + + + Gets or sets the Header Text + + + + + WeekDayCanExtendRangeChangedEventArgs + + + + + PostRenderWeekDayHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the WeekDayView + + + + + Gets the DayColumn index + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + PreRenderWeekDayHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel default rendering + + + + + PostRenderMonthHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets the Graphics object + + + + + Gets the MonthView + + + + + Gets the column index + + + + + Gets the bounding rectangle + + + + + PreRenderMonthHeaderEventArgs + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel default rendering + + + + + Constructor + + CalendarView + + + + Locates the view index from the given + DisplayedOwner text + + DisplayedOwner + View index, or -1 if not found + + + + Returns the given view at the specified index. + + This routine will initiate the creation + of the view if it has not previously been created. + + Index + Requested view + + + + Gets the count of items in the collection + + + + + Gets the view at the given index + + Index + Requested view + + + + Gets the view for the given DisplayedOwner + + DisplayedOwner + Requested view + + + + Gets the collection view list + + + + + Constructor + + CalendarView + + + + Adds a range of Owners to the DisplayedOwner collection + + Array of Owners to add + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + Text to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + Text to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + Gets and sets the SuspendUpdate state + + + + + ViewDisplayCustomizations + + + + + ViewDisplayCustomizations + + + + + + Handles DaySlotBackgrounds CollectionChanged events + + + + + + + Retrieves the DaySlotAppearance from the given criteris + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given slot is a valid + day and time slot + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given slot is a valid time slot + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given slot is a valid time slot + + + + + + + + Determines if the given owner key is valid for the slot + + + + + + + + Occurs when the ViewDisplayCustomizations have changed + + + + + DaySlotBackgrounds + + + + + DaySlotBackgrounds + + + + + Removes the DaySlotBackground for the given DateTime + + + + + + Removes the DaySlotBackground for the given DayOfWeek + + + + + + Adds a range of DaySlotBackgrounds + + + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + Text to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + Text to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + Handles collection change notification + + + + + Occurs when the DaySlotBackgrounds collection changes + + + + + Gets and sets the SuspendUpdate state + + + + + DaySlotBackground + + + + + Processes OwnerKeys_CollectionChanged events + + + + + + + Handles collection change notification + + + + + Occurs when the DaySlotBackground collection changes + + + + + Gets or sets the Appearance + + + + + Gets or sets the DateTime + + + + + Gets or sets the DayOfWeek + + + + + Gets or sets the OwnerKeyCollection + + + + + Gets or sets the DaySlotBackgrounds + + + + + HasOwnerKeys + + + + + DaySlotAppearance + + + + + Gets or sets the BackColor + + + + + Gets or sets the Appearance end time + + + + + Gets or sets the DaySlot Font + + + + + Gets or sets the HalfHourBorderColor + + + + + Gets or sets the HourBorderColor + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Text is on top of the borders + + + + + Gets or sets the Appearance start time + + + + + Gets or sets the Text + + + + + Gets or sets the Text Alignment + + + + + Gets or sets the Text Color + + + + + Gets or sets the Selected Text Color + + + + + Gets or sets wheter the Text is displayed when cells are selected + + + + + OwnerKeyCollection + + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + Text to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + Text to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + Handles collection change notification + + + + + Occurs when the OwnerKeyCollection changes + + + + + AppointmentCategoryColor + + Color name + Text Color + Border Color + Background Color + + + + AppointmentCategoryColor + + Color name + + + + Occurs when AppointmentCategoryColorCollection has changed + + + + + Color name + + + + + Text Color + + + + + Border Color + + + + + Background Color + + + + + AppointmentCategoryColorCollection + + + + + Adds a AppointmentCategoryColor to the collection + + + + + + Removes an entry from the collection, by color name + + Color name + + + + Removes an entry from the collection, by AppointmentCategoryColor + + AppointmentCategoryColor + + + + Clears the AppointmentCategoryColor collection + + + + + CategoryColorChanged + + + + + + + OnAppointmentCategoryColorCollectionChanged + + + + + Occurs when AppointmentCategoryColorCollection has changed + + + + + Gets the Count of items defined + + + + + Gets the entire list of added AppointmentCategoryColor items + + + + + Gets the AppointmentCategoryColor from the given + color name string index + + + + + + + Appointment parts enum + + + + + Constructor + + eCalendarColor + + + + Gets the Color of the calendar part + + Calendar part + Color + + + + Gets the ColorDef of the part + + Calendar part + Part ColorDef + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush from the given part + + Color part + Gradient Rectangle + Created Brush + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush from the given ColorDef + + ColorDef + Gradient Rectangle + Created Brush + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush from the given ColorDef + + ColorDef + Gradient Rectangle + Gradient angle + Created Brush + + + + Creates a ColorBlend from the given ColorDef + + ColorDef for blend + ColorBlend + + + + Gets the array of color positions + + + + + + + Gets and sets ColorTable + + + + + Gets and sets calendar color scheme + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + Month calendar parts enum + + + + + Constructor + + Default color + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + View calendar parts enum + + + + + Defines available custom calendar color + + + + + Constructor + + Default color + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + Week/Day calendar parts enum + + + + + Constructor + + Default color + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + Week/Day calendar parts enum + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sets our current color table to either + a local or global definition + + + + + Sends ChangedEvent for the OwnerKey property + + Old OwnerKey + New OwnerKey + + + + Sends ChangedEvent for the Locked property + + Old OwnerKey + New OwnerKey + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CustomCalendarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CustomCalendarItem instance + + + + Occurs when the OwnerKey has changed + + + + + Occurs when Locked has changed + + + + + Gets or sets the CollateId used for TimeLine row collation. + + + + + Gets and sets the item OwnerKey + + + + + Gets and set whether modification is enabled + through the user interface" + + + + + Base CalendarItem + + This property holds the base CalendarItem from which + each displayed CustomItem (of this type) is based. + + In order to keep all displayed items "in-sync", it is necessary + to propagate data to and from the base CalendarItem. This is + accomplished via hooking those members you are interested in, at + both the item (HookEvents) and BaseCalendarItem (HookBaseEvents) + level. + + + + + + Gets or sets the category color used for TimeLine CondensedView markers. + Use static members on Appointment class to assign the category color for example Appointment.CategoryRed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item is selected. + + + + + Gets and sets the item Visibility + + + + + OwnerKeyChangedEventArgs + + + + + + LockedChangedEventArgs + + + + + + CategoryColorChangedEventArgs + + + + + + Adds a range of CustomCalendarItems to the collection + + Array of items to add + + + + Removes a CustomCalendarItem from + the collection. + + Item to remove + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + CustomCalendarItem to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + CustomCalendarItem to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + Hooks needed system events + + + + + + + Processes OwnerKeyChanged events + + + + + + + Processes StartTimeChanged events + + + + + + + Processes EndTimeChanged events + + + + + + + Processes ItemCategoryColorChanged events + + + + + + + Processes ItemVisibleChanged events + + + + + + + Processes ItemCollateIdChanged events + + + + + + + Propagates CollectionChanged events + + + + + Begins Update block + + + + + Ends update block + + + + + Occurs when the collection has changed + + + + + Returns the date that is 30 minutes before or after input date if input date minute is 0 or 30. Otherwise it returns next increment to 0 or 30. + + Date and time. + Indicates whether to add or subtract minutes. + New date time. + + + + Returns date that starts with the day. If passed date is not on the requested date function returns first date with day that is before passed date. + + Date to inspect. + Day of week + Date that starts on given day of week. + + + + Returns whether two days fall on same month and year. + + First date + Second date + true if dates are on same month and year + + + + Returns true if time periods overlap. + + Start of first period. + End of first period. + Start of second period. + End of second period. + true if periods overlap + + + + Gets the abbreviated month name for + the given date + + Date + Abbreviated name + + + + Gets the abbreviated day name for + the given date + + Day of week + Abbreviated name + + + + Represents date-navigation control that is used with CalendarView to provide calendar date navigation. + + + + + Handles CalendarView ViewDateChanged events + + + + + + + Handle CalendarView SelectedViewChanged events + + + + + + + Handles CalendarView_TimeLineViewScrollDateChanged events + + + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Handles NavigateForward button clicks + + + + + + + Handles NavigateBack button clicks + + + + + + + Navigates forward + + + + + NavigateDayForward + + + + + NavigateWeekForward + + + + + NavigateMonthForward + + + + + NavigateYearForward + + + + + NavigateTimeLineForward + + + + + Gets the next forward TimeLine Period Date + + Current date + Next Period Date + + + + Navigates back + + + + + NavigateDayBack + + + + + NavigateWeekBack + + + + + NavigateMonthBack + + + + + NavigateYearBack + + + + + NavigateTimeLineBack + + + + + Gets the next back TimeLine Period Date + + Current date + Next back Period Date + + + + CountMonthSpan + + + + + + + + Updates the Date Label text + + + + + Updates the DayView display + + + + + + + Updates the WeekView display + + + + + + + + Updates the MonthView display + + + + + + + + Updates the YearView display + + + + + + + + Updates the TimeLineView display + + + + + + + + Updates the button images + + + + + Gets image fore color + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when a date Navigation is occurring + + + + + Occurs when a date Navigation has occurred + + + + + Occurs when the DateNavigator needs a formatted date label + + + + + Gets or sets the CalendarView date navigation will be applied to. + + + + + Gets or sets the current Day format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Week, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Week, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Week, same Year, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Week, same Year, end format label + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current Month, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Month, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Year, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current Year, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Hour format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Day, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Day, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Day, same Year, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Day, same Year, end format label + + + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Year, start format label + + + + + Gets or sets the current TimeLine Year, end format label + + + + + Gets or sets whether in Week View week-days navigation is enabled. Default value is true. When week-days navigation is enabled + and start date points to Monday and end date points to Friday, navigating to next day will navigate to next Monday-Friday view. + + + + + DateChangingEventArgs + + + + + DateChangingEventArgs + + + + + Gets the navigation direction + + + + + Gets the old navigation start date + + + + + Gets the old navigation end date + + + + + Gets or sets the new navigation start date + + + + + Gets or sets the new navigation end date + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel the operation + + + + + GetDateLabelEventArgs + + + + + Gets the formatted DateLabel + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + Day of the week + Count of days + + + + Loads the DayText arrays + + Starting day of week + Count of days + + + + Measures the day text + + Graphics + Text font + + + + Gets the DayText string arrays + + + + + Gets the DaySize Size arrays + + + + + Day text NeedsMeasured flag + + + + + DayRect array management class + + + + + Constructor + + + Rectangle array length + + + + Gets the Rectangle array + + + + + Gets and sets a specific array Rectangle + + Rectangle index to get + Rectangle + + + + Simple DayRect class + + + + + Constructor + + BaseItem + + + + Invalidates the given rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the bounding rect + + + + + Gets and sets the rect selection status + + + + + Represents base class for the model to view connectors. + + + + + Connects View to a model. + + + + + Disconnects view from model. + + + + + Gets whether connector has connected model to a view. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner key of the owner of the appointments displayed on the view. + + + + + Represents an calendar appointment. + + + + + Defines an interface for property notification change. + + + + + Occurs when property on object or its sub-objects has changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + Appointment subject. + Appointment start time + Appointment end time + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + Appointment subject. + Appointment start time + Appointment end time + Appointment owner key + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + Appointment subject. + Appointment start time + Appointment duration in minutes + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Appointment class. + + Appointment subject. + Appointment start time + Appointment duration in minutes + Appointment owner key + + + + Called when Visible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Moves the appointment to the specified date and time while keeping its duration constant. + + New start date and time for appointment. + + + + Raises the StartTimeReached event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates an copy of the appointment. + + Appointment copy. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Occurs when system time reaches the appointment start time and StartTimeAction is set to fire event. Note that event handler will be called on the thread of System.Timer which is different + than UI thread. You should use BeginInvoke calls to marshal the calls to your UI thread. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment is visible in user interface views. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip that is assigned to the appointment view. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment category color string based key that is used to lookup for appointment background and border colors. + Use static members on Appointment class to assign the category color for example Appointment.CategoryRed. + + + + + Gets or sets how the time used by appointment is marked on calendar. For example Free, Tentative, Busy etc. + Use static members on Appointment class to assign the time marker for example Appointment.TimeMarkerBusy + + + + + Gets the collection of reminders associated with this Appointment. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment subject. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment description. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment display template. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment is selected in the user interface. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment modification through user interface is disabled. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment start time. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment end time. + + + + + Gets or sets the time-zone this appointment is defined in. Default value is null which indicates that appointment is + in current system time zone. Note that setting the time zone will affect StartTime and EndTime of appointment if set. + It will convert them to the TimeZone you set but as absolute values meaning that 10:00 AM in previous time zone + will become 10:00 AM in TimeZone you just assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the StartTime of appointment in local, display time-zone. + + + + + Gets or sets the StartTime of appointment in local, display time-zone. + + + + + Gets the UTC Start Time of appointment. + + + + + Gets the UTC End Time of appointment. + + + + + Gets the calendar appointment is associated with. + + + + + Gets or sets the action performed when StartTime of appointment is reached. Default is none. + + + + + Gets whether this appointment is the recurring appointment instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the root appointment if this instance is an recurring appointment instance (IsRecurringInstance=true). + + + + + Gets or sets additional data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the appointment recurrence definition object which defines + recurring appointment properties and range. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner of the appointment. Default value is empty string which indicates default owner. + + + + + Gets whether appointment is all day event or whether it spans multiple days. + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment identifier. This property is provided for your usage in serialization scenarios. It is not set by the control. + + + + + Gets the automatically generated identifier that identifies appointment. + + + + + Gets or sets the image key for the image displayed on appointment view. ImageList property on CalendarView must be set for this property to work. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment in relation to the appointment view content. Default value is TopLeft. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Provides more information about the time change for appointment StartTime and EndTime property changes. + + + + + Gets the old value. + + + + + Gets the new value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentTimePropertyChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentCollection class. + + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with. + + + + + Represents appointment recurrence definition. + + + + + Called when IndependentVisibility property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the range type for the recurrence. Default value is no end date for recurrence. + + + + + Gets or sets the recurrence end date. To specify the end date for recurrence set this property and RangeLimitType property to RangeEndDate. + + + + + Gets or sets number of occurrences after which recurrence ends. To specify limited number of recurrences + set this property and set RangeLimitType to RangeNumberOfOccurrences. + + + + + Gets or sets additional data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets or sets the recurring frequency for appointment i.e. daily, weekly, monthly or yearly. + Default value is Daily. + + + + + Gets reference to appointment recurrence is assigned to. + + + + + Gets the settings for Daily recurrence type. + + + + + Gets the settings for Weekly recurrence type. + + + + + Gets the settings for monthly recurrence type. + + + + + Gets the settings for yearly recurrence type. + + + + + Gets or sets the recurrence start date. Default value is DateTime.MinValue which indicates that recurrence starts after + the appointment ends. + + + + + Gets or set the list of dates on which the recurrences are skipped. + + + + + Gets or sets whether generated recurring appointments have independent Visible property setting from root Appointment. + When set to true recurring appointment instances will not by default have Visible property set to the Visible property of root appointment. + Default value is false which means recurring instances by default have Visible property set to the root appointment Visible property. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Represents subset of appointments collection. + + + + + Represents custom collection with INotifyPropertyChanged and INotifyCollectionChanged interface support. + + + + + + Represents collection changed notification interface. + + + + + Occurs when collection changed. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + List to initialize collection with. + + + + Add item to collection. + + Item to add. + + + + Remove all items from collection. + + + + + Remove all items from collection. + + + + + Checks whether collection contains item. + + Item to look for. + true if item is in collection. + + + + Copy collection to array. + + Array to copy to. + Index to copy from. + + + + Gets enumerator for collection. + + Enumerator. + + + + Returns index of an item. + + Reference to item. + Index of item. + + + + Insert item at specified location. + + Index to insert item in. + Item to insert. + + + + Inserts item. + + Index to insert item at. + Reference to item. + + + + Removes item from collection. + + Item to remove. + true if item was removed. + + + + Remove item at specified location. + + Index of item to remove. + + + + Remove item at specified location. + + Index of item to remove. + + + + Set item on location. + + Index + Item to assign. + + + + Returns items directly without checks. + + List of items. + + + + Occurs when collection is read. + + + + + Occurs when collection property has changed. + + Event arguments. + + + + Blocks the collection re-entrancy. + + IDisposable to end re-entrancy + + + + Checks whether call creates re-entrancy. + + + + + Called when collection has changed. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Returns number of items in collection. + + + + + Returns item at index. + + Index of item. + Item at index. + + + + Returns the IList interface for items in collection. + + + + + Occurs when collection has changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentSubsetCollection class with appointments between given start and end date. + + + + + + + + Invalidates collection content due to the change to appointments or some other condition. Invalidating collection + content causes the collection elements to be re-generated on next collection read access. + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with this collection. + + + + + Defines a working day. + + + + + Called when WorkStartTime has changed. + + Old property value. + New property value. + + + + Called when WorkEndTime has changed. + + Old property value. + New property value. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the work start time. + + + + + Gets or sets the work end time. + + + + + Gets the calendar work day is associated with. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Represents the calendar model control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalendarModel class. + + + + + Gets reference to the Day object which represents day in calendar. + + Date to retrieve day for. + Returns reference to Day object. + + + + Returns true if appointment overlapps with one or more of the appointments in the model. + + Appointment to check overlap for. + true if there are appointments overlapping appointment otherwise false. + + + + Finds appointments that overlap with the parameter appointment. + + Appointment to use to find overlapps + Array of appointments that overlap parameter. + + + + Returns the calendar date time which has seconds part set to 0. + + + + + + + Raises the AppointmentRemoved event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the AppointmentAdded event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invalidates appointments cache store and causes recurrences to be regenerated when requested. + + + + + Suspends internal control updates to the cache structures etc. When making changes on multiple appointments + time related properties or when adding multiple appointments before doing so call BeginUpdate and after + updates are done call EndUpdate method to optimize performance. + Calls to BeginUpdate method can be nested and only last outer most EndUpdate call will resume internal control updates. + + + + + Resumes internal control updates that were suspended using BeginUpdate call and invalidates internal cache. + + + + + Raises AppointmentStartTimeReached event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises ReminderNotification event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Occurs when an appointment has been added to the model. + + + + + Occurs when an appointment has been removed from the model. + + + + + Occurs when AppointmentStartTime has been reached. This event can be used to trigger appointment reminders. Note that event handler will be called on the thread of System.Timer which is different + than UI thread. You should use BeginInvoke calls to marshal the calls to your UI thread. + + + + + Occurs when Reminder's ReminderTime has been reached. Note that event handler will be called on the thread of System.Timer which is different + than UI thread. You should use BeginInvoke calls to marshal the calls to your UI thread. + + + + + Occurs when Appointments collection has been cleared. + + + + + Gets appointments associated with this calendar. + + + + + Gets owners of appointments associated with this calendar. + + + + + Gets working days associated with this calendar. + + + + + Gets the calendar/date based working days collection. This collection allows you to specify working time for specific dates. Values specified here take precedence over working hours set through WorkDays collection. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Appointment StartTime and EndTime values retain seconds and milliseconds. When + set to false seconds and milliseconds are discarded. When set to true the DateTime set to appointment + StartTime and EndTime is used as is including seconds and milliseconds. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets whether internal control update is suspended due to the call to BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Gets or sets the default display time zone used for the appointments. Default value is null which indicates that system time-zone is used. + Display Time zone can also be set for each Owner on Owner object. Value set here is used if specific display time-zone is not set on user. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Gets the collection of custom reminders that are not associated with appointments. + + + + + Defines arguments for appointment related events. + + + + + Gets the appointment referenced by this event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents specific date based work day. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + Date this work-day represents + + + + Called when Date property has changed. + + Old property value. + New property value. + + + + Gets or sets the date this day represents. + + + + + Represents collection of calendar work days. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentCollection class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalendarWorkDayCollection class. + + + + + + Gets the Owner of work-day collection. + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with. + + + + + Gets the item based on the Key assigned to the item + + Date to retrieve data for. + Reference to CalendarWorkDay or null if no day in collection. + + + + Defines the daily recurrence settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DailyRecurrenceSettings class. + + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the days of week on which appointment is repeated. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between recurring appointments. Default value is 1. Setting this value to for example 3 means that + recurrence is repeated every 3 days. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Returns number of weekdays (Monday-Friday) between two dates. + + Start date + End date + Total number of weekdays between two dates + + + + Return total number of days specified by day parameter between two dates. + + Start date. + End date. + Day of week + Number of days between two dates + + + + Returns the date/time that represents end of the day value. + + + + + + + Returns the date/time that represents beginning of the day value. + + + + + + + Returns true if date falls at begging of the day 12:00 AM + + + + + + + Gets greater date between two dates. + + Date 1 + Date 2 + Greater date. + + + + Returns true if both dates are on same day and year. + + First date + Second date + true if dates are on same day and year + + + + Returns true if time periods overlap. + + Start of first period. + End of first period. + Start of second period. + End of second period. + true if periods overlap + + + + Represents the calendar day. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Day class. + + + + + + + Invalidate the day appointments + + + + + Gets appointments that start on this day. + + + + + Gets the date this day represents. + + + + + Gets the Calendar this day is part of. + + + + + Specifies notification type when appointment start time has been reached. + + + + + No action is taken. + + + + + StartTimeReached event is fired. + + + + + StartTimeCommand is executed. + + + + + Both event and command are performed. + + + + + Specifies notification type when reminder time has been reached. + + + + + No action is taken. + + + + + Reminder event is fired. + + + + + Reminder Command is executed. + + + + + Both event and command are performed. + + + + + Specifies the recurrence range type. + + + + + Recurrence range has no end date specified. + + + + + Recurrence ends on date specified by RangeEndDate property. + + + + + Recurrence ends after specified number of repeats by RangeNumberOfOccurrences property. + + + + + Specifies the pattern type for appointment recurrence. + + + + + Appointment recurs daily. + + + + + Appointment recurs weekly. + + + + + Appointment recurs monthly. + + + + + Appointment recurs yearly. + + + + + Specifies the relative day in month for recurrence. + + + + + No value specified. + + + + + The first occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + The second occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + The third occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + The fourth occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + The last occurrence of the specified day in its month. + + + + + Specifies on which day the appointment is repeated. + + + + + Specifies on which days daily recurrence is repeated. + + + + + Appointment is repeated on all days. + + + + + Appointment is repeated on week-days only, Monday-Friday. + + + + + Appointment is repeated on weekend-days only, Saturday-Sunday. + + + + + Specifies on which month monthly appointment recurrence is repeated. + + + + + Represents collection of holidays. + + + + + Constructor + + Text line start + Text line end + + + + Attributes + + + + + Id + + + + + LineEnd + + + + + LineStart + + + + + Value + + + + + Constructor + + Id + Value + + + + Gets or sets the attribute Id + + + + + Gets or sets the attribute value + + + + + Export DNB internal Model/Appointment data layout into + ICS (Internet Calendaring and Scheduling - RFC5545) format file. + + + + + IcsExporter + + + + + IcsExporter + + + + + + Exports Appointment data in the iCalendar format + + Array of OwnerKeys + Array of CalendarNames + Export StreamWriter + + + + Exports all appointments to the given export file. + + Output file path + + + + Exports all appointments to the given export stream. + + Output StreamWriter + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey to + the given export file. + + Appointment OwnerKey + Output file path + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey to + the given export stream. + + Appointment OwnerKey + Output StreamWriter + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey to + the given export file, using the specified calendar name. + + Appointment OwnerKey + Associated Calendar Name + Output file path + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey to + the given export stream, using the specified calendar name. + + Appointment OwnerKey + Associated Calendar Name + Output StreamWriter + + + + Exports all appointments for the specified OwnerKey array to + the given export file, using the specified associated calendar name array. + + Array of OwnerKeys + Array of 1:1 associated Calendar Names + Output file path + + + + Exports model data for each requested OwnerKey + + + + + Exports the beginning calendar sequence + + + + + + Exports the ending calendar sequence + + + + + Exports a calendar event (appointment) + + + + + + Exports the appointment Recurrence Rule + + + + + + ExportDailyRRule + + + + + + ExportWeeklyRRule + + + + + + ExportMonthlyRRule + + + + + + ExportYearlyRRule + + + + + + AddRRuleByDay + + + + + + + AddRRuleByDay + + + + + + + AddRRuleByDay + + + + + + + + AddRRuleInterval + + + + + + + AddRRuleRangeInfo + + + + + + + ExportExDate + + + + + + ExportAlarms + + + + + + GetDuration + + + + + + + GetUtcDate + + + + + + + Adds escape chars to text meta data + + + + + + + Exports a line + + + + + + Performs line wrapping (aka folding) + + Text to wrap + Wrapping length + + + + + Determines where to break a line of text + + Text + Current text pos + Max line length + + + + + Determines if a char is a break char + + + true if break char + + + + GetDefaultOwnerKeys + + A list of all defined model OwnerKeys + + + + GetUniversalTime + + + + + + + Determines if an appointment is visible + with respect to the given ownerKey + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the Calendar Product Id. + + + + + CalendarModel + + + + + ICS (Internet Calendaring and Scheduling - RFC5545) import into + corresponding DNB internal Model/Appointment data layout + + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export file's + calName array Calendar entries, and associates them with the + given OwnerKey array entries. + + Array of Calendar names + Array of associated OwnerKeys + Import file path. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given input file. + + Input file + + + + Imports all appointments from the given input stream. + + Input file StreamReader + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export file + calName Calendar entry. + + Calendar entry name + Import file path. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export stream + calName Calendar entry. + + Calendar entry name + Import file StreamReader. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export file + calName Calendar entry, and associates them with the + given OwnerKey. + + Calendar entry name + Associated OwnerKey + Import file path. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export stream + calName Calendar entry, and associates them with the + given OwnerKey. + + Calendar entry name + Associated OwnerKey + Import file StreamReader. + + + + Imports all appointments from the given export file + calName array Calendar entries, and associates them with the + given OwnerKey array entries. + + Array of Calendar names + Array of associated OwnerKeys + Import file path. + + + + Initiates the processing of each calendar component entry + + + + + + Processes individual calendar component entries + + + + + Processes final Calendar component termination + + + + + + Processes Calendar Scale (Gregorian only support) + + + + + + Processes Calendar version entries + + + + + + Processes Event components for the given OwnerKey + + Associated OwnerKey + + + + Processes Event termination + + + + + + + + ProcessEventEndEx + + + + + + + + + Processes Daily recurrences + + + + + + + + Processes Weekly recurrences + + + + + + + + Processes Monthly recurrences + + + + + + + + SetNewByDayAppStartTime + + + + + + + + Processes Yearly recurrences + + + + + + + + Processes event reminders + + + + + + Processes RecurrenceId events + + + + + + + + Processes Recurrence range values + + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is a valid + SkippedRecurrence date. + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is a skippable + byMonthDate + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is a skippable ByMonth date + + + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is a skippable ByDays date + + + + + + + + ProcessRDateRange + + + + + + + + Processes Attribute date values + + + + + + + + Processes attribute DateTime values + + + + + + + + Processes Value=Date entries + + + + + + + + Processes TxId attribute DateTime values + + + + + + + + + GetTzIdDelta + + + + + + + + GetLastPartDate + + + + + + + + GetTimeZone + + + + + + + Processes event Description values + + + + + + + + Processes event Duration values + + + + + + + + Gets the int value from the given Regex Match + + + + + + + + + Processes event ExDate values + + + + + + + Processes ExDate Value=Date values + + + + + + + Processes ExDate Value=DateTime values + + + + + + + + Processes ExDate Value=DateTime values + + + + + + + + + Combines the main evData exDates list with a secondary + accumulated exDates list + + + + + + + Processes RDate attributes and values + + + + + + + + Processes RDate Value=Date values + + + + + + + Processes RDate Value=DateTime values + + + + + + + + Processes RDate Value=DateTime values + + + + + + + + + Processes RDate Value=Period values + + + + + + + Combines RDate values + + + + + + + + Processes RecurrenceId entries + + + + + + + Processes RRule entries + + + + + + + Processes ByDay= attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes individual ByDay.WeekDay entries + + + + + + + + + Processes ByMonth= and ByMonthDay= attribute entries + + + + + + + + + + + Processes RRule Count attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes Freq= attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes Interval= attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes Until= attribute entries + + + + + + + + Processes Summary entries + + + + + + + + Processes UID entries + + + + + + + + Processes VAlarm component entries + + + + + + Processes VAlarm Trigger properties + + + + + + + Processes DNB CategoryColor entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB DisplayTemplate entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB specific ImageAlign entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB ImageKey entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB Locked entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB RecStartDate entries + + + + + + + Processes DNB StartTimeAction entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB TimeMarkedAs entries + + + + + + + + Processes DNB ToolTip entries + + + + + + + + Processes VTimeZone components + + + + + Processes TxId values + + + + + + + Processes TzOffset values + + + + + + + ProcessVTimezoneEnd + + + + + + + Processes VTimeZone parts (DayLight, Standard) + + + + + + + Processes VToDo entries + + + + + + Processes X-WR-CALNAME entries + + + + + + + Skips the given component block (until it reaches + the corresponding ctkn:END value) + + + + + + Gets the token associated with the given text + + Token registry + Token text + Token, or -1 if not found + + + + Gets the first CalendarEntry + + + + + + Gets the next CalendarEntry + + + + + + Gets the enum value, given the token type and text + + + + + + + + Initiates the parsing of the given import file + + + + + + Gets the next logical line of text + + + + + + + + + Initiates the syntactic parsing of the given line + + + + + + + + Determines if the given line is blank + + + + + + + Parses the Id portion of the given line + + + + + + + + Initiates the parsing of the line attributes + + + + + + + Parses line attribute data + + + + + + + Parses the value portion of the given line + + + + + + + Removes Meta data from the value text + + + + + + + Gets the eRelativeDayInMonth from the given dayOfWeek + + + + + + + Gets the DayOfWeek from the given eDayOfWeekRecurrence + + + + + + + Determines if the given Calendar (by it's name) is + a valid calendar to import + + + + + + + Gets the OwnerKey based upon the + given Calendar name + + + + + + + Reports encountered import errors + + + + + + + Ignore import Errors + + + + + Gets or sets the iCalendar components to include in the import. + + + + + CalendarModel + + + + + Defines event arguments for SubPropertyChanged event. + + + + + Reference to PropertyChangedArgs of changed property. + + + + + Reference to the source object of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SubPropertyChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Represents the calendar month. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Month class. + + + + + + + Gets collection of days in this month. + + + + + Gets the month year. + + + + + Gets the month. + + + + + Gets the Calendar this day is part of. + + + + + Defines monthly recurrence settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MonthlyRecurrenceSettings class. + + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the day of month on which appointment is repeated. + When RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth property is set to value other than None value of this property is not used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment should repeat on first, second, third, fourth or last day in month as specified + by RepeatOnDayOfMonth property. Property applies only for RecurrenceType Monthly or Yearly. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between recurring appointments. Default value is 1. + + For example, setting RepeatInterval to 2 means that appointment will recur every 2 months. + + + + + + Gets or sets the day of week on which relative repeat as specified by RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth is effective. + For example setting RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth to First and RelativeDayOfWeek to Monday will repeat the appointment on first + Monday in a month. + + + + + Gets or sets the months on which appointment is repeated. This property is represented by bit-flag enum + which means that you can combine the values from eMonthRecurrence enum using OR operator to specify multiple values. + Default value is All. + + For example you could set this property to eMonthRecurrence.January | eMonthRecurrence.July to repeat appointments on January and July only. + + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NotificationRequest class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets requested notification time. + + + + + Gets the callback handler for notification when notification time is reached. + + + + + Provides notification support for appointments. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NotificationServerEventArgs class. + + + + + + Gets the time notification is sent on. + + + + + Gets or sets the next requested notification time by the handler of the event. + Handler of event must set this to the desired next notification time in order to be notified. + The value recorded will be the lowest value set by all handlers. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Owner class. + + + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets working days associated with this owner. If empty WorkDays from CalendarModel are used instead. + + + + + Gets date based working days associated with this owner. Date specific working days take precedence over days specified in WorkDays collection. If empty WorkDays on owner or from CalendarModel are used instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the unique key that identifies the owner. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner description. For example if owner represents person, it would be person name or if owner represents resource + like room it would be the room name. + + + + + Gets or sets custom data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets the calendar owner is associated with. + + + + + Gets or sets the display time-zone for this owner. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner color scheme used to represent owner data in user interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the display name for the owner. Display name is used in User Interface to identify the owner. + If not specified the Key is used instead in UI. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentCollection class. + + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with. + + + + + Gets the item based on the Key assigned to the item + + + + + + + Defines change actions. + + + + + Items were added. + + + + + Items were removed. + + + + + Items were replaced. + + + + + Items were moved. + + + + + Collection was reset. + + + + + Defines delegate for collection notification events. + + Event sender. + Event arguments. + + + + Defines collection change notification event arguments. + + + + + Create new instance of object. + + Action + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Specifies action. + List of changed items. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Specifies action. + Item that was changed. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + New items in collection. + Old items in collection. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + List of changed items. + Starting index of change. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed item + Index of change + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + New item + Old item + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + New items. + Removed items. + Starting index of change. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed items + New index + Old index + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed item + New index + Old index + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + New item + Old item + New index + + + + Gets the type of the collection change action. + + + + + Gets list of newly added items. + + + + + Gets new starting index. + + + + + Gets list of removed items. + + + + + Old starting index. + + + + + Generates Daily recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Daily recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Weekly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Weekly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Monthly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Monthly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + + Generates Daily recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Daily recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Weekly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Weekly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Monthly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Monthly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Generates Yearly recurring appointments. If appointment is assigned to calendar method must populate the Calendar.Appointments collection as well. + + Collection to add generated recurrences to + Recurrence description, must be of Monthly recurrence type. + Start date for generation. + End date for generation. + + + + Represents an appointment reminder. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Reminder class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Reminder class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Reminder class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the date and time reminder will be executed at. + + Unless you mark reminder as inactive by setting the IsActive=false the reminder will occur next time + notifications are updated or when appointment data is loaded. + + + + + + Gets or sets the action performed when reminder time is reached. Default value is Event and Command. + + + + + Snoozes reminder so it occurs at specified notification time. This method should be used instead of the SnoozeDateTime property and it will + set the SnoozeDateTime property to the next notification time. + + Next reminder notification time. + + + + Runs the ReminderNotification as if the reminder time has been reached. + This method is automatically called by reminder once ReminderTime has been reached. + + + + + Raises the ReminderNotification event. + + + + + + Creates an copy of the reminder. + + Reminder copy. + + + + Occurs when ReminderTime has been reached. Note that event handler will be called on the thread of System.Timer which is different + than UI thread. You should use BeginInvoke calls to marshal the calls to your UI thread. + + + + + Gets or sets whether reminder will be active for appointments that are in the past. Default value is true. + This property is useful if you are creating recurring appointments with reminders that start in past but don't want reminders + for past instances of appointment to be active. + + + + + Gets or sets the reminder description. + + + + + Gets or sets additional data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets the Appointment reminder is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether reminder is active. Active reminders fire events or execute commands when + reminder time has been reached. Set this value to false to dismiss the reminder. + + + + + Gets or sets the next snooze time for the reminder. Use the Snooze method if you want to snooze the reminder correctly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this reminder is snooze reminder usually created by Reminder dialog when user hits the Snooze button. + Default value is false. + + + + + Defines arguments for reminder related events. + + + + + Gets the reminder referenced by this event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ReminderEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents collection of reminders. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ReminderCollection class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ReminderCollection class. + + + + + + Gets parent appointment. + + + + + Gets parent model if collection is custom reminders collection. + + + + + Defines weekly recurrence settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WeeklyRecurrenceSettings class. + + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the days of week on which appointment is repeated. This property is represented by bit-flag enum + which means that you can combine the values from eDayOfWeekRecurrence enum using OR operator to specify multiple values. + Default value is All. + + This property value cannot be set to eDayOfWeekRecurrence.None. + + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between recurring appointments. Default value is 1. + + For example, setting RepeatInterval to 2 means that appointment will recur every 2 weeks. + + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Represents working day in calendar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDay class. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the day of week this instance represents. + + + + + Represents collection of working days. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AppointmentCollection class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkDayCollection class. + + + + + + Gets the Owner of work-day collection. + + + + + Gets the calendar collection is associated with. + + + + + Gets the item based on the Key assigned to the item + + Day of week to retrive data for. + Reference to WorkDay or null if no day in collection. + + + + Represents a work time. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WorkTime structure. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the hour from 0 to 23 this time instance represents. + + + + + Gets or sets the minute from 0 to 59 this time instance represents. + + + + + Determines if the WorkTime is Empty + + + + + Represents the calendar year. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Year class. + + + + + + + Returns read-only collection of months in year. + + + + + Defines yearly recurrence settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearlyRecurrenceSettings class. + + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the SubPropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the interval between recurring appointments. Default value is 1. + + For example, setting RepeatInterval to 2 means that appointment will recur every 2 years. + + + + + + Gets or sets the day of month on which appointment is repeated. + When RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth property is set to value other than None value of this property is not used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether appointment should repeat on first, second, third, fourth or last day in month as specified + by RepeatOnDayOfMonth property. Default value is None. + + + + + Gets or sets the day of week on which relative repeat as specified by RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth is effective. + For example setting RepeatOnRelativeDayInMonth to First and RelativeDayOfWeek to Monday will repeat the appointment on first + Monday in a month. + + + + + Gets or sets the month the appointment is repeated on every year. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when property or property of child objects has changed. This event is similar to PropertyChanged event with key + difference that it occurs for the property changed of child objects as well. + + + + + Constructor + + Assoc CalendarModel + Assoc MonthView + + + + Performs Model connection processing + + + + + Severs the Model/MonthView connection + + + + + Clears individual MonthWeek view connections + + MonthWeek + + + + Loads Model/MonthView connection data + + + + + Refreshes the data in a previously established + and loaded connection + + + + + Process any remaining removed data + + + + + + + Updates individual MonthWeek views + + MonthWeek + List of appointments + List of cached views + + + + Gets all appointment AppointmentMonthViews + + + + + + + Gets the view from the MonthWeek list + + MonthWeek + Appointment + Appointment view + + + + Gets the view from the cached list + + Appointment + Cached views + Appointment view + + + + Gets a new appointment view + + Appointment + New view + + + + Gets a new CustomItem + + + + + + + Removes duplicate multi-day appointments + + + Trimmed list + + + + Removes out-dated views + + + + + + + + + Returns the Month view + + + + + + Verifies the Model and MonthView are valid + + + + + Handles Model property change notifications + + + + + + + Handles ModelSubProperty change notifications + + object + SubPropertyChangedEventArgs + + + + Gets the connection status + + + + + Constructor + + Parent CalendarView + + + + OnIsSideBarVisibleChanged event propagation + + + + + Hooks (or unhooks) needed events + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes CalendarView SelectedViewChanged events + + CalendarView + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Processes StartDate changes + + + + + + + Processes EndDate changes + + + + + + + Processes CalendarView IsMonthSideBarVisibleChanged events + + CalendarView + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type (WeekDay / Month) + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Handles selected item changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Sets the current selected item + + Previous CalendarItem + New CalendarItem to select + Base selected CalendarItem + + + + Updates each monthWeeks DayRects to reflect + the date selection start and end values + + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Updates our connection model view + + + + + Updates our CalendarItems list + + + + + Sorts the provided CalendarItems + + Sorted CalendarItems + + + + Calculates the display bounds for the AppointmentView + + CalendarItem + Week associated with the view + Row accumulator + + + + Gets the starting day index for the given appointment + + Week index + CalendarItem + Day of week index (0-6) + + + + UpdateMoreItems + + + + + + + + Calculates display info for the MonthWeek data + + Start date + End date + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Calculates the range of days needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Day start index + [out] Day end index + Day range count (end - start) + + + + Calculates the range of weeks needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Week start index + [out] Week end index + Week range count (end - start) + + + + Draws the top Day of the week header + + ItemPaintArgs + Start day index + End day index + + + + Draws day header and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Week start index + Week end index + Day start index + Day end index + + + + DrawDayBackground + + + + + + + + + Draws the day content + + + Week index + Day index + Pen + + + + GetSlotState + + + + + + Gets the content calendar part for the given + week and dayMonth + + + + + + Draws day header + + + Week index + Day index + Text pen + + + + GetDayHeaderText + + + + + + + Initiates the drawing of weekly appointments + + ItemPaintArgs + Week start index + Week end index + + + + Gets the More image path + + + + + + Draws the SideBar header + + ItemPaintArgs + Week start index + Week end index + + + + MouseDown event processing + + + + + + CalendarItem left mouseDown processing + + Week index + Day index + + + + Handles MonthView left MouseDown events + + Week index + Day index + + + + ProcessMoreButtonDown + + + + + + + + MouseMove event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Gets the cursor + + Cursor + + + + Initiates a user "DragDrop" operation - if enabled + + + True if operation started + + + + Drags the given appointment from one view to another + + Previous view + AppointmentView + Point + + + + Processes MonthView mouseMove events + + + + + + + ProcessMoreMouseMove + + + + + + + + Processes CalendarItem mouseMove events + + Week index + Day index + + + + Gets the CalendarItems current week/day range + + CalendarItem + [out] Start week index + [out] End week index + Day index + + + + Processes CalendarItem left resizing + + Week index + Day index + + + + Processes CalendarItem right resizing + + Week index + Day index + + + + Gets the week and day index item for + the given point + + Point + [out] Week index + [out] Day index + Success or failure + + + + Gets the week index for the given point + + Point + Week index + + + + Gets the day index for the given point + + Point + Week index + Day index + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + Processes Up and Down Key events + + + + + + + Processes Left and Right key events + + + + + + + Processes Hoe key events + + + + + + Processes End key events + + + + + + Gets the week containing the given date + + + Week or -1 + + + + Gets the Home and End week from the + current selection range + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the MonthView specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New MonthView instance + + + + Gets and sets the SideBar visibility + + + + + Gets the sidebar width + + + + + Gets the DayHeader height + + + + + IsSideBarVisibleChangedEventArgs + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Calculates the day rectangles for the + current bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets array of CalendarItems + + + + + Gets the first day of the week + + + + + Gets and sets the week bounding Rectangle + + + + + Gets the day Rectangles + + + + + Gets the MoreItems + + + + + Gets the week day range text + + + + + Gets day height + + + + + Gets day width + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Updates the posWin + + View rectangle + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets and sets the window content text + + + + + Gets the calculated window height + + + + + Gets the Culture used by the date time input and month calendar controls + + reference to CultureInfo + + + + Gets or sets the CultureInfo for the culture used by the DateTime and Numeric Input controls. + Default value is null which indicates that controls will use CurrentUICulture. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether the indicator is visible + + + + + + Gets whether the indicator is visible + in the given view + + + + + + + + Handles ColorDefChanged events + + + + + + + Handles TimeIndicatorChanged propagation + + + + + Handles OnTimeIndicatorColorChanged propagation + + + + + Handles TimeIndicatorTimeChanged propagation + + + + + + + Begins Update block + + + + + Ends update block + + + + + Occurs when the collection has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator time has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator Color has changed + + + + + Gets the Indicator display time. + + The DisplayTime is the addition of the IndicatorTime + and IndicatorTimeOffset. + + + + + Gets or sets whether we are in design mode + + + + + Gets or sets whether the timer indicator + is protected (can't be deleted) + + + + + Gets or sets the leading edge border color + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic time updates are enabled. + This property, whose default is true, is only utilized when + the IndicatorSource is set to eTimeIndicatorSource.SystemTime + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator Display Area. + + This property determines where the Indicator is + drawn: in the Time Header, View Content, or both. + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator color + + + + + Gets or sets the IndicatorTime display level + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator time + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator time offset. + + This value is added to the current IndicatorTime + before displaying the indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the Indicator visibility + + + + + Gets or sets the User defined data associated with the object + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the Indicator + + + + + Gets or sets the IndicatorTime source + + + + + TimeIndicatorConvertor + + + + + Specifies the source for the IndicatorTime + + + + + Specifies the Indicator visibility + + + + + Specifies the Indicator display area + + + + + Specifies the Indicator display level + + + + + Adds a range of TimeIndicators to the collection + + Array of items to add + + + + Processes list RemoveItem calls + + Index to remove + + + + Processes list InsertItem calls + + Index to add + TimeIndicator to add + + + + Processes list SetItem calls (e.g. replace) + + Index to replace + TimeIndicator to replace + + + + Processes list Clear calls (e.g. remove all) + + + + + IndicatorCollectionChanged + + + + + + + IndicatorColorChanged + + + + + + + IndicatorTimeChanged + + + + + + + Propagates TimeIndicatorCollectionChanged events + + + + + Propagates OnTimeIndicatorColorChanged events + + + + + + Propagates OnTimeIndicatorTimeChanged events + + + + + + Updates our system timer use + + + + + Determines if a system timer is needed + + true if needed + + + + Handles our timer tick events + + + + + + + Begins Update block + + + + + Ends update block + + + + + Occurs when the TimeIndicator collection has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator time has changed + + + + + Occurs when a TimeIndicator Color has changed + + + + + TimeIndicatorTimeChangedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator being affected + + + + + Gets the old DateTime + + + + + Gets the new DateTime + + + + + TimeIndicatorColorChangedEventArgs + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator being affected + + + + + Gets and sets work start time + + + + + Gets and sets work end time + + + + + Constructor + + Assoc CalendarModel + Assoc TimeLineView + + + + Performs Model connection processing + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + Handles Model property change notifications + + + + + + + Handles ModelSubProperty change notifications + + object + SubPropertyChangedEventArgs + + + + Handles CustomItemCollection change events + + + + + + + Severs the Model/TimeLineView connection + + + + + Clears TimeLine view items + + + + + Loads Model/TimeLineView connection data + + + + + Loads the view data + + Forceful reload + Validation needed + + + + Loads the Period data (visible view range) + + Forceful reload + + + reload flag + + + + Loads the TimeLine appointment data + + + + + + Refreshes the data in a previously established + and loaded connection + + + + + Gets the range of appointment dates + + + + + + + Updates the TimeLine view + + + + + + Updates the TimeLine CustomItems + + + + + Updates the WorkDay details array + + + + + Removes Outdated Views + + + + + + Determines if the provided view is valid, given + the current list of Appointments + + + + + + + + Removes out dated CustomItems + + + + + Determines if the given CustomItem is valid + for the current view + + + + + + + Gets the AppointmentView from the timeline + + + AppointmentView or null + + + + Gets the CustomCalendarItem from the timeline. + + + CustomCalendarItem or null + + + + Gets a new appointment view + + Appointment + New view + + + + Gets a new CustomCalendarItem + + + CustomCalendarItem + + + + Returns the view + + + + + + Verifies the Model and MonthView are valid + + + + + Gets the connection status + + + + + Gets the + + + + + Gets the DayInfo array + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Routine hooks all necessary events for this control + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + TimeLineIntervalPeriod Change notification + + + + + + + TimeLineInterval Change notification + + + + + + + Handles TimeIndicatorCollectionChanged events + + + + + + + Handles TimeIndicatorTimeChanged events + + + + + + + Horizontal Scroll Panel change notification + + + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse point + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the IntervalHeader Start Date under the given mouse point + + Point + ref to interval start date. + 'true' if valid date is returned. + + + + Paint processing routine + + + + + + Draws the encompassing Date header + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Determines if a date period change has occurred + + Initial date + Current date + Current column + + + + + Draws a given date period or range + + + Starting column + Ending column + + + + + + Aligns the MarkUp text + + + + + + + Renders the current MarkUp + + + + + + + Gets the default Period text + + + + + + + + Draws the time interval header + + ItemPaintArgs + Starting column + Ending column + + + + DrawBackground + + + + + + + Draws view TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + + Draws individual view TimeIndicator + + + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Back color + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Border color + + + + + + + CalcIndicatorRect + + + + + + + + + DrawContent + + + + + + + + + Gets the interval text + + DateTime + Interval text + + + + Gets minute interval text + + DateTime + Interval text + + + + Gets Day interval text + + + Interval text + + + + Gets year interval text + + + Interval text + + + + Calculates the range of days needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + Clip rectangle + [out] Column start index + [out] Column end index + Day range count (end - start) + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the TimeLineHeaderPanel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New TimeLineHeaderPanel instance + + + + Gets the ColumnWidth + + + + + Gets the TimeLineColumnCount + + + + + Gets the ShowPeriodHeader property + + + + + Gets the ShowIntervalHeader property + + + + + Interval header height + + + + + Period header height + + + + + Header font + + + + + TimeLine start date + + + + + Gets and sets the view color + + + + + IsMarkupSupported + + + + + Constructor + + _CalendarView + + + + Hooks our ScrollBar events + + + + + + Hooks our PageNavigator events + + + + + + ScrollBar Scroll event handler + + + + + + + Processes ScrollBar ValueChanged events + + + + + + + Navigates to the previous page + + + + + + + Navigates to Today + + + + + + + Navigates to the Next page + + + + + + + Increases timeline EndDate + + Amount to add + + + + Increases timeline EndDate + + Amount to add + + + + Decreases the timeline StartDate + + Amount to del + + + + Decreases the timeline StartDate + + Amount to del + + + + Begins Update block + + + + + Ends update block + + + + + Performs panel setup + + + + + Sets-up the PageNavigator + + + + + + Updates the panel + + + + + Updates the PageNavigator + + + + + Updates our ScrollBar + + + + + Passes the scroll onto others + + + + + Performs control recalc + + + + + Returns copy of the item + + + + + Copies the TimeLineHScrollPanel specific properties to + new instance of the item + + New PageNavigatorItem instance + + + + Gets and sets the display bounds + + + + + Gets and sets the visible status + + + + + Gets the ScrollBar + + + + + Gets the scrollBar SmallChange value + + + + + Gets the scrollBar LargeChange value + + + + + Gets the scrollBar Maximum value + + + + + Routine hooks all necessary events for this control + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes view changes + + object + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Processes StartDate changes + + + + + + + Processes EndDate changes + + + + + + + Handles IntervalPeriodChange notification + + + + + + + Handles IntervalChange notification + + + + + + + Handles ScrollPanel change notification + + + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Handles selected item changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Sets the current selected item + + Previous CalendarItem + New CalendarItem + New selected CalendarItem + + + + Updates our slice selection range to reflect + the given date selection start and end values + + + + + Processes the selection time column range + + Column range start + Column range end + Column start limit + Column end limit + + + + Gets an array of column selection values + over the given range of columns + + Column start limit + Column end limit + Slice range start + Slice range end + Array of selection values + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Updates our connection model view + + + + + Disconnects and resets the Model connection + + + + + Updates our CalendarItems list + + + + + Sorts the provided CalendarItems + + Sorted CalendarItems + + + + Calculates normal appointment bounds + + Accumulated ColumnList + + + + + + Get the RowHeight for the given CalendarItem + + CalendarItem + Calculated height + + + + + Updates the condensed view column list + + + + + Determines if an appointment is visible + for the given DisplayOwner + + + + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Initiates the drawing of the TimeLine + + Graphics + Starting column + Ending column + + + + Draws the content area of the TimeLine + + + Starting column + Ending column + + + + + GetSlotState + + + + + + + Gets the background content brush + for the given time slice + + Background brush + + + + Determines if the given time is tagged as a "Work time" + + Day of week + WorkTime to test + true if specified "time" is a Work time + + + + Draws the TimeLine border + + + Starting column + Ending column + + + + + DrawHalfHourBorders + + + + + + + + + + DrawHourBorders + + + + + + + + + + Draws view TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + Draws individual view TimeIndicator + + + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Back color + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Border color + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator Rectangle + + + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator Rectangle + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator Rectangle for the given date + + + + + + + + Draws the condensed TimeLine + + + + + + Draws the Condensed Content area + + + + + + + + Gets the condensed view display path + + Scale factor + Condensed view rect + Path + + + + Draws condensed appointments + + Graphics + Scale factor + + + + Gets the appointments condensed pen + + Appointment object + + + + + GetCategoryPen + + + + + + + Draws TimeLine appointments + + + + + + Calculates the range of columns needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Column start index + [out] Column end index + Column range count (end - start) + + + + Gets the display rectangle for the given column + + Column + Display rectangle + + + + Gets the CondensedView rectangle + + CondensedView rectangle + + + + Gets the absolute column value for the given date + + Selection date + Absolute column + + + + MouseDown event processing + + + + + + Handles CondensedView Left Button Down events + + + + + + Processes CondensedView point selection + + + + + + CalendarItem left mouseDown processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Handles TimeLineView left MouseDown events + + Column index + + + + MouseUp event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + MouseMove event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Handles CondensedView mouse moves + + + + + + Processes content mouse moves + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Initiates a user "DragDrop" operation - if enabled + + + True if operation started + + + + Drags the given appointment from one view to another + + Previous view + Item to drag + + + + Gets the cursor + + Cursor + + + + Processes user MouseMove + + DayColumn + + + + + Processes TimeLineView mouseMove events + + Column + + + + Processes CalendarItem mouseMove events + + Column + MouseEventArgs + + + + Processes CalendarItem left resizing + + Column + + + + + Processes CalendarItem right resizing + + Column + + + + + Initiates the resize of the selected item + + + + + + + Gets the change from the last offset (in minutes) + + Column + Are we going left or right + MouseEventArgs + Change in mnutes + + + + Gets the change from the last offset (in years) + + Column + Are we going left or right + MouseEventArgs + Change in years + + + + Routine to enable or disable view scrolling + + true to enable + + + + Cancels the view scroll timer + + + + + Determines the amount to scroll (which is + based loosely upon the delta magnitude) + + Point delta + Scroll amount + + + + Handles view scroll timer ticks + + object + EventArgs + + + + Gets the item column at the given point + + Point in question + [out] Column + True if partial hits are ok + True if valid item + + + + Determines if a given column is visible + + Display rectangle + True if partial visibility is ok + True if visible + + + + Determines if the given point in in + the CondensedView area + + + + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + Processes Left and Right Key events + + + + + + + Handles Home key events + + + + + + Processes End key events + + + + + + Gets array of CalendarItems + + + + + Start date - readonly + + + + + End date - readonly + + + + + Gets the ColumnWidth + + + + + Gets the BaseInterval (interval in total minutes) + + + + + Gets the number of Columns + + + + + Gets the MinAppointmentWidth + + + + + Gets the CondensedView visibility state + + + + + Gets and sets the Work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the Off-hours work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the selected brush + + + + + Gets the first visible timeline column + + + + + Gets the condensed time line height + + + + + Gets and sets the model reload state + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Performs scrollBar setup + + + + + Updates our scrollbar + + + + + Disables the scrollbar + + + + object + EventArgs + + + + Passes the scroll onto others + + + + + Gets and sets the panel Bounds + + + + + Gets and sets the control visibility + + + + + Gets the scrollBar + + + + + Gets the scrollBar SmallChange value + + + + + Gets the scrollBar Maximum value + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Gets the ScrollBar SmallChange value + + + + + Gets the ScrollBar Maximum value + + + + + Constructor + + WeekDayView + + + + Performs panel recalc support + + + + + Sorts the CalendarItems + + + + + Calculates the display bounds for the AppointmentView + + CalendarItem + Row accumulator + + + + Gets the starting day index for the given appointment + + Day of week index (0-6) + + + + Updates our vertical scrollbar + + + + + Processes Extended appointments scrollBar changes + + object + EventArgs + + + + Resets the AllDayPanel view + + + + + Updates the AllDayPanel view + + + + + Draws extended appointments + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the AllDayPanel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New AllDayPanel instance + + + + Gets and sets the panel bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the DayPanel Height + + + + + Gets the panel's CalendarItem list + + + + + Gets WeekDayView + + + + + gets the Fixed AllDayPanel height + + + + + gets the Maximum AllDayPanel height + + + + + Gets the Appointment height + + + + + Gets the width of a vertical scrollbar + + + + + Adds a CalendarItem to the running slot list + + CalendarItem to add + Slot level to add the item to + The added slot item + + + + Returns the SlotItem (if present) in the given list for + the CalendarItem in question + + CalendarItem + Slot level to scan + SlotItem, if found + + + + Counts the number of columns for + each column zero entry slot lists + + + + + Gets the max column count from all + zero level slot paths + + Initial SlotItem + Running level count + + + + + Sets all column entry counts to the given + count + + Initial SlotItem + Count + + + + Clears the Column slot list + + + + + Gets the column slot Id + + + + + Gets the column slot list + + + + + Constructor + + CalendarItem + + + + Adds a slot to the peer SlotItem list + + SlotItem to add + Slot column + + + + Gets and sets the slots CalendarItem + + + + + Gets the peer SlotItem list + + + + + Gets and sets the peer level count + + + + + Gets and sets the peer column + + + + + Constructor + + Slice height + + + + Offsets the bounding rectangles for the + DayColumn's non-extended appointments + + Amount to offset + + + + Determines if the given time is tagged as a "Busy time" + + WorkTime to test + true if specified "time" is a Busy time + + + + Determines if the given time is tagged as a "Work time" + + WorkTime to test + true if specified "time" is a Work time + + + + Gets and sets the week bounding Rectangle + + + + + Gets and sets the column date + + + + + Gets and sets the TimeSlice height + + + + + Gets and sets the busy time start + + + + + Gets and sets the busy time end + + + + + Gets and sets the work time start + + + + + Gets and sets the work time end + + + + + Gets the column CalendarItems list + + + + + Constructor + + CalendarView + + + + + Routine hooks all necessary events for this control + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes view changes + + object + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Processes DayViewDate changes + + + + + + + Processes StartDate changes + + + + + + + Processes EndDate changes + + + + + + + Handles TimeSlotDurationChanged events + + object + TimeSlotDurationChangedEventArgs + + + + Handles FixedAllDayPanelHeightChanged events + + + + + + + Handles MaximumAllDayPanelHeightChanged events + + + + + + + Handles ScrollBarChanged events + + + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. The startDate + and endDate will vary based upon the view type (WeekDay / Month) + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Gets the bounding display rectangle for the given date/time. + + The date/time + Bounding display rectangle + + + + Gets the bounding display rectangle for the given + starting and ending date/time range. + + Start date + End date + Bounding display rectangle + + + + Handles selected item changes + + CalendarItem + EventArgs + + + + Sets the current selected item + + Previous CalendarItem + New CalendarItem + New selected CalendarItem + + + + Updates our slice selection range to reflect + the given date selection start and end values + + + + + Gets the absolute slice value for the given date + + Selection date + Absolute slice + + + + Processes the selection time slice range + + Slice range start + Slice range end + Slice start limit + Slice end limit + + + + Gets an array of slice selection values + over the given range of column slices + + Slice start limit + Slice end limit + Column + Slice range start + Slice range end + Array of selection values + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Allocates out DayColumns + + + + + + + Updates our connection model view + + + + + Disconnects and resets the Model connection + + + + + Updates our AllDayPanel items + + + + + Calculates and updates DayColumn bounds + + Start date + End date + + + + Updates our CalendarItems list + + + + + Sorts the DayColumn CalendarItem list + + DayColumn index + + + + Calculates normal appointment bounds + + DayColumn column + Accumulated ColumnList + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Calculates the range of days needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Day start index + [out] Day end index + Day range count (end - start) + + + + Calculates the range of slices needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Slice start index + [out] Slice end index + Slice range count (end - start) + + + + Draws the top Day of the week header + + ItemPaintArgs + Start day index + End day index + + + + DrawColumnHeader + + + + + + + + + + + + Get the index for our day of the week text + + Graphics handle + Index to header text + + + + Draws Normal Appointment time slices + + ItemPaintArgs + Start slice + End slice + Day start + Day end + + + + Gets the array of DaySlot information + + + + + + array of DaySlots + + + + Time slice content drawing + + Graphics + Start slice + End slice + Day start + Day end + + + + + Gets the background content brush + for the given time slice + + + Column index + Time slice + Background brush + + + + Initiates DaySlot drawing + + + + + + + + On top of borders + + + + Flushes out pending DaySlot drawing + + + + + Display rect + + + + + Draws the DaySlot Text + + + + + + + + + + Draw view TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + Draws individual view TimeIndicator + + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator rectangle + + + + + + + Gets the TimeIndicator rectangle for the + given DataTime + + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Back color + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Border color + + + + + + + Draws time slice borders + + Graphics + Start slice + End slice + Day start + Day end + + + + + Draws horizontal borders + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the vertical borders + + + + + + + + + + Draws the Current-Day Now border + + + + + + + + Initiates the drawing of weekly appointments + + ItemPaintArgs + Day start index + Day end index + + + + MouseDown event processing + + + + + + CalendarItem left mouseDown processing + + DayColumn col index + MouseEventArgs + + + + Handles DayView left MouseDown events + + DayColumn col index + Time slice + + + + MouseUp event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + MouseMove event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Determines if the mouse is in the + panel resize area + + Mouse location + true if in the resize area + + + + Processes the actual panel resizing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Processes content mouse moves + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Initiates a user "DragDrop" operation - if enabled + + + True if operation started + + + + Drags the given appointment from one view to another + + Previous view + Item to move + + + + Gets the cursor + + Cursor + + + + Processes user MouseMove + + DayColumn + Slice + + + + + Processes DayView mouseMove events + + DayColumn col index + Time slice + + + + Processes CalendarItem mouseMove events + + DayColumn col index + Time slice + + + + + Processes CalendarItem left resizing + + Time slice + + + + + Processes CalendarItem right resizing + + Time slice + + + + + Initiates the resize of the selected item + + + + + + + + Gets the changes in minutes + from the last mouse operation (move or resize) + + Current slice + Flag denoting top or bottom delta + MouseEventArgs + Delta minutes + + + + Invalidates altered DayColumns + + Current column + + + + Routine to enable or disable view scrolling + + true to enable + + + + Cancels the view scroll timer + + + + + Determines the amount to scroll (which is + based loosely upon the delta magnitude) + + Point delta + Scroll amount + + + + Handles view scroll timer ticks + + object + EventArgs + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + Processes Up and Down key events + + + + + + + Processes Left and Right key events + + + + + + + Processes Home key events + + + + + + Processes End Key events + + + + + + Processes Page Up and Down key events + + + Paging direction (-1, 1) + + + + Gets the Home and End column from the current + selection range + + + + + + Gets the view column from the given date + + + The DayColumns index, or -1 if invalid. + + + + Ensures the given selection is visible + + + + + Ensures the given date is visible + + + + + + + Gets the column and slice index item for + the given point + + Point + [out] DayColumn column + [out] Time slice + + Item visible state + + + + Determines if a given slice is visible + + DayColumn + Slice in question + Partially visible is ok + Slice visibility + + + + Gets the given slice rectangle + + Column + Slice + Bounding rectangle + + + + Gets the col index for the given point + + Point + Column + + + + Gets the slice index for the given point + + Point + + Slice index + + + + Gets the DateTime adjusted by the given + slice and minutes delta + + + + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the WeekDayView specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New WeekDayView instance + + + + Gets the view DayColumns + + + + + Gets the view's number of DayColumns + + + + + Gets the WeekDay vertical scrollbar + + + + + Gets the Sub-Day view rectangle + + + + + Gets the CalendarColor + + + + + Gets the local StartSlice + + + + + Gets the local NumberOfSlices + + + + + Gets the view's AllDayPanel + + + + + Gets the DayColumnWidth + + + + + Gets the maximum AllDayPanel height + + + + + Gets the TimeSlotDuration + + + + + Gets the default Time Slice height + + + + + Gets the SlotsPerHour + + + + + Gets the NumberOfSlices + + + + + Gets the NumberOfActiveSlices + + + + + Gets the StartSlice + + + + + Gets and sets the Busy time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the Work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the Off-hours work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the Off-hours work time brush + + + + + Gets and sets the selected brush + + + + + Gets the WeekDay vertical scroll panel + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Constructor + + Assoc CalendarModel + Assoc WeekDayView + + + + Performs Model connection processing + + + + + Severs the Model/WeekDayView connection + + + + + Clears individual DayColumn view connections + + DayColumn + + + + Loads Model/WeekDayView connection data + + + + + Refreshes the data in a previously established + and loaded connection + + + + + Process any remaining removed data + + + + + + + Updates individual DayColumn views + + DayColumn + List of appointments + List of cached views + + + + Updates DayColumn workday details + + DayColumn to update + + + + GetCalendarWorkDays + + + + + + + + GetWorkDays + + + + + + + + Gets the view from all lists + + + + + + + Gets the view from the DayColumn list + + DayColumn + Appointment + Appointment view + + + + Gets the view from the AllDayPanel list + + Appointment + Appointment view + + + + Gets the view from the cached list + + Appointment + Cached views + Appointment view + + + + Gets the CustomCalendarItem from the AllDayPanel list + + CustomCalendarItem + CustomCalendarItem + + + + Gets a new appointment view + + Appointment + New view + + + + Removes duplicate multi-day appointments + + + + Trimmed list + + + + Determines if an appointment is a duplicate + + List of days appointments + Appointment in question + + + + + Removes out-dated views + + + + + + + + Removes any outdated AllDayAppt views + + + Accumulated DayAppts + + + + Looks for the given appointment in the + accumulated dayAppts list + + Accumulated appts list + Appointment to look for + true if found + + + + Returns the view + + + + + + Verifies the Model and MonthView are valid + + + + + Handles Model property change notifications + + + + + + + Handles ModelSubProperty change notifications + + object + SubPropertyChangedEventArgs + + + + Gets the connection status + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Routine hooks all necessary events for this control + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes LabelTimeSlotsChanged events + + + + + + + Processes Is24HourFormatChanged events + + + + + + + Processes TimeSlotDurationChanged events + + + + + + + Processes CalendarView_TimeIndicatorsChanged events + + + + + + + Processes CalendarView_TimeIndicatorTimeChanged events + + + + + + + Paint processing routine + + + + + + Calculates the range of slices needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Slice start index + [out] Slice end index + Slice range count (end - start) + + + + Gets the given slice rectangle + + Slice + Bounding rectangle + + + + Draws the TimeRuler + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + + + DrawBackGround + + + + + + Draws TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + Draws individual TimeIndicators + + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Back color + + + + + + + Gets the Indicator Border color + + + + + + + GetViewDates + + + + + + + GetIndicatorRect + + + + + + + Draws the time text + + + + + + + + Gets the hourly display text + + Hour + Hourly text + + + + Gets the minute display text + + Hour + Minute + Minute text + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the TimeRulerPanel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New TimeRulerPanel instance + + + + Gets the TimeRuler font + + + + + Gets the TimeRuler font (small) + + + + + Gets the default Time Slice height + + + + + Gets the TimeSlotDuration + + + + + Gets the SlotsPerHour + + + + + Gets the NumberOfSlices + + + + + Gets the starting Time Slice + + + + + Gets the culturally correct AM time designator + + + + + Gets the culturally correct PM time designator + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Processes Up and Down key events + + + + + + + Processes Left and Right Key events + + + + + + + Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + + A handle to the window. + + + A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. + + Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Options available when a form is tested for mose positions. + + + HTERROR: On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows + (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system + beep to indicate an error). + + + HTTRANSPARENT: In a window currently covered by another window in the + same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread + until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). + + + HTNOWHERE: On the screen background or on a dividing line between + windows. + + + HTCLIENT: In a client area. + + + HTCAPTION: In a title bar. + + + HTSYSMENU: In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. + + + HTGROWBOX: In a size box (same as HTSIZE). + + + HTMENU: In a menu. + + + HTHSCROLL: In a horizontal scroll bar. + + + HTVSCROLL: In the vertical scroll bar. + + + HTMINBUTTON: In a Minimize button. + + + HTMAXBUTTON: In a Maximize button. + + + HTLEFT: In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click + the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + HTRIGHT: In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click + the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + HTTOP: In the upper-horizontal border of a window. + + + HTTOPLEFT: In the upper-left corner of a window border. + + + HTTOPRIGHT: In the upper-right corner of a window border. + + + HTBOTTOM: In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the + user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). + + + HTBOTTOMLEFT: In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable + window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + HTBOTTOMRIGHT: In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable + window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + HTBORDER: In the border of a window that does not have a sizing + border. + + + HTOBJECT: Unknown...No Documentation Found + + + HTCLOSE: In a Close button. + + + HTHELP: In a Help button. + + + HTSIZE: In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX). (Same as GrowBox). + + + HTREDUCE: In a Minimize button. (Same as MinimizeButton). + + + HTZOOM: In a Maximize button. (Same as MaximizeButton). + + + + Hides the window and activates another window. + + + + + Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or + maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. + An application should specify this flag when displaying the window + for the first time. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window. + + + + + Maximizes the specified window. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it as a maximized window. + + + + + Displays a window in its most recent size and position. This value + is similar to , except + the window is not actived. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position. + + + + + Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level + window in the Z order. + + + + + Displays the window as a minimized window. This value is similar to + , except the + window is not activated. + + + + + Displays the window in its current size and position. This value is + similar to , except the + window is not activated. + + + + + Activates and displays the window. If the window is minimized or + maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. + An application should specify this flag when restoring a minimized window. + + + + + Sets the show state based on the SW_* value specified in the + STARTUPINFO structure passed to the CreateProcess function by the + program that started the application. + + + + + Windows 2000/XP: Minimizes a window, even if the thread + that owns the window is not responding. This flag should only be + used when minimizing windows from a different thread. + + + + + Constructor + + Assoc CalendarModel + Assoc YearView + + + + Performs Model connection processing + + + + + Severs the Model/MonthView connection + + + + + Loads Model/YearView connection data + + + + + UpdateCustomItems + + + + + + Handles CustomItemCollection change events + + + + + + + GetFirstAppointment + + + + + + + GetFirstCustomItem + + + + + + + Returns the Month view + + + + + + ResetModelData + + + + + Handles Model property change notifications + + + + + + + Handles ModelSubProperty change notifications + + object + SubPropertyChangedEventArgs + + + + Gets the connection status + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Calculates the control's Bounding Rects + + + + + Calculates the day rectangles for the + current bounding rectangle + + + + + Gets the month date from the given day index + + + + + + + Gets the month date from the given Point + + + + + + + + Gets the month view area from the given Point + + + + + + + Gets the normalized month date for the given dayIndex + + + + + + + Gets the month dayIndex from the given Point + + + + + + + Gets the month dayIndex from the given date + + + + + + + Determines if the given date is contained in the month + + + + + + + Determines if the given day of the month has + Appointments or CustomItems associated with it + + Day of the month + true, if there are Appointments associated with this day + + + + Determines if the given dayIndex has + Appointments or CustomItems associated with it + + + + + + + Determines if the given day of the month is selected + + Day of the month + true if selected + + + + Updates the date selection for the month + + + + + ClearSelection + + + + + Gets the Preferred control size for the month + + + + + + Paint + + + + + + + DrawContent + + + + + + DrawBackground + + + + + + DrawDayContent + + + + + + DrawDayContentBackground + + + + + + + + + + DrawDayContentText + + + + + + + + Draws the day highlight + + + + + + + + + + DrawGridLines + + + + + + DrawNowHighlight + + + + + + DrawMonthHeader + + + + + + + DrawDayOfWeekHeader + + + + + + + DrawBorder + + + + + + + GetDaysOfTheWeekType + + + + + + + Appointment (and CustomItem) bit array + + + + + DayOfWeekHeaderHeight + + + + + Gets the day Rectangles + + + + + MonthHeaderHeight + + + + + Gets and sets the week bounding Rectangle + + + + + Gets the number of Days in the Month + + + + + Gets or sets the month starting date + + + + + Gets the month end date + + + + + Gets the parent YearView + + + + + Constructor + + Parent CalendarView + + + + Hooks (or unhooks) needed events + + True to hook, false to unhook + + + + Processes CalendarView SelectedViewChanged events + + CalendarView + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Processes StartDate changes + + + + + + + Processes EndDate changes + + + + + + + Handles YearViewAllowDateSelectionChanged events + + + + + + + Processes CalendarView YearViewShowGridLinesChanged events + + CalendarView + SelectedViewEventArgs + + + + Handles ScrollBarChanged events + + + + + + + Gets the view area under the given mouse + point (tab, header, content, etc) + + Point + eViewArea + + + + Gets the date selection from the given point. + + Point in question + out start date + out end date + True if a valid selection exists + at the given point + + + + Updates each monthWeeks DayRects to reflect + the date selection start and end values + + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize requests + + + + + Performs all necessary recalc operations + + + + + Normalizes the user specified start and end dates + + [out] Normalized start date + [out] Normalized end date + + + + Updates our connection model view + + + + + Disconnects and resets the Model connection + + + + + Calculates display info for the YearMonth data + + Start date + End date + + + + Performs size and positioning layout for the control + + + + + + Gets the preferred size of the control + + + + + + + Paint processing + + ItemPaintArgs + + + + Draws YearMonth header and content + + ItemPaintArgs + Row start index + Row end index + Col start index + Col end index + + + + Calculates the range of columns needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Col start index + [out] COl end index + Col range count (end - start) + + + + Calculates the range of rows needed to be drawn + to satisfy the specified paint request + + ItemPaintArgs + [out] Row start index + [out] Row end index + Row range count (end - start) + + + + MouseMove event processing + + MouseEventArgs + + + + Processes view mouseMove events + + + + + + + MouseDown event processing + + + + + + Handles MonthView left MouseDown events + + Month index + Day index + + + + Handles InternalMouseUp events + + + + + + Process mouse up events + + + + + + + Performs a day link selection + + + + + + Processes KeyDown events + + + + + + Processes Up and Down Key events + + + + + + + Processes Left and Right key events + + + + + + + Processes Hoe key events + + + + + + Processes End key events + + + + + + Gets the month containing the given date + + + MonthIndex or -1 + + + + Gets the Home and End month from the + current selection range + + + + + + InternalKeyUp + + + + + + Gets the cursor + + Cursor + + + + Gets the month and dey index for the given Point + + + Month index + Day index + Normalized day index + + + + + Gets the month index from the given point + + Point + month index or -1 + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the YearView specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New YearView instance + + + + Gets whether date selections are permitted + + + + + Gets the default day cell size + + + + + Gets whether Grid lines are to be displayed + + + + + Gets the Appointment Link click style + + + + + Gets the non-Appointment Link click style + + + + + Gets the Month Color table + + + + + Gets the Year vertical scroll panel + + + + + Gets or sets the display font + + + + + Gets the array of YearMonths + + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/DevComponents.DotNetBar2.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DevComponents.DotNetBar2.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..470e122 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/DevComponents.DotNetBar2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,79014 @@ + + + + DevComponents.DotNetBar2 + + + + + Represents advanced multi-column Tree control. + + + + + Specifies the notification interface that node uses to communicate status changes to it's parent tree. + + + + Called when Node.Expanded property has changed. + Node which Expanded property has changed. + + + Called before node is collapsed + Context information. + + + Called before node is expanded + Context information. + + + Called after node is collapsed. + Context information. + + + Called after node is expanded + Context information + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Raises Render event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets the current renderer used by the control. + + Reference to the TreeRenderer used by the control. + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Invalidates node bounds on canvas. + + Reference node. + + + + Invalidates node bounds on canvas. + + Reference node. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.Name property. + + Name of the node to find. + Reference to a node with given name or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.DataKey property. + + Data key to look for. + Reference to a node with given key or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.BindingIndex property. + + Index to look for. + Reference to a node with given key or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the first node that starts with the specified text. Node.Text property is searched. + + Partial text to look for + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node where each Node.Cell[0:n].Text value starts with the + respective value found in the comma delimited 'text' string. + + Comma delimited partial text to look for + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node that starts with the specified text. Node.Text property is searched. + + Partial text to look for + Controls whether case insensitive search is performed + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node where each Node.Cell[0:n].Text value starts with the + respective value found in the comma delimited 'text' string. + + Comma delimited partial text to look for + Controls whether case insensitive search is performed + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node that starts with the specified text. Node.Text property is searched. + + Partial text to look for + Reference node to start searching from + Controls whether case insensitive search is performed + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Finds the first node where each Node.Cell[0:n].Text value starts with the + respective value found in the comma delimited 'text' string. + + Comma delimited partial text to look for + Reference node to start searching from + Controls whether case insensitive search is performed + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Indicates whether SelectionBoxFillColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets SelectionBoxFillColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether ExpandBorderColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets ExpandBorderColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether ExpandBackColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets ExpandBackColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether ExpandBackColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets ExpandBackColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether ExpandLineColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets ExpandLineColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandBackColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandBackColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandBackColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandBackColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandForeColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandForeColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandMouseOverBackColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandMouseOverBackColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandMouseOverBackColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandMouseOverBackColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether CommandMouseOverForeColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CommandMouseOverForeColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Returns the zero based flat index of the node. Flat index is the index of the node as if tree structure + has been flattened into the list. + + Reference to the node to return index for. + Zero based node index or -1 if index cannot be determined. + + + + Returns node based on the flat index. Flat index is the index of the node as if tree structure + has been flattened into the list. + + Index to return node for. + Reference to a node or null if node at specified index cannot be found. + + + + Returns color scheme part color if set otherwise returns color passed in. + + Color. + Color scheme part. + Color. + + + + Collapses all nodes in a tree. + + + + + Expands all the tree nodes. + + + + + Paints control to canvas. This method might be used for print output. + + Graphics object to paint control to. + Indicates whether to paint control background. + + + + Paints control to canvas. This method might be used for print output. + + Graphics object to paint control to. + Indicates whether to paint control background. + Indicates clipping rectangle. Nodes outside of clipping rectangle will not be painted. You can pass Rectangle.Empty and all nodes will be painted. + + + + Processes the keyboard character and executes the search through the nodes. + + Character to process. + + + + + Raises ColumnResized event. + + ColumnHeader that was resized. + Event arguments + + + + Raises ColumnMoved event. + + ColumnHeader that was moved. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ColumnResizing event. + + Column being resized + Event arguments + + + + Deselect specified node. Use this method when multiple node selection is enabled to deselect single node or all nodes. + + Reference to node to select or null to deselect all selected nodes. + Action that is selecting the node. + + + + Raises SelectionChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises CellSelected event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises CellUnselected event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Selected specified node. + + Node to select. + Action that is selecting the node. + + + + Invalidates the size for all top-level nodes and their sub-nodes. + + + + + Invalidates the size for a node and its sub-nodes. + + Node to invalidate size for. + + + + Ensures that selected node is visible i.e. that all parents of the selected node are expanded. If not selects the first parent node not expanded. + + + + + Starts editing specified cell, places the cell into the edit mode. + + Cell to start editing. + Action that is a cause for the edit. + + + + Starts editing specified cell, places the cell into the edit mode. + + Cell to start editing. + Action that is a cause for the edit. + Specifies the text to be edited instead of the text of the cell. Passing the NULL value will edit the text of the cell. + + + + Called just before cell editor is released for editing. + + Reference to the cell being edited. + Reference to the editor control. + + + + Raises the ProvideCustomCellEditor event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Ends cell editing. + + Specifies which action is cause for end of the editing. + Returns true if edits were applied to the cell or false otherwise. + + + + Ends cell editing. + + Specifies which action is cause for end of the editing. + Returns true if edits were applied to the cell or false otherwise. + + + + Raises the AfterCellEditComplete event. + + Provides information about event. + + + + Cancels the cell editing if it is in progress. + + Specifies which action is cause for canceling of editing. + + + + Raises BeforeNodeInsert event + + Node that is about to be inserted + Source of the event + + + + Raises AfterNodeInsert event + + Node that is inserted + Source of the event + + + + Raises BeforeNodeRemove event + + Node that is about to be removed + Source of the event + + + + Raises AfterNodeRemove event + + Node that is removed + Source of the event + + + + Called after node has been removed + + Node that is removed + Source of the event + + + + Invokes BeforeNodeDrop event. If overriden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes AfterNodeDrop event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseDown event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseUp event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseMove event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeClick event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeDoubleClick event. If overridden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseEnter event. If overriden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseLeave event. If overriden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Invokes NodeMouseHover event. If overriden base implementation must be called in order for event to fire. + + Provides information about event + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Save nodes to XmlDocument. New Node AdvTree is created and nodes are serialized into it. + + Reference to an instance of XmlDocument object + + + + Saves nodes to a file. + + File name to save nodes to. + + + + Saves nodes to specified stream. + + Stream to save nodes to. + + + + Saves nodes to specified writer. + + Writer to save nodes to. + + + + Saves nodes to specified writer. + + Writer to save nodes to. + + + + Load nodes from file. + + File to load nodes from + + + + Load nodes from stream. + + Stream to load from + + + + Load nodes from reader. + + Reader to load from. + + + + Load nodes from reader. + + Reader to load from. + + + + Load nodes from an XmlDocument object. + + Document to load Nodes from. + + + + Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself + and any child controls. Note however that this method will node do anything if refresh + is suspended as result of call to BeginUpdate method without corresponding EndUpdate + call or if SuspendPaint property is set to true. + + + + + Disables any redrawing of the tree control. To maintain performance while items + are added one at a time to the control, call the BeginUpdate method. The BeginUpdate + method prevents the control from painting until the + EndUpdate method is called. + + + + + Enables the redrawing of the tree view. To maintain performance while items are + added one at a time to the control, call the BeginUpdate + method. The BeginUpdate method prevents the control from painting until the EndUpdate + method is called. + + + Call to EndUpdate will enable the layout and painting in tree control. If there + are any pending layouts the EndUpdate will call + RecalcLayout method to perform the layout and it will + repaint the control. + + + + + Enables the redrawing of the tree view. To maintain performance while items are + added one at a time to the control, call the BeginUpdate + method. The BeginUpdate method prevents the control from painting until the EndUpdate + method is called. + + Gets or sets whether layout and refresh of control is performed if there are no other update blocks pending. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The Node at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Point to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Whether to enumerated displayed nodes only. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified vertical location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the y parameter. + + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + + + + Retrieves the node cell that is at the specified location. + + The Point to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + The Cell at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + + + Retrieves the node cell that is at the specified location. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + The Cell at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + + + Retrieves the node cell that is at the specified location. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the cell from. + Whether to enumerated displayed nodes only. + The Cell at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + + Applies any layout changes to the tree control. + + Layout will not be performed if BeginUpdate is called. Any calls to the + RecalcLayout will return without executing requested layout operation. + + + + + Recalculates layout for the tree control. Not affected by BeginUpdate call. + + + + + Returns translation matrix for current Zoom. Translation matrix is used to translate internal node coordinates to screen + coordinates when Zoom is not set to 1. + + Returns new instance of Matrix object. + + + + Returns layout based rectangle from screen rectangle. Layout based rectangle will be different + from screen rectangle when Zoom is not set to 1. This method will translate the screen rectangle enlarged by Zoom + to layout rectangle which does not have Zoom applied. + + Screen rectangle + Layout rectangle + + + + Returns mouse position which is translated if control Zoom is not equal 1 + + Mouse event arguments + Returns translated position + + + + Returns mouse position which is translated if control Zoom is not equal 1 + + Mouse position + Returns translated position + + + + Returns mouse position which is translated if control Zoom is not equal 1 + + X coordinate + Y coordinate + + + + + Returns rectangle translated to screen rectangle if Zoom is not equal 1. + + Rectangle to translate + Screen Rectangle + + + + Returns size translated to screen dimension if Zoom is not equal 1. + + Size to translate + Screen Size + + + + Raises ColumnHeaderMouseUp event. + + Reference to ColumnHeader + Event arguments + + + + Raises ColumnHeaderMouseDown event. + + Reference to ColumnHeader + Event arguments + + + + Calls OnBeforeCheck method which fired + OnBeforeCheck event. + + Event arguments. + + + Raises the BeforeCheck event. + + A AdvTreeCellBeforeCheckEventArgs that contains the event + data. + + + + + Calls OnAfterCheck method which fired + AfterCheck event. + + Event arguments. + + + Raises the AfterCheck event. + + A AdvTreeEventArgs that contains the event + data. + + + + + Invokes CommandButtonClick event. + + Context node. + Event arguments. + + + + Invokes DeserializeNode event. + + Provides more information about the event + + + + Invokes SerializeNode event. + + Provides more information about the event + + + + Invokes the MarkupLinkClick evcent. + + Sender of the event, usually instance Cell object. + Event arguments + + + + Raises the NodeDragFeedback event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Processes drag over event. + + Drag event arguments. + + + + Raises the NodeDragStart event. + + Reference to node being dragged. + Event parameters + + + + Raises BeforeNodeDragStart event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Returns the display root node. + + Instance of node or null if there is no display root node. + + + + Returns reference to the node involved in drag-drop operation if any. + + Reference to node object or null if there is no drag node. + + + + + This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be + used directly from your code. + + + + + This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be + used directly from your code. + + + + + Raises FormattingEnabledChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises FormatStringChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises FormatInfoChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the DisplayMemberChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resynchronizes the item data with the contents of the data source. + + + + + Disposes all nodes in Nodes collection and clears it. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the specified array of objects in a collection in the derived class. + + An array of items. + + + + Raises the DataColumnCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates a new node for the data item. + + Item to create node for. + New instance of the node. + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the object with the specified index in the derived class. + + The array index of the object. + The object. + + + + Called when ParentFieldName property has changed. + + + + + Called when GroupingMembers property has changed. + + + + + Raises the Format event. + + Event parameters + + + + Clears internal property descriptors cache when data-binding is used. In most cases it is not needed that you call this method. Do so only if instructed by DevComponents support. + + + + + Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the ValueMemberChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the SelectedValueChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Called when TouchEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs just before cell editor is released for editing. It allows you to customize any properties on edit control. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over the column header. + + + + + Occurs after the cell check box is checked. + + + + + Occurs before the cell check box is checked and provides opportunity to cancel the event. + + + + + Occurs after the tree node is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs before the tree node is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs after the tree node is expanded. + + + + + Occurs before the tree node is expanded. + + + + + Occurs when command button on node is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before cell is edited. The order of the cell editing events is as follows: + BeforeCellEdit, CellEditEnding, AfterCellEdit, AfterCellEditComplete. + + + + + Occurs just before the cell editing is ended. The text box for editing is still visible and you can cancel + the exit out of editing mode at this point. The order of the cell editing events is as follows: + BeforeCellEdit, CellEditEnding, AfterCellEdit, AfterCellEditComplete. + + + + + Occurs after cell editing has ended and before the new text entered by the user is assigned to the cell. You can abort the edits in this event. + The order of the cell editing events is as follows: + BeforeCellEdit, CellEditEnding, AfterCellEdit, AfterCellEditComplete. + + + + + Occurs after cell editing has been completed. This event cannot be canceled. + + + + + Occurs after node selection has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Node has been selected by user or through the SelectedNode property. Event can be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs after node has been selected by user or through the SelectedNode property. + + + + + Occurs after node has been deselected by user or through the SelectedNode or SelectedNodes properties. + + + + + Occurs before node has been removed from its parent. + + + + + Occurs after node has been removed from its parent. + + + + + Occurs before node is inserted or added as child node to parent node. + + + + + Occurs after node is inserted or added as child node. + + + + + Occurs when node drag & drop operation is initiated. + + + + + Occurs before internal node drag & drop support is initiated and allows you to cancel the drag & drop. + + + + + Occurs before Drag-Drop of a node is completed and gives you information about new parent of the node that is being dragged + as well as opportunity to cancel the operation. + + + + + Occurs while node is being dragged. You can handle this event to disable the drop at specific nodes or to even change the + drop location for the node by modifying event arguments. + + + + + Occurs after Drag-Drop of a node is completed. This operation cannot be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the node and a mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the node and a mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse enters the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse leaves the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse hovers over the node. + + + + + Occurs when the node is clicked with left mouse button. If you need to know more information like if another mouse button is clicked etc. use + NodeMouseDown event. + + + + + Occurs when the node is double-clicked. + + + + + Occurs after an node has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data associated with the node and load it back up in DeserializeNode event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeNodeEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an node has been de-serialized (loaded) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrieve any data you saved in SerializeNode event. + + + + + Occurs when hyperlink in text-markup is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when cell with custom editor type is about to be edited by user. Handle this event to provide + custom editors. + + + + + Occurs when the DataSource changes. + + + + + Occurs when the DisplayMembers property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the control is bound to a data value that need to be converted. + + + + + Occurs when FormattingEnabled property changes. + + + + + Occurs when FormatString property changes. + + + + + Occurs when FormatInfo property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a Node for an data-bound object item has been created and provides you with opportunity to modify the node. + + + + + Occurs when a group Node is created as result of GroupingMembers property setting and provides you with opportunity to modify the node. + + + + + Occurs when value of ValueMember property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedIndex property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when ColumnHeader is automatically created by control as result of data binding and provides you with opportunity to modify it. + + + + + Occurs after column has been resized by end-user. + + + + + Occurs while column is being resized by end-user. + + + + + Occurs after cell has been selected. + + + + + Occurs after cell has been unselected. + + + + + Occurs after users has moved the column. + + + + + Occurs while tree control is being rendered. + + + + + Indicates whether nodes are disposed when control is disposed. + + + + + Indicates whether sorting of node collection sorts child nodes as well. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltips are shown when mouse is over the cell when Tooltip property is set. + + + + + Gets the column header control which renderes the columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the proposed size of the tile in Tile view. The size of the tile might be larger than specified if Style assigned to node, cells adds padding, margins etc. or if Node.Image or font is greater than width or height specified here. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected tree node remains highlighted even when the tree control has lost the focus. + + + + + Gets whether keyboard focus is within the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell editing is completed when control loses input focus. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to DotNetBar ContextMenuBar component which is used to provide context menu for nodes. This property + is automatically maintained by AdvTree. + + + + + Gets or sets zoom factor for the control. Default value is 1. To zoom display of the nodes for 20% set zoom factor to 1.2 + To zoom view 2 times set zoom factor to 2. Value must be greater than 0. Zoom is supported only when non-column tree setup is used. + Please note that Zoom functionality is designed only for very special use cases and only for + plain tree control setup which does not use editing, alternating row colors, drag & drop or any other + advanced functionality. + + + + + Gets the size of the tree. + + + + + Gets or sets custom node renderer. You can set this property to your custom renderer. When set the RenderMode should be set to Custom to enable + your custom renderer. To choose one of the system renderer use RenderMode property. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the render mode used to render all nodes. Default value is eNodeRenderMode.Default which indicates that system default renderer is used. + Note that if you specify custom renderer you need to set AdvTree.NodeRenderer property to your custom renderer. + + + + + Gets the style for the background of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets internal layout cell horizontal spacing. This property is for advanced internal use and you should not set it. + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic drag and drop is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting the tree. + + + + + Gets or sets the delimiter string that the tree node path uses. + + + + + Gets or sets whether user can resize the columns. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether user can reorder the columns. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets the collection of column headers that appear in the tree. + + + By default there are no column headers defined. In that case tree control + functions as regular tree control where text has unrestricted width. + If you want to restrict the horizontal width of the text but not display + column header you can create one column and set its width to the width desired and + set its Visible property to false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column headers are visible if they are defined through Columns collection. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the collection of all style elements created for the tree. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell when mouse is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell when mouse is over the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell when cell is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node cell when cell is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for the node when node is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for all nodes where style is not specified + explicity. + + + Name of the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for the node when node is selected. Note that this style is applied to the default node style. + + + Reference to the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for the node when mouse is over node. Note that this style is applied to the default node style. + + + Reference to the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets the collection of tree nodes that are assigned to the tree view control. + + + A NodeCollection that represents the tree nodes + assigned to the tree control. + + + The Nodes property holds a collection of Node objects, each of which has a + Nodes property that can contain its own NodeCollection. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical spacing between nodes in pixels. Default value is 3. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between nodes in pixels when control is in Tile layout. Default value is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets whether horizontal grid lines between each row are displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column can be resized when mouse is over the column grid line and outside of the column header. + GridColumnLines must be set to true to make column lines visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether grid lines are displayed when columns are defined. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the grid lines color. + + + + + Gets or sets the alternate row color applied to every other row. Default value is Color.Empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the background style for the child nodes columns. Background style defines the appearance of the column header background. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the column header. + + + + + Gets or sets the background style for the columns. Background style defines the appearance of the column header background. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the column header. + + ColumnStyleNormal Property + ColumnStyleMouseDown Property + ColumnStyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets the default style class assigned to the column headers. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the column header. + + + When style is not set on ColumnHeader objects then style setting from this property is used instead. + + ColumnStyleMouseDown Property + ColumnStyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets default style class assigned to the column which is applied when mouse + button is pressed over the header. + + + Name of the style assigned to the column. + + + When style is not set on ColumnHeader objects then style setting from this property is used instead. + + ColumnStyleNormal Property + ColumnStyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets default style class assigned to the column which is applied when mouse is + over the column. + + + Name of the style assigned to the column. + + + When style is not set on ColumnHeader objects then style setting from this property is used instead. + + ColumnStyleNormal Property + ColumnStyleMouseDown Property + + + + Gets collection that holds definition of column headers associated with nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the tree node that is currently selected in the tree control. + + + If no Node is currently selected, the + SelectedNode property is a null reference (Nothing in Visual + Basic). + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of currently selected nodes in tree control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether multi-node selection is enabled. Default value is false. When + multi-selection is enabled use SelectedNodes property to retrive collection of selected nodes. + Use MultiSelectRule property to change the multi-node selection rule. + + + + + Gets or sets the rule that governs the multiple node selection. Default value indicates that only nodes + belonging to same parent can be multi-selected. + + + + + Returns reference to node layout object. + + + + + Returns reference to node display object. + + + + + Gets whether layout is suspended for tree control. Layout is suspended after + call to BeginUpdate method and it is resumed after the + call to EndUpdate method. + + + + + Gets whether control has layout operation pending on next paint or update. + + + + + Gets or sets whether paint operations are suspended for the control. You should use this method + if you need the RecalcLayout operations to proceed but you want to stop painting of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the Image objects used by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the default image that is displayed by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box in cell is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box in cell is unchecked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box in cell is in indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the NodeConnector object that describes the type of the connector used for + displaying connection between nested nodes. RootConnector property specifies the connector + between root node and it's imidate nested nodes. This property specifies connector for all other nested levels. + Default value is null. + + + You can use + Node.ParentConnector + property to specify per node connectors. + + + + + Gets or sets the NodeConnector object that describes the type of the connector used for + displaying connection between linked nodes. Connector specified here is used to display the connection + between nodes that are on the path to the selected node. When set you can use it to visually indicate the path to the currently selected node. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cells inside the node. Default value is Horizontal layout which + means that cell are positioned horizontally next to each other. + + + You can specify cell layout on each node by using + Node.CellLayout + property. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cells inside the node. Default value is Horizontal layout which + means that cell are positioned horizontally next to each other. + + + You can specify cell layout on each node by using + Node.CellLayout + property. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme style. Color scheme provides predefined colors based on popular visual styles. + We recommend that you use "SchemePart" color settings since they maintain consistant look that is + based on target system color scheme setting. + + + + + Gets the reference to the color scheme object. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the content of the control is centered within the bounds of control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether per cell selection mode is enabled. In cell selection mode the selection box is drawn over selected cell only + instead of all cells in the node. + Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection appearance changes depending on whether control has input focus. Default value is true. Setting this value to false causes selection box to be rendered as if control has focus all the time. + + + + + Gets or sets the node selection box style. + + SelectionBox Property + SelectionBoxSize Property + SelectionBoxFillColor Property + SelectionBoxBorderColor Property + + + + Gets or sets the value that indicates whether selection box is drawn around the + selected node. Default value is true. Another way to provide the visual indication that + node is selected is by using selected state style properties like + NodeStyleSelected + and + CellStyleSelected. + + CellStyleSelected Property + NodeStyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the size/thickness in pixel of the selection box drawn around selected + node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is selected when mouse is pressed anywhere within node vertical bounds. Default value is true. + + + When set to false the node is selected only when mouse is pressed over the node content. + + + + + Gets or sets the total node expand area width in pixels. The expand button with ExpandButtonSize is fitted into this area. Default value is 24. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the expand button that is used to expand/collapse node. Default value is 8,8. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button border color. Note that setting ExpandBorderColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button color scheme border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandBorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandBorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button back color. Note that setting ExpandBackColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button color scheme back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandBackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandBackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button target gradientback color. Note that setting ExpandBackColor2SchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button color scheme target gradient back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandBackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandBackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button line color. Note that setting ExpandLineColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button color scheme line color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandLineColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandLineColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button image which is used to indicate that node will be expanded. To use images as expand buttons you also need to set ExpandButtonType=eExpandButtonType.Image. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button image which is used to indicate that node will be collapsed. To use images as expand buttons you also need to set ExpandButtonType=eExpandButtonType.Image. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the expand button used to expand/collapse nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the display root node. Setting this property allows you to use any + Node as root display node. Default value is Null which means that first node from + AdvTree.Nodes collection is used as display root node. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the command button. Default value is 10 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets command button back color. Note that setting CommandBackColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button color scheme back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandBackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandBackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets command button target gradient back color. Note that setting CommandBackColor2SchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button color scheme target gradient back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandBackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandBackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets command button foreground color. Note that setting CommandForeColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button color scheme foreground color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandForeColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandForeColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the command button background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over back color. Note that setting CommandMouseOverBackColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button color scheme mouse over back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandMouseOverBackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandMouseOverBackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over target gradient back color. Note that setting CommandMouseOverBackColor2SchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over color scheme target gradient back color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandMouseOverBackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandMouseOverBackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over foreground color. Note that setting CommandMouseOverForeColorSchemePart property will override the value that you set here. + + + + + Gets or sets command button mouse over color scheme foreground color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding CommandMouseOverForeColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through CommandMouseOverForeColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the command button mouse over background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the label text of the node cells can be edited. Default value is false. + + + + + Returns whether cell editing is in progress. + + + + + Gets or sets whether keyboard incremental search through Node.Text property is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard search buffer expiration timeout. Default value is 1000 which indicates that + key pressed within 1 second will add to the search buffer and control will be searched for node text + that begins with resulting string. Setting this value to 0 will disable the search buffer. + + + + + Indicates whether search buffer is auto-cleared regardless of the expiration timeout if node is not found using current buffer content. + + + + + Gets or sets whether double-clicking the node will toggle its expanded state. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is highlighted when mouse enters the node. Default value is false. + + + There are two ways to enable the node hot-tracking. You can set the HotTracking property to true in which case the + mouse tracking is enabled using system colors specified in TreeColorTable. You can also define the NodeStyleMouseOver + style which gets applied to the node when mouse is over the node. + + + + + Gets whether tree is in process of moving the column in response to user finishing the column move action. + + + + + Gets or sets how control positions the items. Default value is standard TreeView layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the group divider line when in tile view. + + + + + Returns the reference to the node mouse is currently over or null (Nothing) if mouse is not over any node in tree. + + + + + Specifies the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the cell. Default value + is null which means that default control cursor is used. + + + To specify cursor for each individual cell use + Cell.Cursor property. + + + + + Gets reference to array of Cell objects that have HostedControl property set. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hosted controls are clipped so they don't overlap the control borders. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control border needs to be updated by calling UpdateControlBorderPanel() + + + + + Gets the reference to internal vertical scroll-bar control if one is created or null if no scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Vertical Scroll-bar is shown if needed because content of the control exceeds available height. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Horizontal Scroll-bar is shown if needed because content of the control exceeds available width. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal horizontal scroll-bar control if one is created or null if no scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tree control enables the user to scroll to any nodes placed outside of its visible boundaries. + This property is managed internally by AdvTree control and should not be modified. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. Returns a Size that represents the minimum height and width of the scrolling area in pixels. + This property is managed internally by AdvTree control and should not be modified. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the auto-scroll position. + + + + + Gets the list of all checked nodes in tree including child nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset in pixels from node's X position that is used during drag & drop operation to indicate that + dragged node is dropped as child node of the parent's node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drag & drop internal implementation allows the copying of the node being dragged when CTRL key is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control accepts the dragged nodes from other AdvTree controls. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance to indent each of the child tree node levels. Default value is 16. + + + + + Indicates whether drop marker is displayed during drag-drop operation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drag and drop operation is in progress. This member supports + the AdvTree infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your + code. + + + + + Gets or sets whether number of nodes being dragged is displayed on drag node preview. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether multiple nodes drag & drop is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether AutoScrollPosition is reset to 0,0 when all nodes are cleared from the tree. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the comma separated list of property or column names to display on popup tree control. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the ComboTree. Expected is an object that implements the IList or IListSource interfaces, + such as a DataSet or an Array. The default is null. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting is applied to the DisplayMembers property of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the format-specifier characters that indicate how a value is to be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the IFormatProvider that provides custom formatting behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated field or property names that holds the value that is used to identify node and parent node. Format expected is: FieldNodeId,ParentNodeFieldId. For example if your table represents departments, you have DepartmentId field which uniquely identifies a department and ParentDepartmentId field which identifies parent of the department if any you would set this property to DepartmentId,ParentDepartmentId. + Note that you can only use ParentFieldNames or GroupingMembers property but not both. If both are set ParentFieldName take precedence. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated list of field or property names that are used for grouping when data-binding is used. Note that you can only use ParentFieldName or GroupingMembers property but not both. If both are set ParentFieldName take precedence. + + + + + Gets or sets style for automatically created group nodes when data-binding is used and GroupingMembers property is set. + + + Name of the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the property to use as the actual value for the items in the control. Applies to data-binding scenarios. SelectedValue property will return the value of selected node as indicated by this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the member property specified by the ValueMember property. + + + + + Indicates whether control changes the CurrencyManager.DataPosition when selected node is changed during data binding. + Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether touch support for scrolling is enabled. + + + + + Static class that holds AdvTree settings that are not commonly used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tree control is scrolled horizontally so selected node is brought into the view. Default value is false. + You can set this property to false to disable the horizontal scrolling of tree control when selected node has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether AdvTree node comparer that provides column sorting uses standard text comparer instead of default + hybrid alpha-numeric comparer. Default value is false. + + + + + Defines an interface for cell edit control that allows custom controls to be used as cell editors. AdvTree control + expects that editing control inherits from System.Windows.Forms.Control. + + + + + Called when edit operation is started. The AdvTree control will first set CurrentValue, then call BeginEdit and will call EditComplete once + editing is completed. + + + + + Called when edit operation is completed. + + + + + Gets or sets current edit value. + + + + + AdvTree control subscribes to this event to be notified when edit operation is completed. For example when Enter key is + pressed the edit control might raise this event to indicate the completion of editing operation. + + + + + AdvTree control subscribes to this event to be notified that user has cancelled the editing. For example when Escape key is + pressed the edit control might raise this event to indicate that editing has been cancelled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell requests the word-wrap based on the current cell style. If your editor does not support + word-wrap functionality this can be ignored. + + + + + Defines delegate for PrepareCellEditor event. + + + + + + + Event arguments for PrepareCellEditor event. + + + + + Gets reference to the cell being edited. + + + + + Gets reference to the cell editor control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PrepareCellEditorEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines delegate for PrepareCellEditor event. + + + + + + + Event arguments for AdvTree.Render event. + + + + + Indicates the rendering operation being performed. + + + + + Indicates graphics canvas to render on. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AdvTreeRenderEventArgs class. + + Specifies rendering type + Specifies graphics canvas to render on + + + + Specifies the rendering type being performed on AdvTree control Render event. + + + + + Control background is being painted. + + + + Represents a cell assigned to the Node. + + The Cell with Index 0 (zero) always exists for a Node and it is a cell that + you can interact with through the properties on a node, which are forwarding to the + Cell(0), or you can go directly to the Cell(0). + When Node has multiple columns defined each column corresponds to Cell in + Node's Cells collection. The first Column has Index 0, second Column Index 1 and so + forth. + Note that there is always at least one Cell in a Node even if multiple + columns are not used. + + + + + Initializes new instance of Cell class. + + + + + Initializes new instance of Cell class. + + Cell text. + + + + Initializes new instance of Cell class. + + Cell text. + + + + Initializes new instance of Cell class. + + Cell text. + + + + Releases the resources used by the Component. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Occurs after Tooltip text has changed. + + + + + Called when tooltip is shown and hidden. + + true if tooltip is being shown otherwise false. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Sets the bounds of the cell. + + New cell bounds. + + + + Sets the bounds of the image inside of the cell. + + New cell bounds. + + + + Sets the bounds of the check box inside of the cell. + + New cell bounds. + + + + Sets whether cells is visible or not. This is set by node layout manager and it is based on column visibility. + + True if visible otherwise false. + + + + Sets the parent of the cell. + + Parent node. + + + + Occurs after text has changed. + + + + + Sets the Images to the new CellImages object. + + CellImages object. + + + + Returns whether Images property should be serialized. Used internally for windows forms designer support. + + + + + Sets the Checked or CheckState properties. + + New value for checked state. + Action source. + + + + Sets the Checked or CheckState properties. + + New value for checked state. + Action source. + + + + Sets the mouse over flag. + + true if mouse is over the cell otherwise false. + + + + Sets the mouse down flag. + + true if left mouse button is pressed while over the cell otherwise false. + + + + Returns effective editor type used for cell editing. + + Editor type. + + + Makes a copy of a Cell. + + + + Ensures that the cell is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + + + + Occurs when any image property for the cell has changed. + + + + + Invokes AfterCheck event on AdvTree + control. + + + + + Invokes BeforeCheck event on AdvTree + control. + + + + + Called just before cell layout is to be performed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the cell. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip is visible or not. + + + + + Occurs when item's tooltip visibility has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltips are shown when mouse is over the cell when Tooltip property is set. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell content is editable when cell editing is enabled on tree control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether cell can be edited. Cell can be edited if both Editable property is set to true and ColumnHeader.Editable property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the item hosted inside of the cell. Only items that do not generate + popups are supported. Note that cell can only host either HostedItem or HostedControl but not both. + + + + + Gets or sets the control hosted inside of the cell. Note that cell can only host either HostedItem or HostedControl but not both. + + + When control is hosted inside of the cell, cell size is determined by the + size of the control hosted inside of it. The cell will not display its text but it will display any image assigned + or check box when control is hosted inside of it. The Style settings like Margin + and Padding will still apply. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hosted control size change event is ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the hosted control size. Property is used to correctly scale control when AdvTree.Zoom is used to zoom view. + + + + + Returns name of the cell that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Gets the relative bounds of the cell. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the available content bounds for the text. Text will fitted into these bounds + but it's true location can be obtained only after it is displayed. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the text inside of cell. + + + + + Gets the relative bounds of the image inside of cell. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the image inside of cell. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the image inside of cell. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the check box inside of cell. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the cell is in an editable state. true if the cell is in editable state; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the cell is in the selected state. true if the cell is in the selected state; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the cell is visible. Cell is considered to be visible when it's parent column is visible. + + + + + Gets the parent node of the current cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the cell. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the cell. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the format that is applied to the value of Text property for display purposes. See "Formatting Overview" in MSDN + for description on available format strings. For example you can specify "C" to format text as currency, or "D" to format text as decimal number etc. + + + + + + Gets the formatted display text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed in the cell. + + + + + Gets the parent tree control that the cell belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the cell. Null value indicates that + default style is used as specified on cell's parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null (VB Nothing) indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When property is set to null (VB Nothing) the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleNormal on AdvTree control is a root style for a cell. + + StyleDisabled Property + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleMouseOver Property + StyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleNormal property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class that is to when cell is selected. Null value indicates that + default style is used as specified on cell's parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default is null value. + + + When property is set to null value the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleSelected on AdvTree control is a root style for a cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleDisabled Property + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets the selected style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleSelected property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled style class assigned to the cell. Null value indicates + that default style is used as specified on cell's parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When property is set to null value the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleDisabled on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleMouseOver Property + StyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the disabled style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleDisabled property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the cell which is applied when mouse + button is pressed while mouse is over the cell. Null value indicates that default + style is used as specified on cell's parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When property is set to null value style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleMouseDown on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleDisabled Property + StyleMouseOver Property + StyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the mouse down style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleMouseDown property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the cell which is applied when mouse is + over the cell. Null value indicates that default style is used as specified on cell's + parent. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the cell or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When property is set to null value the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. CellStyleMouseOver on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleDisabled Property + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleSelected Property + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over style name used by cell. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleMouseOver property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell is enabled or not. + + + + + Gets the reference to images associated with this cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment in relation to the text displayed by cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the checkbox alignment in relation to the text displayed by cell. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box is visible inside the cell. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the check box is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is set to true + CheckState property should be used instead of Checked property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Specifies the state of a control, such as a check box, that can be checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance style of the item. Default value is CheckBox. Item can also assume the style of radio-button. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the cell. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed while over the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cell parts like check box, image and text. Layout can be horizontal (default) + where parts of the cell are positioned next to each other horizontally, or vertical where + parts of the cell are positioned on top of each other vertically. + Alignment of the each part is controlled by alignment properties. + + ImageAlignment Property + CheckBoxAlignment Property + + + + Specifies the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell wrapped the text during the layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the editor type used to edit the cell. Setting this property to value other than Default + overrides the cell editor type specified on column cell belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell can be selected by user by clicking it with the mouse or using keyboard. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether cell can be selected. Cell must be Visible, Enabled and Selectable in order for it to be selected. + + + + + Returns ColumnHeader cell is under if one is defined and cell is already parented to the tree. Otherwise it returns null/nothing. + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cell supports and renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + A strongly-typed collection of objects. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Gets the cell based on the column name. Node must be able to reach AdvTree control for this method to work. + + Column name. + Cell object or null. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Cell array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + Cell that is parent of this collection. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. Returns null/nothing if cell with given name is not found. + + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Represents event arguments for cell editing events. + + + + + Indicates the action that caused the event. + + + + + Indicates the cell that is affected. + + + + + Indicates new text that will be assigned to the cell if one is appropriate for given event. + + + + + Indicates whether the current action is cancelled. For BeforeCellEdit event setting this + property to true will cancel the editing. For AfterCellEdit event setting this property to + true will cancel any changes made to the text and edits will not be accepted. For CellEditEnding + event setting this property to true will keep the cell in edit mode. + + + + + Indicates whether editing operation was canceled by the end user, usually by pressing ESCAPE key. + + + + + Initializes new instance of CellEditEventArgs class. + + Reference to Cell this event is raised for. + Indicates the action that caused the event. + Indicates new text of the cell if it applies to given event. + + + + Initializes new instance of CellEditEventArgs class. + + Reference to Cell this event is raised for. + Indicates the action that caused the event. + Indicates new text of the cell if it applies to given event. + + + + Initializes new instance of CellEditEventArgs class. + + Reference to Cell this event is raised for. + Indicates the action that caused the event. + Indicates new text of the cell if it applies to given event. + Indicates whether action is canceled by the end user. + + + + Initializes new instance of CellEditEventArgs class. + + Reference to Cell this event is raised for. + Indicates the action that caused the event. + Indicates new text of the cell if it applies to given event. + Indicates whether action is canceled by the end user. + + + + Gets reference to the cell editor control. + + + + + Represents class that holds images for a cell. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Initializes new instance of CellImages class. + + Reference to parent cell. + + + + Resets Image property to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + + Resets ImageMouseOver to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + + Resets ImageDisabled to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + + Resets ImageExpanded to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + Makes a copy of a CellImages object. + + + + Changes the image and invokes largest image size calculation if the + image size truly changed. + + + + + + + Returns image from image list based on the image index. + + Index of the image to return. + Image object from image list. + + + + Returns image from image list based on the image key. + + Key of the image to return. + Image object from image list. + + + + Gets or sets default cell image. Setting this property to valid image will + override any setting of ImageIndex property. + + + The image set through this property will be serialized with the cell. If you + plan to use ImageList then use ImageIndex + property. + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format + which supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 + do not support alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Image object or null (Nothing) if no image is assigned. + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed when mouse is over the cell. Setting + this property to valid image will override any setting of ImageMouseOverIndex + property. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writting .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed when cell is disabled. If not assigned + disabled image is created from default cell image. Setting this property to valid image + will override any setting of ImageDisabledIndex property. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is displayed when Node that this cell belongs to is + expanded. Setting this property to valid image will override any setting of + ImageExpandedIndex property. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Gets or sets the Index of default cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree + control. + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the default cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree control. + + + + + Property Editor support for ImageIndex selection + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the Index of cell image when mouse is over the cell from ImageList + specified on AdvTree control. + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the key of cell image when mouse is over the cell from ImageList + specified on AdvTree control. + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the Index of disabled cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree + control. + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the key of disabled cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree + control. + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the Index of cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree control + that is used when Node associated with this cell is expanded + + + + + If you plan to use alpha-blended images we recommend using PNG-24 format which + supports alpha-blending. As of this writing .NET Framework 1.0 and 1.1 do not support + alpha-blending when used through Image class. + + + Gets or sets the key of cell image from ImageList specified on AdvTree control + that is used when Node associated with this cell is expanded + + + + + Gets or sets the parent node of the cell. + + + + + Gets whether CellImages object should be serialized or not. If object has all + default values then this property will return false. + + + + + Returns largest image size in this set of images. + + + + + Indicates whether assigned images are automatically disposed when the cell and node are disposed. Default value is false. + + + + Represents the node or tree ColumnHeader. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with text. + + Text to initialize object with. + + + + Makes a copy of ColumnHeader object. + + Returns new instance of column header object. + + + + Sets the column bounds. + + + + + Resets Image property to it's default value (null, VB nothing). + + + + + Called when DataFieldName property has changed. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when SortingEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SortDirection property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Invalidates the appearance of column header. + + + + + Occurs after Tooltip text has changed. + + + + + Called when tooltip is shown and hidden. + + true if tooltip is being shown otherwise false. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Automatically sets the column width (Width.Absolute) property based on the content of the column. + This will perform the one-time auto sizing of the column. To make column auto-size all the time + set Width.AutoSize=true. + + + + + Raises MouseMove event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MouseEnter event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MouseLeave event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MouseHover event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Sort first level nodes that belong directly to this column. Calling this method repeatedly will + alternate between A-Z and Z-A sorting. + + + + + Sort first level nodes that belong directly to this column. + + true to use reverse Z-A sorting, false to sort from A-Z + + + + Called when SortComparer property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SortComparerReverse property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when header size has changed due to the user resizing the column. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over the column header. + + + + + Occurs when header is double clicked. + + + + + Occurs when header is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cells content in this column is editable when cell editing is enabled on tree control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste when editing cells in this column. + + + + + Returns name of the column header that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Returns rectangle that this column occupies. If the layout has not been performed on the column the return value will be Rectangle.Empty. + + + + + Gets the reference to the object that represents width of the column as either + absolute or relative value. + + + Set Width using Absolute or Relative properties of ColumnWidth object. + + Absolute Property (DevComponents.AdvTree.ColumnWidth) + Relative Property (DevComponents.AdvTree.ColumnWidth) + + + + Gets or sets the minimum column width in pixels that is enforced when user is resizing the columns using mouse. + Default value is 0 which indicates that there is no minimum size constraint. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column is stretched to fill any empty space horizontally in tree when all columns consume less width than available. + Only one column in tree may have this property set to true and only last column with this property set will be stretched. + You should always set the Width for the column since Width will be used when columns consume more space in tree horizontally than available. + Applies to top-level columns only. + + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the column. Empty value indicates that + default style is used as specified on cell's parent's control. + + + Name of the style assigned to the cell or an empty string indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default is empty string. + + + When property is set to an empty string the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. ColumnStyleNormal on AdvTree control is a root style for a cell. + + StyleMouseDown Property + StyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the column which is applied when mouse + button is pressed over the header. Empty value indicates that default + style is used as specified on column's parent. + + + Name of the style assigned to the column or an empty string indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default is empty string. + + + When property is set to an empty string the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. ColumnStyleMouseDown on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleMouseOver Property + + + + Gets or sets the style class assigned to the column which is applied when mouse is + over the column. Empty value indicates that default style is used as specified on column's + parent control. + + + Name of the style assigned to the column or an empty string indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default is empty string. + + + When property is set to an empty string the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. ColumnStyleMouseOver on AdvTree control is a root style for a + cell. + + StyleNormal Property + StyleMouseDown Property + + + + Gets or sets the name of the column in the ColumnHeaderCollection. + + + + + Gets or sets the column caption. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column is visible. Hiding the header column will also hide corresponding data column. + + + + + + Gets or sets Image alignment inside of column. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets the data-field or property name that is used as source of data for this column when data-binding is used. + + + + + Gets or sets additional custom data associated with the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the cells background for this column. + + + + + Gets or sets display index of the column. -1 indicates default value and is modified to actual display index when the column is added to a ColumnHeaderCollection. + + + A lower display index means a column will appear first (to the left) of columns with a higher display index. + Allowable values are from 0 to num columns - 1. (-1 is legal only as the default value and is modified to something else + when the column is added to a AdvTree's column collection). AdvTree enforces that no two columns have the same display index; + changing the display index of a column will cause the index of other columns to adjust as well. + + + + + Gets or sets whether user can sort by this column by clicking it. + + + + + Gets or sets the sort direction. Sort direction can be changed by clicking the column header if SortingEnabled=true. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the cell. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip is visible or not. + + + + + Occurs when item's tooltip visibility has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltips are shown when mouse is over the cell when Tooltip property is set. + + + + + Returns reference to AdvTree control this column belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column is automatically sized to the content when user double-clicks the column + on the column resize line. Column resizing must be enabled in order for this property to function. + Default value is true which indicates that column will be auto-sized to content when user double-clicks the + column resize marker. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column size has changed and it's layout needs to be recalculated. + + + + + Gets whether mouse left button is pressed on the column. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the column. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is moving over the column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the column header. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the editor type used to edit the cell. Setting this property to value other than Default + overrides the cell editor type specified on column cell belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets ascending (A-Z) column comparer used to sort nodes when this column is clicked. Your comparer will be passed to NodeCollection.Sort method and should know how to sort by appropriate column. + + + + + Gets or sets descending (Z-A) column comparer used to sort nodes when this column is clicked. Your comparer will be passed to NodeCollection.Sort method and should know how to sort by appropriate column. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel internal sorting performed by AdvTree. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header being sorted. + + + + + Gets or sets the IComparer used for sorting. + + + + + Defines column related event arguments. + + + + + Gets reference to the column. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ColumnMoved event. + + + + + Defines column moved event arguments. + + + + + Gets the column display index before the column was moved. + + + + + Gets the column display index before the column was moved. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnMovedEventArgs class. + + Column affected + Old display index + New display index + + + + Represents collection for ColumnHeader objects. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + ColumnHeader that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Name of column to return index for. + Index of the column or -1 if column not found. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection based on column DataFieldName. + + DataFieldName of column to return index for. + Index of the column or -1 if column not found. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection based on column DataFieldName. + + DataFieldName of column to return index for. + Index of the column or -1 if column not found. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Called when SortDirection property on column header is set to value other than None. + + Ref to column header + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the ColumnHeader array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets the display index for specified column. + + Column that is part f ColumnHeaderCollection + Display index or -1 column is not part of this collection. + + + + Returns the column that is displayed at specified display index.. + + 0 based display index. + ColumnHeader + + + + Invalidates the display indexes and causes them to be re-evaluated on next layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Occurs before the cells are sorted. + + + + + Gets whether a column that is part of this collection has SortDirection set. + + + + + A map of display index (key) to index in the column collection (value). Used to quickly find a column from its display index. + + + + + Gets reference to last visible column or null if there is no last visible column. + + + + + Gets reference to first visible column or null if there is no first visible column. + + + + + Gets the column header rendering bounds. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the IndexToDisplayIndex class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnHeaderControl class. + + + + + Returns mouse position which is translated if control Zoom is not equal 1 + + X coordinate + Y coordinate + + + + + Gets or sets the column move marker that marks insertion point for column that is dragged. Marker is drawn before the column specified by this index. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header collection to be rendered. + + + + + Represents the width of the Column. Supports absolute width in Pixels and + relative width as percentage of the width of parent control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets relative width expressed as percentage between 1-100. 0 indicates that + absolute width will be used. + + + Relative width is expressed as percentage between 1-100 of the parent controls + width. 0 indicates that absolute width will be used. Absolute width always takes + priority over relative width. For example value of 30 assigned to this property + indicates that width of the column will be 30% of the total client width of the + control. + + + + Gets or sets the absolute width of the column in pixels. + + Absolute width always takes precedence over the relative width of the + column. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column width is automatically set based on the column's content. Default value is false. + When set absolute and relative size values are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column auto-width is set to minimum of the column header text width. Applies to AutoSize=true only. + + + + + Gets the auto-size calculated width of the column after tree layout is performed and column has AutoSize=true. + + + + + Provides event arguments for command button events. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Action type. + Context node. + + + + Indicates the action type that caused the event. + + + + + Indicates the node action is peformed on. + + + + + Represents collection of connector points for a node. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + Node that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds range of objects to the array. + + Array to add. + + + + Copies objects of the collection to the array. + + + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the ColumnHeader array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Control for input of the integer value. + + + + + Represents an control that allows numeric input. + + + + + Closes all popups managed by the owner control. + + + + + Defines interface that should be implemented by controls that support per control renderers. + + + + + Gets the renderer control will be rendered with. This can be either custom renderer set on the control or the + Rendering.GlobalManager specified renderer. + + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Defines interface for internal accessibility support for DotNetBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accesibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Provides support for custom localization. + + + + + Notifies the accessibility client applications of the specified AccessibleEvents for the specified child control. + + The AccessibleEvents object to notify the accessibility client applications of. + The child Control to notify of the accessible event. + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Sets up timer that watches when active window changes. + + + + + Called after change of active window has been detected. SetupActiveWindowTimer must be called to enable detection. + + + + + Releases and disposes the active window watcher timer. + + + + + Generates a Click event for the control. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Control is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets button Color Scheme. ColorScheme does not apply to Office2007 styled buttons. + + + + + Specifies whether button is drawn using Windows Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets whether Windows Themes should be used to draw the button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Gets or sets the form button is attached to. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Resets the input position so the new input overwrites current value. + + + + + Called when InputHorizontalAlignment property value has changed. + + Old value. + New Value. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Selects next input field if possible. + + true if next input field was selected otherwise false. + + + + Selects previous input field if possible. + + true if previous input field was selected otherwise false. + + + + ISupportInitialize.BeginInit implementation. While initialization is in progress ValueChanged events will not be fired. + + + + + ISupportInitialize.EndInit implementation. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control system buttons are rendered. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether during painting OnPaintBackground on base control is called when BackColor=Transparent. + + + + + Gets whether watermark text should be rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel affects the input control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether keyboard focus is within the control. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal visual item used as the root visual for the control. Using this property is in all cases not necessary except for some + very advanced usage scenarios. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed if set for the input items. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text displayed on the input control when control is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the preferred height of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the keys used to navigate between the input fields provided by this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the control background color when control is disabled. Default value is an empty color which indicates that background is not changed when control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the control text color when control is disabled. Default value is an empty color which indicates that background is not changed when control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the system colors used by the control. + + + + + Defines an interface for the object that knows how to invoke a command. + + + + + Gets or sets the command that will be executed when the command source is invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericInputBase class. + + + + + Raises the LockUpdateChanged event. + + Provides event data./ + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control (up-down control) is used to adjust the current value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. + The value can be adjusted by using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Decreases value of the control. + + + + + Increases the value of the control. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the Value or IsEmpty property changes. + + This event is not raised when the entered date is earlier than MinDateTime or later than MaxDateTime. + + + + + + Occurs when the Value or IsEmpty property changes. This event occurs at the same time and has same function as ValueChanged event. It is provided for binding support. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ShowCheckBox property is set to true and user changes the lock status of the control by clicking the check-box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When set to true the input part of the control becomes read-only and does not allow the typing. However, drop-down and up/down buttons part if visible still allows user to possibly change the value of the control through the method you can provide on drop-down or through up/down buttons. Use this property to allow change of the value through drop-down or up/down buttons only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is displayed to the left of the input value. + Set to true if a check box is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property + to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that displays popup calculator. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format the numeric value entered for display purpose. Read more about + available formats in MSDN under "Standard Numeric Format Strings" and "Custom Numeric Format Strings" topics. + + The format specified here indicates the format for display purpose only, not for the input purpose. + For example to display the number in system Currency format set the DisplayFormat to 'C'. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is allowed. Default value is true which means that IsEmpty property + may return true if input value is resets or ValueObject set to null/nothing. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is empty i.e. it does not hold a valid value. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard key that will toggle FreeTextEntryMode. Default value is Keys.None. + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that value to the + value control expects. + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked and allows you to cancel its default action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free text entries are attempted to be auto-resolved to dates like Today to today's date or Now to date and time now etc. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free-text entry is automatically turned off when control loses input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control input is in free-text input mode. Default value is false. + + + + + Decreases value of the control. + + + + + Increases the value of the control. + + + + + Copies the current value in the control to the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the current Clipboard content if possible as the value into the control. + + + + + Moves the current control value to the Clipboard. + + + + + Raises the ParseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs when ValueObject property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel increases or decreases the input value when used. + + + + + Gets or sets the value displayed in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the control as an object. This property allows you to bind to the database fields and supports + null values. Expected value is int type or null. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Control for input of the integer value. + + + + + Copies the current value in the control to the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the current Clipboard content if possible as the value into the control. + + + + + Moves the current control value to the Clipboard. + + + + + Raises the ParseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Decreases value of the control. + + + + + Increases the value of the control. + + + + + Occurs when ValueObject property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel increases or decreases the input value when used. + + + + + Gets or sets the value displayed in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the control as an object. This property allows you to bind to the database fields and supports + null values. Expected value is int type or null. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeInput class. + + + + + Copies the current value in the control to the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the current Clipboard content if possible as the value into the control. + + + + + Moves the current control value to the Clipboard. + + + + + Gets or sets the default date-time values that are used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control (up-down control) is used to adjust the date/time value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. + The date and time can be adjusted by selecting each element individually and using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets Value property to default value. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Raises the ParseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MinDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MaxDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets the Culture used by the date time input and month calendar controls + + reference to CultureInfo + + + + Raises the LockUpdateChanged event. + + Provides event data./ + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Called when DateTimeSelectorVisibility property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeFormat property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeSelectorType property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the Value or IsEmpty property changes. + + This event is not raised when the entered date is earlier than MinDateTime or later than MaxDateTime. + + + + + + Occurs when the Value or IsEmpty property changes. This event occurs at the same time and has same function as ValueChanged event. It is provided for binding support. + + + + + Occurs when the Format property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ValueObject property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Occurs when ShowCheckBox property is set to true and user changes the lock status of the control by clicking the check-box. + + + + + Gets whether popup calendar is open. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selected date on popup calendar can be changed using keyboard arrow keys. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is displayed to the left of the selected date. + Set to true if a check box is displayed to the left of the selected date; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed to the left of the date in the control. When the check box is selected, the date/time value can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the date/time value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property + to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets the date time value of the control. You can use IsEmpty property to check whether control holds an empty value. + Setting this property to System.DateTime(0) will also make the control Empty if AllowEmptyState=true. + + + + + Gets or sets the date/time value of the control as an object. This property allows you to bind to the database fields and supports + null values. Expected value is DateTime object or null to indicate no date selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the values of the nested DateTimeGroup items. + + When nested date-time groups are used note that some of the features of the control are disabled, notably minimum and maximum values + for nested date-times. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is allowed. Default value is true which means that IsEmpty property + may return true if input value is resets or ValueObject set to null/nothing. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is empty i.e. it does not hold a valid DateTime value. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the format date/time is displayed in. To specify custom format set this value to Custom and specify custom format using CustomFormat property. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom date/time format string. + + + + To display string literals that contain date and time separators or format strings listed below, + you must use escape characters in the substring. For example, to display the date as "June 15 at 12:00 PM", + set the CustomFormat property to "MMMM dd 'at' t:mm tt". If the "at" substring is not enclosed by escape characters, + the result is "June 15 aP 12:00PM" because the "t" character is read as the one-letter A.M./P.M. format string (see the format string table below). + + + To display single quote in custom format use two single quotes characters like so '' after each other and they will be displayed as single quote. + + The following list shows all the valid format strings and their descriptions: + + + Format String + Description + + + d + The one- or two-digit day. + + + dd + The two-digit day. Single-digit day values are preceded by a 0. + + + ddd + The three-character day-of-week abbreviation. + + + dddd + The full day-of-week name. + + + jjj + The three-digit day-of-year day. Single and two-digit values are preceded by 0. + + + j + The three-digit day-of-year day. + + + h + The one- or two-digit hour in 12-hour format. + + + hh + The two-digit hour in 12-hour format. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + H + The one- or two-digit hour in 24-hour format. + + + HH + The two-digit hour in 24-hour format. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + m + The one- or two-digit minute. + + + mm + The two-digit minute. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + M + The one- or two-digit month number. + + + MM + The two-digit month number. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + MMM + The three-character month abbreviation. + + + MMMM + The full month name. + + + s + The one- or two-digit seconds. + + + ss + The two-digit seconds. Single digit values are preceded by a 0. + + + t + The one-letter A.M./P.M. abbreviation (A.M. is displayed as "A"). + + + tt + The two-letter A.M./P.M. abbreviation (A.M. is displayed as "AM"). + + + y + The one-digit year (2001 is displayed as "1"). + + + yy + The last two digits of the year (2001 is displayed as "01"). + + + yyyy + The full year (2001 is displayed as "2001"). + + + { + Starts the nested date-time group inside of the control. Note that nested groups must always be closed. + Nested date-time groups can be used to represent range of input date/time values in the control + To access nested values use Values property. For example to have control represent the input from two time values you could set + CustomFormat to 'from' {HH:mm} 'to' {HH:mm} which will create two nested date/time groups that represent the time value. Entered + time values can be accessed through Values property which return an array of all input values. + + + } + Ends the nested date-time input group. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the CultureInfo for the culture used by the DateTime Input controls and Month Calendar controls. + Default value is null which indicates that controls will use CurrentUICulture. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down calendar when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When set to true the input part of the control becomes + read-only and does not allow the typing. However, drop-down part if visible still allows user to change the value of the control + Use this property to allow change of the value through drop-down picker only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty input values (year, month or day) are set to defaults while user is entering data. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal MonthCalendarItem control which is used to display calendar when drop-down is open. + + + + + Gets or sets whether first day in month is automatically selected on popup date picker when month or year is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input focus is automatically advanced to next input field when input is complete in current one. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. For example if you are + allowing time input you could set this property to : so when user presses the : character, + the input is forwarded to the next input field. + + + + + Gets or sets the date-time selectors visibility on popup. Default value is Auto which will select selector visibility based on Format property setting. + + + + + Returns reference to internal time selector item which is used on drop-down to select time when control is used in time entry mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup time selector time format used to present time by the selector i.e. 12H or 24H format. + + + + + Indicates the type of popup time selector used. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that value to the + value control expects. + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked and allows you to cancel its default action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free text entries are attempted to be auto-resolved to dates like Today to today's date or Now to date and time now etc. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free-text entry is automatically turned off when control loses input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control input is in free-text input mode. Default value is false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeCellEditor class. + + + + + Represents cell display class. + + + + + Represents information necessary to paint the cell on canvas. + + + + + Initializes the tree color tables. + + + + + Provides data for RenderColumnHeader event. + + + + + Gets the column header that is rendered. + + + + + Target Graphics canvas. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the column header. + + + + + Gets the effective style for the column. + + + + + Gets the AdvTree control header is rendered for. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the column sort indicator. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnHeaderRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnHeaderRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + + Represents helper class for node connector display. + + + + + From node reference. + + + + + From node style reference. + + + + + To node reference. + + + + + To node style reference. + + + + + Graphics object used for drawing. + + + + + Node offset since some node coordinates are relative. + + + + + Indicates whether from node is a root node. + + + + + Reference to node connector object that describes connector type. + + + + + Gets or sets whether connector is link connector. + + + + + Reference to the collection of the connector path points. Default value is null indicating there are no path points. + + + + + Provides data for the NodeRenderer.RenderDragDropMarker event. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas node is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection bounds. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DragDropMarkerRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DragDropMarkerRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Represents the line connector display class. + + + + + Base class for drawing node connectors. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Draws connector line between two nodes. + + Connector context information. + + + + Returns new instance of pen object for node connector line. Caller is responsible for + disposing of this object. + + Node connector display info. + New instance of Pen object. + + + + Draws connector line between two nodes. + + Connector context information. + + + + Provides information for cell rendering methods and events. + + + + + Summary description for NodeRendererEventArgs. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas node is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Node object being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the absolute node bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to element style for rendered node or cell. Style provided here is the style + for current node or cell state. + + + + + Gets or sets color that is passed to renderer. May be Color.Empty. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the cell being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets absolute cell bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the internal cell offset. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to graphics object. + Reference to context node. + Reference to node bounds + Reference to cell style + Reference to cell + Reference to cell bounds + + + + Represents custom connector path info. + + + + + Summary description for NodeDisplay. + + + + Creates new instance of the class + Object to initialize class with. + + + + Paints the layout on canvas. + + + + + Sets locked offset to specific value. Point.Empty means there is no locked offset set. + + New locked offset. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the offset of the tree content relative to the size of the container control. + + + + Gets or sets whether offset is locked, i.e. cannot be changed. + + + + Returns the default offset for the tree content relative to the size of the container. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the tree control managed by display class. + + + + + Base class for node expand button display. + + + + Creates new instance of the class + + + Draws expand button. + Context parameters for drawing expand button. + + + + Represents class that paints elliptical expand button. + + + + Draws ellipse type expand button. + Expand context drawing information. + + + + Represents expand button display using predefined images. + + + + + Draws image type expand button. + + Expand context information + + + + Represents event arguments for RenderExpandPart event. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas node is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Node object being rendered. + + + + Expand part bounds + + + Expand part border color + + + Expand part line color + + + Expand part background color + + + Expand part target gradient background color + + + Gradient angle + + + Expand part image when node is expanded + + + Expand part image when node is collapsed + + + Internal support for expand button types + + + Gets whether mouse is over expand part + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to graphics object. + + + + Represents class that paints rectangular expand button. + + + + + Draw rectangular type expand button. + + Expand button context information. + + + + Draw triangular type expand button. + + Expand button context information. + + + + Represent class that paints selection around node. + + + + + Represents default system node and cell renderer. + + + + + Represents abstract renderer class for node objects. + + + + + Draws node background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNodeBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderNodeBackground event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Draws node expand part. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNodeExpandPart method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderNodeExpandPart event. + + + + + + Draws cell background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderCellBackground event. + + Event arguments + + + + Draws cell check box. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellCheckBox method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderCellCheckBox event. + + Event arguments + + + + Draws cell image. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellImage method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderCellImage event. + + Event arguments + + + + Draws cell text. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellText method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderCellImage event. + + Event arguments + + + + Draws selection for SelectedNode. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSelection method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderSelection event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws hot-tracking marker for mouse over node. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderHotTracking method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderHotTracking event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws connector between nodes. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderConnector method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderConnector event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws the tree background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderTreeBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderTreeBackground event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws the drag & drop marker that indicates the insertion point for the node. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderDragDropMarker method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderDragDropMarker event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws the column header. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderColumnHeader method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderDragDropMarker event. + + Event data. + + + + Draws node group line when in tile view. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderTileGroupLine method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Raises RenderNodeBackground event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when node background is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when node expand part is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when cell background is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when cell check-box is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when cell image is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when cell text is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when node selection marker is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when node hot-tracking marker is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when node connector is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when tree background is rendered. + + + + + + Renders the Column Header. + + + + + Occurs when node group line is being rendered while control is in tile view. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used by the renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used by the renderer. + + + + + Returns ElementStyleDisplayInfo class that provides information for ElementStyle rendering. + + Reference to style. + Reference to graphics object. + Style bounds + New instance of ElementStyleDisplayInfo + + + + Draws node background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNodeBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws node expand part. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNodeExpandPart method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws cell background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws cell check box. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellCheckBox method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws cell image. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellImage method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws cell text. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCellText method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws selection for SelectedNode. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSelection method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws hot-tracking marker for mouse over node. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderHotTracking method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws connector between nodes. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderConnector method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws the tree background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderTreeBackground method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws the drag & drop marker that indicates the insertion point for the node. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderDragDropMarker method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws the column header. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom renderer. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderColumnHeader method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Draws node group line when in tile view. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderTileGroupLine method so events can occur. + + Information provided for rendering. + + + + Summary description for NodeTreeDisplay. + + + + Creates new instance of the class + Object to initialize class with. + + + + Paints the tree on canvas. + + + + + Defines the color table for tree selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border for the selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border corner radius. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border for the selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection fill. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection text color. + + + + + Data form RenderSelection event. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas node is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to selected Node object. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the node selection box style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tree control is active, focused. + + + + + Provides data for tree background rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to Graphics object, canvas tree background is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to AdvTree control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to graphics object. + + + + Defines the Tree color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used for the node selection display. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for node drag & drop marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of tree expand button type of rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of tree expand button type of Ellipse. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of tree expand button type of Triangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for tree grid lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the column sort indicator which is rendered on columns when sorted. + + + + + Defines the color table for node expand button. + + + + + Gets or sets the border for the expand button which expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button fill for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button foreground for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the border for the expand button which expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button fill for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button foreground for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the border for the expand button which collapses the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button fill for button that collapses the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button foreground for button that expands the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the border for the expand button which collapses the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button fill for button that collapses the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand button foreground for button that expands the node. + + + + + Defines the color table for tree selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for FullRowSelect selection type. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for FullRowSelect selection type when tree control is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for HighlightCells selection type. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for HighlightCells selection type when tree control is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for NodeMarker selection type. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for NodeMarker selection type when tree control is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used for node hot-tracking. + + + + + Creates the pen for the border. + + Returns pen or null if pen cannot be created. + + + + Gets or sets the border width. Default value is 0. + + + + + Represents Collection for the ColorStop objects. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds array of new objects to the collection. + + Array of object to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the ColorStop array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Creates ColorBlend object based on the members of the collection. ColorBlend object will be valid only if all members of the collection + represents relative/percentage based color blends. + + + + + + Adds the ColorStop objects from the collection. + + Collection to copy objects from + + + + Initializes the collection with the two color blend. + + Collection to initialize. + Start color. + End color. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Defines single color blend point for the multicolor gradient fills. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. When defining multicolor gradient blends and using the percentage positions the positions created + must start with 0f and end with 1f. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initialize it with default values. + + + + + Gets or sets Color to use in multicolor gradient blend at specified position. + + + + + Gets or sets the color position in multicolor gradient blend. Values less or equal to 1 are used as percentage specifing percentages of distance along the gradient line. + Values greater than 1 are used as absolute pixel values of distance along the gradient line. + + + + + Represents BackgroundColorBlend object converter. + + + + + Creates the brush for fill. + + Bounds for the brush + Returns brush or null if brush cannot be created for given bounds or colors are not set. It is responsibility of caller to Dispose the brush. + + + + Creates a pen based on fill parameters. + + Width of the pen to create + new instance of pen or null if pen cannot be created. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GradientFill class. + + + + + + Creates the brush for fill. + + Bounds for the brush + Returns brush or null if brush cannot be created for given bounds or colors are not set. It is responsibility of caller to Dispose the brush. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Creates a pen based on fill parameters. + + Width of the pen to create + new instance of pen or null if pen cannot be created. + + + + Gets or sets the starting gradient fill color. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient fill color. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multicolor gradient background. + + + Setting this property creates a multicolor gradient with one color at each position along the gradient line. Setting this property nullifies all previous color, position, and falloff settings for this gradient fill. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient fill angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Defines a visual shape. + + + + + Renders shape on canvas. + + Target graphics to render shape on. + Shape bounds. + + + + Gets or sets the single piece of content inside of the shape. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to clip the Content of this shape. Default value is false. + + + + + Renders rectangle on canvas. + + Target graphics to render shape on. + Shape bounds. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets shape border. + + + + + Gets or sets the shape fill. + + + + + Gets or sets the CornerRadius. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidBorder class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidBorder class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidBorder class. + + + + + Creates the pen for the border. + + Returns pen or null if pen cannot be created. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidFill class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SolidFill class. + + + + + Creates the brush for fill. + + Bounds for the brush + Returns brush or null if brush cannot be created for given bounds or colors are not set. It is responsibility of caller to Dispose the brush. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized + + + + Sets the property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill color. + + + + + Specifies layout of the items in AdvTree control. + + + + + Standard TreeView layout. + + + + + ListView style tile layout. + + + + Specifies the way background image is displayed on background. + + + Image is stretched to fill the background + + + Image is centered inside the background + + + Image is tiled inside the background + + + + Image is drawn in top left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in top right corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom right corner of container space. + + + + Indicates alignment of a part of the cell like image or check box in relation to the text. + + + + Part is aligned to the left center of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the right center of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the top left of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + Part is aligned above the text and centered. + + + + Part is aligned to the top right of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the bottom left of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + Part is aligned below the text and centered. + + + + Part is aligned to the bottom right of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part has default alignment that depends on the parent control view. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a text that does not completely fit into a element's shape. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + + + Indicates absolute vertical alignment of the content. + + + + + Content is aligned to the top + + + + + Content is aligned in the middle + + + + + Content is aligned at the bottom + + + + + Indicates absolute horizontal alignment + + + + + Content is left aligned + + + + + Content is centered + + + + + Content is right aligned + + + + + Indicates prefered node layout position on Map tree layout when node is the child node of the top-level root node. + + + + + Node is positioned based on default algorithm. + + + + + Sub-root node and all nodes after it are positioned to the left of the root. + + + + + Sub-root node and all nodes before it are positioned to the right of the root. + + + + + Specifies the column header visibility for the node. + + + + + Column header is automatically shown/hidden based on the node's position in the tree. When + Node is first child node i.e. with index=0 the header will be shown, otherwise header will + be hidden. + + + + + Column header is always displayed regardless of node's position. + + + + + Column header is always hidden regardless of node's position. + + + + + Indicates the part of the node. + + + + + Bounds of complete node content except expand button. This also includes the child node bounds if node is expanded. + + + + + Bounds of the expand button which collapses/expands the node. + + + + + Hit test bounds of the expand button which collapses/expands the node used by mouse routines to trigger node expansion/collapse. + + + + + Bounds of all child nodes of give node. + + + + + Bounds for cells inside a node. + + + + + Complete node bounds including expand button. + + + + + Bounds of the command button. + + + + + Bounds of child node columns if node has columns defined. + + + + + Indicates the part of the cell. + + + + + Bounds of check box or Rectangle.Empty if there is no check-box. + + + + + Bounds of image inside the cell or Rectangle.Empty if there is no image. + + + + + Text bounds inside of cell. + + + + + Cell bounds + + + + + Indicates part of the node mouse is placed over. + + + + + Mouse is not over any node part. + + + + + Mouse is placed over the node. + + + + + Mouse is placed over node expand button. + + + + + Mouse is placed over the cell. + + + + + Mouse is placed over the command button. + + + + + Indicates the visibility of node expand part which allows user to expand/collaps node. + + + + + Default setting which indicates that when node has child nodes expand part is visible otherwise it is hidden. + + + + + Expand part is always visible regardless of whether child nodes are present or not. + + + + + Expand part is always hidden regardless of whether child nodes are present or not. + + + + + Specifies the action that raised a AdvTreeEventArgs event + + + + + The event was caused by a keystroke. + + + + + The event was caused by a mouse operation. + + + + + The event was caused by the Node collapsing. + + + + + The event was caused by the Node expanding. + + + + + The event is caused programmatically from user code. + + + + + Specifies node connector type. Node connector is the type of the line/connection that is drawn to connect child node to it's parent node. + + + + + Straight line connector type. + + + + + Specifies the layout type used to position the cells within the nodes. + + + + + Specifies that default setting is to be used for cell layout. Default is Horizontal. When set to default on the Node, setting from Tree control is used. + + + + Horizontal layout positions the cells horizontally next to each other. + + + + Vertical layout positions cell vertically on top of each other. + + + + + Specifies the layout type used to position the parts of the cell like image, checkbox and text. + + + + + Specifies that default setting is to be used for cell parts layout. Default is Horizontal. When set to default on the Cell, setting from Tree control is used. + + + + Horizontal layout positions the parts of the cell horizontally next to each other. + + + + Vertical layout positions parts of the cell vertically on top of each other. + + + + + Specifies the color scheme loaded by ColorScheme object. + + + + + Indicates Office 2003 like color scheme. + + + + + Indicates VS.NET 2005 like color scheme. + + + + + Indicates Office 2007 like color scheme. + + + + + Specifies the currently selected system color scheme if running on Windows XP. + + + + + Color scheme cannot be determined. + + + + + Blue color scheme. + + + + + Olive green color scheme. + + + + + Silver color scheme. + + + + + Specifies the flow of diagram layout related to the root node. + + + + + Nodes are positioned from left to right with root node being the left-most node. + + + + + Nodes are positioned from right to left with root node being the right-most + node. + + + + + Nodes are positioned from top to bottom with root node being the top node. + + + + + Nodes are positioned from bottom to top with root node being bottom node. + + + + + Specifies the flow of the map layout. + + + + + Nodes are arranged around the root node. + + + + + Nodes are arranged from below the root node. + + + + + Nodes are arranged above the root node. + + + + + Nodes are arranged to the right of the root node. + + + + + Nodes are arranged to the left of the root node. + + + + + Specifies the type of the expand button. + + + + + Indicates elliptical expand button. + + + + + Indicates rectangular expand button. + + + + + Indicates that images are used for expand button. + + + + + Indicates the Windows Vista style expand button. + + + + + Specifies the visual style for the tree control. + + + + + Indicates default visual style. + + + + + Specifies the layout type for the nodes. + + + + + Nodes are arranged around root node in map format. + + + + + Nodes are arranged from left-to-right in diagram format. + + + + + Specifies renderer type used to render nodes. + + + + + Specifies default renderer which allows most customization through AdvTree + properties. Default renderer integrates with the Style architecture to provide + customization on renderer behavior. + + + + + Specifies that custom renderer is used. When set you must also set NodeRenderer + to renderer you want to use. + + + + + Specifies the node selection style. + + + + + Node selector highlights the complete node row when node is selected. + + + + + Node selector draws the rectangle that highlights the node content. Appearance similar to system tree view in Windows Vista. + + + + + Node selector draws hollow selection rectangle around the node. + + + + + Specifies the rule for multi-node selection. + + + + + Allows multiple selection of nodes with same parent node only. + + + + + Allows multiple selection of any node. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment inside of column header. + + + + + Image is left aligned. + + + + + Image is right aligned. + + + + + Specifies the editor type used when cell is edited. + + + + + Indicates default, text based editor. + + + + + Indicates that Integer numeric editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that Double numeric editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that Currency numeric editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that date editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that time editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that date and time editor will be used for editing the value of the cell or column. + + + + + Indicates that cell will use custom editor that you provide by handling AdvTree.ProvideCustomCellEditor event. + + + + + Specifies the sort direction for the column header. + + + + + No sort is specified. + + + + + Ascending sorting is in effect, i.e. A-Z + + + + + Descending sorting is in effect, i.e. Z-A + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree cell based action events. + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree cell based action events. + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree node based action events that can be cancelled. + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree node based action events. + + + + + Defines delegate for Command button events. + + + + + Defines delegate for label editing events. + + + + + Defines the delegate for AdvTree node based action events. + + + + + Defines the delegate for BeforeNodeDrop and AfterNodeDrop events + + + + + Defines the delegate for NodeDragFeedback event. + + + + + Defines the delegate for mouse based node events + + + + + Defines delegate for node rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for cell rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderExpandPart event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderExpandPart event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderConnector event. + + + + + Defines delegate for TreeBackgroundRenderer events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderDragDropMarker event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderColumnHeader event. + + + + + Provides data for the ProvideCustomCellEditor event. + + + + + Gets or sets the cell editor. You must set this property in your event handler to the custom + editor to be used for cell editing. + + + + + Gets the cell editor will be used for. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomCellEditorEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ProvideCustomCellEditor event. + + + + + Provides more information about MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Gets the value of href attribute from the markup link that was clicked. + + + + + Gets the value of name attribute from the markup link that was clicked. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Value of name attribute. + Value of href attribute. + + + + Defines delegate for MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Represents arguments for SerializeNode event which allows you to add custom serialization data to definitions saved by control. + + + + + Gets reference to the node being serialized or de-serialized. + + + + + Gets reference to instance of XmlElement that item is serialized to or is being de-serialized from. You should not change any data directly on this element. + + + + + Gets the reference to XmlElement that you can serialize to or de-serialize any custom data from. You can add child elements or set the attributes on + this XmlElement when handling SerializeItem event. When handling DeserializeItem event you can load your data from this element. + + + + + Defines delegate for SerializeItem event. + + + + + Represents the table header. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Gets the reference to the collection that contains the columns associated with header. + + + + + Gets or sets the name associated with this header definition. + + + + + Represents collection for HeaderDefinition objects. + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + HeaderDefinition that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the HeaderDefinition array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Provides WinApi functions to rest of the application. + + + + + Resets Hoover timer for specified control. + + + + + Provides AdvTree Keyboard handling. + + + + + Represents class for Node's cell layout. + + + + + Offset cell bounds, check box bounds, image bounds and text bounds by specified offset. + + Cell to offset. + Horizontal offset in pixels. + Vertical offset in pixels. + + + + Returns spacing between check box and image if both are displayed + + + + + Returns spacing between image or checkbox and text + + + + + Returns vertical spacing between cells in a node + + + + + Spacing between different parts of the cell, like image, option button, text and expand button area + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CellTileLayout class. + + + + + Class that is used to layout column header. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical spacing between nodes in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between nodes in pixels. + + + + + Returns horizontal spacing between cells in a node + + + + + Returns width of the expand button area. Default is 24 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the expand part that is expanding/collapsing the node. Default value is 8,8. + + + + + Gets or sets width of command button area. Default is 8 pixels. + + + + + Summary description for NodeLayout. + + + + + Performs layout of the nodes inside of the tree control. + + + + + Performs layout for single unassigned node. Node does not have to be part of the tree control. + + Node to perform layout on. + + + + Resizes all styles and prepares them for layout. + + + + + Returns default top-level columns for tree control. + + Returns array list of ColumnInfo objects. + + + + Returns column information for a given node. + + Node to return column information for + Returns array list of ColumnInfo objects or null if there are no columns defined. + + + + Returns column header collection for the given column template name. + + Name of the column template. + Column header collection or null if template name cannot be found. + + + + Sets the position and size of the node command button. + + Node layout context information + + + + Determines the rectangle of the +/- part of the tree node that is used to expand node. + + Node layout context information + + + + Returns the size of the node expand part. + + Size of the expand part, default 8,8. + + + + Provides the layout for single node. + + Layout information. + + + + Returns true if given node has expand part. + + Layout context information. + + + + + Returns whether given node has command part. + + Layout context information. + True if command part should be drawn otherwise false. + + + + Returns class responsible for cell layout. + + Cell layout class. + + + + Offsets node location and location of it's child nodes bounds. + + Node to offset. + Horizontal offset. + Vertical offset. + + + + Gets or sets layout settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the child node indent in pixels. + + + + + Returns true if root node should have expanded part + + + + + Returns true if expand part space should be accounted for even if they expand part is not visible or need to be displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NodeColumnInfo structure. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the list of column info object for the columns. + + + + + Gets or sets whether columns have auto-size column. + + + + + Used to pass node contextual information used for layout of the node. + + + + + Performs ListView Tile style layout. + + + + + Returns default top-level columns for tree control. + + Returns array list of ColumnInfo objects. + + + + Gets whether the expand part of the node +/- is aligned to the left of the node in left-to-right layout. + + Node to get expand part alignment for + true if node expand part is aligned to the left in left-to-right layout. + + + + Returns column information for a given node. + + Node to return column information for + Returns array list of ColumnInfo objects or null if there are no columns defined. + + + + Returns true if given node has expand part. + + Layout context information. + + + + + Returns class responsible for cell layout. + + Cell layout class. + + + + Returns true if expand part space should be accounted for even if they expand part is not visible or need to be displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether parent/child node relationship is displayed as groups. + + + + + Performs classic TreeView layout. + + + + + Gets whether the expand part of the node +/- is aligned to the left of the node in left-to-right layout. + + Node to get expand part alignment for + true if node expand part is aligned to the left in left-to-right layout. + + + + Returns true if expand part space should be accounted for even if they expand part is not visible or need to be displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Represents the Node in Tree control. + + + + Default Constructor. + + + + Creates node and initializes its text. + + + + + Creates node and initializes its text and Style property. + + + + + Sets the bounds of the node. + + New location and size of the node. + + + + Sets the content bounds of the node. Content bound is bound for the the cells inside the node + and it excludes the expand rectangle. Bounds also include the node style padding and + reflect node margin. + + New location and size of the node. + + + + Sets cell bounds. + + New cells bounds. + + + + Sets node parent. + + Parent node object. + + + + Called when Parent of the node has changed. + + + + + Sets the bounds of the expand part. + + New part bounds. + + + + Sets the Checked or CheckState properties. + + New value for checked state. + Action source. + + + + Sets the Checked or CheckState properties. + + New value for checked state. + Action source. + + + + Sets whether node is in edit mode or not. + + True indicating that node is in edit mode false otherwise. + + + + Sets selected cell and provides information on the action that caused the selection change. + + New selected cell. + Action source. + + + + Resets image to its default value. Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets image to its default value. Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets ImageMouseOver to its default value. Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets ImageExpanded to its default value. Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Called after node has been deselected. + + Provides information on how selection was performed + + + + Called after node has been selected. + + Provides information on how selection was performed + + + + Returns cell within a node which contains specified coordinates. + + + + Cell which contains specified coordinates or null/nothing if no cell contains coordinates. + + + + Invalidates the layout for this node and causes the layout to be performed on next layout request. + + + + + Invalidates the layout for this node and causes the layout to be performed on next layout request. + + Indicates whether to invalidate layout for all child nodes as well. + + + + Invalidates node and causes a paint message to be sent to the tree. + + + + Initiates the editing of node text. + + This method by default edits text stored in Node.Text. Call to this method is + same as calling the overload method BeginData(0) with zero as parameter. Use BeginData + overload method to begin editing the specific column for multi-column nodes. + + + + Initiates the editing of node text. + + The initial text to be entered into the edit TextBox. Specify null to use existing text. + + + + Initiates text editing of certain Node column. + + Zero based index of a column to begin editing for. Column 0 always corresponds to + Node.Text property. + + + + Initiates text editing of certain Node column. + + Zero based index of a column to begin editing for. Column 0 always corresponds to + Node.Text property. + + + The initial text to be entered into the edit TextBox. Specify null to edit existing text. + + + + + Creates new instance of the node for the Copy() and DeepCopy() methods. Allows you to returns your own node type copy if you inherit from node to add custom properties. + + New instance of a node. + + + Makes a "shallow" copy of a Node. + + Shallow copy of a Node is a exact copy of Node but without copy + of all child nodes in Nodes collection. + + + + + Copies this node properties to a node. + + Node top copy properties to. + + + Makes a "deep" copy of a node. + + Deep copy of Node is a exact copy of Node including exact copies of all child nodes + in this node's Nodes collection. + + + + + Collapses the tree node. + + + + + Collapses the tree node. + + Action that caused the event + + + + Collapses all the child tree nodes. + + + + + Ends the editing of the node text or column. + + true if the editing of the tree node label text was canceled without being saved; otherwise, false. + + + + Ensures that the node is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + + + + Expands the node. + + + The Expand method expands the current Node down to the next level of nodes. + The state of a Node is persisted. For example, if the next level of child nodes was not collapsed previously, when the Expand method is called, the child nodes appear in their previously expanded state. + + + + + Expands the node. + + + The Expand method expands the current Node down to the next level of nodes. + The state of a Node is persisted. For example, if the next level of child nodes was not collapsed previously, when the Expand method is called, the child nodes appear in their previously expanded state. + + Action that caused the event. + + + + Expands all the child tree nodes. + + + + + Expands all the child tree nodes. + + + + + Removes the current node from the control. + + + When the Remove method is called, the node and any child nodes assigned to the Node are removed from the Tree. The removed child nodes are removed from the Tree, but are still attached to this node. + + + + + Removes the current node from the control and provides information about source of action + + + When the Remove method is called, the node and any child nodes assigned to the Node are removed from the Tree. The removed child nodes are removed from the Tree, but are still attached to this node. + + + + + Toggles the node to either the expanded or collapsed state. + + + + + Toggles the node to either the expanded or collapsed state. + + Action that caused the event. + + + Returns string representation of the Node. + + + + Called after new cell has been added to Cells collection. + + Reference to the new cell added. + + + + Called after cell has been removed from Cells collection. + + Reference to the removed cell. + + + + Occurs when property on the node has changed that influences the size of the node. + + + + + Occurs when any image property for the cell has changed. + + + + + Occurs when size of the child nodes has changed. + + + + + Called before Expanded state of the node has changed. + + New Expand State + Action Source + + + + Called when visual part of the node has changed due to the changes of its properties or properties of the cells contained by node. + + + + + Called after new node has been added to Nodes collection. + + Reference to the new node. + + + + Called after node has been removed from Nodes collection. + + Reference to the node that is removed. + + + + Creates new cells based on the columns defined on either parent node or the columns in tree control. Node + must be parented so it can get reference to a parent tree control. + + + + + Raises the Click event on node and parent tree if available. + + + + + Provides implementation for IComparable interface. This is used for sorting and it compares the Text property on nodes. + + + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the node and a mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the node and a mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse enters the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse leaves the node. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse hovers over the node. + + + + + Occurs when the node is clicked with left mouse button. If you need to know more information like if another mouse button is clicked etc. use + NodeMouseDown event. + + + + + Occurs when the node is double-clicked. + + + + + Occurs when hyperlink in text-markup is clicked. + + + + + Gets whether node has child nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu assigned to this node. Standard Context Menus, VS.NET 2005 Context Menus and DotNetBar Suite context menus are supported. + Default value is null (Nothing) which indicates that no context menu is assigned. + + + + + Gets whether any of the cells inside the node has HostedControl property set. + + + + + Gets or sets custom node renderer. You can set this property to your custom renderer. When set the RenderMode should be set to custom to enable + your custom renderer. To choose one of the system renderer use RenderMode property. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the render mode used to render the node. Default value is eNodeRenderMode.Default which indicates that system default renderer is used. + Note that if you specify custom renderer you need to set either AdvTree.NodeRenderer or Node.NodeRenderer property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is expanded. Expanded node shows it's child nodes. + + + + + Returns name of the node that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node can be dragged and dropped. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of the expand button. Default value is Auto meaning that + expand button is displayed only if node has at least one child node. + + + You can use this property for example to dynamically load the child nodes when user + tries to expand the node. You could for example handle BeforeExpand event to load child + nodes into the node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether any operation on the node has been performed that would affect node's size. Size changed flag + internally indicates that node's size needs to be recalculated because it has changed + due to the changes in data. + + + + + Gets the relative bounds of the tree node including the expand part of the node. + + + + + Gets the absolute bounds of the tree node including the expand part of the node. + + + + + Gets the node content bounds. + + + + + Gets the bounds for all the cells inside the node. The bounds do not include the expand part. + + + + + Gets the bounds for all the cells inside the node. The bounds do not include the expand part. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of child nodes. + + + + + Gets the expand part rectangle. Expand part is used to expand/collapse node. + + + + + Gets the expand part rectangle. Expand part is used to expand/collapse node. + + + + + Gets or sets the Command part bounds if command part is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tree node is in a checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets the checkbox alignment in relation to the text displayed by first default cell. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box is visible inside the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance style of the item. Default value is CheckBox. Item can also assume the style of radio-button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is set to true + CheckState property should be used instead of Checked property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Specifies the state of a control, such as a check box, that can be checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether first cell content is editable when cell editing is enabled on tree control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the path from the root tree node to the current tree node. The path consists of the labels of all the tree nodes that must be navigated to get to this tree node, starting at the root tree node. The node labels are separated by the delimiter character specified in the PathSeparator property of the Tree control that contains this node. + + + + + Gets the zero based index of position of the tree node in the tree node collection. -1 is returned if node is not parented. If node is root node + the index of node in AdvTree.Nodes collection is returned. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tree node is in an editable state. true if the tree node is in editable state; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed on any cell contained by this node. + + + + + Gets whether mouse cursor is over on any cell contained by this node. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tree node is in the selected state. true if the tree node is in the selected state; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node can be selected by user by clicking it with the mouse or using keyboard. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether node can be selected. Node must be Visible, Enabled and Selectable in order for it to be selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a cell that is in selected state otherwise it returns null. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tree node is visible. Node is considered to be visible when it's Visible property is set to true and path to the node is available i.e. all parent nodes are expanded. + + + + + Returns whether node is displayed on the screen and visible to the user. When node is outside of the viewable area this property will return false. It will also return false if node is not visible. + + + + + Gets the last child tree node. The LastNode is the last child Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the current tree node. If the Node has no child tree node, the LastNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the next sibling tree node. The NextNode is the next sibling Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the tree node's parent Node. If there is no next tree node, the NextNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the next visible tree node. The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the zero-based depth of the tree node in the tree control. The root node is considered the first level of nesting and returns 0. + + + + + Gets the collection of Node objects assigned to the current tree node. The Nodes property can hold a collection of other Node objects. Each of the tree node in the collection has a Nodes property that can contain its own NodeCollection. Nesting of tree nodes can make it difficult to navigate a tree structure. The FullPath property makes it easier to determine your location in a tree. + + + + + Gets whether there is at least one child node that has its Visible property set to true. + + + + + Gets the parent tree node of the current tree node. If the tree node is at the root level, the Parent property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the previous sibling tree node. The PrevNode is the previous sibling Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the tree node's parent Node. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets the previous visible tree node. The PrevVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tree node. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tree node. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the Binding index in CurrencyManager list if node is bound. You should not change this value directly since + it is used internally by the control for data binding scenarios. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains additional data about the tree node. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + This property has same function as Tag property and provides you with additional separate storage of data. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains additional data about the tree node. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + This property has same function as Tag property and provides you with additional separate storage of data. + + + + + Gets or sets the format that is applied to the value of Text property for display purposes (applies to first cell in a node, i.e. Cells[0]). See "Formatting Overview" in MSDN + for description on available format strings. For example you can specify "C" to format text as currency, or "D" to format text as decimal number etc. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed in the tree node. + + + + + Gets or sets the control hosted inside of the first node cell. + + + When control is hosted inside of the cell, cell size is determined by the + size of the control hosted inside of it. The cell will not display its text but it will display any image assigned + or check box when control is hosted inside of it. The Style settings like Margin + and Padding will still apply. + + + + + Gets or sets the item hosted inside of the first cell. Only items that do not generate + popups are supported. Note that cell can only host either HostedItem or HostedControl but not both. + + + + + Gets the parent tree control that the tree node is assigned to. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cells inside the node. Default value is Horizontal layout which + means that cell are positioned horizontally next to each other. + + + + + Gets or sets the cell alignment when CellLayout=Vertical. Default value is center which means that cells are center aligned. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout of the cell parts like check box, image and text. Layout can be horizontal (default) + where parts of the cell are positioned next to each other horizontally, or vertical where + parts of the cell are positioned on top of each other vertically. + Alignment of the each part is controlled by alignment properties. This property affects only the first cell inside of the node. + Use Cell.Layout property to change the part layout on each cell contained by node. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the cell. + + + + + Gets the collection of all Cells assigned to this node. There should be always at least one cell in a node which is default cell. Default + collection contains a single cell. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column header for child nodes if defined is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether node has child nodes columns defined. + + + + + Get collection of child node columns. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the cells when node is expanded. + + Reference to the style assigned to the node/cell or null value indicating that + default style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + When node is expanded the style specified here will be used on all cells + associated with this node instead of the + Cell.StyleNormal. That way you can give + different appearance to your node's cells when node is expanded. + When property is set to null value the style setting from parent tree + controls is used. NodeStyleExpanded on + AdvTree control is a root style for a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded style name used by node. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleExpanded property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used when Node is selected. Default value is NULL (VB + Nothing) + + + + + Gets or sets the selected style name used by node. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleSelected property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used when mouse is over the Node. Default value is NULL + (VB Nothing) + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over style name used by node. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use StyleMouseOver property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the node style. + + + Reference to the style assigned to the node or null value indicating that default + style setting from tree control is applied. Default value is null. + + + Style specified by this property will be used as default style for the node. + Each cell within the node can also specify it's own style. Since node contains the + cells using this style property can you for example create a border around all cell + contained by the node. + When this property is set to null value (default value) NodeStyle + property on AdvTree control is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the style name used by node. This member is provided for internal use only. To set or get the style use Style property instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the part of the node mouse is over. + + + + + Gets or sets the node horizontal offset from the position determined by the layout manager. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment in relation to the text displayed by cell. This property affects only first default cell inside the node. + Property with same name is available on each cell and you can use it to affect each cell individually. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is enabled. Default value is true. Setting this value to false will set Enabled=false on all child cells. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed when the tree node is disabled. If image is not specified control will create + gray-scale disabled image automatically. + + + Image specified will be used as image when node is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the disabled image. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed when the tree node is in the unselected state. + + + Image specified will be used as a default image for any other node state where + different image is not specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list key value of the default image that is displayed by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the default image that is displayed by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed when mouse is over the tree node. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the image that is displayed by the tree nodes when mouse is over the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list key value of the image that is displayed by the tree nodes when mouse is over the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed when node is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the image that is displayed by the tree nodes when node is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list key value of the image that is displayed by the tree nodes when node is expanded. + + + + + Property Editor support for ImageIndex selection + + + + + Gets or sets the NodeConnector object that describes the type of the connector used for + displaying connection between current node and its parent node. + Default value is null which means that settings from AdvTree control are used. + + RootConnector Property (DevComponents.AdvTree.AdvTree) + NodesConnector Property (DevComponents.AdvTree.AdvTree) + + + + Gets or sets whether node is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether command button is visible. Default value is false. + Command button can be used to display for example popup menu with commands for node, + or to display the list of linked nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets internal value that indicates that node is on "path" of the selected node. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether node selection is visible in UI when node is selected. Default value is true. You can + set this value to false to temporary disable the display of selection for a node. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional indent for the child nodes that is added to the AdvTree.Indent value when performing child node layout. Default value i 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Left/Right navigation through the cells when SingleCellSelection on tree is set is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether style background that is applied to the node is drawn across the width of the tree control instead of only + behind the node content. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the child column header height. + + + + + Gets the AccessibleObject assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the default action description of the control for use by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the description of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is visible to accessibility applications. + + + + + Represents collection for Node objects. + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + Node that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds new object to the collection and provides information about the source of the command + + Node to add + Source action + + + + + Adds an array of objects to the collection. + + Array of Node objects. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + Action that is causing the event + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Removes specified object from the collection and provides information about source of the command + + Node to remove + Source action + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Node array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Sorts the elements in the entire collection using the IComparable implementation of each element. + + + + + Sorts the elements in the entire collection using the specified comparer. + + The IComparer implementation to use when comparing elements.-or- null to use the IComparable implementation of each element. + + + + Sorts the elements in a range of elements in collection using the specified comparer. + + + + + + + + Finds the tree nodes with specified key, optionally searching sub-nodes. + + The name of the tree node to search for. + true to search child nodes of tree nodes; otherwise, false. + An array of Node objects whose Name property matches the specified key. + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Creates new instance of NodeComparer class. You can use NodeComparer to sort the nodes by specific column/cell by calling + NodeCollection.Sort method and pass new instance of NodeComparer class. + + + + + Creates new instance of NodeComparer class. You can use NodeComparer to sort the nodes by specific column/cell by calling + NodeCollection.Sort method and pass new instance of NodeComparer class. + + Column/Cell index to use for sorting. + + + + Gets or sets the Column/Cell index that is used for sorting. + + + + + Reverse sort nodes. + + + + + Creates new instance of NodeComparer class. You can use NodeComparer to sort the nodes by specific column/cell by calling + NodeCollection.Sort method and pass new instance of NodeComparer class. + + Column/Cell index to use for sorting. + + + + Sort by flat node index. + + + + + Creates new instance of NodeComparer class. You can use NodeComparer to sort the nodes by specific column/cell by calling + NodeCollection.Sort method and pass new instance of NodeComparer class. + + + + + Represents node connector. Node connector is the line that is drawn to indicate connection between child and parent node. + + + + + Default Constructor. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object with specified parameters. + + Connector line width. + Connector type. + + + + Returns true if editor should serialize LineColor property. + + + + + Occurs when appearance of the connector has changed as result of changed settings on the connector. + + + + + Gets or sets the connector line width. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the connector line. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the connector. + + + See eNodeConnectorType enum for list of + available connectors. + + eNodeConnectorType Enumeration + + + + Gets or sets the DashStyle for the connector line. Default value is DashStyle.Dot. + + + + + Represents node operations. + + + + + Returns full path to the given node. + + Node to return path to. + Full path to the node. + + + + Gets the last child tree node. The LastNode is the last child Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the current tree node. If the Node has no child tree node, the LastNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Last node if found or null if there is no last node. + + + + Returns last rendered node on screen. + + Tree control. + Last rendered node or null + + + + Returns first rendered node on screen. + + Tree control. + Last rendered node or null + + + + Gets first visible node. + + Reference to tree. + Last visible node found or null + + + + Gets last visible node in tree control. + + Reference to tree. + Last visible node found or null + + + + Gets last visible top-level node in tree control. + + Reference to tree. + Last visible node found or null + + + + Gets the next sibling tree node. The NextNode is the next sibling Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the tree node's parent Node. If there is no next tree node, the NextNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Returns next visible sibling tree node. + + Reference node + Node object or null if next visible node cannot be found + + + + Gets the next visible tree node. The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets the next visible tree node. The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tree node is visible. Node is considered to be visible when it's Visible property is set to true and path to the node is available i.e. all parent nodes are expanded. + + + + + + + Returns whether node is displayed on the screen and visible to the user. When node is outside of the viewable area this property will return false. It will also return false if node is not visible. + + + + + + + Gets the zero based index of position of the tree node in the tree node collection. -1 is returned if node is not added to the nodes collection. + + Reference node. + Zero based index or -1 if node is not in collection. + + + + Gets the previous sibling tree node. The PrevNode is the previous sibling Node in the NodeCollection stored in the Nodes property of the tree node's parent Node. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets the previous visible tree node. The PrevVisibleNode can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevVisibleNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets the previous tree node. The Previous Node can be a child, sibling, or a tree node from another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + Reference node. + Node object or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Returns true if node passed is considered root node for display purposes. + + Reference to the tree control. + Node to test. + true if node is root node for display purposes otherwise false. + + + + Ensures that the cell is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + Cell to be made visible. + + + + Ensures that the node is visible, expanding nodes and scrolling the control as necessary. + + Node to be made visible. + + + + Returns number of visible child nodes for given node. + + Reference node. + Number of visible child nodes. + + + + Returns true if node has at least single visible child node. + + Reference node. + True if at least single child node is visible otherwise false. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The Node at the specified point, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Point to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + Tree control to find node at. + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Enumerates rendered nodes only. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + Tree control to find node at. + The X position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Enumerates rendered nodes only. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified vertical location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified vertical location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + Enumerates rendered nodes only. + + + + Retrieves the tree node that is at the specified vertical location. + + The TreeNode at the specified location, in tree view coordinates. + + You can pass the MouseEventArgs.X and MouseEventArgs.Y coordinates of the + MouseDown event as the x and y parameters. + + The Y position to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + Tree control to find node at. + Enumerates rendered nodes only. + + + + Gets the count of visible child nodes (Visible=true) for given node. + + Reference to Node object. + Number of visible nodes. + + + + Gets the first visible child node or returns null if node cannot be found. + + Reference to Node object. + First visible node or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets the last visible child node or returns null if node cannot be found. + + Reference to Node object. + Last visible node or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Gets whether any node from array is child node of parent on any level. + + Reference to parent node. + Reference to child nodes. + + + + + Gets whether node is child node of parent on any level. + + Reference to parent node. + Reference to child node. + + + + + Returns true if child node is child of any parent node at any level. + + Parent nodes array + Child node + true if child otherwise false + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.Name property. + + Reference to a tree control. + Reference to a node with given name or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.DataKey property. + + Reference to a tree control. + Reference to a node with given key or null if node cannot be found. + + + + Finds the node based on the Node.BindingIndex property. + + Reference to a tree control. + Index to look for + + + + Returns next visible cell in node. + + Reference to a node + The index at which to start search. + Reference to cell or null if there are no visible cells + + + + Returns previous visible cell in node. + + Reference to a node + The index at which to start search. + Reference to cell or null if there are no visible cells + + + + Returns the zero based flat index of the node. Flat index is the index of the node as if tree structure + has been flattened into the list. + + Reference to parent tree control. + Reference to the node to return index for. + Zero based node index or -1 if index cannot be determined. + + + + Returns node based on the flat index. Flat index is the index of the node as if tree structure + has been flattened into the list. + + Parent tree control. + Index to return node for. + Reference to a node or null if node at specified index cannot be found. + + + + Finds the first node that starts with the specified text. Node.Text property is searched. + + Parent tree control. + Partial text to look for + Reference node to start searching from + Gets or sets whether search ignores the letter case + Reference to a node or null if no node is found. + + + + Returned as information about the node or its column header at given coordinates. + + + + + Class that provides predefined styles for the nodes. Styles are defined as static memeber of the class + + + + + Returns Apple element style + + + + + Returns Blue element style + + + + + Returns BlueLight element style + + + + + Returns BlueNight element style + + + + + Returns BlueMist element style + + + + + Returns Cyan element style + + + + + Returns Green element style + + + + + Returns Lemon element style + + + + + Returns Magenta element style + + + + + Returns Orange element style + + + + + Returns OrangeLight element style + + + + + Returns Purple element style + + + + + Returns PurpleMist element style + + + + + Returns Red element style + + + + + Returns Silver element style + + + + + Returns SilverMist element style + + + + + Returns Tan element style + + + + + Returns Teal element style + + + + + Returns Yellow element style + + + + + Returns Gray element style + + + + + Indicates predefined element style. + + + + + Represents the selected nodes collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SelectedNodesCollection class. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection and provides information about the source of the command + + Node to add + Source action + + + + + Adds an array of objects to the collection. + + Array of Node objects. + + + + Represents the text box for editing cell's text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the editing is in word-wrap mode. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control prevents Beep sound when Enter key is pressed. + + + + + Summary description for TreeAreaInfo. + + + + + Reference to parent node in which child bounds the coordinates are. Can be null if no parent node contains given coordinates. + + + + + Node which contains specified coordinates. Can be null if no node contains coordinates. + + + + + Previous reference node for given coordinates. If coordinates fall between two nodes this will indicate previous node or null. + + + + + Next reference node for given coordinates. If coordinates fall between two nodes this will indicate next node or null. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent node drag node will be added to. When null the drag node is being added as top-level node. + + + + + Gets or sets the insert index of drag node into the parent's node Nodes collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NodeDragInfo class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NodeDragInfo class. + + + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Cell events that can be canceled. + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Cell events. + + + + + Default constructor for event data. + + Type of the action event is raised for. + Cell that event is raised for. + + + + Indicates the type of the action performed on a cell. + + + + + Indicates the cell that action is performed on. + + + + + Default constructor for event data. + + Type of the action event is raised for. + Cell that event is raised for. + + + + Indicates that event action should be canceled. + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree.BeforeCheck event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AdvTreeCellBeforeCheckEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents event arguments for BeforeNodeDrop and AfterNodeDrop events + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Node events that can be cancelled. + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Node events that can be cancelled. + + + + + Provides data for AdvTree Node events. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Default action + Default node. + + + + Indicates the type of the action performed on a node. + + + + + Indicates the node that action is performed on. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Default action + Default node. + + + + Indicates that event action should be canceled. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Default action + Default node. + + + + Indicates the array of nodes that action is performed on. + + + + + Returns reference to the old parent node. + + + + + Reference to the new parent node if event is not cancelled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drag node is being copied instead of moved. + + + + + Gets or sets the new insert position inside of NewParentNode.Nodes collection for the node being dragged. If InsertPosition is -1 + the ParentNode refers to the current mouse over node and drag & drop node will be added as child node to it. + + + + + Defines the data for NodeDragFeedback event. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this drop location is accepted. Default value is true. You can set this to false to disable drop at this location. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent node for the node that is being dragged. This can be null/nothing value to indicate a root top-level node that + is in AdvTree.Nodes collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the new insert position inside of ParentNode.Nodes collection for the node being dragged. If InsertPosition is -1 + the ParentNode refers to the current mouse over node and drag & drop node will be added as child node to it. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + Gets reference to the node being dragged. + + + + + Gets or sets the drop effect for the drag-drop operation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeDragFeedbackEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets reference to the node being dragged. + + + + + Represents event arguments for NodeCollection based events, like BeforeNodeInsert, AfterNodeInsert etc. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + Source action + Affected node + Parent of the node if any + + + + Indicates parent node of the affected node. For example if event handled is BeforeNodeInsert parent of the Node is has + not been set yet so this property provides information on the node that will become parent. If this property returns null + then node is being added or removed from the main AdvTree.Nodes collection. + + + + + Represents event arguments for node mouse based events. + + + + + Gets node affected by mouse action. + + + + + Gets which mouse button was pressed. + + + + + Gets the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released. + + + + + Gets a signed count of the number of detents the mouse wheel has rotated. A detent is one notch of the mouse wheel. + + + + + Gets the x-coordinate of the mouse. + + + + + Gets the y-coordinate of the mouse. + + + + + Provides means for AdvTree serialization. + + + + + Saves Nodes to specified file. + + AdvTree to save + Target file name + + + + Saves Nodes to stream. + + AdvTree to save + Stream to save nodes to. + + + + Saves Nodes to TextWriter + + AdvTree to save + TextWriter to write nodes to. + + + + Saves nodes to XmlWriter. + + AdvTree to save + XmlWriter to write nodes to + + + + + Saves AdvTree to an existing XmlDocument. New node AdvTree is created in document and Nodes are serialized into it. + + AdvTree to serialize + XmlDocument instance. + + + + Serializes AdvTree object to XmlElement object. + + Instance of AdvTree to serialize. + XmlElement to serialize to. + + + + Serializes Node and all child nodes to XmlElement object. + + Node to serialize. + Provides serialization context. + + + + Load AdvTree Nodes from file. + + Reference to AdvTree to populate + File name. + + + + Load AdvTree Nodes from stream. + + Reference to AdvTree to populate + Reference to stream + + + + Load AdvTree Nodes from reader. + + Reference to AdvTree to populate + Reference to reader. + + + + Load AdvTree Nodes from reader. + + Reference to AdvTree to populate + Reference to reader. + + + + Load AdvTree from XmlDocument that was created by Save method. + + Tree Control to load + XmlDocument to load control from + + + + Load nodes from XmlElement. + + Reference to AdvTree to be populated. + XmlElement that tree was serialized to. + + + + Load single node and it's child nodes if any. + + New instance of node that is populated with loaded data. + Provides deserialization context. + + + + Provides context information for serialization. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to context parent XmlElement when serializing or actual Node element when deserializing. + + + + + Gets or sets whether SerializeNode event handler has been defined and whether event should be fired. + + + + + Gets or sets whether DeserializeNode event handler has been defined and whether event should be fired. + + + + + Provides access to serializer. + + + + + Represents class for static tree utilities. + + + + + Initializes control with default settings for connectors and nodes. + + Control to initialize. + + + + Initializes control with default settings for connectors and nodes. + + Control to initialize. + Factory to use to create new instances of objects. + + + + Creates new style and adds it to styles collection + + Tree to assign style to + Style factory + + + + + + + + Returns reference to a node that is hosting given control. + + Reference to the AdvTree control instance + Control instance to look for + Reference to a node hosting control or null if node could not be found + + + + Represents internal component factory with design-time support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + Reference to DesignerHost to use for creation of new components. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates component and returns reference to the new instance. + + Type that identifies component to create. + New instance of the component. + + + + Represents class that holds padding information for user interface elements. + + + + + Gets or sets padding on left side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on right side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on top side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on bottom side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it. + + Left padding + Right padding + Top padding + Bottom padding + + + + Gets amount of horizontal padding (Left+Right) + + + + + Gets amount of vertical padding (Top+Bottom) + + + + + Gets whether Padding is empty. + + + + + Analog clock control. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockControl class + + + + + Releases all resources used by the class. + + + + + Renders the clock's center cap. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + + + + Renders the clock's glass overlay. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + + + + Renders the clock's hands. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + True if this is the rending pass after the cap has been rendered. + + + + Renders the clock's numeric hour indicators. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + + + + Renders the clock's tick hour/minute indicators. + + Graphics object used for rendering. + Bounding rectangle. + + + + Called when TimeZone property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Default minimum size. Defaults to 100, 100. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-aliasing is used when rendering the control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the state for automatic mode. When true the clock will auto redraw once a second and display the current date/time. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets clock style for this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the clock style data elements for this control. + + + + + Gets or sets a the indicator style the clock control. Default value is Ticks. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the time can be changed by moving the clock hands. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the glass overlay on the clock control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the second hand on the clock control. Default value is true. + + + + + Occurs while user is dragging the mouse in order to change time. + + + + + Occurs when Value i.e. time clock is displaying has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the current date/time value for this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the time-zone string identifier that is used to display the time when AutomaticMode=true and clock is displaying current time. + + + + + Enumeration containing the available hour/minute indicators. + + + + + Control will use ticks for hour/minute indicators. + + + + + Control will use numbers for hour indicators. + + + + + Enumeration containing the available mouse edit states. + + + + + Control is not currently in an edit state. + + + + + Control is currently in an hour edit state. + + + + + Control is currently in an minute edit state. + + + + + Control is currently in an second edit state. + + + + + Provides event arguments for TimeValueChanging event. + + + + + Gets the current time represented by the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TimeValueChangingEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines delegate for TimeValueChanging event. + + Source of event. + Event arguments + + + + Data storage class for clock hand visual style. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockHand class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockHand class. + + The hand style for this item. + The length of this clock hand as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 being half the width/height of the bounding rectangle + The width of this clock hand as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 being half the width/height of the bounding rectangle. + + + + Indicates whether the specified point is contained within the bounds of this hand. + + The bounding rectangle of the parent clock control. + The clockwise angle for this clock hand in degrees from the 12 o'clock position. + A Point that represents the point to test. + + + + + Generates a scaled and rotated graphics path based on the given style, rectangle and angle. + + The bounding rectangle of the parent clock control. + The clockwise angle for this clock hand in degrees from the 12 o'clock position. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the hand is drawn over the cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the hand color data for this hand. + + + + + Gets or sets the hand style for this clock hand. Default value is Style1. + + + + + Gets or sets the length of this clock hand as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 being half the width/height of the bounding rectangle. Default value is 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of this clock hand as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 being half the width/height of the bounding rectangle. Default value is 0.1. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Enumeration containing the available hand styles. + + + + + Style 1. + + + + + Style 2. + + + + + Style 3. + + + + + Style 4. + + + + + Data storage class for clock visual styles. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockStyle class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockStyle class. + + Predefined style from the PredefinedStyles enum. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockStyle class. + + Predefined style from the PredefinedStyles enum. + + + + Releases all resources used by the class. + + + + + Loads a predefined style + + The predefined style to load. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the PredefinedStyles value for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the clock shape value for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the bezel color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of clock bezel as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the face color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the face background image for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the hour hand style for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the minute hand style for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the second hand style for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the center cap color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the center cap diameter as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the face number color for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the center cap color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the large tick color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the large tick length as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the large tick width as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the small tick color data for this style. + + + + + Gets or sets the small tick length as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the small tick width as a percentage value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the overlay glass angle, in degrees for this style. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Gets the parent of the style. + + + + + Enumeration containing the predefined clock styles. + + + + + Style 1. Default style, + + + + + Style 2. + + + + + No predefined style. + + + + + Enumeration containing the predefined clock shapes. + + + + + Round clock shape. + + + + + Data storage and utility class for defining gradient colors. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + The border color for this entry. + The border width for this entry. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + The border color for this entry. + The border width for this entry. + The gradient angle. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + The border color for this entry. + The border width for this entry. + The focus for the SigmaBellShape. + The scale for the SigmaBellShape. + + + + Loads data into the class, called by constructors. + + The first color for this entry. + The second color for this entry. + The border color for this entry. + The border width for this entry. + The focus for the SigmaBellShape. + The scale for the SigmaBellShape. + + + + Creates Pen object using the BorderColor and BorderWidth properties. + + + + + Creates a brush of the type specified by BrushType. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + + + + Creates a brush of the type specified by BrushType. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The angle used for the gradients, allowing an override of BrushAngle + + + + Creates a brush of the type specified by BrushType. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The center point of the gradient as a percentage value typically ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + + Creates a brush of the type specified by BrushType. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The center point of the gradient as a percentage value typically ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + The angle used for the gradients, allowing an override of BrushAngle + + + + Creates SolidBrushObject using Color1. + + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The gradient angle. + + + + Creates a PathGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The center point of the gradient. + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The gradient angle. + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The gradient angle. + The focus for the SigmaBellShape. + + + + Creates a LinearGradientBrush object. + + The graphics path used to construct the brush. + The gradient angle. + The focus for the SigmaBellShape. + The scale for the SigmaBellShape. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the border color for this item. Default value is white. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width for this item. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush angle for this item. Only applies to Linear and Reflected brush types. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush SigmaBellShape focus for this item. Only applies to Reflected brush types. Default value is 0.5. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush SigmaBellShape scale for this item. Only applies to Reflected brush types. Default value is 0.5. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush type for this item. Default value is Solid. + + + + + Gets or sets the first color for this item. Default value is white. + + + + + Gets or sets the second color for this item. Default value is white. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Enumeration containing predefined brush types for the ColorData class. + + + + + Solid brush. + + + + + Linear gradient brush. + + + + + Centered path gradient brush. + + + + + Reflected linear gradient brush. + + + + + Math helper class + + + + + Converts radians to degrees. + + Value to be converted in radians. + Converted value in degrees. + + + + Converts degrees to radians. + + Value to be converted in degrees. + Converted value in radians. + + + + Raises AnimationCompleted event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Stops animation if one is currently running. + + + + + Sets the method which is called each time value on target object property is set. This method may execute the visual updates on animation client. + + Method to call + + + + Occurs after animation has completed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether animation is auto-disposed once its completed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets whether animation run is complete. + + + + + Gets the animation duration in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets the animation easing function. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of fixed steps animation will perform from star to finish instead of using the easing function in time. + Stepped animation executes specified number of steps always with Duration specifying delays between each step. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AnimationRequest class. + + Target object for animation. + Target property name for animation. + From value. + To value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AnimationRequest class. + + Target object for animation. + Target property name for animation. + From value. + To value. + + + + Target object for animation. + + + + + Animation from value. + + + + + Animation to value. + + + + + Specifies the animation easing function + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Animation class. + + Target object for animation + Target property name for animation + + + + Runs all animations from Animations list. + + + + + Returns whether Storyline is disposed. + + + + + Gets the list of animations to run using this storyline. + + + + + Gets or sets number of times storyline is repeated. Default value is 0 which indicates that storyline is run only once meaning not repeated. + + + + + Gets or sets whether storyline is auto-disposed when finished. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Returns the reference to DockContainerItem tab if any under specified coordinates. + + X - client mouse coordinate + Y - client mouse coordinate + Reference to DockContainerItem whose tab is at specified coordinates or null if there is no tab at given coordinates + + + + Sets bars position on the auto-hide panel. + + Bar for which position should be changed. + New indexed position of the bar. + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the timeout in milliseconds for auto hide/show action. + When timeout has elapsed and mouse has left the bar the bar will be automatically hidden. + If mouse is hovering over the collapsed bar and timeout has elapsed the bar will be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bars on auto-hide panel are displayed when mouse hovers over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bars that have focus are collapsed automatically or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of auto-hide panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the ColorScheme object used by this panel. Default value is null which means that ColorScheme is + automatically created as specified by Style property. Note that if your DotNetBarManager has UseGlobalColorScheme set to true + ColorScheme from DotNetBarManager will be used. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Indicates the Balloon tip position. + + + + + Tip is on the top. + + + + + Tip is on the left side. + + + + + Tip is on the right side. + + + + + Tip is on the bottom. + + + + + Indicates the style of the balloon. + + + + + Indicates type of Alert animation performed when alert is displayed. + + + + + No animation take place when alert is displayed. + + + + + Alert is animated from bottom to top. (Default) + + + + + Alert is animated from top to bottom. + + + + + Alert is animated from left to right. + + + + + Alert is animated from right to left. + + + + + Delegate for custom paint event handler. + + + + + Summary description for Balloon. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Auto resize balloon to the content. Balloon width is calculated so image and caption text can fit in single line. + + + + + Recalculates layout of the balloon. + + + + + Displays balloon using control to automatically calculate balloon location. Method is usually used display balloon that is showing information for the certain control. + + Control used for balloon positioning. + + + + Displays balloon using control to automatically calculate balloon location. Method is usually used display balloon that is showing information for the certain control. + + Control used for balloon positioning. + Indicates whether balloon receives input focus. + + + + Displays balloon using rectangle to automatically calculate balloon location. Method is usually used display balloon that is showing information for the certain screen region. + + Rectangle in screen coordinates used for balloon positioning. + Indicates whether balloon receives input focus. + + + + Displays balloon using item to automatically calculate balloon location. Method is usually used display balloon that is showing information for the certain item. + + Item used for balloon positioning. + Indicates whether balloon receives input focus. + + + + Display balloon. + + Indicates whether balloon receives input focus. + + + + Displays balloon. + + + + + Called when balloon is hidden. + + + + + Hides balloon. + + + + + Occurs when background is redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when caption image is redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when caption text is redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when text is redrawn. + + + + + Occurs when close button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when TipPosition property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum balloon width when auto sizing balloon. Default value is 180. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color. + + + + + Gets or sets gradient fill angle. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color.. + + + + + Specifies balloon style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Close button is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation type used to display Alert type balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the total time in milliseconds alert animation takes. + Default value is 200. + + + + + Gets or sets whether balloon will close automatically when user click the close button. + + + + + Gets or sets time period in seconds after balloon closes automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image for Close Button. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image for Close Button when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image for Close Button when button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the Caption image. + + + + + Gets or sets the Caption icon. Icon is used to provide support for alpha-blended images in caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the Caption font. + + + + + Gets or sets text displayed in caption. + + + + + Gets or sets color of caption text. + + + + + Gets or set position of the balloon tip. + + + + + Gets or sets tip distance from the edge of the balloon. + + + + + Returns length of the tip. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether Balloon is visible. + + + + + Represents a balloon style pop-up window that displays a brief description of a control's purpose when the mouse hovers over the control or when controls receives input focus. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BalloonTip class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Retrieves the Balloon Caption text associated with the specified control. + + + + + Associates Balloon Caption text with the specified control. + + The Control to associate the Balloon Caption text with. + The Balloon Caption text to display on the Balloon. + + + + Retrieves the Balloon text associated with the specified control. + + + + + Associates Balloon text with the specified control. + + The Control to associate the Balloon text with. + The Balloon text to display on the Balloon. + + + + Removes all Balloon texts currently associated with the BalloonTip control. + + + + + Removes specific Balloon texts currently associated with the BalloonTip control. + + Control that has Balloon texts associated. + + + + Shows Balloon for specific control. Control must have Balloon already assigned to it. + + Control that has Balloon already assigned. + + + + Closes Balloon control if visible. + + + + + Occurs before balloon is displayed. + + + + + Occurs before balloon is closed and allows to cancel the action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the BalloonTip is currently active. + true if the BalloonTip is currently active; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + + + + Returns reference to the control that triggered balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum balloon width when auto sizing balloon. Default value is 180. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Balloon receives input focus when displayed. + Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the time (in milliseconds) that passes before the BalloonTip appears. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a Balloon window is displayed even when its parent form is not active. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the internal Balloon control that is used to display Balloon. + This property will have valid value only during time Balloon is actually + displayed on the screen. Value will also be valid during BalloonDisplaying event. + You can use this property to further customize Balloon control before it is + displayed to the user. You can also set it to your own instance of the Balloon + control (or the control that is inheriting it) for ultimate customization options. + Note that new instance of Balloon control is created each time Balloon needs to be displayed. + Once Balloon is closed control is disposed. + + + + + Specifies balloon style. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation type used to display Alert type balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the total time in milliseconds alert animation takes. + Default value is 200. + + + + + Gets or sets whether balloon will close automatically when user click the close button. + + + + + Gets or sets time period in seconds after balloon closes automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Balloon is shown after control receives input focus. Default value is false. When set to true Balloon will not be displayed on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Balloon Close button is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets default balloon width. Usually the width of the balloon is calculated based on the width of the caption text. If caption text is not set then this value will be used as default width of the balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the Balloon Caption image. + + + + + Gets or sets the Balloon Caption icon. Icon is used to provide support for alpha-blended images in caption. + + + + + Represents bar control. + + + + + Interface used for docking support. + + + + + Returns Minimum docked size of the control. + + + + + Returns Preferrred size of the docked control. + + + + + Sets the dock line for the control. Used internaly by dock manager. + + New Dock line. + + + + Indicated whether control can be docked on top dock site. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be docked on bottom dock site. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be docked on left dock site. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be docked on right dock site. + + + + + Indicates whether control can be docked as document i.e. middle (fill) dock site. + + + + + Indicates whether control can be docked as tab to another bar. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be stretched to fill dock site. + + + + + Holds the left position (dock offset) of the control. + + + + + Specifies the dock line for the control. + + + + + Specifies current dock orientation. + + + + + Gets whether control is docked. + + + + + Returns the dock site of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the control dock side. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar is locked to prevent docking below it. + + + + + Interface implemented by target Bar interested in access to designer. + + + + + Gets or sets the BarBaseControlDesigner instance. + + + + + Desribes interface that provides custom serialization support for items. + + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Raises BarStateChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Bar class. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Control class. + + Bar Caption + + + + Releases the focus from the bar and selects the control that had focus before bar was selected. If control that had focus could not be determined focus will stay on the bar. + This method is used by internal DotNetBar implementation and you should not use it. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises the PreRender event. + + Provides the event arguments + + + + Raises the PostRender event. + + Provides the event arguments + + + + Drawns bar grab handle if one specified. + + Context information. + + + + Paints bar side bar. + + Reference to graphics object. + + + + Recalculates the layout of the Bar, resizes the Bar if necessary and repaints it. + + + + + Recalculates the layout of the Bar and repaints it. This will not change the size of the Bar it will only force the recalculation of the size for each contained item and it will repaint the bar. To ensure that Bar is resized if necessary as well call RecalcLayout method. + + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Method is called by DotNetBarManager when bar is being moved and Escape key is pressed. + + + + + Called when IsMaximized property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Closes the DockContainerItem with event source set to Code. + + DockContainerItem to close. + + + + Closes the DockContainerItem. + + DockContainerItem to close. + Source of the event. + + + + Raises the ItemClick event. + + Item that was clicked. + Event arguments. + + + + Suspends normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. Optionally forces an immediate layout of pending layout requests. + + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Saves the Bar definition to file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Loads the Bar definition from file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Saves the Bar layout to file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Loads the Bar definition from file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Sets the client size of the bar excluding caption. This method is useful when setting the size of the bars with layout type DockContainer. + + Width of bar in pixels. + Height of bar in pixels. + + + + Sets the client size of the bar excluding caption. This method is useful when setting the size of the bars with layout type DockContainer. + + New bar size + + + + Returns true if Font property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Designer method to reset the property to its default value. + + + + + Resets the ColorScheme property to its default value. + + + + + Called when CanMaximizeFloating property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Makes the Bar display by setting the visible property to true. + + + + + Hides the Bar. + + + + + Returns whether Size property should be serialized. + + + + + Returns the first child item with specified name regardless of it's hierarchy. + + Item name. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This member is not implemented and should not be used. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns AutoHidePanel that bar is on if in auto-hide state otherwise returns null. + + AutoHidePanel object or null if bar is not in auto-hide state. + + + + Raises BeforeAutoHideDisplayed event. + + + + + + Raises BeforeAutoHideHidden event. + + + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Re-docks the floating bar to its previous docking position. + + + + + Invokes CaptionButtonClick event. + + + + + Displays or hides the automatic caption button popup menu. + + + + + Called when DockTabStripHeight property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns the Minimum Size for specified orientation. + + Orientation to return minimum size for. + + + + + Returns the preferred size of the Bar when docked. + + Orientation to return preferred size for. + + + + + Sets the dock line but it does not forces the Bar to change position. The position will be changed on next layout request or when dock site needs to recalculate the layout of the bat. Used internally only. + + + + + ISupportInitialize.BeginInit implementation. + + + + + ISupportInitialize.EndInit implementation. + + + + + Returns Minimum docked size of the control. + + + + + Returns Preferrred size of the docked control. + + + + + Sets the dock line for the control. Used internaly by dock manager. + + New Dock line. + + + + Occurs after bar state has changed, like selected dock tab has changed, bar has closed, bar has been docked or undocked etc. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs after Bar is docked. + + + + + Occurs after Bar is undocked. + + + + + Occurs after Bar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs when current Dock tab has changed. + + + + + Occurs when bar visibility has changed as a result of user action. + + + + + Occurs when bar auto hide state has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Bar is about to be closed as a result of user clicking the Close button on the bar. + + + + + Occurs when Bar in auto-hide state is about to be displayed. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. Event is fired only when Bar is used independently of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Occurs before dock tab is displayed. + + + + + Occurs when caption button is clicked. Caption button is button displayed on bars with grab handle style task pane. + + + + + Occurs on dockable bars when end-user attempts to close the individual DockContainerItem objects using system buttons on dock tab. + Event can be canceled by setting the Cancel property of event arguments to true. This even will occur only after user presses the + X button on tab that is displaying the dockable windows/documents. + + + + + Occurs on dockable bars after DockContainerItem is closed by end-user. This action cannot be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Occurs after the TabStrip style which used on dockable windows has changed. This event gives you opportunity to + change the style of the tab strip by accessing Bar.DockTabControl.Style property. + + + + + Occurs before the bar control is rendered. This event is fired once for each part of the bar control being rendered. Check the Part property of the event arguments to identify the part being rendered. + You can cancel internal rendering by setting Cancel property. + + + + + Occurs after the bar control is rendered and allows you to render on top of the default rendering provided by the control. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Gets/Sets the owner of the Bar object. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accessibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Returns the reference to the control that last had input focus. This property should be used to + determine which control had input focus before bar gained the focus. Use it to apply + the menu command to active control. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the border of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets whether caption of floating bar will be drawn using themes. + + + + + Gets/Sets the parent item of the Bar. The parents item sub-items are displayed on the bar. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets docked bar caption height. Default value is 0 which means system predefined height is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar when changed over to floating state is hidden instead of shown. This property is used + internally to optimize loading of hidden floating bars. You should not use this property in your code. It is for internal DotNetBar + infrastructure use only. + + + + + Returns true if bar is being moved/dragged by user. + + + + + Gets or sets whether floating dockable window is maximized. + + + + + Specifies the bar behavior when its title is double-clicked + + + + + Returns whether popup bar should display shadow. + + + + + Returns whether popup bar shadow should be alpha-blended. + + + + + Gets/Sets the popup animation that will be applied when popup is shown. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets/Sets Bar definition as XML string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether layout changes are saved for this bar when DotNetBarManager.SaveLayout method is used to save layout for all bars. Default value is true which means that layout changes are saved. + + + + + Gets/Sets Bar layout as XML string. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Sets/Gets the side bar image structure. + + + + + Gets/Sets the caption of the Bar. This text is displayed in title of the Bar when Bar is floating. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Returns current Bar state. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub-items hosted on the Bar. + + + + + Returns the reference to the container that containing the sub-items. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the items that could not be displayed on the non-wrap Bar are displayed on popup menu or popup Bar. + + + + + Gets/Sets the spacing in pixels between the sub-items. + + + + + Gets/Sets the padding in pixels. This represents the spacing between the top edge of the bar and the top of the item. + + + + + Gets/Sets the padding in pixels. This represents the spacing between the bottom edge of the bar and the bottom of the item. + + + + + Gets/Sets the padding in pixels. This represents the spacing between the left edge of the bar and the left side of the first item. + + + + + Gets/Sets the padding in pixels. This represents the spacing between the right edge of the bar and the right side of the last item. + + + + + Sets/Gets whether bar is menu bar. Menu bar will show system icons + for Maximized forms in MDI Applications. Only one bar can be a Menu bar in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual type of the bar. The type specified here is used to determine the appearance of the bar. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets Caption (Title bar) background color. + + + + + Gets or sets Caption (Title bar) text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether toolbars with appropriate style appear with rounded corners. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the Bar. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the items will be wrapped into next line when Bar is full. Applies to both docked and floating Bar states. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the items will be wrapped into next line when Bar is full. Applies only to Bars that are docked. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the items will be wrapped into next line when Bar is full. Applies only to Bars that are floating. + + + + + Gets/Sets the grab handle style of the docked Bars. + + + + + Gets the grab handle client rectangle. + + + + + Returns CanClose based on the selected dock-container item. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the Bar can be hidden by end-user. Applies to Document docked bars only. + + + + + Indicates whether Maximize button is visible on floating dock windows. + + + + + Gets/Sets border style when Bar is docked. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether floating bar is hidden when application loses focus. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether tab navigation buttons are shown for tabbed dockable bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the border line color when docked border is a single line. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether Bar is visible or not. + + + + + Returns number of items that have Visible property set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar is valid drop target for end-user bar customization. Default value is true. + When bar is used as dock container then you can use this property to prevent docking of other bars as dock tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items on the Bar can be customized. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar was created by user using Customize dialog. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Bar name used to identify Bar from code. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Image size for all sub-items on the Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout type. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all buttons are automatically resized to the largest button in collection. + + + + + Gets or sets rounded corner size for styles that use rounded corners. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over fade effect is enabled for buttons. Default value is false. Note that Fade effect + will work only when Office2007 style is used. For other styles this property has no effect and fade animation is not used regardless + this property setting. + + + + + Gets whether fade effect should be in use. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bar back color. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bar customize menu (Applies to the bars with LayoutType set to DockWindow only). + + + + + Indicates the auto-hide side of the parent form where bar is positioned. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab text is always visible while bar is in auto-hide state. Default value is false which indicates that only text for the active dock tab is visible. + + + + + Indicates whether Bar is in auto-hide state. Applies to non-document dockable bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the bar when bar is in auto-hide state. + + + + + Indicates whether Bar can be auto hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets the global parent control used as part of Global Items feature when bar is used as context menu bar. This property is used internally by + DotNetBar and should not be set directly. + + + + + Gets or sets how long it takes to play the auto-hide animation, in milliseconds. Maximum value is 2000, 0 disables animation. + + + + + Occurs before the bar in auto-hide state is displayed on popup and allows you to cancel display by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs before the bar in auto-hide state is hidden and allows you to cancel display by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip is visible or not. + + + + + Indicates whether dock tabs are visible when bar is acting as dock-container and it needs to display tabs to represents multiple DockContainerItem objects hosted by the bar. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets height of the docked bar tab strip which displays docked tabs. + + + + + Returns the reference to internal TabStrip control used to display contained DockContainerItems. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected DockContainerItem if bar represents dockable window. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab (DockContainerItem) index for Bars with LayoutType set to eLayoutType.DockContainer. Index corresponds to the index of the DockContainerItem in Bar.Items collection. + + + + + Indicates Bar background image. + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption button menu for bars with grab handle task pane is automatically created. + Caption menu when automatically created will display the list of all items from Items collection + and it will maintain only one item from the list as visible item. + To create custom caption menu that is displayed when user clicks the caption button handle CaptionButtonClick event. + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption (text) of the bars with dock container layout is automatically set to the + selected dock container item text. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar can be undocked. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether end-user can tear-off (deattach) the tabs on dockable window. + + + + + Specifes whether end-user can reorder the tabs on dockable window. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar or DockContainerItem that is torn-off this bar can be docked + as tab to another bar. Default value is true which indicates that bar can be docked as tab to another bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether dock bar can be moved by dragging its caption using the mouse. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar can be docked on Top dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar can be docked on Bottom dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Left dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Right dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar can be docked as document. Default value is false. See DotNetBarManager.EnableDocumentDocking for more details. + + + + + Specifies whether Bar will stretch to always fill the space in dock site. Applies to the dockable bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Gets/Sets the distance from the far left/top side of the docking site or suggests the order of the docked bar. Upon serialization this property + will contain actual left/top position of the bar. You can use it to re-order the bars docked on the same line. Property value is relative to the other + bars docked on the same line when it is used to change the order. For example setting DockOffset value to 10 will place the bar just after the last bar on the + same line that has DockOffset value less than 10. If there is no bar with DockOffset value less than 10 the bar will be placed in first position. + + + + + Gets/Sets the dock line. + + + + + Gets or sets the dock tab alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selected dock tab is closed when Bar caption close button is pressed. Default value is false which indicates that whole bar will be hidden when bars close button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is displayed on each dock tab that allows closing of the tab. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab that shows all dock containers on the bar is visible all the time. By default + tab is hidden when there is only one item displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar is locked to prevent docking below it. Applies to undockable bars only. + + + + + Gets/Sets the orientation of the Bar. + + + + + Returns whether Bar is docked or not. + + + + + Returns the Bars dock site. + + + + + Gets/Sets the dock side for the Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the inital floating location. This location will be used when DockSide is set to None. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is selected in designer. + + + + + Gets or sets whether accelerator letters for menu or toolbar commands are underlined regardless of + current Windows settings. Accelerator keys allow easy access to menu commands by using + Alt + choosen key (letter). Default value is false which indicates that system setting is used + to determine whether accelerator letters are underlined. Setting this property to true + will always display accelerator letter underlined. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Indicates whether mnemonic keys, accelerator keys, which are set through item Text property used ampersand character are processed by control. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Top dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Bottom dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Left dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked on Right dock site or not. Does not apply to stand alone bars. + + + + + Specifes whether Bar can be docked as document. Default value is false. See DotNetBarManager.EnableDocumentDocking for more details. + + + + + Indicated whether control can be stretched to fill dock site. + + + + + Holds the left position (dock offset) of the control. + + + + + Specifies the dock line for the control. + + + + + Specifies current dock orientation. + + + + + Gets whether control is docked. + + + + + Returns the dock site of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the control dock side. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bar is locked to prevent docking below it. + + + + + Defines delegate for the PreRender and PostRender Bar control events. + + + + + Represents event arguments for PreRender and PostRender Bar control event. + + + + + Gets the reference to the Bar being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle of the part being rendered. Certain parts of bar like the title buttons allow you to set this property to the custom size of your button. + Default value is the system size of the part being rendered. + + + + + Gets the Bar part being rendered. + + + + + When used in PreRender event allows you to cancel the default rendering by setting this property to true. + + + + + Gets the reference to the Graphics object to render the tab on. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Defines the part of the Bar control for custom rendering. + + + + + Indicates the Bar background and border. + + + + + Indicates the Bar caption. + + + + + Indicates the Bar close button displayed inside of caption. + + + + + Indicates the Bar customize button displayed inside of caption. + + + + + Indicates the Bar caption text. + + + + + Indicates the Bar grab handle. + + + + + Indicates the Bar resize handle. + + + + + Indicates the Bar auto-hide button displayed inside of caption. + + + + + Indicates the Bar caption task pane. + + + + + Indicates the Bar maximize button displayed inside of caption. + + + + + Indicates the complete bar area. This part is used for the PostRender event. + + + + + Defines delegate for BarStateChanged event. + + + + + + + Provides event arguments for ActiveDockContainerChanged event. + + + + + Gets the Bar that is changed. + + + + + Gets the type of the change that affected the bar. + + + + + Provides any optional context information about the state change. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BarStateChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BarStateChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + Defines bar state changes for BarStateChanged event. + + + + + Indicates that Bar selected dock tab is about to change. + + + + + Indicates that Bar selected dock tab has changed. + + + + + Indicates that bar docking has changed and bar was docked. + + + + + Indicates that bar has been undocked from dock site. + + + + + Indicates that bar dock tab has closed. + + + + + Indicates that bar in auto-hide state has been folded, i.e. returned to collapsed state. + + + + + Indicates that bar in auto-hide state has been open, shown. + + + + + Indicates that bar AutoHide property has changed meaning that bar has been either placed in auto-hide mode or taken out of auto-hide mode. + + + + + Indicates that tab has been moved within a bar tab-strip by end user. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of bar when its title is double clicked. + + + + + Double clicking bar title does not do anything. + + + + + Double clicking bar title when bar is docked will float the bar if CanUndock=true + + + + + Double clicking floating bar title will re-dock it if any of CanDock*** properties is true. + + + + + Double clicking will toggle bar state between float and dock state if all CanDock*** and CanUndock properties allow it. + + + + + Represents base control for bars. + + + + + Notifies the accessibility client applications of the specified AccessibleEvents for the specified child control. + + The AccessibleEvents object to notify the accessibility client applications of. + The child Control to notify of the accessible event. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Applies design-time defaults to control. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Called after control has painted its content and allows painting on top of the controls content. + + Paint arguments. + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Applies any layout changes and repaint the control. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Occurs after main application form is activated. + + + + + Occurs after main application form is deacticated. + + + + + Occurs on application wide mouse down event. + + + + + Gets or sets the form SideBar is attached to. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accessibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the Explorer Bar. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Specifies whether SideBar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Represents class for Accessibility support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with owner control. + + Reference to owner control. + + + + Returns number of child objects. + + Total number of child objects. + + + + Returns reference to child object given the index. + + 0 based index of child object. + Reference to child object. + + + + Gets accessible role. + + + + + Gets parent accessibility object. + + + + + Returns bounds of the control. + + + + + Returns current accessible state. + + + + + Summary description for BarFunctions. + + + + + Tries to invoke the RecalcLayout method on the control and return true if such method was invoked. + + Reference to the control + Indicates whether to invalidate control if no recalc layout method is found + return true if method is invoked. + + + + Creates copy of a bar to be used as new dock bar. This function is used to create new bar for tabs that are torn off the existing dock bars. + + Original base bar to base the new bar on. + New instance of a bar. Note that bar is not added to the DotNetBarManager.Bars collection and DockSide is not set. + + + + Returns if passed control is ready for painting. + + Control to test. + true if handle is valid otherwise false + + + + XML element is expected to be something like Image data Base64 encoded + + Image data + + + + + Collection of Bar objects. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the Component. + + + + + Adds an Bar to the end of Bars collection. + + The Bar to be added to the end of the Bars collection. + + + + Removes specified bar from collection. + + Bar to remove + + + + Determines whether an Bar is in the collection. + + The Bar to locate in the collection. + true if item is found in the collection; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether bar with given name is in collection. + + Name of the bar + True if bar is part of this collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the Bar in the collection. + + Bar to locate. + + + + + Gets the Bar at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the Bar with the specified name. + + + + + Holds the XML element and attribute names for bar serialization. + + + + + Represents class with static functions that provide commonly used utility functions when working with + Bar objects and items hosted by Bar object. + + + + + Sets Bar visible property and remembers the auto-hide state. + + Bar to set visibility for. + true if visible otherwise false + + + + Sets the visible property of DockContainerItem and hides the bar if the given item is the last visible item on the bar. + It will also automatically display the bar if bar is not visible. + + DockContainerItem to set visibility for. + Indicates the visibility of the item + + + + Creates new instance of the bar and sets its properties so bar can be used as Document bar. + + Returns new instance of the bar. + + + + Sets the properties on a bar so it can be used as Document bar. + + Bar to set properties of. + + + + Changes the MDI Client border edge to remove 3D border or to add it. + + Reference to MDI Client object. + Indicates whether to remove border. + + + + Changes the MDI Client border edge to remove 3D border or to add it. + + Reference to MDI parent form. + Indicates whether to remove border. + + + + Disposes image reference and sets it to null. + + Reference to image to dispose. + + + + Disposes image reference and sets it to null. + + Reference to image to dispose. + + + + Invokes the method asynchronously using the WinForms Timer. + + Method to invoke. + + + + Invokes the method asynchronously using the WinForms Timer. + + Method to invoke. + Time in milliseconds after which method is invoked. + + + + Gets or sets whether Fade Animation is enabled on system level for DotNetBar items which use this. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether StringFormat internally used by all DotNetBar controls to render text is GenericDefault. Default value is false + which indicates that GenericTypographic is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias text rendering hint that will be used to render text on controls that have AntiAlias property set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether .NET Framework TextRenderer class is used for text rendering instead of Graphics.DrawString. + Default value is false. + Using TextRenderer will disable the Fade and Animation effects on controls because of issues in TextRenderer when drawing text on transparent + surfaces. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items always generate the Focus accessibility event when mouse enters the item. Default value is false which indicates + that focus event will be raised only when item is on menu bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Application Message Filter that is registered by popup controls + is automatically unregistered when last control is disposed. Default value is false and + in most cases should not be changed. + + + + + Get or sets the text-markup padding for text measurement when running on Japanese version of Windows. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Image and Icon resources assigned to items and controls are automatically disposed when + control or item is disposed. Default value is false. + + + + + Defines the base class for items that are used by DotNetBar. + + + + + Represents a content block interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the content block. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content block is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the block margins. + + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem and assigns item name. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item Name + Item Text + + + + Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Deserialize the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Indicates whether SubItems collection is serialized. Default value is true. + + + + + Called when item container has changed. If you override this method you must call the base implementation to allow default processing to occur. + + Previous container of the item. + + + + Called when item parent has changed. + + + + + Returns whether item is enabled including the parent control item is on. + + + + + + Returns whether item is enabled including the parent control item is on. + + + + + + Called when size of the item is changed externally. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Called when item Display state has changed. + + + + + Called when item owner has changed. + + + + + Raises SubItemsChanged event. + + + + + + Occurs after an item has been added to the container. This procedure is called on both item being added and the parent of the item. To distinguish between those two states check the item parameter. + + When occurring on the parent this will hold the reference to the item that has been added. When occurring on the item being added this will be null (Nothing). + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Occurs after SubItems Collection has been cleared. + + + + + Occurs before an item is removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Occurs when IsOnCustomizeMenu property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when IsOnCustomizeDialogChanged property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when item enter or exists the design mode. + + + + + Occurs when tooltip is about to be shown or hidden. + + Specifies whether tooltip is shown or hidden. + + + + Occurs after item has received the input focus. + + Item that received the focus. + + + + Occurs after item has lost the input focus. + + Item that lost the input focus. + + + + Indicates whether the item enabled property has changed. + + + + + Called after TopInternal property has changed + + + + + Called after LeftInternal property has changed + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer enters the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer hovers the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when a key is pressed down while the item has focus. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Processes the MouseLeave for the current mouse over item. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the item is clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Raises the click event and provide the information about the source of the event. + + + + + + Raises the Click event with default source as Code. + + + + + Occurs when the item is double clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Invokes DoubleClick event. + + + + + Occurs when the item receives focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Occurs when the item has lost the focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Sets the input focus to the item. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Releases the input focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Occurs when item container has lost the input focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Occurs when item container receives the input focus. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Indicates that item size has changed. It must be called by child item to let the parent know that its size + has been changed. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Gets the current expanded subitem. + + + + + + Gets the item that has input focus. + + Item that has focus or Null (Nothing) if none of the subitems have focus. + + + + Gets the owner of the item. + + DotNetBarManager that owns the item. + + + + Recalculate the size of the item. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the method to + return copy of an item. + + + + + Internal Copy implementation. + + Item to copy to. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + Copy of the item. + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Occurs when Expanded state changes. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Raises ExpandChange event. + + Event arguments + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Releases all resurces used in this control. After calling Dispose() + object is not in valid state and cannot be recovered to the valid state. + Recreation of the object is required. + + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Occurs after text has changed. + + + + + Returns if passed control is valid. + + Control to test. + + + + + Resets Hoover timer. + + + + + Returns true if any subitem is contained on the control with a given handle. + + Container handle to test. + + + + + Occurs after Tooltip text has changed. + + + + + Sets orientation of the item but it does not cause the recalculate layout flag setting on the parent item. + + New orientation value. + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Called when HotSubItem has changed. + + New value. + Old value. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Returns the shortcut string that is displayed on tooltip. + + + + + + Collapses all sub items by setting their Expanded property to false. + + Item to collapse. + + + + Collapses all sub items by setting their Expanded property to false. Enumerates all child items as well. + + Item to collapse. + + + + Collapses whole tree for the item starting with its parent. + + Item to collapse. + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on popup menu or bar. + + Item to get information for. + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + Hash code. + + + + Called when DragStartPoint property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Updates data bindings for item and its sub-items in response to binding context change on parent control. + + + + + Executes the specified delegate, on the thread that owns the control's underlying window handle, with the specified list of arguments. + This property calls directly the ContainerControl.Invoke and is provided as shortcut convenience property only. + + A delegate to a method that takes parameters of the same number and type that are contained in the args parameter. + An array of objects to pass as arguments to the specified method. This parameter can be null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the method takes no arguments. + An Object that contains the return value from the delegate being invoked, or nullNothingnullptra null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the delegate has no return value. + + + + Executes the specified delegate, on the thread that owns the control's underlying window handle, with the specified list of arguments. + This property calls directly the ContainerControl.Invoke and is provided as shortcut convenience property only. + + A delegate to a method that takes parameters of the same number and type that are contained in the args parameter. + An Object that contains the return value from the delegate being invoked, or nullNothingnullptra null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the delegate has no return value. + + + + Executes the specified delegate, on the thread that owns the control's underlying window handle, with the specified list of arguments. + This property calls directly the ContainerControl.BeginInvoke and is provided as shortcut convenience property only. + + A delegate to a method that takes parameters of the same number and type that are contained in the args parameter. + An Object that contains the return value from the delegate being invoked, or nullNothingnullptra null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the delegate has no return value. + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is double-clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when copy of the item is made. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Visible property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Enabled property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Occurs when item's tooltip visibility has changed. + + + + + Occurs when content of SubItems collection has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is selectable at design-time. Default value is true. + + + + + Control Container (System.Windows.Forms.Control or its descendant) + + + + + Returns the Parent of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item separator is shown before this item. + + + + + Gets or sets Left position of this item + + + + + Gets or sets Top position of this item + + + + + Gets or sets Width of this item + + + + + Gets whether item is in right-to-left layout mode. + + + + + Gets or sets Height of this item + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will auto expand when mouse is over the item or not. + + + + + Gets the rectangle that represents the display area of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the item. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Specifies whether this item is visual container or not. For example + Tool Menu is not container since it drops-down its items and they are + not "visualy" contained. Also, the pop-up menus, drop-down Bars etc. are not containers. + + + + + Returns true if this item is currently displayed. This property should not be set directly since it is managed by system and container of the item. + + + + + Gets the mouse down coordinates. + + + + + Gets whether item is on context menu created using ContextMenuBar + + + + + Gets whether RaiseClick method will generate a click event give current item state. + + + + + Indicates whether RaiseClick method collapses parent popups before raising click event. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether item has input focus. + + + + + Indicates that item is recalculating its size. + + + + + Suspends all layout for the item including painting. Use this property carefully and only to improve performace. + + + + + Gets whether item has been disposed through Dispose method call. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Returns count of sub items in SubItems collection that have Visible property set to true. + + + + + Unique ID that indentifies the item. + + + + + Allows the user to associate custom user data with the item. + + + + + Applies new visual style to this the item and all of its sub-items. + + + + + Gets the effective item style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets item alignment inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets item description. This description is displayed in + Customize dialog to describe the item function in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Returns name of the item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the global name of the item that is used to synchronize the Global properties for the item across all instances with same + global name. Note that only instances that belong to the same control are synchronized. GlobalItem must be set to true to perform the synchronization. + You can find more information and list of + properties that are synchronized in help file. + + + + + Gets whether global properties should synchronized. + + + + + Gets orientation within container that is supported by this item. If item does not support certain orientation the container automatically hides it when container switches into that orientation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Gets or sets orientation inside the container. Do not change the value of this property. It is managed by system only. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip for the item is displayed. + + + + + Gets whether tooltip is visible or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the bar this item originated on. This is used to remember the + originating bar when user is moving the items from bar to bar. + + + + + Gets or sets item's original position (index) if item position has changed due to the user customization. + + + + + Gets or sets flag that indicates whether item was customize by the end-user. + + + + + Gets reference to the tooltip control if tooltip is displayed for this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the item when on Ribbon Control or Ribbon Bar. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on Customize menu. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on Customize Dialog. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on menu or not. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on menu bar or not. + + + + + Returns whether item is hosted on bar or not. + + + + + Returns whether item is in design mode or not. + + + + + Get or sets whether item has been changed in a way that it needs its size recalculated. This is internal + property and it should not be used by your code. + + + + + Returns whether item is System item. + + + + + Indicates whether access key processing set using ampersand key in Text is enabled. When enabled, and access key is pressed, item will raise Click event. + + + + + Return Access key for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Returns text representation of shortcut for this item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the design-marker orientation for the item. + + + + + + Specifes the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates whether item will be Serialized. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets the AccessibleObject assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the default action description of the control for use by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the description of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible to accessibility applications. + + + + + Gets the item state inside of the parent container. + + + + + Gets or sets item margin only used by certain items in certain containers. Provided only for internal DotNetBar use. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that for ButtonItem instances if this property is set to null and command was assigned previously, Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets plain text without text-markup if text-markup is used in Text. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the caller must call an invoke method when making method calls to the item because the caller is on a different thread than the one the item was created on. + This property calls directly the ContainerControl.InvokeRequired and is provided as shortcut convinience property only. + + + + + Defines item parent container states. + + + + + State is not set. + + + + + Item in on the NavigationPane in normal size. + + + + + Represents the controller which allows single BaseItem to be hosted on the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BaseItemController class. + + + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Defines class which described single binding. + + + + + Raises Format event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BindingDef class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BindingDef class. + + + + + + + Updates specified item PropertyName with the data from data object property specified by DataMember. + + Item to set PropertyName on. + Data to retrieve DataMember value from. + + + + Updates specified item PropertyName with the data from data object property specified by DataMember. + + CurrencyManager to use + Item to set PropertyName on. + Data to retrieve DataMember value from. + + + + Called when PropertyName property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DataMember property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when FormattingEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when FormatString property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when FormatInfo property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NullValue property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the property name binding is attached to. + + + + + Gets the reference to BindingMemberInfo created based on DataMember. + + + + + Gets or sets the data member name which holds data that PropertyName is populated with. + + + + + Gets or sets whether type conversion and formatting is applied to the property data. + + + + + Gets or sets format specifier characters that indicate how a value is to be displayed. + For more information, see Formatting Overview: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/26etazsy%28v=vs.71%29.aspx + + + + + Gets or sets the IFormatProvider that provides custom formatting behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets the Object to be set as the target property when the data source contains a DBNull value. + The data source must contain DBNull for the NullValue property to be correctly applied. + If the data source type is a type such as a string or integer the value of the NullValue property will be ignored. + Also, the NullValue property is ignored if it is set to null. + + + + + Occurs when property on BindingDef object has changed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle converting for bindings. + + + + + + + Gets the reference to the item being converted. + + + + + Get the reference to the name of the field or property on the item that needs conversion. + + + + + Represents BindingDefConverer converter. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Checks whether conversion can be made to specified type. + + Context Information. + Destination type. + + + + + Converts object to specified type. + + Context information. + Culture information. + Object to convert. + Destination type. + Object converted to destination type. + + + + Represents the toolbar control with the magnifying (bubbling) buttons. + + + + + Creates new instance of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by the Windows Forms design-time support. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by the Windows Forms design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by the Windows Forms design-time support. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by the Windows Forms design-time support. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + True if property is different than default value otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + True if property is different than default value otherwise false. + + + + Recalculates the layout of the control. This method should be called after all changes to the tabs, buttons are completed so + layout of the control recalculated. + + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Returns reference to the button at specified location + + x - coordinate + y - coordinate + Reference to the button or null if no button could be found at given coordinates. + + + + Returns reference to the button at specified location + + Location coordinates + Reference to the button or null if no button could be found at given coordinates. + + + + Returns tab at specific location. + + Coordinates to get the tab from. + Reference to the tab object or null if tab cannot be found at specified location + + + + Returns tab at specific location. + + x - coordinate + y - coordinate + Reference to the tab object or null if tab cannot be found at specified location + + + + Invokes BubbleStart event. + + + + + Invokes BubbleEnd event. + + + + + Invokes ButtonClick event on the control. + + Reference to the button that was clicked. + + + + Called after overlay window became inactive. + + + + + Stops the bubble animation effect is one is applied currently. + + + + + Internal processing of MouseMove event. + + Move move event arguments. + + + + Internal processing for MouseLeave event. + + Event arguments + + + + Called after all buttons have been removed. + + Tab from which all buttons were removed. + + + + Called after specified button has been removed. + + Tab from which button was removed. + Button that was removed. + + + + Called after new button is added to the Buttons collection. + + Tab to which button was added. + Reference to the button added. + + + + Called when Visible property of Button has changed. + + Button affected. + + + + Returns the button background rectangle for display purposes. Applies setting for the ButtonBackgroundStretch property. + + Background rectangle. + + + + Called after tab has been removed from the collection. + + Tab that was removed. + + + + Called after tab has been added to the collection. + + Newly added tab. + + + + Called after all tabs are removed from the collection. + + + + + Called after text of a tab has changed. + + Tab which text has changed. + + + + Called after Visible property of the tab has changed. + + Tab affected. + + + + Sets the tab mouse is placed over. + + Tab that mouse is currently over or null if mouse is not over any tab. + + + + Occurs when active tab is about to change. + + + + + Occurs when any of the buttons is clicked. Sender object should be casted to BubbleButton to get the button that was actually clicked. + + + + + Occurs when mouse first enters the control and bubble effect is employed to provide feedback. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the control and bubble effect is ended. + + + + + Gets or sets the bubble button tooltip text color. Default value is White color. + + + + + Gets or sets the bubble button tooltip text outline color. Default value is Black color. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing in pixels between buttons. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether background for the buttons is stretched to consume complete width of the control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the style for the background of the control. + + + + + Gets the style for the background of the buttons. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the buttons back area. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the tabs area. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration of animation that is performed when mouse enters a button for the first time or when mouse has left the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether bubble animation is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. + + + + + Gets or sets ImageList for images used on buttons. These images will be used as images for the buttons that are not magnified. + Use ImagesLarge to specify the magnified images for the coresponding images based on the index in this list. + + + + + Gets or sets ImageList for large-sized images used on buttons when button is magnified. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltips are displayed for the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets size of the images when button is enlarged, default value is 48 by 48 pixels. Note that you should provide the + images in the same size for the buttons through the image properties on the buttons or through ImagesLarge property. + If the large images are not provided the regular button image will be automatically enlarged. + + + + + Gets or sets the normal image size for the buttons, default value is 24 by 24 pixels. This should be set to the default image size that you will use on the + buttons. If the images specified for the buttons are not of the same size as the size specified here then they will + be automatically resized. Normal size must always be smaller than the size specified by ImageSizeLarge property. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab. + + + + + Gets the reference to the colors that are used when tab is selected. + + + + + Gets the reference to the colors that are used when mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets the collection of all tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the button alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Delegate for tab change events. + + + + + Represents the event arguments tab changing events. + + + + + Cancels the operation. + + + + + Specifies the event source. + + + + + Specifies newly selected tab. + + + + + Specifies currently selected tab. + + + + + Default Constructor. + + + + + Represents overlay class to support bubble effects on BubbleBar control. + + + + + Called just before window is shown. + + + + + Called after window is closed. + + + + + Summary description for BubbleBarGroup. + + + + + Represents interface for simple text only tab. + + + + + Returns the font used for tab text. + + Reference to font object. + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab is visible. + + + + + Gets the display bounds of the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the tab item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tab color. + + + + + Returns true if tab is selected tab. + + + + + Returns true if mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets the tab alignment. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Container object. + + + + Returns the font for the tab text. + + Reference to the font object. + + + + Sets the parent of the tab. + + Reference to the tab parent object or null. + + + + Called after new button is added to the Buttons collection. + + Reference to the added button. + + + + Called after specified button has been removed. + + Button that was removed. + + + + Called after all buttons have been removed. + + + + + Gets the collection of the buttons associated with the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab is visible. + + + + + Gets the display bounds of the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tab. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tab. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the tab item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tab color. + + + + + Returns true if tab is selected tab. + + + + + Returns true if mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets the tab alignment. + + + + + Returns reference to parent object or null if tab does not have parent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab has design-time focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the content block. + + + + + Gets or sets item margin only used by certain items in certain containers. Provided only for internal DotNetBar use. + + + + + Represents collection for BubbleBarTab objects. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the IBlock array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Copies contained items to the ISimpleTab array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns next visible tab from the reference tab. + + Reference tab. + Next visible tab or null if next visible tab cannot be determined. + + + + Returns previous visible tab from the reference tab. + + Reference tab. + Previous visible tab or null if Previous visible tab cannot be determined. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents a button used on BubbleBar control. + + + + + Creates new instance of button object. + + + + + Sets the display rectangle of the button. + + New display rectangle of the button. + + + + Sets the magnified display rectangle of the button. + + New magnified display rectangle. + + + + Sets whether mouse is over the button. + + True if mouse is over the button otherwise false. + + + + Raises the MouseEnter event. + + + + + Raises the MouseLeave event. + + + + + Sets whether left mouse button is pressed over this button. + + True if left mouse button is pressed otherwise false. + + + + Sets the parent collection button belongs to. + + Parent collection of the item. + + + + Returns the reference to the BubbleBar that contains this button. + + + + + + Invokes button's Click event. + + Indicates source of the event. + + + + Raises click event. + + Default event arguments. + + + + Occurs when user clicks the button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key to expand/collapse splitter. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the default image used on the button. Note that for improved appearance of the buttons when enlarged + you should set the ImageIndexLarge to the large version of the image specified here. The image size should be the same size + that is specified by the image size properties on BubbleBar object. + + + + + Gets reference to the internal cached image loaded from the ImageIndex. + + + + + Gets reference to the internal cached image loaded from the ImageIndex. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Specifies enlarged the Button image. + + + + + Gets or sets the image index of the enlarged image for the button. Note that if large image is not specified the + default image will be enlarged which might not result in perfect image appearance. + + + + + Property for Property Editor support for ImageIndex selection. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether button is enabled. + + + + + Gets the display rectangle occupied by the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the magnified display rectangle of the button. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed on the button. + + + + + Returns name of the button that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tab. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the tab. Any Object derived type can be assigned to this property. If this property is being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text can be assigned. + + + + + Returns the reference to parent tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button has design-time focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse cursor that is displayed when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the content block. + + + + + Gets or sets item margin only used by certain items in certain containers. Provided only for internal DotNetBar use. + + + + + Represents event arguments for Click event. + + + + + Gets the action that caused the event, event source. + + + + + Represents typed collection of BubbleButton objects. + + + + + Copies contained items to the IBlock array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Creates new instance of the collection. + + Parent of the collection. + + + + Adds new item to the collection but it does not raise internal events. + + New item to add. + Index of newly added item. + + + + Adds new item to the collection at specified location but it does not raise internal events. + + New item to add. + Position to add item to. + + + + Clears the collection but it does not raise internal events. + + + + + Performs additional custom processes before setting a value in the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + The value to replace with newValue. + The new value of the element at index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + The value to replace with newValue. + The new value of the element at index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes before inserting a new element into the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which to insert value. + The new value of the element at index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after inserting a new element into the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which to insert value. + The new value of the element at index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes when removing an element from the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which value can be found. + The value of the element to remove from index. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after removing an element from the CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which value can be found. + The value of the element to remove from index. + + + + Removes an item without raising internal events. + + Item to remove. + + + + Performs additional custom processes when clearing the contents of the CollectionBase instance. + + + + + Copies the collection to the ArrayList object. + + Target ArrayList. + + + + Adds new item to the collection. + + New item to add. + Index of newly added item. + + + + Adds new item to the collection at specified location. + + New item to add. + Position to insert item at. Position of -1 will append the item to the end of the collection. + Index of the newly added item. + + + + Inserts new item at the specified position. + + Position to insert item at. + Item to insert. + + + + Returns index of an item. + + Item to return index for. + Item at the specified position. + + + + Returns index of an item with given the item's name. + + Name of the item. + Index of the Item with the specified name or -1 if item is not found. + + + + Returns true if given item is contained by this collection. + + Item to test. + True if item is part of this collection otherwise false. + + + + Returns true if item with given name is part of this collection. + + Item name. + True if item is part of this collection otherwise false. + + + + Removes an item from the collection. + + Item to remove. + + + + Removes an item from collection at specified index. + + Index of the item to remove. + + + + Removes item from the collection with specified name. + + Name of the item to remove. + + + + Adds array of the items to the collection. + + Array of items to add. + + + + Copy the collection to the array. + + Array to copy collection to. + The zero-based relative index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Gets the parent of the collection. + + + + + Accesses items inside of the collection based on the index. + + + + + Accesses items inside of the collection based on the name. + + + + + Represents class for displaying BubbleButton objects on canvas. + + + + + Paints button on given canvas. + + Painting information. + + + + Represents class that holds information for BubbleButton painting. + + + + + Graphics object. + + + + + Button to paint. + + + + + Reference to BubbleBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether magnified version of the button is painted. + + + + + Gets or sets the button alignment inside of the bar. + + + + + Represents class for default layout of the BubbleButton objects. + + + + + Represents block layout manager responsible for sizing the content blocks. + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + Content size available for the block in the given line. + + + + Performs layout finalization + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the graphics object used by layout manager. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + Represents class that provides mangification for the BubbleMar control + + + + + Represents the serial content layout manager that arranges content blocks in series next to each other. + + + + + Represents interface for block layout. + + + + + Performs layout of the content block. + + Container bounds to layout content blocks in. + Content blocks to layout. + Block layout manager that resizes the content blocks. + The bounds of the content blocks within the container bounds. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Performs layout of the content block. + + Container bounds to layout content blocks in. + Content blocks to layout. + Block layout manager that resizes the content blocks. + The bounds of the content blocks within the container bounds. + + + + Occurs when X, Y position of next block is calcualted. + + + + + Occurs before new block is layed out. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing in pixels between content blocks. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content blocks are forced to fit the container bounds if they + occupy more space than it is available by container. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content blocks are resized to fit the container bound if they + occupy less space than it is available by container. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content blocks are resized (Width) to fit container bounds if they + occupy less space than the actual container width. Applies to the Vertical orientation only. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content blocks are resized (Height) to fit container bounds if they + occupy less space than the actual container height. Applies to the Horizontal orientation only. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the content orientation. Default value is Horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the content vertical alignment. Default value is Middle. + + + + + Gets or sets the block line vertical alignment. Default value is Middle. + + + + + Gets or sets the content horizontal alignment. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all content blocks are resized so they have same height which is height of the tallest content block. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether oversized blocks are resized based on the percentage reduction instead of based on equal pixel distribution. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether content is wrapped into new line if it exceeds the width of the container. + + + + + Gets or sets whether layout is right-to-left. + + + + + Performs layout of the content block. + + Container bounds to layout content blocks in. + Content blocks to layout. + Block layout manager that resizes the content blocks. + The bounds of the content blocks within the container bounds. + + + + Gets or sets the bubble size for the mouse over item. + + + + + Gets or sets magnification factor for the item that is at the position MouseOverIndex-1 + + + + + Gets or sets magnification factor for the item that is at the position MouseOverIndex-2 + + + + + Gets or sets magnification factor for the item that is at the position MouseOverIndex+1 + + + + + Gets or sets magnification factor for the item that is at the position MouseOverIndex+2 + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the item mouse is over. + + + + + Gets or sets new X coordinate of the mouse over item when in horizontal layout or Y + coordinate when in vertical layout. + + + + + Summary description for ButtonItem. + + + + + PopupItem Class can pop-up it's subitems on either the popup Bar + or menu. + + + + + Adds neccessary functions to base item so it supports images properly. + If your item implements images you should derive from this class instead of BaseItem + + + + + Create new instance of ImageItem. + + + + + Create new instance of ImageItem and assigns the item name. + + Item name. + + + + Create new instance of ImageItem and assigns the item name and text. + + Item name. + Item text. + + + + Must be called by any sub item that implements the image when image has changed + + + + + Called after image on an item has changed. + + + + + Refreshes internal image size structure. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Refreshes internal image size structure. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Provides design-time support for DotNetBar items. + + + + + Creates new instance of PopupItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of PopupItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name + + + + Creates new instance of PopupItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + Item text. + + + + Copies the PopupItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup menu. + + Popup location. + + + + Invokes PopupOpen event. + + + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup menu. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup menu. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Indicates whether screen position of the menu is verified so the menu always appears on the screen. + + + + Raises PopupShowing event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup toolbar. + + Popup location. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup toolbar. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Displays popup container. + + Popup location. + + + + Creates the popup container control which is a parent/holder control for the controls you want to display on the popup. + This method can be used if you do not wish to handle the PopupContainerLoad to add controls to the popup container. + After calling this method you can access PopupContainerControl property to add your controls to be displayed on the popup. + + Indicates whether PopupContainerLoad events are fired. + + + + Displays popup container. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup specified by PopupType. + + Popup location. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup specified by PopupType. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Raises PopupClose event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Queries whether popup can be closed. + + Source of closing request. + true if popup can be closed otherwise false. + + + + Closes the currently open popup. + + + + + Raises PopupFinalized event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Sets the SourceControl for popup menu or toolbar. + + Control that popup menu or toolbar was invoked for. + + + + Occurs when popup container is loading. Use this event to assign control to the popup container. If you want to use same control + that you added to the popup container after popup is closed you must handle the PopupContainerUnload event and remove the control + from the popup container so it is not disposed with the container. + + + + + Occurs when popup container is unloading. Use this event to save any state associated with the control that was contained by the container or + to remove the control from the container so it is not disposed with container. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs while popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs while popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs after popup item has been closed. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Gets the size of the popup before it is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether popup on-screen position is verified and popup location adjusted so it does not cross boundaries of the screen. + + + + + Indicates whether sub-items are shown on popup Bar or popup menu. + + + + + Indicates the font that will be used on the popup window. + + + + + Indicates side bar for pop-up window. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of popup in relation to it's parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup offset. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup location. + + + + + Indicates when menu items are displayed when MenuVisiblity is set to VisibleIfRecentlyUsed and RecentlyUsed is true. + + + + + Indicates Animation type for Popups. + + + + + Specifies the inital width for the Bar that hosts pop-up items. Applies to PopupType.Toolbar only. + + + + + Gets the control that is displaying the context menu. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal host PopupContainerControl control. + + + + + Provides support for personalized menu items. + + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Called when NotificationMarkText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NotificationMarkPosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NotificationMarkSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when NotificationMarkOffset property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when button image has changed. + + + + + Called when container of the item has changed. + + Previous item container. + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Item paint arguments. + + + + Resets ImageFixedSize property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether ImageFixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Gets whether FixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Overridden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Overloaded. Called when size of the item is changed externally. + + + + + Starts the button pulse effect which alternates slowly between the mouse over and the default state. The pulse effect + continues indefinitely until it is stopped by call to StopPulse method. + + + + + Starts the button pulse effect which alternates slowly between the mouse over and the default state. Pulse effect + will alternate between the pulse state for the number of times specified by the pulseBeatCount parameter. + + Specifies the number of times button alternates between pulse states. 0 indicates indefinite pulse + + + + Stops the button Pulse effect. + + + + + Indicates whether the item enabled property has changed. + + + + + Provides internal implementation for ButtonItem mouse down events. + + Mouse event arguments. + + + + Occurs when the item is double clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Sets Checked property without firing any events or performing any built-in logic. + + + + + Fires CheckedChanged event. + + + + + Fires OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Returns the shortcut string that is displayed on tooltip. + + + + + + Gets or sets the current font for the button. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Indicates whether images assigned to the button are disposed when button is disposed. Default value is false. + + + + + Specifies maximum of 2 character text displayed inside of the notification mark on top of the button. + + + + + Indicates the position of the notification marker within the bounds of the button. + + + + + Specifies diameter of notification mark. When set to 0 system default value is used. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of the notification mark. + + + + + Specifies the offset for the notification mark relative to its position. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom color name. Name specified here must be represented by the corresponding object with the same name that is part + of the Office2007ColorTable.RibbonTabItemColors collection. See documentation for Office2007ColorTable.RibbonTabItemColors for more information. + If color table with specified name cannot be found default color will be used. Valid settings for this property override any + setting to the Color property. + Applies to items with Office 2007 style only. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of the button. Color specified applies to buttons with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eButtonColor.Default + + + + + Gets/Sets the button style which controls the appearance of the button elements. Changing the property can display image only, text only or image and text on the button at all times. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-expand when clicked. + When item is on top level bar and not on menu and contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this property to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Specifies the Button icon. Icons support multiple image sizes and alpha blending. + + + + + Specifies the Button image which is used when button background is black or very dark. Image is used when button text is white. This is provided for Metro style applications. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Specifies the small Button image used by Ribbon control when small image variant is needed because of the automatic button resizing or + because the button is on the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the image size that is used by the button when multiple ImageList controls are used as source for button image. + By default ImageList assigned to Images property of parent control is used. Using this property you can selection ImagesMedium or + ImagesLarge ImageList to be used as source for image for this button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button uses the ImageSmall as source of the image displayed on the button if ImageSmall is set to valid image. Default value is false. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button if ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when mouse is over the item when ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed and ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when items Enabled property is set to false. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when items Enabled property is set to false and ImageList is used. + + + + + Sets fixed size of the image. Image will be scaled and painted it size specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed size of the button. Both width and height must be set to value greater than 0 in order for button to use fixed size. + Setting both width and height to 0 (default value) indicates that button will be sized based on content. + + + + + Gets whether fade effect is enabled. + + + + + Gets whether Pulse function is enabled. + + + + + Gets whether the button is currently pulsing, alternating slowly between the mouse over and default state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether pulse effect started with StartPulse method stops automatically when mouse moves over the button. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the pulse speed. The value must be greater than 0 and less than 128. Higher values indicate faster pulse. Default value is 12. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button auto-expands on mouse hover when button is used as menu-item and displayed on menu. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether button should popup when clicked automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Checked property is automatically inverted, button checked/unchecked, when button is clicked. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or set the alternative shortcut text. + + + + + Returns shortcut text if any that needs to be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the image bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets sub items bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets text bounds. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is underlined when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is bold when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is bold. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is italic. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is underlined. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button appears as split button. Split button appearance divides button into two parts. Image which raises the click event + when clicked and text and expand sign which shows button sub items on popup menu when clicked. Button must have both text and image visible (ButtonStyle property) in order to appear as a full split button. + Use AutoExpandOnClick=true if you want to make complete surface of the button display popup when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of padding added horizontally to the button images when not on menus. Default value is 10 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of padding added vertically to the button images when not on menus. Default value is 6 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets an shape descriptor for the button which describes the shape of the button. Default value is null + which indicates that system default shape is used. + + + + + Indicates item's visibility when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates whether item was recently used. + + + + + Indicates whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates whether mouse is over the expand part of the button. + + + + + Indicates whether mouse is pressed. + + + + + Indicates the way item is painting the picture when mouse is over it. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the button text is automatically wrapped over multiple lines when button is used on RibbonBar control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether image animation is enabled + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Represents accessible interface for ButtonItem object. + + + + + Represents accessible interface for ButtonItem object. + + + + + Delegate for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Represents event arguments for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel the checking on NewChecked button. + + + + + Button that will become checked if operation is not canceled. + + + + + Button that is currently checked and which will be unchecked if operation is not canceled. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Stores all information for side bar images that are used by Bar or Popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the side bar image. + + + + + Gets or sets the side bar back color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient staring color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient ending color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient staring color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether image is stretched so it fills the side bar or not if image is smaller than current side bar size. + + + + + Summary description for ButtonItemLayout. + + + + + Arranges the button inner parts when button size has changed externally. + + Button to arrange inner parts for. + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Creates new accessibility instance. + + Reference to AccessibleObject. + + + + Starts the button pulse effect which alternates slowly between the mouse over and the default state. The pulse effect + continues indefinitely until it is stopped by call to StopPulse method. + + + + + Starts the button pulse effect which alternates slowly between the mouse over and the default state. Pulse effect + will alternate between the pulse state for the number of times specified by the pulseBeatCount parameter. + + Specifies the number of times button alternates between pulse states. 0 indicates indefinite pulse + + + + Stops the button Pulse effect. + + + + + Gets whether ImageFixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Notifies a control that it is the default button so that its appearance and behavior is adjusted accordingly. + + true if the control should behave as a default button; otherwise false. + + + + Generates a Click event for the control. + + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup specified by PopupType. + + Popup location. + + + + Displays the sub-items on popup specified by PopupType. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets whether the button is currently pulsing, alternating slowly between the mouse over and default state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether pulse effect started with StartPulse method stops automatically when mouse moves over the button. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the pulse speed. The value must be greater than 0 and less than 128. Higher values indicate faster pulse. Default value is 12. + + + + + Sets fixed size of the image. Image will be scaled and painted it size specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Applies only when button text is not composed using text markup. Default value is center. + + + + + Gets or sets whether during painting OnPaintBackground on base control is called when BackColor=Transparent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is focused when pressed using left mouse button. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether command is executed when button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Specifies the Button image which is used when button background is black or very dark. Image is used when button text is white. This is provided for Metro style applications. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when items Enabled property is set to false. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of popup in relation to it's parent. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button appears as split button. Split button appearance divides button into two parts. Image which raises the click event + when clicked and text and expand sign which shows button sub items on popup menu when clicked. Button must have both text and image visible (ButtonStyle property) in order to appear as a full split button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button displays the expand part that indicates that button has popup. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over fade effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates the way button is rendering the mouse over state. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this button. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mnemonic character assigned to button is processed only if Alt key is pressed. Default value is false which indicate that Alt key is not required. + + + + + + Indicates whether the button will auto-expand when clicked. + When button contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this property to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Checked property is automatically inverted, button checked/unchecked, when button is clicked. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets an shape descriptor for the button which describes the shape of the button. Default value is null + which indicates that system default shape is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom color name. Name specified here must be represented by the corresponding object with the same name that is part + of the Office2007ColorTable.ButtonItemColors collection. See documentation for Office2007ColorTable.ButtonItemColors for more information. + If color table with specified name cannot be found default color will be used. Valid settings for this property override any + setting to the Color property. + Applies to items with Office 2007 style only. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of the button. Color specified applies to buttons with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eButtonColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the mode by which the Button automatically resizes itself. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of spacing between button image if specified and text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the value returned to the parent form when the button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button is expanded (displays drop-down) or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the button. When shortcut key is pressed button Click event is raised. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents class for Accessibility support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with owner control. + + Reference to owner control. + + + + Returns number of child objects. + + Total number of child objects. + + + + Returns reference to child object given the index. + + 0 based index of child object. + Reference to child object. + + + + Gets accessible role. + + + + + Gets parent accessibility object. + + + + + Returns bounds of the control. + + + + + Returns current accessible state. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + Summary description for ThemedButtonItemPainter. + + + + + Represents the Check-box item. Use a CheckBox to give the user an option, such as true/false or yes/no. + + + + + Creates new instance of CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of CheckBoxItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of CheckBoxItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CheckBoxItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CheckBoxItem instance. + + + + Copies the CheckBoxItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New CheckBoxItem instance. + + + + Raises the click event and provide the information about the source of the event. + + + + + + Sets the Checked property of the item, raises appropriate events and provides the information about the source of the change. + + New value for Checked property + Source of the change. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Sets the Checked property of the item, raises appropriate events and provides the information about the source of the change. + + New value for Checked property + Source of the change. + + + + Raises CheckState changed event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises CheckedBindableChanged changed event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Raises the CheckedChanging event. + + + + + Raises the CheckedChanged event. + + + + + Occurs before Checked property is changed and allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property is changed. Action cannot be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs when CheckState property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when CheckedBindable property has changed. + + + + + Gets or set whether the Checked values and the item appearance are automatically changed when the Check-Box is clicked. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the check or radio sign. Default value is 13x13. Minimum value is 6x6. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance style of the item. Default value is CheckBox. Item can also assume the style of radio-button. + + + + + Gets or sets the check box position relative to the text. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed on the item. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is set to true + CheckState property should be used instead of Checked property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Specifies the state of a control, such as a check box, that can be checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is unchecked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is in indeterminate state. + + + + + Delegate for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Represents event arguments for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel the checking on NewChecked button. + + + + + Check-box that will become checked if operation is not cancelled. + + + + + Check-box that is currently checked and which will be unchecked if operation is not cancelled. This property will have only valid values for eCheckBoxStyle.RadioButton style CheckBoxItems. + + + + + Indicates the action that has caused the event. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents painter for CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Paints CheckBoxItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Represents circular progress indicator. + + + + + Creates new instance of circular progress indicator. + + + + + Creates new instance of circular progress indicator and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of circular progress indicator and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ProgressBarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the ProgressBarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when property on CircularProgressBar changes. + + Property Change Arguments + + + + Starts the progress bar loop for endless type progress bar. Progress bar will continue to run until Stop() method is called. + + + + + Stops the progress bar loop for endless type progress bar. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when ProgressTextFormat property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the circular progress bar type. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress percentage text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text that displays the progress bar completion percentage text is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on top of the circular progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the progress bar. + + + + + Occurs when Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether endless type progress bar is running. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the color of progress indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets circular progress indicator diameter in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the text position in relation to the circular progress indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text/label displayed next to the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the suggested text-width. If you want to make sure that text you set wraps over multiple lines you can set suggested text-width so word break is performed. + + + + + Gets or sets text padding. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the text label. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pie progress bar dark border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pie progress bar light border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the spoke progress bar dark border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the spoke progress bar light border. + + + + + Gets or sets format string for progress value. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation speed for endless running progress. Lower number means faster running. + + + + + Defines available circular progress bar types. + + + + + Line spokes progress bar. + + + + + Dot type/FireFox progress bar. + + + + + Donut type progress bar. + + + + + Spoke type progress bar. + + + + + Pie type progress bar. + + + + + Summary description for ColorFunctions. + + + + + Provides popup color picker. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the IWindowsFormsEditorService interface used for Windows Forms design time support. + + + + + Gets or sets the ColorScheme object for Scheme colors. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected color. + + + + + Gets the selected color color scheme name if color scheme color is selected otherwise it returns an empty string. + + + + + Returns true if color selection was cancelled. + + + + + Represents the color comb control that allows color choice from pre-defined color comb palette. + + + + + Raises SelectedColorChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Creates new instance of the control. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Raises MouseOverColorChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs when SelectedColor has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the color mouse is currently over. If mouse is not over any color in comb Color.Empty is returned. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. When setting the color note that color must be already present in the color comb otherwise the selected color will be reset to Color.Empty. + + + + + Occurs when MouseOverColor property has changed. + + + + + Represents the color selection control. + + + + + Raises SelectedColorChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedColor has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected color. + + + + + Represents color item used for color picker control. Color item can only be used as part of the color picker DotNetBar feature. + + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + + Gets or sets the color represented by this item. Default value is Color.Black. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the item when displayed. Default value is 13x13 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets border drawn around the item. Default value is eColorItemBorder.All which indicates that border is drawn + on all four sides. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Represents the color picker drop down button. + + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Raises the ColorPreview event. + + Provides the data for the event. + + + + Invokes the ColorPreview event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Indicates whether SubItems collection is serialized. ColorPickerDropDown does not serialize the sub items. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Displays the Colors dialog that allows user to choose the color or create a custom color. If new color is chosen the + SelectedColorChanged event is raised. + + + + + Raises the BeforeColorDialog event. + + + + + + Update the selected color image if the SelectedColorImageRectangle has been set and button is using Image property to display the image. + + + + + Gets collection of ColorItem[] arrays that represent themed colors. Each ColorItem[] array is used to represent single line of theme colors. + + Collection of ColorItem[] arrays. + + + + Returns an array that represents the standard colors. Usually instances of ColorItem are included. + + ArrayList containing objects that describe standard colors. + + + + Invokes SelectedColorChanged event. + + + + + Occurs when color is chosen from drop-down color picker or from Custom Colors dialog box. Selected color can be accessed through SelectedColor property. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is moving over the colors presented by the color picker. You can use it to preview the color before it is selected. + + + + + Occurs before color picker dialog is shown. Data property of the event arguments will hold the reference to the Form about to be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the last selected color from either the drop-down or Custom Color dialog box. Default value is + Color.Empty. You can use SelectedColorChanged event to be notified when this property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether theme colors are displayed on drop-down. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether standard colors are displayed on drop-down. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets more colors menu item is visible which allows user to open Custom Colors dialog box. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle in Image coordinates where selected color will be painted. Setting this property will + have an effect only if Image property is used to set the image. Default value is an empty rectangle which indicates + that selected color will not be painted on the image. + + + + + Gets whether internal representation of color items on popup has been initialized. + + + + + Gets or sets the Owner Window that will be used as owner for the colors modal dialog when displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of ColorItem objects that will be used as theme colors instead of built-in color palette. + See: http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=79 for instructions. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of ColorItem objects that will be used as standard colors instead of built-in color palette. + See: http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=79 for instructions. + + + + + Indicates whether button should popup when clicked automatically. + + + + + Represents custom color blend selection control. + + + + + Raises SelectedColorChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs when SelectedColor has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the color selected by the control. Color that is assigned must be visible on the face of the control otherwise the SelectedColor will be set to Color.Empty + + + + + Represents the form in Office style with custom borders and caption. + + + + + Represents the form class that should be used instead of standard Form when form caption is provided by Ribbon control + and custom form look and feel in style of Office 2007 is required. This form does not have standard form caption. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Called when EnableCustomStyle property has changed. + + + + + Gets whether custom form styling is enabled. + + true if custom styling is enabled otherwise false. + + + + Gets the array of LinearGradientColorTable objects that describe the border colors. The colors with index 0 is used as the outer most + border. + + Array of LinearGradientColorTable + + + + Returns form custom region. + + New instance of the custom region. + + + + Gets the form path for the given input bounds. + + Represent the form bounds. + + + + + Paints the non-client area of the form. + + + + + Called when WM_NCACTIVATE message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Invalidates non client area of the form. + + Indicates whether complete form is invalidated. + + + + Redraws the non-client area of the form. + + + + + Called when BackgroundImageUnderCaption property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RenderFormIcon property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RenderFormText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets whether Windows Vista Glass support is enabled when form is running on Windows Vista with Glass support. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the RibbonControl that is hosted by this form. This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets whether Vista glass effect extension over the ribbon control caption is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the form's window state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom style for the form is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets top left rounded corner size. Default value is 6. + + + + + Gets or sets top right rounded corner size. Default value is 6. + + + + + + Gets or sets bottom left rounded corner size. Default value is 6. + + + + + Gets or sets bottom right rounded corner size. Default value is 6. + + + + + Gets whether client border is painted in OnPaint method. + + + + + Gets whether ribbon control caption is painted + + + + + Gets or sets whether 3D MDI border is removed. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether form uses custom region + + + + + Gets whether Windows Glass effect is rendered on the form when supported by Operating System and enabled using EnableGlass. + + + + + Returns whether form is sizable given form state (maximized, minimized, normal) and FormBorderStyle setting. + + + + + Gets or sets whether non-client area of the form rendering is enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether form BackgroundImage is pulled up and rendered under form caption as well. + + + + + Indicates whether form icon is drawn. This is different from ShowIcon property which when set to false also removes the form icon from task-bar. Setting this property to false will keep form icon in task-bar but will hide on the form. + + + + + Indicates whether form Text is rendered in form caption. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Raises TitleTextMarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether custom form styling is enabled. + + true if custom styling is enabled otherwise false. + + + + Invalidates non client area of the form. + + Indicates whether complete form is invalidated. + + + + Called when WM_NCACTIVATE message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Gets the form path for the give input bounds. + + Represents the form bounds. + + + + + Updates the form title bar text. Usually calling this method is not necessary but under certain conditions when form is used as MDI parent form + calling it to update combined text is necessary. + + + + + Called when CloseEnabled property value has changed. + + + + + Paints the non-client area of the form. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + + Occurs when text-markup link in TitleText is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets whether Vista glass effect extension over the ribbon control caption is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon for the form. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the form enables auto scrolling. + + + + + Gets or sets the Office 2007 Renderer global Color Table. Setting this property will affect all controls in application that are using Office 2007 global renderer. + + + + + Gets whether client border is painted in OnPaint method. + + + + + Gets whether ribbon control caption is painted + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting form caption. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the form system icon. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroForm class. + + + + + Gets the array of LinearGradientColorTable objects that describe the border colors. The colors with index 0 is used as the outer most + border. + + Array of LinearGradientColorTable + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Gets the form path for the given input bounds. + + Represent the form bounds. + + + + + Called when HelpButtonText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SettingsButtonText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises SettingsButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HelpButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + This property is not applicable for MetroForm. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the HELP button text. + + + + + Gets or sets the SETTINGS button text. + + + + + Occurs when SETTINGS button, if displayed, is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when HELP button, if displayed, is clicked. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents the Color scheme used by items on the Bar. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + VS.NET 2005 Blue Color Scheme + + + + + Converts hex string to Color type. + + Hexadecimal color representation. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts hex string to Color type. + + Color representation as 32-bit RGB value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts hex string to Color type. + + Color representation as 32-bit RGB value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Specifies Dock Site BackColor. + + + + + Specifies Dock Site BackColor2. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the menu bar background color. + + + + + Specifies the target menu bar gradient background color. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the bar when floating or when docked. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color for the bar when floating or when docked. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the bar Caption. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color for the bar Caption. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the color for text of the Caption. + + + + + Specifies the Bar Caption inactive (lost focus) background color. + + + + + Specifies the target background gradient Bar Caption inactive (lost focus) color. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the Bar inactive (lost focus) text color. + + + + + Specifies the background color for popup bars. + + + + + Specifies the border color for popup bars. + + + + + Specifies the border color for docked bars. + + + + + Specifies the color of the grab handle stripes. + + + + + Specifies the border color for floating bars. + + + + + Specifies the item background color. + + + + + Specifies the target item background gradient color. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the item text color. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the item that is disabled. + + + + + Specifies the text color for the item that is disabled. + + + + + Specifies the background color when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the text color when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the border color when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the background color when item is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color when item is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the text color when item is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the border color when item is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the color for the item group separator. + + + + + Specifies the color for the item group separator shade. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the shadow of expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color for the expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the text color for the expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the border color for the expanded item. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the checked item. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color for the checked item. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the border color for the checked item. + + + + + Specifies the text color for the checked item. + + + + + Specifies the customize item background color. Applies to Office2003 style only. + + + + + Specifies the customize item target gradient background color. Applies to Office2003 style only. + + + + + Specifies the customize item background color gradient angle. Applies to Office2003 style only. + + + + + Specifies the customize item text color. Applies to Office2003 style only. + + + + + Specifies the color of the menu border. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the menu. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the menu. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the menu background. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the menu part (left side) that is showing the images. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the menu part (left side) that is showing the images. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the menu part (left side) that is showing the images. + + + + + Specifies the background color for the items that were not recently used. + + + + + Specifies the side bar color for the items that were not recently used. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient side bar color for the items that were not recently used. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the menu part (left side) that is showing the images. + + + + + Specifies the border color for focused design-time item. + + + + + Gets or sets predefined color scheme. By default DotNetBar will automatically change and generate color scheme depending on system colors. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the panel. + + + + + Specifies the target background gradient color of the panel. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the panel background. + + + + + Specifies border color of the panel. + + + + + Specifies color of the text on the panel. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the explorer bar. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the explorer bar. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the explorer bar background. + + + + + Specifies the foreground color of MDI System Item buttons. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the Splitter. + + + + + Specifies the target background gradient color of the Splitter. + + + + + Specifies the angle of the gradient fill for the Splitter background. + + + + + Specifies border color of the Splitter. + + + + + Specifies color of the text on the Splitter. + + + + + Indicates auto-hide panel background image if any. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide panel background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide panel background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-hide tab background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the auto-hide tab text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the tab border. + + + + + Specifies the type of predefined color scheme in ColorScheme object. + + + + + Default value. DotNetBar will automatically change and generate color scheme depending on system colors. + + + + + Blue Office 2003 Color Scheme. This setting specifies that this color scheme will be used regardless of system color setting on user machine. + + + + + Olive Green Office 2003 Color Scheme. This setting specifies that this color scheme will be used regardless of system color setting on user machine. + + + + + Silver Office 2003 Color Scheme. This setting specifies that this color scheme will be used regardless of system color setting on user machine. + + + + + Always use system colors to auto-generate color scheme. + + + + + Specifies a color scheme member. + + + + + Summary description for ColorSchemeEditor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Summary description for ColorSchemeVSEditor. + + + + + Represents Color type editor with support for color schemes. + + + + + Edits the value of the specified object using the editor style indicated by GetEditStyle. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. + + + + Gets the editor style used by the EditValue method. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + A UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by EditValue. If the UITypeEditor does not support this method, then GetEditStyle will return None. + + + + + Provides command related utility methods that register and unregister commands. + + + + + Connects the Command Source to the Command. + + Command source to connect to the command. + Reference to the command. + + + + Disconnects command source from the command. + + Reference to command source. + Reference to the command. + + + + Unregister command from all subscribers. Called when command is disposed. + + Command to unregister. + + + + Gets an array of Command Sources that are connected with the command. + + Reference to command + An array of command sources. + + + + Gets or sets whether commands use Reflection to find the property names when applying value to the unknown types. Default value is true. + Setting this value to false will increase performance if Unknown types are used but it will at same time disable the + command setting value for these types. + + + + + Gets or sets whether layout on the items of type BaseItem is automatically updated when command text or other property changes which requires layout updated. Default value is true. + + + + + Represents the bound data navigator in current DotNetBar style. + + + + + Creates new instance of BindingNavigatorEx + + + + + Creates new instance of BindingNavigatorEx + + + + + Creates new instance of BindingNavigatorEx + + + + + Creates new instance of BindingNavigatorEx + + + + + Adds default items that make up the binding navigation control. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Add New record button. + + + + + Gets or sets the binding source for the navigator. + + + + + Gets or sets the label which represents the items count. + + + + + Indicates the format string for the label which displays the number of items bound. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which deletes current record. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which moves to first record. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which moves to last record. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which moves to next record. + + + + + Gets or sets the item which moves to previous record. + + + + + Gets or sets the text-box which shows current position. + + + + + Represents the class for the BaseItem non-popup based control host. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrieved from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Paints the control focus cues. + + Paint event information. + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Called when visual property of the control has changed so the control can be updated. + + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Recalculates the size of the internal item. + + + + + Indicates to control that all further update operations should not result in layout and refresh of control content. + Use this method to optimize the addition of new items to the control. This method supports nested calls meaning + that multiple calls are allowed but they must be ended with appropriate number of EndUpdate calls. + IsUpdateSuspended property returns whether update is suspended. + + + + + Indicates that update operation is complete and that control should perform layout and refresh to show changes. See BeginUpdate + for more details. + + + + + Indicates that update operation is complete and that control should perform layout and refresh to show changes. See BeginUpdate + for more details. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance of BaseItem object hosted by this control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether during painting OnPaintBackground on base control is called when BackColor=Transparent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the control. + + + + + Gets whether control layout is suspended becouse of the call to BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CircularProgress class. + + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the circular progress bar type. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress percentage text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text that displays the progress bar completion percentage text is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on top of the circular progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether endless type progress bar is running. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the color of progress indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pie progress bar dark border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pie progress bar light border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the spoke progress bar dark border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the spoke progress bar light border. + + + + + Gets or sets format string for progress value. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation speed for endless running progress. Lower number means faster running. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CollapsibleSplitContainer class. + + + + + Raises BeforeNearCollapseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises NearCollapseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeFarCollapseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises FarCollapseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when ButtonPosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CollapseMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + + Occurs after near collapse button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before far collapse button is clicked and allows you to cancel its action. + + + + + Occurs after far collapse button is clicked. + + + + + Indicates position of buttons inside container. + + + + + Specifies how panels are collapsed when collapse buttons are pressed. + + + + + Defines available positions for buttons inside CollapsibleSplitterContainer. + + + + + Buttons are positioned on left or top side depending on orientation. + + + + + Buttons are positioned in center of container. + + + + + Buttons are positioned on right or bottom side depending on orientation. + + + + + Defines collapse mode for the CollapsibleSplitContainer control. + + + + + When buttons are pressed the splitter is positioned at the PanelMinSize. + + + + + When buttons are pressed associated panel is collapsed through Panel1Collapsed or Panel2Collapsed properties. + + + + + Represents the color picker button control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Displays the Colors dialog that allows user to choose the color or create a custom color. If new color is chosen the + SelectedColorChanged event is raised. + + + + + Raises the ColorPreview event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the SelectedColorChanged event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Indicates whether SubItems collection is serialized. ColorPickerDropDown does not serialize the sub items. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Invokes the ColorPreview event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Update the selected color image if the SelectedColorImageRectangle has been set and button is using Image property to display the image. + + + + + Occurs when color is chosen from drop-down color picker or from Custom Colors dialog box. Selected color can be accessed through SelectedColor property. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is moving over the colors presented by the color picker. You can use it to preview the color before it is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of ColorItem objects that will be used as standard colors instead of built-in color palette. + See: http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=79 for instructions. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of ColorItem objects that will be used as theme colors instead of built-in color palette. + See: http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=79 for instructions. + + + + + Gets whether command is executed when button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Owner Window that will be used as owner for the colors modal dialog when displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets more colors menu item is visible which allows user to open Custom Colors dialog box. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the last selected color from either the drop-down or Custom Color dialog box. Default value is + Color.Empty. You can use SelectedColorChanged event to be notified when this property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether theme colors are displayed on drop-down. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether standard colors are displayed on drop-down. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle in Image coordinates where selected color will be painted. Setting this property will + have an effect only if Image property is used to set the image. Default value is an empty rectangle which indicates + that selected color will not be painted on the image. + + + + + Represents enhanced Windows combo box control. + + + + + Creates new instance of ComboBoxEx. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Loads all fonts available on system into the combo box. + + + + + Releases the focus from combo box. The control that last had focus will receive focus back when this method is called. + + + + + Called when DropDownColumns property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DropDownColumnsHeaders property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises BeforeMultiColumnPopupOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataColumnCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises SelectionChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when drop down portion of combo box is shown or hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is stand-alone control. Stand-alone flag affects the appearance of the control in Office 2007 style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + Note that WatermarkText is not compatible with the auto-complete feature of .NET Framework 2.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the combo box background color. Note that in Office 2007 style back color of the control is automatically managed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the BackColor value you set is used instead of the style back color automatically provided by the control. Default + value is false which indicates that BackColor property is automatically managed. Set this property to true and then set BackColor property + to make control use your custom back color. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether system combo box appearance is used. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether the combo box is draw using the Windows XP Theme manager when running on Windows XP or theme aware OS. + + + + + Disables internal drawing support for the List-box portion of Combo-box. Default value is false which means that internal drawing code is used. If + you plan to provide your own drawing for combo box items you must set this property to True. + + + + + Gets or sets whether combo box generates the audible alert when Enter key is pressed. + + + + + The ImageList control used by Combo box to draw images. + + + + + Determines the visual style applied to the combo box when shown. Default style is Office 2007. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ComboBoxEx thumb button that displays drop-down is rendered. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ComboBoxEx border is rendered. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether ItemHeight property is set automatically based on the current font when DrawMode=OwnerDrawFixed + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the text in combo-box when control Enabled property is set to false. + Setting this property is effective only for DropDownList ComboBox style. + + + + + Gets or sets the control background color when control is disabled. Default value is an empty color which indicates that system background color is used when control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the window handle that the drop down list is bound to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated list of field names that are displayed on drop down. When set it activates ComboBoxEx multi-column drop-down mode. + DataSource must be set in order for drop-down to display data. + + + + + Indicates custom column names with each column separated by new line, i.e. \r\n escape sequence. + + + + + Occurs before the multi-column popup is opened and it allows canceling of popup by setting CancelEventArgs.Cancel=true. + + + + + Occurs when ColumnHeader is automatically created by control as result of data binding for multi-column drop-down and provides you with opportunity to modify it. + + + + + Occurs before selection on multi-column drop-down has changed and allows canceling of the change. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection change on multi-column drop-down closes the popup. Default value is true. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Indicates whether multi-column popup size is preserved between popup displays if popup is resized by end-user. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Indicates whether multi-column popup can be resized by end user. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Indicates whether multi-column popup close button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether multi-column popup window is open. Applies to multi-column drop-down only. + + + + + Gets the reference to the control which is used to display multi-column data on popup. Control is created just before the popup is opened. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the DropDownChange event. + + + + + Summary description for ComboBoxItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ComboBoxItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ComboBoxItem and assigns item name. + + Item Name. + + + + Creates new instance of ComboBoxItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item Name + Item Text. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Overridden. Releases the input focus. + + + + + Raises the ComboBoxTextChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Occurs when underlining control ComboBox.Text property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when selected item on combo box has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether combo box generates the audible alert when Enter key is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the combo box label. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the of the drop-down portion of a combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the of the drop-down portion of a combo box. + + + + + Indicates the Width of the combo box part of the item. + + + + + Indicates whether control automatically releases its input focus when selection is made using keyboard. + + + + + Returns the reference to the inner combo box control. + + + + + Indicates whether item caption is always shown. + + + + + Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in inner ComboBoxEx. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable portion of a combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected item in the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the item automatically loads all the fonts available into the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of an item in the combo box. + + + + + Indicates item's visibility when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that indicates whether the item was recently used. + + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the item caption text displayed next to the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source whose contents you want to display. When ComboBoxItem is used in DropDown mode + and objects like ComboItem are added to ComboBoxItems.Items collection DisplayMembers should be set to the name of the property you would + like to use as text representation in editable portion of ComboBox. For example in case of ComboItem objects property should be set to Text. + + + + + Specifies whether combo box is drawn using themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + Note that WatermarkText is not compatible with the auto-complete feature of .NET Framework 2.0. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is stand-alone control. Stand-alone flag affects the appearance of the control in Office 2007 style. + + + + + Summary description for ComboItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ComboItem. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboItem class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboItem class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboItem class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboItem class. + + + + + + + Overridden. Returns a human-readable string representation of this object. + + A string that represents this object. + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment.. + + + + + Gets or sets the line alignment for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that encapsulates text layout information (such as alignment, orientation, tab stops, and clipping) and display manipulations. + + + + + Gets or sets the image horizontal image position. + + + + + Gets or sets the font name used to draw the item text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the item. + + + + + Specifies style information applied to text. + + + + + Gets the em-size of this Font object in design units. + + + + + Gets or sets the image assigned to this item. + + + + + Gets or sets an object that contains data to associate with the item. + + + + + Serves as integration of regular Image class and Icon class + + + + + Specifies orientation of content. + + + + + Indicates Horizontal orientation of the content. + + + + + Indicates Vertical orientation of the content. + + + + + Specifies content horizontal alignment. + + + + + Content is left aligned.UI + + + + + Content is right aligned. + + + + + Content is centered. + + + + + Specifies content vertical alignment. + + + + + Content is top aligned. + + + + + Content is bottom aligned. + + + + + Content is in the middle. + + + + + Represents a extended content block interface for advanced layout information. + + + + + Returns whether element is an container so it receives full available size of parent control for layout. + + + + + Represents event arguments for SerialContentLayoutManager.NextPosition event. + + + + + Gets or sets the block that is layed out. + + + + + Gets or sets the current block position. + + + + + Gets or sets the calculated next block position. + + + + + Cancels default position calculation. + + + + + Represents event arguments for the SerialContentLayoutManager layout events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference block object. + + + + + Gets or sets the position block will assume. + + + + + Cancel the layout of the block, applies only to BeforeXXX layout event. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility index of the block. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Delegate for SerialContentLayoutManager.NextPosition event. + + + + + Delegate for the SerialContentLayoutManager layout events. + + + + + Summary description for ContextExMenuTypeEditor. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the EditValue method. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + A UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by EditValue. If the UITypeEditor does not support this method, then GetEditStyle will return None + + + + Represents the context menu bar that provides the context menus for the System.Windows.Forms.Control inherited controls on the form. + + + + + Returns the instance of the BaseItem that is assigned as context menu to the control. + + Control to return context menu for. + Instance of the BaseItem used as context menu for the control. + + + + Assigns the context menu to a control. + + Control to assign the context menu to. + Instance of PopupItem derived class usually ButtonItem to act as context menu for a control. The SubItems collection of the item specified here actually defines the visible context menu items. + + + + Gets/Sets whether Bar is visible or not. + + + + + Summary description for Popups. + + + + + Summary description for ControlContainerItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name. + + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item name. + Item text. + + + + Overridden. Returns the copy of the ControlContainerItem. + + Copy of the ControlContainerItem. + + + + Overridden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Overridden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Called when size of the item is changed externally. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Occurs when container control needs to be assigned to the item. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates whether item was recently used. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the control that is managed by the item. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Specifies whether contained control can be automatically resized to fill the item container. + + + + + Represents the Check Box control with extended styles. + + + + + Invokes the CheckedChanged event. + + + + + Invokes CheckedChanging event. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs before Checked property is changed and allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property is changed with extended information. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property is changed. This event is provided for the Windows Forms data binding support. You can use CheckedChangedEx to get extended information about the changed. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property is changed. This event is provided for the Windows Forms data binding support. You can use CheckedChangedEx to get extended information about the changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the check or radio sign. Default value is 13x13. Minimum value is 6x6. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance style of the item. Default value is CheckBox. Item can also assume the style of radio-button. + + + + + Gets or sets the check box position relative to the text. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is set to true + CheckState property should be used instead of Checked property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Specifies the state of a control, such as a check box, that can be checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets the underlying CheckBoxItem + + + + + Gets or sets whether mnemonic character assigned to control is processed only if Alt key is pressed. Default value is false which indicate that Alt key is not required. + + + + + Gets or set whether the Checked values and the item appearance are automatically changed when the Check-Box is clicked. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that represents the Checked state of control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty string is consider as null value during CheckValue value comparison. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Indeterminate state of check box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Checked state of check box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Unchecked state of check box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is unchecked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is in indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Delegate for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Represents event arguments for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel the checking on NewChecked button. + + + + + Check-box that will become checked if operation is not cancelled. + + + + + Check-box that is currently checked and which will be unchecked if operation is not cancelled. This property will have only valid values for eCheckBoxStyle.RadioButton style CheckBoxItems. + + + + + Indicates the action that has caused the event. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents the combo box like control which shows the AdvTree control on popup. Tree control + can be configured to display multiple columns as well. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TextBoxDropDown class. + + + + + Raises FormattingEnabledChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises FormatStringChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises FormatInfoChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the DisplayMemberChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resynchronizes the item data with the contents of the data source. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the specified array of objects in a collection in the derived class. + + An array of items. + + + + Raises the DataColumnCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates a new node for the data item. + + Item to create node for. + New instance of the node. + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the object with the specified index in the derived class. + + The array index of the object. + The object. + + + + Called when ParentFieldName property has changed. + + + + + Called when GroupingMembers property has changed. + + + + + Raises the Format event. + + Event parameters + + + + Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the ValueMemberChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the SelectedValueChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Renders the selected node inside the combo box. + + Graphics reference. + Render bounds. + + + + Updates popup tree size based on its content. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Called when PopupLocation property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows popup is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the text alignment in text box has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Node has been selected by user or through the SelectedNode property. Event can be canceled. + + + + + Occurs after node has been selected by user or through the SelectedNode property. + + + + + Occurs when the DataSource changes. + + + + + Occurs when the DisplayMembers property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the control is bound to a data value that need to be converted. + + + + + Occurs when FormattingEnabled property changes. + + + + + Occurs when FormatString property changes. + + + + + Occurs when FormatInfo property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a Node for an data-bound object item has been created and provides you with opportunity to modify the node. + + + + + Occurs when a group Node is created as result of GroupingMembers property setting and provides you with opportunity to modify the node. + + + + + Occurs when value of ValueMember property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedIndex property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when ColumnHeader is automatically created by control as result of data binding and provides you with opportunity to modify it. + + + + + Gets or sets the tree node that is currently selected in the tree control. + + + If no Node is currently selected, the + SelectedNode property is a null reference (Nothing in Visual + Basic). + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection change on popup tree closes the popup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the field name that holds the text that will be displayed in the control for selected item. When not set all items set in DisplayMembers will be displayed in control. + + + + + Gets or sets the field name that holds the text that will be displayed in the control for selected item. When not set all items set in DisplayMembers will be displayed in control. + + + + + Gets or sets the comma separated list of property or column names to display on popup tree control. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the ComboTree. Expected is an object that implements the IList or IListSource interfaces, + such as a DataSet or an Array. The default is null. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting is applied to the DisplayMembers property of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the format-specifier characters that indicate how a value is to be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the IFormatProvider that provides custom formatting behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated field or property names that holds the value that is used to identify node and parent node. Format expected is: FieldNodeId,ParentNodeFieldId. For example if your table represents departments, you have DepartmentId field which uniquely identifies a department and ParentDepartmentId field which identifies parent of the department if any you would set this property to DepartmentId,ParentDepartmentId. + Note that you can only use ParentFieldNames or GroupingMembers property but not both. If both are set ParentFieldName take precedence. + + + + + Gets or sets comma separated list of field or property names that are used for grouping when data-binding is used. + + + + + Gets or sets style for automatically created group nodes when data-binding is used and GroupingMembers property is set. + + + Name of the style assigned or null value indicating that no style is used. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the property to use as the actual value for the items in the control. Applies to data-binding scenarios. SelectedValue property will return the value of selected node as indicated by this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the member property specified by the ValueMember property. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed if set for the input items. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text displayed on the input control when control is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether Enter key when pressed while control has input focus toggles the popup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether keyboard incremental search is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether during keyboard search selected node can be set to nothing/null if there is no match found. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the keyboard search buffer expiration timeout. Default value is 1000 which indicates that + key pressed within 1 second will add to the search buffer and control will be searched for node text + that begins with resulting string. Setting this value to 0 will disable the search buffer. + + + + + Indicates the custom popup location for the ComboTree popup + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal AdvTree control that is displayed on popup Use it to get access to the AdvTree events and properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of the drop-down portion of the ComboTreeBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the width in pixels of the drop-down portion of the ComboTreeBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the combo box is displaying its drop-down portion. + + + + + Gets the collection of tree nodes that are assigned to the popup tree view control. + + + A NodeCollection that represents the tree nodes + assigned to the tree control. + + + The Nodes property holds a collection of Node objects, each of which has a + Nodes property that can contain its own NodeCollection. + + + + + Gets the collection of column headers that appear in the popup tree. + + + By default there are no column headers defined. In that case tree control + functions as regular tree control where text has unrestricted width. + If you want to restrict the horizontal width of the text but not display + column header you can create one column and set its width to the width desired and + set its Visible property to false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether column headers are visible if they are defined through Columns collection. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether grid lines are displayed when columns are defined. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the grid lines color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether horizontal grid lines between each row are displayed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is highlighted when mouse enters the node. Default value is false. + + + There are two ways to enable the node hot-tracking. You can set the HotTracking property to true in which case the + mouse tracking is enabled using system colors specified in TreeColorTable. You can also define the NodeStyleMouseOver + style which gets applied to the node when mouse is over the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the node selection box style for popup tree control. + + SelectionBox Property + SelectionBoxSize Property + SelectionBoxFillColor Property + SelectionBoxBorderColor Property + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the Image objects used by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image-list index value of the default image that is displayed by the tree nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the control background color when control is disabled. Default value is an empty color which indicates that system background color is used when control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle converting for ComboTree control. + + + + + + + Gets the reference to the item being converted. + + + + + Get the reference to the name of the field or property on the item that needs conversion. + + + + + Defines delegate for data node based events. + + + + + Defines event arguments for data node based events. + + + + + Gets or sets the node that is created for data item. + + + + + Gets the data-item node is being created for. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataNodeEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines delegate for data column based events. + + + + + Defines event arguments for data column based events. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header that is created for data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataColumnEventArgs class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ControlWithBackgroundStyle class. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Represents the DataGridView control with enhanced Office 2007 style. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selected column header is highlighted. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether select all sign displayed in top-left corner of the grid is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether enhanced selection for the cells is painted in Office 2007 style. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether BackgroundColor property set on DataGridView is obeyed instead of using system color scheme color. + + + + + GetContentBounds + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Button background + + + + + + + + Paints the button background and content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Establishes the given rowIndex as the + ActiveRowIndex. + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + Initiates the refresh of the cell button + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Gets whether the Column cells will fully paint + their cell background and content + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether ImageFixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + Processes Button expand changes + + + + + + + ButtonItem_Click + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Gets or sets the active row index + + + + + Gets the Control Button + + + + + Gets or sets the Current row index + + + + + Gets or sets a expanded button + was just closed + + + + + Gets or sets the cell callback state + + + + + Gets or sets whether Checked property is automatically inverted, button checked/unchecked, when button is clicked. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether the button will auto-expand when clicked. + When button contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this property to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets button Color Scheme. ColorScheme does not apply to Office2007 styled buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of the button. Color specified applies to buttons with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eButtonColor.BlueWithBackground + + + + + Gets or sets the custom color name. Name specified here must be represented by the corresponding object with the same name that is part + of the Office2007ColorTable.ButtonItemColors collection. See documentation for Office2007ColorTable.ButtonItemColors for more information. + If color table with specified name cannot be found default color will be used. Valid settings for this property override any + setting to the Color property. Applies to items with Office 2007 style only. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when items Enabled property is set to false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Indicates the way button is rendering the mouse over state. Setting the value to + Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Sets fixed size of the image. Image will be scaled and painted it size specified. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of spacing between button image if specified and text. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of popup in relation to it's parent. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets an shape descriptor for the button + which describes the shape of the button. Default value is null + which indicates that system default shape is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button displays the expand part that indicates that button has popup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button appears as split button. Split button appearance + divides button into two parts. Image which raises the click event when clicked + and text and expand sign which shows button sub items on popup menu when clicked. + Button must have both text and image visible (ButtonStyle property) in order to + appear as a full split button. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the button. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or sets the default Text to display on the Button + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Applies only when button text is not composed using text markup. Default value is center. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + BeforeCellPaintEventArgs + + + + + RowIndex of cell being painted + + + + + ColumnIndex of cell being painted + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Button background + + + + + + + + Paints the button background and content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the Content bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + Initiates the refresh of the cell + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + HookEvents + + + + + + CheckBoxItem_Click + + + + + + + CheckBoxItem_DoubleClick + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Gets or sets the active row index + + + + + Gets the Control Button + + + + + Gets or sets the Current row index + + + + + Gets or sets the MouseDown row index + + + + + Gets or sets the cell callback state + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is unchecked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom image that is displayed instead default check box representation when check box is in indeterminate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the check box position relative to the text. + Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Specifies the state of the control, that can be + checked, unchecked, or set to an indeterminate state. + + + + + CheckValue + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Checked state value of the check + box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Indeterminate state of the check + box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the Unchecked state value of check + box when CheckValue property is set to that value. Default value is 'N'. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty string is consider as null value + during CheckValue value comparison. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls + Text property. Default value is true. Set this property to false to + display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the default Text to display + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is + Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will allow + three check states rather than two. If the ThreeState property is + set to true CheckState property should be used instead of Checked + property to set the extended state of the control. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + Click + + + + + + + DrawItem + + + + + + + DropDownChange + + + + + + + MeasureItem + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + ParseFormattedValue + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + + MustRenderVisibleControl + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + HookEvents + + + + + + ComboBoxEx_DataSourceChanged + + + + + + + DoComboBoxEx_Click + + + + + + + DoComboBoxEx_DrawItem + + + + + + + DoComboBoxEx_DropDownChange + + + + + + + DoComboBoxEx_MeasureItem + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs right before a ComboBox Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when the ComboBox is clicked + + + + + Occurs when a visual aspect of an owner-drawn ComboBox changes + + + + + Occurs when drop down portion of the ComboBox is shown or hidden. + + + + + Occurs each time an owner-drawn ComboBox item needs + to be drawn and when the sizes of the list items are determined + + + + + Gets the underlying ComboBoxEx control + + + + + Gets or sets the ComboBox CurrencyManager + + + + + Gets or sets a custom System.Collections.Specialized.StringCollection + to use when the AutoCompleteSource property is set to CustomSource. + + + + + Gets or sets an option that controls how automatic completion works for the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the source of complete strings used for automatic completion. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source that populates the selections for the combo box + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property or column + from which to retrieve strings for display in the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether user code or + operating system code will handle drawing of elements in the list. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of the drop-down portion of the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the drop-down lists of the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the flat style appearance of the column's cells. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the format-specifier + characters that indicate how a value is to be displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether formatting is applied to the DisplayMember property. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList control used by Combo box to draw images. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether + the control should resize to avoid showing partial items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is stand-alone control. + Stand-alone flag affects the appearance of the control in Office 2007 style. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of an item in the combo box. + + + + + Gets the collection of objects used as selections in the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of items + in the drop-down list of the cells in the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters a user can type into the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's + elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the items in the combo box are sorted. + + + + + Determines the visual style applied to + the combo box when shown. Default style is Office 2007. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this control. + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property or column + from which to get values that correspond to the selections in the drop-down list. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value + indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is + displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text + is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + Note that WatermarkText is not compatible with the auto-complete feature of .NET Framework 2.0. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + DropDownChangeEventArgs + + + + + ColumnIndex + + + + + Expanded state + + + + + RowIndex + + + + + Handles OnTextChanged events + + + + + + OnSelectedIndexChanged + + + + + + NotifyDataGridViewOfValueChange + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + ButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + ConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + DoButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + DoConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Occurs right before a DateTimeInput Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar + is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked + and allows you to cancel its default action + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by + the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that + value to the value the control expects + + + + + Gets the underlying DateTimeInput control + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is + allowed. Default value is true which means that IsEmpty property may + return true if input value is resets or ValueObject set to null/nothing. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input focus is automatically advanced + to next input field when input is complete in current one. + + + + + Gets or sets whether first day in month is automatically + selected on popup date picker when month or year is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. + When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom date/time format string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty input values (year, month or day) are + set to defaults while user is entering data. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the format date/time is displayed in. To specify + custom format set this value to Custom and specify custom format + using CustomFormat property. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When set + to true the input part of the control becomes read-only and does not allow + the typing. However, drop-down part if visible still allows user to change + the value of the control. Use this property to allow change of the value + through drop-down picker only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox + property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal MonthCalendarItem control which is used to display calendar when drop-down is open. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. For example if you are + allowing time input you could set this property to : so when user presses the : character, + the input is forwarded to the next input field. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is + displayed to the left of the input value. Set to true if a check box + is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed + to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value + can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked + and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control + (up-down control) is used to adjust the current value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control + is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. The value can + be adjusted by using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Handles OnValueChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the Edit state + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + ButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + ConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + DoButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + DoConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Occurs right before a DoubleInput Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar + is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked + and allows you to cancel its default action + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by + the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that + value to the value the control expects + + + + + DoubleInput + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format + the numeric value entered for display purpose. Read more about + available formats in MSDN under "Standard Numeric Format Strings" + and "Custom Numeric Format Strings" topics. + + The format specified here indicates the format for display purpose + only, not for the input purpose. For example to display the number + in system Currency format set the DisplayFormat to 'C'. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the + control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox + property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is + displayed to the left of the input value. Set to true if a check box + is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed + to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value + can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked + and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control + (up-down control) is used to adjust the current value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control + is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. The value can + be adjusted by using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Handles OnValueChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the Edit state + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + ButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + ConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + DoButtonFreeTextClick + + + + + + + DoConvertFreeTextEntry + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Occurs right before a DateTimeInput Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar + is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked + and allows you to cancel its default action + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by + the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that + value to the value the control expects + + + + + IntegerInput + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format + the numeric value entered for display purpose. Read more about + available formats in MSDN under "Standard Numeric Format Strings" + and "Custom Numeric Format Strings" topics. + + The format specified here indicates the format for display purpose + only, not for the input purpose. For example to display the number + in system Currency format set the DisplayFormat to 'C'. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the + control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the input field alignment inside the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox + property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is + displayed to the left of the input value. Set to true if a check box + is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed + to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value + can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked + and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a spin button control + (up-down control) is used to adjust the current value. The default is false. + + When the ShowUpDown property is set to true, a spin button control + is shown to adjust value of currently focused input item. The value can + be adjusted by using the up and down buttons to change the value. + + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Handles OnValueChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the Edit state + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Occurs right before a IpAddressInput Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar + is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Gets the underlying IpAddressInput control + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control + is allowed. Default value is true which means that Text property + may return null if there is no input value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free-text entry is automatically + turned off when control loses input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input + is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free text entries are attempted to be + auto-resolved to IP address as host/domain names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the Background color. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be + displayed on popup that is shown when the drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Returns the collection of DropDownItems. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight + the text box when it has input focus and FocusHighlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as + background color to highlight the text box when it has + input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control input is in + free-text input mode. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When + set to true the input part of the control becomes read-only and does + not allow the typing. However, drop-down part if visible still allows + user to possibly change the value of the control through the method you + can provide on drop-down. Use this property to allow change of the value + through drop-down button only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox + property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's + elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. For example if you are + allowing time input you could set this property to : so when user presses the : character, + the input is forwarded to the next input field. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is displayed to + the left of the input value. Set to true if a check box is displayed + to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is + displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of + the control when Text is not set and control does not have + input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Control for input of the integer value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the IpAddressInput class. + + + + + Copies the current value in the control to the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the current Clipboard content if possible as the value into the control. + + + + + Moves the current control value to the Clipboard. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Raises the LockUpdateChanged event. + + Provides event data./ + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + + + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows calendar is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ShowCheckBox property is set to true and user changes the lock status of the control by clicking the check-box. + + + + + Occurs when Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that switches the control into the free-text entry mode when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is allowed. Default value is true which means that Text property + may return null if there is no input value. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part of the control is read-only. When set to true the input part of the control becomes + read-only and does not allow the typing. However, drop-down part if visible still allows user to possibly change the value of the control + through the method you can provide on drop-down. + Use this property to allow change of the value through drop-down button only. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check box is displayed to the left of the input value. + Set to true if a check box is displayed to the left of the input value; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + When the ShowCheckBox property is set to true, a check box is displayed to the left of the input in the control. When the check box is selected, the value can be updated. When the check box is cleared, the value is unable to be changed. + You can handle the LockUpdateChanged event to be notified when this check box is checked and unchecked. Use LockUpdateChecked property + to get or sets whether check box is checked. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether check box shown using ShowCheckBox property which locks/unlocks the control update is checked. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. For example if you are + allowing time input you could set this property to : so when user presses the : character, + the input is forwarded to the next input field. + + + + + Gets or sets the IP Address value represented by the control. + + + + + Occurs if Free-Text entry value is not natively recognized by the control and provides you with opportunity to convert that value to the + value control expects. + + + + + Occurs when Free-Text button is clicked and allows you to cancel its default action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free text entries are attempted to be auto-resolved to IP address as host/domain names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether free-text entry is automatically turned off when control loses input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control input is in free-text input mode. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Handles OnTextChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the Edit state + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Label background + + + + + + + + Paints the Label background and content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + CellAlignPoint + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetHorizontalAlignment + + + + + + + Initiates the refresh of the cell label + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the SingleLineColor property to its default value. + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + LabelItem_Click + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the LabelX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Button FlatStyle + + + + + Button UseColumnTextForButtonValue + + + + + InCallBack + + + + + Gets the Control LabelX + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. + Default value specifies border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the border drawn around the label. + + + + + Specifies label image. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the label. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the left padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border line color when border is single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical text alignment. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + KeyDown routine forwards all DataGridView sent keys to + the underlying focusable control + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + + MustRenderVisibleControl + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetTextAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs right before a MaskedTextBoxAdv Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Gets the underlying MaskedTextBoxAdv control + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether PromptChar can be entered as valid data. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether characters outside of the ASCII character set will be accepted. + + + + + Gets or sets the Background color. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the masked text box + control raises the system beep for each user key stroke that it rejects. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the culture information associated with the masked text box. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether + literals and prompt characters are copied to the clipboard + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be + displayed on popup that is shown when the drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight + the text box when it has input focus and FocusHighlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as + background color to highlight the text box when it has + input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the prompt characters + in the input mask are hidden when the masked text box loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text insertion mode of the masked text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the input mask to use at run time. + + + + + Gets or sets the character to be displayed in substitute for user input. + + + + + Gets or sets the character used to represent the absence of user input. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the parsing of + user input should stop after the first invalid character is reached. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how an input + character that matches the prompt character should be handled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how + a space input character should be handled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's + elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating + whether the user is allowed to reenter literal values. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets or sets how text is aligned in a masked text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether literals + and prompt characters are included in the formatted string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether + the operating system-supplied password character should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the data type used to verify the data input by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value + indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is + displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of + the control when Text is not set and control does not have + input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MaskedTextBoxAdv class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MaskedTextBoxAdv class using the specified input mask. + + A custom mask language provider, derived from the MaskedTextProvider class. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MaskedTextBoxAdv class using the specified input mask. + + Initializes a new instance of the MaskedTextBox class using the specified input mask. + + + + Raises TypeValidationCompleted event. + + + + + Raises the TextAlignChanged event. + + + + + Raises MaskInputRejected event. + + + + + + Raises the MaskChanged event. + + + + + Raises IsOverwriteModeChanged event. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Converts the user input string to an instance of the validating type. + + If successful, an Object of the type specified by the ValidatingType property; otherwise, null to indicate conversion failure. + + + + Returns a string that represents the current masked text box. This method overrides ToString. + + A String that contains information about the current MaskedTextBox. The string includes the type, a simplified view of the input string, and the formatted input string. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows popup is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs after the insert mode has changed + + + + + Occurs after the input mask is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the user's input or assigned character does not match the corresponding format element of the input mask. + + + + + Occurs when the text alignment is changed. + + + + + Occurs when MaskedTextBox has finished parsing the current value using the ValidatingType property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal MaskedTextBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether PromptChar can be entered as valid data by the user. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the MaskedTextBox control accepts characters outside of the ASCII character set. + true if only ASCII is accepted; false if the MaskedTextBox control can accept any arbitrary Unicode character. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the masked text box control raises the system beep for each user key stroke that it rejects. + + + + + Gets or sets the culture information associated with the masked text box. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether literals and prompt characters are copied to the clipboard. + + + + + Gets or sets the IFormatProvider to use when performing type validation. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the prompt characters in the input mask are hidden when the masked text box loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the text insertion mode of the masked text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the input mask to use at run time. The default value is the empty string which allows any input + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether all required inputs have been entered into the input mask. Returns true if all required input has been entered into the mask; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a clone of the mask provider associated with this instance of the masked text box control. Returns masking language provider of type MaskedTextProvider. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether all required and optional inputs have been entered into the input mask. Returns true if all required and optional inputs have been entered; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the character to be displayed in substitute for user input. + + + + + Gets or sets the character used to represent the absence of user input in MaskedTextBox. Returns character used to prompt the user for input. The default is an underscore (_). + + + + + Gets or sets whether text in control is read only. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the parsing of user input should stop after the first invalid character is reached. Returns true if processing of the input string should be terminated at the first parsing error; otherwise, false if processing should ignore all errors. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how an input character that matches the prompt character should be handled. Returns true if the prompt character entered as input causes the current editable position in the mask to be reset; otherwise, false to indicate that the prompt character is to be processed as a normal input character. The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines how a space input character should be handled. Returns true if the space input character causes the current editable position in the mask to be reset; otherwise, false to indicate that it is to be processed as a normal input character. The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the defined shortcuts are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets or sets how text is aligned in a masked text box control. + + + + + Gets the length of the displayed text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether literals and prompt characters are included in the formatted string. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the operating system-supplied password character should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the data type used to verify the data input by the user. Returns Type representing the data type used in validation. The default is null. + + + + + Gets the preferred height for a masked text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Handles OnTextChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Button background + + + + + + + + Paints the button background and content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the content bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + FormattedValueType + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + ProgressBarItem_Click + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Button FlatStyle + + + + + Button UseColumnTextForButtonValue + + + + + InCallBack + + + + + Gets the Control ProgressBarX + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color state table for progress bar. Color + specified applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. You can use ColorTable to indicate the state + of the operation that Progress Bar is tracking. Default value is eProgressBarItemColor.Normal. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the default Text to display on the Progress Bar + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text inside the progress bar is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + GetPreferredSize + + + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the Slider background + + + + + + + + Paints the Slider content + + + + + + + + + + + OnMouseEnter + + + + + + Process MouseEnter state + + + + + + + Processes MouseLeave events + + + + + + Processes MouseMove events + + + + + + Processes MouseDown events + + + + + + Processes MouseUp events + + + + + + CellAlignPoint + + + + + + + + GetSliderValue + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the content bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + Initiates the refresh of the cell slider + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Gets the type of the underlying data + (i.e., the type of the cell's Value property) + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our system events + + + + + + SliderItem_Click + + + + + + + SliderItem_ValueChanged + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs right before a Slider Cell is painted + + + + + Gets or sets the active row index + + + + + Gets or sets the DataBindingComplete state + + + + + Gets the Control Slider + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the text label position in relationship to the slider. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text label next to the slider is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the label part of the item in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 38. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the slider. Value must be greater than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the label text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical line track marker is displayed on the slide line. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the slider. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the ButtonX control + + + + + InitializeEditingControl + + + + + + + + DetachEditingControl + + + + + ButtonClearClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + ButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + ButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + KeyDown routine forwards all DataGridView sent keys to + the underlying focusable control + + + + + + + PositionEditingControl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GetAdjustedEditingControlBounds + + + + + + + + Cell painting + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Paints the cell background + + + + + + + + Paints the cell content + + + + + + + + + + + + DrawControl + + + + + + + + + + DrawText + + + + + + + + + Gets the background bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + + Gets the button bounds for the given cell + + + + + + + GetValue + + + + + + + GetTextAlignment + + + + + + + Determines if the given part is set + + + + + + + + Gets the Type of the editing control associated with the cell + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Appends text to the current text of a text box. + + The text to append to the current contents of the text box. + + + + Clears all text from the text box control. + + + + + Clears information about the most recent operation from the undo buffer of the text box. + + + + + Copies the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Specifies that the value of the SelectionLength + property is zero so that no characters are selected in the control. + + + + + Retrieves the character that is closest to the specified location within the control. + + The location from which to seek the nearest character. + The character at the specified location. + + + + Retrieves the index of the character nearest to the specified location. + + The location to search. + The zero-based character index at the specified location. + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of a given line. + + The line for which to get the index of its first character. + The zero-based character index in the specified line. + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of the current line. + + The zero-based character index in the current line. + + + + Retrieves the line number from the specified character position within the text of the control. + + The character index position to search. + The zero-based line number in which the character index is located. + + + + Retrieves the location within the control at the specified character index. + + The index of the character for which to retrieve the location. + The location of the specified character. + + + + Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. + + + + + Selects a range of text in the text box. + + The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. + The number of characters to select. + + + + Selects all text in the text box. + + + + + Undoes the last edit operation in the text box. + + + + + Replaces the specified selection in the TextBox with the contents of the Clipboard. + + The text to replace. + + + + DoButtonClearClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustomClick + + + + + + + DoButtonCustom2Click + + + + + + + DoButtonDropDownClick + + + + + + + Gets the cell paint bitmap + + + + + + + Invokes BeforeCellPaint user events + + Row index + Column index + + + + Clones the ButtonX Column + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs right before a TextBoxDropDown Cell is painted + + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you + to cancel the default action performed by the button + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup + + + + + Gets the underlying TextBoxDropDown control + + + + + Gets or sets a custom StringCollection to use when + the AutoCompleteSource property is set to CustomSource. + A StringCollection to use with AutoCompleteSource. + + + + + Gets or sets an option that controls + how automatic completion works for the TextBox. + One of the values of AutoCompleteMode. The values are Append, + None, Suggest, and SuggestAppend. The default is None. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the source of complete strings used for automatic completion. + One of the values of AutoCompleteSource. The options are AllSystemSources, AllUrl, FileSystem, HistoryList, RecentlyUsedList, CustomSource, and None. The default is None. + + + + + Gets or sets the Background color. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button + that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button + that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the TextBox control + modifies the case of characters as they are typed. + One of the CharacterCasing enumeration values that specifies + whether the TextBox control modifies the case of characters. + The default is CharacterCasing.Normal. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control + will be displayed for the current cell only. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be + displayed on popup that is shown when the drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control can respond to user interaction + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight + the text box when it has input focus and FocusHighlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as + background color to highlight the text box when it has + input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected text in + the text box control remains highlighted when the control loses focus. + true if the selected text does not appear highlighted when the + text box control loses focus; false, if the selected text remains + highlighted when the text box control loses focus. The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. + The number of characters that can be entered into the control. The default is 32767. + + + + + Gets or sets the character to be displayed in substitute for user input. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's + elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the control. + A string that represents the currently selected text in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. + The number of characters selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. + The starting position of text selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets or sets how text is aligned in a masked text box control. + + + + + Gets the length of text in the control. + Returns number of characters contained in the text of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether + the operating system-supplied password character should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value + indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is + displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of + the control when Text is not set and control does not have + input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets the Cell paint setting for the control + + + + + Represents single line text box control with the drop down button to display custom control on popup and additional custom buttons. + + + + + Raises BeforeMultiColumnPopupOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TextBoxDropDown class. + + + + + Raises the TextAlignChanged event. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Shows drop-down popup. Note that popup will be shown only if there is a DropDownControl assigned or DropDownItems collection has at least one item. + + + + + Closes the drop-down popup if it is open. + + + + + Raises the ButtonClearClick event. + + + + + + Raises the ButtonDropDownClick event. + + + + + + Called when DropDownControl property has changed. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Returns a string that represents the current text in text box. This method overrides ToString. + + A String that contains information about the current TextBox. The string includes the type, a simplified view of the input string, and the formatted input string. + + + + Appends text to the current text of a text box. + + The text to append to the current contents of the text box. + + + + Clears all text from the text box control. + + + + + Clears information about the most recent operation from the undo buffer of the text box. + + + + + Copies the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Specifies that the value of the SelectionLength property is zero so that no characters are selected in the control. + + + + + Retrieves the character that is closest to the specified location within the control. + + The location from which to seek the nearest character. + The character at the specified location. + + + + Retrieves the index of the character nearest to the specified location. + + The location to search. + The zero-based character index at the specified location. + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of a given line. + + The line for which to get the index of its first character. + The zero-based character index in the specified line. + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of the current line. + + The zero-based character index in the current line. + + + + Retrieves the line number from the specified character position within the text of the control. + + The character index position to search. + The zero-based line number in which the character index is located. + + + + Retrieves the location within the control at the specified character index. + + The index of the character for which to retrieve the location. + The location of the specified character. + + + + Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. + + + + + Selects a range of text in the text box. + + The position of the first character in the current text selection within the text box. + The number of characters to select. + + + + Selects all text in the text box. + + + + + Undoes the last edit operation in the text box. + + + + + Replaces the specified selection in the TextBox with the contents of the Clipboard. + + The text to replace. + + + + Occurs when Clear button is clicked and allows you to cancel the default action performed by the button. + + + + + Occurs when Drop-Down button that shows popup is clicked and allows you to cancel showing of the popup. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the text alignment is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Modified property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before the popup is opened and it allows canceling of popup by setting CancelEventArgs.Cancel=true. + + + + + Indicates whether all text is auto-selected when control gets input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that shows drop-down when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the button that clears the content of the control when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down is open. + + + + + Indicates whether DropDownControl is automatically focused when popup is open. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference of the control that will be displayed on popup that is shown when drop-down button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of BaseItem derived items displayed on popup menu. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal TextBox control. Use it to get access to the text box events and properties. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text as it is currently displayed to the user. + + + + + Gets the preferred height for a text box. + + + + + Gets or sets a custom StringCollection to use when the AutoCompleteSource property is set to CustomSource. + A StringCollection to use with AutoCompleteSource. + + + + + Gets or sets an option that controls how automatic completion works for the TextBox. + One of the values of AutoCompleteMode. The values are Append, None, Suggest, and SuggestAppend. The default is None. + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the source of complete strings used for automatic completion. + One of the values of AutoCompleteSource. The options are AllSystemSources, AllUrl, FileSystem, HistoryList, RecentlyUsedList, CustomSource, and None. The default is None. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the TextBox control modifies the case of characters as they are typed. + One of the CharacterCasing enumeration values that specifies whether the TextBox control modifies the case of characters. The default is CharacterCasing.Normal. + + + + + Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line TextBox control. + The character used to mask characters entered in a single-line TextBox control. Set the value of this property to 0 (character value) if you do not want the control to mask characters as they are typed. Equals 0 (character value) by default. + + + + + Gets or sets how text is aligned in a TextBox control. + One of the HorizontalAlignment enumeration values that specifies how text is aligned in the control. The default is HorizontalAlignment.Left. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in the TextBox control should appear as the default password character. + true if the text in the TextBox control should appear as the default password character; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected text in the text box control remains highlighted when the control loses focus. + true if the selected text does not appear highlighted when the text box control loses focus; false, if the selected text remains highlighted when the text box control loses focus. The default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. + The number of characters that can be entered into the control. The default is 32767. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates that the text box control has been modified by the user since the control was created or its contents were last set. + true if the control's contents have been modified; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether text in the text box is read-only. + true if the text box is read-only; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the currently selected text in the control. + A string that represents the currently selected text in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box. + The number of characters selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box. + The starting position of text selected in the text box. + + + + + Gets the length of text in the control.Returns number of characters contained in the text of the control. + + + + + Handles OnTextChanged events + + + + + + ApplyCellStyleToEditingControl + + + + + + Gets EditingControlFormattedValue + + + + + + + Gets whether the given key wants to be processed + by the Control + + + + + + + + PrepareEditingControlForEdit + + + + + + Gets or sets the DataGridView + + + + + Gets or sets the Control Formatted Value + + + + + Gets or sets the Control RoeIndex + + + + + Gets or sets the Control ValueChanged state + + + + + Gets the Panel Cursor + + + + + Gets whether to RepositionEditingControlOnValueChange + + + + + Displays the desktop alerts with optional image or symbol. Text on alerts supports text-markup. + + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Text-markup link click event handler. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Specifies alert color. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Specifies alert color. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert at specific screen position. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert position on the screen. + + + + Shows desktop alert at specific screen position. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert position on the screen. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert at specific screen position. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Image to display on alert. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert color. + Alert position on the screen. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert color + Alert position on the screen + Text-markup link click event handler. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert color + Alert position on the screen + Text-markup link click event handler. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Alert color + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Symbol to show on the alert, see http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=1347 + Symbol set to use + Symbol color or Color.Empty to use default text color + Alert color + Alert position on the screen + Duration of alert in the seconds. + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Symbol to show on the alert, see http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=1347 + Symbol set to use + Symbol color or Color.Empty to use default text color + Alert position on the screen + Alert color + Duration of alert in the seconds. + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + Text-markup link click event handler. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Symbol to show on the alert, see http://www.devcomponents.com/kb2/?p=1347 + Symbol set to use + Symbol color or Color.Empty to use default text color + Alert position on the screen + Alert color + Duration of alert in the seconds. + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + Text-markup link click event handler. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Image to display on the alert + Alert screen position + Alert color + Duration of alert in seconds + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Image to display on the alert + Alert screen position + Alert color + Duration of alert in seconds + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + Text-markup link click event handler. + + + + Shows desktop alert. + + Text to show on the alert. Text supports text-markup. + Image to display on the alert + Alert screen position + Alert color + Duration of alert in seconds + Alert ID used to recognize alert if clicked and specified Action is called + Action method to call if alert is clicked. + Text-markup link click event handler. + Specifies reference control which is used to find target screen alert is displayed on. + + + + Raises BeforeAlertDisplayed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Indicates maximum alert size. + + + + + Specifies default alert screen position. + + + + + Specifies default alert color. + + + + + Gets or sets the total time in milliseconds alert animation takes. + Default value is 200. + + + + + Gets or sets time period in seconds after alert closes automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup can be used in alert text, default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether alert plays exclamation sound when shown. + + + + + Occurs before alert is displayed and allows access to the alert Window through sender. + + + + + Defines predefined desktop alert colors. + + + + + Sets alert size based on its content, it respects MinimumSize and MaximumSize property settings. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TextMarkupEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Raises MarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Display balloon. + + Indicates whether alert receives input focus upon showing. + + + + Displays balloon. + + + + + Called when alert needs to be hidden. + + + + + Hides balloon. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Indicates image displayed on alert. + + + + + Indicates optional Alert Id. + + + + + Indicates the method that will be invoked if user clicks the alert. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup can be used in Text property. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets the default alert size. + + + + + Gets or sets the total time in milliseconds alert animation takes. + Default value is 200. + + + + + Gets or sets whether balloon will close automatically when user click the close button. + + + + + Gets or sets time period in seconds after alert closes automatically. + + + + + Specifies the reference control which is used to find which screen the alert is displayed on. If not specified alert is displayed on primary screen. + + + + + Indicates spacing between alerts on the screen + + + + + Indicates the request screen position for the alert + + + + + Indicates spacing in pixels between image and text + + + + + Indicates whether alert plays exclamation sound when shown. + + + + + Indicates whether close button on alert is visible + + + + + Defines the alert positions. + + + + + Top-left screen position. + + + + + Top-right screen position. + + + + + Bottom-right screen position. + + + + + Bottom left screen position. + + + + + Component to display flyout popup. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Called when Content property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when PointerSide property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TargetControl property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DeepControlIntegration property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DisplayMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CloseMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises PrepareContent event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Shows flyout with the Content. + + + + + Returns the flyout size based on Content size. + + Proposed flyout size. + + + + Shows flyout at specified location and with specified size. Size can be empty (0,0) and flyout will be automatically sized based on the content. + + + + + + Raises FlyoutShowing event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises FlyoutShown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises QueryShowFlyout event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Shows flyout at specified location and with specified size. Size can be empty (0,0) and flyout will be automatically sized based on the content. + + Screen bounds to display flyout at. + Side of the flyout which will have pointer triangle + Pointer position either x or y depending on which side pointer is displayed on. + Target item for the flyout. + + + + Raises FlyoutClosing event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises FlyoutClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Closes the flyout form if it was open. + + + + + Called when ActivateOnShow property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TopMost property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when DropShadow property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Parent property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Indicates a control, usually panel with other controls inside of it, that is displayed on the flyout popup. + + + + + Indicates the side of the flyout triangle pointer is displayed on. + + + + + Indicates the target control for the flyout display and positioning. + + + + + Indicates whether Flyout integrates on item level with DotNetBar controls it recognizes like SuperTabControl, AdvTree etc. + + + + + Specifies when the flyout is displayed. + + + + + Indicates when Flyout is automatically closed. + + + + + Occurs before the flyout is shown for specific target and allows you to prepare Content for it. Sender of event will be the targeted control or item. + + + + + Occurs after flyout has been shown. + + + + + Provides opportunity to cancel showing of the flyout before any objects are created and allocated. This is preferred event to cancel flyout showing. + + + + + Occurs before flyout is closed and allows you to cancel the closing. + + + + + Occurs after flyout is closed. + + + + + Indicates whether flyout is active/focused when its shown, default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether flyout is made top-most window when shown + + + + + Gets or sets the background flyout color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that current color scheme will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the flyout border color. Default value of Color.Empty indicates that color scheme will be used. + + + + + Indicates whether flyout displays drop shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent control for the Flyout. Parent is used to find the parent form so flyout can be closed when form is de-activated. + + + + + Defines delegate for the FlyoutShowing event. + + + + + + + Gets the reference to the flyout form. + + + + + Gets the reference to the flyout target usually TargetControl. + + + + + Allows you to cancel showing of the flyout by setting this value to true. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FlyoutShowingEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines the modes for Flyout display. + + + + + Flyout is displayed manually using flyout.Show() method. + + + + + Flyout is displayed when mouse is over TargetControl. + + + + + Flyout is displayed when mouse is hovering over TargetControl. + + + + + Flyout is displayed when left mouse button is clicked on TargetControl. + + + + + Defines Flyout closing condition. + + + + + Flyout is closed manually using flyout.Close() method. + + + + + Flyout is closed when user clicks outside of flyout bounds. + + + + + Flyout is closed when TargetControl is hidden. + + + + + Flyout is closed when TargetControl loses focus. + + + + + Flyout is closed when parent forms deactivates. + + + + + Defines colors for the Flyout control. + + + + + Specifies Flyout background color. + + + + + Specifies Flyout border color. + + + + + Called when PointerOffset property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when PointerSide property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Indicates whether flyout displays a drop shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets whether form is made active/focused when shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the pointer offset from the top-left corner + + + + + Gets or sets the side pointer triangle is displayed on. + + + + + Gets or sets the flyout border color. Default value of Color.Empty indicates that color scheme will be used. + + + + + Defines the side of triangle pointer displayed on flyout popup. + + + + + Represents graphical panel control with support for different visual styles and gradients. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Applies any region related settings from style to control. + + + + + Applies color scheme colors to the style objects. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the current style of the control. + + Instance of ElementStyle object. + + + + Returns the current mouse down style of the control. + + Instance of ElementStyle object. + + + + Returns the current mouse over style of the control. + + Instance of ElementStyle object. + + + + Paints panel using Windows themes. + + Paint event arguments + + + + Prepares paint surface for paint operation. Called as first thing in Paint event. + + + + + + Paints panel given current style. + + Paint event arguments + + + + Paints insides of the control. + + Paint event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether CanvasColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CanvasColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the internal mouse tracking properties that track whether mouse is over the panel and whether is mouse pressed while over the panel. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Called after either ColorScheme or ColorSchemeStyle has changed. If you override make sure that you call base implementation so default + processing can occur. + + + + + Applies predefined Panel color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Panel color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Button color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Label color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined lable style to the ElementStyle object. + + Reference to ElementStyle object. + + + + Notifies a control that it is the default button so that its appearance and behavior is adjusted accordingly. + + true if the control should behave as a default button; otherwise false. + + + + Generates a Click event for the control. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether focus rectangle is displayed when control has focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the canvas color for the panel. Canvas color will be visible on areas of the control that do not get covered + by the style and it will also be used as a base color for style to be painted on. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style when mouse hovers over the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style when mouse button is pressed on the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text rectangle painted on panel is considering docked controls inside the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the text rectangle. This property is set by internal implementation and it should not be set by outside code. + + + + + Gets or sets whether painting of the control is suspended. + + + + + Gets or sets the value returned to the parent form when the button is clicked. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Calls base WndProc implementation + + Describes Windows Message + + + + Gets the ItemPaintArgs which provide information for rendering. + + Reference to Canvas + Returns the new ItemPaintArgs instance + + + + Paints the background of the control + + PaintEventArgs arguments + + + + Converts the client point into the screen point. + + Client point + Client point converted into screen coordinates. + + + + Adjusts the client rectangle for the control. + + Reference to new client rectangle. + + + + Adjusts the border rectangle before the non-client border is rendered. + + Border rectangle + + + + Occurs after non-client area is rendered and provides opportunity to render on top of it. + + Reference to Graphics object. + + + + Gets the reference to the BorderStyle used by the control if any. + + + + + Returns the Windows handle associated with the control. + + + + + Returns width of the control. + + + + + Returns the height of the control. + + + + + Returns whether handled for the control has been created. + + + + + Returns background color of the control. + + + + + Returns background color of the control when Enabled=false. + + + + + Returns whether control is enabled. + + + + + Invalidates non-client area of the control. + + + + + Paints insides of the control. + + Paint event arguments. + + + + Returns the size of the panel calculated based on the text assigned. + + Calculated size of the panel or Size.Empty if panel size cannot be calculated. + + + + Applies color scheme to the panel. + + + + + Applies default group panel style to the control. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Gets or sets the panel color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that appears in title with text. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the title image. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets or sets the scrollbar skining type when control is using Office 2007 style. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether box around the title of the group is drawn. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text rectangle painted on panel is considering docked controls inside the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel automatically provides shadows for child controls. Default value is false. + + + + + Specifies back color when Enabled=false + + + + + Defines predefined color schemes for panel control. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom styling (Office 2007 style) is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Recalculates the size of the internal item. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the SingleLineColor property to its default value. + + + + + Invokes the MarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides additional data about event. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Specifies spacing between label image and text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. Default value specifies border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the border drawn around the label. + + + + + Specifies label image. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the label. + + + + + Gets or sets the border line color when border is single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text vertical alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Gets or sets the left padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom padding in pixels. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets text-orientation. Default is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets how vertical text is rotated when TextOrientation = Vertical. + + + + + Gets the underlying LabelItem + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on label instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the symbol. + + + + + Indicates whether label text is rendered using bold font unless the Font property is specifically set to different font. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + A single horizontal or vertical line control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Line class. + + + + + Called when StartLineCap property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when StartLineCapSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when EndLineCap property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Specifies the line alignment within control bounds. + + + + + Specifies distance from the start of a line to the beginning of a dash pattern. + + + + + Specifies the line dash style. + + + + + Gets or sets the line thickness in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical line is drawn. Default value is false which means horizontal line is drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Indicates the start of the line cap. + + + + + Indicates the size of the start cap. + + + + + Indicates the start of the line cap. + + + + + Indicates end line cap size. + + + + + Defined line end types. + + + + + Provides data for CheckStateConvert event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckStateConvertEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents generic base control for items container control. + + + + + Represents base control for bars. + + + + + Provides interface for controls that support ribbon customization. + + + + + Called when item contained by the container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that was right-clicked. + + + + Creates new accessibility instance. + + Reference to AccessibleObject. + + + + Notifies the accessibility client applications of the specified AccessibleEvents for the specified child control. + + The AccessibleEvents object to notify the accessibility client applications of. + The child Control to notify of the accessible event. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Raises BeforeItemDrag event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + + Called when DragInProgress property value has changed. + + + + + Releases the focus from the bar and selects the control that had focus before bar was selected. If control that had focus could not be determined focus will stay on the bar. + This method is used by internal DotNetBar implementation and you should not use it. + + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Invokes the ItemClick event. + + Reference to the item that was clicked. + + + + Returns the item at specified coordinates or null if no item can be found. + + X - coordinate to test. + Y - coordinate to test. + + + + + Sets the height of the control to the automatically calcualted height based on content. + + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Returns automatically calculated width of the control given current content. + + Width in pixels. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Applies design-time defaults to control. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Indicates to control that all further update operations should not result in layout and refresh of control content. + Use this method to optimize the addition of new items to the control. This method supports nested calls meaning + that multiple calls are allowed but they must be ended with appropriate number of EndUpdate calls. + IsUpdateSuspended property returns whether update is suspended. + + + + + Indicates that update operation is complete and that control should perform layout and refresh to show changes. See BeginUpdate + for more details. + + + + + Indicates that update operation is complete and that control should perform layout and refresh to show changes. See BeginUpdate + for more details. + + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates the control layout and forces the control to recalculates the layout for the items it contains on next layout operation invoked using RecalcLayout method. + + + Call to this method is usually followed by the call to + RecalcLayout method to perform the control layout. + + + + + Applies any layout changes and repaint the control. + + + + + Sets up timer that watches when active window changes. + + + + + Called after change of active window has been detected. SetupActiveWindowTimer must be called to enable detection. + + + + + Releases and disposes the active window watcher timer. + + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Gets or sets the form SideBar is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether accelerator letters on buttons are underlined. Default value is false which indicates that system setting is used + to determine whether accelerator letters are underlined. Setting this property to true + will always display accelerator letter underlined. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + Occurs before an item drag & drop operation is started and allows cancellation. + + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Gets whether control is in menu mode. + + + + + Returns the reference to the control that last had input focus. This property should be used to + determine which control had input focus before bar gained the focus. Use it to apply + the menu command to active control. + + + + + Returns whether control has any popups registered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether internal WM_GESTURENOTIFY handler is enabled. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ProcessDialogKey method calls base ContainerControl implementation. + By default base implementation is called but under certain conditions you might want to set + this property to true to receive KeyDown events for Arrow keys. + + + + + Gets or sets whether shortuct processing for the items hosted by this control is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accessibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control height is set automatically based on the content. Default value is false. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Specifies whether SideBar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Key Tips (accelerator keys) for items are displayed on top of them. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display Key Tips (accelerator keys) when they are displayed. Default value is null which means + that control Font is used for Key Tips display. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over fade effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether control layout is suspended becouse of the call to BeginUpdate method. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Image size for all sub-items on the Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by control to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control supports drag & drop. Default value is false. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Defines notification interface for scrollable item controls. + + + + + Indicates that item has been selected via keyboard. + + Reference to item being selected + + + + Gets or sets whether selection is allowed. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected item index. + + + + + Gets or sets the BindingContext. + + + + + Invalidates non-client area of the control. This method should be used + when you need to invalidate non-client area of the control. + + + + + Scrolls the control so that item is displayed within the visible bounds of the control. AutoScroll must be set to true for this method to work. + + Item to ensure visibility for. Item must belong to this control. + + + + Indicates that item has been selected via keyboard. + + Reference to item being selected + + + + Called when an item should be selected as result of the keyboard action. + + Item that is being selected. + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resynchronizes the item data with the contents of the data source. + + + + + Raises the DataNodeCreated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Called when TouchEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Indicates whether container responds to keyboard presses and changes the active/mouse over item. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing in pixels between items. Default value is 1. + + + + + Indicates whether control can be scrolled when client area is dragged using mouse. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal vertical scroll-bar control if one is created or null if no scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal horizontal scroll-bar control if one is created or null if no scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control enables the user to scroll to items placed outside of its visible boundaries. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. Returns a Size that represents the minimum height and width of the scrolling area in pixels. + This property is managed internally by control and should not be modified. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the auto-scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all painting in control is suspended. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar for binding support. + + + + + Gets or sets the item template that is repeated for each data-row when using data binding. + + + + + Gets the collection of the binding applied to ItemTemplate visual when using data-binding. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by control to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic drag & drop support is enabled. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the ComboTree. Expected is an object that implements the IList or IListSource interfaces, + such as a DataSet or an Array. The default is null. + + + + + Occurs when the DataSource changes. + + + + + Occurs when a item for an data-bound object item has been created and provides you with opportunity to modify the created item. + + + + + Occurs when value of SelectedIndex property has changed. + + + + + Indicates whether touch support for scrolling is enabled. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ListBoxAdv class. + + + + + Called when CheckBoxesVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ItemHeight property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SelectionMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Selects or clears the selection for the specified item in a ListBoxAdv. Use this property to set the selection of items in a multiple-selection ListBoxAdv. To select an item in a single-selection ListBox, use the SelectedIndex property. + + The zero-based index of the item in a ListBox to select or clear the selection for. You can pass -1 to clear the selection. + true to select the specified item; otherwise, false. + + + + Selects or clears the selection for the specified item in a ListBoxAdv. Use this property to set the selection of items in a multiple-selection ListBoxAdv. To select an item in a single-selection ListBox, use the SelectedIndex property. + + The zero-based index of the item in a ListBox to select or clear the selection for. You can pass -1 to clear the selection. + true to select the specified item; otherwise, false. + Indicates the source of the change. + + + + Selects next visible list box item. + + + + + Selects previous visible list box item. + + + + + Gets ListBoxItem which represents an object value from Items collection when Items collection contains non ListBoxItem objects. + + Value to get ListBoxItem for. + + + + + Called when DisplayMember property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CheckStateMember property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises CheckStateConvert event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when ValueMember property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Clears internal property descriptors cache when data-binding is used. In most cases it is not needed that you call this method. Do so only if instructed by DevComponents support. + + + + + Finds the first item in the ListBox that starts with the specified string. The search starts at a specific starting index. + + The text to search for. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns ListBox.NoMatches if no match is found. + + + + Finds the first item in the ListBox that starts with the specified string. The search starts at a specific starting index. + + The text to search for. + The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to negative one (-1) to search from the beginning of the control. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns ListBox.NoMatches if no match is found. + + + + Finds the first item in the ListBox that exactly matches the specified string. The search starts at a specific starting index. + + The text to search for. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns ListBox.NoMatches if no match is found. + + + + Finds the first item in the ListBox that exactly matches the specified string. The search starts at a specific starting index. + + The text to search for. + The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to negative one (-1) to search from the beginning of the control. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns ListBox.NoMatches if no match is found. + + + + Raises ItemCheck event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Sets the check state of the item at the specified index. + + The index of the item to set the state for. + One of the CheckState values. + + + + Gets the list of items displayed in list box. + + + + + Indicates whether check-boxes are visible inside list box items. + + + + + Indicates fixed item height. Maybe set to 0 to indicate that each item should be sized based on its content. + + + + + Specifies the selection mode used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the zero-based index of the currently selected item in a ListBoxAdv. Negative one (-1) is returned if no item is selected. + + + + + Gets a collection that contains the zero-based indexes of all currently selected items in the ListBoxAdv. Do not modify items in this collection. To select or deselect list items while in multi-selection mode use SetSelected method. + + + + + Gets a collection containing the currently selected items in the ListBoxAdv. Do not modify items in this collection. To select or deselect list items while in multi-selection mode use SetSelected method. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected item. + + + + + Indicates property name which will provide the value to display for this list box when data-binding is used and DataSource is set. + + + + + Indicates property name which will provide the value for CheckState of the list box item when data-binding is used and DataSource is set. + + + + + Occurs when using data-binding with CheckStateMember specified and it allows you to convert a property value to CheckState. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the member property specified by the ValueMember property. If ValueMember specifies property that cannot be found on selected object this property returns null. + + + + + Indicates property name which will return the value for the selected item when SelectedValue property is accessed. + + + + + Occurs when CheckState of an ListBoxItem changes and it allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Gets collection of checked items in the list. Modifying this collection does not have any effect on actual checked items. Use SetItemCheckState to set checked state of an item or access ListBoxItem directly and set its CheckState property. + + + + + Defines selection modes for list control. + + + + + Items cannot be selected. + + + + + Only one item at the time can be selected. + + + + + Multiple items can be selected. A mouse click or pressing the SPACEBAR selects or deselects an item in the list. + + + + + Multiple items can be selected. Pressing SHIFT and clicking the mouse or pressing SHIFT and one of the arrow keys (UP ARROW, DOWN ARROW, LEFT ARROW, and RIGHT ARROW) extends the selection from the previously selected item to the current item. Pressing CTRL and clicking the mouse selects or deselects an item in the list. + + + + + Indicates that CheckState change of the item should be canceled. + + + + + Specifies the ListBoxItem that was changing. + + + + + When data-bound provides the object which was used to generate an ListBoxItem. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ListBoxAdvItemCheckEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Represents the ListBoxAdv item for internal use. Not for public usage. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ListBoxItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ListBoxItem instance. + + + + Copies the ListBoxItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New item instance. + + + + Called when CheckState property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsSelected property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Sets selected state of the item including the source of the action that caused the change. + + + + + + + Called when HotTracking property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets the mouse state of the check box part of item if visible. + + + + + Indicates check-box state if visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether item changes its background colors when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies image displayed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the background of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Paints ListBoxItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Provides data for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the ListBoxItem being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Defines color table for ListBoxItem. + + + + + Specifies default state color table. + + + + + Specifies mouse over state color table. + + + + + Specifies selected state color table. + + + + + Defines single state color table for ListBoxItem. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeListBoxItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeListBoxItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeListBoxItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + Indicates item text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the back colors gradient angle if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient colors positions if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Paints StepItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Represents the extended ListView control with the Office 2007 Style. + + + + + Called when ColumnHeaderFont property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Resets internal Column Header handler. This method should be called after you change the View property + at run-time. If your control is always in single view there is no need to call this method. This method + will work only when controls handle has already been created. + + + + + Resets the internal color table reference. This method is usually called automatically by + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized by VS.NET designer. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Represents the extended ListView control with the Office 2007 Style. + + + + + Represents the extended ListView control with the Office 2007 Style. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header font. Default value is null which means controls Font property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the item foreground color when control or item is disabled. By default SystemColors.Dark is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control displays focus cues when focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Specifies the control border style. Default value has Class property set so the system style for the control is used. + + + + + Specifies back color when Enabled=false + + + + + Summary description for MessageHandler. + + + + + Calculates the size of non-client area of the control. + + + + + Paints the non-client area of the control. + + + + + Draws the non-client area buffered. + + + + + Represents the PageNavigator control + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Hooks or unhooks our control events + + true to hook, false to unhook + + + + Handles NavigatePreviousPage events + + + + + + + Raises the NavigatePreviousPage event + + + + + Handles NavigateToday events + + + + + + + Raises the NavigateToday event + + + + + Handles NavigateNextPage events + + + + + + + Raises the NavigateNextPage event + + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Dispose + + + + + + Occurs when NavigateNextPage button is clicked + + + + + Occurs when NavigateToday button is clicked + + + + + Occurs when NavigatePreviousPage button is clicked + + + + + DefaultSize + + + + + Gets or sets the layout orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the PreviousPage button of the control + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Today button + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the NextPage button + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the control. + + + + + PageNavigator buttons + + + + + Previous page + + + + + Today + + + + + Next page + + + + + Represents the PageNavigate item + + + + + Creates new instance of PageNavigateItem + + + + + Creates new instance of PageNavigateItem and assigns the name to it + + Item name + + + + Handles size recalc + + + + + Handles external size changes + + + + + Lays out our control based upon its + vertical / horizontal orientation + + + + + Handles control rendering + + + + + + Draws the PreviousPage button + + Graphics + Office2007ScrollBarColorTable + + + + Gets the PreviousPage bitmap + + + + + + + + Creates the PreviousPage bitmap + + + + + + + + Draws the Today button + + Graphics + Office2007ScrollBarColorTable + + + + Gets the Today Bitmap + + + + + + + + Creates the Today Bitmap + + + + + + + + Draws the NextPage button + + + + + + + Gets the NextPage Bitmap + + + + + + + + Creates the NextPage Bitmap + + + + + + + + Centers the given rect + + + + + + + Processes InternalMouseMove events + + + + + + Returns the HitText area for the given point + + + + + + + Processes Mouse Leave events + + + + + Processes Mouse Down events + + + + + + Processes Mouse Up events + + + + + + Raises the NavigatePreviousPage event + + + + + Raises the NavigateToday event + + + + + Raises the NavigateNextPage event + + + + + Handles timer click events + + + + + + + Enables our click timer + + + + + Disposes of the click timer + + + + + OnTooltipChanged + + + + + Updates the control tooltip + + + + + Returns copy of the item + + + + + Copies the PageNavigatorItem specific properties to + new instance of the item + + New PageNavigatorItem instance + + + + Dispose + + + + + Releases the given bitmap + + Bitmap to release + + + + Occurs when NavigateNextPage button is clicked + + + + + Occurs when NavigateToday button is clicked + + + + + Occurs when NavigatePreviousPage button is clicked + + + + + Gets or sets the MouseOverPart + + + + + Gets or sets the MouseDownPart + + + + + Gets or sets the control orientation. Default value is Horizontal + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated + when mouse button is kept pressed over the item + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event + when mouse button is kept pressed over the item + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the PreviousPage button of the control + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Today button + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the NextPage button + + + + + Defines the PageNavigator item parts + + + + + Indicates no part + + + + + Indicates the PreviousPage button of the control + + + + + Indicates the TodayPage button of the control + + + + + Indicates the NextPage button of the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PageSlider class. + + + + + Raises SelectedPageChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when IndicatorVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns array of all pages in control. + + Array of pages. + + + + Removes and disposes all pages within the control. + + + + + Called when SelectedPage property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when AnimationTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SelectedPagePadding property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when PageSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NextPageVisibleMargin property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Orientation property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ScrollBarVisibility property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TouchEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when selected page has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether current page indicator is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates selected page. + + + + + Indicates the animation time in milliseconds for operations that perform visual animation of transition. Set to zero to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets zero based selected page index. If there is no page selected returns -1. + + + + + Gets the total number of pages displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the single page padding. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing in pixels between pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the page layout orientation. Default is horizontal. + + + + + Indicates whether page can be dragged using mouse to change currently selected page + + + + + Indicates whether selected page can be changed by using mouse drag on PageSlider client area which is not covered by pages. + + + + + Indicates scrollbar visibility. + + + + + Gets or sets the time in milliseconds that scrollbar is kept visible when there is no activity in control and mouse is over the control. + + + + + Indicates whether native touch support in control is enabled if available on target system. + + + + + Specifies scrollbar visibility. + + + + + Scrollbars are not visible. + + + + + Scrollbars are visible only if mouse is inside of the control. + + + + + Scrollbars are always visible. + + + + + Specifies level of touch enabled on the control. + + + + + Touch is enabled control wide. + + + + + Touch is disabled control wide. + + + + + Touch is enabled but only for the direct control client content. If touch input occurs on any child control it is not processed. + + + + + Called when PageNumber property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets page number. Page number determines the order in which pages are displayed inside of the PageSlider control. + + + + + Represents control which visually indicates current step in a sequence. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepIndicator class. + + + + + Called when StepCount property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CurrentStep property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Orientation property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the total number of steps that control will track. Default value is 10. + + + + + Gets or sets the current step in sequence. Current step should be less or equal than StepCount. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the current step indicator. + + + + + Indicates the control orientation. + + + + + Processes the resizing messages. + + The message. + true, if the WndProc method from the base class shouldn't be invoked. + + + + Gets whether popup has been resized by end-user. + + + + + Type of resize mode, grips are automatically drawn at bottom-left and bottom-right corners. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button is visible in fotter. Resize handle must also be visible in order for close button to render. + + + + + Gets resize grip bounds. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ResizeGripColors structure. + + + + + + + + Specifies the popup resize modes + + + + + Raises Closed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Closing event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Show control on popup at specified location. + + + + + Shows control on popup at specified location with specified popup resize edges. + + + + + Shows control on popup at specified location and size with specified popup resize edges. + + + + + Hides popup if visible. + + + + + Occurs after popup is closed. + + + + + Occurs before popup is closed and allows canceling. + + + + + Gets whether popup is visible. + + + + + Gets the control displayed on popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup padding. + + + + + Gets or sets popup margin. + + + + + Represents the stand-alone progress bar control. + + + + + Advances the current position of the progress bar by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Advances the current position of the progress bar by the specified amount. + + The amount by which to increment the progress bar's current position. + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text inside the progress bar is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of progress bar used to indicate progress. The Standard style displays the progress based on Minimum, Maximum and current Value. + The Marquee type is automatically moving progress bar that is used to indicate an ongoing operation for which the actual duration cannot be estimated. + + + + + Gets or sets the marquee animation speed in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color state table for progress bar. Color specified applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. You can use ColorTable to indicate the state of the operation that Progress Bar is tracking. Default value is eProgressBarItemColor.Normal. + + + + + Gets the underlying ProgressBarItem + + + + + Defines color table for the StepItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state StepItem colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state StepItem colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the StepItem colors when mouse is pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the StepItem colors when Value property is greater than Minimum property value, i.e. item is reporting progress. + Note that only Background color is used when progress indicator is drawn. + + + + + Paints StepItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Paints StepItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Represents the color table for StepItem single state. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeStepItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeStepItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeStepItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the step item. + + + + + Gets or sets the back colors gradient angle if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient colors positions if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the step item. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors of the step item. + + + + + Represents the progress steps control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ProgressSteps class. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow pointer width for the StepItem objects hosted within this container. + + + + + Represents a step item which is used to show single step in multi-step progress control. + + + + + Creates new instance of StepItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of StepItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of StepItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the StepItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New StepItem instance. + + + + Copies the StepItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New StepItem instance. + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Called when Minimum property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Maximum property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Value property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MinimumSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when HotTracking property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ImageTextSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets the render path of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Indicates the image that is displayed next to the item text label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this is first item in StepControl. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this is laste item in StepControl. + + + + + Indicates minimum size of the item + + + + + Specifies whether item changes its appearance when mouse is moved over the item + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed on the item. + + + + + Indicates the spacing between image and text. + + + + + Gets or sets padding around content of the item. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the current progress, i.e. Value>Minimum + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the background of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the text. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Container for the StepItem objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepContainer class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the StepContainer specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New StepContainer instance. + + + + Copies the StepContainer specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New StepContainer instance. + + + + Called when PointerSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the arrow pointer width for the StepItem objects hosted within this container. + + + + + Provides data for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the Slider item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Represents Range Slider Control. + + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises GetRangeTooltipText event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs before Value has changed and allow the cancellation of the change. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed + + + + + Occurs when control is about to display the range tooltip and it allows you to customize tooltip + + + + + Gets the RangeSliderItem. + + + + + Indicates whether clicking the area outside of the range change buttons moves the range change button to the clicked location if possible thus allowing range change. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Indicates image to be used as maximum range slider button instead of built-in button. Image is scaled to size set by RangeButtonSize. + + + + + Indicates image to be used as minimum range slider button instead of built-in button. Image is scaled to size set by RangeButtonSize. + + + + + Specifies minimum absolute range that user can select. Absolute range is defined as Abs(Value.Max-Value.Min) Applies to user performed selection through mouse only. + + + + + Gets current part that is pressed using mouse left button. + + + + + Gets mouse over part. + + + + + Gets bounds of maximum range sliding button. + + + + + Gets bounds of minimum range sliding button. + + + + + Indicates the size of the range change buttons. + + + + + Specifies the height of the range line + + + + + Gets or sets the string that is used to format the range value to be displayed while user moves the range buttons. Value set here is used in string.Format(RangeTooltipFormat, Value.Min, Value.Max). + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the range value. + + + + + Specifies whether range tooltip is shown while user is changing the range + + + + + Gets or sets the slider orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Gets tick marks bounds. + + + + + Gets tick marks bounds for second marker is visible. + + + + + Specifies the ticks position inside of Range Slider. + + + + + Indicates tick display period + + + + + Indicates whether tick lines are shown + + + + + Gets or sets the range displayed by the control. + + + + + Represents the Rating control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Rating class. + + + + + Raises the ParseRating event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the ParseAverageRatingValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the AverageRatingChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises the RatingChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises RatingChanging event. + + Event data + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when Rating property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when RatingValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Rating property is about to be changed and provides opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRating property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRatingValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Occurs when RatingValue property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRatingValue property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Indicates number of stars used for the rating. Minium value is 2 stars. + + + + + Gets or sets the rating value represented by the control. Default value is 0 which indicates + that there is no rating set. Maximum value is 5. + + + + + Gets or sets the average rating shown by control. Control will display average rating (if set) when no explicit + Rating value is set through Rating property. Minimum value is 0 and Maximum value is 5. + + + + + Gets or sets the AverageRating property. This property is provided for Data-Binding with NULL value support. + + + + + Gets the reference to custom rating images. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether rating can be edited. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of rating control. + + + + + Gets or sets the Rating property value. This property is provided for Data-Binding with NULL value support. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between optional text and the rating. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents an image control with built-in reflection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ReflectionImage class. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether reflection effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Represents an single line of text label control with text-markup support and built-in reflection. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets whether reflection effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Represents control which handles scroll-bars. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScrollbarControl class. + + + + + Called when ScrollOverrideControl property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RichTextBoxEx class. + + + + + Raises AcceptsTabChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HideSelectionChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ModifiedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MultilineChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ReadOnlyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises LinkClicked event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Protected event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises SelectionChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HScroll event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HScroll event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Appends text to the current text of a text box + + + + + Determines whether you can paste information from the Clipboard in the specified data format. + + + + + + + Clears all text from the text box control. + + + + + Clears information about the most recent operation from the undo buffer of the text box. + + + + + Copies the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Moves the current selection in the text box to the Clipboard. + + + + + Specifies that the value of the SelectionLength property is zero so that no characters are selected in the control. + + + + + Searches the text in a RichTextBox control for a string. + + + + + + + Searches the text of a RichTextBox control for the first instance of a character from a list of characters. + + + + + + + Searches the text in a RichTextBox control for a string with specific options applied to the search. + + + + + + + + Searches the text of a RichTextBox control, at a specific starting point, for the first instance of a character from a list of characters. + + + + + + + + Searches the text in a RichTextBox control for a string at a specific location within the control and with specific options applied to the search. + + + + + + + + + Searches a range of text in a RichTextBox control for the first instance of a character from a list of characters. + + + + + + + + + Searches the text in a RichTextBox control for a string within a range of text within the control and with specific options applied to the search. + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the character that is closest to the specified location within the control. + + + + + + + Retrieves the index of the character nearest to the specified location + + + + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of a given line. (Inherited from TextBoxBase.) + + + + + + + Retrieves the index of the first character of the current line. (Inherited from TextBoxBase.) + + + + + + Retrieves the line number from the specified character position within the text of the RichTextBox control. + + + + + + + Retrieves the location within the control at the specified character index. + + + + + + + Loads a rich text format (RTF) or standard ASCII text file into the RichTextBox control. + + + + + + Loads the contents of an existing data stream into the RichTextBox control. + + + + + + + Loads a specific type of file into the RichTextBox control. + + + + + + + Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the Clipboard. + + + + + Pastes the contents of the Clipboard in the specified Clipboard format. + + + + + + Reapplies the last operation that was undone in the control. + + + + + Saves the contents of the RichTextBox to a rich text format (RTF) file. + + + + + + Saves the contents of a RichTextBox control to an open data stream. + + + + + + + Saves the contents of the RichTextBox to a specific type of file. + + + + + + + Scrolls the contents of the control to the current caret position. + + + + + Activates the control. (Inherited from Control.) + + + + + Selects a range of text in the text box. + + + + + + + Selects all text in the text box. + + + + + Undoes the last edit operation in the text box. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal RichTextBox control. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the AcceptsTab property changes + + + + + Occurs when the value of the HideSelection property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Modified property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the Multiline property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ReadOnly property changes. + + + + + Occurs when a hyperlink in the text is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the user takes an action that would change a protected range of text. + + + + + Occurs when the current selection has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the horizontal scroll bar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the vertical scroll bar is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the RichTextBox. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab characters are accepted as input + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic word selection is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets indent for bullets in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether URLs are automatically formatted as links. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drag/drop of text, pictures and other data is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection should be hidden when the edit control loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets lines of text in a multi-line edit, as an array of String values. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum number of characters that can be entered into the edit control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text in the control can span more than one line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text in the edit control can be changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets right margin dimensions. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the RichTextBox control, including all rich text format (RTF) codes. + + + + + Gets or sets for multi-line edit control, which scroll bars will be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets whether shortcuts defined for the control are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection margin is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether lines are automatically word-wrapped. + + + + + Gets or sets current zoom factor for the control content. + + + + + Should be fired when non-client size of the control changes, i.e. when WM_NCCALCSIZE message is received. + + + + + Should be fired when scroll-bar value on child control changes. + + + + + Gets whether control is in design mode. + + + + + Raises NonClientSizeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Defines arguments for IScrollBarOverrideSupport.ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScrollValueChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines information for IScrollBarOverrideSupport.ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + + + + Defines delegate for IScrollBarOverrideSupport.ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + Sender. + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Paints ListBoxItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Paints ListBoxItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Represents SideNav control to create "hamburger" menus. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Updates the control colors from the global color table. + + + + + Maximizes control width so it fills up space to the right of the control. + + Source of the event. + + + + Restores the control to previous size if it was maximized before. + + Source of event. + + + + Opens the control, i.e. expands it, selects specified item and shows its associated panel. + + Item to select. + Source of the event. + + + + Closes the control, i.e. unselects any selected item, hide its associated panel and folds the control. + + Source of the event. + + + + Raises IsMenuExpandedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Expands or collapses the control items menu. + + + + + + Called when AnimationTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises BeforeMaximize event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeRestore event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeClose event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises SelectedItemChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether splitter that is located on right hand side of open control is visible and enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether button which folds/closes the control is visible. + + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is closed, i.e. whether selected item panel is shown or not. When closed + any selected item is unselected and selected panel hidden. + + + + + Indicates whether side menu is expanded, i.e. shows both image and text. When menu is collapsed only image is shown. + + + + + Occurs when IsMenuExpanded property has changed its value. + + + + + Indicates the animation time in milliseconds for operations that perform visual animation of transition. Set to zero to disable animation. + + + + + Occurs before the control is maximized and allows you to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before the control is restored and allows you to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before the control is opened and allows you to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before the control is closed and allows you to cancel that. + + + + + Gets currently selected item. Only items with Panel assigned can be selected. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedItem changes. + + + + + Gets reference to internal SideNavStrip control. + + + + + Defines delegate for the CancelSource events. + + + + + + + Event arguments for CancelSourceEventHandler + + + + + Gets the source of the event. + + + + + Gets any optional data that is associated with the event. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Source of event + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Source of event + Optional data associated with the event. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTabItem class. + + + + + Selects the tab. + + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets cached image rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets cached text rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel assigned to this tab item. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the background of the item. + + + + + Indicates the array of colors that when set are used to draw the border of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional padding added around the tab item in pixels. Default value is 0. + + + + + Indicates an optional title for the associated panel. If not set item text is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this item acts as the SideNav control system menu which collapses and expands the SideNav items. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-expand when clicked. + When item is on top level bar and not on menu and contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this propert to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates when menu items are displayed when MenuVisiblity is set to VisibleIfRecentlyUsed and RecentlyUsed is true. + + + + + Indicates Animation type for Popups. + + + + + Indicates the font that will be used on the popup window. + + + + + Indicates whether sub-items are shown on popup Bar or popup menu. + + + + + Specifies the inital width for the Bar that hosts pop-up items. Applies to PopupType.Toolbar only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or set the alternative shortcut text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item separator is shown before this item. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates the way item is painting the picture when mouse is over it. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets/Sets the button style which controls the appearance of the button elements. Changing the property can display image only, text only or image and text on the button at all times. + + + + + Provides data for the SideNavItem rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Indicates whether to cancel system rendering of the item. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the ListBoxItem being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Defines color table for SideNav control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideNavItem + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of SideNav title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the title of SideNav control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the strip which hosts the items. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the SideNav control. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of panels that are attached to SideNavItem and displayed when SideNavItem is selected. + + + + + Defines color table for SideNavItem + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for Default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MouseOver state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for Pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for Selected state. + + + + + Defines state color table for SideNavItem + + + + + Indicates item text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the back colors gradient angle if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient colors positions if there is more than one color in BackColors array. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors for the item. + + + + + Indicates the corner radius. + + + + + Represents a panel which hosts controls for the SideNavItem. + + + + + Raises NonClientSizeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets currently selected item. + + + + + Represents the panel which can slide out and into the view. + + + + + Raises IsOpenChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when SlideSide property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsOpen property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Slides panel into the view. + + + + + Waits for current slide animation to finish and then returns control. + + + + + Slides panel out of the view. + + + + + Called when AnimationTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SlideOutButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SlideOutButtonSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to default value. + + + + + Called when SlideOutActiveButtonSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to default value. + + + + + Called when SlideOutButtonStyle property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CenterContent property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when IsOpen property value has changed, i.e. slide-panel is shown or hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets side panel slides into. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel is open. When this property is changed panel will slide in or out of the view. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel uses modal animation, meaning when IsOpen property is set the call is not returned until animation is complete. + + + + + Gets or sets the open panel bounds. When control IsOpen=false and panel is collapsed its original bounds are stored in OpenBounds property and restored once panel is open. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation duration time in milliseconds. Setting this property to 0 will disable slide animation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether slide out button is shown when panel is out of the view and which allows panel to be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the slide-out buttton size in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets active (mouse over) slide out button size. + + + + + Gets or sets slide-out button style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel centers the Controls inside of it. Default value is false. + + + + + Defines the side SlidePanel slides into. + + + + + Represents the slider button that is used by SlidePanel when collapsed to slide it back into the view. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SliderButton class. + + + + + + Called when AutoTopMostEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SliderSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ActiveSliderSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsActive property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsMouseDown property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets whether slider button automatically checks whether its top-most control on the form, i.e. visible at all times on top of other controls + + + + + Gets or sets the slider size in default state. Notice that size specified here applies to Left and Right SlidePanel positions. For Top and Bottom positions the Width and Height are interchaged. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider size in active state. Notice that size specified here applies to Left and Right SlidePanel positions. For Top and Bottom positions the Width and Height are interchaged. + + + + + Gets or sets whether slider button is in active state. + + + + + Gets or sets the style associated with the control. + + + + + Represents the Slider control. + + + + + Raises the IncreaseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises the DecreaseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises the ValueChanging event. + + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Value property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Increase button is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Occurs when Decrease button is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for controls Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the control instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the text label position in relationship to the slider. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text label next to the slider is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the label part of the item in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 38. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the slider. Value must be greater than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the label text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical line track marker is displayed on the slide line. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Increase button of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Decrease button of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Gets the SliderItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents the control which displays symbol from symbols library. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SymbolBox class. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrieved from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Raises CommandKeyDown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates non-client area of the text box as response to the border changes. + + + + + Calculates and sets the text-box height based on font and style. This method is used internally and should not be used. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Invokes ButtonCustomClick event. + + + + + Invokes ButtonCustomClick2 event. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether all text is auto-selected when control gets input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control prevents Beep sound when Enter key is pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Occurs during preprocessing to handle command keys. Command keys are keys that always take precedence over regular input keys. Examples of command keys include accelerators and menu shortcuts. Set Handled=true to indicate that you handled the key and that it should not be passed for further processing. + + + + + Gets or sets the scrollbar skinning type when control is using Office 2007 style. + + + + + Specifies the control border style. Default value has Class property set so the system style for the control is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Specifies back color when Enabled=false + + + + + Represents the Vertical Office 2007 Style Scroll Bar control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom styling (Office 2007 style) is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Class represents single token in TokenEditor control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EditToken class. + + Indicates token value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EditToken class. + + Indicates token value + Indicates token text + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EditToken class. + + Indicates token value + Indicates token text + Indicates token image + + + + Called when Value property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Text property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Tooltip property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MouseOverPart property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Indicates the token value, for example an email token has email address as token Value and full name as token Text. + + + + + Indicates the token text, for example an email token has email address as token Value and full name as token Text. + + + + + Gets or sets custom data associated with the object. + + + + + Gets the display bounds of the token, if displayed, inside of TokenEditor control. + + + + + Indicates the image that is displayed next to the token + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the token instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates tooltip that is displayed when mouse is over the token + + + + + Gets the part of the token mouse is over. Valid only when token is selected. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the remove button if displayed. Valid only when token is selected. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the image if displayed. Valid only when token is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether token is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether token is focused while selected. + + + + + Defines the token parts. + + + + + Identifies no token part. + + + + + Identifies the token body/text. + + + + + Identifies the remove token button. + + + + + Identifies the token image. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditor class. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrieved from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Raises SelectedTokensChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when RemoveTokenButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns the token from SelectedTokens at specified position or null/nothing if no token is at given location. + + Location in client coordinates to test. + EditToken instance or null/nothing + + + + Raises TokenMouseEnter event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TokenMouseLeave event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TokenMouseClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TokenMouseHover event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises RemovingToken event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when ReadOnly property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DropDownHeight property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DropDownWidth property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises AutoCompletePopupOpened event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeAutoCompletePopupOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforePopupOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValidateToken event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Called when TextSeparator property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DropDownButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CheckBoxesVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the location of the auto-scroll position. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets the collection of the selected tokens. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedTokens collection changes. + + + + + Gets the collection of the tokens available for selection. + + + + + Indicates whether remove token button is displayed on individual tokens so they can be removed from the selection. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters one of the SelectedTokens token. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves one of the SelectedTokens token. + + + + + Occurs when mouse clicks one of the SelectedTokens token. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers one of the SelectedTokens token. + + + + + Occurs before token is removed from the SelectedTokens by end user. + + + + + Indicates whether tokens can be added or removed by end user. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates the height of the auto-complete drop-down. + + + + + Indicates the width of the auto-complete drop-down. + + + + + Indicates whether when token text is entered into the text-box pressing the Enter key attempts to validate the token and converts the text to token. + + + + + Occurs before token auto-complete popup is displayed and allows cancelation of popup display. + + + + + Occurs after auto-complete popup is open. + + + + + Occurs before the auto-complete popup is displayed and allows you to adjust popup location. + + + + + Indicates how tokens are filtered based on the entered text + + + + + Indicates whether auto-complete popup size is preserved between popup displays if popup is resized by end-user. + + + + + Indicates whether auto-complete popup can be resized by end user. + + + + + Indicates whether multi-column popup close button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-complete popup window is open. + + + + + Gets the list of separators which are used to divide entered text into the tokens. + + + + + Occurs when an token is selected from the auto-complete list or when text entry by end user is parsed into token to validate it. + + + + + Indicates whether control automatically increases its height as more tokens are selected. MaxHeightLines property controls the maximum number of lines control will grow to before showing scroll-bar. + + + + + Indicates maximum number of lines control will grow to when AutoSizeHeight=true. Set to 0 to indicates unlimited growth. + Default value is 5. + + + + + Gets reference to internal text-box control that is used to input the token text. + + + + + Indicates whether any text entered into the token editor is validated and converted to token when control loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark (tip) text displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. This property supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Indicates the character separator that is used to separate tokens when controls Text property is updated or parsed. + + + + + Indicates whether drop-down button which shows available token popup is displayed + + + + + Indicates whether check-boxes are displayed on popup token selection list and used for token selection. + + + + + Delegate for the ValidateTokenEvent event. + + + + + Arguments for the ValidateTokenEvent event. + + + + + Indicates whether validated token is valid. Default value is true. When you set this property to false the token being validated will be discared. + + + + + Indicates the Token that will be accepted by the control if IsValid=true. + + + + + Indicates whether token is newly created. When false it means that token was taken from Tokens collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidateTokenEventArgs class. + + + + + + Delegate for RemovingToken event. + + + + + Defines event arguments for RemovingToken event. + + + + + Indicates the Token that will be removed. + + + + + Set to true to cancel removal of the token. + + + + + Indicates the source of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RemovingTokenEventArgs class. + + + + + + Specifies the filter behavior on token editor popup list. + + + + + Token text is searched for the match. + + + + + Token value is searched for the match. + + + + + Both token text and value are searched for the match. + + + + + Delegate for TokenEditor.BeforePopupOpen event. + + + + + Defines event arguments for BeforePopupOpen event. + + + + + Gets or sets the screen location of the popup in relation to the TokenEditor control. + + + + + Gets the suggested popup size. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditorPopupEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents the color table for TokenEditor control tokens. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditorColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditorColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenEditorColorTable class. + + + + + Gets or sets token default state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets token mouse over state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets token focused state colors. + + + + + Represents the state color table for token in TokenEditor control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenColorTable class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TokenColorTable class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets token text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color table. + + + + + Represents non-intrusive Warning Box control with Options and Close button. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Raises the CloseClick event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Raises the OptionsClick event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Updates control color scheme based on currently selected Office 2007 Color Table. Usually it is not necessary to + call this method manually. You need to call it to update the colors on control if you customize the Office2007ColorTable.WarningBox values. + + + + + Invokes the MarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides additional data about event. + + + + Called when AntiAlias property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when Close button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Options button is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when warning text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on close button tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on warning control label. Supports text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is wrapped on multiple lines if it cannot fit the space allocated to the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed next to the warning label text. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for the Options buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Options button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the timeout in seconds after which the control automatically closes itself. Default value is 0 which indicates that auto-close + is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the control's color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Defines available WarningBox control color schemes. + + + + + Represents compact tree bread-crumb control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBar class. + + + + + Finds CrumbBarItem with specified name. + + Name of item to look for + Item or null if no item was found. + + + + Sets the currently selected item in the control. + + Reference to selected item. + Source of the event. + + + + Shows the selected item popup menu if it has menu items. + + true if popup was shown otherwise false + + + + Gets whether an item is in selected path to the currently selected item as either one of the parents of selected item + or selected item itself. + + Item to test. + true if item is in selected path otherwise false. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises the SelectedItemChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises the SelectedItemChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Returns full path to the given node. + + Node to return path to. + Full path to the node. + + + + Occurs before SelectedItem has changed and provides opportunity to cancel the change. Set Cancel property on event arguments to true to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after SelectedItem has changed. The change of the selected item at this point cannot be canceled. For that use SelectedItemChanging event. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected item. + + + + + Gets collection of items assigned to the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the control. Default value is Windows Vista style. + + + + + Gets the color table used by the Vista style renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the delimiter string that the tree node path uses. + + + + + Defines delegate for CrumbBar selection events. + + + + + Provides data for CrumbBar selection events. + + + + + Gets or sets newly selected item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBarSelectionEventArgs class. + + + + + + Represents an item for CrumbBar control. + + + + + Gets whether item is selected item in CrumbBar control. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets the path from the root tree node to the current tree node. The path consists of the labels of all the tree nodes that must be navigated to get to this tree node, starting at the root tree node. The node labels are separated by the delimiter character specified in the PathSeparator property of the Tree control that contains this node. + + + + + Represents collection of CrumbBarItem buttons. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBarItemsCollection class. + + + + + + Sets the node collection belongs to. + + CrumbBarItem that is parent of this collection. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the CrumbBarItem array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets or sets the node this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Represents a view of CrumbBarItem displayed inside of CrumbBar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBarItemView class. + + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarContainerItem item + + + + + Gets the item attached to the view. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem and assigns item name. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of BaseItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item Name + Item Text + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarContainerItem item + + + + + Represents internal CrumbBar view container. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CrumbBarViewContainer class. + + + + + Recalculates the size of the item + + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarContainerItem item + + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Represents collection for Node objects. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Node array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DualButton class. + + + + + Called when ButtonSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Text2 property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MouseOverPart property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when LeftMouseButtonDownPart property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Called when IsSelected property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Font property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the second button part text. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that for ButtonItem instances if this property is set to null and command was assigned previously, Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected part of button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text font. + + + + + Standalone Calculator control. + + + + + Raises CalculatorDisplayChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates control auto-size and resizes the control if AutoSize is set to true. + + + + + Called when FocusButtonsOnMouseDown property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DisplayVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when a calc button has been clicked + + + + + Occurs when the calculator value has changed + + + + + Indicates whether calculator displays only Integer values. + + + + + Gets or sets whether memory keys are visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of the decimal calculator key. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether calculator display is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + ButtonClickEventArgs + + + + + ButtonClickEventArgs + + + + + Gets the calc button that was clicked + + + + + ValueChangedEventArgs + + + + + ValueChangedEventArgs + + + + + + + Gets the input string value + + + + + Gets or sets calculator value + + + + + Represents a control that enables the user to select time using visual time display. + + + + + Raises SelectedTimeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises OkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MonthCalendarAdv class. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to default value. + + + + + Invalidates control auto-size and resizes the control if AutoSize is set to true. + + + + + Occurs after SelectedTime changes. + + + + + Occurs when OK button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on OK button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Ok button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date time. + + + + + Gets or sets selected time. Returns TimeSpan.Zero if there is no time selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the time format used to present time by the selector. + + + + + Gets or sets the format for the 12 Hour Time Display. + + + + + Gets or sets the format for the 24 Hour Time Display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Indicates the type of the selector used to select time. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Clear button only when MonthCalendarStyle is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Hour label. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Minute label. + + + + + Represents the Time selector item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TimeSelectionItem class. + + + + + Raises SelectedTimeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises OkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to default value. + + + + + Called when SelectedTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeFormat24H property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeFormat12H property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SelectedDateTime property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when OkText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ClearText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TimeFormat property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when OkButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ClearButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SelectorType property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when HourText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MinuteText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs after SelectedTime changes. + + + + + Occurs when OK button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets selected time. Returns TimeSpan.Zero if there is no time selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the format for the 24 Hour Time Display. + + + + + Gets or sets the format for the 12 Hour Time Display. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date time. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on OK button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Clear button only when MonthCalendarStyle is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the time format used to present time by the selector. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Ok button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Ok button is visible. + + + + + Indicates the type of the selector used to select time. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Hour label. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on Minute label. + + + + + Defines time selector format. + + + + + Selector uses system format. + + + + + Selector uses 24-hour time format. + + + + + Selector uses 12-hour time format. + + + + + Defines the TimeSelector styles. + + + + + Time selector uses style similar to MonthCalendarStyle. + + + + + Time selector uses the touch style. + + + + + Represents the group of the input items with automatic and manual item focus change. + + + + + Raises the RenderInvalid event. + + + + + Raises the ArrangeInvalid event. + + + + + Raises the ResetMouseHover event. + + + + + Occurs when item arrange becomes invalid. + + + + + Occurs when item appearance becomes invalid and items needs to be repainted. + + + + + Occurs when item needs to signal to parent control that MouseHover needs to be reset usually in response to tooltip hiding. + + + + + Occurs when item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when item is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is Enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether visual is rendered. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the parent of the item. + + + + + Gets the relative location of the element inside of its parent item. + + + + + Gets or sets the item horizontal alignment inside of the parent group. Default value is left. + + + + + Occurs when child item input is complete. Method should be used to forward the input focus onto the different field if desired. + + + + + Occurs when input stack on the child control has changed. + + Control on which input has changed + + + + Occurs when input stack on the child control has changed. + + Control on which input has changed + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal spacing in pixels between the items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether visual is root visual directly parented to the control. + + + + + Gets or sets group vertical alignment. Default value is middle. + + + + + Gets or sets input group horizontal alignment. Default value is left. + + + + + Resets the input position so the new input overwrites current value. + + + + + Updates the IsEmpty property value based on the contained input controls. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Tab key is used to navigate between the fields. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Enter key is used to navigate between input fields. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Arrow keys are used to navigate between input fields. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input focus is automatically advanced to next input field when input is complete in current one. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input items are read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input group is empty i.e. it does not hold any value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets whether current input is the user input. + + + + + List of characters that when pressed would select next input field. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the IPAddressGroup class. + + + + + Describes the Elliptical Shape. + + + + + Returns the shape that fits given bounds. + + Bounds to fit shape in. + GraphicsPath representing shape or null if shape cannot be created. + + + + Returns the inner shape based on the specified border size. + + Bounds to fit shape in. + GraphicsPath representing shape or null if shape cannot be created. + + + + Returns whether shape can be drawn given the bounds. + + Bounds to test. + true if shape can be drawn inside of bounds otherwise false. + + + + Represents EllipticalShapeDescriptor object converter. + + + + + Initializes FormatHelper class. + + + + + Defines an interface that represents the Command associated with an BaseItem instance. + + + + + Executes the command without specifying the source of the command. + + + + + Executes the command and specifies the source of the command. + + + + + Called when CommandSource is registered for the command. + + CommandSource registered. + + + + Called when CommandSource is unregistered for the command. + + CommandSource unregistered. + + + + Sets an property value on the subscribers through the reflection. If subscriber does not have + specified property with value type its value is not set. + + Property name to set. + Property value. + + + + Executes the code associated with the command. + + + + + Provides the opportunity to cancel the execution of the command. This event occurs before the Executed event. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the items that are using command. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Checked property if item associated with the command support it. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Visible property if item associated with the command support it. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Image property if item associated with the command support it. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of small image (ImageSmall) property if item associated with the command support it. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Enabled property for items associated with the command. + + + + + Defines an command that is associated with an instance of BaseItem + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Command class with the specified container. + + An IContainer that represents the container for the command. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Command class with the specified container. + + An IContainer that represents the container for the command. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Command class with the specified execute event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Command class. + + + + + Executes the command. + + + + + Executes the command. + + + + + Raises the Execute event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the PreviewExecuted event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Called when Text property is set. + + + + + Sets the Text property on all subscribers to the command Text. + + + + + Sets an property value on the subscribers through the reflection. If subscriber does not have + specified property with value type its value is not set. + + Property name to set. + Property value. + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Gets whether property is set and whether it will be applied to items associated with the command. + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value and disables its propagation to items that are associated with command. + + + + + Called when CommandSource is registered for the command. + + CommandSource registered. + + + + Called when CommandSource is unregistered for the command. + + CommandSource unregistered. + + + + Executes the code associated with the command when an instance of BaseItem is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before the Executed event and allows you to cancel the firing of Executed event. + + + + + Gets or sets the Text that is assigned to all command sources that are using this command and have Text property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the Checked property that is assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have Checked property. + + + + + Gets whether the command is in process of syncing its state to all subscribers. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the Visible property that is assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have Visible property. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have Image property. + + + + + Gets or sets the small image that is assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have ImageSmall property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Enabled property assigned to the command subscribers using this command and have Enabled property. + + + + + Returns name of the node that can be used to identify it from the code. + + + + + Defines an container where you can arrange child elements added to SubItems collection either horizontally or vertically, relative to each other using SetDock and GetDock methods. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ItemDockContainer class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Recalculates the size of the container. Assumes that DisplayRectangle.Location is set to the upper left location of this container. + + + + + Called after TopInternal property has changed + + + + + Called after LeftInternal property has changed + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Retrieves the docking for specified item. + + + + + Sets the docking within container for specified item. + + Item to set docking for. + Docking value. + + + + Returns empty container default design-time size. + + Size of an empty container. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the last child element within a ItemDockContainer stretches to fill the remaining available space. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Provides binding support for ItemPanel control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ItemVisualGenerator class. + + + + + + Called when Bindings property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when VisualTemplate property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the specified array of objects in a collection in the derived class. + + An array of items. + + + + Creates a new item from template for the data. + + Data to create item for. + New instance of the BaseItem. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the object with the specified index in the derived class. + + The array index of the object. + The object. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resynchronizes the item data with the contents of the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the ComboTree. Expected is an object that implements the IList or IListSource interfaces, + such as a DataSet or an Array. The default is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual template that is generated for each data item. + + + + + + Defines delegate for data visual creation based events. + + + + + Defines event arguments for data visual creation based events. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual that is created for data item. + + + + + Gets the data-item node is being created for. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataNodeEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines BorderColors structure used to define border colors. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Uniform BorderColors + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Left BorderColors + Top BorderColors + Right BorderColors + Bottom BorderColors + + + + Gets whether object equals to this instance. + + object to test. + returns whether objects are Equals + + + + Gets whether object equals to this instance. + + object to test. + returns whether objects are Equals + + + + Returns hash code for object. + + Hash code + + + + Returns string representation of object. + + string representing BorderColors + + + + Gets string representation of object. + + Culture info. + string representing BorderColors + + + + Returns whether all values are empty. + + + + + Returns whether all values are the same. + + + + + Gets or sets the left BorderColors. + + + + + Gets or sets the top BorderColors. + + + + + Gets or sets the Right BorderColors. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom BorderColors. + + + + + Provides BorderColors TypeConverter. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the canvas light shade color. This property is not directly used but it is provided for reference. + + + + + Gets or sets the canvas lighter shade color. This property is not directly used but it is provided for reference. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets the base metro color. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of edit controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroAppForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroTab. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for MetroStatusBar. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for MetroToolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table used by MetroTile items. + + + + + Gets or sets the metro-part colors that define the metro UI color scheme. These colors are provided for you reference and reuse in your app. + + + + + Represents class that defines parameters for Metro style color scheme. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroStyleParameters class. + + Canvas color. + Base color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroColorGeneratorParameters structure. + + Canvas color. + Base color. + User friendly theme name. + + + + Returns array of all predefined Metro color themes. + + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Metro canvas. + + + + + Gets or sets the base color for the Metro style. + + + + + Gets or sets the user friendly theme name. + + + + + Initializes the Metro UI color table based on colors specified. + + + + + Defines base set of Metro UI color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the base canvas color, like form background. + + + + + Gets or sets the chrome base color, used for window border, selection marking etc. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for text displayed over the BaseColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color displayed over the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the lighter text color used for example for inactive non selected tab text etc. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color used for disabled text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that lighter than canvas color unless canvas is white in which case this will be white as well. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that is in dark shade off of the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that is in darker shade off of the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that is in light shade off of the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color that is in lighter shade off of the canvas color. + + + + + Gets or sets the light base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the just a tad lighter base color. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for light base color. + + + + + Gets or sets the lighter base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the lightest base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the darker base color shade. + + + + + Gets or sets the base color analogous color 1 + + + + + Gets or sets the Analogous color light variant. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for Analogous color light variant. + + + + + Gets or sets the Analogous color dark variant. + + + + + Gets or sets the Analogous color darker variant. + + + + + Gets or sets the Analogous color text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the off base color button gradient start. + + + + + Gets or sets the off base color button gradient start. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of edit controls. + + + + + Represents the MetroAppForm color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for form when it is running on Windows without Glass effect enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inactive form border colors. + + + + + Represents the MetroForm color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for form when it is running on Windows without Glass effect enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inactive form border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color array for the top-border lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the color array for the bottom-border lines. + + + + + Gets or sets status bar background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the resize handle marker light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the resize handle marker color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroTabStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets tab panel background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for MetroTabItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the active form caption text displayed on metro strip. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the inactive form caption text displayed on metro strip. + + + + + Gets or sets the text formatting for caption text. + + + + + Represents MetroTabItem color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected state tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the pressed state tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled state tab colors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTabItemStateColorTable class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background style. + + + + + Gets or sets tabstrip background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the tile check-mark background overlay color. + + + + + Gets or sets the tile check-mark foreground overlay color. + + + + + Gets or sets toolbar background style. + + + + + Initializes the Visual Studio 2012 color scheme Metro color table based on colors specified. + + + + + Gets or sets color hue. Hue is value from 0-1 which determines the degree on color wheel color is on, i.e. 0.5 = 180 degrees + + + + + Gets or sets the color saturation from 0-1, i.e. 0-100%. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of white and black in color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HSVColor structure. + + + + + + + + Gets whether values are close. + + First value. + Second value + true if values are close enough + + + + Gets whether value is zero + + value to check + true if value is considered zero + + + + Gets whether value is not an number. + + value to test + true if value is not an number + + + + Represents the Metro application button used on MetroTab control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroAppButton class. + + + + + Processes the Escape key when Application Button is hosting the backstage tab and uses it to close the tab if open. + This method is called from ProcessDialogKey method of MetroForm. + + Key data + true if key was used to close backstage tab + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control set on BackstageTab property is used on application menu popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the backstage tab that is displayed instead of popup menu. + + + + + Raises PrepareModalPanelBounds event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroForm class. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Shows the panel control in the center of the form and covers all non system controls making the panel effectively modal. + + Control to show. + + + + Shows the panel control in the center of the form by sliding it in from specified side and covers all non system controls making the panel effectively modal. + + Panel to show. + Side to slide panel into the view from. + + + + Shows the panel control in the center of the form by sliding it in from specified side and covers all non system controls making the panel effectively modal. + + Panel to show. + Side to slide panel into the view from. + Slide animation speed in milliseconds. + + + + Hides the panel control that was previously shown using ShowModalPanel method. + + Control to hide. + + + + Hides the panel control that was previously shown using ShowModalPanel method by sliding it out of the view to the specified side. + + Control to hide. + Side to slide control into. + + + + Gets effective Border Thickness for the form. + + Thickness + + + + Called when BorderThickness property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when BorderColor property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when WM_NCHITTEST message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Called when WM_DWMCOMPOSITIONCHANGED message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Called when WM_NCACTIVATE message is received. + + Reference to message data. + Return true to call base form implementation otherwise return false. + + + + Called when WM_NCCALCSIZE message is received. + + Message structure. + true to call base WndProc otherwise false. + + + + Occurs before modal panel is shown and allows change of modal panel bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether MetroShell is pre-rendered when form is shown to make first rendering smoother. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether at least one modal panel is displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether modal panel when displayed shows MetroStatusBar. + + + + + Returns whether Windows Glass effects are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroTab that is hosted by this form. This property is for internal use only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether form can be resized. + + + + + Gets or sets the form border thickness. Default value is empty thickness which indicates that thickness is taken from MetroFormColorTable. + + + + + Gets or sets the form border colors. + + + + + Gets whether form is active. + + + + + Indicates the number of pixels subtracted from form's height or width (depending on taskbar position) when form is maximized and taskbar is in auto-hide state. Default value is 4. + + + + + This property is not to be used with MetroForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the border on the edges of the form that when mouse is over allow for form resizing. + + + + + Indicates whether Close button in top-right corner of the form is visible. + + + + + This property cannot be used on MetroAppForm + + + + + This property cannot be used on MetroAppForm + + + + + This property cannot be used on MetroAppForm + + + + + This property cannot be used on MetroAppForm + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Restore item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Move item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Size item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Minimize item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Maximize item. + + + + + Gets or sets text for form system menu Close item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BorderOverlay class. + + + + + Delegate for PrepareModalPanelBounds event. + + + + + + + Provides data for PrepareModalPanelBounds event. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds modal panel will occupy when shown. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ModalPanelBoundsEventArgs class. + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets whether divider panel that divides message box buttons and text content is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Text supports and renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias setting for text-pane. + + + + + Enumeration of available common system strings. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Loads the items for the customization from MetroTab control. Registered MetroToolbar controls are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + MetroTab control that holds references to known MetroToolbars. + + + + Gets reference to the internal Quick Access Toolbar Customization panel. + + + + + Represents Metro Tab control, usually used as application tab but can be used as standard tab control as well. + + + + + Raises SettingsButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises HelpButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets the name of the QAT Customize Item which is used to display the QAT Customize Dialog box. + + + + + Gets the name of the Add to Quick Access Toolbar context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the Remove from Quick Access Toolbar context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the QAT placement change context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the label displayed on Quick Access Toolbar customize popup menu. + + + + + Gets the string that is used as starting name for the frequently used QAT menu items created when QAT Customize menu is displayed. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Performs the setup of the MetroTabPanel with the current style of the MetroShell Control. + + Panel to apply style changes to. + + + + Creates new Rendering Tab at specified position, creates new associated panel and adds them to the control. + + Specifies the text displayed on the tab. + Specifies the name of the tab + Specifies the position of the new tab inside of Items collection. + New instance of the MetroTabItem that was created. + + + + Creates new Rendering Tab and associated panel and adds them to the control. + + Specifies the text displayed on the tab. + Specifies the name of the tab + New instance of the MetroTabItem that was created. + + + + Recalculates layout of the control and applies any changes made to the size or position of the items contained. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Called when right-mouse button is pressed over MetroTabStrip + + Reference to MetroTabStrip object. + + + + Displays popup customize context menu for given customization object. + + Object that should be customized, usually an instance of BaseItem. + Indicates whether customize menu is displayed over metro tab strip + + + + Removes an item from the Quick Access Toolbar. + + Reference to the item that is already part of Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + Adds an instance of base type BaseItem to the Quick Access Toolbar. Note that this method creates + new instance of the item or an representation of the item being added and adds that to the Quick Access Toolbar. + + Reference to the item to add, must be an BaseItem type. + + + + Raises the BeforeCustomizeMenuPopup event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the BeforeAddItemToQuickAccessToolbar event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Shows the quick access toolbar customize dialog. + + + + + Applies the Quick Access Toolbar customization changes made on QatCustomizePanel to the MetroShell Control Quick Access Toolbar. Note that QatCustomizePanel.DataChanged property indicates whether user made any changes to the data on the panel. + + Reference to the QatCustomizePanel + + + + Raises the AfterQatDialogChangesApplied event. + + + + + Returns the Metro Application Button. + + reference to Application Button or null if button is not found. + + + + Registers the MetroToolbar or any other DotNetBar container that implements IOwner interface so it can participate in Quick Access Toolbar serialization and customization. + + + + + + Registers the MetroToolbar or any other DotNetBar container that implements IOwner interface so it can participate in Quick Access Toolbar serialization and customization. + + + + + + Occurs just before the customize popup menu is displayed and provides the ability to cancel the menu display as well + as to add/remove the menu items from the customize popup menu. + + + + + Occurs before an item is added to the quick access toolbar as result of user action. This event provides ability to + cancel the addition of the item by setting the Cancel=true of event arguments. + + + + + Occurs before an item is removed from the quick access toolbar as result of user action. This event provides ability to + cancel the addition of the item by setting the Cancel=true of event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs when Item on metro tab strip or quick access toolbar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before Quick Access Toolbar dialog is displayed. This event provides the opportunity to cancel the showing of + built-in dialog and display custom customization dialog. You can also set the Dialog property of the event arguments to + the custom dialog you want used instead of the DotNetBar system customization dialog. + + + + + Occurs after the Quick Access Toolbar dialog is closed. + + + + + Occurs after any changes done on the Quick Access Toolbar dialog are applied to the actual Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Occurs after selected Metro tab has changed. You can use + MetroShell.SelectedTab + property to get reference to newly selected tab. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link from TitleText markup is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Occurs when SETTINGS button, if displayed, is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when HELP button, if displayed, is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of the Quick Access Toolbar Frequently used commands. You should add existing buttons to this collection that + you already have on the MetroToolbar controls or on the application menu. The list will be used to construct the frequently used + menu that is displayed when Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu is displayed and it allows end-user to remove and add these + frequently used commands to the QAT directly from this menu. + Note that items you add here should not be items that are already on Quick Access Toolbar, i.e. in MetroShell.QuickToolbarItems collection. + + + + + Gets or sets whether KeyTips functionality is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether Form.Icon is shown in top-left corner. + + + + + + Gets or sets the Context menu bar associated with the this control which is used as part of Global Items feature. The context menu + bar assigned here will be used to search for the items with the same Name or GlobalName property so global properties can be propagated when changed. + You should assign this property to enable the Global Items feature to reach your ContextMenuBar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom caption and quick access toolbar provided by the control is visible. Default value is false. + This property should be set to true when control is used on MetroAppForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the explicit height of the caption provided by control. Caption height when set is composed of the TabGroupHeight and + the value specified here. Default value is 0 which means that system default caption size is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display Key Tips (accelerator keys) when they are displayed. Default value is null which means + that control Font is used for Key Tips display. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected MetroTabItem. MetroTabItems are selected using the Checked property. Only a single + MetroTabItem can be selected (Checked) at any given time. + + + + + Returns reference to internal metro tab-strip control. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Returns collection of quick toolbar access and caption items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel scrolls through the Metro tabs. Default value is true. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control can be customized and items added by end-user using context menu to the quick access toolbar. + Caption of the control must be visible for customization to be enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external implementation for metro toolbar and menu item customization will be used for customizing the control. When set to true + it enables the displaying of MetroToolbar and menu item context menus which allow customization. You are responsible for + adding the menu items to context menu to handle all aspects of item customization. See "MetroShell Control Quick Access Toolbar Customization" topic in help file under How To. + Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether customize dialog is used to customize the quick access toolbar. You can handle the EnterCustomize event + to display your custom dialog instead of built-in dialog for customization. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the categorization mode for the items on Quick Access Toolbar customize dialog box. Default value categorizes + items by the toolbar they appear on. + + + + + Gets or sets the Quick Access Toolbar layout description. You can use the value obtained from this property to save + the customized Quick Access Toolbar into registry or into any other storage object. You can also set the saved layout description back + to restore user customize layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Quick Access Toolbar has been customized by end-user. You can use value of this property to determine + whether Quick Access Toolbar layout that can be accessed using QatLayout property should be saved. + + + + + Gets the reference to the Metro localization object which holds all system text used by the component. + + + + + Gets or sets the side tab-strip is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether SETTINGS button is visible. + + + + + + Gets or sets the SETTINGS button text. + + + + + Gets or sets the HELP button text. + + + + + Gets or sets the font tab items are displayed with. + + + + + Describes the categorization mode used to categorize items on the Customize Metro dialog. + + + + + Items are automatically categorized by the toolbar they appear on. + + + + + Items are categorized by the Category property on each item. Category property should be set on each item. + + + + + Represents Metro-UI Status Bar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroStatusBar class. + + + + + Called when ResizeHandleVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Indicates whether items that cannot fit are displayed on popup. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether resize handle used to resize the parent form is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing between items, default value is 2. + + + + + Defines the internal container item for the ribbon strip control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the parent RibbonStrip control. + + Reference to parent RibbonStrip control + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Returns copy of GenericItemContainer item + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Called when SettingsButtonText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when HelpButtonText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets reference to internal ribbon strip container that contains tabs and/or other items. + + + + + Gets reference to internal caption container item that contains the quick toolbar, start button and system caption item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Settings button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Help button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the Settings button text. + + + + + Represents Rendering Tab used on Metro Tab Control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTabItem class. + + + + + Selects the tab. + + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets cached image rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets cached text rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab renders its state. Used internally by DotNetBar. Do not set. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional padding added around the tab item in pixels. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether size of the tab has been reduced below the default calculated size. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of item. Color specified here applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eMetroTabColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets the panel assigned to this tab item. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-expand when clicked. + When item is on top level bar and not on menu and contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this propert to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates when menu items are displayed when MenuVisiblity is set to VisibleIfRecentlyUsed and RecentlyUsed is true. + + + + + Indicates Animation type for Popups. + + + + + Indicates the font that will be used on the popup window. + + + + + Indicates whether sub-items are shown on popup Bar or popup menu. + + + + + Specifies the inital width for the Bar that hosts pop-up items. Applies to PopupType.Toolbar only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or set the alternative shortcut text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item separator is shown before this item. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates the way item is painting the picture when mouse is over it. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button. + + + + + Gets/Sets the button style which controls the appearance of the button elements. Changing the property can display image only, text only or image and text on the button at all times. + + + + + Specifies predefined color assigned to Metro Tab. + + + + + Represents simple item container which orders items horizontally and support all ItemAlignment settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SimpleItemContainer class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the item specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New instance. + + + + Copies the item specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New instance. + + + + Sets whether container is used as system container internally by DotNetBar. + + true or false to indicate whether container is system container or not. + + + + Called when ItemSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the container. Either Width or Height can be set or both. Default value is 0,0 which means + that size is automatically calculated. + + + + + Returns whether instance of the item container is used as system container internally by DotNetBar. + + + + + Indicates the spacing between items. + + + + + Indicates additional spacing between item when its BeginGroup property is set. + + + + + Specifies the layout orientation + + + + + Indicates whether all items are resized to be of the size equal to largest item in the container + + + + + Represents panel used by MetroTabItem as a container panel for the control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the panel. + + + + + Indicates whether style of the panel is managed by tab control automatically. + Set this to true if you would like to control style of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets which edges of the control are anchored to the edges of its container. + + + + + Represents Metro-UI TabStrip control. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrived from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Returns effective caption height. + + Caption height. + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Called when ShowKeyTips on RibbonBar contained by this Ribbon is set to true + + + + + Forces the control to exit Ribbon Key-Tips mode. + + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Starts moving of the parent form action which happens when user attempts to drag the form caption. + + + + + Returns true if point is inside the caption area. + + Client point coordinates. + True if point is inside of caption area otherwise false. + + + + Occurs when text markup link from TitleText markup is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether KeyTips functionality is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control can be customized and items added by end-user using context menu to the quick access toolbar. + Caption of the control must be visible for customization to be enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the explicit height of the caption provided by control. Caption height when set is composed of the TabGroupHeight and + the value specified here. Default value is 0 which means that system default caption size is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom caption line provided by the control is visible. Default value is false. + This property should be set to true when control is used on Office2007RibbonForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Returns currently selected MetroTabItem. MetroTabItems are selected using the Checked property. Only a single + MetroTabItem can be Checked at any given time. + + + + + Gets whether Ribbon is in key-tips mode including its child controls. + + + + + Indicates whether Form.Icon is shown in top-left corner. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal container item for the items displayed in control caption. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal container for the ribbon tabs and other items. + + + + + Represents Metro Tile. + + + + + Raises CheckedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises OptionGroupChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates new instance of metro tile. + + + + + Creates new instance of metro tile and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of metro tile and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the MetroTileItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the MetroTileItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New MetroTileItem instance. + + + + Called when NotificationMarkText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NotificationMarkPosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when NotificationMarkSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when NotificationMarkOffset property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Called when TileSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when IsLeftMouseButtonDown property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsMouseOver property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises TitleTextMarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Checked property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CheckBehavior property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CurrentFrame property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when AutoRotateFramesInterval property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DragStartPoint property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Specifies maximum of 2 character text displayed inside of the notification mark on top of the button. + + + + + Indicates the position of the notification marker within the bounds of the button. + + + + + Specifies diameter of notification mark. When set to 0 system default value is used. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of the notification mark. + + + + + Specifies the offset for the notification mark relative to its position. + + + + + Gets or sets the tile size. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tile color for default tile frame. + + + + + Specifies the Tile style default tile frame. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the tile instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the tile. + + + + + Gets or sets image alignment in relation to text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed over the tile. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the tile title text displayed by default in lower left corner. + + + + + Occurs when an hyperlink in title text markup is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the title text font. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the title text. + + + + + Gets or sets title text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the top-left location of the image. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tile is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic check behavior of metro tile. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Gets the list of tile frames that are displayed when frame animation is enabled using AnimationEnabled property. + + + + + Gets or sets index of currently displayed frame in Frames collection. + + + + + Gets the index of last selected frame, i.e. before CurrentFrame was set with new value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Frame animation is enabled when CurrentFrame has changed. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the frames animation duration in milliseconds. Default value is 800. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic tile frame rotation interval in milliseconds. When set it will change the CurrentFrame property so each frame from Frames collection is displayed after interval set here. + + + + + Gets or sets tile background color when Enabled=false. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Specifies how MetroTileItem is checked. + + + + + Metro tile item inherits the check behavior from host control. + + + + + Metro tile item cannot be checked. + + + + + Metro tile item is checked using right mouse button. + + + + + Metro tile item is checked using middle mouse button. + + + + + Metro tile item is checked using left mouse button. + + + + + Defines single frame for metro-tile item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTileFrame class. + + + + + Called when TitleText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises TitleTextMarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when TitleTextFont property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TitleTextColor property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when TitleTextAlignment property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Text property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Color property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when FrameDisplayDuration property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Raises MarkupLinkClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when TextMarkupEnabled property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ImageTextAlignment property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets the tile title text displayed by default in lower left corner. + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Occurs when an hyperlink in title text markup is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the title text font. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the title text. + + + + + Gets or sets title text alignment. + + + + + Gets the effective style for the tile when TileColor property is set to predefined tile color. + + + + + Specifies the Tile style of the item. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the tile instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the tile. + + + + + Gets or sets the top-left location of the image. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tile color. + + + + + Gets or sets the frame display duration in milliseconds during metro-tile frame animation. When not set then each frame will stay visible for duration set on MetroTileItem.AutoRotateFramesInterval. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup can be used in Text property. + + + + + Gets or sets image alignment in relation to text. + + + + + Occurs when property on BindingDef object has changed. + + + + + Represents panel for Metro Tiles. + + + + + Represents generic item panel container control. + + + + + Returns first checked top-level button item. + + An ButtonItem object or null if no button could be found. + + + + Adds new item to the ItemPanel based on specified ItemTemplate and sets its Text property. + + Text to assign to the item. + reference to newly created item + + + + Gets or sets default layout orientation inside the control. You can have multiple layouts inside of the control by adding + one or more instances of the ItemContainer object and chaning it's LayoutOrientation property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ButtonItem buttons when in vertical layout are fit into the available width so any text inside of them + is wrapped if needed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the item alignment when container is in horizontal layout. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items in horizontal layout are wrapped into the new line when they cannot fit allotted container size. Default value is false. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets the list of ButtonItem or CheckBoxItem controls that have their Checked property set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets ButtonItem or CheckBoxItem item that have their Checked property set to true. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroTilePanel class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control enables the user to scroll to items placed outside of its visible boundaries. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing in pixels between items. Default value is 1. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + Raises ExpandedChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ExpandedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MetroStatusBar class. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Registers toolbar with MetroTab so it can participate in Quick Access Toolbar operations. + + MetroTab + + + + Unregisters previously registered toolbar from MetroTab and removes it from Quick Access Toolbar operations. + + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Called after change of active window has been detected. SetupActiveWindowTimer must be called to enable detection. + + + + + Invokes the ItemClick event. + + Reference to the item that was clicked. + + + + Called when AutoCollapse property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when AnimationSpeed property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when ExpandDirection property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs before Expanded property has changed, i.e. control expanded or collapsed and allows you to cancel action by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs after Expanded property value has changed, i.e. control was expanded or collapsed. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing between items, default value is 0. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether toolbar is attempted to be automatically registered with parent MetroShell control so it can participate in Quick Access Toolbar operations. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is expanded or not. When control is expanded both main and extra toolbar items are visible. When collapsed + only main items are visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is automatically collapsed, Expanded property set to False, if control was expanded and any button on the control was clicked or mouse is clicked elsewhere, parent form has lost input focus or some other control gains input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the animation speed duration in milliseconds. Default value is 150 milliseconds. Set to zero, 0 to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand direction for the toolbar. Default value is Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Expand button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control height is set automatically based on the content. Default value is false. + + + + + Defines expand direction behavior for MetroToolbar. + + + + + Expand direction is automatically determined by the position of the control on the form. + + + + + Control is expanded up so bottom of the control is fixed. + + + + + Control sis expanded down so top of the control is fixed. + + + + + Defines the internal container item for the MetroToolbar control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the parent RibbonStrip control. + + Reference to parent MetroToolbar control + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Returns copy of GenericItemContainer item + + + + + Called when ExpandButtonVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets whether Expand button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets reference to container that host items. + + + + + Gets reference to container that hosts extra items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Initializes Office Mobile 2014 color scheme Metro color table based on colors specified. + + + + + Draws the border. + + Graphics canvas. + Bounds for border. + Border thickness. + Border color. + + + + Draws background. + + Graphics canvas. + Background bounds. + Background color + + + + Deflates the rectangle by the border thickness. + + Rectangle. + Border thickness + Rectangle deflated by the border thickness + + + + Summary description for Office2003ButtonItemPainter. + + + + + Summary description for ButtonItemPainter. + + + + + Paints state of the button, either hot, pressed or checked + + + + + + + + Paints state of the button, either hot, pressed or checked + + + + + + + + Represents the painter for the Office 2007 SystemCaptionItem + + + + + Represents the base class for the SystemCaptionItem painter. + + + + + Paints the SystemCaptionItem as icon in left hand corner. + + + + + + Paints the SystemCaptionItem as set of buttons minimize, restore/maximize and close. + + + + + + Paints the background of the button using specified color table colors. + + Graphics object. + Background bounds + Color Table + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Abstract renderer for rendering Metro-UI controls. + + + + + Renders the + + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Renders the MetroTileItem. + + MetroTileItem to render. + Rendering event arguments. + + + + Renders the MetroForm. + + Form to render. + Rendering event arguments. + + + + Renders the MetroForm. + + Form to render. + Rendering event arguments. + + + + Renders the MetroTabItem. + + Form to render. + Rendering event arguments. + + + + Renders the MetroTabStrip + + TabStrip to render. + Paint args + + + + Renders the MetroStatusBar. + + Status bar to render + Paint args + + + + Renders the MetroStatusBar. + + Status bar to render + Paint args + + + + Defines class for passing rendering information to renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets the control to render. + + + + + Gets or sets the paint event arguments to use to render out control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current color table. + + + + + Gets or sets default font. + + + + + Gets or sets default plain font. + + + + + Gets or sets right-to-left setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the paint information for items. + + + + + Represents the Office 2007 Ribbon Tab Group painter. + + + + + Paints ribbon tab group. + + Context information + + + + Paints SwitchButton. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines Thickness structure used by borders and margins. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Uniform Thickness + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Left Thickness + Top Thickness + Right Thickness + Bottom Thickness + + + + Gets whether object equals to this instance. + + object to test. + returns whether objects are Equals + + + + Gets whether object equals to this instance. + + object to test. + returns whether objects are Equals + + + + Returns hash code for object. + + Hash code + + + + Returns string representation of object. + + string representing Thickness + + + + Gets string representation of object. + + Culture info. + string representing Thickness + + + + Returns whether object holds valid value. + + Specifies whether negative values are allowed. + Specifies whether NaN values are allowed. + Specifies whether positive infinity values are allowed + Specifies whether negative infinity values are allowed + true if object holds valid value + + + + Returns true if two objects are close. + + Thickness to test. + true if values are close. + + + + Returns true if two objects are close. + + Thickness 1 + Thickness 2 + true if values are close. + + + + Returns whether all values are zero. + + + + + Returns whether all values are the same. + + + + + Gets or sets the left Thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the top Thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the Right Thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom Thickness. + + + + + Gets the total horizontal thickness i.e. Left+Right. + + + + + Gets the total vertical thickness i.e. Top+Bottom. + + + + + Provides Thickness TypeConverter. + + + + + Represents the base class each micro-chart implements + + + + + Creates the chart image. + + Rendering information. + Image of the chart. + + + + Defines the style for Area micro chart. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AreaMicroChartStyle class. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the zero line, i.e. where zero line is drawn. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the chart area color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the high point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the low point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the last point dot on chart. + + + + + Defines the style for the bar style micro charts. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum single bar width. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of positive bar value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of negative bar value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether average line is drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the zero line, i.e. pivot point that determines negative and positive values. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the lowest value bar on graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highest value bar on graph. + + + + + Defines the style for 100% bar chart. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PieMicroChartStyle class. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum single bar width. + + + + + Gets the pre-defined slice colors for the pie chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the slice outline. + + + + + Defines the style for the line micro chart. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the chart line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether average line is drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the + + + + + Gets or sets whether zero-line is drawn on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the zero line, i.e. where zero line is drawn. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the high point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the low point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the last point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control line is drawn. Default value is false. Control lines can be used to display for example low and high control bounds for the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets starting value that is used to draw first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets end value that is used to draw first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control line is drawn. Default value is false. Control lines can be used to display for example low and high control bounds for the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the second control line. + + + + + Gets or sets starting value that is used to draw second control line. + + + + + Gets or sets end value that is used to draw second control line. + + + + + Represents Micro-Chart Control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChart class. + + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Raises MouseOverDataPointChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates the chart display and requests the re-paint. + + Indicates whether to animate transition to new chart + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over tooltip for data point is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets the index of data point (DataPoints collection) that mouse is over or returns -1 if mouse is not over any data-point. + + + + + Occurs when MouseOverDataPointIndex property changes due to user moving the mouse and pointing it to different data point on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltips for each data-point assigned through DataPoints property. If not set control will automatically + show tooltip based on the data-point value. + + + + + Gets or sets the chart data points. Note that if you are adding or removing points directly from this collection you must call + Refresh() method on the control to refresh the display. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string for the value when it is displayed as tool-tip for data point. + + + + + Gets or sets whether chart is tracking mouse movement to show data-point and its value on tooltip. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether transition animation between same chart with different data-points is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button like mouse over tracking is enabled for whole control. When enabled control looks like a button when mouse is over it. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Line micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Plot micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Column micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Bar micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Win-Lose micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Pie micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Area micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of 100% micro-chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the chart rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value for data points. By default maximum data point is calculated based on that data displayed by the chart, but when + two charts need to be scaled the same setting maximum and minimum values for them will ensure that scales are visually the same. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value for data points. By default minimum data point is calculated based on that data displayed by the chart, but when + two charts need to be scaled the same setting maximum and minimum values for them will ensure that scales are visually the same. + + + + + Gets whether command is executed when control is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TrendInfo structure. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TrendInfo structure. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChartRenderInfo structure. + + + + + + + + + Represents the micro-chart item. + + + + + Creates new instance of MicroChartItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of MicroChartItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of MicroChartItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the MicroChartItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New MicroChartItem instance. + + + + Copies the MicroChartItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New MicroChartItem instance. + + + + Recalculate the size of the item. If overridden base implementation must be called so default processing can occur. + + + + + Raises MouseOverDataPointChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invalidates the chart display and requests the re-paint. + + Indicates whether to animate transition to new chart + + + + Draws the chart. + + Paint arguments + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when DataMaxValue property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when DataMinValue property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets or sets the suggested text-width. If you want to make sure that text you set wraps over multiple lines you can set suggested text-width so word break is performed. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string for the value when it is displayed as tool-tip for data point. + + + + + Gets or sets the chart data points. Note that if you are adding or removing points directly from this collection you must call + Refresh() method on the control to refresh the display. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltips for each data-point assigned through DataPoints property. If not set control will automatically + show tooltip based on the data-point value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether transition animation between same chart with different data-points is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets whether fade effect is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether chart is tracking mouse movement to show data-point and its value on tooltip. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button like mouse over tracking is enabled for whole control. When enabled control looks like a button when mouse is over it. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets the index of data point (DataPoints collection) that mouse is over or returns -1 if mouse is not over any data-point. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over tooltip for data point is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Occurs when MouseOverDataPointIndex property changes due to user moving the mouse and pointing it to different data point on chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Line micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Plot micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Column micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Bar micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Win-Lose micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Pie micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of Area micro-chart. + + + + + Gets the style used to customize appearance of 100% micro-chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the chart part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the chart part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the chart rendered. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets text-position in relation to the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption/label set using Text property is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets text padding. + + + + + Gets or sets switch margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image position + + + + + Gets or sets the background image used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value for data points. By default maximum data point is calculated based on that data displayed by the chart, but when + two charts need to be scaled the same setting maximum and minimum values for them will ensure that scales are visually the same. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value for data points. By default minimum data point is calculated based on that data displayed by the chart, but when + two charts need to be scaled the same setting maximum and minimum values for them will ensure that scales are visually the same. + + + + + Indicates item's visibility when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates whether item was recently used. + + + + + Represents MicroChart hot-points. + + + + + Start angle for pie slice. + + + + + Sweep angle for pie slice. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChartHotPoint structure. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChartHotPoint structure. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MicroChartHotPoint structure. + + + + + + + + + + Defines available MicroChar types. + + + + + Identifies Plot chart. + + + + + Identifies WinLose chart. + + + + + Identifies Area chart. + + + + + Identifies Line chart. + + + + + Identifies Column chart. + + + + + Identifies Bar chart. + + + + + Identifies Pie chart. + + + + + Identifies 100% bar. + + + + + Defines micro-chart text position in relation to the chart. + + + + + Text is positioned to the left of the chart. + + + + + Text is positioned to the right of the chart. + + + + + Text is positioned on top of the chart. + + + + + Text is positioned on bottom of the chart. + + + + + Defines the style for pie chart. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PieMicroChartStyle class. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets the pre-defined slice colors for the pie chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the slice outline. + + + + + Defines the style for the plot micro chart. + + + + + Raises StyleChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when style appearance changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the chart line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether average line is drawn. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the + + + + + Gets or sets whether zero-line is drawn on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the zero line, i.e. where zero line is drawn. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the high point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the low point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the last point dot on chart. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control line is drawn. Default value is false. Control lines can be used to display for example low and high control bounds for the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets starting value that is used to draw first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets end value that is used to draw first control line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control line is drawn. Default value is false. Control lines can be used to display for example low and high control bounds for the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the second control line. + + + + + Gets or sets starting value that is used to draw second control line. + + + + + Gets or sets end value that is used to draw second control line. + + + + + Class that tracks lists of all controls that host currently open popups. + + + + + Registers IOwnerMenuSupport popup host in response to host displaying its first popup. + + IOwnerMenuSupport host to register + + + + Unregisters IOwnerMenuSupport popup host in response to host closing its last popup. + + IOwnerMenuSupport host to unregister + + + + Closes all currently open popups. + + + + + Closes all currently open popups excluding specified popup host. + + IOwnerMenuSupport host to exclude from closing or null + + + + Represents custom collection with INotifyPropertyChanged and INotifyCollectionChanged interface support. + + + + + + Represents collection changed notification interface. + + + + + Occurs when collection changed. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + List to initialize collection with. + + + + Add item to collection. + + Item to add. + + + + Remove all items from collection. + + + + + Remove all items from collection. + + + + + Checks whether collection contains item. + + Item to look for. + true if item is in collection. + + + + Copy collection to array. + + Array to copy to. + Index to copy from. + + + + Copy collection to array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets enumerator for collection. + + Enumerator. + + + + Returns index of an item. + + Reference to item. + Index of item. + + + + Insert item at specified location. + + Index to insert item in. + Item to insert. + + + + Inserts item. + + Index to insert item at. + Reference to item. + + + + Removes item from collection. + + Item to remove. + true if item was removed. + + + + Remove item at specified location. + + Index of item to remove. + + + + Remove item at specified location. + + Index of item to remove. + + + + Set item on location. + + Index + Item to assign. + + + + Returns items directly without checks. + + List of items. + + + + Occurs when collection is read. + + + + + Occurs when collection property has changed. + + Event arguments. + + + + Blocks the collection reentrancy. + + IDisposable to end re-entrancy + + + + Checks whether call creates reentrancy. + + + + + Called when collection has changed. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Returns number of items in collection. + + + + + Returns item at index. + + Index of item. + Item at index. + + + + Returns the IList interface for items in collection. + + + + + Occurs when collection has changed. + + + + + Defines change actions. + + + + + Items were added. + + + + + Items were removed. + + + + + Items were replaced. + + + + + Items were moved. + + + + + Collection was reset. + + + + + Defines delegate for collection notification events. + + Event sender. + Event arguments. + + + + Defines collection change notification event arguments. + + + + + Create new instance of object. + + Action + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Specifies action. + List of changed items. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Specifies action. + Item that was changed. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + New items in collection. + Old items in collection. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + List of changed items. + Starting index of change. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed item + Index of change + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + New item + Old item + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + New items. + Removed items. + Starting index of change. + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed items + New index + Old index + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action + Changed item + New index + Old index + + + + Creates new instance of object. + + Action. + New item + Old item + New index + + + + Gets the type of the collection change action. + + + + + Gets list of newly added items. + + + + + Gets new starting index. + + + + + Gets list of removed items. + + + + + Old starting index. + + + + + Represents advanced property grid control. + + + + + Defines an interface that is used by advanced property grid parser to localize property names. + + + + + Gets localized property name. + + Property name to retrieve localized name for. + Localized Property name or null to use default. + + + + Gets localized category name. + + Category to retrieve localized value for. + Localized Category name or null to use default. + + + + Gets localized message for Tooltip body when error setting the property value has occurred. + + Default system message. + Localized message or null to use default. + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property node when it is in read-only state. + + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property node when its value has changed from the default value for the property. + + + + + Gets the property category style. + + + + + Gets the default style for unchanged value edit cell. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AdvPropertyGrid class. + + + + + Invokes PropertyValueChanging event. + + Event data. + + + + Invokes PropertyValueChanged event handler. + + Name of the property that has changed. + New property value. + Old property value. + + + + Invokes PropertyValueChanged event. + + Name of property that has changed + + + + Raises ValidatePropertyValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises PropertiesLoaded event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Commits any property edits that are currently in progress by applying the current entered value to the property. + Returns true if edit was applied. + + + + + Updates specified property value in property grid. + + Property Name to update value for. + + + + Refreshes the display of all property values in the grid. + + + + + Reloads all properties from selected object. + + + + + Collapses all the categories in the AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Expands all the categories in the AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Raises the PrepareErrorSuperTooltip event. + + Provides information about event. + + + + Sets the property grid column width. + + Column index + Width of column in pixels + + + + Raises the ConvertPropertyValueToString event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ConvertFromStringToPropertyValue event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ProvidePropertyValueList event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ProvideUITypeEditor event. + + Provides event data + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Find PropertyNode using the property name. + + Property to name + PropertyNode or null if not found + + + + Called when SubPropertiesDefaultSort property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is ending. + + + + + Occurs when property grid needs property names translated for UI. + + + + + Occurs when Super Tooltip that is displayed for the error that occurred when property is being set is being assigned to a property node. + This event allows you to customize the super tooltip displayed. + + + + + Occurs when property value is being converted to text representation for display. You can handle this event + to provide custom conversion for property values. You must set IsConverted=true on event arguments to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Occurs when text entered by user is being converted to typed property value to be assigned to the property. You can handle this event + to provide custom conversion for property values. You must set IsConverted=true on event arguments to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Occurs when property looks for the list of valid values for the property to show on either drop-down or use + in auto-complete list. For example when property type is enum the internal implementation will convert available enum + values into string list and use on drop-down and in auto-complete list. You can use this event to provide + custom value list in combination with ConvertPropertyValueToString, ConvertFromStringToPropertyValue events. + You must set IsListValid=true on event arguments to indicate that list your provided should be used. + + + + + Occurs when property node needs the UITypeEditor for the property. You can handle this event and provide your own UITypeEditor to be used instead of the one specified on the property. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the value of the property in property grid. + + + + + Occurs before property value entered by the user is set on the property. You can cancel internal assignment by property grid by setting Handled=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when users changes the property value and attempts to commit the changes. This even allows you to validate the value and show error message if value is invalid and cancel its application. + + + + + Occurs after properties have been loaded into the property grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected object. + + + + + Gets or sets the browsable attributes associated with the object that the property grid is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property is highlighted to confirm the value update by user. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of property names that are not loaded into property grid regardless of their Browsable attribute setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of category names properties below to that are not loaded into property grid regardless of the property Browsable attribute setting. + + + + + Returns reference to internal SuperTooltip component used by AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Defines the appearance of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the property sorting inside of the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the help type that is provided by the control. Default help type is SuperTooltip which shows tooltip over each property + that provides property description. + + + + + Gets reference to the help panel that is displayed below property grid and which provides selected property description. + + + + + Gets reference to the expandable splitter that is displayed above the help panel and allows resizing of the panel. + + + + + Gets reference to internal AdvTree control that displays properties. + + + + + Gets or sets the grid lines color. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal toolbar control displayed above the property grid. + + + + + Gets or sets whether toolbar is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether search text box that allows property filtering is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets reference to internal TextBoxItem that represents search text box. + + + + + Gets the reference to the property gird localization object which holds all system text used by the component. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Tab key navigates between property nodes. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the password character used by the property values that are marked with PropertyPasswordText attribute. + + + + + Gets or sets the sub property default sorting. Default value is Alphabetical. + + + + + Occurs when property defined by AdvPropertyGrid control has changed. + + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property node when it is in read-only state. + + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property node when its value has changed from the default value for the property. + + + + + Gets the style that is applied to property edit cell when its displaying unchanged property value. + + + + + Gets the property category style. + + + + + Defines the sorting for the AdvPropertyGrid properties. + + + + + Specifies help types property grid uses to display help for selected property. + + + + + No help is visible. + + + + + SuperTooltip with property description is displayed when mouse is over the property. + + + + + Panel below property grid is displayed which shows the description for the selected property. + + + + + Defines delegate for Localize AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + + + Defines data for Localize AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + Gets the property name or category name localization is performed for. Inspect LocalizationType property to get localization type which + determines value specified in this property. + + + + + Gets the localization type being performed. + + + + + Gets or sets the localized value to be used. Set to null or empty string to use default value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AdvPropertyGridLocalizeEventArgs class. + + Key value event is raised for. + Localization Type being performed. + + + + Defines the localization types for AdvPropertyGrid control. + + + + + Property name is localized. + + + + + Category is localized. + + + + + Error super tooltip parts are being localized. + + + + + Defines delegate for Localize AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + + + Defines data for PrepareErrorTooltip AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + Gets or sets the SuperTooltipInfo that represent tooltip that will be displayed to provide error information. + + + + + Gets the name of the property tooltip is displayed for. + + + + + Gets reference to the exception that was thrown when property was set. + + + + + Gets the value that was set and caused the error. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyErrorTooltipEventArgs class. + + SuperTooltipInfo for error tooltip + Property that caused error + Exception that was raised when property was set + Value that caused the error. + + + + Defines delegate for Convert Value events. + + Sender + Event data. + + + + Defines data for Convert Value events that allows custom value conversion for property grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the string property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the typed property value. + + + + + Gets the property name for which conversion is being done. + + + + + Gets the target component that property is on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether converted value is used. You need to set this property to true to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Gets the property descriptor that describes property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ConvertValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + + Defines delegate for Convert Value events. + + Sender + Event data. + + + + Defines data for Convert Value events that allows custom value conversion for property grid. + + + + + Gets the property name value list is needed for. + + + + + Gets the target component that property is on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property ValueList provided is valid. You must set this property to true in order for the list to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of valid property values. + + + + + Gets the property descriptor that describes property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyValueListEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines delegate for Localize AdvPropertyGrid event. + + Sender of event. + Event data. + + + + Defines data for PrepareErrorTooltip AdvPropertyGrid event. + + + + + Gets the property name UITypeEditor is looked for. + + + + + Gets the property descriptor for property UITypeEditor is looked for. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance of UITypeEditor to be used for the property. You set this property to the UITypeEditor that you want + used for the property while editing. Note that you must set EditorSpecified = true in order for this value to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the value specified in UITypeEditor property is used. You must set this value to true in order for + UITypeEditor property value to be used. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ProvideUITypeEditorEventArgs class. + + Property Name + Property Descriptor + + + + Defines delegate for PropertyValueChanging event. + + Event sender. + Event data. + + + + Defines arguments for PropertyValueChanging event. + + + + + Gets the name of the property which value is changing. + + + + + Gets the new value that is being set on property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether value assignment was handled by your code. Set to true to cancel internal AdvPropertyGrid property value assignment. + + + + + Gets the PropertyDescriptor for the property being changed. + + + + + Gets the full property path up to the selected object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyValueChangingEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyValueChangingEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Defines delegate for ValidatePropertyValue event. + + Sender + ValidatePropertyValue event arguments + + + + Defines event arguments for ValidatePropertyValue event. + + + + + Gets or sets whether validation failed. Set to true to cancel property value assignment. + + + + + Gets the name of the property which value is changing. + + + + + Gets the new value that is being set on property. + + + + + Gets the target object on which property value is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the message that is displayed to user if validation fails, i.e. Cancel=true. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidatePropertyValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the node highlight when error has occurred while setting property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the node highlight when property update was successful. + + + + + Gets or sets default style for property node. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for property node when in read-only state. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for property node when in read-only state. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for property node edit cell when displaying unchanged property value. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets style for property node when in read-only state. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed in property name cell when property value has failed the validation. + + + + + Represents the class that stores text used by property grid control for localization purposes. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets tooltip used by Categorized toolbar button. + + + + + Gets or sets tooltip used by Alphabetical toolbar button. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text used in tooltip when error occurred during property value setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text displayed in search text-box. + + + + + Occurs when property defined by AdvPropertyGridLocalization class has changed. + + + + + Represents the property category in AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Represents check-box style property node in AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Represents a property node in AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNode class. + + + + + + Releases the inline editor used by the node. + + + + + Places the node into the editing mode if possible, raises the exception if node is read-only. + + Action that caused the edit mode. + Indicates whether to focus the editor. + + + + Called after property editor is created. + + + + + Exits the editor mode. + + Action that caused the editor mode exit. + + + + Called when visual part of the node has changed due to the changes of its properties or properties of the cells contained by node. + + + + + Cancel the edit changes and applies the old property value. + + + + + Attempts to apply current edit value to the property. + + + + + Returns the full property path to the root of the selected object. + + Full property path. + + + + Starts fade background color style highlight for the property node. + + Specifies the fade background color. + + + + Applies PropertySettings to this node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property text box is read only. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets whether node is in editing mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the property settings that are applied to this property node. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property node represents property for multiple objects. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property is password property which value is not displayed as plain text. + + + + + Defines delegate that is called after property editor is created. + + PropertyNode sender. + Reference to editor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNode class. + + + + + + Defines a attribute which applies an date-time editor to a property when used with AdvPropertyGrid control. Applies to DateTime property types only. + + + + + Defines base attribute for custom AdvPropertyGrid in-line property value editors. + + + + + Creates a control that is used as property value in-line editor. Control must implement IPropertyValueEditor interface. + + PropertyDescriptor for the property being edited. + Target object that owns the property. + Control that represents in-line editor. + + + + Gets or sets pre-defined format for date-time input. + + + + + Gets or sets custom format for date-time input. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty null/nothing state of the control is allowed. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drop-down button that shows calendar is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date that control accepts. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date that control accepts. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDateTimeEditor class. + + + + + Defines an interface that is implemented by the control that will be used by AdvPropertyGrid control to edit property value. + + + + + Focus the edit part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used by the edit part of the control. Font might be used to visually indicate that property value has changed. Implementing this property is optional. + + + + + Gets whether the edit part of the control is focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the value being edited. + + + + + Occurs when EditValue changes. Raising this even will cause the property value to be updated with the EditValue. + + + + + Defines a attribute which applies an double type numeric editor to a property when used with AdvPropertyGrid control. Applies to double property types only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether up/down button is shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the display format for the control when control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty state i.e. null/nothing value is allowed when editor is used with nullable types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyDoubleEditor class. + + + + + + + Defines a attribute which applies an integer type numeric editor to a property when used with AdvPropertyGrid control. Applies to int property types only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether up/down button is shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the display format for the control when control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be entered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty state i.e. null/nothing value is allowed when editor is used with nullable types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyIntegerEditor class. + + + + + + + Defines multiple choice, option or check-boxes, in-line AdvPropertyGrid property value editor. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceEditor class. + + + + + + + + Represents item container that arranges items horizontally or vertically. + + + + + Creates new instance of the ItemContainer object. + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Returns empty container default design-time size. + + Size of an empty container. + + + + Gets whether FixedSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Called when FixedSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Recalculates the size of the container. Assumes that DisplayRectangle.Location is set to the upper left location of this container. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Called after TopInternal property has changed + + + + + Called after LeftInternal property has changed + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Called when item Display state has changed. + + + + + Sets whether container is used as system container internally by DotNetBar. + + true or false to indicate whether container is system container or not. + + + + Called when TitleVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TitleText property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TitlePosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Selects first visible item contained by the container by sending mouse over message. + + + + + Sets the new hot-sub item for the container. This method is designed for internal use by the DotNetBar and should not be used. + + Reference to an instance of BaseItem or null. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the container. Either Width or Height can be set or both. Default value is 0,0 which means + that size is automatically calculated. + + + + + Specifies the container background style. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the item alignment when container is in horizontal layout. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets the item vertical alignment. Default value is Top. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items in horizontal layout are wrapped into the new line when they cannot fit allotted container size. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing in pixels between items. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the suggested fixed size of the container. Width or Height or Both may be set to suggest fixed size for the container. + + + + + Gets or sets orientation inside the container. Do not change the value of this property. It is managed by system only. + + + + + Gets or sets orientation inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Returns whether instance of the item container is used as system container internally by DotNetBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + Specifies the title background style. + + + + + Indicates whether TitleText is visible if set. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the title text for the container. + + + + + Gets or sets position of title text. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the item when on Ribbon Control or Ribbon Bar. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Specifes the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets item description. This description is displayed in + Customize dialog to describe the item function in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Gets or sets item alignment inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Indicates whether container responds to keyboard presses and changes the active/mouse over item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyMultiChoiceItemEditor class. + + + + + + + Represents the option list property node for AdvPropertyGrid. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNode class. + + + + + + Describes the property settings applied to the property on AdvPropertyGrid control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySettings class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySettings class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySettings class. + + + + + + Raises the ConvertPropertyValueToString event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ConvertFromStringToPropertyValue event. + + Provides event data + + + + Raises the ProvidePropertyValueList event. + + Provides event data + + + + Called when TypeConverter property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises PropertyChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Occurs when property value is being converted to text representation for display. You can handle this event + to provide custom conversion for property values. You must set IsConverted=true on event arguments to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Occurs when text entered by user is being converted to typed property value to be assigned to the property. You can handle this event + to provide custom conversion for property values. You must set IsConverted=true on event arguments to indicate that you have performed value conversion. + + + + + Occurs when property looks for the list of valid values for the property to show on either drop-down or use + in auto-complete list. For example when property type is enum the internal implementation will convert available enum + values into string list and use on drop-down and in auto-complete list. You can use this event to provide + custom value list in combination with ConvertPropertyValueToString, ConvertFromStringToPropertyValue events. + You must set IsListValid=true on event arguments to indicate that list your provided should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets read-only property style. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether property is in read-only state. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the SuperTooltip that is displayed when property is in read-only state (ReadOnly=true). + + + + + Gets or sets the SuperTooltip that is assigned to the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed next to the property name in the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment in relation to the property name inside of the grid cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom category node will be placed in instead of category specified by Category attribute. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom property name that is displayed in the grid instead of the real property name. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property that is managed by this informational object. If you set PropertyDescriptor than that is the value + that will be used by the control regardless of PropertyName value. + If you set PropertyName but not PropertyDescriptor then all properties with given name + regardless of type will use these settings. + + + + + Gets or sets property descriptor that identifies the property settings apply to. If you set PropertyDescriptor than that is the value + that will be used by the control regardless of PropertyName value. + If you set PropertyName but not PropertyDescriptor then all properties with given name + regardless of type will use these settings. + + + + + Gets or sets default property style. + + + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the UITypeEditor used to edit the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom in-line property value editor. Property value editor is created by inheriting from PropertyValueEditor class. + + + + + Gets or sets whether node is visible in property grid. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the property node type that is used to edit this property value. Note that content of property grid would need to be + reloaded to apply any changes to this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the property description that overrides description specified on property through DescriptionAttribute. + Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets custom TypeConverter assigned to the property which will override any TypeConverter that is returned by the PropertyDescriptor. + + + + + Occurs when property value on the object changes. + + + + + Defines the type of the property node in grid that is assigned to property. + + + + + Specifies default node type for the property. + + + + + Specifies the node type that is constructed as group of option buttons that represent all values for the property. Works best + for smaller set of Enum values. + + + + + Defines exception which is thrown when property value fails the validation in AdvPropertyGrid.ValidatePropertyValue event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the InvalidPropertyValueException class. + + + + + Defines Advanced Property Grid Node for Color type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNode class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyNodeFactory class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyParser class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyParser class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyParser class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyParser class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertyGridInfoCollection class. + + + + + + Gets property info object based on property name. + + Property name. + PropertyGridInfo instance or null if it cannot be found. + + + + Gets property info object based on property descriptor. + + Property descriptor. + PropertyGridInfo instance or null if it cannot be found. + + + + Returns property setting based on property descriptor or name if property descriptor is not set on property settings + Property descriptor takes precedence. + + Property descriptor to look for. + Property Name to look for. + Property settings instance or null + + + + Gets the owner of the collection. + + + + + Defines a attribute which applies an slider in-line editor to a property when used with AdvPropertyGrid control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum slider value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum slider value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether slider text label is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider label width. Default value is 18. + + + + + Gets or sets label text color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + Minimum value for slider. + Maximum value for slider. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PropertySliderEditor class. + + + + + + + + + Creates a control that is used as property value in-line editor. Control must implement IPropertyValueEditor interface. + + PropertyDescriptor for the property being edited. + Target object that owns the property. + Control that represents in-line editor. + + + + Defines Radial Menu control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenu class. + + + + + Raises BeforeMenuClose event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeMenuOpen event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MenuOpened event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises MenuClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets or sets whether radial menu is open. + + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when IsOpen property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Sets whether radial menu is open and provides the source of the action. + + true to open menu, false to close it. + Source of the action. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Raises ItemAdded event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemRemoved event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseEnter event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseHover event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseLeave event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseDown event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseUp event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemMouseMove event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemClick event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemExpandedChanged event. + + Reference to item. + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemTextChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ItemTooltipShowing event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs before menu is closed and allows you to cancel closing. + + + + + Occurs before menu has been opened and allows you to cancel opening + + + + + Occurs after menu has been opened. + + + + + Occurs after menu is closed.Occurs after menu is closed. + + + + + Specifies the width of the sub-menu edge around the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates spacing between sub-menu marking edge and the item. + + + + + Gets or sets radial menu diameter. Minimum value is 64. + + + + + Gets reference to colors used by the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates the size of the back symbol that is displayed on center of radial menu + + + + + Specifies the back button symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates diameter of center button of radial menu. + + + + + Specifies the maximum pie part angle an item will occupy. Maximum is 180, minimum is 1 degree. + + + + + Indicates maximum radial angle single item in menu can consume. By default this property is set to zero which indicates that + radial menu is equally divided between visible menu items. + + + + + Indicates the position of top-left corner of radial menu when shown in screen coordinates + + + + + Indicates image displayed in center of the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates symbol displayed in center of the radial menu. When set, it overrides any Image settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets whether radial menu is open. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether shortcut processing for the items hosted by this control is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether radial menu is closed automatically when app is deactivated. Default value is true, if set to false + you are responsible for closing the menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Indicates the radial menu type. eRadialMenuType.Segment menu type allows for display of image, text and any sub-menu items. + eRadialMenuType.Circular allows only for display of Symbol or Image and it does not display either text or sub-menu items. + eRadialMenuType.Circular is designed to be used for single level menus only that don't need text. + + + + + Indicates whether control automatically scales the items if the parent Form performs scaling due to AutoScale settings. + + + + + Indicates accessibility help string + + + + + Returns whether control has any popups registered. + + + + + Indicates whether shortcuts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Indicates whether items show tooltips. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets whether accelerator letters on buttons are underlined. Default value is false which indicates that system setting is used + to determine whether accelerator letters are underlined. Setting this property to true + will always display accelerator letter underlined. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been added to items collection. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed from items collection. + + + + + Occurs when mouse pointer enters boundaries of an item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse pointer hovers over an item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse pointer leaves boundaries of an item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed on item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released on item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over an item. + + + + + Occurs when an item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when an item is double-clicked. + + + + + Occurs when an item Expanded property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when an item Text property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when tooltip for an item is about to be displayed. + + + + + Defines colors used by Radial Menu Component. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Radial Menu button background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu button border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Radial Menu background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Radial Menu border + + + + + Gets or sets the color of border for mouse over state for the radial menu item expand part. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu border for parts where items do not have sub-items, i.e. non-active area of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the expand sign which shows menu item sub-items. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu item text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu item mouse over background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the radial menu item mouse over foreground. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Gets or sets text color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuContainer class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the RadialMenuItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the RadialMenuItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New RadialMenuItem instance. + + + + Raises Opened event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Closed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when OpenState property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Closes currently open popup. + + + + + Called when MaxItemRadialAngle property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Diameter property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when CenterButtonDiameter property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SubMenuEdgeWidth property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SubMenuEdgeItemSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Called when MenuLocation property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RadialMenu property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets the current expanded subitem. + + + + + + Called when BackSymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when BackSymbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when BackButtonSymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when MaxItemPieAngle property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MenuType property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Font property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs after radial menu is opened. + + + + + Occurs after radial menu is closed. + + + + + Returns internal popup control for radial menu. + + + + + Indicates maximum radial angle single item in menu can consume. By default this property is set to zero which indicates that + radial menu is equally divided between visible menu items. + + + + + Returns diameter which takes in account current scaling factor. + + + + + Gets or sets radial menu diameter. Minimum value is 64. + + + + + Returns actual center button diameter which takes in account current scale factor. + + + + + Indicates diameter of center button of radial menu. + + + + + Specifies the width of the sub-menu edge around the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates spacing between sub-menu marking edge and the item. + + + + + Indicates the position of top-left corner of radial menu when shown in screen coordinates + + + + + Indicates the size of the back symbol that is displayed on center of radial menu + + + + + Specifies the back button symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Specifies the maximum pie part angle an item will occupy. Maximum is 180, minimum is 1 degree. + + + + + Gets reference to colors used by the radial menu. + + + + + Indicates the radial menu type. eRadialMenuType.Radial menu type allows for display of image, text and any sub-menu items. + eRadialMenuType.Circular allows only for display of Symbol or Image and it does not display either text or sub-menu items. + eRadialMenuType.Circular is designed to be used for single level menus only that don't need text. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the item. + + + + + Specifies font for menu items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialSubItemInfo class. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuPopupProxy class. + + + + + + Defines available radial menu type. + + + + + Defines Radial Menu Item. + + + + + Raises CheckedChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when DisplayPath property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the RadialMenuItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the RadialMenuItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New RadialMenuItem instance. + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Image property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TextVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TracksMouse property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Checked property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TextOffset property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Raises BeforeMenuOpened event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises BeforeMenuClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when CircularMenuDiameter property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Gets display path of the item. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the item. + + + + + Indicates whether text on item is visible. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates whether item changes its appearance when mouse is over it or pressed + + + + + Indicates whether item is in checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets the optional text offset for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Occurs before radial menu item is expanded and its sub-items displayed. + + + + + Occurs before radial menu item is closed + + + + + Control Container (System.Windows.Forms.Control or its descendant) + + + + + Specifies explicit circular menu type diameter. Applies to circular menu type only. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Gets or sets text color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Gets or sets border color of the circular menu item type. Applies only to circular menu types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuPopup class. + + + + + Called when DisplayItem property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Returns the color scheme used by control. Color scheme for Office2007 style will be retrieved from the current renderer instead of + local color scheme referenced by ColorScheme property. + + An instance of ColorScheme object. + + + + Identifies the item displayed by this popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the content image displayed on the window. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Represents rating item control which provides rating functionality. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RatingItem class. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Raises the AverageRatingChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises the ParseAverageRatingValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Sets the Rating value of the control and provides information about source of the rating change. + + New Rating value. + Source of this change. + + + + Raises RatingChanging event. + + Event data + + + + Raises the RatingChanged event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises the ParseRating event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Occurs when Rating property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when RatingValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Rating property is about to be changed and provides opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRating property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRatingValue property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Occurs when RatingValue property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Occurs when AverageRatingValue property is set and it allows you to provide custom parsing for the values. + + + + + Gets or sets the average rating shown by control. Control will display average rating (if set) when no explicit + Rating value is set through Rating property. Minimum value is 0 and Maximum value is controlled by NumberOfStars property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the AverageRating property. This property is provided for Data-Binding with NULL value support. + + + + + Gets or sets the rating value represented by the control. Default value is 0 which indicates + that there is no rating set. Maximum value is controlled by NumberOfStars property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Rating property value. This property is provided for Data-Binding with NULL value support. + + + + + Gets or sets whether rating can be edited. Default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the control background style. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + + + + + Gets the reference to custom rating images. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text assigned to the check box is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between optional text and the rating. + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of rating control. + + + + + Indicates number of stars used for the rating. Minium value is 2 stars. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RatingImage structure. + + + + + + + Defines the custom rating images for Rating control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RatingImages class. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for unrated rating part. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for unrated rating part when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for rated part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for Average Rated part of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used for rated part of the control when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Delegate for Rating change events. + + + + + Represents event arguments for Rating change events. + + + + + New Rating value being assigned. + + + + + Previous or current value (if RatingChanging event). + + + + + Indicates the action that has caused the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RatingChangeEventArgs class. + + + + + + + + Represents color table for CrumbBarItemView. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state color table. + + + + + Gets or sets active mouse over color table. + + + + + Gets or sets inactive part mouse over color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the pressed color table. + + + + + Defines state color table for CrumbBarItemView + + + + + Gets or sets foreground/text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color blend collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Represents the color table for Office 2007 Style CalendarView Control. + + + + + Initializes ColorScheme object with the black color scheme. + + ColorScheme object to initialize. + + + + Defines colors for the WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of WarningBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the end gradient back color of the warning panel. + + + + + Renders the Range Slider items. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Range Slider Item in single state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the slider which changes the minimum value of the range. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the slider which changes the maximum value of the range. + + + + + Gets or sets the tick line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for the line which indicates current range value. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors of the current range value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for the line showing control range. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the line showing control range. + + + + + Gets or sets the corner radius for the range rectangle. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Range Slider Item in single state. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse pressed colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled colors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2010RangeChangePartColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2010RangeChangePartColorTable class. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the part border color + + + + + Gets or sets the part border light color + + + + + Represents color table for Office 2010 style. + + + + + Represents color table for Office 2007 style. + + + + + Defines the provider for the element style classes support. + + + + + Returns the instance of the ElementStyle with given class name or null if there is no class with that name defined. + + Class name. See static members of ElementStyleClassKeys class for the list of available keys. + Instance of ElementStyle for given class name or null if class cannot be found. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2007ColorTable class. + + Specifies the color factory for the color table. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the color table and initializes it with custom color scheme. + + Predefined color scheme to be used as starting color scheme. + Color to use as basis for new color scheme + + + + Gets or sets the RibbonBar color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the ItemContainer with BeginGroup property set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the Bar object. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the RibbonControl. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the ColorItem which is used by drop-down Color Picker. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for ComboBoxItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the Ribbon Bar dialog launcher button. + + + + + Gets or sets the legacy color scheme object that applies to the user interface elements not covered by color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of the system buttons displayed in form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of the close system button displayed in form caption. Applies to Office 2010 styles and later only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the bacgkround colors for the quick access toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the tab and tab strip control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the tab strip control used on docking windows. When not set TabControl color scheme is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the KeyTips color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll bar colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the application style scroll bar colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the paused ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the error state of ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the galleries. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the NavigationPane control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the Slider item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the Range Slider item. + + + + + Gets the SuperTooltip color table. + + + + + Gets the color table for the ListViewEx control. + + + + + Gets the color table for the ListViewEx control. + + + + + Gets the color table used by SideBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for AdvTree control. + + + + + Gets or sets the CrumBarItem color table. + + + + + Gets the color table used by Schedule control. + + + + + Gets or sets SwitchButton color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the StepItem used in ProgressSteps control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the ListBoxItem used in ListBoxAdv control. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for the radial menu. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for TokenEditor control tokens. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Flyout control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the SideNav control. + + + + + Returns the instance of the ElementStyle with given class name or null if there is no class with that name defined. + + Class name. See static members of ElementStyleClassKeys class for the list of available keys. + Instance of ElementStyle for given class name or null if class cannot be found. + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by a button with Office 2007 style. + The collection by default has elements that are created to + represents the members of eButtonColor enumeration. The name of each color table object is the same as the string + enum representation. You can add custom members to this collection or modify the existing ones. Note that you must specify the + unique name for the new color table elements. Name specified there can be used in ButtonItem.CustomColorName property to specify + custom color table for an ButtonItem. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by a button with Office 2007 style when + button is on RibbonBar control. When collection is empty the values from the ButtonItemColors collections are used instead. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by a button with Office 2007 style when + button is on menu bar. When collection is empty the values from the ButtonItemColors collections are used instead. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by Ribbon Application Menu Button in Office 2010 style. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by buttons that are on Backstage tab-strip. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by buttons that are on NavigationPane control. Currently used for Office 2010 style only. When empty ButtonItemColors is used. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007RibbonTabItemColorTable objects the describe colors used by a ribbon tab with Office 2007 style. + The collection by default has elements that are created to + represents the members of eRibbonTabColor enumeration. The name of each color table object is the same as the string + enum representation. You can add custom members to this collection or modify the existing ones. Note that you must specify the + unique name for the new color table elements. Name specified there can be used in RibbonTabItem.CustomColorName property to specify + custom color table for an ButtonItem. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of Office2007RibbonTabGroupColorTableCollection objects the describe colors used by a ribbon tab groups with Office 2007 style. + The collection by default has elements that are created to + represents the members of eRibbonTabGroupColor enumeration. The name of each color table object is the same as the string + enum representation. You can add custom members to this collection or modify the existing ones. Note that you must specify the + unique name for the new color table elements. + + + + + Returns the color scheme table was initialized with. + + + + + Get the reference to the collection that holds system cached styles. In most cases there is no need for you to modify members of this collection. + + + + + Gets or sets whether images like Start button image, are cloned when painted. This is reduces the performance but is necessary if they can be accessed from multiple threads. + + + + + Gets the reference to collection of contextual color tables that are based on items Control container type and other context properties. + When contextual color table is defined it overrides the default color table. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2010ColorTable class. + + + + + Gets the color scheme color table is initialized with. + + + + + Defines the color scheme type for the Office2010ColorTable. + + + + + Silver color scheme. + + + + + Blue color scheme. + + + + + Black color scheme. + + + + + Visual Studio 2010 Blue color scheme. + + + + + Specifies colors for StepIndicator control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepIndicatorColorTable class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepIndicatorColorTable class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets Background color of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets indicator color. + + + + + Defines the color table for SuperTab states + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Background color + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the outer border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the inner border. + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBoxDefault colors + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBoxMouseOver colors + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBoxPressed colors + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the InsertMarker. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for the SelectionMarker. + + + + + Gets whether the ColorTable is empty. + + + + + Defines the colors for the SuperTabControlBox states + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabControlBoxStateColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the drawn image. + + + + + Defines the color table for SuperTabItem states + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabItemColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Default tab color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Left Aligned tab color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom Aligned tab color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Right Aligned tab color settings + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabColorStates is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab is not selected, and the mouse is not over it + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab is selected, but the mouse is not over the it + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab is not selected, but the mouse is over it + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab is selected, and the mouse is over it + + + + + Gets or sets the tab colors when the tab + is disabled, is not selected, and the mouse is not over it + + + + + Defines the colors for the SuperTabItem states + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabItemStateColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the Close Marker color. + + + + + Gets or sets the Selection Marker color. + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabLinearGradientColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Gradient Colors + + + + + Gets or sets the Gradient Color Positions + + + + + Gets or sets the Gradient angle + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Gradient will adapt to changes in the TabAlignment + + + + + Gets whether color definition is empty + + + + + Defines the colors for the SuperTabPanel + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabPanelColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Default tab panel color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Left Aligned tab panel color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom Aligned tab panel color settings + + + + + Gets or sets the Right Aligned tab panel color settings + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabPanelItemColorTable is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the outer border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the inner border. + + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageColorTable + + Office2010BackstageColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlueColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlueColorTable + + + + GetVS2010BackstageBlueColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlueColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlackColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlackColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverColorTable + + + + GetOffice2007BackstageVistaGlassColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageVistaGlassColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageItemColorTable + + Office2010BackstageItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlueItemColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlueItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlackItemColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlackItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverItemColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2007BackstageVistaGlassItemColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageVistaGlassItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverItemColorTable + + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverItemColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstagePanelColorTable + + Office2010BackstagePanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBluePanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBluePanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageBlackPanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageBlackPanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverPanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverPanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2007BackstageVistaGlassPanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageVistaGlassPanelColorTable + + + + GetOffice2010BackstageSilverPanelColorTable + + + + Office2010BackstageSilverPanelColorTable + + + + Defines color table for the SwitchButton control. + + + + + Gets or set the text/caption color. + + + + + Gets or sets the OFF text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ON text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the button border color. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of OFF switch part. + + + + + Gets or sets background color of ON switch part. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch background color when in ON state, i.e. Value=true. When set to Color.Empty SwitchBackColor is always used. + + + + + Gets default disabled color scheme for the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets default Switch Button color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled Switch Button color table. + + + + + Represents the Windows 7 blue style color initialization class. + + + + + Represents color table for Windows 7 style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2010ColorTable class. + + + + + Defines the color scheme type for the Office2010ColorTable. + + + + + Blue color scheme. + + + + + Provides information about the binding for the item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ItemBindingInfo class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the data row item is bound to. + + + + + Gets or sets the data item index. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional data connected to this binding information. + + + + + Represents the slider item which allows you to select a value from predefined range. + + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the SliderItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SliderItem instance. + + + + Copies the SliderItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SliderItem instance. + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises GetRangeTooltipText event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Gets the range part that is under specified client location. + + Location in parent control client coordinates. + Range part at specified location. + + + + Called when Minimum property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when Maximum property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Sets the range value. + + New Range value. + Source of the value change. + + + + Called when Value property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TicksVisible property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TicksStep property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RangeButtonSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when TicksPosition property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MinimumAbsoluteRange property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RangeTooltipFormat property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MinRangeSliderImage property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when MaxRangeSliderImage property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when RangeLineHeight property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs before Value has changed and allow the cancellation of the change. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed + + + + + Gets mouse over part. + + + + + Gets current part that is pressed using mouse left button. + + + + + Occurs when control is about to display the range tooltip and it allows you to customize tooltip + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the range displayed by the control. + + + + + Indicates whether tick lines are shown + + + + + Gets tick marks bounds. + + + + + Gets tick marks bounds for second marker is visible. + + + + + Gets bounds of minimum range sliding button. + + + + + Gets bounds of maximum range sliding button. + + + + + Indicates tick display period + + + + + Gets or sets the slider orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the range slider in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 140. + + + + + Gets or sets the Height of the range slider in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 24. + + + + + Indicates the size of the range change buttons. + + + + + Specifies the ticks position inside of Range Slider. + + + + + Specifies minimum absolute range that user can select. Absolute range is defined as Abs(Value.Max-Value.Min) Applies to user performed selection through mouse only. + + + + + Gets or sets the string that is used to format the range value to be displayed while user moves the range buttons. Value set here is used in string.Format(RangeTooltipFormat, Value.Min, Value.Max). + + + + + Specifies whether range tooltip is shown while user is changing the range + + + + + Indicates image to be used as minimum range slider button instead of built-in button. Image is scaled to size set by RangeButtonSize. + + + + + Indicates image to be used as maximum range slider button instead of built-in button. Image is scaled to size set by RangeButtonSize. + + + + + Specifies the height of the range line + + + + + Indicates whether clicking the area outside of the range change buttons moves the range change button to the clicked location if possible thus allowing range change. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the range value. + + + + + Specifies the ticks position inside of Range Slider. + + + + + Ticks are displayed on top of range sliders. + + + + + Ticks are displayed on bottom of range sliders. + + + + + Ticks are displayed on top and bottom of range sliders. + + + + + Defines value for the range slider controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the range minimum value. + + + + + Gets or sets the range maximum value. + + + + + Provides data for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the Range Slider item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Defines delegate for RangeSliderValueChanging event. + + + + + + + Provides information for RangeSliderValueChanging event. + + + + + Represents event arguments that provide information on source of action. + + + + + Gets the source of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EventSourceArgs class. + + + + + + New range value. + + + + + Set to true to cancel the value changing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeSliderValueChangingEventArgs class. + + + + + + Defines the slider item parts. + + + + + Indicates no part. + + + + + Indicates the minimum range slider button. + + + + + Indicates the maximum range slider button. + + + + + Indicates the track area part of the control. + + + + + Defines delegate for RangeSliderValueChanging event. + + + + + + + Provides information for GetRangeTooltip event. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip to display. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeTooltipEventArgs class. + + + + + + Color definition class + + + + + Constructor - solid def + + RGB value + + + + Constructor - solid def + + Color + + + + Constructor - 2 color def + + Start Color + End Color + + + + Constructor - 2 color def + + Start Color + End Color + Gradient angle + + + + Constructor - Gradient def + + Array of RGB values + Gradient positions + + + + Constructor - Gradient def + + Array of Color values + Gradient positions + + + + Constructor - Gradient def + + Array of RGB values + Gradient positions + Gradient angle + + + + Constructor - Gradient def + + Array of Color values + Gradient positions + Gradient angle + + + + OnColorDefChanged + + + + + Event raised when the SuperTabColorStates is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the Color array + + + + + Gets or sets the Color Positions + + + + + Gets or sets the Gradient Angle + + + + + IsEmpty + + + + + ColorDefConvertor + + + + + Represents the visual separator line that is displayed between items. + + + + + Creates new instance of Separator. + + + + + Creates new instance of Separator and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets separator padding. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of separator. Size specified is for separator in Vertical orientation. If orientation changes then the size will be internally switched to respect proper orientation. + + + + + Indicates splitter orientation. + + + + + Gets or sets the separator color. + + + + + Gets or sets the separator shade color. + + + + + Defines an item that allows the toolbar customization. + + + + + Creates new instance of CustomizeItem object. + + + + + Returns copy of CustomizeItem item + + + + + Called when item container has changed. If you override this method you must call the base implementation to allow default processing to occur. + + Previous container of the item. + + + + Occurs when tooltip is about to be shown or hidden. + + Specifies whether tooltip is shown or hidden. + + + + Loads the resources (text) used by this item. + + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Sets the custom system tooltip text for the item. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Overriden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Gets localized tooltip text for this instance of the item. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Called when mouse hovers over the customize item. + + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Gets whether the mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Customize menu item is visible. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Represents base class for the CalendarMonth and MultiMonthCalendar controls. This class is used internally by DotNetBar and is not intended for public use. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MultiMonthCalendar class. + + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Paints background of the item. + + Provides painting arguments + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarMonth specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Specifies the container background style. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Returns name of the item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the item. + + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Specifies the mouse cursor displayed when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets item description. This description is displayed in + Customize dialog to describe the item function in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Gets or sets item alignment inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Defines the visual marking applied to dates through month calendar control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DateAppearanceDescription class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DateAppearanceDescription class. + + + + + + Applies all settings from this object to specified object. + + Reference to object. + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn using bold font. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the marked day. + + + + + Gets or sets the background target gradient color for the marked date. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient fill angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the marked date. + + + + + Gets whether any of the appearance values have been changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether day marked is selectable by end user. Default value is true. + + + + + Reverts the input to the last stored value. + + + + + Called when input field is full, i.e. it has an complete entry. If auto-overwrite is enabled the continued typing after input is complete + will erase the existing entry and start new one. + + + + + Resets the input position so the new input overwrites current value. + + + + + Occurs when input on the control has changed. + + + + + Occurs when validation of the input is performed and it allows you to deny the input. + + + + + Occurs when IsEmpty property has changed. + + + + + Gets whether watermark will be drawn in current control state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets whether auto-overwrite functionality for input is enabled. When in auto-overwrite mode input field will erase existing entry + and start new one if typing is continued after InputComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text displayed on the input control when control is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed if set. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input item is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control allows empty input state i.e. does not have an text entered. Default value is true. + + + + + Raises SelectedIndexChanged event + + + + + Occurs when SelectedIndex property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is selected by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected index. -1 is returned if nothing is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets custom AM text used. + + + + + Gets or sets custom PM text used. + + + + + Represents a control that enables the user to select a date using a visual monthly calendar display. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MonthCalendarAdv class. + + + + + Returns the DayLabel at given client coordinates or null/nothing if there is no label at give location. + + X - position in client coordinates. + Y - position in client coordinates. + DayLabel at given coordinates or null/nothing. + + + + Returns the DayLabel that represents the date. + + Date to find label for. + DayLabel object or nothing if date cannot be founds. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all monthly marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MonthlyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all weekly marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the day from the WeeklyMarkedDays. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all annually marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the AnnuallyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all marked dates set through MarkedDates property. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MarkedDates collection. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Repaints the marked dates to reflect the dates set in the lists of marked dates. + Use this method to reflect the changes made to the AnnuallyMarkedDates, MonthlyMarkedDates or MarkedDates properties as well + as change to the marked Colors properties. + + + + + Raises the DateChanged event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the DateSelected event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the MonthChanged event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the MonthChanging event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the PaintLabel event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseDown event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseUp event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseEnter event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseLeave event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseMove event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseHover event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MinDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MaxDate property to its default value. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Sets the number of columns and rows of months to display. + + The number of columns. + The number of rows. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be raised if any value is less than zero or one value is grater than zero and other is zero. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Sets the selected dates in a month calendar control to the specified date range. + + The beginning date of the selection range. + The end date of the selection range. + startDate is less than the minimum date allowable for a month calendar control.
+ -or-
+ startDate is greater than the maximum allowable date for a month calendar control.
+ -or-
+ endDate is less than the minimum date allowable for a month calendar control.
+ -or- endDate is greater than the maximum allowable date for a month calendar control.
+
+ + If the startDate value is greater than endDate property value, the dates are swapped; the endDate value becomes the starting date, and startDate value becomes the end date. + +
+ + + Invalidates control auto-size and resizes the control if AutoSize is set to true. + + + + + Occurs when month displayed by the item has changed. + + + + + Occurs before the month that is displayed is changed. + + + + + Occurs when child label representing days is rendered and it allows you to override default rendering. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an day/week label of the calendar for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedDate property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the user makes an explicit date selection using the mouse. + + + This event is similar to the DateChanged event, but it occurs at the end of a date selection made using the mouse. + The DateChanged event occurs during any date selection, whether by mouse, keyboard, or code. You should handle this event + when you enable multiple date selection through MultiSelect property and want to be notified after the date selection has been + made. DateChanged event would fire each time selection changes during the selection of multiple dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determine which monthly days to mark using Colors.MonthlyMarker settings. + Make sure to call UpdateMarkedDates() method to update calendar display with marked dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DayOfWeek members that determine which days of week to mark using Colors.WeeklyMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determines which annual days are marked using Colors.AnnualMarker settings. + Make sure to call UpdateMarkedDates() method to update calendar display with marked dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determines which non-recurring dates are marked using Colors.DayMarker settings. + Make sure to call UpdateMarkedDates() method to update calendar display with marked dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the first month displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets number of months displayed on the control. + + + + + Gets the calendar colors used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of each day item on the calendar. Default value is 24, 15. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of date navigation buttons on the calendar. Default value is 13, 18. If you increase size of the navigation + buttons change DaySize as well so everything fits. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Specifies the commands container background style. Commands container displays Today and Clear buttons if they are visible. + + + + + Specifies the navigation container background style. Navigation container displays month, year and optional buttons. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of columns and rows of months displayed on control. Default value is 0,0 which indicates that + calendar will display as many columns and rows as it is possible to fit into container space available. + + + + + Gets or sets whether weekend days can be selected. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the rule used to determine first week of the year for week of year display on calendar. Default value is first-day. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by calendar as today's date. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the TodayDate property has been explicitly set. + + + + + Gets or sets whether today marker that indicates TodayDate is visible on the calendar. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether week of year is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of custom names for days displayed on calendar header. The array must have exactly 7 elements representing day names from 0 to 6. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of week displayed on the calendar. Default value is Sunday. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control uses the two letter day names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar selected date. Note that SelectedDate property should be used only when MultiSelect property is set to false. + When multiple dates can be selected use range selection properties: SelectionStart, SelectionEnd and SelectionRange. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection of multiple dates up to the MaxSelectionCount is enabled. Default value is false which indicates that only + single day can be selected. + + + + + Gets the reference to the bottom container that parents the Today, and Clear system buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Today button displayed at the bottom of the calendar is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Clear button displayed at the bottom of the calendar is visible. Clear button clears the currently selected date. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of days that can be selected in a month calendar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the start date of the selected range of dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the end date of the selected range of dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected range of dates for a month calendar control. + + Setting this property is functionally equivalent to using the SetSelectionRange method. You can set the start and end dates separately by setting either the SelectionStart or SelectionEnd properties. You cannot change the start and end dates by setting the SelectionRange.Start or SelectionRange.End property values of the SelectionRange property. You should use SelectionStart, SelectionEnd, or SetSelectionRange. + If the Start property value of the SelectionRange is greater than its End property value, the dates are swapped; the End property value becomes the starting date, and Start property value becomes the end date. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Year/Century selection is enabled when calendar is displaying single month. + + + + + Indicates whether month selector which is displayed when month label is clicked is using abbreviated month names instead of month number. + + + + + Indicates whether calendar is used in month selection mode which shows only month and year. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. You can set MaximumSize.Width property to set the maximum width used by the control. + + + + + Represents the container that presents single calendar month. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalendarMonth class. + + + + + Called when MonthSelectionMode property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Must be overridden by class that is inheriting to provide the painting for the item. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarMonth specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Raises the MonthChanged event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the MonthChanging event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Raises the PaintLabel event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the DateChanged event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Gets the DayLabel item assigned to the given date. Returns null if there is no label displayed for the date. + + Date to return label for. + DayLabel instance or null if date is not displayed on this calendar. + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MinDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MaxDate property to its default value. + + + + + Called when DayClickAutoClosePopup property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when month displayed by the item has changed. + + + + + Occurs before the month that is displayed is changed. + + + + + Occurs when child label representing days is rendered and it allows you to override default rendering. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an day/week label of the calendar for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedDate property has changed. + + + + + Indicates whether calendar is used in month selection mode which shows only month and year. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Year/Century selection is enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether month selector which is displayed when month label is clicked is using abbreviated month names instead of month number. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of week displayed on the calendar. Default value is Sunday. + + + + + Gets or sets whether trailing days outside of the current displayed month are visible on calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether week of year is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the rule used to determine first week of the year for week of year display on calendar. Default value is first-day. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of each day item on the calendar. Default value is 24, 15. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of date navigation buttons on the calendar. Default value is 13, 18. If you increase size of the navigation + buttons change DaySize as well so everything fits. + + + + + Gets the calendar colors used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether multiple days can be selected by clicking each day. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection of dates using mouse is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar selected date. + + + + + Gets or sets whether weekend days can be selected. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets default text alignment for the DayLabel items representing calendar days. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control uses the two letter day names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of custom names for days displayed on calendar header. The array must have exactly 7 elements representing day names from 0 to 6. + + + + + Gets or sets whether header navigation buttons for month and year are visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the navigation container background style. Navigation container displays month, year and optional buttons. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets whether today marker that indicates TodayDate is visible on the calendar. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by calendar as today's date. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the TodayDate property has been explicitly set. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether clicking the day closes the parent popup if item is on popup. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearSelectoControl class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CenturySelectorControl class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearSelectorContainer class. + + + + + Raises SelectedYearChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearSelectorContainer class. + + + + + Raises SelectedYearChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CenturySelectorControl class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the YearSelectorContainer class. + + + + + Raises SelectedYearChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Defines the MonthCalendar and SingleMonthCalendar colors for customization. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the todays date. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for selected days. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the trailing days on calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance settings for the labels that show week of year number. + + + + + Gets or sets the days divider line color. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the numeric day of month label. + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the weekend days on calendar (Saturday and Sunday). + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the trailing weekend days on calendar (Saturday and Sunday). + + + + + Gets the appearance settings for the labels that display day name in calendar header. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker settings for days specified by MonthCalendarItem.MonthlyMarkedDates property. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker settings for days specified by MonthCalendarItem.AnnuallyMarkedDates property. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker settings for days specified by MonthCalendarItem.MarkedDates property. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker settings for days specified by MonthCalendarItem.WeeklyMarkedDays property. + + + + + Gets the minimum date value of the DateTimePicker control. + + + + + Specifies the maximum date value of the DateTimePicker control. This field is read-only. + + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + + + + Occurs when Value or IsEmpty property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the date time. + + + + + Gets or sets the values of the nested DateTimeGroup items. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value represented by the group. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum value represented by the group. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input values are set to defaults while user is entering data. Default value is true. + + + + + Defines the date-time selector visibility for DateTimeInput control popup. + + + + + Depending on DateTimeInput.Format property setting either date or time selector is used. + + + + + Only date selector is visible. + + + + + Only time selector is visible on popup. + + + + + Both date and time selectors are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of padding added to text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed by the label. + + + + + Defines an interface for the DateTime Part interaction. + + + + + Reverts to the last input value control held. + + + + + Gets or sets the date/time part value. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value for the date/time part entry. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value for the date/time part entry. + + + + + Gets the date time part control represents. + + + + + Gets or sets whether input part is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the day in numeric format to display. Allowed values are from -1 to 6. -1 represents an empty state. + 0 represents Sunday and 6 Represents Saturday. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of custom names for days. The array must have exactly 7 elements representing day names from 0 to 6. + + + + + Gets or sets whether abbreviated day names are used for display instead of full day names. Default value is false. + + + + + Represents a label for the NumericHourInput control that shows whether time is AM or PM. + + + + + Gets or sets custom AM text used. + + + + + Gets or sets custom PM text used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether abbreviated month names are used for display instead of full month names. Default value is false. + + + + + Occurs when Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel increases or decreases the input value when used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control allows empty input state i.e. does not have an number entered. Default value is true. When control is empty + IsEmpty property returns true and control does not display number. Set to false to always force control to have number displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format the numeric value entered for display purpose. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericDayInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericDayOfYearInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericHourInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericMinuteInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericMonthInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericSecondInput class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericYearInput class. + + + + + Gets or sets the year display format. Default value is four digit format. + + + + + Defines data for the ParseValue event that allows you to provide custom parsing for values set to ValueObject property. + + + + + Get the value that was set to the ValueObject property and which should be converted to ParsedValue DateTime. + + + + + Gets or sets whether you have provided ParsedValue. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ParseDateTimeValueEventArgs class. + + Indicates the value object. + + + + /// + Gets or sets the parsed value from ValueObject property. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ParseDateTimeValue event. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DayLabel class. + + + + + Raises the PaintLabel event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the DayLabel specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer enters the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for WinForms designer support. + + + + Occurs when label is rendered and it allows you to override default rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets the date represented by this label. DateTime.MinValue indicates that label is either used as textual day representation + or the week number as specified by the IsWeekOfYear property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this label is used as the label that displays the day name. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this label is used as the week of year label. + + + + + Gets whether the label for date represents the trailing date, i.e. date that is from next or previous month for the month displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether left-mouse button is pressed over the item. + + + + + Specifies the item background style. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label appears as selected. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label provides visual indicator when mouse is over the label or pressed while over the label. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label is selectable. IsSelected property returns whether label is selected. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the label text color. Default value is an empty color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn using Bold font. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the image alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether flat Office 2007 style is used to render the item. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether date represented by label is marked as todays date. + + + + + Gets or sets whether popup is displayed when mouse is pressed anywhere over the item. Default value is false which indicates + that popup is displayed only if image assigned to the item and mouse is pressed over image. + + + + + Indicates the alignment of the DayLabel part like text or image. + + + + + Provides data for DayLabel painting events. + + + + + Gets the graphics canvas for rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets which parts of the item will be drawn by the system. You can set this to None to completely disable system rendering. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DayPaintEventArgs class. + + Reference to Graphics canvas. + Reference to item being rendered. + + + + Renders the background of the item. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders the item text. + + + + + Renders items image. + + + + + Renders items image. + + + + + Defines delegate for DayLabel painting events. + + Source of the event. + Provides event data. + + + + Specifies the parts of DayLabel control. Members of this enum are intended to be used as flags (combined). + + + + + Specifies no part. + + + + + Specifies the label background. + + + + + Specifies the label text. + + + + + Specifies the label image. + + + + + Specifies all parts. + + + + + Indicates the hour format. + + + + + Indicates Ante Meridiem period, before the middle day. + + + + + Indicates Post Meridiem after the middle day". + + + + + Identifies the date time part. + + + + + Specifies the input fields alignment inside of the control. + + + + + Specifies the text alignment. + + + + + Specifies the format of the date time picker. + + + + + Indicates that custom format specified by CustomFormat property is used. + + + + + The DateTimePicker control displays the date/time value in the long date format set by the user's operating system. + + + + + The DateTimePicker control displays the date/time value in the short date format set by the user's operating system. + + + + + The DateTimePicker control displays the date/time value in the time format set by the user's operating system. + + + + + The DateTimePicker control displays the date/time value in the short time format set by the user's operating system. + + + + + Specifies the display format of the year in input control. + + + + + Specifies the visual item alignment inside the parent group. + + + + + Specifies the vertical alignment. + + + + + Describes the system button item type. System buttons are buttons created internally by controls. + + + + + Specifies the auto-change item when VisualUpDownButton control is clicked. + + + + + No item is automatically changed. + + + + + Auto-change focused item in parent group + + + + + Auto change first input item before the Up/Down button in parent group. + + + + + Specifies the keys used for navigation between input fields. + + + + + No key is used for the navigation. + + + + + Tab key is used to advance to the next input field. + + + + + Arrow keys are used to advance to the next input field. + + + + + Enter key is used to advance to the next input field. + + + + + Tab, Arrows and Enter keys are used to advance to the next input field. + + + + + Describes input button settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the InputButtonSettings class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the InputButtonSettings class. + + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Copies properties to new instance of the item. + + New InputButtonSettings instance + + + + Gets or sets whether button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the display position index of the button. Buttons are ordered from left to right with button with lowest index appearing as left-most button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the input button face. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual item button references for its action. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key which when pressed triggers button click event or its default function. + + + + + Gets or sets tooltip displayed for the button when mouse hovers over it. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Defines the system colors used by the input controls. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Occurs when color has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of input item part when part has input focus. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that system Highlight color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of input item part when part has input focus. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that system HighlightText color is used. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the InputValidationEventArgs class. + + Indicates current input. + + + + Defines delegate for input validation event. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the VisualToggleButton class. + + + + + Raises the CheckedChanged event. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is checked. + + + + + Gets whether left mouse button is pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LockUpdateCheckBox class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MonthCalendarItem class. + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the CalendarMonth specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Copies the CalendarMonth specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms desginer. + + + + + Sets the selected dates in a month calendar control to the specified date range. + + The beginning date of the selection range. + The end date of the selection range. + startDate is less than the minimum date allowable for a month calendar control.
+ -or-
+ startDate is greater than the maximum allowable date for a month calendar control.
+ -or-
+ endDate is less than the minimum date allowable for a month calendar control.
+ -or- endDate is greater than the maximum allowable date for a month calendar control.
+
+ + If the startDate value is greater than endDate property value, the dates are swapped; the endDate value becomes the starting date, and startDate value becomes the end date. + +
+ + + Applies current date selection to the control. You are usually not required to make calls to this method directly since it is automatically + done by the control when selection changes. This method returns immediately if MultiSelect + property is set to false or SelectionStart or SelectionEnd properties have DateTime.MinValue. + + + + + Returns the DayLabel at given client coordinates or null/nothing if there is no label at give location. + + X - position in client coordinates. + Y - position in client coordinates. + DayLabel at given coordinates or null/nothing. + + + + Returns the DayLabel that represents the date. + + Date to find label for. + DayLabel object or nothing if date cannot be founds. + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all monthly marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MonthlyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all weekly marked days. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MonthlyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all annually marked dates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the AnnuallyMarkedDates. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for Windows Forms designer support. + + + + + Removes all marked dates set through MarkedDates property. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + Removes the date from the MarkedDates collection. Note that you must call UpdateMarkedDates method to reflect these changes on calendar. + + + + + + Repaints the marked dates to reflect the dates set in the lists of marked dates. + Use this method to reflect the changes made to the AnnuallyMarkedDates, MonthlyMarkedDates or MarkedDates properties as well + as change to the marked Colors properties. + + + + + Raises the MonthChanged event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the MonthChanging event. + + Provides additional event data. + + + + Raises the PaintLabel event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseDown event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseUp event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseEnter event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseLeave event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseMove event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the LabelMouseHover event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for designer support. + + + + + + Reset property to default value. Provided for designer support. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MinDate property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether Value property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + true if value serialized otherwise false. + + + + Reset the MaxDate property to its default value. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Provided for design-time support. + + + + + Sets the number of columns and rows of months to display. + + The number of columns. + The number of rows. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException will be raised if any value is less than zero or one value is grater than zero and other is zero. + + + + Raises the DateChanged event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the DateSelected event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Reloads the localized strings for Today and Clear buttons. + + + + + Called when DayClickAutoClosePopup property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Occurs when month displayed by the item has changed. + + + + + Occurs before the month that is displayed is changed. + + + + + Occurs when child label representing days is rendered and it allows you to override default rendering. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the day/week label inside of the calendar. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an day/week label of the calendar for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when SelectedDate property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the user makes an explicit date selection using the mouse. + + + This event is similar to the DateChanged event, but it occurs at the end of a date selection made using the mouse. + The DateChanged event occurs during any date selection, whether by mouse, keyboard, or code. You should handle this event + when you enable multiple date selection through MultiSelect property and want to be notified after the date selection has been + made. DateChanged event would fire each time selection changes during the selection of multiple dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of days that can be selected in a month calendar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the start date of the selected range of dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the end date of the selected range of dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected range of dates for a month calendar control. + + Setting this property is functionally equivalent to using the SetSelectionRange method. You can set the start and end dates separately by setting either the SelectionStart or SelectionEnd properties. You cannot change the start and end dates by setting the SelectionRange.Start or SelectionRange.End property values of the SelectionRange property. You should use SelectionStart, SelectionEnd, or SetSelectionRange. + If the Start property value of the SelectionRange is greater than its End property value, the dates are swapped; the End property value becomes the starting date, and Start property value becomes the end date. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selection of multiple dates up to the MaxSelectionCount is enabled. Default value is false which indicates that only + single day can be selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determine which monthly days to mark using Colors.MonthlyMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DayOfWeek members that determine which days of week to mark using Colors.WeeklyMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determines which annual days are marked using Colors.AnnualMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of DateTime objects that determines which nonrecurring dates are marked using Colors.DayMarker settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the first month displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets number of months displayed on the control. + + + + + Gets the calendar colors used by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of each day item on the calendar. Default value is 24, 15. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of date navigation buttons on the calendar. Default value is 13, 18. If you increase size of the navigation + buttons change DaySize as well so everything fits. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date and time that can be selected in the control. + + + + + Specifies the commands container background style. Commands container displays Today and Clear buttons if they are visible. + + + + + Specifies the navigation container background style. Navigation container displays month, year and optional buttons. Default value is an empty style which means that container does not display any background. + BeginGroup property set to true will override this style on some styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of columns and rows of months displayed on control. Default value is 0,0 which indicates that + calendar will display as many columns and rows as it is possible to fit into container space available. + + + + + Gets or sets whether weekend days can be selected. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the rule used to determine first week of the year for week of year display on calendar. Default value is first-day. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that is used by calendar as today's date. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the TodayDate property has been explicitly set. + + + + + Gets or sets whether today marker that indicates TodayDate is visible on the calendar. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether week of year is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control uses the two letter day names. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of custom names for days displayed on calendar header. The array must have exactly 7 elements representing day names from 0 to 6. + + + + + Gets or sets the first day of week displayed on the calendar. Default value is Sunday. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar selected date. Note that SelectedDate property should be used only when MultiSelect property is set to false. + When multiple dates can be selected use range selection properties: SelectionStart, SelectionEnd and SelectionRange. + + + + + Gets the reference to the bottom container that parents the Today, and Clear system buttons. + + + + + Gets reference to internal Today button on calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Today button displayed at the bottom of the calendar is visible. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Clear button displayed at the bottom of the calendar is visible. Clear button clears the currently selected date. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether clicking the day closes the parent popup if item is on popup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Year/Century selection is enabled when calendar is displaying single month. + + + + + Indicates whether month selector which is displayed when month label is clicked is using abbreviated month names instead of month number. + + + + + Indicates whether calendar is used in month selection mode which shows only month and year. + + + + + Gets or sets the size available for the item currently being arranged. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse is over the host control. + + + + + Gets or sets system colors used by the control. + + + + + Defines data for the ParseValue event that allows you to provide custom parsing for values set to ValueObject property. + + + + + Get the value that was set to the ValueObject property and which should be converted to ParsedValue DateTime. + + + + + Gets or sets whether you have provided ParsedValue. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ParseDateTimeValueEventArgs class. + + Indicates the value object. + + + + /// + Gets or sets the parsed value from ValueObject property. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ParseValue event. + + + + + + + Defines data for the ParseValue event that allows you to provide custom parsing for values set to ValueObject property. + + + + + Get the value that was set to the ValueObject property and which should be converted to ParsedValue DateTime. + + + + + Gets or sets whether you have provided ParsedValue. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ParseDateTimeValueEventArgs class. + + Indicates the value object. + + + + /// + Gets or sets the parsed value from ValueObject property. + + + + + + Defines delegate for ParseValue event. + + + + + + + Gets or sets whether button automatically gets Click events repeated when mouse is kept pressed on the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether default button background is rendered when mouse is not over the host control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key which when pressed triggers button click event or its default function. + + + + + Gets or sets the button tooltip. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets or sets the fixed button height. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is pressed on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Raises DecreaseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises IncreaseValue event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Defines data for ConvertFreeTextEntry event. + + + + + Gets the string value that was entered by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the converted ValueEntered into the control's value type. For example for IpAddressInput the value set here + must be of string type and in IP address format. For IntegerInput control the value set here must be an int type. For DateTimeInput + control value set here must be DateTime type. + If you provide ControlValue set ValueConverted=true to indicate so. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ValueEntered has been converted to ControlValue. Set to true to indicate that you have performed conversion. + + + + + Defines delegate for ConvertFreeTextEntry event. + + Source of event. + Provides event data. + + + + Gets or sets the value to increment or decrement the value of the control when the up or down buttons are clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the Numeric String Format that is used to format the numeric value entered for display purpose. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds array of new objects to the collection. + + Array of object to add. + + + + Adds array of new objects to the collection. + + Array of object to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the VisualItem array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents the up down button which allows change of the value in currently focused input control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the VisualUpDownButton class. + + + + + Raises the UpClick event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Raises the DownClick event. + + Provides event data. + + + + Occurs when Up part of the button has been clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Down part of the button has been clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the face of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the default width of the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control automatically tries to increase/decrease the value of the item that has input focus in the same + parent group as the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the item that is automatically changed when buttons are pressed. + + + + + Statis functions for design-time support. + + + + + Summary description for DesignTimeDte. + + + + + Summary description for Display. + + + + + System item that displays the items that could not fit inside the container on popup menu or toolbar. + + + + + Create new instance of DisplayMoreItem object. + + + + + Returns copy of DisplayMoreItem item + + + + + Called when item container has changed. If you override this method you must call the base implementation to allow default processing to occur. + + Previous container of the item. + + + + Overridden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Overriden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Overridden. Displays the sub-items on popup. + + Popup location. + + + + Overridden. Displays the sub-items on popup. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Overridden. Displays the sub-items on popup toolbar. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Overridden. Displays the sub-items on popup menu. + + Horizontal coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + Vertical coordinate in pixels of the upper left corner of a popup. + + + + Overridden. Close the popup window if open. + + + + + Adds the items that are not visible to the overflow popup. + + + + + Returns the insertion index for the items removed from overflow popup. Assumes that right-most items are removed first by the layout manager. + + + + + + Removes the items from the overflow and adds them back to the parent item. + + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Returns the fixed size of the item. + + + + + Get or sets whether item has been changed in a way that it needs its size recalculated. This is internal + property and it should not be used by your code. + + + + + Gets whether the mouse is over the item. + + + + + Represents panel that is hosted by DockContainerItem as docked control. + + + + + Represents graphical panel control with support for different visual styles and gradients. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Applies color scheme colors to the style objects. + + + + + Sets the internal mouse down flag which controls appearance of the control. You can use this method to simulate the pressed state for the panel with appropriate StyleMouseDown assigned. + + New value for the mouse down flag. + + + + Sets the mouse over internal flag that tracks whether the mouse is over the control. You can use this method to simulate the mouse over appearance when appropriate StyleMouseOver style is set. + + New value for the mouse over flag. + + + + Indicates whether CanvasColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets CanvasColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the internal mouse tracking properties that track whether mouse is over the panel and whether is mouse pressed while over the panel. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Called when AntiAlias property has changed. + + + + + Called after either ColorScheme or ColorSchemeStyle has changed. If you override make sure that you call base implementation so default + processing can occur. + + + + + Returns the size of the panel calculated based on the text assigned. + + Calculated size of the panel or Size.Empty if panel size cannot be calculated. + + + + Returns the size of the panel calculated based on the text assigned. + + Calculated size of the panel or Size.Empty if panel size cannot be calculated. + + + + Updates the markup size to reflect current position of the scrollbars. You must call this method if you are scrolling control with markup using the AutoScrollPosition property. + + + + + Applies predefined Panel color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Button color scheme to the control. + + + + + Applies predefined Label color scheme to the control. + + + + + Notifies a control that it is the default button so that its appearance and behavior is adjusted accordingly. + + true if the control should behave as a default button; otherwise false. + + + + Generates a Click event for the control. + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises NonClientSizeChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ScrollBarValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Represents graphical panel control with support for different visual styles and gradients. + + + + + Represents graphical panel control with support for different visual styles and gradients. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether right-to-left mirror placement is turned on. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. Note that when ColorSchemeStyle property is set to Office 2007 style the color scheme is always retrived from the GlobalManager.Renderer and any\ + changes made on this property will not have any effect. + + + + + Gets or sets whether paint operations for the control are suspended. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Text supports and renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether focus rectangle is displayed when control has focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the canvas color for the panel. Canvas color will be visible on areas of the control that do not get covered + by the style and it will also be used as a base color for style to be painted on. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style when mouse hovers over the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel style when mouse button is pressed on the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the container will allow the user to scroll to any controls placed outside of its visible boundaries. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text rectangle painted on panel is considering docked controls inside the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the text rectangle. This property is set by internal implementation and it should not be set by outside code. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text markup if it occupies less space than control provides uses the Style Alignment and LineAlignment properties to align the markup inside of the control. Default value is false. + + + + + Returns reference to internal vertical scroll-bar control. + + + + + Returns reference to internal horizontal scroll-bar control. + + + + + Indicates whether panel uses themed DotNetBar scrollbars. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll-bar visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the value returned to the parent form when the button is clicked. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Specifies back color when Enabled=false + + + + + Creates new instance of the panel. + + + + + Called after either ColorScheme or ColorSchemeStyle has changed. If you override make sure that you call base implementation so default + processing can occur. + + + + + Indicates whether style of the panel is managed by tab control automatically. + Set this to true if you would like to control style of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets which edges of the control are anchored to the edges of its container. + + + + + Defines single color blend point for the multicolor gradient fills. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. When defining multicolor gradinet blends and using the percentage positions the positions created + must start with 0f and end with 1f. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initialize it with default values. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initialize it with default values. + + + + + Gets or sets Color to use in multicolor gradient blend at specified position. + + + + + Gets or sets the color position in multicolor gradient blend. Values less or equal to 1 are used as percentage specifing percentages of distance along the gradient line. + Values greater than 1 are used as absolute pixel values of distance along the gradient line. + + + + + Represents Collection for the BackgroundColorBlend objects. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds array of new objects to the collection. + + Array of object to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the BackgroundColorBlend array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Creates ColorBlend object based on the members of the collection. ColorBlend object will be valid only if all members of the collection + represents relative/percentage based color blends. + + + + + + Adds the BackgroundColorBlend objects from the collection. + + Collection to copy objects from + + + + Initializes the collection with the two color blend. + + Collection to initialize. + Start color. + End color. + + + + Initializes the collection with the two color blend. + + Collection to initialize. + Start color. + End color. + + + + Initializes the collection with the two color blend. + + Collection to initialize. + Solid Color + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents BackgroundColorBlend object converter. + + + + + Represents the cancelable event arguments with integer value. + + + + + Gets or sets the new value that will be used if event is not canceled. + + + + + Indicates the source of the event. + + + + + Defines delegate for cancelable events. + + + + + Represents the cancelable event arguments with object value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CancelObjectValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the data connected to this event. + + + + + Defines delegate for cancelable events. + + + + + Provides data for CheckBoxItem rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to CheckBoxItem being rendered. + + + + + ColorScheme object that is used to provide colors for rendering check box item in legacy styles like Office 2003. Office 2007 style + uses color tables provided by renderers. + + + + + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text font. + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemPaintArgs reference. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and provides default values. + + Reference to Graphics object + Reference to CheckBoxItem + Reference to legacy ColorScheme + Indicates the font for the text. + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + Defines the event arguments class for ColorPickerDropDown ColorPreview event. + + + + + Gets the color that is being previewed. + + + + + Gets the ColorItem if available for the color being previewed. This property can be null if there is no ColorItem connected with the color. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Color being previewed. + ColorItem connected with the color. + + + + Defines delegate for ColorPreview event. + + + + + Delegate for the CancelableEventSource event. + + + + + Represents event arguments that provide information on source of action and allow canceling of action. + + + + + Gets or sets whether event action will be canceled. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EventSourceArgs class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CancelableEventSourceArgs class. + + + + + + Provides data for the Navigation Pane rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering bounds. + + + + + Creates new instance of the objects and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Provides data for the ProgressBarItem rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to ProgressBarItem being rendered. + + + + + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text font. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and provides default values. + + Reference to Graphics object + Reference to ProgressBarItem + Indicates the font for the text. + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + Provides data for the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog events. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to cancel the current operation. When showing the dialog this allows to cancel the showing. When dialog is closed + it allows to cancel the changes made on customize dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the form that is acting as dialog. You can set this value to your custom form to display it instead of + built-in dialog. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the dialog being used for customization. + + + + Provides data for the Quick Access Toolbar Customize Item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the customize item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Provides data for the Quick Access Toolbar Overflow item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the overflow item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Provides information for ribbon customization events. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the menu popup will be cancelled. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the object customize menu will be acting on. This could be an ButtonItem or any + BaseItem derived class as well as RibbonBar object. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the popup menu that will be displayed. You can change the members of SubItems collection to add/remove/change + the context menu items that will be displayed. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to context object. + Reference to popup menu item if any. + + + + Provides data for the RenderMdiSystemitem event. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to MdiSystemItem being rendered. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to graphics object. + Reference to MdiSystemItem being rendered. + + + + Represents events arguments for the Ribbon Control rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics control is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to RibbonControl instance being rendered. + + + + + Gets whether Windows Vista Glass is enabled. + + + + + Creates new instance and initializes it with the default values. + + Reference to Graphics object + Reference to RibbonControl + + + + Gets or sets whether the closing of the ribbon menu is canceled. + + + + + Gets or sets the source object that was cause of the menu closing. For example this could be reference to an item that was clicked. + Default value is null which indicates that there is no information about the object that caused closing available. + + + Following is the possible list of types that this property could be set to + and causes for closing: + + BaseItem - when an item is clicked the Source will be set to the instance + of the item that was clicked. + RibbonControl - when parent form RibbonControl is on loses the input + focus the Source will be set to the RibbonControl + RibbonTabItem - when tab menu is displayed and user clicks the same tab + to close the menu. The RibbonTabItem with EventSource=Code will be also set as + source when user double-clicks the tab to maximize the ribbon. + Any other type if RibbonControl.PopupRibbon method is called by your + code. + + + + + + Gets or sets the source of the event. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SideBarPanelItemRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SideBarRendererEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Provides data for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to the Slider item being rendered. + Reference to the graphics object. + + + + Defines the abstract class for form caption painter. + + + + + Provides data for form caption rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to graphics object. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the form caption is rendered for. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines the Office 2007 style form caption painter. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Represents an item that provides system buttons displayed on form caption. + + + + + Summary description for MDISystemItem. + + + + + Returns copy of CustomizeItem item + + + + + Returns the single button size. + + Size of the button. + + + + MDI System Item can render itself as either Simple icon with system drop down menu or set of + system buttons Minimize, Restore and Close. This item is rendered on the Bar that is designated as + Menu bar and when bar is used on MDI form and MDI Child form is maximized. + + + + + Gets the default size of the system buttons. + + + + + + Gets or sets the custom button size to use instead of system determined size. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Minimize button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Restore/Maximize button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether help button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Icon is queried when item is painted. Default value is false. + + + + + Provides data for the RenderSystemCaptionItem event. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics control is rendered on. + + + + + Gets reference to SystemCaptionItem being rendered. + + + + + Gets whether Windows Vista Glass is enabled. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to item being rendered. + Indicates whether Vista Glass effect is enabled. + + + + Represents the line drawn between start and end point. + + + + + Paints the shape on canvas. If overriden base implementation must be called to paint any child shapes. + + Shape paint information. + + + + Returns absolute location of the shape based on parent bounds. + + Parent absolute bounds. + Absolute location of the shape + + + + Returns absolute size of the shape based on the parent bounds. + + Absolute parent bounds. + Absolute size of the shape. + + + + Gets the absolute bounds of the shape. + + Parent bounds. + Absolute bounds of the shape. + + + + Gets the location of the shape. + + + + + Gets the size of the shape. + + + + + Gets the shape padding. Padding is the inside spacing between shape and it's child shapes. + + + + + Gets the collection of child shapes. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this shape will set the ShapePaintInfo.ChildContentClip property to the region that represents the inside content of the shape. + This is used when there is inside content of the shape which is not part of the shape itself and calling routine needs + access to the region that defines the shape inside bounds. + + + + + Gets the start point of the line. + + + + + Gets the end point of the line. + + + + + Gets the line border. + + + + + Describes the shape location. + + + + + Gets or sets the X location of the shape relative to it's parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y location of the shape relative to it's parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the relative X position. + + + + + Gets or sets the relative Y position. + + + + + Describes the relative location. + + + + + Describes the padding for the shape. Padding is the space inside the shape and between it's child shapes. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Gets or sets the left padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets the total horizontal padding. + + + + + Gets the total vertical padding. + + + + + Paints the border. + + + + + Paints the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the rounded corner size. + + + + + Gets the shape border. + + + + + Gets the shape fill. + + + + + Defines the shape border. + + + + + Gets or sets the border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the ending gradient border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. Default value is 90. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Shape array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting fill color. + + + + + Gets or sets the end fill color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color collection blend. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill gradient type. + + + + + Paints the border. + + + + + Paints the border. + + + + + Gets the shape border. + + + + + Gets the shape fill. + + + + + Describes shape size. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the shape. When RelativeWidth is specified then number specifed here is added to the actual shape width. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the shape. When RelativeHeight is specified the number specified here is added to the actual shape height. + + + + + Gets or sets the relative shape width. + + + + + Gets or sets the relative shape height. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Represents the class used to create Color objects. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Represents the class used to create Color objects blended based on base color. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Converts integer color representation to Color type. + + Color representation as 32-bit RGB value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts integer color representation to Color type. + + Color representation as 32-bit RGB value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts integer color representation to Color type. + + Color value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts color representation to alpha Color type. + + Color value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Converts integer color representation to Color type. + + Color value. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Defines the names for the ElementStyle.Class style classes. + + + + + Gets the key for the GalleryContainer background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu outer container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu two column container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu first column container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu second column container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the Ribbon File menu bottom container background style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the text box border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the RichTextBox control border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the ItemPanel style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the ListBoxAdv style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the date time input background style class. + + + + + Gets the style key for the Ribbon client panel. + + + + + Gets the style key for the ListView control border style. + + + + + Gets the style key for the Office2007 Status Bar alternative background. + + + + + Gets the style key for the AdvTree control border and background. + + + + + Gets the style key for the AdvTree control columns header. + + + + + Gets the style key for the AdvTree control columns header for the child nodes. + + + + + Gets the style key for the AdvTree control column. + + + + + Gets the style key for the CrumbBar background style. + + + + + Gets the key for the DataGridView border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the DataGridViewNumeric border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the DataGridViewDateTime border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for the DataGridViewIpAddress border style class. + + + + + Gets the key for SlidePanel slide-out button style. + + + + + Gets the key for the MetroTilePanel style class. + + + + + Gets the key for Metro tile group container title class. + + + + + Gets the style key for the MonthCalendarAdv control. + + + + + Gets the style key for the ProgressSteps control. + + + + + Gets the style key for the SideNavStrip control. + + + + + Represents a static class that maintains the global rendering properties for all controls when eRenderMode is set to global. + + + + + Gets or sets the global renderer used by all controls that have RenderMode set to eRenderMode.Global. + + + + + Represents complex gradient color table. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + Linear gradient angle + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Start color + End color + Linear gradient angle + + + + Gets or sets the color collection blend that describes the gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient type. + + + + + Gets or sets the linear gradient angle. + + + + + Creates a copy of table. + + A copy. + + + + Represents the color table of linear gradient. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color. + End color. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color in hexadecimal representation like FFFFFF. + End color in hexadecimal representation like FFFFFF. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color in 32-bit RGB representation. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color in 32-bit RGB representation. + End color in 32-bit RGB representation. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color in 32-bit RGB representation. + End color in 32-bit RGB representation. + Gradient angle. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Start color. + End color. + Gradient angle. + + + + Gets or sets the start color. + + + + + Gets or sets the end color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Gets whether both colors assigned are empty. + + + + + Item container for dockable windows. + + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name. + + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ControlContainerItem and assigns item name and item text. + + Item name. + Item text. + + + + Overriden. Returns the copy of the ControlContainerItem. + + Copy of the ControlContainerItem. + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Overriden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Occurs after text has changed. + + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Occurs when container control needs to be assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the contained control. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets item description. This description is displayed in + Customize dialog to describe the item function in an application. + + + + + Gets or sets item alignment inside the container. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is visible. + + + + + Specifies the Tab image. Image specified here is used only on Tab when there are multiple dock containers on Bar. + + + + + Specifies the index of the Tab image if ImageList is used. Image specified here is used only on Tab when there are multiple dock containers on Bar. + + + + + Specifies the Button icon. Icons support multiple image sizes and alpha blending. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tab color. Default value is eTabItemColor.Default which means that default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab that dock container item is on is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the item in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the item in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the item. When used please note that layout logic for dockable windows expects that + all DockContainerItems that are in particular docking side have exact same minimum size. When setting this property it is + best to set the same value for all DockContainerItem instances you create. + + + + + Gets or sets the default floating size of the Bar that is containing this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the form client area that is tried to maintain when dockable window is resized. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Returns whether item is in design mode or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item is global or not. + This flag is used to propagate property changes to all items with the same name. + Setting for example Visible property on the item that has GlobalItem set to true will + set visible property to the same value on all items with the same name. + + + + + Gets or sets the close button behavior on the host Bar. Default value is eDockContainerClose.Inherit which means that Bar.CanHide will control whether DockContainerItem can be closed. + + + + + Specifies the behavior of the close button on host bar for the DockContainerItem. + + + + + Closing of the bar is inherited from the host bar. Bar.CanHide property will control close button visibility. + + + + + Closing of the DockContainerItem is allowed. + + + + + Closing of DockContainerItem is not allowed. + + + + + Summary description for DockingHint. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Update control region based on hint side + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represent the docking information for an control. + + + + + Control dock side. + + + + + Control dock site. + + + + + Docking offset. + + + + + Docking line. + + + + + Docked control width. + + + + + Docked control height. + + + + + Control position. + + + + + Indicates whether to use outline or not + + + + + Indicates that dock site should change it's Z-Order so it maximizes the space it consumes as related to other dock sites. + + + + + Indicates that dock site should change it's Z-Order so it reduces the amount of space it consumes as related to other dock sites. + + + + + When either FullSizeDock or PartialSizeDock is set it indicates the new dock site Z-Order index. + + + + + Returns the bar that mouse is placed over. + + + + + Returns dock side the mouse is indicating user wants to dock bar at. + + + + + Gets the last relative docked to bar. + + + + + Gets the last relative docked to document id. + + + + + Returns side of last docked-to dock site. + + + + + Dock Sites are created by DotNetBar control on each edge of the + DotNetBar container control and are used for docking purposes. + If Dock Site does not contain any controls it will be invisible. + + + + + Creates new instance of DockSite object with specified dock style. + + Specifies the position and manner in which a site is docked. + + + + Creates new instance of DockSite object. + + + + + Returns reference to the DocumentDockUIManager object used for interaction with document docking engine. + + Reference to the DocumentDockUIManager object. + + + + Saves layout for bars contained by dock site. + + Parent XmlElement. + + + + Loads layout for the bars. + + Parent XmlElement that was passed to SaveLayout method to save layout + + + + Suspends normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. Optionally forces an immediate layout of pending layout requests. + + + + + Docks the bar to the dock site. + + Bar to dock. + + + + Dockes the Bar to dock site at specified position. + + Bar to dock. + Bar insert position. + + + + Relayouts all docked controls in the site. + + + + + Returns the docking information for current position. + + Controls docking provider. + Horizontal assumed docking position. + Vertical assumed docking position. + Docking information. + + + + + Undocks the control from the site. + + Control to undock. + + + + Gets or sets whether painting is disabled on dock site while layout of bars is performed. Default value is true. + You might need to set this property to false if you are expirience vide flashing while using DirectX video animation in Bar controls that are part of the + dock site. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color. + + + + + Gets or sets gradient fill angle. + + + + + Specifies the position and manner in which a site is docked. + + + + + Gets the reference to the DotNetBarManager that uses this dock site. + + + + + Represents class that is a bar container for document docking. + + + + + Represents Document container base class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Resizes the document within specified bounds. + + Area available for the document. + + + + Sets the display bounds. + + New display bounds. + + + + Sets layout bounds. + + New layout bounds. + + + + Resets the layout bounds for the document base container to the empty bounds. + + + + + Resets the layout bounds for the document base container to the empty bounds. + + + + + Sets the parent document. + + Parent container. + + + + Sets the width of the document. + + Width in pixels + + + + Sets the height of the document. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Occurs when width is being set on child document. + + Reference document being changed + Width in pixels + True if width was applied by parent otherwise false + + + + Occurs when height is being set on child document. + + Reference document being changed + Height in pixels + True if width was applied by parent otherwise false + + + + Updates bounds of the item in response to the scrolling of LayoutControl. + + + + + + + Gets the unique ID for the container. + + + + + Returns actual display bounds of the document. + + + + + Returns layout bounds of the document. Layout bounds are proposed bounds of the layout and might not be the same + as DisplayBounds. + + + + + Gets the parent container. + + + + + Gets whether document is visible or not. + + + + + Gets minimum size of the document. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the Bar object. + + Bar to contain on document. + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the bar and propesed width and height. + + Bar to contain on document. + Proposed width of the document in pixels + Proposed height of the document in pixels + + + + Resizes document object. + + Available bounds for the document. + + + + Gets or sets the bar that is contained by this document. + + + + + Gets whether document is visible. + + + + + Gets the minimum size of the document. + + + + + Represents DocumentBarContainer converter. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Checks whether conversion can be made to specified type. + + Context Information. + Destination type. + + + + + Converts object to specified type. + + Context information. + Culture information. + Object to convert. + Destination type. + Object converted to destination type. + + + + Collection of DocumentBaseContainer objects. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds new objects to the collection. + + Array of documents to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the DocumentBaseContainer array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents Dock container with either horizontal or vertical layout. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with specified values. + + Array of documents to host in this container. + Container orientation + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Resizes the object inside of the given bounds. + + Available area. + + + + Occurs when width is being set on child document. + + Reference document being changed + Width in pixels + True if width was applied by parent otherwise false + + + + Occurs when height is being set on child document. + + Reference document being changed + Height in pixels + True if width was applied by parent otherwise false + + + + Returns the DocumentBarContainer object for a given bar. + + Bar to search for. + Reference to container or null if bar could not be found + + + + Gets whether document is visible or not. + + + + + Gets the orientation of the container. Default value is Horizontal. + + + + + Returns collection of the documents hosted by this container. + + + + + Returns minimum size of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets splitter size in pixels between the documents docking inside the container. Default value is 3. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the size of the documents is recorded once the layout is calculated. + + + + + Indicates whether the container is allowed to exceed the parent control client size due to inner child windows minimum size constraints. + + + + + Represents DocumentDockContainer object converter. + + + + + Represents class that manages document docking UI interaction. + + + + + + Returns DocumentBaseContainer that holds the reference bar. + + Bar to return document container for. + Returns null if document container cannot be found or reference to the document container. + + + + Docks specified bar by appending it to the container. Bar will be added according to the container's orientation. + + Bar to dock. + + + + Docks specified bar by appending it to the container. Bar will be added according to the container's orientation. + + Bar to dock. + Side to dock bar at. + + + + Adjusts the size of the dock container if needed after a bar has been docked to it. + + Bar object that has been docked. + Indicates that bar was already docked but its Visible property has changed + + + + Processes OnMouseMove events from DockSite. This routine assumes that mouse messages are received only when mouse is actually over + the dock site and not containing bars. This is significant because it will receive messages only if mouse is over the splitter + space between bars. + + Mouse event arguments. + + + + Returns reference to the DocumentDockContainer that contains specified coordinates. Searches through the Documents collection first. + + X coordinate + Y coordinate + + + + + Sets the width of the bar that is managed by this document layout. Width can be set only if parent container has + Horizontal orientation. Note that bar minimum size is respected by this method and + it will be enforced. If width is less than minimum width bar's width will be set to minimum width. + + Reference to bar object. + Desired width. + + + + Sets the height of the bar that is managed by this document layout. Height can be set only if parent container has + vertical orientation. Note that bar minimum size is respected by this method and + it will be enforced. If height is less than minimum height bar's height will be set to minimum height. + + Reference to bar object. + Desired height. + + + + Gets or sets the root document dock container object. + + + + + Gets or sets the splitter width used for mouse hit-testing. + + + + + Gets or sets the container of the document. + + + + + Gets whether document/bar is being resized. + + + + + Represent the menu, toolbar and popup menu structure for the form. + + + + + Raises BarStateChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates new instance of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Creates new instance of DotNetBarManager. + + Container. + + + + Dock bar to the specified side of the form. + + Bar to dock. + Side to dock bar to. + + + + Docks the bar to the specified side of the reference bar. + + Bar to dock. + Reference bar. + Side of the reference bar to dock the bar to. + + + + Docks specified DockContainerItem. + + DockContainerItem to dock. + Side to dock item to. + + + + Docks specified DockContainerItem. + + DockContainerItem to dock. + Reference bar. + Side to dock item to. + + + + Docks specified DockContainerItem. + + DockContainerItem to dock. + Reference bar. + Side to dock item to. + + + + Tear-off specified DockContainerItem and float it. + + Item to float. + + + + Tear-off specified DockContainerItem and float it. + + Item to float. + + + + Make specified bar floating bar, i.e. undock it and place in floating window. + + Bar to float. + + + + Make specified bar floating bar, i.e. undock it and place in floating window and specified location on the screen. + + Bar to float. + Screen coordinates for the floating bar. + + + + Raises the ActiveDockContainerChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Returns the Bar object that contains the item. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Use to remove bar from DotNetBar control. Bar will be undocked if it is docked and + removed from all internal collections. + + Bar to remove. + + + + Forces the loading of the definition specified in DefinitionName property. + By default definition is loaded after parent form handle has been created and form is loaded. + However, under certain circumstances you might need DotNetBar to load definition right away so + you can access bars and items. We recommend moving the code to Form Load event and leaving the loading process for DotNetBar definition as is. + + + + + Loads DotNetBar definition from file. + + File that contains DotNetBar defintion. + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Saves current DotNetBar definition and state to the file. + + File name. + + + + Loads DotNetBar layout from file. + + File that contains DotNetBar defintion. + + + + Saves current DotNetBar layout to the file. + + File name. + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. This method search for items on all Bars, Items collection and ContextMenus collection. + The order of search is as follows. All Bars from Bars collections are searched, then Items collection and then ContextMenus collection. + + Item name to look for. + Specifies that search will be performed through all DotNetBar collections. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This method will searchs for items on all Bars, Items collection and ContextMenus collection. + The order of search is as follows. All Bars from Bars collections are searced, then Items collection and then ContextMenus collection. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Specifies that full search (through all collections) will be performed. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. This method will searchs for items on all Bars, Items collection and ContextMenus collection. + The order of search is as follows. All Bars from Bars collections are searced, then Items collection and then ContextMenus collection. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Specifies that full search (through all collections) will be performed. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name with the option to indicate full search of all collections. + The order of search is as follows. All Bars from Bars collections are searced, then Items collection and then ContextMenus collection. + + Item name to look for. + Specifies that all collection will be searched. + + + + + Called before modal dialog is displayed using ShowModal() method. + + + + + Called after modal dialog is closed. + + + + + You must call this procedure if you are implementing custom customize dialog box after your dialog box is closed. + + + + + Registers popup item with DotNetBar. Use this function carefully. The registration is required only if Popup item is created completely from code and it is not added to any DotNetBarManager collection. + + + + + + Un-registers specified popup. See RegisterPopup for more information. + + + + + + Resets the ColorScheme property to its default value. + + + + + Informs the DotNetBarManager that Mdi Child for has been activated. Calling this method is needed only under special + conditions where MDI child system items do not show. + + + + + Resets all usage data collected by DotNetBar in relation to the Personalized menus. + + + + + Occurs after bar registered with DotNetBarManager state has changed, like selected dock tab has changed, bar has closed, bar has been docked or undocked etc. + + + + + Occurs when focused (active) DockContainerItem has changed. You can use ActiveDockContainerItem property to get reference to currently focused DockContainerItem. + + + + + Occurs just before customize popup menu is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Bar is docked. + + + + + Occurs when Bar is Undocked. + + + + + Occurs before dock tab is displayed. + + + + + Occurs when Bar auto-hide state has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs when users wants to reset the DotNetBar to default state. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Customize Dialog is about to be shown. + + + + + Occurs when Customize Dialog is closed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs when current Dock tab has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Bar is about to be closed as a result of user clicking the Close button on the bar. + + + + + Occurs when Bar in auto-hide state is about to be displayed. + + + + + Occurs when user starts to drag the item when customize dialog is open. + + + + + Occurs when users Tears-off the Tab from the Bar and new Bar is created as result of that action. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Occurs on dockable bars when end-user attempts to close the individual DockContainerItem objects using system buttons on dock tab. + Event can be canceled by setting the Cancel property of event arguments to true. This even will occur only after user presses the + X button on tab that is displaying the dockable windows/documents. + + + + + Occurs on dockable bars after DockContainerItem is closed. This action cannot be cancelled. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Occurs when TextBoxItem input text has changed. + + + + + Occurs when color on ColorPickerDropDown is choosen from drop-down color picker or from Custom Colors dialog box. Selected color can be accessed through SelectedColor property. + + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Indicates whether Ctrl+Tab keys cycles the currently selected dock tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the Context menu bar associated with the this control which is used as part of Global Items feature. The context menu + bar assigned here will be used to search for the items with the same Name or GlobalName property so global properties can be propagated when changed. + You should assign this property to enable the Global Items feature to reach your ContextMenuBar. + + + + + Gets or sets the form DotNetBarManager is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets the user control DotNetBarManager is parented to when on user control and providing popups only. + + + + + Gets currently focused (active) DockContainerItem. Note that only if DockContainer Item has input focus it will be consider active + so there can only be one active DockContainerItem at a time. + + + + + Gets whether component has been disposed. + + + + + Disposed will return true after Dispose method has been executed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether GC.Collect() is called when this component is disposed. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum client size that docking windows will try to maintain for the client area (not occupied by dock windows). + Note that this value is suggested value and cannot be observed when form is resized below the minimum size required for the given layout. + Default value is 48x48 pixels. + + + + + Indicates whether DotNetBar provides docking hints for easy docking of bars. + + + + + Gets or sets whether user can control how first bar is docked when using docking hints (default value is True). When enabled (default value) placing the mouse over the middle + docking hint will dock the bar at partial size and using the far docking hint will dock bar at full size. Full size indicates that dock site which hosts the bar + consumes all the space of the parent form while partial size indicates that dock site consumes the full size minus the space of the other dock sites. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether uniform styling is applied to bars docked as documents. Default value is true which means + that bar that will be docked as document will have it's style changed so it fits in default document styling. + Such bars will have GrabHandleStyle=None, DockTabAlignment=Top and AlwaysDisplayDockTab=true. + Set this property to false to have bars keep these properties once they are docked as documents. + Value of these properties will be returned back to the default values once bar is not docked as document. + + + + + Gets the collection of the Bar objects associated with DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets whether definition is loaded. + + + + + Gets the collection of all items that are used for end-user design-time customization. + + + + + Gets the collection of all popup menus managed by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys that are automatically dispatched to the control that has focus even if they are handled and used by one of the items. This gives you fine control over which shortcuts are passed through the system and which ones are marked as handled by DotNetBar. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Suspends the bar layout for all bars. + + + + + Specifes whether drop shadow is displayed for Menus and pop-up Bars. OfficeXP Style only. + + + + + Specifes whether to use Alpha-Blending shadows for pop-up items if supported by target OS. Disabling Alpha-Blended shadows can improve performance. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether hooks are used for internal DotNetBar system functionality. Using hooks is recommended only if DotNetBar is used in hybrid environments like Visual Studio designers or IE. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Returns whether definition is being currently loaded. + + + + + Gets or sets whether document bars are saved in definition file. Default value is false which means that document + bars are not saved as part of definition file. You can set this value to true to save document bar to definition file and + be able to load them. + + + Note that by default Document bars that you created during design-time get member + variables assigned to them by Windows Forms designer. If you decide to save definition + of such bars and load definition back member variables will not point to correct bar + instances since loading definition recreates all bars from scratch. You should always + use Bars collection to access bars when saving and loading definitions. + + + + + Gets or sets the DotNetBar definition string. + + + + + Gets or sets the DotNetBar layout string. + + + + + Gets whether DotNetBarManager is loading layout. + + + + + Specifies that custom customize dialog will be used. Use EnterCustomize event to show your custom dialog box. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbar Top dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbar Bottom dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbar Left dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbar Right dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Top dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bottom dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Left dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Right dock site used by DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the Fill dock site used by DotNetBarManager. Fill dock site is most commonly used as dock site + for document type docking. + + + + + Specifies whether bars are drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Sets the style of all items in DotNetBar Manager. + + + + + Gets or sets Color scheme for all bars. Note that you need to set UseGlobalColorScheme to true to indicate + that this ColorScheme object will be used on all bars managed by this instance of DotNetBarManager. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ColorScheme object on DotNetBarManager is used as a default ColorScheme for all bars managed by DotNetBarManager. + Default value is false which indicates that ColorScheme on each Bar is used. + When set to true each bar will use the ColorScheme settings from DotNetBarManager and it will ignore any + setting on the Bar.ColorScheme object. + + + + + Indicates whether the Personalized menu setting is ignored and full menus are always shown. + + + + + Gets or sets whether accelerator letters for menu or toolbar commands are underlined regardless of + current Windows settings. Accelerator keys allow easy access to menu commands by using + Alt + choosen key (letter). Default value is false which indicates that system setting is used + to determine whether accelerator letters are underlined. Setting this property to true + will always display accelerator letter underlined. + + + + + Returns whether theme support is enabled on the OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Indicates whether the CustomizeItem (allows toolbar customization) is added for new Bars end users are creating. + + + + + Gets or sets whether DotNetBar ignores the F10 key which when pressed sets the focus to menu bar + + + + + Indicates whether the items that are not recenly used are shown after mouse hovers over the expand button. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Specifies the pop-up animation style. + + + + + Specifies whether the MDI system buttons are displayed in menu bar when MDI Child window is maximized. + + + + + Gets or sets whether MDI Child form System Menu is hidden. System menu is displayed in MDI form menu area when form is maximized. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether customize context menu is shown on all bars or dock sites. + + + + + Gets or sets whether parent form is activated when dock window layout is loaded. + + + + + Represents delegate for ContextMenu events. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Defines the delegate for DockTabChange event + + + + + Defines the delegate for BarClosing event + + + + + Defines the delegate for BarAutoHideDisplay event + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the LocalizeString event. + + + + + Gets or sets the display rectangle for popup auto-hide bar. + + + + + Event arguments for LocalizeString event. + + + + + Indicates that event has been handled and that LocalizedValue should be used. + + + + + Indicates the string key for the text that needs to be localized. + + + + + Indicates the localized text value. If you are performing custom string localization + you need to set this value to the translated text for current locale and you need to set + Handled property to true. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Event arguments for EndUserCustomize event. + + + + + Indicates the customize action that user executed. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Indicates action user executed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the EndUserCustomizeEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets any action data, might be null/nothing. + + + + + Delegate for EndUserCustomize event. + + + + + Defines delegate for ActiveDockContainerChanged event. + + + + + + + Provides event arguments for ActiveDockContainerChanged event. + + + + + Gets the DockContainerItem that has been activate or deactivated. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ActiveDockContainerChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + + Summary description for DotNetBarResourcesAttribute. + + + + + Summary description for DotNetBarStreamer. + + + + + Represents class that can serialize compatible marked properties. + + + + + XML element is expected to be something like Image data Base64 encoded + + Image data + + + + + Represents visual style of an User Interface Element. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ElementStyle class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Indicates whether BackgroundColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether BackgroundColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundImage to it's default value null (VB Nothing). Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether TextColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets TextColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether TextShadowColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets TextColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether TextShadowOffset should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets TextShadowOffset to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Sets size of the element style. + + Indicates new size. + + + + Indicates whether BorderColor should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BorderColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether BorderColor3 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BorderColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether BorderColorLight should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BorderColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether BorderColor2 should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BorderColorLight2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets property to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Releases all resources used in this control. After calling Dispose() + object is not in valid state and cannot be recovered to the valid state. + Recreation of the object is required. + + + + + Applies a "child/inherited" style text and box properties but not any background or border properties to this style. + Use this method to create style hierarchies. + + Style to apply to this style + + + + + Applies a "child/inherited" style to this style. Use this method to create style + hierarchies. + + + This method is used to support style hierarchies where a base style is defined + and inherited/child styles are derived and based on it. By using this method on the + base style you can apply only style changes defined by the child style. For example if + you defined a base style for normal user interface element then in most cases you do + not want to redefine the styling for the case when same user interface element is + selected. You will just defined the behavior of the selected state and then apply it to + the base normal style using ApplyStyle method. + + Style to apply to current style. + + + + Makes an exact copy of the style. + + New copy of ElementStyle object. + + + + Reset all style properties to default values. + + + + Returns default style for the Cell object. + + Reference to the default style for the Node. Cell style is based on the given + node style. + + + + Returns default style for disabled cells. + Returns new instance of ElementStyle object. + + + Returns default style for the selected cell object. + New instance of the ElementStyle object. + + + + Sets Alpha value for all colors defined by style to specified value. + + Style to change. + Alpha value for the colors. + + + + Returns reference to ColorScheme object used by this style. + + Instance of ColorScheme object or null if object could not be obtained. + + + + Occurs when appearance property of the style has changed. + + + + + Occurs when component is Disposed. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multicolor gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for UI element. If used in combination with + BackgroundColor2 is specifies starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as background color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color for UI element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as target gradient background color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient fill type. Default value is Linear. + + + + + Specifies background image. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color displayed in this UI element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as text color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding TextColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through TextColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the text shadow color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as text shadow color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding TextShadowColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through TextColor property. + + + + + Indicates text shadow offset in pixels + + + + + Gets or sets the Font used to draw this the text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters when text does not fit. + + + + + Gets the total horizontal margin (Left + Right) + + + + + Gets the total vertical margin (Top + Bottom) + + + + + Gets or sets the left margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the right margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the top margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom margin. + + + + + Gets or sets whether any style property has changed which could influence the size of the style. + + + + + Gets the calcuated size of the element style. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for all sides of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for top side of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for bottom side of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for left side of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type for right side of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets border width in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for all sides. Specifing the color for the side will override this value. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target background gradient color for border on all sides. Specifing the color for the side will override this value. Gradient border colors + be employed only when per side border color is not specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as taget gradient border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the border gradient angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for light border part when etched border is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as border light color for etched border style. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target background gradient color for border on all sides. Specifing the color for the side will override this value. Gradient border colors + be employed only when per side border color is not specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as taget gradient border light color for etched border style. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border gradient angle. Default value is 90. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the left side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as left border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderLeftColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderLeftColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the right side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as right border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderRightColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderRightColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the top side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as top border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderTopColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderTopColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the bottom side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as bottom border color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BorderBottomColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BorderBottomColor property. + + + + + Gets the total horizontal padding (Left + Right) + + + + + Gets the total vertical padding (Top + Bottom) + + + + + Gets or sets the padding space in pixels for all 4 sides of the box. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space to insert between the top border of the element and the content. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space to insert between the bottom border of the element and the content. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space to insert between the left border of the element and the content. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space to insert between the right border of the element and the content. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the style. + + + + + Gets or sets the class style belongs to. The Class styles are used to apply predefined values to the styles that belong to the same class. + This feature is used to manage color schemes/tables per class style. + + + + + Gets or sets the description of the style. + + + + + Gets or sets the Site associated with this component. Used by Windows forms designer. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum height of the element. This property should be used in + conjunction with the WordWrap property to limit the size of + text bounding box. + + Default value is 0 which indicates that height of the style is unlimited. + + + + Returns System.Drawing.StringFormat constructed from current style settings. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control interprets an ampersand character (&) in the control's Text property to be an access key prefix character. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether control hides the underlines of the letter prefixed by ampersand character when UseMnemonic=true + + + + + Returns eTextFormat constructed from current style settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for all 4 sides. Default corner type is Square. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for top left corner. Default value is Inherit which means that setting from CornerType property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for top right corner. Default value is Inherit which means that setting from CornerType property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for bottom left corner. Default value is Inherit which means that setting from CornerType property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the border corner type for bottom right corner. Default value is Inherit which means that setting from CornerType property is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the diameter in pixels of the corner type rounded or diagonal. + + + + + Gets whether to paint left border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint right border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint top border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint bottom border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint any border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether to paint any border for the style. + + + + + Gets whether custom has any of properties changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ElementStyle is in design mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the element. This property should be used in + conjunction with the WordWrap property to limit the size of + text bounding box. + + Default value is 0 which indicates that width of the style is not limited. + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the parent collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the tree control style is assigned to. + + + + + Specifies the type of the gradient fill. + + + + + Represents linear gradient fill. + + + + + Represents radial gradient fill. + + + + + Paints the ElementStyle + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + Paints text for given style. + + Display information. + Text to paint. + Default font if no font by style is specified. + + + + + Returns new Region object for given ElementStyle. + New instance of Region object. + Information to describe ElementStyle. + + + + Returns the clipping for the content of the element style. + + + + + + + Paints the element style on the canvas. + + Holds information necessary to paint style on canvas. + + + + Paint style border. + + Style display information. + + + + Paints style background. + + Style display information. + + + + Paints style background. + + Style display information. + + + + Paints style background image. + + Style display information. + + + + Returns background rectangle for given style by taking in account margins. + + Reference to style object. + Style bounds + Background rectangle. + + + + Returns GraphicsPath for given style. + + Reference to style. + Style bounds. + New instance of GraphicsPath + + + + Returns GraphicsPath for given style. + + Reference to style. + Style bounds. + New instance of GraphicsPath + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BorderDrawInfo structure. + + + + + + + + + + Represents information necessary to paint the style on canvas. + + + + Reference to ElementStyle object. + + + Reference to Graphics object. + + + ElementStyle bounds. + + + Get or sets whether layout is right-to-left. + + + + Gets or sets whether bottom and right border is "twisted" giving beveled look when double border is used. + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + Style to initialize object with. + Graphics object to initialize object with. + Bounds to initialize object with. + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + Style to initialize object with. + Graphics object to initialize object with. + Bounds to initialize object with. + + + + Specifies part of the background path. + + + + + Indicates complete background path + + + + + Indicates Top half of background path + + + + + Indicates Bottom half of background path + + + + + Represents the layout for the element style. + + + + + Calculates size of an style element. + + Style to calculate size for. + Default font that will be used by style if style does not uses it's own font. + Size of the style element. At this time only Height member will be calculated. + + + + Returns the total white space for a style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for + + + + + Returns the total white space for a style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for left side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for left side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for right side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for right side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for top side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for top side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for top side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns total white space for top side of the style. Whitespace is the space between the edge of the element and inner content of the element. + + Style to return white space for. + + + + + Returns amount of spacing for specified style parts. + + Style to calculate spacing for. + Part of the style spacing is calculated for. Values can be combined. + Side of the style to use for calculation. + + + + + Gets inner rectangle taking in account style padding, margins and border. + + + + + Specifies the appearance of a item. + + + + + Specifies the CrumbBar control style. + + + + + Specifies the Bar state. + + + + + Specifies the Bar grab handle style. + + + + + Specifies the Orientation of the item within container. + + + + + Specifies the design-marker orientation for the item. + + + + + Specifies the supported orientations by the item. + + + + + Specifies the docked Bar border type. + + + + + Specifes vertical alignment. + + + + + Specifies item alignment. + + + + + Specifies the popup type. + + + + + Specifies the dock side. + + + + + Specifies the item shortcut. + + + + + Specifies the item menu visibility. + + + + + Specifies the item behavior personalized menus. + + + + + Specifies the popup animation. + + + + + Specifies ButtonItem style. + + + + + Specifies the image position. + + + + + Specifies the hot tracking style for buttons. + + + + + Specifies the menu drop shadow. + + + + + Specifies the image size for the items on the Bar. + + + + + Specifies button image list selection. + + + + + Indicates that image is stretched to fill the container space. + + + + + Image is centered inside of container space. + + + + + Image is tiled to fill container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in top left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in top right corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom right corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn on the left side in the middle of the container space. + + + + + Image is drawn on the right side in the middle of the container space. + + + + + Specifies the sides of a rectangle to apply a border to. + + + + + No Border. + + + + + Border on the Left edge. + + + + + Border on the Right edge. + + + + + Border on the Top edge. + + + + + Border on the Bottom edge. + + + + + Border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Specifies appearance type of the Side Bar control. + + + + + Traditional Side Bar appearance with 3D panels. + + + + + Improved Flat Side Bar appearance with extended appearance options. + + + + + Specifies predefined side bar color scheme. + + + + + Specifies the side popup is displayed in relation to it's parent. + + + + + Indicates layout type used for items within side bar panel. + + + + + Default layout all items arranged in one column. + + + + + Items arranged in multiple columns determined by the width of the panel. + + + + + Indicates color scheme assigned to the tab item. + + + + + Indicates the action end user took during toolbar/menubar customization. + + + + + User has changed the visibility of the bar. + + + + + Indicates that item visibility has changed i.e. it's visible property. + + + + + Indicates that an item has been moved to different location. + + + + + Indicates that an item has been removed from the bar. + + + + + Indicates that item's text has been changed. + + + + + Indicates that style of the button i.e. ButtonStyle property has changed. + + + + + Indicates that item's BeginGroup property has changed. + + + + + Indicates that user has created a new bar. + + + + + Indicates that user has renamed the bar i.e. changed it's Text property. + + + + + Indicates that user has deleted the bar. + + + + + Specifies the type of the layout for tabs. + + + + + Tabs are auto-sized to fit the width of the container. + + + + + Tab's width is calculated based on the image and text and navigation box is displayed + when tabs cannot fit the container. + + + + + Tab are wrapping on multiple lines based on the width and navigation box is displayed. + + + + + Tab are wrapping on multiple lines based on the width and NO navigation box is displayed. + + + + + Indicates the corner type. + + + + + Inherits setting if applies. + + + + + Specifies square corner. + + + + + Specifies rounded corner. + + + + + Specifies diagonal corner. + + + + + Specifies the action that raised a event + + + + + The event was caused by a keystroke. + + + + + The event was caused by a mouse operation. + + + + + The event is caused programmatically from user code. + + + + + Specifies the button alignment inside of the BubbleBar. + + + + + Buttons are aligned to the top and arranged horizontally. + + + + + Buttons are aligned to the bottom and arranged horizontally. + + + + Specifies the way background image is displayed on background. + + + Image is stretched to fill the background + + + Image is centered inside the background + + + Image is tiled inside the background + + + + Image is drawn in top left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in top right corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom left corner of container space. + + + + + Image is drawn in bottom right corner of container space. + + + + + Imaged is centered and fills the control but aspect ratio is unchanged. + + + + + Specifies the border type for style element. + + + + Indicates no border + + + Border is a solid line + + + Border is a solid dash line + + + Border is solid dash-dot line + + + Border is solid dash-dot-dot line + + + Border consists of dots + + + Border consists light and dark part creating an etched effect + + + Border consists dark and light part. Light part is the inside border. + + + + Specifies the alignment of a text string relative to its element's rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the text be aligned near from the origin position of the element's rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the near position is left. In a right-to-left layout, the near position is right. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned in the center of the element's rectangle. + + + + + Specifies that text is aligned far from the origin position of the element's rectangle. In a left-to-right layout, the far position is right. In a right-to-left layout, the far position is left. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters from a text that does not completely fit into a element's shape. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character. + + + + + Specifies that the text is trimmed to the nearest character, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + The center is removed from trimmed lines and replaced by an ellipsis. The algorithm keeps as much of the last slash-delimited segment of the line as possible. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word, and an ellipsis is inserted at the end of a trimmed line. + + + + + Specifies no trimming. + + + + + Specifies that text is trimmed to the nearest word. + + + + + Specifies the alignment of buttons in title bar. + + + + + Buttons are left aligned. + + + + + Buttons are right aligned. + + + + + Indicates white-space part of the style. + + + + + Represents style padding. + + + + + Represents style border. + + + + + Represents style margin. + + + + + Indicates the style side. + + + + + Specifies left side of the style. + + + + + Specifies right side of the style. + + + + + Specifies top side of the style. + + + + + Specifies bottom side of the style. + + + + + Specifies the button state. + + + + + Button is in it's default state. + + + + + Button is disabled + + + + + Mouse is over the button + + + + + Left mouse button is pressed + + + + + Right mouse button is pressed + + + + + Button is hidden. + + + + + Indicates predefined color scheme assigned to super tooltip. + + + + + Specifies predefined color assigned to ribbon items. + + + + + Specifies predefined color assigned to ribbon tab groups. + + + + + Specifies the state of the Wizard button. + + + + + Specifies the button that caused the wizard page change. + + + + + Page change was started using Wizard Back button. + + + + + Page change was started using Wizard Next button. + + + + + Page change was started from code. + + + + + Specifies wizard button that is clicked when the user presses the ENTER key. + + + + + If finish button is enabled and visible it will be clicked otherwise click next button + + + + + Click finish button + + + + + Click next button + + + + + No button will be clicked + + + + + Specifies wizard button that is clicked when the user presses the Escape key. + + + + + Cancel button will be clicked + + + + + No button will be clicked + + + + + Specifies border around ColorItem. + + + + + No Border. + + + + + Border on the Left edge. + + + + + Border on the Right edge. + + + + + Border on the Top edge. + + + + + Border on the Bottom edge. + + + + + Border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Specifies the line alignment of the items inside of the container. + + + + + Items are aligned to the top. + + + + + Items are aligned to the middle point of the line. + + + + + Items are aligned to the bottom. + + + + + Specifies the alignment of the items inside of the container in horizontal layout. + + + + + Items are left aligned. + + + + + Items are centered. + + + + + Items are right aligned. + + + + + Specifies the alignment of the items inside of the container in vertical layout. + + + + + Items are top aligned. + + + + + Items are in the middle. + + + + + Items are Bottom aligned. + + + + + Specifies the rendering mode used by a user interface element. + + + + + Indicates that rendering on user interface element instance set through Renderer property is used. + + + + + Indicates that global application wide renderer is used as specified by GlobalManager.Renderer property. + + + + + Indicates that custom rendered will be used for an user interface element. Renderer property must be set when using this value to the renderer + that will be used. + + + + + Specifies the predefined color table for button. + + + + + Specifies the color table used to render ProgressBarItem in Office 2007 style. + + + + + Indicates default Normal color table, usually green. + + + + + Indicates Pause state color table, usually yellow. + + + + + Indicates Error state color table, usually red. + + + + + Specifies the position of ribbon title. + + + + + Title is positioned on the top of the ribbon. + + + + + Title is positioned on the bottom of the ribbon. + + + + + Specifies text alignment on the button. + + + + + Specifies the left aligned text. + + + + + Specifies the center aligned text. + + + + + Specifies the right aligned text. + + + + + Specifies the position of the tab close button. + + + + + Close button is on the left side of the tab. + + + + + Close button is on the right side of the tab. + + + + + Describes the bar type. + + + + + Indicates that bar is toolbar. + + + + + Indicates that bar is menu bar. + + + + + Indicates that bar is status bar. + + + + + Indicates that bar is dock window. + + + + + Describes the categorization mode used to categorize items on the Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Items are automatically categorized by the ribbon bar they appear on. + + + + + Items are categorized by the Category property on each item. Category property should be set on each item. + + + + + Describes the check-box item appearance style + + + + + Standard check-box style. + + + + + Radio button style. Only one button can be selected/checked in given container. + + + + + Indicates the position of the check box sign related to the text for CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Check box sign is positioned on the left side of the text. + + + + + Check box sign is positioned on the right side of the text. + + + + + Check box sign is positioned above the text. + + + + + Check box sing is positioned below the text + + + + + Indicates the type of the progress bar. + + + + + Standard step based progress bar. + + + + + The automatically moving progress bar. + + + + + Defines the direction of collapsing/expanding + + + + + Control is collapsed from bottom to top. + + + + + Control is collapsed from top to bottom. + + + + + Control is collapsed from right to left. + + + + + Control is collapsed from left to right. + + + + + Describes the scroll bar skinning applied to the controls. + + + + + No scrollbar skinning is applied to the control. + + + + + Optimized scrollbar skinning algorithm is used. Might provide better appearance in certain scenarios. + + + + + Unoptimized scrollbar skinning algorithm is used. Might provide better appearance in certain scenarios. + + + + + Indicates the position of the slider label text related to the slider part. + + + + + Label is positioned on the left side of the slider. + + + + + Label is positioned on the right side of the slider. + + + + + Label is positioned above the slider. + + + + + Label is positioned below the slider. + + + + + Defines the slider item parts. + + + + + Indicates no part. + + + + + Indicates the increase button of slider control. + + + + + Indicates the decrease button of slider control. + + + + + Indicates the label part of slider control. + + + + + Indicates the track area part of the control. + + + + + Specifies the position of the title image. + + + + + Image is positioned on the left side. + + + + + Image is centered. + + + + + Image is positioned on the right side. + + + + + Specifies the Wizard control Appearance. + + + + + Indicates default Wizard 97 style. + + + + + Indicates the Office 2007 Style Wizard Appearance. + + + + + Specifies wizard title image alignment + + + + + Image is aligned to left + + + + + Image is aligned to right + + + + + Specifies the behaviour used to hide watermark. + + + + + Watermark for control is hidden when control receives the input focus. + + + + + Watermark for control is hidden when control has non-empty input value. + + + + + Specifies the advanced ScrollBar appearance. + + + + + Default scroll bar appearance. + + + + + Office 2007 style Application scroll bar appearance. + + + + + Defines text position in relation to the content of the item.. + + + + + Text is positioned to the left of the content. + + + + + Text is positioned to the right of the content. + + + + + Text is positioned on top of the content. + + + + + Text is positioned on bottom of the content. + + + + + Defines position for the notification mark + + + + + Defines available symbol sets. + + + + + FontAwesome Symbol Set. + + + + + Android Material Symbol Set. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to ButtonItem instance being rendered. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ColorItem object. + + + + Represents event arguments for DockTabClosing event. + + + + + Indicates the DockContainerItem that is about to close. + + + + + Provides ability to cancel closing of the DockContainerItem. Default value is false. + + + + + Set to true to automatically remove DockContainerItem from the Bar.Items collection after it is closed. Default value is false + which means that DockContainerItem will be kept in collection but it will be hidden after this event is complete. + + + + + Returns source of the event: keyboard, mouse or code. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + Reference to DockContainerItem that is about to close + + + + Delegate for DockTabClosing event. + + + + + Represents arguments for SerializeItem event which allows you to add custom serialization data to definitions saved by control. + + + + + Gets reference to item being serialized or de-serialized. + + + + + Gets reference to instance of XmlElement that item is serialized to or is being de-serialized from. You should not change any data directly on this element. + + + + + Gets the reference to XmlElement that you can serialize to or de-serialize any custom data from. You can add child elements or set the attributes on + this XmlElement when handling SerializeItem event. When handling DeserializeItem event you can load same data from this element. + + + + + Defines delegate for SerializeItem event. + + + + + Provides more information about MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Gets the value of href attribute from the markup link that was clicked. + + + + + Gets the value of name attribute from the markup link that was clicked. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Value of name attribute. + Value of href attribute. + + + + Defines delegate for MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Panel control with title bar that can be expanded or collapsed. + + + + + Called after either ColorScheme or ColorSchemeStyle has changed. If you override make sure that you call base implementation so default + processing can occur. + + + + + Used for design time support. + + true if property should be serialized. + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Called when AntiAlias property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Expanded property is changed. You can cancel change of this property by setting Cancel=true on the event arguments. + + + + + Occurs after Expanded property has changed. You can handle ExpandedChanging event and have opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Indicates whether panel will hide the controls it contains when its collapsed and show them when its expanded. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the panel is collapsed/expanded when title bar is clicked. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the collapse/expand direction for the control. Default value causes the control to collapse from bottom to top. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel is expanded or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets animation time in milliseconds. Default value is 100 miliseconds. You can set this to 0 (zero) to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of panel when expanded. This value is managed automatically by control based on the starting designer size and value + of Expanded property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether expand button is visible or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Returns bounds of expand button. Bounds are relative to the TitlePanel coordinates. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is used on title bar button to collapse panel. Default value is null which indicates + that system default image is used. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is used on title bar button to expand panel. Default value is null which indicates + that system default image is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for the title of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the title style. + + + + + Gets or sets the title style when mouse hovers over the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the title style when mouse button is pressed on the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the title portion of the panel. Height must be greater than 0. Default is 26. + + + + + Gets reference to Panel control used as title bar. + + + + + Gets reference to the title bar expand button. + + + + + Gets or sets alignment of the expand button. + + + + + Gets the reference to the panel used as button when control is collapsed to the left or right. + + + + + Represents multi-functional splitter control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + This member overrides Control.OnPaint. + + Event arguments. + + + + Resets BackgroundColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Resets BackgroundColor2 to it's default value. Used by windows forms designer design-time support. + + + + + Apply default splitter style colors. + + Style colors to apply. + + + + Gets or sets whether expandable control ExpandableControl assigned to this splitter is expaned or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event is triggering expand/collapse of the splitter. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether DoubleClick event is triggering expand/collapse of the splitter. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether splitter will act as expandable splitter. Default value is true. When set to true ExpandableControl property should be set to the control that should be expanded/collapsed. + + + + + Gets or sets the control that will be expanded/collapsed by the splitter. Default value is null. Expandable property should be also set to true (default) to enable expand/collapse functionality. + + + + + Gets or sets visual style of the control. Default value is eSplitterStyle.Office2003. + + + + + Gets or sets animation time in milliseconds. Default value is 100 miliseconds. You can set this to 0 (zero) to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key to expand/collapse splitter. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for UI element. If used in combination with + BackgroundColor2 is specifies starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as background color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color for UI element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as target gradient background color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding BackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through BackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part fill color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part fill color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandFillColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandFillColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part line color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding ExpandLineColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through ExpandLineColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the grip part dark color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used grip part dark color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding GripDarkColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through GripDarkColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part line color. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding GripLightColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through GripLightColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for UI element when mouse is over the element. If used in combination with + BackgroundColor2 is specifies starting gradient color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as background color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotBackColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotBackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color for UI element when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used as target gradient background color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotBackColor2 property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotBackColor2 property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background gradient angle when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part fill color when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part fill color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotExpandFillColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotExpandFillColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the expand part line color when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used expand part line color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotExpandLineColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotExpandLineColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the grip part dark color when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used grip part dark color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotGripDarkColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotGripDarkColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the grip part light color when mouse is over the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme color that is used grip part light color when mouse is over the element. Setting + this property overrides the setting of the corresponding HotGripLightColor property. + Color scheme colors are automatically managed and are based on current system colors. + That means if colors on the system change the color scheme will ensure that it's colors + are changed as well to fit in the color scheme of target system. Set this property to + eColorSchemePart.None to + specify explicit color to use through HotGripLightColor property. + + + + + Indicates the style of mutli-functional splitter control. + + + + + Specifies Office 2003 like splitter style and color scheme. + + + + + Specifies Mozilla like splitter style and color scheme. + + + + + Specifies Office 2007 like splitter style and color scheme. + + + + + Represents event arguments for ExpandedChanging and ExpandedChanged events. + + + + + Gets the action that caused the event, event source. + + + + + Gets or sets whether execution Expand event should be canceled. Applies only to ExpandedChanging event. Default is false. + + + + + Indicates new value for the Expanded property. + + + + + Represents the Outlook like Explorer-bar Control. + + + + + Creates new instance of side bar control. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Returns true if color scheme has changed. + + + + + Resets color scheme to it's default value. + + + + + Creates the Graphics object for the control. + + The Graphics object for the control. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Applies any layout changes and repaint the control. + + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Ensures that item is displayed on the screen. Item needs to have it's Visible property set to true. This method will expand the group if needed or it will scroll control to display an item. + + Item to display. + + + + Returns the item located at specific client coordinates. + + X Coordinate + Y Coordinate + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Loads the Side bar definition from file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Saves the Side bar definition to file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Suspends the layout and painting of the control. When you want to perform multiple operations on the explorer bar and you want to ensure + that layout of the items on it and painting is not performed for performance and appearance reasons set this property to true. Once you + want to enable layout and painting set the property back to false and call RecalcLayout method. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies whether ExplorerBar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the Explorer Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical spacing between the group items. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. + + + + + Returns the collection of Explorer Bar Groups. + + + + + Gets or sets the form ExplorerBar is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin in pixels between the explorer bar groups and the edge of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether end-user can rearrange the items inside the panels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether animation is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum animation time in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by side-bar to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Applies the stock style to the object. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to expand the group. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to expand the group. This image is used when mouse is over the button. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to expand the group. This image is used when user presses left mouse button while cursor is positioned over the button. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to collapse the group. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to collapse the group. + This Image is used when mouse is over the button. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + Specifies custom image to be used as button on ExplorerBarGroup item to collapse the group. + This Image is used when left mouse button is pressed while cursor is over the button. Default value is null + which indicates that default button is used. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for images displayed on the Group Item. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accesibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + Returns the reference to the container that containing the sub-items. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets/Sets Bar definition as XML string. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Provides layout for Explorer-Bar control. + + + + + Creates new instance of ExplorerBarContainerItem class. + + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarContainerItem item + + + + + Recalculates the size of the item + + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Sets input focus to next visible item in Explorer Bar. + + True if focus was set to next visible item otherwise false. + + + + Sets input focus to previous visible item in Explorer Bar. + + True if focus was set to previous visible item otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Represents the Explorer-Bar Group item. + + + + + Creates new instance of ExplorerBarGroupItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ExplorerBarGroupItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ExplorerBarGroupItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of ExplorerBarGroupItem item. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the item is clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Applies default appearance to ExplorerBarGroupItem. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether expand button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether drop shadow is displayed when non-themed display is used. + + + + + Gets the reference to ElementStyle object which describes visual appearance of the explorer group item title. + + + + + Gets the reference to ElementStyle object which describes visual appearance of the explorer group item title while mouse is over the title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the item background style. + + + + + Gets or sets whether clicking the header of the control expands the item. + + + + + Applies the stock style to the object. + + + + + Applies new visual style to this the item and all of its sub-items. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button border color. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button back color. + + + + + Gets or sets expand button fore color. + + + + + Gets or sets hot expand button border color. + + + + + Gets or sets hot expand button back color. + + + + + Gets or sets hot expand button fore color. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the panel item Button. + + + + + Specifies the image. + + + + + Indicates whether XP themed special group colors are used for drawing. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin in pixels between the edge of the container and the items contained inside of it. Default value is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text on sub items is wrapped on new line if it cannot fit the space available. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image if ImageList is used. + + + + + Summary description for frmCustomize. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Defines the generic container item that is used by toolbar, menu bar and other control for item layout. + + + + + Occurs when new item is added to the container. + + + + + Returns copy of GenericItemContainer item + + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Recalculate Size of this item + + + + + This must be called by child item to let the parent know that its size + has been changed. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is released. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Called when item owner has changed. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Set/Get does container wraps item into the new line when they exceed the container size + + + + + Specifies whether to display more items on popup menu or Bar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether container is system container used internally by DotNetBar. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item container fills the container control completely. + + + + + Summary description for Hook. + + + + + Summary description for HTMLHelp. + + + + + Interface for designer-item integration. + + + + + Describes container support for setting the word-wrap behavior of it's sub-items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether sub items text will be word wrapped if it cannot fit the space allocated. + + + + + Summary description for ItemPaintArgs. + + + + + Holds reference to all unique items in the DotNetBar. + + + + + Provides context information for serialization. + + + + + Gets or sets reference to context XmlElement an item is being serialized to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether SerializeItem event handler has been defined and whether event should be fired. + + + + + Gets or sets whether DeserializeItem event handler has been defined and whether event should be fired. + + + + + Provides access to serializer. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Represent an style for the item. + + + + + Default Constructor + + + + + Makes a copy of the ItemStyle object. + + New Instance of a ItemStyle object + + + + Paints the style. + + Graphics object + Target area + Text + Text area + Text Font + + + + Paints the style + + Graphics object + Target Area + Text + Text area + Text Font + Border Type + + + + Paints the style + + Graphics object + Target Area + + + + Paints the style text only. + + Graphics object + Text + Text area + Font + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn vertically by this style. + + + + + Gets or sets a background color or starting color for gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets a background color or ending color for gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets a text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the style Font + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters when text does not fit. + + + + + Specifies background image. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the corner type. + + + + + Gets or sets the diameter in pixels of the corner type rounded or diagonal. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type. + + + + + Gets or sets dash style for single line border type. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the line tickness of single line border. + + + + + Gets or sets the left text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the right text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the top text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom text margin. + + + + + + ColorEx object that provides the transparency setting ability. + + + + + Constructor with Color Initialization. + + Color object + + + + Constructor with Color and Transparency Initialization. + + Color object + Transparency + + + + Returns the color object with the transparency set. + + Color object + + + + Gets or sets the Color object which does not include transparency. + + + + + Indicates the transparency for the color. + + + + + Specifies that color derived from system colors which is part of DotNetBar Color Scheme object is used. + Colors derived from system colors are automatically refreshed when + system colors are changed. + + + We recommend using this property to specify color rather than setting color directly. + Using colors that are derived from system colors improves uniform look of your application + and visual integration into user environment. + + + + + Returns empty ColorEx object. + + + + + Indicates whether object contain any color. + + + + + Gets or sets a background color or starting color for gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets a background color or ending color for gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets a text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the style Font + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies alignment of the text. + + + + + Specifies how to trim characters when text does not fit. + + + + + Specifies background image. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Specifies the transparency of background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the corner type. + + + + + Gets or sets the diameter in pixels of the corner type rounded or diagonal. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type. + + + + + Gets or sets dash style for single line border type. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the line tickness of single line border. + + + + + Gets or sets the left text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the right text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the top text margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom text margin. + + + + + ColorEx object that provides the transparency setting ability. + + + + + Gets or sets the Color object which does not include transparency. + + + + + Indicates the transparency for the color. + + + + + Specifies that color derived from system colors which is part of DotNetBar Color Scheme object is used. + Colors derived from system colors are automatically refreshed when + system colors are changed. + + + We recommend using this property to specify color rather than setting color directly. + Using colors that are derived from system colors improves uniform look of your application + and visual integration into user environment. + + + + + Summary description for LabelItem. + + + + + Called when ImageTextSpacing property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Reset property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the SingleLineColor property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Specifies spacing between label image and text. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the border drawn around the label. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides that are displayed. Default value specifies border on all 4 sides. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the label. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border line color when border is single line. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal text alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text vertical alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the label font. + + + + + Gets or sets the left padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the right padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the top padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the label in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the label. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the label is drawn as a divider label. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + + + + + Indicates whether label text is rendered using bold font unless the Font property is specifically set to different font. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Specifies the label icon. Icons support alpha blending. + + + + + Specifies label image. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the label if ImageList is used. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image position inside the label. + + + + + Gets or sets text-orientation. Default is horizontal. + + + + + Gets or sets how vertical text is rotated when TextOrientation = Vertical. + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on label instead of the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label hosted in multi-line ItemContainer triggers new line switch after label is processed. + + + + + Contains static keys that are used to discover localized text for internal controls. + + + + + Navigation Pane collapse button tooltip text. + + + + + Navigation Pane expand button tooltip text. + + + + + Bar auto-hide button tooltip text. + + + + + Bar customize button tooltip text. + + + + + Bar close button tooltip text. + + + + + Bar maximize button tooltip text. + + + + + CustomizeItem tooltip text. + + + + + CustomizeItem Add/Remove text. + + + + + CustomizeItem text for button that opens Customize dialog. + + + + + CustomizeItem text for Reset command. + + + + + Tooltip text for system button that displays overflow items. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog caption. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog toolbars tab. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog commands tab. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog keyboard button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog close button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog new toolbar button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog rename toolbar button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog delete toolbar button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog reset toolbar button. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog label that gives following instructions to user: + To add a command to Bar select the category and drag the command out of this box to a Bar. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog categories label. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog toolbars label. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Personalized Menus and Toolbars label. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Aways show full menus check box. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Show full menus after a short delay check box. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab 'Reset my usage data' command. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab 'Other' labe. + + + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab 'Menu Animation:' label. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box None option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box System Default option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box Random option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box Unfold option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog options tab Menu Animation combo box Slide option. + + + + + Text for Customize Dialog Confirm delete of bar message box. + + + + + Text for Reset command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Delete item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Change Name item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Default Style item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Text Only item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Image And Text item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text for Begin Group item command on customize item context menu. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem Minimize button. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem Restore button. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem Close button. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Restore command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Move command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Size command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Minimize command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Maximize command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Close command. + + + + + Text MdiSystemItem menu Next command. + + + + + Text Navigation Bar Show More Buttons menu item. + + + + + Text Navigation Bar Show Fewer Buttons menu item. + + + + + Text Navigation Bar Options menu item. + + + + + Text for Move Up button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for Move Down button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for Reset button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for OK button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for Cancel button on Navigation Bar Options dialog box. + + + + + Text for Navigation Bar Options dialog box title. + + + + + Text for Navigation Bar Options label which is displayed above the list box which lists all the controls. + + + + + Text for Rename Toolbar dialog caption. + + + + + Text for New Toolbar dialog caption. + + + + + Text for Bar Name label on Bar edit dialog (either rename or new). + + + + + Text for OK Button on Bar edit dialog (either rename or new). + + + + + Text for Cancel Button on Bar edit dialog (either rename or new). + + + + + Text for Invalid Name Message on Bar edit dialog (either rename or new). + + + + + Text displayed on Color Picker drop down Theme Colors label. + + + + + Text displayed on Color Picker drop down Standard Colors label. + + + + + Text displayed on Color Picker drop down more colors menu item. + + + + + Text for the OK Button on Color Picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the Cancel Button on Color Picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the new color label on Color Picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the current color label on Color Picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the colors label on the standard colors tab. + + + + + Text for the colors label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the green component label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the blue component label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the red component label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the Color Model label on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the RGB combo box item choice on the custom colors tab. + + + + + Text for the Standard tab on color picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the Custom tab on color picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the Custom tab on color picker dialog. + + + + + Text for the Custom tab on color picker dialog. + + + + + Indicates the text for Today button displayed on the MonthCalendarItem control. + + + + + Indicates the text for Clear button displayed on the MonthCalendarItem control. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Abort button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Cancel button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Close button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Continue button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Help button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Ignore button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx No button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx OK button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Retry button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Try Again button. + + + + + Indicates the text for MessageBoxEx Yes button. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Restore item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Move item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Size item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Minimize item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Maximize item. + + + + + Identifies Form system menu Close item. + + + + + Identifies Time Selector OK button. + + + + + Identifies Time Selector Clear button. + + + + + Identifies Time Selector Hour Label. + + + + + Identifies Time Selector Minute Label. + + + + + Identifies 'Show all' Filter Expression label. + + + + + Identifies 'Show null' Filter Expression label. + + + + + Identifies 'Show not null' Filter Expression label. + + + + + Identifies 'Custom' Filter Expression label. + + + + + Identifies 'Enter expression' Filter text. + + + + + Identifies 'Apply' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Apply' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Apply' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Ok' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Cancel' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Close' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Clear' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies 'Clear' Filter Expression button label. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicked dialog 'Filter by relative date' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog 'Filter by specific date' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog 'Filter by date range' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Current Month' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Current Year' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last Month Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 3 Month Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 6 Month Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 9 Month Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last Year' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 5 Year Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter DateTimePicker dialog, ByRelativeDate combo entry 'Last 10 Year Period' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Expression error' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Missing parenthesis' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Missing quote' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid number of arguments' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid argument' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid 'Empty' operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid DateTime operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid bool operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid string operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid numeric operation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Invalid logical evaluation' text. + + + + + Identifies Filter expression evaluation error 'Undefined User function' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog title 'Custom Filter' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'New Filter' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'New' button text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'Delete' button text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'Filter Name' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'Description' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog 'Show in FilterPopup' text. + + + + + Identifies custom filter dialog title 'Custom Filter' text. + + + + + Identifies the default GroupBy WaterMarkText. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Represents an item that displays log information in list container. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LogItem class. + + + + + + Creates new instance of LogItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of LogItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the control text body. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the log item. + + + + + Gets or sets the image position in relation to text. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the item. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Summary description for MdiWindowListItem. + + + + + Initializes the item and connects it to the MDI form so it can process the events. You should not call this method directly since this process is + automatically managed by the item. + + + + + Initializes the item and connects it to the MDI form so it can process the events. You should not call this method directly since this process is + automatically managed by the item. + + + + + Refresh the MDI Child form Icons that are displayed on window list items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the MDI Child Window Icons are displayed on items. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum form caption length that will be displayed on each item. If caption length exceeds given value ... characters are added. + + + + + Gets whether item has been connected to the MDI form so it can process its events. + + + + + Gets or sets whether flicker associated with switching maximized Mdi child forms is attempted to eliminate. You should set this property to false if you encounter any painting problems with your Mdi child forms. + + + + + Gets or sets whether numbered access keys are created for MDI Child window menu items for first 9 items. Access keys will start with number 1 and go through 9. Default value is false + which indicates that access keys are not created. + + + + + Summary description for PopupWindow. + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Gets or sets whether Key Tips (accelerator keys) for items are displayed on top of them. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display Key Tips (accelerator keys) when they are displayed. Default value is null which means + that control Font is used for Key Tips display. + + + + + Gets or sets the item default accessibility action will be performed on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Sets,Gets the side bar image structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the HotSubItem on the menu. This method is used internally by DotNetBar and should not be used in your application. + + + + + Summary description for MessageHandler. + + + + + Summary description for NativeFunctions. + + + + + Represents Outlook 2003 like Navigation Bar. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Applies design-time defaults to control. + + + + + Increases the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing more buttons on the top. + + + + + Reduces the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing fewer buttons on the top. + + + + + Saves current visual layout of navigation bar control to XML based file. + + File name to save layout to. + + + + Saves current visual layout of navigation bar control to XmlElement. + + XmlElement object that will act as a parent for the layout definition. Exact same element should be passed into the LoadLayout method to load the layout. + + + + Loads navigation bar layout that was saved using SaveLayout method. Note that this method must be called after all items are created and added to the control. + + File to load layout from. + + + + Loads navigation bar layout that was saved using SaveLayout method. Note that this method must be called after all items are created and added to the control. + + Parent XML element that is used to load layout from. Note that this must be the same element that was passed into the SaveLayout method. + + + + Occurs after Options dialog which is used to customize control's content has closed by user using OK button. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Configure Buttons button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Show More Buttons and Show Fewer Buttons menu items are visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Options menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Add/Remove Buttons menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether summary line is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels at the top portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for bottom portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Returns items container. + + + + + Returns reference to currently checked button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether images are automatically resized to size specified in ImageSizeSummaryLine when button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets size of the image that will be use to resize images to when button button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar and AutoSizeButtonImage=true. + + + + + Gets or sets the navigation bar definition string. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Indicates whether splitter on top of the navigation bar is visible. When activated splitter will let user change the height of the + control to show fewer or more buttons. It is recommended to have navigation bar docked to bottom (Dock=Bottom) to maintain + proper layout. + + + + + Container control for Navigation Bar. + + + + + Creates new instance of NavigationBarContainer. + + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of SideBarPanelItem item. + + + + + Recalculates size of this container. + + + + + Increases the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing more buttons on the top. + + + + + Reduces the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing fewer buttons on the top. + + + + + Must be called by any sub item that implements the image when image has changed + + + + + Occurs after an item has been added to the container. This procedure is called on both item being added and the parent of the item. To distinguish between those two states check the item parameter. + + When occurring on the parent this will hold the reference to the item that has been added. When occurring on the item being added this will be null (Nothing). + + + + Occurs after an item has been removed. + + Item being removed. + + + + Returns index of the first item that is displayed in summary line or -1 if there is no item displayed in summary line. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Configure Buttons button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Show More Buttons and Show Fewer Buttons menu items are visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Options menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Add/Remove Buttons menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels at the top portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for bottom portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets whether images are automatically resized to size specified in ImageSizeSummaryLine when button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets size of the image that will be use to resize images to when button button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar and AutoSizeButtonImage=true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether summary line is visible. + + + + + Delegate for OptionGroupChanging event. + + + + + Delegate for PanelPopup events. + + + + + Represents Outlook 2003 style navigation pane control. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Applies any layout changes and repaint the control. + + + + + Returns Panel associated with button on navigation bar or null if panel cannot be found. + + Button on navigation bar. + + + + + Suspends normal layout logic. + + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. Optionally forces an immediate layout of pending layout requests. + + + + + Increases the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing more buttons on the top. + + + + + Reduces the size of the navigation bar if possible by showing fewer buttons on the top. + + + + + Saves current visual layout of navigation bar control to XML based file. + + File name to save layout to. + + + + Saves current visual layout of navigation bar control to XmlElement. + + XmlElement object that will act as a parent for the layout definition. Exact same element should be passed into the LoadLayout method to load the layout. + + + + Popup selected pane when control is collapsed. When control is collapsed (Expanded=false) currently selected pane is not visible + calling this method will popup selected pane and allow user access to it. Use PopupPaneVisible property + to check whether currently selected pane is displayed as popup. + + + + + Hides popup selected pane when control is collapsed and selected pane is displayed as popup. When control is collapsed (Expanded=false) + currently selected pane can be displayed as popup. Calling this method will hide the popup pane. Use PopupPaneVisible property + to check whether currently selected pane is displayed as popup. + + + + + Raises the PanelPopupClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Loads navigation bar layout that was saved using SaveLayout method. Note that this method must be called after all items are created and added to the control. + + File to load layout from. + + + + Loads navigation bar layout that was saved using SaveLayout method. Note that this method must be called after all items are created and added to the control. + + Parent XML element that is used to load layout from. Note that this must be the same element that was passed into the SaveLayout method. + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Updates the color scheme on child panels to reflect the style of the NavigationBar control. Calling this method is necessary only if you manually + change the NavigationBar.ColorScheme property. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when currently selected panel is about to change. + + + + + Occurs when control is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs before panel is displayed on popup when control is collapsed. You can use this event to modify default + size of the popup panel or cancel the popup of the panel. + + + + + Occurs after panel is displayed on popup. + + + + + Occurs after panel displayed on popup is closed. + + + + + Occurs before Expanded property is changed. You can cancel change of this property by setting Cancel=true on the event arguments. + + + + + Occurs after Expanded property has changed. You can handle ExpandedChanging event and have opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Options dialog which is used to customize control's content has closed by user using OK button. + + + + + Returns the width of the expanded control if control is currently collapsed. + + + + + Returns collection containing buttons on navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the navigation bar part of the navigation pane control. + Navigation Bar height is automatically calculated based on the content. + Setting this property suggests desired height of the navigation bar but the actual height will be + calculated to ensure that complete buttons are visible so suggested and actual height might differ. + + + + + Returns reference to internal NavigationBar control. + + + + + Gets or sets size of the image that will be use to resize images to when button button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar and AutoSizeButtonImage=true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Configure Buttons button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Show More Buttons and Show Fewer Buttons menu items are visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Options menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Navigation Pane Add/Remove Buttons menu item is visible on Configure buttons menu. + + + + + Returns reference to currently checked button. + + + + + Returns reference to currently selected panel. Panels are automatically switched when buttons are checked. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. + + + + + Returns reference to the PanelEx that is used to display title. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels at the top portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for bottom portion of the item. Height of each item will be increased by padding amount. + + + + + Gets or sets whether images are automatically resized to size specified in ImageSizeSummaryLine when button is on the bottom summary line of navigation bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the navigation bar definition string. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets animation time in milliseconds when control is expanded or collapsed. Default value is 100 miliseconds. You can set this to 0 (zero) to disable animation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether navigation pane can be collapsed. Default value is false. When set to true + expand/collapse button will be displayed in title so control can be reduced in size. + + + + + Gets or sets alignment of the expand button inside of title bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether navigation pane is expanded. Default value is true. + When control is collapsed it is reduced in size so it consumes less space. + + + + + Gets the reference to the inner panel displaying Navigation Pane vertical text created when control is collapsed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether selected pane is displayed as popup when control is collapsed (Expanded=false). Using + navigation pane button that is displayed when control is collapsed user can popup or close currently selected pane without + expanding the control. You can use this property to do same from code as well as check whether selected pane is displayed as + popup. Note that control must be collapsed (Expanded=false) in order for this property to have any effect. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for the control. Default style is Office 2003. + + + + + Represents event arguments for PanelChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel changing of the panel. + + + + + Panel that will be selected if operation is not cancelled. + + + + + Panel that is currently selected and which will be de-selected if operation is not cancelled. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents event arguments for BeforePanelPopup event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel popup of the panel. + + + + + Size and position of popup. You can modify this memeber to affect size and position of popup. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents Panel on Navigation Pane control. + + + + + Gets or sets button associated with the pane on the panel when hosted on NavigationPane control. + + + + + Summary description for NavPaneOptions. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Updates position of the title bar button to reflect any changes to the button that influence size of the button. + + + + + Occurs when Expanded/Collapse button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether expand button is visible or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets alignment of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text markup if it occupies less space than control provides uses the Style Alignment and LineAlignment properties to align the markup inside of the control. Default value is true. + + + + + Use as a popup container for DotNetBar objects. + + + + + Summary description for PopupContainer. + + + + + Summary description for PopupShadow. + + + + + Represents a progress bar item. + + + + + Creates new instance of ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of ProgressBarItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of ProgressBarItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ProgressBarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Copies the ProgressBarItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ProgressBarItem instance. + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Overriden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Advances the current position of the progress bar by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Advances the current position of the progress bar by the specified amount. + + The amount by which to increment the progress bar's current position. + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether ChunkColor property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets the ChunkColor property to its default value. + + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Gets or sets the item background style. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text inside the progress bar is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the item in pixels. 0 value indicates the auto-sizing item based on the text contained in it. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the label. 0 value indicates the auto-sizing item based on the text height. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient color of the progress chunk. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle of the progress chunk. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates whether item was recently used. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of progress bar used to indicate progress. The Standard style displays the progress based on Minimum, Maximum and current Value. + The Marquee type is automatically moving progress bar that is used to indicate an ongoing operation for which the actual duration cannot be estimated. + + + + + Gets or sets the marquee animation speed in milliseconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color state table for progress bar. Color specified applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. You can use ColorTable to indicate the state of the operation that Progress Bar is tracking. Default value is eProgressBarItemColor.Normal. + + + + + Summary description for RemindForm. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents color table for Bar objects in various states. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for top part of toolbar background. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for bottom part of toolbar background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the bottom border. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup toolbar background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of popup toolbar border. + + + + + Gets or sets the status bar top border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the status bar top border light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the alternative background colors for the status bar. + + + + + Represents color table for ButtonItem object. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied for button in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when mouse is over the buttons inactive split part. Applies to split button appearance only. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when mouse is pressed over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when mouse is pressed over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when button is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table applied when cursor is over button on a menu. + + + + + Represents typed collection of Office2007ButtonItemColorTable type. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether collection contains object with specified name. + + Name of the object to look for + true if object with given name is part of the collection otherwise false + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Office2007ButtonItemColorTable array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Represents a color table for ButtonItem in certain state like but not limited to mouse over, checked or pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border width. Default is 1. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets top part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets highlight colors for the top background part. + + + + + Gets or sets bottom part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets highlight colors for the bottom background part. + + + + + Gets or sets the split border colors that divides button text and image from expand part of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the split border light colors that divides button text and image from expand part of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the expand sign. + + + + + Gets or sets the outline light color of the expand sign. + + + + + Gets or sets the single gradient background for the button. When specified it is used instead of TopBackground and BottomBackground for rendering. + + + + + Represent the color table for the CheckBoxItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the item in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the item when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the item when mouse is pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the item when item is disabled. + + + + + Defines the colors for the single CheckBoxItem state. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors of the check box. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the check border. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner color of check box border. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner background color of check box. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the check sign that is drawn when item is checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Defines color table for ColorItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the border that is drawn around each individual color item or color item group. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner mouse over color. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer mouse over color. + + + + + Represents the painter for ColorItem in Office 2007 style + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines the color scheme type for the Office2007ColorTable. + + + + + Blue color scheme. + + + + + Black color scheme. + + + + + Silver color scheme. + + + + + Windows Vista Glass inspired color scheme. + + + + + Defines the delegate which retrieves the color for specific integer value. + + color represented as integer. + Reference to Color object. + + + + Defines contextual label colors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LabelColors structure. + + + + + + + Initializes ColorScheme object with the black color scheme. + + ColorScheme object to initialize. + + + + Defines the color table for the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for combo box in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for standalone combo box in default state. Standalone combo box is a control not used by ComboBoxItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors when control is dropped down. + + + + + Defines the combo box colors for a particular state. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer expand button border. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner expand button border. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the expand button. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the expand button. + + + + + Defines color table for the Office 2007 style DataGridView control. + + + + + Gets or sets grid background color. + + + + + Gets or sets default cell color. + + + + + Gets or sets default cell text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in normal state. + + + + + Gets or sets the normal column text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header border color when mouse is over the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected column header text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in selected state. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for the column headers in selected state. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in selected mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for the column headers in selected mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the column headers in pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for the column headers in pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the column header foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for row marker background. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color for row marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the grid lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the sign color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Gets or sets the sign color of selector cell usually located in top-left corner. + + + + + Defines color table for the Dialog Launcher button. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the pressed state. + + + + + Defines the color table for dialog launcher state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of dialog launcher symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the shade color of dialog launcher symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the top part of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the bottom part of the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Defines the color table for all states of Office 2007 style form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for caption in active state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for caption in inactive state. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the form. + + + + + Gets or sets the MDI Client Background image. + + + + + Defines color table for the Office 2007 style Form caption color state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the top part of the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the bottom part of the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of colors used to draw the border that separates the form caption and the form content. Applies only to the Office2007Form rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of caption text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of caption extra text that is appended to the caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of colors that represents the border colors. Outer border is at index 0. + + + + + Represents the color table used by the Gallery container. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the Gallery Group label when gallery is displayed on popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the Gallery Group label when gallery is displayed on popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the Gallery Group label when gallery is displayed on popup. + + + + + Represents color table for ItemContainer object with BeginGroup set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the top background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark color of item devider for items inside of the ItemContainer. + + + + + Gets or sets the light color of item devider for items inside of the ItemContainer. + + + + + Represents the color table for key tips. + + + + + Gets or sets KeyTip Text color. + + + + + Gets or sets KeyTip border color. + + + + + Gets or sets KeyTip Background color. + + + + + Represents color table for ListViewEx control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the column separator. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the column text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the control border. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the selected item border that is draw on top and bottom of the selection. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for selected item. + + + + + Defines the color table for the menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu side background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu side background colors for the items that were not recently used. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu border background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the light menu side border. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color blend for the special file menu background. + + + + + Gets or sets the two column container border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the two column container light border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of first file column. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of first file column. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of first file column. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color blend for the bottom container on file menu. + + + + + Defines the color table for the NavigationPane control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color collection blend for the button background. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines color table for the Office 2007 style ProgressBarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color collection blend for the item background. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color collection blend for the current progress part of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color collection blend for overlay for the current progress of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the color collection blend of shadow for the current progress of the item. + + + + + Defines abstract class for the ProgressBarItem painter. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines painter for the Office 2007 style QAT Customize Item. + + + + + Defines base class for QAT customize item painter. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines Office 2007 style QAT painter. + + + + + Defines base class for QAT overflow item painter. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines the color table for the quick access toolbar in all states. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the quick access toolbar background when hosted in ribbon control caption and form is active + or the background colors when toolbar is hosted below the ribbon control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the quick access toolbar background when hosted in ribbon control caption and form is inactive + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the quick access toolbar background when positioned below the ribbon bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu label displayed on customize quick access toolbar menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu label displayed on customize quick access toolbar menu. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Quick Access toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors of the top background. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors of the bottom background. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the middle border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border when Windows Vista Glass is enabled. + + + + + Represents Office 2007 Control renderer. + + + + + Represents bases class that defines a renderer. + + + + + Raises RenderKeyTips event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws KeyTip for an object. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderKeyTips method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonTabGroup event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ribbon tab group. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonTabGroup method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderItemContainer event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the separator for an item inside of item container. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderItemContainerSeparator method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderItemContainer event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws item container. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderItemContainer method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderButtonItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ButtonItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderButtonItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonTabItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws RibbonTabItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonTabItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderToolbarBackground event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws docked or floating toolbar background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderPopupToolbarBackground event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws popup toolbar background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderPopupToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonDialogLauncher event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ribbon bar dialog launcher button. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonDialogLauncher method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderColorItem event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ColorItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderColorItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonControlBackground event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the background of the Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonControlBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSystemCaptionItem event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SystemCaptionItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSystemCaptionItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRibbonFormCaptionText event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the form caption text for the Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonFormCaptionText method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderQuickAccessToolbarBackground event event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the background of Quick Access Toolbar on Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQuickAccessToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderMdiSystemItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the MdiSystemItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderMdiSystemItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderFormCaptionBackground event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the form caption background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderFormCaptionBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderQatOverflowItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Quick Access Toolbar Overflow item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQatOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderQatCustomizeItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Quick Access Toolbar Customize Item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQatCustomizeItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderCheckBoxItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the CheckBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCheckBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderCheckBoxItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ProgressBarItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderProgressBarItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderNavPaneButtonBackground event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Navigation Pane button background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNavPaneButtonBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSliderItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Slider item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSliderItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSideBar event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SideBar control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSideBar method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSideBarPanelItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SideBar control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSideBarPanelItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderCrumbBarItemView event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws CrumbBarItemView. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCrumbBarItemView method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderCrumbBarOverflowItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws CrumbBarOverflowButton. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCrumbBarOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderSwitchButton event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Switch Button. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSwitchButton method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderRangeSliderItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Range Slider item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRangeSliderItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderStepItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Step item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderStepItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderListBoxItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ListBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderListBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Raises RenderListBoxItem event. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ListBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderListBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Occurs when KeyTip is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ribbon tab group is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ItemContainer is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when separator is drawn for an item inside of ItemContainer. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when RibbonTabItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when docked or floating toolbar is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when popup toolbar is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when dialog launcher button on ribbon bar is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Ribbon Control background is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when form caption text on ribbon control is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Quick Access Toolbar background is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ColorItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when SystemCaptionItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when MdiSystemItem is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when form caption is background is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when quick access toolbar overflow item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when quick access toolbar customize item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when CheckBoxItem is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ProgressBarItem is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Navigation pane button background is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Slider item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Range Slider item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when SideBar control is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when SideBarPanelItem control is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when CrumbBarItemView is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when CrumbBarOverflowButton is rendered. + + + + + Occurs when Slider item is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when StepItem is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when ListBoxItem is being rendered. + + + + + Occurs when SideNavItem is being rendered. + + + + + Draws KeyTip for an object. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderKeyTips method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ribbon tab group. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonTabGroup method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws item container. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderItemContainer method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the separator for an item inside of item container. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderItemContainerSeparator method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ButtonItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderButtonItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws RibbonTabItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonTabItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws popup toolbar background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderPopupToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws docked or floating toolbar background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws floating toolbar background. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ribbon bar dialog launcher button. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderPopupToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws ColorItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderColorItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the background of the Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonControlBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the form caption text for the Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderRibbonFormCaptionText method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the background of Quick Access Toolbar on Ribbon Control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQuickAccessToolbarBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SystemCaptionItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSystemCaptionItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the MdiSystemItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderMdiSystemItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the form caption background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderFormCaptionBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Quick Access Toolbar Overflow item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQatOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Quick Access Toolbar Overflow item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderQatOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ProgressBarItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderProgressBarItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Navigation Pane button background. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderNavPaneButtonBackground method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Slider item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSliderItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SideBar control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSideBar method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the SideBar control. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSideBarPanelItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws CrumbBarItemView. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderButtonItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws CrumbBarOverflowButton. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderCrumbBarOverflowItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws SwitchButton. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderButtonItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Slider item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderSliderItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the Step item. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderStepItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ListBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderListBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Draws the ListBoxItem. If you need to provide custom rendering this is the method that you should override in your custom rendered. If you + do not want default rendering to occur do not call the base implementation. You can call OnRenderListBoxItem method so events can occur. + + Provides context information. + + + + Occurs when color table is changed by setting the ColorTable property on the renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines color table for RibbonBar in various states. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the default RibbonBar state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for RibbonBar when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for RibbonBar when ribbon bar is in overflow state and expanded to show all the items. + + + + + Represents the color table of RibbonBar for Office 2007 style. Default values represent blue Luna theme. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of top background part. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the top background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the title background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of title text. + + + + + Defines color table for Ribbon Control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the outer border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the inner border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the tabs background area. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the tabs background area when Windows Glass is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of border which is drawn above the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the light color of border which is drawn above the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the round corner size for the ribbon control parts. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of top background part. + + + + + Gets or sets the top background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image used on Office 2007 style start button displayed in top-left corner of ribbon control. + Note that image assigned to all StartButton properties must be the same size. The size for the button will be determined by image + size set on this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image used on Office 2007 style start button displayed in top-left corner of ribbon control when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image used on Office 2007 style start button displayed in top-left corner of ribbon control when button is pressed. + + + + + Represents painter for Office 2007 style ribbon overflow button. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Ribbon Tab Group. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the background highlight colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color + + + + + Collection for Office2007RibbonTabGroupColorTable type. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether collection contains object with specified name. + + Name of the object to look for + true if object with given name is part of the collection otherwise false + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Office2007RibbonTabItemColorTable array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Defines the color table for RibbonTabItem states. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the color table. + + + + + Gets or sets the default tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab colors when mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors when mouse is over the tab but tab is not selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the round corner size for the top part of the ribbon tab item. + + + + + Defines collection for Office2007RibbonTabItemColorTable items. + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether collection contains object with specified name. + + Name of the object to look for + true if object with given name is part of the collection otherwise false + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the Office2007ButtonItemColorTable array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Defines the colors for the RibbonTabItem state like but not limited to selected, mouse over etc. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the outer border. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the inner border. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the background highlight colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when rendered on Windows Glass. + + + + + Defines the colors for the scroll bar control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control when mouse is pressed over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control when mouse is over the control but not over an active part of the control like scroll buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control when mouse is over the active part of the control like scroll buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors for the control when control is disabled. + + + + + Represents the color table for the Scroll bar in single state. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color for the scroll bar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color for the scroll bar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the thumb background color blend collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the directional sign background color for the scroll bar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border color for the scroll bar track button. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border color for the scroll bar track button. + + + + + Gets or sets the track background color blend collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the track signs. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors for the entire control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border colors for the entire control. + + + + + Represents the color table for Office 2007 Style Side Bar Control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the control border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of SideBarPanelItem text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideBarPanelItem in default state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideBarPanelItem in mouse over state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideBarPanelItem in expanded state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table for SideBarPanelItem when mouse button is pressed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Populates Office 2007 Color Table with Silver color scheme + + + + + Initializes ColorScheme object with the black color scheme. + + ColorScheme object to initialize. + + + + Defines the color table for the slider item. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse pressed colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the optional color table for Thumb part of the slider. When set to null default values from Office2007SliderColorTable are used. + + + + + Gets or sets the optional color table for Increase button part of the slider. When set to null default values from Office2007SliderColorTable are used. + + + + + Gets or sets the optional color table for Decrease button part of the slider. When set to null default values from Office2007SliderColorTable are used. + + + + + Defines set of color tables for single slider part. + + + + + Gets or sets the default state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over state colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse pressed colors. + + + + + Renders the Slider items. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Defines the color table for the Slider Item in single state. + + + + + Gets or sets the part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the part border color + + + + + Gets or sets the part border light color + + + + + Gets or sets the part foreground color. + + + + + Gets or sets the part foreground light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the track line color. + + + + + Gets or sets the track line light color. + + + + + Gets or sets the track label color. + + + + + Gets or sets the track label color when on Slider control. + + + + + Defines the color table for the SuperTooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Represents color table for Office 2007 style system button displayed in form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of default button state. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of button state when mouse is over the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the color table of button state when mouse is pressed over the button. + + + + + Represents color table for single state of Office 2007 style system button displayed in form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets top part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets bottom part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets highlight colors for the top background part. + + + + + Gets or sets highlight colors for the bottom background part. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color for the button. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark shading color for the foreground. + + + + + Gets or sets the light shading color for the foreground. + + + + + Represents the color table for the tab control. + + + + + Gets or sets the default tab item colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse over tab item colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab item colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the tab background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab-strip background image. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the tab panel background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of tab panel border. + + + + + Represents the color table for the tab item. + + + + + Gets or sets top part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom part background colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner border colors. + + + + + Gets or sets the text colors. + + + + + Paints background of docked bar. + + Context information + + + + Paints background of floating bar. + + Context information + + + + Paints background of popup bar. + + Context information + + + + Summary description for ButtonItemPainterHelper. + + + + + Provides data for ButtonItem rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to ButtonItem instance being rendered. + + + + + Reference to internal data. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ButtonItem object. + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ButtonItem object. + + + + Defines container for ribbon caption layout and quick access toolbar customization and overflow. + + + + + Summary description for DesignTimeProviderContainer. + + + + + + + + Returns insertion index for an item taking in account any system items that are at the end of the collection. + + Parent item + Returns the index at which an item should be inserted + + + + Defines delegate for RenderKeyTips event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderRibbonTabGroup event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderItemContainer event. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderItemContainerSeparator event. + + + + + Defines delegate for ButtonItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RibbonTabItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for toolbar rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for Rendering dialog launcher button rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for ColorItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RibbonControl rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for SystemCaptionItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for MdiSystemItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for RenderFormCaptionBackground rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for CustomizeMenuPopup events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Quick Access Overflow item rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Quick Access Customize item rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Quick Access Customization dialog events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the CheckBoxItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the ProgressBarItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Navigation Pane rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the BeforeRibbonPanelPopupClose event. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the SideBar control rendering event. + + + + + Defines delegate for the SideBarPanelItem control rendering event. + + + + + Defines delegate for the SwitchButtonItem control rendering event. + + + + + Defines delegate for the Slider item rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the StepItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the ListBoxItem rendering events. + + + + + Defines delegate for the SideNavItem rendering events. + + + + + Represents the class that provides Office 2007 style Gallery container with drop-down ability. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the ButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New ButtonItem instance. + + + + Returns the client rectangle which is DisplayRectangle excluding scroll-bar bounds + + + + + + Invokes GalleryPopupOpen event. + + + + + + Invokes GalleryPopupShowing event. + + + + + + Invokes GalleryPopupClose event. + + + + + + Invokes GalleryPopupFinalized event. + + + + + + Gets whether DefaultSize property is serialized by Windows Forms designer based on its current value. + + + + + Resets DefaultSize property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether PopupGallerySize property is serialized by Windows Forms designer based on its current value. + + + + + Resets PopupGallerySize property to its default value. + + + + + Scrolls the gallery if necessary to ensures that item is visible. + + Reference to the items that is part of the gallery. + + + + Scrolls gallery down to show next line of items. + + + + + Scrolls gallery up to show previous line of items. + + + + + + Opens the Gallery popup menu. + + + + + Returns whether Gallery can extend the object. + + Object to test extensibility for. + Returns true if object can be extended otherwise false. + + + + Gets the GalleryGroup item is assigned to. + + Reference to item. + An instance of GalleryGroup object or null if item is not assigned to the group + + + + Assigns the item to the gallery group. + + Item to assign. + Group to assign item to. Can be null to remove item assignment. + + + + Occurs when Gallery popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs just before Gallery popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs before the Gallery popup item is closed. + + + + + Occurs after Gallery popup item has been closed. + + + + + Gets or sets orientation inside the container. GalleryContainer automatically manages the layout orientation and this property should not be changed from its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the item alignment when container is in horizontal layout. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets the item vertical alignment. Default value is Top. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items in horizontal layout are wrapped into the new line when they cannot fit allotted container size. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Gallery when on popup is using standard scrollbars to scroll the content. + Standard scrollbars are displayed on right hand side of the Gallery. Default value for this property is true. + When set to false the scroll buttons are displayed only when needed and two buttons on top and bottom + of the Gallery are used to indicate the scrolling possibility and enable scrolling. Buttons are only + visible when needed. This scrolling button style can be used for example on Application Menu + to enable scrolling of list of most recently used files. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gallery is using incremental sizing when stretched. Default + value is true. Incremental sizing will resize the width of the gallery so it fits + completely the items it can contain in available space. That means that gallery will + occupy enough space to display the whole items within available space. When set to + false, it indicates that gallery will resize to fill all available space. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Gallery width is determined based on the RibbonBar width. This property is in effect when + Gallery is hosted directly the RibbonBar control. Default value is false. + When set to true the Gallery size is changed as the RibbonBar control is resized. The initial size of the Gallery is + determined by DefaultSize property. The MinimumSize property specifies the minimum size of the Gallery. + Note that only single Gallery can be stretched per RibbonBar control. + + + + + Gets the collection of the items that are added to the popup gallery. The items displayed on the gallery are combined with the + items from this collection and they are displayed on the gallery popup. This collection can for example have items that are + customizing the choices of the commands in gallery etc. + + + + + Gets or sets the default size of the gallery. The gallery height will be always enforced so all scroll buttons can be displayed. + Gallery width should allow display of both scroll buttons and the gallery content. + + + + + Gets or sets the default size of the gallery when gallery is displayed on the popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gallery can be displayed on the popup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets whether the Gallery popup is open. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the item when on Ribbon Control or Ribbon Bar. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Gets or sets whether scroll animation is enabled. Default value is true. + Scroll animation will be disabled if gallery is running under Remote Windows Terminal session or fade animation effect is disabled on the + container control. + + + + + Gets the collection of GalleryGroup objects associated with this gallery. Groups are assigned optionally to one or more items + that are part of the GalleryContainer. Groups are used to visually group the items when gallery is displayed on the popup. + + + + + Represents the popup gallery group that groups set of items inside of gallery into the group. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets title of the group that will be displayed on the group label when on popup gallery. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the group that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets the parent gallery for the group. + + + + + Gets or sets the display order for the group when displayed on the popup. Lower values are displayed closer to the top. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets the collection of the items assigned to this group. + + + + + Represents the GalleryGroup typed collection. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds new objects to the collection. + + Array of groups to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the GalleryGroup array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Summary description for ISimpleElement. + + + + + Represents IBlock layout manager implementation + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + Indicates container title location. + + + + + Provides data for rendering ItemContainer. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to ItemContainer instance being rendered. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + Reference to graphics object. + Reference to ItemContainer object. + + + + Provides data for the item separator rendering inside of the ItemContainer. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the item separator is being rendered for. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Represents class for Accessibility support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with owner control. + + Reference to owner control. + + + + Returns number of child objects. + + Total number of child objects. + + + + Returns reference to child object given the index. + + 0 based index of child object. + Reference to child object. + + + + Gets accessible role. + + + + + Gets parent accessibility object. + + + + + Returns bounds of the control. + + + + + Returns current accessible state. + + + + + Represents class for item display. + + + + + Represents canvas for KeyTips + + + + + Represents data for key tips rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets the graphics object used for rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets key tip bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of key tip to be rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the font key tip should be rendered with. + + + + + Reference object for which Key Tip is rendered. For example this could be reference to an instance of ButtonItem or BaseItem as well + as reference to System.Windows.Forms.Control object. Always test for type before accessing this reference. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Represents painter for the MdiSystemItem. + + + + + Paints MdiSystemItem. + + Provides arguments for the operation. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Text supports and renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether divider panel that divides message box buttons and text content is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias setting for text-pane. + + + + + Enumeration of available common system strings. + + + + + Represents the class that provides MessageBox like functionality with the styled Office 2007 dialog and text markup support. + + + + + Displays a message box with specified text. + + The text to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box in front of the specified object and with the specified text. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text and caption. + + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text and caption. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text, caption, and buttons. + + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text, caption, and buttons. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text, caption, buttons, and icon. + + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with specified text, caption, buttons, and icon. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. + + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxDefaultButton values that specifies the default button for the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxDefaultButton values that specifies the default button for the message box. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Displays a message box with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon, and default button. + + The IWin32Window the message box will display in front of. + The text to display in the message box. + The text to display in the title bar of the message box. + One of the MessageBoxButtons values that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxIcon values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. + One of the MessageBoxDefaultButton values that specifies the default button for the message box. + Indicates value for Message Box dialog TopMost property. + One of the DialogResult values. + + + + Occurs when text markup link on Message Box is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets whether MessageBoxEx is using Windows System API function to retrieve the localized strings used by MessageBoxEx. Set this to false + if you experience issues when using MessageBoxEx under certain conditions. + + + + + Gets or sets whether MessageBoxEx form has Windows Vista Glass enabled if running on + Windows Vista with Glass enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias setting for message box text. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for the message box text. Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that system colors are used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether divider panel that divides message box buttons and text content is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the message box start position when Owner is not specified. Default value is CenterScreen. + + + + + Gets or sets the message box start position when Owner is specified. Default value is CenterParent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether message box text renders text markup. Default value is true. + + + + + Summary description for Office2003RibbonTabItemPainter. + + + + + Paints state of the button, either hot, pressed or checked + + + + + + + + Paints background of docked bar. + + Context information + + + + Paints background of floating bar. + + Context information + + + + Paints background of popup bar. + + Context information + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Represents Office 2007 style MdiSystemItem painter + + + + + Gets or sets color table used by renderer. + + + + + Represents base class for Ribbon Control painting. + + + + + Paints controls background + + + + + Paints form caption background + + + + + Paints form caption text when ribbon control is displaying form caption + + + + + Paints the background of quick access toolbar. + + + + + Paints controls background + + + + + Paints form caption background + + + + + Paints the background of quick access toolbar. + + + + + RibbonTabItem painter for Office 2007 style + + + + + Represents the Office Application Button displayed in the top-left corner of the Ribbon Control. + + + + + Processes the Escape key when Application Button is hosting the backstage tab and uses it to close the tab if open. + This method is called from ProcessDialogKey method of Office2007RibbonForm. + + Key data + true if key was used to close backstage tab + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control set on BackstageTab property is used on application menu popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the backstage tab that is displayed instead of popup menu. + + + + + Summary description for PainterFactory. + + + + + Forces the creation of the objects inside of factory. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Loads the items for the customization into the ribbon control. All Ribbon Bars on the ribbon are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + Ribbon control to enumerate. + + + + Loads the items for the customization from MetroTab control. Registered MetroToolbar controls are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + MetroTab control that holds references to known MetroToolbars. + + + + Gets reference to the internal Quick Access Toolbar Customization panel. + + + + + Represents the item that provides Quick Access Toolbar customization. + + + + + Creates new instance of CustomizeItem object. + + + + + Returns copy of CustomizeItem item + + + + + Overridden. Recalculates the size of the item. + + + + + Gets localized tooltip text for this instance of the item. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Called when mouse hovers over the customize item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Customize menu item is visible. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the item. + + + + + Represents the Quick Access Toolbar customization panel which can be used on the custom QAT customization dialogs + so customization of Quick Access Toolbar can be reused. + + + + + Gets reference to the internal ItemPanel control that displays the commands for selected category. + + + + + Gets reference to the ItemPanel control that displays the Quick Access Toolbar Items. + + + + + Gets reference to the button that perform addition of commands to the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets reference to the button that perform removal of commands from the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets reference to the combo box control that holds all categories. + + + + + Gets reference to the combo box categories label control. + + + + + Gets reference to the check box that changes the placement of the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Loads the items for the customization into the ribbon control. All Ribbon Bars on the ribbon are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + Ribbon control to enumerate. + + + + Loads the items for the customization from MetroTab registered toolbars. All registered Toolbars are enumerated and items + are added if they have CanCustomize=true. + + MetroTab control to enumerate. + + + + Gets or sets the value of data changed flag. + + + + + Represents the stand-alone Quick Access Toolbar control + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Represents a single ribbon container control. + + + + + Creates new accessibility instance. + + Reference to AccessibleObject. + + + + Closes the RibbonBar overflow popup if control is in overflow mode and displays the overflow popup that shows complete content of the control. + + + + + Resets style to default value. Used by windows forms designer. + + + + + Invokes the LaunchDialog event to execute default launch dialog action. + + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Invokes DialogLauncherMouseEnter event. + + + + + Invokes DialogLauncherMouseLeave event. + + + + + Invokes DialogLauncherMouseHover event. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Resets cached content size. Content size is cached to improve performance of the control when control is + switched into overflow mode displaying a single button. If you change content of Rendering, hide/show items or + add new items you will need to call this method to erase cached value and allow the full Rendering size to be calculated. + + + + + Returns size of the control based on current content size. + + Size based on content. + + + + Sets the height of the control to the automatically calculated height based on content. + + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Returns automatically calculated width of the control given current content. + + Width in pixels. + + + + Gets the bounds of the title. + + + + + Resets TitleStyle property to its default value. Used by Windows Forms designer for design-time support. + + + + + Resets TitleStyle property to its default value. Used by Windows Forms designer for design-time support. + + + + + Occurs when dialog launcher button in title bar is clicked. Use DialogLauncherVisible property to show the button in title bar. + + + + + Occurs when overflow button for control is created because control size is below the minimum size required to display complete content of the control. + This event allows you to get access to the internal overflow button that is created and change it's properties if required. + + + + + Occurs after overflow button setup is complete and all items contained by this control are moved to it. + + + + + Occurs before overflow button is destroyed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters dialog launcher button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves dialog launcher button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the dialog launcher button. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is pressed over the dialog launcher button. + + + + + Gets or sets parent button when on QAT. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this RibbonBar is on QAT. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Office 2007 Design Guidelines specification for positioning KeyTips is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the Accessible name for the Dialog Launcher button + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control when mouse is over the control. Style specified here will be applied to the + BackgroundStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is used as dialog luncher button in ribbon title bar. Default value is null which indicates that + default appearance for the button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets image that is used as dialog luncher button when mouse is over the button. + Note that if this property is set you also must set the DialogLauncherButton property. Images set to both + properties must have same size. Default value is null which indicates that + default appearance for the button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum text length for automatic overflow button text. When overflow button is created due to the + reduced size of the control text for the button can be specified using OverflowButtonText property. If + text is not specified RibbonBar.Text property is used as overflow button text. In that case + this property specifies maximum length of the text to display on the button. Default value is 25. You can set + this property to 0 to use complete text regardless of length. + + + + + Gets or sets resize order index of the control. When control is parented to RibbonPanel control (which is the case when control is + used as part of RibbonControl) index specified here indicates the order in which controls that are part of the same panel + are resized. Lower index value indicates that control should be resized later when size needs to be reduced or earlier when size needs + to be increased. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether automatic overflow handling is enabled. When overflow is enabled if control is resized below the + size that is needed to display its complete content overflow button is created and all content is moved to the overflow button + popup. Control will only display overflow button when in this state and user can click overflow button to display the actual + content of the control. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for overflow button that is created when ribbon bar size is reduced so it cannot display all its content. + When control is resized so it cannot display its content overflow button is created which is displayed on face of the control. + Complete content of the control is then displayed on popup toolbar when user clicks overflow button. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image for overflow button that is created when ribbon bar size is reduced so it cannot display all its content. + When control is resized so it cannot display its content overflow button is created which is displayed on face of the control. + Complete content of the control is then displayed on popup toolbar when user clicks overflow button. This Image is also used when + RibbonBar is added to the Quick Access Toolbar to identify the RibbonBar button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether dialog launcher button is visible in title of the ribbon. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets default layout orientation inside the control. You can have multiple layouts inside of the control by adding + one or more instances of the ItemContainer object and changing it's LayoutOrientation property. + + + + + Gets or sets spacing in pixels between items. Default value is 1. + + + + + Gets or sets whether items contained by container are resized to fit the container bounds. When container is in horizontal + layout mode then all items will have the same height. When container is in vertical layout mode then all items + will have the same width. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the item alignment when container is in horizontal layout. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets the item vertical alignment. Default value is Top. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ribbon bar can be customized by end user i.e. added to Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Returns reference to the overflow button that is used by control. + + + + + Gets whether control is in overflow state or not. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ButtonItem objects hosted on control are resized to reduce the space consumed by ribbon bar when required. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style for items and color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the KeyTip for the dialog launcher button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether ribbon bar title is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the style of the title of the control. + + + + + Specifies the style of the title of the control when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets the title bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control changes its background when mouse is over the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by control to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + + Defines event handler for overflow button events. + + Control that is hosting the overflow button. + Event arguments + + + + Represents event arguments for overflow button events. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it. + + Reference to overflow button. + + + + Returns reference to the overflow button that is used by control. + + + + + Represents class for RibbonBar Accessibility support. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with owner control. + + Reference to owner control. + + + + Returns number of child objects. + + Total number of child objects. + + + + Returns reference to child object given the index. + + 0 based index of child object. + Reference to child object. + + + + Represents the container for RibbonBar objects that will be merged into the MDI parent ribbon control. + + + + + Represents panel used by RibbonTabItem as a container panel for the control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the panel. + + + + + Scrolls the RibbonBar controls to the right one step if there is more of the controls on the panel that can fit into the available space. + + + + + Scrolls the RibbonBar controls one step to the left. + + + + + Resets the panel scroll position. + + + + + Gets or sets whether default control layout is used instead of Rendering layout for RibbonBar controls positioning. By default + internal layout logic is used so proper resizing of Ribbons can be performed. You can disable internal layout by setting this property + to true. + Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates whether style of the panel is managed by tab control automatically. + Set this to true if you would like to control style of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether last RibbonBar is stretched to fill available space inside of the panel. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets which edges of the control are anchored to the edges of its container. + + + + + Removes any RibbonBar objects that were merged into the Ribbon control. + + Reference to ribbon control to remove RibbonBar objects from. + + + + Merges RibbonBar objects from this container into the Ribbon control. + + Reference to ribbon control to remove RibbonBar objects from. + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonMerge event. + + + + + Raises the AfterRibbonMerge event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonUnmerge event. + + + + + Raises the AfterRibbonUnmerge event. + + + + + Occurs before the RibbonBar objects from container are merged into the Ribbon control. + + + + + Occurs after the RibbonBar objects are merged into the Ribbon control. + + + + + Occurs after the RibbonBar objects are removed from the Ribbon control. + + + + + + Gets whether RibbonBar controls are merged into the RibbonControl. + + + + + Gets or sets whether RibbonTab item the RibbonBar controls are added to when merged is automatically activated (selected) after + controls are merged. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether merge functionality is enabled for the container. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the Ribbon Tab text for the tab that will be created when ribbon bar objects from this container are merged into the ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the Ribbon Tab. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color for the ribbon tab that is created when ribbon bar controls are merged into the ribbon. + Default value is eRibbonTabColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets the name of RibbonTabItem object that already exists on Ribbon control into which the RibbonBar controls are merged. + If name is not specified new RibbonTabItem is created and RibbonBar controls are added to it. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the RibbonTabItemGroup the new Ribbon Tab Item that is created will be added to. The RibbonTabItemGroup + must be created and added to RibbonControl.TabGroups collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the insertion index for the ribbon tab item that is created when ribbon bars are merged into the ribbon control. + Default value is -1 which means that ribbon tab item is appended to the existing ribbon tab items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether panel automatically provides shadows for child controls. + + + + + Represents Rendering control composed of two parts, RibbonStrip and multiple RibbonBar controls per strip. + + + + + Gets the name of the QAT Customize Item which is used to display the QAT Customize Dialog box. + + + + + Gets the name of the Add to Quick Access Toolbar context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the Remove from Quick Access Toolbar context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the QAT placement change context menu item. + + + + + Gets the name of the Minimize Ribbon Item which is used to minimize the ribbon. + + + + + Gets the name of the Maximize Ribbon Item which is used to maximize the ribbon. + + + + + Gets the name of the label displayed on Quick Access Toolbar customize popup menu. + + + + + Gets the string that is used as starting name for the frequently used QAT menu items created when QAT Customize menu is displayed. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Sets the height of the control to the automatically calcualted height based on content. + + + + + Sets the height of the control to the automatically calcualted height based on content. + + + + + Performs the setup of the RibbonPanel with the current style of the Ribbon Control. + + Panel to apply style changes to. + + + + Creates new Rendering Tab at specified position, creates new associated panel and adds them to the control. + + Specifies the text displayed on the tab. + Specifies the name of the tab + Specifies the position of the new tab inside of Items collection. + New instance of the RibbonTabItem that was created. + + + + Creates new Rendering Tab and associated panel and adds them to the control. + + Specifies the text displayed on the tab. + Specifies the name of the tab + New instance of the RibbonTabItem that was created. + + + + Recalculates layout of the control and applies any changes made to the size or position of the items contained. + + + + + Returns Control region if any when control is hosted by Office2007RibbonForm + + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Resets DefaultGroupFont property to default value null. + + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonPanelPopupClose event. + + + + + Raises the AfterRibbonPanelPopupClose event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonPanelPopup event. + + + + + + Raises the BeforeRibbonPanelPopup event. + + + + + + Sets up timer that watches when active window changes. + + + + + Called after change of active window has been detected. SetupActiveWindowTimer must be called to enable detection. + + + + + Releases and disposes the active window watcher timer. + + + + + Displays the active ribbon panel on the popup if ribbon control is collapsed. + + Reference to the object that was cause of the event. This is provided to the BeforeRibbonPanelPopupClose event if an menu needs to be closed. + Indicates the event source. This is provided to the BeforeRibbonPanelPopupClose event if an menu needs to be closed. + + + + Closes the Ribbon tab menu with source set to null and event source set to Code. + + + + + Closes the Ribbon Menu if one is currently displayed. + + + + + Suspends the form layout. + + + + + Suspends the form layout. + + + + + Suspends the form layout. + + + + + Selects first visible RibbonTab. + + Returns true if selection is performed otherwise false. + + + + Called when right-mouse button is pressed over RibbonBar + + Reference to RibbonBar object. + + + + Called when right-mouse button is pressed over RibbonStrip + + Reference to RibbonStrip object. + + + + Displays popup customize context menu for given customization object. + + Object that should be customized, usually an instance of BaseItem. + Indicates whether customize menu is displayed over ribbon strip + + + + Raises the QatPlacementChanged event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Removes an item from the Quick Access Toolbar. + + Reference to the item that is already part of Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + Adds an instance of base type BaseItem or RibbonBar to the Quick Access Toolbar. Note that this method creates + new instance of the item or an representation of the item being added and adds that to the Quick Access Toolbar. + + Reference to the item to add, must be an BaseItem type or RibbonBar type. + + + + Raises the BeforeCustomizeMenuPopup event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises the BeforeAddItemToQuickAccessToolbar event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Shows the quick access toolbar customize dialog. + + + + + Applies the Quick Access Toolbar customization changes made on QatCustomizePanel to the Ribbon Control Quick Access Toolbar. Note that QatCustomizePanel.DataChanged property indicates whether user made any changes to the data on the panel. + + Reference to the QatCustomizePanel + + + + Raises the AfterQatDialogChangesApplied event. + + + + + Returns the ribbon Application Button. + + reference to Application Button or null if button is not found. + + + + Occurs when Quick Access Toolbar placement is changed, i.e. below or above the Ribbon. + + + + + Occurs just before the customize popup menu is displayed and provides the ability to cancel the menu display as well + as to add/remove the menu items from the customize popup menu. + + + + + Occurs before an item is added to the quick access toolbar as result of user action. This event provides ability to + cancel the addition of the item by setting the Cancel=true of event arguments. + + + + + Occurs before an item is removed from the quick access toolbar as result of user action. This event provides ability to + cancel the addition of the item by setting the Cancel=true of event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when DotNetBar is looking for translated text for one of the internal text that are + displayed on menus, toolbars and customize forms. You need to set Handled=true if you want + your custom text to be used instead of the built-in system value. + + + + + Occurs when Item on ribbon tab strip or quick access toolbar is clicked. + + + + + Occurs before Quick Access Toolbar dialog is displayed. This event provides the opportunity to cancel the showing of + built-in dialog and display custom customization dialog. You can also set the Dialog property of the event arguments to + the custom dialog you want used instead of the DotNetBar system customization dialog. + + + + + Occurs after the Quick Access Toolbar dialog is closed. + + + + + Occurs after any changes done on the Quick Access Toolbar dialog are applied to the actual Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Occurs after selected Ribbon tab has changed. You can use + RibbonControl.SelectedRibbonTabItem + property to get reference to newly selected tab. + + + + + Occurs before selected RibbonPanel is displayed on popup while ribbon is collapsed. This event gives you the opportunity to cancel the popup of the ribbon panel. + + + + + Occurs after selected RibbonPanel is displayed on popup while ribbon is collapsed. + + + + + Occurs before RibbonPanel popup is closed and provides opportunity to cancel the closing. Note that if you cancel closing of ribbon popup you are + responsible for closing the popup. + + + + + Occurs after RibbonPanel popup is closed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link from TitleText markup is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Occurs after Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Gets the collection of the Quick Access Toolbar Frequently used commands. You should add existing buttons to this collection that + you already have on the RibbonBar controls or on the application menu. The list will be used to construct the frequently used + menu that is displayed when Customize Quick Access Toolbar menu is displayed and it allows end-user to remove and add these + frequently used commands to the QAT directly from this menu. + Note that items you add here should not be items that are already on Quick Access Toolbar, i.e. in RibbonControl.QuickToolbarItems collection. + + + + + Gets or sets whether KeyTips functionality is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether merge functionality is enabled for the control. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control height is set automatically based on the content. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + + Gets or sets the Context menu bar associated with the this control which is used as part of Global Items feature. The context menu + bar assigned here will be used to search for the items with the same Name or GlobalName property so global properties can be propagated when changed. + You should assign this property to enable the Global Items feature to reach your ContextMenuBar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom caption and quick access toolbar provided by the control is visible. Default value is false. + This property should be set to true when control is used on Office2007RibbonForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the explicit height of the caption provided by control. Caption height when set is composed of the TabGroupHeight and + the value specified here. Default value is 0 which means that system default caption size is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the indent of the ribbon strip. The indent setting is useful when control is used with caption visible and the Office 2007 + style start button. The indent specified here will move the ribbon strip so the start button does not overlap the tabs. + Value of this property is used only when CaptionVisible = true. + Default value is 46. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used by the ribbon strip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over fade effect is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to display Key Tips (accelerator keys) when they are displayed. Default value is null which means + that control Font is used for Key Tips display. + + + + + Collection of RibbonTabItemGroup items. Groups are assigned optionally to one or more RibbonTabItem object through the RibbonTabItem.Group + property to visually group tabs that belong to same functions. These tabs should be positioned next to each other. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of tab group line that is displayed above the RibbonTabItem objects that have group assigned. + Default value is 10 pixels. To show tab groups you need to assign the RibbonTabItem.Group property and set TabGroupsVisible=true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab group line that is displayed above the RibbonTabItem objects that have group assigned is visible. + Default value is false. To show tab groups you need to assign the RibbonTabItem.Group property and set TabGroupsVisible=true. Use TabGroupHeight + property to control height of the group line. + + + + + Gets or sets default font for tab groups. This font will be used if font is not specified by group style element. + + + + + Specifies the background style of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected RibbonTabItem. RibbonTabItems are selected using the Checked property. Only a single + RibbonTabItem can be selected (Checked) at any given time. + + + + + Returns reference to internal ribbon strip control. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Returns collection of quick toolbar access and caption items. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the control. If you are changing style to Office 2007 or Office 2010 use RibbonPredefinedColorSchemes.ChangeStyle method instead to ensure + all controls are switched properly. + + + + + Indicates whether control automatically updates Padding property for the ribbon and RibbonPanel based on style. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the Office 2007 Renderer global Color Table. Setting this property will affect all controls on the form that are using Office 2007 global renderer. + + + + + Gets whether collapsed ribbon is displaying the selected ribbon panel as popup. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse wheel scrolls through the ribbon tabs. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is expanded or not. When control is expanded both the tabs and the tab ribbons are visible. When collapsed + only tabs are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is collapsed when RibbonTabItem is double clicked and expanded when RibbonTabItem is clicked. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is collapsed/expanded when Ctrl+F1 key is clicked. + Default value is true. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. Default value is false. + + + + + Indicates the position of the BackgroundImage + + + + + Specifies whether the MDI system buttons are displayed in ribbon strip when MDI Child window is maximized. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Ribbon control employs the Windows Vista Glass support when available. This is managed automatically by Ribbon Control and + no setting is necessary on your part. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control can be customized and items added by end-user using context menu to the quick access toolbar. + Caption of the control must be visible for customization to be enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external implementation for ribbon bar and menu item customization will be used for customizing the ribbon control. When set to true + it enables the displaying of RibbonBar and menu item context menus which allow customization. You are responsible for + adding the menu items to context menu to handle all aspects of item customization. See "Ribbon Control Quick Access Toolbar Customization" topic in help file under How To. + Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether end-user customization of the placement of the Quick Access Toolbar is enabled. User + can change the position of the Quick Access Toolbar using the customize menu. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether customize dialog is used to customize the quick access toolbar. You can handle the EnterCustomize event + to display your custom dialog instead of built-in dialog for customization. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the categorization mode for the items on Quick Access Toolbar customize dialog box. Default value categorizes + items by the ribbon bar they appear on. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Quick Access toolbar is positioned below the ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets the Quick Access Toolbar layout description. You can use the value obtained from this property to save + the customized Quick Access Toolbar into registry or into any other storage object. You can also set the saved layout description back + to restore user customize layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Quick Access Toolbar has been customized by end-user. You can use value of this property to determine + whether Quick Access Toolbar layout that can be accessed using QatLayout property should be saved. + + + + + Gets the reference to the ribbon localization object which holds all system text used by the component. + + + + + Provides data for RibbonBar rendering events. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Graphics object. + + + + + Gets or sets the part bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to RibbonBar. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse over state should be painted for the ribbon bar part. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse is pressed over the ribbon part. + + + + + Gets or sets the region that defines the content bounds. When background is rendered the renderer should set this property + to define the content clip. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values. + + Reference to Graphics object. + Bounds of the part to be rendered. + Reference to ribbon bar. + + + + Represents the class that stores text used by ribbon control only for localization purposes. + + + + + Gets or sets the title text of the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the "Place Quick Access Toolbar below the Ribbon" check-box on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the Choose commands from label on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the Remove button on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the Add button on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the OK button on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the Cancel button on the Quick Access Toolbar Customize dialog form. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to customize Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to customize Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to customize Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on Quick Access Toolbar customize menu label. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to change placement of the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu used to change placement of the Quick Access Toolbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu item used to minimize the Ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is used on context menu item used to maximize the Ribbon. + + + + + Represents ribbon overflow button. + + + + + Gets or sets the ribbon bar control overflow button is displayed on. + + + + + Represents predefined color schemes for ribbon controls. + + + + + Applies default gray color scheme to background and title. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies orange color scheme to background and title. + + Reference to object + + + + Apply Office 2003 color scheme to background and title. + + Reference to object + + + + Applies Office 2003 color scheme to ribbon control background. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies Gray color scheme to ribbon control background. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies Office 2007 color table to ribbon control background. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies Office 2007 Luna blue color scheme to the Ribbon Bar. + + Reference to object. + + + + Applies specified style to Ribbon control and all other controls that are managed by the ribbon control. + This method is useful for example when switching the color tables for Office 2007 renderer. Once + the GlobalManager.Renderer color table is changed you can call this method to apply color table + changes to the Ribbon Control and other controls managed by it. + + RibbonControl to set the style on. + Visual style to apply. + + + + Applies specified visual style to the RibbonBar control. + + RibbonBar control to set the style on. + Visual style to apply. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout settings to the container which acts as top-level file menu container. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout properties to the two column menu container used by the top-level file menu. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout properties to the first column menu container used by the top-level file menu. + This column usually contains menu items. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout properties to the first column menu container used by the top-level file menu. + This column usually contains most recently used list of files or documents. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Applies current color scheme and layout properties to the bottom menu container used by the top-level file menu. + This container usually contains Options and Exit buttons. + Applies to Office 2007 style only. + + Container to apply style to. + + + + Changes the Office 2007 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the open forms that are tracked by Application.OpenForms collection. You can use this function for example to + apply Black color scheme to all DotNetBar control on all open forms. The color table will be changed only for controls that + have Office 2007 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Color table to select and apply. + + + + Applies current Office 2007 style color table set on GlobalManager.Renderer to all DotNetBar controls with Office 2007 style on all open forms. + + + + + Changes the Office 2007 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + apply Black color scheme to all DotNetBar control on given form. The color table will be changed only for controls that + have Office 2007 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Color table to select and apply. + + + + Generates and Changes the Office 2007 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Office 2007 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Generates and Changes the Office 2007 color table for all DotNetBar controls on all open forms. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Office 2007 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Applies current Office 2007 style color table to all DotNetBar controls on the form. + + Reference to the form or parent control that contains DotNetBar controls you would like to apply color table to. + + + + Changes style for all controls on Application.OpenForms to specified style. Use this method to change the style for all controls to Office 2007 or Office 2010 styles only. + + New style to assign to controls on forms. + + + + Changes style for all controls on Application.OpenForms to specified style. Use this method to change the style for all controls to Office 2007 or Office 2010 styles only. + + New style to assign to controls on forms. + Color used to blend with the base color scheme. + + + + Changes style for all controls on a form to specified style. Use this method to change the style for all controls to Office 2007 or Office 2010 styles only. + + New style to assign to controls. + Form or Control to process. + + + + Changes style for all controls on a form to specified style. Use this method to change the style for all controls to Office 2007 or Office 2010 styles only. + + New style to assign to controls. + Form or Control to process. + Color used to blend with the base color scheme. + + + + Changes the Office 2010 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + apply Black color scheme to all DotNetBar control on given form. The color table will be changed only for controls that + have Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Color table to select and apply. + + + + Generates and Changes the Office 2010 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Generates and Changes the Office 2010 color table for all DotNetBar controls on all open forms. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Changes the Windows 7 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + apply Black color scheme to all DotNetBar control on given form. The color table will be changed only for controls that + have Windows 7, Office 2007, 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Color table to select and apply. + + + + Generates and Changes the Windows 7 color table for all DotNetBar controls on the form. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Windows 7, Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Form to apply color table to. + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Generates and Changes the Windows 7 color table for all DotNetBar controls on all open forms. You can use this function for example to + create custom color scheme based on the base color and apply it to all DotNetBar control on given form. The new color table will be applied only to controls that + have Windows 7, Office 2007 and 2010 style. Any other style will be unchanged. + + Base color table to use for creation of custom color table that will be applied. + Base color used to create custom color table. + + + + Defines the Ribbon Quick Access Overflow system item. Used internally by Ribbon control. + + + + + Returns copy of DisplayMoreItem item + + + + + Overriden. Draws the item. + + Target Graphics object. + + + + Returns the insertion index for the items removed from overflow popup. Assumes that right-most items are removed first by the layout manager. + + + + + + Represents RibbonStrip control internally used by RibbonControl. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. + + + + + Resets DefaultGroupFont property to default value null. + + + + + Returns automatically calculated height of the control given current content. + + Height in pixels. + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + Indicates whether GlobalName property is used for searching. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Called when ShowKeyTips on RibbonBar contained by this Ribbon is set to true + + + + + Forces the control to exit Ribbon Key-Tips mode. + + + + + Called when item on popup container is right-clicked. + + Instance of the item that is right-clicked. + + + + Returns true if point is inside the caption area. + + Client point coordinates. + True if point is inside of caption area otherwise false. + + + + Occurs when text markup link from TitleText markup is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets whether RibbonStrip control employs the Windows Vista Glass support when available. This is managed automatically by Ribbon Control and + no setting is necessary on your part. + + + + + + Gets reference to parsed markup body element if text was markup otherwise returns null. + + + + + Gets or sets whether KeyTips functionality is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control can be customized and items added by end-user using context menu to the quick access toolbar. + Caption of the control must be visible for customization to be enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the explicit height of the caption provided by control. Caption height when set is composed of the TabGroupHeight and + the value specified here. Default value is 0 which means that system default caption size is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether custom caption line provided by the control is visible. Default value is false. + This property should be set to true when control is used on Office2007RibbonForm. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the form caption text when CaptionVisible=true. Default value is NULL which means that system font is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the indent of the ribbon strip. The indent setting is useful when control is used with caption visible and the Office 2007 + style start button. The indent specified here will move the ribbon strip so the start button does not overlap the tabs. + Value of this property is used only when CaptionVisible = true. + Default value is 46. + + + + + Gets or sets the height in pixels of tab group line that is displayed above the RibbonTabItem objects that have group assigned. + Default value is 14 pixels. To show tab groups you need to assign the RibbonTabItem.Group property and set TabGroupsVisible=true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab group line that is displayed above the RibbonTabItem objects that have group assigned is visible. + Default value is false. To show tab groups you need to assign the RibbonTabItem.Group property and set TabGroupsVisible=true. Use TabGroupHeight + property to control height of the group line. + + + + + Collection of RibbonTabItemGroup items. Groups are assigned optionally to one or more RibbonTabItem object through the RibbonTabItem.Group + property to visually group tabs that belong to same functions. These tabs should be positioned next to each other. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the control. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Returns currently selected RibbonTabItem. RibbonTabItems are selected using the Checked property. Only a single + RibbonTabItem can be Checked at any given time. + + + + + Gets or set whether TabGroup painting is suspended. + + + + + Gets or sets default font for tab groups. This font will be used if font is not specified by group style element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is collapsed when RibbonTabItem is double clicked and expanded when RibbonTabItem is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control is collapsed when RibbonTabItem is double clicked and expanded when RibbonTabItem is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether F10 key is ignored as way to set KeyTips focus to Ribbon. + + + + + Gets whether Ribbon is in key-tips mode including its child controls. + + + + + Returns collection of items on a bar. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal container item for the items displayed in control caption. + + + + + Gets the reference to the internal container for the ribbon tabs and other items. + + + + + Defines the internal container item for the ribbon strip control. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with the parent RibbonStrip control. + + Reference to parent RibbonStrip control + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Returns copy of GenericItemContainer item + + + + + Return Sub Item at specified location + + + + + Gets whether Metro Backstage application menu is open. + + + + + Gets reference to internal ribbon strip container that contains tabs and/or other items. + + + + + Gets reference to internal caption container item that contains the quick toolbar, start button and system caption item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + When parent items does recalc size for its sub-items it should query + image size and store biggest image size into this property. + + + + + Provides data for RenderRibbonTabGroup event. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets RibbonTabItemGroup being rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the tab group. Bounds specified here are bounds of the tab group title. GroupBounds contains the bounds + that include all tabs that belong to the tab group. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that should be used to render group text. + + + + + Gets or sets group bounds including the tabs that belong to the group. + + + + + Gets or sets the effective style for the group. + + + + + Gets whether Windows Vista glass is enabled. + + + + + Represents Rendering Tab used on RibbonControl. + + + + + Selects the tab. + + + + + Resets Group property to default value null. + + + + + Called after Checked property has changed. + + + + + Occurs just before Click event is fired. + + + + + Occurs when the item is clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Called when Visibility of the items has changed. + + New Visible state. + + + + Occurs after item visual style has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab renders its state. Used internally by DotNetBar. Do not set. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional padding added around the tab item in pixels. Default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether size of the tab has been reduced below the default calculated size. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of item. Color specified here applies to items with Office 2007 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eRibbonTabColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets the group this tab belongs to. Groups are optional classification that is used to + visually group tabs that belong to same functions. These tabs should be positioned next to each other. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel assigned to this ribbon tab item. + + + + + Gets or set the Group item belongs to. The groups allows a user to choose from mutually exclusive options within the group. The choice is reflected by Checked property. + + + + + Returns the collection of sub items. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-collapse (fold) when clicked. + When item is on popup menu and this property is set to false, menu will not + close when item is clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item will auto-expand when clicked. + When item is on top level bar and not on menu and contains sub-items, sub-items will be shown only if user + click the expand part of the button. Setting this propert to true will expand the button and show sub-items when user + clicks anywhere inside of the button. Default value is false which indicates that button is expanded only + if its expand part is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item can be customized by end user. + + + + + Gets or set a value indicating whether the button is in the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is enabled. + + + + + Indicates item's visiblity when on pop-up menu. + + + + + Indicates when menu items are displayed when MenuVisiblity is set to VisibleIfRecentlyUsed and RecentlyUsed is true. + + + + + Indicates Animation type for Popups. + + + + + Indicates the font that will be used on the popup window. + + + + + Indicates whether sub-items are shown on popup Bar or popup menu. + + + + + Specifies the inital width for the Bar that hosts pop-up items. Applies to PopupType.Toolbar only. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the expand part of the button item. + + + + + Gets or set the alternative shortcut text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item separator is shown before this item. + + + + + Returns category for this item. If item cannot be customzied using the + customize dialog category is empty string. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Indicates the way item is painting the picture when mouse is over it. Setting the value to Color will render the image in gray-scale when mouse is not over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button. + + + + + Represents a group RibbonTabItem objects are assigned to. + + + + + Selected first tab that is part of this group. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color of the group. Color specified here applies to groups with Office 12 style only. It does not have + any effect on other styles. Default value is eRibbonTabGroupColor.Default + + + + + Gets or sets the custom color name. Name specified here must be represented by the coresponding object with the same name that is part + of the Office2007ColorTable.RibbonTabGroupColors collection. See documentation for Office2007ColorTable.RibbonTabGroupColors for more information. + If color table with specified name cannot be found default color will be used. Valid settings for this property override any + setting to the Color property. + + + + + Gets the style for tab group. + + + + + Gets or sets title of the group that will be displayed when group is visually represented. + + + + + Gets or sets parent ribbon strip for this group. + + + + + Gets or sets whether RibbonTabItem objects that belong to this group are visible. Setting this property will + show/hide all RibbonTabItem objects that are assigned to this group through RibbonTabItem.Group property. + + + + + Gets whether any tab from this tab group is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the group that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets an array of Rectangle objects that describe the visual position on the ribbon control of the group titles displayed. + If tabs that belong to a tab group are not next to each other then there will be multiple rectangle returned as part of the array + for each tab group that is apart. + + + + + Collection of RibbonTabItemGroup objects. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds new objects to the collection. + + Array of groups to add. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the RibbonTabItemGroup array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Provides data for ButtonItem rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the reference to ButtonItem instance being rendered. + + + + + Reference to internal data. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ButtonItem object. + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default values + + Reference to Graphics object. + Reference to ButtonItem object. + + + + Summary description for SimpleElement. + + + + + Summary description for SimpleElementLayout. + + + + + Indicates absolute vertical alignment of the content. + + + + + Content is aligned to the top + + + + + Content is aligned in the middle + + + + + Content is aligned at the bottom + + + + + Indicates absolute horizontal alignment + + + + + Content is left aligned + + + + + Content is centered + + + + + Content is right aligned + + + + Indicates alignment of a part of the cell like image or check box in relation to the text. + + + + Part is aligned to the left center of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the right center of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the top left of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + Part is aligned above the text and centered. + + + + Part is aligned to the top right of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Part is aligned to the bottom left of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + Part is aligned below the text and centered. + + + + Part is aligned to the bottom right of the text assuming left-to-right + orientation. + + + + + Summary description for SimpleNodeDisplay. + + + + + Represents information neccessary to paint the cell on canvas. + + + + + Represents the slider item which allows you to select a value from predefined range. + + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SliderItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the SliderItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SliderItem instance. + + + + Copies the SliderItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SliderItem instance. + + + + Raises the IncreaseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises the DecreaseButtonClick event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the amount of the Step property. + + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the specified amount. + + The amount by which to increment the sliders current position. + + + + Advances the current position of the slider by the specified amount. + + The amount by which to increment the sliders current position. + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + + + + Raises the ValueChanging event. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed. + + + + + Occurs before Value property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Increase button is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Occurs when Decrease button is clicked using mouse. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider mouse over part. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider part that mouse is pressed over. This property should not be modified and it is for internal usage only. + + + + + Returns the label bounds inside of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the range of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the current position of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount by which a call to the PerformStep method increases the current position of the slider. Value must be greater than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the text label next to the slider is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the slider part of the item in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 136. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the label part of the item in pixels. Value must be greater than 0. Default value is 38. + + + + + Gets or sets the text label position in relationship to the slider. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Click event will be auto repeated when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the click event when mouse button is kept pressed over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical line track marker is displayed on the slide line. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the label text. + + + + + Gets or sets the Key Tips access key or keys for the item when on Ribbon Control or Ribbon Bar. Use KeyTips property + when you want to assign the one or more letters to be used to access an item. For example assigning the FN to KeyTips property + will require the user to press F then N keys to select an item. Pressing the F letter will show only keytips for the items that start with letter F. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of shortcut keys associated with the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether item will display sub items. + + + + + Specifies whether item is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the item expands automatically to fill out the remaining space inside the container. Applies to Items on stretchable, no-wrap Bars only. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Increase button of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the Decrease button of the slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider orientation. Default value is horizontal. + + + + + Indicates spacing for an user interface element either padding or margins. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of the space on the left side. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of the space on the right side. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of the space on the top. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of the space on the bottom. + + + + + Gets total horizontal spacing. + + + + + Gets total vertical spacing. + + + + + Gets whether all memebers of class are set to 0. + + + + + Summary description for SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection using the built in IComparable on each item which sorts items by the Text property. + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection using specified comparer. + + Comparer to use for item sorting. + + + + Gets whether MinimumTooltipSize property should be serialized. + + + + + Retrieves SuperTooltipInfo for given component or return null if component does not have tooltip associated with it. + + + + + Associates SuperTooltipInfo with given component. + + Reference to supported component. + Instance of SuperTooltipInfo class. If null is passed the SuperTooltip is detached from the given component. + + + + Raises the MarkupLinkClick event. + + + + + Shows SuperTooltip for given object that has been registered using SetSuperTooltip method at specific location on the screen. + + Object to show tooltip for. Object must be registered using SetSuperTooltip method before tooltip is shown for it. + Specifies the explicit position of the SuperTooltip in screen coordinates. + + + + Shows SuperTooltip for given object that has been registered using SetSuperTooltip method. + + Object to show tooltip for. Object must be registered using SetSuperTooltip method before tooltip is shown for it. + + + + Shows SuperTooltip for given object that has been registered using SetSuperTooltip method. + + Object to show tooltip for. Object must be registered using SetSuperTooltip method before tooltip is shown for it. + + + + Raises the TooltipClosed event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Hides tooltip if it is visible. + + + + + Resets Hoover timer. + + + + + Occurs just before tooltip is displayed and gives you opportunity to cancel showing of tooltip. + + + + + Occurs after tooltip has been closed. + + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the super tooltip. Default value is 0 which indicates that maximum width is not used. The maximum width property + will not be used if custom size is specified. + + + + + Gets or sets whether form active state is ignored when control is deciding whether to show tooltip. By default this property is set to false + which indicates that tooltip will be shown only if parent form is active. When set to true the form active state is ignored when + deciding whether to show tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether SuperTooltip will be shown for the controls assigned to it. Default value is true. You can set + this property to false to disable SuperTooltip for all controls assigned to it. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip is shown immediately after the mouse enters the control. The default value is false which indicates + that tooltip is shown after system hover timeout has expired which provides slight delay before tooltip is shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum tooltip size. Default value is 150 width and 24 height. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration in seconds that tooltip is kept on screen after it is displayed. Default value is 20 seconds. + You can set this value to 0 to keep tooltip displayed until user moves mouse out of control or application loses focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the delay time for hiding the tooltip in milliseconds after + mouse has left the control. Default value is 0 which means that tooltip will be + hidden as soon as mouse leaves the control tooltip was displayed for. You can use + this property to provide the user with enough time to move the mouse cursor to the + tooltip so user can act on the content of the tooltip, like hyper links. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip position is checked before tooltip is displayed and adjusted to tooltip always + falls into screen bounds. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip position is checked before tooltip is displayed and adjusted so tooltip does not overlaps the + control it is displayed for. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip position in relationship to the control tooltip is providing information for. + Set this property to false if you want tooltip to be displayed below the mouse cursor. Default value is + true which indicates that tooltip is displayed below mouse cursor but it is positioned below the control + that it provides the information for so it is not covering its content. + + + + + Gets or sets default setting for new Tooltips you create in design time. If all your tooltips have common elements + you can change this property to reflect these default setting before you start writing tooltips for all controls on the form. + As you start creating new tooltips for controls on the form default values specified here will be used as starting values + for new tooltip you are creating. + + + + + Returns instance of default tooltip information used in design-time. + + + + + Gets the reference to internal Hashtable that contains reference to all controls and assigned SuperTooltips. This + collection must not be modified directly and it is automatically managed by the SuperTooltip component. You can use it + for example to change the color for all SuperTooltips managed by the component but you should not add or remove items to it. + Instead use SetSuperTooltip methods to add or remove the tooltip for a component. + + + + + Gets or sets the hover delay multiplier which controls how fast tooltip appears. The value set here indicates + how many hover events are needed to occur before the tooltip is displayed. + + + + + Returns whether tooltip is visible. + + + + + Gets reference to instance of tooltip control if any has been created at the time call is made. + + + + + Gets or sets default tooltip font. Default value is null which means that default system font is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether complete tooltip is shown including header, body and footer. Default value is true. When set to false only tooltip header will be shown. + Providing this option to your end users as part of your application setting allows them to customize the level of information displayed and reduce it after they are familiar with your product. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip is shown when control that tooltip is assigned to is focused. You can set this value to false to disable Tooltip display when control receives input focus. Default value is true. + + This property is effective only when Super Tooltip is assigned to the controls that inherit from System.Windows.Forms.Control class and it relies on Focused property of respective control for proper function. + + + + Provides information about SuperTooltip attached to a component. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class with specified parameters. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class with specified parameters. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip header text is visible or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip footer text is visible or not. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the footer text. + + + + + Gets or sets body text. + + + + + Gets or sets body image displayed to the left of body text. + + + + + Gets or sets footer image displayed to the left of footer text. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom size for tooltip. Default value is 0,0 which indicates that tooltip is automatically + resized based on the content. + + + + + Gets or sets predefined tooltip color. + + + + + Extensibility interface that custom components may implement + so SuperTooltip can be provided for them. + + + + + This event should be triggered by the component when it wants to display SuperTooltip. Normally + this event would be equivalent of MouseHover event but you can trigger it in response to anything else. + Sender for this event must be object that implements ISuperTooltipInfoProvider interface. + + + + + This event should be triggered by component when it wants to hide SuperTooltip. For example this event + might be triggered when mouse leaves your component. Sender of this event must be object that implements ISuperTooltipInfoProvider interface. + + + + + Returns rectangle of the visible area of the component in screen coordinates. This rectangle is used + to position SuperTooltip on the screen. + + + + + Delegate for SuperTooltip events. + + + + + Represents event arguments for PanelChanging event. + + + + + Set to true to cancel display of tooltip. + + + + + Object that has triggered displaying of tooltip + + + + + Information that will be used to populate tooltip. + + + + + Location where tooltip will be displayed. You can change the location here to display tooltip at different position. + + + + + Indicates the tooltip size, read-only and valid only if tooltip position is checked on screen. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Represents SuperTooltipControl. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Paints insides of the control. + + Paint event arguments. + + + + Recalculates and set size of the control based on the content that is made available to it. + + + + + Calculates the tooltip height based on the specified width. + + Tooltip width + Size of the tooltip based on specified width. + + + + Shows tooltip at specified screen coordinates. + + X coordinate + Y coordinate + Indicates whether to enforce the screen position of tooltip if tooltip falls out of screen bounds. + + + + Updates the popup shadow size and position if shadow is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether complete tooltip is shown including header, body and footer. Default value is true. When set to false only tooltip header will be shown. + Providing this option to your end users as part of your application setting allows them to customize the level of information displayed and reduce it after they are familiar with your product. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of the super tooltip. Default value is 0 which indicates that maximum width is not used. The maximum width property + will not be used if custom size is specified. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum tooltip size. Default value is 150, 50 + + + + + Gets or sets image used next to body text. + + + + + Gets or sets image used next to footer text. + + + + + Gets or sets text displayed in header of tooltip + + + + + Gets or sets whether header in tooltip is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets text displayed in footer of the tooltip + + + + + Gets or sets whether footer in tooltip is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether line above footer text is drawn to separate footer from body text. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether mouse click on super tooltip will activate it, make it active window. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tooltip control is popup tooltip or standard control. Default is false which means tooltip is popup style. + + + + + Represents class that holds padding information for user interface elements. + + + + + Gets or sets padding on left side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on right side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on top side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Gets or sets padding on bottom side. Default value is 0 + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it. + + Padding for all sides + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it. + + Left padding + Right padding + Top padding + Bottom padding + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Event arguments + + + + Gets amount of Top padding + + + + + Gets amount of Left padding + + + + + Gets amount of Bottom padding + + + + + Gets amount of Right padding + + + + + Gets amount of horizontal padding (Left+Right) + + + + + Gets amount of vertical padding (Top+Bottom) + + + + + Gets whether Padding is empty. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding for all sides. + + + + + Occurs when property value has changed. + + + + + Summary description for ThemedButtonItemPainter. + + + + + Provides data for toolbar rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to Bar object being rendered + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object bar is rendered on. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the region that should be rendered. + + + + + Reference to internal data. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and initializes it with default data. + + Reference to bar object. + Reference to Graphics object. + + + + Describes the round rectangle shape. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RoundCornerDescriptor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RoundCornerDescriptor class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RoundCornerDescriptor class. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the top-left round corner size. + + + + + Gets or sets the top-right round corner size. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom-left round corner size. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom-right round corner size. + + + + + Gets whether all corner size values are set to zero which results in no rounded corners. + + + + + Gets whether all corner size values are set to same value. + + + + + Represents DocumentDockContainer object converter. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScrollBarAdv class. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Gets whether scrollbar is vertical. + + true if scrollbar is vertical otherwise false for horizontal scrollbar + + + + Raises the Scroll event. + + Provides Event arguments. + + + + Raises the ValueChanged event. + + Provides Event arguments. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property is changed, either by a Scroll event or programmatically. + + + + + Occurs when the scroll box has been moved by either a mouse or keyboard action. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a large distance. + A numeric value. The default value is 10. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException is raised if assigned value is less than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper limit of values of the scrollable range. + A numeric value. The default value is 100. + + + + + Gets or sets the lower limit of values of the scrollable range. + A numeric value. The default value is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be added to or subtracted from the Value property when the scroll box is moved a small distance. + A numeric value. The default value is 1. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException is raised if assigned value is less than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value that represents the current position of the scroll box on the scroll bar control. + A numeric value that is within the Minimum and Maximum range. The default value is 0. + ArgumentOutOfRangeException is raised if assigned value is less than the Minimum property value or assigned value is greater than the Maximum property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll bar appearance style. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Summary description for ScrollButton. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Represents class that provides shadows to elements. + + + + + Creates new instance of shadow painter. + + + + + Represents class that provides display context for shadow painter. + + + + + Summary description for ShortcutList. + + + + + Represents the Outlook like Side-bar Control. + + + + + Creates new instance of side bar control. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Returns the renderer control will be rendered with. + + The current renderer. + + + + Raises ItemLayoutUpdated event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Invokes ItemDoubleClick event. + + Reference to item double-clicked + Event arguments + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the collection of items with the specified name and type. + + Item name to look for. + Item type to look for. + + + + + Returns the first item that matches specified name. + + Item name to look for. + + + + + Invokes the DotNetBar Customize dialog. + + + + + Invokes SerializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invokes DeserializeItem event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Loads the Side bar definition from file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Saves the Side bar definition to file. + + Definition file name. + + + + Occurs when Checked property of an button has changed. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when Item is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is loading. + + + + + Occurs when popup of type container is unloading. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is about to open. + + + + + Occurs when popup item is closing. + + + + + Occurs just before popup window is shown. + + + + + Occurs when Item Expanded property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse remains still inside an item for an amount of time. + + + + + Occurs when item loses input focus. + + + + + Occurs when item receives input focus. + + + + + Occurs when user changes the item position, removes the item, adds new item or creates new bar. + + + + + Occurs after an Item is removed from SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs after an Item has been added to the SubItemsCollection. + + + + + Occurs when ControlContainerControl is created and contained control is needed. + + + + + Occurs when Text property of an Item has changed. + + + + + Use this event if you want to serialize the hosted control state directly into the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Use this event if you want to deserialize the hosted control state directly from the DotNetBar definition file. + + + + + Occurs after DotNetBar definition is loaded. + + + + + Occurs before an item in option group is checked and provides opportunity to cancel that. + + + + + Occurs before tooltip for an item is shown. Sender could be the BaseItem or derived class for which tooltip is being displayed or it could be a ToolTip object itself it tooltip is not displayed for any item in particular. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been serialized to XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to add any custom data + to serialized XML. This allows you to serialize any data with the item and load it back up in DeserializeItem event. + + + To serialize custom data to XML definition control creates handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to add new nodes or set attributes with custom data you want saved. + + + + + Occurs after an item has been de-serialized (load) from XmlElement and provides you with opportunity to load any custom data + you have serialized during SerializeItem event. + + + To de-serialize custom data from XML definition handle this event and use CustomXmlElement + property on SerializeItemEventArgs to retrive any data you saved in SerializeItem event. + + + + + Gets or sets the redering mode used by control. Default value is eRenderMode.Global which means that static GlobalManager.Renderer is used. If set to Custom then Renderer property must + also be set to the custom renderer that will be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom renderer used by the items on this control. RenderMode property must also be set to eRenderMode.Custom in order renderer + specified here to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets visual appearance for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether flat side bar is using system colors. + + + This property is used internally by side bar to determine whether to reset color scheme based on system colors. + If you want side bar to use system colors you need to set PredefinedColorScheme property. + + + + + Gets or sets Bar Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visual style of the SideBar. + + + + + Specifies whether SideBar is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Occurs after internal item layout has been updated and items have valid bounds assigned. + + + + + Returns the collection of side-bar Panels. + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded panel. Only one panel can be expanded at a time. + + + + + Gets or sets the form SideBar is attached to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether end-user can rearrange the items inside the panels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether native .NET Drag and Drop is used by side-bar to perform drag and drop operations. AllowDrop must be set to true to allow drop of the items on control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether external ButtonItem object is accepted in drag and drop operation. UseNativeDragDrop must be set to true in order for this property to be effective. + + + + + Gets or sets whether gray-scale algorithm is used to create automatic gray-scale images. Default is true. + + + + + ImageList for images used on Items. Images specified here will always be used on menu-items and are by default used on all Bars. + + + + + ImageList for medium-sized images used on Items. + + + + + ImageList for large-sized images used on Items. + + + + + Indicates whether Tooltips are shown on Bars and menus. + + + + + Indicates whether item shortcut is displayed in Tooltips. + + + + + Indicates whether Reset buttons is shown that allows end-user to reset the toolbar state. + + + + + Returns the reference to the container that containing the sub-items. + + + + + Gets/Sets control border style. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for SerializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance SerializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets whether any handlers have been defined for DeserializeItem event. If no handles have been defined to optimize performance DeserializeItem event will not be attempted to fire. + + + + + Gets/Sets Bar definition as XML string. + + + + + Indicates whether shortucts handled by items are dispatched to the next handler or control. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ItemRemoved event. + + + + + Provides layout for Side-Bar control. + + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarContainerItem class. + + + + + Returns copy of SideBarContainerItem item + + + + + Recalculates the size of the item + + + + + Paints this base container + + + + + Occurs when sub item expanded state has changed. + + Sub item affected. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Sets input focus to next visible item in Explorer Bar. + + True if focus was set to next visible item otherwise false. + + + + Sets input focus to previous visible item in Explorer Bar. + + True if focus was set to previous visible item otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is expanded or not. For Popup items this would indicate whether the item is popped up or not. + + + + + Summary description for SideBarPanelControl. + + + + + Represents the Side-Bar Panel item. + + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SideBarPanelItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of SideBarPanelItem item. + + + + + Returns the Font object to be used for drawing the item text. + + Font object. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is moved over the item. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the item and a mouse button is pressed. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Occurs when the item is clicked. This is used by internal implementation only. + + + + + Overloaded. Serializes the item and all sub-items into the XmlElement. + + XmlElement to serialize the item to. + + + + Overloaded. Deserializes the Item from the XmlElement. + + Source XmlElement. + + + + Shows tooltip for this item. + + + + + Forces the repaint the item. + + + + + Must be called by any sub item that implements the image when image has changed + + + + + Gets whether mouse is over the panel header. + + + + + Gets whether mouse is pressed over the panel header. + + + + + Specifies panel title text alignment. Default value is Center. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout type for the items. Default layout orders items in a single column. Multi-column layout will order + items in multiple colums based on the width of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the item background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header style. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header style when mouse is over the header. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header style when left mouse button is pressed on header. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header side style. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header side style when mouse is over the header. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the item header side style when left mouse button is pressed on header. Applies only when SideBar.Appearance is set to Flat. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is bold. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is bold when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the font used to draw the item text is underlined when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the button. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Image size for all sub-items on the Bar. + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the panel item Button. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the first visible item on the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that determines whether text is displayed in multiple lines or one long line. + This setting applies to the buttons inside Panel as well. + + + + + Gets or sets whether scroll buttons are displayed when content of the panel exceeds it's height. + + + + + Specifies the Button icon. Icons support multiple image sizes and alpha blending. + + + + + Specifies the Button image. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button if ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse is over the item. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when mouse is over the item when ImageList is used. + + + + + Specifies the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed. + + + + + Specifies the index of the image for the button when mouse left button is pressed and ImageList is used. + + + + + Represents class that provide display support for simple tabs. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Provides layout management for ISimpleTab tab implementations. + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + Represents painter for Mozilla style splitter. + + + + + Base class for painting expandable splitter control. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Paints splitter. + + Paint information. + + + + Creates new instance of splitter painter. + + + + + Paints splitter. + + Paint information. + + + + Represents painter for Office 2003 style splitter. + + + + + Creates new instance of splitter painter. + + + + + Paints splitter. + + Paint information. + + + + Represents class that holds information neccessary to paint the expandable splitter. + + + + + Specifies reference to graphics canvas. + + + + + Specifies splitter display rectangle. + + + + + Holds color settings for painting. + + + + + Specifies whether splitter is expandable or not. + + + + + Specifies whether splitter is expanded or not. + + + + + Specifies the splitter dock. + + + + + Represents class that holds colors for the splitter display. + + + + + Specifies back color. + + + + + Specifies target gradient background color. + + + + + Specifies background gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies grip part dark color. + + + + + Specifies grip part light color. + + + + + Specifies expand part line color. + + + + + Specifies expand part fill color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StyleManager class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StyleManager class with the specified container. + + An IContainer that represents the container for the command. + + + + Updates Ambient colors for control and its child controls. + + + + + + Updates ambient colors for the control and its children. + + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized by WinForms designer. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Changes the StyleManager style and color tint in one step. Use this method if you need to change style and color tint simultaneously in single step for better performance. + + New style. + Color tint for the style. + + + + Registers control with the StyleManager so control can be notified of global style changes. + + Control to register with the StyleManager. + + + + Unregister the control from StyleManager notifications. + + Control that was registered through Register method. + + + + Returns whether style is a Metro type style. + + style to test. + true if Metro type style otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether style is a Metro type style. + + style to test. + true if Metro type style otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether style is a Metro type style. + + style to test. + true if Metro type style otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets the global style for the controls that have Style=ManagerControlled. + + + + + Gets or sets the color current style is tinted with. + + + + + Gets previous effective style. + + + + + Gets or sets color generation parameters for Metro color generator. + + + + + Gets or sets color generation parameters for Metro color generator. + + + + + Gets or sets the current visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the color tint that is applied to current Office 2007, Office 2010 or Windows 7 color table. + Default value is Color.Empty which indicates that no color blending is performed. + + + + + Defines the StyleManager styles. + + + + + Manages whether ambient property settings (BackColor, ForeColor etc.) are applied to child controls of the form when StyleManager component changes style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StyleManagerAmbient class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StyleManagerAmbient class with the specified container. + + An IContainer that represents the container for the command. + + + + Gets ambient settings StyleManager is allowed to change on the control. + + + + + Sets the ambient settings StyleManager is allowed to change on component. + + Reference to supported component. + Ambient settings that StyleManager may change. + + + + Specifies ambient settings enabled on the control for StyleManager. + + + + + All ambient settings are allowed to change. + + + + + StyleManager cannot change ambient settings. + + + + + StyleManager should process child controls. + + + + + StyleManager should change BackColor. + + + + + StyleManager should change ForeColor. + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Gets the default tab ContentRectangle + + Rectangle + + + + Gets the tab ContentRectangle + + Rectangle + + + + Gets the tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Sets the default color tables + + + + + Gets the tab ColorTable + + ColorTable + + + + Gets the tab state + + eTabState + + + + Gets the tab panel Color Table + + Color Table + + + + Draws the tab background + + Graphics + Tab path + StateColorTable + + + + Draws the tab border + + Graphics + Tab path + Color table + + + + Draws the tab contents + + Graphics + State color table + + + + Draws the tab image + + Graphics + + + + Draws the tab text + + + + + + + Draws the tab close button + + Graphics + State color table + + + + Sets the GraphicsTransform for the given alignment + and Horizontal text setting + + Graphics + Rectangle to transform + Transformed rectangle + + + + Resets out transform + + Graphics + + + + Gets the focus rectangle + + + + + + + Gets the tab close button bitmap + + Graphics + State color table + Button bitmap + + + + Creates the close button bitmap + + Graphics + State color table + Close bitmap + + + + Gets the hot close button bitmap + + Graphics + Close bitmap + + + + Creates the hot button bitmap + + Graphics + Close bitmap + + + + Gets the pressed close button bitmap + + Graphics + Close bitmap + + + + Creates the pressed button bitmap + + Graphics + Close bitmap + + + + Gets the close button path + + Close rectangle + Corner radius + + + + + Gets or sets the default item ColorTable + + + + + Constructor for Office2007 style SuperTabItem base display + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Handles ContentManager NextPosition events + + + + + + + Handles RecalcSize requests + + + + + + Handles RecLayoutContent requests + + + + + Initializes the layout engine + + + + + + Performs the Recalc Layout + + + + + + Recalculates the bounds for the TabControlBox + + + + + + + Gets the tab client area + + + + + + Gets the tab client area + + + + + + Gets the tab height + + + + + + Layout manager NextBlockPosition + + + + + + PromoteTab NextBlockPosition + + + + + + + + Determines if all tabs are visible + + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Draws the background + + + + + + + Draws the tabs + + + + + + Draws the Drag and Drop insert marker + + ItemPaintArgs + Color table + + + + Draws the top insert marker + + + + + + Draws the left insert marker + + + + + + Determines if the given items are on the same line + + + + + + + + Draws the TabStrip border + + + + + + + Gets the inner and outer border lines + + + + + + + Sets the default color table + + + + + Gets the tab color table + + Tab color table + + + + Gets the tab close button bitmap + + + + + + + + Creates the tab close button bitmap + + + + + + + Gets the Menu button bitmap + + + + + + + + Create the Menu button bitmap + + + + + + + Gets the Menu button path + + + + + + Gets the Menu button bitmap + + + + + + + + Create the Menu button bitmap + + + + + + + Gets the Menu button path + + + + + + Gets the TabAlignment + + + + + gets or sets the default color table + + + + + Gets if display is RightToLeft + + + + + Gets tab vertical orientation + + + + + Gets the minimum TabStrip height + + + + + Gets whether we are to show the Focus rectangle + + + + + Gets CloseButtonOnTabsVisible + + + + + Gets FixedTabSize + + + + + Gets the minimum tab size + + + + + Gets the selected tab + + + + + Gets the selected font + + + + + Gets the tab ControlBox + + + + + Gets the tab height + + + + + Gets the tab bounds + + + + + Gets the Tabs collection + + + + + Gets the TabStrip + + + + + Gets the TabStripItem + + + + + Gets the PreDrawStripBorder state + + + + + Gets the SelectedPaddingWidth + + + + + Gets the TabOverlap + + + + + Gets the TabSpacing + + + + + Gets the TabOverlapLeft + + + + + Gets the TabLayoutOffset + + + + + Office2007 TabStrip base display constructor + + Associated TabStrip + + + + Tab layout offsets + + + + + Office 2010 Backstage SuperTabItem display constructor + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Draws the tab border + + + + + + + + Draws the Backstage SelectedItem marker + + + + + + + DrawTabItemBackground + + + + + + + + DrawTabItemHighLight + + + + + + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Gets the Layout manager NextBlockPosition + + + + + + Gets the "PromoteSelTab" NextBlockPosition + + + + + + + + Draws the background + + + + + + + PreDrawStripBorder + + + + + SelectedPaddingWidth + + + + + Constructor for OfficeMobile2014 style SuperTabItem base display + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Calculates the Content Rectangle for the tab + + Content Rectangle + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + OfficeMobile2014 SuperTabStripBaseDisplay + + Associated TabStripItem + + + + Gets the next layout block position + + LayoutManagerPositionEventArgs + + + + Gets the next block position when attempting + to make a specific tab visible + + Potential item to replace + View item being placed + Block Rectangle + + + + Returns the Minimum tab size for this style + + + + + Tab layout offsets + + + + + Tab Overlap + + + + + Tab Spacing + + + + + Constructor for OneNote2007 style SuperTabItem base display + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Calculates the Content Rectangle for the tab + + Content Rectangle + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + OneNote2007 SuperTabStripBaseDisplay + + Associated TabStripItem + + + + Gets the next layout block position + + LayoutManagerPositionEventArgs + + + + Gets the next block position when attempting + to make a specific tab visible + + Potential item to replace + View item being placed + Block Rectangle + + + + Returns the Minimum tab size for this style + + + + + Tab Overlap + + + + + Tab Spacing + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabControlBox + + + + Performs RecalcSize processing + + + + + Refreshes the CloseBox + + + + + Performs control Paint processing + + + + + + InternalMouseEnter + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + Returns copy of the item + + + + + Gets or sets the CloseBox Visible state + + + + + Gets whether the mouse is down + + + + + Gets whether the mouse is over the CloseBox + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Performs RecalcSize processing + + + + + Performs RecalcLayout processing + + + + + Performs individual running layout processing for the given BaseItem + + Item to Layout + Running Layout Size + Whether a recalcSize is needed + New running Size + + + + Refresh code + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + InternalMouseEnter + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalMouseMove + + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + Gets the ControlBoxItem from the given Point + + + + + + + OnItemAdded + + + + + + OnAfterItemRemoved + + + + + + Removes all user added items from the ControlBox + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBox Bounds + + + + + Gets the CloseBox + + + + + Gets the MenuBox + + + + + Gets or sets the ControlBox Visible state + + + + + Gets the MouseDown state + + + + + Gets the MouseOver state + + + + + Gets the TabStrip TabDisplay + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabControlBox + + + + RecalcSize + + + + + Refreshes the display + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + Determines if all the items are visible + + true if all visible + + + + Gets MenuButton1 + + + + + + + + Gets MenuButton2 + + + + + + + + InternalMouseEnter + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + Gets the popup menu position + + + + + + Loads the TabMenu + + + + + Loads Tabs only into the TabMenu + + + + + + Loads all items into the TabMenu + + + + + + Sets the TabMenu entry image + + + + + + + Handles SuperTabMenuBox_Click event + + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the MenuBox is automatically hidden when the tab items size does not exceed the size of the control + + + + + Gets or sets whether the MenuBox raises a ClickEvent when selected + + + + + Gets or sets whether MenuBox shows only Tabs entries + + + + + Gets or sets whether the MenuBox displays each menu entry with its associated Image/Icon + + + + + Gets or sets MenuBox Visible state + + + + + Gets the MouseDown state + + + + + Gets the MouseOver state + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sets the tab docking based upon the given alignment + + + + + + Hooks (or unhooks) underlying TabStrip events + + true to hook, false to unhook + + + + Handles TabItemOpen events + + + + + + + Handles TabItemClose events + + + + + + + Handles TabMoving events + + + + + + + Handles TabMoved events + + + + + + + Handles TabRemoved events + + + + + + + Handles SelectedTabChanging events + + + + + + + Handles SelectedTabChanged events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabItemPath events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabItemContentRectangle events + + + + + + + Handles BeforeTabDisplay events + + + + + + + Handles MeasureTabItem events + + + + + + + Handles PreRenderTabItem events + + + + + + + Handles PostRenderTabItem events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabCloseBounds events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabImageBounds events + + + + + + + Handles GetTabTextBounds events + + + + + + + Handles TabStripPaintBackground events + + + + + + + Handles StyleManagerStyleChanged events + + + + + + Handles TabStripTabColorChanged events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseUp events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseDown events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseMove events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseClick events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseDoubleClick events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseEnter events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseHover events + + + + + + + Handles TabStrip_MouseLeave events + + + + + + + Creates a TabControl tab + + + + + + + Creates a TabControl tab + + + + + + + + Creates a TabControl tab + + + + + + + + + Selects the previous tab + + true if tab selected + + + + Selects the next tab + + true if tab selected + + + + Gets the SuperTabItem tab containing the given Point + + Point to test + Associated tab, or null + + + + Gets the item (SuperTabItem or BaseView) associated + with the given Point + + Point to test + BaseItem or null + + + + Closes the given tab + + + + + + Causes a Layout Recalculation of the SuperTabControl + + + + + Refreshes all panel styles + + + + + Applies color and border settings to the given panel + + + + + + Applies color settings to the given panel + + + + + + + Applies border settings for the given panel + + + + + + Performs OnSystemColorsChanged processing + + + + + + Performs OnResize processing + + + NOT NEEDED. Let WinForms layout do the work! + + + + OnControlAdded + + + + + + OnControlRemoved + + + + + + BeginInit + + + + + EndInit + + + + + Occurs when a tab is added to the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to Close + + + + + Occurs when a tab is removed from the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to be displayed + + + + + Occurs when a tab is being moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when a tab has been moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab is changing + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab has changed + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's bordering path + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's Content Rectangle + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to measure a tab + + + + + Occurs before any tab rendering is done + + + + + Occurs After all tab rendering is complete + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Text Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Image Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Close Button Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip background needs painted + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseUp event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseDown event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseMove event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseClick event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseDoubleClick event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseEnter event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseHover event is raised + + + + + Occurs when a TabStrip MouseLeave event is raised + + + + + Gets or sets whether TabStrip will get focus when Tab key is used. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are automatically closed when a close button is clicked + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tab's visible close button is displayed for every tab state + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is visible on each tab + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the tab close button + + + + + Gets or sets the custom tab Close button image + + + + + Gets or sets the custom Close button image that is used on tabs when the mouse is over the close button + + + + + Gets or sets the custom Close button image that is used on tabs when the button has been pressed + + + + + Gets the TabStrip ControlBox + + + + + Gets or sets whether the only Text displayed is for the SelectedTab + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn horizontally regardless of tab orientation + + + + + Gets or sets the default alignment of the Image within the tab + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList used by the TabStrip and its tab items + + + + + Gets or sets BaseItem tab padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical tab text is rotated 180 degrees + + + + + Gets or sets the SelectedTab based upon the given panel + + + + + Gets or sets whether a focus rectangle is displayed when tab has input focus + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either Height, Width, or both can be set + + + + + Gets or sets whether a tab is currently in a drag operation + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs can be reordered through the user interface + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment within the Tab-Strip control + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the Horizontal spacing around tab elements + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the tab layout + + + + + Gets the collection of Tabs + + + + + Gets the control TabStrip + + + + + Gets or sets the Color of the TabStrip + + + + + Gets or sets the tab style + + + + + Gets or sets the Vertical spacing around tab elements + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are visible + + + + + Gets or sets tab text alignment + + + + + Gets the DefaultSize + + + + + Indicates whether Form.Validate is called and checked before selected tab is changed. Default value is true. + + + + + Represents Panel for the SuperTabControl + + + + + + _PanelColor_ColorTableChanged + + + + + + + Processes ColorTable changes + + + + + GetStyle + + + + + + Provides OnPaint support + + + + + + Occurs when the tab colors have changed + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Gets or sets user specified tab panel display colors + + + + + Gets or sets the Panel ElementStyle + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Specifies background image position when container is larger than image. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when Symbol property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Called when SymbolSet property value changes. + + Indciates old value + Indicates new value + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Called when SymbolSize property has changed. + + Old property value + New property value + + + + Hooks or unhooks control events + + true to hook + + + + SuperTabItem_TextChanged processing + + + + + + + TextMarkupLinkClick + + + + + + + OnMarkupLinkClick + + + + + + ColorTable_ColorTableChanged + + + + + + + Processes ColorTable changes + + + + + Closes the tab + + + + + Gets the operational tab font + + + + + + Gets the tab ColorTable + + SuperTabItemStateColorTable + + + + Gets the tab ColorStateTable for the given state + + eTabState + SuperTabItemStateColorTable + + + + Gets the tab Panel ColorTable + + + + + + Gets the area of the tab that contains the given Point + + + + + + + Determines if the given Point is in the tab + + Point to test + true if Point is in tab + + + + Gets the tab bordering GraphicsPath + + GraphicsPath + + + + Gets the Close Button bounding Rectangle + + Bounding Rectangle + + + + Gets the Image bounding Rectangle + + Bounding Rectangle + + + + Gets the Text bounding Rectangle + + Bounding Rectangle + + + + Calculates Close button bounds + + Running rectangle + Running rectangle + + + + Calculates Image bounds + + Running rectangle + Running rectangle + + + + Refreshes the tab owner + + + + + Refreshes the tab display + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + InternalMouseMove + + + + + + InternalMouseEnter + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + ToString + + + + + + Dispose + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SuperTabItem instance + + + + Occurs when text markup link is clicked + + + + + Occurs when the tab colors have changed + + + + + IsMarkupSupported + + + + + Gets or sets the default SelectedTabFont + + + + + Gets the tab CloseButton Bounds + + + + + Gets or sets the CloseButtonMouseOver state + + + + + Gets or sets the CloseButtonPressed state + + + + + Gets the effective image alignment + + + + + Gets the tab Image Bounds + + + + + Gets the tabs vertical orientation + + + + + Gets the TabItemDisplay + + + + + Gets the tabs TabStrip + + + + + Gets the tabs Text Bounds + + + + + Gets or sets whether image animation is enabled + + + + + Gets or sets user specified tab display colors + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button on the tab is visible when SuperTabStrip.CloseButtonOnTabsVisible property is set to true + + + + + Enabled + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for the control's Text property + + + + + Gets or sets the FixedTabSize + + + + + Gets or sets the tab icon. Icon has same functionality as Image except that it supports Alpha blending + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image index + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the Image within the tab + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between content and edges of the Image + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined color for the tab + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets the realized symbol string. + + + + + Indicates the symbol displayed on face of the button instead of + the image. Setting the symbol overrides the image setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol set used to represent the Symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the Symbol. + + + + + Indicates the size of the symbol in points. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the tab text + + + + + Gets or sets the control that is attached to this tab + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Bounds + + + + + Gets the MouseOver state + + + + + Gets the tab selected state + + + + + Gets the tab alignment + + + + + Gets the tab Content Rectangle + + + + + Gets or sets the tab TabStripItem + + + + + Gets or sets the tabs TabStyle + + + + + Visible + + + + + Alignment + + + + + + + + + TopLeft + + + + + TopCenter + + + + + TopRight + + + + + MiddleLeft + + + + + MiddleCenter + + + + + MiddleRight + + + + + BottomLeft + + + + + BottomCenter + + + + + BottomRight + + + + + Tab area parts + + + + + Tab states + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + ShowWithoutActivation + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Hooks or unhooks TabStripItem events + + true to hook + + + + TabStripItem_TabItemOpen + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabItemClose + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabRemoved + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabMoving + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabMoved + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabItemPath + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabItemContentRectangle + + + + + + + TabStripItem_BeforeTabDisplay + + + + + + + TabStripItem_MeasureTabItem + + + + + + + TabStripItem_PreRenderTabItem + + + + + + + TabStripItem_PostRenderTabItem + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabCloseBounds + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabImageBounds + + + + + + + TabStripItem_GetTabTextBounds + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabStripPaintBackground + + + + + + + TabStripItem_SelectedTabChanging + + + + + + + TabStripItem_SelectedTabChanged + + + + + + + TabStripItem_TabStripTabColorChanged + + + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Performs layout recalculation + + + + + Ensures that the given tab is visible on the TabStrip + + + + + + Gets the SuperTabItem from the given Point + + + SuperTabItem or null + + + + Gets the BaseItem from the given Point + + + BaseItem or null + + + + Closes the given tab + + + + + + Selects the previous tab + + true if successful + + + + Selects the next tab + + true if successful + + + + OnResize processing + + + + + + BeginInit + + + + + EndInit + + + + + Occurs when a tab is added to the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to Close + + + + + Occurs when a tab is removed from the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to be displayed + + + + + Occurs when a tab is being moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when a tab has been moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab is changing + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab has changed + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's bordering path + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's Content Rectangle + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to measure a tab + + + + + Occurs before any tab rendering is done + + + + + Occurs After all tab rendering is complete + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Text Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Image Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Close Button Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip background needs painted + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip TabColor has changed + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control attached to the TabItem.AttachedControl property + is automatically selected when TabItem becomes the selected tab. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are automatically closed when a close button is clicked + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tab's visible close button is displayed for every tab state + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is visible on each tab + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the tab close button + + + + + Gets or sets the custom tab Close button image + + + + + Gets or sets the custom Close button image that is used on tabs when the mouse is over the close button + + + + + Gets or sets the custom Close button image that is used on tabs when the button has been pressed + + + + + Gets the TabStrip ControlBox + + + + + Gets or sets whether the only Text displayed is for the SelectedTab + + + + + Gets or sets the default alignment of the Image within the tab + + + + + Gets or sets BaseItem tab padding in pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether vertical tab text is rotated 180 degrees + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either Height, Width, or both can be set + + + + + Gets or sets whether a tab is currently in a drag operation + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs can be reordered through the user interface + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment within the Tab-Strip control + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the Horizontal spacing around tab elements + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the tab layout + + + + + Gets the collection of Tabs + + + + + Gets or sets the Color of the TabStrip + + + + + Gets or sets the tab style + + + + + Gets or sets the Vertical spacing around tab elements + + + + + Gets the TabStrip associated TabStripItem + + + + + Gets or sets tab text alignment + + + + + Gets whether the tabStrip is visually available + + + + + Gets the Design state for the control + + + + + Gets the ISupportInitialize state + + + + + Gets the TabDisplay + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to ribbon application button when tab control is used as backstage ribbon control. + + + + + Gets the DefaultSize + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStrip + + + + Syncs the Orientation of each SubItem to + the current TabAlignment Orientation + + + + + Gets the Orientation based upon the current + TabAlignment + + + + + + Makes sure all newly added items + are set to the design orientation and style + + + + + + Applies the current TabStyle to each tab and + sets the item style to the DotNetBarStyle from the TabStyle + + + + + Gets the DotNetBarStyle from the SuperTabStyle + + eDotNetBarStyle + + + + Hooks or unhooks our events + + + + + + Handles SubItemsChanged events + + + + + + + Handles newly added items + + + + + + Handles newly removed items + + + + + + Handles tab color changes + + + + + + + Handles color table changes + + + + + + + Performs NeedRecalcSize and refresh + + + + + Recalculates the size of the tabs. + + + + + Ensures that the given item is visible on the TabStrip + + + + + + Selects the given tab + + + + + + + Selects the previous tab + + + + + + Selects the previous tab + + + + + + Selects the next tab + + + + + + Selects the next tab + + + + + + UpdateSelectedTab + + + + + OnTabStyleChanged + + + + + OnMeasureTabItem + + + + + + + + + OnPreRenderTabItem + + + + + + + + OnPostRenderTabItem + + + + + + + OnGetTabItemContentRectangle + + + + + + + OnGetTabItemPath + + + + + + + OnSelectedTabRemoved + + + + + + + OnSelectedTabChanging + + + + + + + + OnSelectedTabChanged + + + + + + + + OnBeforeTabDisplay + + + + + + OnTabItemClose + + + + + + + OnTabStripColorChanged + + + + + OnPaintBackground + + + + + + + OnGetTextBounds + + + + + + + + OnGetImageBounds + + + + + + + + OnGetCloseBounds + + + + + + + + OnTabMoving + + + + + + + + + OnTabMoved + + Tab that was moved + Old tab order + New tab order + + + + + ItemAtLocation + + + + + + + + InternalClick + + + + + + + InternalMouseDown + + + + + + InternalMouseUp + + + + + + InternalMouseMove + + + + + + InternalOnMouseMove + + + + + + ProcessMouseMove + + + + + + HotTabMouseMove + + + + + + + ControlBoxMouseMove + + + + + + ProcessTabMove + + + + + + StartTabMove + + + + + + + SetDragWindowRegion + + + + + TabDragWindow_Paint + + + + + + + InternalMouseLeave + + + + + InternalOnMouseLeave + + + + + Get the tab at the given Point + + + SuperTabItem or null + + + + Gets the item at the given point + + + BaseItem or null + + + + Gets the next visible Tab + + + SuperTabItem + + + + Closes the given tab + + + + + + Paint processing + + + + + + SubItemSizeChanged + + + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SuperTabStripItem instance + + + + Occurs when a tab is added to the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to Close + + + + + Occurs when a tab is removed from the Tabs collection + + + + + Occurs when a tab is about to be displayed + + + + + Occurs when a tab is being moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when a tab has been moved or dragged by the user + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab is changing + + + + + Occurs when the Selected tab has changed + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's bordering path + + + + + Occurs when the control needs a tab's Content Rectangle + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to measure a tab + + + + + Occurs before any tab rendering is done + + + + + Occurs After all tab rendering is complete + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Text Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Image Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the control needs to get the tab's Close Button Bounds + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip background needs painted + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip TabColor has changed + + + + + Occurs when the TabStrip Color has changed + + + + + Gets or sets AutoCloseTabs + + + + + Gets or sets whether the control attached to the TabItem.AttachedControl property + is automatically selected when TabItem becomes the selected tab. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets TabCloseButtonNormal + + + + + Gets or sets TabCloseButtonHot + + + + + Gets or sets TabCloseButtonPressed + + + + + Gets or sets TabHorizontalSpacing + + + + + Gets or sets TabVerticalSpacing + + + + + Gets or sets CloseButtonOnTabsVisible + + + + + Gets or sets CloseButtonOnTabsAlwaysDisplayed + + + + + Gets or sets CloseButtonPosition + + + + + Gets the ControlBox + + + + + Gets or sets DisplaySelectedTextOnly + + + + + Gets or set the Expanded state + + + + + Gets or sets the tab font + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab font + + + + + Gets or sets the HorizontalText + + + + + Gets or sets the default alignment of the Image within the tab + + + + + Gets or sets the BaseItem tab padding. + + + + + Gets or sets RotateVerticalText + + + + + Gets or sets ShowFocusRectangle + + + + + Gets or sets the FixedTabSize + + + + + Gets or sets + + + + + Gets the MinTabStripHeight + + + + + Gets or sets ReorderTabsEnabled + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab index + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment + + + + + Gets or sets the TabLayoutType + + + + + Gets or sets the TabStripColor + + + + + Gets or sets the TabStyle + + + + + Gets or sets the TextAlignment + + + + + Gets the First Visible Tab + + + + + Gets the HotTab + + + + + Gets the InsertTab + + + + + Gets whether to insert before or after + + + + + Gets the MouseOver tab + + + + + Gets TabStrip vertical orientation + + + + + Gets the Last Visible Tab + + + + + Gets the tab close button size + + + + + Gets the TabDisplay + + + + + Gets or sets the TabItemsBounds + + + + + Gets or sets the number of TabLines + + + + + Gets the TabStrip + + + + + Gets the visible tab count + + + + + Gets or sets the promoted visible tab + + + + + Generic ValueChangingEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + Generic ValueChangingSourceEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + EventSource + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + Gets the eventSource + + + + + Generic ValueChangedEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + Generic ValueChangedSourceEventArgs + + oldValue type + newValue type + EventSource + + + + Gets the old value + + + + + Gets the new value + + + + + Gets the eventSource + + + + + Gets the tab + + + + + Gets the tab + + + + + Gets the old order of the tabs + + + + + Gets or sets the new order of the tabs + + + + + TabStripTabColorChangedEventArgs + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + + Measures the given tab + + + + + + + Measures the markup text + + + + + + + + + Measures the given text + + + + + + + + + Finalizes the layout + + + + + + + + + Reorders the lines to keep the selected tab as line 0. + + + + + + + Adjusts the line layout + + + + + + + Gets the array od line sizes + + + + + + + Adjusts the individual blocks within a given line + + + + + + + Sets the Displayed status for the line blocks + + + + + + + Gets the count of BeginBreak groups + + + + + + + + Process item BeginBreaks + + + + + + + + + Makes sure the "VisibleTab" is in fact visible. + + + + + + + Determines what line th selected tab lies within + + + + + + + Finds the SelectedTab block + + + + + + + Resizes single line layouts + + + + + + Resizes multiline layouts + + + + + + gets or sets the FixedTabSize + + + + + Gets or sets the TabLayoutOffset + + + + + Gets the TabDisplay + + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Applies the predefined tab color to the color table + + + + + + + Applies the predefined color to the panel color table + + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Gets the TabLayoutOffset + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Returns the tab ContentRectangle + + + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Gets the LayoutManager NextBlockPosition + + + + + + Gets the PromoteSelectedTab NextBlockPosition + + + + + + + + Gets the TabOverlap + + + + + Gets the TabSpacing + + + + + Gets the TabOverlapLeft + + + + + Gets the TabLayoutOffset + + + + + Gets the MinTabSize + + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabItem + + + + Creates the tab item GraphicsPath + + Tab path + + + + Create the Top tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Bottom tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Creates the Left tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Create the Right tab path + + GraphicsPath + + + + Constructor + + Associated SuperTabStripItem + + + + Gets the Layout manager NextBlockPosition + + + + + + Gets the "PromoteSelTab" NextBlockPosition + + + + + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Forces the button to perform internal layout. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Cancels animation if in progress. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Sets the value of the control with state transition animation (if enabled) and specifies the source of the action. + + New value for Value property. + Source of the action. + + + + Sets the value of the control and specifies the source of the action. + + New value for Value property. + Source of the action. + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Raises ValueObjectChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Called when Command property value changes. + + + + + Occurs before Value property has changed and it allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch value. + + + + + Gets or sets the item border color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether state transition animation is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the OFF state background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the ON state background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the ON state text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the OFF state text. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the button switch. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to draw ON/OFF text on the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on switch when Value property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on switch when Value property is set to false. + + + + + Gets or sets the width in pixels of the switch part of the button. Minimum value is 6. + + + + + Gets the switch bounds. + + + + + Gets the On part of the switch button bounds excluding the SwitchBounds. + + + + + Gets the Off part of the switch button bounds excluding the SwitchBounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is in read-only state meaning that it appears as enabled but user cannot change its state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether lock marker is visible on face of the control when IsReadOnly is set to true. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the read-only marker. + + + + + Indicates whether clicking left mouse button on the switch part of the item will toggle the switch Value. + + + + + Occurs after ValueObject property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that represents the Value state of control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the True state of control when ValueObject property is set to that value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that represents the False state of control when ValueObject property is set to that value. + + + + + Gets or sets the command assigned to the item. Default value is null. + Note that if this property is set to null Enabled property will be set to false automatically to disable the item. + + + + + Gets or sets user defined data value that can be passed to the command when it is executed. + + + + + Represents the switch button UI element. + + + + + Raises ValueChanging event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ValueChanged event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Creates new instance of SwitchButtonItem. + + + + + Creates new instance of SwitchButtonItem and assigns the name to it. + + Item name. + + + + Creates new instance of SwitchButtonItem and assigns the name and text to it. + + Item name. + item text. + + + + Returns copy of the item. + + + + + Copies the SwitchButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SwitchButtonItem instance. + + + + Copies the SwitchButtonItem specific properties to new instance of the item. + + New SwitchButtonItem instance. + + + + Sets the value of the control and specifies the source of the action. + + New value for Value property. + Source of the action. + + + + Sets the value of the control with state transition animation (if enabled) and specifies the source of the action. + + New value for Value property. + Source of the action. + + + + Cancels any current inprogress animation. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. + + + + + Resets property to its default value. + + + + + Occurs before Value property has changed and it allows you to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after Value property has changed. + + + + + Gets whether item supports text markup. Default is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup support is enabled for items Text property. Default value is true. + Set this property to false to display HTML or other markup in the item instead of it being parsed as text-markup. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch value. + + + + + Indicates whether clicking left mouse button on the switch part of the item will toggle the switch Value. + + + + + Gets the switch bounds. + + + + + Gets the button bounds. + + + + + Gets the On part of the switch button bounds excluding the SwitchBounds. + + + + + Gets the Off part of the switch button bounds excluding the SwitchBounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch offset from its initial position. Used for animation and dragging of the switch. + + + + + Gets whether switch part of the button is pressed using mouse left button. + + + + + Gets or sets the width in pixels of the switch part of the button. Minimum value is 6. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on switch when Value property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on switch when Value property is set to false. + + + + + Gets whether fade effect is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether state transition animation is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the switch button. Must be greater than SwitchWidth. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the switch button. Must be greater than 5. + + + + + Gets or sets text padding. + + + + + Gets or sets switch margin. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the OFF state background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the ON state background. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the ON state text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the OFF state text. + + + + + Gets or sets the item border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of the button switch. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether caption/label set using Text property is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the font that is used to draw ON/OFF text on the switch button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is in read-only state meaning that it appears as enabled but user cannot change its state. + + + + + Gets or sets whether lock marker is visible on face of the control when IsReadOnly is set to true. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the read-only marker. + + + + + Provides data for SwitchButton rendering. + + + + + Gets or sets Graphics object group is rendered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to SwitchButtonItem being rendered. + + + + + ColorScheme object that is used to provide colors for rendering check box item in legacy styles like Office 2003. Office 2007 style + uses color tables provided by renderer. + + + + + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + + Gets or sets the text font. + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemPaintArgs reference. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object and provides default values. + + Reference to Graphics object + Reference to SwitchButtonItem + Reference to legacy ColorScheme + Indicates the font for the text. + Indicates whether item is in Right-To-Left environment. + + + + Returns specific font set at specified size/ + + Font size + Symbol set to return + Font + + + + Returns FontAwesome at specific size. + + Font size in points + Font in desired size. + + + + Returns FontAwesome at specific size. + + Font size in points + Font in desired size. + + + + Gets FontAwesome at default size. + + + + + Returns FontAwesome Family. + + + + + Gets Material Font at default size. + + + + + Returns Material Font Family. + + + + + Gets the default size for the Material font size in points. + + + + + Gets the default size for the FontAwesome font size in points. + + + + + Represents colors for the active tab. + + + + + Creates new instance of the object. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Returns whether property should be serialized. + + true if property should be serialized otherwise false. + + + + Resets property to the default value. + + + + + Occurs after color property has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multi-color gradient background for tab item.. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Represents the class that defines colors for a tab control. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Default contructor that accepts style. + + + + + Refreshes colors stored in the color scheme. This method is used for example to refresh the color after system display colors have changed. + + + + + Generates color scheme for flat style. + + + + + Generates color scheme for Office 2003 style. + + + + + Generates the VS2005 document tab like color scheme. + + + + + Generates Windows XP Themed color scheme. + + + + + Generates OneNote style color scheme. + + + + + Generates VS2005 style color scheme. + + + + + Generates OneNote style color scheme. + + + + + Generates OneNote style color scheme. + + + + + Resets changed flag for all color properties. When changed flag is set for a color property color is not automatically generated for that property. + Reseting the flag will ensure that all colors are automatically generated. + + + + + Applies predefinied tab item color scheme to the tab. + + Tab item to apply color to. + Predefined color to apply + + + + Applies predefinied tab item color scheme to the tab. + + Tab item to apply color to. + Predefined color to apply + + + + Gets or sets the style that color scheme represents. + + + + + Gets or sets whether themed color scheme is generated. + + + + + Indicates whether any of the colors has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab-strip background image. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab control. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab control. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab control. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab panel. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab panel. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab panel. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the light border color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the dark border color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multi-color gradient background for tab item.. + + + + + Specifies the text of the tab item. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the light border color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the dark border color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multi-color gradient background for tab item.. + + + + + Specifies the text color of the tab item when mouse is over it. + + + + + Specifies the border color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the light border color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the dark border color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the background color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the target gradient background color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets the collection that defines the multi-color gradient background for tab item.. + + + + + Specifies the text color of the tab item when selected. + + + + + Specifies the tab item separator color. + + + + + Specifies the tab item separator shadow color. + + + + + Specifies the text of the tab item. + + + + + Summary description for TabControl. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets whether property should be serialized. Used by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Applies default tab colors to the panel + + Panel to apply colors to. + + + + Resumes normal layout logic. Optionally forces an immediate layout of pending layout requests. + + + + + Resizes the portion of the control that holds the tabs. + + + + + Creates new tab and tab panel and adds it to the Tabs collection. + + Tab text. + Reference to newly created TabItem. + + + + Creates new tab and tab panel and inserts it at specified position inside of Tabs collection. + + Tab text. + Index to insert newly created tab at. -1 will append tab to the end of Tabs collection. + Reference to newly created TabItem. + + + + Selects previous visible tab. Returns true if previous tab was found for selection. + + + + + Selects next visible tab. Returns true if next tab was found for selection. + + + + + Resets color scheme to default value. + + + + + Memeber used by Windows Forms designer. + + true if property should be serialized. + + + + Memeber used by Windows Forms designer to reset property to default value. + + + + + Occurs when selected tab changes. + + + + + Occurs before selected tab changes and gives you opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when tab is dragged by user. + + + + + Occurs when the user navigates back using the back arrow. + + + + + Occurs when the user navigates forward using the forward arrow. + + + + + Occurs when tab item is closing. + + + + + Occurs when tab item is added to the tabs collection. + + + + + Occurs before control or item attached to the tab is displayed. + + + + + Occurs after tab item has been removed from tabs collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets the collection of all tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Returns reference to internal tab strip control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether TabStrip will get focus when Tab key is used. Default value is false. + + + + + Use TabControlPanel.Style property to set the background image for each tab panel. + + + + + Gets or sets whether pressing Ctrl+Tab keys will cycle through the selected tabs. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs use anti-alias smoothing when painted. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tab scrolling is animated. + + + + + Gets or sets whether system box that enables scrolling and closing of the tabs is automatically hidden when tab items size does not exceed the size of the control. + + + + + Specifes whether end-user can reorder the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab is automatically closed when close button is clicked. Closing the tab will remove tab being closed from Tabs collection + and it will remove the panel as well. Default value is false which means that tab will not be closed and you should handle TabClose event to + perform desired action as result of user closing the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Close button that closes the active tab is visible on system box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is visible on each tab instead of in system box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button on tabs when visible is displayed for every tab state. Default value is true. When set to false + the close button will be displayed only for selected and tab that mouse is currently over. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the close button displayed on each tab. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets custom image that is used on tabs as Close button that allows user to close the tab. + Use TabCloseButtonHot property to specify image that is used when mouse is over the close button. Note that image size must + be same for both images. + Default value is null + which means that internal representation of close button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets custom image that is used on tabs as Close button whem mouse is over the close button. + To use this property you must set TabCloseButtonNormal as well. Note that image size for both images must be same. + Default value is null which means that internal representation of close button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether only selected tab is displaying it's text. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list used by tab items. + + + + + Gets or sets scrolling offset of the first tab. You can use this property to programmatically scroll the tab strip. + + + + + Gets or sets Tab Control style. Theme style is supported only on themed OS and only for bottom or top aligned tabs. + + + + + Specifies whether tab is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are scrolled continuously while mouse is pressed over the scroll tab button. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the tab scrolling while mouse button is kept pressed over the scroll tab button. + + + + + Gets or sets Tab Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment within the Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets whether focus rectangle is displayed on the tab when tab has input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether keyboard navigation using Left and Right arrow keys to select tabs is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets selected tab panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the tab layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either Height or Width can be set or both. + Value of 0 indicates that size is automatically calculated which is + default behavior. + + + + + Represents Panel for the Tab Control. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Gets or sets TabItem that this panel is attached to. + + + + + Indicates whether style of the panel is managed by tab control automatically. + Set this to true if you would like to control style of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets which edge of the parent container a control is docked to. + + + + + Represents the Tab on the Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Container object. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Returns the font for the tab text. + + Reference to the font object. + + + + Raises the Click event. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is pressed over the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse button is released over the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the tab item. + + + + + Occurs when mouse click is performed on the tab item. + + + + + Gets the AccessibleObject assigned to the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab Image index. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab image. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab icon. Icon has same functionality as Image except that it support Alpha blending. + + + + + Gets or sets the text displayed on the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab is visible. + + + + + Gets the display bounds of the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the close button rectangle if displayed on the tab. You should not set value of this property. + + + + + Gets or sets the control that is attached to this tab. When tab is selected the control Visible property is set to true and when tab is unselected the control Visible property is set to false. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the target gradient background color of the tab when inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the gradient angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the light border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the dark border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color when tab is inactive. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the tab item that can be used to identify item from the code. + + + + + Gets or sets the predefined tab color. + + + + + Gets or sets an object that contains data to associate with the item. + + + + + Gets/Sets informational text (tooltip) for the tab. + + + + + Returns true if tab is selected tab. + + + + + Gets the tab alignment. + + + + + Returns true if mouse is over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Close button on the tab is visible when TabStrip.CloseButtonOnTabsVisible property is set to true. Default value is true. You can use this property + to selectively hide Close button on tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the content block. + + + + + Gets or sets item margin only used by certain items in certain containers. Provided only for internal DotNetBar use. + + + + + Summary description for TabItemLayoutManager. + + + + + Resizes the content block and sets it's Bounds property to reflect new size. + + Content block to resize. + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for the measured text. Default is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels for the measured image size. Default is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels that is added to the measured height of the tab. Default is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets the padding in pixels that is added to the measured width of the tab. Default is 0. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is always layed out horizontaly even if tabs are vertically aligned. + + + + + Gets or sets the additional padding for the selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either member can be set. Value of 0 indicates that size is automatically calculated which is + default behavior. + + + + + Summary description for TabsCollection. + + + + + Get the TabItem with given name. Name comparison is case insensitive. + + + + + + + Represents Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Raises TabMouseEnter event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TabMouseLeave event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TabMouseMove event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TabMouseClick event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TabMouseHover event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the tab system box if one is available in current tab style. + + Rectangle describing the system box bounds. + + + + Recalculates the size of the tabs. + + + + + Selectes previous visible tab. Returns true if previous tab was found for selection. + + + + + Selectes next visible tab. Returns true if next tab was found for selection. + + + + + Invokes the TabCleared event. + + Provides events arguments + + + + Ensures that the tab is visible, scrolling the tab-strip view as necessary. + + Tab to make visible. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Called by StyleManager to notify control that style on manager has changed and that control should refresh its appearance if + its style is controlled by StyleManager. + + New active style. + + + + Refreshes the color scheme with the colors from system color table. + + + + + Resets color scheme to default value. + + + + + Memeber used by Windows Forms designer. + + true if property should be serialized. + + + + Memeber used by Windows Forms designer to reset property to default value. + + + + + Returns tab item that contains specified coordinates. + + X - coordinate to hit test + Y - coordinate to hit test + + + + + Hides tooltip for a tab is one is displayed. + + + + + Shows tooltip for given tab. + + + + + Resets Hoover timer. + + + + + Occurs after selected tab has changed. + + + + + Occurs before selected tab changes and gives you opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs when tab is dragged by user. + + + + + Occurs when the user navigates back using the back arrow. + + + + + Occurs when the user navigates forward using the forward arrow. + + + + + Occurs when tab item is closing. + + + + + Occurs when tab item is added to the tabs collection. + + + + + Occurs before control or item attached to the tab is displayed. + + + + + Occurs after tab item has been removed from tabs collection. + + + + + Occurs after Tabs collection has been cleared. + + + + + Occurs after the tab item size has been determined and allows you to apply your custom size to the TabItem. + + + + + Occurs before tab is rendered and allows you to cancel default tab rendering performed by the control. + + + + + Occurs after tab is rendered and allows you to render on top of the default rendering performed by the control. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enters a tab. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leaves a tab. + + + + + Occurs when mouse moves over the tab. + + + + + Occurs when mouse clicks the tab. + + + + + Occurs when mouse hovers over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias smoothing is used while painting. Default value is false. + + + + + Returns minimum tab strip height given the style and the tabs it contains. + + + + + Returns the rectangle that contains all the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of currently selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tabs are scrolled continuously while mouse is pressed over the scroll tab button. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-repeat interval for the tab scrolling while mouse button is kept pressed over the scroll tab button. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Close button that closes the active tab is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is visible on each tab instead of in system box. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button on tabs when visible is displayed for every tab state. Default value is true. When set to false + the close button will be displayed only for selected and tab that mouse is currently over. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the close button displayed on each tab. Default value is Left. + + + + + Gets or sets custom image that is used on tabs as Close button that allows user to close the tab. + Use TabCloseButtonHot property to specify image that is used when mouse is over the close button. Note that image size must + be same for both images. + Default value is null + which means that internal representation of close button is used. + + + + + Gets or sets custom image that is used on tabs as Close button whem mouse is over the close button. + To use this property you must set TabCloseButtonNormal as well. Note that image size for both images must be same. + Default value is null which means that internal representation of close button is used. + + + + + Gets the collection of all tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control attached to the TabItem.AttachedControl property is automatically selected when TabItem becomes selected tab. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list used by tab items. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the tab layout. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab size is adjusted to fit the available control size. + + + + + Gets or sets scrolling offset of the first tab. You can use this property to programmatically scroll the tab strip. + + + + + Gets or sets whether keyboard navigation using Left and Right arrow keys to select tabs is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the mouse cursor that is displayed when tab is dragged. + + + + + Returns tab mouse is over or null if mouse is not over the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected tab Font + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment within the Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Specifes whether end-user can reorder the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets whether system box that enables scrolling and closing of the tabs is automatically hidden when tab items size does not exceed the size of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. + + + + + Gets or sets whether only selected tab is displaying it's text. + + + + + Gets or sets TabStrip style. Theme style is supported only on themed OS and only for bottom or top aligned tabs. + + + + + Specifies whether tab is drawn using Themes when running on OS that supports themes like Windows XP. + + + + + Gets whether control should be represented in themed style. + + + + + Gets or sets Tab Color Scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tab scrolling is animanted. + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed tab size in pixels. Either Height or Width can be set or both. + Value of 0 indicates that size is automatically calculated which is + default behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets whether focus rectangle is displayed when tab has input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Tab-Strip control provides Tabbed MDI Child form support. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters that will be used as Tab text from Mdi Child caption. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Mdi Child Icon is displayed on Tab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Tab-strip is automatically hidden when there are not Mdi Child forms open. + + + + + Gets or sets whether flicker associated with switching maximized Mdi child forms is attempted to eliminate. You should set this property to false if you encounter any painting problems with your Mdi child forms. + + + + + Gets or sets Mdi Container form for which Tab-Strip is providing Tabbed MDI Child support. + + + + + Event delegate for SelectedTabChanged event. + + + + + Event delegate for SelectedTabChanging event. + + + + + Event delegate for TabMoved event + + + + + Event delegate for NavigateBack, NavigateForward and TabItemClose events. + + + + + Represents the event arguments for tab selection events. + + + + + Currently selected tab. + + + + + Tab being selected. + + + + + Specifies the action that caused the event. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Currently selected tab. + New selection. + + + + Represents the event arguments for tab selection events. + + + + + Currently selected tab. + + + + + Tab being selected. + + + + + Cancels the selection operation. + + + + + Specifies the action that caused the event. + + + + + Default constructor. + + Currently selected tab. + New selection. + + + + Represents the event arguments for tab moving events. + + + + + Tab being moved. + + + + + Moved from index. + + + + + Moving to index. + + + + + Cancels the operation. + + + + + Default Constructor + + Tab + Old Index + New Index + + + + Represents the event arguments for action events. + + + + + Cancels the operation. + + + + + Default Constructor. + + + + + Destroys tooltip window. + + + + + Specifies the tab alignment inside the Tab-Strip control. + + + + + Tabs are left aligned. + + + + + Tabs are right aligned. + + + + + Tabs are top aligned. + + + + + Tabs are bottom aligned. + + + + + Indicates tab strip style. + + + + + Default VS.NET like flat style. + + + + + Office 2003 like style. + + + + + OneNote like style. + + + + + VS.NET 2005 style tabs. + + + + + Tab style where tabs are centered and first and last tab have the corners rounded. This style does not support multi-line tabs or tab scrolling. + + + + + VS.NET 2005 dock style tabs. + + + + + VS.NET 2005 document style tabs. + + + + + Simulated theme style with the horizontal text alignment at all times. + + + + + Office 2007 document style. + + + + + Office 2007 dock style. + + + + + Metro UI style. + + + + + Defines delegate for the MeasureTabItem event. + + + + + Represents event arguments for MeasureTabItem event. + + + + + Gets the TabItem that is being measured. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the TabItem. The default size calculated by the control will be set by default. You can inspect it and change it to the + custom size by setting this property. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + TabItem being measured. + Default size. + + + + Defines delegate for the PreRenderTabItem and PostRenderTabItem events. + + + + + Represents event arguments for PreRenderTabItem and PostRenderTabItem event. + + + + + Gets the reference to the TabItem being rendered. You can use properties like DisplayRectangle to determine the rendering bounds for the tab. + + + + + When used in PreRenderTabItem event allows you to cancel the default rendering by setting this property to true. + + + + + Gets the reference to the Graphics object to render the tab on. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + Default value for TabItem property. + Default value for Graphics property. + + + + Represents base class for tab display. + + + + + Main method for painting. + + Reference to graphics object + TabStrip to paint + + + + Gets or sets whether anti-alias is used for painting the tabs. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text is drawn horizontaly regardless of tab orientation. + + + + + Gets or sets whether close button is painted on each tab. + + + + + Provides display capabilities for TabStrip with Office 2007 Dock style. + + + + + Provides display capabilities for TabStrip with Office 2007 Document style. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents class performing the display of tabs with RoundHeader style. + + + + + Provides display support for SimualtedTheme tab style. + + + + + Provides display capabilites for TabStrip with VS2005Dock style. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Represent a task-dialog message box window. + + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Title of the window. + Task dialog header. + Task dialog text. + Displayed buttons. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Title of the window. + Task dialog header. + Task dialog text. + Displayed buttons. + Specifies the predefined color for the dialog. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Title of the window. + Icon displayed on dialog. + Task dialog header. + Task dialog text. + Displayed buttons. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Title of the window. + Icon displayed on dialog. + Task dialog header. + Task dialog text. + Displayed buttons. + Specifies the predefined color for the dialog. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Specifies the content of the task dialog. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Displays TaskDialog message. + + Window owner of the task dialog. + Specifies the content of the task dialog. + Result from task-dialog. + + + + Closes the task dialog if it is open with eTaskDialogResult.None result. + + + + + Closes the task dialog if it is open with specified result value. + + Value that will be used as return value from Show method. + + + + Gets or sets whether TaskDialog form has Windows Vista Glass enabled if running on + Windows Vista with Glass enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias text-rendering setting for the controls on task-dialog. Default value is true. + + + + + Occurs when any text markup link on Task-Dialog Box is clicked. Markup links can be created using "a" tag, for example: + Markup link + + + + + Specifies the information displayed on task-dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + Dialog background color. + Radio Button Commands + Button commands. + Check-box command. + Footer text + Footer image. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + Dialog background color. + Radio Button Commands + Button commands. + Check-box command. + Footer text + Footer image. + Indicates whether TaskDialog is top most. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + Dialog background color. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TaskDialogInfo structure. + + Title of dialog. + Task-dialog icon + Header text. + Dialog main/content text. + Dialog buttons displayed. + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog window title. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog header. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog text. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog buttons displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-dialog background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of commands that will be used to create the radio-buttons displayed on task-dialog. Each command will be executed as radio-buttons are checked by user. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of commands that will be used to create the buttons displayed on task-dialog. Each command will be executed as buttons are clicked by user. + + + + + Gets or sets the footer text displayed on task-dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the command that is used to initialize the footer check-box. Command will be executed when check-box state changes by end user. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon that is displayed on task dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed in the task-dialog footer. Expected image size is 16x16 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether TaskDialog form is top-most. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the TaskDialog default button. + + + + + Indicates whether task dialog form close button is enabled, default value is true. + + + + + Specifies the task dialog buttons. + + + + + OK button will be displayed. + + + + + Yes button will be displayed. + + + + + No button will be displayed. + + + + + Cancel button will be displayed. + + + + + Retry button will be displayed. + + + + + Close button will be displayed. + + + + + Specifies the task dialog return values. + + + + + No button was clicked because dialog was closed using TaskDialog.Close method. + + + + + OK button was clicked. + + + + + Yes button was clicked. + + + + + No button was clicked. + + + + + Cancel button was clicked. + + + + + Retry button was clicked. + + + + + Close button was clicked. + + + + + Specifies the custom result. Custom result can be specified if TaskDialog.Close method is called to close dialog. + + + + + Specifies the custom result. Custom result can be specified if TaskDialog.Close method is called to close dialog. + + + + + Specifies the custom result. Custom result can be specified if TaskDialog.Close method is called to close dialog. + + + + + Define icons available on TaskDialog. + + + + + No icon. + + + + + Blue flag icon. + + + + + Blue stop icon. + + + + + Light bulb, idea icon. + + + + + Check-mark icon. + + + + + Check-mark icon. + + + + + Trash-can delete icon. + + + + + Exclamation icon. + + + + + Flag icon. + + + + + Hand-stop icon. + + + + + Help icon. + + + + + Informational icon. + + + + + Informational icon. + + + + + No entry icon. + + + + + Shield icon. + + + + + Shield help icon. + + + + + Shield OK icon. + + + + + Shield stop icon. + + + + + Stop icon. + + + + + Stop icon. + + + + + Users icons. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the task-background color. + + + + + Gets the task-dialog result + + + + + Gets or sets the anti-alias text-rendering setting for the controls. + + + + + Defines TaskDialog colors. + + + + + Task dialog will use default background as specified by current theme. + + + + + Task dialog will use silver background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use tan background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use dark-blue background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use blue background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use red background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use olive-green background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use purple background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use aqua background color. + + + + + Task dialog will use orange background color. + + + + + Summary description for TextBoxItem. + + + + + Indicates whether property should be serialized by Windows Forms designer. + + + + + Resets the property to default value. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom control is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when ButtonCustom2 control is clicked. + + + + + IBlock member implementation + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in the TextBox control should appear as the default password character. + + + + + Gets or sets the character used to mask characters of a password in a single-line TextBox control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the editable part of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the item caption text displayed next to the text input. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters the user can type or paste into the text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether watermark text is displayed when control is empty. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image displayed inside of the control when Text is not set and control does not have input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark image alignment. + + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark font. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the watermark hiding behaviour. Default value indicates that watermark is hidden when control receives input focus. + + + + + Gets or sets whether FocusHighlightColor is used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used as background color to highlight text box when it has input focus and focus highlight is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the text-alignment inside of the text box. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Gets the object that describes the settings for the custom button that can execute an custom action of your choosing when clicked. + + + + + Measures the element given available size. + + Size available to element + Reference to graphics object + + + + Measures the end tag of an element. Most implementations do not need to do anything but implementations like the ones + that change color should return state back at this time. + + + + + + + Renders element. + + Provides markup drawing context information. + + + + Renders element tag end. Most implementations do not need to do anything but mplementations like the ones + that change color should return state back at this time. + + Provides markup drawing context information. + + + + Provides final rectangle to element and lets it arrange it's content given new constraint. + + Final rectangle. + + + + + Arranges the element given the final size. Layout is two step process with Measure followed by Arrange. + + + + + + + Returns whether markup element is an container so it receives full available size of parent control for layout. + + + + + Returns whether markup element is an block element that always consumes a whole line in layout. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager switches to new line after processing this element. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager can start new line with this element. + + + + + Gets the collection of child elements if any for this markup element. + + + + + Gets or sets whether element size is valid. When size is not valid element Measure method will be called to validate size. + + + + + Gets element parent or null if parent is not set. + + + + + Gets or sets actual rendering bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether markup element is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the element margin. + + + + + Gets or sets actual rendered bounds for a give markup element if applicable. + + + + + Returns whether markup element is an block element that always consumes a whole line in layout. + + + + + Indicates paragraph content alignment + + + + + Indicates paragraph content alignment + + + + + Gets reference to markup start element. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager can start new line with this element. + + + + + Gets or sets heading level. Values from 1 to 6 are valid. Default is 1. + + + + + Returns whether hyper-link contains specified coordinates. + + + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the MarkupElement array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets or sets the collection parent element. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Tests whether input text could be markup text. + + Text to test. + true if text could be markup, otherwise false + + + + Gets the style of the hyperlink in its default state. + + + + + Gets the style of the hyperlink when mouse is over the link. + + + + + Gets the style of the visited hyperlink. + + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the ResolveImage event. + + + + + Defines the text-markup hyperlink appearance style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HyperlinkStyle class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HyperlinkStyle class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HyperlinkStyle class. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets hyperlink text color. + + + + + Gets or sets hyperlink back color. + + + + + Gets or sets the underline style for the hyperlink. + + + + + Gets whether style has been changed from its default state. + + + + + + Indicates that event has been handled and that ResolvedImage should be used. + + + + + Indicates the string key parameters in url-style for the image that needs to be resolved. + + + + + Indicates the resolved image value. + you need to set this value to the resolved image and you need to set Handled property to true. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Gets or sets whether element size is valid. When size is not valid element Measure method will be called to validate size. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager switches to new line after processing this element. + + + + + Returns whether markup element is an block element that always consumes a whole line in layout. + + + + + Returns whether layout manager can start new line with this element. + + + + + Summary description for Themes. + + + + + Represents toast display control. This class is not for public use. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ToastDisplay class. + + + + + Specifies the alpha-blending, opacity for the content rendered by the control. Setting this property allows fading in and out of the control content. + + + + + Gets or sets the toast background color. + + + + + Gets or sets the toast glow color. + + + + + Gets or sets the image displayed on the toast. + + + + + Represents class used to display toast notifications. A toast notification is a message that appears on the surface of the screen for a moment, + but it does not take focus (or pause the current activity), so it cannot accept any user input. + Notification pops up on the surface of the specified Form or Control. + It only fills the amount of space required for the message and the user's current activity remains visible and interactive. + The notification automatically fades in and out after specified time interval. + Notification text supports text-markup. + + + + + Closes all toast notifications open on specified parent control. + + Parent control. + + + + Closes specified toast notification on parent control. + + Parent control. + Toast ID as returned by the Show method. + + + + Updates the already displayed toast text. Note that toast notification will not be resized. + + Parent control which was used to show toast. + Toast ID returned by the Show toast method. + New toast notification text. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + Specifies toast-glow color used. + Specifies the position of the toast notification. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + Specifies toast-glow color used. + Specifies the X position of the toast notification with its parent window. + Specifies the Y position of the toast notification with its parent window. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + /// Specifies toast-glow color used. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form, with default timeout interval. + + Parent control to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form, with default timeout interval. + + Parent control to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Specifies the position of the toast notification. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form, with default timeout interval. + + Parent control to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Image to display next to toast text. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + + + + Displays the toast notification on top of the specified parent control, we recommend always using a parent form. + + Parent form to display toast notification on top of + Message to display. + Interval in milliseconds after which the notification is hidden. + Specifies the position of the toast notification. + + + + Specifies the toast margin from the edges of the parent control. Default value is 16 pixels on all sides. + + + + + Specifies the default toast position within the parent control. Default value is BottomCenter. + + + + + Specifies default glow color around toast notification. Default value is Blue. + + + + + Specifies the default timeout interval for the toast notification. + + + + + Specifies the toast background color. + + + + + Specifies the toast text color. + + + + + Specifies the font used for the toast. + + + + + Specifies the custom glow color used when eToastGlowColor.Custom is used. + + + + + Specifies toast position within parent control. + + + + + Specifies the glow color around toast notification. + + + + + Summary description for NewToolbar. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Summary description for Tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle of the control or item tooltip is displayed for. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text-markup is enabled for the tooltips. + + + + + Specifies fixed location for tooltip window. + + + + + Raises PanBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises PanBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises PanBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Begin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises End event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises PressAndTap event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises RotateBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Rotate event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises RotateEnd event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TwoFingerTap event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ZoomBegin event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises Zoom event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises ZoomEnd event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TouchDown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TouchDown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Raises TouchDown event. + + Provides event arguments. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TouchHandler class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TouchHandler class. + + + + + + Initializes handler + + + + + The Windows message handler. + + + + + Decode the message and create a collection of event arguments + + + + + The last event in the current gesture event sequence + + + + + Register for touch event + + true if succeeded + + + + The event arguments that started the current gesture + + + + + Gets or sets whether palm rejection is enabled. + + + + + Check if Multi-touch support device is ready + + + + + Create new gesture event instance and decode the gesture info structure + + The gesture handler + The gesture information + + + + Gesture relative rotation angle for Rotate event. + + + + + Indicates calculated gesture center. + + + + + Gesture zoom factor for Zoom event. + + + + + Gesture relative panning translation for Pan event. + + + + + Gesture velocity vector of the pan gesture for custom inertia implementations. + + + + + The last touch arguments in this gesture event sequence. + + + + + The client location of gesture. + + + + + Is this the first event of a gesture. + + + + + It this last event of a gesture. + + + + + Has gesture triggered inertia. + + + + + The first touch arguments in this gesture event sequence. + + + + + Gets or sets whether event is handled. + + + + + EventArgs passed to Touch handlers + + + + + Create new touch event argument instance + + The target control + one of the inner touch input in the message + + + + Touch client coordinate in pixels + + + + + A touch point identifier that distinguishes a particular touch input + + + + + A set of bit flags that specify various aspects of touch point + press, release, and motion. + + + + + mask which fields in the structure are valid + + + + + touch event time + + + + + touch event time from system up + + + + + the size of the contact area in pixels + + + + + Is Primary Contact (The first touch sequence) + + + + + Specifies that movement occurred + + + + + Specifies that the corresponding touch point was established through a new contact + + + + + Specifies that a touch point was removed + + + + + Specifies that a touch point is in range + + + + + specifies that this input was not coalesced. + + + + + Specifies that the touch point is associated with a pen contact + + + + + The touch event came from the user's palm + + Set to true + + + + Gets or sets whether event is handled. + + + + + Get the current Digitizer Status + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the GESTURECONFIG structure. + + + + + + + + Specifies available digitizer capabilities + + + + + Gesture Info Interop Structure + + + + + A Simple POINTS Interop structure + + + + + A Simple POINT Interop structure + + + + + Touch API defined structures [winuser.h] + + + + + Represents class that holds User Interface static methods. + + + + + Gets the graphics path that represents triangle. + + Top left position of the triangle. + Size of the triangle. + Pointing direction of the triangle. + Returns graphics path for the triangle of given size and pointing in given direction. + + + + Creates the double arrow >> collapse expand image for the collapsable controls. + + Indicates the direction of the arrow + Color for the arrows + Indicates whether image is for vertical collapse/expand + + + + + Specifies the pointing direction of triangle. + + + + + Triangle point to the left. + + + + + Triangle point to the right. + + + + + Triangle point to the top. + + + + + Triangle point to the bottom. + + + + + Represents compare validator for SuperValidator control used to compare two input fields or input fields to specified value. + + + + + Represents base validator used by SuperValidator component. + + + + + Validates the input control. + + Input control to validate. + true if validation is successful otherwise false + + + + Gets the input control value. + + Control to return value for. + Controls value + + + + Gets the input control value. + + Control to return value for. + Controls value + + + + Raises the GetValue event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Occurs when validator retrieves the value for the control. It allows you to return value for the controls validator does not recognize. + + + + + Gets or sets the error message that is displayed by error provider when validation fails. + + + + + Gets the last validation result returned from Validate call. True if validation was successful or false if validation failed. + + + + + Returns SuperValidator control validator is assigned to. + + + + + Gets or sets whether error is displayed using the error provider on SuperValidator when validation fails. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether validator is enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the group name validation belongs to. When control belongs to optional validation group the validation is considered successful when any of the controls in the group validates. + + + + + Gets or sets the highlight color for control when validation fails if Highlighter component is used on SuperValidator. Default Value is None. + + + + + Gets or sets the value property name for the control to validate. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Gets or sets the control to compare validated control to. + + + + + Gets or sets the Value property name for the ControlToCompare control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to compare to the validation control. + + + + + Gets or sets the operator used for comparison. + + + + + Specifies the validation comparison operators used by the CompareValidator. + + + + + A comparison for equality. + + + + + A comparison for inequality. + + + + + A comparison for greater than. + + + + + A comparison for greater than or equal to. + + + + + A comparison for less than. + + + + + A comparison for less than or equal to. + + + + + A comparison for data type only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CustomValidator class. + + + + + Gets or sets custom data associated with the validator + + + + + Defines delegate for CustomValidator ValidateValue event. + + Sender + Event arguments + + + + Gets the reference to the control to validate. + + + + + Gets or sets whether control's value is valid. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidateValueEventArgs class. + + Control to validate. + + + + Defines an interface that can be implemented by custom error providers to be used with SuperValidator. + + + + + Sets the error state on the control. + + Control for which error state is being set. + The error message from validator. + + + + Clears the error state for the control. + + Control to clear error state for. + + + + Retrieves whether control is highlighted when it receives input focus. + + + + + Sets whether control is highlighted when it receives input focus. + + Reference to supported control. + Indicates whether to highlight control on focus. + + + + Retrieves the highlight color that is applied to the control. + + + + + Sets the highlight color for the control. + + Reference to supported control. + Highlight color. + + + + Updates the highlighted controls border. Usually call to this method is not needed but under + certain scenarios where highlighter does not automatically detects the change in visibility of + the highlighted control call to this method is necessary. + + + + + Indicates the highlight focus color. + + + + + Gets or sets the container control highlighter is bound to. The container control must be set in order for highlighter to work. + Container control should always be a form. + + + + + Gets or sets the array of colors used to render custom highlight color. Control expects 3 colors in array to be specified which define the highlight border. + + + + + Defines highlight colors provided by Highlighter control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ErrorProviderWrapper class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ErrorProviderWrapper class. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HighlightPanel class. + + + + + + Gets or sets the array of colors used to render custom highlight color. Control expects 3 colors in array to be specified which define the highlight border. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HighlightRegion structure. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeValidator class. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value control may have. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value control may have. + + + + + Indicates whether empty string of zero length is considered valid input. + + + + + Represents the regular expression validator used with SuperValidator control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RegularExpressionValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RegularExpressionValidator class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RegularExpressionValidator class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RegularExpressionValidator class. + + + + + + Gets or sets regular expression used to validate controls value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether empty value is considered valid value by the validator. Default value is false. + + + + + Describes required field validator used with SuperValidator control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RequiredFieldValidator class. + + + + + Raises EvaluateIsEmpty event. + + Event Arguments + + + + Occurs when controls value needs to be evaluated to check whether it is empty. You can use this event to perform custom evaluation. + + + + + Indicates whether empty string of zero length is considered valid input. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidatorGetValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets Control to retrieve value for. + + + + + Gets the Value to evaluate. + + + + + Gets validator that is requesting value. + + + + + Resets the Value set and indicates that validator will internally retrieve value for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that will be used by validator. + + + + + Raises the CustomValidatorValidateValue event. + + Validator that needs validation. + Control to validate. + + + + Retrieves first level Validator for given control or return null if control does not have validator associated with it. + + + + + Associates first level Validator with given control. + + Reference to supported control. + Instance of validator class. If null is passed existing Validator is detached from the given control. + + + + Retrieves second level Validator for given control or return null if control does not have validator associated with it. + + + + + Associates second level Validator with given control. + + Reference to supported control. + Instance of validator class. If null is passed existing Validator is detached from the given control. + + + + Retrieves third level Validator for given control or return null if control does not have validator associated with it. + + + + + Associates third level Validator with given control. + + Reference to supported control. + Instance of validator class. If null is passed existing Validator is detached from the given control. + + + + Raises the GetValue event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Performs validation on all validators. It also uses error provider to display failed validations if validator has that enabled. + + Returns true if all validations succeeded or false if at least one validation has failed. + + + + Validate single control. Note that control must have validator assigned to it. This method will change LastFailedValidationResults collection. + + Control to validate. + returns true if validation succeeds or false if it fails + + + + Validate single control. Note that control must have validator assigned to it. This method will change LastFailedValidationResults collection. + + Control to validate. + Indicates whether to clear the last set of failed validations by calling ClearFailedValidations() method. + returns true if validation succeeds or false if it fails + + + + Removes all visual markers from failed validations that were placed on the controls. + + + + + Occurs when validator retrieves the value for the control. It allows you to return value for the controls validator does not recognize. + + + + + Occurs when CustomValidator needs to validate the control value. + + + + + Gets or sets whether validation is performed in steps meaning that if first level validation fails, second level is not validated + until first level validation succeeds. Default value is false which means that all validation levels are validated even if first level fails. + + + + + Gets the readonly collection that returns failed validations that were result of last Validate method call. + + + + + Indicates default ErrorProvider IconPadding when Highlighter is used with SuperValidator. Setting this property to 0 will allow you to set IconPadding for each control manually. + + + + + Gets or sets the error provider that is used by the validator to report validation errors. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom error provider that is used by validator to report errors. You can provide your own error validators by implementing IErrorProvider interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the Highlighter component that is used to highlight validation errors. + + + + + Gets or sets the validation type performed by the control. Default value is Manual. + + + + + Gets or sets the container control validator is bound to. The container control must be set for the ValidationType ValidatingEventOnContainer. + When ContainerControl is Form the validator handles the Closing event of the form to perform the validation and cancel the form closing. + You can disable that by setting either Enabled=false or Form.CausesValidation=false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether validation is performed. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Cancel argument in Validating event for validation type ValidatingEventPerControl is set to true when validation fails. + + + + + Specifies the validation type for SuperValidator control. + + + + + SuperValidator uses manual validation, i.e. you will call Validate method to perform validation. + + + + + Validation is performed per control from each controls Validating event. The Cancel is set to true on event arguments if validation fails. + + + + + Validation is performed for all controls from Validating event on container control. By default container control is Form that SuperValidator is on. + + + + + Defines validator control pair used by SuperValidator control. + + + + + Gets the validator associated with the control. + + + + + Gets control reference. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidatorControlPair structure. + + Validator associated with the control + Control reference + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ValidatorGetValueEventArgs class. + + + + + + + Gets Control to retrieve value for. + + + + + Gets validator that is requesting value. + + + + + Resets the Value set and indicates that validator will internally retrieve value for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value that will be used by validator. + + + + + Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window. + + + A handle to the window. + + + A pointer to the WINDOWPLACEMENT structure that receives the show state and position information. + + Before calling GetWindowPlacement, set the length member to sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT). GetWindowPlacement fails if lpwndpl-> length is not set correctly. + + + + If the function succeeds, the return value is nonzero. + + If the function fails, the return value is zero. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. + + + + + Options available when a form is tested for mose positions. + + + HTERROR: On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows + (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system + beep to indicate an error). + + + HTTRANSPARENT: In a window currently covered by another window in the + same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread + until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). + + + HTNOWHERE: On the screen background or on a dividing line between + windows. + + + HTCLIENT: In a client area. + + + HTCAPTION: In a title bar. + + + HTSYSMENU: In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. + + + HTGROWBOX: In a size box (same as HTSIZE). + + + HTMENU: In a menu. + + + HTHSCROLL: In a horizontal scroll bar. + + + HTVSCROLL: In the vertical scroll bar. + + + HTMINBUTTON: In a Minimize button. + + + HTMAXBUTTON: In a Maximize button. + + + HTLEFT: In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click + the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + HTRIGHT: In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click + the mouse to resize the window horizontally). + + + HTTOP: In the upper-horizontal border of a window. + + + HTTOPLEFT: In the upper-left corner of a window border. + + + HTTOPRIGHT: In the upper-right corner of a window border. + + + HTBOTTOM: In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the + user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). + + + HTBOTTOMLEFT: In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable + window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + HTBOTTOMRIGHT: In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable + window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). + + + HTBORDER: In the border of a window that does not have a sizing + border. + + + HTOBJECT: Unknown...No Documentation Found + + + HTCLOSE: In a Close button. + + + HTHELP: In a Help button. + + + HTSIZE: In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX). (Same as GrowBox). + + + HTREDUCE: In a Minimize button. (Same as MinimizeButton). + + + HTZOOM: In a Maximize button. (Same as MaximizeButton). + + + + Hides the window and activates another window. + + + + + Activates and displays a window. If the window is minimized or + maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. + An application should specify this flag when displaying the window + for the first time. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window. + + + + + Maximizes the specified window. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it as a maximized window. + + + + + Displays a window in its most recent size and position. This value + is similar to , except + the window is not actived. + + + + + Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position. + + + + + Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level + window in the Z order. + + + + + Displays the window as a minimized window. This value is similar to + , except the + window is not activated. + + + + + Displays the window in its current size and position. This value is + similar to , except the + window is not activated. + + + + + Activates and displays the window. If the window is minimized or + maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position. + An application should specify this flag when restoring a minimized window. + + + + + Sets the show state based on the SW_* value specified in the + STARTUPINFO structure passed to the CreateProcess function by the + program that started the application. + + + + + Windows 2000/XP: Minimizes a window, even if the thread + that owns the window is not responding. This flag should only be + used when minimizing windows from a different thread. + + + + + Represents Wizard control. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the style to it's default value. + + + + + Simulates Back button click on Wizard control. Note that this method will raise the same events as + standard Wizard Back button click. + + + + + Simulates Next button click on Wizard control. Note that this method will raise the same events as + standard Wizard Next button click. + + + + + Simulates Cancel button click on Wizard control. Note that this method will raise the same events as + standard Wizard Cancel button click. + + + + + Simulates Finish button click on Wizard control. Note that this method will raise the same events as + standard Wizard Finish button click. + + + + + Raises BackButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises NextButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises FinishButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises CancelButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises HelpButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises WizardPageChanging event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Raises WizardPageChanged event. + + Provides event arguments + + + + Occurs when Back button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Next button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Finish button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Cancel button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Help button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs before wizard page has changed and gives you opportunity to cancel the change. + + + + + Occurs after wizard page has changed. This event cannot be cancelled. To cancel the page change please use WizardPageChanging event. + + + + + Occurs when wizard buttons (Back, Next, Finish etc) are positioned and resized. + + + + + Gets or sets the header image. Default value is null which means that internal header image is used. You can hide header image + by setting HeaderImageVisible property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether header image is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets wizard button that is clicked when ENTER key is pressed. Default value is eWizardFormAcceptButton.FinishAndNext which + indicates that finish button will be clicked if available otherwise next button will be clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets wizard button that is clicked when ESCAPE key is pressed. Default value is eWizardFormCancelButton.Cancel which + indicates that Cancel button will be clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all buttons are disabled while wizard page is changed which prevents users from clicking the buttons + if page change is taking longer. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets whether wait cursor is displayed while page is changed. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected page index. You can set this property to change the currently selected wizard page. + + + + + Gets or sets selected wizard page. You can set this property to change the currently selected wizard page. + + + + + Gets the collection of Wizard pages. The order of WizardPage objects inside of this collection determines the flow of the wizard. + + + + + Returns a Stack of page history. Each time next page is displayed by wizard, previously visited page is added to the history. + When user commands Wizard back, the last page from the history is shown and removed from the stack. You should not modify this collection + directly since it is maintained by Wizard control. + + + + + Gets or sets the FlatStyle setting for the wizard buttons. Default value is FlatStyle.System + + + + + Gets or sets height of wizard command buttons. Default value is 22 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether back button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of back button. Default value is 1. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this back button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the back button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the back button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether next button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of next button. Default value is 2. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the next button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the next button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of the button. Default value is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of the button. Default value is 4. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets whether finish button is always visible next to the Next button. Default value is false which means that Finish + button will be visible only on last Wizard page and it will replace the Next button. When set to true Finish button is always visible next + to the Next button except on first Welcome wizard page. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button causes validation to be performed on any controls that require validation when it receives focus. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets whether button is visible. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets tab index of the button. Default value is 5. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to button using the TAB key. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets caption of the button. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the button. Default value is 74. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size of the button. Default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets auto size mode of the button. Default value is AutoSizeMode.GrowOnly. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the wizard footer. Default value is 46 + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the wizard header. Default value is 60 + + + + + Gets or sets the header image alignment. Default value is right. + + + + + Gets or sets the header image size for interior wizard pages. Default value is 48x48 + + + + + Gets or sets indentation of header title label. Default value is 16. + + + + + Gets or sets indentation of header description label. Default value is 44. + + + + + + Indicates the font used to render caption header text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether description text displayed in wizard header is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the header background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the footer background style. + + + + + Returns reference to internal Next button control. + + + + + Returns reference to internal Back button control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether Focus cues on wizard navigation buttons are enabled. Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style used for wizard buttons. + + + + + Provides data for LayoutWizardButtons event. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Back button. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Next button. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Finish button. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Cancel button. + + + + + Gets or sets bounds of Help button. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class and initializes it with default values. + + + + + Defines delegate for WizardPageChange events. + + + + + Updates page state when one of the page appearance properties has changed. + + + + + Fires BeforePageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes the BeforePageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Fires AfterPageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Invokes AfterPageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Fires BeforePageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes the BeforePageDisplayed event. + + Event arguments + + + + Raises BackButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes BackButtonClick event. + + + + + Raises NextButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes NextButtonClick event. + + + + + Raises FinishButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes FinishButtonClick event. + + + + + Raises CancelButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes CancelButtonClick event. + + + + + Raises HelpButtonClick event. + + Event arguments + + + + Invokes HelpButtonClick event. + + + + + Occurs before page is displayed. This event can cancel the page change. You can perform any additional setup of the Wizard page in this event. + + + + + Occurs after page has been displayed.This event can cancel the page change. You can perform any additional setup of the Wizard page in this event. + + + + + Occurs after page is hidden. You can perform any additional steps that are needed to complete wizard step in this event. + + + + + Occurs when Back button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Next button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Finish button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Cancel button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Occurs when Help button is clicked. You can cancel any default processing performed by Wizard control by setting Cancel=true on event arguments. + + + + + Gets whether page is currently selected page in Wizard. + + + + + Gets or sets whether back button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether back button is visible when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets whether next button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether next button is visible when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets whether finish button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cancel button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether cancel button is visible when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets whether help button is enabled when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto which indicates that state is + automatically managed by control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether help button is visible when page is active. Default value is eWizardButtonState.Auto. + + + + + Gets or sets the page header image when page is an interior page, InteriorPage=true. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed as title in wizard header when page is active. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed as description in wizard header when page is active. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is displayed on form caption when page is active. Default value is empty string which indicates that form caption + is not changed when page becomes active. + + + + + Gets or sets whether page is interior page. Interior pages use wizard header area to display page title, description and optional image. They are also padded and do not + fill the client area of the Wizard. Default value is true. + You can set this value to false to hide header area and make page fill the client area of the wizard. + + + + + Gets or sets whether page is visible. Page visibility is managed by Wizard control and it should not be set directly. + + + + + Represents the collection of WizardPage objects which determines the flow of the wizard. + + + + + Adds new object to the collection. + + Object to add. + Index of newly added object. + + + + Adds an array of objects to the collection. + + Array of WizardPage objects. + + + + Inserts new object into the collection. + + Position of the object. + Object to insert. + + + + Returns index of the object inside of the collection. + + Reference to the object. + Index of the object. + + + + Returns whether collection contains specified object. + + Object to look for. + true if object is part of the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Removes specified object from the collection. + + + + + + Copies collection into the specified array. + + Array to copy collection to. + Starting index. + + + + Copies contained items to the WizardPage array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Copies contained items to the WizardPage array. + + Array to copy to. + + + + Gets the parent this collection is associated with. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's index. + + + + + Returns reference to the object in collection based on it's name. + + + + + Provides data for Wizard Page Change events. + + + + + Specifies the new active wizard page. You can change this argument when handling WizardPageChanging event and provide newly selected page of your own. + + + + + Specifies page that was or currently is active. + + + + + Indicates the wizard button that was source of page change. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class with default values. + + New wizard page + Old or current wizard page + Page change source + + + + Provides data for Wizard Page Change events. + + + + + Allows you to cancel the page change. + + + + + Creates new instance of the class with default values. + + New wizard page + Old or current wizard page + Page change source + + + + Defines delegate for WizardPageChange events. + + + + + Defines delegate for WizardPageChange events. + + +
+
diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/MySql.Data.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/MySql.Data.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd57447 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/MySql.Data.xml @@ -0,0 +1,16192 @@ + + + + MySql.Data + + + + + The implementation of the caching_sha2_password authentication plugin. + + + + + Defines the stage of the authentication. + + + + + Defines the default behavior for an authentication plugin. + + + + + Gets or sets the authentication data returned by the server. + + + + + This is a factory method that is used only internally. It creates an auth plugin based on the method type + + + + + + + + + Gets the connection option settings. + + + + + Gets the server version associated with this authentication plugin. + + + + + Gets the encoding assigned to the native driver. + + + + + Sets the authentication data required to encode, encrypt, or convert the password of the user. + + A byte array containing the authentication data provided by the server. + This method may be overriden based on the requirements by the implementing authentication plugin. + + + + Defines the behavior when checking for constraints. + + This method is intended to be overriden. + + + + Throws a MySqlException that encapsulates the original exception. + + The exception to encapsulate. + + + + Defines the behavior when authentication is successful. + + This method is intended to be overriden. + + + + Defines the behavior when more data is required from the server. + + The data returned by the server. + The data to return to the server. + + + + Gets the plugin name based on the authentication plugin type defined during the creation of this object. + + + + + Gets the user name associated to the connection settings. + + The user name associated to the connection settings. + + + + Gets the encoded, encrypted, or converted password based on the authentication plugin type defined during the creation of this object. + + An object containing the encoded, encrypted, or converted password. + This method is intended to be overriden. + + + + Allows connections to a user account set with the mysql_native_password authentication plugin. + + + + + Returns a byte array containing the proper encryption of the + given password/seed according to the new 4.1.1 authentication scheme. + + + + + + + + The implementation of the sha256_password authentication plugin. + + + + + + + + + + Defines the type of the security buffer. + + + + + Defines a security handle. + + + + + Describes a buffer allocated by a transport to pass to a security package. + + + + + Specifies the size, in bytes, of the buffer. + + + + + Bit flags that indicate the type of the buffer. + + + + + Pointer to a buffer. + + + + + Hold a numeric value used in defining other data types. + + + + + Least significant digits. + + + + + Most significant digits. + + + + + Holds a pointer used to define a security handle. + + + + + Least significant digits. + + + + + Most significant digits. + + + + + Indicates the sizes of important structures used in the message support functions. + + + + + Specifies the maximum size of the security token used in the authentication changes. + + + + + Specifies the maximum size of the signature created by the MakeSignature function. This member must be zero if integrity services are not requested or available. + + + + + Specifies the preferred integral size of the messages. + + + + + Size of the security trailer to be appended to messages. This member should be zero if the relevant services are not requested or available. + + + + + Allows importing large amounts of data into a database with bulk loading. + + + + + Gets or sets the connection. + + The connection. + + + + Gets or sets the field terminator. + + The field terminator. + + + + Gets or sets the line terminator. + + The line terminator. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the table. + + The name of the table. + + + + Gets or sets the character set. + + The character set. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the file. + + The name of the file. + + + + Gets or sets the timeout. + + The timeout. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filename that is to be loaded + is local to the client or not + + true if local; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the number of lines to skip. + + The number of lines to skip. + + + + Gets or sets the line prefix. + + The line prefix. + + + + Gets or sets the field quotation character. + + The field quotation character. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether [field quotation optional]. + + + true if [field quotation optional]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the escape character. + + The escape character. + + + + Gets or sets the conflict option. + + The conflict option. + + + + Gets or sets the priority. + + The priority. + + + + Gets the columns. + + The columns. + + + + Gets the expressions. + + The expressions. + + + + Execute the load operation + + The number of rows inserted. + + + + Async version of Load + + The number of rows inserted. + + + + Executes the load operation asynchronously while the cancellation isn't requested. + + The cancellation token. + The number of rows inserted. + + + + Represents the priority set for bulk loading operations. + + + + + This is the default and indicates normal priority + + + + + Low priority will cause the load operation to wait until all readers of the table + have finished. This only affects storage engines that use only table-level locking + such as MyISAM, Memory, and Merge. + + + + + Concurrent priority is only relevant for MyISAM tables and signals that if the table + has no free blocks in the middle that other readers can retrieve data from the table + while the load operation is happening. + + + + + Represents the behavior when conflicts arise during bulk loading operations. + + + + + This is the default and indicates normal operation. In the event of a LOCAL load, this + is the same as ignore. When the data file is on the server, then a key conflict will + cause an error to be thrown and the rest of the data file ignored. + + + + + Replace column values when a key conflict occurs. + + + + + Ignore any rows where the primary key conflicts. + + + + + Summary description for CharSetMap. + + + + + Returns the text encoding for a given MySQL character set name + + Version of the connection requesting the encoding + Name of the character set to get the encoding for + Encoding object for the given character set name + + + + Initializes the mapping. + + + + Represents a SQL statement to execute against a MySQL database. This class cannot be inherited. + MySqlCommand features the following methods for executing commands at a MySQL database: + + + Item + Description + + + + ExecuteReader + + Executes commands that return rows. + + + + ExecuteNonQuery + + Executes commands such as SQL INSERT, DELETE, and UPDATE statements. + + + + ExecuteScalar + + Retrieves a single value (for example, an aggregate value) from a database. + + + + You can reset the CommandText property and reuse the MySqlCommand + object. However, you must close the MySqlDataReader + before you can execute a new or previous command. + + If a MySqlException is + generated by the method executing a MySqlCommand, the MySqlConnection + remains open. It is the responsibility of the programmer to close the connection. + + + Using the '@' symbol for paramters is now the preferred approach although the old pattern of using + '?' is still supported. Please be aware though that using '@' can cause conflicts when user variables + are also used. To help with this situation please see the documentation on the 'allow user variables' + connection string option. The 'old syntax' connection string option has now been deprecated. + + + The following example creates a MySqlCommand and + a MySqlConnection. The MySqlConnection is opened and set as the Connection + for the MySqlCommand. The example then calls ExecuteNonQuery, + and closes the connection. To accomplish this, the ExecuteNonQuery is + passed a connection string and a query string that is a SQL INSERT + statement. + + Public Sub InsertRow(myConnectionString As String) + " If the connection string is null, use a default. + If myConnectionString = "" Then + myConnectionString = "Database=Test;Data Source=localhost;User Id=username;Password=pass" + End If + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnectionString) + Dim myInsertQuery As String = "INSERT INTO Orders (id, customerId, amount) Values(1001, 23, 30.66)" + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(myInsertQuery) + myCommand.Connection = myConnection + myConnection.Open() + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myCommand.Connection.Close() + End Sub + + + public void InsertRow(string myConnectionString) + { + // If the connection string is null, use a default. + if(myConnectionString == "") + { + myConnectionString = "Database=Test;Data Source=localhost;User Id=username;Password=pass"; + } + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnectionString); + string myInsertQuery = "INSERT INTO Orders (id, customerId, amount) Values(1001, 23, 30.66)"; + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(myInsertQuery); + myCommand.Connection = myConnection; + myConnection.Open(); + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myCommand.Connection.Close(); + } + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MySqlCommand class. + + + The following example creates a MySqlCommand and sets some of its properties. + + + This example shows how to use one of the overloaded + versions of the MySqlCommand constructor. For other examples that might be available, + see the individual overload topics. + + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand() + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection _ + ("Persist Security Info=False;database=test;server=myServer") + myConnection.Open() + Dim myTrans As MySqlTransaction = myConnection.BeginTransaction() + Dim mySelectQuery As String = "SELECT * FROM MyTable" + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConnection, myTrans) + myCommand.CommandTimeout = 20 + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand() + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection("Persist Security Info=False; + database=test;server=myServer"); + myConnection.Open(); + MySqlTransaction myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction(); + string mySelectQuery = "SELECT * FROM myTable"; + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConnection,myTrans); + myCommand.CommandTimeout = 20; + } + + + public: + void CreateMySqlCommand() + { + MySqlConnection* myConnection = new MySqlConnection(S"Persist Security Info=False; + database=test;server=myServer"); + myConnection->Open(); + MySqlTransaction* myTrans = myConnection->BeginTransaction(); + String* mySelectQuery = S"SELECT * FROM myTable"; + MySqlCommand* myCommand = new MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConnection, myTrans); + myCommand->CommandTimeout = 20; + }; + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MySqlCommand class. + + The base constructor initializes all fields to their default values. The + following table shows initial property values for an instance of . + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + empty string ("") + + + + + + 0 + + + + + + CommandType.Text + + + + + + Null + + + + You can change the value for any of these properties through a separate call to + the property. + + + The following example creates a and + sets some of its properties. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand() + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand() + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand() + { + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(); + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text; + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the text of the query. + The text of the query. + When an instance of is created, + the following read/write properties are set to initial values. + + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + + cmdText + + + + + + + 0 + + + + + + CommandType.Text + + + + + + Null + + + + You can change the value for any of these properties through a separate call to + the property. + + + The following example creates a and + sets some of its properties. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand() + Dim sql as String = "SELECT * FROM mytable" + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(sql) + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand() + { + string sql = "SELECT * FROM mytable"; + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(sql); + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text; + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the text of the query and a . + The text of the query. + A that represents the + connection to an instance of SQL Server. + + When an instance of is created, + the following read/write properties are set to initial values. + + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + + cmdText + + + + + + + 0 + + + + + + CommandType.Text + + + + + + + connection + + + + + You can change the value for any of these properties through a separate call to + the property. + + + The following example creates a and + sets some of its properties. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand() + Dim conn as new MySqlConnection("server=myServer") + Dim sql as String = "SELECT * FROM mytable" + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(sql, conn) + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand() + { + MySqlConnection conn = new MySqlConnection("server=myserver") + string sql = "SELECT * FROM mytable"; + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(sql, conn); + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text; + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the text of the query, a , and the + . + The text of the query. + A that represents the + connection to an instance of SQL Server. + + The in which the executes. + + When an instance of is created, + the following read/write properties are set to initial values. + + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + + cmdText + + + + + + + 0 + + + + + + CommandType.Text + + + + + + + connection + + + + + You can change the value for any of these properties through a separate call to + the property. + + + The following example creates a and + sets some of its properties. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand() + Dim conn as new MySqlConnection("server=myServer") + conn.Open(); + Dim txn as MySqlTransaction = conn.BeginTransaction() + Dim sql as String = "SELECT * FROM mytable" + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(sql, conn, txn) + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand() + { + MySqlConnection conn = new MySqlConnection("server=myserver") + conn.Open(); + MySqlTransaction txn = conn.BeginTransaction(); + string sql = "SELECT * FROM mytable"; + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(sql, conn, txn); + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text; + } + + + + + + Gets the last inserted id. + + + + + Gets or sets the SQL statement to execute at the data source. + + The SQL statement or stored procedure to execute. The default is an empty string. + + + When the property is set to StoredProcedure, + the CommandText property should be set to the name of the stored procedure. + The user may be required to use escape character syntax if the stored procedure name + contains any special characters. The command executes this stored procedure when + you call one of the Execute methods. Starting with Connector/NET 5.0, having both a stored function + and stored procedure with the same name in the same database is not supported. It is + suggested that you provide unqiue names for your stored routines. + + + The following example creates a and sets some of its properties. + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand() + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand() + myCommand.CommandText = "SELECT * FROM Mytable ORDER BY id" + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand() + { + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(); + myCommand.CommandText = "SELECT * FROM mytable ORDER BY id"; + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text; + } + + + + + + Gets or sets the wait time before terminating the attempt to execute a command + and generating an error. + + The time (in seconds) to wait for the command to execute. The default is 30 + seconds. + + CommandTimeout is dependent on the ability of MySQL to cancel an executing query. + Because of this, CommandTimeout is only supported when connected to MySQL + version 5.0.0 or higher. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating how the property is to be interpreted. + + One of the values. The default is Text. + + + When you set the CommandType property to StoredProcedure, you + should set the property to the name of the stored + procedure. The command executes this stored procedure when you call one of the + Execute methods. + + + The following example creates a and sets some of its properties. + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand() + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand() + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand() + { + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(); + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text; + } + + + + + + Gets a boolean value that indicates whether the Prepared method has been called. + + + + + Gets or sets the used by this instance of the + . + + The connection to a data source. The default value is a null reference + (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + If you set Connection while a transaction is in progress and the + property is not null, an + is generated. If the Transaction property is not null and the transaction + has already been committed or rolled back, Transaction is set to + null. + + + The following example creates a and sets some of its properties. + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand() + Dim mySelectQuery As String = "SELECT * FROM mytable ORDER BY id" + Dim myConnectString As String = "Persist Security Info=False;database=test;server=myServer" + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery) + myCommand.Connection = New MySqlConnection(myConnectString) + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand() + { + string mySelectQuery = "SELECT * FROM mytable ORDER BY id"; + string myConnectString = "Persist Security Info=False;database=test;server=myServer"; + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery); + myCommand.Connection = new MySqlConnection(myConnectString); + myCommand.CommandType = CommandType.Text; + } + + + + + + Get the + + The parameters of the SQL statement or stored procedure. The default is + an empty collection. + + Connector/NET does not support unnamed parameters. Every parameter added to the collection must + have an associated name. + + The following example creates a and displays its parameters. + To accomplish this, the method is passed a , a query string + that is a SQL SELECT statement, and an array of objects. + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand(myConnection As MySqlConnection, _ + mySelectQuery As String, myParamArray() As MySqlParameter) + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConnection) + myCommand.CommandText = "SELECT id, name FROM mytable WHERE age=@age" + myCommand.UpdatedRowSource = UpdateRowSource.Both + myCommand.Parameters.Add(myParamArray) + Dim j As Integer + For j = 0 To myCommand.Parameters.Count - 1 + myCommand.Parameters.Add(myParamArray(j)) + Next j + Dim myMessage As String = "" + Dim i As Integer + For i = 0 To myCommand.Parameters.Count - 1 + myMessage += myCommand.Parameters(i).ToString() & ControlChars.Cr + Next i + Console.WriteLine(myMessage) + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand(MySqlConnection myConnection, string mySelectQuery, + MySqlParameter[] myParamArray) + { + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConnection); + myCommand.CommandText = "SELECT id, name FROM mytable WHERE age=@age"; + myCommand.Parameters.Add(myParamArray); + for (int j=0; j<myParamArray.Length; j++) + { + myCommand.Parameters.Add(myParamArray[j]) ; + } + string myMessage = ""; + for (int i = 0; i < myCommand.Parameters.Count; i++) + { + myMessage += myCommand.Parameters[i].ToString() + "\n"; + } + MessageBox.Show(myMessage); + } + + + + + + Gets or sets the within which the executes. + + The . The default value is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + You cannot set the Transaction property if it is already set to a + specific value, and the command is in the process of executing. If you set the + transaction property to a object that is not connected + to the same as the object, + an exception will be thrown the next time you attempt to execute a statement. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates whether caching is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the seconds for how long a TableDirect result should be cached. + + + + + Gets or sets how command results are applied to the DataRow when used by the + Update method of the DbDataAdapter. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the command object should be visible in a Windows Form Designer control. + + + + + Attempts to cancel the execution of a currently active command + + + Cancelling a currently active query only works with MySQL versions 5.0.0 and higher. + + + + + Creates a new instance of a object. + + + This method is a strongly-typed version of . + + A object. + + + + + Check the connection to make sure + - it is open + - it is not currently being used by a reader + - and we have the right version of MySQL for the requested command type + + + + + Executes a SQL statement against the connection and returns the number of rows affected. + Number of rows affected + You can use ExecuteNonQuery to perform any type of database operation, + however any resultsets returned will not be available. Any output parameters + used in calling a stored procedure will be populated with data and can be + retrieved after execution is complete. + For UPDATE, INSERT, and DELETE statements, the return value is the number + of rows affected by the command. For all other types of statements, the return + value is -1. + + The following example creates a MySqlCommand and then + executes it using ExecuteNonQuery. The example is passed a string that is a + SQL statement (such as UPDATE, INSERT, or DELETE) and a string to use to + connect to the data source. + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand(myExecuteQuery As String, myConnection As MySqlConnection) + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(myExecuteQuery, myConnection) + myCommand.Connection.Open() + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myConnection.Close() + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand(string myExecuteQuery, MySqlConnection myConnection) + { + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(myExecuteQuery, myConnection); + myCommand.Connection.Open(); + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myConnection.Close(); + } + + + + + + Reset reader to null, to avoid "There is already an open data reader" + on the next ExecuteReader(). Used in error handling scenarios. + + + + + Reset SQL_SELECT_LIMIT that could have been modified by CommandBehavior. + + + + + Sends the to the Connection + and builds a . + + A object. + + + When the property is set to StoredProcedure, + the property should be set to the name of the stored + procedure. The command executes this stored procedure when you call + ExecuteReader. + + + While the is in use, the associated + is busy serving the MySqlDataReader. + While in this state, no other operations can be performed on the + MySqlConnection other than closing it. This is the case until the + method of the MySqlDataReader is called. + + + The following example creates a , then executes it by + passing a string that is a SQL SELECT statement, and a string to use to connect to the + data source. + + Public Sub CreateMySqlDataReader(mySelectQuery As String, myConnection As MySqlConnection) + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConnection) + myConnection.Open() + Dim myReader As MySqlDataReader + myReader = myCommand.ExecuteReader() + Try + While myReader.Read() + Console.WriteLine(myReader.GetString(0)) + End While + Finally + myReader.Close + myConnection.Close + End Try + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlDataReader(string mySelectQuery, MySqlConnection myConnection) + { + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConnection); + myConnection.Open(); + MMySqlDataReader myReader; + myReader = myCommand.ExecuteReader(); + try + { + while(myReader.Read()) + { + Console.WriteLine(myReader.GetString(0)); + } + } + finally + { + myReader.Close(); + myConnection.Close(); + } + } + + + + + + Sends the to the Connection, + and builds a using one of the values. + + One of the values. + + + When the property is set to StoredProcedure, + the property should be set to the name of the stored + procedure. The command executes this stored procedure when you call + ExecuteReader. + + + The supports a special mode that enables large binary + values to be read efficiently. For more information, see the SequentialAccess + setting for . + + + While the is in use, the associated + is busy serving the MySqlDataReader. + While in this state, no other operations can be performed on the + MySqlConnection other than closing it. This is the case until the + method of the MySqlDataReader is called. + If the MySqlDataReader is created with CommandBehavior set to + CloseConnection, closing the MySqlDataReader closes the connection + automatically. + + + When calling ExecuteReader with the SingleRow behavior, you should be aware that using a limit + clause in your SQL will cause all rows (up to the limit given) to be retrieved by the client. The + method will still return false after the first row but pulling all rows of data + into the client will have a performance impact. If the limit clause is not necessary, it should + be avoided. + + + A object. + + + + + Executes the query, and returns the first column of the first row in the + result set returned by the query. Extra columns or rows are ignored. + + The first column of the first row in the result set, or a null reference if the + result set is empty + + + Use the ExecuteScalar method to retrieve a single value (for example, + an aggregate value) from a database. This requires less code than using the + method, and then performing the operations necessary + to generate the single value using the data returned by a + + + The following example creates a and then + executes it using ExecuteScalar. The example is passed a string that is a + SQL statement that returns an aggregate result, and a string to use to + connect to the data source. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlCommand(myScalarQuery As String, myConnection As MySqlConnection) + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(myScalarQuery, myConnection) + myCommand.Connection.Open() + myCommand.ExecuteScalar() + myConnection.Close() + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlCommand(string myScalarQuery, MySqlConnection myConnection) + { + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(myScalarQuery, myConnection); + myCommand.Connection.Open(); + myCommand.ExecuteScalar(); + myConnection.Close(); + } + + + public: + void CreateMySqlCommand(String* myScalarQuery, MySqlConnection* myConnection) + { + MySqlCommand* myCommand = new MySqlCommand(myScalarQuery, myConnection); + myCommand->Connection->Open(); + myCommand->ExecuteScalar(); + myConnection->Close(); + } + + + + + + + + + + Creates a prepared version of the command on an instance of MySQL Server. + + + Prepared statements are only supported on MySQL version 4.1 and higher. Calling + prepare while connected to earlier versions of MySQL will succeed but will execute + the statement in the same way as unprepared. + + + The following example demonstrates the use of the Prepare method. + + public sub PrepareExample() + Dim cmd as New MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable VALUES (@val)", myConnection) + cmd.Parameters.Add( "@val", 10 ) + cmd.Prepare() + cmd.ExecuteNonQuery() + + cmd.Parameters(0).Value = 20 + cmd.ExecuteNonQuery() + end sub + + + private void PrepareExample() + { + MySqlCommand cmd = new MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable VALUES (@val)", myConnection); + cmd.Parameters.Add( "@val", 10 ); + cmd.Prepare(); + cmd.ExecuteNonQuery(); + + cmd.Parameters[0].Value = 20; + cmd.ExecuteNonQuery(); + } + + + + + + Initiates the asynchronous execution of the SQL statement or stored procedure + that is described by this , and retrieves one or more + result sets from the server. + + An that can be used to poll, wait for results, + or both; this value is also needed when invoking EndExecuteReader, + which returns a instance that can be used to retrieve + the returned rows. + + + + Initiates the asynchronous execution of the SQL statement or stored procedure + that is described by this using one of the + CommandBehavior values. + + One of the values, indicating + options for statement execution and data retrieval. + An that can be used to poll, wait for results, + or both; this value is also needed when invoking EndExecuteReader, + which returns a instance that can be used to retrieve + the returned rows. + + + + Finishes asynchronous execution of a SQL statement, returning the requested + . + + The returned by the call to + . + A MySqlDataReader object that can be used to retrieve the requested rows. + + + + Initiates the asynchronous execution of the SQL statement or stored procedure + that is described by this . + + + An delegate that is invoked when the command's + execution has completed. Pass a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) + to indicate that no callback is required. + A user-defined state object that is passed to the + callback procedure. Retrieve this object from within the callback procedure + using the property. + An that can be used to poll or wait for results, + or both; this value is also needed when invoking , + which returns the number of affected rows. + + + + Initiates the asynchronous execution of the SQL statement or stored procedure + that is described by this . + + An that can be used to poll or wait for results, + or both; this value is also needed when invoking , + which returns the number of affected rows. + + + + Finishes asynchronous execution of a SQL statement. + + The returned by the call + to . + + + + + Verifies if a query is valid even if it has not spaces or is a stored procedure call + + Query to validate + If it is necessary to add call statement + + + + Creates a clone of this MySqlCommand object. CommandText, Connection, and Transaction properties + are included as well as the entire parameter list. + + The cloned MySqlCommand object + + + + Summary description for API. + + + + + Summary description for CompressedStream. + + + + + Represents an open connection to a MySQL Server database. This class cannot be inherited. + + + A MySqlConnection object represents a session to a MySQL Server + data source. When you create an instance of MySqlConnection, all + properties are set to their initial values. For a list of these values, see the + MySqlConnection constructor. + + + + If the MySqlConnection goes out of scope, it is not closed. Therefore, + you must explicitly close the connection by calling + or . + + + The following example creates a and + a MySqlConnection. The MySqlConnection is opened and set as the + for the MySqlCommand. The example then calls + , and closes the connection. To accomplish this, the ExecuteNonQuery is + passed a connection string and a query string that is a SQL INSERT + statement. + + + Public Sub InsertRow(myConnectionString As String) + ' If the connection string is null, use a default. + If myConnectionString = "" Then + myConnectionString = "Database=Test;Data Source=localhost;User Id=username;Password=pass" + End If + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnectionString) + Dim myInsertQuery As String = "INSERT INTO Orders (id, customerId, amount) Values(1001, 23, 30.66)" + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(myInsertQuery) + myCommand.Connection = myConnection + myConnection.Open() + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myCommand.Connection.Close() + End Sub + + + + + public void InsertRow(string myConnectionString) + { + // If the connection string is null, use a default. + if(myConnectionString == "") + { + myConnectionString = "Database=Test;Data Source=localhost;User Id=username;Password=pass"; + } + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnectionString); + string myInsertQuery = "INSERT INTO Orders (id, customerId, amount) Values(1001, 23, 30.66)"; + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(myInsertQuery); + myCommand.Connection = myConnection; + myConnection.Open(); + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myCommand.Connection.Close(); + } + + + + + + Occurs when MySQL returns warnings as a result of executing a command or query. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + When a new instance of is created, the read/write + properties are set to the following initial values unless they are specifically + set using their associated keywords in the property. + + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + empty string ("") + + + + + + 15 + + + + + + empty string ("") + + + + + + empty string ("") + + + + + + empty string ("") + + + + You can change the value for these properties only by using the ConnectionString property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class when given a string containing the connection string. + + When a new instance of is created, the read/write + properties are set to the following initial values unless they are specifically + set using their associated keywords in the property. + + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + empty string ("") + + + + + + 15 + + + + + + empty string ("") + + + + + + empty string ("") + + + + + + empty string ("") + + + + You can change the value for these properties only by using the ConnectionString property. + + The connection properties used to open the MySQL database. + + + + Returns the id of the server thread this connection is executing on + + + + + Gets the name of the MySQL server to which to connect. + + + + + Gets the time to wait while trying to establish a connection before terminating the attempt and generating an error. + The value set is less than 0. + A value of 0 indicates no limit, and should be avoided in a + because an attempt to connect + will wait indefinitely. + + The following example creates a MySqlConnection + and sets some of its properties in the connection string. + + Public Sub CreateSqlConnection() + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection() + myConnection.ConnectionString = "Persist Security Info=False;Username=user;Password=pass;database=test1;server=localhost;Connect Timeout=30" + myConnection.Open() + End Sub + + + public void CreateSqlConnection() + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(); + myConnection.ConnectionString = "Persist Security Info=False;Username=user;Password=pass;database=test1;server=localhost;Connect Timeout=30"; + myConnection.Open(); + } + + + + + Gets the name of the current database or the database to be used after a connection is opened.The name of the current database or the name of the database to be used after a connection is opened. The default value is an empty string. + + The Database property does not update dynamically. + If you change the current database using a SQL statement, then this property + may reflect the wrong value. If you change the current database using the + method, this property is updated to reflect the new database. + + + The following example creates a and displays + some of its read-only properties. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlConnection() + Dim myConnString As String = _ + "Persist Security Info=False;database=test;server=localhost;user id=joeuser;pwd=pass" + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection( myConnString ) + myConnection.Open() + MessageBox.Show( "Server Version: " + myConnection.ServerVersion _ + + ControlChars.NewLine + "Database: " + myConnection.Database ) + myConnection.ChangeDatabase( "test2" ) + MessageBox.Show( "ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion _ + + ControlChars.NewLine + "Database: " + myConnection.Database ) + myConnection.Close() + End Sub + + + + public void CreateMySqlConnection() + { + string myConnString = + "Persist Security Info=False;database=test;server=localhost;user id=joeuser;pwd=pass"; + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection( myConnString ); + myConnection.Open(); + MessageBox.Show( "Server Version: " + myConnection.ServerVersion + + "\nDatabase: " + myConnection.Database ); + myConnection.ChangeDatabase( "test2" ); + MessageBox.Show( "ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion + + "\nDatabase: " + myConnection.Database ); + myConnection.Close(); + } + + + + + + Indicates if this connection should use compression when communicating with the server. + + + + Gets the current state of the connection. + A bitwise combination of the values. The default is Closed. + + The allowed state changes are: + + + From Closed to Open, using the Open method of the connection object. + + + From Open to Closed, using either the Close method or the Dispose method of the connection object. + + + + The following example creates a , opens it, + displays some of its properties, then closes the connection. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlConnection(myConnString As String) + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + myConnection.Open() + MessageBox.Show("ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion _ + + ControlChars.Cr + "State: " + myConnection.State.ToString()) + myConnection.Close() + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlConnection(string myConnString) + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + myConnection.Open(); + MessageBox.Show("ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion + + "\nState: " + myConnection.State.ToString()); + myConnection.Close(); + } + + + + + Gets a string containing the version of the MySQL server to which the client is connected.The version of the instance of MySQL.The connection is closed. + The following example creates a , opens it, + displays some of its properties, then closes the connection. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlConnection(myConnString As String) + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + myConnection.Open() + MessageBox.Show("ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion _ + + ControlChars.Cr + "State: " + myConnection.State.ToString()) + myConnection.Close() + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlConnection(string myConnString) + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + myConnection.Open(); + MessageBox.Show("ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion + + "\nState: " + myConnection.State.ToString()); + myConnection.Close(); + } + + #if !NETSTANDARD1_6 + + + + Gets or sets the string used to connect to a MySQL Server database. + + + The ConnectionString returned may not be exactly like what was originally + set but will be indentical in terms of keyword/value pairs. Security information + will not be included unless the Persist Security Info value is set to true. + + + You can use the ConnectionString property to connect to a database. + The following example illustrates a typical connection string. + + "Persist Security Info=False;database=MyDB;server=MySqlServer;user id=myUser;Password=myPass" + + The ConnectionString property can be set only when the connection is + closed. Many of the connection string values have corresponding read-only + properties. When the connection string is set, all of these properties are + updated, except when an error is detected. In this case, none of the properties + are updated. properties return only those settings contained in the + ConnectionString. + + + To connect to a local machine, specify "localhost" for the server. If you do not + specify a server, localhost is assumed. + + + Resetting the ConnectionString on a closed connection resets all + connection string values (and related properties) including the password. For + example, if you set a connection string that includes "Database= MyDb", and + then reset the connection string to "Data Source=myserver;User Id=myUser;Password=myPass", + the property is no longer set to MyDb. + + + The connection string is parsed immediately after being set. If errors in + syntax are found when parsing, a runtime exception, such as , + is generated. Other errors can be found only when an attempt is made to open the + connection. + + + The basic format of a connection string consists of a series of keyword/value + pairs separated by semicolons. The equal sign (=) connects each keyword and its + value. To include values that contain a semicolon, single-quote character, or + double-quote character, the value must be enclosed in double quotes. If the + value contains both a semicolon and a double-quote character, the value can be + enclosed in single quotes. The single quote is also useful if the value begins + with a double-quote character. Conversely, the double quote can be used if the + value begins with a single quote. If the value contains both single-quote and + double-quote characters, the quote character used to enclose the value must be + doubled each time it occurs within the value. + + + To include preceding or trailing spaces in the string value, the value must + be enclosed in either single quotes or double quotes. Any leading or trailing + spaces around integer, Boolean, or enumerated values are ignored, even if + enclosed in quotes. However, spaces within a string literal keyword or value are + preserved. Using .NET Framework version 1.1, single or double quotes may be used + within a connection string without using delimiters (for example, Data Source= + my'Server or Data Source= my"Server), unless a quote character is the first or + last character in the value. + + + To include an equal sign (=) in a keyword or value, it must be preceded by + another equal sign. For example, in the hypothetical connection string + + "key==word=value" + + the keyword is "key=word" and the value is "value". + + If a specific keyword in a keyword= value pair occurs multiple times in a + connection string, the last occurrence listed is used in the value set. + + Keywords are not case sensitive. + + The following table lists the valid names for keyword values within the + ConnectionString. + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameDefaultDescription
+ Connect Timeout -or- Connection Timeout + 15 + The length of time (in seconds) to wait for a connection to the server before + terminating the attempt and generating an error. +
+ Host -or- Server -or- Data Source -or- + DataSource -or- Address -or- Addr -or- + Network Address + localhost + + The name or network address of the instance of MySQL to which to connect. Multiple hosts can be + specified separated by &. This can be useful where multiple MySQL servers are configured for replication + and you are not concerned about the precise server you are connecting to. No attempt is made by the provider to + synchronize writes to the database so care should be taken when using this option. + + + In Unix environment with Mono, this can be a fully qualified path to MySQL socket filename. With this configuration, the Unix socket will be used instead of TCP/IP socket. + Currently only a single socket name can be given so accessing MySQL in a replicated environment using Unix sockets is not currently supported. + +
Port3306 + The port MySQL is using to listen for connections. This value is ignored if the connection protocol + is anything but socket. +
Protocolsocket + Specifies the type of connection to make to the server.Values can be: + socket or tcp for a socket connection
+ pipe for a named pipe connection
+ unix for a Unix socket connection
+ memory to use MySQL shared memory +
+ CharSet -or Character Set + + + Specifies the character set that should be used to encode all queries sent to the server. + Resultsets are still returned in the character set of the data returned. +
LoggingfalseWhen true, various pieces of information is output to any configured TraceListeners.
Allow Batchtrue + When true, multiple SQL statements can be sent with one command execution.

+ -Note-
+ Starting with MySQL 4.1.1, batch statements should be separated by the server-defined seperator character.
+ Commands sent to earlier versions of MySQL should be seperated with ';'. +
Encryptfalse + When true, SSL/TLS encryption is used for all data sent between the + client and server if the server has a certificate installed. Recognized values + are true, false, yes, and no. +
+ Initial Catalog -or- Database + mysqlThe name of the database to use intially
+ Password -or- pwd + + The password for the MySQL account being used.
Persist Security Infofalse + When set to false or no (strongly recommended), security-sensitive + information, such as the password, is not returned as part of the connection if + the connection is open or has ever been in an open state. Resetting the + connection string resets all connection string values including the password. + Recognized values are true, false, yes, and no. +
+ User Id -or- Username -or- Uid -or- User name + + The MySQL login account being used.
Shared Memory NameMYSQLThe name of the shared memory object to use for communication if the connection protocol is set to memory.
Allow Zero Datetimefalse + True to have MySqlDataReader.GetValue() return a MySqlDateTime for date or datetime columns that have illegal values. + False will cause a DateTime object to be returned for legal values and an exception will be thrown for illegal values. +
Convert Zero Datetimefalse + True to have MySqlDataReader.GetValue() and MySqlDataReader.GetDateTime() + return DateTime.MinValue for date or datetime columns that have illegal values. +
+ Pipe Name -or- Pipe + mysql + When set to the name of a named pipe, the MySqlConnection will attempt to connect to MySQL + on that named pipe.

This settings only applies to the Windows platform. +
+ Use Performance Monitor -or- UsePerformanceMonitor + false + Posts performance data that can be tracked using perfmon +
+ Procedure Cache Size + 25 + How many stored procedure definitions can be held in the cache +
+ Ignore Prepare + true + Instructs the provider to ignore any attempts to prepare commands. This option + was added to allow a user to disable prepared statements in an entire application + without modifying the code. A user might want to do this if errors or bugs are + encountered with MySQL prepared statements. +
Use Procedure Bodiestrue + Instructs the provider to attempt to call the procedure without first resolving the metadata. This + is useful in situations where the calling user does not have access to the mysql.proc table. To + use this mode, the parameters for the procedure must be added to the command in the same order + as they appear in the procedure definition and their types must be explicitly set. +
Auto Enlisttrue + Indicates whether the connection should automatically enlist in the current transaction, + if there is one. +
Respect Binary Flagstrue + Indicates whether the connection should respect all binary flags sent to the client + as part of column metadata. False will cause the connector to behave like + Connector/NET 5.0 and earlier. +
BlobAsUTF8IncludePatternnull + Pattern that should be used to indicate which blob columns should be treated as UTF-8. +
BlobAsUTF8ExcludePatternnull + Pattern that should be used to indicate which blob columns should not be treated as UTF-8. +
Default Command Timeout30 + The default timeout that new MySqlCommand objects will use unless changed. +
Allow User Variablesfalse + Should the provider expect user variables in the SQL. +
Interactive -or- Interactive Sessionfalse + Should this session be considered interactive? +
Functions Return Stringfalse + Set this option to true to force the return value of SQL functions to be string. +
Use Affected Rowsfalse + Set this option to true to cause the affected rows reported to reflect only the + rows that are actually changed. By default, the number of rows that are matched + is returned. +
+
+ + The following table lists the valid names for connection pooling values within + the ConnectionString. For more information about connection pooling, see + Connection Pooling for the MySql Data Provider. + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameDefaultDescription
Connection Lifetime0 + When a connection is returned to the pool, its creation time is compared with + the current time, and the connection is destroyed if that time span (in seconds) + exceeds the value specified by Connection Lifetime. This is useful in + clustered configurations to force load balancing between a running server and a + server just brought online. + + A value of zero (0) causes pooled connections to have the maximum connection + timeout. + +
Max Pool Size100The maximum number of connections allowed in the pool.
Min Pool Size0The minimum number of connections allowed in the pool.
Poolingtrue + When true, the MySqlConnection object is drawn from the appropriate + pool, or if necessary, is created and added to the appropriate pool. Recognized + values are true, false, yes, and no. +
Connection Resetfalse + Specifies whether the database connection should be reset when being + drawn from the pool. Leaving this as false will yeild much faster + connection opens but the user should understand the side effects + of doing this such as temporary tables and user variables from the previous + session not being cleared out. +
Cache Server Propertiesfalse + Specifies whether the server variables are cached between pooled connections. + On systems where the variables change infrequently and there are lots of + connection attempts, this can speed up things dramatically. +
+
+ + When setting keyword or connection pooling values that require a Boolean + value, you can use 'yes' instead of 'true', and 'no' instead of 'false'. + + + Note The MySql Data Provider uses the native socket protocol to + communicate with MySQL. Therefore, it does not support the use of an ODBC data source name (DSN) when + connecting to MySQL because it does not add an ODBC layer. + + + CAUTION In this release, the application should use caution when constructing a + connection string based on user input (for example when retrieving user ID and password information from a + dialog box, and appending it to the connection string). The application should + ensure that a user cannot embed extra connection string parameters in these + values (for example, entering a password as "validpassword;database=somedb" in + an attempt to attach to a different database). + +
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties + + Public Sub CreateConnection() + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection() + myConnection.ConnectionString = "Persist Security Info=False;database=myDB;server=myHost;Connect Timeout=30;user id=myUser; pwd=myPass" + myConnection.Open() + End Sub 'CreateConnection + + + public void CreateConnection() + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(); + myConnection.ConnectionString = "Persist Security Info=False;database=myDB;server=myHost;Connect Timeout=30;user id=myUser; pwd=myPass"; + myConnection.Open(); + } + + + The following example creates a in Unix environment with Mono installed. MySQL socket filename used in this example is "/var/lib/mysql/mysql.sock". The actual filename depends on your MySQL configuration. + + Public Sub CreateConnection() + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection() + myConnection.ConnectionString = "database=myDB;server=/var/lib/mysql/mysql.sock;user id=myUser; pwd=myPass" + myConnection.Open() + End Sub 'CreateConnection + + + public void CreateConnection() + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(); + myConnection.ConnectionString = "database=myDB;server=/var/lib/mysql/mysql.sock;user id=myUser; pwd=myPass"; + myConnection.Open(); + } + + +
+ + + Gets a boolean value that indicates whether the password associated to the connection is expired. + + + + Begins a database transaction.An object representing the new transaction.Parallel transactions are not supported. + This command is equivalent to the MySQL BEGIN TRANSACTION command. + + You must explicitly commit or roll back the transaction using the or + method. + + If you do not specify an isolation level, the default isolation level is used. To specify an isolation + level with the method, use the overload that takes the iso parameter. Also + note that any attempt to begin a transaction while a transaction is in progress will throw an exception on MySQL 4.1 and higher. + On MySQL 4.0, an exception will not be thrown because servers 4.0 and earlier did not report their transacation status. + + + + The following example creates a and a + . It also demonstrates how to use the BeginTransaction, a + , and methods. + + Public Sub RunTransaction(myConnString As String) + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + myConnection.Open() + + Dim myCommand As MySqlCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand() + Dim myTrans As MySqlTransaction + + ' Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction() + ' Must assign both transaction object and connection + ' to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans + + Try + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into Test (id, desc) VALUES (100, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into Test (id, desc) VALUES (101, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myTrans.Commit() + Console.WriteLine("Both records are written to database.") + Catch e As Exception + Try + myTrans.Rollback() + Catch ex As MySqlException + If Not myTrans.Connection Is Nothing Then + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + ex.GetType().ToString() + _ + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction.") + End If + End Try + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + e.GetType().ToString() + _ + "was encountered while inserting the data.") + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database.") + Finally + myConnection.Close() + End Try + End Sub + + + public void RunTransaction(string myConnString) + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + myConnection.Open(); + + MySqlCommand myCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand(); + MySqlTransaction myTrans; + + // Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction(); + // Must assign both transaction object and connection + // to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection; + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans; + + try + { + myCommand.CommandText = "insert into Test (id, desc) VALUES (100, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myCommand.CommandText = "insert into Test (id, desc) VALUES (101, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myTrans.Commit(); + Console.WriteLine("Both records are written to database."); + } + catch(Exception e) + { + try + { + myTrans.Rollback(); + } + catch (SqlException ex) + { + if (myTrans.Connection != null) + { + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + ex.GetType() + + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction."); + } + } + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + e.GetType() + + " was encountered while inserting the data."); + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database."); + } + finally + { + myConnection.Close(); + } + } + + + + + Begins a database transaction with the specified isolation level.The isolation level under which the transaction should run. An object representing the new transaction.Parallel exceptions are not supported. + This command is equivalent to the MySQL BEGIN TRANSACTION command. + + You must explicitly commit or roll back the transaction using the or + method. + + If you do not specify an isolation level, the default isolation level is used. To specify an isolation + level with the method, use the overload that takes the iso parameter. + Also note that any attempt to begin a transaction while a transaction is in progress will throw an exception on MySQL 4.1 and higher. + On MySQL 4.0, an exception will not be thrown because servers 4.0 and earlier did not report their transacation status. + + + + The following example creates a and a + . It also demonstrates how to use the BeginTransaction, a + , and methods. + + Public Sub RunTransaction(myConnString As String) + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + myConnection.Open() + + Dim myCommand As MySqlCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand() + Dim myTrans As MySqlTransaction + + ' Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction() + ' Must assign both transaction object and connection + ' to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans + + Try + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into Test (id, desc) VALUES (100, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into Test (id, desc) VALUES (101, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myTrans.Commit() + Console.WriteLine("Both records are written to database.") + Catch e As Exception + Try + myTrans.Rollback() + Catch ex As MySqlException + If Not myTrans.Connection Is Nothing Then + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + ex.GetType().ToString() + _ + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction.") + End If + End Try + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + e.GetType().ToString() + _ + "was encountered while inserting the data.") + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database.") + Finally + myConnection.Close() + End Try + End Sub + + + public void RunTransaction(string myConnString) + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + myConnection.Open(); + + MySqlCommand myCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand(); + MySqlTransaction myTrans; + + // Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction(); + // Must assign both transaction object and connection + // to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection; + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans; + + try + { + myCommand.CommandText = "insert into Test (id, desc) VALUES (100, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myCommand.CommandText = "insert into Test (id, desc) VALUES (101, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myTrans.Commit(); + Console.WriteLine("Both records are written to database."); + } + catch(Exception e) + { + try + { + myTrans.Rollback(); + } + catch (SqlException ex) + { + if (myTrans.Connection != null) + { + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + ex.GetType() + + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction."); + } + } + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + e.GetType() + + " was encountered while inserting the data."); + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database."); + } + finally + { + myConnection.Close(); + } + } + + + + + Changes the current database for an open MySqlConnection.The name of the database to use. + + The value supplied in the database parameter must be a valid database + name. The database parameter cannot contain a null value, an empty + string, or a string with only blank characters. + + + + When you are using connection pooling against MySQL, and you close + the connection, it is returned to the connection pool. The next time the + connection is retrieved from the pool, the reset connection request + executes before the user performs any operations. + + The database name is not valid.The connection is not open.Cannot change the database. + The following example creates a and displays + some of its read-only properties. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlConnection() + Dim myConnString As String = _ + "Persist Security Info=False;database=test;server=localhost;user id=joeuser;pwd=pass" + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection( myConnString ) + myConnection.Open() + MessageBox.Show( "Server Version: " + myConnection.ServerVersion _ + + ControlChars.NewLine + "Database: " + myConnection.Database ) + myConnection.ChangeDatabase( "test2" ) + MessageBox.Show( "ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion _ + + ControlChars.NewLine + "Database: " + myConnection.Database ) + myConnection.Close() + End Sub + + + + public void CreateMySqlConnection() + { + string myConnString = + "Persist Security Info=False;database=test;server=localhost;user id=joeuser;pwd=pass"; + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection( myConnString ); + myConnection.Open(); + MessageBox.Show( "Server Version: " + myConnection.ServerVersion + + "\nDatabase: " + myConnection.Database ); + myConnection.ChangeDatabase( "test2" ); + MessageBox.Show( "ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion + + "\nDatabase: " + myConnection.Database ); + myConnection.Close(); + } + + + + + + Ping + + + + + Opens a database connection with the property settings specified by the ConnectionString.Cannot open a connection without specifying a data source or server.A connection-level error occurred while opening the connection. + + The draws an open connection from the connection pool if one is available. + Otherwise, it establishes a new connection to an instance of MySQL. + + + The following example creates a , opens it, + displays some of its properties, then closes the connection. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlConnection(myConnString As String) + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + myConnection.Open() + MessageBox.Show("ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion _ + + ControlChars.Cr + "State: " + myConnection.State.ToString()) + myConnection.Close() + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlConnection(string myConnString) + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + myConnection.Open(); + MessageBox.Show("ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion + + "\nState: " + myConnection.State.ToString()); + myConnection.Close(); + } + + + + + + Creates and returns a object associated with the . + + A object. + + + + Closes the connection to the database. This is the preferred method of closing any open connection. + + The Close method rolls back any pending transactions. It then releases + the connection to the connection pool, or closes the connection if connection + pooling is disabled. + + + An application can call Close more than one time. No exception is + generated. + + + The following example creates a , opens it, + displays some of its properties, then closes the connection. + + + Public Sub CreateMySqlConnection(myConnString As String) + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + myConnection.Open() + MessageBox.Show("ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion _ + + ControlChars.Cr + "State: " + myConnection.State.ToString()) + myConnection.Close() + End Sub + + + public void CreateMySqlConnection(string myConnString) + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + myConnection.Open(); + MessageBox.Show("ServerVersion: " + myConnection.ServerVersion + + "\nState: " + myConnection.State.ToString()); + myConnection.Close(); + } + + + + + + Cancels the query after the specified time interval. + + The length of time (in seconds) to wait for the cancelation of the command execution. + + + + Sets query timeout. If timeout has been set prior and not + yet cleared ClearCommandTimeout(), it has no effect. + + timeout in seconds + true if + + + + Clears query timeout, allowing next SetCommandTimeout() to succeed. + + + + + Gets a schema collection based on the provided restriction values. + + The name of the collection. + The values to restrict. + A schema collection object. + + + Empties the connection pool associated with the specified connection. + The associated with the pool to be cleared. + + + ClearPool clears the connection pool that is associated with the connection. + If additional connections associated with connection are in use at the time of the call, + they are marked appropriately and are discarded (instead of being returned to the pool) + when Close is called on them. + + + + + Clears all connection pools. + + ClearAllPools essentially performs a on all current connection + pools. + + + + + + Initiates the asynchronous execution of a transaction. + + An object representing the new transaction. + + + + Asynchronous version of BeginTransaction. + + The cancellation token. + An object representing the new transaction. + + + + Async version of BeginTransaction + + The isolation level under which the transaction should run. + An object representing the new transaction. + + + + Asynchronous version of BeginTransaction. + + The isolation level under which the transaction should run. + The cancellation token. + An object representing the new transaction. + + + + Asynchronous version of the ChangeDataBase method. + + The name of the database to use. + + + + + Asynchronous version of the ChangeDataBase method. + + The name of the database to use. + The cancellation Token. + + + + + Asynchronous version of the Close method. + + + + + + Asynchronous version of the Close method. + + The cancellation token. + + + + + Asynchronous version of the ClearPool method. + + The connection associated with the pool to be cleared. + + + + + Asynchronous version of the ClearPool method. + + The connection associated with the pool to be cleared. + The cancellation token. + + + + + Async version of ClearAllPools + + + + + + Asynchronous version of the ClearAllPools method. + + The cancellation token. + + + + + Asynchronous version of the GetSchemaCollection method. + + The name of the collection. + The values to restrict. + A collection of schema objects. + + + + Asynchronous version of the GetSchemaCollection method. + + The name of the collection. + The values to restrict. + The cancellation token. + A collection of schema objects. + + + + Returns schema information for the data source of this . + + A that contains schema information. + + + + Returns schema information for the data source of this + using the specified string for the schema name. + + Specifies the name of the schema to return. + A that contains schema information. + + + + Returns schema information for the data source of this + using the specified string for the schema name and the specified string array + for the restriction values. + + Specifies the name of the schema to return. + Specifies a set of restriction values for the requested schema. + A that contains schema information. + + + + Enlists in the specified transaction. + + + A reference to an existing in which to enlist. + + + + + Creates a new MySqlConnection object with the exact same ConnectionString value + + A cloned MySqlConnection object + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a + . + + + + + Provides data for the InfoMessage event. This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + Gets or sets an array of MySqlError objects set with the errors found. + + + + + IDisposable wrapper around SetCommandTimeout and ClearCommandTimeout + functionality + + + + + Summary description for Crypt. + + + + + Simple XOR scramble + + Source array + Index inside source array + Destination array + Index inside destination array + Password used to xor the bits + Number of bytes to scramble + + + + Returns a byte array containing the proper encryption of the + given password/seed according to the new 4.1.1 authentication scheme. + + + + + + + + Encrypts a password using the MySql encryption scheme + + The password to encrypt + The encryption seed the server gave us + Indicates if we should use the old or new encryption scheme + + + + + Hashes a password using the algorithm from Monty's code. + The first element in the return is the result of the "old" hash. + The second element is the rest of the "new" hash. + + Password to be hashed + Two element array containing the hashed values + + + + Provides a means of reading a forward-only stream of rows from a MySQL database. This class cannot be inherited. + + + To create a MySQLDataReader, you must call the + method of the object, rather than directly using a constructor. + + + While the MySqlDataReader is in use, the associated + is busy serving the MySqlDataReader, and no other operations can be performed + on the MySqlConnection other than closing it. This is the case until the + method of the MySqlDataReader is called. + + + and + are the only properties that you can call after the MySqlDataReader is + closed. Though the RecordsAffected property may be accessed at any time + while the MySqlDataReader exists, always call Close before returning + the value of RecordsAffected to ensure an accurate return value. + + + For optimal performance, MySqlDataReader avoids creating + unnecessary objects or making unnecessary copies of data. As a result, multiple calls + to methods such as return a reference to the + same object. Use caution if you are modifying the underlying value of the objects + returned by methods such as GetValue. + + + The following example creates a , + a , and a MySqlDataReader. The example reads through + the data, writing it out to the console. Finally, the example closes the MySqlDataReader, then the + MySqlConnection. + + Public Sub ReadMyData(myConnString As String) + Dim mySelectQuery As String = "SELECT OrderID, CustomerID FROM Orders" + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConnection) + myConnection.Open() + Dim myReader As MySqlDataReader + myReader = myCommand.ExecuteReader() + ' Always call Read before accessing data. + While myReader.Read() + Console.WriteLine((myReader.GetInt32(0) & ", " & myReader.GetString(1))) + End While + ' always call Close when done reading. + myReader.Close() + ' Close the connection when done with it. + myConnection.Close() + End Sub 'ReadMyData + + + public void ReadMyData(string myConnString) { + string mySelectQuery = "SELECT OrderID, CustomerID FROM Orders"; + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery,myConnection); + myConnection.Open(); + MySqlDataReader myReader; + myReader = myCommand.ExecuteReader(); + // Always call Read before accessing data. + while (myReader.Read()) { + Console.WriteLine(myReader.GetInt32(0) + ", " + myReader.GetString(1)); + } + // always call Close when done reading. + myReader.Close(); + // Close the connection when done with it. + myConnection.Close(); + } + + + + + + Gets the number of columns in the current row. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the MySqlDataReader contains one or more rows. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the data reader is closed. + + + + + Gets the number of rows changed, inserted, or deleted by execution of the SQL statement. + + + + + Overloaded. Gets the value of a column in its native format. + In C#, this property is the indexer for the MySqlDataReader class. + + + + + Gets the value of a column in its native format. + [C#] In C#, this property is the indexer for the MySqlDataReader class. + + + + + Gets a value indicating the depth of nesting for the current row. This method is not + supported currently and always returns 0. + + + + + Closes the MySqlDataReader object. + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a Boolean. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a Boolean. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a byte. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a byte. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a sbyte. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a sbyte. + + + + + + + Reads a stream of bytes from the specified column offset into the buffer an array starting at the given buffer offset. + + The zero-based column ordinal. + The index within the field from which to begin the read operation. + The buffer into which to read the stream of bytes. + The index for buffer to begin the read operation. + The maximum length to copy into the buffer. + The actual number of bytes read. + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a single character. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a single character. + + + + + + + Reads a stream of characters from the specified column offset into the buffer as an array starting at the given buffer offset. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the name of the source data type. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a object. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a DateTime object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a object. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a DateTime object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a object. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a DateTime object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + + + MySql allows date columns to contain the value '0000-00-00' and datetime + columns to contain the value '0000-00-00 00:00:00'. The DateTime structure cannot contain + or represent these values. To read a datetime value from a column that might + contain zero values, use . + + + The behavior of reading a zero datetime column using this method is defined by the + ZeroDateTimeBehavior connection string option. For more information on this option, + please refer to . + + + The column name.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a object. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a DateTime object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + + + MySql allows date columns to contain the value '0000-00-00' and datetime + columns to contain the value '0000-00-00 00:00:00'. The DateTime structure cannot contain + or represent these values. To read a datetime value from a column that might + contain zero values, use . + + + The behavior of reading a zero datetime column using this method is defined by the + ZeroDateTimeBehavior connection string option. For more information on this option, + please refer to . + + + The zero-based column ordinal.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a MySqlDecimal. + + The name of the colum. + The value of the specified column as a MySqlDecimal. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a MySqlDecimal. + + The index of the colum. + The value of the specified column as a MySqlDecimal. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a MySqlDecimal. + + The name of the colum. + The value of the specified column as a MySqlDecimal. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a object. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a Decimal object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinalThe value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a double-precision floating point number. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a Double object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The column nameThe value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a double-precision floating point number. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a Double object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the type of the field at the specified column. + + The column name. + The data type of the item. + + + + Gets the Type that is the data type of the object. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a single-precision floating point number. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a Float object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The column nameThe value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a single-precision floating point number. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a Float object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a globally-unique identifier(GUID). + + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 16-bit signed integer. + + No conversions are performed; threfore, the data retrieved must already be a 16 bit integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The column nameThe value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 16-bit signed integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 16 bit integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal.The value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 32-bit signed integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 32 bit integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The column name.The value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 32-bit signed integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 32 bit integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal.The value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 64-bit signed integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 64 bit integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The column name.The value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 64-bit signed integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 64 bit integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the name of the specified column. + + + + + + + Gets the column ordinal, given the name of the column. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a object. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a String object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The column name.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a object. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a String object. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a object. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a Time value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a object. + + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a Time value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column in its native format. + + + + + + + Gets all attribute columns in the collection for the current row. + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 16-bit unsigned integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 16 bit unsigned integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 16-bit unsigned integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 16 bit unsigned integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 32-bit unsigned integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 32 bit unsigned integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 32-bit unsigned integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 32 bit unsigned integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 64-bit unsigned integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 64 bit unsigned integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a 64-bit unsigned integer. + + No conversions are performed; therefore, the data retrieved must already be a 64 bit unsigned integer value. + + + Call IsDBNull to check for null values before calling this method. + + The zero-based column ordinal or column name.The value of the specified column. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the column contains non-existent or missing values. + + + + + + + Advances the data reader to the next result, when reading the results of batch SQL statements. + + + + + + Advances the MySqlDataReader to the next record. + + + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a MySqlGeometry. + + The index of the colum. + The value of the specified column as a MySqlGeometry. + + + + Gets the value of the specified column as a MySqlGeometry. + + The name of the column. + The value of the specified column as a MySqlGeometry. + + + + Returns an that iterates through the . + + + + + Returns a DataTable that describes the column metadata of the MySqlDataReader. + + + + + + Summary description for BaseDriver. + + + + + For pooled connections, time when the driver was + put into idle queue + + + + + Loads the properties from the connected server into a hashtable + + + + + + + Loads all the current character set names and ids for this server + into the charSets hashtable + + + + + The exception that is thrown when MySQL returns an error. This class cannot be inherited. + + + + This class is created whenever the MySql Data Provider encounters an error generated from the server. + + + Any open connections are not automatically closed when an exception is thrown. If + the client application determines that the exception is fatal, it should close any open + objects or objects. + + + The following example generates a MySqlException due to a missing server, + and then displays the exception. + + + Public Sub ShowException() + Dim mySelectQuery As String = "SELECT column1 FROM table1" + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection ("Data Source=localhost;Database=Sample;") + Dim myCommand As New MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConnection) + + Try + myCommand.Connection.Open() + Catch e As MySqlException + MessageBox.Show( e.Message ) + End Try + End Sub + + + public void ShowException() + { + string mySelectQuery = "SELECT column1 FROM table1"; + MySqlConnection myConnection = + new MySqlConnection("Data Source=localhost;Database=Sample;"); + MySqlCommand myCommand = new MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery,myConnection); + + try + { + myCommand.Connection.Open(); + } + catch (MySqlException e) + { + MessageBox.Show( e.Message ); + } + } + + + + + + Gets a number that identifies the type of error. + + + + + True if this exception was fatal and cause the closing of the connection, false otherwise. + + + + + Gets the SQL state. + + + + + Gets the numeric code of the exception. + + + + + Summary description for Field. + + + + + We are adding a custom installer class to our assembly so our installer + can make proper changes to the machine.config file. + + + + + We override Install so we can add our assembly to the proper + machine.config files. + + + + + + We override Uninstall so we can remove out assembly from the + machine.config files. + + + + + + Automatically generates single-table commands used to reconcile changes made to a DataSet with the associated MySQL database. This class cannot be inherited. + + + The does not automatically generate the SQL statements required to + reconcile changes made to a DataSet with the associated instance of MySQL. + However, you can create a MySqlCommandBuilder object to automatically generate SQL statements for + single-table updates if you set the SelectCommand property + of the MySqlDataAdapter. Then, any additional SQL statements that you do not set are generated by the + MySqlCommandBuilder. + + + + The MySqlCommandBuilder registers itself as a listener for RowUpdating + events whenever you set the property. You can only associate one + MySqlDataAdapter or MySqlCommandBuilder object with each other at one time. + + + + To generate INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements, the MySqlCommandBuilder uses the + SelectCommand property to retrieve a required set of metadata automatically. If you change + the SelectCommand after the metadata has is retrieved (for example, after the first update), you + should call the method to update the metadata. + + + + The SelectCommand must also return at least one primary key or unique + column. If none are present, an InvalidOperation exception is generated, + and the commands are not generated. + + + + The MySqlCommandBuilder also uses the Connection, + CommandTimeout, and Transaction + properties referenced by the SelectCommand. The user should call + RefreshSchema if any of these properties are modified, or if the + SelectCommand itself is replaced. Otherwise the InsertCommand, + UpdateCommand, and + DeleteCommand properties retain + their previous values. + + + + If you call Dispose, the MySqlCommandBuilder is disassociated + from the MySqlDataAdapter, and the generated commands are no longer used. + + + + Caution must be used when using MySqlCOmmandBuilder on MySql 4.0 systems. With MySql 4.0, + database/schema information is not provided to the connector for a query. This means that + a query that pulls columns from two identically named tables in two or more different databases + will not cause an exception to be thrown but will not work correctly. Even more dangerous + is the situation where your select statement references database X but is executed in + database Y and both databases have tables with similar layouts. This situation can cause + unwanted changes or deletes. + This note does not apply to MySQL versions 4.1 and later. + + + + The following example uses the , along + and , to + select rows from a data source. The example is passed an initialized + , a connection string, a + query string that is a SQL SELECT statement, and a string that is the + name of the database table. The example then creates a MySqlCommandBuilder. + + + Public Shared Function SelectRows(myConnection As String, mySelectQuery As String, myTableName As String) As DataSet + Dim myConn As New MySqlConnection(myConnection) + Dim myDataAdapter As New MySqlDataAdapter() + myDataAdapter.SelectCommand = New MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConn) + Dim cb As SqlCommandBuilder = New MySqlCommandBuilder(myDataAdapter) + + myConn.Open() + + Dim ds As DataSet = New DataSet + myDataAdapter.Fill(ds, myTableName) + + ' Code to modify data in DataSet here + + ' Without the MySqlCommandBuilder this line would fail. + myDataAdapter.Update(ds, myTableName) + + myConn.Close() + End Function 'SelectRows + + + public static DataSet SelectRows(string myConnection, string mySelectQuery, string myTableName) + { + MySqlConnection myConn = new MySqlConnection(myConnection); + MySqlDataAdapter myDataAdapter = new MySqlDataAdapter(); + myDataAdapter.SelectCommand = new MySqlCommand(mySelectQuery, myConn); + MySqlCommandBuilder cb = new MySqlCommandBuilder(myDataAdapter); + + myConn.Open(); + + DataSet ds = new DataSet(); + myDataAdapter.Fill(ds, myTableName); + + //code to modify data in DataSet here + + //Without the MySqlCommandBuilder this line would fail + myDataAdapter.Update(ds, myTableName); + + myConn.Close(); + + return ds; + } + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the associated object. + + The to use. + + + The registers itself as a listener for + events that are generated by the + specified in this property. + + + When you create a new instance MySqlCommandBuilder, any existing + MySqlCommandBuilder associated with this MySqlDataAdapter + is released. + + + + + + Gets or sets a object for which SQL statements are automatically generated. + + A object. + + + The registers itself as a listener for + events that are generated by the + specified in this property. + + + When you create a new instance MySqlCommandBuilder, any existing + MySqlCommandBuilder associated with this MySqlDataAdapter + is released. + + + + + + Retrieves parameter information from the stored procedure specified + in the MySqlCommand and populates the Parameters collection of the + specified MySqlCommand object. + This method is not currently supported since stored procedures are + not available in MySql. + + The MySqlCommand referencing the stored + procedure from which the parameter information is to be derived. + The derived parameters are added to the Parameters collection of the + MySqlCommand. + The command text is not + a valid stored procedure name. + + + + Gets the delete command. + + + + + + Gets the update command. + + + + + + Gets the insert command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a set of data commands and a database connection that are used to fill a dataset and update a MySQL database. This class cannot be inherited. + + + The MySQLDataAdapter, serves as a bridge between a + and MySQL for retrieving and saving data. The MySQLDataAdapter provides this + bridge by mapping , which changes the data in the + DataSet to match the data in the data source, and , + which changes the data in the data source to match the data in the DataSet, + using the appropriate SQL statements against the data source. + + + When the MySQLDataAdapter fills a DataSet, it will create the necessary + tables and columns for the returned data if they do not already exist. However, primary + key information will not be included in the implicitly created schema unless the + property is set to . + You may also have the MySQLDataAdapter create the schema of the DataSet, + including primary key information, before filling it with data using . + + + MySQLDataAdapter is used in conjunction with + and to increase performance when connecting to a MySQL database. + + + The MySQLDataAdapter also includes the , + , , + , and + properties to facilitate the loading and updating of data. + + + When an instance of MySQLDataAdapter is created, the read/write properties + are set to initial values. For a list of these values, see the MySQLDataAdapter + constructor. + + + Please be aware that the class allows only + Int16, Int32, and Int64 to have the AutoIncrement property set. + If you plan to use autoincremement columns with MySQL, you should consider + using signed integer columns. + + + The following example creates a and a . + The MySqlConnection is opened and set as the for the + MySqlCommand. The example then calls , and closes + the connection. To accomplish this, the ExecuteNonQuery is + passed a connection string and a query string that is a SQL INSERT + statement. + + Public Function SelectRows(dataSet As DataSet, connection As String, query As String) As DataSet + Dim conn As New MySqlConnection(connection) + Dim adapter As New MySqlDataAdapter() + adapter.SelectCommand = new MySqlCommand(query, conn) + adapter.Fill(dataset) + Return dataset + End Function + + + public DataSet SelectRows(DataSet dataset,string connection,string query) + { + MySqlConnection conn = new MySqlConnection(connection); + MySqlDataAdapter adapter = new MySqlDataAdapter(); + adapter.SelectCommand = new MySqlCommand(query, conn); + adapter.Fill(dataset); + return dataset; + } + + + + + + Occurs during Update before a command is executed against the data source. The attempt to update is made, so the event fires. + + + + + Occurs during Update after a command is executed against the data source. The attempt to update is made, so the event fires. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MySqlDataAdapter class. + + + When an instance of is created, + the following read/write properties are set to the following initial + values. + + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + + MissingMappingAction.Passthrough + + + + + + + + MissingSchemaAction.Add + + + + + You can change the value of any of these properties through a separate call + to the property. + + + The following example creates a and sets some of + its properties. + + Public Sub CreateSqlDataAdapter() + Dim conn As MySqlConnection = New MySqlConnection("Data Source=localhost;" & _ + "database=test") + Dim da As MySqlDataAdapter = New MySqlDataAdapter + da.MissingSchemaAction = MissingSchemaAction.AddWithKey + + da.SelectCommand = New MySqlCommand("SELECT id, name FROM mytable", conn) + da.InsertCommand = New MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id, name) " & _ + "VALUES (@id, @name)", conn) + da.UpdateCommand = New MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name " & _ + "WHERE id=@oldId", conn) + da.DeleteCommand = New MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn) + + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id") + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name") + + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id") + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name") + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + + da.DeleteCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + End Sub + + + public static void CreateSqlDataAdapter() + { + MySqlConnection conn = new MySqlConnection("Data Source=localhost;database=test"); + MySqlDataAdapter da = new MySqlDataAdapter(); + da.MissingSchemaAction = MissingSchemaAction.AddWithKey; + + da.SelectCommand = new MySqlCommand("SELECT id, name FROM mytable", conn); + da.InsertCommand = new MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id, name) " + + "VALUES (@id, @name)", conn); + da.UpdateCommand = new MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name " + + "WHERE id=@oldId", conn); + da.DeleteCommand = new MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn); + + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id"); + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name"); + + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id"); + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name"); + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + + da.DeleteCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + the specified as the + property. + + that is a SQL SELECT statement or stored procedure and is set + as the property of the . + + + When an instance of is created, + the following read/write properties are set to the following initial + values. + + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + + MissingMappingAction.Passthrough + + + + + + + + MissingSchemaAction.Add + + + + + You can change the value of any of these properties through a separate call + to the property. + + + When SelectCommand (or any of the other command properties) is assigned + to a previously created , the MySqlCommand is not cloned. + The SelectCommand maintains a reference to the previously created MySqlCommand + object. + + + The following example creates a and sets some of + its properties. + + Public Sub CreateSqlDataAdapter() + Dim conn As MySqlConnection = New MySqlConnection("Data Source=localhost;" & _ + "database=test") + Dim cmd as new MySqlCommand("SELECT id, name FROM mytable", conn) + Dim da As MySqlDataAdapter = New MySqlDataAdapter(cmd) + da.MissingSchemaAction = MissingSchemaAction.AddWithKey + + da.InsertCommand = New MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id, name) " & _ + "VALUES (@id, @name)", conn) + da.UpdateCommand = New MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name " & _ + "WHERE id=@oldId", conn) + da.DeleteCommand = New MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn) + + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id") + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name") + + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id") + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name") + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + + da.DeleteCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + End Sub + + + public static void CreateSqlDataAdapter() + { + MySqlConnection conn = new MySqlConnection("Data Source=localhost;database=test"); + MySqlCommand cmd = new MySqlCommand("SELECT id, name FROM mytable", conn); + MySqlDataAdapter da = new MySqlDataAdapter(cmd); + da.MissingSchemaAction = MissingSchemaAction.AddWithKey; + + da.InsertCommand = new MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id, name) " + + "VALUES (@id, @name)", conn); + da.UpdateCommand = new MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name " + + "WHERE id=@oldId", conn); + da.DeleteCommand = new MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn); + + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id"); + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name"); + + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id"); + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name"); + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + + da.DeleteCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + a and a object. + + A String that is a SQL SELECT statement or stored procedure to be used by + the property of the . + + A that represents the connection. + + + This implementation of the opens and closes a + if it is not already open. This can be useful in a an application that must call the + method for two or more MySqlDataAdapter objects. + If the MySqlConnection is already open, you must explicitly call + or to close it. + + + When an instance of is created, + the following read/write properties are set to the following initial + values. + + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + + MissingMappingAction.Passthrough + + + + + + + + MissingSchemaAction.Add + + + + + You can change the value of any of these properties through a separate call + to the property. + + + The following example creates a and sets some of + its properties. + + Public Sub CreateSqlDataAdapter() + Dim conn As MySqlConnection = New MySqlConnection("Data Source=localhost;" & _ + "database=test") + Dim da As MySqlDataAdapter = New MySqlDataAdapter("SELECT id, name FROM mytable", conn) + da.MissingSchemaAction = MissingSchemaAction.AddWithKey + + da.InsertCommand = New MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id, name) " & _ + "VALUES (@id, @name)", conn) + da.UpdateCommand = New MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name " & _ + "WHERE id=@oldId", conn) + da.DeleteCommand = New MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn) + + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id") + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name") + + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id") + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name") + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + + da.DeleteCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + End Sub + + + public static void CreateSqlDataAdapter() + { + MySqlConnection conn = new MySqlConnection("Data Source=localhost;database=test"); + MySqlDataAdapter da = new MySqlDataAdapter("SELECT id, name FROM mytable", conn); + da.MissingSchemaAction = MissingSchemaAction.AddWithKey; + + da.InsertCommand = new MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id, name) " + + "VALUES (@id, @name)", conn); + da.UpdateCommand = new MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name " + + "WHERE id=@oldId", conn); + da.DeleteCommand = new MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn); + + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id"); + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name"); + + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id"); + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name"); + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + + da.DeleteCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + } + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with + a and a connection string. + + A that is a SQL SELECT statement or stored procedure to + be used by the property of the . + The connection string + + When an instance of is created, + the following read/write properties are set to the following initial + values. + + + + Properties + Initial Value + + + + + + + MissingMappingAction.Passthrough + + + + + + + + MissingSchemaAction.Add + + + + + You can change the value of any of these properties through a separate call + to the property. + + + The following example creates a and sets some of + its properties. + + Public Sub CreateSqlDataAdapter() + Dim da As MySqlDataAdapter = New MySqlDataAdapter("SELECT id, name FROM mytable", "Data Source=localhost;database=test") + Dim conn As MySqlConnection = da.SelectCommand.Connection + da.MissingSchemaAction = MissingSchemaAction.AddWithKey + + da.InsertCommand = New MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id, name) " & _ + "VALUES (@id, @name)", conn) + da.UpdateCommand = New MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name " & _ + "WHERE id=@oldId", conn) + da.DeleteCommand = New MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn) + + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id") + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name") + + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id") + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name") + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + + da.DeleteCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + End Sub + + + public static void CreateSqlDataAdapter() + { + MySqlDataAdapter da = new MySqlDataAdapter("SELECT id, name FROM mytable", "Data Source=localhost;database=test"); + MySqlConnection conn = da.SelectCommand.Connection; + da.MissingSchemaAction = MissingSchemaAction.AddWithKey; + + da.InsertCommand = new MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id, name) " + + "VALUES (@id, @name)", conn); + da.UpdateCommand = new MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name " + + "WHERE id=@oldId", conn); + da.DeleteCommand = new MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn); + + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id"); + da.InsertCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name"); + + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id"); + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 40, "name"); + da.UpdateCommand.Parameters.Add("@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + + da.DeleteCommand.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id").SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + } + + + + + + Gets or sets a SQL statement or stored procedure used to delete records from the data set. + + A used during to delete records in the + database that correspond to deleted rows in the . + + + During , if this property is not set and primary key information + is present in the , the DeleteCommand can be generated + automatically if you set the property and use the + . Then, any additional commands that you do not set are + generated by the MySqlCommandBuilder. This generation logic requires key column + information to be present in the DataSet. + + + When DeleteCommand is assigned to a previously created , + the MySqlCommand is not cloned. The DeleteCommand maintains a reference + to the previously created MySqlCommand object. + + + The following example creates a and sets the + and DeleteCommand properties. It assumes you have already + created a object. + + Public Shared Function CreateCustomerAdapter(conn As MySqlConnection) As MySqlDataAdapter + + Dim da As MySqlDataAdapter = New MySqlDataAdapter() + Dim cmd As MySqlCommand + Dim parm As MySqlParameter + + ' Create the SelectCommand. + cmd = New MySqlCommand("SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE id=@id AND name=@name", conn) + + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15) + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15) + + da.SelectCommand = cmd + + ' Create the DeleteCommand. + cmd = New MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn) + + parm = cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id") + parm.SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + + da.DeleteCommand = cmd + + Return da + End Function + + + public static MySqlDataAdapter CreateCustomerAdapter(MySqlConnection conn) + { + MySqlDataAdapter da = new MySqlDataAdapter(); + MySqlCommand cmd; + MySqlParameter parm; + + // Create the SelectCommand. + cmd = new MySqlCommand("SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE id=@id AND name=@name", conn); + + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15); + + da.SelectCommand = cmd; + + // Create the DeleteCommand. + cmd = new MySqlCommand("DELETE FROM mytable WHERE id=@id", conn); + + parm = cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 5, "id"); + parm.SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + + da.DeleteCommand = cmd; + + return da; + } + + + + + + Gets or sets a SQL statement or stored procedure used to insert records into the data set. + + A used during to insert records into the + database that correspond to new rows in the . + + + During , if this property is not set and primary key information + is present in the , the InsertCommand can be generated + automatically if you set the property and use the + . Then, any additional commands that you do not set are + generated by the MySqlCommandBuilder. This generation logic requires key column + information to be present in the DataSet. + + + When InsertCommand is assigned to a previously created , + the MySqlCommand is not cloned. The InsertCommand maintains a reference + to the previously created MySqlCommand object. + + + If execution of this command returns rows, these rows may be added to the DataSet + depending on how you set the property of the MySqlCommand object. + + + The following example creates a and sets the + and InsertCommand properties. It assumes you have already + created a object. + + Public Shared Function CreateCustomerAdapter(conn As MySqlConnection) As MySqlDataAdapter + + Dim da As MySqlDataAdapter = New MySqlDataAdapter() + Dim cmd As MySqlCommand + Dim parm As MySqlParameter + + ' Create the SelectCommand. + cmd = New MySqlCommand("SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE id=@id AND name=@name", conn) + + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15) + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15) + + da.SelectCommand = cmd + + ' Create the InsertCommand. + cmd = New MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id,name) VALUES (@id, @name)", conn) + + cmd.Parameters.Add( "@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "id" ) + cmd.Parameters.Add( "@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "name" ) + da.InsertCommand = cmd + + Return da + End Function + + + public static MySqlDataAdapter CreateCustomerAdapter(MySqlConnection conn) + { + MySqlDataAdapter da = new MySqlDataAdapter(); + MySqlCommand cmd; + MySqlParameter parm; + + // Create the SelectCommand. + cmd = new MySqlCommand("SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE id=@id AND name=@name", conn); + + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15); + + da.SelectCommand = cmd; + + // Create the InsertCommand. + cmd = new MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id,name) VALUES (@id,@name)", conn); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "id" ); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "name" ); + + da.InsertCommand = cmd; + + return da; + } + + + + + + Gets or sets a SQL statement or stored procedure used to select records in the data source. + + A used during to select records from the + database for placement in the . + + + When SelectCommand is assigned to a previously created , + the MySqlCommand is not cloned. The SelectCommand maintains a reference to the + previously created MySqlCommand object. + + + If the SelectCommand does not return any rows, no tables are added to the + , and no exception is raised. + + + The following example creates a and sets the + and InsertCommand properties. It assumes you have already + created a object. + + Public Shared Function CreateCustomerAdapter(conn As MySqlConnection) As MySqlDataAdapter + + Dim da As MySqlDataAdapter = New MySqlDataAdapter() + Dim cmd As MySqlCommand + Dim parm As MySqlParameter + + ' Create the SelectCommand. + cmd = New MySqlCommand("SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE id=@id AND name=@name", conn) + + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15) + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15) + + da.SelectCommand = cmd + + ' Create the InsertCommand. + cmd = New MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id,name) VALUES (@id, @name)", conn) + + cmd.Parameters.Add( "@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "id" ) + cmd.Parameters.Add( "@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "name" ) + da.InsertCommand = cmd + + Return da + End Function + + + public static MySqlDataAdapter CreateCustomerAdapter(MySqlConnection conn) + { + MySqlDataAdapter da = new MySqlDataAdapter(); + MySqlCommand cmd; + MySqlParameter parm; + + // Create the SelectCommand. + cmd = new MySqlCommand("SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE id=@id AND name=@name", conn); + + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15); + + da.SelectCommand = cmd; + + // Create the InsertCommand. + cmd = new MySqlCommand("INSERT INTO mytable (id,name) VALUES (@id,@name)", conn); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "id" ); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "name" ); + + da.InsertCommand = cmd; + + return da; + } + + + + + + Gets or sets a SQL statement or stored procedure used to updated records in the data source. + + A used during to update records in the + database with data from the . + + + During , if this property is not set and primary key information + is present in the , the UpdateCommand can be generated + automatically if you set the property and use the + . Then, any additional commands that you do not set are + generated by the MySqlCommandBuilder. This generation logic requires key column + information to be present in the DataSet. + + + When UpdateCommand is assigned to a previously created , + the MySqlCommand is not cloned. The UpdateCommand maintains a reference + to the previously created MySqlCommand object. + + + If execution of this command returns rows, these rows may be merged with the DataSet + depending on how you set the property of the MySqlCommand object. + + + The following example creates a and sets the + and UpdateCommand properties. It assumes you have already + created a object. + + Public Shared Function CreateCustomerAdapter(conn As MySqlConnection) As MySqlDataAdapter + + Dim da As MySqlDataAdapter = New MySqlDataAdapter() + Dim cmd As MySqlCommand + Dim parm As MySqlParameter + + ' Create the SelectCommand. + cmd = New MySqlCommand("SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE id=@id AND name=@name", conn) + + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15) + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15) + + da.SelectCommand = cmd + + ' Create the UpdateCommand. + cmd = New MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name WHERE id=@oldId", conn) + + cmd.Parameters.Add( "@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "id" ) + cmd.Parameters.Add( "@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "name" ) + + parm = cmd.Parameters.Add("@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "id") + parm.SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original + + da.UpdateCommand = cmd + + Return da + End Function + + + public static MySqlDataAdapter CreateCustomerAdapter(MySqlConnection conn) + { + MySqlDataAdapter da = new MySqlDataAdapter(); + MySqlCommand cmd; + MySqlParameter parm; + + // Create the SelectCommand. + cmd = new MySqlCommand("SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE id=@id AND name=@name", conn); + + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15); + + da.SelectCommand = cmd; + + // Create the UpdateCommand. + cmd = new MySqlCommand("UPDATE mytable SET id=@id, name=@name WHERE id=@oldId", conn); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@id", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "id" ); + cmd.Parameters.Add("@name", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "name" ); + + parm = cmd.Parameters.Add( "@oldId", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 15, "id" ); + parm.SourceVersion = DataRowVersion.Original; + + da.UpdateCommand = cmd; + + return da; + } + + + + + + Open connection if it was closed. + Necessary to workaround "connection must be open and valid" error + with batched updates. + + Row state + list of opened connections + If connection is opened by this function, the list is updated + + true if connection was opened + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. Raises the RowUpdating event. + + A MySqlRowUpdatingEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden. Raises the RowUpdated event. + + A MySqlRowUpdatedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Async version of Fill + + Dataset to use + int + + + + Async version of Fill + + Datatable to use + int + + + + Async version of Fill + + DataSet to use + Source table + int + + + + Async version of Fill + + Datatable to use + DataReader to use + int + + + + Async version of Fill + + DataTable to use + DbCommand to use + Command Behavior + int + + + + Async version of Fill + + Start record + Max records + DataTable[] to use + int + + + + Async version of Fill + + DataSet to use + Start record + Max records + Source table + int + + + + Async version of Fill + + DataSet to use + Source table + DataReader to use + Start record + Max records + + + + + Async version of Fill + + DataTable[] to use + Start record + Max records + DbCommand to use + Command Behavior + + + + + Async version of Fill + + DataSet to use + Start record + Max records + Source table + DbCommand to use + Command Behavior + + + + + Async version of FillSchema + + DataSet to use + Schema Type + DataTable[] + + + + Async version of FillSchema + + DataSet to use + Schema Type + Source Table + DataTable[] + + + + Async version of FillSchema + + DataSet to use + Schema Type + Source Table + DataReader to use + DataTable[] + + + + Async version of FillSchema + + DataSet to use + Schema Type + DBCommand to use + Source Table + Command Behavior + DataTable[] + + + + Async version of FillSchema + + DataTable to use + Schema Type + DataTable + + + + Async version of FillSchema + + DataTable to use + Schema Type + DataReader to use + DataTable + + + + Async version of FillSchema + + DataTable to use + Schema Type + DBCommand to use + Command Behavior + DataTable + + + + Async version of Update + + DataRow[] to use + int + + + + Async version of Update + + DataSet to use + int + + + + Async version of Update + + DataTable to use + int + + + + Async version of Update + + DataRow[] to use + Data Table Mapping + int + + + + Async version of Update + + DataSet to use + Source Table + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a . + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of a . + + + + + Provides data for the RowUpdating event. This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MySqlRowUpdatingEventArgs class. + + The to + . + The to execute during . + One of the values that specifies the type of query executed. + The sent through an . + + + + Gets or sets the MySqlCommand to execute when performing the Update. + + + + + Provides data for the RowUpdated event. This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MySqlRowUpdatedEventArgs class. + + The sent through an . + The executed when is called. + One of the values that specifies the type of query executed. + The sent through an . + + + + Gets or sets the MySqlCommand executed when Update is called. + + + + + Enables the provider to help ensure that a user has a security level adequate for accessing data. + + + + + Adds a new connection string with set of restricted keywords to the MySqlClientPermission object + + Settings to be used for the connection + Keywords to define the restrictions + KeyRestrictionBehavior to be used + + + + Returns MySqlClientPermission as an IPermission + + + + + + Associates a security action with a custom security attribute. + + + + + Represents a section within a configuration file. + + + + + Gets the MySQL configuations associated to the current configuration. + + + + + Gets a collection of the exception interceptors available in the current configuration. + + + + + Gets a collection of the command interceptors available in the current configuration. + + + + + Gets a collection of the authentication plugins available in the current configuration. + + + + + Gets or sets the replication configurations. + + + + + Defines the configurations allowed for an authentication plugin. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the authentication plugin. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the authentication plugin. + + + + + Defines the configurations allowed for an interceptor. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the interceptor. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the interceptor. + + + + + Represents a generic configuration element. + + + + + + Gets an enumerator that iterates through the returned list. + + An enumerator that iterates through the returned list. + + + + Helper class that makes it easier to work with the provider. + + + + + Async version of ExecuteDataRow + + Settings to be used for the connection + Command to execute + Parameters to use for the command + DataRow containing the first row of the resultset + + + + Executes a single SQL command and returns the first row of the resultset. A new MySqlConnection object + is created, opened, and closed during this method. + + Settings to be used for the connection + Command to execute + Parameters to use for the command + DataRow containing the first row of the resultset + + + + Executes a single SQL command and returns the resultset in a . + A new MySqlConnection object is created, opened, and closed during this method. + + Settings to be used for the connection + Command to execute + containing the resultset + + + + Executes a single SQL command and returns the resultset in a . + A new MySqlConnection object is created, opened, and closed during this method. + + Settings to be used for the connection + Command to execute + Parameters to use for the command + containing the resultset + + + + Executes a single SQL command and returns the resultset in a . + The state of the object remains unchanged after execution + of this method. + + object to use + Command to execute + containing the resultset + + + + Executes a single SQL command and returns the resultset in a . + The state of the object remains unchanged after execution + of this method. + + object to use + Command to execute + Parameters to use for the command + containing the resultset + + + + Updates the given table with data from the given + + Settings to use for the update + Command text to use for the update + containing the new data to use in the update + Tablename in the dataset to update + + + + Async version of ExecuteDataset + + Settings to be used for the connection + Command to execute + containing the resultset + + + + Async version of ExecuteDataset + + Settings to be used for the connection + Command to execute + Parameters to use for the command + containing the resultset + + + + Async version of ExecuteDataset + + object to use + Command to execute + containing the resultset + + + + Async version of ExecuteDataset + + object to use + Command to execute + Parameters to use for the command + containing the resultset + + + + Async version of UpdateDataset + + Settings to use for the update + Command text to use for the update + containing the new data to use in the update + Tablename in the dataset to update + + + + Executes a single command against a MySQL database. The is assumed to be + open when the method is called and remains open after the method completes. + + object to use + SQL command to be executed + Array of objects to use with the command. + + + + + Executes a single command against a MySQL database. A new is created + using the given. + + to use + SQL command to be executed + Array of objects to use with the command. + + + + + Executes a single command against a MySQL database, possibly inside an existing transaction. + + object to use for the command + object to use for the command + Command text to use + Array of objects to use with the command + True if the connection should be preserved, false if not + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Executes a single command against a MySQL database. + + Settings to use for this command + Command text to use + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Executes a single command against a MySQL database. + + object to use for the command + Command text to use + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Executes a single command against a MySQL database. + + Settings to use for this command + Command text to use + Array of objects to use with the command + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Executes a single command against a MySQL database. + + Connection to use for the command + Command text to use + Array of objects to use with the command + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Execute a single command against a MySQL database. + + Settings to use for the update + Command text to use for the update + The first column of the first row in the result set, or a null reference if the result set is empty. + + + + Execute a single command against a MySQL database. + + Settings to use for the command + Command text to use for the command + Parameters to use for the command + The first column of the first row in the result set, or a null reference if the result set is empty. + + + + Execute a single command against a MySQL database. + + object to use + Command text to use for the command + The first column of the first row in the result set, or a null reference if the result set is empty. + + + + Execute a single command against a MySQL database. + + object to use + Command text to use for the command + Parameters to use for the command + The first column of the first row in the result set, or a null reference if the result set is empty. + + + + Escapes the string. + + The string to escape + The string with all quotes escaped. + + + + Async version of ExecuteNonQuery + + object to use + SQL command to be executed + Array of objects to use with the command. + Rows affected + + + + Async version of ExecuteNonQuery + + to use + SQL command to be executed + Array of objects to use with the command. + Rows affected + + + + Async version of ExecuteReader + + object to use for the command + object to use for the command + Command text to use + Array of objects to use with the command + True if the connection should be preserved, false if not + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Async version of ExecuteReader + + Settings to use for this command + Command text to use + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Async version of ExecuteReader + + object to use for the command + Command text to use + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Async version of ExecuteReader + + Settings to use for this command + Command text to use + Array of objects to use with the command + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Async version of ExecuteReader + + Connection to use for the command + Command text to use + Array of objects to use with the command + object ready to read the results of the command + + + + Async version of ExecuteScalar + + Settings to use for the update + Command text to use for the update + The first column of the first row in the result set, or a null reference if the result set is empty. + + + + Async version of ExecuteScalar + + Settings to use for the command + Command text to use for the command + Parameters to use for the command + The first column of the first row in the result set, or a null reference if the result set is empty. + + + + Async version of ExecuteScalar + + object to use + Command text to use for the command + The first column of the first row in the result set, or a null reference if the result set is empty. + + + + Async version of ExecuteScalar + + object to use + Command text to use for the command + Parameters to use for the command + The first column of the first row in the result set, or a null reference if the result set is empty. + + + + Represents a parameter to a , This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + Gets or sets the to use when loading . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the parameter name, the , the size, and the source column name. + + The name of the parameter to map. + One of the values. + The length of the parameter. + The name of the source column. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the parameter name and a value of the new MySqlParameter. + + The name of the parameter to map. + An that is the value of the . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the parameter name and the data type. + + The name of the parameter to map. + One of the values. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the parameter name, the , and the size. + + The name of the parameter to map. + One of the values. + The length of the parameter. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the parameter name, the type of the parameter, the size of the parameter, a , the precision of the parameter, the scale of the parameter, the source column, a to use, and the value of the parameter. + + The name of the parameter to map. + One of the values. + The length of the parameter. + One of the values. + true if the value of the field can be null, otherwise false. + The total number of digits to the left and right of the decimal point to which is resolved. + The total number of decimal places to which is resolved. + The name of the source column. + One of the values. + An that is the value of the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the parameter is input-only, output-only, bidirectional, or a stored procedure return value parameter. + As of MySql version 4.1 and earlier, input-only is the only valid choice. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the parameter accepts null values. + + + + + Gets or sets the of the parameter. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of digits used to represent the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of decimal places to which is resolved. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the parameter. + + + + + Returns the possible values for this parameter if this parameter is of type + SET or ENUM. Returns null otherwise. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the source column that is mapped to the and used for loading or returning the . + + + + + Sets or gets a value which indicates whether the source column is nullable. + This allows to correctly generate Update statements + for nullable columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the of the parameter. + + + + + Overridden. Gets a string containing the . + + + + + + Resets the DbType property to its original settings. + + + + + Represents a collection of parameters relevant to a as well as their respective mappings to columns in a . This class cannot be inherited. + + + The number of the parameters in the collection must be equal to the number of + parameter placeholders within the command text, or an exception will be generated. + + The following example creates multiple instances of + through the MySqlParameterCollection collection within the . + These parameters are used to select data within the data source and place the data in + the . This code assumes that a DataSet and a MySqlDataAdapter + have already been created with the appropriate schema, commands, and connection. + + Public Sub AddParameters() + ' ... + ' create myDataSet and myDataAdapter + ' ... + myDataAdapter.SelectCommand.Parameters.Add("@CategoryName", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 80).Value = "toasters" + myDataAdapter.SelectCommand.Parameters.Add("@SerialNum", MySqlDbType.Long).Value = 239 + + myDataAdapter.Fill(myDataSet) + End Sub 'AddSqlParameters + + + public void AddSqlParameters() + { + // ... + // create myDataSet and myDataAdapter + // ... + + myDataAdapter.SelectCommand.Parameters.Add("@CategoryName", MySqlDbType.VarChar, 80).Value = "toasters"; + myDataAdapter.SelectCommand.Parameters.Add("@SerialNum", MySqlDbType.Long).Value = 239; + myDataAdapter.Fill(myDataSet); + + } + + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the + has a fixed size. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the + is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the + is synchronized. + + + + + Gets the number of MySqlParameter objects in the collection. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + Gets the with a specified attribute. + [C#] In C#, this property is the indexer for the class. + + + + + Gets the with the specified name. + + + + + Adds a to the with the parameter name, the data type, the column length, and the source column name. + + The name of the parameter. + One of the values. + The length of the column. + The name of the source column. + The newly added object. + + + + Adds the specified object to the . + + The to add to the collection. + The newly added object. + + + + Adds a to the given the specified parameter name and value. + + The name of the parameter. + The of the to add to the collection. + The newly added object. + + + + Adds a parameter and its value. + + The name of the parameter. + The value of the parameter. + A MySqlParameter object representing the provided values. + + + + Adds a to the given the parameter name and the data type. + + The name of the parameter. + One of the values. + The newly added object. + + + + Adds a to the with the parameter name, the data type, and the column length. + + The name of the parameter. + One of the values. + The length of the column. + The newly added object. + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Gets the location of the in the collection with a specific parameter name. + + The name of the object to retrieve. + The zero-based location of the in the collection. + + + + Gets the location of a in the collection. + + The object to locate. + The zero-based location of the in the collection. + Gets the location of a in the collection. + + + + This method will update all the items in the index hashes when + we insert a parameter somewhere in the middle + + + + + + + Adds an array of values to the end of the . + + + + + + Retrieve the parameter with the given name. + + + + + + + Adds the specified object to the . + + The to add to the collection. + The index of the new object. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether a with the specified parameter name exists in the collection. + + The name of the object to find. + true if the collection contains the parameter; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether a MySqlParameter exists in the collection. + + The value of the object to find. + true if the collection contains the object; otherwise, false. + Gets a value indicating whether a exists in the collection. + + + + Copies MySqlParameter objects from the MySqlParameterCollection to the specified array. + + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the . + + + + + + Inserts a MySqlParameter into the collection at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes the specified MySqlParameter from the collection. + + + + + + Removes the specified from the collection using the parameter name. + + The name of the object to retrieve. + + + + Removes the specified from the collection using a specific index. + + The zero-based index of the parameter. + Removes the specified from the collection. + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the + . + + + + + Represents a single(not nested) TransactionScope + + + + + Defines security permissions assigned to a MySQL object. + + + + + Creates a set of permissions. + + A flag indicating if the reflection permission should be included. + A PermissionSet object representing a collection of permissions. + + + + BaseCommandInterceptor is the base class that should be used for all userland + command interceptors + + + + + Gets the active connection. + + + + + Executes an SQL statements that returns a scalar value such as a calculation. + + The SQL statement to execute. + A scalar value that represents the result returned by the execution of the SQL statement. + false. + This method is intended to be overriden. + + + + Executes an SQL statement that returns the number of affected rows. + + The SQL statement to execute. + The number of affected rows. + false. + + + + Executes an SQL statement that will return a resultset. + + The SQL statement to execute. + A value that describes the results of the query and its effect on the database. + A MySqlDataReader object containing the result of the statement execution. + + + + + Sets the active connection. + + The active connection. + + + + CommandInterceptor is the "manager" class that keeps the list of registered interceptors + for the given connection. + + + + + BaseExceptionInterceptor is the base class that should be used for all userland + exception interceptors + + + + + Returns the received exception. + + The exception to be returned. + The exception originally received. + + + + Gets the active connection. + + + + + Initilizes this object by setting the active connection. + + The connection to become active. + + + + StandardExceptionInterceptor is the standard interceptor that simply throws the exception. + It is the default action. + + + + + ExceptionInterceptor is the "manager" class that keeps the list of registered interceptors + for the given connection. + + + + + Interceptor is the base class for the "manager" classes such as ExceptionInterceptor, + CommandInterceptor, etc + + + + + Return schema information about procedures and functions + Restrictions supported are: + schema, name, type + + + + + + + Return schema information about parameters for procedures and functions + Restrictions supported are: + schema, name, type, parameter name + + + + + Initializes a new row for the procedure parameters table. + + + + + Parses out the elements of a procedure parameter data type. + + + + + Implementation of memcached binary client protocol. + + According to http://code.google.com/p/memcached/wiki/BinaryProtocolRevamped + + + + Sends an store command (add, replace, set). + + + + + + + + + + + Sends a get command. + + + + + + + + + Sends a delete command. + + + + + + + + Sends a command without args (like flush). + + + + + + + + Sends a command with amount (INCR/DECR) + + + + + + + + + Encodes in the binary protocol the a command of the kind set, add or replace. + + + + + + + If true applies to set, add or replace commands; if false applies to append and prepend commands. + + + + + An interface of the client memcached protocol. This class is abstract for + implementation of the Memcached client interface see for the + text protocol version and for the binary protocol version. + + + + + The port used by the connection. + + + + + The server DNS or IP address used by the connection. + + + + + The network stream used by the connecition. + + + + + Factory method for creating instances of that implement a connection with the requested features. + The connection object returned must be explicitely opened see method . + + The Memcached server DNS or IP address. + The port for the Memcached server + A set of flags indicating characterestics requested. + An instance of a client connection ready to be used. + + + + Opens the client connection. + + + + + Closes the client connection. + + + + + Adds a new key/value pair with the given TimeSpan expiration. + + The key for identifying the entry. + The data to associate with the key. + The interval of timespan, use TimeSpan.Zero for no expiration. + + + + Appens the data to the existing data for the associated key. + + The key for identifying the entry. + The data to append with the data associated with the key. + + + + Executes the Check-and-set Memcached operation. + + The key for identifying the entry. + The data to use in the CAS. + The interval of timespan, use TimeSpan.Zero for no expiration. + The CAS unique value to use. + + + + + Decrements the value associated with a key by the given amount. + + The key associated with the value to decrement. + The amount to decrement the value. + + + + Removes they pair key/value given the specified key. + + + + + + Removes all entries from the storage, effectively invalidating the whole cache. + + The interval after which the cache will be cleaned. Can be TimeSpan.Zero for immediately. + + + + Get the key/value pair associated with a given key. + + The key for which to returm the key/value. + The key/value associated with the key or a MemcachedException if it does not exists. + + + + Increments the value associated with a key by the given amount. + + The key associated with the value to increment. + The amount to increment the value. + + + + Prepends the data to the existing data for the associated key. + + The key for identifying the entry. + The data to append with the data associated with the key. + + + + Replaces the value associated with the given key with another value. + + The key for identifying the entry. + The data to replace the value associated with the key. + The interval of timespan, use TimeSpan.Zero for no expiration. + + + + Set the value of a given key. + + The key for identifying the entry. + The data to associate with the given key. + The interval of timespan, use TimeSpan.Zero for no expiration. + + + + A set of flags for requesting new instances of connections + + + + + Requests a connection implememting the text protocol. + + + + + Requests a connection implementing the binary protocol. + + + + + Requests a TCP connection. Currently UDP is not supported. + + + + + The base exception class for all Memcached exceptions. + + + + + Implementation of the Memcached text client protocol. + + + + + Sends a command to the memcached server. + + + + + + + This version is for commands that take a key, data, expiration and casUnique. + + + + Sends a command to the memcached server. + + + + + + This version is for commands that take a key, data and expiration + + + + Send a command to memcached server. + + + + + This version is for commands that don't need flags neither expiration fields. + + + + Sends a command to the server. + + + + This version is for commands that only require a key + + + + Sends a command to the server. + + + + + This version is for commands that only require a key and an integer value. + + + + Sends a command to the server. + + + + This version is for commands that only require a key and expiration. + + + + Abstract class that provides common functionality for connection options that apply for all protocols. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the server. + + The server. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the database for the initial connection. + + + + + Gets or sets the protocol that should be used for communicating + with MySQL. + + + + + Gets or sets the port number that is used when the socket + protocol is being used. + + + + + Gets or sets the connection timeout. + + + + + Gets or sets the user ID that should be used to connect with. + + + + + Gets or sets the password that should be used to make a connection. + + + + + Gets or sets the path to a certificate in PKCS#12 format (.pfx). + + + + + Gets or sets the password associated to the certificate file. + + + + + Gets or sets the certificate store location for client certificates. + + + + + Gets or sets a certificate thumbprint that can be used together with a certificate to ensure correct identification. + + + + + Indicates whether to use SSL connections and how to handle server certificate errors. + + + + + Gets or sets the idle connection time measured in seconds. + + + + + Gets or sets the character set that should be used for sending queries to the server. + + + + + Gets or sets the authentication mechanism to use with X Protocol connections. + + + + + Gets or sets the path to a local file that contains a list of trusted Certificate Authorities. + + + + + Gets or sets the path to a local file that contains certificate revocation lists. + + + + + Gets the connection string with or without the password. + + Flag to indicate if the password should be included in the connection string. + The connection string associated to this object. + + + + Analyzes the connection string for potential duplicated or invalid connection options. + + Connection string. + + + + Represents a set of methods for creating instances of the MySQL client implementation of the data source classes. + + + + + Gets an instance of the . + This can be used to retrieve strongly typed data objects. + + + + + Returns a strongly typed instance. + + A new strongly typed instance of DbCommand. + + + + Returns a strongly typed instance. + + A new strongly typed instance of DbConnection. + + + + Returns a strongly typed instance. + + A new strongly typed instance of DbParameter. + + + + Returns a strongly typed instance. + + A new strongly typed instance of DbConnectionStringBuilder. + + + + Provide a simple caching layer + + + + + Aids in the creation of connection strings by exposing the connection options as properties. + Contains connection options specific to the Classic protocol. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the named pipe that should be used + for communicating with MySQL. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates whether this connection + should use compression. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates whether this connection will allow + commands to send multiple SQL statements in one execution. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates whether logging is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the base name of the shared memory objects used to + communicate with MySQL when the shared memory protocol is being used. + + + + + Gets or sets the default command timeout. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if the password should be persisted + in the connection string. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if Windows authentication should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates whether the RSA public key should be retrieved from the server. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if zero date time values are supported. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating if zero datetime values should be + converted to DateTime.MinValue. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating if the Usage Advisor should be enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the stored procedure cache. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating if the permon hooks should be enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating if calls to Prepare() should be ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if an opened connection should particiapte in the current scope. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if security asserts must be included. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if column binary flags set by the server are ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if TINYINT(1) shound be treated as a BOOLEAN. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if the provider expects user variables in the SQL. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if the session should be interactive. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if server functions should be treated as returning a string. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if the server should report affected rows instead of found rows. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if items of data type BINARY(16) should be treated as guids. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if caching of TableDirect commands is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the seconds for how long a TableDirect result should be cached. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if stored routine parameters should be checked against the server. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if this connection will use replication. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of interceptors that can triage thrown MySqlExceptions. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of interceptors that can intercept command operations. + + + + + Gets or sets the lifetime of a pooled connection. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating if connection pooling is enabled. + + + + + Gets the minimum connection pool size. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum connection pool setting. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value indicating if the connection should be reset when retrieved + from the pool. + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates whether the server variable settings are updated by a SHOW VARIABLES command each time a pooled connection is returned. + + + + + Indicates whether the driver should treat binary blobs as UTF8 + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern that matches the columns that should be treated as UTF8 + + + + + Gets or sets the pattern that matches the columns that should not be treated as UTF8 + + + + + Gets or sets a boolean value that indicates if the command timeout of EFMySqlCommand should be enforced to the value provided in the DefaultCommandTimeout property. + + + + + Summary description for ClientParam. + + + + + DB Operations Code + + + + + Specifies MySQL specific data type of a field, property, for use in a . + + + + + + A fixed precision and scale numeric value between -1038 + -1 and 10 38 -1. + + + + + The signed range is -128 to 127. The unsigned + range is 0 to 255. + + + + + A 16-bit signed integer. The signed range is + -32768 to 32767. The unsigned range is 0 to 65535 + + + + + Specifies a 24 (3 byte) signed or unsigned value. + + + + + A 32-bit signed integer + + + + + A 64-bit signed integer. + + + + + A small (single-precision) floating-point + number. Allowable values are -3.402823466E+38 to -1.175494351E-38, + 0, and 1.175494351E-38 to 3.402823466E+38. + + + + + A normal-size (double-precision) + floating-point number. Allowable values are -1.7976931348623157E+308 + to -2.2250738585072014E-308, 0, and 2.2250738585072014E-308 to + 1.7976931348623157E+308. + + + + + A timestamp. The range is '1970-01-01 00:00:00' to sometime in the + year 2037 + + + + + Date The supported range is '1000-01-01' to '9999-12-31'. + + + + + Time The range is '-838:59:59' to '838:59:59'. + + + + + DateTime The supported range is '1000-01-01 00:00:00' to + '9999-12-31 23:59:59'. + + + + + Datetime The supported range is '1000-01-01 00:00:00' to + '9999-12-31 23:59:59'. + + + + + A year in 2- or 4-digit format (default is 4-digit). The + allowable values are 1901 to 2155, 0000 in the 4-digit year + format, and 1970-2069 if you use the 2-digit format (70-69). + + + + + Obsolete Use Datetime or Date type + + + + + A variable-length string containing 0 to 65535 characters + + + + + Bit-field data type + + + + + JSON + + + + + New Decimal + + + + + An enumeration. A string object that can have only one value, + chosen from the list of values 'value1', 'value2', ..., NULL + or the special "" error value. An ENUM can have a maximum of + 65535 distinct values + + + + + A set. A string object that can have zero or more values, each + of which must be chosen from the list of values 'value1', 'value2', + ... A SET can have a maximum of 64 members. + + + + + A binary column with a maximum length of 255 (2^8 - 1) + characters + + + + + A binary column with a maximum length of 16777215 (2^24 - 1) bytes. + + + + + A binary column with a maximum length of 4294967295 or + 4G (2^32 - 1) bytes. + + + + + A binary column with a maximum length of 65535 (2^16 - 1) bytes. + + + + + A variable-length string containing 0 to 255 bytes. + + + + + A fixed-length string. + + + + + Geometric (GIS) data type. + + + + + Unsigned 8-bit value. + + + + + Unsigned 16-bit value. + + + + + Unsigned 24-bit value. + + + + + Unsigned 32-bit value. + + + + + Unsigned 64-bit value. + + + + + Fixed length binary string. + + + + + Variable length binary string. + + + + + A text column with a maximum length of 255 (2^8 - 1) characters. + + + + + A text column with a maximum length of 16777215 (2^24 - 1) characters. + + + + + A text column with a maximum length of 4294967295 or + 4G (2^32 - 1) characters. + + + + + A text column with a maximum length of 65535 (2^16 - 1) characters. + + + + + A guid column + + + + + Allows the user to specify the type of connection that should + be used. + + + + + TCP/IP style connection. Works everywhere. + + + + + Named pipe connection. Works only on Windows systems. + + + + + Unix domain socket connection. Works only with Unix systems. + + + + + Shared memory connection. Currently works only with Windows systems. + + + + + SSL options for connection. + + + + + Do not use SSL. + + + + + Always use SSL. Deny connection if server does not support SSL. + Do not perform server certificate validation. + This is the default SSL mode when the same isn't specified as part of the connection string. + + + + + Always use SSL. Validate server SSL certificate, but different host name mismatch. + + + + + Always use SSL and perform full certificate validation. + + + + + Specifies the connection types supported + + + + + Use TCP/IP sockets. + + + + + Use client library. + + + + + Use MySQL embedded server. + + + + + Defines the location of the certificate store. + + + + + Do not use certificate store. + + + + + Use certificate store for the current user. + + + + + User certificate store for the machine. + + + + + Specifies the authentication mechanism that should be used. + + + + + If SSL is enabled or Unix sockets are being used, sets PLAIN as the authentication mechanism; + otherwise, it tries to use MYSQL41 and then SHA256_MEMORY. + + + + + Authenticate using PLAIN. + + + + + Authenticate using MYSQL41. + + + + + Authenticate using EXTERNAL. + + + + + Authenticate using SHA256_MEMORY. + + + + + Defines waiting options that may be used with row locking options. + + + + + Waits until the blocking transaction releases the row lock. + + + + + Never waits to acquire a row lock. The query executes immediately, + failing with an error if a requested row is locked. + + + + + Never waits to acquire a row lock. The query executes immediately, + removing locked rows from the result set. + + + + + Collection of error codes that can be returned by the server + + + + + + + + + + + Error level + + + + + Error code + + + + + Error message + + + + + Provides a reference to error codes returned by MySQL. + + + + + ER_HASHCHK + + + + ER_NISAMCHK + + + + ER_NO + + + + ER_YES + + + The file couldn't be created. + ER_CANT_CREATE_FILE + + + The table couldn't be created. + ER_CANT_CREATE_TABLE + + + The database couldn't be created. + ER_CANT_CREATE_DB + + + The database couldn't be created, it already exists. + ER_DB_CREATE_EXISTS + + + The database couldn't be dropped, it doesn't exist. + ER_DB_DROP_EXISTS + + + The database couldn't be dropped, the file can't be deleted. + ER_DB_DROP_DELETE + + + The database couldn't be dropped, the directory can't be deleted. + ER_DB_DROP_RMDIR + + + The file couldn't be deleted. + ER_CANT_DELETE_FILE + + + The record couldn't be read from the system table. + ER_CANT_FIND_SYSTEM_REC + + + The status couldn't be retrieved. + ER_CANT_GET_STAT + + + The working directory couldn't be retrieved. + ER_CANT_GET_WD + + + The file couldn't be locked. + ER_CANT_LOCK + + + The file couldn't be opened. + ER_CANT_OPEN_FILE + + + The file couldn't be found. + ER_FILE_NOT_FOUND + + + The directory couldn't be read. + ER_CANT_READ_DIR + + + The working directory couldn't be entered. + ER_CANT_SET_WD + + + The record changed since it was last read. + ER_CHECKREAD + + + The disk is full. + ER_DISK_FULL + + + + There is already a key with the given values. + + + + An error occurred when closing the file. + ER_ERROR_ON_CLOSE + + + An error occurred when reading from the file. + ER_ERROR_ON_READ + + + An error occurred when renaming then file. + ER_ERROR_ON_RENAME + + + An error occurred when writing to the file. + ER_ERROR_ON_WRITE + + + The file is in use. + ER_FILE_USED + + + Sorting has been aborted. + ER_FILSORT_ABORT + + + The view doesn't exist. + ER_FORM_NOT_FOUND + + + Got the specified error from the table storage engine. + ER_GET_ERRNO + + + The table storage engine doesn't support the specified option. + ER_ILLEGAL_HA + + + + The specified key was not found. + + + + The file contains incorrect information. + ER_NOT_FORM_FILE + + + The key file is incorrect for the table, it should be repaired. + ER_NOT_KEYFILE + + + The key file is old for the table, it should be repaired. + ER_OLD_KEYFILE + + + The table is read-only + ER_OPEN_AS_READONLY + + + The server is out of memory, it should be restarted. + ER_OUTOFMEMORY + + + The server is out of sort-memory, the sort buffer size should be increased. + ER_OUT_OF_SORTMEMORY + + + An unexpected EOF was found when reading from the file. + ER_UNEXPECTED_EOF + + + Too many connections are open. + ER_CON_COUNT_ERROR + + + The server is out of resources, check if MySql or some other process is using all available memory. + ER_OUT_OF_RESOURCES + + + + Given when the connection is unable to successfully connect to host. + + + + The handshake was invalid. + ER_HANDSHAKE_ERROR + + + Access was denied for the specified user using the specified database. + ER_DBACCESS_DENIED_ERROR + + + + Normally returned when an incorrect password is given + + + + No database has been selected. + ER_NO_DB_ERROR + + + The command is unknown. + ER_UNKNOWN_COM_ERROR + + + The specified column cannot be NULL. + ER_BAD_NULL_ERROR + + + The specified database is not known. + + + The specified table already exists. + ER_TABLE_EXISTS_ERROR + + + The specified table is unknown. + ER_BAD_TABLE_ERROR + + + The specified column is ambiguous. + ER_NON_UNIQ_ERROR + + + The server is currently being shutdown. + ER_SERVER_SHUTDOWN + + + The specified columns is unknown. + ER_BAD_FIELD_ERROR + + + The specified column isn't in GROUP BY. + ER_WRONG_FIELD_WITH_GROUP + + + The specified columns cannot be grouped on. + ER_WRONG_GROUP_FIELD + + + There are sum functions and columns in the same statement. + ER_WRONG_SUM_SELECT + + + The column count doesn't match the value count. + ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT + + + The identifier name is too long. + ER_TOO_LONG_IDENT + + + The column name is duplicated. + ER_DUP_FIELDNAME + + + + Duplicate Key Name + + + + + Duplicate Key Entry + + + + The column specifier is incorrect. + ER_WRONG_FIELD_SPEC + + + An error occurred when parsing the statement. + ER_PARSE_ERROR + + + The statement is empty. + ER_EMPTY_QUERY + + + The table alias isn't unique. + ER_NONUNIQ_TABLE + + + The default value is invalid for the specified field. + ER_INVALID_DEFAULT + + + The table has multiple primary keys defined. + ER_MULTIPLE_PRI_KEY + + + Too many keys were defined for the table. + ER_TOO_MANY_KEYS + + + Too many parts to the keys were defined for the table. + ER_TOO_MANY_KEY_PARTS + + + The specified key is too long + ER_TOO_LONG_KEY + + + The specified key column doesn't exist in the table. + ER_KEY_COLUMN_DOES_NOT_EXITS + + + The BLOB column was used as a key, this can't be done. + ER_BLOB_USED_AS_KEY + + + The column length is too big for the specified column type. + ER_TOO_BIG_FIELDLENGTH + + + There can only be one auto-column, and it must be defined as a PK. + ER_WRONG_AUTO_KEY + + + The server is ready to accept connections. + ER_READY + + + + ER_NORMAL_SHUTDOWN + + + The server received the specified signal and is aborting. + ER_GOT_SIGNAL + + + The server shutdown is complete. + ER_SHUTDOWN_COMPLETE + + + The server is forcing close of the specified thread. + ER_FORCING_CLOSE + + + An error occurred when creating the IP socket. + ER_IPSOCK_ERROR + + + The table has no index like the one used in CREATE INDEX. + ER_NO_SUCH_INDEX + + + The field separator argument is not what is expected, check the manual. + ER_WRONG_FIELD_TERMINATORS + + + The BLOB columns must terminated, fixed row lengths cannot be used. + ER_BLOBS_AND_NO_TERMINATED + + + The text file cannot be read. + ER_TEXTFILE_NOT_READABLE + + + The specified file already exists. + ER_FILE_EXISTS_ERROR + + + Information returned by the LOAD statement. + ER_LOAD_INFO + + + Information returned by an UPDATE statement. + ER_ALTER_INFO + + + The prefix key is incorrect. + ER_WRONG_SUB_KEY + + + All columns cannot be removed from a table, use DROP TABLE instead. + ER_CANT_REMOVE_ALL_FIELDS + + + Cannot DROP, check that the column or key exists. + ER_CANT_DROP_FIELD_OR_KEY + + + Information returned by an INSERT statement. + ER_INSERT_INFO + + + The target table cannot be specified for update in FROM clause. + ER_UPDATE_TABLE_USED + + + The specified thread ID is unknown. + ER_NO_SUCH_THREAD + + + The thread cannot be killed, the current user is not the owner. + ER_KILL_DENIED_ERROR + + + No tables used in the statement. + ER_NO_TABLES_USED + + + Too many string have been used for the specified column and SET. + ER_TOO_BIG_SET + + + A unique filename couldn't be generated. + ER_NO_UNIQUE_LOGFILE + + + The specified table was locked with a READ lock, and can't be updated. + ER_TABLE_NOT_LOCKED_FOR_WRITE + + + The specified table was not locked with LOCK TABLES. + ER_TABLE_NOT_LOCKED + + + BLOB and Text columns cannot have a default value. + ER_BLOB_CANT_HAVE_DEFAULT + + + The specified database name is incorrect. + ER_WRONG_DB_NAME + + + The specified table name is incorrect. + ER_WRONG_TABLE_NAME + + + The SELECT command would examine more than MAX_JOIN_SIZE rows, check the WHERE clause and use SET SQL_BIG_SELECTS=1 or SET SQL_MAX_JOIN_SIZE=# if the SELECT is ok. + ER_TOO_BIG_SELECT + + + An unknown error occurred. + ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR + + + The specified procedure is unknown. + ER_UNKNOWN_PROCEDURE + + + The number of parameters provided for the specified procedure is incorrect. + ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_PROCEDURE + + + The parameters provided for the specified procedure are incorrect. + ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_PROCEDURE + + + The specified table is unknown. + ER_UNKNOWN_TABLE + + + The specified column has been specified twice. + ER_FIELD_SPECIFIED_TWICE + + + The group function has been incorrectly used. + ER_INVALID_GROUP_FUNC_USE + + + The specified table uses an extension that doesn't exist in this MySQL version. + ER_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION + + + The table must have at least one column. + ER_TABLE_MUST_HAVE_COLUMNS + + + The specified table is full. + ER_RECORD_FILE_FULL + + + The specified character set is unknown. + ER_UNKNOWN_CHARACTER_SET + + + Too many tables, MySQL can only use the specified number of tables in a JOIN. + ER_TOO_MANY_TABLES + + + Too many columns + ER_TOO_MANY_FIELDS + + + The row size is too large, the maximum row size for the used tables (not counting BLOBS) is specified, change some columns or BLOBS. + ER_TOO_BIG_ROWSIZE + + + A thread stack overrun occurred. Stack statistics are specified. + ER_STACK_OVERRUN + + + A cross dependency was found in the OUTER JOIN, examine the ON conditions. + ER_WRONG_OUTER_JOIN + + + The table handler doesn't support NULL in the given index, change specified column to be NOT NULL or use another handler. + ER_NULL_COLUMN_IN_INDEX + + + The specified user defined function cannot be loaded. + ER_CANT_FIND_UDF + + + The specified user defined function cannot be initialised. + ER_CANT_INITIALIZE_UDF + + + No paths are allowed for the shared library. + ER_UDF_NO_PATHS + + + The specified user defined function already exists. + ER_UDF_EXISTS + + + The specified shared library cannot be opened. + ER_CANT_OPEN_LIBRARY + + + The specified symbol cannot be found in the library. + ER_CANT_FIND_DL_ENTRY + + + The specified function is not defined. + ER_FUNCTION_NOT_DEFINED + + + The specified host is blocked because of too many connection errors, unblock with 'mysqladmin flush-hosts'. + ER_HOST_IS_BLOCKED + + + + The given host is not allowed to connect + + + + + The anonymous user is not allowed to connect + + + + + The given password is not allowed + + + + + The given password does not match + + + + Information returned by an UPDATE statement. + ER_UPDATE_INFO + + + A new thread couldn't be created. + ER_CANT_CREATE_THREAD + + + The column count doesn't match the value count. + ER_WRONG_VALUE_COUNT_ON_ROW + + + The specified table can't be re-opened. + ER_CANT_REOPEN_TABLE + + + The NULL value has been used incorrectly. + ER_INVALID_USE_OF_NULL + + + The regular expression contains an error. + ER_REGEXP_ERROR + + + GROUP columns (MIN(), MAX(), COUNT(), ...) cannot be mixes with no GROUP columns if there is not GROUP BY clause. + ER_MIX_OF_GROUP_FUNC_AND_FIELDS + + + + ER_NONEXISTING_GRANT + + + + ER_TABLEACCESS_DENIED_ERROR + + + + ER_COLUMNACCESS_DENIED_ERROR + + + + ER_ILLEGAL_GRANT_FOR_TABLE + + + + ER_GRANT_WRONG_HOST_OR_USER + + + + ER_NO_SUCH_TABLE + + + + ER_NONEXISTING_TABLE_GRANT + + + + ER_NOT_ALLOWED_COMMAND + + + + ER_SYNTAX_ERROR + + + + ER_DELAYED_CANT_CHANGE_LOCK + + + + ER_TOO_MANY_DELAYED_THREADS + + + + ER_ABORTING_CONNECTION + + + + An attempt was made to send or receive a packet larger than + max_allowed_packet_size + + + + + ER_NET_READ_ERROR_FROM_PIPE + + + + ER_NET_FCNTL_ERROR + + + + ER_NET_PACKETS_OUT_OF_ORDER + + + + ER_NET_UNCOMPRESS_ERROR + + + + ER_NET_READ_ERROR + + + + ER_NET_READ_INTERRUPTED + + + + ER_NET_ERROR_ON_WRITE + + + + ER_NET_WRITE_INTERRUPTED + + + + ER_TOO_LONG_STRING + + + + ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_BLOB + + + + ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_AUTO_INCREMENT + + + + ER_DELAYED_INSERT_TABLE_LOCKED + + + + ER_WRONG_COLUMN_NAME + + + + ER_WRONG_KEY_COLUMN + + + + ER_WRONG_MRG_TABLE + + + + ER_DUP_UNIQUE + + + + ER_BLOB_KEY_WITHOUT_LENGTH + + + + ER_PRIMARY_CANT_HAVE_NULL + + + + ER_TOO_MANY_ROWS + + + + ER_REQUIRES_PRIMARY_KEY + + + + ER_NO_RAID_COMPILED + + + + ER_UPDATE_WITHOUT_KEY_IN_SAFE_MODE + + + + ER_KEY_DOES_NOT_EXITS + + + + ER_CHECK_NO_SUCH_TABLE + + + + ER_CHECK_NOT_IMPLEMENTED + + + + ER_CANT_DO_THIS_DURING_AN_TRANSACTION + + + + ER_ERROR_DURING_COMMIT + + + + ER_ERROR_DURING_ROLLBACK + + + + ER_ERROR_DURING_FLUSH_LOGS + + + + ER_ERROR_DURING_CHECKPOINT + + + + ER_NEW_ABORTING_CONNECTION + + + + ER_DUMP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED + + + + ER_FLUSH_MASTER_BINLOG_CLOSED + + + + ER_INDEX_REBUILD + + + + ER_MASTER + + + + ER_MASTER_NET_READ + + + + ER_MASTER_NET_WRITE + + + + ER_FT_MATCHING_KEY_NOT_FOUND + + + + ER_LOCK_OR_ACTIVE_TRANSACTION + + + + ER_UNKNOWN_SYSTEM_VARIABLE + + + + ER_CRASHED_ON_USAGE + + + + ER_CRASHED_ON_REPAIR + + + + ER_WARNING_NOT_COMPLETE_ROLLBACK + + + + ER_TRANS_CACHE_FULL + + + + ER_SLAVE_MUST_STOP + + + + ER_SLAVE_NOT_RUNNING + + + + ER_BAD_SLAVE + + + + ER_MASTER_INFO + + + + ER_SLAVE_THREAD + + + + ER_TOO_MANY_USER_CONNECTIONS + + + + ER_SET_CONSTANTS_ONLY + + + + ER_LOCK_WAIT_TIMEOUT + + + + ER_LOCK_TABLE_FULL + + + + ER_READ_ONLY_TRANSACTION + + + + ER_DROP_DB_WITH_READ_LOCK + + + + ER_CREATE_DB_WITH_READ_LOCK + + + + ER_WRONG_ARGUMENTS + + + + ER_NO_PERMISSION_TO_CREATE_USER + + + + ER_UNION_TABLES_IN_DIFFERENT_DIR + + + + ER_LOCK_DEADLOCK + + + + ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_FT + + + + ER_CANNOT_ADD_FOREIGN + + + + ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW + + + + ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED + + + + ER_CONNECT_TO_MASTER + + + + ER_QUERY_ON_MASTER + + + + ER_ERROR_WHEN_EXECUTING_COMMAND + + + + ER_WRONG_USAGE + + + + ER_WRONG_NUMBER_OF_COLUMNS_IN_SELECT + + + + ER_CANT_UPDATE_WITH_READLOCK + + + + ER_MIXING_NOT_ALLOWED + + + + ER_DUP_ARGUMENT + + + + ER_USER_LIMIT_REACHED + + + + ER_SPECIFIC_ACCESS_DENIED_ERROR + + + + ER_LOCAL_VARIABLE + + + + ER_GLOBAL_VARIABLE + + + + ER_NO_DEFAULT + + + + ER_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_VAR + + + + ER_WRONG_TYPE_FOR_VAR + + + + ER_VAR_CANT_BE_READ + + + + ER_CANT_USE_OPTION_HERE + + + + ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_YET + + + + ER_MASTER_FATAL_ERROR_READING_BINLOG + + + + ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_TABLE + + + + ER_INCORRECT_GLOBAL_LOCAL_VAR + + + + ER_WRONG_FK_DEF + + + + ER_KEY_REF_DO_NOT_MATCH_TABLE_REF + + + + ER_OPERAND_COLUMNS + + + + ER_SUBQUERY_NO_1_ROW + + + + ER_UNKNOWN_STMT_HANDLER + + + + ER_CORRUPT_HELP_DB + + + + ER_CYCLIC_REFERENCE + + + + ER_AUTO_CONVERT + + + + ER_ILLEGAL_REFERENCE + + + + ER_DERIVED_MUST_HAVE_ALIAS + + + + ER_SELECT_REDUCED + + + + ER_TABLENAME_NOT_ALLOWED_HERE + + + + ER_NOT_SUPPORTED_AUTH_MODE + + + + ER_SPATIAL_CANT_HAVE_NULL + + + + ER_COLLATION_CHARSET_MISMATCH + + + + ER_SLAVE_WAS_RUNNING + + + + ER_SLAVE_WAS_NOT_RUNNING + + + + ER_TOO_BIG_FOR_UNCOMPRESS + + + + ER_ZLIB_Z_MEM_ERROR + + + + ER_ZLIB_Z_BUF_ERROR + + + + ER_ZLIB_Z_DATA_ERROR + + + + ER_CUT_VALUE_GROUP_CONCAT + + + + ER_WARN_TOO_FEW_RECORDS + + + + ER_WARN_TOO_MANY_RECORDS + + + + ER_WARN_NULL_TO_NOTNULL + + + + ER_WARN_DATA_OUT_OF_RANGE + + + + WARN_DATA_TRUNCATED + + + + ER_WARN_USING_OTHER_HANDLER + + + + ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_2COLLATIONS + + + + ER_DROP_USER + + + + ER_REVOKE_GRANTS + + + + ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_3COLLATIONS + + + + ER_CANT_AGGREGATE_NCOLLATIONS + + + + ER_VARIABLE_IS_NOT_STRUCT + + + + ER_UNKNOWN_COLLATION + + + + ER_SLAVE_IGNORED_SSL_PARAMS + + + + ER_SERVER_IS_IN_SECURE_AUTH_MODE + + + + ER_WARN_FIELD_RESOLVED + + + + ER_BAD_SLAVE_UNTIL_COND + + + + ER_MISSING_SKIP_SLAVE + + + + ER_UNTIL_COND_IGNORED + + + + ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_INDEX + + + + ER_WRONG_NAME_FOR_CATALOG + + + + ER_WARN_QC_RESIZE + + + + ER_BAD_FT_COLUMN + + + + ER_UNKNOWN_KEY_CACHE + + + + ER_WARN_HOSTNAME_WONT_WORK + + + + ER_UNKNOWN_STORAGE_ENGINE + + + + ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX + + + + ER_NON_UPDATABLE_TABLE + + + + ER_FEATURE_DISABLED + + + + ER_OPTION_PREVENTS_STATEMENT + + + + ER_DUPLICATED_VALUE_IN_TYPE + + + + ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE + + + + ER_TOO_MUCH_AUTO_TIMESTAMP_COLS + + + + ER_INVALID_ON_UPDATE + + + + ER_UNSUPPORTED_PS + + + + ER_GET_ERRMSG + + + + ER_GET_TEMPORARY_ERRMSG + + + + ER_UNKNOWN_TIME_ZONE + + + + ER_WARN_INVALID_TIMESTAMP + + + + ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING + + + + ER_WARN_ALLOWED_PACKET_OVERFLOWED + + + + ER_CONFLICTING_DECLARATIONS + + + + ER_SP_NO_RECURSIVE_CREATE + + + + ER_SP_ALREADY_EXISTS + + + + ER_SP_DOES_NOT_EXIST + + + + ER_SP_DROP_FAILED + + + + ER_SP_STORE_FAILED + + + + ER_SP_LILABEL_MISMATCH + + + + ER_SP_LABEL_REDEFINE + + + + ER_SP_LABEL_MISMATCH + + + + ER_SP_UNINIT_VAR + + + + ER_SP_BADSELECT + + + + ER_SP_BADRETURN + + + + ER_SP_BADSTATEMENT + + + + ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_IGNORED + + + + ER_UPDATE_LOG_DEPRECATED_TRANSLATED + + + + ER_QUERY_INTERRUPTED + + + + ER_SP_WRONG_NO_OF_ARGS + + + + ER_SP_COND_MISMATCH + + + + ER_SP_NORETURN + + + + ER_SP_NORETURNEND + + + + ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_QUERY + + + + ER_SP_BAD_CURSOR_SELECT + + + + ER_SP_CURSOR_MISMATCH + + + + ER_SP_CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN + + + + ER_SP_CURSOR_NOT_OPEN + + + + ER_SP_UNDECLARED_VAR + + + + ER_SP_WRONG_NO_OF_FETCH_ARGS + + + + ER_SP_FETCH_NO_DATA + + + + ER_SP_DUP_PARAM + + + + ER_SP_DUP_VAR + + + + ER_SP_DUP_COND + + + + ER_SP_DUP_CURS + + + + ER_SP_CANT_ALTER + + + + ER_SP_SUBSELECT_NYI + + + + ER_STMT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG + + + + ER_SP_VARCOND_AFTER_CURSHNDLR + + + + ER_SP_CURSOR_AFTER_HANDLER + + + + ER_SP_CASE_NOT_FOUND + + + + ER_FPARSER_TOO_BIG_FILE + + + + ER_FPARSER_BAD_HEADER + + + + ER_FPARSER_EOF_IN_COMMENT + + + + ER_FPARSER_ERROR_IN_PARAMETER + + + + ER_FPARSER_EOF_IN_UNKNOWN_PARAMETER + + + + ER_VIEW_NO_EXPLAIN + + + + ER_FRM_UNKNOWN_TYPE + + + + ER_WRONG_OBJECT + + + + ER_NONUPDATEABLE_COLUMN + + + + ER_VIEW_SELECT_DERIVED + + + + ER_VIEW_SELECT_CLAUSE + + + + ER_VIEW_SELECT_VARIABLE + + + + ER_VIEW_SELECT_TMPTABLE + + + + ER_VIEW_WRONG_LIST + + + + ER_WARN_VIEW_MERGE + + + + ER_WARN_VIEW_WITHOUT_KEY + + + + ER_VIEW_INVALID + + + + ER_SP_NO_DROP_SP + + + + ER_SP_GOTO_IN_HNDLR + + + + ER_TRG_ALREADY_EXISTS + + + + ER_TRG_DOES_NOT_EXIST + + + + ER_TRG_ON_VIEW_OR_TEMP_TABLE + + + + ER_TRG_CANT_CHANGE_ROW + + + + ER_TRG_NO_SUCH_ROW_IN_TRG + + + + ER_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_FIELD + + + + ER_DIVISION_BY_ZERO + + + + ER_TRUNCATED_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_FIELD + + + + ER_ILLEGAL_VALUE_FOR_TYPE + + + + ER_VIEW_NONUPD_CHECK + + + + ER_VIEW_CHECK_FAILED + + + + ER_PROCACCESS_DENIED_ERROR + + + + ER_RELAY_LOG_FAIL + + + + ER_PASSWD_LENGTH + + + + ER_UNKNOWN_TARGET_BINLOG + + + + ER_IO_ERR_LOG_INDEX_READ + + + + ER_BINLOG_PURGE_PROHIBITED + + + + ER_FSEEK_FAIL + + + + ER_BINLOG_PURGE_FATAL_ERR + + + + ER_LOG_IN_USE + + + + ER_LOG_PURGE_UNKNOWN_ERR + + + + ER_RELAY_LOG_INIT + + + + ER_NO_BINARY_LOGGING + + + + ER_RESERVED_SYNTAX + + + + ER_WSAS_FAILED + + + + ER_DIFF_GROUPS_PROC + + + + ER_NO_GROUP_FOR_PROC + + + + ER_ORDER_WITH_PROC + + + + ER_LOGGING_PROHIBIT_CHANGING_OF + + + + ER_NO_FILE_MAPPING + + + + ER_WRONG_MAGIC + + + + ER_PS_MANY_PARAM + + + + ER_KEY_PART_0 + + + + ER_VIEW_CHECKSUM + + + + ER_VIEW_MULTIUPDATE + + + + ER_VIEW_NO_INSERT_FIELD_LIST + + + + ER_VIEW_DELETE_MERGE_VIEW + + + + ER_CANNOT_USER + + + + ER_XAER_NOTA + + + + ER_XAER_INVAL + + + + ER_XAER_RMFAIL + + + + ER_XAER_OUTSIDE + + + + ER_XAER_RMERR + + + + ER_XA_RBROLLBACK + + + + ER_NONEXISTING_PROC_GRANT + + + + ER_PROC_AUTO_GRANT_FAIL + + + + ER_PROC_AUTO_REVOKE_FAIL + + + + ER_DATA_TOO_LONG + + + + ER_SP_BAD_SQLSTATE + + + + ER_STARTUP + + + + ER_LOAD_FROM_FIXED_SIZE_ROWS_TO_VAR + + + + ER_CANT_CREATE_USER_WITH_GRANT + + + + ER_WRONG_VALUE_FOR_TYPE + + + + ER_TABLE_DEF_CHANGED + + + + ER_SP_DUP_HANDLER + + + + ER_SP_NOT_VAR_ARG + + + + ER_SP_NO_RETSET + + + + ER_CANT_CREATE_GEOMETRY_OBJECT + + + + ER_FAILED_ROUTINE_BREAK_BINLOG + + + + ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_ROUTINE + + + + ER_BINLOG_CREATE_ROUTINE_NEED_SUPER + + + + ER_EXEC_STMT_WITH_OPEN_CURSOR + + + + ER_STMT_HAS_NO_OPEN_CURSOR + + + + ER_COMMIT_NOT_ALLOWED_IN_SF_OR_TRG + + + + ER_NO_DEFAULT_FOR_VIEW_FIELD + + + + ER_SP_NO_RECURSION + + + + ER_TOO_BIG_SCALE + + + + ER_TOO_BIG_PRECISION + + + + ER_M_BIGGER_THAN_D + + + + ER_WRONG_LOCK_OF_SYSTEM_TABLE + + + + ER_CONNECT_TO_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE + + + + ER_QUERY_ON_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE + + + + ER_FOREIGN_DATA_SOURCE_DOESNT_EXIST + + + + ER_FOREIGN_DATA_STRING_INVALID_CANT_CREATE + + + + ER_FOREIGN_DATA_STRING_INVALID + + + + ER_CANT_CREATE_FEDERATED_TABLE + + + + ER_TRG_IN_WRONG_SCHEMA + + + + ER_STACK_OVERRUN_NEED_MORE + + + + ER_TOO_LONG_BODY + + + + ER_WARN_CANT_DROP_DEFAULT_KEYCACHE + + + + ER_TOO_BIG_DISPLAYWIDTH + + + + ER_XAER_DUPID + + + + ER_DATETIME_FUNCTION_OVERFLOW + + + + ER_CANT_UPDATE_USED_TABLE_IN_SF_OR_TRG + + + + ER_VIEW_PREVENT_UPDATE + + + + ER_PS_NO_RECURSION + + + + ER_SP_CANT_SET_AUTOCOMMIT + + + + ER_MALFORMED_DEFINER + + + + ER_VIEW_FRM_NO_USER + + + + ER_VIEW_OTHER_USER + + + + ER_NO_SUCH_USER + + + + ER_FORBID_SCHEMA_CHANGE + + + + ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED_2 + + + + ER_NO_REFERENCED_ROW_2 + + + + ER_SP_BAD_VAR_SHADOW + + + + ER_TRG_NO_DEFINER + + + + ER_OLD_FILE_FORMAT + + + + ER_SP_RECURSION_LIMIT + + + + ER_SP_PROC_TABLE_CORRUPT + + + + ER_SP_WRONG_NAME + + + + ER_TABLE_NEEDS_UPGRADE + + + + ER_SP_NO_AGGREGATE + + + + ER_MAX_PREPARED_STMT_COUNT_REACHED + + + + ER_VIEW_RECURSIVE + + + + ER_NON_GROUPING_FIELD_USED + + + + ER_TABLE_CANT_HANDLE_SPKEYS + + + + ER_NO_TRIGGERS_ON_SYSTEM_SCHEMA + + + + ER_REMOVED_SPACES + + + + ER_AUTOINC_READ_FAILED + + + + ER_USERNAME + + + + ER_HOSTNAME + + + + ER_WRONG_STRING_LENGTH + + + + ER_NON_INSERTABLE_TABLE + + + + ER_ADMIN_WRONG_MRG_TABLE + + + + ER_TOO_HIGH_LEVEL_OF_NESTING_FOR_SELECT + + + + ER_NAME_BECOMES_EMPTY + + + + ER_AMBIGUOUS_FIELD_TERM + + + + ER_FOREIGN_SERVER_EXISTS + + + + ER_FOREIGN_SERVER_DOESNT_EXIST + + + + ER_ILLEGAL_HA_CREATE_OPTION + + + + ER_PARTITION_REQUIRES_VALUES_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_WRONG_VALUES_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_MAXVALUE_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_SUBPARTITION_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_SUBPART_MIX_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_PART_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_SUBPART_ERROR + + + + ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR + + + + ER_NO_CONST_EXPR_IN_RANGE_OR_LIST_ERROR + + + + ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR + + + + ER_LIST_OF_FIELDS_ONLY_IN_HASH_ERROR + + + + ER_INCONSISTENT_PARTITION_INFO_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_FUNC_NOT_ALLOWED_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR + + + + ER_RANGE_NOT_INCREASING_ERROR + + + + ER_INCONSISTENT_TYPE_OF_FUNCTIONS_ERROR + + + + ER_MULTIPLE_DEF_CONST_IN_LIST_PART_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_ENTRY_ERROR + + + + ER_MIX_HANDLER_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_NOT_DEFINED_ERROR + + + + ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS_ERROR + + + + ER_SUBPARTITION_ERROR + + + + ER_CANT_CREATE_HANDLER_FILE + + + + ER_BLOB_FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_ERROR + + + + ER_UNIQUE_KEY_NEED_ALL_FIELDS_IN_PF + + + + ER_NO_PARTS_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED + + + + ER_FOREIGN_KEY_ON_PARTITIONED + + + + ER_DROP_PARTITION_NON_EXISTENT + + + + ER_DROP_LAST_PARTITION + + + + ER_COALESCE_ONLY_ON_HASH_PARTITION + + + + ER_REORG_HASH_ONLY_ON_SAME_NO + + + + ER_REORG_NO_PARAM_ERROR + + + + ER_ONLY_ON_RANGE_LIST_PARTITION + + + + ER_ADD_PARTITION_SUBPART_ERROR + + + + ER_ADD_PARTITION_NO_NEW_PARTITION + + + + ER_COALESCE_PARTITION_NO_PARTITION + + + + ER_REORG_PARTITION_NOT_EXIST + + + + ER_SAME_NAME_PARTITION + + + + ER_NO_BINLOG_ERROR + + + + ER_CONSECUTIVE_REORG_PARTITIONS + + + + ER_REORG_OUTSIDE_RANGE + + + + ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_FAILURE + + + + ER_PART_STATE_ERROR + + + + ER_LIMITED_PART_RANGE + + + + ER_PLUGIN_IS_NOT_LOADED + + + + ER_WRONG_VALUE + + + + ER_NO_PARTITION_FOR_GIVEN_VALUE + + + + ER_FILEGROUP_OPTION_ONLY_ONCE + + + + ER_CREATE_FILEGROUP_FAILED + + + + ER_DROP_FILEGROUP_FAILED + + + + ER_TABLESPACE_AUTO_EXTEND_ERROR + + + + ER_WRONG_SIZE_NUMBER + + + + ER_SIZE_OVERFLOW_ERROR + + + + ER_ALTER_FILEGROUP_FAILED + + + + ER_BINLOG_ROW_LOGGING_FAILED + + + + ER_BINLOG_ROW_WRONG_TABLE_DEF + + + + ER_BINLOG_ROW_RBR_TO_SBR + + + + ER_EVENT_ALREADY_EXISTS + + + + ER_EVENT_STORE_FAILED + + + + ER_EVENT_DOES_NOT_EXIST + + + + ER_EVENT_CANT_ALTER + + + + ER_EVENT_DROP_FAILED + + + + ER_EVENT_INTERVAL_NOT_POSITIVE_OR_TOO_BIG + + + + ER_EVENT_ENDS_BEFORE_STARTS + + + + ER_EVENT_EXEC_TIME_IN_THE_PAST + + + + ER_EVENT_OPEN_TABLE_FAILED + + + + ER_EVENT_NEITHER_M_EXPR_NOR_M_AT + + + + ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_CORRUPTED + + + + ER_CANNOT_LOAD_FROM_TABLE + + + + ER_EVENT_CANNOT_DELETE + + + + ER_EVENT_COMPILE_ERROR + + + + ER_EVENT_SAME_NAME + + + + ER_EVENT_DATA_TOO_LONG + + + + ER_DROP_INDEX_FK + + + + ER_WARN_DEPRECATED_SYNTAX_WITH_VER + + + + ER_CANT_WRITE_LOCK_LOG_TABLE + + + + ER_CANT_LOCK_LOG_TABLE + + + + ER_FOREIGN_DUPLICATE_KEY + + + + ER_COL_COUNT_DOESNT_MATCH_PLEASE_UPDATE + + + + ER_TEMP_TABLE_PREVENTS_SWITCH_OUT_OF_RBR + + + + ER_STORED_FUNCTION_PREVENTS_SWITCH_BINLOG_FORMAT + + + + ER_NDB_CANT_SWITCH_BINLOG_FORMAT + + + + ER_PARTITION_NO_TEMPORARY + + + + ER_PARTITION_CONST_DOMAIN_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED + + + + ER_DDL_LOG_ERROR + + + + ER_NULL_IN_VALUES_LESS_THAN + + + + ER_WRONG_PARTITION_NAME + + + + ER_CANT_CHANGE_TRANSACTION_ISOLATION + + + + ER_DUP_ENTRY_AUTOINCREMENT_CASE + + + + ER_EVENT_MODIFY_QUEUE_ERROR + + + + ER_EVENT_SET_VAR_ERROR + + + + ER_PARTITION_MERGE_ERROR + + + + ER_CANT_ACTIVATE_LOG + + + + ER_RBR_NOT_AVAILABLE + + + + ER_BASE64_DECODE_ERROR + + + + ER_EVENT_RECURSION_FORBIDDEN + + + + ER_EVENTS_DB_ERROR + + + + ER_ONLY_INTEGERS_ALLOWED + + + + ER_UNSUPORTED_LOG_ENGINE + + + + ER_BAD_LOG_STATEMENT + + + + ER_CANT_RENAME_LOG_TABLE + + + + ER_WRONG_PARAMCOUNT_TO_NATIVE_FCT + + + + ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_NATIVE_FCT + + + + ER_WRONG_PARAMETERS_TO_STORED_FCT + + + + ER_NATIVE_FCT_NAME_COLLISION + + + + ER_DUP_ENTRY_WITH_KEY_NAME + + + + ER_BINLOG_PURGE_EMFILE + + + + ER_EVENT_CANNOT_CREATE_IN_THE_PAST + + + + ER_EVENT_CANNOT_ALTER_IN_THE_PAST + + + + ER_SLAVE_INCIDENT + + + + ER_NO_PARTITION_FOR_GIVEN_VALUE_SILENT + + + + ER_BINLOG_UNSAFE_STATEMENT + + + + ER_SLAVE_FATAL_ERROR + + + + ER_SLAVE_RELAY_LOG_READ_FAILURE + + + + ER_SLAVE_RELAY_LOG_WRITE_FAILURE + + + + ER_SLAVE_CREATE_EVENT_FAILURE + + + + ER_SLAVE_MASTER_COM_FAILURE + + + + ER_BINLOG_LOGGING_IMPOSSIBLE + + + + ER_VIEW_NO_CREATION_CTX + + + + ER_VIEW_INVALID_CREATION_CTX + + + + ER_SR_INVALID_CREATION_CTX + + + + ER_TRG_CORRUPTED_FILE + + + + ER_TRG_NO_CREATION_CTX + + + + ER_TRG_INVALID_CREATION_CTX + + + + ER_EVENT_INVALID_CREATION_CTX + + + + ER_TRG_CANT_OPEN_TABLE + + + + ER_CANT_CREATE_SROUTINE + + + + ER_SLAVE_AMBIGOUS_EXEC_MODE + + + + ER_NO_FORMAT_DESCRIPTION_EVENT_BEFORE_BINLOG_STATEMENT + + + + ER_SLAVE_CORRUPT_EVENT + + + + ER_LOAD_DATA_INVALID_COLUMN + + + + ER_LOG_PURGE_NO_FILE + + + + ER_XA_RBTIMEOUT + + + + ER_XA_RBDEADLOCK + + + + ER_NEED_REPREPARE + + + + ER_DELAYED_NOT_SUPPORTED + + + + WARN_NO_MASTER_INFO + + + + WARN_OPTION_IGNORED + + + + WARN_PLUGIN_DELETE_BUILTIN + + + + WARN_PLUGIN_BUSY + + + + ER_VARIABLE_IS_READONLY + + + + ER_WARN_ENGINE_TRANSACTION_ROLLBACK + + + + ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_FAILURE + + + + ER_SLAVE_HEARTBEAT_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE + + + + ER_NDB_REPLICATION_SCHEMA_ERROR + + + + ER_CONFLICT_FN_PARSE_ERROR + + + + ER_EXCEPTIONS_WRITE_ERROR + + + + ER_TOO_LONG_TABLE_COMMENT + + + + ER_TOO_LONG_FIELD_COMMENT + + + + ER_FUNC_INEXISTENT_NAME_COLLISION + + + + ER_DATABASE_NAME + + + + ER_TABLE_NAME + + + + ER_PARTITION_NAME + + + + ER_SUBPARTITION_NAME + + + + ER_TEMPORARY_NAME + + + + ER_RENAMED_NAME + + + + ER_TOO_MANY_CONCURRENT_TRXS + + + + WARN_NON_ASCII_SEPARATOR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED + + + + ER_DEBUG_SYNC_TIMEOUT + + + + ER_DEBUG_SYNC_HIT_LIMIT + + + + ER_ERROR_LAST + + + + WriteInteger + + + + + + + Summary description for MySqlPool. + + + + + It is assumed that this property will only be used from inside an active + lock. + + + + + Indicates whether this pool is being cleared. + + + + + It is assumed that this method is only called from inside an active lock. + + + + + It is assumed that this method is only called from inside an active lock. + + + + + Removes a connection from the in use pool. The only situations where this method + would be called are when a connection that is in use gets some type of fatal exception + or when the connection is being returned to the pool and it's too old to be + returned. + + + + + + Clears this pool of all idle connections and marks this pool and being cleared + so all other connections are closed when they are returned. + + + + + Remove expired drivers from the idle pool + + + + Closing driver is a potentially lengthy operation involving network + IO. Therefore we do not close expired drivers while holding + idlePool.SyncRoot lock. We just remove the old drivers from the idle + queue and return them to the caller. The caller will need to close + them (or let GC close them) + + + + + Summary description for MySqlPoolManager. + + + + + Remove drivers that have been idle for too long. + + + + + Provides a class capable of executing a SQL script containing + multiple SQL statements including CREATE PROCEDURE statements + that require changing the delimiter + + + + + Handles the event raised whenever a statement is executed. + + + + + Handles the event raised whenever an error is raised by the execution of a script. + + + + + Handles the event raised whenever a script execution is finished. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class. + + The connection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class. + + The query. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class. + + The connection. + The query. + + + + Gets or sets the connection. + + The connection. + + + + Gets or sets the query. + + The query. + + + + Gets or sets the delimiter. + + The delimiter. + + + + Executes this instance. + + The number of statements executed as part of the script. + + + + Initiates the asynchronous execution of SQL statements. + + The number of statements executed as part of the script inside. + + + + Initiates the asynchronous execution of SQL statements. + + The cancellation token. + The number of statements executed as part of the script inside. + + + + Represents the method that will handle errors when executing MySQL statements. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle errors when executing MySQL scripts. + + + + + Sets the arguments associated to MySQL scripts. + + + + + Gets the statement text. + + The statement text. + + + + Gets the line. + + The line. + + + + Gets the position. + + The position. + + + + Sets the arguments associated to MySQL script errors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The exception. + + + + Gets the exception. + + The exception. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is ignore. + + true if ignore; otherwise, false. + + + + Summary description for MySqlStream. + + + + + ReadPacket is called by NativeDriver to start reading the next + packet on the stream. + + + + + Reads the specified number of bytes from the stream and stores them at given + offset in the buffer. + Throws EndOfStreamException if not all bytes can be read. + + Stream to read from + Array to store bytes read from the stream + The offset in buffer at which to begin storing the data read from the current stream. + Number of bytes to read + + + + LoadPacket loads up and decodes the header of the incoming packet. + + + + + Traces information about the client execution. + + + + + Gets the list of trace listeners. + + + + + Gets or sets the switch to control tracing and debugging. + + + + + Gets or sets a flag indicating if query analysis is enabled. + + + + + Enables query analysis. + + The host on which to enable query analysis. + The interval of time for logging trace information. + + + + Disables query analysis. + + + + + Specifies the types of warning flags. + + + + + No index exists. + + + + + Bad index exists. + + + + + Rows have been excluded from the result. + + + + + Columns have been excluded from the result. + + + + + Type conversions took place. + + + + + Specifies the event that triggered the trace. + + + + + A connection has been opened. + + + + + A connection has been closed. + + + + + A query has been executed. + + + + + Data has been retrieved from the resultset. + + + + + Data retrieval has ended. + + + + + Query execution has ended. + + + + + The statement to be executed has been created. + + + + + The statement has been executed. + + + + + The statement is no longer required. + + + + + The query provided is of a nonquery type. + + + + + Usage advisor warnings have been requested. + + + + + Noncritical problem. + + + + + An error has been raised during data retrieval. + + + + + The query has been normalized. + + + + + Summary description for Driver. + + + + + Sets the current database for the this connection + + + + + + Return the appropriate set of connection flags for our + server capabilities and our user requested options. + + + + + Query is the method that is called to send all queries to the server + + + + + Sends the specified file to the server. + This supports the LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE + + + + + + FetchDataRow is the method that the data reader calls to see if there is another + row to fetch. In the non-prepared mode, it will simply read the next data packet. + In the prepared mode (statementId > 0), it will + + + + + Execution timeout, in milliseconds. When the accumulated time for network IO exceeds this value + TimeoutException is thrown. This timeout needs to be reset for every new command + + + + + + Summary description for PreparedStatement. + + + + + Prepares CommandText for use with the Prepare method + + Command text stripped of all paramter names + + Takes the output of TokenizeSql and creates a single string of SQL + that only contains '?' markers for each parameter. It also creates + the parameterMap array list that includes all the paramter names in the + order they appeared in the SQL + + + + + Used to define a Replication configurarion element in configuration file. + + + + + Gets a collection of ReplicationServerGroupConfigurationElement objects representing the server groups. + + + + + Used to define a Replication server group in configuration file. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the replication server group configuration. + + + + + Gets or sets the group type of the replication server group configuration. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of seconds to wait for retry. + + + + + Gets a collection of ReplicationServerConfigurationElement objects representing the server configurations associated to this group configuration. + + + + + Defines a Replication server in configuration file. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the replication server configuration. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the replication server is configured as master. + + + + + Gets or sets the connection string associated to this replication server. + + + + + Manager for Replication and Load Balancing features + + + + + Returns Replication Server Group List + + + + + Adds a Default Server Group to the list + + Group name + Time between reconnections for failed servers + Replication Server Group added + + + + Adds a Server Group to the list + + Group name + ServerGroup type reference + Time between reconnections for failed servers + Server Group added + + + + Gets the next server from a replication group + + Group name + True if the server to return must be a master + Replication Server defined by the Load Balancing plugin + + + + Gets a Server Group by name + + Group name + Server Group if found, otherwise throws an MySqlException + + + + Validates if the replication group name exists + + Group name to validate + True if replication group name is found, otherwise false + + + + Assigns a new server driver to the connection object + + Group name + True if the server connection to assign must be a master + MySqlConnection object where the new driver will be assigned + + + + Class that implements Round Robing Load Balancing technique + + + + + Gets an available server based on Round Robin load balancing + + True if the server to return must be a master + Next available server + + + + Represents a server in Replication environment + + + + + Server name + + + + + Defines if the server is master (True) or slave + + + + + Connection string used to connect to the server + + + + + Defines if the server is available to be considered in load balancing + + + + + Base class used to implement load balancing features. + + + + + List of servers available for replication. + + + + Group name + + + + + The name of the group. + + + + + The retry time between connections to failed servers. + + + + + The server list in the group. + + + + + Adds a server into the group. + + The server name. + true if the server to add is master; otherwise false for slave server. + The connection string used by this server. + + + + + Removes a server from a group. + + The server name. + + + + Gets a server by name. + + The server name + A replication server. + + + + Must be implemented. Defines the next server for a custom load balancing implementation. + + Defines if the server to return is a master or any. + Next server based on the load balancing implementation. + null if no available server is found. + + + + + Defines the next server for a custom load balancing implementation. + + Defines if the server to return is a master or any. + Currently not being used. + The next server based on the load balancing implementation. Null if no available server is found. + + + + Handles a failed connection to a server. + This method can be overriden to implement a custom failover handling + + The failed server. + + + + Handles a failed connection to a server. + + The failed server. + The exception that caused the failover. + + + + return the ordinal for the given column name + + + + + + + Retrieve the value as the given column index + + The column value to retrieve + The value as the given column + + + + Closes the current resultset, dumping any data still on the wire + + + + + Loads the column metadata for the current resultset + + + + + Represents a schema and its contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the schema. + + + + + Gets the list of columns in the schema. + + + + + Gets the list of rows in the schema. + + + + + Represents a row within a schema. + + + + + Represents a column within a schema. + + + + + The name of the column. + + + + + The type of the column. + + + + + GetForeignKeysOnTable retrieves the foreign keys on the given table. + Since MySQL supports foreign keys on versions prior to 5.0, we can't use + information schema. MySQL also does not include any type of SHOW command + for foreign keys so we have to resort to use SHOW CREATE TABLE and parsing + the output. + + The table to store the key info in. + The table to get the foeign key info for. + Only get foreign keys that match this name. + Should column information be included in the table. + + + + Serializes the given parameter to the given memory stream + + + This method is called by PrepareSqlBuffers to convert the given + parameter to bytes and write those bytes to the given memory stream. + + + True if the parameter was successfully serialized, false otherwise. + + + + Summary description for StoredProcedure. + + + + + Defines the basic operations to be performed on the table cache. + + + + + The max allowed age for the cache entry. + + + + + Adds the given command and result set to the cache. + + The command to store in the cache. + The resultset associated to the stored command. + + + + Retrieves the specified command from the cache. + + The command to retrieve. + The allowed age for the cache entry. + + + + + Removes the specified command from the cache. + + The command to remove from the cache. + + + + Clears the cache. + + + + + Removes cache entries older than the value defined by MaxCacheAge. + + + + + Stream that supports timeout of IO operations. + This class is used is used to support timeouts for SQL command, where a + typical operation involves several network reads/writes. + Timeout here is defined as the accumulated duration of all IO operations. + + + + + Construct a TimedStream + + Undelying stream + + + + Figure out whether it is necessary to reset timeout on stream. + We track the current value of timeout and try to avoid + changing it too often, because setting Read/WriteTimeout property + on network stream maybe a slow operation that involves a system call + (setsockopt). Therefore, we allow a small difference, and do not + reset timeout if current value is slightly greater than the requested + one (within 0.1 second). + + + + + Common handler for IO exceptions. + Resets timeout to infinity if timeout exception is + detected and stops the times. + + original exception + + + + Represents a SQL transaction to be made in a MySQL database. This class cannot be inherited. + + The application creates a MySqlTransaction object by calling + on the object. All subsequent operations associated with the + transaction (for example, committing or aborting the transaction), are performed on the + MySqlTransaction object. + + The following example creates a and a MySqlTransaction. + It also demonstrates how to use the , + , and methods. + + Public Sub RunTransaction(myConnString As String) + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + myConnection.Open() + + Dim myCommand As MySqlCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand() + Dim myTrans As MySqlTransaction + + ' Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction() + ' Must assign both transaction object and connection + ' to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans + + Try + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into Region (RegionID, RegionDescription) VALUES (100, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into Region (RegionID, RegionDescription) VALUES (101, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myTrans.Commit() + Console.WriteLine("Both records are written to database.") + Catch e As Exception + Try + myTrans.Rollback() + Catch ex As MySqlException + If Not myTrans.Connection Is Nothing Then + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " & ex.GetType().ToString() & _ + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction.") + End If + End Try + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " & e.GetType().ToString() & _ + "was encountered while inserting the data.") + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database.") + Finally + myConnection.Close() + End Try + End Sub 'RunTransaction + + + public void RunTransaction(string myConnString) + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + myConnection.Open(); + + MySqlCommand myCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand(); + MySqlTransaction myTrans; + + // Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction(); + // Must assign both transaction object and connection + // to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection; + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans; + + try + { + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into Region (RegionID, RegionDescription) VALUES (100, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into Region (RegionID, RegionDescription) VALUES (101, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myTrans.Commit(); + Console.WriteLine("Both records are written to database."); + } + catch(Exception e) + { + try + { + myTrans.Rollback(); + } + catch (MySqlException ex) + { + if (myTrans.Connection != null) + { + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + ex.GetType() + + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction."); + } + } + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + e.GetType() + + " was encountered while inserting the data."); + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database."); + } + finally + { + myConnection.Close(); + } + } + + + + + + Gets the object associated with the transaction, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the transaction is no longer valid. + + The object associated with this transaction. + + A single application may have multiple database connections, each + with zero or more transactions. This property enables you to + determine the connection object associated with a particular + transaction created by . + + + + + Specifies the for this transaction. + + + The for this transaction. The default is ReadCommitted. + + + Parallel transactions are not supported. Therefore, the IsolationLevel + applies to the entire transaction. + + + + + Commits the database transaction. + + The Commit method is equivalent to the MySQL SQL statement + COMMIT. + + The following example creates a and a + . It also demonstrates how to use the + , , and Rollback + methods. + + Public Sub RunSqlTransaction(myConnString As String) + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + myConnection.Open() + + Dim myCommand As MySqlCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand() + Dim myTrans As MySqlTransaction + + ' Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction() + + ' Must assign both transaction object and connection + ' to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans + + Try + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into mytable (id, desc) VALUES (100, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into mytable (id, desc) VALUES (101, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myTrans.Commit() + Console.WriteLine("Success.") + Catch e As Exception + Try + myTrans.Rollback() + Catch ex As MySqlException + If Not myTrans.Connection Is Nothing Then + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " & ex.GetType().ToString() & _ + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction.") + End If + End Try + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " & e.GetType().ToString() & _ + "was encountered while inserting the data.") + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database.") + Finally + myConnection.Close() + End Try + End Sub + + + public void RunSqlTransaction(string myConnString) + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + myConnection.Open(); + + MySqlCommand myCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand(); + MySqlTransaction myTrans; + + // Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction(); + // Must assign both transaction object and connection + // to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection; + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans; + + try + { + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into mytable (id, desc) VALUES (100, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into mytable (id, desc) VALUES (101, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myTrans.Commit(); + Console.WriteLine("Both records are written to database."); + } + catch(Exception e) + { + try + { + myTrans.Rollback(); + } + catch (MySqlException ex) + { + if (myTrans.Connection != null) + { + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + ex.GetType() + + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction."); + } + } + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + e.GetType() + + " was encountered while inserting the data."); + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database."); + } + finally + { + myConnection.Close(); + } + } + + + + + + Rolls back a transaction from a pending state. + + The Rollback method is equivalent to the MySQL statement ROLLBACK. + The transaction can only be rolled back from a pending state + (after BeginTransaction has been called, but before Commit is + called). + + The following example creates a and a + . It also demonstrates how to use the + , , and Rollback + methods. + + Public Sub RunSqlTransaction(myConnString As String) + Dim myConnection As New MySqlConnection(myConnString) + myConnection.Open() + + Dim myCommand As MySqlCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand() + Dim myTrans As MySqlTransaction + + ' Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction() + + ' Must assign both transaction object and connection + ' to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans + + Try + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into mytable (id, desc) VALUES (100, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into mytable (id, desc) VALUES (101, 'Description')" + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery() + myTrans.Commit() + Console.WriteLine("Success.") + Catch e As Exception + Try + myTrans.Rollback() + Catch ex As MySqlException + If Not myTrans.Connection Is Nothing Then + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " & ex.GetType().ToString() & _ + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction.") + End If + End Try + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " & e.GetType().ToString() & _ + "was encountered while inserting the data.") + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database.") + Finally + myConnection.Close() + End Try + End Sub + + + public void RunSqlTransaction(string myConnString) + { + MySqlConnection myConnection = new MySqlConnection(myConnString); + myConnection.Open(); + + MySqlCommand myCommand = myConnection.CreateCommand(); + MySqlTransaction myTrans; + + // Start a local transaction + myTrans = myConnection.BeginTransaction(); + // Must assign both transaction object and connection + // to Command object for a pending local transaction + myCommand.Connection = myConnection; + myCommand.Transaction = myTrans; + + try + { + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into mytable (id, desc) VALUES (100, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myCommand.CommandText = "Insert into mytable (id, desc) VALUES (101, 'Description')"; + myCommand.ExecuteNonQuery(); + myTrans.Commit(); + Console.WriteLine("Both records are written to database."); + } + catch(Exception e) + { + try + { + myTrans.Rollback(); + } + catch (MySqlException ex) + { + if (myTrans.Connection != null) + { + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + ex.GetType() + + " was encountered while attempting to roll back the transaction."); + } + } + + Console.WriteLine("An exception of type " + e.GetType() + + " was encountered while inserting the data."); + Console.WriteLine("Neither record was written to database."); + } + finally + { + myConnection.Close(); + } + } + + + + + + Defines the data type associated with a column. + + + + + This class is modeled after .NET Stopwatch. It provides better + performance (no system calls).It is however less precise than + .NET Stopwatch, measuring in milliseconds. It is adequate to use + when high-precision is not required (e.g for measuring IO timeouts), + but not for other tasks. + + + + + Wrapper around NetworkStream. + + MyNetworkStream is equivalent to NetworkStream, except + 1. It throws TimeoutException if read or write timeout occurs, instead + of IOException, to match behavior of other streams (named pipe and + shared memory). This property comes handy in TimedStream. + + 2. It implements workarounds for WSAEWOULDBLOCK errors, that can start + occuring after stream has times out. For a discussion about the CLR bug, + refer to http://tinyurl.com/lhgpyf. This error should never occur, as + we're not using asynchronous operations, but apparerntly it does occur + directly after timeout has expired. + The workaround is hinted in the URL above and implemented like this: + For each IO operation, if it throws WSAEWOULDBLOCK, we explicitely set + the socket to Blocking and retry the operation once again. + + + + + Set keepalive + timeout on socket. + + socket + keepalive timeout, in seconds + + + + Read a single quoted identifier from the stream + + + + + + + Helper class to encapsulate shared memory functionality + Also cares of proper cleanup of file mapping object and cew + + + + + Summary description for SharedMemoryStream. + + + + + By creating a private ctor, we keep the compiler from creating a default ctor + + + + + Mark - or + signs that are unary ops as no output + + + + + + Retrieve client SSL certificates. Dependent on connection string + settings we use either file or store based certificates. + + + + + Summary description for StreamCreator. + + + + + Set the keepalive timeout on the socket. + + The socket object. + The keepalive timeout, in seconds. + + + + Summary description for Version. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Improper MySqlCommandBuilder state: adapter is null. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Improper MySqlCommandBuilder state: adapter's SelectCommand is null. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid attempt to access a field before calling Read(). + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Authentication to host '{0}' for user '{1}' using method '{2}' failed with message: {3}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Authentication method '{0}' not supported by any of the available plugins.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Version string not in acceptable format. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The buffer cannot be null. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Buffer is not large enough. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Canceling an executing query requires MySQL 5.0 or higher.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Canceling an active query is only supported on MySQL 5.0.0 and above. . + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameters can only be derived for commands using the StoredProcedure command type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to MySqlCommandBuilder does not support multi-table statements. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to MySqlCommandBuilder cannot operate on tables with no unique or key columns. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Chaos isolation level is not supported . + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The CommandText property has not been properly initialized.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Compression is not supported.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The connection is already open.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Connection unexpectedly terminated.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Connection must be valid and open. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The connection is not open.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The connection property has not been set or is null.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Could not find specified column in results: {0}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Count cannot be negative. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to SetLength is not a valid operation on CompressedStream. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The given value was not in a supported format.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to There is already an open DataReader associated with this Connection which must be closed first.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The default connection encoding was not found. Please report this as a bug along with your connection string and system details.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to MySQL Connector/NET does not currently support distributed transactions.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to SSL connection option '{0}' is duplicated.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Error creating socket connection. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Fatal error encountered during command execution.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Fatal error encountered during data read.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Fatal error encountered attempting to read the resultset.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to File based certificates are only supported when connecting to MySQL Server 5.1 or greater.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to From index and length use more bytes than from contains. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to From index must be a valid index inside the from buffer. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Call to GetHostEntry failed after {0} while querying for hostname '{1}': SocketErrorCode={2}, ErrorCode={3}, NativeErrorCode={4}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Retrieving procedure metadata for {0} from server.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Value has an unsupported format.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An incorrect response was received from the server.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Index and length use more bytes than to has room for. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Index must be a valid position in the buffer. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to You have specified an invalid column ordinal.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The requested value '{0}' is invalid for the given keyword '{1}'.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Microsecond must be a value between 0 and 999999.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Millisecond must be a value between 0 and 999. For more precision use Microsecond.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to No other SSL options are accepted when SSL Mode is set to None.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Procedure or function '{0}' cannot be found in database '{1}'.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to '{0}' is an illegal value for a boolean option.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Keyword does not allow null values.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Option not supported.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to ACCESSIBLE + ADD + ALL + ALTER + ANALYZE + AND + AS + ASC + ASENSITIVE + BEFORE + BEGIN + BETWEEN + BIGINT + BINARY + BLOB + BOTH + BY + CALL + CASCADE + CASE + CHANGE + CHAR + CHARACTER + CHECK + COLLATE + COLUMN + COMMIT + CONDITION + CONNECTION + CONSTRAINT + CONTINUE + CONVERT + CREATE + CROSS + CURRENT_DATE + CURRENT_TIME + CURRENT_TIMESTAMP + CURRENT_USER + CURSOR + DATABASE + DATABASES + DAY_HOUR + DAY_MICROSECOND + DAY_MINUTE + DAY_SECOND + DEC + DECIMAL + DECLARE + DEFAULT + DELAYED + DELETE + DESC + DESCRIBE + DETERMINISTIC + DISTINCT + DISTINCTROW + D [rest of string was truncated]";. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Mixing named and unnamed parameters is not allowed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to INTERNAL ERROR: More than one output parameter row detected.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Multiple simultaneous connections or connections with different connection strings inside the same transaction are not currently supported.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to NamedPipeStream does not support seeking. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to NamedPipeStream doesn't support SetLength. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The new value must be a MySqlParameter object.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid attempt to call NextResult when the reader is closed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to When calling stored procedures and 'Use Procedure Bodies' is false, all parameters must have their type explicitly set.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Nested transactions are not supported.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The host {0} does not support SSL connections.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unix sockets are not supported on Windows.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot retrieve Windows identity for current user. Connections that use IntegratedSecurity cannot be pooled. Use either 'ConnectionReset=true' or 'Pooling=false' in the connection string to fix.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The object is not open or has been disposed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Offset cannot be negative. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Offset must be a valid position in buffer. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Authentication with old password no longer supported, use 4.1 style passwords.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The option '{0}' is not currently supported.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter '{0}' has already been defined.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter cannot have a negative value. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter cannot be null. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter index was not found in Parameter Collection.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter is invalid.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter '{0}' must be defined.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter '{0}' was not found during prepare.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter can't be null or empty.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Password must be valid and contain length characters. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to This category includes a series of counters for MySQL. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to .NET Data Provider for MySQL. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The number of times a procedures metadata had to be queried from the server.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Hard Procedure Queries. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The number of times a procedures metadata was retrieved from the client-side cache.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Soft Procedure Queries. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to same name are not supported.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Packets larger than max_allowed_packet are not allowed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Reading from the stream has failed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid attempt to read a prior column using SequentialAccess. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Replicated connections allow only readonly statements.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Attempt to connect to '{0}' server failed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to No available server found.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Replication group '{0}' not found.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Replicated server not found: '{0}'. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Routine '{0}' cannot be found. Either check the spelling or make sure you have sufficient rights to execute the routine.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Attempt to call stored function '{0}' without specifying a return parameter. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Retrieval of the RSA public key is not enabled for insecure connections.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Connector/NET no longer supports server versions prior to 5.0. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Snapshot isolation level is not supported.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Socket streams do not support seeking. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Retrieving procedure metadata for {0} from procedure cache.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Stored procedures are not supported on this version of MySQL. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to SSL Connection error.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The stream has already been closed. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The stream does not support reading. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The stream does not support writing. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to String can't be empty.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Timeout expired. The timeout period elapsed prior to completion of the operation or the server is not responding.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to error connecting: Timeout expired. The timeout period elapsed prior to obtaining a connection from the pool. This may have occurred because all pooled connections were in use and max pool size was reached.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Connection Closed. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to trace. There are more than Int32.MaxValue connections in use.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Error encountered during row fetch. Number = {1}, Message={2}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Connection Opened: connection string = '{1}'. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Error encountered attempting to open result: Number={1}, Message={2}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Query Closed. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Query Normalized: {2}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Query Opened: {2}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Resultset Opened: field(s) = {1}, affected rows = {2}, inserted id = {3}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Resultset Closed. Total rows={1}, skipped rows={2}, size (bytes)={3}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Set Database: {1}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Statement closed: statement id = {1}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Statement executed: statement id = {1}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Statement prepared: sql='{1}', statement id={2}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Usage Advisor Warning: Query is using a bad index. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Usage Advisor Warning: The field '{2}' was converted to the following types: {3}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Usage Advisor Warning: Query does not use an index. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Usage Advisor Warning: The following columns were not accessed: {2}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: Usage Advisor Warning: Skipped {2} rows. Consider a more focused query.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0}: MySql Warning: Level={1}, Code={2}, Message={3}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Type '{0}' is not derived from BaseCommandInterceptor. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Type '{0}' is not derived from BaseExceptionInterceptor. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to connect to any of the specified MySQL hosts.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to create plugin for authentication method '{0}'. Please see inner exception for details.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to derive stored routine parameters. The 'Parameters' information schema table is not available and access to the stored procedure body has been disabled.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to enable query analysis. Be sure the MySql.Data.EMTrace assembly is properly located and registered.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An error occured attempting to enumerate the user-defined functions. Do you have SELECT privileges on the mysql.func table?. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to execute stored procedure '{0}'.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to There was an error parsing the foreign key definition.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Error encountered reading the RSA public key.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to retrieve stored procedure metadata for routine '{0}'. Either grant SELECT privilege to mysql.proc for this user or use "check parameters=false" with your connection string.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to start a second async operation while one is running.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unix sockets are not supported on Windows. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unknown authentication method '{0}' was requested.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unknown connection protocol. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Value '{0}' is not of the correct type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The requested column value could not be treated as or conveted to a Guid.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Windows authentication connections are not supported on {0}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Writing to the stream failed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter '{0}' is not found but a parameter with the name '{1}' is found. Parameter names must include the leading parameter marker.. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Appdata path is not defined.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Authentication failed using MYSQL41 and SHA256_MEMORY. Check the user name and password or try using a secure connection.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to This feature is currently not supported.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to This functionality is only supported in MySQL {0} and higher.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Collation with id '{0}' not found.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Connection Data is incorrect.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The connection string is invalid.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to '{0}' is not a valid connection string attribute.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Decimal (BCD) format is invalid.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Field type with name '{0}' not found.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Index type with name '{0}' not found.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0} is not a valid column name in the row.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0} is not a valid index for the row.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid Uri . + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid uri query value. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Json configuration must contain 'uri' or 'host' but not both.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Keyword '{0}' not found.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Keyword not supported.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Field '{0}' is mandatory.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to More than one document id was generated. Please use the DocumentIds property instead.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to There is no data at index {0}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to No 'host' has been specified.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to No more data in resultset.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Object '{0}' not found. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to No placeholders.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0} must be a value greater than 0.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Path not found '{0}'.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Providing a port number as part of the host address isn't supported when using connection strings in basic format or anonymous objects. Use URI format instead.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to You must either assign no priority to any of the hosts or give a priority for every host.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The priority must be between 0 and 100.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to ProgramData path is not defined.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Removing a document from a collection requires an _id property.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The process of closing the resultset and resulted in results being lost.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to connect to any specified host.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to read or decode data value.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unexpected end of packet found while reading data values. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Field name '{0}' is not allowed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Unknown placeholder :{0}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Value '{0}' is not of the correct type.. + + + + + Summary description for MySqlUInt64. + + + + + An exception thrown by MySQL when a type conversion does not succeed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + Message describing the error. + + + + Represents a datetime data type object in a MySql database. + + + + + Defines whether the UTF or local timezone will be used. + + + + + Constructs a new MySqlDateTime object by setting the individual time properties to + the given values. + + The year to use. + The month to use. + The day to use. + The hour to use. + The minute to use. + The second to use. + The microsecond to use. + + + + Constructs a new MySqlDateTime object by using values from the given object. + + The object to copy. + + + + Constructs a new MySqlDateTime object by copying the current value of the given object. + + The MySqlDateTime object to copy. + + + + Enables the contruction of a MySqlDateTime object by parsing a string. + + + + + Indicates if this object contains a value that can be represented as a DateTime + + + + Returns the year portion of this datetime + + + Returns the month portion of this datetime + + + Returns the day portion of this datetime + + + Returns the hour portion of this datetime + + + Returns the minute portion of this datetime + + + Returns the second portion of this datetime + + + + Returns the milliseconds portion of this datetime + expressed as a value between 0 and 999 + + + + + Returns the microseconds portion of this datetime (6 digit precision) + + + + + Returns true if this datetime object has a null value + + + + + Retrieves the value of this as a DateTime object. + + + + Returns this value as a DateTime + + + Returns a MySQL specific string representation of this value + + + + + + + + + Represents a decimal data type object in a MySql database. + + + + + Gets a boolean value signaling if the type is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the decimal precision of the type. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale of the type. + + + + + Gets the decimal value associated to this type. + + + + + Converts this decimal value to a double value. + + The value of this type converted to a dobule value. + + + + Represents a geometry data type object in a MySql database. + + + + + Gets the x coordinate. + + + + + Gets the y coordinate. + + + + + Gets the SRID value. + + + + + Gets a boolean value that signals if the type is null. + + + + + Gets the value associated to this type. + + + + Returns the Well-Known Text representation of this value + POINT({0} {1})", longitude, latitude + http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/4.1/en/gis-wkt-format.html + + + + Get value from WKT format + SRID=0;POINT (x y) or POINT (x y) + + WKT string format + + + + Try to get value from WKT format + SRID=0;POINT (x y) or POINT (x y) + + WKT string format + Out mysqlGeometryValue + + + + Sets the DSInfo when GetSchema is called for the DataSourceInformation collection. + + The schema collection. + + + + Gets the well-known text representation of the geomtry object. + + A string representation of the WKT. + + + + Implementation of EXTERNAL authentication type. + + + + + Implementation of MySQL41 authentication type. + + + + + Implementation of PLAIN authentication type. + + + + + Compares two Guids in string format. + + The first string to compare. + The first string to compare. + An integer that indicates the lexical relationship between the two comparands, similar to + + + + Compares two objects. + + The first to compare. + The second to compare. + An integer that indicates the lexical relationship between the two comparands, similar to + + + + Gets and sets the host list. + + + + + Gets the active host. + + + + + Active host. + + + + + Sets the initial active host. + + + + + Determines the next host. + + object that represents the next available host. + + + + Implements common elements that allow to manage the hosts available for client side failover. + + + + + Gets and sets the failover group which consists of a host list. + + + + + Resets the manager. + + + + + Sets the host list to be used during failover operations. + + The host list. + The failover method. + + + + Attempts to establish a connection to a host specified from the list. + + The original connection string set by the user. + An out parameter that stores the updated connection string. + An instance if the connection was succesfully established, a exception is thrown otherwise. + + + + Attempts the next host in the list. Moves to the first element if the end of the list is reached. + + + + + Determines the next host on which to attempt a connection by checking the value of the Priority property in descending order. + + + + + Manages the hosts available for client side failover using the Sequential Failover method. + The Sequential Failover method attempts to connect to the hosts specified in the list one after another until the initial host is reached. + + + + + The index of the current host. + + + + + Sets the initial active host. + + + + + Determines the next host. + + A object that represents the next available host. + + + + Depicts a host which can be failed over to. + + + + + Gets and sets the name or address of the host. + + + + + Gets and sets the port number. + + + + + Gets a value between 0 and 100 which represents the priority of the host. + + + + + Flag to indicate if this host is currently being used. + + + + + Abstract class for the protocol base operations in client/server communication. + + + + + + Reads a row from the base result. + + The base result to be queried. + A list containing a byte representation of the value for each field found in the row. + + + + Executes an SQL statement. + + The statement to be executed. + The arguments associated to the SQL statement. + + + + Determines if the base result contains retrievable items. + + The base result to be queried. + true if the base result contains data; otherwise, false. + + + + Loads metadata associated to the retrieved columns. + + A list of Column objects containing metadata for each column. + + + + Closes the base result preventing the retrieval of data. + + The base result to close. + + + Expression parser for MySQL-X protocol. + + + string being parsed. + + + Token stream produced by lexer. + + + Parser's position in token stream. + + + Mapping of names to positions for named placeholders. Used for both string values ":arg" and numeric values ":2". + + + Number of positional placeholders. + + + Are relational columns identifiers allowed? + + + Token types used by the lexer. + + + Token. Includes type and string value of the token. + + + Mapping of reserved words to token types. + + + Does the next character equal the given character? (respects bounds) + + + Helper function to match integer or floating point numbers. This function should be called when the position is on the first character of the number (a + digit or '.'). + + @param i The current position in the string + @return the next position in the string after the number. + + + Lexer for MySQL-X expression language. + + + Assert that the token at pos is of type type. + + + Does the current token have type `t'? + + + Does the next token have type `t'? + + + Does the token at position `pos' have type `t'? + + + Consume token. + + @return the string value of the consumed token + + + Parse a paren-enclosed expression list. This is used for function params or IN params. + + @return a List of expressions + + + Parse a function call of the form: IDENTIFIER PAREN_EXPR_LIST. + + @return an Expr representing the function call. + + + Parse an identifier for a function call: [schema.]name + + + Parse a document path member. + + + Parse a document path array index. + + + Parse a JSON-style document path, like WL#7909, but prefix by @. instead of $. + + + Parse a document field. + + + Parse a column identifier (which may optionally include a JSON document path). + + + Build a unary operator expression. + + + Parse an atomic expression. (c.f. grammar at top) + + + Parse a left-associated binary operator. + + @param types + The token types that denote this operator. + @param innerParser + The inner parser that should be called to parse operands. + @return an expression tree of the binary operator or a single operand + + + Parse the entire string as an expression. + + @return an X-protocol expression tree + + + + Parse an ORDER BY specification which is a comma-separated list of expressions, each may be optionally suffixed by ASC/DESC. + + + Parse a SELECT projection which is a comma-separated list of expressions, each optionally suffixed with a target alias. + + + Parse an INSERT field name. + @todo unit test + + + Parse an UPDATE field which can include can document paths. + + + Parse a document projection which is similar to SELECT but with document paths as the target alias. + + + Parse a list of expressions used for GROUP BY. + + + @return the number of positional placeholders in the expression. + + + @return a mapping of parameter names to positions. + + + Proto-buf helper to build a LITERAL Expr with a Scalar NULL type. + + + Proto-buf helper to build a LITERAL Expr with a Scalar DOUBLE type (wrapped in Any). + + + Proto-buf helper to build a LITERAL Expr with a Scalar SINT (signed int) type (wrapped in Any). + + + Proto-buf helper to build a LITERAL Expr with a Scalar UINT (unsigned int) type (wrapped in Any). + + + Proto-buf helper to build a LITERAL Expr with a Scalar STRING type (wrapped in Any). + + + Proto-buf helper to build a LITERAL Expr with a Scalar OCTETS type (wrapped in Any). + + + Proto-buf helper to build a LITERAL Expr with a Scalar BOOL type (wrapped in Any). + + + Wrap an Any value in a LITERAL expression. + + + Build an Any with a string value. + + + + Parses an anonymous object into a dictionary. + + The object to parse. + A dictionary if the provided object is an anonymous object; otherwise, null. + + + List of operators which will be serialized as infix operators. + + + Scalar to string. + + + JSON document path to string. + + + Column identifier (or JSON path) to string. + + + Function call to string. + + + Create a string from a list of (already stringified) parameters. Surround by parens and separate by commas. + + + Convert an operator to a string. Includes special cases for chosen infix operators (AND, OR) and special forms such as LIKE and BETWEEN. + + + Escape a string literal. + + + Quote a named identifer. + + + Serialize an expression to a string. + + + + Sends the delete documents message + + + + + Sends the CRUD modify message + + + + + Class implementation for a default communication kind. + + + + + Constructor method for the communication routing service + + A MySqlXConnectionStringBuilder setted with the information to use in the connection + + + + Gets the current connection base on the connection mode + + One of the values of ConnectionMode Offline, ReadOnly, WriteOnly, ReadWrite + + + + + Abstract class used to define the kind of server in environments with multiple types of distributed systems. + + + + + Main class for parsing json strings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the JsonParser class. + + + + + Parses the received string into a dictionary. + + The string to parse. + A object that represents the parsed string. + + + + Abstract class to manage and encapsulate one or more actual connections. + + + + + Creates a new session object with the values of the settings parameter. + + Settings to be used in the session object + + + + Sets the connection's charset default collation. + + The opened session. + The character set. + + + + Gets the version of the server. + + An instance of containing the server version. + + + + Implementation class for object that manages low-level work of queuing tasks onto threads. + + + + + Implementation class of InternalSession to manage connections using the Xprotocol type object. + + + + + Represents a base class for a Session. + + + + + Gets the connection settings for this session. + + + + + Gets the currently active schema. + + + + + Gets the default schema provided when creating the session. + + + + + Gets the connection uri representation of the connection options provided during the creation of the session. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BaseSession class based on the specified connection string. + + The connection used to create the session. + is null. + Unable to parse the when + in URI format. + + When using Unix sockets the protocol=unix or protocol=unixsocket connection option is required. + This will enable elements passed in the server connection option to be treated as Unix sockets. The user is also required + to explicitly set sslmode to none since X Plugin does not support SSL when using Unix sockets. Note that + protocol=unix and protocol=unixsocket are synonyms. +   + Multiple hosts can be specified as part of the , + which will enable client side failover when trying to establish a connection. +   + Connection string examples (in URI format): + - mysqlx://test:test@[192.1.10.10,localhost] + - mysqlx://test:test@[192.1.10.10,127.0.0.1] + - mysqlx://root:@[../tmp/mysqlx.sock,/tmp/mysqld.sock]?protocol=unix&sslmode=none + - mysqlx://test:test@[192.1.10.10:33060,127.0.0.1:33060] + - mysqlx://test:test@[192.1.10.10,120.0.0.2:22000,[::1]:33060]/test?connectiontimeout=10 + - mysqlx://test:test@[(address=server.example,priority=20),(address=127.0.0.1,priority=100)] + - mysqlx://test:test@[(address=server.example,priority=100),(address=127.0.0.1,priority=75),(address=192.0.10.56,priority=25)] + +   + Connection string examples (in basic format): + - server=10.10.10.10,localhost;port=33060;uid=test;password=test; + - host=10.10.10.10,192.101.10.2,localhost;port=5202;uid=test;password=test; + - host=./tmp/mysqld.sock,/var/run/mysqldx.sock;port=5202;uid=root;protocol=unix;sslmode=none; + - server=(address=server.example,priority=20),(address=127.0.0.1,priority=100);port=33060;uid=test;password=test; + - server=(address=server.example,priority=100),(address=127.0.0.1,priority=75),(address=192.0.10.56,priority=25);port=33060;uid=test;password=test; + +   + Failover methods + - Sequential: Connection attempts will be performed in a sequential order, that is, one after another until + a connection is successful or all the elements from the list have been tried. + + - Priority based: If a priority is provided, the connection attemps will be performed in descending order, starting + with the host with the highest priority. Priority must be a value between 0 and 100. Additionally, it is required to either + give a priority for every host or no priority to any host. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BaseSession class based on the specified anonymous type object. + + The connection data as an anonymous type used to create the session. + is null. + + Multiple hosts can be specified as part of the , which will enable client-side failover when trying to + establish a connection. +   + To assign multiple hosts create a property similar to the connection string examples (in basic format) shown in + . Note that the value of the property must be a string. + + + + + + Drops the database/schema with the given name. + + The name of the schema. + is null. + + + + Creates a schema/database with the given name. + + The name of the schema/database. + A object that matches the recently created schema/database. + + + + Gets the schema with the given name. + + The name of the schema. + A object set with the provided schema name. + + + + Gets a list of schemas/databases in this session. + + A list containing all existing schemas/databases. + + + + Starts a new transaction. + + + + + Commits the current transaction. + + A object containing the results of the commit operation. + + + + Rolls back the current transaction. + + + + + Closes this session. + + + + + Sets a transaction savepoint with an autogenerated name. + + The autogenerated name of the transaction savepoint. + + + + Sets a named transaction savepoint. + + The name of the transaction savepoint. + The name of the transaction savepoint. + + + + Removes the named savepoint from the set of savepoints within the current transaction. + + The name of the transaction savepoint. + + + + Rolls back a transaction to the named savepoint without terminating the transaction. + + The name of the transaction savepoint. + + + + Parses the connection string. + + The connection string in basic or URI format. + An updated connection string in basic format. + The format (basic or URI) of the connection string is determined as well as the + prescence of multiple hosts. + + + + Parses a connection string in URI format. + + The connection string to parse. + A connection string in basic format. + + + + Validates if the string provided is a Unix socket. + + The Unix socket to evaluate. + true if is a valid Unix socket; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the URI object into a connection string in basic format. + + An instance with the values for the provided connection options. + The path of the Unix socket. + if true the will replace the value for the server connection option; otherwise, false + A connection string in basic format. + + + + Parses a connection string in basic format. + + The connection string to parse. + The parsed connection string. + + + + Initializes the if more than one host is found. + + A string containing an unparsed host list. + True if the connection string is in URI format, false otherwise. + The number of hosts found, -1 if an error was raised during parsing. + + + + Creates a object based on the provided parameters. + + The host string which can be a simple host name or a host name and port. + True if the connection string is in URI format, false otherwise. + The priority of the host. + The port number of the host. + + + + + Normalizes the Unix socket by removing leading and ending parenthesis as well as removing special characters. + + The Unix socket to normalize. + A normalized Unix socket. + + + + Disposes the current object. Disposes of the managed state if the flag is set to true. + + Flag to indicate if the managed state is to be disposed. + + + + Disposes the current object. Code added to correctly implement the disposable pattern. + + + + + Describes the state of the session. + + + + + The session is closed. + + + + + The session is open. + + + + + The session object is connecting to the data source. + + + + + The session object is executing a command. + + + + + Represents a collection of documents. + + + + + Creates an containing the provided objects that can be used to add + one or more items to a collection. + + The objects to add. + An object containing the objects to add. + is null. + This method can take anonymous objects, domain objects, or just plain JSON strings. + The statement can be further modified before execution. + + + + Creates a with the given condition that can be used to remove + one or more documents from a collection.The statement can then be further modified before execution. + + The condition to match documents. + A object set with the given condition. + is null or white space. + The statement can then be further modified before execution. + + + + Creates a with the given identifier that can be used to remove a single + document from a collection. + + The identifier to match the document. + A object set with the given identifier. + The statement can then be further modified before execution. + + + + Creates a containing the identifier of the provided document that can + be used to remove a single document from a collection. + + The representing the document to remove. + A object set with the given document's identifier. + No identifier for the document was provided. + The remove statement can then be further modified before execution. + + + + Removes the document with the given identifier. + + The unique identifier of the document to replace. + A object containing the results of the execution. + is null or white space. + This is a direct execution method. + + + + Creates a with the given condition that can be used to modify one or more + documents from a collection. + + The condition to match documents. + A object set with the given condition. + is null or white space. + The statement can then be further modified before execution. + + + + Replaces the document matching the given identifier. + + The unique identifier of the document to replace. + The document to replace the matching document. + A object containing the results of the execution. + is null or whitespace. + is null. + This is a direct execution method. Operation succeeds even if no matching document was found; + in which case, the Result.RecordsAffected property is zero. If the new document contains an identifier, the value + is ignored. + + + + Adds the given document to the collection unless the identifier or any other field that has a unique index + already exists, in which case it will update the matching document. + + The unique identifier of the document to replace. + The document to replace the matching document. + A object containing the results of the execution. + The server version is lower than 8.0.3. + is null or white space. + is null. + The is different from the one in . + This is a direct execution method. + + + + Returns the number of documents in this collection on the server. + + The number of documents found. + + + + Creates a with the given condition which can be used to find documents in a + collection. + + An optional condition to match documents. + A object set with the given condition. + The statement can then be further modified before execution. + + + + Creates an index based on the properties provided in the JSON document. + + The index name. + JSON document describing the index to be created. + + is a JSON document with the following fields: + + - fields: array of IndexField objects, each describing a single document member to be + included in the index (see below). + - type: string, (optional) the type of index. One of INDEX or SPATIAL. Default is INDEX and may + be omitted. + +   + A single IndexField description consists of the following fields: + + - field: string, the full document path to the document member or field to be indexed. + - type: string, one of the supported SQL column types to map the field into (see the following list). + For numeric types, the optional UNSIGNED keyword may follow. For the TEXT type, the length to consider for + indexing may be added. + - required: bool, (optional) true if the field is required to exist in the document. defaults to + false, except for GEOJSON where it defaults to true. + - options: int, (optional) special option flags for use when decoding GEOJSON data. + - srid: int, (optional) srid value for use when decoding GEOJSON data. + +   + Supported SQL column types: + + - INT [UNSIGNED] + - TINYINT [UNSIGNED] + - SMALLINT [UNSIGNED] + - MEDIUMINT [UNSIGNED] + - INTEGER [UNSIGNED] + - BIGINT [UNSIGNED] + - REAL [UNSIGNED] + - FLOAT [UNSIGNED] + - DOUBLE [UNSIGNED] + - DECIMAL [UNSIGNED] + - NUMERIC [UNSIGNED] + - DATE + - TIME + - TIMESTAMP + - DATETIME + - TEXT[(length)] + - GEOJSON (extra options: options, srid) + + + + + + Drops a collection index. + + The index name. + is null or white space. + + + + Verifies if the current collection exists in the server schema. + + true if the collection exists; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the document with the given identifier. + + The unique identifier of the document to replace. + A object if a document matching given identifier exists; otherwise, null. + is null or white space. + This is a direct execution method. + + + + Base abstract class that defines elements inherited by all result types. + + + + + Gets the number of records affected by the statement that generated this result. + + + + + Gets the object of the session. + + + + + Gets a read-only collection of objects derived from statement execution. + + + + + Gets the number of warnings in the collection derived from statement execution. + + + + + Gets the number of warnings in the collection derived from statement execution. + + + + + No action is performed by this method. It is intended to be overriden by child classes if required. + + + + + Base abstract class for API statement. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BaseStatement class based on the specified session. + + The session where the statement will be executed. + + + + Gets the that owns the statement. + + + + + Executes the base statements. This method is intended to be defined by child classes. + + A result object containing the details of the execution. + + + + Executes a statement asynchronously. + + A result object containing the details of the execution. + + + + Abstract class for buffered results. + + Generic result type. + + + + Index of the current item. + + + + + List of generic items in this buffered result. + + + + + Flag that indicates if all items have been read. + + + + + Gets a dictionary containing the column names and their index. + + + + + Gets the page size set for this buffered result. + + + + + Loads the column data into the field. + + + + + Retrieves a read-only list of the generic items associated to this buffered result. + + A generic list representing items in this buffered result. + + + + Retrieves one element from the generic items associated to this buffered result. + + A generic object that corresponds to the current or default item. + + + + Determines if all items have already been read. + + True if all items have been retrived, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the current item. + + All items have already been read. + + + + Determines if all items have already been read. + + True if all items have been retrived, false otherwise. + + + + Resets the value of the field to zero. + + + + + Gets an representation of this object. + + An representation of this object. + + + + Gets an representation of this object. + + An representation of this object. + + + + Retrieves a read-only list of the generic items associated to this buffered result. + + A generic list representing items in this buffered result. + + + + No body has been defined for this method. + + + + + Class to represent an error in this result. + + + + + Numeric code. + + + + + Return code indicating the outcome of the executed SQL statement. + + + + + Error message. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ErrorInfo class. + + + + + Abstract class for filterable statements. + + The filterable statement. + The database object. + The type of result. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FiltarableStatement class based on the target and condition. + + The database object. + The optional filter condition. + + + + Allows the user to set the where condition for this operation. + + The Where condition. + The implementing statement type. + + + + Sets the number of items to be returned by the operation. + + The number of items to be returned. + The implementing statement type. + is equal or lower than 0. + + + + Sets the number of items to be skipped before including them into the result. + + The number of items to be skipped. + The implementing statement type. + + + + Binds the parameter values in filter expression. + + The parameter name. + The value of the parameter. + A generic object representing the implementing statement type. + + + + Binds the parameter values in filter expression. + + The parameters as a DbDoc object. + A generic object representing the implementing statement type. + + + + Binds the parameter values in filter expression. + + The parameters as a JSON string. + The implementing statement type. + + + + Binds the parameter values in filter expression. + + The parameters as an anonymous object: new { param1 = value1, param2 = value2, ... }. + The implementing statement type. + + + + Executes the statement. + + The function to execute. + The generic object to use. + A generic result object containing the results of the execution. + + + + Clones the filterable data but Session and Target remain the + same. + + A clone of this filterable statement. + + + + Represents a general statement result. + + + + + Gets the number of records affected by the statement that generated this result. + + + + + Gets the last inserted identifier (if there is one) by the statement that generated this result. + + + + + Gets the list of generated identifiers in the order of the Add() calls. + + + + + Abstract class to select a database object target. + + The database object. + The execution result. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TargetedBaseStatement class based on the provided target. + + The database object. + + + + Gets the database target. + + + + + Represents a warning in this result. + + + + + Numeric value associated to the warning message. + + + + + Error message. + + + + + Strict level for the warning. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WarningInfo class based on the code and msg. + + The code for the warning. + The error message for the warning. + + + + Represents a chaining collection insert statement. + + + + + Adds documents to the collection. + + The documents to add. + This object. + The array is null. + + + + Executes the Add statement. + + A object containing the results of the execution. + + + + Implementation class for CRUD statements with collections using an index. + + + + + Executes this statement. + + A object containing the results of the execution. + + + + Represents a collection statement. + + + + + + Converts base s into objects. + + Array of objects to be converted to objects. + An enumerable collection of objects. + + + + Represents the result of an operation that includes a collection of documents. + + + + + Represents a chaining collection find statement. + + + + + List of column projections that shall be returned. + + List of columns. + This object set with the specified columns or fields. + + + + Executes the Find statement. + + A object containing the results of execution and data. + + + + Allows the user to set the limit and offset for the operation. + + Number of items to be returned. + Number of items to be skipped. + This same object set with the specified limit. + + + + Locks matching rows against updates. + + Optional row lock option to use. + This same object set with the lock shared option. + The server version is lower than 8.0.3. + + + + Locks matching rows so no other transaction can read or write to it. + + Optional row lock option to use. + This same object set with the lock exclusive option. + The server version is lower than 8.0.3. + + + + Sets the collection aggregation. + + The field list for aggregation. + This same object set with the specified group-by criteria. + + + + Filters criteria for aggregated groups. + + The filter criteria for aggregated groups. + This same object set with the specified filter criteria. + + + + Sets user-defined sorting criteria for the operation. The strings use normal SQL syntax like + "order ASC" or "pages DESC, age ASC". + + The order criteria. + A generic object representing the implementing statement type. + + + + Represents a chaining collection modify statement. + + + + + Sets key and value. + + The document path key. + The new value. + This object. + + + + Changes value for a key. + + The document path key. + The new value. + This object. + + + + Removes keys or values from a document. + + An array of document paths representing the keys to be removed. + This object. + + + + Creates a object set with the changes to be applied to all matching documents. + + The JSON-formatted object describing the set of changes. + A object set with the changes described in . + can be a object, an anonymous object, or a JSON string. + is null. + is null or white space. + + + + Inserts an item into the specified array. + + The document path key including the index on which the item will be inserted. + The value to insert into the array. + A object containing the updated array. + + + + Appends an item to the specified array. + + The document path key. + The value to append to the array. + A object containing the updated array. + + + + Allows the user to set the sorting criteria for the operation. The strings use normal SQL syntax like + "order ASC" or "pages DESC, age ASC". + + The order criteria. + A generic object representing the implementing statement type. + + + + Executes the modify statement. + + A object containing the results of the execution. + + + + Represents a chaining collection remove statement. + + + + + Sets user-defined sorting criteria for the operation. The strings use normal SQL syntax like + "order ASC" or "pages DESC, age ASC". + + The order criteria. + A generic object representing the implementing statement type. + + + + Executes the remove statement. + + A object containing the results of the execution. + + + + Represents a database object. + + + + + Gets the session that owns the database object. + + + + + Gets the schema that owns the database object. + + + + + Gets the database object name. + + + + + Verifies that the database object exists in the database. + + True if the object exists in database, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a generic document in JSON format. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DbDoc class based on the object provided. The value can be a domain object, anonymous object, or JSON string. + + The value for this DbDoc. + + + + Gets the value of a document property. + + The key path for the property. + + + + + Gets the identifier of the document. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if this document has an identifier (property named _id with a value). + + + + + Sets a property on this document. + + The key of the property. + The new property value. + + + + Returns this document in Json format. + + A Json formatted string. + + + + Compares this DbDoc with another one. + + The DbDoc to compare to. + True if they are equal, false otherwise. + + + + Gets a value that serves as a hash function for a particular type. + + A hash code for the current object. + + + + Represents a collection of documents with a generic type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the generic Collection class based on the specified schema + and name. + + The object associated to this collection. + The name of the collection. + + + + Creates an containing the provided generic object. The add + statement can be further modified before execution. + + The generic object to add. + An object containing the object to add. + + + + Defines elements that allow to iterate through the contents of various items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Iterator class. + + + + + This method is not yet implemented. + + + + Exception is always thrown since the body of the method is not yet implemented. + + + + Encapsulates a string that is meant to be a MySQL expression. + + + + + Gets the string representation of the MySQL expression. + + + + + Main class for session operations related to Connector/NET implementation of the X DevAPI. + + + + + Opens a session to the server given or to the first available server if multiple servers were specified. + + The connection string in basic or URI format. + A object representing the established session. + Multiple hosts can be specified as part of the which + will enable client side failover when trying to establish a connection. For additional details and syntax + examples refer to the remarks section. + + + + Opens a session to the server given. + + The connection data for the server. + A object representing the established session. + + + + Enables the creation of connection strings by exposing the connection options as properties. + Contains connection options specific to the X protocol. + + + + + Gets or sets the authentication mechanism to use with X Protocol connections. + + + + + Gets or sets the path to a local file that contains a list of trusted Certificate Authorities. + + + + + Gets or sets the path to a local file that contains certificate revocation lists. + + + + + Represents a table column. + + + + + Gets the original column name. + + + + + Gets the alias of the column name. + + + + + Gets the table name the column orginates from. + + + + + Gets the alias of the table name . + + + + + Gets the schema name the column originates from. + + + + + Gets the catalog the schema originates from. + In MySQL protocol this is `def` by default. + + + + + Gets the collation used for this column. + + + + + Gets the character set used for this column. + + + + + Gets the column length. + + + + + Gets the fractional decimal digits for floating point and fixed point numbers. + + + + + Gets the Mysql data type. + + + + + Gets the .NET Clr data type. + + + + + True if it's a signed number. + + + + + True if column is UINT zerofill or BYTES rightpad. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Column class. + + + + + Represents a resultset that contains rows of data. + + + + + Gets the columns in this resultset. + + + + + Gets the number of columns in this resultset. + + + + + Gets a list containing the column names in this resultset. + + + + + Gets the rows of this resultset. This collection will be incomplete unless all the rows have been read + either by using the Next method or the Buffer method. + + + + + Gets the value of the column value at the current index. + + The column index. + The CLR value at the column index. + + + + Allows getting the value of the column value at the current index. + + The column index. + The CLR value at the column index. + + + + Returns the index of the given column name. + + The name of the column to find. + The numeric index of column. + + + + Represents a single row of data in a table. + + + + + Gets the value of the row at the given index. + + The column index to retrieve the value. + The value at the index. + + + + Gets the value of the column as a string. + + The name of the column. + The value of the column as a string. + + + + Gets a string based indexer into the row. Returns the value as a CLR type. + + The column index to get. + The CLR value for the column. + + + + Inherits from . Creates a resultset that contains rows of data. + + + + + Represents a resultset that contains rows of data for relational operations. + + + + + Gets a boolean value indicating if this result has data. + + + + + Gets the number of records affected by the statement that generated this result. + + + + + Gets the last inserted identifier (if there is one) by the statement that generated this result. + + + + + Moves to next resultset. + + True if there is a new resultset, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a sql statement. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SqlStament class bassed on the session and sql statement. + + The session the Sql statement belongs to. + The Sql statement. + + + + Gets the current Sql statement. + + + + + Gets the list of parameters associated to this Sql statement. + + + + + Executes the current Sql statement. + + A object with the resultset and execution status. + + + + Binds the parameters values by position. + + The parameter values. + This set with the binded parameters. + + + + Represents a server Table or View. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the object is + a View (True) or a Table (False). + + + + + Creates a set with the columns to select. The table select + statement can be further modified before execution. This method is intended to select a set + of table rows. + + The optional column names to select. + A object for select chain operations. + + + + Creates a set with the fileds to insert to. The table + insert statement can be further modified before exeuction. This method is intended to + insert one or multiple rows into a table. + + The list of fields to insert. + A object for insert chain operations. + + + + Creates a . This method is intended to update table rows + values. + + A object for update chain operations. + + + + Creates a . This method is intended to delete rows from a + table. + + A object for delete chain operations. + + + + Returns the number of rows in the table on the server. + + The number of rows. + + + + Verifies if the table exists in the database. + + true if the table exists; otherwise, false. + + + + Represents a chaining table delete statement. + + + + + Sets user-defined sorting criteria for the operation. The strings use normal SQL syntax like + "order ASC" or "pages DESC, age ASC". + + The order criteria. + A generic object representing the implementing statement type. + + + + Executes the delete statement. + + A object containing the results of the delete execution. + + + + Represents a chaining table insert statement. + + + + + Executes the insert statement. + + A object containing the results of the insert statement. + + + + Values to be inserted. + Multiple rows supported. + + The values to be inserted. + This same object. + + + + Represents a chaining table select statement. + + + + + Executes the select statement. + + A object containing the results of the execution and data. + + + + Sets user-defined limit and offset for the operation. + + The number of items to be returned. + The number of items to be skipped. + This same object set with the specified limit. + + + + Locks matching rows against updates. + + Optional row lock option to use. + This same object set with lock shared option. + The server version is lower than 8.0.3. + + + + Locks matching rows so no other transaction can read or write to it. + + Optional row lock option to use. + This same object set with the lock exclusive option. + The server version is lower than 8.0.3. + + + + Sets the table aggregation. + + The column list for aggregation. + This same object set with the specified group-by criteria. + + + + Filters criteria for aggregated groups. + + The filter criteria for aggregated groups. + This same object set with the specified filter criteria. + + + + Sets user-defined sorting criteria for the operation. The strings use normal SQL syntax like + "order ASC" or "pages DESC, age ASC". + + The order criteria. + A generic object that represents the implementing statement type. + + + + Represents a chaining table update statement. + + + + + Executes the update statement. + + A object ocntaining the results of the update statement execution. + + + + Column and value to be updated. + + Column name. + Value to be updated. + This same object. + + + + Sets user-defined sorting criteria for the operation. The strings use normal SQL syntax like + "order ASC" or "pages DESC, age ASC". + + The order criteria. + A generic object that represents the implementing statement type. + + + + Represents a schema or database. + + + + + Session related to current schema. + + + + + Returns a list of all collections in this schema. + + A list representing all found collections. + + + + Returns a list of all tables in this schema. + + A list representing all found tables. + + + + Gets a collection by name. + + The name of the collection to get. + Ensures the collection exists in the schema. + A object matching the given name. + + + + Gets a typed collection object. This is useful for using domain objects. + + The type of collection returned. + The name of collection to get. + A generic object set with the given name. + + + + Gets the given collection as a table. + + The name of the collection. + A object set with the given name. + + + + Gets a table object. Upon return the object may or may not be valid. + + The name of the table object. + A object set with the given name. + + + + Creates a collection. + + The name of the collection to create. + If false, it will throw an exception if collection exists. + Collection referente. + + + + Drops the given collection. + + The name of the collection to drop. + is null. + + + + Determines if this schema actually exists. + + True if exists, false otherwise. + + + + Represents a single server session. + + + + + Returns a object that can be used to execute the given SQL. + + The SQL to execute. + A object set with the provided SQL. + + + + Sets the schema in the database. + + The schema name to be set. + + + + Executes a query in the database to get the current schema. + + Current database object or null if no schema is selected. + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx.proto + + + + IDs of messages that can be sent from client to the server + + .. note:: + this message is never sent on the wire. It is only used to let ``protoc`` + + * generate constants + * check for uniqueness + + + + Container for nested types declared in the ClientMessages message type. + + + + IDs of messages that can be sent from server to client + + .. note:: + this message is never sent on the wire. It is only used to let ``protoc`` + + * generate constants + * check for uniqueness + + + + Container for nested types declared in the ServerMessages message type. + + + + NOTICE has to stay at 11 forever + + + + + generic Ok message + + + + Field number for the "msg" field. + + + + optional + + + + + generic Error message + + A ``severity`` of ``ERROR`` indicates the current message sequence is + aborted for the given error and the session is ready for more. + + In case of a ``FATAL`` error message the client should not expect + the server to continue handling any further messages and should + close the connection. + + :param severity: severity of the error message + :param code: error-code + :param sql_state: SQL state + :param msg: human readable error message + + + + Field number for the "severity" field. + + + + optional [ default = ERROR ] + + + + Field number for the "code" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "sql_state" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "msg" field. + + + + required + + + + Container for nested types declared in the Error message type. + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx_connection.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx_connection.proto + + + + a Capability + + a tuple of a ``name`` and a :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Datatypes::Any` + + + + Field number for the "name" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + + required + + + + + Capabilities + + + + Field number for the "capabilities" field. + + + + get supported connection capabilities and their current state + + :returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Connection::Capabilities` or :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Error` + + + + + sets connection capabilities atomically + + only provided values are changed, other values are left unchanged. + If any of the changes fails, all changes are discarded. + + :precond: active sessions == 0 + :returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Ok` or :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Error` + + + + Field number for the "capabilities" field. + + + + required + + + + + announce to the server that the client wants to close the connection + + it discards any session state of the server + + :Returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Ok` + + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx_crud.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx_crud.proto + + + + DataModel to use for filters, names, ... + + + + + ViewAlgorithm defines how MySQL Server processes the view + + + + + MySQL chooses which algorithm to use + + + + + the text of a statement that refers to the view and the view definition are merged + + + + + the view are retrieved into a temporary table + + + + + ViewSqlSecurity defines the security context in which the view is going to be + executed, this means that VIEW can be executed with current user permissions or + with permissions of the uses who defined the VIEW + + + + + ViewCheckOption limits the write operations done on a `VIEW` + (`INSERT`, `UPDATE`, `DELETE`) to rows in which the `WHERE` clause is `TRUE` + + + + + the view WHERE clause is checked, but no underlying views are checked + + + + + the view WHERE clause is checked, then checking recurses to underlying views + + + + + column definition + + + + Field number for the "name" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "alias" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "document_path" field. + + + + a projection + + :param source: the expression identifying an element from the source data + which can include a column identifier or any expression + :param alias: optional alias. Required for DOCUMENTs (clients may use + the source string as default) + + + + Field number for the "source" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "alias" field. + + + + optional + + + + + collection + + + + Field number for the "name" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "schema" field. + + + + optional + + + + + limit + + :param row_count: maximum rows to filter + :param offset: maximum rows to skip before applying the row_count + + + + Field number for the "row_count" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "offset" field. + + + + optional + + + + + sort order + + + + Field number for the "expr" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "direction" field. + + + + optional//[ default=ASC ] + + + + Container for nested types declared in the Order message type. + + + + update operations + + :param source: specification of the value to be updated + if data_model is TABLE, a column name may be specified and also a document path, if the column has type JSON + if data_model is DOCUMENT, only document paths are allowed + in both cases, schema and table must be not set + :param operation: the type of operation to be performed + :param value: an expression to be computed as the new value for the operation + + + + Field number for the "source" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "operation" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + + optional + + + + Container for nested types declared in the UpdateOperation message type. + + + + only allowed for TABLE + + + + + no value (removes the identified path from a object or array) + + + + + sets the new value on the identified path + + + + + replaces a value if the path exists + + + + + source and value must be documents + + + + + insert the value in the array at the index identified in the source path + + + + + append the value on the array at the identified path + + + + + merge JSON object value with the provided patch expression + + + + + Find Documents/Rows in a Collection/Table + + .. uml:: + + client -> server: Find + ... one or more Resultset ... + + :param collection: collection to insert into + :param data_model: datamodel that the operations refer to + :param projection: list of column projections that shall be returned + :param args: values for parameters used in filter expression + :param criteria: filter criteria + :param limit: numbers of rows that shall be skipped and returned + :param order: sort-order in which the rows/document shall be returned in + :param grouping: column expression list for aggregation (GROUP BY) + :param grouping_criteria: filter criteria for aggregated groups + :param locking: perform row locking on matches + :param locking_options: additional options how to handle locked rows + :Returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Resultset::` + + + + Field number for the "collection" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "data_model" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "projection" field. + + + Field number for the "criteria" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "args" field. + + + Field number for the "limit" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "order" field. + + + Field number for the "grouping" field. + + + Field number for the "grouping_criteria" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "locking" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "locking_options" field. + + + + optional + + + + Container for nested types declared in the Find message type. + + + + Lock matching rows against updates + + + + + Lock matching rows so no other transaction can read or write to it + + + + + Do not wait to acquire row lock, fail with an error if a requested row is locked + + + + + Do not wait to acquire a row lock, remove locked rows from the result set + + + + + Insert documents/rows into a collection/table + + :param collection: collection to insert into + :param data_model: datamodel that the operations refer to + :param projection: name of the columns to insert data into (empty if data_model is DOCUMENT) + :param row: set of rows to insert into the collection/table (a single expression with a JSON document literal or an OBJECT expression) + :param args: values for parameters used in row expressions + :param upsert: true if this should be treated as an Upsert (that is, update on duplicate key) + :Returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Resultset::` + + + + Field number for the "collection" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "data_model" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "projection" field. + + + Field number for the "row" field. + + + Field number for the "args" field. + + + Field number for the "upsert" field. + + + + optional//[default = false] + + + + Container for nested types declared in the Insert message type. + + + Field number for the "field" field. + + + + Update documents/rows in a collection/table + + :param collection: collection to change + :param data_model: datamodel that the operations refer to + :param criteria: filter expression to match rows that the operations will apply on + :param args: values for parameters used in filter expression + :param limit: limits the number of rows to match + :param order: specifies order of matched rows + :param operation: list of operations to be applied. Valid operations will depend on the data_model. + :Returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Resultset::` + + + + Field number for the "collection" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "data_model" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "criteria" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "args" field. + + + Field number for the "limit" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "order" field. + + + Field number for the "operation" field. + + + + Delete documents/rows from a Collection/Table + + :param collection: collection to change + :param data_model: datamodel that the operations refer to + :param criteria: filter expression to match rows that the operations will apply on + :param args: values for parameters used in filter expression + :param limit: limits the number of rows to match + :param order: specifies order of matched rows + :Returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Resultset::` + + + + Field number for the "collection" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "data_model" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "criteria" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "args" field. + + + Field number for the "limit" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "order" field. + + + Field number for the "collection" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "definer" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "algorithm" field. + + + + optional//[default = UNDEFINED] + + + + Field number for the "security" field. + + + + optional//[default = DEFINER] + + + + Field number for the "check" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "column" field. + + + Field number for the "stmt" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "replace_existing" field. + + + + optional//[default = false] + + + + Field number for the "collection" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "definer" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "algorithm" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "security" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "check" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "column" field. + + + Field number for the "stmt" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "collection" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "if_exists" field. + + + + optional//[ default = false ] + + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx_datatypes.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx_datatypes.proto + + + + a scalar + + + + Field number for the "type" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "v_signed_int" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "v_unsigned_int" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "v_octets" field. + + + + 4 is unused, was Null which doesn't have a storage anymore + + + + Field number for the "v_double" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "v_float" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "v_bool" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "v_string" field. + + + + optional + + + + Enum of possible cases for the "default_oneof" oneof. + + + Container for nested types declared in the Scalar message type. + + + + a string with a charset/collation + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "collation" field. + + + + optional + + + + + an opaque octet sequence, with an optional content_type + See ``Mysqlx.Resultset.ContentType_BYTES`` for list of known values. + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "content_type" field. + + + + optional + + + + + a object + + + + Field number for the "fld" field. + + + Container for nested types declared in the Object message type. + + + Field number for the "key" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + + required + + + + + a Array + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + + a helper to allow all field types + + + + Field number for the "type" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "scalar" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "obj" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "array" field. + + + + optional + + + + Container for nested types declared in the Any message type. + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx_expect.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx_expect.proto + + + + open an Expect block and set/unset the conditions that have to be fulfilled + + if any of the conditions fail, all enclosed messages will fail with + a Mysqlx.Error message. + + :returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Ok` on success, :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Error` on error + + + + Field number for the "op" field. + + + + [ default = EXPECT_CTX_COPY_PREV ];//optional + + + + Field number for the "cond" field. + + + Container for nested types declared in the Open message type. + + + + copy the operations from the parent Expect-block + + + + + start with a empty set of operations + + + + Field number for the "condition_key" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "condition_value" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "op" field. + + + + [ default = EXPECT_OP_SET ];//optional + + + + Container for nested types declared in the Condition message type. + + + + Change error propagation behaviour + + + + + Check if X Protocol field exists + + + + + Check if X Protocol support document _id generation + + + + + set the condition + + set, if not set + overwrite, if set + + + + + unset the condition + + + + + close a Expect block + + closing a Expect block restores the state of the previous Expect block + for the following messages + + :returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Ok` on success, :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Error` on error + + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx_expr.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx_expr.proto + + + + Expressions + + the "root" of the expression tree + + .. productionlist:: + expr: `operator` | + : `identifier` | + : `function_call` | + : variable | + : `literal` | + : placeholder + + If expression type is PLACEHOLDER then it refers to the value of a parameter + specified when executing a statement (see `args` field of `StmtExecute` command). + Field `position` (which must be present for such an expression) gives 0-based + position of the parameter in the parameter list. + + + + Field number for the "type" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "identifier" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "variable" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "literal" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "function_call" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "operator" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "position" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "object" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "array" field. + + + + optional + + + + Container for nested types declared in the Expr message type. + + + + identifier: name, schame.name + + .. productionlist:: + identifier: string "." string | + : string + + + + Field number for the "name" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "schema_name" field. + + + + optional + + + + + DocumentPathItem + + .. productionlist:: + document_path: path_item | path_item document_path + path_item : member | array_index | "**" + member : "." string | "." "*" + array_index : "[" number "]" | "[" "*" "]" + + + + Field number for the "type" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "index" field. + + + + optional + + + + Container for nested types declared in the DocumentPathItem message type. + + + + .member + + + + + .* + + + + + [index] + + + + + [*] + + + + + ** + + + + + col_identifier (table): col@doc_path, tbl.col@doc_path col, tbl.col, schema.tbl.col + col_identifier (document): doc_path + + .. productionlist:: + col_identifier: string "." string "." string | + : string "." string | + : string | + : string "." string "." string "@" document_path | + : string "." string "@" document_path | + : string "@" document_path | + : document_path + document_path: member | arrayLocation | doubleAsterisk + member = "." string | "." "*" + arrayLocation = "[" index "]" | "[" "*" "]" + doubleAsterisk = "**" + + + + Field number for the "document_path" field. + + + Field number for the "name" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "table_name" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "schema_name" field. + + + + optional + + + + + function call: ``func(a, b, "1", 3)`` + + .. productionlist:: + function_call: `identifier` "(" [ `expr` ["," `expr` ]* ] ")" + + + + Field number for the "name" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "param" field. + + + + operator: ``<<(a, b)`` + + .. note:: + + Non-authoritative list of operators implemented (case sensitive): + + Nullary + * ``*`` + * ``default`` + + Unary + * ``!`` + * ``sign_plus`` + * ``sign_minus`` + * ``~`` + + Binary + * ``&&`` + * ``||`` + * ``xor`` + * ``==`` + * ``!=`` + * ``>`` + * ``>=`` + * ``<`` + * ``<=`` + * ``&`` + * ``|`` + * ``^`` + * ``<<`` + * ``>>`` + * ``+`` + * ``-`` + * ``*`` + * ``/`` + * ``div`` + * ``%`` + * ``is`` + * ``is_not`` + * ``regexp`` + * ``not_regexp`` + * ``like`` + * ``not_like`` + * ``cast`` + * ``cont_in`` + * ``not_cont_in`` + + Using special representation, with more than 2 params + * ``in`` (param[0] IN (param[1], param[2], ...)) + * ``not_in`` (param[0] NOT IN (param[1], param[2], ...)) + + Ternary + * ``between`` + * ``between_not`` + * ``date_add`` + * ``date_sub`` + + Units for date_add/date_sub + * ``MICROSECOND`` + * ``SECOND`` + * ``MINUTE`` + * ``HOUR`` + * ``DAY`` + * ``WEEK`` + * ``MONTH`` + * ``QUARTER`` + * ``YEAR`` + * ``SECOND_MICROSECOND`` + * ``MINUTE_MICROSECOND`` + * ``MINUTE_SECOND`` + * ``HOUR_MICROSECOND`` + * ``HOUR_SECOND`` + * ``HOUR_MINUTE`` + * ``DAY_MICROSECOND`` + * ``DAY_SECOND`` + * ``DAY_MINUTE`` + * ``DAY_HOUR`` + + Types for cast + * ``BINARY[(N)]`` + * ``CHAR[(N)]`` + * ``DATE`` + * ``DATETIME`` + * ``DECIMAL[(M[,D])]`` + * ``JSON`` + * ``SIGNED [INTEGER]`` + * ``TIME`` + * ``UNSIGNED [INTEGER]`` + + .. productionlist:: + operator: `name` "(" [ `expr` ["," `expr` ]* ] ")" + + + + Field number for the "name" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "param" field. + + + + an object (with expression values) + + + + Field number for the "fld" field. + + + Container for nested types declared in the Object message type. + + + Field number for the "key" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + + required + + + + + a Array of expressions + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx_notice.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx_notice.proto + + + + Common Frame for all Notices + + ===================================================== ===== + .type value + ===================================================== ===== + :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Notice::Warning` 1 + :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Notice::SessionVariableChanged` 2 + :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Notice::SessionStateChanged` 3 + ===================================================== ===== + + :param type: the type of the payload + :param payload: the payload of the notification + :param scope: global or local notification + + + + Field number for the "type" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "scope" field. + + + + [ default = GLOBAL ];//optional + + + + Field number for the "payload" field. + + + + optional + + + + Container for nested types declared in the Frame message type. + + + + Server-side warnings and notes + + ``.scope`` == ``local`` + ``.level``, ``.code`` and ``.msg`` map the content of + + .. code-block:: sql + + SHOW WARNINGS + + ``.scope`` == ``global`` + (undefined) will be used for global, unstructured messages like: + + * server is shutting down + * a node disconnected from group + * schema or table dropped + + ========================================== ======================= + :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Notice::Frame` field value + ========================================== ======================= + ``.type`` 1 + ``.scope`` ``local`` or ``global`` + ========================================== ======================= + + :param level: warning level: Note or Warning + :param code: warning code + :param msg: warning message + + + + Field number for the "level" field. + + + + [ default = WARNING ];//optional + + + + Field number for the "code" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "msg" field. + + + + required + + + + Container for nested types declared in the Warning message type. + + + + Notify clients about changes to the current session variables + + Every change to a variable that is accessible through: + + .. code-block:: sql + + SHOW SESSION VARIABLES + + ========================================== ========= + :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Notice::Frame` field value + ========================================== ========= + ``.type`` 2 + ``.scope`` ``local`` + ========================================== ========= + + :param namespace: namespace that param belongs to + :param param: name of the variable + :param value: the changed value of param + + + + Field number for the "param" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + + optional + + + + + Notify clients about changes to the internal session state + + ========================================== ========= + :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Notice::Frame` field value + ========================================== ========= + ``.type`` 3 + ``.scope`` ``local`` + ========================================== ========= + + :param param: parameter key + :param value: updated value + + + + Field number for the "param" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "value" field. + + + Container for nested types declared in the SessionStateChanged message type. + + + + .. more to be added + + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx_resultset.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx_resultset.proto + + + + a hint about the higher-level encoding of a BYTES field + + ====== ====== =========== + type value description + ====== ====== =========== + BYTES 0x0001 GEOMETRY (WKB encoding) + BYTES 0x0002 JSON (text encoding) + BYTES 0x0003 XML (text encoding) + ====== ====== =========== + + .. note:: + this list isn't comprehensive. As guideline: the field's value is expected + to pass a validator check on client and server if this field is set. + If the server adds more internal datatypes that rely on BLOB storage + like image manipulation, seeking into complex types in BLOBs, ... more + types will be added. + + + + + a hint about the higher-level encoding of a DATETIME field + + ====== ====== =========== + type value description + ======== ====== =========== + DATE 0x0001 DATETIME contains only date part + DATETIME 0x0002 DATETIME contains both date and time parts + ====== ====== =========== + + + + + resultsets are finished, OUT paramset is next + + + + + resultset and out-params are finished, but more resultsets available + + + + + all resultsets are finished + + + + + meta data of a Column + + .. note:: the encoding used for the different ``bytes`` fields in the meta data is externally + controlled. + .. seealso:: https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/8.0/en/charset-connection.html + + .. note:: + The server may not set the ``original_{table|name}`` fields if they are equal to the plain + ``{table|name}`` field. + + A client has to reconstruct it like:: + + if .original_name is empty and .name is not empty: + .original_name = .name + + if .original_table is empty and .table is not empty: + .original_table = .table + + .. note:: + ``compact metadata format`` can be requested by the client. In that case only ``.type`` is set and + all other fields are empty. + + :param type: + .. table:: Expected Datatype of Mysqlx.Resultset.Row per SQL Type for non NULL values + + ================= ============ ======= ========== ====== ======== + SQL Type .type .length .frac_dig .flags .charset + ================= ============ ======= ========== ====== ======== + TINY SINT x + TINY UNSIGNED UINT x x + SHORT SINT x + SHORT UNSIGNED UINT x x + INT24 SINT x + INT24 UNSIGNED UINT x x + INT SINT x + INT UNSIGNED UINT x x + LONGLONG SINT x + LONGLONG UNSIGNED UINT x x + DOUBLE DOUBLE x x x + FLOAT FLOAT x x x + DECIMAL DECIMAL x x x + VARCHAR,CHAR,... BYTES x x x + GEOMETRY BYTES + TIME TIME x + DATE DATETIME x + DATETIME DATETIME x + YEAR UINT x x + TIMESTAMP DATETIME x + SET SET x + ENUM ENUM x + NULL BYTES + BIT BIT x + ================= ============ ======= ========== ====== ======== + + .. note:: the SQL "NULL" value is sent as an empty field value in :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Resultset::Row` + .. seealso:: protobuf encoding of primitive datatypes are decribed in https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/encoding + + SINT + + ``.length`` + maximum number of displayable decimal digits (including minus sign) of the type + + .. note:: + valid range is 0-255, but usually you'll see 1-20 + + =============== == + SQL Type max digits per type + =============== == + TINY SIGNED 4 + SHORT SIGNED 6 + INT24 SIGNED 8 + INT SIGNED 11 + LONGLONG SIGNED 20 + =============== == + + .. seealso:: definition of ``M`` in https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/8.0/en/numeric-type-overview.html + + ``value`` + variable length encoded signed 64 integer + + UINT + + ``.flags & 1`` (zerofill) + the client has to left pad with 0's up to .length + + ``.length`` + maximum number of displayable decimal digits of the type + + .. note:: + valid range is 0-255, but usually you'll see 1-20 + + ================= == + SQL Type max digits per type + ================= == + TINY UNSIGNED 3 + SHORT UNSIGNED 5 + INT24 UNSIGNED 8 + INT UNSIGNED 10 + LONGLONG UNSIGNED 20 + ================= == + + .. seealso:: definition of ``M`` in https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/8.0/en/numeric-type-overview.html + + ``value`` + variable length encoded unsigned 64 integer + + BIT + + ``.length`` + maximum number of displayable binary digits + + .. note:: valid range for M of the ``BIT`` type is 1 - 64 + .. seealso:: https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/8.0/en/numeric-type-overview.html + + ``value`` + variable length encoded unsigned 64 integer + + DOUBLE + + ``.length`` + maximum number of displayable decimal digits (including the decimal point and ``.fractional_digits``) + + ``.fractional_digits`` + maximum number of displayable decimal digits following the decimal point + + ``value`` + encoded as Protobuf's 'double' + + FLOAT + + ``.length`` + maximum number of displayable decimal digits (including the decimal point and ``.fractional_digits``) + + ``.fractional_digits`` + maximum number of displayable decimal digits following the decimal point + + ``value`` + encoded as Protobuf's 'float' + + BYTES, ENUM + BYTES is used for all opaque byte strings that may have a charset + + * TINYBLOB, BLOB, MEDIUMBLOB, LONGBLOB + * TINYTEXT, TEXT, MEDIUMTEXT, LONGTEXT + * VARCHAR, VARBINARY + * CHAR, BINARY + * ENUM + + ``.length`` + the maximum length of characters of the underlying type + + ``.flags & 1`` (rightpad) + if the length of the field is less than ``.length``, the receiver is + supposed to add padding characters to the right end of the string. + If the ``.charset`` is "binary", the padding character is ``0x00``, + otherwise it is a space character as defined by that character set. + + ============= ======= ======== ======= + SQL Type .length .charset .flags + ============= ======= ======== ======= + TINYBLOB 256 binary + BLOB 65535 binary + VARCHAR(32) 32 utf8 + VARBINARY(32) 32 utf8_bin + BINARY(32) 32 binary rightpad + CHAR(32) 32 utf8 rightpad + ============= ======= ======== ======= + + ``value`` + sequence of bytes with added one extra '\0' byte at the end. To obtain the + original string, the extra '\0' should be removed. + .. note:: the length of the string can be acquired with protobuf's field length() method + length of sequence-of-bytes = length-of-field - 1 + .. note:: the extra byte allows to distinguish between a NULL and empty byte sequence + + TIME + A time value. + + ``value`` + the following bytes sequence: + + ``| negate [ | hour | [ | minutes | [ | seconds | [ | useconds | ]]]]`` + + * negate - one byte, should be one of: 0x00 for "+", 0x01 for "-" + * hour - optional variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the hour + * minutes - optional variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the minutes + * seconds - optional variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the seconds + * useconds - optional variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the microseconds + + .. seealso:: protobuf encoding in https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/encoding + .. note:: hour, minutes, seconds, useconds are optional if all the values to the right are 0 + + Example: 0x00 -> +00:00:00.000000 + + DATETIME + A date or date and time value. + + ``value`` + a sequence of variants, arranged as follows: + + ``| year | month | day | [ | hour | [ | minutes | [ | seconds | [ | useconds | ]]]]`` + + * year - variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the year + * month - variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the month + * day - variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the day + * hour - optional variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the hour + * minutes - optional variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the minutes + * seconds - optional variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the seconds + * useconds - optional variable length encoded unsigned64 value for the microseconds + + .. note:: hour, minutes, seconds, useconds are optional if all the values to the right are 0 + + ``.flags & 1`` (timestamp) + + ============= ======= + SQL Type .flags + ============= ======= + DATETIME + TIMESTAMP 1 + + DECIMAL + An arbitrary length number. The number is encoded as a single byte + indicating the position of the decimal point followed by the Packed BCD + encoded number. Packed BCD is used to simplify conversion to and + from strings and other native arbitrary precision math datatypes. + .. seealso:: packed BCD in https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Binary-coded_decimal + + ``.length`` + maximum number of displayable decimal digits (*excluding* the decimal point and sign, but including ``.fractional_digits``) + + .. note:: should be in the range of 1 - 65 + + ``.fractional_digits`` + is the decimal digits to display out of length + + .. note:: should be in the range of 0 - 30 + + ``value`` + the following bytes sequence: + + ``| scale | BCD | sign | [0x0] |`` + + * scale - 8bit scale value (number of decimal digit after the '.') + * BCD - BCD encoded digits (4 bits for each digit) + * sign - sign encoded on 4 bits (0xc = "+", 0xd = "-") + * 0x0 - last 4bits if length(digits) % 2 == 0 + + Example: x04 0x12 0x34 0x01 0xd0 -> -12.3401 + + SET + A list of strings representing a SET of values. + + ``value`` + A sequence of 0 or more of protobuf's bytes (length prepended octets) or one of + the special sequences with a predefined meaning listed below. + + Example (length of the bytes array shown in brackets): + * ``[0]`` - the NULL value + * ``[1] 0x00`` - a set containing a blank string '' + * ``[1] 0x01`` - this would be an invalid value, but is to be treated as the empty set + * ``[2] 0x01 0x00`` - a set with a single item, which is the '\0' character + * ``[8] 0x03 F O O 0x03 B A R`` - a set with 2 items: FOO,BAR + + :param name: name of the column + :param original_name: name of the column before an alias was applied + :param table: name of the table the column orginates from + :param original_table: name of the table the column orginates from before an alias was applied + :param schema: schema the column originates from + :param catalog: + catalog the schema originates from + + .. note:: + as there is current no support for catalogs in MySQL, don't expect this field to be set. + In the MySQL C/S protocol the field had the value ``def`` all the time. + + :param fractional_digits: displayed factional decimal digits for floating point and fixed point numbers + :param length: maximum count of displayable characters of .type + :param flags: + ``.type`` specific flags + + ======= ====== =========== + type value description + ======= ====== =========== + UINT 0x0001 zerofill + DOUBLE 0x0001 unsigned + FLOAT 0x0001 unsigned + DECIMAL 0x0001 unsigned + BYTES 0x0001 rightpad + ======= ====== =========== + + ====== ================ + value description + ====== ================ + 0x0010 NOT_NULL + 0x0020 PRIMARY_KEY + 0x0040 UNIQUE_KEY + 0x0080 MULTIPLE_KEY + 0x0100 AUTO_INCREMENT + ====== ================ + + default: 0 + :param content_type: + a hint about the higher-level encoding of a BYTES field, for more informations + please refer to Mysqlx.Resultset.ContentType_BYTES enum. + + + + Field number for the "type" field. + + + + datatype of the field in a row + + + + Field number for the "name" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "original_name" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "table" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "original_table" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "schema" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "catalog" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "collation" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "fractional_digits" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "length" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "flags" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "content_type" field. + + + + optional + + + + Container for nested types declared in the ColumnMetaData message type. + + + + Row in a Resultset + + a row is represented as a list of fields encoded as byte blobs. + Blob of size 0 represents the NULL value. Otherwise, if it contains at least + one byte, it encodes a non-null value of the field using encoding appropriate for the + type of the value given by ``ColumnMetadata``, as specified + in the :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Resultset::ColumnMetaData` description. + + + + Field number for the "field" field. + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx_session.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx_session.proto + + + + the initial message send from the client to the server to start the + authentication proccess + + :param mech_name: authentication mechanism name + :param auth_data: authentication data + :param initial_response: initial response + :Returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Session::AuthenticateContinue` + + + + Field number for the "mech_name" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "auth_data" field. + + + + optional + + + + Field number for the "initial_response" field. + + + + optional + + + + + send by client or server after a :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Session::AuthenticateStart` to + exchange more auth data + + :param auth_data: authentication data + :Returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Session::AuthenticateContinue` + + + + Field number for the "auth_data" field. + + + + required + + + + + sent by the server after successful authentication + + :param auth_data: authentication data + + + + Field number for the "auth_data" field. + + + + optional + + + + + reset the current session + + :Returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Ok` + + + + + close the current session + + :Returns: :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx::Ok` + + + + Holder for reflection information generated from mysqlx_sql.proto + + + File descriptor for mysqlx_sql.proto + + + + execute a statement in the given namespace + + .. uml:: + + client -> server: StmtExecute + ... zero or more Resultsets ... + server --> client: StmtExecuteOk + + Notices: + This message may generate a notice containing WARNINGs generated by its execution. + This message may generate a notice containing INFO messages generated by its execution. + + :param namespace: namespace of the statement to be executed + :param stmt: statement that shall be executed. + :param args: values for wildcard replacements + :param compact_metadata: send only type information for :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Resultset::ColumnMetadata`, skipping names and others + :returns: + * zero or one :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Resultset::` followed by :protobuf:msg:`Mysqlx.Sql::StmtExecuteOk` + + + + Field number for the "namespace" field. + + + + optional [ default = "sql" ] + + + + Field number for the "stmt" field. + + + + required + + + + Field number for the "args" field. + + + Field number for the "compact_metadata" field. + + + + optional [ default = false ] + + + + + statement executed successful + + +
+
diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.dll b/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.dll index 52bc25e..eafc74c 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.dll and b/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.dll differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.pdb b/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.pdb new file mode 100644 index 0000000..708eb6d Binary files /dev/null and b/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.pdb differ diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cf5430 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/SHUKeyGen.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + +SHUKeyGen + + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/Syncfusion.SpellChecker.Base.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Syncfusion.SpellChecker.Base.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78d06a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Syncfusion.SpellChecker.Base.xml @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ + + + + Syncfusion.SpellChecker.Base + + + + + Represents a list of accuracy levels based on which phonetic matching is executed for filtering suggestions + + + + + Represents a high level which filters maximum possible suggestions. + + + + + Represents a medium level which filters matching suggestions. + + + + + Represents a most accurate level which filters accurate suggestions only. + + + + + Returns a list of possible combinations for the given character array + + + + + Returns a list of phonetic suggestions for the given word in specified accuracy level. + + + + + Represents a class for the reference attributes + + + + + Returns a value when set + + + true if instance is created ; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns a value when set + + + true if instance is created ; otherwise, false. + + + + + Compares the two objects. + + + + + Compares the two String values + + + + + Compares the two object values. + + + + + Returns reverse String of input String + + + + + SpellChecker base helps to find erroneous spelling in a word and provides suggestions for it. + + + + + Initializes the instance of SpellChecker base. + + + + + Initializes the instance of SpellChecker base. + + + + + Adds the word to dictionary word collection + + + + + Checks whether the word exists in dictionary + + + + + Returns the suggestions for error word + + + + + Returns the anagrams for error word + + + + + Returns the phonetic suggestions for error word in medium accuracy. + + + + + Returns the phonetic suggestions for error word in specified accuracy. + + + + + Returns whether the word matches Email or File name or URL pattern. + + + + + Adds the word from custom stream to dicitionary collection + + + + + Gets or Sets the boolean value to check AlphaNumericWords + + + + + Gets or Sets the boolean value to check file names + + + + + Gets or Sets the boolean value to check html tags + + + + + Gets or Sets the boolean value to check Email addresses + + + + + Gets or Sets the boolean value to check mixed case words + + + + + Gets or Sets the boolean value to check upper case words + + + + + Gets or Sets the boolean value to check urls + + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/Syncfusion.Tools.Base.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Syncfusion.Tools.Base.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..34f6703 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Syncfusion.Tools.Base.xml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + Syncfusion.Tools.Base + + + + + + This class holds the name of the Tools assembly and provides a helper + routine that helps with resolving types when loading a serialization stream and when the framework probes for assemblies by reflection. + + + + + The full name of this assembly without version information, e.g. "Syncfusion.Tools". + + + + + A reference to the for the Tools assembly. + + + + + The root namespace of this assembly. Used internally for locating resources within the assembly. + + + + + This delegate helps with resolving types and can be used as an eventhandler + for a event. + + The source of the event. + The event data with information about the type. + A reference to the assembly where the type is located. + + If the requested assembly is either Tools, Grid, or Shared, this method returns the reference + to the corresponding assembly, it is bound to. + It's mandatory that you distribute Syncfusion.Grid.dll and Syncfusion.Shared.dll when you use this + method in your application. + Use this handler when reading back types from a serialization stream + saved with an earlier version of this assembly. + + + + public static AToolsType LoadSoap(Stream s) + { + try + { + AppDomain.CurrentDomain.AssemblyResolve += new ResolveEventHandler(ToolsAssembly.AssemblyResolver); + SoapFormatter b = new SoapFormatter(); + b.AssemblyFormat = FormatterAssemblyStyle.Simple; + AToolsType t = b.Deserialize(s) as AToolsType; + return t; + } + finally + { + AppDomain.CurrentDomain.AssemblyResolve -= new ResolveEventHandler(ToolsAssembly.AssemblyResolver); + } + } + + + + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/bin/Release/Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.xml b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..79d2b89 --- /dev/null +++ b/DPM2016/bin/Release/Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.xml @@ -0,0 +1,164452 @@ + + + + Syncfusion.Tools.Windows + + + + + + This class holds the name of the Tools assembly and provides a helper + routine that helps with resolving types when loading a serialization stream and when the framework probes for assemblies by reflection. + + + + + The full name of this assembly without version information, e.g. "Syncfusion.Tools" + + + + + A reference to the for the Tools assembly. + + + + + The root namespace of this assembly. Used internally for locating resources within the assembly. + + + + + This delegate helps with resolving types and can be used as a eventhandler + for a event. + + The source of the event. + The event data with information about the type. + A reference to the assembly where the type is located. + + If the requested assembly is either Tools, Grid or Shared this method returns the reference + to the corresponding assembly, it is bound to. + It's mandatory that you distribute Syncfusion.Grid.dll and Syncfusion.Shared.dll when you use this + method in your application. + Use this handler when reading back types from a serialization stream + saved with an earlier version of this assembly. + + + + public static AToolsType LoadSoap(Stream s) + { + try + { + AppDomain.CurrentDomain.AssemblyResolve += new ResolveEventHandler(ToolsWindowsAssembly.AssemblyResolver); + SoapFormatter b = new SoapFormatter(); + b.AssemblyFormat = FormatterAssemblyStyle.Simple; + AToolsType t = b.Deserialize(s) as AToolsType; + return t; + } + finally + { + AppDomain.CurrentDomain.AssemblyResolve -= new ResolveEventHandler(ToolsWindowsAssembly.AssemblyResolver); + } + } + + + + + + + Interface for Spreadsheet Ribbon + + + + + Gets the SpreadsheetRibbon + + + + + Gets the SpreadsheerRibbonSize + + + + + Property for BackStageViewNavigationButtonImage + + + + + Serializing the value of the BackStageViewNavigationButtonImage + + + + + + Resetting the value of the BackStageViewNavigationButtonImage + + + + + Update the BackStage visibility + + + + + + Collection of Visible ToolStripItem instances with data about items in main panel. + + + + + update the RibbonControlAdv visibility + + + + + + Gets or sets the BackStageViewNavigationButtonImage + + + + + List of objects storing info about visible tab items. + + + + + Manages a set of tab pages. + + + A TabControlAdv contains tab pages, which are represented + by objects that you add through the property. + It provides a set of pre-built tab types( property) with different look + and feel, allows you to align the tabs to either of the four sides + of the Control ( property), can be used in a singleline or multiline mode( property) + and provides a broad set of properties which affects its appearance and behavior. + + It also provides you a simple event based mechanism ( event) to customize + the drawing of the tabs. + + + To enable themes support in XP, turn on the property. + + + + The following example uses the Visual Studio .NET Windows Forms Designer to + create a TabControlAdv with three tab pages. Each tab page contains several controls. + + public class Form1 : System.Windows.Forms.Form + { + private Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabControlAdv TabControlAdv1; + private System.Windows.Forms.Label tab2label1; + private System.Windows.Forms.Button tab3Button; + private System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar tab3monthCalendar1; + private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker tab3dateTimePicker1; + private System.Windows.Forms.Label tab3label; + private System.Windows.Forms.Label tab2label2; + private System.Windows.Forms.TextBox tab2textBox1; + private System.Windows.Forms.ListBox tab1listBox1; + private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox tab1comboBox1; + + private System.Windows.Forms.Label tab1label1; + private Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv tab1; + private Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv tab3; + private Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv tab2; + private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components; + + public Form1() + { + // + // Required for Windows Form Designer support + // + InitializeComponent(); + } + private void InitializeComponent() + { + this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container(); + this.tab2label1 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.tab1 = new Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv(); + this.tab1listBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.ListBox(); + this.tab1comboBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox(); + this.tab1label1 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.tab3 = new Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv(); + this.tab3Button = new System.Windows.Forms.Button(); + this.tab3monthCalendar1 = new System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar(); + this.tab3dateTimePicker1 = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker(); + this.tab3label = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.tab2 = new Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv(); + this.tab2label2 = new System.Windows.Forms.Label(); + this.tab2textBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.TextBox(); + this.TabControlAdv1 = new Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabControlAdv(); + this.tab1.SuspendLayout(); + this.tab3.SuspendLayout(); + this.tab2.SuspendLayout(); + this.TabControlAdv1.SuspendLayout(); + this.SuspendLayout(); + // + // tab2label1 + // + this.tab2label1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top; + this.tab2label1.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((System.Byte)(0))); + this.tab2label1.Name = "tab2label1"; + this.tab2label1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 48); + this.tab2label1.TabIndex = 0; + this.tab2label1.Text = "Tab2"; + this.tab2label1.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter; + this.tab2label1.Paint += new System.Windows.Forms.PaintEventHandler(this.TabPageAdv1_Paint); + // + // tab1 + // + this.tab1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.FixedSingle; + this.tab1.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { + this.tab1listBox1, + this.tab1comboBox1, + this.tab1label1}); + this.tab1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(1, 29); + this.tab1.Name = "tab1"; + this.tab1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 257); + this.tab1.TabIndex = 0; + this.tab1.Text = "Tab 1"; + this.tab1.ToolTipText = "0asdfasdf"; + // + // tab1listBox1 + // + this.tab1listBox1.Items.AddRange(new object[] { + "Item 1", + "Item 2", + "Item 3"}); + this.tab1listBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 88); + this.tab1listBox1.Name = "tab1listBox1"; + this.tab1listBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(192, 147); + this.tab1listBox1.TabIndex = 2; + // + // tab1comboBox1 + // + this.tab1comboBox1.DropDownWidth = 192; + this.tab1comboBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 56); + this.tab1comboBox1.Name = "tab1comboBox1"; + this.tab1comboBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(192, 21); + this.tab1comboBox1.TabIndex = 1; + this.tab1comboBox1.Text = "comboBox1"; + // + // tab1label1 + // + this.tab1label1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top; + this.tab1label1.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 12F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((System.Byte)(0))); + this.tab1label1.Name = "tab1label1"; + this.tab1label1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(371, 48); + this.tab1label1.TabIndex = 0; + this.tab1label1.Text = "Tab Page 1"; + this.tab1label1.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter; + // + // tab3 + // + this.tab3.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { + this.tab3Button, + this.tab3monthCalendar1, + this.tab3dateTimePicker1, + this.tab3label}); + this.tab3.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(1, 29); + this.tab3.Name = "tab3"; + this.tab3.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 257); + this.tab3.TabIndex = 1; + this.tab3.Text = "Tab 3"; + this.tab3.ToolTipText = "2asdfasdf"; + this.tab3.Layout += new System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventHandler(this.TabPageAdv2_Layout); + // + // tab3Button + // + this.tab3Button.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(264, 72); + this.tab3Button.Name = "tab3Button"; + this.tab3Button.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(72, 24); + this.tab3Button.TabIndex = 3; + this.tab3Button.Text = "button1"; + this.tab3Button.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.button1_Click); + // + // tab3monthCalendar1 + // + this.tab3monthCalendar1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(16, 96); + this.tab3monthCalendar1.Name = "tab3monthCalendar1"; + this.tab3monthCalendar1.TabIndex = 2; + // + // tab3dateTimePicker1 + // + this.tab3dateTimePicker1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 64); + this.tab3dateTimePicker1.Name = "tab3dateTimePicker1"; + this.tab3dateTimePicker1.TabIndex = 1; + // + // tab3label + // + this.tab3label.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top; + this.tab3label.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((System.Byte)(0))); + this.tab3label.Name = "tab3label"; + this.tab3label.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 48); + this.tab3label.TabIndex = 0; + this.tab3label.Text = "Tab3"; + this.tab3label.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter; + // + // tab2 + // + this.tab2.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { + this.tab2label2, + this.tab2textBox1, + this.tab2label1}); + this.tab2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(1, 29); + this.tab2.Name = "tab2"; + this.tab2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(373, 257); + this.tab2.TabIndex = 2; + this.tab2.Text = "Tab2"; + this.tab2.ToolTipText = "1asdfasdfasd"; + // + // tab2label2 + // + this.tab2label2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 96); + this.tab2label2.Name = "tab2label2"; + this.tab2label2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(112, 16); + this.tab2label2.TabIndex = 2; + this.tab2label2.Text = "Text Entry:"; + // + // tab2textBox1 + // + this.tab2textBox1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 120); + this.tab2textBox1.Multiline = true; + this.tab2textBox1.Name = "tab2textBox1"; + this.tab2textBox1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(368, 80); + this.tab2textBox1.TabIndex = 1; + this.tab2textBox1.Text = "textBox1"; + // + // TabControlAdv1 + // + this.TabControlAdv1.Anchor = (((System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Top | System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Bottom) + | System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Left) + | System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Right); + this.TabControlAdv1.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ActiveBorder; + this.TabControlAdv1.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { + this.tab3, + this.tab2, + this.tab1}); + this.TabControlAdv1.Cursor = System.Windows.Forms.Cursors.Default; + this.TabControlAdv1.HotTrack = true; + this.TabControlAdv1.ImageList = this.imageList1; + this.TabControlAdv1.ItemSize = new System.Drawing.Size(80, 30); + this.TabControlAdv1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(40, 16); + this.TabControlAdv1.Name = "TabControlAdv1"; + this.TabControlAdv1.ShowToolTips = true; + this.TabControlAdv1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(376, 288); + this.TabControlAdv1.TabGap = 20; + this.TabControlAdv1.TabIndex = 4; + this.TabControlAdv1.TabStyle = typeof(Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabRenderer2D); + this.TabControlAdv1.TextAlignment = System.Drawing.StringAlignment.Near; + this.TabControlAdv1.UserMoveTabs = true; + this.TabControlAdv1.VSLikeScrollButton = true; + // + // Form1 + // + this.AutoScaleBaseSize = new System.Drawing.Size(5, 13); + this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(688, 309); + this.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { + this.TabControlAdv1}); + this.Name = "Form1"; + this.Text = "Form1"; + this.tab1.ResumeLayout(false); + this.tab3.ResumeLayout(false); + this.tab2.ResumeLayout(false); + this.TabControlAdv1.ResumeLayout(false); + this.ResumeLayout(false); + + } + } + + + Private Function Form1() As Public + ' + ' Required for Windows Form Designer support + ' + InitializeComponent() + End Function + + Private Sub InitializeComponent() + Me.components = New System.ComponentModel.Container() + Me.tab2label1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() + Me.tab1 = New Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv() + Me.tab1listBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ListBox() + Me.tab1comboBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox() + Me.tab1label1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() + Me.tab3 = New Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv() + Me.tab3Button = New System.Windows.Forms.Button() + Me.tab3monthCalendar1 = New System.Windows.Forms.MonthCalendar() + Me.tab3dateTimePicker1 = New System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker() + Me.tab3label = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() + Me.tab2 = New Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabPageAdv() + Me.tab2label2 = New System.Windows.Forms.Label() + Me.tab2textBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.TextBox() + Me.TabControlAdv1 = New Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabControlAdv() + Me.tab1.SuspendLayout() + Me.tab3.SuspendLayout() + Me.tab2.SuspendLayout() + Me.TabControlAdv1.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuspendLayout() + + ' + ' tab2label1 + ' + Me.tab2label1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top + Me.tab2label1.Font = New System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, (CType((0), System.Byte))) + Me.tab2label1.Name = "tab2label1" + Me.tab2label1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 48) + Me.tab2label1.TabIndex = 0 + Me.tab2label1.Text = "Tab2" + Me.tab2label1.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter + Me.tab2label1.Paint += New System.Windows.Forms.PaintEventHandler(Me.TabPageAdv1_Paint) + + ' + ' tab1 + ' + Me.tab1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.FixedSingle + Me.tab1.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() + {Me.tab1listBox1,Me.tab1comboBox1,Me.tab1label1}) + Me.tab1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(1, 29) + Me.tab1.Name = "tab1" + Me.tab1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 257) + Me.tab1.TabIndex = 0 + Me.tab1.Text = "Tab 1" + Me.tab1.ToolTipText = "0asdfasdf" + ' + ' tab1listBox1 + ' + Me.tab1listBox1.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() + {Me.tab1listBox1,Me.tab1comboBox1,Me.tab1label1}) + Dim Object() As Me.tab1listBox1.Items.AddRange(New string() + { + "Item 1", + "Item 2", + "Item 3" + }) + Me.tab1listBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 88) + Me.tab1listBox1.Name = "tab1listBox1" + Me.tab1listBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(192, 147) + Me.tab1listBox1.TabIndex = 2 + ' + ' tab1comboBox1 + ' + Me.tab1comboBox1.DropDownWidth = 192 + Me.tab1comboBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 56) + Me.tab1comboBox1.Name = "tab1comboBox1" + Me.tab1comboBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(192, 21) + Me.tab1comboBox1.TabIndex = 1 + Me.tab1comboBox1.Text = "comboBox1" + ' + ' tab1label1 + ' + Me.tab1label1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top + Me.tab1label1.Font = New System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 12F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, (CType((0), System.Byte))) + Me.tab1label1.Name = "tab1label1" + Me.tab1label1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(371, 48) + Me.tab1label1.TabIndex = 0 + Me.tab1label1.Text = "Tab Page 1" + Me.tab1label1.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter + + Me.tab3.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() + {Me.tab3Button,Me.tab3monthCalendar1,Me.tab3dateTimePicker1,Me.tab3label}) + Me.tab3.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(1, 29) + Me.tab3.Name = "tab3" + Me.tab3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 257) + Me.tab3.TabIndex = 1 + Me.tab3.Text = "Tab 3" + Me.tab3.ToolTipText = "2asdfasdf" + Me.tab3.Lay+= New System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventHandler(Me.TabPageAdv2_Layout) + ' + ' tab3Button + ' + Me.tab3Button.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(264, 72) + Me.tab3Button.Name = "tab3Button" + Me.tab3Button.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(72, 24) + Me.tab3Button.TabIndex = 3 + Me.tab3Button.Text = "button1" + Me.tab3Button.Click += New System.EventHandler(Me.button1_Click) + ' + ' tab3monthCalendar1 + ' + Me.tab3monthCalendar1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(16, 96) + Me.tab3monthCalendar1.Name = "tab3monthCalendar1" + Me.tab3monthCalendar1.TabIndex = 2 + ' + ' tab3dateTimePicker1 + ' + Me.tab3dateTimePicker1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 64) + Me.tab3dateTimePicker1.Name = "tab3dateTimePicker1" + Me.tab3dateTimePicker1.TabIndex = 1 + ' + ' tab3label + ' + Me.tab3label.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Top + Me.tab3label.Font = New System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, (CType((0), System.Byte))) + Me.tab3label.Name = "tab3label" + Me.tab3label.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 48) + Me.tab3label.TabIndex = 0 + Me.tab3label.Text = "Tab3" + Me.tab3label.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter + ' + ' tab2 + ' + Me.tab2.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() + {Me.tab2label2,Me.tab2textBox1,Me.tab2label1}) + Me.tab2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(1, 29) + Me.tab2.Name = "tab2" + Me.tab2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(373, 257) + Me.tab2.TabIndex = 2 + Me.tab2.Text = "Tab2" + Me.tab2.ToolTipText = "1asdfasdfasd" + ' + ' tab2label2 + ' + Me.tab2label2.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 96) + Me.tab2label2.Name = "tab2label2" + Me.tab2label2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(112, 16) + Me.tab2label2.TabIndex = 2 + Me.tab2label2.Text = "Text Entry:" + ' + ' tab2textBox1 + ' + Me.tab2textBox1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 120) + Me.tab2textBox1.Multiline = True + Me.tab2textBox1.Name = "tab2textBox1" + Me.tab2textBox1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(368, 80) + Me.tab2textBox1.TabIndex = 1 + Me.tab2textBox1.Text = "textBox1" + ' + ' TabControlAdv1 + ' + Me.TabControlAdv1.Anchor = (((System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Top Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Bottom) _ + Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Left) _ + Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Right) + Me.TabControlAdv1.Cursor = System.Windows.Forms.Cursors.Default + Me.TabControlAdv1.HotTrack = True + Me.TabControlAdv1.ImageList = Me.imageList1 + Me.TabControlAdv1.ItemSize = New System.Drawing.Size(80, 30) + Me.TabControlAdv1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(40, 16) + Me.TabControlAdv1.Name = "TabControlAdv1" + Me.TabControlAdv1.ShowToolTips = True + Me.TabControlAdv1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(376, 288) + Me.TabControlAdv1.TabGap = 20 + Me.TabControlAdv1.TabIndex = 4 + Me.TabControlAdv1.TabStyle = Type.GetType(Syncfusion.Tools.Windows.Forms.Tab.TabRenderer2D) + Me.TabControlAdv1.TextAlignment = System.Drawing.StringAlignment.Near + Me.TabControlAdv1.UserMoveTabs = True + Me.TabControlAdv1.VSLikeScrollButton = True + ' + ' Form1 + ' + Me.AutoScaleBaseSize = New System.Drawing.Size(5, 13) + Me.ClientSize = New System.Drawing.Size(688, 309) + Me.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() + {Me.TabControlAdv1}) + Me.Name = "Form1" + Me.Text = "Form1" + Me.tab1.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.tab3.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.tab2.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.TabControlAdv1.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.ResumeLayout(False) + End Sub + + + + + + The interface that represents the parent tab control. + + + Implement this interface if you need to create a custom tab control that uses + the and framework. + + + + + Called when the tab panel's bounds are affected. + + + + + Called to force a repaint in the specified rectangle. + + The rectangle to repaint. + + + + Returns the object used by this Control for painting. + + + + + Returns the instance. + + + + + Called to let custom drawing of the tabs. + + The object containing some information regarding this call. + True if custom drawing was performed; false otherwise. + + + + Called to notify a change in scroll position. + + + + + Queries if this is design mode. + + True if in design mode; false otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether to validate the current active tab page. + + + + + + Bounds of the tabControl. + + + + + Returns the tab panel renderer used to draw the tab panel. + + + + + Returns the drawing utility object that helps draw themed tabs. + + + + + Indicates whether XP Themes should be used if available for drawing. + + + + + + Indicates multiline text. + + + + + Office2007 color scheme. + + + + + Office2010 color scheme. + + + + + Tabs border visibility. + + + + + Tabs border width. + + + + + Loads the tab state from persistent storage medium. + + + + + Saves the tab state to Isolated Storage. + + + + + Reads a previously serialized tabState using the AppStateSerializer object. + + A reference to the instance. + + Reads the tabstate information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. + + + + //Loading TabState from xml file(TabState.xml located in Application folder) + AppStateSerializer serializer = new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "TabState"); + this.tabControlAdv1.LoadState(serializer); + + + 'Loading TabState from xml file(TabState.xml located in Application folder) + Dim serializer As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "TabState") + Me.tabControlAdv1.LoadState(serializer) + + + + + + Saves the current tab state information to the specified . + + A reference to the instance. + + Writes the tab state information like Active TabPage, TabOrder and New Text using Label Edit to the persistence medium. + + + + //Saving TabState to xml file(TabState.xml located in Application folder) + AppStateSerializer serializer =new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "TabState"); + this.tabControlAdv1.SaveState(serializer); + serializer.PersistNow(); + + + 'Saving TabState to xml file(TabState.xml located in Application folder) + Dim serializer As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "TabState") + Me.tabControlAdv1.SaveState(serializer) + serializer.PersistNow() + + + + + + Should rotate tabs when RightToLeft mode active. + + + + + Indicate multiline text. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Raises the NavigationButtonClick event. + + + + + + The value that indicates whether close button should be visible for each tab. + + + + + The value that indicates whether close button should be visible for tab only if mouse is over it. + + + + + The value that indicates previous active tab index. + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates width of the custom borders. + + + + + Indicates visibility of the custom borders. + + + + + Indicates color of the custom borders. + + + + + Forces the laying out of tab control elements within the next Paint Message handler. + + True to force; false to prevent layout. + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + default item size + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabControl class. + + + The following example creates a TabControlAdv with one TabPageAdv object. + The constructor instantiates tabControl1. + Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace for this example. + + public Form1() + { + this.tabPage1 = new TabPageAdv(); + // Invokes the TabControlAdv() constructor to create the tabControl1 object. + this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); + + this.tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage1); + this.Controls.Add(tabControl1); + } + + + Public Sub New() + Me.tabPage1 = New TabPageAdv() + ' Invokes the TabControlAdv() constructor to create the tabControl1 object. + Me.tabControl1 = New TabControlAdv() + Me.tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage1) + Me.Controls.Add(tabControl1) + End Sub 'New + + + + + + Handles the MouseDown event of the Parent of TabControlAdv. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Static constructor. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Called by the constructor to initialize default properties of the tab control. + + + Advanced method. You do not have to call this directly. + + + + + Removes all the tab pages and additional controls from this tab control. + + All controls are removed through the Controls property. + + + + Brings the selected tab to view, if scrolled out of view. + + + + + Validates that the currently selected tab is not disabled or invisible. + + + This method ensures that the currently selected tab is not disabled or invisible. If so, + it would reset the SelectedIndex to a new tab page that is selectable. If no selectable + tab pages are found, then this method will do nothing. + + + + + The value that indicates close button BackColor. + + + + + Initialize the fore color of the close button. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value of the CloseButtonForeColor + + + + Initialize the fore color of the close button in hover state. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value of the CloseButtonHoverForeColor + + + + Initialize the forecolor of close button in pressed state. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value of the CloseButtonPressedForeColor + + + + Initialize the forecolor of the close button for inactive state. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value of the InactiveCloseButtonForeColor. + + + + The value that indicates whether to show the close button back color when the mouse is hover on close button of Active Tab. + + + + + Called when ShowCloseButton property is changed. + + + + + Indicates whether the close button should be visible accordingly to the + property. + + Index of the tab. + + + + + Indicates whether the close button should be visible accordingly to the + property. + + + + + Sets the visibility of the close button. + + Index of the tab. + Value that indicates the visibility of the close button. + + + + Updates the visibility of the close buttons on the tabs. + + Position of the mouse. + + + + Updates the visibility of the close buttons on the tabs. + + Tab index. + + + + Update the TabPageStyle For Office2016Theme + + + + + Called when the tabStyle is changed. + + + + + New Instance for TabControlAdv AccessibleObject + + + + + + Specifies a value indicating whether fixed single border color need to be serialized. + + The FixedSingleBorderColor. + + + + Resets the fixed single border color to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Gets the preferred size of the item. + + + + + + Indicates whether he current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Initialize the fore color of the active tab page. + + + + + To ensure whether style TabStyle has been changed. + + + + + Initialize the fore color of the inactive tab page. + + + + + Resets BorderColor to its default value. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnSelectedIndexChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSelectedIndexChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnSelectedIndexChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An instance that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnSelectedIndexChanging method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSelectedIndexChanging + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnSelectedIndexChanging method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + Indicates whether the bounds should also be set on the tab page. + + + This method is called from to + ensure that the current tab page is valid and is the requested tab. + + Sometimes bounds should not be set on the tab pages as the tab control + might not have been created at this point. + + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + The new tab panel renderer. + + This method is called when the Multiline property is toggled. + Internally, a different is + used to render the multiline mode and the singleline mode. You can override this method + and provide a custom renderer or modify the existing renderer based on the current Multiline setting. + + + + + Forces the tab control to re-layout its elements. + + + Advanced method. Need not be called under normal usage scenarios. + + + + + Overridden + + + + + Handles the LostFocus event of the labelEdit control. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the tab moving. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Begins the label edit process. + + + + + Ends the label edit. + + End the editing process and sets the new text, if true. + + + + Returns the Rectangle region of a Tab in client co-ordinates given its tab-index. + + The tab index of the tab. + A Rectangle in client co-ordinates. + + + + Is mouse point contains in scroll button. + + + + + + + Returns the tab at the specified location. + + The point where the tab is to be found. + The hit tab's index; -1 if none found. + + + + Raises the DrawItem event. + + A DrawItemEventArgs that contains the event data. + True if there were listeners; false otherwise. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnDrawItem method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnDrawItem + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnDrawItem method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden. See . + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + + Calls the method + on the parent container control. + + True if validation was successful; false otherwise. + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Returns the Top and Left border color. + + The Color value. + + + + Returns the Right and Bottom border color. + + The Color value. + + + + Returns the Right and Bottom border shade color. + + The Color value. + + + + Draws the 3D border around the tab control. + + The Graphics object into which the border is drawn. + The rectangular bounds within which the border is drawn. + + + + Sets region of the control + + + + + Draw borders for top tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Draw borders for bottom tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Draw borders for left tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Draw borders for right tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets outer borders for top tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets inner borders for top tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets outer borders for bottom tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets inner borders for bottom tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets outer borders for left tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets inner borders for left tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets outer borders for right tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets inner borders for right tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Border path for additional borders for VS2008 style. + + + + + + + Border path for additional borders for VS2008 style. + + + + + + + Border path for additional borders for VS2008 style. + + + + + + + Border path for additional borders for VS2008 style. + + + + + + + Draws the borders of Whidbey style tabs. + + + + + Draws the borders of office2003 tabs. + + + + + Draws the additional borders for Office2003 or Whidbey style. + + + + + Holds the child controls removed by the designer, in a arraylist. + + The collection of the child controls stored in array list. + + + + Draws the background for the tab panel. + + The Graphics object into which to draw. + + This method will paint the background of the tabs and the scroll button + area, if any. However, the background of the tabs will again be repainted + by the corresponding (corresponding to the + specified tab style). + + + + + Draw border for Docking Whidbey style. + + Graphics object. + Rectangle in which we draw borders. + + + + Used for drawing borders for Office2007 style. + + Graphics object. + + + + Used for drawing borders for Office2010 style. + + Graphics object. + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + The border rectangle. + + This is the border drawn by the tab control excluding the tab panel. + + + + + Forces the laying out of tab control elements. + + The Graphics object using which to calculate element sizes and positions. + + Advanced method. You do not have to call this directly. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + A LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + + Called by the method to + compute the tab panel bounds. + + + + + Sets the bounds for the tab panel. + + The new bounds of the tab panel. + + Override this method and provide a new rectangle to set a + custom bounds for the tab panel. + + + + + Returns the current bounds of the tab panel. + + A rectangle. + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + The computed tab panel bounds. + The adjusted tab panel bounds. + + This method is called by + to adjust the computed tab panel bounds for custom needs. + The base class implementation inserts a scroll button if necessary and also adjusts + the panel bounds to accommodate this scroll button with a call to + . + + + + + Advanced method to adjust the navigation control dimensions. + + A value specifying the bounds of the tabPanel. + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + The tab panel bounds to be adjusted. + True to indicate scroll buttons are needed; false otherwise. + + + The base class implementation adjusts the tab panel bounds and positions the scroll buttons + appropriately. + + + + + + Initializes the scroll buttons used to let user scroll the tabs. + + + + + Destroys the scroll buttons. + + True if this is called because the multiline property changed; false if called from Dispose. + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + A KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + The string representation of the Control. + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Occurs when a control is added to the tabControlAdv control collection. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Handles the MouseDown event of the tabPage control. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Occurs when a control is removed from the TabControlAdv control collection. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + If needed raises enter event on current tab page. + + + + + Invisible tabPage cannot be shown in runtime. + + + + + Gets or Sets, should Tabs state automatically persisted or not. + + + + + Gets or sets should rotate tabs when RightToLeft mode is active. + + + + + Gets or sets indicate multiline text. + + + + + /// Gets or sets the theme colors for the tab style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control interprets an ampersand character to be an access key prefix character. + + + + + Occurs before navigation button click. + + + + + Gets the navigation control used to navigate through tabs. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the component is currently in design mode. + + + + + Occurs when the tabs are drawn. + + + The event handler receives an argument of type DrawTabEventArgs containing data related to this event. + Take a look at the DrawTabEventArgs class reference for information on the + data passed to this event handler. + + + In this event handler, you can take over drawing of the whole tab or draw portions + of the tab while delegating the rest to the default drawing logic. + + A tab's default drawing logic is exposed in the DrawTabEventArgs args. + The default drawing logic is classified as drawing the background, interiors and borders. + You can call the corresponding DrawBackground, DrawInterior, DrawBorders methods + in the DrawTabEventArgs class to use the default painting logic. + The example below illustrates this logic. + + + + The following example customizes tab drawing to create a Yahoo-Messenger like + tab panel. It uses just the tab's default drawing logic to obtain this effect. + + // Make sure to set the "3D" tab style, turn on the HotTrack property and handle + // the DrawItem event of the tab control. + private void InitializeComponent() + { + .... + this.TabControlAdv1.HotTrack = true; + this.TabControlAdv1.TabStyle = typeof(Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabRenderer3D); + this.TabControlAdv1.DrawItem += new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DrawTabEventHandler(this.Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike); + .... + } + private void Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike(object sender, DrawTabEventArgs drawItemInfo) + { + // Draw the default background and interior in all cases. + drawItemInfo.DrawBackground(); + drawItemInfo.DrawInterior(); + + // The border should be drawn only when the item is selected or highlighted. + if(((int)drawItemInfo.State & ((int)DrawItemState.Selected | (int)DrawItemState.HotLight)) > 0) + { + // Draw the borders + drawItemInfo.DrawBorders(); + } + } + + + ' Make sure to set the "3D" tab style, turn on the HotTrack property and handle + ' the DrawItem event of the tab control. + Private Sub InitializeComponent() + Me.TabControlAdv1.HotTrack = True + Me.TabControlAdv1.TabStyle = GetType(Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabRenderer3D) + Me.TabControlAdv1.DrawItem += New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DrawTabEventHandler(Me.Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike) + End Sub 'InitializeComponent + + Private Sub Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike(sender As Object, drawItemInfo As DrawTabEventArgs) + ' Draw the default background and interior in all cases. + drawItemInfo.DrawBackground() + drawItemInfo.DrawInterior() + + ' The border should be drawn only when the item is selected or highlighted. + If(CInt(drawItemInfo.State) And(CInt(DrawItemState.Selected) Or CInt(DrawItemState.HotLight))) > 0 Then + ' Draw the borders + drawItemInfo.DrawBorders() + End If + End Sub 'Tab_DrawItemYahooMessengerLike + + + + + + Occurs when the SelectedIndex property is changed. + + + + + Occurs before the SelectedIndex property gets changed to let you cancel the new selection. + + + + + Returns whether the TabControlAdv is initializing. + + + + + Indicates whether the Layout method needs to be called to layout the TabControlAdv + elements. + + + Internal method. You will not have to call or override this method explicitly. + + + + + Returns the current + used by the tab control to render the tab panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of . + + + + + Returns the collection of tab pages in this tab control. + + + A that contains the + objects in this TabControlAdv. + + + + + Returns the number of tabs in the tab strip. + + The number of tabs in the tab strip. + + + + Returns the current + used by the tab control to render the tab panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value whether close button BackColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor of the close button. + + The default value is Color.Empty. + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor of the close button in hover state. + + The default value is Color.Empty. + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor of the close button in pressed state. + + The default value is Color.Empty. + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor of the close button for inactive state. + + The default value is Color.Black. + + + + Gets or sets the value whether to show the close button back color when the mouse is hover on close button of Active Tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the value whether close button should be visible for tab only if mouse is over it. + This property will work only if property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the value, whether close button should be visible for each tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the space to be reserved when no Tabs are present. + + + + + Indicates whether space has been reserved for TabPage's when there are no Tab pages. + + + + + Indicates whether the scroll buttons should be drawn with + the Visual Studio MDI child tabs like flat look. + + True for VS like scroll buttons; false otherwise. Default is false. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Indicates whether to show or hide scroll buttons when there is not enough space for the tabs in single Line + mode. + + True if scroll buttons are needed; false otherwise. + Default value is true. + + + + Gets the default size of the control. + + The default System.Drawing.Size of the control. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is DockingWhidbeyBeta. + + + + + Indicates whether the TabStyle is DockingWhidbey. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is Office2007. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is Office2010. + + + + + Indicates whether the is Metro. + + + + + Indicates whether the is Office2016Colorful. + + + + + Indicates whether the is Office2016White. + + + + + Indicates whether the is Office2016DarkGray. + + + + + Indicates whether the is Office2016Black. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is VS2008. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this tabstyle is VS2010. + + + true if this instance is V S2010; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is Whidbey style. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is BlendDark style. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is BlendLight style. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is Whidbey style. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is Office2003 style. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is OneNote style. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is OneNoteFlatTabs style. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabStyle is TabRenderer2D style. + + + + + Indicates whether host OS is Vista. + + + + + Indicates whether the tabs are painted as 2D, 3D(regular), + WorkbookMode or other registered tab types. + + A reference to a type that implements the ITabRenderer interface. + + There are 3 pre-built tab styles available, represented by the following classes + in the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace: TabRenderer2D (2D tabs), + TabRenderer3D(3D tabs), TabRendererWorkbookMode (Workbook mode tabs). + This type-based TabStyle property allows you to implement custom tab types and + plug them into the available TabStyles list of a TabControlAdv instance and specify them as the preferred TabStyle seemlessly. + + + The following example creates a TabControlAdv with three TabPageAdv objects. + This example sets the TabStyle property to 2D which displays the tabs of the + tab pages in a flat/2D appearance. + To define the dimensions of the tabs, set the ItemSize property equal to a + Size structure. In this example, Size defines the tabs 90 pixels wide and + 50 pixels high. You cannot change the width of the tabs unless the SizeMode + property is set to Fixed. + Use the System.Drawing and Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namspaces for this example. + + private void InitMyTabs() + { + this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); + this.tabPage1 = new TabPageAdv(); + this.tabPage2 = new TabPageAdv(); + this.tabPage3 = new TabPageAdv(); + + // Positions tabs on the left side of tabControl1. + // this.tabControl1.Alignment = System.Windows.Forms.TabAlignment.Left; + + // Sets the tabs to appear in 2D mode. + tabControl1.TabStyle = typeof(TabRenderer2D); + + // Highlights TabPage.Text when the mouse passes over tabs. + this.tabControl1.HotTrack = true; + + // Set the relative alignment between the images and text in a tab + this.tabControl1.ImageAlignmentR = RelativeImageAlignment.BelowText; + + // Allows more than one row of tabs. + // this.tabControl1.Multiline = true; + + // Creates a cushion of 22 pixels around TabPage.Text strings. + this.tabControl1.Padding = new System.Drawing.Point(22, 22); + + // Makes the tab width definable. + this.tabControl1.SizeMode = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabSizeMode.Fixed; + + // Sizes the tabs of tabControl1. + this.tabControl1.ItemSize = new Size(90, 64); // Make sure to take into account the padding values. + + // To rotate text when aligned vertically. + this.tabControl1.RotateTextWhenVertical = true; + + // Allows the user to move the tabs by simply dragging and dropping + this.tabControl1.UserMoveTabs = true; + + // Draws the scroll buttons Visual Studio MDI Tabs like. + this.tabControl1.VSLikeScrollButton = true; + + this.tabControl1.Controls.AddRange(new Control[] { + this.tabPage1, + this.tabPage2, + this.tabPage3}); + this.tabControl1.Location = new Point(16, 24); + this.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 0; + this.tabControl1.Size = new Size(248, 232); + + this.tabPage1.Text = "Tab1"; + this.tabPage2.Text = "Tab2"; + this.tabPage3.Text = "Tab3"; + + this.Size = new Size(300,300); + this.Controls.AddRange(new Control[] { + this.tabControl1}); + + // Selects tabPage1 using SelectedIndex. + this.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 1; + + // Shows ToolTipText when the mouse passes over tabs. + this.tabControl1.ShowToolTips = true; + } + + Private Sub InitMyTabs() + + Me.tabControl1 = New TabControlAdv() + Me.tabPage1 = New TabPageAdv() + Me.tabPage2 = New TabPageAdv() + Me.tabPage3 = New TabPageAdv() + ' Positions tabs on the left side of tabControl1. + ' this.tabControl1.Alignment = System.Windows.Forms.TabAlignment.Left; + ' Sets the tabs to appear in 2D mode. + tabControl1.TabStyle = GetType(TabRenderer2D) + ' Highlights TabPage.Text when the mouse passes over tabs. + Me.tabControl1.HotTrack = True + ' Set the relative alignment between the images and text in a tab + Me.tabControl1.ImageAlignmentR = RelativeImageAlignment.BelowText + ' Allows more than one row of tabs. + ' this.tabControl1.Multiline = true; + ' Creates a cushion of 22 pixels around TabPage.Text strings. + Me.tabControl1.Padding = New System.Drawing.Point(22, 22) + ' Makes the tab width definable. + Me.tabControl1.SizeMode = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabSizeMode.Fixed + ' Sizes the tabs of tabControl1. + Me.tabControl1.ItemSize = New Size(90, 64) + ' Make sure to take into account the padding values. + ' To rotate text when aligned vertically. + Me.tabControl1.RotateTextWhenVertical = True + ' Allows the user to move the tabs by simply dragging and dropping + Me.tabControl1.UserMoveTabs = True + ' Draws the scroll buttons Visual Studio MDI Tabs like. + Me.tabControl1.VSLikeScrollButton = True + Me.tabControl1.Controls.AddRange(New Control() {Me.tabPage1, Me.tabPage2, Me.tabPage3}) + Me.tabControl1.Location = New Point(16, 24) + Me.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 0 + Me.tabControl1.Size = New Size(248, 232) + Me.tabPage1.Text = "Tab1" + Me.tabPage2.Text = "Tab2" + Me.tabPage3.Text = "Tab3" + Me.Size = New Size(300, 300) + Me.Controls.AddRange(New Control() {Me.tabControl1}) + ' Selects tabPage1 using SelectedIndex. + Me.tabControl1.SelectedIndex = 1 + ' Shows ToolTipText when the mouse passes over tabs. + Me.tabControl1.ShowToolTips = True + + End Sub + + + + + Gets or sets the border style for the tab control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color when the BorderStyle is FixedSingle. + + + + + Gets or sets the area of the control (for example, along the top) where the tabs are aligned. + + One of the TabAlignment values. The default is Top. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Indicates whether tabs are aligned to the top, bottom or based on the RightToLeft property when aligned vertically. + + One of the TabVerticalAlignment values. The default is Default. + + This property can be used to force the tabs to align to the top or bottom of the control irrespective + of the RightToLeft setting, when aligned vertically. + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the TabControlAdv. + Overridden. See . + + An System.Drawing.Image that represents the image to display in the background of the TabControlAdv. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the control's tabs. + + A Size object that represents the size of the + tabs. The default automatically sizes the tabs to fit + the icons and labels on the tabs. + + To change the Width of the tab, the SizeMode property must be set to Fixed. + The Height however will be set irrespective of the SizeMode. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the space between tabs in Single Line Mode. + + The space between the tabs in pixels. Default value is zero. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Indicates whether more than one row of tabs can be displayed. + + True if more than one row of tabs can be displayed; false otherwise. The default is false. + If Multiline is false, only one row of tabs + is displayed - even if all the tabs do not fit in the + available space. In that case, however, scroll buttons + are displayed that allow the user to navigate to the + undisplayed tabs. If the Multiline property is changed + to true while the SizeMode property is set to ShrinkToFit, + the SizeMode property is automatically reset to + Normal. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Indicates whether the selected tab should be moved to the front row when in multiline mode. + + + True to move to front row; false otherwise. + + + + + Gets or sets the mode on how tabs are sized. + + One of the values. The default is Normal. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the extra space that should be added around the text or image in the tab. + + A Point structure representing the padding along the + X and Y directions in pixels. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of the tab panel and tabs. The tab's color will be overriden by individual Tab BackColor in the instance, if any. + + The Color value. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the active tab. + + The Font object to apply to the text displayed + by the control. The default is the value of the Font property. + + + + Indicates whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when + available. + + + XP Themes are allowed only when + is set to Top. Setting this property to true will reset the alignment to top. + + Themes are also used only by the "3D" setting. + + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor of the active tabs. Will be overridden by any individual Tab BackColor in the instance, if any. + + The Color value. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the inactive Tabs. Will be overridden by any individual Tab BackColor in the instance, if any. + + The Color value. + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor of the active tab page. + + The default value is Color.Empty. + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor of the inactive tab page. + + The default value is Color.Empty. + + + + Gets or sets the images to be displayed on the control's tabs. + + An ImageList that specifies the images to display on the tabs. + To display an image on a tab, set the ImageIndex property of that + TabPageAdv. The ImageIndex acts as the index into the ImageList. + + + + Gets or sets the zero based index of the currently selected item. Returns -1 if no tabs are available. + + The zero-based index of the currently-selected tab page. The default is -1, which is also the value if no tab page is selected. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Gets/Sets HotTrackedTabPageAdv index in TabControlAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected tab page. + + The currently-selected TabPageAdv. Default value is null. + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal text alignment of the Tab within the layout rectangle. + + One of the StringAlignment values. Default is StringAlignment.Center. + + + + Gets or sets the vertical line alignment of the Text in the Tab in the layout rectangle. + + One of the StringAlignment values. Default is StringAlignment.Center. + + + + Gets or sets the relative alignment of the Image with respect to the text. + + One of the RelativeImageAlignment values. Default is RelativeImageAlignment.LeftOfText. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Indicates whether image should be disabled when TabPage is not selected. + + + + + Gets / Sets the ImageOffset. + Adjust y-position of the image. + + + + + Adjusts the gap between the tabControlAdv's top and the tabs. + + + + + Indicates whether the text and the image should be in the same level. + + + + + Gets or sets width of the custom borders. + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of the custom borders. + + + + + Gets or sets color of the custom borders. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Color of the separator. + + + + + Indicates whether the text in the tabs should be rotated to draw horizontally when the + tab strip is aligned to the left or right border. + + True to rotate it when aligned vertically; false otherwise. Default is false. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Indicates whether the Text value of the TabPageAdv needs to rotated when TabAlignment is specified as Left or Right. + + + + + Indicates whether tabs change in appearance when the mouse passes over them. + + True to turn on hot-tracking; false otherwise. + Default is false. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Indicates whether the Control should take focus when one of the tabs is clicked. + + + Note that this will however still set focus on the tab control when the user tabs + around to set focus on different controls. You should then use the TabStop property to + prevent focus on tab. + + + + + Indicates whether the Control should switch between tab pages when the user enters + certain keys like Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Shift+Tab. + + True to switch; false otherwise. Default is true. + + When true, the Control will also process Up, Down, Left and Right keys (if it has focus) and the + Ctrl+PageDown and Ctrl+PageUp keys to shift between the tab pages appropriately. + Ctrl+Tab and Ctrl+Page* keys will be processed by the tab control even + when the focus is within one of the children in the tab pages. Also if the tab control + is within an MDI Child Form, the default behavior of Ctrl+Tab keys switching + the MDI child windows will be broken. + + + + + Indicates whether tooltips should be shown for tabs that have their tooltips set. + + True to turn on tooltips; false otherwise. Default is false. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visibility of the separator. + + + + + Indicates whether SuperToolTips should be shown for tabs that have their tooltips set. + + + + + Indicates whether users can change tab position within + the tab control by drag and drop. + + True to allow users to move tabs; false otherwise. Default is false. + + Take a look at property reference for sample code on how to initialize a TabControlAdv programmatically. + + + + + Specifies whether to Scroll in tabs or pages. + + One of the ScrollIncrement values. + Default is ScrollIncrement.Tab. + + + + Returns the Control instance representing the scroll control used in the tab panel strip. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Text. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Occurs when the LabelEdit TabPage Caption is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the LabelEdit property is changed. + + + + + Occurs before Editing TabPage's Caption editing. + + + + + Occurs after Editing TabPage's Caption editing. + + + + + Occurs on HotTracking TabPageAdv + + + + + Occurs on moving TabPage + + + + + Occurs when the order of tabs is changed. + + + + + Indicates whether TabPage's captions are editable. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Office2007 color scheme. + The default value is Office2007Theme.Blue + + + + + Gets / Sets the Office2010 color scheme. + The default value is Office2010Theme.Blue. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the text is in editing mode. + + + + + Gets the DisplayRectangle. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets whether the control needs to drawn based on the theme appearance. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Contains a list of Control instances. + + This collection makes sure that the TabControlAdv's + Controls list will get populated with only TabPageAdv objects. + + + + Creates an instance of the TabControlAdv.ControlCollection class. + + The TabControlAdv object whose + tab page collection this list will hold. + + + + Removed the specified control to the collection.. + + The tabpage to remove. + + + + Adds the specified control to the collection. + + The tabpage to add. + + + + Overridden. See + + An array of controls. + + + + Implement this interface to provide certain default properties for the tab panel. + + + You should implement this interface when you create custom tabs along with the + implementation. + A default implementation is available using . + + + + + + Returns the default active tab's color. + + A . + + + + Returns the default inactive tab's color. + + A . + + + + Returns the tab's fore color. + + A . + + + + Returns the default tab panel background color. + + A . + + + + Returns the default tab panel font. + + A . + + + + Returns the default active tab font. + + A . + + + + Returns the default inactive tab font. + + A . + + + + Returns the default single border Color. + + A . + + + + Gets the default Active Tab Color. + + The TabControlAdv active tab color. + + + + Gets the default active tab font. + + The TabControlAdv active tab font. + + + + Gets the default Inactive Tab Color. + + The TabControlAdv inactive tab color. + + + + Gets the default inactive tab color. + + The TabControlAdv tab forecolor. + + + + Returns default fixed single border color. + + The TabControlAdv default fixed single border color. + + + + Returns default inactive tab font. + + The TabControlAdv default inactive tab font. + + + + Returns the Default tab panel background. + + The TabControlAdv default tab panel background. + + + + Returns the Default tab panel font. + + The TabControlAdv default tab panel font. + + + + Supports to assign SuperAccelerator + + + + + To set backstage item font + + + + + Used to save the QAT image for the corresponding ButtonAdv. + + + + + Used to save the QAT image for the corresponding BackStageTab. + + + + + Assign focus once backstage is visible + + + + + + + Gets/Sets the Width of the backstage. + + + + + To resets the BackStageWidth + + + + + Indicates whether to serialize BackStageWidth + + + + + + Indicates the whether the default backstage item height. + + + + + To resets the UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight + + + + + Indicates whether to serialize UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight + + + + + + Gets whether default highlight color should be used + + + + + Contains the list of control added to the BackStage. + + + + + To hide accelerators on keypress + + + + + + Reset the TouchStyleBackStage item size. + + + + + Serializing the property TouchBackStageSize. + + + + + + Variable for RightToLeft. + + + + + Gets or Sets super accelerator for backstage elements + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of BackStageButton text. + + + + + Gets or sets value for UseGDIPlusDrawing. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Width of the backstage. + + + + + Specifies whether the default height should be used in BackStageItem + This property should be disabled to set the BackStageItem height + This property is applicable for Ribbon Style Office2013 and TouchStyle + + + + + Gets the backstage item font + + + + + Gets/sets the TouchColorTable for Backstage. + + + + + Gets/sets the TouchColorTable for Backstage. + + + + + Gets/sets the TouchColorTable for Backstage. + + + + + Gets/Sets RightToLeft for BackStage + + + + + + Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used + + + + + Contains the list of control added to the BackStage. + + + + + Gets/Set the value for child Item Size and this will applicable for TouchRibbonStyle. + + + + + Represents a single tab page in a . + + + The following example creates a with one TabPageAdv object. + Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace for this example. + + public Form1() + { + this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); + + // Invokes the TabPage() constructor to create the tabPage1 object. + this.tabPage1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv(); + this.tabControl1.Controls.AddRange(new Control[] { + this.tabPage1}); + this.tabControl1.Location = new Point(25, 25); + this.tabControl1.Size = new Size(250, 250); + this.ClientSize = new Size(300, 300); + this.Controls.AddRange(new Control[] { + this.tabControl1}); + } + + + Public Sub New() + Me.tabControl1 = New TabControlAdv() + ' Invokes the TabPage() constructor to create the tabPage1 object. + Me.tabPage1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv() + Me.tabControl1.Controls.AddRange(New Control() {Me.tabPage1}) + Me.tabControl1.Location = New Point(25, 25) + Me.tabControl1.Size = New Size(250, 250) + Me.ClientSize = New Size(300, 300) + Me.Controls.AddRange(New Control() {Me.tabControl1}) + End Sub 'New + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabPageAdv class with its tab data and default properties. + + The data for this tab. + The default properties for this tab. + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabPageAdv class. + + + The following example creates a TabControlAdv with one TabPageAdv object. + The constructor instantiates tabPage1. + Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespaces for this example. + + public void MyTabs() + { + this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); + // Invokes the TabPageAdv() constructor to create the tabPage1 object. + this.tabPage1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.ToolsTabPageAdv(); + this.tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage1); + this.Controls.Add(tabControl1); + } + + public Form1() + { + MyTabs(); + } + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabPageAdv class qith the specified text for the tab. + + The text for the tab. + + This example creates a TabControlAdv with a TabPageAdv object. + The constructor accepts the myTabPage string as Text for tabPage1. + Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespaces for this example. + + public void MyTabs() + { + this.tabControl1 = new TabControlAdv(); + string tabPageName = "myTabPage"; + + // Invokes the TabPageAdv() constructor to create the tabPage1 object. + this.tabPage1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.TabPageAdv(tabPageName); + + this.tabControl1.Controls.Add(tabPage1); + this.Controls.Add(tabControl1); + } + + public Form1() + { + MyTabs(); + } + + + + + + Called to create the default + for this TabPageAdv. + + An instance. + + + + Adds transparent style to control styles. + + + + + Removes Transparent style from control styles. + + + + + Raises the Enter event. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Raises the Leave event. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Raises the Enter event. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Raises the Leave event. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Hide the tab page from the user. + + + + + Displays the tab page to the user. + + + + + Closes . + + + + Removes page from collection. + That also removes page from parent collection. + + + This method is called by only when user clicks tab page's or tab control's close button. + + + + False if page can't be closed. + This happens if closing is canceled in event handler, + page is disposed/being disposed, page is detached from , + or hosted in any other (non-) control. + In last case, page is just removed from parent's collection. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Returns a System.String containing the name of the System.ComponentModel.Component, if any. This method should not be overridden. + Overridden. See + + A System.String containing the name of the System.ComponentModel.Component, if any, or null if the System.ComponentModel.Component is unnamed. + A string representation + + + + Gets the control of the TabPageAdv. + + The component + The parent of the TabPageAdv. + + + + enables to set the tab back color as active tab color + + + + + Get or Set Close Button + + + + + Invisible tabPage cannot be shown in runtime. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + You typically use this method if you are either creating a designer for the Control or creating your own control incorporating this Control. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the tab page is closing. + + This event is not fired when tab page is disposed or being disposed. + + + + Occurs when the tab page is closed. + + This event is not fired when tab page is disposed or being disposed. + + + + Gets or sets the site of the control. + + + + + Gets or Sets whether to have custom scrollbar + + + + + Gets the ScrollerFrame for TabPageAdv. + + + + + Indicates whether this control is transparent. + + + + + Gets the Tabs and its bounds in TabControlAdv. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + Anchoring TabPageAdv instance is disabled. + + + + Gets or sets which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. + Overridden. See . + One of the System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle values. The default is System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.None. + + Docking TabPageAdv instance is disabled. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control can respond to user interaction. + Overridden. See . + true if the control can respond to user interaction; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + + + + Indicates whether to enable the tab. + + True to enable; false otherwise. + + If disabled, the tab will be drawn disabled and the user will not be able to select + the tab page through the mouse or keyboard. You can however select a tab programmatically + using the or property. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab order of the control within its container. + Overridden. See . + + The index value of the control within the set of controls within its container. + The controls in the container are included in the tab order. + TabIndex property for the TabPageAdv instance is disabled. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this control using the TAB key. + Overridden. See . + + true if the user can give the focus to the control using the TAB key; otherwise,false. + The default is true.NoteThis property will always return true for an instance of the System.Windows.Forms.Form class. + TabStop property for the TabPageAdv instance is disabled. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control and all its child controls are displayed. + Overridden. See . + + true if the control and all its child controls are displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. + Visible property for the TabPageAdv instance is disabled. + + + + enables to set the tab back color as active tab color + + + + + Gets / sets the ToolTip text for this tab. + + The ToolTip text for this tab. + This tab page belongs to a TabControlAdv instance. + The ToolTip text appears when the user moves the mouse + over the tab - if the ShowToolTips property of the + TabControlAdv is true. For more information on ToolTips, + see the class. + + + + Gets or sets the SuperToolTip information for this tab. + + + + + Gets / sets the index to the image displayed on this tab. + + + The zero-based index to the image in the TabControlAdv.ImageList + that appears on the tab. The default is -1, which signifies no image. + + The ImageIndex points to an image in the TabControlAdv + object's associated ImageList. + + + + + + Gets or sets the image. + + The image. + + + + Gets or sets the size of the image. + + The size of the image. + + + + Indicates whether to show a particular tab. + + True to show the tab; false otherwise. + + When the tab is made invisible, you can still show the tab page by setting the appropriate + programmatically. + + In fact, you can hide all the tabs and operate the tab like a Wizard. But also note that + Essential Tools provides a separate WizardControl for that purpose. + + + + + + Overridden. Gets / sets the text to display on the tab. + + The text to display on the tab. + + + + Gets / sets the font used to display text in the tab. + + The Font object. + This tab page belongs to a TabControlAdv instance. + The Font specified here will be used when rendering the + associated tab in the TabControlAdv. + + + + + Gets / sets the background color of this tab. Will override the Active Tab and Inactive Tab Colors. + + This tab page belongs to a TabControlAdv instance. + The color specified here will be used when rendering the + associated tab in the TabControlAdv. + + + + + Gets / sets the forecolor of this tab. Default is SystemColors.WindowText. + + This tab page belongs to a TabControlAdv instance. + The color specified here will be used when rendering the + associated tab in the TabControlAdv. The setting will not affect the Controls in the tab page. + + + + + Indicates whether or not themes should be used to draw this tab page. + + + True if enabled; false otherwise. + + + + By default, the value for this property is inherited from the parent TabControlAdv. + You can explicitly set it to false if you want to turn off themed drawing of the background of this + tab page. + + + + + + Contains the collection of controls that the TabPage uses. + + + + + Constructor of the ControlCollection. + + The TabPageAdv instance. + + + + Add the specified control to the control collection. + Overridden. + + The Control instance. + + + + Overridden. See . + + The array of controls. + + + + Used to show the image at the Backstage button + + + + + To Reset ShowImage + + + + + To Serialize ShowImage + + + + + + Gets or sets accelerator key for BackstageTab + + + + + Initialize the height of the TabItem + + + + + To Reset ItemHeight + + + + + Indicate whether to Serailize BackStageTabHeight + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Backstage button image should be shown in backstage. + + + + + Initialize the height of the BackStageTab + + + + + Gets or Sets the height for the BackStageTab, when UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight property is disabled. + This property applicable for Ribbon Style Office2013 and TouchStyle + + + + + An instance + that implements the single-line tab mode. + + + + + A default implementation. + + + The and + renderers derive from this class. + + + + + The interface you should implement to create a custom tab panel renderer. + + + The base interface that the + and the derive from. + + + + + Lays out the tabs according to the current bounds. + + The instance. + Indicates whether this method was called from the Paint event. + + + + Scrolls the tabs based on the specified + and + + + + + Returns the preferred size of the tab panel. + + The context to help calculate the sizes. + The that should contain the preferred size when returned. + + A non-zero width in the size parameter indicates the available width + and requires you to provide the preferred height for that width. Zero width + in the size parameter indicates you to provide the preferred width and height + for the tab panel, assuming infinite available width. + + + Returns the preferred size, if any, of the tabs. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the specified tab. + + + + + Indicates whether the background color is solid. + + True if solid; false otherwise. + + + + Paints the tab panel background. + + The instance. + The background . + The background bounds. + + + + Paints the tab panel with the tabs. + + The instance. + The clipping rectangle to use while drawing. + + + + Returns the tab position under the specified co-ords. + + The mouse position in client or transformed drawing co-ords. + Indicates whether the mouse position is in transformed drawing co-ordinates or client co-ordinates. + The hit tab's index; -1 if none found. + + + + Returns the mouse position. + + + + + Called by the parent tab control to forward mouse move messages. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Called by the parent tab control to forward mouse leave messages. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Called by the parent tab control to forward mouse down messages. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Called by the parent tab control to forward mouse up messages. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Called by the parent tab control to forward got focus messages. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Called by the parent tab control to forward lost focus messages. + + The that has some information regarding this event. + + + + Indicates whether a tab is currently being moved. + + True if moving; false otherwise. + + + + Cancels current tab dragging, if any. + + + + + Ensures that the current scroll position is valid. + + Indicates whether to make the selected tab visible. + Indicates whether to redraw the invalid regions. + + + + Transforms the RectangleF in client co-ordinates to rotated drawing co-ordinates or vice-versa. + + The RectangleF to transform. + Indicates whether to transform to drawing co-ordinates or to transform to client co-ordinates. + + The transformed . + + + + + If to draw image anyway. + + + + + Indicates whether the parent tab control should forward mouse move messages to the renderer. + + + + + Indicates whether the tabs need to be laid out due to change in some property. + + + + + Gets / sets the + that contains information regarding tab panel. + + + + + Gets / sets the current bounds of the tab panel. + + + + + Indicates whether scrolling is supported. + + + + + Indicates whether scrolling to the left is allowed for the current layout. + + + + + Indicates whether scrolling to the right is allowed for the current layout. + + + + + Returns the tab panel's backcolor. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + Calls the method. + + + + + Initialize the bringSelectedTabToFront. + + + + + Sets the tab positions that needs to be recalculated. + + + + + + See . + + A instance. + + + + Initialize the bounds of the tab panel renderer. + + + + + Hash containing [ control ]:[ ToolTip ] pairs. + + + + + Returns whether the TabControl is mirrored for vertical alignment. + + + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The Color instance. + + + + Returns the default Inactive Tab Color. + + The Color instance. + + + + Returns the default tab forecolor. + + The Color instance. + + + + Returns the default tab panel background color. + + The Color instance. + + + + Returns the default single border color. + + The Color instance. + + + + Returns the default tab panel font. + + The Font instance. + + + + Returns the default active tab font. + + The Font instance. + + + + Returns the default inactive tab font. + + The Font instance. + + + + Indicates whether the TabData visible or not. + + + + + + + Returns the Hidden tabs count. + + The count of the hidden tab items. + + + + See . + + The ScrollIncrement indicates the increment + The scroll direction. + + + + Initialize the tab renderers. + + + + + Initialize the current hot track tab item. + + + + + Initialize the current tooltip tab item. + + + + + See . + + Indicates to make selected tab visible. + Invalidate the scrolling. + + + + Transforms the RectangleF in client co-ordinates to rotated drawing co-ordinates. + + The RectangleF to transform. + Indicates whether to transform to drawing co-ordinates or to transform to client co-ordinates. + + The transformed . + + + The TabPanelRenderer class performs the drawing of the tabs in a transformed space to + accommodate the top, bottom, left and right alignment of the tabs. The transform + is such that irrespective of the tab alignment the TabPanelRenderer can use the same code + to draw the tabs. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabPanelRenderer class. + + + + + Called when a instance is detached from this renderer. + + + + + Creates a new given a tab style name. + + The tab style name. + The containing the data for the renderer. Can be null. + The new . + + + + Removes the s. + + + + + Called when the tabs collection is changed. + + + + + Returns the largest height for any tab. + + A Graphics object. + The largest height. + + + + Called when a property is changed that requires recalculating the preferred size and layout. + + + + + The event handler that gets called when the corresponding 's property is changed. + + The . + A containing information regarding this event. + + + + Called when the associated 's + is changed. + + + + + Called when the associated 's selected index is changed. + + The previously selected tab index. + The newly selected tab index. + + + + Invalidates the union of the tab regions specified by their indices. + + The beginning tab index. + The ending tab index. + + + + The event handler that gets called when a 's property is changed. + + The . + An EventArgs instance containing information regarding this event. + + + + The event handler that gets called when a 's bounds are affected. + + The . + An EventArgs instance containing information regarding this event. + + + + Indicates whether the background will be a solid color. + + True if solid; false otherwise. + + + + Paints the tab panel background. + + The instance. + The background . + The rectangle that should be used for the painting region. + + + + Draws the tabs. + + The object. + The rectangle that should be clipped from the drawing region. + + + + Called by the tab control when mouse hovers on the control. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called by the tab control when mouse enter the bounds of the controls. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called by the tab control when mouse move has occurred. + + The instance. + + + + Validates position to show tooltip in. + + Position to check. + True, if position is in tab's bounds to show tooltip for, otherwise- false. + + + + Shows or Hides Tooltip window. + + Text to show in toolTip. If text is null or empty + string, toolTip is hidden. + + + + Shows or hides super tooltip. + + The super tooltip info. + + + + Start showing tooltips + + + + + Stops showing tooltips + + + + + Returns the tab index at the specified location. + + The location where hit test is to be performed. + Indicates whether the above location is in absolute or transformed co-ordinates. + + The hit tab index; -1 if no tab was found. + + + + + Called by the tab control when mouse leave had occurred. + + The instance. + + + + Cancels the current tab drag-and-drop. + + + + + Gets the mouse position + + + + + Gets the mouse position. + + The mouse point. + + + + + Called by the tab control when a mouse down occurs. + + The instance. + + + + Indicates whether a tab is currently being moved. + + True if moving; false otherwise. + + + + Called as the tab is dragged. + + + The instance. + + + + + Called by the tab control when a mouse up occurs. + + The instance. + + + + Called by the tab control when focused. + + The EventArgs instance. + + + + Called by the tab control when it has lost focus. + + The EventArgs instance. + + + + Moves tabs in groups from one position to other. + + The beginning position of the group. + The number of tabs to move. + The destination position. + + + + Resets hot tracking state, if any. + + + + + Gets the Tab Renderers. + + + + + Gets or sets whether tab panel forced to draw image. + + + + + Indicates whether the layout is required. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds. + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + Indicates whether scrolling to the left is allowed for the current layout. + See . + + + + + Indicates whether scrolling to the right is allowed for the current layout. + See . + + + + + Gets the IsMirrored + + + + + See . + + + + + Gets or sets TabPanelData. + See . + + + + + Returns the backcolor of TabPanel. + + The tab panel backcolor. + + + + Returns the ToolTip text + + + + + Gets the SuperToolTip info. + + + + + Returns whether tooltips should be shown or not. + + + + + Returns whether tooltips should be shown or not. + + + + + Returns the selected tab index when drag and drop started. + + + + + The rectangular region where drop should not be performed during drag and drop. + + + This region is in transformed co-ordinates. + + + + + Indicates whether the user is moving tabs using a drag-and-drop. + + + + + Offset for tab page. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The parent. + + + + Indicates the scroll offset X position. + + + + + Indicates the Padding x. + + + + + Indicates the padding y. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + Event sender. + Event data. + + + + Scrolls by the specified increment in the specified direction. + + The scroll increment. + The direction. + + + + Validates the current scroll offset, recalculating it, if necessary. + + Indicates whether to make the selected tab visible. + Indicates whether to force a repaint if recalculation is necessary. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See + + + + + + + Overridden. See + + The object. + + + + Overloaded. Returns the preferred size. + + The object. + The preferred size. + + + + Overridden. See . + + The object. + The preferred size. + + + + Gets / sets the padding to use to the left of the tabs while calculating the tab positions. + + A float value representing the horizontal padding. + + + + Gets / sets the padding to use to the top of the tabs while calculating the tab positions. + + A float value representing the vertical padding. + + + + Returns the current scroll position. + + A float value representing the scroll offset. + + + + Gets or sets the LastKnownPreferredWidth. + + + + + Indicates whether scrolling is supported by this renderer. + + + + + Indicates whether the tab can scroll left based on the current dimensions. + + + + + Indicates whether the tab can scroll right based on the current dimensions. + + + + + Gets the whether the tabs need to rotate the text when aligned vertically. + + + + + Used to show the image at the Backstage button + + + + + Initialize the height of Button height + + + + + To Reset ShowImage + + + + + To Serialize ShowImage + + + + + + To Reset ItemHeight + + + + + To Serialize ItemHeight + + + + + + Gets or sets accelerator key for Backstagebutton + + + + + Initialize the height of BackStageButton + + + + + Gets or Sets the height for the BackStage button, when UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight property is disabled. + This property applicable for Ribbon Style Office2013 and TouchStyle + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Backstage button image should be shown in backstage. + + + + + Sets the TouchStyle renderer for BackStageView. + + + + + Initialize the height of the BackStageSeparator + + + + + To Reset ItemHeight + + + + + To serialize ItemHeight + + + + + + Gets or Sets the height for the BackStage Seperator, when UseDefaultBackStageItemHeight is disabled. + This property applicable for Ribbon Style Office2013 and TouchStyle + + + + + The tab renderer that implements the 2D tabs look-and-feel. + + + + + A default implementation + from which your custom tab renderers could derive. + + + + + The interface to implement when you create custom tab styles (tab renderers). + + + Use the default implementation + when you want to create custom tab renderers. See + for information on how to register your custom renderer with the framework and other requirements. + Note that your implementation should have a non-default constructor that takes + the following 2 parameters: ( and ). + + + + + Returns the preferred size for this tab. + + + + + Indicates whether the text is shrunk. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified mouse position is within this tab. + + The point to verify. + True if the point is within the tab bounds; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the rectangle representing the dirty portion of the tab. + + + + + Returns the current tab bounds. This includes any overlapped region. + + + + + Returns the current tab bounds. This includes any overlapped region. + + + + + Paints the tab. + + The instance. + The clipping rectangle to use while drawing. + + + + Notifies the tab that its properties have changed. + + + + + Indicates whether this tab is visible. + + + + + If to draw image anyway. + + + + + Gets / sets the + containing information regarding this tab. + + + + + Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. + + + + + Indicates whether hot tracking is set on in this tab. + + + + + Gets / sets the . + + + + + Represents the method you should call from your implementation to allow for custom drawing of the tabs. + + A instance. + + + + Indicates the border color of the tabs. + + + + + Save the graphics state. + + The Graphics object. + The rectangle of the Tab Renderer. + + + + Restore the Graphics state. + + The Graphics object. + + + + Indicates whether its needed to mirrored background. + + + + + + Initialize the tab panel renderer. + + + + + Indicates the Image text padding. + + + + + Special graphics for text measuring. + + + + + Creates an instance of the . + + The instance. + The parent instance. + + + + See . + + + + + Indicates whether the text is shrunk. + + + + + The value that indicates whether close button should be visible for each tab. + + + + + The value that indicates whether close button should be visible for each tab. + + + + + The value that indicates whether to show the close button back color when the mouse is hover on close button of Active Tab. + + + + + Bounds of the close button. + + + + + The value that indicates whether the close button is clicked. + + + + + Checks, does CloseButton's bounds contain specified point. + + Point to check. + true, if CloseButton's bounds contain specified point, otherwise - false. + + + + The value that indicates whether mouse is over the close button. + + + + + Draw the close button. + + The Graphics object to draw the close button. + The close button bounds. + + + + Draws the close button. + + The object. + The bounds of the close button. + + + + Draws the close button border. + + The object. + The bounds of the close button. + + + + Gets the close button bounds. + + + + + Returns the preferred size for the tabs. + + + + + Returns the correct preferred size. + + The Size of the Tab panel. + The preferred size. + + + + Returns the position where the text should be drawn given a layout rectangle and the Graphics context. + + The instance. + The text to draw. + The font with which to draw. + The layout rectangle. + The . + The position where the text should be drawn. + + + + Adjusts image Y position when RelativeImageAlignment is RightOfText or LeftOfText. + + + + + + + Adjusts image X position when RelativeImageAlignment is AboveText or BelowText. + + + + + + + Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is AboveText. + + + + + + Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is BelowText. + + + + + + Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is LeftOfText. + + + + + + Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is RightOfText. + + + + + + Adjusts image bounds when RelativeImageAlignment is Overlap. + + + + + + Gets the image rectangle. + + + + + + + Gets the image rectangle. + + + + + + + Draws the focus rectangle in the specified rectangle. + + The instance. + The layout rectangle. + The forecolor with which to draw. + The backcolor with which to draw. + + + + Draws the text and image of the tab, given the context. + + The instance. + The layout rectangle. + The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. + + + + Starts the animator. + + + + + Handles the FrameChanged event of the Image control. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Draws the text of the tab, given the context. + + The instance. + The layout rectangle. + The text to draw. + The with which to draw. + The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draw text by native GDI API. + + graphics which handle we have to use. + Font which we have to use for text drawing. + Text color. + + + + Draws text to bitmap. + + + + + + + + + + Draws disabled text to bitmap. + + + + + + + + + + Measures text according to . + + + + + + + + + Paints the tab. + See . + + The instance. + The clipping rectangle to use while drawing. + + + + Gets the interior bounds + + + + + Draws the background of the tab. + + The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. + + + + Draws the borders of the tab. + + The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. + + + + Draws the interior of the tab. + + The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. + + + + Indicates the selected state of the item. + + + + + + + Indicates the hotLight state of the item. + + + + + + + Rotates/scales the provided graphics object by an angle based on the current alignment + such that you can use drawing code that assumes Top alignment for a tab. + + The Graphics object to apply transformation on. + + You should normally use this in the DrawInterior, DrawBackground, DrawBorders + overrides to transform the incoming Graphics object. + Use this in conjunction with the TabUtils.ApplyTransform to transform + the incoming bounds of the above overrides. + + + + + See . + + + + + Returns the forecolor with which to draw the tab text. + + Fore color. + + + + Returns the forecolor with which to draw the tab text on active tab. + + Fore color. + + + + Returns the current drawing bounds. + + The bounds as a rectangle. + + + If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the + bounds returned by . + + + + + + Returns the current drawing bounds. + Overrides in OneNoteStyleRenderer. + + The bounds as a rectangle. + + + If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the + bounds returned by . + + + + + + Returns the overlapped size, if any, of the tabs. + + The overlap size. + + + + Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. + + The mouse position to test. + True if hit; false otherwise. + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Releases unmanaged resources and performs other cleanup operations before the + is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + + + Get special measure graphics that allowing measuring without control creation. + + + + + Gets or sets to draw the image anyway. + + + + + Returns last drawn text bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether text should be drawn. + + + + + Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. + + + + + Gets / sets the associated with this tab. + + + + + Indicates whether this tab should be drawn visible. + + + + + Indicates whether hot tracking is on. + + + + + See . + + + + + Returns the parent . + + + + + Indicates the border color of the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the value whether close button should be visible for each tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the value whether close button should be visible for each tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the value whether to show the close button back color when the mouse is hover on close button of Active Tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of TabStyle name. + + + + + Gets or sets the value whether it is Office2016 theme. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the close button. + + + + + Gets or sets the value whether close button is clicked. + + + + + Gets CloseButton size. + + + + + Gets correct close button point. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + Gets or sets the value whether mouse is over the close button. + + + + + Gets the whether the tabs need to rotate the text when aligned vertically. + + + + + Gets/sets the TouchColorTable for Backstage. + + + + + Gets/sets the TouchColorTable for Backstage. + + + + + Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. + See . + + + + + Gets or sets the image rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab alignment. + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + + Specifies the default border colors for the 4 borders. + + + + + Returns the border color given the border and the alignment. + + The . + The . + The Color for the border. + + + + The default horizontal overlap. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabRenderer2D class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the overlap size. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + Used internally to represent the borders. + + + + + BackStage Renderer for TouchStyle. + + + + + BackStageTab Selection color + + + + + BackStagerTab Highlight Color + + + + + BackStageTab Selection color + + + + + BackStagerTab Highlight Color + + + + + BackStageTab Selection color + + + + + BackStagerTab Highlight Color + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + Specifies certain default properties for a tab renderer used by TabControlAdv. + + + Use this class only when you are deriving from TabRendererBase to create a custom + tab renderer. + + + + + Specifies the mechanism by which the will get the default properties + associated with a tab renderer. + + + + + Specifies the default tab panel background color. + + + + + Specifies the default tab fore color. + + + + + Specifies the default active tab color. + + + + + Specifies the default inactive tab color. + + + + + Specifies the default single border color. + + + + + Specifies the default tab panel font. + + + + + Specifies the default active tab font. + + + + + Specifies the default inactive tab font. + + + + + Specifies the amount in X and Y directions, in which a selected tab will + overlap the inactive tab. + + The user specified tab size, if any. If no size was specified by the user, then + this will be SizeF.Empty. + If you return for example (6, 3) then the tab will overlap by 3 pixels + to its left and right and by 3 pixels on top. + + + + Draws the tab panel's background. + + + + + Indicates whether the background will be a solid color. + + True if solid; false otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether to draw the tabs from left to right or from right to left. + + + This is useful when you implement overlapped tabs. + + + + + Indicates whether to draw ellipsis if text width is larger than tab width. + + + + + Indicates whether this tab type should be made available in the design-time property grid for the property. + + + + + Returns the default backcolor for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. + + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the default Inactive Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the default single border color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns a system color. + + + + + Returns the default tab panel font. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Font value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's font. + + + + + Returns the default inactive tab panel font. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Font value. + + If the panelData's Font is not null, it is returned. If not, the default tab panel font is + returned. + + + + + Returns the default active tab panel font. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Font value. + + Returns the default inactive tab font, after making it bold. + + + + + Returns the overlap size. + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Indicates whether the background color is solid. + + True if solid; false otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + + + + + Indicates whether to draw ellipsis if text width is larger than tab width. + + + + + Indicates whether this tab type should be made available in the design-time property grid for the property. + + + + + Returns the default backcolor for the panel. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the overlap size. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default active tab panel font. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Font value. + Returns the default inactive tab font, after making it bold. + + + + Can be directly used by user. Just adds new providers form Tools.Windows. + + + + + Banner text provider for UpDownBase-derived classes. + + + + + Banner text provider for ToolStripTextBox-derived classes. + + + + + Banner text provider for ToolStripComboBox-derived classes. + + + + + Banner text provider for ToolStripComboBoxEx-derived classes. + + + + + Abstract extendable text box wrapper for . + + + + + Extended bar item. + + + + + Text box to extended text box info map. + + + + + Extendable tex box wrapper. + + + + + Instance of owning . + + + + + Extendable text box wrapper for . + + + + + Banner text provider ComboBoxBarItem-derived classes. + + + + + Extendable text box wrapper for . + + + + + Banner text provider TextBoxBarItem-derived classes. + + + + + Carousel Control - a circular conveyor used on which objects are displayed and rotated. + The Carousel control provides a 3D interface for displaying objects. + + + + + Boolean variable for object reached. + + + + + Boolean variable for ltr. + + + + + Boolean variable for MouseDown. + + + + + Variable for activeCarouselItem. + + + + + Variable for m_Selected. + + + + + Variable for selElement. + + + + + Variable for endPt. + + + + + Variable for stPont. + + + + + Variable for _ptFirst. + + + + + Variable for _ptSecond. + + + + + Integer variables. + + + + + Integer variables. + + + + + Integer variables. + + + + + Integer variables. + + + + + Integer variables. + + + + + Double variables. + + + + + Double variables. + + + + + Variable for m_Alfa. + + + + + Variable for clikedItemId. + + + + + specifies whether to perform animation or not. + + + + + Initializes Timer object. + + + + + Initializes PreviewElement collection. + + + + + Initializes CarouselElement collection. + + + + + Constructor. Creates a new instance of Carousel. + + + + + Preset the calculated value used in rendering images + + + + + Creates the accessibilty for the control. + + Accessibility + + + + Variable for RotateAlways property. + + + + + Sets the custom bounds if true + + + + + Sets the CarouselItembounds + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + CarousalBounds + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + UseCustomBounds + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Variable for DesignText. + + + + + Variable for PadX. + + + + + Variable for PadY. + + + + + Variable for ShowImagePreview. + + + + + Variable for ShowImageShadow. + + + + + Variable for UseOriginalImageinPreview. + + + + + Variable for HighlightColor. + + + + + Variable for ImageshadeColor. + + + + + Variable for CircularViews. + + + + + Variable for ActiveItem. + + + + + Variable for ActiveImage. + + + + + Used internally for control's layout + + + + + Variable for ItemCollection. + + + + + Variable for CarouselImageCollection. + + + + + Variable for ImageList. + + + + + Initializes the FilePath variable. + + + + + Variable for ImageSlides. + + + + + Initializes the Perspective variable. + + + + + Initializes TouchTransitionSpeed variable. + + + + + Initializes the variable for TransitionSpeed. + + + + + Initializes the variable for CarouselPath . + + + + + Initializes the variable for VisualStyle. + + + + + Set angle and speed for the child items to rotate based on pan gesture from Touch devices + + + + + Set angle and speed for the child items to rotate + + + + + Helper to configure the preview elements and its settings + + + + + Occurs when the specified timer interval has elapsed and the timer is enabled. + + object + EventArgs that contains EventData + + + + Helper used to display images in Carousel view + + + + + Helper used to display the images as preview + + Graphics used to draw images + + + + Returns the value of rectangle where the image should stop after selected + + Rectangle + + + + Loads images to the collection once the ImageSlides property is true. + + + + + Unloads the images from the collection + + + + + Populates the images or controls. + + + + + Updates the internal collection which holds the value + + + + + Used to backup the controls while loading images + + + + + Backups the controls in the Carousel + + + + + + Restore the list of controls from the backup + + + + + Returns the currently selected element + + mouse down location + CarouselElement + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Paint event. + + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.HandleCreated event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.HandleDestroyed event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.ControlAdded event. + + ControlEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.ControlRemoved event. + + ControlEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is pressed. + + Object + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the selected item arrives to the center of the Carousel view + + + + + Helps to select Carousel Image programatically + + CarouselElement + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. + + LayoutEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the System.Windows.Forms.Control + and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only + unmanaged resources. + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Variable for VisualTheme + + + + + Processes Windows messages. + + Windows Message + + + + Function to decode gestures and apply appropriate actions + + Windows Message + Boolean Value + + + + Occurs when an item in the Carousel view is selected + + + + + Occurs when an item in the Carousel view is being selected + + + + + Occurs when a selected item arrives to the center of the Carousel view + + + + + Gets or sets whether to rotate Carousel items continuously. + + + + + Gets or Sets whether custom bounds should be used + + + + + Gets or sets the Carousel Item Bounds + + + + + Gets or sets the text to display in the Design mode, when ImageSlides are enabled + + + + + Gets or sets the value to shift the items with respect to X - axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to shift the items with respect to Y - axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to preview the selected image. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to display shadow for the images + + Turn off this will increase performance. + + + + Gets or sets the value to display original image for preview, else compressed image will be used. + + For high resolution images, its preview may affect performance + + + + Gets or sets the color to render the selection rectangle of images + + + + + Gets or sets the color to shade the images in view + + + + + Internal collection of child items. + + + + + Currently active Item or Control in the view. + + + + + Currently active Item or Control in the view. + + + + + Gets or sets the items associated with the Carousel. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items to display. + + First priority in loading images to the control + + + + Imagelist which contains images to populate in the control + + Second priority in loading images to the control + + + + Address of a location where the control can fetch images to display. + + Last priority in loading images to control + + + + Gets or sets the value to display images in the control + + + + + Gets or sets the value to render the items in specified angle + + + + + Gets or sets the value to rotate the child objects of the control based on Touch Gestures + + + + + Gets or sets the value to rotate the child objects of the control + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the path in which the child items in Carousel should traverse + + + + + Gets or sets the VisualStyle property. + + + + + Gets or sets the VisualTheme. + + + + + Accessibility class to provide Coded UI support. + + + + + Variable for Carousel. + + + + + Constructor. + + Carousel + + + + Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. + + Number of Child. + + + + Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. + + Index + Child specified to the index + + + + Retrieves the object that has the focus. + + + + + + Retrieves the currently selected child. + + Child + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate + The vertical screen coordinate + An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the child object + at the given screen coordinates. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + + + + Gets the role for the Carousel. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + + + + Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject + + + + + Gets the state of the accessible object. + + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + Class for CarouselLayoutManager. + + + + + Initializes the ANGLEORIGINAL variable. + + + + + Initializes the ALFA variable. + + + + + Variable for Carousel. + + + + + Initializes the m_Alpha variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_AlphaAxes variable. + + + + + Initializes the PI_FACT variable. + + + + + Initializes the centerPoint variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_Timer variable. + + + + + Initializes the transForming variable. + + + + + Initializes the stPoint variable. + + + + + Initializes the endPoint variable. + + + + + Initializes the btmPoint variable. + + + + + Initializes the LTR variable. + + + + + Creates a new instance of CarouselLayoutManager class. + + Carousel + + + + Releases any references to the Carousel control. + + + + + Returns a value of rectangle where the selected control should stop after selection + + + + + + + Performs layout changes when control's layout is called + + + + + Function for TouchFlipRotator. + + + + + Begins circular transformation + + + + + Stops transformation + + + + + Occurs when the specified timer interval has elapsed and the timer is enabled. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Gets or sets whether custom bounds should be used + + + + + Delegate for Carousel's layoutManager + + + + + Internal collection which holds the list of child items to be populated in the control. + + + + + Initializes new instance for CircularList class. + + Child items collection to be populated in the control. + + + + Delegate for OnCarouselItemSelectionChanged eventhandler + + carousel + CarouselItemSelectionChangedArgs which contains EventData + + + + Event args for OnCarouselItemSelectionChanged event. + + + + + Variable for Carousel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the SelectedControl + + + + + Gets or sets the SelectedImage [if ImageSlides property is true] + + + + + Returns the currently ActiveCarouselPath + + + + + Delegate for OnCarouselItemSelectionChanging eventhandler + + carousel + CarouselItemSelectionChangingArgs which contains EventData + + + + Event args for CarouselItemSelectionChanging event. + + + + + Variable for Carousel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the SelectedControl + + + + + Gets or sets the SelectedImage [if ImageSlides property is true] + + + + + Returns the currently ActiveCarouselPath + + + + + Delegate for OnCarouselItemFocused EventHandler + + carousel + event args + + + + Event args for CarouselItemFocused event + + + + + Variable for Carousel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the currently focused control + + + + + Gets the currently focused image [if ImageSlides property is true] + + + + + Returns the ActiveCarouselPath + + + + + Class for CarouselDesigner + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CarouselDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Componnent object + + + + Gets a value indicating the designer action + + + + + class for CarouselActionList + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CarouselActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overrridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets or sets Name. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to rotate the child items continuously + + + + + Gets or sets the value to preview the selected image + + + + + Gets or sets the value to display shadow for the images + + + + + Gets or sets the value to display images in the control + + + + + Gets or sets the items associated with the Carousel. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items to display in the Carousel + + + + + ImageList which contains images to populate in the control + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style + + + + + Class for CustomCollectionEditor + + + + + Variable for ITypeDescriptorContext. + + + + + Variable for IWindowsFormsEditorService. + + + + + Initializes new instance for CustomCollectionEditor class. + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the + System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain + additional context information. + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. + + + + Gets the editor style used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain + additional context information. + A System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style + of editor used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) + method. + + + + Adds the specified item. + + Object + Item which is to be added in the context + + + + Removes the specified item. + + Object + Item which is to be removed from the context + + + + Calls the CollectionChanged event. + + + + + + + Creates new CustomCollectionEditorForm. + + Carousel + new CustomCollectionEditorForm + + + + Collection changed event + + + + + Delegate for CollectionChanged EventHandler. + + + + + Class for CustomCollectionEditorForm. + + + + + Variable for IList collection. + + + + + Variable for backupList. + + + + + Variable for PropertyGrid. + + + + + Variable for Panel. + + + + + Variable for add Button. + + + + + Variable for remove Button. + + + + + Variable for down Button. + + + + + Variable for up Button. + + + + + Variable for ok Button. + + + + + Variable for cancel Button. + + + + + Variable for ComboBox. + + + + + Variable for CustomCollectionEditor + + + + + Variable for ListBox. + + + + + Variable for SplitContainer. + + + + + Variable for Label. + + + + + Variable for Label. + + + + + Variable for Carousel. + + + + + Initializes the new instance of CustomCollectionEditorForm class. + + Carousel + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets the data type of each item in the collection. + + The collection for which to get the item's type + The data type of the collection items. + + + + Gets the data types that this collection editor can contain + + The collection for which to return the available types + An array of data types that this collection can contain. + + + + Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. + + The type of item to create. + A new instance of the specified object. + + + + Destroys the specified instance of the object. + + The object to destroy. + + + + Destroys the specified instance of the object. + + The object to destroy. + + + + Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. + + The type of item to create. + + + + Removes the specified instance of the object. + + The type of item to create. + + + + Adds the specified instance of the object. + + The type of item to create. + + + + Moves the specified item to the specified index. + + The collection for which to return the available types + index of the selected item + destination index of the selected item + + + + Generates the ItemArray. + + IList collection + Returns the object array. + + + + Creates a new object for itemcollection . + + The collection item for which to create an object. + + + + Cast the item into the type of reffObject to add it in the item collection. + + The object to be customized with respect to it's corresponding itemcollection. + The collection item for which it customizes the created object. + + + + Refreshes the ItemCollection. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + Object + + + + + Occurs when the selected System.Windows.Forms.GridItem is changed. + + Object + SelectedGridItemChangedEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the collection is changed. + + sender object + instance object + Value of the selected item + + + + To Undo the changes. + + IList source + IList destination + + + + Copies the Items from Source to Destination + + Source list + Destination list + + + + Overrides OnResize function. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the control is clicked. + + sender object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the control is clicked. + + sender object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the control is clicked. + + sender object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the control is clicked. + + sender object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the control is clicked. + + sender object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the control is clicked. + + sender object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs before a form is displayed for the first time. + + sender object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Gets the Message's Text and Visibility. + + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.ListBox.SelectedIndex property or the + System.Windows.Forms.ListBox.SelectedIndices collection has changed. + + sender object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. + + sender object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Event for InstanceCreated. + + + + + Event for DestroyingInstance. + + + + + Event for ItemRemoved. + + + + + Event for ItemAdded. + + + + + Gets or sets the Collection. + + + + + Delegate for InstanceEventHandler. + + Object + Object + + + + Image which adds as a object when adding to Carousel's ImageListCollection + + + + + Creates a new instance of CarouselImage class. + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemImage to load in the Carousel. + + + + + Class for CarouselElement. + + + + + Initializes the m_ThumbSize variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_bmpOriginal variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_bmpMain variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_bmpShadow variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_dAngleOriginal variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_dAngleActual variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_dDistanceFromScreen variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_Rect variable. + + + + + Initializes the m_RectShadow variable. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for CarouselElement class. + + image to load in the collection + + + + Initializes the new instance for CarouselElement class. + + filename of the image to load in collection + + + + Applies image to the CarouselElement. + + + + + Class for PreviewElement + + + + + Initializes the previewBitmap variable. + + + + + Initializes the previewBitmapStartRect variable. + + + + + Initializes the previewBitmapRect variable. + + + + + Initializes the previewBitmapPerc variable. + + + + + Initializes the previewBitmapState variable. + + + + + Initializes the previewObject variable. + + + + + Constructor. Creates a new instance of PreviewElement class. + + + + + Bitmap which is used to display in preview + + + + + Rectangle where preview image starts to draw + + + + + Recatngle where preview image displays at end + + + + + Perspective value of preview bitmap + + + + + State of Preview bitmap : either in display or hide + + + + + Image which is used to display as preview + + + + + Class for CarouselItem. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for CarouselItem class. + + + + + Desginer class of CarouselItem + + + + + Defines the identifiers that are used to indicate selection rules for a component. + + + + + List of available CarouselPath. + + + + + Child items are traversed in a Default path. + + + + + Child items are traversed in a Orbital path. + + + + + Child items are traversed in a Linear path. + + + + + Child items are traversed in a Oval path. + + + + + List of available VisualStyles + + + + + Default VisualStyle for child items. + + + + + Office VisualStyle for child items. + + + + + Metro VisualStyle for child items. + + + + + Collection which holds the Carousel's child items + + + + + Initializes new instance of ItemCollection class. + + The Control that this collection is associated with. + + + + The Control that this collection is associated with. + + + + + The list of items stored in this control. + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. + + The comparer used to compare items. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Variable for itemCollectionList. + + + + + Returns the Items collectionList. + + CollectionList which contains items. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Adds an item to the collection. + + The item which is added to the collection. + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the collection. + True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + True if the item was successfully removed from the collection, otherwise false. This method + also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert into the list. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + + + + Adds an item to the list. + + The item which is added to the list. + The position at which the item was inserted. + + + + Determines whether the list contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the list. + True if an instance of the item was found in the list, otherwise false. + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert into the list. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the list is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the list has a fixed size. + + + + + Class for CarouselImageCollection. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for CarouselImageCollection class. + + The control that this collection is associated with. + + + + The control that this collection is associated with. + + + + + The list of items stored in this control. + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. + + The comparer used to compare items. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Variable for CarouselImageList. + + + + + Returns the CarouselImageList. + + CarouselImageList + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Adds an item to the collection. + + The item which is added to the collection. + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the collection. + True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + True if the item was successfully removed from the colleection, otherwise false. This method + also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins + + + + Determines the index of the specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if it is found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert into the list. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + + + + Adds an item to the list. + + The item which is added to the list. + The position at which the item was inserted. + + + + Determines whether the list contains specific value. + + The object to locate in the list. + True if an instance of the item was found in the list, otherwise false. + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if it is found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts the item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the item should be inserted. + The object which is to be inserted into the list. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the list is read-only. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the list has fixed size. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 colorful theme Renderer class + + + + + Points that used for drawing the tick. + + + + + Draw the Office2016 style for CheckBoxAdv + + Graphics to draw the background and the text. + + + + Drawing selected background + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing the interminate Rectangle. + + Graphics object + + + + Draw the tick box background color on mouse hover. + + + + + + Drawing pushed button background + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing Tick for checkbox + + Graphics object + Tick color for drawinf tick + + + + Draws the border + + Graphics to draw the border + Border Color + Rectangle to be drawn. + + + + Drawing Disabled Office2016 Background. + + Graphics object + + + + Gets the color table according to the theme. + + Theme name + Renderer color table. + + + + Gets the back color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the CheckBoxAdv on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick box hover background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick box hover background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the hover border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the pressed border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 White theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the CheckBoxAdv on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the Metro color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the pressed tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick box hover background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the hover border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick box hover background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the pressed border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the hover tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 Black theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the CheckBoxAdv on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the Metro color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the pressed tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick box hover background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the hover border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick box hover background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the pressed border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the hover tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 DarkGray theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the CheckBoxAdv on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the Metro color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the pressed tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick box hover background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the hover border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick box hover background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the pressed border color of the tick box in the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the hover tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + RadioButtonAdv Office2016 colorful theme Renderer class + + + + + Draws Metro style for radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws selected background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws normal check mark of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Gets path for the border of check mark of the radio button. + + Represents Rectangle + Returns Graphics path + + + + Gets check mark rectangle of the radio button. + + Represents Rectangle + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Draws pushed background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws pushed background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws normal check mark of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + + + + + + + + Draw the disabled check mark. + + + + + + + Draws disabled background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws border of the radio button. + + Graphics Object + Border color + + + + Fills the background of the radio button with specified color. + + Graphics object + Back color + + + + Gets the color table according to the theme. + + Theme name + Renderer color table. + + + + Gets the back color of the RadioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the RadioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButtonAdv on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the icon color back color of the selected radiobutton. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle while control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle while control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle while control is disabled. + + + + + RadioButtonAdv Office2016 white theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + RadioButtonAdv Office2016 black theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the RadioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the RadioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButtonAdv on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle while control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle while control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle while control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the icon color back color of the selected radiobutton. + + + + + RadioButtonAdv Office2016 dark gray theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the RadioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the RadioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton for normal state. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButtonAdv on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle while control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle back color while control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle while control is disabled. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the icon color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the icon color back color of the selected radiobutton. + + + + + Aligns at left + + + + + Aligns at top + + + + + Aligns at right + + + + + Aligns at bottom + + + + + Office Blue color + + + + + Office silver color + + + + + Office black color + + + + + None + + + + + Renderer of the clock + + + + + Renderer of the clock + + + + + Timer + + + + + Indicates current time + + + + + Indicates hour hand color + + + + + Indicates minute hand color + + + + + Indicates second hand color + + + + + Indicates start gradient back color + + + + + Indicates end gradient back color + + + + + Indicates minutes bacl color + + + + + Indicates alignments + + + + + Indicates remainder + + + + + Indicates remainder enabled or disabled + + + + + Show or Hide AMorPM + + + + + Show or Hide border + + + + + Indicates color of the border + + + + + Indicates image + + + + + Indicates clock visual style + + + + + Indicates thickness of the hour hand + + + + + Indicates thickness of the minute hand + + + + + Indicates thickness of the minute + + + + + Indicates thickness of the minute + + + + + Indicates thickness of the second hand + + + + + Remainder event handler + + + + + Tick event handler + + + + + Indicate renderer + + + + + Indicate renderer + + + + + Show or hide the minutes + + + + + Show or hide the minutes + + + + + Indicate path region + + + + + Indicate path region + + + + + image for clock frame + + + + + image collection for clock frame + + + + + Clock type + + + + + Show / Hide the custom time + + + + + custom time value + + + + + Clock Format + + + + + Digital clock border color + + + + + clock back color + + + + + Handling the digital text + + + + + Clock frame + + + + + Digital clock shapes + + + + + Show/hide the Digital clock frame + + + + + get/set the digital text color + + + + + Value for custom clock hours + + + + + Value for custom clock minutes + + + + + Value for custom clock seconds + + + + + Finding AM/PM + + + + + Gets/Sets the Clock time + + + + + Parent BackColor + + + + + Digital text size + + + + + Digital text font + + + + + Display digital clock dates + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + OnPaint + + + + + + Set the digital clock size + + Used for calculate digital clock size + used for drawing edged region + Used for drawing edged region + + + + Get rounded region for the digital clock + + begining x-co-ordinate points for digital clock + begining y-co-ordinate points for digital clock + Used for measuring the region + Used for measuring the region + Used for measuring the region + returns rounded region + + + + Set Digital clock size + + Used for drawing the clock frame + used for drawing edged region + Used for drawing edged region + + + + Size changed + + + + + OnResize + + + + + + Overrides the AccessibleObject. + + The that owns the TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sets VisualStyle + + + + + Set the time + + + + + + + + + + + + To update Custom Time + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Applies the scaling + + + + + + + + Specifies the thickness of the hour hand. + + + + + Specifies the thickness of the minutee hand. + + + + + Specifies the thickness of the second hand. + + + + + Specifies the thickness of the minutes. + + + + + Gets/sets the value for CustomTime + Supports for both analog and digital clock + + + + + Set default font + + + + + Gets/ sets the value to CurrentDateTime + Supports for both analog and digital clock + + + + + Gets/ sets the value to Show/Hide the custom time clock + Supports for both analog and digital clock + + + + + Gets /sets the clock type + + + + + Specifies the thickness of the minutes. + + + + + Specifies the visual style. + + + + + Gets or Sets the renderer. + + + + + Gets or Sets the digital clock renderer. + + + + + Gets or Sets the current time. + + + + + Gets or Sets the color of the hour hand. + + + + + Gets or Sets the color of the minute hand. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Image. + + + + + Gets or Sets the color of the second hand. + + + + + Gets or Sets the first color of the gradient background. + + + + + Gets or Sets the second color of the gradient background. + + + + + Gets or Sets the border color. + + + + + Hide Controls back color + + + + + Gets or Sets control back color + + + + + Gets or Sets the alignment of AMorPM. + + + + + Enable of Disable remainder. + + + + + Gets or Sets the date time for remainder. + + + + + Show or Hide the minutes. + + + + + Show or Hide the second hand. + + + + + Gets or Sets the color of the minutes. + + + + + Show or Hide the border. + + + + + Marked as Obsolete. Please use ShowHourDesignator instead. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to show/hide the HourDesignator. + + + + + Gets / sets the value for digital clock text color + Support only for digital clock + + + + + Show/Hide the Digital Clock Frame + Support only for digital clock + + + + + Gets /sets the value for digital clock shape + Support only for digital clock + + + + + Gets /sets the value for digital clock frame + Support only for digital clock + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for DigitalClock Date + + + + + Gets /sets the value for Digital text + Support only for digital clock + + + + + Gets / sets the value for Clock format + Support only for digital clock + + + + + Values for angle chaged + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or Sets the touch mode + + + + + Clock type + + + + + Analog clock + + + + + digital clock + + + + + Clock Shapes + + + + + Rectangle shape + + + + + Rounded rectangle shape + + + + + Circle shape + + + + + Square shape + + + + + Rounded square + + + + + Clock frames + + + + + Default digital clock frame1 + + + + + default digital clock frame 2 + + + + + default digital clock frame 3 + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Designer + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + Coded UI Accessibility Class + + + + + Variable to hold Clock + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Gets the Description + + + + + Gets the Clock role + + + + + CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overrridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets or sets Name. + + + + + Gets or sets the Text + + + + + Gets or sets the Clock type. + + The style. + + + + Gets or sets the hourdesignator + + + + + Gets or sets the clock shapes + + + + + Gets or sets the frames + + + + + Gets or sets to show dates + + + + + Gets or sets the frame types + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicate angle value + + + + + Indicate the clock + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get or Set the clock + + + + + + + Drawing Digital clock Dot + + Graphics used for drawing the text + Font or the digital text + brush used for drawing the highlighted lines + x points for drawing the text + y points for drawing the text + + + + Drawing Digital clock colon + + Graphics used for drawing the text + Font or the digital text + brush used for drawing the highlighted lines + x points for drawing the text + y points for drawing the text + + + + Drawing Digital clock polygon + + Graphics used for drawing the text + polygonPoints used for drawing the colon + Font for the digital text + brush used for drawing the colon + x co-ordinate point for colon + y co-ordinate point for colon + + + + Drawing Digital clock background frame + + Graphics used for drawing the text and frame + Image for digital clock frame + clock used for drawing the digital clock depends on respected properties + + + + Drawing Digital clock border + + Graphics used for drawing the text + clock used for drawing the digital clock depends on respected properties + + + + Get rounded frame + + begining x-co-ordinate points for the digital clock + begining y-co-ordinate points for the digital clock + width used for measuring rounded region width + height used for measuring rounded region height + radius of the rounded region + + + + Drawing Digital clock background frame + + Graphics used for drawing the text + Image for digital clock frame + clock used for drawing the digital clock depends on respected properties + + + + + Drawing Digital clock AM and PM + + + + + + + + + + + + + Drawing Digital rounded frame + + Graphics used for drawing the digital clock border + p used for drawing the digial clock border + begining x-co-ordinate points for the digital clock + begining y-co-ordinate points for the digital clock + width used drawing the rounded border + height used drawing the rounded border + radius used drawing the rounded border + + + + Get rounded frame + + begining x-co-ordinate points for the digital clock + begining y-co-ordinate points for the digital clock + width used for measuring rounded region width + height used for measuring rounded region height + radius of the rounded region + + + + Drawing Digital clock border + + Graphics used for drawing the text + CustomTime used for customizing the digital text + Drawing the clock with respected shape + digitalOuterColor used for drawing the digital clock border + Font for digital text + Width used for drawing the digital clock shape with respected width + Heigt used for drawing the digital clock shape with respected Height + C used for drawing the graphics path + + + + + + segmentdata + + + + + Drawing Digital clock Dot + + Graphics used for drawing the text + Font or the digital text + brush used for drawing the highlighted lines + x points for drawing the text + y points for drawing the text + + + + Drawing Digital clock Dot + + Graphics used for drawing the text + Font or the digital text + brush used for drawing the highlighted lines + x points for drawing the text + y points for drawing the text + + + + Drawing Digital clock Dot + + Graphics used for drawing the text + Font or the digital text + brush used for drawing the highlighted lines + x points for drawing the text + y points for drawing the text + + + + Drawing Digital clock Dot + + Graphics used for drawing the text + Font or the digital text + brush used for drawing the highlighted lines + x points for drawing the text + y points for drawing the text + + + + Drawing Digital clock colon + + Graphics used for drawing the text + Font or the digital text + brush used for drawing the highlighted lines + x points for drawing the text + y points for drawing the text + + + + Drawing Digital clock polygon + + Graphics used for drawing the text + polygonPoints used for drawing the colon + Font for the digital text + brush used for drawing the colon + x co-ordinate point for colon + y co-ordinate point for colon + + + + segmentdata + + + + + Get Digital text size + + graphics used for measuring the text size + text used for measuring digital clock width and height + font used measuring the digital clock size + + + + CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overrridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets or sets the Text + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style. + + The style. + + + + Gets or sets Name. + + + + + Gets or sets the Office2007 color scheme. + + The Office2007 color scheme. + + + + Gets or sets the Office2010 color scheme. + + The Office2010 color scheme. + + + + Gets or sets the HorizontalItemsSpacing. + + The style. + + + + Gets or sets the VerticalItemsSpacing. + + The style. + + + + Fontlistboxrenderer Class contains all the color properties which are required for Office 2016 Colorful theme of FontListBox. + + + + + Represents the color values for Backcolor in Normal state for Office 2016 Colorful + + + + + Represents the color values for Forecolor in Normal state for Office 2016 Colorful + + + + + Represents the color values for Backcolor in Selected state for Office 2016 Colorful + + + + + Represents the color values for Forecolor in Selected state for Office 2016 Colorful + + + + + This method is used to select required theme from the sample + + + + + + + Gets the value of Back color in normal state + + + + + Gets the value of Text color in normal state + + + + + Gets the value of Back color when selected. + + + + + Gets the value of Text color when selected. + + + + + Office2016 White FontListBoxRenderer class is inherited from the FontListBoxRenderer class. + Office2016 White Fontlistboxrenderer Class contains all the color properties which are required for Office 2016 White theme. + + + + + Represents the color values for Backcolor in Normal state for Office 2016 White + + + + + Represents the color values for Forecolor in Normal state for Office 2016 White + + + + + Represents the color values for Backcolor in Selected state for Office 2016 White + + + + + Represents the color values for Forecolor in Selected state for Office 2016 White + + + + + Gets the value of Back color in normal state + + + + + Gets the value of Text color in normal state + + + + + Gets the value of Back color when selected + + + + + Gets the value of Text color when selected + + + + + Office2016 Black FontListBoxRenderer class is inherited from the FontListBoxRenderer class. + Office2016 Black Fontlistboxrenderer Class contains all the color properties which are required for Office 2016 Black theme. + + + + + Represents the color values for Backcolor in Normal state for Office 2016 Black + + + + + Represents the color values for Forecolor in Normal state for Office 2016 Black + + + + + Represents the color values for Backcolor in Selected state for Office 2016 Black + + + + + Represents the color values for Forecolor in Selected state for Office 2016 Black + + + + + Gets the Value of Back color in normal state + + + + + Gets the Value of Text color in normal state + + + + + Gets the Value of Back color when selected + + + + + Gets the Value of Text color when selected + + + + + Office2016 DarkGray FontListBoxRenderer class is inherited from the FontListBoxRenderer class. + Office2016 DarkGray Fontlistboxrenderer Class contains all the color properties which are required for Office 2016 DarkGray theme. + + + + + Represents the color values for Backcolor in Normal state for Office 2016 Black + + + + + Represents the color values for Forecolor in Normal state for Office 2016 Black + + + + + Represents the color values for Backcolor in Selected state for Office 2016 Black + + + + + Represents the color values for Forecolor in Selected state for Office 2016 Black + + + + + Gets the Value of Back color in normal state + + + + + Gets the Value of Text color in normal state + + + + + Gets the Value of Back color when selected + + + + + Gets the Value of Text color when selected + + + + + Specifies the Action + + + + + To specify once the item is added + + + + + To specify once the item is removed + + + + + Default appearance. + + + + + Office2016 Colorful + + + + + Office2016 White + + + + + Office2016 Black + + + + + Office2016 DarkGray + + + + + This enum specifies the AutoComplete match mode for MultiSelectionComboBox. + + + + The most appropriate match for the current content of the MultiSelectionComboBox + will be listed out and the user can choose to type further or + select from the match list. + + + Possible matches for the current content of the + MultiSelectionComboBox will be presented in the form + of a popup window with a selectable list of matches. + + + + Auto suggest functionality will be disabled. + + + + + Defines VisualItem input mode + + + + + To set SelectedItem as the text input of VisualItem. + + + + + To set SelectedValue as the text input of VisualItem. + + + + + To set custom text input for VisualItem, based on end user requirement. + + + + + Specifies the MultiSelectionComboBox DisplayMode. + + + + + Defines the display mode selection as Normal Mode. + + + + + Defines the display mode selection as Visual Item. + + + + + Defines the display mode selection as Delimiter Mode. + + + + + Specifies the MultiSelectionComboboBox AutoSizeMode. + + + + + Size will be updated with respect to Height. + + + + + Size will be updated with respect to Width. + + + + + Scroll Bar will be displayed once control bounds exceeds defined height. + + + + + Specifies MultiSelectionComboBox Smart Tag designer + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Component object + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + MultiSelectionComboboxActionList class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MultiSelectionComboboxActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether to display CheckBox in DropDown window + + + + + Gets/Sets whether to show Groups in DropDown window + + + + + Gets/Sets the Display Mode + + + + + Gets/Sets the AutoSizeMode + + + + + Gets/Sets the AutoSuggestMode Mode + + + + + The ButtonEdit class provides an easy way to create controls + with an edit control ( and ) and any number of associated buttons. + + + The buttons can be set to be aligned to either side of the edit control. + + The buttons are derived from the class and are implemented + in the class. This class provides a customized + version of Button that can work with the ButtonEdit class. + + The ButtonEdit class implements the interface + that enables it to act as a listener with the ButtonEditChildButton class. The + ButtonEdit class listens for change notifications from the child ButtonEditChildButton + controls and adjusts its layout accordingly. + + The buttons can be added to the ButtonEdit control through the designer. The buttons + will be automatically laid out. The ButtonEdit control uses + to layout the buttons. + + The ButtonEdit class can be easily derived from to replace the standard + edit control with a specialized TextBox derived class. + + The ButtonEdit class supports the Windows Forms styles and can be used as a regular TextBox control. + + + // InitializeComponent sample + this.buttonEdit1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonEdit(); + this.buttonEditChildButton1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonEditChildButton(); + this.buttonEdit1.SuspendLayout(); + this.SuspendLayout(); + this.buttonEdit1.Buttons.Add(this.buttonEditChildButton1); + this.buttonEdit1.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { + this.buttonEditChildButton1}); + this.buttonEdit1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat; + this.buttonEdit1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(8, 16); + this.buttonEdit1.Name = "buttonEdit1"; + this.buttonEdit1.SelectionLength = 0; + this.buttonEdit1.SelectionStart = 0; + this.buttonEdit1.ShowTextBox = true; + this.buttonEdit1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(368, 22); + this.buttonEdit1.TabIndex = 0; + this.buttonEdit1.TextAlign = System.Windows.Forms.HorizontalAlignment.Left; + // + // buttonEditChildButton1 + // + this.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonAlign = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonAlignment.Right; + this.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonEditParent = this.buttonEdit1; + this.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonType = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonTypes.Browse; + this.buttonEditChildButton1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat; + this.buttonEditChildButton1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(352, 0); + this.buttonEditChildButton1.Name = "buttonEditChildButton1"; + this.buttonEditChildButton1.PreferredWidth = 16; + this.buttonEditChildButton1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(16, 22); + this.buttonEditChildButton1.TabIndex = 1; + this.buttonEditChildButton1.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.buttonEditChildButton1_Click); + this.AutoScaleBaseSize = new System.Drawing.Size(5, 13); + this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(400, 273); + this.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { this.buttonEdit1}); + this.Text = "Syncfusion ButtonEdit Demo"; + this.buttonEdit1.ResumeLayout(false); + this.ResumeLayout(false); + ' InitializeComponent sample + Me.buttonEdit1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonEdit() + Me.buttonEditChildButton1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonEditChildButton() + Me.buttonEdit1.SuspendLayout() + Me.SuspendLayout() + Me.buttonEdit1.Buttons.Add(Me.buttonEditChildButton1) + Me.buttonEdit1.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.buttonEditChildButton1}) + Me.buttonEdit1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat + Me.buttonEdit1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(8, 16) + Me.buttonEdit1.Name = "buttonEdit1" + Me.buttonEdit1.SelectionLength = 0 + Me.buttonEdit1.SelectionStart = 0 + Me.buttonEdit1.ShowTextBox = True + Me.buttonEdit1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(368, 22) + Me.buttonEdit1.TabIndex = 0 + Me.buttonEdit1.TextAlign = System.Windows.Forms.HorizontalAlignment.Left + ' + ' buttonEditChildButton1 + ' + Me.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonAlign = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonAlignment.Right + Me.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonEditParent = Me.buttonEdit1 + Me.buttonEditChildButton1.ButtonType = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ButtonTypes.Browse + Me.buttonEditChildButton1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat + Me.buttonEditChildButton1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(352, 0) + Me.buttonEditChildButton1.Name = "buttonEditChildButton1" + Me.buttonEditChildButton1.PreferredWidth = 16 + Me.buttonEditChildButton1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(16, 22) + Me.buttonEditChildButton1.TabIndex = 1 + AddHandler Me.buttonEditChildButton1.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf buttonEditChildButton1_Click) + Me.AutoScaleBaseSize = New System.Drawing.Size(5, 13) + Me.ClientSize = New System.Drawing.Size(400, 273) + Me.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.buttonEdit1}) + Me.Text = "Syncfusion ButtonEdit Demo" + Me.buttonEdit1.ResumeLayout(False) + Me.ResumeLayout(False) + + + + This interface is implemented by the to listen + to notifications from classes. + + + You will not need to use this class directly. It is useful for listening to notifications + from class. + + + + + Notifies the listener that the 's size has changed. + + The that has changed its size. + The new size of the button. + + This notification is sent by the when the + property value is changed. + The control implements this interface and receives + the notification to change its layout in accordance with the new size of the + ButtonEditChildButton. + + + + + Notifies the listener that the 's alignment has changed. + + The that has changed its alignment. + The new alignment. + + This notification is sent by the when the + property value is changed. + The control implements this interface and receives + the notification to change its layout in accordance with the new alignment of the + ButtonEditChildButton. See the type for the values + that the ButtonAlignment can support. + + + + Double Border + + + Text Offset + + + Adjust Position + + + Adjust Height + + + + The width of the dropdown button. + + + + The border size of Visual Item + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + The flat style to be applied across all buttons. + + + + + Collection of ButtonEditChildButtons. + + + + + The host form. + + + + + The textbox. + + + + + The resource manager. + + + + + + + + The IContainerControl Parent + + + + + Ensure the back color or fore color property of the control has been changed internally. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The color scheme that the renderer will render. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MetroColor + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Hold MultiSelectionComboBox Control Visual Item Collection + + + + + Holds the Collection of VisualItems for MultiSelectionComboBox Control + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Raises the MaximumSizeChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnMaximumSizeChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Note to Inheritors: When overriding OnMaximumSizeChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnMaximumSizeChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the MinimumSizeChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnMinimumSizeChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Note to Inheritors: When overriding OnMinimumSizeChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnMinimumSizeChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Creates an object of type and initializes it. + + + The ButtonEdit class can be created by dragging and dropping a ButtonEdit control + from the control toolbox. The constructor initializes the embedded TextBox. + The embedded child controls will have to be explicitly added to the ButtonEdit + object (this will be done by the designer if using the control through the Windows + Forms designer). + + The method provides an easy way to change the default + embedded TextBox to a specialized TextBox derived class such as the + or the . + + + + + Begins the initialization. + + + + + Begins the initialization. + + + + + Indicates the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Indicates that the initialization is complete. + + + + + Creates a object. + + The TextBoxExt object that is created. + + This method can be overriden to create a derived + class to be returned. This will result in the TextBox object in the + control to be replaced with a derived control. + + + + + Initializes the used in the + editable text portion. + + + This method is called once to initialize the TextBox used to draw the + editable portion of the ButtonEdit. Use the property to get a + reference to the TextBox from inside an override of this method. + + Make sure to call the base class when you override this method for + default initialization. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + + + + + + + + + Resets to the default ButtonEditBackColor. + + + + + + + + + + Resets the color for the flat border to default. + + + + + + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Draws the border and background of the control. + + The context. + The within which to draw. + + This method is used to draw the border around the text area (when called from + method) and around the listbox area (when in + ComboBoxStyle.Simple mode and called from the method). + This method uses themes to draw if necessary or calls and + to draw the background and border. + + + + Draws the unthemed border of this control. + + The context. + The within which to draw. + Called by to draw the border when + not in themes mode. + + + + Draws the borders of the buttonEdit. + + + + + + + Draws the borders of the buttonEdit with specified border style. + + + + + + + + Draws the borders of the buttonEdit with specified border style and specified border 3D style. + + + + + + + + Draws the borders of the buttonEdit with specified border style, specified border 3D style and specified color. + + + + + + + + Draws the unthemed background of this control. + + The context. + The within which to draw. + Called by to draw the background when + not in themes mode. + + + + + + + + + + + Helper function to get an image from within embedded resources. + + The resource name to get from. + An image; null if the image is not available. + + The class can take an image based on the + property. This helper function + loads the images based on the resource name. + + + + + This is the implementation of the interface + for listening to changes to the child buttons. + + The ButtonEditChildButton that has changed its size. + The new size of the button. + + This notification is sent by the when the + property value is changed. + The control implements this interface and receives + the notification to change its layout in accordance with the new size of the + ButtonEditChildButton. + + + + + This is the implementation of the interface + for listening to changes to the child buttons. + + The ButtonEditChildButton that has changed its alignment. + The new alignment of the button. + + This notification is sent by the when the + property value is changed. + The control implements this interface and receives + the notification to change its layout in accordance with the new alignment of the + ButtonEditChildButton. See the type for the values + that the ButtonAlignment can support. + + + + + Handles the Button Clicked event of the child buttons. + + The child button. + The event data. + + This handler raises the event and passes the + that was clicked as the sender of the + event. + + + + + Handles the Button text changed event of the child buttons. + + The child button. + The event data. + + + + + + Returns the active edit control. This implements the + interface. + + The edit control that has the current focus. + + This interface is implemented so that the control + can provide auto completion services for the embedded TextBox control. + + + + + Indicates that paint message should not be passed when child controls are removed by designer. + + + + + Indicates whether a child button is visible or hidden within the layout. + + + There might be instances when you need to hide a child button that is part of + the collection. Calling this method with the button index + and the right value for the visibility will set the appropriate visibility for the + button and also adjust the layout so that the other child buttons and the TextBox + are aligned properly. + + + + + Handles MouseEnter event of the child buttons. + + + + + + + Handles MouseLeave event of the child buttons. + + + + + + + Handles the BackColorChanged event of the child buttons. + + + + + + + Handles the MouseDown event of the child buttons. + + + + + + + Handles the MouseUp event of the child buttons. + + + + + + + Handles the MouseLeave event of the child buttons. + + + + + + + Handles the MouseEnter event of the child buttons. + + + + + + + Checks whether the given child is contained within the control.Returns false for ButtonEdit TextBox. + + + + + Handles the LostFocus event event of the child buttons. + + + + + Override this to handle the event in a derived class. + Call the base implementation first so that the delegates will be called. + + The ButtonClickEventArgs event data. + + This method raises the event when any of the + Child buttons are clicked. + + + + + + + + + Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderSidesChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + + + + Raises the ThemeChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + + + + + + To Perform MultiLine Layout + + + + + Holds the Inner Scroll Bar for MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Holds whether to render InnerScrollerBar in MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Forces the laying out of combobox elements. + + The Graphics object using which to calculate element sizes and positions. + + Advanced method. You do not have to call this directly. + + + + + Updates the bounds of the drop-down button bounds. + + + Sets the bounds based on the . + + + + + + + + Called from the Paint event handler to draw the edit portion's border and background. + + The from the Paint event. + + This method calls the method with the appropriate + dimenison to draw the border around the text portion. + + + + + Forces the laying out of combo elements within the next Paint Message handler. + + True to force; false to prevent layout. + + + + Determines the heights of certain portions of this control. + + Not used, obsolete. + A reference variable through which to return the height for the text area. + + + Make sure to call the base class when you override this method. + + + This method expects you to return a height for the text area through the reference variable, + set the height of this control and the height of the buttons. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the OnMouseLeave event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises the OnMouseEnter event. + + Event data. + + + + Raises the OnMouseDown event. + + Event data. + + + + Refreshes ButtonEdit ChildButtons. + + + + + + Event handler that sets the Parent's ActiveControl when one + of the child controls are clicked. + + There is a problem with using the ButtonEdit control + inside a UserControl that doesn't update the UserControl's Active + Control property properly when the user clicks inside the ButtonEdit. + This event handler sets the ActiveControl explicitly. + The child TextBox. + The event data. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is mirrored. + + + + + + To Attach TextBox with the control + + + + + To Detach TextBox with the control + + + + + Private helper function that applies the style to all the child buttons. + + + + + Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. + + The TextBox control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The DockChanged event is handled. DockStyle value must be None. + + + + + Handles the event of the embedded + TextBoxExt control. + + The TextBoxExt control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The MaximumSizeChanged event is handled. + + + + + Handles the event of the embedded + TextBoxExt control. + + The TextBoxExt control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The MinimumSizeChanged event is handled. + + + + + Handles the event of the + ButtonEdit control. + + The ButtonEdit control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The MaximumSizeChanged event is handled. + + + + + Handles the event of the + ButtonEdit control. + + The ButtonEdit control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The MinimumSizeChanged event is handled. + + + + + Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. + + The TextBox control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The SizeChanged event is handled. + + + + + Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. + + The TextBox control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The MultilineChanged event is handled. + + + + + Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. + + The TextBox control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The BackColorChanged event is handled. + + + + + Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. + + + + + Handles the event of the ButtonEdit control. + + The ButtonEdit control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The DockChanged event is handled. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The child button. + The event data. + + Calls the method. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Inserts the into the controls collection. + + The index at which to insert. + The child button control that is to be added. + + This method is invoked by the class + when new buttons are added to the ButtonEdit control. + + + + + To Insert Visual item + + + + + Sets the Buttonstate + + + Button Control + + + EventArgs + + + + + Removes a ButtonEditChildButton from the controls collection. + + The index of the child control to be removed + The child control that is to be removed + + This method is invoked by the class + when buttons are removed from the ButtonEdit control. + + + + + To Remove Visual Item + + + + + Handles the event of the embedded TextBox control. + + The TextBox control that sends the event. + The event data. + + The TextChanged event is handled and the ButtonEdit control sets its own + text to be the same as that of the embedded TextBox control's Text property. + + + + + + + + Sets the base style to use. + + + + + Computes the border factor based on the button style. + + + + + This is called by the event system when a ControlRemoved event occurs. + + + + + + + This is called by the event system when a GotFocus event occurs. + + + + + + + + Sets the Color scheme for the button based on the current XP Scheme and + the IsComboButton property. + + + + + + + + + + + applie the scaling for controls + + + + + + Gets or sets the theme color of the ButtonAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor of the ButtonEdit control. + + + + + Gets the VisualItemCollection of MultiSelectionComboBoxControl + + + + + Specifies whether the ComboBoxBase control modifies the case of characters as they are typed. + + One of the enumeration values that specifies whether the ComboBoxBase control modifies the case of characters. The default is CharacterCasing.Normal. + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of text in this control. + + + One of the enumeration + values that specifies how text is aligned in the control. + The default is HorizontalAlignment.Left. + + + You can use this property to align the text within a ComboBoxBase + to match the layout of text on your form. For example, if your controls + are all located on the right side of the form, you can set the TextAlign + property to HorizontalAlignment.Right, and the text will be aligned + along the right side of the control instead of the default left alignment. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Forecolor based on layout of the text. + + + + + + Use this property to bind the TextBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the ParentContainer control that implements IContainerControl. + + + Set this property to a Form or UserControl if its not the same + as the Parent of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of Buttons that makes up this ButtonEdit control. + + + The Buttons property is a collection of type + that includes all the child buttons that are embedded as child controls in the + ButtonEdit control. + + You can add and remove buttons and edit their properties through the designer. + + + + + Gets the Collection of VisualItems for MultiSelectionComboBox Control + + + + + Gets or sets the background image + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop-down portion is displayed or not. + + + + + Indicates whether to use visual styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the button style for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the state of the ButtonEdit control. + + + + + + + + + Gets / sets the height of the drop-down button. + + + + + Gets / sets the height of the edit portion. + + + + + Returns the embedded control. + + + The TextBoxExt control is the core control of the control. + This control takes up the width of the control minus the widths of the individual + buttons. This TextBoxExt control can be accessed through this property. + + + + + The property of the class is the same + as the property of the embedded + control. + A TextBox object. + + The TextBox control's properties can be changed through the property grid in the + designer. The TextBox control can be hidden from view by setting the + property to false. The Text property is overriden to keep the text in sync with the + embedded TextBox control's Text property. + + + + + Indicates whether the embedded TextBox is visible in the ButtonEdit. + + + If the TextBox control is kept invisible, it will be ignored during the + layout process and the space will be divided among the child . + + + + + Gets or sets the SelectionStart property of the ButtonEdit control which is same as the + property of the embedded . + + + The ButtonEdit control shadows some of the properties of the embedded TextBox control. + The SelectionStart property is shadowed enabling access to the ButtonEdit in a manner + similar to the TextBox control for accessing the Text content of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the Selection Length of the embedded TextBox control. + + + The ButtonEdit control shadows some of the properties of the embedded TextBox control. + The SelectionLength property is shadowed enabling access to the ButtonEdit in a manner + similar to the TextBox control for accessing the Text content of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the FlatStyle to be applied to the buttons in the control. + + + The ButtonEdit control applies the same FlatStyle to all the child controls + in the layout. + + + + + Indicates whether the Height property of the control can be changed. + + True to prevent height change; false otherwise. + + Note that this property will be frequently set and reset within the control layout. + You can use this temporarily to force a particular height on the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the Layout method needs to be called to layout the combo + elements. + + + Internal method. You will not have to call this property explicitly. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether themes are enabled for this control. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the 3D border style for the control. + + + This property is used only when BorderStyle is Fixed3D. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides for which you want the 3D border style applied. + + + This property is used only when BorderStyle is Fixed3D. + + + + + Gets or sets the color with which the Flat Border should be drawn. + + + A Color value. Default is SystemColors.ControlDark. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size of the control. + + + A Size value. Default is (0,0). + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the control. + + + A Size value. Default is (0,0). + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout + + + + + Raised when one of the child is clicked. + + + Handle this event if you want to handle the click event of any of the child button. + You can also add any of the events exposed by the child buttons themselves as the + class derived buttons that raise the Click + event. + + + + + Fired when the ThemesEnabled property changes. + + + + + Fired when BorderSides property changes. + + + + + Fired when Border3DStyle property changes. + + + + + This event is raised if the MaximumSize property is changed. + + + + + This event is raised if the MinimumSize property is changed. + + + + + Gets/Sets InnerScrollerBar for MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Gets/Sets to Render InnerScrollerBar in MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or Sets the Touchmode + + + + + Collection of objects. + + + The collection of controls that make up the + property of the ButtonEdit class. + + You will not need to use this class directly. + + + + + + The owner ButtonEdit object. + + + + + Creates an object of type . + + The ButtonEdit object that owns this collection. + + The ButtonEdit class that owns this collection is passed in as a parameter + and this collection class will use this reference to the owner to inform + it to add a Button control or remove a Button control when an item is + added or removed to the collection. + + + + + Adds a to the collection. + + The object to be added. + The index of the object in the collection. + + Add an item to the internal List object results in the + method being invoked. + + + + + Derived handler for the InsertComplete event. + + The index of the inserted item. + The object that was inserted. + + Be sure to call the base class implementation of this method + if overriding. + + The owner (the ButtonEdit) control is instructed to insert a new + ButtonEditChildButton. + + + + + + Removes a object from the collection. + + The ButtonEditChildButton that is to be removed from the collection. + + Removes the ButtonEditChildButton from the internal List object if the ButtonEditChildButton + exists. + + + + + Indicates whether an object exists in this collection. + + The object to check for. + True if the object exists in this collection; false otherwise. + + This method is used for checking if an item exists in the collection before trying + to delete or change that item. + + + + + Copies elements of this collection to another collection starting + at an index. + + The array to be copied to. + The index to begin from. + + The internal List copies the child buttons to the new array passed in. + + + + + Derived handler for the RemoveComplete event. + + The index of the inserted item. + The object that was inserted. + + The owner is informed by the collection to re-layout itself to accommodate the + change. + + + + + Gets / sets the Indexer property for + + + This allows the ButtonEditChildButtons to be accessed through the indexer. + + + + + Collection of objects. + + + The collection of controls that make up the + property of the ButtonEdit class. + + You will not need to use this class directly. + + + + + + The owner ButtonEdit object. + + + + + Creates an object of type . + + The ButtonEdit object that owns this collection. + + The ButtonEdit class that owns this collection is passed in as a parameter + and this collection class will use this reference to the owner to inform + it to add a Button control or remove a Button control when an item is + added or removed to the collection. + + + + + Adds a to the collection. + + The object to be added. + The index of the object in the collection. + + Add an item to the internal List object results in the + method being invoked. + + + + + Derived handler for the InsertComplete event. + + The index of the inserted item. + The object that was inserted. + + Be sure to call the base class implementation of this method + if overriding. + + The owner (the ButtonEdit) control is instructed to insert a new + ButtonEditChildButton. + + + + + + Removes a object from the collection. + + The VisualItem that is to be removed from the collection. + + Removes the VisualItem from the internal List object if the VisualItem + exists. + + + + + Indicates whether an object exists in this collection. + + The object to check for. + True if the object exists in this collection; false otherwise. + + This method is used for checking if an item exists in the collection before trying + to delete or change that item. + + + + + Copies elements of this collection to another collection starting + at an index. + + The array to be copied to. + The index to begin from. + + The internal List copies the child buttons to the new array passed in. + + + + + Derived handler for the RemoveComplete event. + + The index of the inserted item. + The object that was inserted. + + The owner is informed by the collection to re-layout itself to accommodate the + change. + + + + + Gets / sets the Indexer property for + + + This allows the ButtonEditChildButtons to be accessed through the indexer. + + + + + Vscorll WinAPI + + + + + To Reduce Flickering WINAPI + + + + + SendMessage WINAPI + + + + + + Stores size factor in which font size needs to be updated. + + + + + To Enable Scrolling in DropDownWindow + + + + + To ignore Visual Item update once selected index changed + + + + + To Ignore AutoComplete source update upon Grouping enabled and disabled + + + + + To ignore Grouping upon no suggestion is found. + + + + + To get the item height before touching the MultiSelectionComboBox and assign this value on Click. + + + + + To ignore TextChangedEvent + + + + + To check whether the DataSource has been set as null on ToggleGrouping function. + + + + + To ignore Delimiter update + + + + + To Store AutoComplete item + + + + + To store details of DataSource + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + The calculator button. + + + + + To prevent serialization of the child buttons. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + To set Grouping header font + + + + + Specifies scroller Index + + + + + Specifies spacing factor + + + + + To disable SelectedIndexChanged event internally + + + + + Specifies DropDownItem Grouping + + + + + Gets of sets the style of the + + + + + Specifies DropDown item Grouping index + + + + + Specifies Internal Grouping Item + + + + + Display Member Info + + + + + DataSource property + + + + + DataSource BackUp + + + + + DataManger property + + + + + to Verify ListBox mouse down + + + + + to not update DataManager, when DataSource updated internally + + + + + set new table data when data source is changed + + + + + To handle DelimiterUpdate + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MultiSelectionComboboxControl class. + + + The MultiSelectionComboboxControl class also creates the controls that it hosts such + as the control. + + + + + To assign the group header height on TouchMode. + + + + + To reset ShowGroups + + + + + To Specify ShowGroups to be serialized or not + + + + + Holds the GroupHeaderCollection for Header text Localization purpose + + + + + Holds the GroupHeaderForeColor for Header Color Localization purpose + + + + + To reset GroupHeaderForeColor + + + + + To Specify GroupHeaderForeColor to be serialized or not + + + + + Holds the GroupHeaderSeparatorColor for Header Color Localization purpose + + + + + To reset GroupHeaderSeparatorColor + + + + + To Specify whether GroupHeader separator color can be serialized or not + + + + + Holds the Grouping Items + + + + + To Reset VisualItemDisplayMember + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemDisplayMember + + + + + To Reset Value member. + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize Value Member + + + + + Indicates whether the CheckBox needs to be displayed in DropDown + + + + + To reset ShowCheckBox visibility + + + + + To Specify whether ShowCheckBox can be serialized or not + + + + + Initialize the data manager for interanl purpose + + + + + Holds AutoComplete Items + + + + + Holds Display Member + + + + + To Reset Display member. + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize Display Member + + + + + Holds Group Header color + + + + + To Reset the GroupHeaderBackColor + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize GroupHeaderBackColor + + + + + Holds Tick Color + + + + + To Reset the TickColor + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize TickColor + + + + + Holds SelectionMode + + + + + Updates the value member value and display member value to visual items + + Visual Items + + + + To Reset the DisplayMode + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize DisplayMode + + + + + Holds the AutoCompleteMode + + + + + To Reset AutoCompleteMode + + + + + Indicates whether to serialize AutoCompleteMode + + + + + Holds the AutoSizeMode + + + + + To Reset the AutoSizeMode + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize AutoSizeMode + + + + + Holds the VisualItem BackColor + + + + + To Reset the VisualItemBackColor + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemBackColor + + + + + Holds the VisualItem background color upon selection + + + + + To Reset the VisualItemSelectionColor + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemSelectionColor + + + + + Holds the VisualItem Border Color + + + + + To Reset the VisualItemBorderColor + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemBorderColor + + + + + Holds the VisualItem text color upon selection + + + + + To Reset the VisualItemSelectionForeColor + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemSelectionForeColor + + + + + Holds the DropDownButtonImage + + + + + Holds the Internal Scroller of TextBox + + + + + Holds the row index of VisualItem in Scrolling + + + + + To Reset the VisualItemRowCount + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize VisualItemRowCount + + + + + Holds the PopupControl height + + + + + To Reset the DropDownHeight + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize PopupHeight + + + + + Holds the Items collection + + + + + Holds the height of an item in the MultiSelectionComboBox drop down window. + + + + + To Reset the ItemsHeight + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize ItemsHeight + + + + + Holds the PopupWidth + + + + + To Reset the DropDownWidth + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize PopupWidth + + + + + Holds the MaximumDropDown Items count + + + + + To Reset the MaximumDropDownItems + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize MaximumDropDownItems + + + + + Holds the EmptyResultText + + + + + To Reset the EmptyResultText + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize EmptyResultText + + + + + Holds the Selected Index + + + + + To Reset the SelectedIndex + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize SelectedIndex + + + + + Holds the Delimiter Character by which selectedItems can be separated. + + + + + To Reset the DelimiterChar + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize DelimiterChar + + + + + Holds the selected item + + + + + Holds the SelectedValue + + + + + To Reset the SelectedValue + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize SelectedValue + + + + + To Reset the Text + + + + + To indicate whether to serialize Text + + + + + Indicate whether to serialize VisualItem Input Mode + + + + + To reset Visual Item input mode + + + + + Hold CheckBox API + + + + + Holds the ListBox instance + + + + + Holds the m_CheckedCollection instance + + + + + On Font Changed + + + + + To raise SelectedIndexChanged event + + + + + To set bounds of control + + + + + To Open dropdown upon selection + + + + + To Reset dropdown upon selection + + + + + To Raise Dropdown event + + + + + This function will be invoked once Visual Item Close Button is hovered + + + + + This function will be called once MouseDown occurs in VisualItem + + + + + Gets triggered upon Visual Item close button is clicked + + + + + To Remove VisualItem + + + + + This will be triggered once control is added + + + + + This will be triggered once control is removed + + + + + This will be triggered once initialization is over + + + + + To Add ListBox Item + + + + + To Filter MultiSelectionComboBox property + + + + + To compare MultiSelectionComboBox API to classify Items property + + + + + To return display member column + + + + + To get control list + + + + + To Update Delimiter text + + + + + Occurs once Binding list is changed + + + + + To Set Filtered Data + + + + + To Set Filtered Data + + + + + Returns the BindingManagerBase for the datasource. + + + + + To Draw DropDown Items + + + + + To Maintain checkbox state + + + + + Occurs on mouse click occurs on List box + + + + + Method to select all the items in DropDown + + + + + Method to un select all the items in DropDown + + + + + To check and uncheck item + + + + + Occurs on mouse move + + + + + Occcurs when mouse pointer leave + + + + + Occcurs when mouse pointer enter + + + + + To Add VisualItem upon Mouse Down selection + + + + + To Hide Popup and Add Selected Item in TextBox + + + + + To Open DropDown window + + + + + Overrides the Windows Message. + + The Message + + + + To Open popup and Set size based on available items + + + + + Adds Visual Item in ComboBoxAutoComplete + + Visual Item Text + + + + To Update Visible Item position + + + + + To invalidate Visual Item + + + + + Event that will be triggered once TextBox text is changed + + + + + To Attach TextBox + + + + + To Create TextBox + + + + + To Deattach TextBox + + + + + Event that will be triggered once TextBox key selection is performed + + + + + Once TextBox Readonly is changed + + + + + This event will be triggered once Key pressed in TextBox + + + + + Event will be raised before PopUp is closed in MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + + + Occurs on TextBox KeyDown event + + + + + Occurs on layout is changed + + + + + Occurs on Size changed + + + + + Occurs once Mouse down occurs on ScrollBar + + + + + Occurs when upper scroll button is clicked + + + + + To perform DropDown control grouping + + + + + To Retrieve GroupingHeaderCollection for Localization Process + + + + + To Update Grouping for Filtered Items + + + + + To Enable / Disable Grouping + + + + + To update Previous and Next visible items upon Scrolling + + + + + To Rearrange IncreaseWithWidth Layout + + + + + Update MultiColumnComboBox child Items Layout + + + + + To update the layout based on the RowCount + + + + + To Rearrange IncreaseWithHeight Layout + + + + + This function is used to Rearrange Scroll Mode Items + + + + + To Update SelectedItems + + + + + To Initialize Layout + + + + + To Update Popup Location + + + + + To Update Popup Size + + + + + To Update Cursor position + + + + + Stores the child buttons removed by the designer in a separate arraylist to prevent serialization + + Arraylist containing the child buttons + + + + To Reset Child Button collection + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Sets the internal items. + + The index of item. + The value. + + + + This event will be triggered once MultiSelectionComboBox text is changed + + + + + This event will be triggered once MultiSelectionComboBox AutoSizeState is changed + + + + + This event will be triggered once MultiSelectionComboBox DropDown items checked state is changed. + + + + + This event will be triggered MultiSelectionComboBox VisualItemCollection changes + + + + + This event will be triggered upon MultiSelectionComboBox SelectedItem collection is changed. + + + + + This Event will be triggered upon MultiSelectionComboBox DropDown window visiblity is changed + + + + + This event will be triggered once MultiSelectionComboBox datasource is changed + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + Gets of sets the style of the + + + + + Gets/ Set whether the DropDown Items can be Grouped based on initial character + + + + + Gets the GroupHeaderCollection for Header text Localization purpose + + + + + Gets/Sets DropDown window GroupHeader ForeColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the DropDown Group Header Separator color + + + + + Gets/Sets the Grouping Items + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source + from which to draw the value. + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property to display the value for the VisualItems, when VisualItemInputMode is set as VisualItemMode. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the CheckBox needs to be displayed in DropDown + + + + + Gets/Sets the DataSource for Internal purpose + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for this object. + + + + + Gets the AutoComplete Entries + + + + + Gets/Sets AutoComplete DataSoruce + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source + whose contents you want to display. + + + + + Gets/Sets the DropDown Grouping Header back color + + + + + Gets/Sets the DropDown items check marker color + + + + + Gets/Sets the SelectionMode + + + + + Gets/Sets the AutoCompleteMode + + + + + Gets/Sets the AutoSizeMode + + + + + Gets/Sets the VisualItem BackColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the VisualItem background color upon selection + + + + + Gets/Sets the VisualItem Border Color + + + + + Gets/Sets the VisualItem text color upon selection + + + + + Gets/Sets DropDownButton Image + + + + + Gets/Sets Internal Scroller of TextBox + + + + + To specify the Row count of VisualItem in Scrolling + This property is applicable when AutoSizeModes is specified as None and DisplayMode is set as VisualItem. + + + + + Gets/Sets the PopupControl height + + + + + Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in this MultiSelectionComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of an item in the MultiSelectionComboBox drop down window. + + + + + Gets/Sets the DropDown control width + + + + + Gets/Sets the Maximum number of DropDown Items + + + + + Gets whether the drop-down window is displayed or not. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Empty Result Text which gets displayed in DropDown window upon no match found for user input. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Selected Index + + + + + Gets/Sets the Delimiter Character by which selectedItems can be separated. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected item + + + + + Gets the TextBox + + + + + Gets/Sets the MultiSelectionComboBox Text + + + + + Gets the collection of Buttons + + + + + Gets/Sets the VisualItem collection. + + + + + Gets/Sets the VisualItemInput Mode. + + + + + Gets/Sets the DropDown Button. + + + + + Gets the PopupContainerControl to Display DropDown window + + + + + Gets DropDown CheckedListBox Control + + + + + Gets the DropDown ListBox Control + + + + + Gets the Checked items in DropDown collection + + + + + Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The that owns this object collection. + + + + Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the item + collection. + + + An object that represents the item + collection. + + + + + Removes the specified item from the . + + The to remove from the list. + + + + Inserts an item into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index location where the item is inserted. + An object representing the item to insert. + + + + Removes all items from the . + + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is located within the collection. + + An object representing the item to locate in the collection. + + + if the item is located within the collection; + otherwise. + + + + + Adds an item to the list of items for a MultiSelectionComboBox. + + An object representing the item to add to the collection. + + The zero-based index of the item in the collection. + + + + + Adds an array of items to the list of items for a MultiSelectionComboBox. + + An array of objects to add to the list. + + + + Copies the entire collection into an existing array of objects at a specified location within the array. + + The object array to copy the collection to. + The location in the destination array to copy the collection to. + + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this collection can be modified. + + + + + Gets / sets the item at the specified index. This is the Indexer property. + + Index value of the item. + Item at the specified index. + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + This defines AutoSizeMode event delegate handler + + + + + A class that defines AutoSizeMode EventArgs + + + + + Initializer of AutoSizeEventArgs class + + + + + Gets the MultiSelectionCombobox AutoSizeMode + + + + + A Delegate that defines MultiSelectionComboBox DropDown event delegate handler + + + + + A class that defines MultiSelectionComboBox DropDown event Arguements + + + + + Holds the MultiSelectionComboBox dropdown window visibility + + + + + Initializer of DropDownStateEventArgs class + + + + + Gets whether the MultiSelectionComboBox dropdown window visible or not + + + + + This defines SelectedItemCollectionChanged event delegate handler + + + + + A class that defines SelectedItemCollectionChanged Arguements + + + + + Holds Selected Items + + + + + Holds the SelectedItems changed action + + + + + Initializer of SelectedItemCollectionChangedArgs class + + + + + Gets the SelectedItems collection + + + + + Gets the SelectedItems changed action + + + + + This defines VisualItemCollection changed event delegate handler + + + + + A class that defines VisualItemCollection EventArgs + + + + + To Hold the visual item + + + + + Holds the VisualItemCollection changed action + + + + + Initializer of AutoSizeEventArgs class + + + + + Gets the Visual Item + + + + + Gets the VisualItemCollection changed action + + + + + This defines CheckedState event delegate handler + + + + + A class that defines CheckedState Event Arguements + + + + + Initializer of CheckMarkerEventArgs class + + + + + Gets/Sets Selected Item + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the selected item is checked or not + + + + + This class helps to render Popupcontrol MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Holds the MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Holds whether to disable popup notification + + + + + To Show Popup + + + + + To Hide Popup + + + + + Gets/Sets the MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Gets/Sets whether to disable popup notification or not + + + + + A class that defines Grouping Caption and its localization text. + + + + + Initializes HeaderTextLocalizer class + + + + + + + Gets Grouping Caption Text + + + + + Gets/Sets Grouping header Localization text + + + + + This class helps to render visual item in combobox + + + + + Gets/Sets Close button rectangle + + + + + Notifies if Mouse is pointed on Close Button + + + + + Hold MultiSelection is enabled or not + + + + + Hold Selection Color + + + + + Hold Selection Text Color + + + + + Hold if Visual Item is Selected + + + + + Holds the SelectedItem Value + + + + + Holds the SelectedValue + + + + + Holds the Border color + + + + + Holds Close Button Image + + + + + Occurs on Mouse Down + + + + + Occurs on Size Changes + + + + + Occurs on Mouse move + + + + + Need to set this as internal + + + + + Occurs on location changed + + + + + Occurs on paint event + + + + + Dispose event + + + + + This event will be Triggered once Close Button is clicked + + + + + This event will be Triggered once Close Button is Hovered + + + + + Gets/Sets the Row Index + + + + + Gets/Sets whether MultiSelection is Enabled or not + + + + + Gets/Sets VisualItem Text + + + + + Gets/Sets Visual Item Selection Color + + + + + Gets/Sets Selected VisualItem ForeColor + + + + + Gets/Sets Whether Visual Item is selected or not + + + + + Gets/Sets Visual Item Cursor + + + + + Gets the SelectedItem Value in MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Gets the SelectedValue in MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Gets/Sets VisualItem border Color + + + + + Gets/Sets Close Button Image in Visual Item + + + + + The ButtonEditParent that needs to be notified of changes. + + + + + This class helps to render check box in Dropdown window + + + + + To Render Multi Selection CheckBox in DropDown Window + + + + + This class helps to render ScrollBar inside the MultiSelectionComboBox + + + + + Up ScrollButton Rectangle + + + + + Down ScrollButton Rectangle + + + + + To Initialize + + + + + To draw internal ScrollBar + + + + + To render scroll button Hover Color + + + + + To Render notification arrow + + + + + To calculate notification arrow points + + + + + Paint Event + + + + + Mouse Leave event + + + + + Mouse Move event + + + + + Mouse Up event + + + + + Holds Up Scroller Color + + + + + Holds Down Scroller Color + + + + + To process scroll up function + + + + + To process scroll down function + + + + + Mouse Down event + + + + + Size changed event + + + + + Scroll Up event + + + + + Scroll Down event + + + + + Gets/Sets upper scroller button hover color + + + + + Gets/Sets bottom scroller button + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the ForeColor of the + + + + + Gets the border color of the + + + + + Gets the back color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the selection back color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the selection fore color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the fore color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the back color of the header region in drop down list box. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the header region in drop down list box. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header region in . + + + + + Gets the back color of the selected item in the list box of . + + + + + Gets the fore color of the selected item in list box of . + + + + + Gets the Tick color of the checkbox in . + + + + + Gets the back color of the checkbox in . + + + + + Renderer in Office2016 white theme style. + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the ForeColor of the + + + + + Gets the border color of the + + + + + Gets the back color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the selection back color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the selection fore color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the fore color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the back color of the header region in drop down list box. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the header region in drop down list box. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header region in . + + + + + Gets the back color of the selected item in the list box of . + + + + + Gets the fore color of the selected item in list box of . + + + + + Gets the Tick color of the checkbox in . + + + + + Gets the back color of the checkbox in . + + + + + Renderer in Office2016 black theme style. + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the ForeColor of the + + + + + Gets the border color of the + + + + + Gets the back color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the selection back color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the selection fore color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the fore color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the back color of the header region in drop down list box. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the header region in drop down list box. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header region in . + + + + + Gets the back color of the selected item in the list box of . + + + + + Gets the fore color of the selected item in list box of . + + + + + Gets the Tick color of the checkbox in . + + + + + Gets the back color of the checkbox in . + + + + + Renderer in Office2016 dark gray theme style. + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the BackColor of the + + + + + Gets the ForeColor of the + + + + + Gets the border color of the + + + + + Gets the back color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the selection back color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the selection fore color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the fore color of the visual item for + + + + + Gets the back color of the header region in drop down list box. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the header region in drop down list box. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header region in . + + + + + Gets the back color of the selected item in the list box of . + + + + + Gets the fore color of the selected item in list box of . + + + + + Gets the Tick color of the checkbox in . + + + + + Gets the back color of the checkbox in . + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + HubTile.BeforeTransitionEventArgs new instance + + ImageStreamDirection + Streaming Image index + + + + Gets or sets the image flow direction. + + + + + Gets/Sets Streaming Image index + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile FlipDirection + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile Type + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + HubTile.SelectionMarked new instance + + IsSelected + + + + Gets whether Hubtile is in Selected State + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + HubTile.TransitionCompleted new instance + + ImageStreamDirection + Streaming Image index + + + + Gets or sets the image flow direction. + + + + + Gets/Sets Streaming Image index + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile FlipDirection + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile Type + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + HubTile.ZoomCompleted new instance + + pulseduration + zoomscaleindex + + + + Gets/Sets Zooming Pulse duration + + + + + Gets/Sets Zooming scale Index + + + + + This Enum defines HubTile Type + + + + + This Enum will enable HubTile to zoom in and out its image contents. + + + + + This Enum will set HubTile to animate itself in various rotation transition. + + + + + This Enum will set HubTile as like Windows live tile. + + + + + This Enum defines HubTile rotation Transition + + + + + This Enum sets HubTile Transition in Horizontal orientation. + + + + + This Enum sets HubTile Transition in Vertical orientation. + + + + + This Enum defines HubTile Transition Direction + + + + + This Enum sets HubTile Image Transition direction to left to right + + + + + This Enum sets HubTile Image Transition direction to right to left + + + + + This Enum sets HubTile Image Transition direction to top to bottom + + + + + This Enum sets HubTile Image Transition direction to bottom to top + + + + + HubTile Designer + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Component object + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + This class enables to use Font properties of HubTile in Common + + + + + This initialize HubTile Text item + + + + + Gets/Sets Title text forecolor + + + + + Gets/ Sets text to be displayed in Top + + + + + Gets/Sets TitleText Font + + + + + To save control size before expand + + + + + To save control size before collapse + + + + + To save control Location before expand + + + + + To save control Location before collapse + + + + + Image Sliding axis + + + + + To save Font settings in MouseDown + + + + + To perform image zooming Animation + + + + + To perform image Unzooming Animation + + + + + To Perform Image Streaming Animation + + + + + To trigger Image Streaming Animation based on particular interval + + + + + Rendering Bounds + + + + + WinTile Polygon Path + + + + + Indicates the streamer index + + + + + Indicates Start Image index + + + + + Indicates the axis point + + + + + To Switch from Vertical to Horizontal Rotation + + + + + To Switch from Horizontal to Vertical Rotation + + + + + Overrides the AccessibleObject. + + The that owns the TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject. + + + + To Render RotateTile type + + PaintEventArgs + + + + To Render ZoomTile type + + PaintEventArgs + + + + To Render Default and BannerTile type + + PaintEventArgs + + + + HubTile Paint event + + PaintEventArgs + + + + HubTile Mouse Enter event + + EventArgs + + + + HubTile Mouse Leave event + + EventArgs + + + + HubTile Mouse Down event + + MouseEventArgs + + + + HubTile MouseUp Event + + MouseEventArgs + + + + HubTile Size changed event + + EventArgs + + + + To initialize custom control settings + + + + + To Perform image zooming functionalities + + X Location + Y Location + + + + To Expand HubTile upon Mouse Enter + + + + + To Collapse HubTile upon Mouse Enter + + + + + To dispose all Timer settings + + + + + + + To get Mouse clicked region + + Point + Hit Co-Ordinates + + + + Resets HubTile Transition Timer settings + + + + + To visually indicate Selection upon Mouse clicked + + + + + To visually indicate Selection upon Mouse up + + + + + To Flip Control in Vertical direction + + + + + To Flip control Horizontally + + + + + Flow image right to left + + PaintEventArgs + + + + Flow image left to right + + PaintEventArgs + + + + Flow image top to bottom + + PaintEventArgs + + + + Flow image bottom to top + + PaintEventArgs + + + + Perform Zoom - In + + HubTile + EventArgs + + + + Perform Zoom - Out + + HubTile + EventArgs + + + + To Increase Image X/Y location to animation + + HubTile + EventArgs + + + + To initiate SlideAnimation + + HubTile + EventArgs + + + + Timer to rotate the HubTile ToptoBottom + + HubTile + EventArgs + + + + Timer to rotate the HubTile BottomToTop + + + + + + + Timer to rotate the HubTile Left To Right + + HubTile + EventArgs + + + + TO Initiate Vertical Animation + + HubTile + EventArgs + + + + This event will be triggered once HubTile Text contents changed + + + + + This event will be triggered once HubTile transition is begins + + + + + This event will be triggered if after HubTile transition is completed + + + + + This event will be triggered once HubTile Selection changed + + + + + This event will be triggered once HubTile Zoom In and Zoom Out is done + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile BackColor + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile Font + + + + + Gets/Sets whether tile SelectionMarker can be drawn + + + + + Gets/Sets Region to display Body Text on HubTile. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether tile sliding effect can be enabled or not. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether tile Notification can be Frozen or not. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether tile is selection marked or not. + + + + + Gets/Sets tile Banner Height + + + + + Gets/Sets tile Banner visibility, which is applicable for Default Tile and Rotate Tile type + + + + + Gets/Sets whether Banner to be displayed or not on Tile, It will be applicable for RotateTile type. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether to switch Rotate Tile Banner Visibility on next image index + + + + + Gets/Sets the hover border color which will be drawn once Tile is focused. + + + + + Gets/Sets the hover border length which will be drawn once Tile is focused. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether to enable HubTile Hover border color + + + + + Gets/Sets whether tile expands on focus or not. + + + + + Gets/Sets the speed of Tile rotation transition, it will be applicable for RotateTile type. + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile Selection arrow color + + + + + Gets/Sets Selection Marker Color + + + + + Gets/Sets whether Icon to be displayed in Banner Region or not. It will be applicable for DefaultTile type. + + + + + Gets/Sets Icon to be displayed in Tile Banner Region, it will be applicable for DefaultTile type. + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile Type + + + + + Gets/Sets the Banner Region Color of the Tile. It will be applicable for DefaultTile and RotateTile type. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Rotation transition direction of Tile, it will be applicable for RotateTile type. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether to enable Tile Flip rotation or not + + + + + Gets whether Tile is Focused or not + + + + + Gets/Sets the speed of Tile Image Transition, it will be applicable for Default Tile type. + + + + + Gets or sets the image index for Image Transition, it will be applicable for Default Tile type. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Tile Image Transition to be enabled or not, it will be applicable for DefaultTile Type. + + + + + Gets or sets the image flow direction. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether to enable or disable Zoom In / Zoom Out + + + + + Gets/Sets ImageList for Image and rotation transition. + + + + + Gets/Sets ImageListAdv for Image and rotation transition. + + + + + Gets/Sets tile title region text layout properties. + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile Title layout Properties + + + + + Gets/Sets tile footer region text layout properties. + + + + + Gets/Sets the tile banner region text layout properties. + + + + + Gets/Sets HubTile background image + + + + + Gets/Sets X-axis Zoom co-ordinates + + + + + Gets/Sets Y-axis Zoom co-ordinates + + + + + Gets/sets the pulsing speed of the Tile. It will be applicable only for the PulsingTile type. + + + + + Gets/sets the pulsing scale depth of the Tile. It will be applicable only for the PulsingTile type. + + + + + Tile Instance + + + + + To get the Control name + + + + + To define the Accessible Role + + + + + Control Desciption + + + + + CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets or sets the HubTile ImageSource + + + + + Gets or sets the HubTile Name + + + + + Gets or sets the HubTile TransitionDirection + + + + + Gets or sets the HubTile TransitionDirection + + + + + Gets or sets the HubTile TransitionDirection + + + + + A class for Navigation MenuItem in DrawerPanel + + + + + Variable for finding Text Size + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Holds the style of drawer item + + + + + Holds the BackgroundImage + + + + + Indicates whether to serialize or not + + + + + + To reset the BackgroundImage + + + + + Gets/Sets the Selection state + + + + + chooses the text alignment + + + + + Resets the TextAlign + + + + + Serialize the TextAlignt + + Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left + + + + Specifies the Drawer Item Text + + + + + Specifies the HoverColor + + + + + Hold the value indicating whether the hovercolor value changed or not + + + + + Specifies the Selection Color + + + + + Hold the value indicating whether the selected color value changed or not + + + + + Specifies the BackColor + + + + + Hold the value indicating whether the default color value changed or not + + + + + Specifies the TextColor + + + + + Hold the value indicating whether the text color value changed or not + + + + + Occurs when the control style changed + + + + + Override Mouse Move + + + + + Overrides MouseLeave + + + + + Overrides Leave + + + + + Overrides MouseUp + + + + + Overrides MouseDown + + + + + Overrides Paint Event + + + + + Gets the style of drawer item + + + + + Gets/Sets the BackgroundImage + + + + + Gets/Sets the Selection state + + + + + Gets/Sets the TextAlignment + + + + + Gets/Sets the Item Text + + + + + Gets/Sets the HoverColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the Selection Color + + + + + + Gets/Sets the TextColor + + + + + Gets the office 2016 colors respective to style + + + + + Enum property for TextImageRelation. + + + + + Class for Footer Item + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Variable for TextImageRelation + + + + + Resets the TextAlign + + + + + Serialize the TextAlignt + + Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left + + + + chooses the text alignment + + + + + Resets the TextAlign + + + + + Serialize the TextAlignt + + Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left + + + + Specifies the HeaderText + + + + + Specifies the HeaderImage + + + + + Gets/Sets the TextImageRelation + + + + + Gets/Sets the TextAlignment + + + + + Gets/Sets the HeaderText + + + + + Gets/Sets the HeaderImage + + + + + Class for HeaderItem in DrawerPanel + + + + + Holds the default backcolor of drawerheader + + + + + Holds the default textcolor of drawerheader + + + + + Holds the style of drawer header + + + + + Variable for TextImageRelation + + + + + Resets the TextAlign + + + + + Serialize the TextAlignt + + Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left + + + + Specifies the HeaderText + + + + + Specifies the HeaderImage + + + + + Specifies the Transition Direction + + + + + Occurs when the control style changed + + + + + Override Mouse Move + + + + + Overrides MouseLeave + + + + + Overrides Leave + + + + + Overrides MouseUp + + + + + Overrides MouseDown + + + + + Gets/sets the style of drawer header + + + + + Gets/Sets the TextImageRelation + + + + + Gets/Sets the HeaderText + + + + + Gets/Sets the HeaderImage + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the Transition is in RightDirection + + + + + Gets the Office 2016 color respective to style + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + DrawerMenuItem + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + ContentViewContainer Class + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + ContentViewerContainer + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + A Scrollable container class, to display navigation menu items + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Items removed + + + + + Items added + + + + + Focus on Mouse Enter + + + + + + + Dispose function + + + + + MouseLeave Override + + + + + Override MouseWheel + + + + + + DrawerPanel + + + + + ScrollablePanel Variable + + + + + Constructor + + + + + To Reset BackColor + + + + + Serialize the BackColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the BackColor + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + DrawerViewContainer + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + ITypeDescriptorContext + + + + + IWindowsFormsEditorService + + + + + ItemCustomCollectionEditor constructor + + + + + EditVaue method is used to edit the value in the Item Collection + + Provides information about container + Object providing custom support + Object of the container + Returns the object of the container + + + + GetEditStyle for the editor + + Provides information about container + Returns EditorStyle + + + + Indicates the ItemAdded + + Sender as container + Added Items in the container + + + + Indicates the ItemAdded + + Sender as container + Added Items in the container + + + + Triggers the CollectionChanged event + + Object that carries the Item + Value of the Item with all its associated properties + + + + Creates the form + + NavigationDrawer Form + Returns the new CollectionEditorForm + + + + Fires when the Collection in the item changes + + + + + delegate for collection changed event + + + + + Collection which holds the NavigationDrawer's child items + + + + + Constructs a new instance. + + The Control that this collection is associated with. + + + + The Control this collection is associated with. + + + + + The list of items stored in this control. + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. + + The comparer used to compare items. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + List for Item collection which contains the control added + + + + + Enumarable list for collection + + Returns the updated Collection List + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Adds an item to the collection. + + The item to add to the collection. + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the collection. + True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + True if the item was successfully removed from the colleection, otherwise false. This method + also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert into the list. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + + + + Adds an item to the list. + + The item to add to the list. + The position at which the item is inserted. + + + + Determines whether the list contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the list. + True if an instance of the item is found in the list, otherwise false. + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert into the list. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the list is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the list has a fixed size. + + + + + IList variable for collection + + + + + Arraylist for previous list + + + + + Property grid + + + + + Panel for buttons + + + + + Add button + + + + + Remove button + + + + + Ok button + + + + + cancel button + + + + + Custom collection editor + + + + + Splitcontainer + + + + + label + + + + + list box + + + + + NavigationDrawer object + + + + + To get the property value of tree menu item + + Contains the TreeNavigator item + Contains the property for the corresponding item + Gets the value of the associated property + + + + To get the property value of tree menu item + + Object for TreeNavigator + Returns the data type of the particular property + + + + To set the property value of tree menu item + + TreeNavigator Item + Name of the property + Value of the property + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets the data type of each item in the collection. + + The collection for which to get the item's type + The data type of the collection items. + + + + Gets the data types that this collection editor can contain + + The collection for which to return the available types + An array of data types that this collection can contain. + + + + Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. + + The type of item to create. + A new instance of the specified object. + + + + Destroys the specified instance of the object. + + The object to destroy. + + + + Destroys the specified instance of the object. + + Destroys the object created + + + + Creates the specified instance of the object. + + Instance of the Item + + + + Fires on item removes + + Item that is being added + + + + Fires on item added + + Item that is being added + + + + Moves the item + + List the contains the old value + Index of the selected item + Index to which the selected item moves + + + + GenerateItemArray for the itemcollection + + Item collection for displaying in text box + Returns the Item collection + + + + Creates a new object for itemcollection . + + The collection item for which to create an object. + + + + Cast the item into the type of reffObject to add in the item collection. + + The object to be customized in respect to it's corresponding itemcollection. + The collection item for which it customizes the created object. + + + + RefreshValues in list box + + + + + Gets the property of the selected control + + Selected Item in the ListBox + Particular property for the selected item + + + + + Fires on item collection selected item changes + + The container that the item is associated with + Item's selected property + Selected Item property value + + + + Undo the changes in the list + + Source list in which the changes has to be done + Destination List on which the item added + + + + Method to copy items + + Source from which the item has to be copied + Destination to which the item should be copied + + + + override method to resize + + EventArgs parameter + + + + Override for onclosing + + CancelEvent arguement + + + + Clicking event for cancel button + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + Event for upclick button + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + + Event for ok button + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + Occurs when add button is clicked + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + Occurs when remove is clicked + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + Form load event + + Sender as object + Event arguement + + + + Occurs when selcted item changed in listbox + + + + + + + Closes the form on keydown + + + + + + + Fires once the control is added to the list. + + + + + Fires once the control is deleted to the list + + + + + Fires once the Item removed + + + + + Fires once the item added + + + + + Ilistcollection property + + + + + Delegate for the new item created + + Sender as container + Item added in the collection + + + + Defines the Drawer Position + + + + + Specifies the Left position + + + + + Specifies the Right position + + + + + Specifies the Top position + + + + + Specifies the Bottom position + + + + + Defines the Transition + + + + + Specifies the SlideOnTop + + + + + Specifies the Push + + + + + Specifies the Reveal + + + + + This enum represents style of navigation drawer + + + + + This option represents default style + + + + + This option represents office 2016 colorful style + + + + + This option represents office 2016 white style + + + + + This option represents office 2016 black style + + + + + This option represents office 2016 darkgray style + + + + + Gesture Begins + + + + + Gesture Ends + + + + + Zoom Gesture + + + + + Pan Gesture + + + + + Rotate Gesture + + + + + Two finger tap Gesture + + + + + Press and Tap Gesture + + + + + Gesture notification + + + + + Zoom Gesture + + + + + All Gestures + + + + + To Provide smooth animation + + + + + Touch Gestures + + + + + Timer used for Navigation Drawer sliding animation + + + + + To Define if DrawerPanel is showing + + + + + Items collection + + + + + To Define if NavigationDrawer Panel in dragged + + + + + To Define if NavigationDrawer Panel in dragged + + + + + MouseDown Point + + + + + Drag Padding + + + + + Global Mouse hook filter + + + + + Holds the default backcolor + + + + + Holds the default backcolor of drawerpanelcontainer + + + + + Holds the default backcolor of contentViewContainer + + + + + Navigation Drawer class Constructor + + + + + Variable for Drawer Header + + + + + Variable for DrawerFooter + + + + + Holds the selected index of menu items + + + + + Holds the instance of drawer menu item + + + + + Specifies the Animation Duration + + + + + To Reset the Animation Duration + + + + + To define whether to serialize Animation Duration + + + + + Specifies the ContentViewContainer + + + + + Specifies the DrawerPanel + + + + + Specifies the DrawerPanel, Sliding postion + + + + + To Reset the Position + + + + + To specify whether to serialize Postion or not + + + + + + Specifies the Transition type + + + + + To Reset the Transition type + + + + + To define whether to serialize Transition type + + + + + Specifies the DrawerWidth + + + + + To Reset the Drawer Width + + + + + To define whether to serialize the DrawerWidth + + + + + Specifies the DrawerHeight + + + + + To Reset the DrawerHeight + + + + + To define whether to serialize the DrawerHeight + + + + + Specifies the TouchThreshold points + + + + + To Reset the TouchThreshold + + + + + To define whether to serialize the TouchThreshold + + + + + Holds the style + + + + + To Reset the style + + + + + To define whether to serialize the style + + + + + MouseMove + + + + + MouseUp + + + + + MouseDown + + + + + Override MouseDown Event + + + + + Override MouseUp Event + + + + + Override MouseMove Event + + + + + Override for SizeChanged Event + + + + + Occurs when the control style changed + + + + + To update the control size, with respect to Transition type + + + + + To reture whether the DrawerPanel is visible or not + + + + + A function used to toggle between open and closed states of the DrawerContentView. + + + + + To Toggle between Drawer Panel visiblity + + + + + First Touch Point + + + + + Second Touch Point + + + + + Function to Decode Touch Gestures + + Touch Gesture Messages + + + + Gesture Config size + + + + + Gesture Info size + + + + + Windows Procedure Override + + + + + + To Perform Collapse Animation + + Touch Position + + + + To Perform Expand animation + + Touch Position + + + + To Position the DrawerPanel + + Touch/Mouse Drop Position + + + + To perform Gesture updates + + Initial Location + Current Location + + + + Timer to perform Animation + + + + + Gets the Header for the Navigation DrawerPanel + + + + + Gets the Footer for the Navigation DrawerPanel + + + + + Gets or sets the selected index of menu items + + + + + Gets the instance drawer menu item + + + + + Gets/Sets the Navigation Menu Items + + + + + Gets / Sets the Animation Duration for DrawerPanel + + + + + Gets the ContentViewer, on which the desired items can be placed. + + + + + Gets the DrawerPanel, which displays the navigation items to which you need to jump to. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Sliding postion of DrawerPanel. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Transition type for the DrawerView panel. + + + + + Gets/Sets the DrawerPanel Width. + + + + + Gets/Sets the DrawerPanel Height. + + + + + Gets or sets the style + + + + + Gets the Office 2016 Colors repective to style + + + + + Raises when Transition expands begins. + + + + + Raises when Transition collapses begins. + + + + + Raises when Transition expands ends. + + + + + Raises when Transition Collapses ends. + + + + + Delegate for Opening Event. + + Source of the event. + CancelEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Inherits the properties of CancelEventArgs. + + + + + Delegate for Closing Event. + + Source of the event. + CancelEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Inherits the properties of CancelEventArgs. + + + + + Delegate for Opened Event. + + Source of the event. + CancelEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Delegate for Opened Event. + + Source of the event. + CancelEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Gesture Information + + + + + Class for SmartTag + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Component object + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + Class for Smart tag Action List + + + + + Constructor + + + + + override + + + + + To set Transition + + + + + Gets/Sets the Position + + + + + Gets/Sets the Drawer Width + + + + + Gets/Sets the DrawerHeight + + + + + Gets/Sets the Animation Duration + + + + + To populate the Navigation Menu Items + + + + + Class to Handle Mouse Message + + + + + Mouse Message Filter function + + + + + This Event raises when MouseMove occurs + + + + + This Event raises when MouseDown occurs + + + + + This Event raises when MouseUp occurs + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + RibbonControlAdv + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + This class represents Renderer class for office 2016 style + + + + + Holds the drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Holds the content view container backcolor + + + + + Holds the control backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item hover backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item selection backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item text color + + + + + Holds the drawer item hover text color + + + + + Holds the drawer item selection text color + + + + + Holds the drawer header backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer header text color + + + + + Holds the drawer footer backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer footer text color + + + + + Holds the disabled control backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled content view container backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled drawer panel forecolor + + + + + Constructor of renderer class + + Gets style of navigation drawer + + + + + Gets the drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Gets the content view container backcolor + + + + + Gets the control backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item hover backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item selection backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item text color + + + + + Gets the drawer item hover text color + + + + + Gets the drawer item selection text color + + + + + Gets the drawer header backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer header text color + + + + + Gets the drawer footer backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer footer text color + + + + + Gets the disabled control backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled content view container backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled drawer panel foreColor + + + + + This class represents renderer class for Office 2016 white style + + + + + Holds the drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Holds the content view container backcolor + + + + + Holds the control backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item hover backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item selection backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item text color + + + + + Holds the drawer item hover text color + + + + + Holds the drawer item selection text color + + + + + Holds the drawer header backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer header text color + + + + + Holds the drawer footer backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer footer forecolor + + + + + Holds the disabled control backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled content view container backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled drawer panel forecolor + + + + + Gets the drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Gets the content view container backcolor + + + + + Gets the control backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item hover backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item selection backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item text color + + + + + Gets the drawer item hover text color + + + + + Gets the drawer item selection text color + + + + + Gets the drawer header backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer header text color + + + + + Gets the drawer footer backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer footer text color + + + + + Gets the disabled control backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled content view container backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled drawer anel backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled drawerPanel foreColor + + + + + This class represents renderer class for Office 2016 black style + + + + + Holds the drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Holds the content view container backcolor + + + + + Holds the control backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item hover backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item selection backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item text color + + + + + Holds the drawer item hover text color + + + + + Holds the drawer item selection text color + + + + + Holds the drawer header backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer header text color + + + + + Holds the drawer footer backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer footer forecolor + + + + + Holds the disabled control backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled content view container backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled drawer panel forecolor + + + + + Gets the drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Gets the content view container backcolor + + + + + Gets the control backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item hover backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item selection backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item text color + + + + + Gets the drawer item hover text color + + + + + Gets the drawer item selection text color + + + + + Gets the drawer header backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer header text color + + + + + Gets the drawer footer backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer footer text color + + + + + Gets the disabled control backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled content view container backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled drawer panel foreColor + + + + + This class represents renderer class for Office 2016 DarkGray style + + + + + Holds the drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Holds the content view container backcolor + + + + + Holds the control backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item hover backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item selection backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer item text color + + + + + Holds the drawer item hover text color + + + + + Holds the drawer item selection text color + + + + + Holds the drawer header backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer header text color + + + + + Holds the drawer footer backcolor + + + + + Holds the drawer footer forecolor + + + + + Holds the disabled control backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled content view container backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled drawer panel forecolor + + + + + Gets the drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Gets the content view container backcolor + + + + + Gets the control backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item hover backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item selection backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer item text color + + + + + Gets the drawer item hover text color + + + + + Gets the drawer item selection text color + + + + + Gets the drawer header backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer header text color + + + + + Gets the drawer footer backcolor + + + + + Gets the drawer footer text color + + + + + Gets the disabled control backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled content view container backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled drawer panel backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled drawerPanel foreColor + + + + + Specifies that this object can contain a collection of . + + + + + 's bar. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its text. + + The 's text. + + + + Determines whether this instance of is a selected bar of the specified . + + The instance of owner control. + + Returns true if selected + + + + Fires event. + + Chaned property + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets Collection of child bars. + + + + + Gets the collection of visible s. + + + + + Gets or sets 's text. + + + + + Gets or sets 's image. + + is ignored if has non-null value. + + + + Gets or sets disabled 's image. + + is ignored if has non-null value. + + + + Gets or sets the 's index of the image in . + + is ignored if has non-null value. + + + + Gets or sets the disabled 's index of the image in . + + is ignored if has non-null value. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether 's menu auto expands when mouse is over the bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains data about the . + + An that contains data about the . The default is null. + + + + 's properties that support property changed notification. + + + + + Represents Text + + + + + Represents Image + + + + + Represents Disabled Image + + + + + Represents Image Index + + + + + Represents Disabled Image + + + + + Represents visible + + + + + Represents Enabled + + + + + Represents AutoExpand + + + + + Base observable generic collection. + + Observable CollectionBase + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The object to insert. The value can be null for reference types. + + is less than zero.-or- is greater than . + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the . + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero.-or- is equal to or greater than . + + + + Replaces the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to replace. + The new value for the element at the specified index. The value can be null for reference types. + + is less than zero.-or- is greater than . + + + + Adds the elements of the specified collection to the end of the . + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the . + The collection itself cannot be null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the new elements should be inserted. + The collection whose elements should be inserted into the . + The collection itself cannot be null null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + Fires event. + + One of the values that specifies how the collection changed. + An that specifies the instance of the collection where the change occurred. + + + + Occurs when collection is changed. + + + + + Observable generic collection. + + Item must implement . + Observable Collection + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The object to insert. The value can be null for reference types. + + is less than zero.-or- is greater than . + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the . + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + is less than zero.-or- is equal to or greater than . + + + + Replaces the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to replace. + The new value for the element at the specified index. The value can be null for reference types. + + is less than zero.-or- is greater than . + + + + Occurs when property of item within the collection is changed. + + + + + Stores collection of instances. + + + + + Adds the range an array of s. + + An array of s objects representing the bars to add to the collection. + + + + Finds the by its text. + + The text. + Index of found or -1 otherwise. + + + + Bar CollectionEditor Form + + + Bar CollectionEditor Form + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The provider. + The navigation view. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether is dirty. + + true if dirty; otherwise, false. + + + + Initializes a newly created component. + + A name/value dictionary of default values to apply to properties. May be null if no default values are specified. + + + + Initializes the designer with the specified component. + + The to associate the designer with. This component must always be an instance of, or derive from, . + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the selection rules that indicate the movement capabilities of a component. + + + A bitwise combination of values. + + + + Fills a hierarchical collection of labeled items, with each item represented by a . + + A hierarchical collection of labeled items. + The context information for a component. + The method of this interface that obtains the object that provides the service. + + + + Edits the value of the specified object using the editor style indicated by . + + An that can be used to gain additional context information. + An that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, the method should return the same object it was passed. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether drop-down editors should be resizable by the user. + + + true if drop-down editors are resizable; otherwise, false. + + + + Extended . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The os editor. + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is clicked. + + Provides data for the , , and events. + + + + BarCollection Editor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the method. + + An that can be used to gain additional context information. + An that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the method. + + An that can be used to gain additional context information. + + A value that indicates the style of editor used by the method. If the does not support this method, then will return . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets a custom type descriptor for the given type and object. + + The type of object for which to retrieve the type descriptor. + An instance of the type. Can be null if no instance was passed to the . + + An that can provide metadata for the type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent custom type descriptor. + Navigation View + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent custom type descriptor. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns a filtered collection of property descriptors for the object represented by this type descriptor. + + An array of attributes to use as a filter. This can be null. + + A containing the property descriptions for the object represented by this type descriptor. The default is . + + + + + Returns a collection of property descriptors for the object represented by this type descriptor. + + + A containing the property descriptions for the object represented by this type descriptor. The default is . + + + + + Provides data for a event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + true to cancel the event; otherwise, false. + The bar to be selected. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The bar to be selected. + property is set to false. + + + + Gets or sets the bar to be selected. + + + + + Provides data for a event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The selected bar. + + + + Gets or sets the selected bar. + + + + + Extended history for . + + + + + This class allows the user to simply implement Undo\Redo engine. + To achieve this, class that supports Undo\Redo must implement ISuppportHistory interface + and ICommand interface, which will actually execute specified actions for each undo\redo step. + HistoryManager supports executing more undo\redo actions as one block. + Use BeginBlock(), CloseBlock() for this. + + + + + Resets history. + + + + + Adds command to the history list. + + Command to add. + + + + Performs UnDo operation. + + True if successful; false otherwise. + + + + Performs Redo operation. + + True if successful; false otherwise. + + + + Begins block of commands. + + + + + Closes block of commands. + + + + + Rolls back last non-closed block. + + + + + Used as a separator between blocks of commands. + + + + + Indicates number of opened blocks of commands. + + + + + UnDo commands list. + + + + + ReDo commands list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HistoryManager class. + + + + + Resets history. + + + + + Resets the Redo Stack + + + + + Resets the Undo Stack + + + + + Adds command to history list. + + Command to add. + + + + Performs Redo operation. + + True if successful; false otherwise. + + + + Performs UnDo operation. + + True if successful; false otherwise. + + + + Begins block of commands. + User may add more than one command to Undo\Redo list + and unite them into one command, e.g. : + Each Opened block must be closed. + Block of commands may be opened multiple times, + but IT MUST BE CLOSED that many times as it was opened. + + + + BeginBlock(); + // add action1 + // ..... + BeginBlock(); + //...... + EndBlock(); + // add actionN + CloseBlock(); + + + + + + Closes block of commands. + + + See for more details. + + + + + Rolls back non-closed block. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the block of commands is opened. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Undo Commands list is not empty. Returns true if not empty; false otherwise. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Redo Command list is not empty. Returns true if not empty; false otherwise. + + + + + Gets collection of undo command. + + + + + Gets collection of redo command. + + + + + Hit test areas. + + + + + Represents History Back Button + + + + + Represents History Forward button + + + + + Represents History Dropdown button + + + + + Represents BarImage + + + + + Represents textbox + + + + + Represents area between last bar and drop-down button. + + + + + Represents Drop down button + + + + + Represents custom buttons + + + + + Represents Bar + + + + + Represents MaxNonBarArea + + + + + Represents Bar Text + + + + + Represents Bardrop down + + + + + Represents nothing + + + + + Represents UpButton + + + + + Area states. + + + + + Default state of the area. + + + + + Area is hot (mouse is hovered over the area). + + + + + Area is active (mouse is hovered over the child area). + + + + + Area is pressed. + + + + + Area is disabled. + + + + + Common layout information. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The 's hit test area. + The bounds. + + + + Hit test area. + + + + + The bounds. + + + + + 's layout information. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Index value + The bounds of . + The text's bounds of . + The drop-down bounds of . + Shevron visibility + + + + Index of bar is the collection of selected s. + + + + + The text's bounds of . + + + + + The drop-down bounds of . + + + + + Indicates whether chevron is shown instead of drop-down button. + + + + + Offsets all layout's bounds on X-axis. + + The X-axis offset. + + + + Performs hits test within the . + + Tested hit point. + Layouting info of 's hit test area. + + + + Stores collection of instances. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The initial number of elements that the can contain. + + + + Stores collection of instances. + + + + + Specifies that this object implements layouting for control. + + + + + Measures the text used in . + + The control. + Graphics to measure at. + The text to be measured. + Size of measured text. + + + + Updates the layout of control according to its state. + + The control. + + + + Performs hits test. + + Tested hit point. + Layouting info of hit test area. + + + + Gets the Layouting information for the specifies area of control. + + The area. + Layouting information of the area. + + + + Gets the layout information for s. + + + + + Gets the string format used in layouting. + + + + + Gets the border's bounds. + + + + + Gets of current layout. + + + + + Specifies that this object implements cache areas' state information. + + + + + Gets the state of the hit test area. + + Area's layout information. + Area's state + + + + Sets the state of the hit test area. + + Area's layout information. + Area's state. + + + + Clears all cached area states. + + Collection of cleared layouts. + + + + Base layouter for control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Measures the text used in . + + The control. + Graphics to measure at. + The text to be measured. + Size of measured text. + + + + Updates the layout of control according to its state. + + The control. + + + + Gets the height of the text box. + + The navigation view. + Returns TextBox Height + + + + Gets the height of the space area. + + The navigation view. + Returns integer value + + + + Performs hits test. + + Tested hit point. + Layouting info of hit test area. + + + + Gets the Layouting information for the specifies area of control. + + The area. + Layouting information of the area. + + + + Gets the bounds for the specifies area of control. + + The area. + The area's bounds. + + + + Gets the state of the hit test area. + + Area's layout information. + Area's state + + + + Sets the state of the hit test area. + + Area's layout information. + Area's state. + + + + Clears all cached area states. + + Collection of cleared layouts. + + + + Finalizes an instance of the LayouterBase class. + is reclaimed by garbage collection. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets the layout information for s. + + + + + Gets the string format used in layouting. + + + + + Gets the border's bounds. + + + + + + Gets of current layout. + + + + + + This button can be hosted in . + + + Custom Button + + + + + Default width of control. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Font changed + + + + + Size changed + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets the default size of the control. + + + The default of the control. + + + + Stores collection of instances. + + + + + Breadcrumb navigation view. + + + Navigation View + + + + + Objects that support history must implement this interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the HistoryManager to use. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether register items are in history list. + + + + + Default height of control. + + + + + Default 's path separator. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Serialzing the CustomRender. + + + + + + Reset the CustomRender. + + + + + Apply the ColorTable for Custom style. + + + + + + Determines whether contains the specified bar. + + The bar to be verified. + + true if the control contains the specified bar; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether contains the specified bar. + + The bar to be verified. + The collection of bars. + If not null, will contain hierarchy of parent bars s of searched bar. + + true if the collection contains the specified bar; otherwise, false. + + Method perfomes deep (recursive) search. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Size changed + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Performs the work of setting the specified bounds of this control. + + The new property value of the control. + The new property value of the control. + The new property value of the control. + The new property value of the control. + A bitwise combination of the values. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Enables rendering with . + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when property is changing. + + + + + Occurs when is added to collection. + + + + + Occurs when is removed from collection. + + + + + Occurs when when the recently visited popup is shown. + + + + + Occurs when when the recently visited popup is closed. + + + + + Color table of the Win8 NavigationView Style + + + + + Gets the collection of s. + + + + + Gets/Set the customized render for the NavigationView. + + + + + Gets the collection of visible s. + + + + + Gets the collection of s. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the current selected bar. + + + + + Gets the chain (path) of the s ended with . + + + + + Gets or sets the chain (path) of the s ended with . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is in editing mode. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the bar should go into edit mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list for s. + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled image list for s. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show history buttons. + + true to show history buttons; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is initializing. + + + + + Gets the text box for edit mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the recently visited popup drop-down. + + + + + Gets or sets the recently visited paths. + + The array of strings. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show border. + + true to show border; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the bars' area border. + + The color of the border. + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the control. + + + An that represents the image to display in the background of the control. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout as defined in the enumeration. + + + One of the values of ( , , , , or ). is the default value. + The specified enumeration value does not exist. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + A that represents the background color of the control. The default is the value of the property. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show text of root s. + + + + + Event for find out the state of the HistoryUpButton. + + + + + + Gets the default size of the control. + + + The default of the control. + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets to use. + + + + + Gets or sets the to use. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether registered items are in history list. + + + + + Delegate for find out the state of the HistoryUpButton. + + NavigationView + ButtonState + + + + User must implement this interface to perform specified actions for UnDo\ReDo. + + + + + Executes action. + + + + + Reverses command. + + + + + Executes action. + + + + + Reverses command. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + The PopupMenu class lets you create XP like context menus in the XP Menus framework. + + + The PopupMenu class works in conjunction with a . + You should first associate a ParentBarItem with a PopupMenu + (using its property) + and fill the ParentBarItem with BarItems that you want displayed in the popup. + Then use the PopupMenu's method to popup a menu at any location. + + Note that the ParentBarItem attached to this PopupMenu need not be associated with + any BarManager. However, if the ParentBarItem is part of a BarManager(which itself is already + in the form's designer) then you can design the PopupMenu during design time + (through the PopupMenu designer's "Customize" verb) by simply dragging and + dropping items from the BarManager into the PopupMenu. + + + + Take a look at our samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. The XPMenus sample will illustrate how to use the PopupMenu in the + presence of a BarManager. The XPToolbarsAndContextMenus sample will illustrate how to + use the PopupMenu in the absence of a BarManager, at stand alone. + + // Create and initialize a ParentBarItem + this.editBarItem = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ParentBarItem(); + this.editMenu.Text = "Edit"; + this.editMenu.Items.AddRange(new BarItem[] + { this.cutItem, + this.copyItem,}); + // Associate the ParentBarItem with the PopupMenu + this.popupMenu1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.PopupMenu(); + this.popupMenu1.ParentBarItem = this. editBarItem; + + // Then associate it with a RichTextBox + this.popupMenusManager = new PopupMenusManager(); + this.popupMenusManager.SetXPContextMenu(this.richTextBox1, this.popupMenu1); + + + ' Create and initialize a ParentBarItem + Me.editBarItem = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ParentBarItem() + Me.editMenu.Text = "Edit" + Me.editMenu.Items.AddRange(New BarItem() {Me.cutItem, Me.copyItem}) + + ' Associate the ParentBarItem with the PopupMenu + Me.popupMenu1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.PopupMenu() + Me.popupMenu1.ParentBarItem = Me.editBarItem + + ' Then associate it with a RichTextBox + Me.popupMenusManager = New PopupMenusManager() + Me.popupMenusManager.SetXPContextMenu(Me.richTextBox1, Me.popupMenu1) + + + + + + Ignore working area when menu begin popup. + + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the PopupMenu class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the Popupmenu class and adds itself to the specified container. + + The container into which to add. + This constructor is used at design-time to add a component to the form's + IContainer field so that it gets disposed when the form gets disposed. + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether a specified control is part of the popup hierarchy. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the Popup is currently open + and dropped down. + + True if the Popup is open; false otherwise. + + + + Pops up a menu at the specified location within the control. + + + Pops up a menu beside the specified rectangle in the control. + + The parent control for this PopupMenu. + The rectangular region in client co-ordinates of the control + to which the popup will be docked. + + Use this version of Show to popup the menu around a rectangle + like in a combo box rather than around a point. The Popup + drop-down position will be determined based on the available + screen area and the docking rectangle beside which to popup. + In NT4.0 this method will return immediately and the menu will be shown asynchronously. + + + Will be thrown if control is null. + Will be thrown if the control's handle is not created or if + the control is not visible. + + + + Pops up a menu beside the specified rectangle in the control. + + The parent control for this PopupMenu. + The point in the control's client co-ordinates + at which the popup will be dropped-down. + + Use this version of Show to popup the menu at a specified point. + The Popup drop-down alignment will be determined based on the available + screen area and the point beside which to popup. + In NT4.0 this method will return immediately and the menu will be shown asynchronously. + + + Will be thrown if control is null. + Will be thrown if the control's handle is not created or if + the control is not visible. + + + + Hides a Popup if it is being displayed. + + + + + Shows the children UI. + + + + + + + + Returns the parent control. + + + + + + Processes a shortcut key. + The underlying is allowed to process the shorcut which + will result in a 's event getting + fired, if one with the specified shortcut is found. + + + Processes the shortcut key. + + The shortcut key. + True if processed; false otherwise. + In this overload, if the shortcut was processed, the PopupMenu's property + will be set to null when the 's event is fired. + + + + + Processes the shortcut key. + + The shorcut key. + The control in whose context the shortcut should be processed. + True if processed; false otherwise. + In this overload, if the shortcut was processed, the PopupMenu's property + will be set to the specified control when the 's event is fired. + + + + + Child closing method. + + + + + + + Serves to get the border overlap cue. + + + + + + + Serves to get the location for pop-up alignment. + + + + + + + + Processes mouse messages. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the BeforePopup event. + + A CancelMouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforePopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforePopup in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforePopup method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Pre processing mouse messages. + + + + + + + Returns the control that is displaying the PopupMenu. + + The control that is displaying the context + menu. If no control has displayed the context menu, the property returns a + null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + This property enables you to determine which control currently + displays the context menu defined in this PopupMenu. If the context menu is + not currently displayed, you can use this property to determine which + control last displayed the context menu. You can use this property in the + event to ensure that the control displays the proper menu items. + You can also use this property to pass a reference to the control to a + method that performs the tasks associated with a menu command displayed + in the popup menu. Since the Form class inherits from control, you can + also use this property if the context menu is associated with a form. + You can use this property in the event + to figure out in which control the context menu was shown. + This can also be used when a shortcut key triggers a . event to + determine in which control's context the shortcut was processed, if a PopupMenu + is associated with multiple controls. + + + + + Gets or sets ignore working area when menu begin popup. + + + + + Indicates whether the PopupMenu should be displayed within the WM_CONTEXTMENU message processing stack or + if the PopupMenu should be shown after a short delay (using a timer). Use the Asynchronous (timer based) + approach if you intend to dispose the underlying SourceControl from within a Popup event. + + + + + Gets or sets the ParentBarItem that specifies the items in the dropdown menu. + + + The ParentBarItem that specifies the items in the dropdown menu. + The default value is null. + + If this property is null, then calling Show on the PoupMenu will not + have any effect (will Assert in debug mode). + + + + + Sets the design time form. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the available menu grid. + + + + + Fired when the ParentBarItem property changes. + + + + + Fired right before the popup menu gets displayed with the position. + + + This event gets fired before the underlying 's BeforePopup + event gets fired. The difference is that this event also provides the mouse position + of the context menu. Both events are cancellable. + + + + + Occurs when menu is popped up. + + + + + Occurs when menu is collapsed. + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether a specified control is part of the popup hierarchy. + + Control value + Bool vaue + Returns true if related control + + + + Child closing method. + + Popup Child + Popup CloseType + + + + Gets the available menu grid. + + + + + + EventArgs for BarPopup event of Navigation view + + + + + Gets the currently picked bar. + + + + + Gets or Sets maximum count of child items to be displayed at one time. + + + + + Custom Color table for NavigationView. + + + + + BackColor of the selected item. + + + + + Border color of the selected item. + + + + + Color of the dropdown arrow. + + + + + BorderColor of the TextBox. + + + + + BackColor of the TextBox. + + + + + BackColor of the NavigationView. + + + + + BackColor of the Arrow in Pressed state. + + + + + BackColor of the Arrow in active state. + + + + + Color of the Arrow in pressed state. + + + + + Color of the Arrow in active state. + + + + + Color of the Arrow in defaut state. + + + + + visual styles. + + + + + Represents office 2007 Style + + + + + Represents Vista Style + + + + + Represents Metro Style + + + + + Represents Custom Style + + + + + Specifies that this object implements rendering for control. + + + + + Renders control. + + control to render. + control's . + control's layouter. + control's area states. + + + + Base renderer for control. + + + + + Renders control. + + control to render. + control's . + control's layouter. + control's area states. + + + + Initializes the renderer. + + control to render. + control's . + control's layouter. + control's area states. + + + + Renders control's background. + + + + + Renders control's borders. + + + + + Renders the history buttons' area. + + + + + Renders the history buttons's background. + + + + + Renders the selected bar's image. + + The layout info. + + + + Renders the history button's image. + + The image. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the history back button. + + The area's layout information. + + + + Renders the history forward button. + + The area's layout information. + + + + Renders the history drop down button. + + The area's layout information. + + + + Renders the history drop down button. + + The area's layout information. + + + + Renders the editor area. + + + + + Sets the color of the text box background. + + The background color. + + + + Renders the bars' area. + + + + + Renders the bars. + + + + + Renders the bar. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the bar's background. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. + + The state. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's text area. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the bar's text. + + The bar to be rendered. + The state. + The text bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's drop down button. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the bar drop-down button's arrow. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Gets the bounds of bar's drop-down button's arrow. + + The bar's layout. + The image. + The arrow bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's borders. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the bar's border. + + State of the drop-down button. + if set to true, bar's border is drawn. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the border of bar's drop-down button. + + State of the drop-down button. + if set to true, bar's border is drawn. + The bar's layout. + + + + Creates background brush for a . + + The bounds. + First color. + Second color. + The blend. + Created background brush. + + + + Renders the drop-down button. + + The drop-down button's layout. + + + + Renders custom buttons' area. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + Finalizes an instance of the class. + + + + + Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Initializes the renderer. + + control to render. + control's . + control's layouter. + control's area states. + + + + Renders the editor area. + + + + + Renders the bars. + + + + + Renders the bar's background. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. + + The state. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's drop down button. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the bar borders. + + The bar. + The info. + + + + Renders the drop down. + + The drop-down button's layout. + + + + Gets current Office2007 color table. + + + + + Drop-down button implementation for . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + + + + Gets owner . + + + + + Indicates whether owner control is active. + + + true if this instance is control active; otherwise, false. + + + + + Renders control's background. + + + + + Renders control's borders. + + + + + Renders the bars' area. + + + + + Renders the editor area. + + + + + Renders the bar's background. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. + + The state. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the bar. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the bar's text. + + The bar to be rendered. + The state. + The text bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's border. + + State of the drop-down button. + if set to true, bar's border is drawn. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's drop down button. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Gets the bounds of bar's drop-down button's arrow. + + The bar's layout. + The image. + The arrow bounds. + + + + Renders the border of bar's drop-down button. + + State of the drop-down button. + if set to true, bar's border is drawn. + The bar's layout. + + + + Renders the drop-down button. + + The drop-down button's layout. + + + + Renders control's background. + + + + + Renders the bars' area. + + + + + Renders the editor area. + + + + + Renders the bar's background. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. + + The state. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the bar. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the bar's text. + + The bar to be rendered. + The state. + The text bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's border. + + State of the drop-down button. + if set to true, bar's border is drawn. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's drop down button. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Gets the bounds of bar's drop-down button's arrow. + + The bar's layout. + The image. + The arrow bounds. + + + + Renders the border of bar's drop-down button. + + State of the drop-down button. + if set to true, bar's border is drawn. + The bar's layout. + + + + Renders the drop-down button. + + The drop-down button's layout. + + + + Renders the background area. + + + + + Renders control's background. + + + + + Renders the bars' area. + + + + + Renders the editor area. + + + + + Renders the bar's background. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the border within specified bounds with specified state. + + The state. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the bar. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Renders the bar's text. + + The bar to be rendered. + The state. + The text bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's border. + + State of the drop-down button. + if set to true, bar's border is drawn. + The bounds. + + + + Renders the bar's drop down button. + + The bar to be rendered. + The bar's layout info. + + + + Gets the bounds of bar's drop-down button's arrow. + + The bar's layout. + The image. + The arrow bounds. + + + + Renders the border of bar's drop-down button. + + State of the drop-down button. + if set to true, bar's border is drawn. + The bar's layout. + + + + Renders the drop-down button. + + The drop-down button's layout. + + + + Renders the background area. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Advanced RadialMenu with MenuItems,RadialFontListBox, RadialMenuSlider and RadialColorPalette. + + + + + Initializes the WM_GESTURENOTIFY variable. + + + + + Initializes the WM_GESTURE variable. + + + + + Initializes the GC_ALLGESTURES variable. + + + + + Initializes the variable GID_BEGIN. + + + + + Initializes the variable GID_END. + + + + + Initializes the variable GID_ZOOM. + + + + + Initializes the variable GID_PAN. + + + + + Initializes the variable GID_ROTATE. + + + + + Initializes the variable GID_TWOFINGERTAP. + + + + + Initializes the variable GID_PRESSANDTAP. + + + + + Initializes the gesture flags GF_BEGIN. + + + + + Initializes the gesture flags GF_INERTIA. + + + + + Initializes the gesture flags GF_INERTIA. + + + + + Initializes the gesture flags ULL_ARGUMENTS_BIT_MASK. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Method to dispose sub items + + Control + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Initialization of components. + + + + + Constuctor of the RadialMenu + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is released. + + object + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the control is redrawn. + + Object + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Re-Initializing the RadialMenu after disposed + + Object + PopupClosedEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Resetting RadialMenu properties. + + + + + Displaying the RadialMenu in Cursor location + + + + + Displaying the RadialMenu in defined location + + Location + + + + Initializing the fontListBoxinitialize + + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.ListBox.SelectedIndex property or the has changed. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Initializes the autosize bool variable. + + + + + Accessibility object for RadialMenu. + + + + + + Holds the style + + + + + Variable for displayStyle. + + + + + Reset the Display Style property + + + + + Serializing the DisplayStyle Property + + + + + + Resets the Opacity + + + + + Serializes the Opacity. + + Opacity + + + + Variable for showToolTip. + + + + + Resets the ShowToolTip. + + + + + Serializes the ShowToolTip. + + Boolean + + + + Variable for outerArcGap. + + + + + Resets the OuterArcGab + + + + + Serializes the OuterArcGap. + + + + + + Variable for backColor. + + + + + Variable for persistPreviousSate. + + + + + Resets the PersistPreviousSate + + + + + Serializing the property PersistPreviousSate + + + + + + Variable for menuImageCollection. + + + + + Resets the ImageCollection + + + + + Serializing the property ImageCollection + + + + + + Variable for useIndexBasedOrder. + + + + + Resets the UseIndexBasedOrder + + + + + Serializing the property UseIndexBasedOrder + + UseIndexBasedOrder + + + + Resets the ItemOnLoad + + + + + Serializing the property ItemOnLoad + + ItemOnLoad + + + + Resets the Icon + + + + + Serializing the property Icon + + Icon + + + + Initializes the initialImage variable. + + + + + Resets the MenuIcon + + + + + Serializing the property MenuIcon + + Default value of the MenuIcon + + + + Resets the Items + + + + + Serializing the property Items + + Items + + + + Variable for stateImageList. + + + + + Resets the ImageList + + + + + Serializing the property ImageList + + ImageList + + + + Variable for wedgeCount. + + + + + Resets the WedgeCount + + + + + Serializing the property WedgeCount + + WedgeCount + + + + Variable for outerArcColor. + + + + + Resets the OuterArcColor + + + + + Serializing the property OuterArcColor + + OuterArcColor + + + + Variable for outerArcHighlightedColor. + + + + + Resets the OuterArcHighLightedColor + + + + + Serializing the property OuterArcHighLightedColor + + OuterArcHighLightedColor + + + + Variable for triangleColor. + + + + + Resets the DrillDownArrowColor + + + + + Serializing the property DrillDownArrowColor + + DrillDownArrowColor + + + + Variable for centerCircleRadiusFactor. + + + + + Resets the CenterCircleRadiusFactor + + + + + Serializing the property CenterCircleRadiusFactor + + InnerCircleRadius + + + + Variable for highLightedArcColor. + + + + + Resets the HighlightedArcColor + + + + + Serializing the property HighlightedArcColor + + HighlightedArcColor + + + + Variable for rimBackground. + + + + + Resets the value for OuterRimColor + + + + + Serializing the property OuterRimColor + + OuterRimColor + + + + Variable for innerCircleColor. + + + + + Resets the value for InnerCircleColor + + + + + Serializing the property InnerCircleColor + + InnerCircleColor + + + + Variable for centerCircleRimColor. + + + + + Resets the value for CenterCircleRimColor + + + + + Serializing the property CenterCircleRimColor + + CenterCircleRimColor + + + + Variable for useTransition. + + + + + Resets the value for UseTransition + + + + + Serializing the property UseTransition + + UseTransition + + + + Variable for transitionSpeed. + + + + + Resets the value for TransitionSpeed + + + + + Serializing the property TransitionSpeed + + TransitionSpeed + + + + Variable for rimThickness. + + + + + Resets the value for OuterRimThickness + + + + + Serializing the property OuterRimThickness + + OuterRimThickness + + + + Holds the backcolor of color palette + + + + + Holds the drilldown triangle color of color palette + + + + + Variable for containerVisible. + + + + + Resets the MenuVisibility + + + + + Serializes the MenuVisibility. + + MenuVisibility + + + + Variable for paletteWedgeCount. + + + + + Variable for fontItemHeight. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the background color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the outer arc color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the outer arc highlighted color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drill down arrow color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the highlighted arc color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the rim background is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the inner circle color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the center circle rim color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fore color is changed or not. + + + + + Variable for mosueDownWithMove. + + + + + Variable for mouseDownCheck. + + + + + Variable for visibleColorCollection. + + + + + Variable for colorCollectionVisibility. + + + + + Variable for fontListbox. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show OriginalMenu. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable CancelEvents. + + + + + Variable which enables or disables the visibility of PiePalatte. + + + + + Variable which enables for disables the visibility of Slider. + + + + + Variable for angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MousePressed. + + + + + Variable for radialSlider. + + + + + Variable for pieColorPalatte. + + + + + Variable for sliderForeColor. + + + + + Variable for currentMousePoint. + + + + + Variable for getMouseDownPoint. + + + + + Finding the nearest angle + + MouseXY used for finding nearest angle + Angle + + + + Sets the Angle. + + Mouse pointer + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.Control.ForeColor property value changes. + + sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Variable for sliderImage. + + + + + Variable for startAngle. + + + + + Initializes the MinimumValue variable. + + + + + Initializes the MaximumValue variable. + + + + + Initializes the SliderDivision variable. + + + + + Initializes the FindAngleDiffence variable. + + + + + Refreshing the RadialMenu + + + + + Occurs when the control style changed + + + + + Overrides OnSizeChanged event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Invalidates the entire surface of the control and causes the control to be redrawn. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Updates the ImageList + + ImageListAdv + ImageListAdv + + + + Variable for _gestureConfigSize. + + + + + Variable for _gestureInfoSize. + + + + + Initializes the gesture flags _iArguments. + + + + + Initializes the variable _ptFirst. + + + + + Initializes the variable _ptSecond. + + + + + Menus will be arranged from given Start angle. + + StartAngle of the menus + + + + Initializes new object for BackgroundWorker. + + + + + Control will dynamically creates menus as per the given directory. + + + + + + Initializes the new object for Label. + + + + + Occurs when the background operation has completed, has been canceled, or has raised an exception. + + Object + RunWorkerCompletedEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + + + DragEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Adds the sub items + + Name of RadialMenuItem + RadialMenuItem + + + + Sets whether to decoding the gesture. + + Implements a Windows message. + True or false + + + + Converts from "binary radians" to traditional radians. + + GCI_ROTATE_ANGLE_FROM_ARGUMENT + Radians + + + + Sets the Location. + + + + + Variable for touchPopUpPoint. + + + + + Overridden. System.Windows.Forms.Control.WndProc(). + + Implements a Windows message. + + + + Sets the checked state of the CheckOption. + + RadialMenuItem + + + + Checks whether the RadialMenuItem is Checked. + + RadialMenuItem + RadialMenuItem + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Next level drill down for RadialFontListBox + + RadialFontListBox + + + + Next level drill down for RadialColorPalette + + RadialColorPalette + + + + Next level drill down for RadialColorPalette + + RadialColorPalette + + + + Next level drill down for RadialMenuSlider + + RadialMenuSlider + + + + Next level DrillDown for RadialMenuItem + + RadialMenuItem + + + + NextLevelOpening for RadialMenuSlider + + RadialMenuSlider + + + + NextLevelOpening for RadialColorPalette + + RadialColorPalette + + + + NextLevelOpening for RadialMenuItem + + RadialMenuItem + + + + NextLevelOpeing for RadialFontListBox + + RadialFontListBox + + + + Occurs when the MaximumValue of the RadialMenuSlider is changed. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the MinimumValue of the RadialMenuSlider is changed. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when RadialMenuFontListBox item height is changed. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Set the region for MenuItem in index based RadialMenu. + + RadialMenuItem + + + + Set the region for MenuItem in sequence. + + RadialMenuItem + + + + Slider current line drawing + + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Return Angle + + Current point + Origin point + Angle + + + + Initializes the outer color values for ColorPalette. + + + + + Initializes the inner color values for the ColorPalatte. + + + + + Get the current item + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Refreshes RadialMenuItem. + + RadialMenuItem + + + + Refreshing all the Items in RadialMenu. + + + + + Paints the Rim + + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + RadialMenuItem + + + + Drawing RadialColorPalette + + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Drawing RadialMenuSlider + + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Drawing division lines + + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Draws Radial Triangle. + + No of items + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface + OuterColor + + + + Draws Triangle + + No of items + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface. + Boolean variable + Boolean variable + + + + Drawing index based MenuItem. + + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Initializes the TransparencyKeyColor variable. + + + + + Sets the color for Transparency. + + Color variable + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Paint event. + + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Variable for origin. + + + + + Checks whether the mouse point is inside the circle. + + Mouse pointer location + Boolean variable + + + + Checks whether the mouse point is outside the circle. + + Mouse pointer location + Boolean variable + + + + Gets the current point + + Degree + Radius + Origin Point + PointF + + + + Gets the ColorPalette outer path. + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface + Color + Start angle + GraphicsPath + + + + Gets the ColorPalette inner path. + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface + Color + Start angle + GraphicsPath + + + + Initializes the innerPaletteThickness variable. + + + + + Gets the ColorPalette outer region. + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface + Color + Start angle + Region + + + + Gets the ColorItem outer region. + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface + Color + Start angle + Region + + + + Gets the outer palette inner region. + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface + Color + Start angle + Region + + + + Gets the inner palette region + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface + Color + Start angle + Region + + + + Get the path of inner ColorPalette. + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface + Color + Start angle + GraphicsPath + + + + Gets the path of outer ColorPalette. + + Encapsulates a GDI+ drawing surface + Color + Start angle + GraphicsPath + + + + variable for DrillDown property + + + + + Resets the DrillDown property + + + + + Serializes the DrillDown property + + DrillDown + + + + Event for NextLevelOpening. + + + + + Occurs when previous menu level is opening. + + + + + Occurs when previous menu level is opened. + + + + + Occurs when next menu level is opened. + + + + + Gets or sets the BackColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the AutoSize. + + + + + Gets or sets the BorderStyle + + + + + Overrides the ContextMenu. + + + + + Overrides the ContextMenuStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the container enables the user to + scroll to any controls placed outside of its visible boundaries. + + + + + Overrides the BackgroundImage. + + + + + Overrides the BackgroundImageLayout. + + + + + Overrides the Dock. + + + + + Overrides the MaximumSize. + + + + + Overrides the MinimumSize. + + + + + Overrides the RightToLeft. + + + + + Gets or sets the style + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the DisplayStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the Opacity. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the ToolTip. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the OuterArcGap. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the PreviousState. + + + + + Gets or sets value to the images of the Menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the sequence menu order. + + + + + Gets or sets value to the load MenuItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the Icon. + + + + + Gets or sets value of the MenuIcon. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the items. + + + + + Gets or sets value to the images of the Menus. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to allocate the space for the items. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the color of the OuterArc. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the color of the OuterArc. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the color of the DrillDownArrow. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the radius of the CenterCircle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the HighlightedArcColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the color of the Rim. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the InnerCircleColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the color of the CenterCircleRim. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable the Transition. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the speed of the transition. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the thickness of the OuterRim. + + + + + Gets the renderer class colors respective to style + + + + + Event for MenuVisibilityChanged. + + + + + Event for MenuVisibilityChanging. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MenuVisibility. + + + + + Gets the value associated with the SliderCurrentPieAngle. + + + + + Gets the value associated with the ColorPaletteAngle. + + + + + Gets the value associated with the PieAngle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the PaletteWedgeCount. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for FontItemHeight + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MosueDownWithMove. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MouseDownCheck. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the visibleColorCollection. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable the visiblity of ColorCollection. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to show OriginalMenu. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable CancelEvents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable for disable the visibility of PiePalatte. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable for disable the visibility of Slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to enable or disable the MousePressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the RadialSlider. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the PieColorPalatte. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the SliderForeColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for CurrentMousePoint + + + + + Gets or sets the value for GetMouseDownPoint + + + + + Gets or sets the value for SliderImage + + + + + Gets the startAngle. + + + + + Gets or sets the DrillDown type for NextLevelOpening + + + + + Enum that specifies the type of DrillDown for NextLevelOpening + + + + + DrillDown while clicking on the Inner circle. + + + + + DrillDown while clicking on the Outer circle. + + + + + DrillDown while clicking on the Both circle. + + + + + Delegate for StartMenulOpening. + + object + MenuVisibilityChanging which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for NextMenuLevelOpening. + + object + NextLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousMenuLevelOpening. + + object + PreviousLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousMenuLevelOpened. + + object + PreviousLevelOpened which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for NextMenuLevelOpened + + object + NextLevelOpened which contains EventData + + + + Designer class for RadialMenu + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Componnent object + + + + Gets the value indicating the designer action + + + + + Class for RadialMenuActionList. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialMenuActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets or sets the items associated with the RadialMenu. + + + + + Gets or sets the Name. + + + + + Gets sets the value for WedgeCount + + + + + Variable for Points + + + + + Initializes the GESTUREINFO. + + + + + Initializes the GESTURECONFIG + + + + + Class for RadialMenuItem + + + + + Initializes new instance of RadialMenuItem class. + + + + + Initializes the filePath variable. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Initializes the defaultProcessStart variable. + + + + + Sets the value for DefaultProcessStart. + + boolean + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Fires PreviousMenuLevelOpening event. + + + + + Fires NextMenuOpening event. + + + + + Fires PreviousMenuLevelOpened event. + + + + + Fires NextMenuOpened event. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseMove event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseEnter event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Set the backcolor of the item for disable mode. + + Color + + + + Initializes the cancelEvents variable. + + + + + Initializes the parentItem variable. + + + + + Initializes the menuRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the itemRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the selected variable. + + + + + Initializes the menuSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the checkMouseEntered variable. + + + + + Initializes the checkMouseEnteredRim variable. + + + + + Initializes the groupName variable. + + + + + Resets the GroupName value + + + + + Serializing the GroupName property + + GroupName + + + + Initializes the checkMode variable. + + + + + Reset the CheckMode value + + + + + Serializing the CheckMode property + + CheckMode + + + + Initializes the checkedState variable. + + + + + Resets the Checked value. + + + + + Serializing the Checked property. + + + + + + Initializes the imageIndex variable. + + + + + Resets the ImageIndex + + + + + Serializes the ImageIndex property. + + ImageIndex + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether back color is changed or not. + + + + + Initializes the backColor variable. + + + + + Resets the BackColor + + + + + Serializes the BackColor property. + + BackColor + + + + Initializes the disabled_Color variable. + + + + + Initializes the index variable. + + + + + Resets the Index. + + + + + Serializes the Index property. + + index + + + + Initializes the items collection. + + + + + Resets the Items. + + + + + Serializes the Items property + + Items + + + + Gets or sets the FilePath. + + + + + Occurs when next level is opening. + + + + + Occurs when previous menu level is opening. + + + + + Occurs when next level is opened. + + + + + Occurs when previous menu level is opened. + + + + + Overrides ContextMenu. + + + + + Overrides ContextMenuStrip. + + + + + Overrides BackgroundImage. + + + + + Overrides the BackgroundImageLayout. + + + + + Overrides the Dock. + + + + + Overrides the MaximumSize. + + + + + Overrides the MinimumSize. + + + + + Overrides the RightToLeft. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for CancelEvents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ParentItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the Region for MenuItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for CheckMouseEntered + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for checkMouseEnteredRim + + + + + Gets or sets the value to item GroupName. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to item CheckMode. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to item checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ImageIndex. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the RadialMenu BackColor. + + + + + Gets the value of the DisabledColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Index. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the items of the the RadialMenu. + + + + + Delegate for NextLevelOpening. + + object + RadialMenuItemNextLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousLevelOpening. + + object + RadialMenuItemNextLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for NextLevelOpened. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousLevelOpened. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Class for RadialFontListBox + + + + + Initializes the radialMenuFontListBox variable. + + + + + Initializes the cancelEvents bool variable. + + + + + Initializes the menuRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the itemRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the checkMouseEntered variable. + + + + + Initializes the checkMouseEnteredRim variable. + + + + + Initializes the parentItem variable. + + + + + Initializes the selected variable. + + + + + Initializes the menuSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the radialFontListBoxVisibility variable. + + + + + Initializes the disabled_Color variable. + + + + + Set the backcolor of the item for disable mode. + + Color + + + + Initializes the itemHeight variable. + + + + + Resets the ItemHeight + + + + + Serializes the ItemHeight. + + ItemHeight + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether ItemBackColor is changed or not. + + + + + Initializes the itemBackColor. + + + + + Resets the ItemBackColor + + + + + Serializes the ItemBackColor property. + + ItemBackColor + + + + Holds the style of font view + + + + + Initializes the index variable. + + + + + Resets the Index + + + + + Serializes the Index variable. + + Index + + + + Initializes the imageIndex variable. + + + + + Resets the ImageIndex + + + + + Serializes the ImageIndex. + + ImageIndex + + + + Fires the event PreviousMenuLevelOpened. + + + + + Fires the event NextMenuOpened. + + + + + Fires the event NextMenuLevelOpening. + + + + + Fires the event PreviousMenuLevelOpening. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseMove event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the RadialFontChanged event. + + string + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialFontListBox class. + + + + + Occurs when the style changes + + + + + Occurs when next menu level is opening in RadialFontListBox. + + + + + Occurs when previous menu level is opening in RadialFontListBox. + + + + + Occurs when previous menu level is opened in RadialFontListBox. + + + + + Occurs when next menu is opened in RadialFontListBox. + + + + + Occurs when selected Font is changed in RadialFontListBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the RadialMenuFontListBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the CancelEvents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the CheckMouseEntered. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for checkMouseEnteredRim + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ParentItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the RadialFontListBoxVisibility. + + + + + Gets the office 2016 colors respective to style + + + + + Gets the DisabledColor property. + + + + + Event forItemHeightChanged. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the ItemHeight. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the backcolor of the item. + + + + + Gets or Sets the style of font view + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Index. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ImageIndex. + + + + + Overrides the Dock property. + + + + + Overrides the BackgroundImage property. + + + + + Overrides the Dock ContextMenuStrip. + + + + + Overrides the RightToLeft property. + + + + + Delegate for NextLevelOpening. + + object + RadialFontMenuNextLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousLevelOpening. + + object + RadialFontMenuPreviostLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for NextLevelOpened. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousLevelOpened. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Class for RadialMenuFontBox. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuFontBox class. + + + + + InitializeComponent of the RadialMenuFontBox class. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Variable for panel1. + + + + + Variable for panel2. + + + + + Variable for radialMenuFontListBox1. + + + + + Variable for borderColor. + + + + + Holds the style of font view + + + + + Occurs when the style changes + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Paint event. + + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Gets or sets the BorderColor property. + + + + + Gets or Sets the style of font view + + + + + Gets the Office 2016 colors respective to RadialMenu Style + + + + + Overrides the CreateParams property. + + + + + Class for RadialMenuFontListBox. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuFontListBox class + + + + + Variable for standardStringFormat + + + + + Variable for recentlyAddedMaximumCount + + + + + Holds the scrollbar + + + + + Variable for Adjust + + + + + Variable for defaultFont + + + + + Variable for RecentlyAdded + + + + + Variable for FontImage + + + + + Holds the style of Font view + + + + + Occurs when the style changes + + + + + Gets the fontcollection. + + Graphics + + + + Draws the splitter. + + Graphics + Rectangle + + + + Overrides the OnDrawItem. + + DrawItemEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Overrides SelectedIndexChanged event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Overrides FontChanged event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Gets or sets the drawing mode for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the method in which items are selected in the System.Windows.Forms.ListBox. + + + + + Gets the office 2016 colors respective to style + + + + + Gets or Sets the Style of Font view + + + + + Gets or sets the MaximumFavourites property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image property. + + + + + Advanced RadialColorPalette with color items + + + + + Raises PreviousMenuLevelOpened event. + + + + + Raises NextMenuOpened event. + + + + + Raises PreviousMenuOpening event. + + + + + Raises NextMenuOpening event. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseMove event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseEnter event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialColorPalette class. + + + + + Initializes the cancelEvents variable. + + + + + Initializes the piePalatteVisibility variable. + + + + + Initailizes the defaultColorPaletteItemCollection. + + + + + Initializes the selected variable. + + + + + Initializes the menuSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the checkMouseEntered variable. + + + + + Initializes the checkMouseEnteredRim variable. + + + + + Initializes the parentItem variable. + + + + + Initializes the redRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the greenRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the blueRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the yellowRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the colorPaletteItemCollection. + + + + + Initializes the menuRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the itemRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the disabled_Color property. + + + + + Set the backcolor of the item for disable mode. + + Color + + + + Initializes the index variable + + + + + Resets the Index + + + + + Serializes the Index. + + Index + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether ItemBackColor is changed or not. + + + + + Initializes the itemBackColor variable. + + + + + Resets the ItemBackColor + + + + + Serializes the ItemBackColor. + + ItemBackColor + + + + Initializes the imageIndex variable. + + + + + Resets the ImageIndex + + + + + Serializes the ImageIndex property. + + ImageIndex + + + + Initializes the blackColorCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the redColorCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the yellowColorCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the greenColorCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the blueColorCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the BlackColorCollection. + + + + + Initializes the RedColorCollection. + + + + + Initializes the YellowColorCollection. + + + + + Initializes the GreenColorCollection. + + + + + Initializes the BlueColorCollection. + + + + + Raises the ColorPaletteColorChanged event. + + + + + NextLevelOpening event for RadialColorPalette. + + + + + PreviousMenuLevelOpening event for RadialColorPalette. + + + + + NextLevelOpened event for RadialColorPalette. + + + + + PreviousLevelOpened event for RadialColorPalette. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the CancelEvents. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the PiePalatteVisibility. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for DefaultColorPaletteItemCollection. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the CheckMouseEntered. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for checkMouseEnteredRim. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ParentItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the RedItemRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the GreenItemRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the BlueItemRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the YellowItemRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the ColorPaletteItemCollection. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. + + + + + Gets the value for DisabledColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Index. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemBackColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ImageIndex. + + + + + Overrides the BackColor property. + + + + + Overrides the Dock property. + + + + + Overrides the BackgroundImage. + + + + + Overrides the ContextMenuStrip. + + + + + Overrides the RightToLeft. + + + + + Event for ColorPaletteColorChanged. + + + + + Delegate for NextLevelOpening. + + object + RadialMenuNextLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousMenuLevelOpening. + + object + RadialMenuNextLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for NextLevelOpened. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousLevelOpened. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Class for ColorSpecialItems. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for ColorSpecialItems class. + + + + + Adds the items in ColorCollection. + + ColorCollection + ColorCollection + + + + Adds the items in ColorCollection. + + ColorCollection + + + + Removes the items from ColorCollection. + + ColorCollection + + + + Checks whether the InnerList contains the given ColorCollection. + + ColorCollection + ColorCollection + + + + Gets the values of the ColorCollection. + + ColorCollection + + + + Gets or sets the ColorCollection. + + Index + ColorCollection + + + + Class for ColorCollectionConverter. + + + + + Class for ColorCollection. + + + + + Initializes the menuSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the itemSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the itemRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the itemInnerRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the color1 variable. + + + + + Resets the Color1 + + + + + Serializes the Color1 + + Color1 + + + + Initializes the color1Region variable. + + + + + Initializes the color1InnerSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color1OuterSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color2InnerSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color2OuterSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color3InnerSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color3OuterSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color4InnerSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color4OuterSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color5InnerSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color5OuterSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color6InnerSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color6OuterSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color7InnerSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color7OuterSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color8InnerSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color8OuterSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the color1OuterRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the color2 variable. + + + + + Resets the Color2 + + + + + Serializes the color2. + + color2 + + + + Initializes the color2Region variable. + + + + + Initializes the color2OuterRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the color3 variable. + + + + + Resets the Color3 + + + + + Serializes the Color3 + + Color3 + + + + Initializes the color3Region variable. + + + + + Initializes the color3OuterRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the color4 variable. + + + + + Resets the Color4 + + + + + Serializes the Color4 + + Color4 + + + + Initializes the color4Region variable. + + + + + Initializes the color4OuterRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the color5 variable. + + + + + Resets the Color5 + + + + + Serializes the Color5 + + Color5 + + + + Initializes the color5Region variable. + + + + + Initializes the color5OuterRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the color6 variable. + + + + + Resets the Color6 + + + + + Serializes the Color6. + + Color6 + + + + Initializes the color6Region variable. + + + + + Initializes the color6OuterRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the color7 variable. + + + + + Resets the Color7 + + + + + Serializes the Color7. + + Color7 + + + + Initializes the color7OuterRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the color7Region variable. + + + + + Initializes the color8 variable. + + + + + Resets the Color8 + + + + + Serializes the Color8. + + Color8 + + + + Initializes the color8Region variable. + + + + + Initializes the color8OuterRegion variable. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemInnerRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1Region. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1InnerSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1OuterSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2InnerSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2OuterSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3InnerSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3OuterSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4InnerSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4OuterSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5InnerSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5OuterSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6InnerSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6OuterSelected. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color7OuterSelected. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color8OuterSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color1OuterRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2Region. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color2OuterRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3Region. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color3OuterRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4Region. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color4OuterRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5Region. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color5OuterRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6Region. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color6OuterRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color7. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color7OuterRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color7Region. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color8. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color8Region. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Color8OuterRegion. + + + + + Advanced RadialMenuSlider + + + + + Initializes the angle variable. + + + + + Initializes the cancelEvents variable. + + + + + Raises the PreviousMenuLevelOpened event. + + + + + Raises the NextMenuOpened event. + + + + + Raises the PreviousMenuOpening event. + + + + + Raises the NextMenuOpening event. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Click event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDown event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DoubleClick event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseDoubleClick event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseUp event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseMove event. + + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseEnter event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseLeave event. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuSlider class. + + + + + Initializes the checkMouseEntered variable. + + + + + Initializes the checkMouseEnteredRim variable. + + + + + Initializes the parentItem variable. + + + + + Initializes the menuRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the itemRegion variable. + + + + + Initializes the menuSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the selected variable. + + + + + Initializes the sliderVisibility variable. + + + + + Initializes the disabled_Color variable. + + + + + Set the backcolor of the item for disable mode. + + Color + + + + Initializes the minimumValue variable. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether ItemBackColor is changed or not. + + + + + Initializes the itemBackColor variable. + + + + + Resets the ItemBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the ItemBackColor property. + + itemBackColor + + + + Resets the MinimumValue + + + + + Serializes the MinimumValue property. + + MinimumValue + + + + Initializes the maximumValue variable. + + + + + Resets the MaximumValue + + + + + Serializes the MaximumValue property. + + MaximumValue + + + + Initializes the sliderValue variable. + + + + + Initializes the index variable. + + + + + Resets the Index + + + + + Serializes the Index. + + Index + + + + Initializes the sliderStyle variable. + + + + + Resets the SliderStyle + + + + + Serializes the SliderStyle. + + SliderStyle + + + + Initializes the imageIndex. + + + + + Resets the ImageIndex + + + + + Serializes the ImageIndex + + ImageIndex + + + + Raises the SliderValueChanged event. + + + + + Occurs when next level is opening in RadialMenuSlider. + + + + + Occurs when previous level is opening in RadialMenuSlider. + + + + + Occurs when next level is opened in RadialMenuSlider. + + + + + Occurs when previous level is opened in RadialMenuSlider. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the CancelEvents. + + + + + Overrides the BackColor. + + + + + Overrides the Dock. + + + + + Overrides the BackgroundImage. + + + + + Overrides the ContextMenuStrip. + + + + + Overrides the RightToLeft. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the CheckMouseEntered. + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for checkMouseEnteredRim + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ParentItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemRegion. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the MenuSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the SliderVisibility. + + + + + Event for MinimumValueChanged. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the MinimumValue of the Slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ItemBackColor. + + + + + Event for MaximumValueChanged. + + + + + Gets or sets the MaximumValue of the Slider. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the SliderValue. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the Index. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the SliderStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the ImageIndex. + + + + + Event for SliderValueChanged. + + + + + Delegate for NextLevelOpening. + + object + RadialSliderNextLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousLevelOpening. + + object + RadialSliderPreviousLevelOpening which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for NextLevelOpened. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for PreviousLevelOpened. + + object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Delegate for SliderValueChangedEventArgs. + + + + + Delegate for ColorChanged. + + + + + Delegate for SelectedFontChanged. + + + + + RadilMenuSliderStyle + + + + + Default SliderStyle. + + + + + Frame SliderStyle. + + + + + Class for RadialMenuSliderValueChangedEventArgs. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuSliderValueChangedEventArgs class. + + + + + Initializes the s_value. + + + + + Gets or sets the RadialMenuSlider Value + + + + + Class for SelctedColorChangedEventArgs. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for SelctedColorChangedEventArgs class. + + Color + + + + Initializes the selectedColor variable. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for SelectedColor. + + + + + Class for SlectedIndexChangedEventArgs. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for SlectedIndexChangedEventArgs. + + Color + + + + Variable for selectedFontname. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of SelectedFontName. + + + + + Class for RadialMenuNextLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuNextLevelOpening class. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel + + + + + Class for RadialMenuNextLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuPreviousLevelOpening. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel + + + + + Class for PreviousLevelOpened. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for PreviousLevelOpened class. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for selectedItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for SelectedItem. + + + + + Class for PreviousLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for PreviousLevelOpening class. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for selectedItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel + + + + + Gets or sets the value for SelectedItem. + + + + + Class for NextLevelOpened. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for NextLevelOpened. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for selectedItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the SelectedItem. + + + + + Class for NextLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for NextLevelOpening class. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Variable for selectedItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel + + + + + Gets or sets the value for SelectedItem. + + + + + Class for MenuVisibilityChanging. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for MenuVisibilityChanging. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel + + + + + Class for RadialMenuItemNextLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuItemNextLevelOpening. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel. + + + + + Class for RadialMenuItemPreviousLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuItemPreviousLevelOpening. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel + + + + + Class for RadialSliderNextLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialSliderNextLevelOpening. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel. + + + + + Class for RadialSliderPreviousLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialSliderPreviousLevelOpening. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel + + + + + Class for RadialFontMenuNextLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialFontMenuNextLevelOpening class. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel + + + + + Class for RadialFontMenuPreviostLevelOpening. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialFontMenuPreviostLevelOpening. + + + + + Variable for Owner. + + + + + Variable for cancel. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Cancel + + + + + Property for DisplayStyle. + + + + + Displays the text above the Image. + + + + + Displays the Text below the Image. + + + + + Displays the Text alone. + + + + + Displays Image alone. + + + + + Property for CheckMode. + + + + + Allows to select one RadialMenuItem at a time. + + + + + Allows to check the selected RadialMenuItems alone. + + + + + RadialMenuItems cannot be checked. + + + + + This enum represents style of the radial Menu + + + + + This option represents Default style of the radial menu + + + + + This option represents Office2016Colorful style of radial menu + + + + + This option represents Office2016Black style of radial menu + + + + + This option represents Office2016White Style of radial Menu + + + + + This option represents Office2016Dark Style of radial Menu + + + + + Class used for Accessibility of RadialMenu. + + + + + RadialMenu + + + + + Constructor + + RadialMenu + + + + Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. + + Number of Child. + + + + Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. + + Index + Child specified to the index + + + + Retrieves the object that has the focus. + + + + + + Retrieves the currently selected child. + + Child + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + Mouse pointer X location + Mouse pointer Y location + control + + + + Navigates to another accessible object. + + AccessibleNavigation + An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents one of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleNavigation + values. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + + + + Gets the role for the RadialMenu. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + + + + Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject + + + + + Gets the state of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + This class represents renderer class for office 2016 style + + + + + Holds the backcolor + + + + + Holds the forecolor + + + + + Holds the highlighted arc color + + + + + Holds the inner circle fill color + + + + + Holds the center circle rim color + + + + + Holds the outer arc color + + + + + Holds the outer arc highlighted color + + + + + Holds the rim background color + + + + + Holds the drill down arrow color + + + + + Holds the menu item backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox border color + + + + + Holds the fontbox fore color + + + + + Holds the fontbox backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox selected backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox selected fore color + + + + + Holds the item disabled backcolor + + + + + Holds the item disabled arc color + + + + + Holds the item disabled fore color + + + + + Holds the item disabled triangle color + + + + + Holds the backcolor for color palette + + + + + Holds the triangle color for color palette + + + + + Holds the outer rim color for slider + + + + + Holds the backcolor for slider + + + + + Holds the circle color for slider + + + + + Holds the needle color for slider + + + + + Holds the fore color for slider + + + + + Holds the value fore color for slider + + + + + Holds the line color for slider + + + + + Holds the drill down arrow hover color + + + + + Holds the radial slider frame range color + + + + + Holds the disabled inner circle color + + + + + Holds the disabled center rim color + + + + + Holds the disabled rim backgroud color + + + + + Constructor of renderer class + + Gets style of radialMenu + + + + + Gets the backcolor + + + + + Gets the forecolor + + + + + Gets the highlighted arc color + + + + + Gets the inner circle color + + + + + Gets the center circle rim color + + + + + Gets the outer arc color + + + + + Gets the outer arc highlighted color + + + + + Gets the rim background color + + + + + Gets the drill down arrow color + + + + + Gets the menu item backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox border color + + + + + Gets the fontbox forecolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox selected backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox selected forecolor + + + + + Gets the item disabled backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled arc color + + + + + Gets the disabled forecolor + + + + + Gets the disabled triangle color + + + + + Gets the color palette backcolor + + + + + Gets the color palette triangle color + + + + + Gets the slider outer rim color + + + + + Gets the slider backcolor + + + + + Gets the slider circle color + + + + + Gets the needle color + + + + + Gets the slider fore color + + + + + Gets the slider value fore color + + + + + Gets the slider line color + + + + + Gets the drill down arrow hover color + + + + + Gets the slider frame range color + + + + + Gets the disabled innercircle fill color + + + + + Gets the disabled centre rim color + + + + + Gets the disabled rim background color + + + + + This class represents renderer class for office 2016 white style + + + + + Holds the backcolor + + + + + Holds the forecolor + + + + + Holds the highlighted arc color + + + + + Holds the inner circle fill color + + + + + Holds the center circle rim color + + + + + Holds the outer arc color + + + + + Holds the outer arc highlighted color + + + + + Holds the rim background color + + + + + Holds the drill down arrow color + + + + + Holds the item backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox border color + + + + + Holds the fontbox fore color + + + + + Holds the fontbox backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox selected backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox selected fore color + + + + + Holds the item disabled backcolor + + + + + Holds the item disabled arc color + + + + + Holds the item disabled fore color + + + + + Holds the item disabled triangle color + + + + + Holds the backcolor for color palette + + + + + Holds the triangle color for color palette + + + + + Holds the outerrim color for slider + + + + + Holds the backcolor for slider + + + + + Holds the circle color for slider + + + + + Holds the needle color for slider + + + + + Holds the fore color for slider + + + + + Holds the value fore color for slider + + + + + Holds the line color for slider + + + + + Holds the drill down arrow hover color + + + + + Holds the radial slider frame range color + + + + + Holds the disabled inner circle color + + + + + Holds the disabled center rim color + + + + + Holds the disabled rim backgroud color + + + + + Gets the backcolor + + + + + Gets the forecolor + + + + + Gets the highlighted arc color + + + + + Gets the inner circle color + + + + + Gets the center circle rim color + + + + + Gets the outer arc color + + + + + Gets the outer arc highlighted color + + + + + Gets the rim background color + + + + + Gets the drill down arrow color + + + + + Gets the menu item backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox border color + + + + + Gets the fontbox forecolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox selected backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox selected forecolor + + + + + Gets the item disabled backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled arc color + + + + + Gets the disabled forecolor + + + + + Gets the disabled triangle color + + + + + Gets the color palette backcolor + + + + + Gets the color palette triangle color + + + + + Gets the slider outer rim color + + + + + Gets the slider backcolor + + + + + Gets the slider circle color + + + + + Gets the needle color + + + + + Gets the slider fore color + + + + + Gets the slider value fore color + + + + + Gets the slider line color + + + + + Gets the drill down arrow hover color + + + + + Gets the slider frame range color + + + + + Gets the disabled innercircle fill color + + + + + Gets the disabled centre rim color + + + + + Gets the disabled rim background color + + + + + This class represents renderer class for office 2016 black style + + + + + Holds the backcolor + + + + + Holds the forecolor + + + + + Holds the highlighted arc color + + + + + Holds the inner circle fill color + + + + + Holds the center circle rim color + + + + + Holds the outer arc color + + + + + Holds the outer arc highlighted color + + + + + Holds the rim background color + + + + + Holds the drill down arrow color + + + + + Holds the item backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox border color + + + + + Holds the fontbox fore color + + + + + Holds the fontbox backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox selected backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox selected fore color + + + + + Holds the item disabled backcolor + + + + + Holds the item disabled arc color + + + + + Holds the item disabled fore color + + + + + Holds the item disabled triangle color + + + + + Holds the backcolor for color palette + + + + + Holds the triangle color for color palette + + + + + Holds the outerrim color for slider + + + + + Holds the backcolor for slider + + + + + Holds the circle color for slider + + + + + Holds the needle color for slider + + + + + Holds the fore color for slider + + + + + Holds the value fore color for slider + + + + + Holds the line color for slider + + + + + Holds the drill down arrow hover color + + + + + Holds the radial slider frame range color + + + + + Holds the disabled inner circle color + + + + + Holds the disabled center rim color + + + + + Holds the disabled rim backgroud color + + + + + Gets the backcolor + + + + + Gets the forecolor + + + + + Gets the highlighted arc color + + + + + Gets the inner circle color + + + + + Gets the center circle rim color + + + + + Gets the outer arc color + + + + + Gets the outer arc highlighted color + + + + + Gets the rim background color + + + + + Gets the drill down arrow color + + + + + Gets the menu item backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox border color + + + + + Gets the fontbox forecolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox selected backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox selected forecolor + + + + + Gets the item disabled backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled arc color + + + + + Gets the disabled forecolor + + + + + Gets the disabled triangle color + + + + + Gets the color palette backcolor + + + + + Gets the color palette triangle color + + + + + Gets the slider outer rim color + + + + + Gets the slider backcolor + + + + + Gets the slider circle color + + + + + Gets the needle color + + + + + Gets the slider fore color + + + + + Gets the slider value fore color + + + + + Gets the slider line color + + + + + Gets the drill down arrow hover color + + + + + Gets the slider frame range color + + + + + Gets the disabled innercircle fill color + + + + + Gets the disabled centre rim color + + + + + Gets the disabled rim background color + + + + + This class represents renderer class for office 2016 darkgray style + + + + + Holds the backcolor + + + + + Holds the forecolor + + + + + Holds the highlighted arc color + + + + + Holds the inner circle fill color + + + + + Holds the center circle rim color + + + + + Holds the outer arc color + + + + + Holds the outer arc highlighted color + + + + + Holds the rim background color + + + + + Holds the drill down arrow color + + + + + Holds the item backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox border color + + + + + Holds the fontbox fore color + + + + + Holds the fontbox backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox selected backcolor + + + + + Holds the fontbox selected fore color + + + + + Holds the item disabled backcolor + + + + + Holds the item disabled arc color + + + + + Holds the item disabled fore color + + + + + Holds the item disabled triangle color + + + + + Holds the backcolor for color palette + + + + + Holds the triangle color for color palette + + + + + Holds the outerrim color for slider + + + + + Holds the backcolor for slider + + + + + Holds the circle color for slider + + + + + Holds the needle color for slider + + + + + Holds the fore color for slider + + + + + Holds the value fore color for slider + + + + + Holds the line color for slider + + + + + Holds the drill down arrow hover color + + + + + Holds the radial slider frame range color + + + + + Holds the disabled inner circle color + + + + + Holds the disabled center rim color + + + + + Holds the disabled rim backgroud color + + + + + Gets the backcolor + + + + + Gets the forecolor + + + + + Gets the highlighted arc color + + + + + Gets the inner circle color + + + + + Gets the center circle rim color + + + + + Gets the outer arc color + + + + + Gets the outer arc highlighted color + + + + + Gets the rim background color + + + + + Gets the drill down arrow color + + + + + Gets the menu item backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox border color + + + + + Gets the fontbox forecolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox selected backcolor + + + + + Gets the fontbox selected forecolor + + + + + Gets the item disabled backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled arc color + + + + + Gets the disabled forecolor + + + + + Gets the disabled triangle color + + + + + Gets the color palette backcolor + + + + + Gets the color palette triangle color + + + + + Gets the slider outer rim color + + + + + Gets the slider backcolor + + + + + Gets the slider circle color + + + + + Gets the needle color + + + + + Gets the slider fore color + + + + + Gets the slider value fore color + + + + + Gets the slider line color + + + + + Gets the drill down arrow hover color + + + + + Gets the slider frame range color + + + + + Gets the disabled innercircle fill color + + + + + Gets the disabled centre rim color + + + + + Gets the disabled rim background color + + + + + Class for RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditor + + + + + variable for ITypeDescriptorContext. + + + + + Variable for IWindowsFormsEditorService. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditor. + + + + + Overridden function of EditValue. + + Contextual information about a component + An object that provides custom support to other objects. + Object + RadialMenuItemCollection + + + + Gets the editor style used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. + + Used to gain additional context information. + UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style + + + + Added Items to the ITypeDescriptorContext. + + Object + Item + + + + Items removed from ITypeDescriptorContext. + + Object + Item + + + + Event for CollectionChanged. + + Object + Value + + + + Initializes new RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditorForm + + RadialMenu + RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditorForm + + + + Event for CollectionChanged. + + + + + Delegate for CollectionChanged EventHandler. + + + + + Collection which holds the RadialMenu's child items + + + + + Constructs a new instance. + + The Control that this collection is associated with. + + + + The Control this collection is associated with. + + + + + The list of items stored in this control. + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. + + The comparer used to compare items. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Variable for itemCollectionList. + + + + + Exposes the enumerator, which supports a simple iteration over a collection of a specified type. + + List + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Adds an item to the collection. + + The item to add to the collection. + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the collection. + True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + True if the item was successfully removed from the colleection, otherwise false. This method + also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert into the list. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + + + + Adds an item to the list. + + The item to add to the list. + The position at which the item was inserted. + + + + Determines whether the list contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the list. + True if an instance of the item was found in the list, otherwise false. + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert into the list. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the list is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the list has a fixed size. + + + + + CustomCollectionEditorForm for RadialMenu + + + + + Variable for Collection. + + + + + Variable for backupList. + + + + + Variable for pg_PropGrid. + + + + + Variable for pan_ButtonsPan. + + + + + Variable for add button. + + + + + Variable for remove button. + + + + + Variable for down button. + + + + + Variable for up button. + + + + + Variable for ok button. + + + + + Variable for cancel button. + + + + + Variable for comboBox1. + + + + + Variable for attachedEditor. + + + + + Variable for listBox1 + + + + + Variable for label1. + + + + + Variable for radialMenu1. + + + + + Variable for components. + + + + + Variable for panel1. + + + + + Variable for splitContainer1. + + + + + Variable for panel2. + + + + + Initializes the radialMenu variable. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for RadialMenuCustomCollectionEditorForm class. + + RadialMenu + + + + Event for Load. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Gets the value of the Property. + + RadialMenu + PropertyInfo + object + + + + Returns the Properties. + + RadialMenu + object + + + + Sets the Property. + + RadialMenu + Property Name + Value of the property. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets the data type of each item in the collection. + + The collection for which to get the item's type + The data type of the collection items. + + + + Gets the data types that this collection editor can contain + + The collection for which to return the available types + An array of data types that this collection can contain. + + + + Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. + + The type of item to create. + A new instance of the specified object. + + + + Destroys the specified instance of the object. + + The object to destroy. + + + + Destroys the specified instance of the object. + + The object to destroy + + + + Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. + + The object to destroy + + + + Removes the Item from the collection. + + Item which is to be removed. + + + + Adds the Item to the collection. + + Item which is to be added + + + + Moves the item to the specified index. + + collection + index + up or down + + + + Generates the item array. + + Collection + Object + + + + Creates a new object for itemcollection . + + The collection item for which to create an object. + + + + Cast the item into the type of reffObject to add in the item collection. + + The object to be customized in respect to it's corresponding itemcollection. + The collection item for which it customizes the created object. + + + + Refreshes the value by adding the Items to the collection. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + Object + PropertyValueChangedEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the selected System.Windows.Forms.GridItem is changed. + + Object + SelectedGridItemChangedEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Function which sets the properties. + + Object + Instance of the Item + Value of the Item + + + + Function to undo the changes. + + Collection + Collection + + + + Copies the Items from source to destination. + + Source collection + Destination collection + + + + Overrides OnResize method. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Overrides OnClosing method. + + CancelEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the cancel Button is clicked. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the up Button is clicked. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the down Button is clicked. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the ok Button is clicked. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the add Button is clicked. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the remove Button is clicked. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Load event of the CustomCollectionEditorForm. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.ListBox.SelectedIndex property is changed + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. + + Object + KeyEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Event for InstanceCreated. + + + + + Event for DestroyingInstance. + + + + + Event for ItemRemoved. + + + + + Event for ItemAdded. + + + + + Gets or sets the Collection. + + + + + Delegate for InstanceEventHandler. + + Sender + Instance + + + + Class for Transition. + + + + + Initializes the controlZoomPoint variable. + + + + + Initializes the controlOpacityPoint variable. + + + + + Initializes the controlSpinRange variable. + + + + + Initializes the controlTimeNow variable. + + + + + Initializes the transiotionMinTime variable. + + + + + Initializes the transitionMaxSize variable. + + + + + Initializes the new instance of padding. + + + + + Initializes the Transition variables. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the current System.Object. + + Transition + + + + Adds the values of Transition variables. + + Transition + + + + Gets or sets the value for ControlSpinPoint. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for ControlSpinRange. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for ControlZoomPoint. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for ControlOpacityPoint. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for ControlTimeNow. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransiotionMinTime. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionMaxSize. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Padding. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Spin. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Zoom. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for ZoomAndSpin. + + + + + Enum property for TransitionTypes. + + + + + Spins while previous level is opening. + + + + + Zooms when next level is drill down. + + + + + Both Spin and zoom occurs. + + + + + Enum property for TransitionVisibility. + + + + + Shows the Transition. + + + + + Hides the Transition. + + + + + Shows the update. + + + + + Class for TransitionTransformRequiredEvents. + + + + + Initializes the _timeNow variable. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionCollection. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for clientRectangle. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transition. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for clipRectangle. + + + + + Initializes the defaultMatrixMode variable. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionControl. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionVisibility. + + + + + Sets the value for TransitionCollection. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TimeNow. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionCollection. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for ClientRectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Transition. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for ClipRectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for DefaultMatrixMode. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionControl. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionVisibility. + + + + + Class for TransitionNextItem. + + + + + Variable for transition. + + + + + Variable for transitionController. + + + + + Variable for transitionControl. + + + + + Variable for TransitionVisibility. + + + + + Variable for Rectangle. + + + + + Variable for isControlActive. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for activateTime. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for ActivateTime. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Control is Focused. + + + + + Class for StartTransition. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionNextItem list. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionNextCall list. + + + + + Initializes the maximumTransitionTime variable. + + + + + Initializes the transitionGab variable. + + + + + Variable for TransitionTypes. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for normalTransition. + + + + + Variable for transitionThread. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for StartTransition class. + + + + + Initializes the transitionDurationStp variable. + + + + + Initializes the new instance of StartTransition class. + + IContainer + + + + Initialization of StartTransition class. + + + + + Occurs when the component is disposed by a call to the System.ComponentModel.Component.Dispose() method. + + Object + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Function which starts the Transition. + + + + + Sets the Control visibility based on TransitionVisibility property. + + Control + TransitionVisibility + + + + Sets the Control visibility based on TransitionVisibility property. + + Control + TransitionVisibility + + + + Sets the flag for next transition. + + Control + + + + Calls control's BeginInvoke. + + Control + TransitionVisibility + + + + Starts the Transition. + + TransitionNextItem + + + + Returns the bool value whether the Transition can extend. + + Object + bool + + + + Ends the Transition if it is over. + + + + + Returns the controls visibility base on TransitionVisibility property value. + + Control + TransitionVisibility + bool + + + + Raises the ControlTransitionCompleted event. + + TransitionNextItem + + + + Adds the controls in transitionNextItem controls list. + + Control + bool + Transition + + + + Adds the controls in transitionNextItem controls list. + + Control + TransitionVisibility + boolean + Transition + Rectangle + + + + Hides the control. + + Control + bool + Transition + + + + Raises the ControlFramePainted event. + + object + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Clears all the list and values to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for MaximumtransitionTime. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionGab. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Transition is overed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for NormalTransition + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionTypes of control. + + + + + Event for ControlTransitionCompleted. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionDurationStp. + + + + + Event for ControlFramePainted. + + + + + EventHandler for AllTransitionCompleted. + + + + + Delegate for Action. + + Control + TransitionVisibility + + + + Delegate for InvokeDelegate. + + Control + TransitionVisibility + + + + Delegate for DostartTransition + + TransitionNextItem + + + + Class for TransitionHandler. + + + + + Initializes the bytesPerPixel variable. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionDummmyImage. + + + + + Initializes the timeStep variable. + + + + + Variable for transitionControlImage. + + + + + Variable for TransitionArea. + + + + + Variable for _transitionVisibility. + + + + + Variable for _transition. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionControl. + + + + + Initializes the currentTime variable. + + + + + Releases all resources used by this System.Drawing.Image. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for TransitionHandler class. + + Control + TransitionVisibility + Transition + float variable + Rectangle + + + + Resets the TransitionDummmyImage value. + + + + + Resets the TransitionDummmyImage value. + + Control + + + + Sets the Transition image of the control. + + Control + bool + bool + + + + + Returns bitmap Transition image of the control. + + Control + Bitmap image + + + + Raises the FramePainted event. + + object + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Returns the Transition area of the control. + + Rectangle + Rectangle + + + + Paints Frame of the control. + + object + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Raises the MouseDown event. + + object + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Sets the TransitionImage3 of Control. + + Control + bool value whether including ForeGround value or not. + bool + Bitmap + + + + Initializes the t_nextcontrol variable. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for rnd. + + + + + Raised TransfromNeeded event. + + object + TransitionTransformRequiredEvents which contains EventData + + + + Invalidates the TransitionDummmyImage control. + + + + + Event for TransfromNeeded. + + + + + Returns bool value whether the Transition is over. + + + + + Event for FramePainting. + + + + + Event for FramePainted. + + + + + Event for MouseDown. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for CurrentTime. + + + + + Gets or sets the TransitionDummmyImage property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TransitionImage + + + + + Gets or sets the Frame. + + + + + Gets or sets the TimeStep property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionControl. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the Control. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for transition_nextcontrol. + + + + + Delegate for InvokeDelegate. + + + + + Delegate for Action. + + Control + + + + Interface for DuplicateControl. + + + + + Function which begins the DuplicateControl's transition + + Control + Padding value of the control + + + + Event for TransitionTransfromRequired. + + + + + Event for DuplicateControlInvalidation. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bitmap image for TransitionPicture. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bitmap image for DuplicateFrame. + + + + + Event for DuplicateControlFInvalidation. + + + + + Class for DuplicateTransitionControl. + + + + + Variable for components. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for DuplicateTransitionControl class. + + + + + Occurs when the control is redrawn. + + object + PaintEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Variable for duplicateImage. + + + + + Variable for duplicateFrame. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the System.Windows.Forms.Control + and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. + + bool variable whether the items can be disposed. + + + + Function which begins the DuplicateControl's transition + + Control + Padding value of the control + + + + Gets or sets the TransitionPicture of DuplicateControl. + + + + + Event for TransitionTransfromRequired. + + + + + Event for DuplicateControlFInvalidation. + + + + + Event for DuplicateControlInvalidation. + + + + + Gets or sets the DuplicateFrame for DuplicateControl. + + + + + Class for TransitionOverdEvents. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transition. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionVisibility. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionControl. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Transition + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionVisibility + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionControl. + + + + + Class for TransformRequired. + + + + + Initializes the transitionTimeNow variable. + + + + + Initializes the transitionLine variable. + + + + + Initializes the duplicateControlRectangle variable. + + + + + Variable for transitionOriginalPoint. + + + + + Initializes the transitionOriginalLine variable. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transition. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for duplicateCtrlClientArea. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionControl. + + + + + Variable for transitionPoints. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for transitionVisibility. + + + + + Initializes the useTransform variable. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionTimeNow. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for DuplicateCtrlClientArea. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionPoints. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionLine. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for DuplicateControlRectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionOriginalPoint. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionOriginalLine. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for Transition. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionControl. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for TransitionVisibility. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for UseTransform. + + + + + Gets/Sets Slider needle type + + + + + Gets/Sets Slider needle color + + + + + Gets/Sets Slider circle color + + + + + Gets/Sets the Slider backcolor + + + + + Gets/Sets the outer circle color + + + + + Gets/Sets the centre circle fill color + + + + + Gets/Sets the centre circle forecolor + + + + + Gets/Sets the indicator forecolor + + + + + Gets/Sets the Slider inner circle color + + + + + Gets/Sets the Slider background color + + + + + Gets/Sets the Slider circle width + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for shoeoutercircle + + + + + Gets/Sets the sliderneedlewidth + + + + + Gets/Sets the Slider lines color + + + + + Gets/Sets thevalue for slider divisions + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for maximum + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for maximum + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Range style + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Range style + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for Slider style + + + + + Gets/Sets the Slider dummy angle + + + + + Gets/Sets the Slider angle difference + + + + + Slider frame image + + + + + Slider angle + + + + + Slider draw region + + + + + Slider orgin + + + + + Slider angle point + + + + + Gets/Sets the Slider New Value + + + + + Gets/Sets the Slider Old Value + + + + + Innercircle border thickness + + + + + InnerCircleWidth + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Holds the style + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Default Gap between start value to end value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the slider needle color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the outer circle color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the background color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the slider circle color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the slider lines color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fore color changed or not. + + + + + Return points deponds on degrees and radius + + angle + length + Center point + + + + + Region to Radial Slider + + + + + Size to Radial Slider + + + + + + Return points deponds on degrees and radius + + angle + length + Center point + + + + + Return Angle + + Current point + Orgin point + + + + + drawing the control + + + + + + Drawing Frame Slider + + e used for drawing the slider + + + + Sets the values to InnerCircleWidth + + + + + + Drawing Default Slider + + Ee.Graphics used for drwing the slider + + + + Occurs when the control style changed + + + + + Drawing current point + + e.Graphics used for drawing current line + + + + Drawing division lines + + e.Graphics used for drawing range line + + + + Drawing Slider range + + e.Graphics used for drawing range line + + + + return points from angle + + theAngle used for calculating the points + + + + + Determines whether BackgroundColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if BackgroundColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the BackgroundColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether InnerCircleColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if InnerCircleColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the InnerCircleColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether LinesColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if LinesColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the LinesColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether OuterCircleColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if OuterCircleColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the OuterCircleColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether SliderNeedleColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if SliderNeedleColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the SliderNeedleColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether MaximumValue has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if MaximumValue were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the MaximumValue back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether MinimumValue has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if MinimumValue were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the MinimumValue back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether NeedleType has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if NeedleType were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the NeedleType back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether NeedleWidth has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if NeedleWidth were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the NeedleWidth back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether SliderDivision has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if SliderDivision were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the SliderDivision back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether ShowRangeBorder has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if ShowRangeBorder were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the ShowRangeBorder back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether ShowOuterCircle has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if ShowOuterCircle were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the ShowOuterCircle back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether RangeStyle has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if RangeStyle were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the RangeStyle back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether SliderStringFormat has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if SliderStringFormat were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the SliderStringFormat back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether SliderStyle has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if SliderStyle were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the SliderStyle back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether Value has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if Value were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the Value back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether BeforeTouchSize has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if BeforeTouchSize were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the BeforeTouchSize back to its default value. + + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.Control.ForeColor property value changes. + + sender object. + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the current point + + e.X and e.Y used for find the angle + + + + Checking the points inside the circle or not + + location used for checking the points are inside the circle or not + + + + + Checking the points outside the circle or not + + location used for checking the points are outside the circle or not + + + + + Sets the value for dummy angle + + + + + + Gets the value for dummy angle + + e.X and e.Y used for calculating the dummy angle + + + + Finding the nearest angle + + mouseXY used for finding nearest angle + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets the style. + + + + + Gets/Sets the valur for Slider needle Type + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Slider needle color + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Slider outer circle color + + + + + Hide Controls BackColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the Control backcolor + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Slider circle color + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Slider circle width + + + + + Slider Needle width + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for slider lines color + + + + + Values for angle chaged + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for Angle + + + + + Gets/Sets value for Slider + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Slider Division + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Maximum value + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Minimum value + + + + + Avoid flickering + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Range style + + + + + Gets/Sets a value to show or hide the range border for framestyle + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Slider style + + + + + To find out Mouse down has been occurred or not. + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for Font + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for SliderSringFormat + + + + + Gets/Sets the values for DummyAngle + + + + + Gets the renderer class colors respective to style + + + + + Slider needle types + + + + + Slider styles + + + + + This enum represents the RadialSlider Style + + + + + This option represents the Default Style + + + + + This option represents the Office2016 Colorful Style + + + + + This option represents the Office2016 Black Style + + + + + This option represents the Office2016 White Style + + + + + This option represents the Office2016 DarkGray Style + + + + + Slider range styles + + + + + Provides information about a RadialSlider, that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + RadialSlider which needs to be used for accessibility application. + + + + Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. + + An RadialSliderAcessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. + + + + Gets the role for the RadialSlider. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name. + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object bounds. + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the description of the RadialSliderAcessibleObject. + + A string describing the RadialSliderAcessibleObject. + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + The description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + Parent of the AccessibleObject + + An RadialSliderAcessibleObject that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. + + + + Gets the state for the RadialSlider. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + The value of the RadialSlider. + + + + + Desginer class for Carousel + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Componnent object + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + Designer action list of carousel + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overrridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for Maximum value + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for Maximum value + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for Slider style + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for Slider Division + + + + + This class represents color renderer class for office 2016 theme + + + + + Holds the backcolor + + + + + Holds the forecolor + + + + + Holds the inner circle fill color + + + + + Holds the inner circle color + + + + + Holds the outer circle color + + + + + Holds the border color + + + + + Holds the needle color + + + + + Holds the line color + + + + + Holds the value forecolor + + + + + Holds the indicator forecolor + + + + + Holds the frame forecolor + + + + + Holds the frame range color + + + + + Holds the frame border color + + + + + Holds the disabled backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled forecolor + + + + + Holds the disabled needle color + + + + + Holds the disabled frame fill color + + + + + Contructor for renderer class + + Style of the RadialSlider + + + + + Gets the backcolor + + + + + Gets the forecolor + + + + + Gets the inner circle fill color + + + + + Gets the inner circle color + + + + + Gets the outer circle color + + + + + Gets the border color + + + + + Gets the needle color + + + + + Gets the line color + + + + + Gets the value forecolor + + + + + Gets the indicator forecolor + + + + + Gets the frame forecolor + + + + + Gets the frame range color + + + + + Gets the frame border color + + + + + Gets the disabled backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled forecolor + + + + + Gets the disabled needle color + + + + + Gets the disabled frame fill color + + + + + This class represents color renderer class for office2016 white theme + + + + + Holds the forecolor + + + + + Holds the backcolor + + + + + Holds the inner circle fillcolor + + + + + Holds the outer circle color + + + + + Holds the inner circle color + + + + + Holds the border color + + + + + Holds the needle color + + + + + Holds the line color + + + + + Holds the center forecolor + + + + + Holds the indicator forecolor + + + + + Holds the frame forecolor + + + + + Holds the frame Range fill color + + + + + Holds the frame border color + + + + + Holds the disabled backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled forecolor + + + + + Holds the disabled needle color + + + + + Holds the disabled frame fill color + + + + + Gets the forecolor + + + + + Gets the backcolor + + + + + Gets the inner circle fill color + + + + + Gets the outer circle color + + + + + Gets the inner circle color + + + + + Gets the border color + + + + + Gets the needle color + + + + + Gets the line color + + + + + Gets the center value fore color + + + + + Gets the indicator fore color + + + + + Gets the frame forecolor + + + + + Gets the frame range fill color + + + + + Gets the frame border color + + + + + Gets the disabled backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled forecolor + + + + + Gets the disabled needle color + + + + + Gets the disabled frame fill color + + + + + This class represents color renderer class for office2016 darkgray theme + + + + + Hold the forecolor + + + + + Hold the backcolor + + + + + Hold the inner circle color + + + + + Hold the outer circle color + + + + + Hold the inner circle color + + + + + Hold the border color + + + + + Hold the needle color + + + + + Hold the line color + + + + + Hold the center value forecolor + + + + + Hold the indicator forecolor + + + + + Holds the frame forecolor + + + + + Holds the frame range fill color + + + + + Holds the frame border color + + + + + Holds the disabled backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled forecolor + + + + + Holds the disabled needle color + + + + + Holds the disabled frame fill color + + + + + Gets the forecolor + + + + + Gets the backcolor + + + + + Gets the inner circle fill color + + + + + Gets the inner circle color + + + + + Gets the outer circle color + + + + + Gets the border color + + + + + Gets the needle color + + + + + Gets the line color + + + + + Gets the center value forecolor + + + + + Gets the indicator forecolor + + + + + Gets the frame forecolor + + + + + Gets the frame range fill color + + + + + Gets the frame border color + + + + + Gets the disabled backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled forecolor + + + + + Gets the disabled needle color + + + + + Gets the disabled frame fill color + + + + + This class represents color renderer class for office 2016 black theme + + + + + Holds the forecolor + + + + + Holds the backcolor + + + + + Holds the inner circle fillcolor + + + + + Holds the outer circle color + + + + + Holds the inner circle color + + + + + Holds the border color + + + + + Holds the needle color + + + + + Holds the line color + + + + + Holds the center forecolor + + + + + Holds the indicator forecolor + + + + + Holds the frame forecolor + + + + + Holds the frame range color + + + + + Holds the frame border color + + + + + Holds the disabled backcolor + + + + + Holds the disabled forecolor + + + + + Holds the disabled needle color + + + + + Holds the disabled frame fill color + + + + + Gets the forecolor + + + + + Gets the backcolor + + + + + Gets the inner circle fill color + + + + + Gets the inner circle color + + + + + Gets the outer circle color + + + + + Gets the border color + + + + + Gets the needle color + + + + + Gets the line color + + + + + Gets the value fore color + + + + + Gets the indicator value color + + + + + Gets the frame forecolor + + + + + Gets the frame range fillcolor + + + + + Gets the frame border color + + + + + Gets the disabled backcolor + + + + + Gets the disabled forecolor + + + + + Gets the disabled needle color + + + + + Gets the disabled frame fill color + + + + + Maximum value of TrackBar. + + + + + Minimum value of TrackBar. + + + + + Position of Left thumb + + + + + position of right thumb + + + + + Initial Position of Left thumb + + + + + Initial Position of right thumb + + + + + Initial Height of the channel + + + + + Initial frquency of ticks + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + + Default slider size + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Blend for slider. + + + + + Value of the SliderMin + + + + + Value of the SliderMax + + + + + Value of the Left Slider Position + + + + + Value of the Right Slider Position + + + + + Indicates whether left slider is moved by mouse + + + + + Indicates whether right slider is moved by mouse + + + + + color of the range + + + + + Previous range color. + + + + + Area where mouse pointer is currently situated + + + + + Currently pushed Item + + + + + color of the thumb + + + + + Previous thumb color. + + + + + color of the Highlighted Thumb + + + + + Color of the Pushed Thumb + + + + + Color of the Channel + + + + + Previous channel color. + + + + + Orientation of the Control + + + + + Height of the Channel + + + + + size of the slider + + + + + Minimum value of the RangeSlider + + + + + Maximum value of the RangeSlider + + + + + Frequency of the Ticks + + + + + Indicates whether to show ticks + + + + + Height of the RangeSlider + + + + + Current Focus of the Thumb + + + + + Indicates whether to Enable Thumb + + + + + Specifies an advanced appearance this control. + + + + + scaling value + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeSlider + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeSlider + + Minimum value. + Maximum value. + + + + Serializes thumb color. + + + + + resets the thumb color + + + + + Serializes range color. + + + + + resets range color + + + + + Serializes channel color. + + + + + Resets channel color + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Draws the sliders. + + The graphics. + + + + Draw the metro slider. + + Rectangle. + The graphics. + LeftThumb. + + + + Draw the Office16 slider. + + Rectangle. + The graphics. + LeftThumb. + + + + Draw the slider. + + Rectangle. + The graphics. + State of the slider. + + + + Draws the ticks. + + The graphics. + + + + Gets the slider path. + + Rectangle. + Path of the slider in the given rectangle + + + + Gets the end color of the thumb. + + state of the thumb. + end color of the thumb. + + + + Paints the RangeSlider + + A PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Processes Mouse Click + + A MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles Mouse Moving + + A MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Font changed + + + + + + + + + Handles When Mouse is released + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Resets current Area + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Sets the SliderMin value and invalidate + + position. + + + + Sets the SliderMax value and invalidate + + position. + + + + Sets the SliderMoveLeft and invalidate + + position. + + + + Invalidates the left slider. + + + + + Invalidates the right slider. + + + + + Translates bounds of RangeSlider + + Bounds of Rectangle that are being modified. + Non-modified rectangle if orientation is horizontal, + modified rectangle - otherwise. + + + + Modifies given mouse location according to RangeSlider orientation. + + Mouse location which is to be modified. + Non-modified mouse location if orientation is horizontal, + modified mouse location - otherwise. + + + + Invalidates given area. + + The area to be invalidated. + + + + Sets height on AutoSize. + + X position + Y Position + Bounds Width + Bounds Height + Bounds Speified + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets Office2016Theme Colors + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the RangeSliderAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the thumb. + + The color of the thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highlighted thumb. + + The color of the highlighted thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pushed thumb. + + The color of the pushed thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the Position of the Minimum slider. + + Minimum Slider value. + + + + Gets or sets the Position of the Maximum slider. + + Maximum Slider value. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the range. + + The color of the range. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the channel. + + The color of the channel. + + + + Gets or sets the orientation. + + The orientation. + + + + Gets or sets the height of the channel. + + The height of the channel. + + + + Gets or sets the size of the slider. + + The size of the slider. + + + + Gets or Sets the Tick color + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum. + + The minimum. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum. + + The maximum. + + + + Gets or sets the tick frequency. + + The tick frequency. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show ticks. + + true if ticks are shown; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the background color for the control. (overridden property) + + + + + Gets the range. + + The range. + + + + Gets or sets the Focus of the Thumb. + + The focus of the Thumb. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to Focus Thumb. + + true if Focus Thumb enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + Occurs when the Value property of a RangerSlider changes, either by movement of the thumb or by manipulation in code. + + + + + Occurs when a mouse action moves the thumb. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets the left slider position. + + The left slider position. + + + + Gets or sets the right slider position. + + The right slider position. + + + + Gets the left slider bounds. + + The left slider bounds. + + + + Gets the right slider bounds. + + The right slider bounds. + + + + Gets the channel bounds. + + The channel bounds. + + + + Gets display rectangle of RangeSlider control. If orientation is vertical, + rectangle will be the same as when orientation is horizontal. + + + + + Gets the color of the thumb border. + + The color of the thumb border. + + + + Gets the start color of the thumb. + + The start color of the thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the current area where Mouse pointer is. + + The curent area. + + + + Gets or sets the currently pushed item. + + The pushed item. + + + + Gets the inner channel. + + The inner channel. + + + + Gets the right outer channel. + + The right outer channel. + + + + Gets the left outer channel. + + The left outer channel. + + + + Makes AutoSize property visible in property grid. + + + + + Different areas of the control + + + + + Out of Control + + + + + Over Left thumb + + + + + Over Right Thumb + + + + + Different states of an item + + + + + Default state of the item. + + + + + Item should be drawn highlighted. + + + + + Item is pushed. + + + + + Different focus of Thumb + + + + + Focus of Left Thumb. + + + + + Focus of Right Thumb. + + + + + RangeSlider Style + + + + + Default appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office2016Colorful-like appearance. + + + + + Office2016White-like appearance. + + + + + Office2016Black-like appearance. + + + + + Office2016DarkGray-like appearance. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the thumb. + + The color of the thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the Range Color + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highlighted thumb. + + The color of the highlighted thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pushed thumb. + + The color of the pushed thumb. + + + + Gets or Sets the Tick color + + + + + + + Retrives the Office2016Renderer + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the thumb. + + The color of the thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the Range Color + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highlighted thumb. + + The color of the highlighted thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pushed thumb. + + The color of the pushed thumb. + + + + Gets or Sets the Tick color + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the thumb. + + The color of the thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the Range Color + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highlighted thumb. + + The color of the highlighted thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pushed thumb. + + The color of the pushed thumb. + + + + Gets or Sets the Tick color + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the thumb. + + The color of the thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the Range Color + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highlighted thumb. + + The color of the highlighted thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pushed thumb. + + The color of the pushed thumb. + + + + Gets or Sets the Tick color + + + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the thumb. + + The color of the thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the Range Color + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highlighted thumb. + + The color of the highlighted thumb. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the pushed thumb. + + The color of the pushed thumb. + + + + Gets or Sets the Tick color + + + + + + + Returns left and right sizers only when AutoSize is on. + + + + + Rating Control Office2016 colorful theme Renderer class. + + + + + Gets the color table according to the theme. + + + + + + + Gets the value of back color. + + + + + Gets the value of Border color. + + + + + Gets the value of Highlight color on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the value of HighlightEnd color. + + + + + Gets the value of HighlightStart color. + + + + + Gets the value of Highlight Border color. + + + + + Gets the Value of Selection color. + + + + + Gets the Value of SelectionEnd color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of SelectionStart color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Selection Border color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Rating Control Office2016 Dark theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Highlight Border color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Selection Border color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Rating Control Office2016 Black theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Highlight Border color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Selection Border color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Rating Control Office2016 White theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the Value of back color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Border color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Highlight color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of HighlightEnd color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of HighlightStart color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Highlight Border color of the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Selection color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of SelectionEnd color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of SelectionStart color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Gets the Value of Selection Border color of the White Rating Control. + + + + + Serializer for RibbonControlAdvHeader. + + + + + Serializes quick and main items. + + Provides an interface that can manage design-time serialization. + The value which needs to be serialized. + A CodeDOM object representing the object that has been serialized. + + + + Represents quick tab able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip button. + + + + + Interface for toolstrip items able to reflect ToolStripEx or ToolStripItem. + Implemented for items that can be shown in quick panel only. + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether item reflects given component. + + Component to check. + True if item reflects given component; otherwise false. + + + + Gets reflected component. + + + + + Creates new instance of BackStageTab. + + + + + Constructor of the BackStageTabReflectable + + The BackstageTab instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Variable for scaling factor + + + + + To update size of the ToolStrip items in 150 scaling + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Redirects mouse click to reflected button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reset the QuickButtonReflectable. + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality required by all the components. + + + + + Button that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Gets or sets button that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. + + + + + Gets / Sets the QuickButtonReflectable is enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the item. + + A System.Drawing.Size, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets the parent control + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. + + + + + Represents quick button able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip button. + + + + + Creates new instance of ButtonAdv. + + + + + Constructor of the ButtonAdvReflectable + + The ToolStripButton instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Variable for scaling factor + + + + + To update size of the ToolStrip items in 150 scaling + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Redirects mouse click to reflected button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reset the QuickButtonReflectable. + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality required by all the components. + + + + + Button that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Gets or sets button that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. + + + + + Gets / Sets the QuickButtonReflectable is enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the size of the item. + + A System.Drawing.Size, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets the parent control + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. + + + + + Dialog form for Ribbon customization. + + + + + + Form Load event . + Initialize the localized resources. + + + + + Used to execute this form. + + RibbonControl Header from where the method calls. + + + + Overrides SetVisibleCore method. + + value:true to make the control visible; otherwise, false. + + + + Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. + + + + + + + Updates state of Add button. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list view. + + + + + + + Event handler for OK button click. + + + + + + + Removes items from destination list view. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. + + + + + + Method clears destination list. + + + + + + Down Button Click event. + + + + + + + Up button click event. + + + + + + + Component in Rename Form + + + + + Rename Button event. + + + + + + + Form Keydown event. + + + + + + + Keydown event to close the form. + + + + + + + Buton click event. + + + + + + + TreeView Afterselect event. + + + + + + + New Tab button click event. + + + + + + + New Group Button click event. + + + + + + + Update the text on the labels based on Localization + + + + + + Removes the item from Treeview and add to the list. + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + Ribbon panel to extract items from. + + + + Add Images for the ToolStripItem. + + + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + DropDown to extract items from. + + + + Gets the description for the ToolStripItem. + + + + + + + Clears source list. + + + + + Adds items to the TreeNode. + + + + + To select, first item by default + + + + + Creates the image list + + + + + + Adds item to the treeview + + Items to be addded + + + + Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. + + + + + used to draw the list items + + + + + + + Extracts supported items list from specified collection. + + Source items collection + list of suported items + + + + Suported item in Toolstrip item. + + + + + + + To move and up the tab item in the treeview + + Selected treeNode to move + Bool variable to decide to move up or down + + + + Collection of components reflected in quick panel. + + + + + Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. + + + + + To handle with system text. + + + + + To get the label text. + + + + + To store the initial values. + + + + + Bool variable to differentiate between Up click and down click. + + + + + Contains the list of toolstripitem available initially + + + + + Contains the list of Non Custom tab and custom tab. + + + + + List to store the Items in treeview. + + + + + Int variable to append the tab text. + + + + + Int variable to append Tab Group text. + + + + + New form for Rename option. + + + + + TextBox for Renam option. + + + + + Button in Rename form. + + + + + Display name label. + + + + + Cancel Button in Rename form. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + + + + + + StartPanel class. + + + + + Constructor of the StartPanel + + The ToolStripDropDown instance. + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + + + + DropDown with items. + + + Gets DropDown with items. + + + + RibbonPanelItem class + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonPanelItem + + The ToolStripTabItem instance. + The RibbonPanelItem text. + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + Returns the RibbonPanelItem text. + + + + Gets the RibbonPanel + + + + + Dialog form for more Command + + + + + represents a field for Ribboncontroladv header + + + + + instance of Office2016CustomizeQuickItemsDialog class + + + + + instance of Office2016CustomizeRibbon class + + + + + instance ofRibbonControlAdv class + + + + + represents a string field + + + + + represents a string field + + + + + represent office 2016 themes + + + + + Initialize the new instance of class. + + + + + + Load event of MoreCommands form + + MoreCommands form + Load event parameters + + + + initialize localized resources form SR.cs + + + + + Executes the MoreCommandsDialog + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + + + + Ovveride ProcessCmdKey for providing shortcut key support + + + + + + + + Overrides set visible core method + + boolean value + + + + Ovveride OnPaint method + + OnPaint event parameters + + + + Overrides On resize method + + + + + + Represents Update label method + + + + + Cancel Button Event + + Button Control + Button Click + + + + TreeView Afterselect event. + + Treeview control + Tree view after select + + + + Event handler for OK button click. + + button control + button click event + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets a office 2016 themes + + + + + Dialog form for quick panel customization. + + + + + + Initialize the localized resources. + + + + + + + + + + Executes the Office2013CustomizeQuickItemsDialog + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + + + + Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip.Parent has been set to RibboncontrolAdv + + + + + + + Updates state of Add button. + + + + + + + Updates availability of Remove button. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list view. + + + + + + + Removes items from destination list view. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. + + + + + + + Removed items from destination list on mouse double click. + + + + + + + Updates colection of quick buttons. + + + + + + Method clears destination list. + + + + + + + + + + + + + ButtonClick event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + Ribbon panel to extract items from. + + + + Add sets default image or the image that has been set to the buttons + + + + + + + Recursive function to extract ButtonAdv from BackstageTab + + + + + + Update the source list with Backstage button and ButtonAdv + + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + DropDown to extract items from. + + + + Get the text for the component + + + + + + + Clears source list. + + + + + Updates destination list view: clears it and then fills again. + + + + + Clear destination list. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. + + + + + Extracts supported items list from specified collection. + + Source items collection + list of suported items + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Collection of components reflected in quick panel. + + + + + Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. + + + + + Collection of items in quick panel. + + + + + Backstage button + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + + + + + + StartPanel class + + + + + Constructor of the StartPanel. + + The ToolStripDropDown instance. + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + + + + DropDown with items. + + + Gets DropDown with items. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Dialog form for Ribbon customization. + + + + + + Form Load event. + Initialize the localized resources. + + + + + Used to execute this form. + + RibbonControl Header from where the method calls. + + + + Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. + + + + + + + Updates state of Add button. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list view. + + + + + + + Event handler for OK button click. + + + + + + + Removes items from destination list view. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. + + + + + + Method clears destination list. + + + + + + Down Button Click event. + + + + + + + Up button click event. + + + + + + + Component in Rename Form + + + + + Rename Button event. + + + + + + + Form Keydown event. + + + + + + + Keydown event to close the form. + + + + + + + Buton click event. + + + + + + + TreeView Afterselect event. + + + + + + + New Tab button click event. + + + + + + + New Group Button click event. + + + + + + + Update the text on the labels based on Localization + + + + + + Removes the item from Treeview and add to the list. + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + Ribbon panel to extract items from. + + + + To select, first item by default + + + + + Add Images for the ToolStripItem. + + + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + DropDown to extract items from. + + + + Gets the description for the ToolStripItem. + + + + + + + Clears source list. + + + + + Adds items to the TreeNode. + + + + + Creates the image list + + + + + + Adds item to the treeview + + Items to be addded + + Adds item to the treeview + + Items to be addded + + + + Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. + + + + + used to draw the list items + + + + + + + Extracts supported items list from specified collection. + + Source items collection + list of suported items + + + + Suported item in Toolstrip item. + + + + + + + To move and up the tab item in the treeview + + Selected treeNode to move + Bool variable to decide to move up or down + + + + Collection of components reflected in quick panel. + + + + + Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. + + + + + To handle with system text. + + + + + To get the label text. + + + + + To store the initial values. + + + + + Bool variable to differentiate between Up click and down click. + + + + + Contains the list of toolstripitem available initially + + + + + Contains the list of Non Custom tab. + + + + + List to store the Items in treeview. + + + + + Int variable to append the tab text. + + + + + Int variable to append Tab Group text. + + + + + New form for Rename option. + + + + + TextBox for Renam option. + + + + + Button in Rename form. + + + + + Display name label. + + + + + Cancel Button in Rename form. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + + + + + + StartPanel + + + + + Constructor of the StartPanel + + The ToolStripDropDown instance. + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + + + + DropDown with items. + + + Gets DropDown with items. + + + + RibbonPanelItem class + + + + + RibbonPanelItem class + + The ToolStripTabItem instance. + The RibbonPanelItem text + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + + + + + Gets the RibbonPanel + + + + + Dialog form for quick panel customization. + + + + + New form for Reset option. + + + + + label in reset form + + + + + Button in reset form + + + + + Button in reset form + + + + + Picture box in reset form + + + + + Collection of components reflected in quick panel. + + + + + Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. + + + + + backstagebutton + + + + + Collection of items in quick panel. + + + + + + + + + + + Initialize the localized resources. + + + + + + + + + + Executes the Office2013CustomizeQuickItemsDialog + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + + + + Initialize reset from + + + + + check state changed event of checkbox place below ribbon + + checkbox place below ribbon + check state changed event parameters + + + + Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. + + + + + + + KeyDown event of listview lstchosenitems + + listview lstchosenitems + KeyDown event parametres + + + + KeyDown event of listview lstavailableitems + + listview lstavailableitems + KeyDown event parametres> + + + + KeyDown event of ComboBox and ComaboBoxadv + + ComboBox and ComaboBoxadv + KeyDown event parameters + + + + Draw Item event of listview lstchosenitems + + listview lstchosenitems + Draw Item event parameters + + + + paint event of panel + + panel + PaintEvent + + + + Draw Item event of listview lstavailableitems + + listview lstavailableitems + Draw Item event parametres + + + + Updates state of Add button. + + + + + + + Updates availability of Remove button. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list view. + + + + + + + Removes items from destination list view. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. + + + + + + + Removed items from destination list on mouse double click. + + + + + + + Updates colection of quick buttons. + + + + + + Method clears destination list. + + + + + + click event of reset form no button + + reset form no button + click event parameters + + + + click event of reset form yes button + + reset form yes button + click event parameters + + + + + + + + + + + ButtonClick event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + assign text value for all thecontrol in form + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + Ribbon panel to extract items from. + + + + Recursive function to extract ButtonAdv from BackstageTab + + + + + + Update the source list with Backstage button and ButtonAdv + + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + DropDown to extract items from. + + + + + + + + + + + Clears source list. + + + + + Updates destination list view: clears it and then fills again. + + + + + Clear destination list. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. + + + + + Extracts supported items list from specified collection. + + Source items collection + list of suported items + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + + + + + + StartPanelOffice2016 class + + + + + Constructor of the StartPanelOffice2016. + + The ToolStripDropDown instance. + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + + + + DropDown with items. + + + Gets DropDown with items. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Dialog form for Ribbon customization. + + + + + Collection of components reflected in quick panel. + + + + + Collection of components in ribbon panel. + + + + + Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. + + + + + To handle with system text. + + + + + To get the label text. + + + + + To store the initial values. + + + + + Bool variable to differentiate between Up click and down click. + + + + + Contains the list of toolstripitem available initially + + + + + Contains the list of Non Custom tab. + + + + + List to store the toolstrip + + + + + List to store the Items in treeview. + + + + + Int variable to append the tab text. + + + + + Int variable to append Tab Group text. + + + + + New form for Rename option. + + + + + New form for Reset option. + + + + + label in reset form + + + + + Button in reset form + + + + + Button in reset form + + + + + Picture box in reset form + + + + + TextBox for Renam option. + + + + + Button in Rename form. + + + + + Display name label. + + + + + Cancel Button in Rename form. + + + + + + Form Load event. + Initialize the localized resources. + + + + + Used to execute this form. + + RibbonControl Header from where the method calls. + + + + Used to execute this form. + + RibbonControl Header from where the method calls. + + + + Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. + + Toolstrip ComboBoxEx + Selection changed event parameters + + + + KeyDown event of Listview LstAvailableItems + + Listview LstAvailableItems + KeyDown event parametres + + + + KeyDown event of ComboBox and ComboBoxAdv + + ComboBox and ComboBoxAdv + KeyDown event parametres + + + + Updates state of Add button. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list view. + + + + + + + Event handler for OK button click. + + + + + + + Removes items from destination list view. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. + + + + + + Method clears destination list. + + + + + + alert dialogbox no button click event + + alert dialogbox no button + button click event parameters + + + + alert dialogbox yes button click event + + alert dialogbox no button + button click event parameters + + + + Down Button Click event. + + + + + + + Up button click event. + + + + + + + Component in Rename Form + + + + + Rename Button event. + + + + + + + Form Keydown event. + + + + + + + Keydown event to close the form. + + + + + + + Buton click event. + + + + + + + TreeView Afterselect event. + + + + + + + New Tab button click event. + + + + + + + New Group Button click event. + + + + + + + Update the text on the labels based on Localization + + + + + + Removes the item from Treeview and add to the list. + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + Ribbon panel to extract items from. + + + + To select, first item by default + + + + + Add Images for the ToolStripItem. + + + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + DropDown to extract items from. + + + + Gets the description for the ToolStripItem. + + + + + + + Clears source list. + + + + + Adds items to the TreeNode. + + + + + Creates the image list + + + + + + Adds item to the treeview + + Items to be addded + + + + Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. + + + + + onpaint event of panel + + panel + paint event parametres + + + + used to draw the list items + + + + + + + Extracts supported items list from specified collection. + + Source items collection + list of suported items + + + + Suported item in Toolstrip item. + + + + + + + To move and up the tab item in the treeview + + Selected treeNode to move + Bool variable to decide to move up or down + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + + + + + + StartPanel + + + + + Constructor of the StartPanel + + The ToolStripDropDown instance. + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + + + + DropDown with items. + + + Gets DropDown with items. + + + + RibbonPanelItem class + + + + + RibbonPanelItem class + + The ToolStripTabItem instance. + The RibbonPanelItem text + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + + + + + Gets the RibbonPanel + + + + + Represents ToolStripCheckBox able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip ToolStripCheckBox. + + + + + ToolStripCheckBox class, that represents checkbox item on ToolStrip. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the ToolStripCheckBox. + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets Image for a check mark by specific ID. + + Check mark ID that indicates Image. + + + + + Draws the background of the ToolStripCheckBox. + + + + + + Indicates if ToolStripItem is disabled. + + + + + + Gets TextFormatFlags according to Text alignment. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Serialzing the property CheckedImage + + + + + + Resetting the property CheckedImage + + + + + Serialzing the property CheckedImage + + + + + + Resetting the property CheckedImage + + + + + Serialzing the property ImageCheckBoxSize + + + + + + Resetting the property ImageCheckBoxSize + + + + + Internal layout instance. + + + + + Horizontal and vertical alignment of the check mark on a control. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the item. + + An System.Drawing.Image that represents the image to display in the background of the item. + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout used for the . + + One of the values. The default value is . + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the item. + + A that represents the background color of the item. The default is the value of the property. + + + Gets or sets the horizontal and vertical alignment of the check mark on a control. + One of the values. The default value is MiddleLeft. + The value assigned is not one of the enumeration values. + + + + + This property is not used, because automatically appears pressed in and not pressed in when clicked. + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for displaying the image or not in checked state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for displaying the image or not in checked state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for size of the displaying the image in checked state. + + + + + Gets instance of Office12ColorTable class. + If owner's renderer has Office12ToolStripRenderer type, + property returns current Office12ColorTable instance, otherwise - returns default Office12ColorTable one. + + + + + Gets instance of Office2016ColorTable class. + If owner's renderer has Office12ToolStripRenderer type, + property returns current Office2016ColorTable instance, otherwise - returns default Office2016ColorTable one. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text and images are displayed on a . + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the item. + + The foreground of the item. The default is the value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a . + + The to be displayed. + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the image on a . + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an image on a is automatically resized to fit in a container. + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. + + One of the values. + + + + Gets or sets Internal layout instance. + + + + + Mirrors automatically the image when the property is set to . + + true to automatically mirror the image; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Gets the orientation of text used on a . + + One of the values. + + + + Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. + + One of the values. The default is . + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the will allow three check states rather than two. + true if the is able to display three check states; otherwise, false. The default value is false. + 1 + + + + Class for layout information of a . + + + + + Minimum CheckMark height. + + + + + Minimum CheckMark width. + + + + + Control border width. + + + + + Offset from CheckMark to Text. + + + + + Constructor of the CheckBoxInternalLayout. + + The ToolStripCheckBox instance. + + + + Gets Y-coordinate of check mark part of the . + + + + + + Gets X-coordinate of check mark part of the . + + + + + + Gets Y-coordinate of text part of the . + + + + + + Gets X-coordinate of text part of the . + + + + + + Gets height of text part of the . + + + + + + Gets width of text part of the . + + + + + + Gets if CheckMark is positioned above or under the Text in . + + + + + + Last preferred size of . + + + + + Instance of . + + + + + Gets bounds of check mark part of the . + + + + + Gets bounds of text part of the . + + + + + Size of check mark part of the . + + + + + Size of text part of the . + + + + + Get preferred size of a . + + + + + Gets bounds of check mark part of the . + + + + + Gets bounds of text part of the . + + + + + Gets size of check mark part of the . + + + + + Gets size of text part of the . + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickCheckBoxReflectable. + + + + + Constructor of the QuickCheckBoxReflectable + + The ToolStripCheckBox instance. + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of QuickCheckBoxReflectable. + + ToolStripCheckBox to reflect. + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Redirects mouse click to reflected button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Update properties from reflected button + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + CheckBox that is reflected by current QuickCheckBoxReflectable. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets CheckBox that is reflected by current QuickCheckBoxReflectable. + + + + + Gets / Sets whether the QuickCheckBoxReflectable enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickCheckBoxReflectable. + + + + + QuickComboBoxEx class + + + + + + + + + + Metrocolor. + + + + + Serialize metrocolor. + + + + + Resets the metrocolor. + + + + + To reset Visual Style + + + + + To indicate whether to Serialize Style + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the DropDown event. + + + + + Raises the DropDownClosed event. + + + + + Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. + + + + + Raises the TextUpdate event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Text Changed + + + + + DropDown Closed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a in which the user can enter text, along with a list from which the user can select. + + + A . + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value specifying the style of the . + + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the currently displays its drop-down portion. + + + true if the currently displays its drop-down portion; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the . + + The maximum number of items in the drop-down portion. The minimum for this property is 1 and the maximum is 100. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of characters allowed in the editable portion of a combo box. + + + The maximum number of characters the user can enter. Values of less than zero are reset to zero, which is the default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the metrocolor. + + + + + Gets or sets the index specifying the currently selected item. + + + A zero-based index of the currently selected item. A value of negative one (-1) is returned if no item is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items in the are sorted. + + + true if the combo box is sorted; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + + Gets/Sets ToolStripComboBoxEx Style + + + + + Gets the default size of the . + + + + + + Gets the default spacing, in pixels, between the and an adjacent item. + + + + Occurs when the drop-down portion of a is shown. + + + Occurs when the drop-down portion of the has closed. + + + Occurs when the value of the property has changed. + + + Occurs when the text has changed. + + + + Creates new instance of QuickComboboxEx. + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickComboboxEx. + + ToolStripComboBox to reflect. + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of QuickComboboxEx. + + ToolStripComboBox to reflect. + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Updates text of reflected combobox. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates text. + + + + + + + Updates selected index. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Update properties from reflected combobox + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ComboBox that is reflected by current QuickComboboxEx. + + + + + Gets or sets ComboBox that is reflected by current QuickComboboxEx. + + + + + Gets / Sets whether the QuickComboBoxExReflectable enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickComboboxEx. + + + + + Represents ToolStripRadioButton able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + ToolStripRadioButton class, that represents RadioButton item on ToolStrip. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Clean up specified resources being used. + + + + + Method updates state of all controls which + have the same owner as current control. + + + + + Methods checks control + if there are no checked controls with same GroupID and owner. + + + + + Methods checks first control + if there are no checked controls with same GroupID and owner among the remaining controls. + + + + + Draws the background of the ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + + Indicates if ToolStripItem is disabled. + + + + + + Gets TextFormatFlags according to Text alignment. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets image for ToolStripRadioButton by specific ID. + + Image identifier. + Image that have just created or image from hashtable. + + + + Method creates image for checked ToolStripRadioButton. + Image varies on several ToolStripRadioButton checked states. + + The border color of ToolStripRadioButton border. + The starting color of the gradient used to draw the background of ToolStripRadioButton. + The dilute coefficient of inside border of ToolStripRadiobButton. + + + + + Method creates image for unchecked ToolStripRadioButton. + Image varies on several ToolStripRadioButton unchecked states. + + The border color of ToolStripRadioButton border. + + + + + Gets circular path by specific rectangle. + + Rectangle for circular path. + Path based on ellipse. + + + + Gets rectangular path by specific rectangle. + + Rectangle for rectangular path. + Path based on rectangular area. + + + + Internal layout instance. + + + + + Horizontal and vertical alignment of the check mark on a control. + + + + + Group's identifier which is used to create groups of controls + on the same parent. + + + + + Blend for unchecked ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + Blend for checked ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image displayed in the item. + + An System.Drawing.Image that represents the image to display in the background of the item. + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout used for the . + + One of the values. The default value is . + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the item. + + A that represents the background color of the item. The default is the value of the property. + + + Gets or sets the horizontal and vertical alignment of the check mark on a control. + One of the values. The default value is MiddleLeft. + The value assigned is not one of the enumeration values. + + + + + Gets instance of Office12ColorTable class. + If owner's renderer has Office12ToolStripRenderer type, + property returns current Office12ColorTable instance, otherwise - returns default Office12ColorTable one. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is pressed or not pressed. + + true if the is pressed in or not pressed in; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is in the pressed or not pressed state by default, or is in an indeterminate state. + + One of the values. The default is Unchecked. + + + + This property is not used, because automatically appears pressed in and not pressed in when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets whether text and images are displayed on a . + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the item. + + The foreground of the item. The default is the value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets group's identifier which is used to create groups of controls + on the same parent. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a . + + The to be displayed. + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the image on a . + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an image on a is automatically resized to fit in a container. + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + Gets or sets the color to treat as transparent in a image. + + One of the values. + + + + Gets or sets Internal layout instance. + + + + + Gets bitmap for checked ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + Gets bitmap for checked selected ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + Gets bitmap for checked pressed ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + Gets bitmap for unchecked ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + Gets bitmap for unchecked selected ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + Gets bitmap for unchecked pressed ToolStripRadioButton. + + + + + Mirrors automatically the image when the property is set to . + + true to automatically mirror the image; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + + + Gets the orientation of text used on a . + + One of the values. + + + + Gets or sets the position of text and image relative to each other. + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + Class for layout information of a . + + + + + Minimum CheckMark height. + + + + + Minimum CheckMark height for 125 DPI. + + + + + + Minimum CheckMark width. + + + + + Minimum CheckMark width for 125 DPI. + + + + + + Control border width. + + + + + Offset from CheckMark to Text. + + + + + Constructor of the RadioButtonInternalLayout. + + + + + + Gets Y-coordinate of check mark part of the . + + + + + + Gets X-coordinate of check mark part of the . + + + + + + Gets Y-coordinate of text part of the . + + + + + + Gets X-coordinate of text part of the . + + + + + + Gets height of text part of the . + + + + + + Gets width of text part of the . + + + + + + Gets if CheckMark is positioned above or under the Text in . + + + + + + Last preferred size of . + + + + + Instance of . + + + + + Gets bounds of check mark part of the . + + + + + Gets bounds of text part of the . + + + + + Size of check mark part of the . + + + + + Size of text part of the . + + + + + Get preferred size of a . + + + + + Gets bounds of check mark part of the . + + + + + Gets bounds of text part of the . + + + + + Gets size of check mark part of the . + + + + + Gets size of text part of the . + + + + + + + + + + Serializes the specified object into a CodeDOM object. + + The serialization manager to use during serialization. + The object to serialize. + A CodeDOM object representing the object that has been serialized. + + + + Creates new instance of QuickRadioButtonReflectable. + + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of QuickRadioButtonReflectable. + + ToolStripRadioButton to reflect. + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of QuickRadioButtonReflectable. + + ToolStripRadioButton to reflect. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Redirects mouse click to reflected button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Update properties from reflected button + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + RadioButton that is reflected by current QuickRadioButtonReflectable. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets RadioButton that is reflected by current QuickRadioButtonReflectable. + + + + + Gets / Sets whether the QuickRadioButtonReflectable enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) + + + + + Gets / Sets the GroupID + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickRadioButtonReflectable. + + + + + RibbonDropDownContainer Class + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonDropDownContainer. + + + + + MenuColor for ControlItem + + + + + OfficeColorScheme for ControlItem + + + + + OfficeColorScheme for ControlItem + + + + + OfficeColorScheme for ControlItem + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets the RibbonOptionDropDownCollection + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for MenuColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for OfficeColorScheme + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for OfficeColorScheme + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for OfficeColorScheme + + + + + RibbonOptionDropDownCollection class + + + + + Constructor for RibbonOptionDropDownCollection + + The RibbonDropDownContainer instance. + + + + Returns whether the list contains the RibbonOptionDropDownCollection type + + The Control item type. + + + + + Adds the range type to the list + + The Control item type. + + + + + Removes the type from the list + + The Control item type. + + + + Inserts teh ControlItem into the list + + The index of the control item which needs to be inserted. + The Control item type. + + + + Returns the index of the ControlItem + + The Control item type. + + + + + searches the name in the list + + To find the control item by name. + + + + + Overrides the oninsert method + + + + + + + Gets the unique name + + + + + + Gets the index of for the RibbonOptionDropDownCollection + + The index of the ControlItem + + + + + ControlItemDesigner class + + + + + Gets the SelectionRules + + + + + ControlItem class + + + + + Constructor of the ControlItem. + + + + + Text for Header + + + + + Font for HeaderTextFont + + + + + SubTextFont + + + + + SubText + + + + + itemImage + + + + + ArrowColor + + + + + ColorScheme + + + + + StatusCheck + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for HeaderText + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for HeaderTextFont + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for SubText + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for SubText + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for itemImage + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for ArrowColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for ColorScheme + + + + + Gets/Sets the value for StatusCheck + + + + + Provides data for RibbonItemsEventHandler. + Event arguments contains extra information + about item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The toolstrip item that is the source of the event. + + + + instance. + + + + + Gets the toolstrip item associated with the event. + + The toolstrip item associated with the event. + + + + Represents the method that will handle the and + events for a class. + + The source of the control. + Provides data for RibbonItemsEventHandler. Event arguments contains extra information about ToolStrip item. + + + + Supports events which are raised before item + will be added to collection and before item + will be removed from collection. Also method for removing item + at the specific index is represented. + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + + + + Gets the item at the specified index. + + + + + + + Occurs before item + will be added to collection. + + + + + Occurs before item + will be removed from collection. + + + + + Header of RibbonControlAdv. + + + Header of RibbonControlAdv. + + + RibbonControlAdvHeader class + + + RibbonControlAdvHeader class + + + RibbonControlAdvHeader class + + + + + Ribbon header interface. + + + + + Adds item to Tabs collection + + + + + + Adds item to Quick access bar. + + + + + + Collection of Quick access items + + + + + Collection of tab items + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to the Quick access bar. + + + + + Occurs when an item is removed from the Quick access bar. + + + + + Allows class to hide some of toolstrip items. Used in ToolStripItemCollectionFiltered. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Height of quick panel. + + + + Used for layouting Title. + + + used for layouting quick access items. + + + used for layouting quick access items. + + + Width of scroll button that used for scrolling tabItems. + + + Interval for timer. + + + Width of separator between Tab items. + + + Width of the Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. + + + Height of the Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. + + + Height of the Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. + + + Height of the Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. + + + Height of the 125 DPI Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. + + + Height of the 150 DPI Separator used in Quick Access Items Office 2010. + + + + + + + + + + To Hook the lost focus and got focus events for the RibbonForm. + + + + + To hook the lost focus and got focus events for the child controls in the RibbonForm. + + control + + + + To Unhook the lost focus and got focus events for the RibbonForm. + + + + + To Unhook the lost focus and got focus events for the child controls in the RibbonForm. + + control + + + + Got focus event for the controls in the form. + + + + + + + Lost focus event for the controls in the form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets text for component to use in quick panel stuff. + + Component to get text for. + Text for component. + + + + Gets image for component to use in quick panel stuff. + + Component to get image for. + Image for component. + + + + Adds item to the collection of quick items. + + ToolStripItem to be added. + + + + Adds item to the collection of main items. + + ToolStripItem to be added. + + + + Unsorted tab items + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + + + + + + + + + + Clears info about item. + + + + + + Initializes tab item. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Selects group. + + + + + + Gets whether default highlight color should be used + + + + + Added Scroll buttons painting. + + + + + + + Handles release of mouse capture. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises TabCheckedChanged event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Removes group from hash. + + + + + + + Subscribed for group events. + + + + + + + Invalidates control. + + + + + + + Checks another tab item if previous was hidden. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks the first visible item that is not given item. + + Item to be unchecked. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets tab group for item. + + Item to get tab group for. + Tab group for item. + + + + Assigns tab group to item. + + Item to assign tab group to. + Tab group to assign. + + + + Gets group by point. + + Point to find group at. + Found group or null. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns width of all Tab items. + + + + + + Call RedrawWindow method to Repaint Scroll buttons. + + + + + Process position in Layout for Tab items and if it not in right bounds that set correct value to it. + + Position to process. + + + + + Move controls to right according to scroll position and their location. + + + + + Move controls to left according to scroll position and their location. + + + + + + Handles mouse keeping pushed. + + + + + + + Process action when user moves mouse over right or left scroll button or Tab items. + + + + + + + Process action when user press left mouse button on right or left scroll button or Tab items. + + + + + + + When user double clicked on right or left scroll button return true and + not process this action, otherwise - return false. + + + + + + + When user press mouse on right or left scroll button return true and + not process this action, otherwise - false. + + + + + + + Remove selection from last selected TabItem. + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks next TabItem on the right of/on the left of currently selected one. + + Value that indicates which TabItem must be selected next. + + + + Method tries to get next available item. + + Checked item. + Direction for item search. + + + + + Checks TabItem visibility. + + TabItem to check. + + + + + Method scroll TabItem to show it at full length. + + TabItem to scroll. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Method tries to check next visible TabItem. Getting started from current TabItem + method goes forward to last TabItem, then if no one TabItem is checked it goes back to first TabItem. + If no one is checked in this case then TabItem will check itself if it's visible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resets the Font property to it's default value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resetting the value of the Office2013ColorTable. + + + + + + Serializing the value of the Office2013ColorTable. + + + + + + Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. + + + + + Specifies whether high contrast theme to be enabled. + + + + + Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Collection of ToolStripItem instances with data about items in quick panel. + + + + + Collection of ToolStripItem instances with data about items in main panel. + + + + + Collection of visible ToolStripItem instances with data about items in main panel. + + + + + Menu button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Instance of RibbonControlAdvLayoutEngine. + + + + + Width of menu button. + + + + + Height of quick panel. + + + + + Width of the quick panel + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether control is ready for custom layout. + + + + + Current checked tab item. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Collection of tab groups. + + + + + Dictionary with tab items and tab groups. + + + + + Rectangle of title. + + + + + Indicates visibility of quick panel. + + + + + + + + + + Fake item to return for invisible items during filtering. + + + + + Indicates whether items should be filtered. + + + + + Collection of filtered items. + + + + + Collection of overflow items. + + + + + Rectangle in which tab items must be shown. + + + + + + + + + + Customized minimize button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Customized restore button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Customized Maximize button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Customized close button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Position of rightmost TabItem. + + + + + Indicates if right scroll bar is shown. + + + + + Indicates if left scroll bar is shown. + + + + + Indicates if right scroll button is selected. + + + + + Indicates if left scroll button is selected. + + + + + Timer for handling mouse keeping pushed. + + + + + Interval for timer. + + + + + Currently pushed button. + + + + + Selected Tab item. + + + + + List that contain separators X position. + + + + + Brush factor value to paint separator between Tab items. + + + + + Indicates if separators between Tab items must be drawn. + + + + + Sets the Item location. + + The ToolStripItem instance. + The location of the item. + + + + Gets the ToolStripItem + + The ToolStripItem instance. + + + + + Processing mouse messages from parents if header is disabled + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raised when selected(checked) ToolStipTabItem has changed. + + + + + List of objects storing info about top VisibleTabItem. + + + + + Occurs when the Quick items added to the RibbonControlAdv header. + + + + + Occurs when the Quick items removed from the RibbonControlAdv header. + + + + + Gets the Quick item collections. + + + + + Gets the Main item collections. + + + + + Gets instance of ComplexRibbonLayoutEngine. + + + + + Gets the ToolStripItemCollection. + + + + + Gets the Over flow item collections. + + + + + Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used + + + + + Get or sets the AutoHide MouseMove color. + + + + + To specify the BackStageButton enabled in RibbonControlAdv + + + + + Gets/sets the TouchStyleColorTable for RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the ColorTable of Office2013 style RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the ColorTable of Office2016 style RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. + + + + + Specifies whether to enable or disable HighContrast theme. + + + + + Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the control. + + + + + Gets or sets currently selected tab + + + + + Gets or sets the dropdown shown when menu button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets width of menu button. + + + + + Gets or sets the image of the menu main button. + + + + + Gets or sets sets the text font of the menu main button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the menu main button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the menu main button. + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of menu button. + + + + + List of objects storing info about items of quick panel. + + + + + List of objects storing info about top items. + + + + + Specifies the title of the form in the RibbonControlAdv header. + + + + + Specifies the color of the TittleText in the RibbonControlAdv header. + + + + + Gets or sets the form title alignment in RibbonControlAdv header. + + + + + Gets or sets the font settings of the form title in RibbonControlAdv header. + + + + + Gets or sets control fore color. + + + + + + + + + + Quick items' customize menu + + + + + Overflow button to show hidden items. + + + + + + + + + + Gets/Sets the BackStageView associated with RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the height of quick panel. + + + + + Gets the width of quick panel. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/Sets the customized minimize button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Gets/Sets the customized Maximize button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Gets/Sets the customized restore button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Gets/Sets the customized close button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets tooltip for QuickDropDown. + + + + + Gets or sets tooltip for Over flow button + + + + + Gets or sets MinimizeButtonToolTip + + + + + Gets or sets MaximizeButtonToolTip + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets collection of tab groups. + + + + + Gets hash of items and tab groups. + + + + + Gets rectangle of the title. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of quick panel. + + + + + BackColor for QATDialogBoxButtonsBackColor + + + + + Gets / Sets the HideMenuButtonToolTip. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether quick access toolbar should be shown below ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets rectangle for tabItems. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether should show the context menu in Ribbon header. + + + + Get bounds of right scroll button. + + + Get bounds of left scroll button. + + + Gets value that indicates if right scroll button is selected. + + + Gets value that indicates if left scroll button is selected. + + + Area in which user pushed mouse button. + + + Gets or sets position of rightmost tab Item. + + + + Gets or sets position of rightmost tab Item and transfer it value to ScrollPosition property. + + + + + Gets the rectangle that represents the display area of the control. + + + + + + + + + + Collection of items, + which is also supports interface + to manipulate adding and removing operations. + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + + + + Raises event and + according to property + of does base implementation. + + The zero-based index of the item to add. + item to add. + + + + + Raises event and + according to property + of does base implementation. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + item to remove. + + + + + Changes owner of item + if object sent to this method is of type. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + Object which has been removed. + + + + Raises event + and checks of item can be added. + + item to be added. + True if item can be added, otherwise - false. + + + + + Gets the item at the specified index. + + + + + + + Occurs before item + will be added to collection. + + + + + Occurs before item + will be removed from collection. + + + + + Occurs before item + will be added to collection. + + + + + Occurs before item + will be removed from collection. + + + + + Different areas of the control. + + + + Out of scroll buttons. + + + Right scroll button. + + + Left scroll button. + + + + Layout engine for RibbonControlAdvHeader. + + + + + + Lays out toolstrip items in RibbonControlAdv. + + The container of the layout + A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + Lays out toolstrip items in RibbonControlAdv from left to right. + + + + + + + + Lays out toolstrip items in RibbonControlAdv from right to left. + + + + + + + Tab items list. + + + + Constructor of the MainItemsList + + + + + Constructor of the MainItemsList + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + The list of the ToolStripTab items + The displayed size. + The width of the tab items. + + + MdiButtons list. + + + + Constructor of the MdiButtonsCollection + + + + + Constructor of the MdiButtonsCollection + + The collection of the ToolStripItem. + + + + MdiButtons width. + + + Gets MdiButtons width. + + + + SystemButton class. + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the SystemButton + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + The system button commands. + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Tooltip text for the system buttons + + + + + Indicates whether custom close button is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the system buttons + + + + + The command of the system button. + + + + + Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MdiSystemButton class + + + + + Constructor of the MdiSystemButton + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + The system button command. + + + + + + + + + The MDI command. + + + + + HelpSystemButton class + + + + + The constructor of the HelpSystemButton + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + The system command. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a ToolStripItem. + + + + + MinimizeSystemButton class. + + + + + Constructor of the MinimizeSystemButton + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a ToolStripItem. + + + + + Ribbon2013MinimizeSystemButton class + + + + + Constructor of the Ribbon2013MinimizeSystemButton + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner + + + + + Gets or sets the image that is displayed on a ToolStripItem. + + + + + SystemMenuStrip class + + + + + The constructor of the SystemMenuStrip + + The form instance. + + + + Indicates whether the items are updated or not. + + The ToolStripRenderer instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The system item information. + + + + + SystemToolTipInfo class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the ForeColor property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Gets or Sets backColor of SuperToolTip. + + + + + Gets or Sets forecolor of SuperToolTip. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the Header ToolTipItem. + + + + + Gets the Body (Description) ToolTipItem. + + + + + Gets or Sets Footer ToolTipItem + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets /Sets the location of the Image. + + + + + Reset the CustomLocation property. + + + + + Serializes the UseCustomLocation property. + + Returns true if the value of the point is not empty. + + + + Specifies whether to use custom location for Image. + + + + + Reset the UseCustomLocation property. + + + + + Serializes the UseCustomLocation property. + + Returns true if the value is true. + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the Font property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the ForeColor property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the Image Transparency color property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the ImageScaling Size property is to be serialized. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the size of the image. + + + + + + Gets the maximum size (width) of the text. + + + + + + + Specifies the way image and text are situated. + + + + + Gets or Sets whether a ToolTipItem should be hidden. + + + + + Gets or Sets the text to be displayed in the SuperTooltip. + + + + + Gets or Sets the font for the toolTip text. + + + + + Gets or Sets the forecolor of the SuperTooltip text. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the alignment of the SuperTooltip text. + + + + + Gets or sets value specifying the way image and text are situated. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the image to be shown in the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the alignment of the image. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the image scaling size. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the bounds of the image. + + + + + Gets /Sets the location of the Image. + + + + + Specifies whether to use custom location for Image. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the toolTip text. + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the SystemToolTipInfo + + + + + Collection for filtering invisible items in ToolStripIOtemCollection. + + + + + Underlying IItemHidable control. + + + + + Underlying ToolStripItemCollection. + + + + + + Dispose the ToolStripItemCollection + + + + + Performs filtering. + + The index of the ToolStripItem + + + + + Returns count of underlying collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Renderer for RibbonControlAdv header. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. + + ToolStrip instance. + True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, + otherwise - False. + + + + Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. + + ToolStrip instance. + True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, + otherwise - False. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Clean up specified resources being used. + + Hastable of resources to dispose + + + + Handle changes of display settings and user preferences. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Destructor of the RibbonControlAdvHeaderRenderer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draw right or left scroll button. + Header on which scroll button is located. + Graphics used in painting. + Rectangle in which arrow paints. + Indicates if right or left arrow must be painted. + + + Draw separators between Tab items. + Header on which scroll button is located. + Graphics used in painting. + Rectangle to draw separators in. + + + Draw up or down scroll button. + Panel on which scroll button is located. + Graphics used in painting. + Rectangle in which arrow paints. + Indicates if up or down arrow must be painted. + + + Draw up or down scroll button on DropDownEx. + The OfficeDropDown instance + The graphics object used in painting. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button on drop down. + Indicates whether the drop down or not. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Right arrow on scroll button. + + + Left arrow on scroll button. + + + Down arrow on scroll button. + + + Up arrow on scroll button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Right office arrow. + + + Left office arrow. + + + + Bitmaps + + + + + Constructor of the Bitmaps + + The capacity of the bit maps. + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the specified key. + + The key whose value to get or set. + The value associated with the specified key. If the specified key is not found, attempting to get it returns null, + and attempting to set it creates a new element using the specified key. + + + + Office2010RibbonHeaderRenderer. + + + + + Constructor of the Office2010RibbonHeaderRenderer + + The Office2010ColorTable instance. + + + + Draw the separators. + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance + The graphics object which helps provide the data to paint the separator. + The rectangle which helps to draw the separators. + + + + + + + + + + + Draw the Tab scroll button. + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + The graphics object which helps provide the data. + The rectangle which helps to draw the Tab scroll button.. + Indicates whether the scroll button placed on right or not. + + + + Office2013RibbonHeaderRenderer class. + + + + + Constructor of the Office2013RibbonHeaderRenderer. + + The Office2010ColorTable instance. + + + + Draw the separators. + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance + The graphics object which helps to provide the data. + The rectangle which helps to draw the separators. + + + + Paints the context menu text + + + + + + + Draw theme text + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draw the Tab scroll button. + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + The graphics object which helps provide the data. + The rectangle which helps to draw the Tab scroll button. + Indicates whether the scroll button placed on right or not. + + + + TouchStyle renderer class for Ribbonheader. + + + + + Constructor of the TouchStyleRibbonHeaderRenderer + + The Office2010ColorTable instance. + + + + Hover image + + + + + Normal Image + + + + + Arrow Width + + + + + Arrow height + + + + + Arrow image + + + + + Arrow image + + + + + Arrow image + + + + + Arrow image + + + + + Right Arrow + + + + + Left Arrow + + + + + Bitmap for MenuButton. + + + + + + + + + + + + Draw the Tab scroll button. + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + The graphics object which helps provide the data. + The rectangle which helps to draw the Tab scroll button.. + Indicates whether the scroll button placed on right or not. + + + + Arrow Image + + + + + Arrow Right Image + + + + + IsEnable + + + + + ArrowDownImage + + + + + CheckButton + + + + + Right Arrow + + + + + Left Arrow. + + + + + Office2016RibbonHeaderRenderer class. + + + + + Constructor of the Office2016RibbonHeaderRenderer. + + The Office2010ColorTable instance. + + + + Draw the separators. + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance + The graphics object which helps to provide the data. + The rectangle which helps to draw the separators. + + + + Paints the context menu text + + + + + + + Draw theme text + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draw the Tab scroll button. + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + The graphics object which helps provide the data. + The rectangle which helps to draw the Tab scroll button. + Indicates whether the scroll button placed on right or not. + + + + QuickItemsCollection class + + + + + DPI 150 Extra item size + + + + + TouchModeWidth + + + + + TouchModeWidth + + + + + DPI 125 Extra item size + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether toolstrip items must be destroyed on removing from their base collection. + + + + + Constructor of the QuickItemsCollection + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + + + + Lays out items in the specified bounds rectangle. + + Rectangle to lay out items in. + Resulting bounds of layout. + + + + Performs full layout of items, with possible changes in overflows. + + Rectangle to lay out items in. + Resulting bounds of layout. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets / Sets the ToolStrip. + + + + + Occurs when ToolStripItem added + + + + + Occurs when ToolStripItem removed. + + + + + Represents additional functionality for quick items. Always exists at the end of quick items panel. + + + + + Quick Menu touch height + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickItemsDropDownButton. + + + + + Shows customization dialog. + + + + + + + Used to open the Customize Ribbon dialog box,once the Customize Ribbon context menu is clicked. + + + + + + + Shows or hides quick item referenced by clicked menu item. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fills dropdown menu. + + + + + + Initializes dropdown. + + + + + + Set the size when the touch mode is disabled. + + + + + Checks whether the item height is changed. + + + + + Set the size when the touch mode is enabled. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets collection of reflected items from quick panel. + + List of reflected items from quick panel. + + + + Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner + + + + + Returns owner casted to RibbonControlAdvHeader. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + QuickItemsDropDownMenu class + + + + + ContextMenuStrip extended with title. + + + + + Margin of ContextMenuStrip before and after title caption. + + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Default font style of the control + + + + + Font which stored after changed in design + + + + + MetroColor of Contextmenu + + + + + Holds the style + + + + + + + + Applies scale factor + + + + + Extends height for title. + + + + + + + Resets title height. + + + + + + Resets title height. + + + + + + Disables right mouse button + + + + + + Disables right mouse button + + + + + + Title height. + + + + + Title size. + + + + + Font for title. + + + + + Gets or Set the Metrocolor + + + + + Gets/Sets the Style + + + + + Gets or Sets the TouchMode + + + + + Gets the bounds of the display rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets title height. + + + + + Gets or sets Title Size + + + + + Gets or sets Title font. + + + + + Creates new instance of ContextMenuStripEx. + + + + + Default appearance + + + + + Metro-like appearance + + + + + Office2016Colorful appearance + + + + + Office2016White appearance + + + + + Office2016DarkGray appearance + + + + + Office2016Black appearance + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the QuickItemsDropDownMenu + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + QuickItemsOverflow + + + + + Contructor of the QuickItemsOverflow + + The ToolStripItem instance. + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + Instance of RibbonControlAdvLayoutEngine. + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the LayoutEngine + + + + + Gets / Sets the Header of the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Layout engine for DropDownOverflow. + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + The QuickItemsOverflow instance. + Indicates whether the contains a Minimum width or not + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Lays out toolstrip items in RibbonControlAdv. + + The source of the control + The LayoutEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + + Represents additional functionality for quick items. Always exists at the end of quick items panel. + + + + + + + + + + Fills dropdown menu. + + + + Initializes dropdown. + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickItemsOverflowButton. + + + + Indicates if DropDown has items. + In our situation return true. + + + + Gets or Sets coordinates of the upper-left corner + + + + + Returns owner casted to RibbonControlAdvHeader. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Class for CustomDictionaryEditor + + + + + Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for CustomDictionaryEditor class. + + + + + Method to show the custom dictionary editor window. + + SpellCheckerAdv parameter + parameter for Form + + + + Method to hide the custom Dictionary editor. + + + + + Updates the buttons in custom Dictionary editor dialog window. + + + + + Loads the CustomDictionary. + + + + + Loads the CustomDictionary from the specified path. + + path of the CustomDictionary + + + + Occurs when the Btn_New is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Text property value changes. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Add is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Ok is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_DeleteAll is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Delete is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Initializes the components designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the lbl_Path designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the lbl_Dictionary designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the lbl_Word designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the listBox_Words designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the txt_Path designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the txt_Word designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Add designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Delete designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_DeleteAll designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_New designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Ok designer variable. + + + + + Gets or sets the assiciated with this dialog. + + + + + Class for CustomDictionaryMetroEditor + + + + + Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv. + + + + + Initializes the m_metroColor variable. + + + + + Holds the visualstyle + + + + + Initializes the new instance for CustomDictionaryMetroEditor class. + + + + + Method to show the CustomDictionaryMetroEditor dialog window. + + SpellCheckerAdv parameter + parameter for Form + + + + Hides the CustomDictionaryMetroEditor dialog window. + + + + + Updates the Buttons in the CustomDictionaryMetroEditor dialog window. + + + + + Loads the CustomDictionary. + + + + + Loads the CustomDictionary with specified path. + + path of the custom dictionary + + + + Occurs when the Btn_New is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Text property value changes. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Add is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Ok is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_DeleteAll is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Delete is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Draws listBox items + + + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Initializes the components designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the lbl_Path designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the lbl_Dictionary designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the lbl_Word designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the listBox_Words designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the txt_Path designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the txt_Word designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Add designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Delete designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_DeleteAll designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_New designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Ok designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the ListBoxWords_ScrollerFrame designer variable. + + + + + Occurs when the control style changed + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the visualstyle + + + + + Gets the office 2016 colors respective to style + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with this dialog. + + + + + Class for OptionsDialog class. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for OptionsDialog class. + + + + + Updates the state of the CheckBox in OptionsDialog window. + + + + + Updates the SpellCheckerAdv properties. + + + + + Method to show the OptionDialog window. + + SpellCheckerAdv parameter + parameter for Form + + + + Occurs when Btn_Ok is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Initializes the components designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the lbl_SpellCheckerOptions designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the separator1 designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsInUpperCase designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeSpecialSymbols designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsWithNumbers designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsInMixedCase designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeHtmlTags designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeFileNames designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeInternetAddresses designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeEmailAddress designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Ok designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the separator2 designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the assiciated with this dialog. + + + + + Class for OptionsMetroDialog class. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv. + + + + + Variable for m_metroColor + + + + + Holds the visualstyle + + + + + Initializes the new instance for OptionsMetroDialog class. + + + + + Updates the state of the CheckBox in OptionsDialog window. + + + + + Updates the SpellChecker properties. + + + + + Method to show the OptionDialog window. + + SpellCheckerAdv parameter + parameter for Form + + + + Occurs when Btn_Ok is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Initializes the components designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the lbl_SpellCheckerOptions designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the separator1 designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsInUpperCase designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeSpecialSymbols designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsWithNumbers designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeWordsInMixedCase designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeHtmlTags designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeFileNames designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeInternetAddresses designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the OptionExcludeEmailAddress designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Ok designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the separator2 designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when the control style changed + + + + + Gets or sets the assiciated with this dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the Metrocolor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the visualstyle + + + + + Gets the office 2016 colors respective to style + + + + + Class for SpellCheckerDialog window. + + + + + Initializes the spellChecker variable. + + + + + Initializes the editor variable. + + + + + Initializes the TextUpdatePending variable. + + + + + Initializes the IgnoreTextChange variable. + + + + + Initializes the ChangeAllCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the IgnoreAllCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the IgnoreOnceCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the isCancelClicked variable. + + + + + Cannot create default instance of SpellCheckerDialog. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerDialog class. + + SpellCheckerAdv parameter + ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools parameter + + + + Handles this event to change the text while double clicking the item in LBox_Suggestions. + + + + + + + Occurs before a form is displayed for the first time. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs before the form is closed. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Overrides OnClosed method. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Overrides OnShown method. + + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Updates the Buttons in SpellChecker dialog. + + + + + Method to show the SpellChecker dialog + + + + + + Process the misspelled words in SpellCheckerAdv. + + + + + Method to clear the HashTable + + + + + Hides the SpellCheckerDialog. + + + + + Highlights the Text in TextBox + + start index of the RichTextBox text + Length of the Text + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Undo is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains event data + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Options is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_CustomDictionary is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Change is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_IgnoreOnce is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_IgnoreAll is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_AddToDicktionary is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the Btn_ChangeAll is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the RTxt_Editor text is changed. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Initializes the components designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the RTxt_Editor designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Lbl_NotInDictionary designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the LBox_Suggestions designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Lbl_Suggestions designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Options designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Undo designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_IgnoreOnce designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_IgnoreAll designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Change designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_AddToDicktionary designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_Cancel designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_ChangeAll designer variable. + + + + + Initializes the Btn_CustomDictionary designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs when the Btn_Cancel is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Initializes the errorword variable + + + + + Initializes the ignorewords list. + + + + + Initializes the Suggestions list. + + + + + Gets or sets the ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the SpellCheckerAdv control. + + + + + Gets or sets the IsCancelClicked. + + + + + Initializes the worker variable. + + + + + Initializes the spellChecker variable. + + + + + Initializes the editor variable. + + + + + Initializes the TextUpdatePending variable. + + + + + Initializes the IgnoreTextChange variable. + + + + + Initializes the ChangeAllCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the IgnoreAllCollection variable. + + + + + Initializes the IgnoreOnceCollection variable. + + + + + Holds the style + + + + + + + + + + Cannot create default instance of SpellCheckerDialog. + + + + + Handles this event to change the text while double clicking the item in LBox_Suggestions. + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Draws listbox items + + + + + + + Occurs when the control style changed + + + + + Gets or sets the visualstyle + + + + + Gets the office 2016 colors respective to style + + + + + Interface for ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools. + + + + + Selects the word specified by the index. + + Zero based index of the word on the Text. + length of the word to be selected. + + + + Gets or sets the whose is to be spell checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the current misspelled word. + + + + + Gets or sets the Text to be spell checked by the + + + + + Gets or Sets the control to be checked using SpellCheckerAdv. + + + + + This Enum represents the visualstyle + + + + + This option represents the Default visual style. + + + + + This option represents the Metro visual style. + + + + + This option represents the Office2016Colorful visual style. + + + + + This option represents the Office2016Black visual style. + + + + + This option represents the Office2016White visual style. + + + + + This option represents the Office2016DarkGray visual style. + + + + + Class for SpellCheckerAdv which is derived from Component. + + + + + Initializes the variable for SpellCheckerBase class. + + + + + Variable for EmbeddedResourceStream. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for SpellCheckerAdv class. + + + + + Initializes the visualstyle variable to its default value. + + + + + Initializes the m_metroColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the DEF_CUSTOM_DIC_PATH variable. + + + + + Initializes the DEF_DIC_NAME variable. + + + + + + Specifies the path of the dictionary. + + + + + Specifies the path of the custom dictionary. + + + + + ArrayList to hold the wrong words. + + + + + ArrayList to hold the repeated words. + + + + + Specifies whether to ignore internet address during spell check. + + + + + Specifies to ignore email address during spell check. + + + + + Specifies to ignore html tags during spell check. + + + + + Specifies to ignore file names during spell check. + + + + + Specifies to ignore words in mixed case during spell check. + + + + + Specifies to ignore words in upper case during spell check. + + + + + Specifies to ignore words with number during spell check. + + + + + Specifies to ignore words repeated words during spell check. + + + + + Allows to customize the number of suggestions to be displayed in the suggestion list. + + + + + Specifies to ignore special symbols during spell check. + + + + + Stream that contains the dictionary. + + + + + Initializes the closeReason variable. + + + + + Initialized the spellCheckerDialog variable. + + + + + Initializes the spellCheckerMetroDialog variable. + + + + + Initializes the optionsDialog variable. + + + + + Initializes the optionsMetroDialog variable. + + + + + Initializes the customDictionaryEditor variable. + + + + + Initializes the customDictionaryMetroEditor variable. + + + + + Initializes the editor variable. + + + + + Initializes the worker variable. + + + + + Initializes the SuggestionListWords variable. + + + + + Initializes the MisspelledWordList array list. + + + + + Performs the SpellCheck of the loaded TextBox base control using ContextMenu. + + ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools interface + + + + Performs Spell check for loaded TextEditor control. + + ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools + + + + Method to get the suggestion list + + error word + Dictionary + + + + Initializes the new instance for ContextMenuStripEx. + + + + + Initializes the new instance for ToolStripMenuItem. + + + + + Initializes the mousepoint variable. + + + + + Method to check the spelling of the given Text editior control. + + ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools interface + + + + Initializes the selectedword variable. + + + + + Initializes the currentTextIndex variable. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse moves hover the TextBox control. + + object sender + MouseEventArgs which contains event data + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer is over the control and a mouse button is pressed. + + Object + MouseEventArgs which contains EventData + + + + + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem is clicked. + + object sender + EventArgs which contains EventData + + + + Writes the specified word to the dictionary. + + Specifies the path of the dictionay file. + Specifies the word to be added to the dictionary. + + + + Overwrites the specified wordlist to the dictionary. + + Specifies the path of the dictionay file. + List of words to overrite the dictionary. + + + + Deletes the contents of the dictionary file by over writting. + + File path whose content to be deleted. + + + + Deletes the specified word from the customdictionary. + + Specifies the path of the dictionay file. + Specifies the word to be deleted. + + + + Shows the . + + Form that owns this dialog. + + + + Raises the events. + + Represents errors that occur during application execution. + + + + Shows the . + + Form that owns this dialog. + + + + Initializes the Dialog windows in SpellCheckerAdv. + + + + + Checks whether the word is in Dictionary or not. + + Word which is need to be check with Dictionary + True when the word is not in the Dictionary + + + + Gets the suggestion list for the given wrong word. + + Error word + Dictionary with suggestion + + + + Returns the List of suggestion using the same sound of the word. + + wrong word + List of suggestion + + + + Returns the phonetic suggestions for error word in specified accuracy + + + + + Returns the suggestion list by interchanging the letters of the error word. + + + + + + + Initialization of the m_suggestionlist variable. + + + + + Generates the word list by using the suggestion list from PCL. + + + + + Checks the dictionary to generate the suggestion list. + + ArrayList + String + suggest_list + + + + + Changes the string in the suggestion list as per the casing in the Error word + + + + + + Checks for the Upper case. + + + + + Checks for the First letter capital. + + + + + Finds the casing for the given word. + + + + + + Gets the suggestion list generated using the Soundex Algorithm. + + ArrayList + String + + + + TextBox control. + + + + + Initialization of the ignorewords variable. + + + + + Performs the spell check operation. + + wrong word + string + + + + Returns the case of the given wrong word + + wrong word + ECaseUpperWord enum property + + + + Returns the HashTable of the suggestion list. + + ArrayList + wrong word + + + + + Returns the length of the wrong word. + + word + wrong word + Length of the wrong word + + + + To customize the number of suggestions to be displayed. + + ArrayList + errror_string + + + + + Splits the retrieved sentence into words. + + + + + Initialization of the htdictPathVsEntriesList variable. + + + + + Checks the dictionary, to identify the misspelled words. + + ArrayList + wrongWords + + + + + Checks whether the word is present in the dictionary. + + + + + Gets the items from the dictionary list. + + + + + Gets the items from the dictionary list. + + + + + Initialization of the CustomDictionayCacheDirty bool variable. + + + + + Converts the dictionary entries to array list. + + + + + Converts the dictionary entries to array list. + + + + + Initializes the htdictPathVsSoundXList variable. + + + + + Method to show the SpellChecker dialog. + + ISpellCheckerAdvEditorTools interface + + + + Gets or sets the VisualStyle of the SpellCheckerAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Editor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the CustomDictionaryEditor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the CustomDictionaryMetroEditor property. + + + + + Gets or sets the SpellCheckerDialog property. + + + + + Gets or sets the SpellCheckerMetroDialog property. + + + + + Gets or sets the OptionsDialog property. + + + + + Gets or sets the OptionsMetroDialog property. + + + + + Gets or sets the status of the dialog window + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore repeated words during spell check. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore words in mixed case during spell check. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore words in upper case during spell check. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore words with number during spell check. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying the number of suggestions to be displayed in the suggestion list. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore special symbols during spell check. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore file names during spell check. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore internet address during spell check. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying the path of the dictionary. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying the path of the custom dictionary. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore email address during spell check. + + + + + Gets or Sets a value specifying whether to ignore html tags during spell check. + + + + + Holds the list of misspelled words. + + + + + Gets/Sets the value to indentify the type of the SpellCheckerAdv. + + + + + Holds the string of the change all. + + + + + Gets or sets the stream that contains the dictionary. + + + + + Raised when there is an exception in the . + + + + + Checks for the Upper case. + + + + + Checks for the First letter capital. + + + + + Enum property which shows the word casing. + + + + + Returns whether all the characters in the word is Upper. + + + + + Returns whether all the characters in the word is Lower. + + + + + Returns whether first character in the word is Upper. + + + + + Delegate for Exception Handler. + + object sender + Represents errors that occur during application execution. + + + + Class for SpellEditorWrapper. + + + + + Sets the text of the TextBox control. + + Text + + + + Method to set the selected Text + + given text + + + + Method to apply the selection. + + starting index of selection + ending index of the selection + + + + Initializes a new instance of class that hosts the control. + + + + + + Selects the word specified by the index. + + Zero based index of the word on the Text. + length of the word to be selected. + + + + Initializes the TextBox control variable. + + + + + Initializes the currentWord variable. + + + + + Returns the Control in which spell check is going to applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the whose is to be spell checked. + + + + + Gets or sets the current misspelled word. + + + + + Gets or sets the Text to be spell checked by the + + + + + Delegate which is set the Text + + Text of the Editor control + + + + Selects the Text + + Starting integer of the text + Length of the Text + + + + This class represents renderer class for office 2016 style + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog border color + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog panel border color + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items backcolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items forecolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items selected backcolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items selected forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog caption bar backcolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog caption bar forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog border color + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog border color + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog caption bar backcolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog caption bar forecolor + + + + + Constructor of renderer class + + Gets style of EditControl + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog border color + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog panel border color + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items backcolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items forecolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items selected backcolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items selected forecolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog border color + + + + + Gets the options dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog border color + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog captionbar foreColor + + + + + This class represents renderer class for office 2016 white style + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog border color + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog panel border color + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items backcolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items forecolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items selected backcolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items selected forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog caption bar backcolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog caption bar forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog border color + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog border color + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog caption bar backcolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog caption bar forecolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog border color + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog panel border color + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items backcolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items forecolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items selected backcolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items selected forecolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog border color + + + + + Gets the options dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog border color + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog captionbar foreColor + + + + + This class represents renderer class for office 2016 black style + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog border color + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog panel border color + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items backcolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items forecolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items selected backcolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items selected forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog caption bar backcolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog caption bar forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog border color + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog border color + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog caption bar backcolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog caption bar forecolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog border color + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog panel border color + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items backcolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items forecolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items selected backcolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items selected forecolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog border color + + + + + Gets the options dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog border color + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog captionbar foreColor + + + + + This class represents renderer class for office 2016 darkgray style + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog border color + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog panel border color + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Holds the spellchecker dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items backcolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items forecolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items selected backcolor + + + + + Holds the listbox items selected forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog caption bar backcolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog caption bar forecolor + + + + + Holds the options dialog border color + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog backcolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog forecolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog border color + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog caption bar backcolor + + + + + Holds the custom dictionary dialog caption bar forecolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog border color + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog panel border color + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the spellchecker dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items backcolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items forecolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items selected backcolor + + + + + Gets the listbox items selected forecolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog border color + + + + + Gets the options dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the options dialog captionbar forecolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog backcolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog forecolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog border color + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog captionbar backcolor + + + + + Gets the custom dictionary dialog captionbar foreColor + + + + + Gets or sets SplitButton value + + + + + Color code for Button's Default State + + + + + Color code for Button's Pressed State + + + + + Color code for Button's Actived State + + + + + Color code for Button's Disabled State + + + + + Initializing Solid Brush to paint the button + + + + + Arrow have painted, and its size is depends upon the width and heigh. + And location is depends upon the left and top value + + + + + + + + + + + Creating the Border appearence of the Button And the Visual Style may achive throgh the Colors as an input + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Rendering of text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Instance for SplitButton + + + + + Get or Set the SplitButton Value + + + + + Color code for Button's Default State + + + + + Color code for Button's Pressed State + + + + + Color code for Button's Actived State + + + + + Color code for Button's Disabled State + + + + + Initializing Solid Brush to paint the button + + + + + Instance for SplitButton + + + + + Arrow have painted, and its size is depends upon the width and heigh. + And location is depends upon the left and top value + + + + + + + + + + + Creating the Border appearence of the Button And the Visual Style may achive throgh the Colors as an input + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Rendering of text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get or Set the SplitButton Value + + + + + Brush for default arrow color + + + + + Instance for SplitButton + + + + + Normal state back color + + + + + Background color of Arrowicon + + + + + Mouse over color + + + + + Normal state button outer color + + + + + Normal state arrow border color + + + + + Pressed state fore color + + + + + Pressed color + + + + + Method to draw arrowicon + + + + + + + + + + + Method to draw border for SplitButton + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Method to draw Text for SplitButton + + + + + + + + + + + + Get or Set the SplitButton Value + + + + + Brush for default arrow color + + + + + Instance for SplitButton + + + + + Normal state back color + + + + + Normal state arrow back color + + + + + Mouse over color + + + + + Normal state button border color + + + + + Normal state arrow border color + + + + + Normal state fore color + + + + + Pressed color + + + + + Method to draw arrowicon + + + + + + + + + + + Method to draw border for SplitButton + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Method to draw Text for SplitButton + + + + + + + + + + + + Get or Set the SplitButton Value + + + + + Brush for default arrow color + + + + + Instance for SplitButton + + + + + Normal state back color + + + + + Normal state arrow back color + + + + + Mouse over color + + + + + Normal state button border color + + + + + Normal state arrow border color + + + + + Normal state fore color + + + + + Pressed color + + + + + Method to draw arrowicon + + + + + + + + + + + Method to draw border for SplitButton + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Method to draw Text for SplitButton + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets Splitbutton value + + + + + Brush for default arrow color + + + + + Instance for SplitButton + + + + + Normal state back color + + + + + Normal state arrow back color + + + + + Normal state arrow border color + + + + + Mouse over color + + + + + Normal state button border color + + + + + Pressed state forecolor + + + + + Pressed state color + + + + + Method to draw arrowicon + + + + + + + + + + + Method to draw border for SplitButton + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Method to draw Text for SplitButton + + + + + + + + + + + + Get or Set the SplitButton Value + + + + + Holds option for ButtonMode + + + + + Holds option for Style + + + + + Specifies the DropDown position on Top + + + + + Specifies the DropDown position on Bottom + + + + + Specifies the DropDown position on Left + + + + + Specifies the DropDown position on Right + + + + + Button mode as toogle or normal + + + + + Color code for Button's Pressed State + + + + + Color code for Button's Actived State + + + + + Color code for Button's Disabled State + + + + + Color code for Button's DefaultColor State + + + + + Button Initiallizing on load + + + + + Assign initial Color to the Arrow + + + + + Assign initial color to the ArrowButton Background + + + + + Inidicates Button state + + + + + Show the DropDown on Button click + + + + + Position of the DropDown + + + + + Location of the mouse pointer on the button (x coordinates value) + + + + + Location of the mouse pointer on the button (y coordinates value) + + + + + Initial Button Border Color + + + + + Initial Button Shadow Color + + + + + Color values for button when it is in normal State + + + + + Color values for button when it is in normal State + + + + + Button's Arrow part Border color + + + + + Button's Arrow part Shadow color + + + + + Initial Spliter Color + + + + + spliter shadow color + + + + + BackColor + + + + + Button toogle mode indicator + + + + + Inidicate That it has MousePointer + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + get or set the value for VisualStyle + + + + + Button Rendering Property + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Fire while ButtonDropDown get Focus + + + + + + + Fire while ButtonDropDown lost Focus + + + + + + + It performs Button painting as setting Border Color, BackGround Color, Arrow Color, using Button Renderer + + + + + + + + + + + Perform Button Back Color + + + + + + + + + + + + + Border color and Background Color while the Button is in normal state + + + + + + + + + Handles Gestures + + Gesture message + true/false + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Rendering property for ContextMenuStripEx + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Font changed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Normal state backcolor + + + + + Normal state arrow backcolor + + + + + Mouse over color + + + + + Normal state button outer color + + + + + Normal state arrow border color + + + + + Normal state forecolor + + + + + Pressed color + + + + + Checked EventHandler for ToogleButton + + + + + UnChecked EventHandler for ToogleButton + + + + + DropDownItemEventHandler , when the dropdown item is clicked. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Holds the DropDown Items + + + + + get or set the value for ButtonToogleMode + + + + + + State of the Button Either Checked or UnChecked + + + + + Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture + + + + + Gets or sets the DropDown renderer of the SplitButton used to customize the appearance of the SplitButton DropDown + look and feel of Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ContextMenuStripEx + + + + + Gets or Sets EnablebackColor value + + + + + Gets or sets ArrowIconColor + + + + + Gets themeMouseOverColor value + + + + + Gets ButtonOutercolor value + + + + + Gets arrowBorderColor value + + + + + Gets ForeColor value + + + + + Gets Pressedcolor value + + + + + Accessibility class to provide Coded UI support. + + + + + Variable for SplitButton. + + + + + Constructor. + + SplitButton + + + + Retrieves the object that has the focus. + + + + + + Retrieves the currently selected child. + + Child + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate + The vertical screen coordinate + An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the child object + at the given screen coordinates. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + + + + Gets the role for the SplitButton. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + + + + Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject + + + + + Gets the state of the accessible object. + + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + Collection of items used in SplitButton + + + + + Constructor for SplitButtonItemsCollection + + + + + Returns whether the list contains the SplitButtonItemsCollection type + + + + + Adds the SplitButtonItemsCollection type to the list + + + + + Removes the SplitButtonItemsCollection type from the list + + + + + Inserts the SplitButtonItemsCollection type into the list + + + + + Returns the index of the SplitButtonItemsCollection type + + + + + searches the name in the list + + + + + Overrides the oninsert method + + + + + Gets the unique name + + + + + Gets the index of for the SplitButtonItemsCollection + + + + + Office2016Colorful StatusBarAdvRenderer + + + + + Sets the Office2016theme + + + + + + + Sets the Office2016theme + + + + + + + Gets or sets Backcolor + + + + + Gets or sets ForeColor + + + + + Gets or sets Bordercolor + + + + + Office2016White Renderer + + + + + Gets or sets Backcolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bordercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Forecolor + + + + + Gets or sets SizeGrip Color + + + + + Offiec2016Black Renderer + + + + + Gets or sets BackColor + + + + + Gets or set Bordercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Forecolor + + + + + Gets or sets SizeGripColor + + + + + Office2016DarkGray Renderer + + + + + Gets or sets Backcolor + + + + + Gets or sets Forecolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bordercolor + + + + + Gets or sets SizeGripColor + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Color of the scroll button arrow. + + + + + Paints the Gallery item. + + ToolStripItem Render EventArgs + True /False + + + + Draws the standard scroll bar. + + Graphics + ToolStrip Gallery + + + + Paints the background of the Scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroller + ScrollButton State + + + + Uesd to draw standard scroll bars. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroller + ScrollButton State + + + + Draws te scroll button background. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroller + ScrollButton State + + + + Draws the compact scroller. + + Graphics + ToolStrip Gallery + + + + Paints the scroll button background. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroller + ScrollButton State + + + + Paints the gallery items + + Graphics + ToolStrip Gallery + + + + Paints the gallery caption area. + + Graphics + ToolStrip Gallery + + + + Paints the Up arrow of the scroll button for compact scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + Paints the Up arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + Paints the Down arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + Paints the background of the selected gallery item. + + Graphics + Bounds of the item. + Color + + + + Paints the Down arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + Paints the DropDown arrow of the scroll button for compact scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + + + + + + Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Holds the StatusStripEx color + + + + + Gets/Sets the StatusStripEx Metro Seperator color + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. + + ToolStrip instance. + True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, + otherwise - False. + + + + + + + + + + + Color of the scroll button arrow. + + + + + Paints the Gallery item. + + ToolStripItem Render EventArgs + True /False + + + + Draws the standard scroll bar. + + Graphics + ToolStrip Gallery + + + + Paints the background of the Scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroller + ScrollButton State + + + + Uesd to draw standard scroll bars. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroller + ScrollButton State + + + + Draws te scroll button background. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroller + ScrollButton State + + + + Draws the compact scroller. + + Graphics + ToolStrip Gallery + + + + Paints the scroll button background. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroller + ScrollButton State + + + + Paints the gallery items + + Graphics + ToolStrip Gallery + + + + Paints the gallery caption area. + + Graphics + ToolStrip Gallery + + + + Paints the Up arrow of the scroll button for compact scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + Paints the Up arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + Paints the Down arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + Paints the background of the selected gallery item. + + Graphics + Bounds of the item. + Color + + + + Paints the Down arrow of the scroll button for standard scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + Paints the DropDown arrow of the scroll button for compact scroller. + + Graphics + Rectangle of the scroll button + Color of the arrow + + + + + + + + + Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Holds the StatusStripEx color + + + + + Overrides the Initialize method + + + + + + Overrides the OnrenderToolStripBackground method + + + + + + Overrides the OnRenderImage Margin method + + + + + + Overrides the OnRenderSeperator method + + + + + + Overrides the OnRenderItemText method + + + + + + Background brush is assigned + + + + + + + Paints the background color for the control + + + + + + + Paints the image margin + + + + + + + Paints the seperator + + + + + + + Paints the menu item text + + + + + + + Gets or sets Seperator color + + + + + Gets or sets Border color + + + + + Sets Office 2016 theme + + + + + + + Gets or sets Back color + + + + + Gets or sets Border color + + + + + Gets or sets Grip color + + + + + Gets or sets Seperator color + + + + + Gets or sets Back color + + + + + Gets or sets Border color + + + + + Gets or sets Seperator color + + + + + Gets or sets Grip color + + + + + Gets or sets Back color + + + + + Gets or sets Border color + + + + + Gets or sets Grip color + + + + + Gets or sets Seperator color + + + + + Gets or sets Back color + + + + + Gets or sets Border color + + + + + Gets or sets Grip color + + + + + Gets or sets Seperator color + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the left side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the right side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons while mouse hover + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + This method is used to select required theme from the sample + + + + + + + Back color for control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the left side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the right side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons while mouse hover + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the left side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the right side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons while mouse hover + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the left side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the right side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons while mouse hover + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the left side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the right side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons while mouse hover + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the left side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the right side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons while mouse hover + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the left side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the right side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons while mouse hover + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the left side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for slider path in the right side of slider of the control + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the slider + + + + + It contains the color value for backcolor of the buttons while mouse hover + + + + + It contains the color value for hoverbackcolor of the slider + + + + + Gets the color table according to the theme. + + + + + + + Get the BackColor of the SuperAccelerator. + + + + + Gets the Border color of the SuperAccelerator. + + + + + SuperAccelerator Office2016Dark theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the SuperAccelerator. + + + + + Gets the back color of the SuperAccelerator. + + + + + SuperAccelerator Office2016Black theme Renderer class. + + + + + Gets the back color of the SuperAccelerator. + + + + + Gets the back color of the SuperAccelerator. + + + + + SuperAccelerator Office2016White theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the SuperAccelerator. + + + + + Gets the back color of the SuperAccelerator. + + + + + Matches the pattern. + + The regex. + The source. + + + + + Searches the pattern. + + The regex. + The source. + + + + + Searches the pattern. + + The regex. + The source. + The position. + + + + + Parses the length. + + The number. + The hundred percent. + + + + + Parses the length. + + The length. + The hundred percent. + The box. + + + + + Parses the length. + + The length. + The hundred percent. + The box. + The em factor. + if set to true [return points]. + + + + + Gets the color. + + The color value. + + + + + Gets the width of the border. + + The border value. + The b. + + + + + Splits the values. + + The value. + + + + + Splits the values. + + The value. + The separator. + + + + + Gets the type information. + + The path. + The more info. + + + + + Finds the style sheet source. + + The path. + + + + + Gets the image. + + The path. + + + + + Gets the style sheet. + + The path. + + + + + Removes the comments. + + The style sheet to process. + + + + Finds the parent box. + + Name of the tag. + The b. + The init container. + + + + + Darks the color. + + The c. + + + + + Gets the border path. + + The border. + The b. + The r. + if set to true [is line start]. + if set to true [is line end]. + + + + + Constructs the line boxes. + + The g. + The block box. + + + + Does the alignment. + + The g. + The line box. + + + + Aligns righttoleft. + + The line. + + + + Gets the ascent. + + The f. + + + + + Gets the descent. + + The f. + + + + + Gets the line spacing. + + The f. + + + + + Vertical Alignment + + The g. + The line box. + + + + vertical cell alignment. + + The g. + The cell. + + + + Justify Alignment. + + The g. + The line box. + + + + Center Alignment. + + The g. + The line. + + + + Right Alignment. + + The g. + The line. + + + + Splits the words. + + The box. + The word text. + The words. + + + + Gets the property default value. + + The value. + + + + + Determines whether the specified property is valid property. + + The property. + Type of the s. + + true if [is valid property] [the specified property]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the unit. + + The length. + + + + + Gets the HTML length number. + + The length. + + + + + Determines whether the specified length has error. + + The length. + + true if [is HTML length has error] [the specified length]; otherwise, false. + + + + + If length is in Ems, returns its value in pixels + + + + + Gets the length string. + + The length. + + + + + contains css properties. + + + + + Contains default values + + + + + Contains all inhertiable properties + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Sets the initial Html box of the box + + + + + Returns false if some of the boxes + + + + + Gets the index of the box to be used on a (ordered) list + + + + + Creates the + + + + + Searches for the first word occourence inside the box, on the specified linebox + + + + + Gets the specified Attribute, returns string.Empty if no attribute specified + + + + + Gets the value of the specified attribute of the source HTML tag. + + + + + Gets the height of the font in the specified units + + + + + Gets the previous sibling of this box. + + + + + Gets the longest word (in width) inside the box, deeply. + + + + + Gets the maximum bottom of the boxes inside the startBox + + + + + Get the width of the box at full width (No line breaks) + + + + + Gets the longest word (in width) inside the box, deeply. + + + + + Inherits inheritable values from specified box. + + + + + Gets the result of collapsing the vertical margins of the two boxes + + + + + Calculates the bounds of box and children, recursively. + + + + + Calculate the word spacing + + + + + Assigns words its width and height + + + + + Ensures that the specified length is converted to pixels if necessary + + + + + Deeply offsets the top of the box and its contents + + + + + Paints the specified g. + + + + + Paints the border. + + + + + Paints the background. + + + + + Paints the Decorations like UnderLine, Strike etc. + + + + + Offsets the rectangle of the specified linebox by the specified value. + + + + + Resets the array + + + + + Removes boxes that are just blank spaces + + + + + ToString override. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the bottom border. + + The width of the bottom border. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the border left. + + The width of the border left. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the border right. + + The width of the border right. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the border top. + + The width of the border top. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the border. + + The width of the border. + + + + Gets or sets the border bottom style. + + The border bottom style. + + + + Gets or sets the border left style. + + The border left style. + + + + Gets or sets the border right style. + + The border right style. + + + + Gets or sets the border style. + + The border style. + + + + Gets or sets the border top style. + + The border top style. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + The color of the border. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border bottom. + + The color of the border bottom. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border left. + + The color of the border left. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border right. + + The color of the border right. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border top. + + The color of the border top. + + + + Gets or sets the border. + + The border. + + + + Gets or sets the border bottom. + + The border bottom. + + + + Gets or sets the border left. + + The border left. + + + + Gets or sets the border right. + + The border right. + + + + Gets or sets the border top. + + The border top. + + + + Gets or sets the border spacing. + + The border spacing. + + + + Gets or sets the border collapse. + + The border collapse. + + + + Gets or sets the margin. + + The margin. + + + + Gets or sets the margin bottom. + + The margin bottom. + + + + Gets or sets the margin left. + + The margin left. + + + + Gets or sets the margin right. + + The margin right. + + + + Gets or sets the margin top. + + The margin top. + + + + Gets or sets the padding. + + The padding. + + + + Gets or sets the padding bottom. + + The padding bottom. + + + + Gets or sets the padding left. + + The padding left. + + + + Gets or sets the padding right. + + The padding right. + + + + Gets or sets the padding top. + + The padding top. + + + + Gets or sets the width. + + The width. + + + + Gets or sets the height. + + The height. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the background. + + The color of the background. + + + + Gets or sets the background image. + + The background image. + + + + Gets or sets the background repeat. + + The background repeat. + + + + Gets or sets the color. + + The color. + + + + Gets or sets the display. + + The display. + + + + Gets or sets the direction. + + The direction. + + + + Gets or sets the empty cells. + + The empty cells. + + + + Gets or sets the float. + + The float. + + + + Gets or sets the position. + + The position. + + + + Gets or sets the height of the line. + + The height of the line. + + + + Gets or sets the vertical align. + + The vertical align. + + + + Gets or sets the text indent. + + The text indent. + + + + Gets or sets the text align. + + The text align. + + + + Gets or sets the text decoration. + + The text decoration. + + + + Gets or sets the white space. + + The white space. + + + + Gets or sets the word spacing. + + The word spacing. + + + + Gets or sets the font. + + The font. + + + + Gets or sets the font family. + + The font family. + + + + Gets or sets the size of the font. + + The size of the font. + + + + Gets or sets the font style. + + The font style. + + + + Gets or sets the font variant. + + The font variant. + + + + Gets or sets the font weight. + + The font weight. + + + + Gets or sets the list style. + + The list style. + + + + Gets or sets the list style position. + + The list style position. + + + + Gets or sets the list style image. + + The list style image. + + + + Gets or sets the type of the list style. + + The type of the list style. + + + + Gets the list item box. + + The list item box. + + + + Gets the width available on the box, counting padding and margin. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the box + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom of the box. + + + + + Gets the children boxes of this box + + + + + Gets the left of the client rectangle (Where content starts rendering) + + + + + Gets the top of the client rectangle. + + + + + Gets the right of the client rectangle + + + + + Gets the bottom of the client rectangle + + + + + Gets the client rectangle + + + + + Gets the containing block-box of this box. + + + + + Gets the font's line spacing + + + + + Gets or sets the first linebox where content of this box appear + + + + + Gets or sets the last linebox where content of this box appear + + + + + Gets the HTMLTag that hosts this box + + + + + Gets the HtmlContainer of the Box. + + + + + Gets if this box represents an image + + + + + Gets the line-boxes of this box (if block box) + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the box + + + + + Gets or sets the parent box of this box + + + + + Gets the linebox(es) that contains words of this box (if inline) + + + + + Gets the rectangles where this box should be painted + + + + + Gets the right of the box. When setting, it will affect only the width of the box. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the box + + + + + Gets or sets the inner text of the box + + + + + Gets the BoxWords of text in the box + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HtmlRootBox class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HtmlRootBox class. + + The document source. + + + + Feeds the blocks of the stylesheet + + + + + + Feeds the style with a block. + + + + + Parses the HTML document + + + + + Applies style to all boxes in the tree + + + + + Makes block boxes be among only block boxes. + + + + + + Gets the inline boxes. + + + + + Gets the blocks of style defined on this structure. + + + + + Gets the document's source + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum size of the container + + + + + Represents HtmlTags + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The tag. + + + + + + + + + + Converts an HTML length into a Css length + + + + + Applies the table border. + + + + + Applies the table padding. + + + + + Gets the value indicating if the attribute list has the specified attribute + + + + + Gets the attributes in the tag + + + + + Gets the name of this tag + + + + + Gets the value whether the tag is a closing tag + + + + + Gets the value whether the tag doesn't need a closing tag; + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The block source. + + + + Updates the PropertyValues dictionary + + + + + Asigns the style on this block o the specified box + + + + + Gets the properties and its values + + + + + Gets the dictionary with property-ready values + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owner. + The image. + + + + Appends the specified char to the word's text + + + + + + Represents this word for debugging purposes + + + + + + Gets the width of the word including white-spaces + + + + + Gets the image this words represents (if one) + + + + + Gets if the word represents an image. + + + + + Gets a bool indicating if this word is composed only by spaces. + Spaces include tabs and line breaks + + + + + Gets if the word is composed by only a line break + + + + + Gets if the word is composed by only a tab + + + + + Gets the Box where this word belongs. + + + + + Gets the text of the word + + + + + Gets or sets an offset to be considered in measurements + + + + + Gets or sets the left of the rectangle. + + The left. + + + + Top of the rectangle + + + + + Width of the rectangle + + + + + Height of the rectangle + + + + + Gets or sets the right of the rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom of the rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the rectangle + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the rectangle + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the rectangle + + + + + Creates a new LineBox + + + + + Gets the maximum word bottom. + + + + + + Add the word box to their lists if necessary. + + + + + Return the words of the specified box + + + + + Updates the specified rectangle of the specified box. + + + + + Assign the rectangles to their specified box + + + + + Gets the baseline Height of the rectangle + + + + + Sets the baseline of the words of the specified box to certain height + + + + + Returns the words of the linebox + + + + + Gets the related boxes. + + The related boxes. + + + + Gets the words. + + The words. + + + + Gets the owner box. + + The owner box. + + + + Gets the rectangles. + + The rectangles. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The table box. + The g. + + + + Analyzes the Table and assigns values to this HtmlTable object. + + + + + Gets the spanned width of a cell + + + + + Gets the cell column index checking its position and other cells colspans + + + + + Gets the cells width, taking colspan and being in the specified column + + + + + Gets the colspan of the specified box + + + + + Gets the rowspan of the specified box + + + + + Recursively calculate the specified box + + + + + Recursively calculates words inside the box + + + + + To indicate is it possible to reduce the width + + + + + To indicate is it possible to reduce the width + + + + + Gets the available width. + + + + + + Gets the current sum of column widths + + + + + Gets if the user specified a width for the table + + + + + Hosts a list of all rows in the table, including those on the TFOOT, THEAD and TBODY + + + + + Gets the column count of this table + + + + + Gets the minimum width of each column + + + + + Gets the declared Columns on the TABLE tag + + + + + Gets an array of column widths. + + + + + Gets the boxes that represents the table-row Boxes of the table, + + + + + Gets the table-footer-group Box + + + + + Gets the table-header-group Box + + + + + Gets the actual horizontal spacing of the table + + + + + Gets the actual vertical spacing of the table + + + + + Gets the original table box + + + + + Used to make space on vertical cell combination + + + + + Gets the index of the row where box ends + + + + + Sets Office2016 theme + + + + + + + Gets or sets Backcolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bordercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Headercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bodycolor + + + + + Gets or sets Footercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Backcolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bordercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Headercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bodycolor + + + + + Gets or sets Footercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Backcolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bordercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Headercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bodycolor + + + + + Gets or sets Footercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Backcolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bordercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Bodycolor + + + + + Gets or sets Headercolor + + + + + Gets or sets Footercolor + + + + + ToolTipEditor Form + + + ToolTip EditorForm + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + The TabControlAdvAccessibleObject class provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Constructor for TabControlAdvAccessibleObject class + + The instance of the TabControlAdv. + + + + TabPageAdv is Child control in terms of Accessibility for TabControlAdv + + The number of the tab pages. + + + + Gets the Accessibility object of the TabPageAdv identified by index. + + The index of the TabPageAdv. + The AccessibleObject of the specified tab page. + + + + Returns whether the control is Focused or not + + Indicates whether its focused. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An TabControlAdvAccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Returns the Selected TabPageAdv + + Indicates whether the currently selected child. + + + + Overridden Navigate method + + The instance of the AccessibleNavigation. + The AccessibleObject of the selected tab. + + + + Gets Role of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Name of the TabcontrolAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Bounds of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Description of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Parent of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets State of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Returns Text value of TabControlAdv + + + + + Class for TabPageAdv Accessibility + + + + + Constructor for TabPageAdvAccessibleObject class + + The instance of the TabPageAdv. + + + + Returns whether the control is Focused or not + + The AccessibleObject of the TabPageAdv. + + + + Gets Role of the TabPageAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Parent of the TabPageAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Name of the TabPageAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Bounds of the TabPageAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Description of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Class to access the Tabs in TabControlAdv. + + + + + Constructor for TabAccessibleObject class. + + + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An TabControlAdvAccessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Returns whether the control is Focused or not + + The AccessibleObject of the TabPageAdv. + + + + Gets Role of the Tabs. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the Tabs. + + + + + Gets the Name of the Tabs. + + + + + Gets the parent of the Tabs. + + + + + Gets Description of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default backcolor for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + + + + + A default implementation for TabRendererBlendDark. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabRendererBlendDark class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default backcolor for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + + + + + A default implementation for TabRendererBlendLight. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabRendererBlendLight class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the Metro style. + + + + + Variable to indicate the TabControl Rect Border Y axis + + + + + Constructor of the TabRendererMetro class. + + + + + + + Registers the type of the tab. + + + + + Gets the path for the tab. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics path + + + + Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. + + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the TabPanelPropertyExtender. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default single border color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns a system color. + + + + The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the Office2010 style. + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Contains information about Office2010 theme colors. + + + + + Contains information about Office2010 color theme. + + + + + The TabControl. + + + + + Blend for drawing top ellipse when office2010ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. + + + + + Blend for drawing bottom ellipse when office2010ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. + + + + + Registers the type of the tab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererOffice2010 class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the preferred size for the tabs. + + The Graphics object. + The preferred size. + + + + Returns the overlap size. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. + + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for the tab. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics path + + + + Gets specified rounded path for the rectangle for drawing top ellipse + when office2010ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Gets information about Office2010 theme colors. + + + + + Gets or sets information about Office2010 color theme. + + + + + Gets the tab border color. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + Tab Size + Overlap Size + + + + The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the TabRendererOffice2016Colorful style. + + + + + Variable to indicate the TabControl Rect Border Y axis + + + + + Constructor of the TabRendererOffice2016Colorful class. + + + + + + + Gets the path for the tab. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics path + + + + Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. + + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Registers the type of the tab. + + + + + Gets the InActive Tab Back color. + + + + + Gets the Active Tab Back color. + + + + + Gets the InActive Tab fore color. + + + + + Gets the Active Tab fore color. + + + + + Gets Mouse Hover tab fore color. + + + + + Gets TabPanel Back Color. + + + + + Gets TabPage back color. + + + + + Gets TabPage fore color. + + + + + Gets Active tab close button color + + + + + Gets InActive Close Button fore color. + + + + + Gets Hover close button fore color. + + + + + Pressed close button fore color. + + + + + Gets TabPrimitives Pressed Back color. + + + + + Gets TabPrimitives Hover Back color. + + + + + Gets TabControl Border color. + + + + + Gets Splitter Back color in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Splitter Border color in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets DropDown Button Fore color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets DropDown Button Pressed back color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets DropDown Button hover back color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Close Button Fore color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Close Button Hover Back Color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Close Button Pressed Back Color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the TabPanelPropertyExtender. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default single border color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns a system color. + + + + The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the TabRendererOffice2016White style. + + + + + Constructor of the TabRendererOffice2016White class. + + + + + + + Registers the type of the tab. + + + + + Gets the InActive Tab Back color. + + + + + Gets the Active Tab Back color. + + + + + Gets the Active Tab fore color. + + + + + Gets the InActive Tab fore color. + + + + + Gets Mouse Hover tab fore color. + + + + + Gets TabPanel Back Color. + + + + + Gets TabPage back color. + + + + + Gets TabPage fore color. + + + + + Gets Active tab close button fore color. + + + + + Gets InActive Close Button fore color. + + + + + Gets Hover close button fore color. + + + + + Pressed close button pressed color. + + + + + Gets TabControl Border color. + + + + + Gets TabPrimitives Pressed Back color. + + + + + Gets TabPrimitives Hover Back color. + + + + + Gets Splitter Back color in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Splitter Border color in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button fore color in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button hover back color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button Pressed back color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button fore color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Close Button Hover Back Color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Close Button Pressed Back Color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the TabPanelPropertyExtender. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default single border color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns a system color. + + + + The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the TabRendererOffice2016DarkGray style. + + + + + Constructor of the TabRendererOffice2016DarkGray class. + + + + + + + Registers the type of the tab. + + + + + Gets the InActive Tab Back color. + + + + + Gets the Active Tab Back color. + + + + + Gets the Active Tab fore color. + + + + + Gets the InActive Tab fore color. + + + + + Gets Mouse Hover tab fore color. + + + + + Gets TabPanel Back Color. + + + + + Gets TabPage back color. + + + + + Gets TabPage fore color. + + + + + Gets Mouse Hover tab fore color. + + + + + Gets InActive Close Button fore color. + + + + + Gets Hover close button fore color. + + + + + Pressed close button fore color. + + + + + + Gets TabPrimitives Pressed Back color. + + + + + Gets TabPrimitives Hover Back color. + + + + + Gets Splitter Back color in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Splitter Boder color in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button Pressed back color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button hover back color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Close Button Hover Back Color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Close Button Pressed Back Color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button Fore color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button Fore color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the TabPanelPropertyExtender. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default single border color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns a system color. + + + + The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the TabRendererOffice2016Black style. + + + + + Constructor of the TabRendererOffice2016Black class. + + + + + + + Registers the type of the tab. + + + + + Gets the InActive Tab Back color. + + + + + Gets the Active Tab Back color. + + + + + Gets the Active Tab fore color. + + + + + Gets the InActive Tab fore color. + + + + + Gets Mouse Hover tab fore color. + + + + + Gets TabPanel Back Color. + + + + + Gets TabPage back color. + + + + + Gets TabPage fore color. + + + + + Gets Active tab Close Button fore color. + + + + + Gets InActive Close Button fore color. + + + + + Gets Hover close button fore color. + + + + + Pressed close button fore color. + + + + + Gets TabControl Border color. + + + + + Gets TabPrimitives Pressed Back color. + + + + + Gets TabPrimitives Hover Back color. + + + + + Gets Splitter Back color in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Splitter Border color in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button fore color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button Pressed back color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost DropDown Button hover back color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets TabHost close button Button fore color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Close Button Hover Back Color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets Close Button Pressed Back Color in MDITabPanel of TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the TabPanelPropertyExtender. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default single border color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns a system color. + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + The selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs by this much. + + Indicates the size of the tab. + The overlap size. + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default backcolor for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default single border color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns a system color. + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Indicates whether the background color is solid. + + True if solid; false otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Returns the default backcolor for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default active tab panel font. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Font value. + Returns the default inactive tab font, after making it bold. + + + + The selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs by this much. + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Gets a value indicating whether host OS is Vista. + + + + + Gets the default items border color. + + + + + The Tab Renderer that implements the VS2008 look and feel. + + + + + This tab renderer implements the Office 2003 OneNoteStyle look-and-feel. + + + + + The tab renderer that implements the 3D tabs look-and-feel. + + + + + The default horizontal overlap. + + + + + The default vertical overlap. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabRenderer3D class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the overlapped size, if any, of the tabs. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + + + + Adjusts the bounds and graphics based on alignment. + + + + + Returns the polygonal border of the tab from the bounds. + + The tab's bounds. + The polygonal border. + + + + Returns the polygonal shade border of the tab from the bounds. + + The tab's bounds. + The polygonal border. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + The default horizontal overlap. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabRenderer3D class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the overlapped size, if any, of the tabs. + + The overlap size. + + + + Returns the current drawing bounds. + Overrides in OneNoteStyleRenderer. + + The bounds as a rectangle. + If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the + bounds returned by . + + + + Returns the current drawing bounds. + + The bounds as a rectangle. + + If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the + bounds returned by . + + + + + Gets the interior bounds of the tab. + + The bounds of the current tab + The Tab which is selected + + + + + Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. + + The mouse position to test. + True if hit; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + Indicates the border color of the tabs. + + + + + Selected item line width. + + + + + Selected item border color. + + + + + Color to draw tabs borders with. + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Indicates whether border path is used for drawing background. + + + + + Registers the type of the tab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererVS2008 class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the current drawing bounds. + + The bounds as a rectangle. + + If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the + bounds returned by . + + + + + Gets the interior bounds of the tab. + + The bounds of the current tab + The Tab which is selected + Returns Rectangle + + + + Gets the path for the tab. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. + + Returns Graphics path + + + + Returns the preferred size for the tabs. + + The Graphics object. + The preferred size. + + + + Returns the forecolor with which to draw the tab text. + + Fore color. + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Indicates the border color of the tabs. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether host OS is Vista. + + + + + The Tab Renderer that implements the VS2010 look and feel. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Constructor of the TabRendererVS2010. + + The instance of the ITabControl. + The instance of the ITabPanelRenderer. + + + + Bounds of the close button. + + + + + Registers the type of the tab. + + + + + Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for the tab. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics path + + + + Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. + + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Checks, does CloseButton's bounds contain specified point. + + Point to check. + true, if CloseButton's bounds contain specified point, otherwise - false. + + + + Gets the name of the tab style. + + The name of the tab style. + + + + Gets the tab panel property extender. + + The tab panel property extender. + + + + Gets the bounds of the close button. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for . + + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Returns the overlap size. + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + This enum represents the Style of TabSplitterContainer + + + + + This options represents the Default Style + + + + + This options represents the Office2016Colorful Style + + + + + This options represents the Office2016Black Style + + + + + This options represents the Office2016White Style + + + + + This options represents the Office2016DarkGray Style + + + + + VS2008-like tab splitter UI. + + + + + + Indicates, whether panels are in collapsed state. + + + + + Indicates, whether control's panels are swapped. + + + + + Splitter control + + + + + Collection of primary pages. + + + + + Collection of secondary pages. + + + + + Collection with selected page in Collapsed mode + + + + + Holds the style + + + + + Additional initialization of the control. + + + + + Serializes the TabSplitterContainer Style + + + + + + Resets the TabsplitterContainer Style + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises simple events (). + + + + + Gets the collection of controls contained within the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the TabSplitterContainer Style + + + + + Indicates, whether panels are in collapsed state. + + Value is false, if control is in expanded state. + + + + Gets or sets the splitter orientation. + + + + + Indicates, whether control's panels are swapped. + + + If value is true, primary items are layouted as secondary and vice versa. + Layout of tabs in splitter is also swapped. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the splitter, in pixels, from the left or top edge of the TabSplitContainer. + + + + + Gets or Sets the backcolor for TabSplitter. + + + + + Returns collection of primary nested items. + + + + + Returns collection of secondary items. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the Office2016 style colors respective to the TabSplitterContainer style + + + + + Occurs when property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Splitter's position has been changed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Splitter buttons IDs + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Splitter orientation. + + + + + + + + + + Mouse coordinates of the last MouseDown event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Button colors + + + + + Tab colors + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Tabs rectangles + + + + + + + + + + This class represents the renderer class for Office2016 theme support + + + + + Constructor for renderer + + + + + + + Gets the Horizontal Tabsplitter back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter border color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page Normal tab back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page Normal tab back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page selected tab back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page normal tab fore color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page selected tab fore color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secodary page normal tab fore color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab fore color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer page tab border color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer button hover back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button border color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button border color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer button hover border color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled border color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled Normal page tab back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled selected page tab back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab border color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled Page tab fore color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled checked button back color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button disabled border color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line light color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line dark color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter bottom grip line light color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter bottom grip line dark color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line light color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line dark color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line light color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line dark color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip fore color + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip back color + + + + + This class represents the rendered class for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter border color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page selected tab back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page normal tab fore color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab fore color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page normal tab back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab fore color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer tab border color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page normal tab back begin color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer Secondary page normal tab back begin color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer button hover back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button border color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button border color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer button hover border color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter Disabled back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled border color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled checked button back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer Normal page tab disabled back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled selected page tab back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab border color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab fore color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled checked button border color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line light color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line dark color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter bottom grip line light color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter bottom grip line dark color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line light color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line dark color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line light color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line dark color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip fore color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip back color for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + This class represents the rendered class for Offcie2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the Horizontal TabSplitter back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter border color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page selected tab back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page normal tab fore color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab fore color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page normal tab fore color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab fore color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer tab border color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page normal tab back begin color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer Secondary page normal tab back begin color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer button hover back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button border color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button border color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer button hover border color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter Disabled back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled border color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled checked button back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled Normal page tab back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer page tab disabled back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab border color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled checked button border color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab fore color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line light color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line dark color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter bottom grip line light color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter bottom grip line dark color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line light color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line dark color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line light color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line dark color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip fore color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip back color for Office2016Black theme + + + + + This class represents the rendered class for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the Horizoatl TabSplitter back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter border color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page selected tab back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page normal tab fore color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page selected tab fore color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page normal tab fore color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab fore color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer tab border color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page normal tab back begin color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer Secondary page normal tab back begin color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer button hover back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button border color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button border color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer button hover border color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter Disabled back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled border color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled checked button back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled Normal page tab back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab border color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled checked button border color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab fore color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line light color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line dark color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter bottom grip line light color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter bottom grip line dark color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line light color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line dark color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line light color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line dark color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip fore color for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip back color for Office2016White theme + + + + + This class represents the rendered class for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the Horizontal TabSplitter back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter border color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page selected tab back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page normal tab fore color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page selected tab fore color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page normal tab fore color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer secondary page selected tab fore color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab fore color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer tab border color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer primary page normal tab back begin color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer Secondary page normal tab back begin color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer button hover back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer pressed button border color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button border color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer hover button border color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter Disabled back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled border color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled checked button back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled Normal page tab back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer disabled page tab border color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitterContainer checked button disabled border color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line light color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter top grip line dark color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter horzontal bottom grip line light color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter horzontal bottom grip line dark color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line light color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip top line dark color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line light color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter disabled grip bottom line dark color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip fore color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the TabSplitter ToolTip back color for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets or sets the image to be shown in the page's tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the transparency color for the tab image. + + + + + Collection containing 's primary or secondary nested items. + + + + + Selected page's index. + + + + + Gets or sets the zero-based index of the currently selected page in collection + + + + + Raised when selected page was changed. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Main text label + + + + + Gets or Set the value for dragging + + + + + Sub text label + + + + + List of images + + + + + Image flow direction + + + + + Text flow direction + + + + + Size type of the tile + + + + + Start image index + + + + + Indicates the slid show + + + + + Indicates the Text Animation + + + + + Indicates the internal back color + + + + + Indicates to show navigator + + + + + Indicates the dummy bound + + + + + Inidcate to draw border + + + + + Slider speed + + + + + Slider animation speed + + + + + Indicates the dummy parent + + + + + Inidcates navigation left arrow argb value + + + + + Inidcates navigation right arrow argb value + + + + + Inidcates the left outer rectangle + + + + + Inidcates the right outer rectangle + + + + + Inidcates the axis point + + + + + Indicates the streamer index + + + + + To store the sub text font before mouse down. + + + + + To store the main text font before mouse down. + + + + + To store the location of the sub text before mouse down. + + + + + To store the location of the main text before mouse down. + + + + + Indicates the layout group + + + + + Font changed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Click event of maintext label + + + + + Click event of subtext label + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MouseCaptureChanged will be raised when this IamgeStreamer is captured with mouse. + + + + + + Mouse up + + + + + + Mouse down + + + + + + Draws horizontal arrows + + + + + + Draws vertical arrows + + + + + + Flow image right to left + + + + + + Flow image left to right + + + + + + Flow Text right to left + + + + + + Flow Text left to right + + + + + + Flow Text Botton to Top + + + + + + Flow Text top to bottom + + + + + + Flow image horizontal flip + + + + + + Gets dummy imagestreamer + + + + + + Flow image top to bottom + + + + + + Flow image vertical flip + + + + + + Flow image bottom to top + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Fires before sliding + + + + + Fires after slided + + + + + Gets or sets the main text. + + + + + Gets or sets the sub text. + + + + + Gets or sets the images. + + + + + Gets or sets the image flow direction. + + + + + Gets or sets the text flow direction. + + + + + Gets or sets the tile size for tile layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider speed. + + + + + Gets or sets the slider animation speed. + + + + + Gets or sets the start image index. + + + + + Gets or sets the slide show. + + + + + Gets or sets the slide show. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the internal back color. + + + + + Gets or sets to show navigator. + + + + + Gets or sets to draw border. + + + + + Gets or sets the dummy bound. + + + + + Flow from left to right + + + + + Flow from right to left + + + + + Flow from top to bottom + + + + + Flow from bottom to top + + + + + flow horizontal flip + + + + + Flow from left to right + + + + + Flow from right to left + + + + + Flow from top to bottom + + + + + Flow from bottom to top + + + + + Sets notmal Tile + + + + + Sets double tile Horizontically + + + + + ImageListAdv Designer + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + Variable for TileLayout. + + + + + Constructor for TileLayoutAccessibleObject class. + + The instance of the TileLayout. + + + + Returns whether the control is Focused or not + + Indicates whether its focused. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An ImageStreamerAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Gets Role of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program. + + + + + Gets Name of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Bounds of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Description of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Parent of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets State of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Returns Text value of TabControlAdv + + + + + CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ClockActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overrridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets or sets Name. + + + + + Gets or sets the Text + + + + + Gets the animation speed + + + + + Gets the slider speed + + + + + Gets the text animation + + + + + Gets the text animation direction + + + + + Indicates first item in the row + + + + + Indicates the row + + + + + Indicates the column + + + + + Indicates the items + + + + + Indicates to set Items + + + + + Indicates the text + + + + + Indicates to dispose + + + + + Indicates the timer + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Arrange the controls + + + + + Get the container + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the collection. + + + + + + Adds a to the collection. + + The to add. + The position of the added node in the list. + + + + Adds an array of TreeNodeAdv objects to the collection. + + An array of objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Sorts the collection using the specified sort order. + + One of the entries. + + + + Gets / sets a reference to the TreeNodeAdv at the specified index location in the + collection. + In C#, this property is the indexer for the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. + + The location of the TreeNodeAdv in the collection. + The reference to the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + Variable for TileLayout. + + + + + Constructor for TileLayoutAccessibleObject class. + + The instance of the TileLayout. + + + + TabPageAdv is Child control in terms of Accessibility for TabControlAdv + + The number of the tab pages. + + + + Gets the Accessibility object of the TabPageAdv identified by index. + + The index of the TabPageAdv. + The AccessibleObject of the specified tab page. + + + + Returns whether the control is Focused or not + + Indicates whether its focused. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An LayoutGroupAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Gets Role of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program. + + + + + Gets Name of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Bounds of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Description of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Parent of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets State of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Returns Text value of TabControlAdv + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + TimerDrag Timer + + + + + Title Font + + + + + To ensure whether the tile item is clicked and dragging. + + + + + Main flow layout + + + + + Current hover layoutgroup + + + + + Current hover imagestreamer + + + + + Dummy imagestreamer's mouse point + + + + + Shows item preview + + + + + Indicates mouse point on the new group + + + + + Indicates to allow new group + + + + + Indicates transparency + + + + + Indicates exit image + + + + + Indicates new group image + + + + + Indicates show preview image + + + + + Indicates to show accessories panel + + + + + Indicates the dragger form + + + + + Indicates the dummy imagestreamer + + + + + Sets the parent form flat + + + + + Contains group collection + + + + + Shows group title + + + + + Indicates new group indicator color + + + + + Indicates the allignment of the text + + + + + Indicates the items + + + + + Indicates the accessories form + + + + + Indicates the list of child imagestreamer + + + + + Indicates the current dragging streamer + + + + + Indicates the new group rectangle + + + + + Indicates current selected group index + + + + + Indicates the imagestreamer flower + + + + + Indicates mouse on the accessories panel + + + + + Indicates the show new group button + + + + + Indicates theexit button + + + + + Indicates the show preview button + + + + + Indicates accessories form opening + + + + + Indicates accessories form closing + + + + + Timer used to open accessories form + + + + + Timer used to close accessories form + + + + + List of position of the group + + + + + List of position of the items + + + + + List of position of the group text + + + + + Rectangle of the accessories region + + + + + + + + + + New Instance for TileLayout AccessibleObject + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get a transparent form + + + + + + Drop final imagestreamer to the group + + + + + + + + + Drops imagestreamer for preview + + + + + + + gets a dummy imagestreamer. + + + + + + + Create a new layour group. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sets accessories form location + + + + + gets a accessories form + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the parent form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Calcuates the group position + + + + + Resets the imagesstreamer bounds from the dumy bounds + + + + + Sets size for the dummy imagestreamer + + + + + Calculates the imagestreamer position + + + + + + Calculates the dimensions + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets font of the title text. + + + + + To ensure whether the tile item is clicked and dragging. + + + + + Gets or sets main inner layout. + + + + + Gets or sets current hover layout group. + + + + + Gets or sets current hover image streamer. + + + + + Gets or sets dummy imagestreamer. + + + + + Gets or sets to show item preview. + + + + + Gets or sets mouse point on new group. + + + + + Gets or sets to allow new group. + + + + + Gets display rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets transparency value. + + + + + Gets or sets the exit button image. + + + + + Gets or sets the new group button image. + + + + + Gets or sets the show preview button image. + + + + + Gets or sets to show accessories panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the dummy imagestreamer. + + + + + Gets or sets to make parent form flat. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout group collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the new group indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets to show the title of the group. + + + + + Tilelayout + + + + + Position rectangle + + + + + Indicates name of the tile + + + + + Indicates index of the tile + + + + + Indicates the font of the tile + + + + + Indicates the text of the tile + + + + + Indicates fore color of the tile + + + + + Indicates mouse on button + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates current row + + + + + Indicates current column + + + + + Indicates first items in the row + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Arragne controls + + + + + Creates a new instance of the collection. + + + + + + Adds a to the collection. + + The to add. + The position of the added node in the list. + + + + Adds an array of TreeNodeAdv objects to the collection. + + An array of objects to add to the collection. + + + + + Sorts the collection using the specified sort order. + + One of the entries. + + + + Gets / sets a reference to the TreeNodeAdv at the specified index location in the + collection. + In C#, this property is the indexer for the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. + + The location of the TreeNodeAdv in the collection. + The reference to the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + Variable for TileLayout. + + + + + Constructor for TileLayoutAccessibleObject class. + + The instance of the TileLayout. + + + + TabPageAdv is Child control in terms of Accessibility for TabControlAdv + + The number of the tab pages. + + + + Gets the Accessibility object of the TabPageAdv identified by index. + + The index of the TabPageAdv. + The AccessibleObject of the specified tab page. + + + + Returns whether the control is Focused or not + + Indicates whether its focused. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An TileLayoutAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Gets Role of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program. + + + + + Gets Name of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Bounds of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Description of the TileLayout which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Parent of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets State of the TabControlAdv which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Returns Text value of TabControlAdv + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Interface for ToggleButtonRenderer + + + + + Method for Drawing the Button Frame for ToggleButton + + + + + + + + + + + + + Method for Drawing the Slider in ToggleButton + + + + + + + + + + + + + Instance for Default ToggleButtonRenderer + + + + + Constructor for ToggleButtonRenderer + + + + + Method for Drawing the Button Frame for ToggleButton + + + + + + + + + + + + + Method for Drawing the Slider in ToggleButton + + + + + + + + + + + + + Toggle button Office2016 colorful theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the color table according to the theme. + + Theme name + Renderer color table. + + + + Gets the rounded rectangle bounds for the given rectangle. + + Rectangle bounds + Height of the control. + + + + + Method for Drawing the Button Frame for ToggleButton + + + + + Method for Drawing the Button Frame for ToggleButton + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the hover color of the slider. + + + + + Gets the hover color of the slider. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + TreeViewAdv Office2016 white theme Renderer class + + + + + TreeViewAdv Office2016 dark gray theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the fore color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the hover color of the slider. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + TreeViewAdv Office2016 dark gray theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the hover color of the slider. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the active state button. + + + + + Gets the back color of the inactive state button. + + + + + Enumeration for ToggleButtonState + + + + + Enumeration for TogglebuttonDisplayType + + + + + Indicates the ToggleButton Visual style appearance. + + + + + Represents the Default Visual style appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 colorful appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 colorful appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 dark gray colorful appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 black colorful appearance. + + + + + Instance for ToggleButtonDesigner + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ToggleButtonDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Component object + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + Class for ToggleButton inherited from Control + + + + + Gets or Sets the initializing stage of toggleButton. + + + + + Gets or Sets the ToggleButtonState + + + + + Gets or Set whether the mouse is moved or not + + + + + Gets or Sets the point for mouseposition + + + + + Gets or Sets the DisplayType for ToggleButton + + + + + Gets or Sets whether the mouse is hovered on the control + + + + + Gets or Sets whether the ToggleState change is cancelled + + + + + Gets or Set whether the mouse is hovered on the slider + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Constructor for ToggleButton + + + + + Raises the ToggleStateChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the ToggleStatechanging event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or Sets the ActiveState values for ToggleButton + + + + + Gets or Sets the Slider values for ToggleButton + + + + + Gets or Sets the InactiveState values for ToggleButton + + + + + Serializes the ToggleState for ToggleButton + + + + + Resets the ToggleState + + + + + Serializes the DisplayType + + + + + Resets the DisplayType + + + + + Button Rendering Property + + + + + Serializes the Renderer of the control + + + + + Resets the Renderer of the control + + + + + Swaps the ToggleState of the control + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style for the ToggleButton + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.EnabledChanged event. + + An System.EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overrides the Paint Method + + Event data + + + + Overrides the Mouseup method + + Event data + + + + Overrides the Mouse enter method + + Event data + + + + Raises when key down is performed + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overrides the Mouse leave method + + Event Data + + + + Overrides the Mouse up method + + Event Data + + + + Initializes the components + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Occurs when the ToggleState property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the ToggleState property is changing. + + + + + Gets or Sets the ActiveState values for ToggleButton + + + + + Gets or Sets the Slider values for ToggleButton + + + + + Gets or Sets the InactiveState values for ToggleButton + + + + + Gets or Sets the ToggleButtonState + + + + + Gets or Sets the DisplayType of the ToggleButton + + + + + Gets or Sets the BackColor of the control. + + + + + Gets or Sets the ForeColor of the control + + + + + Gets or Sets the BackGroundImage of the control + + + + + Gets or Sets the BackgroundImageLayout of the control + + + + + Gets or Sets the Renderer for Toggle Button + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style for the ToggleButton + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + ToggleStateChanged EventArgs + + + + + Gets or Sets the ToggleState + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ToggleStateChangedEventArgs class + + Source type + + + + Gets the ToggleState of the control + + + + + Toggle ChangedEvent Handler + + object sender + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + ToggleStateChanging EventArgs + + + + + Gets the old ToggleState of the control + + + + + Gets the new ToggleState of the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ToggleStateChangingEventArgs class + + Source type + + + + Gets the source of the Toggle state changing. + + + + + Gets the source of the Toggle state changing. + + + + + Toggle ChangingEvent Handler + + object sender + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Class for adding subproperties + + + + + ActiveState properties class + + + + + Gets or Sets the backcolor + + + + + Gets or Sets the forecolor + + + + + Gets or Sets the bordercolor + + + + + Gets or Sets the hovercolor + + + + + Gets or Sets the text + + + + + Gets or Sets the activeimage + + + + + Serializes the active image + + + + + Resets the active image + + + + + Serializes the backcolor + + + + + Resets the backcolor + + + + + Serializes the forecolor + + + + + Resets the forecolor + + + + + Serializes the bordercolor for active state + + + + + Resets the bordercolor + + + + + Serializes the hovercolor + + + + + Resets the hover color + + + + + Serializes the active state text + + + + + Resets the text + + + + + constructor for active state + + + + + Constructor for active state + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or Sets the activeimage + + + + + Gets or Sets the BackColor of Active state + + + + + Gets or Sets the Forcolor for active state + + + + + Gets or Sets the bordercolor + + + + + Gets or Sets the Hovercolor for active state + + + + + Gets or Sets the active state text + + + + + Constructor for ActiveStateCollection + + + + + class that converts the properties and combines + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Class for adding subproperties + + + + + Inactive state properties class + + + + + Serializes the image + + + + + Resets the image + + + + + Serializes the backcolor + + + + + Resets the backcolor + + + + + Serializes the forecolor + + + + + Resets the forecolor + + + + + Serializes the bordercolor + + + + + Resets the bordercolor + + + + + Serializes the hovercolor + + + + + Resets the hovercolor + + + + + Serializes the text + + + + + Resets the text + + + + + Constructor for inactive state + + + + + Constructor for inactive state + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or Sets the image for inactive state + + + + + Gets or Sets the backcolor of inactive state + + + + + Gets or Sets the forecolor for inactive state + + + + + Gets or Sets the bordercolor for inactive state + + + + + Gets or Sets the hovercolor of inactive state + + + + + Gets or Sets the text of inactive state + + + + + Constructor + + + + + class that converts the properties and combines + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Class for adding subproperties + + + + + Slider properties class + + + + + Serializes the displaymode + + + + + Resets the displaymode + + + + + Serializes the image + + + + + Resets the image + + + + + Serializes the backcolor + + + + + Resets the backcolor + + + + + Serializes the backcolor + + + + + Resets the backcolor + + + + + Serializes the forecolor + + + + + Resets the forecolor + + + + + Serializes the bordercolor + + + + + Resets the bordercolor + + + + + Serializes the hovercolor + + + + + Resets the hovercolor + + + + + Serializes the hovercolor + + + + + Resets the hovercolor + + + + + Serializes the text + + + + + Resets the text + + + + + Serializes the width + + + + + Resets the width + + + + + Constructor for slider class + + + + + Constructor for slider class + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or Sets the displaymode + + + + + Gets or Sets the image for slider + + + + + Gets or Sets the backcolor for slider + + + + + Gets or Sets the backcolor for slider + + + + + Gets or Sets the forecolor of slider + + + + + Gets or Sets the bordercolor of slider + + + + + Gets or Sets the hover color of slider + + + + + Gets or Sets the hover color of slider + + + + + Gets or Sets the text for slider + + + + + Gets or Sets the slider width + + + + + Constructor + + + + + class that converts the properties and combines + + + + + Returns the destination type + + + + + + + + Gets the Constructor of Slider class + + + + + + + + + + ToggleButtonActionList class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ToggleButtonActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overrridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets or sets Name. + + + + + Gets or Sets the toggle state + + + + + Gets or sets the On text. + + + + + Gets or sets the RightToLeft mode + + + + + CustomCollectionEditor for TreeNavigator control + + + + + ITypeDescriptorContext + + + + + IWindowsFormsEditorService + + + + + ItemCustomCollectionEditor constructor + + + + + EditVaue method is used to edit the value in the Item Collection + + Provides information about container + Object providing custom support + Object of the container + Returns the object of the container + + + + GetEditStyle for the editor + + Provides information about container + Returns EditorStyle + + + + Indicates the ItemAdded + + Sender as container + Added Items in the container + + + + Indicates the ItemAdded + + Sender as container + Added Items in the container + + + + Triggers the CollectionChanged event + + Object that carries the Item + Value of the Item with all its associated properties + + + + Creates the form + + TreeNavigator Form + Returns the new CollectionEditorForm + + + + Fires when the Collection in the item changes + + + + + delegate for collection changed event + + + + + Collection which holds the TreeNavigator's child items + + + + + Constructs a new instance. + + The Control that this collection is associated with. + + + + The Control this collection is associated with. + + + + + The list of items stored in this control. + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection + + + + + Sorts the items in the collection using the provided comparer. + + The comparer used to compare items. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + List for Item collection which contains the control added + + + + + Enumarable list for collection + + Returns the updated Collection List + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Adds an item to the collection. + + The item to add to the collection. + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the collection. + True if the item is found in the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + True if the item was successfully removed from the collection, otherwise false. This method + also returns false if the item is not found in the original collection. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at a particular array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert into the list. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + + + + Adds an item to the list. + + The item to add to the list. + The position at which the item is inserted. + + + + Determines whether the list contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the list. + True if an instance of the item is found in the list, otherwise false. + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the list. + + The object to locate in the list. + The index of the item if found in the list, otherwise -1. + + + + Inserts an item to the list at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert into the list. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the collection. + + The object to remove from the collection. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (thread safe). + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the list is read-only. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the list has a fixed size. + + + + + CustomCollectionEditorForm for TreeNavigator + + + + + IList variable for collection + + + + + Arraylist for previous list + + + + + Property grid + + + + + Panel for buttons + + + + + Add button + + + + + Remove button + + + + + Ok button + + + + + cancel button + + + + + Custom collection editor + + + + + Splitcontainer + + + + + label + + + + + list box + + + + + Treenavigator object + + + + + constructor for the form + + Control to which the ItemCollection is associated with + + + + To get the property value of tree menu item + + Contains the TreeNavigator item + Contains the property for the corresponding item + Gets the value of the associated property + + + + To get the property value of tree menu item + + Object for TreeNavigator + Returns the data type of the particular property + + + + To set the property value of tree menu item + + TreeNavigator Item + Name of the property + Value of the property + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets the data type of each item in the collection. + + The collection for which to get the item's type + The data type of the collection items. + + + + Gets the data types that this collection editor can contain + + The collection for which to return the available types + An array of data types that this collection can contain. + + + + Creates a new instance of the specified collection item type. + + The type of item to create. + A new instance of the specified object. + + + + Destroys the specified instance of the object. + + The object to destroy. + + + + Destroys the specified instance of the object. + + Destroys the object created + + + + Creates the specified instance of the object. + + Instance of the Item + + + + Fires on item removes + + Item that is being added + + + + Fires on item added + + Item that is being added + + + + Moves the item + + List the contains the old value + Index of the selected item + Index to which the selected item moves + + + + GenerateItemArray for the itemcollection + + Item collection for displaying in text box + Returns the Item collection + + + + Creates a new object for itemcollection . + + The collection item for which to create an object. + + + + Cast the item into the type of reffObject to add in the item collection. + + The object to be customized in respect to it's corresponding itemcollection. + The collection item for which it customizes the created object. + + + + RefreshValues in list box + + + + + Gets the property of the selected control + + Selected Item in the ListBox + Particular property for the selected item + + + + + Fires on item collection selected item changes + + The container that the item is associated with + Item's selected property + Selected Item property value + + + + Undo the changes in the list + + Source list in which the changes has to be done + Destination List on which the item added + + + + Method to copy items + + Source from which the item has to be copied + Destination to which the item should be copied + + + + override method to resize + + EventArgs parameter + + + + Override for onclosing + + CancelEvent arguement + + + + Clicking event for cancel button + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + Event for upclick button + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + + Event for ok button + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + Occurs when add button is clicked + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + Occurs when remove is clicked + + Sender as object + Click event arguement + + + + Form load event + + Sender as object + Event arguement + + + + Occurs when selcted item changed in listbox + + + + + + + Closes the form on keydown + + + + + + + Fires once the control is added to the list. + + + + + Fires once the control is deleted to the list + + + + + Fires once the Item removed + + + + + Fires once the item added + + + + + Ilistcollection property + + + + + Delegate for the new item created + + Sender as container + Item added in the collection + + + + Enumeration for the Navigation Mode + + + + + Header of each level is stacked in the top of the Tree Navigator. + + + + + Header of current hierarchy level item can be displayed in the top of the Tree Navigator with the back button + + + + + Class for smart tag + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Component object + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + TreeNavigator control provides a unique interface that can expand a tree structure in-place without taking up more space on the screen. + + + + + To hold scroll value. + + + + + borderwidth variable + + + + + header rectangle + + + + + reset location variable + + + + + Gets of sets the style of the + + + + + List for active list + + + + + List for selected item list + + + + + List for the sub items + + + + + TreeMenuItemCollection variable + + + + + bool variable to show navigation + + + + + Scroller for navigation panel + + + + + Navigation panel + + + + + NavigationMode variable + + + + + Variable for header color + + + + + border color variable + + + + + Gives the selected item + + + + + Gives the previously selected item + + + + + chooses the text alignment + + + + + Gets the item back color + + + + + Bool variable to show the touch scroll behavior + + + + + variable for clicked state of menu item + + + + + offset for item bounds + + + + + Internal flag variable for keyboard navigation + + + + + To get the previous Description panel width + + + + + metro color table. + + + + + Container + + + + + Initialize method + + + + + Constuctor of the TreeNavigator + + + + + Update the colors for the control when the style is changed. + + + + + Iterates through all the TreeMenuItem in the TreeNavigator + + + + + + + varable for Show Header + + + + + Resets the ShowHeader + + + + + Serialize the ShowHeader + + Returns true if the ShowHeader is true + + + + Customization Property for Header text + + + + + Holds the TreeMenuItem PadY + + + + + Resets the PadY + + + + + Serialize the PadY + + Returns true if the PadY is 2 + + + + Resets the TextAlign + + + + + Serialize the TextAlignt + + Returns true if the TextAlingment is Left + + + + Resets the UseTouchScrollBehavior + + + + + Serialize the UseTouchScrollBehavior + + Returns true if the UseTouchScrollBehavior is true + + + + Resets the selected item + + + + + Serializes Selected items + + Returns true if the Selected Item is null + + + + Resets the PrevSelectedItem + + + + + Serializes PrevSelectedItem + + Returns true if the Selected Item is null + + + + Resets the BorderColor + + + + + Serialize the BorderColor + + Returns true if the BorderColor has default color + + + + Resets the HeaderColor + + + + + Serialize the HeaderColor + + Returns true if the border thickness is 2 + + + + Resets the ItemBackColor + + + + + Serializing the property ItemBackColor + + ItemBackColor + + + + Resets the NavigationMode + + + + + Serialize the NavigationModes + + Returns true if NavigationMode is default + + + + Resets the Items + + + + + Serializing the property Items + + Returns true if the value is null + + + + To Perform Scrolling + + + + + Refreshing the TreeNavigator + + + + + Reset the visiblity of the treemenu items + + + + + Invalidates the description panel content + + Selected TreeMenuItem + + + + To serialize Vertical scroll value + + + + + To re-apply scroll position + + + + + To update visible item bounds + + + + + calculates the Treemenu item bounds + + + + + Header area paint + + PaintEventArgs + Gives the bounds of the Header + + + + Transfers the subitem for calculating the layout + + ActiveList of the visible TreeMenuItems + + + + Raises the selected changed event + + TreeMenuItem + + + + Raises the selected changing event + + TreeMenuItem + + + + To get the Keyboard navigation for the control using up and down key. + + Key date + Returns true/false according to the key data + + + + Scroller frame mouse move + + Container that has the Scroller + MouseEventArgs + + + + Scroller frame mouse up event + + Container that has the Scroller + MouseEventArgs + + + + Layout changing override + + LayoutEventArgs + + + + RTL override + + EventArgs + + + + Onpaint override + + PaintEventArgs + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Occurs after the selection of the TreeMenuItem changes + + + + + Occurs before the selection of the TreeMenuItem changes + + + + + Gets of sets the style of the + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + Shows/Hide the Header in the Navigation panel + + + + + + Gets/Sets the TreeMenuItem PadY + + + + + Gets /Sets the TextAlign + + + + + Gets/Sets the ScrollBehavior + + + + + Gets/Sets the bool navigation mode + + + + + Gets/sets the selected item + + + + + Gets/sets the previously selected item + + + + + Gets/Sets the BorderColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the Border Width + + + + + Gets or sets the Item BackColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the Navigation Modes + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the items of the TreeNavigator. + + + + + To view the clicked state + + + + + Class for adding subproperties + + + + + off state properties class + + + + + Header back color + + + + + Header Forecolor + + + + + Header Font + + + + + Header Size + + + + + Header Text + + + + + Text Rectangle + + + + + + Serializes the HeaderText + + + + + + Reset the Header text + + + + + Serializes the HeaderText + + + + + + Serializes the HeaderBackColor + + + + + Resets the HeaderBackColor + + + + + Serializes the Description Header BackColor + + + + + Resets the Description Header BackColor + + + + + Resets the font + + + + + Serializes the font + + + + + Reset the header size + + + + + Serialize the Header Size + + + + + + Constructor with zero arguements + + + + + Parameterised constructor + + Gets the HeaderForeColor + Gets the HeaderFont + Gets the HeaderBackColor + Gets the HeaderSize + Gets the Text that need to render on the Header Area + + + + Gets/sets the Text bounds for the HeaderText. + + + + + + Gets/sets the Header text + + + + + Gets/sets the HeaderBackColor + + + + + Gets/sets the header fore color + + + + + Gets/Sets the font for the header Font + + + + + Gets the height of the Header + + + + + Constructor + + + + + class that converts the properties and combines + + + + + override method for expandable property + + Contextual Information about the object + Type of the class to which the property is associated with + True/False explaining whether it can convert the context + + + + override method for expandable property + + Contextual Information about the object + Provide the information for the specfic culture + Object for the container + Type of the class to which the property is associated with + + + + + Default appearance. + + + + + Office2016 Colorful + + + + + Office2016 White + + + + + Office2016 Black + + + + + Office2016 DarkGray + + + + + Designer class + + + + + override + + + + + Action list override + + + + + TreeMenuItem + + + + + Holds the TreeMenuItem Level + + + + + Gets the itemheight + + + + + gets the click state + + + + + Holds the visibility of the TreeMenuItem + + + + + To check the visibility has been handled internally. + + + + + current index of the item + + + + + Active list of the menu item + + + + + variable for TreeMenuItemCollection + + + + + object for treenavigator + + + + + gets the selected item + + + + + get the selected color + + + + + bool variable to indicate child items + + + + + flag value + + + + + indicates the hover state + + + + + picture box for back button + + + + + item back color + + + + + Gets the item hover color + + + + + Gets the item hover color + + + + + gives the expanded state + + + + + Update the visibility of the back arrow for the TreeNavigator style except for default style. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the back arrow. + + + + + Gets the rectangle bounds of the circle region. + + + + + Checks whether the mouse is inside the circle rectangle. + + + + + Comstructor + + + + + Holds the Initial Level Item + + + + + Holds the Parent TreeMenuItem + + + + + Resets the Selected property. + + + + + Serializing the property Selected. + + Returns True if the Selected is true + + + + Resets the SelectedColor + + + + + Serializing the property SelectedColor + + Returns True if the SelectedColor is empty + + + + Resets the ItemHoverColor + + + + + Serializing the property ItemHoverColor + + ItemBackColor + + + + Resets the SelectedItemForeColor + + + + + Serializing the property SelectedItemForeColor + + ItemBackColor + + + + Resets the ItemBackColor + + + + + Serializing the property ItemBackColor + + Returns True if the ItemBackColor is empty + + + + Resets the Items in the ItemsCollection + + + + + Serializes the Items in the ItemsCollection + + Returns True if the Item is null + + + + Paints the normal arrow + + PaintEventArgs + + + + Paints the reverse arrow + + PaintEventArgs + + + + Gets the location for the back button + + PaintEventArgs + + + + Mouse enter event for picture box + + Sender as Parent + EventsArgs + + + + Mouse down event for picture box + + Sender as Parent + EventsArgs + + + + mouse leave event for picture box + + Sender as Parent + EventsArgs + + + + + + Override for mouse enter + + EventArgs + + + + Override for mouse leave + + EventArgs + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.MouseMove event. + + A System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Disposing all the events used + + + + + + To Expand or Collapse the Selected Item + + + + + Gets / Sets whether the TreeMenuItem is removed or not + + + + + Gets/Sets the TreeMenuItem Level + + + + + Gets / Sets the Initial Level Item + + + + + Gets / Sets the Parent TreeMenuItem + + + + + Gets or sets the Itemselection + + + + + + Gets the clicked state of the item + + + + + Gets or sets the SelectedItem BackColor + + + + + Gets or sets the Item HoverColor + + + + + Gets or sets the Selected Item ForeColor + + + + + Gets or sets the Item BackColor + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the items of the the TreeNavigator. + + + + + Returns true if it has sub items + + + + + Gets/Sets the Expanded or collapsed state + + + + + Event handler for Selection changing event + + Sender as TreeNavigator + SelectionStateChangingEventArgs + + + + Event handler for Selection changed event + + Sender as TreeNavigator + SelectionStateChangedEventArgs + + + + Events args for Selection changed + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Tree menu item + + + + + Expanded state + + + + + Gets /Sets the currently selected item + + + + + returns true if a node is expanded + + + + + Events args for Selection changed + + + + + Constructor + + TreeMenuItem + + + + Selected item + + TreeMenuItem oldvalue + TreeMenuItem new value + + + + Previously Selected item (old value) + + + + + Current Selected item (new value) + + + + + Cancel args + + + + + Expanded state + + + + + Gets the currently selected item + + + + + Gets the currently selected item + + + + + Gets the Previously selected item + + + + + Cancel the selection + + + + + Returns true if the node is expanded + + + + + Tree navigator action list + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + override + + + + + Gets or sets Name. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the items of the TreeNavigator. + + + + + Gets /Sets the Navigation mode + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + TreeNavigator + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. + + Number of Child. + + + + Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. + + Index + Child specified to the index + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + TreeMenuItem + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. + + Number of Child. + + + + Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. + + Index + Child specified to the index + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. + + + + Renderer in colorful style. + + + + + Gets the ForeColor of the + + + + + Gets the Border color of the + + + + + Gets the back color of the header in + + + + + Gets the fore color of the header in + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the selected item back color of the + + + + + Gets the item hover color of the + + + + + Gets the fore color of the selected item in + + + + + Gets the arrow color of the item in + + + + + Gets the background color of the scroll bar in + + + + + Gets the background color of the scroll bar in + + + + + Gets the border color of the circle in + + + + + Gets the border color of the circle on mouse hover in + + + + + Gets the background color of the circle in + + + + + Renderer in Office2016 white theme style. + + + + + Gets the ForeColor of the + + + + + Renderer in Office2016 black theme style. + + + + + Gets the ForeColor of the + + + + + Gets the border color of the circle on mouse hover in + + + + + Gets the background color of the circle in + + + + + Gets the Border color of the + + + + + Gets the back color of the header in + + + + + Gets the fore color of the header in + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the selected item back color of the + + + + + Gets the item hover color of the + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the background color of the scroller frame in + + + + + Gets the background color of the scroll bar in + + + + + Renderer in Office2016 dark gray theme style. + + + + + Gets the ForeColor of the + + + + + Gets the border color of the circle on mouse hover in + + + + + Gets the background color of the circle in + + + + + Gets the Border color of the + + + + + Gets the back color of the header in + + + + + Gets the fore color of the header in + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the selected item back color of the + + + + + Gets the item hover color of the + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the item back color of the + + + + + Gets the background color of the scroller frame in + + + + + Gets the border color of the circle in + + + + + TreeViewAdv Office2016 colorful theme Renderer class + + + + + Draw the tree node in the TreeViewAdv + + Tree node adv paint event args + location of the node to be drawn + Check whether node is clicked. + TreeNodeAdv control. + + + + To draw the check box of the TreeNodeAdv + + The TreeNodeAdv which needs to drawn. + A graphics object which helps to provide the data. + The rectangle of the check box. + The button state of the check box + indicates whether the metro style specified or not + To specifies the metro color + + + + To draw the RadioButton of the TreeNodeAdv + + The TreeNodeAdv which needs to drawn. + A graphics object which helps to provide the data. + The rectangle of the check box. + The button state of the check box + To specifies the metro color + + + + Gets the color table according to the theme. + + Theme name + Renderer color table. + + + + Gets the back color of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Hovermode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Normalmode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Hovermode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the arrowbackcolor in Clicked mode + + + + + Gets the Line Color + + + + + Gets the Check box tick mark color. + + + + + Gets the radio button color. + + + + + Gets the radio button color. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 White theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the arrowbackcolor in Clicked mode + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 DarkGray theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Normalmode + + + + + Gets the Line Color + + + + + Gets the arrowbackcolor in Clicked mode + + + + + Gets the radio button color. + + + + + Gets the tick color. + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Hovermode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Hovermode + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 black theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the back color of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Normalmode + + + + + Gets the Line Color + + + + + Gets the arrowbackcolor in Clicked mode + + + + + Gets the radio button color. + + + + + Gets the tick color. + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Hovermode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Hovermode + + + + + PrintHelper class which helps the print the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the PrintHelper + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Shows a PrintPreview dialog displaying the Tree control passed in. + + TreeView for print preview. + Title for document. + + + + Converts the TreeViewAdv into image. + + The TreeViewAdv which needs to be printed. + + + + + Print the TreeViewAdv + + The TreeViewAdv which needs to be printed. + Tile of the document + + + + Gets an image that shows the entire tree, not just what is visible on the form + + + + + + Returns an image of the specified width and height, of a control represented by handle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Renders the UpDownBase control. + + + + + Draws arrow. + + Graphics object + Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. + State of button where the arrow will be drawn. + Indicates whether the arrow is upper. + + + + Draws button's background, border and arrow. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. + + + + Draws button's background. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Draws up and down buttons. + + Graphics object + State of up-button. + State of down-button. + + + + Draws button's border. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Recalculates and sets button's rectangles. + + + + + Gets Up-Down button's orientation. + + + + + Renders UpDownBase control with Office2007 style. + + + + + Basic abstract class for rendering UpDownBase control. + + + + + Recalculates and sets button's rectangles. + + + + + Draws arrow. + + Graphics object + Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. + State of button where the arrow will be drawn. + Indicates whether the arrow is upper. + + + + Draws button's border. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Draws button's background. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Draws button's background, border and arrow. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. + + + + Draws up and down buttons. + + Graphics object + State of up-button. + State of down-button. + + + + Gets the control that is rendering. + + + + + Gets the spin orientation of rendering control. + + + + + Gets the up-down buttons of rendering control. + + + + + Gets the text box of rendering control. + + + + + Gets the bounds of up-button. + + + + + Gets the bounds of down-button. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the UpDownOffice2007Renderer class. + + Control to render. + Color scheme of Office2007 style. + + + + Changes the color table according color scheme. + + + + + Draws arrow with Office2007 style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. + State of button where the arrow will be drawn. + Indicates whether the arrow is upper. + + + + Draws button's border with Office2007 style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Draws button's background with Office2007 style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Draws button's background, border and arrow with Office2007 style. + + Graphics object + State of up button. + State of down button. + + + + Draws button's background, border and arrow. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme to render with. + + + + + Gets border color for UpDownControl. + + + + + Renders UpDownBase control with Office2010 style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the UpDownOffice2010Renderer class. + + Control to render. + Color scheme of Office2010 style. + + + + Changes the color table according color scheme. + + + + + Draws arrow with Office2010 style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. + State of button where the arrow will be drawn. + Indicates whether the arrow is upper. + + + + Draws button's border with Office2010 style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Draws button's background with Office2010 style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Draws button's background, border and arrow with Office2010 style. + + Graphics object + State of up button. + State of down button. + + + + Draws button's background, border and arrow. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme to render with. + + + + + Gets border color for UpDownControl. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Metrorender class. + + Control to render. + Color scheme of Metro style. + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme to render with. + + + + + Changes the color table according color scheme. + + + + + Draws arrow with Metro style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle where the arrow will be drawn. + State of button where the arrow will be drawn. + Indicates whether the arrow is upper. + + + + Draws button's border with Metro style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Draws button's background with Metro style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + + + + Draws button's background, border and arrow with Metro style. + + Graphics object + State of up button. + State of down button. + + + + Draws button's background, border and arrow. + + Graphics object + Rectangle of button. + State of button. + Indicates whether the arrow is up-button or down-button. + + + + Gets border color for UpDownControl.+ /// + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Metrorender class. + + Control to render. + Color scheme of Metro style. + + + + Gets the Arrow points. + + + + + Sets the Pen for border color + + + + + + + Background during pressed state + + + + + + + Background during Hover state + + + + + + + Background during disabled state + + + + + + + Draws the arrow + + + + + + + + + UpDown Scroll butoon border + + + + + + + + Sets the Scroll button background + + + + + + + + Draws border,arrow and scrollbutton + + + + + + + + Draws scrollbutton + + + + + + + + + Sets the Office2016 theme + + + + + + + Gets or sets the Forecolor + + + + + Gets or sets Pressed state back color + + + + + Gets or sets Normal state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the pressed state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the Arrow color during normal state + + + + + Gets or sets the Arrow color during disabled state + + + + + Gets or sets the Hover fill color + + + + + Gets or sets the Hover border color + + + + + Gets or sets the Normal background color + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled background color + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow color during disabled state + + + + + Gets or sets the Arrow color during hover state + + + + + Gets or sets the Forecolor + + + + + Gets or sets Pressed state back color + + + + + Gets or sets Normal state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the pressed state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the arrrow color during normal state + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow color during disabled state + + + + + Gets or sets the Hover fill color + + + + + Gets or sets the Hover border color + + + + + Gets or sets the Normal background color + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled background color + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow color during pressed state + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow color during hover state + + + + + Gets or sets the Forecolor + + + + + Gets or sets Pressed state back color + + + + + Gets or sets Normal state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the pressed state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the Arrow color during normal state + + + + + Gets or sets the Arrow color during disabled state + + + + + Gets or sets the Hover fill color + + + + + Gets or sets the Hover border color + + + + + Gets or sets the Normal background color + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled background color + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow color during pressed state + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow color during hover state + + + + + Gets or sets the Forecolor + + + + + Gets or sets Pressed state back color + + + + + Gets or sets Normal state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the pressed state border color + + + + + Gets or sets the Arrow color during normal state + + + + + Gets or sets the Arrow color during disabled state + + + + + Gets or sets the Hover fill color + + + + + Gets or sets the Hover border color + + + + + Gets or sets the Normal background color + + + + + Gets or sets the disabled background color + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow color during pressed state + + + + + Gets or sets the arrow color during hover state + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Basic class for all renderers. CommandBarRenderer provides the basic functionality + that is needed by all renderers. + You must inherit from CommandBarRenderer to create your own renderers. + + + + + Reference to CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text for CommandBar. + + The rectangle within which to draw text. + + + + Draws background for CommandBar. + + The rectangle to draw background. + + + + Draws gripper of the CommanBar. + + The rectangle within which to draw gripper. + + + + Draws DropDown button of the CommandBar. + + The rectangle within which to draw DropDown button. + + + + Gets rectangle of the DropDown button. + + + + + Gets rectangle within which to draw text for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Gets rectangle for gripper. + + + + + Indicates whether the CommandBar has MainMenu DockStyle. + + + + + Indicates whether the CommandBar has vertical DockStyle. + + + + + Draws CommandBar. + + + + + Gets reference to CommandBar. + + + + + To Ensure if Metro Theme is set + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for floating CommandBar. + + + + + Basic class for floating renderers. CommandBarFloatingRenderer provides the basic functionality + that is needed by floating renderers. + You must inherit from CommandBarFloatingRenderer to create your own floating renderers. + + + + + Draws close button of the CommandBar. + + The rectangle within which to draw close button. + + + + Gets rectangle for close button. + + + + + Draws floating CommandBar. + + + + + Gets rectangle within which to draw text for floating CommandBar. + + + + + + Gets rectangle of the DropDown button for floationg CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for docked ControlBar. + + + + + Basic class for ControlBar renderers. ControlBarRenderer provides the basic functionality + that is needed by ControlBar renderers. + You must inherit from ControlBarRenderer to create your own ControlBar renderers. + + + + + Reference to ControlBar. + + + + + Gets rectangle for gripper of the ControlBar. + + + + + Gets rectangle within which to draw text for ControlBar. + + + + + Gets reference to ControlBar. + + + + + Draws text of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the ControlBar. + + + + + Draws gripper of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2016 visual style for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Gets CommandBarBackColor color. + + + + + Gets DropDownHoverColor color. + + + + + Gets DropDownSelectionColor color. + + + + + Gets CommandDockBarFore color. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Static method has VisualStyles + + + + + + + Gets CommandBarBackColor color. + + + + + Gets or DropDownHoverColorl color. + + + + + Gets or DropDownSelectionColor color. + + + + + Gets or CommandDockBarFore color. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Gets CommandBarBackColor color. + + + + + Gets DropDownHoverColor color. + + + + + Gets DropDownSelectionColor color. + + + + + Gets CommandDockBarFore color. + + + + + Gets CommandBarBackColor color. + + + + + Gets or DropDownHoverColorl color. + + + + + Gets or DropDownSelectionColor color. + + + + + Gets or CommandDockBarFore color. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Gets CommandBarBackColor color. + + + + + Gets DropDownHoverColor color. + + + + + Gets DropDownSelectionColor color. + + + + + Gets CommandDockBarFore color. + + + + + Gets CommandBarBackColor color. + + + + + Gets or DropDownHoverColorl color. + + + + + Gets or DropDownSelectionColor color. + + + + + Gets or CommandDockBarFore color. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Gets CommandBarBackColor color. + + + + + Gets DropDownHoverColor color. + + + + + Gets DropDownSelectionColor color. + + + + + Gets CommandDockBarFore color. + + + + + Gets CommandBarBackColor color. + + + + + Gets or DropDownHoverColorl color. + + + + + Gets or DropDownSelectionColor color. + + + + + Gets or CommandDockBarFore color. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2016 visual style for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Holds the CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Holds the CommandFloatBarBackColor + + + + + + Holds the FloatingBorderColor + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultCloseButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the CloseButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the FloatingHeaderColor Color + + + + + Holds the FloatingFooterColor Color + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Static method has VisualStyles + + + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarBackColor + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Gets or FloatingBorderColor + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + + Gets or HoverCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Gets or HoverCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultCloseButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or CloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Gets or FloatingHeaderColor Color + + + + + Gets or FloatingFooterColor Color + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultCloseButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the CloseButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the FloatingFooterColor Color + + + + + Holds the FloatingHeaderColor Color + + + + + Holds the CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Holds the CommandFloatBarBackColor + + + + + + Holds the FloatingBorderColor + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + + Gets or HoverCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Gets or HoverCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultCloseButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or CloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Gets or FloatingFooterColor Color + + + + + Gets or FloatingHeaderColor Color + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarBackColor + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Gets or FloatingBorderColor + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultCloseButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the CloseButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the FloatingFooterColor Color + + + + + Holds the FloatingHeaderColor Color + + + + + Holds the CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Holds the CommandFloatBarBackColor + + + + + + Holds the FloatingBorderColor + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + + Gets or HoverCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Gets or HoverCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultCloseButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or CloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Gets or FloatingFooterColor Color + + + + + Gets or FloatingHeaderColor Color + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarBackColor + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Gets or FloatingBorderColor + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Holds the HoverCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Holds the PressedCloseButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultCloseButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the CloseButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the FloatingFooterColor Color + + + + + Holds the FloatingHeaderColor Color + + + + + Holds the CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Holds the CommandFloatBarBackColor + + + + + + Holds the FloatingBorderColor + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the HoverDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the PressedDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButton Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Holds the DefaultDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + + Gets or HoverCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Gets or HoverCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButtonFillColor Color + + + + + Gets or PressedCloseButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultCloseButtonColor Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultCloseButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or CloseButtonBorderColor Color + + + + + Gets or FloatingFooterColor Color + + + + + Gets or FloatingHeaderColor Color + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarBackColor + + + + + Gets or CommandFloatBarForeColor + + + + + Gets or FloatingBorderColor + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or HoverDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or PressedDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButton Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButtonFill Color + + + + + Gets or DefaultDropDownButtonBorder Color + + + + + + + + + + Minimum width of a MDIDropDownButton. + + + + + Minimum height of a MDIDropDownButton. + + + + + Minimum indent for a MDIDropDownButton. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An instance of the MDITabPanel. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Recalculate position and size of button. + + Client rectangle. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of MDITabPanel. + + + + + Gets size of a button. + + + + + Gets location of a button. + + + + + Gets or sets if button location is right to left. + + + + + Gets button bounds. + + + + + Indicates if button is pressed. + + + + + Gets button highlighted state. + + + + + Gets or sets button pushed state. + + + + + Gets or sets if scroll need mode is active of button. + + + + + Gets or sets a tab control alignment. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabAlignment is set to right or left. + + + + + A Popup menu class with MDITabPanel's reference. + + + + + An instance of the MDITabPanel. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets an instance of MDITabPanel. + + + + + The tab control used to render a tab group in a tabbed MDI UI managed by the + . + + + + To access this tab control, override (you can provide + a custom derived class, if necessary) + and/or . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Drop down button popup menu. + + + + + Determines if scrollbar buttons are needed. + + + + + + + + + + Hash table used for saving the state of the form before adding to Tabbed MDI. + + + + + Gets the previous X postion of the mouse. Used to avoid the flickering issue of the ToolTip. + + + + + Gets the previous Y postion of the mouse. Used to avoid the flickering issue of the ToolTip. + + + + + Represent parent bar item default style value. + + + + + Represent whether previous style is office 2016 themes. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + EventArgs that contains event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the MDITabPanel class. + + The corresponding instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden. See . + + MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden. See . + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden. See . + + MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Update MdiChildForm BackColor for Office2016Theme + + + + + + Gets preferred size of a MDITabPanel. + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether an mdi child Form is "hosted" within this tab control. + + An mdi child Form. + True if the Form is part of this tab control; false otherwise. + + + + Update close and drop down buttons. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Helps to customize the BackColor, ForeColor and Font of Active and Inactive Tabs. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds an mdi child Form to this tab control (tab group). + + The Form to add. + Settings for the tab. + + + This method will be called to add an mdi child Form to the tab group represented + by this tab control. + + + To access or provide a custom tab page, override the method. + + + + + + Creates a new tab in the tab group. + + The data for this tab. + Default properties of this tab. + A instance. + + + + Removes the tab page corresponding to the mdi child Form. + + The mdi child Form. + Internal flag. + True if successfully removed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the of a given mdi child Form. + + The mdi child Form. + The instance associated with this Form. Can be null. + + + + Returns the selected mdi child Form in this tab group. + + A child instance. + + + + + + + + + + + Initialize drop down button popup menu. + + + + + Fill drop down button popup menu. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets drop down button control. + + + + + Gets drop down button control visibility. + + + + + Gets or sets if button for each Tab is shown. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tabAlignment is set to right or left. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overrides the font. See . + + + + + + + + + + Represents an individual item that can be displayed in a menu structure, a tool bar + or a popup menu in the XP Menus framework. + + + In order for the BarItem to be displayed, you must add it to the Items property of + a (to appear in menus or context menus) or a (to appear in the + tool bar). This is normally achieved using simple drag-and-drop during + design-time. The BarItem will of course be rendered differently based on whether it + is part of a menu structure or the tool bar. + The BarItem class provides properties that enable you to configure the + appearance and functionality of a bar item. To display a check mark next + to this bar item (when in a menu) or to give it a special checked highlight + (when in a tool bar), use the property. You can use this feature to identify + a bar item that is selected in a list of mutually exclusive bar items. For + example, if you have a set of bar items for setting the color of text in a + TextBox control, you can use the Checked property to identify which color is + currently selected. The property can be used to define a keyboard + combination that can be pressed to select the bar item. + You can enable partial menus behavior in bar items when they are contained within a + by setting the BarItem's property. + In an MDI scenario, bar items added to an MDI parent's MainMenu(BarStyle.IsMainMenu enabled in the property) and the MDI child's + MainMenu will automatically be merged to create a consolidated menu structure. + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + Factor for double click time. + + + + + Indicates whether to show underlines with mnemonics always. + + + + + Indicates whether doubleClick event is triggered on demand. + + + + + Indicates whether the bar item text shows hot key prefix when rendered. + + + + + Indicates whether the bar item is drawn in large icons mode. Valid only for XPToolBar related items. + + + + + Text alignment. Used only in popup menu. + + + + + Text color in normal mode. + + + + + Text color in Disabled mode. + + + + + Text color in active mode. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. + + + + + Text font. + + + + + Indicates whether the tooltip is shown. + + + + + Displayed icon or bitmap. + + + + + Disabled image. + + + + + Highlight image. + + + + + Default image size. + + + + + Size for . + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the BarItem class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the BarItem class and initializes its Text property. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the BarItem class and initializes its Text property and Click event. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the BarItem class and initializes its Text property, Click event and Shortcut. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the BarItem class and initializes its + merge type, merge order, shortcut, Text property, Click, Popup and Select event. + + + + + + Holds cursor position while last mouse down event. + + + + + Holds time when last mouse down event took place. + + + + + Indicates whether BarItem was double clicked. + + + + + Padding for themes control X. + + + + + Padding for themes control Y. + + + + + Enable or Disable the tooltip of the BarItem when it is in popup menu. + + + + + Padding for control with disabled themes. + + + + + Indicates whether to Reset menu Arrow size always. + + + + + Holds EnableTouchMode value + + + + + Determines if the HighlightedImageIndex is valid. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the Metrobackcolor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a clone of this BarItem instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this BarItem. + + Creates a new instance of BarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Copies the properties of this BarItem into the specified BarItem. + + The BarItem where the values should be copied to. + + The Manager property will not be copied over. + + + + + Adds the BarItem properties to the SerializationInfo object for Serialization. + + + + + + + Forces the BarItem to fire an UpdateUI event. + + + + + Forces the BarItem to fire an ItemDoubleClicked event. + + + + + Forces the BarItem to fire an ItemClicked event. + + + + + Forces the BarItem to fire a Selected event. + + + + + Forces the BarItem to fire an Unselected event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the AfterPopupItemPaint event. + + + + + + Raises the BeforePopupItemPaint event. + + + + + + Raises the DrawToolbarItem event. + + A that contains the event data. + True if there were listeners; false otherwise. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnDrawToolbarItem method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnDrawToolbarItem + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnDrawToolbarItem method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + An SyncfusionPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnPropertyChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPropertyChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnPropertyChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the CanDragDrop event. + + An CanDragDropEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnCanDragDrop method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCanDragDrop in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnCanDragDrop method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the UpdateUI event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnUpdateUI method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnUpdateUI in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnUpdateUI method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the ProvideFontInfo event. + + A ProvideFontInfoEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnProvideFontInfo method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvideFontInfo in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvideFontInfo method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the ContainmentChanged event. + + A ContainmentChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnContainmentChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnContainmentChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnContainmentChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the ItemClicked event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnItemClicked method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemClicked in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnItemClicked method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the Selected event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnSelected method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSelected in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnSelected method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the Unselected event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnUnselected method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnUnselected in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnUnselected method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Checks whether time interval between two last mouse click is less + than SystemInformation.DoubleClickTime. + + + + + Check whether position of cursor satisfy double click condition. + + + + + Checks whether satisfy double click condition. + + + + + Raises the BeforePopupItemPaint event. + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the AfterPopupItemPaint event. + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether BarItem is disposed. + + + + + Occurs when the menu item is clicked by the user. + + + + + Occurs when the user selects a BarItem during menu navigation using mouse or keyboard. + + + + + Occurs when the item has be unselected during user navigation using mouse or keyboard. + + + + + Occurs when a property's value changes in this object. + + + This event may not be thrown for some of the properties + in BarItem. Take a look at the property's documentation + to confirm whether this event will be thrown for a property. + + + + + Occurs when a gets added to or removed from a + + or . + + + + + Occurs when the BarItem gets dragged over a ParentBarItem(submenu) or a Bar(Tool Bar) + during user-customization. + + + + + Occurs if either the or + is on. + + + + You can update the state of the BarItems in the following ways: + + + Neurotic Approach: In this approach you change the + state of the BarItem as and when the corresponding application state changes. + This is what the XPMenus framework expects you to do by default and so + it will not fire the UpdateUI event under any circumstances. + Relaxed Approach: The above neurotic approach is sometimes + cumbersome as it's difficult to keep track of state changes in application and + updating the UI state appropriately. So, the framework provides another alternative + where you can update the BarItem states in a relaxed manner. There are 2 ways + of updating the BarItems in the relaxed approach: + + 1. Fast Updates: If updating the BarItem states is a trivial operation + then use this approach, which is also how MFC does it. In this approach + the UpdateUI event will be called when the hosting + this BarItem is dropped down, or when the BarItem is hosted in a toolbar and when + the application goes into an Idle state, or when a shortcut corresponding to this + item is about to be processed. You can turn on this behavior through out the + menu structure by setting the to true. + For s and s that are outside + the scope of a BarManager set the UpdateUIMFCStyle property in those instances + explicitly. + + + 2. Slow Updates: If updating the BarItem states is not a trivial operation + then use this approach. In this approach you simply turn on the + property of the BarItem whose state has changed one or more times and the framework + will then fire it's event the next time the application goes + into an idle state. + + + + + + + + Lets you provide a custom font for this bar item. + + + + + Occurs after the PopupItem is painted. + + + + + Occurs before the PopupItem is painted. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the menu item is double clicked by the user. + + + + + Gets or sets padding for themes control X. + + + + + Enable or disable the tooltip of the BarItem in popup + + + + + Gets or sets padding for themes control Y. + + + + + Gets or sets padding for control with disabled themes. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Used only in popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color in normal mode. + If value is empty default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color in disabled mode. + If value is empty use default color. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color in active mode. + If value is empty default color is used. + + + + + Gets or sets text font. + If value is null default font is used. + + + + + Indicates whether to show underlines with mnemonics always. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the behavior of this bar item when its + bar is merged with another. + + + A MenuMerge value that represents the bar item's merge type. + The merge type of a bar item indicates how the bar item behaves + when it has the same merge order as another bar item being merged. + You can use merged menus/bars to create a consolidated menus/bars based on two or + more existing menus/bars. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + The following example creates a BarItem with the MergeType and + MergeOrder specified so that the bar item is added to the merged menu/bar at + first position. + + public void InitMyFileMenu() + { + // Set the MergeType to Add so that the bar item is added to the + // merged menu/bar. + barItem1.MergeType = MenuMerge.Add; + // Set the MergeOrder to 1 so that this bar item is placed lower + // in the merged menu/bar order. + barItem1.MergeOrder = 1; + } + + + + + + Indicates whether this item will participate in user customization. + + True to make it customizable; false otherwise. Default is true. + + When turned off, the item will still be visible and active in the + menus/toolbars for normal click, mouse move actions. When the user opens + the Customize dialog or when the user presses the Alt+Click on an item, all + these items will become invisible in the menus/toolbars and also in + the Customize dialog. When you presses the Alt+Click on an item whose customizable + property is set to false, no customization will start. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the relative position of the bar item + when it is merged with another. + + + A zero-based index representing the merge order position for this bar item. + The default is zero. + The merge order of a bar item specifies the relative position that + this bar item will assume if the parent item that the BarItem is + contained in is merged with another. + Changing this property's value will throw the + event. + The s in a main-menu bar (the with the BarStyle.IsMainMenu flag set) + will appear in an order based on their MergeOrder value during runtime, irrespective of + their order during design-time. This is because the main-menu is created by merging the + main-menus of the mdi container form and the mdi children, if any. + + + + + Gets or sets the painting style in which this bar item + will be drawn when placed in a Menu or Bar. + + + A PaintStyle value that represents the bar item's paint style. + Take a look at the documentation for the PaintStyle enumeration + for more information on the interpretation of each PaintStyle value. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Indicates whether the menu item is enabled. + + + True if the bar item is enabled; false otherwise. The default is true. + A BarItem that is disabled is displayed in gray color to indicate its + state. When a parent bar item is disabled, all child bar items are not + displayed. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + The following example creates an event handler for the Popup event + for three bar items that handle cut, copy and delete operations + in an application. The event handler code enables or disables the + bar items based on whether a specific TextBox control in the application, + named textBox1, has text selected within it. This example assumes that + three BarItem objects are created named menuItemCut, + menuItemCopy and menuItemDelete have been created. + + public void Popup(Object sender, EventArgs e) + { + // Determine if there is text selected in textBox1. + if(textBox1.SelectedText == "") + { + // Disable the menus since no text is selected in textBox1. + menuItemCut.Enabled = false; + menuItemCopy.Enabled = false; + menuItemDelete.Enabled = false; + } + else + { + // Text is selected in textBox1, so enable menu items. + menuItemCut.Enabled = true; + menuItemCopy.Enabled = true; + menuItemDelete.Enabled = true; + } + } + + + + + + Gets / Sets the EnableTouchMode is enabled or not. + + + + + Indicates whether the BarItem should be drawn with a checked appearance. + + + When in a menu, a check mark will be placed to the left of the item. + When in a Command Bar this will be drawn with a selected background. + + You can use the Checked property in combination with other bar items + in a menu or tool bar to provide state for an application. For example, you can + place a check mark on a bar item in a group of items to identify the + size of the font to be displayed for the text in an application. You + can also use the Checked property to identify the selected bar item + in a group of mutually exclusive bar items. + + Note This property will be ignored for parent bar items + (ParentBarItem and DropDownBarItem). + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + The following example uses the Checked property to provide the state + in an application. In this example, a group of bar items are used to + specify the color for the text in an TextBox control. The event handler + provided is used by the Click event of the three bar items. Each bar + item specifies a text color, menuItemRed (Red), menuItemGreen (Green), + or menuItemBlue (Blue). The event handler determines which bar item + was clicked, places a checkmark to the selected bar item and changes + the text color of the form's TextBox control. The example assumes + that the System.Drawing namespace has been added to the form that + this code is placed in. The example also assumes that a TextBox has + been added to the form that this example code is located in that is + named textBox1. + + // The following event handler would be connected to three menu items. + private void MyMenuClick(Object sender, EventArgs e) + { + // Determine if clicked menu item is the Blue bar item. + if(sender == menuItemBlue) + { + // Set the checkmark for the menuItemBlue bar item. + menuItemBlue.Checked = true; + // Uncheck the menuItemRed and menuItemGreen bar items. + menuItemRed.Checked = false; + menuItemGreen.Checked = false; + // Set the color of the text in the TextBox control to Blue. + textBox1.ForeColor = Color.Blue; + } + else if(sender == menuItemRed) + { + // Set the checkmark for the menuItemRed bar item. + menuItemRed.Checked = true; + // Uncheck the menuItemBlue and menuItemGreen bar items. + menuItemBlue.Checked = false; + menuItemGreen.Checked = false; + // Set the color of the text in the TextBox control to Red. + textBox1.ForeColor = Color.Red; + } + else + { + // Set the checkmark for the menuItemGreen. + menuItemGreen.Checked = true; + // Uncheck the menuItemRed and menuItemBlue bar items. + menuItemBlue.Checked = false; + menuItemRed.Checked = false; + // Set the color of the text in the TextBox control to Blue. + textBox1.ForeColor = Color.Green; + } + } + + + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image displayed in the BarItem. + + + A zero-based index that represents the position in the ImageList + control (assigned to the ImageList property) where the image is located. + The default is -1. + The ImageList (or the LargeImageList) and the ImageIndex property + together will be used to determine the image that will be drawn + in the BarItem. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display in the BarItem. + + + An ImageList is that which stores the collection of image objects. + The default value is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) or the + BarManager's ImageList to which this BarItem is a part of. + + The ImageList and the ImageIndex property together will be used to + determine the image that will be drawn in the BarItem. However, if + the LargeIcons property of the BarManager this BarItem is part of is + set to TRUE, the LargeImageList ImageList will be used rather than this + ImageList property. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display in the BarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display in the + BarItem when in LargeIcons mode. + + + An ImageList is that which stores the collection of image objects. + The default value is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) or the + BarManager's ImageList to which this BarItem is a part of. + Make sure to set the ImageSize of this property's ImageList to a + larger size than the ImageList associated with the ImageList property. + The recommended size for this LargeImageList is 32X32. + + The LargeImageList and the ImageIndex property together will be used to + determine the image that will be drawn in the BarItem if and only if this BarItem + is parented to a BarManager and the LargeIcons property of the BarManager is + set to TRUE. + + + + + + ImageListAdv to use when the BarManager is in LargeIcons mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display in the disabled Label control. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display in the disabled Label control. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList with disabled images to be used when the BarManager is in LargeIcons mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv with disabled images to be used when the BarManager is in LargeIcons mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display during item's highlighted state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display during item's highlighted state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display during item's highlighted state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display during item's highlighted state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display during item's pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display during item's pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that contains the images to display during item's pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv that contains the images to display during item's pressed state. + + + + + Gets a boolean value indicating whether the DisabledImageIndex is valid. + + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image displayed in the highlighted BarItem. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image displayed in the disabled BarItem. + + + + + Indicates whether the bar item is visible. + + + True if the bar item will be made visible on the parent menu/bar; false otherwise. + The default is true. + You can use this property to modify a menu structure without having to + merge menus or disable menus. For example, if you want to hide a complete + section of functionality from the menus for your application, you can hide + them from the user by setting this property to false. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + The following example creates a bar item, sets the caption, assigns a + shortcut key, makes the bar item visible and shows the shortcut key display + for the bar item. The example assumes a BarItem object has been created + that is named barItem1. + + public void SetupMyMenuItem() + { + // Set the caption for the bar item. + barItem1.Text = "New"; + // Assign a shortcut key. + barItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN; + // Make the bar item visible. + barItem1.Visible = true; + } + + + + + + Gets or sets the object that is associated with this BarItem. + + + An object that is associated with this BarItem. The default + value is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + Any type derived from the Object class can be assigned to this property. + If the Tag property is set through the Windows Forms designer, only text may + be assigned. + A common use for the Tag property is to store data that is closely associated with this item. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the bar item. + + + The text caption of the menu item. + When you specify a caption for your menu item with the text parameter, + you can also specify an access key by placing an '&' before the character + to be used as the access key. For example, to specify the "F" in "File" as + an access key, you would specify the caption for the menu item as "&File". + You can use this feature to provide keyboard navigation for your menus. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + The following example creates a bar item, sets the caption, assigns a + shortcut key, makes the item visible, and shows the shortcut key display + for the item. The example assumes a BarItem object has been created + that is named barItem1. + + public void SetupMyMenuItem() + { + // Set the caption for the bar item. + barItem1.Text = "New"; + // Assign a shortcut key. + barItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN; + // Make the bar item visible. + barItem1.Visible = true; + } + + + Public Sub SetupMyMenuItem() + ' Set the caption for the bar item. + barItem1.Text = "New" + ' Assign a shortcut key. + barItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN + ' Make the bar item visible. + barItem1.Visible = True + End Sub 'SetupMyMenuItem + + + + + + Gets or sets the BarItem's ID. Should be unique among all the BarItems in a , if added to a BarManager. + + A string representing the ID. + + A default value will be generated for this property based on the Text value. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip for the item. + + A string representing the tooltip. + + + Tooltips will be shown only when the item is in a toolbar (not in a dropdown submenu). + When this tooltip text is empty, a tooltip will be synthesized based on the + Text property and the Shortcut property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the category under which this BarItem will be listed in the Customization Dialog. + + + The CategoryIndex is used to categorize the BarItem in the Customization + Dialog. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Gets or sets the shortcut key associated with the menu item. + + + One of the Shortcut values. The default is Shortcut.None. + Shortcut keys provide a method for users to activate frequently + used menu items in your menu system and to provide keyboard access to + your application for those users who do not have access to a mouse or + other pointer device. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + The following example creates a menu item, sets the caption, assigns + a shortcut key, makes the menu item visible and shows the shortcut + key display for the menu item. The example assumes a BarItem + object has been created that is named menuItem1. + + + public void SetupMyMenuItem() + { + // Set the caption for the menu item. + menuItem1.Text = "New"; + // Assign a shortcut key. + menuItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN; + // Make the menu item visible. + menuItem1.Visible = true; + } + + + Public Sub SetupMyMenuItem() + ' Set the caption for the menu item. + menuItem1.Text = "New" + ' Assign a shortcut key. + menuItem1.Shortcut = Shortcut.CtrlN + ' Make the menu item visible. + menuItem1.Visible = True + End Sub 'SetupMyMenuItem + + + + + + + Gets or sets the custom shortcut text that is to be used in displaying the menu item. + + By default, this property will return a string based on the + property value. But if you specify a non-null value (including String.Empty) to this property that value + will be returned. + +

To reset this property programmatically, specify null. In design time select "Reset" + from the context menu of the property grid entry of this property.

+

This property is useful when you want to replace the default + shortcut text (for example, "Ctrl+D0", displayed when Shortcut.Ctrl0 is the shortcut), + with something else (say "Ctrl0", in the above example). +

+
+
+ + + The BarManager to which this BarItem will be parented to. + + + Including this BarItem in a BarManager will allow it to be usable in a + Form's Menus and tool bars. And also participate in the Customization feature + enabled by the BarManager. Make sure that this BarItem has a unique text and category index before you add it to a manager. + The BarItem can also be created and used outside the context of + BarManagers when used in a stand-alone PopupMenu. Take a look at the PopupMenu + class reference for an example of how to create and use a stand-alone BarItem in a PopupMenu. + + + + + Gets or Sets the metro backcolor + + + + + Indicates whether this bar item will appear in it's + parent's partial menus list. + + + True to make this appear in partial menus; False otherwise. + Default value is true. + When this value is true, the item will always be visible when it's parent menu is + shown. + If false, the item will appear only when the user expands the hidden portion of the + partial parent menu (through the arrows at the bottom). Note that this assumes that the parent menu has + its UsePartialMenus property set to true. + Note that if the user selects this item then this value will be set to true + for the period of RecentlyUsedItemResetDelay. Also, this property is meaningful + only when this item is a child of another menu(ParentBarItem). + If this is a then this value + can be set to false only if all the children also have their + corresponding property set to false. + Changing this property's value will fire the event. + + + + + Indicates whether the event should be fired in the next application + idle event. + + True to fire the UpdateUI event; false otherwise. Default is false. + + If this property is set to true, then this BarItem will listen to the + event and then fire the + event. It will continue doing this in the Application.Idle event handler until you turn + off this property. Take a look at the event for more information + on it and when you should use this pattern for your BarItem UI update. + + + + + This property is obsolete, please use the UpdateUIOnAppIdle instead. + + + + + Indicates whether the bar item image should be drawn mirrored. + + + + + This property can be optionally set to be the top level form that hosts this BarItem in the + case that the BarItem is also hosted by another form embedded inside a UserControl. Setting this + property to be the top level parent form will make tooltips work for this BarItem. + + + + + Indicates whether the tooltip is shown. + + + + + Gets or sets displayed icon or bitmap. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. + + + + + Gets or sets the image painting while BarItem is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the image painting while BarItem is highlighted. + + + + + Gets or set size for . + + + + + Gets or sets value whether doubleClick event is triggered on demand. + + + + + Indicates whether the component is currently in design mode. + + + + + Lets you data-bind certain properties of the Form containing the MainFrameBarManager of this BarItem. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the associated with each tab in a tabbed MDI tab control (tab group). + + + + + The default implementation. + + + + + The extended interface that represents the data associated with a tab. + + + + + The interface that represents the data associated with a tab. + + + + + Gets / sets the font of the tab. + + + + + Gets / sets the backcolor of the tab. + + + + + Gets / sets the backcolor of the tab to check if it is applied or not. + + + + + Gets / sets the forecolor of the tab. + + + + + Gets / sets the text of the tab. + + + + + Indicates the enabled state of the tab. + + + + + Indicates the visible state of the tab. + + + + + Gets / sets the tooltip of the tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the image. + + The image. + + + + Gets or sets the size of the image. + + The size of the image. + + + + Gets / sets the image index of the tab. + + + + + enables to set the tab back color as active tab color + + + + + This event will be thrown when the tab's bounds were affected. + + + + + This event is thrown when the tabs property is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the super tooltip info. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabData. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabData. + + The instance of the TabData. + + + + Copy the TabData information. + + The instance of the TabData. + + + + Disposes this object. + + + + + Dispose the object. + + True if called by Dispose; false if called by the destructor. + + + + This method throws the event. + + + + + This method throws the event. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the TabData. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor of the TabData. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the TabData. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. see . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the image. + + The image. + + + + Gets or sets the size of the image. + + The size of the image. + + + + Gets or sets the ImageChanged. + + + + + Fired when the tab data's bounds are affected. + + + + + Fired when the tab data's property is changed. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the MDIChildTabData. + + The tab panel data. + The corresponding child form. + The corresponding + + + + Creates a new instance of the MDIChildTabData. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the MDIChildTabData. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Returns the mdi child form associated with this tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for the tab. + + + + This override, always returns the associated form's Text property. + + + + + + Gets or Sets icon to be displayed. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Office 2007-like appearance. + + + + + Office 2010-like appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office2016 Colorful + + + + + Office2016 White + + + + + Office2016 Black + + + + + Office2016 DarkGray + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialize the MetroColorTable; + + + + + Create the ListBoxWindow's Handle. + + + + + Releases the ListBoxWindow's Handle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Inits the scrollers frame. + + + + + Creates new instance of the scrollersFrame. + + + + + Attaches scrollersFrame to the PopupControl. + + + + + Detaches scrollersFrame from the PopupControl. + + + + + + + + + + + To check whether the mouse pointer hovered on ComboBox + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + To Draw the DropDown arrow. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroColorTable to customize appearance of the ComboBoxEx DropDown button + + + + + Raised when property is changed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scroll regions identifiers + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns mouse coordinates relative to upper-left corner of the listbox window + + + + + + + + + + + + Sizing initial rectangle + + + Scrolling initial top index + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Metro color table for ComboBoxDropDown Button. + + + + + Initialize the DropDownArrowNormalColor + + + + + Initialize the DropDownArrowSelectedColor + + + + + Initialize the DropDownArrowPressedColor + + + + + Initialize the DropDownButtonNormalColor + + + + + Initialize the DropDownButtonSelectedColor + + + + + Initialize the DropDownButtonPressedColor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton arrow color in normal state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton arrow color in hover state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton arrow color in pressed state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton backcolor in normal state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton backcolor color in hover state. + + + + + Gets or sets the ComboBox DropDownButton backcolor in pressed state. + + + + + SR provides localized access to string resources specific + from the assembly manifest Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SR.resources + + + + + Specifies the category in which the property or event will be displayed in a visual designer. + + + This is a localized version of CategoryAttribute. The localized string will be loaded from the + assembly manifest Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SR.resources + + + + + Specifies a description for a property or event. + + + This is a localized version of DescriptionAttribute. The localized string will be loaded from the + assembly manifest Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SR.resources + + + + + ToolsResourceIdentifiers contains Ids specific to the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace. + + + + + Gets or sets the Tooltip text of TabSplitterVerticalSplit button + + + + + Gets or sets the Tooltip text of TabSplitterHorizontalSplit button + + + + + Gets or sets the Tooltip text of TabSplitterCollapsePane button + + + + + Gets or sets the Tooltip text of TabSplitterExpandPane button + + + + + Gets or sets the Tooltip text of TabSplitterSwapPanes button + + + + + This class is used as a separator between blocks of commands. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool property disposing. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Interop call to get the LCID of the current culture. + + Returns UserDefaultLCID + + + + Retrieves character-type information for the characters in the specified source string. + + Value that specifies the locale identifier. + Value that specifies the type of character information the user wants to retrieve. + Pointer to the string for which character types are requested. + Size, in characters, of the string pointed to by the lpSrcStr parameter. + Pointer to an array of 16-bit values. + Boolean result, indicates success of WinAPI call. + + + + Determines whether a key is up or down at the time when the function is called and whether the key was pressed after a previous call to GetAsyncKeyState. + + Specifies one of 256 possible virtual-key codes. + Returns AsyncKeyState + + + + Enables/disable dwm non-client rendering + + Represents Handle + True to enable, False to disable. + True if Set NCRendering is successful, false otherwise. + + + + Indicates if composition is enabled + + True if composition is enabled. False otherwise. + + + + Represents NOSIZE + + + + + Represents NOMOVE + + + + + Represents NOZORDER + + + + + Represents NOREDRAW + + + + + Represents NOACTIVATE + + + + + Represents FRAMECHANGED + + + + + Represents SHOWWINDOW + + + + + Represents HIDEWINDOW + + + + + Represents NOCOPYBITS + + + + + Represents NOOWNERZORDER + + + + + Represents NOSENDCHANGING + + + + + Represents DRAWFRAME + + + + + Represents NOREPOSITION + + + + + Represents DEFERERASE + + + + + Represents ASYNCWINDOWPOS + + + + + Computes the string size that should be passed to a typical Win32 call. + This will be the character count under NT and the ubyte count for Win95. + + + The string to get the size of. + + + The count of characters or bytes, depending on what the pinvoke + call wants. + + + + + Represents always tip + + + + + Represents NOPREFIX + + + + + Represents NOANIMATE + + + + + Represents NOFADE + + + + + Represents Balloon + + + + + Represents IDISHWND + + + + + Represents SUBCLASS + + + + + Represents TRACK + + + + + Specifies the type of character information the user wants to retrieve. + + + + + Retrieves character type info. + + + + + Retrieves bi-directional layout info. + + + + + Retrieves text processing info. + + + + + These types support ANSI C and POSIX (LC_CTYPE) character-typing functions. + A combination of these values is returned in the array pointed to by the lpCharType parameter + when the dwInfoType parameter is set to CT_CTYPE1. + + + + + Represents Uppercase + + + + + represents Lowercase + + + + + Represents Decimal digits + + + + + Represents Space characters + + + + + Represents Punctuation + + + + + Represents Control characters + + + + + Represents Blank characters + + + + + Represents Hexadecimal digits + + + + + Represents Any linguistic character: alphabetic, syllabary, or ideographic. + + + + + These types support proper layout of Unicode text. The direction attributes are assigned + so that the bidirectional layout algorithm standardized by Unicode produces accurate results. + These types are mutually exclusive. + + + + + Left to right + + + + + Right to left + + + + + European number, European digit + + + + + European numeric separator + + + + + European numeric terminator + + + + + Arabic number + + + + + Common numeric separator + + + + + Block separator + + + + + Segment separator + + + + + White space + + + + + Other neutrals + + + + + No implicit directionality (for example, control codes) + + + + + These types are intended to be placeholders for extensions to the POSIX types required for general text processing + or for the standard C library functions. A combination of these values is returned when dwInfoType is set to CT_CTYPE3. + + + + + Diacritic nonspacing mark + + + + + Vowel nonspacing mark + + + + + Represents Symbol + + + + + Katakana character + + + + + Hiragana character + + + + + Half-width (narrow) character + + + + + Full-width (wide) character + + + + + Ideographic character + + + + + Arabic Kashida character + + + + + Punctuation which is counted as part of the word (Kashida, hyphen, feminine/masculine ordinal indicators, equal sign, and so forth) + + + + + All linguistic characters (alphabetical, syllabary, and ideographic) + + + + + Not applicable + + + + + Specifies which type of input the application processes. + + + + + Direction keys + + + + + TAB key + + + + + All keyboard input + + + + + All keyboard input (the application passes this message in the MSG structure to the control) + + + + + EM_SETSEL messages + + + + + Default push button + + + + + Non-default push button + + + + + Radio button + + + + + WM_CHAR messages + + + + + Represents Static control + + + + + Represents Button + + + + + Represents MSGFILTER + + + + + Represents JOURNALRECORD + + + + + Represents JOURNALPLAYBACK + + + + + Represents KEYBOARD + + + + + Represents GETMESSAGE + + + + + Represents CALLWNDPROC + + + + + Represents CBT + + + + + Represents SYSMSGFILTER + + + + + Represents MOUSE + + + + + Represents HARDWARE + + + + + Represents DEBUG + + + + + Represents SHELL + + + + + Represents FOREGROUNDIDLE + + + + + Represents CALLWNDPROCRET + + + + + Represents KEYBOARD_LL + + + + + Represents MOUSE_LL + + + + + dest = source + + + + + dest = source OR dest + + + + + dest = source AND dest + + + + + dest = source XOR dest + + + + + dest = source AND (NOT dest ) + + + + + dest = (NOT source) + + + + + dest = (NOT src) AND (NOT dest) + + + + + dest = (source AND pattern) + + + + + dest = (NOT source) OR dest + + + + + dest = pattern + + + + + dest = DPSnoo + + + + + dest = pattern XOR dest + + + + + dest = (NOT dest) + + + + + dest = BLACK + + + + + dest = WHITE + + + + + Represents WINDOW + + + + + Represents CACHE + + + + + Represents INTERSECTRGN + + + + + Represents LOCKWINDOWUPDATE + + + + + Represents PARENTCLIP + + + + + Represents CLIPSIBLINGS + + + + + Represents CLIPCHILDREN + + + + + Represents EXCLUDERGN + + + + + Represents SOLID + + + + + Represents HOLLOW + + + + + Represents HATCHED + + + + + Represents PATTERN + + + + + Represents DIBPATTERN + + + + + Represents DIBPATTERNPT + + + + + Represents PATTERN8X8 + + + + + Represents DIBPATTERN8X8 + + + + + Window attributes + + + + + [get] Is non-client rendering enabled/disabled + + + + + [set] Non-client rendering policy + + + + + [set] Potentially enable/forcibly disable transitions + + + + + [set] Allow contents rendered in the non-client area to be visible on the DWM-drawn frame. + + + + + [get] Bounds of the caption button area in window-relative space. + + + + + [set] Is non-client content RTL mirrored + + + + + [set] Force this window to display iconic thumbnails. + + + + + [set] Designates how Flip3D will treat the window. + + + + + [get] Gets the extended frame bounds rectangle in screen space + + + + + Represents Last + + + + + Non-client rendering policy attribute values + + + + + Enable/disable non-client rendering based on window style + + + + + Disabled non-client rendering; window style is ignored + + + + + Enabled non-client rendering; window style is ignored + + + + + Represents last + + + + + Event data for pre matching modifications. + + + + + The item to be matched. + + + + + Creates an object of type AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs and sets the internal + object array with the information about the currently selected item. + + The array that holds the information about the currently + selected item. + The array value set through this constructor can be accessed + through the property. + + + + Gets / sets the currently selected item. + The first item in the array is the first column of the matching item and + so on for all the sub items. + + + + + Event data for the event. + + for the delegate + that uses this event handler. + This event handler is used to package the information that is sent + by the class when in This is set to false when the event is raised. The event handler + can set this value to true if it wants the class to + accept the current item as a possible match + for the . Setting this value to false with tell the + class to ignore this entry. + + + + + The current text value to be matched. + + + + + The possible match value. + + + + + Creates a new object of type AutoCompleteMatchItemEventArgs. + + The current text to be matched. + The possible match string. + This constructor for the + class takes the current text of the target control that is to be matched and + the possible match string that it is to be compared against as arguments. + The values set through this constructor can overriden through the + and properties. + + + + Returns the current text value to be matched. + + The current text that is to be compared against for possible + matches. This is done one at a time using this event argument. The possible match + for this is accessed through the property. + You can set the CurrentText and properties using + the appropriate constructor. + + + + Returns the possible match value that needs to be compared against the + property by the event handler. + + The current text that this possible match will be checked against is + accessed through the property. + You can set the and PossibleMatch properties using + the appropriate constructor. + + + + + The event argument for the delegate. + + + This event handler is used + as the event data for the event raised by the + control. + + + + + The image column index. + + + + + The DataRow that has the values for all the columns. + + + + + Creates and intializes the AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventArgs object. + + + The property is initialized to + -1 and the property is set to null. + + + + + The object that contains the value that is to be added to the + history list. + + The class uses a + and this value is one of the rows for the internal history list of the + class. + You can also set the values of sub items or change their values when + it is handled in the event raised by + the control. + + + + + Gets / sets the column index into the property. + + + The event uses the + type for the event data. + This value can be set in the event hander to be a different value. + Changing the index will change the image that will be displayed. + + + + The event data for AutoCompleteSelected event. This event is raised by + the class when the user selects an item in the + list off possible matches for the current text being displayed in the + target edit control. + + is the event handler delegate that + uses this class as the event data. + + + + + The list of subitems. + + + + + + + + Specifies if the selected value is to be set to the Target control. + + + + + + + + Creates an object of type AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs and sets the internal + object array with the information about the currently selected item. + + The array that holds the information about the currently + selected item. + The column index to be used for matching. + The array value set through this constructor can be accessed + through the property. + + + + Returns the Auto Complete item as an object array. + + + This property holds the information about the currently selected item. + The first item in the array is the first column of the matching item and + so on for all the sub items. + + + + + Returns the index of the item that was used for the matching. + + + This index could be different from the matching index of the + control. The + returned will only have items/columns that are displayed in the + drop down list of the control. + + + + + Replaces the previously SelectedValue with newly Selected Value. + The default value of Handled property is false. + + + + + Gets/Sets the value selected. + + + + + This class wraps an exception that is thrown by the system as event + data. + + + The event data can be used to track the problem with the exception + that was raised by the system during the auto completion of the + control. + + + + + The exception thrown by the system. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with an exception. + + The exception that resulted in this event data + being created. + The exception that is set through the constructor can be + accessed through the method. + + + + Returns the original exception that was thrown by the system. + + + The that is returned can be used to + track down any issues that occur in the auto completion process + of the control. + + The exception that was thrown by the system. + + + + The event data for event. + + + The event data provides information that can be used to tailor the + behavior of the control for different + edit controls. + + is the event handler + delegate that uses this class as the event data. + + + + + + The editControl that is getting the focus or losing + the focus. + + + + + Indicates whether the control is losing the focus. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class using a and a boolean. + + The edit control that is losing the focus or gaining focus. + Indicates whether the edit control is gaining focus or losing it. + + The parameter is the edit control that is gaining + focus or losing it. The control's behavior can be changed + based on which edit control it is providing auto completion for. + + The parameter indicates whether the edit + control is losing or gaining focus. The value will be false if the edit + control is gaining focus. + + + + + + Returns the edit control that is gaining or losing focus. + + + The control's behavior can be tailored + to be different for each control that it is providing auto completion + for. When handling the event + this property provides information about the currently active edit + control. + + + + + Indicates whether the event has been raised in response to a + control gaining focus or losing focus. + + + + + + This class wraps an exception that is thrown by the system as event + data. + + + The event data can be used to track the problem with the exception + that was raised by the system during the auto completion of the + control. + + + + + The location of the top left corner of the AutoSuggest window. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is handled. + + true if handled; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the AutoCompleteCustomize event should be canceled + + + + + Gets /sets values that determine the position of AutoCompletion. + + + + + Gets/sets the text for AutoCompletion + + + + + Gets or sets the active control on the AutoComplete control. + + + + + Delegate for the event. + + The AutoCompleteCustomizeEventHandler uses the + class as the event data. + + + + Delegate for the event. + + The AutoCompleteTargetChangingEventHandler uses the + class as the event data. + + + + Delegate for the event. + + The AutoCompleteSelectedEventHandler uses the + class as the event data. + + + + Delegate for the event. + + The AutoCompleteSelectedEventHandler uses the + class as the event data. + + + + + + + Delegate for the event. + + The AutoCompleteMatchItemEventHandler takes a + object as the event data argument. + + + + + + + Delegate for the event. + + The AutoCompletePreMatchItemEventHandler takes a + object as the event data argument. + + + + + + + Delegate for the event + of the control. + + The AddItemCancelEventHandler uses the + as the event data. + + + + + + + Specifies the border types that can be assigned to the + popup control. + + You can set this value through the designer for the + property. + + + + The popup control's border will be fixed and the user will not + be able to resize it. + + + + + The popup control's border will be sizable and the user will + be able to resize it by grabbing its bottom right corner. + + + + + Specifies the modes in which the AutoComplete control will + filter the history list for the current text in the target + edit control. + + The property uses this + type to fix the type of matching to be performed. + + + + The matching will be automatic. This means that the default + matching routine built into the control + will be used. + + + + + The matching will be manual and the user will be able to specify a + custom event handler to approve a match. + event is invoked for each item + that is in the history list. + + + + + Specifies the modes of auto completion that can be applied + to an edit control (text box, combo box and controls implementing + IEditControlsEmbed). The control provides a AutoComplete + extended property to these types of edit controls. + + + + + This type is used by the control to set the + extended property on the target controls. The default AutoCompleteMode.Disabled. + + + + AutoComplete will be disabled. + + + + + Possible matches for the current content of the + active edit control will be presented in the form + of a popup window with a selectable list of matches. + + + + + The most appropriate match for the current content of + the edit control will be automatically appended to the + edit control and the user can choose to type further or + accept the appended word. + + + + + Activates both AutoAppend and AutoSuggest modes of auto completion + for the target control. + + + + + Possible matches from Multiple columns for the current content of the Active edit control + will be presented in a form of a popupwindow with a selectable list of matches. + Multisuggest mode is an extended mode of AutoSuggest. + + + + + Possible entries of the current content of the Active edit control + will be presented in a form of a popupwindow with a selectable list of matches. + With this mode all possible matches will be highlighted. + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office2016 Colorful + + + + + Office2016 White + + + + + Office2016 Black + + + + + Office2016 DarkGray + + + + + The AutoComplete class provides auto completion capabilities for + edit controls ( + , + and based controls). + + + AutoCompletion is the process in which a program prompts the user with + helpful completion suggestions when the user inputs some text through + a edit control (TextBox or ComboBox controls). The address bar in Microsoft + Internet Explorer provides this feature when users type in part of a + web address. + + The AutoComplete control is implemented as an extender control that provides an + "AutoComplete" extender property to edit control type controls. + + The AutoComplete control can operate in + or Mode. + In AutoSuggest mode a drop down list of possible matches for the current + text will be displayed and the user can select the appropriate entry they + want. In AutoAppend mode the edit control with the focus will be filled + with the possible match and the user can continue typing to change the + current suggestion or accept the text as it is. + + The AutoComplete control can use a internal list of 'history + items' to provide the auto completion to its target controls or it can take + an external data source as the source for the auto completion items. + + The property can be used to customize the appearance of the drop down list of items. + + + // This code shows how the AutoComplete control + // is initialized and used + this.autoComplete1 = new AutoComplete(); + this.textBox1 = new TextBox(); + // Set buttonEdit1 properties + this.autoComplete1.AdjustHeightToItemCount = true; + // The AutoComplete control will add contents of the target control to + // its history list automatically (when the enter key is hit) + this.autoComplete1.AutoAddItem = true; + // The AutoComplete control will maintain its history items + this.autoComplete1.AutoSerialize = true; + // The category under which the history list will be persisted + this.autoComplete1.CategoryName = "websites"; + // Specifies if any of the columns in the data source are to be treated as + // image index + this.autoComplete1.ImageColumnIndex = -1; + // The image list to be used as the image source + this.autoComplete1.ImageList = null; + // The preferred height for the drop down window + this.autoComplete1.PreferredHeight = 200; + // Add a event to customize data added to history + this.autoComplete1.BeforeAddItem += new AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler(this.autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem); + // Set Auto Complete + // properties for target TextBox + this.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(this.textBox1, AutoCompleteMode.Both); + // Added by designer - Add the TextBox to the Form + this.Controls.Add(textBox1); + + ' This code shows how the AutoComplete control + ' is initialized and used + Me.AutoComplete1 = New AutoComplete() + Me.textBox1 = New TextBox() + ' Set AutoComplete1 properties + ' Set the ParentForm property of the AutoComplete control + Me.AutoComplete1.ParentForm = Me + Me.AutoComplete1.AdjustHeightToItemCount = True + ' The AutoComplete control will add contents of the target control to + ' its history list automatically (when the enter key is hit) + Me.AutoComplete1.AutoAddItem = True + ' The AutoComplete control will maintain its history items + Me.AutoComplete1.AutoSerialize = True + ' The category under which the history list will be persisted + Me.autoComplete1.CategoryName = "websites" + ' Specifies if any of the columns in the data source are to be treated as + ' image index + Me.AutoComplete1.ImageColumnIndex = -(1) + ' The image list to be used as the image source + Me.AutoComplete1.ImageList = Nothing + ' The preferred height for the drop down window + Me.AutoComplete1.PreferredHeight = 200 + ' Add a event to customize data added to history + AddHandler Me.autoComplete1.BeforeAddItem, New AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler(AddressOf AutoComplete1_BeforeAddItem) + ' Set Auto Complete + ' properties for target TextBox + Me.AutoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(Me.textBox1, AutoCompleteMode.Both) + ' Added by designer - Add the TextBox to the Form + Me.Controls.Add(textBox1) + + + + + This interface should be implemented by classes that act + as the owner for the class. + + + The DataListView class will query its owner for special formatting + conditions such as column width and any images that need to be + displayed. The need for this class is to abstract the formatting + information from the DataListView class. The DataListView class can + display a DataSource even if the + property is not set using default formatting values. + + + + + Returns the index of the column that has information about the + images (if any). + + The index of the Image column. + + + + Returns the width of the specified column. + + The index of the column for which the + minimum width is required. + The width of the column. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The event args for the AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler. This event handler is used + as the event data for the event raised by the + control. + + + + + Holds information about what the AutoComplete extender + property is set on the target controls. The control + is the key and the AutoComplete is the value. + + + + + Holds information for each control if ComboUpDown behavior is + to be shown. + + + + + The control that has the current focus. + + + + + The text of the target control before the change + suggested by the AutoComplete control. + + + + + Specifies whether the TextChanged event should be ignored. + + + + + Indicates whether case sensitivity for matching should be used. + + + + + The PopupControlContainer. + + + + + Indicates whether the content has changed. + + + + + The list used for displaying the matches. + + + + + Indicates whether the internal data will be persisted + by the control itself. + + + + + Overrides the IgnoreCompletion check when set. This + is needed when the ProcessAutoComplete method is + called when the Text property of the target control is empty. + + + + + The collection of Columns specifying the attributes of the columns of + the List displayed with the matches. + + + + + The image list that will be used by the AutoComplete object. + + + + + Indicates whether the drop down list will have a column header. + + + + + Specifies the kind of border for the popup control. + + + + + Specifies the user defined category under which the + data held by this AutoComplete needs to persist historical + data. + + + + + The minimum column width when a new column is added. + + + + + Indicates whether the current content should be added to the history + during validation (when the target control loses focus). + + + + + The internal DataTale that will hold the history items. + + + + + The external data source. + + + + + Indicates whether the controls have been inistialized for the drop down. + + + + + The preferred height. + + + + + The preferred width. + + + + + Indicates whether the height of the drop down is to be adjusted based on the number + of items. + + + + + Indicates whether a SelesctionChangeCommitted event has been raised by a target + combobox. This is tracked so that the following TextChanged event will be + ignored by the AutoCompletion logic. + + + + + The mode for the matching routine. + + + + + The internal field that indicates whether the AutoComplete control + should suppress or override the ComboBox control's own dropdown. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + for the data binding support + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the dropdown for an AutoComplete enabled control appears in a single click. + + + + + + + + + + + Allows user to delete entries from list. + + + + + Allows user to set the maximum no of list to be displayed. By default the value is -1 . + + + + + Indicates whether the list is to be sorted automatically. + + + + + The RightToLeft state of the target control. + + + + + Indicates whether DropDown size is persistent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to allow duplicate values in AutoComplete DataSource. + + + + + Indicates the item font of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Indicates the style of Column header in AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Reset the HeaderStyle of the AutoComplete Popup. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete HeaderStyle property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the Header font of the AutoComplete Popup. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete HeaderFont property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Reset the HeaderForeColor of the AutoComplete Popup. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete HeaderForeColor property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the item font of the AutoComplete Popup. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete ItemFont property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Serializing EnableDuplicateValues property + + True + + + + Resetting EnableDuplicateValues property + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Indicates the item forecolor of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Reset the Item ForeColor of the AutoComplete Popup. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the AutoComplete TextColor property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Initializes the static fields. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class and registers it in owner's container. + + Parent container. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The AutoComplete class can be created through the + designer and also programmatically through code. The AutoComplete + class uses the property to provide + support for differentiating between auto complete histor lists. The CategoryName + property is not set by default. + + + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Initializes the drop down list control with the list of matches. + + True if the drop down was properly initialized; false otherwise. + + + + Updates the width of the DropDownList. + + Width of the DropDownList + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the ParentForm property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the control needs AutoCompletion at this time. + + The current text. + True if the current state of the control does not + require completion. + + + + Populates the list with matches. + + The current text. + The DataView object that has the list of matches. + + + + Raises the TargetChanging event. + + + + + Raises the AutoCompleteCustomize event. + + + + + Filters the complete list of items to be considered for matches to form a + set of probable matches. + + The text to the matched. + The matching items will be added to this ListView. + The count of the matches. + + Override this function if you want to use a different matching routine + from the internal built in matching routine. + + + + + Sets the internal table data based on the property. + + + This method is invoked by the property when + an external data source is specified. Override this method if you want to provide + your own implenmentation for custom data sources. The + property needs to be set with the appropriate data in this method. + + + + + Raises the DropDownDisplayed event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Invokes the DropDownClosed Event. + + + + + Invokes the AutoCompleteItemSelected Event. + An AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnAutoCompleteSelected method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + + Inheritors: When overriding OnAutoCompleteItemSelected in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAutoCompleteSelected method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeAddItem method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeAddItem in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeAddItem method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + // Add a event to customize data added to history + this.autoComplete1.BeforeAddItem += new AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler(this.autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem); + + // autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem + int columnCount = args.RowItem.Table.Columns.Count; + object [] itemarray = args.RowItem.ItemArray; + + string itemText = (string)itemarray[0];// the url field + string nameText = (string)itemarray[1];// The name field + + if(itemText.Substring(0,4) == "http") + { + if(nameText == null || nameText == String.Empty) + nameText = "Website"; + } + else if(itemText.Substring(0,3) == "ftp") + { + if(nameText == null || nameText == String.Empty) + nameText = "FTP site"; + } + else + args.Cancel = true; + + itemarray[0] = itemText; + itemarray[1] = nameText; + args.RowItem.ItemArray = itemarray; + + + + + ' Add a event to customize data added to history + AddHandler Me.autoComplete1.BeforeAddItem, New AutoCompleteAddItemCancelEventHandler(AddressOf autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem) + ' autoComplete1_BeforeAddItem + Dim columnCount As Integer + columnCount = args.RowItem.Table.Columns.Count + Dim itemarray() As Object + itemarray = args.RowItem.ItemArray + Dim itemText As String + itemText = CType(itemarray(0), String) + ' the url field + Dim nameText As String + nameText = CType(itemarray(1), String) + ' The name field + If (itemText.Substring(0, 4) Is "http") Then + If ((nameText Is Nothing) _ + OrElse (nameText Is String.Empty)) Then + nameText = "Website" + End If + Else + If (itemText.Substring(0, 3) Is "ftp") Then + If ((nameText Is Nothing) _ + OrElse (nameText Is String.Empty)) Then + nameText = "FTP site" + End If + Else + args.Cancel = True + End If + End If + itemarray(0) = itemText + itemarray(1) = nameText + args.RowItem.ItemArray = itemarray + + + + + + + The AutoComplete control has the ability to display an icon next + to a possible match item when displaying the drop down list + in mode. This overloaded + version of AddHistoryItem adds an item to history and also + sets the image index for that item. + + The string to be added to the history list. + The image index of the icon to be set for this + item in the assigned to this control. + + + + Overloaded. The AutoComplete control can display sub items with columns and also + an icon for possible matches when in + mode. + + This method sets the associated icon for any item already in + history. + + + The item key identifier string. + The Image Index. + True if the item is added to the histor list; false otherwise. + + + + The AutoComplete control can display sub items with columns and also + an icon for possible matches when in + mode. + + This method sets the associated icon for any item already in + history. + + + The item key identifier string. + The sub item index - starts at zero. + The sub item value. + True if the sub item was set successfully; false otherwise. + The sub item index was out of range. + + + + Indicates whether the current text is a substring of the possible match. + Does the match between the current text and a possible match. + This can be overriden to provide an implementation that does + something more specific. + + The text to be completed. + The possible match string. + True if the possible match string is an acceptable match; false otherwise. + + + + Invokes the OnMatchItem Event. + The AutoCompleteMatchItem event data. + + The OnMatchItem method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + + Inheritors: When overriding OnMatchItem in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnMatchItem method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + + Invokes the AutoCompleteItemBrowsed event. + An AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnAutoCompleteItemBrowsed method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + + Inheritors: When overriding OnAutoCompleteItemBrowsed in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAutoCompleteItemBrowsed method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + + + + + + Handles the KeyDown event of the list view control. + + The list control. + The event data. + + + + Handles the KeyDown event of the target control. + + The control with the focus. + The key event data. + + + + This is an event handler that responds to the ControlEnter + event. We attach this to each control we are providing AutoComplete + text for. + + The control with the current focus. + The event data. + This method is the handler for the Enter event of the target + control. All controls that are provided with auto completion get their + Enter event handled to provide a way for the AutoComplete control + to hook into the other events for the edit control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This is an event handler that responds to the ControlLeave + event of the current control. + + The control with the current focus + The event data. + Handles the ControlLeave event and unwires the events + that we hooked into in the event. + + + + Handles the TextChanged event of the current control. The ProcessAutoComplete + method is invoked if there is a change in the control's text content. + + + + The control being provided with AutoComplete. + The Event Args. + This is the core of the auto completion process where the TextChanged + event from the edit control is handled and the auto complete tries to + provide auto completion. + + + + Indicates whether autocomplete process should start. + + if set to true process autocomplete. + + + If AutoComplete should be processed after typing some text, it should be set + to false on load, and then set to true after typing the text. + + + + + Handles the SelectionChangeCommitted event of the current control. + + + The control being provided with AutoComplete. + The Event Args. + This event is handled to prevent a problem that appears when + auto completion is applied to a ComboBox. When the user selects an + item in the drop down list of the ComboBox, the TextChanged event + is raised and the auto completion process starts in response to this. + This should be avoided and the workaround is to handle the SelectionChanged + event that's raised by the ComboBox when the selection changes and suppress + the TextChanged event that is raised right after. + + + + + + + + + Displays the popup control when the user DoubleClicks in the target + control. + + The control with the focus. + The event data. + + + + Displays the popup control when the user Clicks on the target + control. + + The control with the focus. + The event data. + + + + Handles the DoubleClick event of the drop down list. + + The drop down list. + The EventArgs object with event data. + + + + Handles the Click event of the drop down list. + + The drop down list. + The EventArgs object with event data. + + + + Handles the SelectionChanged event of the drop down list. + + The drop down list. + The EventArgs object with event data. + + + + The handler for the Validated event of the edit control. + The current text of the edit control will be added to the history + list if the property is set. + + The edit control with the focus. + The event data. + + + + Handles the PopupClosed event of the drop down control. + + The drop down container. + The EventArgs object with event data. + + + + + + + + + Initiates the AutoComplete process. This is + called automatically when the AutoCompleteMode is not set to + Disabled. + This method invokes the + method to get a list of matches for the current text. Override the + method + if you are providing your own history source. + + The current text content of the edit control. + + Specifies the entry that should be shown as selected. + + + + Indicates whether the popup control is currently being displayed. + + True if the drop down list is being displayed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the number of probable matches for a particular + string in the AutoComplete control's current history list or data source. + + The text to use for the matching. + The count of items that match. + + + + Initiates the AutoComplete process. This is + called automatically when the AutoCompleteMode is not set to + Disabled. + This method invokes the + method to get a list of matches for the current text. Override the + method + if you are providing your own history source. + + The current text content of the edit control. + + + + + Allows you to open the auto complete list in your code. + + AutoComplete control requires that the control that needs to be provided with the AutoCompletion services have the focus first before the ProcessAutoComplete is called. + The current text content of the edit control. + + + + Returns the ItemArray for the matching entry. + + The current text content of the edit control. + An itemArray. + + + + Updates the selected item to represent the match. + + + + + + Set the SelectedItem + + + + + Internal helper function to fill the drop down list with the + possible matches. + + The DataView object that has the list of matches. + + This function sets the ListView control with the DataView + object that is to be used as its data source. The ListView control used here + is a ListView derived class that can take a DataSource and populate + its columns and rows. + + + + Resets the internal history list. Override this if you + are providing your own history source in your derived + class. + + + + + This is an implementation for the IEditControlsEmbedListener. + + The parent control that makes the call. + The edit control that has the focus. + + This is used when there is a composite control that has more than one edit control + embedded and is being provided auto completion. The parent composite will inform + the auto complete control through this method when there is a change in focus + between its multiple edit controls. + + + + + Raises the BeforeAddItem event, if this value is set to true + + Calls the method to + raise the event. + True if the item is not to be added to the history. + + + + This method implements IDataViewListOwner.GetImageColumnIndex. + + The index of the column in the data source that provides the + index of images in the assigned image list. + + + + This method implements IDataViewListOwner.GetColumnWidth. + + The index of the column for which to + return the width. + + The width of the column. + + + + Returns the BindingManagerBase for the datasource. + + + + + This should only be invoked when there is a DataSource. + + + + + Indicates the Extender property target. + + The target control to be considered for extending. + True if the target control can be extended; false otherwise. + The AutoComplete control provides auto completion for edit + contols (the TextBox and ComboBox controls in Windows Forms) and classes + that implement the interface. The method will + return true if any of these cases are met. + + + + + + + + + + + This is the extended property for the AutoComplete property. + This will be called by the framework when the AutoComplete property + is set on any control. + + The control that the property is applied to. + Specifies whether the control is to be provided + auto completion. Auto complete will be provided if this parameter is true. + When using the designer, the AutoComplete control adds an extender + property to the target controls. When using the AutoComplete control + programmatically through the code, you need to use this method to add and remove + auto completion for a target control. + + In this example,AutoComplete with AutoSuggest mode is enabled to a TextBox control. + + this.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(this.textBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteModes.AutoSuggest); + + + Me.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(Me.textBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteModes.AutoSuggest) + + + + + + Sets the auto complete combo up down. + + The control that the property is applied to.. + if set to true [enable combo up down]. + + + + Indicates whether a control has AutoComplete Enabled. + + + The AutoComplete control maintains a list of controls that it needs + to provide auto completion for. This method looks up the AutoCompletion mode + for the control being considered. + + + + + AutoCompleteMode mode = this.autoComplete1.GetAutoComplete(this.comboBox1); + if(mode == AutoCompleteMode.Disabled) + this.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(this.comboBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteMode.AutoSuggest); + else + this.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(this.comboBox1, AutoCompleteMode.Disabled); + + + + + Dim mode As AutoCompleteMode + mode = Me.autoComplete1.GetAutoComplete(Me.comboBox1) + If (mode = AutoCompleteMode.Disabled) Then + Me.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(Me.comboBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteMode.AutoSuggest) + Else + Me.autoComplete1.SetAutoComplete(Me.comboBox1, AutoCompleteMode.Disabled) + End If + + + + + + + Returns information for each control if ComboUpDown behavior is shown or not. + + + + + Adds an item to the internal history of the AutoComplete control. + This method will create a new entry for this string in the internal list. + + This call will be ignored if an item already exists with + the same string value. + + This method is overloaded. + + The string to be added to the history list. + + + + Overloaded. Saves the current state of the control to the windows registry. + + + + + Saves the current internal list information to the specified persistence medium. + + A value. + Specifies the name of an IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or a registry key to + which the persistence information will be written. + + + Writes the internal history information to the persistence medium specified by the + parameter and at the path specified by the object. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + + This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadCurrentState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. + + + + + + Saves the current internal list information to the specified persistence medium. + + A reference to the instance. + + Writes the internal history information to the persistence medium specified by the + parameter and at the path specified by the object. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + + + + Overloaded. Reads the persisted state from the windows registry. + + True if the read is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Reads a previously serialized internal history list. + + A reference to the instance. + True if the load is successful; false otherwise. + + Reads the internal history information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + + + + Reads a previously serialized internal history list. + + A value. + The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or the + registry key containing the persisted dockstate information. + True if the load is successful; false otherwise. + + Reads the internal history information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadCurrentState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. + + + + + + Closes the drop down window. + + + In this example,DropDown closes if character '@' is entered in AutoComplete enabled TextBox. + + private void textBox1_KeyPress(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.KeyPressEventArgs e) + { + if (e.KeyChar == '@') + { + this.autoComplete1.CloseDropDown(); + } + } + + + Private Sub textBox1_KeyPress(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.KeyPressEventArgs) + If e.KeyChar = "@"C Then + Me.autoComplete1.CloseDropDown + End If + End Sub + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates the AutoCompleteItemSelectedEventArgs and Invokes OnAutoCompleteItemSelected. + + The itemArray object. + The column index. + + + + Raises the MatchItem event . + + The current text of the edit control. + The possible match to be displayed. + True if the possible match string is an acceptable match; false otherwise. + + + + Creates the AutoCompleteSelectedEventArgs and invokes OnAutoCompleteItemBrowsed. + + The item array that contains the item and the sub items + (columns) of the entry selected. + The column index. + + + + Serializes the internal list to the isolated storage. This method is only invoked when + the property is set to true. + + + This method invokes the method to persist the + history items. Items are not persisted when an external data source is provided. + + + + + Deserializes the internal history list. Used by the default serialization. + method. + + + + + Restores DropDown state. + + + + + Saves DropDown state. + + + + + There will be a difference between the number of columns that + is passed to the VirtualListView and the number of columns in the + property. This method gets the actual index + of a column in the VirtualListView with the Columns property. + + The index of the visible column. + The actual index of the visible column. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the AutoCompleteMode for the current control. + + The type value + for the control with the focus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the active edit control. The edit control is not the + same as the active control. The control that we hold as the + active control could embed an edit control and may not be + the actual edit control that needs to be provided with the + AutoComplete services. + + The control with the focus. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + To Set selected item in ComboBoxAutoComplete + + + + + + Sets the text of the edit control target to the selected text. + + The selected text. + + + + Adds an item to the history list when invoked. + + The target edit control. + + + + Returns AutoCompleteModes of the ActiveFocusControl + + + + + + + + + + + + InvalidDataType is raised when the specified data type is not valid. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the selected item in the AutoComplete control. + + + + + Sets or retrieves the index of the selected option. + + + + + Returns the selected item. This is a changing property and valid only at runtime. + The last browsed item in an AutoComplete control drop down will be set as the + selected item. + + + + + Specifies whether the auto completion should be performed for this text change. + + Use internally as a counter to calculate if the current + change in the target control's text requires auto completion or is to be + ignored. + + + + Indicates whether the dropdown for an AutoComplete enabled control appears in a single click. + + + The SingleClick property controls how many times the user has to click on an AutoComplete enabled Control for the dropdown to appear. By default, it requires a double-click. But if SingleClick is set to true, the first click will make the dropdown appear. + + + Example shows the SingleClick property activated when AutoComplete enabled edit control gets focus. + + private void textBox1_GotFocus(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + this.autoComplete1.SingleClick = true; + } + + + Private Sub textBox1_GotFocus(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) + Me.autoComplete1.SingleClick = True + + + + + + Indicates whether to allow deletion of items in the list when user pressed Delete Key. + + + + + Indicates How many number of items to be displayed in the AutoComplete. + + + + + Indicates whether default sorting is to be performed. + + + + + Indicates whether the current item in the target control is to be automatically + added to the history list during validation and when the Enter key is pressed. + + The AutoComplete control has two distinct functions. One is to + provide AutoCompletion to partial strings typed into edit controls that are + targeted by the AutoComplete control. The second function is to maintain the + history or item list against which the partial string will be compared for + possible matches. + The AutoAddItem property specifies automatic addition to the history list or + item list that the AutoComplete control is referring to. + + + + + Gets or sets the user defined category name under which the internal data is serialized. + + The CategoryName is an important property that is useful + in properly using the AutoComplete control. You can specify a + common CategoryName for AutoComplete controls in use in various + forms. For example, if you have a form based application that + collects the First Name of users in more than one + form, you can set the CategoryName to be "FirstName" and set the + edit controls used for collecting the First Name under the + operation of the AutoComplete controls. This CategoryName will help share + the First Names across forms. + + + + Specifies the kind of border the control should use for + the popup control displayed when in Mode. + + + + + The drop down window's appearance can be controlled by setting this property. + The default value is . + + + + + Gets or sets the matching mode for the matching routine. + + + + The matching mode that is specified will have a marked impact + on the nature and speed of the auto completion process. The Matching mode can + be set to or + . + + The default mode is + In the automatic mode, the current text of the target edit control is matched + with the internal history list or external data source using a + filter and the results are displayed in the drop down list when in + AutoSuggest mode and used to fill the edit control when in AutoAppend mode. + + + Setting the MatchMode to Manual brings in a lot of change in the functionality + of the AutoComplete control. Instead of getting the list of items matching the + current text, the AutoComplete control will loop through all of the items in the + history list and raise a event for each of + these entries. + + + The user can handle the event and do their own comparison and let the AutoComplete + control to include an item in the matching list. + However, the Manual setting will tend to slow down the process and the desired + method for providing your own custom matching would be to override the + method. + + + + + + Returns the columns that will be displayed in the popup control when the AutoCompleteMode is + set to AutoSuggest. The Columns property is a collection of objects + that specifies the attributes of a column. + + + + You can specify a list of columns and their width and column heading + for each column in the drop down list of the matching items. In the event that an + external data source is specified through the property + the columns in the data source will automatically be represented in the + Columns collection (except for the columns set to be invisible). + + At design time there will be a Refresh Columns verb available that can be + invoked to synchronize the with the collection. + Any changes made to the collection after invoking this + verb will be retained. Do not invoke the Refresh Columns verb after making + changes to the collection as the changes made will be lost and the + column data will be refreshed from the data source. + + There is no constraint to the number of columns that will be displayed. + But, the first 32 columns are considered to be "Keys" and the matching column has to be within the first 32 columns. + + + + this.autoComplete1.DataSource =this.dataView1 ; + this.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("EmployeeID", 100, true); + this.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo2 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("LastName", 100, true); + this.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo3 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("BirthDate", 100, true); + this.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo4 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("City", 100, true); + + + Me.autoComplete1.DataSource =Me.dataView1 + Me.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("EmployeeID", 100, True) + Me.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo2 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("LastName", 100, True) + Me.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo3 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("BirthDate", 100, True) + Me.autoCompleteDataColumnInfo4 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo("City", 100, True) + + + + + + Indicates whether the popup control displayed during AutoSuggest + mode has headers. This property will apply to all the columns. + + You can specify headings for the columns that are displayed + through the collection through the property + grid. + + + + Gets or sets the Column Header style of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Gets or sets the Header font of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Gets or sets the HeaderForeColor of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Gets or sets the Item font of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the close button at the + bottom right of the DropDownContainer. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to allow duplicate values in AutoComplete DataSource. + + + + + The size gripper at the bottom right of the DropDownContainer will be shown + as long as the ShowGripper property is set to true. + + + + + Returns the PopUp of AutoComplete + + + This example shows how the AutoCompletePopup property exposes the internal SizablePopupControlContainer through ShowPopup method. + + private void ComboBox1_KeyDown(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.KeyEventArgs e) + { + if (CheckBox1.Checked) { + this.AutoComplete1.AutoCompletePopup.ShowPopup(this.PointToScreen(new Point(ComboBox1.Location.X, ComboBox1.Location.Y + ComboBox1.Height))); + } + } + + + Private Sub ComboBox1_KeyDown(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.KeyEventArgs) Handles ComboBox1.KeyDown + If CheckBox1.Checked Then + Me.AutoComplete1.AutoCompletePopup.ShowPopup(Me.PointToScreen(New Point(ComboBox1.Location.X, ComboBox1.Location.Y + ComboBox1.Height))) + End If///End Sub + + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that will specify the images to be used + by the popup control when in AutoSuggest Mode. + + You can specify an ImageList object as the source of + images or icons for the matching items. + First drag and drop (or create through code) an object. + Then add the icons you want to use to the ImageList. + Set the AutoComplete.ImageList property to point to the ImageList you created. + You also need to set the property to indicate + in which column of the data the index (of the image in the ImageList) is + specified. + + + + + Indicates whether the AutoComplete control persists its data. + + The AutoComplete control can maintain its own internal + history data and persist it to IsolatedStorage and read it back. + The default value for this property is true. + If you leave the default values as is for the AutoComplete control + and set the property, the new entries + that are added will also be persisted and read back. + + If AutoSerialize is true, history items are saved to / loaded from registry + automatically.This example uses AutoAddItem and CategoryName properties along with AutoSerialize set + to false inorder to make the control save list items to an external datasource like XML. + + this.autoComplete.AutoAddItem = true; + this.autoComplete.AutoSerialize = false; + this.autoComplete.CategoryName = "SomeCategory"; + + + Me.autoComplete.AutoAddItem = True + Me.autoComplete.AutoSerialize = False + Me.autoComplete.CategoryName = "SomeCategory" + + + + + + Indicates whether the case sensitivity should be used for string comparison. + + This setting specifies if the default matching routine is case + sensitive. + + + + Indicates the visual style. + + Default value is true. + + + + Indicates the metro color. + + Default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the Item Text ForeColor of the AutoCompletePopup + + Default value is Black. + + + + Gets or sets the target control with the current focus. + + This property is used internally to get to the + active edit control that is being provided auto completion by + this AutoComplete control. + + This example overrides the Form's ProcessCmdKey method and close the drop down if the ActiveControl of the + form is the same as the ActiveFocusControl of the AutoComplete control. + + public class Form1 : System.Windows.Forms.Form + { + protected override bool ProcessCmdKey(ref Message msg, Keys keyData) + { + if (keyData == Keys.Escape) + { + if (this.ActiveControl == this.autoComplete1.ActiveFocusControl) + { + this.autoComplete1.CloseDropDown(); + return true; + } + } + return base.ProcessCmdKey(ref msg, keyData); + } + } + + + Public Class Form1 Inherits System.Windows.Forms.Form + Protected Overloads Overrides Function ProcessCmdKey(ByRef msg As Message, ByVal keyData As Keys) As Boolean + If keyData = Keys.Escape Then + If Me.ActiveControl = Me.autoComplete1.ActiveFocusControl Then + Me.autoComplete1.CloseDropDown + Return True + End If + End If + Return MyBase.ProcessCmdKey(msg, keyData) + End Function + End Class + + + + + + Gets or Sets whether DropDown size is automatically persistent. + + + + + Returns the minimum column width. The AutoComplete class supports multiple columns in the drop down + window of the possible matches. This static member is set to the minimum + width of such columns when displayed in the drop down. + + + + + Indicates whether the DataManager position is to be changed when entries + in the ListControl are selected (when the DataSource property is set to a + data source). + + + + + Indicates whether the replacement of the matching entry is to be case + sensitive. If the user enters 'A' and there is a matching entry + 'abcd', the AutoComplete will set the target edit control's Text + to 'abcd' if this property is set to false and 'Abcd' if this + property is set to true. + + + + + Gets / sets the text which was before the next ProcessAutoComplete method is called. + + + + + Gets or sets the description of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible role of the control used by accessibility client applications. + + + + + Gets or sets the ParentForm for databinding purposes. + + + Example shows how the AutoComplete control can be used in a UserControl + In this case when the AutoComplete control is used in a UserControl, the + parent form of the UserControl has to be set to the ParentForm property + of the AutoComplete control. + + private void UserControl1_Load(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.autoComplete1.ParentForm = this.ParentForm; + this.autoComplete1.DataSource = this.items; + } + + + Private Sub UserControl1_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Me.autoComplete1.ParentForm = Me.ParentForm Me.autoComplete1.DataSource = Me.items + End Sub + + + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + + + + Indicates whether the AutoComplete control should suppress or override the ComboBox + control's own dropdown. + + + Set this property to true if the target 's drop down + list is replaced by the control's drop down list. + If the value is set to false the AutoComplete control's drop down will not be + displayed when the 's drop down list is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the column that is to be used for matching during AutoCompletion. + + + + + Returns the column index that will serve as the image index. + + + The AutoComplete control supports displaying an icon in the + drop down list for each matching item. This icon is specified + to the AutoComplete control by specifying the data for one of its + as the image index into the + provided in the property. + + + + + This is a read only property that provides the internal + object that is used to manipulate the list of history items. + + + The AutoComplete control uses a object + internally to manipluate the matching data that is to be used for its + matching operations. This property is populated from an internal history list that the + AutoComplete class maintains or from the external data source that is + specified through the property. + + + This example shows how the rows of internal DataTable can be accessed + + foreach(DataRow dr in this.autoComplete1.TableData.Rows) + { + Console.WriteLine ("Rows "+dr[0]); + } + + + For Each dr As DataRow In Me.autoComplete1.TableData.Rows + Console.WriteLine("Rows " + dr(0)) + Next + + + + + + Indicates whether the height of the drop down should be adjusted based on the + number of items. + + The AutoComplete control displays a list of matching items when + operating in mode. This property indicates whether the + height of the drop down should be adjusted to make the maximum number + of items visible. + + + + Gets or sets the preferred height for the drop down list displayed by the AutoComplete control. + + The preferred height is used by the AutoComplete control to + fix the initial height of the drop down window that is displayed + when in mode. + + + + Gets or sets the preferred width for the drop down list displayed by the AutoComplete control. + + The preferred width is used by the AutoComplete control to + fix the initial width of the drop down window that is displayed + when in mode. + + + + Gets or sets the external data source that will be used as the history item list. + + The AutoComplete control can take an external data source + (any data source that implements IList or IListSource) for its history + list. When this property is set, the AutoComplete control will + initialize itself with the data source and use that as the basis for + its matching routines. + + For example, if you have a DataSet with the + list of names of the States in the US and specify that as the + DataSource, the AutoComplete control will display all matches + from within these names when the user types in the target edit control. + + private void Form1_Load(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + DataTable dt; + dt = new DataTable("select"); + dt.Columns.Add("Countries"); + dt.Columns.Add("states"); + dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "India " }); + dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "New York " }); + dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "Washington " }); + dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "London" }); + dt.Rows.Add(new object[] { "Canada" }); + autoComplete1.DataSource = dt; + } + + + Private Sub Form1_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Private dt As DataTable + dt = New DataTable("select") + dt.Columns.Add("Countries") + dt.Columns.Add("states") + dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"India "}) + dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"New York "}) + dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"Washington "}) + dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"London"}) + dt.Rows.Add(New Object() {"Canada"}) + autoComplete1.DataSource = dt + End Sub + + + + + + The event that will be raised before the AutoComplete control + performs a matching operation for the current text content of the + active edit control. + + + This event can be handled to change the text that will be used + for the auto completion. + + + + + This event is raised when the target control of the AutoComplete + control changes. + + + This event can be handled to change the constraints for displaying + matching items differently for different controls. + + + + + Handle this event to customize the AutoCompletion. The position of the + drop down can be changed. The Text to be used for auto completion can also + be changed. + + + + + Occurs after the dropdown has been dropped down and made visible. + + Custom processing can be done when the drop down is displayed. + + + + Occurs when the AutoComplete dropdown is closed. + + + Handling this event will tell you whether the dropdown was + closed or cancelled by the user. + + + + + Raised when a new item is about to be added. New items can be + added explicitly by calling the method. + + + You may choose to cancel adding this item in this handler. + + This example shows how you can handle this event and + selectively choose to add an item to the history list. + + + + This event enables you to provide a custom matching routine for + the current value in the edit control. + You can consume this event and set the + property of the argument. + + + Returning true will add the entry and false will ignore the entry. + + + + + Raised when a new item has been selected by the user + when the AutoComplete drop down list is displayed when the AutoComplete + mode is set to . + + + + + Occus when the user selects an item from the list of possible matches + when the AutoCompletMode is set to AutoSuggest. + + + + + The information needed for setting the attributes of a column in the drop down + list of the control. + + + The control supports displaying multiple columns + of data for probable matching items. This class specifies the appearance + and behavior of each column that should be visible. + + In the case that the is an external + the objects in the DataTable + will be mirrored in the property which + is a collection of these objects. + + + The , , + and + properties specify the appearance of the column at runtime. + + + The and properties + specify how the column is to be treated at runtime. If a Column is set to + be the MatchingColumn (the property is set to true) + that column will be used for matching against the current text of the target + edit control of the control. + + + + + + The text of the column header. + + + + + The minimum width for the column header. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used internally even if the column display text is changed. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes an object of type AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo. Overloaded. + + + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo class holds the information needed to intialize one + column in the drop down list view of the control. + The initial values for the column name and the default header width + are set. + + + + + Initializes an object of type AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo. + + The text for the column header. + The width of the column. + Indicates whether the column is to be visible. + + This constructor takes the header text, the minimum width and the visible value of the + column as parameters to the constructor. You can also use the default constructor and + then set the column header using the + property and the minimum width by setting property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the property. + + The name of the column. + + The property is kept as a + read only property and the initial value of the + property is set to be the property. + + This method is provided in case there is a need for changing + the after being set from a data source + or through the property. + + + + + + PropertyChanged event handler. + + + + + Gets / sets the minimum column width for the column to be inserted + in the ListView of the drop down list in a control. + + The MinColumnWidth value will be used when inserting + columns into the drop down list view of the control. + + + + + Gets / sets the column header text for the column to be inserted in + the class. + + + The default value is set to a empty string. The + property is a read only property and its initial value is set to be the + same as the ColumnHeaderText. + + + + + Returns the name of the column. + + + This is a read only property and the initial value is + either set from the column name of a + that this column represents or the + that is set initially for this column. + + The and ColumnName properties + can have different values. + + + The ColumnName is important in the matching process when the + data source is a external as the + filtering for the probable match list is performed based on + ColumnName. + + + + + + Indicates whether this column is to be visible. + + + This property affects the visibility of this column at runtime. + Any column that is set to be the matching column cannot be set to + be invisible. + + + + + Indicates whether the column that this item represents is to be treated + as the matching column. + + + When the value is set to true and this + item belongs to a collection all other items are set to non matching columns. + + + + + Indicates whether the column that this item represents is to be treated + as the image column. + + + When the value is set to true and this + item belongs to a collection all other items are set to non image columns. + + + + + Collection of objects. Used in the + property of the + control. + + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection is a set of objects + each of which hold information required to create a column in a + . + + + + The owner of the collection. + + + + + Creates an instance of the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection class. + + The control that + contains this collection. + + + + Inserts the into the collection + at the specfied index. + + The zero-based index at which the item is to be inserted. + The to be inserted. + + + + Adds one object to the collection. + + The object to be added. + The count of the list items + + + + Removes objects from the + collection. + + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo object to remove. + + + + Returns the index of the column that is used for matching. + + Index of the matching column. + + Iterates through the collection and returns the index of the + element that has the + to be true. + + + + + Indicates whether the collection contains a specific AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo entry. + + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo to locate in the access control list. + True if the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo entry is found in the collection; false otherwise. + + + + Copies all the elements of the current one-dimensional Array to the specified one-dimensional Array + starting at the specified destination Array index. + + Destination array. + Starting index from which to start copying. + + + + Overrides OnInsertComplete. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets / sets the Indexer property for the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection class. + + Returns the object based on the index + in the collection. + + + + The AutoCompleteInfo class provides an encapsulation for + the data to be serialized for persisting the current state + of the class. + + The AutoCompleteInfo class provides a wrapper around the + DataTable used by the class to hold the + history items when in mode. + + + + + The internal sorted list object used to save the + history items. + + + + + Creates an object of type AutoCompleteInfo and initializes + the member objects. + + The DataTable that is used by the AutoCompleteInfo + class to hold information about the history items of the + AutoComplete class is initialized with a new . + The property needs to be set with + the appropriate DataTable. + + + + Returns the complete list of items in the + object. + + This value needs to be set to the DataTable being used + by the class that this + object is providing services for. + + + + + + + The list of subitems. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the Auto Complete item as an object array. + + + This property holds the information about the currently selected item. + The first item in the array is the first column of the matching item and + so on for all the sub items. + + + + + Returns the index of the item that was used for the matching. + + + This index could be different from the matching index of the + control. The + returned will only have items/columns that are displayed in the + drop down list of the control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the drop down. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Collection of objects. Used in the + property of the + control. + + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection is a set of objects + each of which hold information required to create a column in a + . + + + + Adds one person to the collection. + + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo object to be added. + returns the count of the list items + + + + Add array of targets into collection. + + array of columns. + + + + Removes DataColomnInfo objrects from the + collectoin. + + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo object to remove. + + + + Indicates whether the collection contains a specific + AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo entry. + + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo to locate + in the access control list. + True if the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo entry is + found in the collection; false otherwise. + + + + Return order index of the column in collection, otherwise -1. + + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo to locate + in the access control list. + Order index in collection, otherwise -1. + + + Insert spcified column into collection. + position where to insert column. + The AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo to locate + in the access control list. + + + + Copies all the elements of the current one-dimensional + Array to the specified one-dimensional Array + starting at the specified destination Array index. + + Destination array. + Starting index from which to start the copying. + + + + Gets / sets the Indexer property for the AutoCompleteDataColumnInfoCollection class. + + Returns the object based + on the index in the collection. + + + + Office2007 theme. + + + + + + + + + + Control's visual style. + + + + + Color table. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Releases unmanaged and - optionally - managed resources + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Gets or sets Office2007 theme. + + + + + Gets or sets Office2007 theme. + + + + + Gets or sets control's visual style. + + + + + ComboBoxAutoComplete derives from and embeds an + control to provide auto completion services + for the ComboBox. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Default font style of the control + + + + + Font which stored after changed in design + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the control and optionally releases the managed resources. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + + + To set SelectedItem in ComboBoxAutoComplete, when loading AutoComplete control as its DropDown. + + + + + + Apply Scale for controls + + + + + OnFontChanged event + + + + + Override the OnDropDown method to show the AutoComplete drop down. + + The event data. + + + + + + + + + + Override WndProc. + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Preprocesses keyboard or input messages within the message loop before they are dispatched. + + A , passed by reference, that represents the message to process. The possible values are WM_KEYDOWN, WM_SYSKEYDOWN, WM_CHAR, and WM_SYSCHAR. + + true if the message was processed by the control; otherwise, false. + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the /> event + Overides + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Returns the AutoComplete. + + + + + Indicates whether user is allowed to enter new text. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether changes can be done. + + + + + Gets or sets the ParentForm of the ComboBox. + + + This property needs to be set to be the form on which this ComboBox control + is placed. This is used by the + control. + + + + + Gets or Sets Text according to the match. (overridden property) + + + + + Gets or sets value for updating AutoComplete with SelectedValue. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected value in AutoCompleteControl when UpdateComboSelectionProperties is set . + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the currently selected item. + + + + + This property is obsolete. + + + + + This class used for additional handling messages, that are sent + to ComboBoxAutoComplete. + + + + + ComboBoxAutoComplete control, listen to messages for. + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + ComboBoxAutoComplete + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + Creates a custom ComboBox class that does not display the drop down + in any mode. + + + + + Override WndProc. + + + + + + Old code. Have to be removed in near future. + + + + + Represents an error that occurred during setting an external data source + by the control. + + + This exception packages the exception that was raised by the system when + there is a problem with the data source. The original exception can be + accessed through the property. + + The most common source for this exception to be raised is an incorrect + Data source specified. Please refer to the + property for more information. + + + + + + Overloaded. Initializes a new instance of the class + using a message and an original exception. + + The message for the exception. + The original exception. + + The content of the message parameter is intended to be + understood by humans. The caller of this constructor is required to + ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + This message takes into account the current system culture. + + The inner parameter is the original exception + raised by the system in the process of setting the data source. + + + The following table shows the initial property values for an instance + of . + + + PropertyValue + The error message string. + The inner exception reference. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + using a message. + + The message for the exception. + + The content of the message parameter is intended to be + understood by humans. The caller of this constructor is required to + ensure that this string has been localized for the current system culture. + This message takes into account the current system culture. + + The following table shows the initial property values for an instance + of . + + + PropertyValue + The error message string. + A null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + + Summary description for VirtualListView. + + + + + DataListView extends the ListView class to provide DataBinding + support. + + + The creates appropriate columns + to reflect the columns in the DataSource and populates them. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + The data source for the DataListView. + + + + + Indicates whether the image information will be provided by the owner. + + + + + The owner. + + + + + The index of the image column. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataListView class. + + + + + Overrides Control.OnResize. + + The event data. + + + + Populates the ListView based on the columns in the + DataSource. + + + + + Sets the columns based on the DataSource. + + + + + Sets the control Height based on the item count subject + to a maximum height. + + The maximum height. + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Adds a column to the ListView and also sets its width + if available. + + Datacolumn object + Index value + + + + Sets the data for the ListView from the DataSource. + + + + + Adds a row of data to the ListView. + + The row of data to be added. + + + + Resizes the columns. + + The new total width. + + + + Gets or sets the index of the image column. + + + + + Gets or sets the owner object that will provide formatting information. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image field will be provided by the Owner object. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source that the ListView is displaying data for. + + + + + Indicates the header font of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Indicates the header forecolor of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + + + + + + + Set the state of the passed Listview item's index. + + Listview item's index. + Select the passed item? + + + + + + + + + + + Populates the ListView based on the columns in the + DataSource. + + + + + Sets the control Height based on the item count subject + to a maximum height. + + The maximum height. + + + + Gets the height of the adjusted max. + + Actual height of the max. + + + + + Gets index of the item which is at a specified position. + + + + + + + Overrides . + + The Windows to process. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Draw item's background + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Draw image and subitems' text + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the HeaderForeColor of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Gets or sets the Header font of the AutoCompletePopup + + + + + Gets/sets the sets the number of items to be displayed. + + + + + Gets the value whether horizontal scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Gets the value whether vertical scrollbar is visible. + + + + + Retrieve the text for a ListView cell (item and subitem). + + + + + + + + + + + + Listview item (row). + + + + + Listview subitem (column). + + + + + Text to display. + + + + + Used for processing properties in PropertyGrid of TextBox which belongs to ButtonEdit control. + + + + + Necessary for settings of the attributes of the property. + + + + + Used for processing of TextBox property which belongs to ButtonEdit control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used for processing focus changed event for ButtonEdit control. + + + + + + + + ButtonEdit control that this native window is bound to. + + + + + Default constructor. + + ButtonEdit control to handle events for. + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether to fire focus changed events or it is received from some child controls of ButtonEdit. + + + + + + + Invokes the default window procedure associated with this window. + + A that is associated with the current Windows message. + + + + Specifies actions to occur when an object receives the focus + + + + + Occurs when the control loses focus + + + + + ButtonEdit Office2016 colorful theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the color table according to the theme. + + Theme name + Renderer color table. + + + + Gets the border color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + Gets the border color of the ButtonEdit on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the back color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + ButtonEdit Office2016 white theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the border color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + Gets the border color of the ButtonEdit on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the back color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + ButtonEdit Office2016 dark gray theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the border color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + Gets the border color of the ButtonEdit on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the back color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + ButtonEdit Office2016 black theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the border color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + Gets the border color of the ButtonEdit on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the back color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + Gets the fore color of the ButtonEdit. + + + + + The ButtonEditChildButton class is used by the + class as its child buttons. This class is derived from the + class. You will not need to create this control directly as it will be created through + the ButtonEdit class. + + + The Buttons embedded in a control need to abide by some constraints + imposed by the layout and the settings of the ButtonEdit control. A customized Button control + is needed for this purpose so that the relationship between the embedded child buttons and the + parent ButtonEdit control can be established. + + Customizing the Button class to provide features suitable for use inside the ButtonEdit + control also provides ease of use for users. The ButtonEditChildButton implements additional + properties such as (that allow you to choose different types of + commonly used button icons). + + The ButtonEditChildButton also supports a listener model that notifies a listener when its + size or alignment changes. The listener implements the interface + to listen to these notifications. + + + + Default height of child button. + + + Default widht of the button. + + + Pre-defined names of button image resources. + + + + Button alignment of the edit control. + + + + + The ButtonEditParent that needs to be notified of changes. + + + + + The preferred width of the button. + + + + + To save the text of the button. + + + + + Indicates that button was clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The ButtonEditChildButton is created and assigned the constraints that need to be + in place for it to be embedded in a control. + + The is initially set to . + + + + + Sets the appearance of the button control. + + The appearance to be set. + + + + Sets the appearance of the button control. + + The appearance to be set. + + + + Returns the image for the specified button type. + + + This dependence between the ButtonType and the Image is not maintained strictly + and is meant to be a help to developers. You can specify any image you want for + the button through the property. + + returns image + Button Types + + + Overrides the OnClick method. Set focus to parent control + when needed. + The click event data. + + + + Gets or sets the control that is the parent and also the listener. + + + The control implements the + interface to act as a listener for change notifications from ButtonEditChildButton controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the preferred width; the width set by the use, + treated as the width of the ButtonEditChildButton control. + + + The property and the PreferredWidth property are maintained in sync + and the Size property will not allow the width property to be changed. Changes to the + width of the button have to be set through the PreferredWidth property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Size property. + + + The Size property displays the size of the ButtonEditChildButton. The height of the button + is fixed by the height of the control and the width is specified + through the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Location property. Cannot be changed. + + + + + Gets / sets the for this ButtonEditChildButton. + + + Each of the ButtonTypes are associated with a commonly used button icon + such as Up, down, undo, redo, etc. Choosing one of these types will set the + property to one of the pre configured images. + + This dependence between the ButtonType and the Image is not maintained strictly + and is meant to be a help to developers. You can specify any image you want for + the button through the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the image based on the button style for the control. + + + + + Gets the appearance of the button control + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the button with respect to the edit control. + + + The possible values for the ButtonAlign property are the values of the + enumeration. Using the values of the enumeration + the value can be set to be at the right or the left of the edit control. + + The default value for this property is + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can use the TAB key to give focus to the control. + + + + + Indicates whether to use visual styles. + + Override required for hiding property from design time for user. + + + + Gets or sets the display of the control when users move the mouse over the control and click. + + + + + The event data for event. + + + The event is raised when any of + the child controls of the + class are clicked. + + One of the members of the event data is the actual + that was clicked. + + + + + + The clicked button object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ButtonClickedEventArgs class. + + + Needs to set the property with the + that was clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ButtonClickedEventArgs class. + + The button that was clicked. + + This version of the constructor sets the property with the + that was clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the clicked object. + + + The event handler will be able to use this + to get the that was clicked. + + + + + The delegate for the event. + + The source of the event. + A ButtonClickedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + See the event for more information. + + + + + Specifies the button alignment with respect to the edit control. + + + Any included as part of a + control can be aligned to the right or to the left of the edit control (the TextBox). + + The default value is . + + + + + + The button appears to the left of the edit control. + + + See the property for more information. + + + + + The button appears to the right of the edit control. + + + See the property for more information. + + + + + Calculator control encapsulates the functionality of a calculator with + the ability to perform arithmetic calculations. + + + + The calculator control can be used in two different layouts. See + for more information. + + + The default property of the Calculator Control class is the + property. This property is of + type . + + + The Calculator Control uses a object to perform the + calculations and maintain the state of the calculations. The CalculatorControl implements + the interface to receive notifications + from the Calculator Engine. + + + The calculator buttons are of type and the buttons + maintain their own information about the action that is to be performed when clicked. + + + + + //InitializeComponent + // Create the Calculator Control + this.calculatorControl1 = new CalculatorControl(); + this.textBox1 = new TextBox(); + // Set the value of the calculator control + this.calculatorControl1.DoubleValue = 0; + // Set the border style for the control + this.calculatorControl1.BorderStyle = Border3DStyle.Raised; + // The flat style for the buttons + this.calculatorControl1.FlatStyle = FlatStyle.Standard; + // Set the size of the calculator + this.calculatorControl1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(288, 232); + // Add a event handler for the ValueCalculated event of the child button + this.calculatorControl1.ValueCalculated += new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CalculatorControl.ValueCalculatedEventHandler(this.CodeGen_calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated); + // Add the CalculatorControl control to the form + this.Controls.Add(this.calculatorControl1); + + 'InitializeComponent + ' Create the Calculator Control + Me.calculatorControl1 = New CalculatorControl() + Me.textBox1 = New TextBox() + ' Set the value of the calculator control + Me.calculatorControl1.DoubleValue = 0 + ' Set the border style for the control + Me.calculatorControl1.BorderStyle = Border3DStyle.Raised + ' The flat style for the buttons + Me.calculatorControl1.FlatStyle = FlatStyle.Standard + ' Set the size of the calculator + Me.calculatorControl1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(288, 232) + ' Add a event handler for the ValueCalculated event of the child button + AddHandler Me.calculatorControl1.ValueCalculated, New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CalculatorControl.ValueCalculatedEventHandler(AddressOf CodeGen_calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated) + ' Add the CalculatorControl control to the form + Me.Controls.Add(Me.calculatorControl1) + + + + + This interface can be implemented by classes that want to act + as the parent for this calculator engine. + + + The Calculator Control implements this interface to get notifications + from the Calculator Engine when there is a change in the state of + the Calculator Engine. + + + + + The calculator engine will invoke this method for its parent + to be informed of a change in its value. + + The internal string value of the engine. + The error condition. + The feedback message. + The memory value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the engine needs to repeat the assign (=) action. + + + + + This interface can be implemented by classes that want to act + as the parent for this calculator engine. + + + The Calculator Control implements this interface to get notifications + from the Calculator Engine when there is a change in the state of + the Calculator Engine. + + + + + The Calculator Buttons will use this method to call back + a click action and pass in their type + action property. + + The action that is to be performed. + + + + This handler will be invoked by the buttons each time a + button has the focus and the KeyDown event is raised. This will + be used by the parent Container Control to process keyboard shortcuts. + + The KeyEventArgs defining the KeyDown event. + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + The total number of buttons. + + + + + The border 3D style. + + + + + For tooltip. + + + + + The last action received. + + + + + The display box for the CalculatorControl. + + + This TextBox will display the output from the calculations. + + + + + The array of buttons for the CalculatorControl. + + + Each of these buttons will have a different function. + + + + + The label to display the memory state. + + + + + The layout type. + + + + + Indicates whether the display text box should be displayed. + + + + + Hashtable to mnemonic keys. + + + + + The calculator 'engine'. + + + + + The GridBagLayout object for the Windows Standard Layout. + + + + + Indicates whether the Calculator buttons are ThemesEnabled. + + + + + The GridBagLayout for Financial Layout. + + + + + Value when the control is resized based on the layout. + + + + + The currently selected culture. + + + + + Specifies the special culture value that needs to be applied. + + + + + Array of cultures that require RightToLeft by default. + + + + + The UseUserOverride value to be passed in when creating CultureInfo objects. + + + + + The NumberFormatInfo object that will specify the + localized attributes for displaying the current + value + + + + + Indicates whether the previous action is to be repeated when the Assignment (=) action is clicked. + + + + + Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + The flat style for the calculator buttons. + + + + + The NumberFormatInfo that defines the formatting. + + + + + Vertical spacing between buttons. + + + + + Horizontal spacing between buttons. + + + + + Use vertical and horizontal spacing between buttons. + + + + + Initializes static members of the CalculatorControl class. + + + + + Variable to find the difference between previous font size and current font size + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The constructor will initialize the + and the display textbox with the initial values. + + + + + Returns a copy of the current NumberFormatInfo. + + Returns Numberformat info + + + + Applies RightToLeft based on the current culture. + + + + + Initalizes the CalculatorEngine that will perform the calculations. + + + The CalculatorEngine is initialized and the CalculatorControl sets the + interface for communicating with the CalculatorEngine. + + + + + Initializes the calculator display. + + + The display TextBox and the memory value display label are created and initialized. + + The calculator buttons are created and added to the CalculatorControl. + + + + + + Modifies the properties of the TextBox used for displaying the calculated value. + + + The TextBox is enabled and the forecolor and backcolor + properties are changed. + + + + + Overrides the method. + + The Paint event data. + + This override is for drawing a border around the Calculator Control + by invoking the method. + + + + + Draws a border around the Calculator Control. + + the Graphics object to draw on. + + The type of the border drawn is based on the + property. + + + + + Overrides the method. + + The event data. + + This method is overriden in order to set the color of the + child buttons to be the same as the backcolor of the Calculator Control. + + + + + Processes the dialog key. + + One of the Keys values that represents the key to process. + Returns bool value + This is overriden in order to capture and process enterkey input + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Creates the display textbox. + + + This method creates the TextBox that will be used by the + Calculator Control to display the value of the calculations. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool value for disposing + + + + Handles the KeyDown event of the child controls. + + The KeyEventArgs for the event data. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Resets the calculator and initializes the internal calculator engine. + + + + + Raises the LayoutTypeChangedEvent. + + + + + Stores the previous font size of the control + + + + + Sets the size of the control according to the layout type. + + + + + Calculates the size of the control according to the font size, if EnableFontScaleMode is enabled. + + + + + + Invokes the LayoutTypeChange event. + + A LayoutTypeChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnLayoutTypeChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnLayoutTypeChange in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnLayoutTypeChange method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the FlatStyleChangedEvent. + + + + + Raises the FlatStyleChangedEvent. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Invokes the FlatStyleChange event. + + A StyleChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnFlatStyleChange method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnFlatStyleChange in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnFlatStyleChange method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Font changed event + + + + + Returns the current layout manager for the calculator. + + The current layout manager for the calculator. + + + + Returns the layout manager for this layout type. + + The layout type. + The layout manager. + + + + Handles the event. This initiates a + refresh of the layout. + + The calculator control. + The event data. + + + + Sets the characteristics for a button with the current layout. This + helper method is invoked when a Layout is initialized for each + calculator button. + + The index of the button. + The Button style. + The Button action. + The caption of the button. + + + + Gets / Sets the Font for the Calculator control. + + + + + To serialize Font property + + + + + + To reset Font property + + + + + Returns the button caption color. + + Calculator button. + Returns Button Color + + + + Returns the button caption font. + + Calculator button. + Returns button Font. + + + + Sets the button caption color. + + Calculator button. + Color to set. + + + + Returns the button index from the calculator button action. + + Button action. + Button index; -1 if invalid code is passed. + + + + Sets the button caption font. + + Calculator button. + Font to set. + + + + Adds a shortcut key for the button. + + The index of the button. + The KeyData that the button will be invoked through. + + + + Sets the layout constraints for a child control. + + The layout type. + The target control. + The grid bag constraints object for this control. + The minimum size. + The preferred size. + + This helper method is invoked when a Layout is initialized for each + non button control. + + + + + Initialized the layout managers and the controls. This method initializes + all the controls that needs to be initialized for a layout. + + + + + Initializes the layout for the Calculator Control. + + + The Financial Layout resembles the layout of the calculator popularized + by the Quicken(r) products. Most of the functionality is geared towards + simple banking arithmetic. + + + + + Initializes the layout for the Calculator Control. + + + The Windows Standard Layout resembles the layout of the calculator provides + with the windows operating system. Most of the functionality is the same as + the operation of the Windows operating system calculator. + + + + + Sets the FillType in GridBagConstraints and returns the Insets for use in GridBagConstraints. + + The GridBagConstraints. + The insets for use. + + + + Raises the event. + + The event data for the ValueCalculated event. + + This event is raised when there is a change in the + property of the CalculatorControl. The handler can output the value to + its own display area. This helps customize the Calculator control usage + and the default display area of the CalculatorControl can be hidden + and the display can be another suitable display area. + + + + + Transfers the current value to the display. + + + This method displays output only if the + property is set to true. + + + + + Refreshes the memory label based on the new memory value. + + The memory value. + + The memory label is set to M if the memory value is > 0 + and empty otherwise. + + + + + The Calculator Buttons will use this method to call back + a click action and pass in their type + action property. + + The action that is to be performed. + + + + The calculator engine will invoke this method for its parent + to be informed of a change in its value. + + The internal string value of the engine. + The error condition. + The feedback message. + The memory value. + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + + Raised when the of the calculator control changes. + + + Handle this event if you want to do some processing when the + Value changes. + + + + this.calculatorControl1.ValueCalculated += new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CalculatorControl.ValueCalculatedEventHandler(this.CodeGen_calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated); + calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated + if(arg.ErrorCondition == false) + this.textBox1.Text = arg.Value.ToString(); + else + this.textBox1.Text = arg.Message; + + AddHandler Me.calculatorControl1.ValueCalculated, New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CalculatorControl.ValueCalculatedEventHandler(AddressOf CodeGen_calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated) + 'calculatorControl1_ValueCalculated + If (arg.ErrorCondition = False) Then + Me.textBox1.Text = arg.Value.ToString + Else + Me.textBox1.Text = arg.Message + End If + + + + + Raised when the changes. + + + Other classes that need to be aware of the current layout of the + Calculator Control or just need to know that the layout has changed + so that they can reinitialize themselves, can handle this event. + + + + + Raised when the FlatStyle changes for the Calculator Control. + + + The Calculator Control maintains the same flatstyle for all its child + buttons. This event is handled by all the buttons and they set their + flatstyle property appropriately. + + + + + Gets or sets the culture that is to be used for formatting the currency display. + + + + + Gets or sets the NumberFormatInfo object that will be used for formatting the + number value. + + + This property will not be exposed to the developer. This is only meant + to be an acccessor for use within the control. The developer will be able + to access the properties of the NumberFormatInfo through the individual + properties exposed. + + + + + Gets or sets the mode for the cultures. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the NumberFormatInfo used for formatting will use the UseUserOverride parameter for CultureInfo. + + + The NumberTextBoxBase control has several properties that expose Culture specific + information. These properties use a object for + handling the culture specific information. This property is used in the creation + of the NumberFormatInfo object. + + + + + Gets or sets the Border3DStyle for the CalculatorControl's border. + + + This value can be any of the values of the type . + Setting the value to displays no border. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is to be resized based on the layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical spacing between buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether use vertical and horizontal spacing between buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the flat style for the objects. + + + This property raises the StyleChanged event so that the + buttons can set themselves to this new FlatStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether themes are enabled for the Calculator Control. + + + This property raises the StyleChanged event so that the + buttons can set themselves to this new FlatStyle. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the assignment action (=) will repeat the previous action. + + + This property raises the StyleChanged event so that the + buttons can set themselves to this new FlatStyle. + + + + + Gets a accessor for the Calculator Engine. + + + + + Gets or sets the of the Calculator Control as a double value. + + + This property does not maintain its own value and converts the Calculator Value object to double. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the Calculator Control. + + + The Value property is a shadow of the Calculator Engine's Value property. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. Based on the , + the Text in the display textbox will be aligned left or right based on + this value. + + + + + Gets or sets the current layout type for the Calculator Control. This is of type + . + + + + + Gets / Sets the size of the control according to the layout type. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calculator control is to display the display textbox. + The textbox can be hidden and the application using the Calculator Control + can handle the event to display the value + in their own display area / textbox. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Font for the Calculator control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color, gradient and other styles can be set through + this property. + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the button style for the Calculator Control. + + + + + The Calculator Engine class is used by the to + perform the internal arithmetic calculations. The Calculator Control itself does not + retain any information about the calculations performed. + + + The design of the Calculator Control uses the Calculator Engine class for all its + calculations. The Calculator Control only takes user input and passes the results + of the calculation back to the display. + + Give the functionality that this class is required to perform, it provides + methods and properties that will perform calculations and also inform the + Calculator Control about the changes. + + + You will not need to use this class separately. + + + + + + This interface is implemented by the Calculator Engine class to + provide a common interface for interacting with the Calculator Control. + + + The Calculator Control can work with any class that implements this + interface. + + + + + This method allows the Calculator Control to tell the + Calculator Engine to perform an action. + + The action to be performed. + Return bool value + + + + The Value of the Calculator Engine at this point. + + Returns Calculator value + + + + Sets the value of the Calculator Engine. + + The value. + + + + Resets the Calculator Engine. + + + This method is for resetting the Calculator Engine. This is useful when + switching layouts for example. + + + + + Gets or sets the NumberFormatInfo object. + + + + + The internal value of the Calculator Engine. + + + + + The memory value of the Calculator Engine. + + + + + Indicates whether data is appended to the double part. + + + + + Replaces the text in the display string for the next input. + + + + + The current error condition. + + + + + The error message in case the Calculator Engine is in error state. + + + + + Indicates whether the equal button was clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether the percent operation was performed last. + + + + + The internal stack object used for the calculations. + + + + + The stack position. + + + + + Indicates whether a digit was entered lastly. + + + + + The parent object. + + + + + Globalization information. + + + + + Indicates whether the Reciprocal or Sqrt operator was selected. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Engine class. + + The calculator engine parent. + + This constructor invokes the default constructor and also + assigns the parameter that is passed in to be the parent for this + CalculatorEngine. The interface + is defined for the interaction between the Calculator Engine and the + Parent. + + + + + The CalculatorEngine class uses an internal stack to + perform the calculations. This method initializes the + stack. + + + + + Returns the default double character recognized by system functions. + + Returns String value. + + + + Helper function that performs the arithmetic calculation. + + Operand 1. + The operator. + Operand 2. + The calculated value. + + + + Pushes the element - could be an operand or the operator- + into the stack. + + The object to be pushed into the stack. + + + + Pops the top element from the stack. + + Returns Stack object + + + + Indicates whether the stack is empty. + + True if the stack is empty; false otherwise. + + + + Clears the calculation stack. + + + + + Handler for the Clear Entry action. This action clears the last entry or error. + + True if the action completed; false otherwise. + + The interaction between the Calculator Control buttons and the + Calculator Engine is defined by the + event raised. This event is handled by the method. + + The HandleAction method then invokes the HandleClearEntry method if the "Clear + Entry" button was clicked. + + + + + + Handles the button action based on the object that was passed in. + + The calculator action. + True if the action was handled successfully; false otherwise. + + The interaction between the Calculator Control buttons and the + Calculator Engine is defined by the + event raised. This event is handled by the method. + + The HandleAction method then invokes the appropriate method based on the + button that was clicked. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + + The EngineValueChanged event is raised when there is a change in the + value or the error condition. + + See for more information. + + + + + + A number has been entered. + + The value of the number. + ^True if there is no error. + + The new digit is added to the appropriate operand and held in memory + for calculations. This is subject to the max length restrictions. + + + + + This method is invoked when the decimal point button has been clicked. + + True if the action was handled without error; false otherwise. + + All digits entered after this is added to the decimal portion of the + internal value string. + + + + + This method is invoked when the backspace key is pressed. + + True if the action was handled without error; false otherwise. + + Deletes one character from the end of the displayed current value. + This key is ignored if the value in the display is a calculated value. + + + + + This method is invoked when the Clear Button is pressed. + + True if the action was handled without error; false otherwise. + + This action resets the Calculator Engine and the display is also initialized. + + + + + This takes the Calculator Engine object back to the initialized state. + + + All data held in memory for calculations are dropped. + + + + + Gets or sets the top of the stack. + + + + + Gets or sets the NumberFormatInfo class that defines the globalization + values for the CalculatorEngine. + + + This is a read only property. + + The values for the NumberFormatInfo object can be set through the + individual properties such as + + + + + + Gets or sets the Decimal separator that is in effect in the globalization settings. + + + By default this value is taken from the globalization values provided + by the NumberFormatInfo object. However, this default value can be changed + by setting this property. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the current error condition of the Calculator Engine. + + + This is a read only property that returns the current error condition + of the Calculator Engine. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether current error message that accompanies an error condition. + + + This property is valid only if the + property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the Calculator Value object that specifies the current value of + the Calculator Engine. + + + + + Defines the look and feel of a . + + + The CalcultorBtnStyle class is closely tied to the display attributes + of the class. + + + + + The font to be used for the button caption. + + + + + The forecolor for the button. + + + + + The flat style to be applied to the button + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButtonStyle class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButtonStyle class. + + The forecolor to be used for the button. + The font to be used for the button. + The FlatStyle to be used for the button. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButtonStyle class. + + Another instance of the class. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Invokes the StyleChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnStyleChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnStyleChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + The StyleChanged event. + + + + + Gets or sets the font to be used for displaying the Button title. + + + + + Gets or sets the color for the button title. + + + + + Gets or sets the flat style to be applied to the button. + + + + + Enumerates all the actions that could be assigned to a + calculator button including the digits and all arithmetic + operators. + + + + + The digit 0. + + + + + The digit 1. + + + + + The digit 2. + + + + + The digit 3. + + + + + The digit 4. + + + + + The digit 5. + + + + + The digit 6. + + + + + The digit 7. + + + + + The digit 8. + + + + + The digit 9. + + + + + Dummy operator. + + + + + The * multiplication operator. + + + + + The + addition operator. + + + + + The - subtraction operator. + + + + + The / division operator. + + + + + The % percent operator. + + + + + The = equal to operator. + + + + + The MC memory clear operator. + + + + + The MR memory recall operator. + + + + + The MS memory store operator. + + + + + The M+ memory plus operator. + + + + + The reciprocal operator. + + + + + The sqrt operator. + + + + + The +/- sign operator. + + + + + The C Clear operator. + + + + + The CE Clear Entry operator. + + + + + The . Decimal operator. + + + + + The backspace operator. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Raises the ThemeChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Overrides the OnPaint method. + + Paint event data. + + + + Raises the paint event depending on UseVisualStyle. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Overrides the OnMouseDown method. + + Event data. + + + + Overrides the OnMouseUp method. + + Event data. + + + + Overrides the OnMouseEnter method. + + Event data. + + + + Overrides the OnMouseLeave method. + + Event data. + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool proeprty Disposing + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether themes are enables for the XP button. + + + + + Class derived from + and customized to hold information specific to calculator + functions. + + + The Calculator Buttons are not created directly by users and the + creates and uses these buttons. + + The style for the Calculator Button objects are kept in objects. + + + + + + The object that specifies + the style characteristics of the button. + + + + + The button title. + + + + + The calculator action associated with this button. + + + + + The calculator button parent. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButton class. + + Button parent + + This constructor initializes the style object and the title for the + Button with empty objects. They can be set through the + property. + + + + + Initializes the CalculatorButton object. + + The button style object. + The action to be performed by this button. + The caption text. + True if the button is initialized successfully; false otherwise. + + The Calculator Button also changes its style when the CalculatorButtonStyle object raises + the event. + + + + + Internal helper function to apply the button styles to the button. + + + + + Overrides the base class' OnClick method and raises the + CalculatorButton event. + + The event data + + + + Indicates the parent that a KeyDown event has occurred. + + The KeyEventArgs object defining the KeyDown event. + + + + Raises the CalculatorButton event. + + The action performed by this calculator. + + + + Invokes the CalculatorButton event. + + An CalculatorButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnCalculatorButton method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnCalculatorButton in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnCalculatorButton method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Handles the StyleChanged event of the + object associated with this button. + + The CalculatorButtonStyle object. + The event data. + + + + Raised when a Calculator Button with an associated CalcAction is pressed. + + + Each Calculator Button has a CalcAction associated with it. + The interaction between the buttons and the + is defined by the ButtonAction event. + + + + + Gets or sets the action performed by this Calculator Button. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that specifies + the look and feel of the button. + + + The Calculator Button dynamically updates its style when there is a + change to the style object by handling the + event of the object. + + + + + The delegate for the . + + Sender object + Calculator Button EventArgs + + + + Delegate for the event. + + Sender object + Calculator StyleChanged EventArgs + + The event handler for the event should bear this + signature. + + + + + Event data for the event. + + + + + The associated with the button + raising this event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorButtonEventArgs class. + + The associated with + the button. + + + + Gets or sets the associated with the button. + + + + + The Calculator Control uses this class to accept new values and + also reports its internal value using this class. + + + This class encapsulates the value of the Calculator Control in the + form that it maintains internally and also provides the value in the + format required to the requesting class. + + The CalculatorValue class provides methods to get the value of the + Calculator Control as a string or as a double value. + + + The receiving method or class can get the value in the format they require + it in and format it themselves for display. + + + This helps the Calculator Control to work with different kinds of classes that + require the value to be formatted differently. + + + + + + The internal string value of the Calculator Control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorValue class. + + + The CalculatorValue is initially set to zero. This can be changed by + invoking the method. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorValue class. + + The initial value that is to be set. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorValue class. + + The initial value that is to be set. + + + + Returns the current value of the class object as a double type. + + returns double value + + Invoke this method to get the value of the CalculatorValue object as + a double. + + + + + Returns the current value of the class object as a decimal type. + + Returns decimal value + + Invoke this method to get the value of the CalculatorValue object as + a decimal. + + + + + Returns the current value of the class object as a string type. + + Returns string value + + Invoke this method to get the value of the CalculatorValue object as + a string. + + + + + Sets the current value of the class object through a string. + + The value that is to be set. + + Invoke this method to set the value of the CalculatorValue object using + a string. + + + + + Sets the current value of the class object through a double value. + + The value that is to be set. + + Invoke this method to set the value of the CalculatorValue object using + a double. + + + + + Gets a value for the CalculatorValue class. + + + This can be accessed as CalculatorValue.Empty. + + + + + Gets or sets provides the necessary globalization information for the properties that rely on these settings. + + + + + The event data for event. + + + This class contains the data needed for handling a change in the + layout type of the Calculator Control. The Calculator Control supports + two different layouts as enumerated by the + enumeration. + + When the property is set to + a particular layout, the internal implementation of the + needs to know about the change and other classes that interact with the + will also needs to know so that they can adjust themselves to the new layout. + + + + + + The new layout. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + A value of type . + + The new layout that has been set on the + is the only variable that is needed for this data type. This can also be accessed + through the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the new layout type that has been applied to the . + + + The CalculatorControl supports + two different layouts as enumerated by the + enumeration. + + + + + The Calculator Control supports the following layouts. + + + + + This layout is modeled after the Windows Standard calculator. + + + + + This layout is modeled after the standard financial layout. + + + + + Provides data for a event. + + + The applies the FlatStyle property to + all the Calculator Buttons. This event argument specifies the FlatStyle + currently applied to the CalculatorControl so that the buttons handling + the event will be able to apply the right + FlatStyle. + + + + + The changed flat style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The changed flat style + + The FlatStyle property is passed in as a parameter. + + + + + Gets or sets the changed Flat style. + + + + + Delegate for the LayoutTypeChanged event. + + Object Sender + Calculator Layout TypeChanged EventArgs + + Refer to the event for more information. + + + + + The event data for CalculatorControl.ValueCalculated event. + + + This event is raised whenever there is a change in the internal value of the + . This event data class contains the necessary + pieces of information for the handlers to get the new value of the Calculator Control. + + This class also has members that provide information about the current error state + of the Calculator Control. + + + The Memory value of the calculator can also be got from this class. + + + + + + The internal value. + + + + + The error condition. + + + + + The feedback message. + + + + + The memory value. + + + + + The last action performed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The Value of the CalculatorControl. + The error condition. + The feedback messsage. + The last action that was performed. + + This constructor sets all the required values for the . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains the value of the Calculator Control. + + + This value has to be read in conjunction with the error condition of the Calculator + Control and the error message. The memory value can also be accessed through this class. + + + + + Gets or sets the last action that was performed. + + + This value has to be read in conjunction with the error condition of the Calculator + Control and the error message. The memory value can also be accessed through this class. + + + + + Gets or sets the memory value of the Calculator Control. + + + This value is to be used along with the property of + the CalculatorControl as well as the error condition if any. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom error message when in error mode. + + + This message has to be used in conjunction with the + value set by the Calculator Control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the error condition of the Calculator Control if any. + + + This message has to be used in conjunction with the + value set by the CalculatorControl. + + + + + The delegate for the event. + + Object Sender + Calculator ValueCalculated EventArgs + + Refer to the event for more information. + + + + + XP Button drawing class. + + + + + Draws the XP Button. + + The graphics object. + The rectangle. + + + + Overridden. See . + + Bool disposing + + + + TextBox derived class that draws the display text for the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorTextBox class. + + The calculator parent. + + + + Raises the event. + + Overridden. Input focus is disabled + + + + Indicates the parent that a KeyDown event has occurred. + + The KeyEventArgs object defining the KeyDown event. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Overrides the WndProc to deactivate mouse click. + + The Message. + + + + The PopupCalculator is a class derived from + that embeds a to display it in Popup Mode. + + The PopupCalculator class includes a that it + uses for displaying the drop down window. + + + The alignment of the Calculator Control with the parent control can be set through the + property. + + + The embedded itself can be accessed through the + property. + + + This class also raises the event. + property. + + + + + + The popup control container for the calculator. + + + + + The Calculator Control. + + + + + The PopupCalculator will be closed after this action. + + + + + The alignment of the Calculator Control with respect to the + parent control. + + + + + Indicates whether the embedded calculator has been created. + + + + + The FlatStyle for the embedded calculator. + + + + + The Size for the embedded calculator. + + + + + The BorderStyle for the embedded calculator. + + + + + The Value for the embedded calculator. + + + + + The LayoutType for the embedded calculator. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + This constructor initializes the internal controls used for displaying + the Calculator Control. + + The initial value of the calculator needs to be set through the + property. + + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Font changed + + + + + Gets /Sets the font for the Control. + + + + + To serialize Font property + + + + + + To reset Font property + + + + + Raises the event. This event is + raised by the calculator control before the popup calculator closes + when the '=' button is clicked. This event will not be raised when + the popup calculator control closes when it loses focus. + + Calculator close type. + + + + Invokes the PopupCalculatorClosing event. + + A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnPopupCalculatorClosing method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnStyleChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnStyleChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + True if the Calculator display has been canceled by a event handler; false otherwise. + + This event can be handled if you want to make some changes to the Calculator Control + before it is displayed. + + + + + Invokes the BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay event. + + A BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplayEventArgs that contains the event data. + Returns Bool property. + + The OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Closes the popup calculator if it is displayed. + + + This method is invoked when the raises the + event. + + + + + Handles the popup control container's BeforePopup event. + + The popup control container. + The event data. + + This handles the 's + event and sets the BorderStyle and BackColor for the PopupControl conatiner. + + + + + Overloaded. Displays the calculator. + + + This is the method used to display the Popup Calculator itself. This + method takes into account the CalculatorPopupAlignment and displays the + Popup Calculator at the right position. + + + + + Displays the calculator. + + The location to display the popup calculator. + + This method displays the CalculatorControl and raises the + event. This event allows the display to be canceled by a handler. + + + + + Gets the metrocolor. + + + + + Enables rendering with . + + + + + Event raised before the calculator popup is displayed. + + + This event is a type + event. You can cancel the PopupCalculator from being displayed + by handling this event. + + + + + Event raised by a popup calculator when closing after the + '=' button was clicked. + + + By default the CalculatorControl will raise this event when + the '=' equal button is clicked. This event can be canceled + by a handler and the PopupCalculator will not be closed. + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets /Sets the font for the Control. + + + + + + Sets the flat style for the PopupCalculator. + + + + + Sets the border style for the PopupCalculator. + + + + + Sets the size of the PopupCalculator. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the PopupCalculator. + + + + + Sets the Layout type for the PopupCalculator. + + + + + Gets or sets the action that will trigger closing the popup calculator. + + + + + Gets or sets the property is the same as the property + of the PopupControlContainer. + + + + + Gets or sets the relative alignment of the Popup with the + parent control. + + + Refer to the enumeration + for the list of values that this can take. + + + + + Gets the that this PopupCalculator class embeds. + + + This is a read only property. + + + + + Sets a value indicating whether to use visual styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the metrocolor. + + + + + Sets the button style for the PopupCalculator. + + + + + Gets or sets to use. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether rendering with is enabled. + + + + + Derived class for the PopupCalculator. + + + + + Specifies the way in which a popup calculator was closed. + + + This information is usually provided in a + PopupControlContainer's event. + You can use it to determine, in some cases, whether or not + to use the updated data in a popup. + + + + + The user wants the changes made in the popup to be applied. + + + + + The user canceled the popup and expects the changes, if any to be ignored. + + + + + The popup was deactivated due to the user clicking in some + other window, a different application getting focus, etc. + + + + + Delegate for the event. + + Sender object + Calculator closing event Args + + See the event for more information. + + + + + The event data for event. + + + This event is raised by the class + when in Popup mode. The event is raised when the Popup is being closed + after the Calculator was displayed. + + + + + Specifies whether the equal to(=) button was clicked. + + + + + The final value of the calculator. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CalculatorClosingEventArgs class. + + Specifies if the '=' button was clicked. + The final value of the calculator. + + This constructor for the class + takes the two required pieces of information for this class as parameters. + The first parameter specifies if the Equal to button was clicked. What this means + is that the user chose to click the Equal button and complete the calculation. + The object contains the final calculated value + of the Calculator Control. + + + + + Gets whether the equal button was clicked. + + + The behavior of the CalculatorControl in PopupMode is to close when the + Equal to button is clicked. This property specifies if the Equal to button + was clicked by the user. + + + + + Gets the final value of the calculator. + + + The final value of the is the value that + the object had when the Popup Calculator Control + was closed. + + + + + This enumeration lists the possible alignments for the CalculatorPopup when displayed + by the control. + + + + + Align to the left of the control. + + + + + Align to the right of the control. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv BackStyle + + + + + Represent sDefault + + + + + Represents Horizontal Gradient + + + + + Represents Vertical Gradient + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Style + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Office 2007-like appearance. + + + + + Office 2010-like appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 colorful appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 white theme appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 black theme appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 dark gray theme appearance. + + + + + The CheckBoxAdv control is an alternative to the .Net CheckBox control. It has a very + customizable border and background and supports advanced DataBinding. + + + + + CheckRadioBase class. + + + + + Default CHeckBox Size + + + + + Checkbox standard offset value + + + + + + Indicates whether Alt pressed or not pressed + + + + + Default Rectangle size + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Indicates whether it is initializing stage. + + + + + Internal flag which indicates whether text will be rendered. + + + + + Rectangle used to draw checkbox in. + + + + + Text Location. + + + + + Image checkbox size. + + + + + Alignment for checkbox. + + + + + The alignment of the text. + + + + + The alignment of the text. + + + + + Indicates whether the mouse button is pressed. + + + + + Indicates whether the mouse is over the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the focus rectangle will be visible. + + + + + Indicates whether the height of the CheckBox will be automatically calculated. + + + + + Indicates whether the checkbox will draw itself with the images provided. + + + + + Indicates whether the images will be stretched when drawing over the checkbox. + + + + + Indicates whether the text will be wrapped. + + + + + Indicates whether AutoEllipsis is applied. + + + + + Indicates whether the text shadow is visible. + + + + + Determines the state of the checkbox. + + + + + Determines the position of the text. + + + + + Determines the offset of the shadow. + + + + + The focus rectangle. + + + + + The image when checked. + + + + + The image when unchecked. + + + + + The image when disabled. + + + + + The image when checked and mouse over. + + + + + The image when unchecked and mouse over. + + + + + The image when indeterminate. + + + + + The image when indeterminate and mouse over. + + + + + The 3D border style of the CheckBox. + + + + + The 2D border style of the CheckBox. + + + + + The border style of the CheckBox. + + + + + The background style of the CheckBox. + + + + + The color of the border. + + + + + The color of the border when mouse over. + + + + + The color of the text shadow. + + + + + The start color of the gradient. + + + + + The end color of the gradient. + + + + + The string to get/set to the StringValue property when checked. + + + + + The string to get/set to the StringValue property when unchecked. + + + + + The integer to get/set to the IntValue property when checked. + + + + + The integer to get/set to the IntValue property when unchecked. + + + + + Helps in the drawing of the control. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Helps in the themed drawing of the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckRadioBase class. + + + + + + + + + + + Applies the scaling + + + + + Serializes AutoEllipsis property of CheckBoxAdv + + + + + + Resets AutoEllipsis property of CheckBoxAdv + + + + + property to enable or disable the AutoSize + + + + + To serialize AutoSize property + + + + + + To reset AutoSize property + + + + + Added to build with version 1.0 of framework + + Check Box size + Returns type of rectangle + + + + Added to build with version 1.0 of framework + + Returns Rectangle Box width + + + + Added to build with version 1.0 of framework + + Returns Rectangle box height + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + + + + On paint method + + Paint event Argument + + + + Overridden OnRightToLeftChanged. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden OnMouseEnter. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden OnMouseLeave. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden. See. + + MouseEventArgs that contains event data. + + + + Overridden. + + MouseEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overrriden OnSizeChanged . + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden OnEnter. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden OnLeave. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden IsInputKey. + + Keys data that contains the event data. + Return bool property. + + + + Overridden OnKeyDown. + + KeyEventArgs KeyEventArgs + + + + Overridden OnTextChanged. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden OnFontChanged + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden OnenableChanged + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Ovridden OnThemechanged. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden OnHandleDestroyed. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden OnHandleCreated. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Retuns the whether Mirrored or not. + + Returns bool property. + + + + Performs text drawing routine. + + Graphics to draw on. + + + + Performs specific text drawing. + + Graphics to draw on. + String Format + + + + Recalculates control height. + + + + + Update Control Height + + Size of the text. + + + + Calculate rectangle position according to it alignment and size. + + Rectangle to position. + Rectangle alignment. + Rectangle size. + New Rectangle location. + + + + Sets new location. + + New X coordinate. + New Y coordinate. + New location. + + + + Recalculates rectangle bounds used to position text and checkbox in. + + Rectangle recalculating. + Checkbox Size + + + + Calculates text size. + + Max allowed text width. + Max allowed text height. + New text size. + + + + Modifies ContentAlignment. + + new ContentAlignment value + Modified ContentAlignment. + + + + Modifies TextAlignment. + + new TextAlignment value + Modified TextAlignment. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or Sets the touchmode + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the text. WrapText must be set to false. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the text. WrapText must be set to false. + + + + + Gets or sets the end color of the gradient of the background of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the start color of the gradient of the background of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background style of the CheckBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset of the text shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the text shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text shadow is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in the CheckBox is wrapped. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the AutoEllipsis is applied when the size is small. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the state images of the CheckBox are stretched. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkbox will be drawn using the images provided. + + + + + Gets or sets the checkbox alignment. + + + + + Specifies whether a control will automatically size itself to fit its contents. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox will automatically calculate it`s height. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the focus rectangle is visible when it gets the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets the 3Dborder style of the checkbox. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the border.It can be None, 3D and 2D. + + + By default it`s value is Fixed3D. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the border when BorderStyles is FixedSingle. + + + By default it`s value is Solid. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the FixedSingle border when mouse over. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the border. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when unchecked and mouse over. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when checked and mouse over. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when unchecked and mouse not over. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when checked and mouse not over. + + + + + Gets or sets the Image checkbox size. + + + + + Gets or sets for the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets for the unchecked state. + + + + + Gets or sets for the checked state. + + + + + Gets or sets for the unchecked state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether GDI Text renderer in RadioButton or not. + + + + + Internal rectangle border gradient angle. + + + + + Internal rectangle gradient angle. + + + + + Indicates the read only mode of the CheckBox. + + + + + Indicates the auto check mode of the CheckBoxAdv + + + + + The check state of the checkbox. + + + + + Checks whether the color codes has been changed internally. + + + + + Indicates whether the undetermined state can be accessed through clicking. + + + + + The integer to get/set to the IntValue property when indeterminate. + + + + + The string to get/set to the StringValue property when indeterminate. + + + + + Specifies an advanced appearance this control. + + + + + Specifies office 2007 color scheme. + + + + + Specifies office 2010 color scheme. + + + + + Specifies Metro color. + + + + + Blend used for drawing normal rectangle. + + + + + Blend used for drawing selected and pushed rectangle. + + + + + Points that used for drawing the tick. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdv class. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Return Should serialize BackColor + + true if backcolor changed + + + + Reset backcolor to default value + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Raises the CheckStateChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises when Check property of the checkbox changes. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the paint event. + + The instance containing the event data. + Overriden + + + + Raises when key down + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the MouseUp event. + + The instance containing the event data. + Overridden + + + + Raises the MouseEnter event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the MouseDown event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the Clicked event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the EnabledChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + Overridden + + + + Processes a mnemonic character. + + The character to process. + + true depending on CheckState. + + + + + Overrideen for raises when handle created. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Init method + + + + + Drawing CheckBox + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing office 2007 style. + + Graphics Object + + + + Drawing office 2010 style. + + Graphics Object + + + + Drawing Metro style. + + Graphics Object + + + + Drawing borders. + + Graphics Object + Color 1 for border + Color 2 border + + + + Drawing Normal background. + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing selected background + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing selected background + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing pushed button background + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing pushed button background + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing Disabled Background. + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing Disabled Metro Background. + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing Tick for checkbox + + Graphics object + Tick color for drawinf tick + + + + Drawing the interminate Rectangle. + + Graphics object + + + + Drawing the interminate Rectangle. + + Graphics object + + + + Determines the state of checkbox. + + Returns integer value for the state of check box + + + + On Style changed + + + + + Toggle CheckState + + Source tyle of Checked changed event + + + + Occurs when the CheckState property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the CheckState property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the BoolValue property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the read only mode of the CheckBox is set. + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the checkBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme color of the CheckboxAdv + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CheckBox to automatically change state when clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether checked state of the CheckBox is checked or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether GDI Text renderer in CheckBox or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the check state of the CheckBox. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether undetermined state can be accessed through clicking. + + + + + Gets/sets the Text of the CheckBoxAdv + + + + + Gets/sets the Font of the CheckBoxAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when indeterminate and mouse not over. + + + + + Gets or sets the image used to draw the checkbox when indeterminate and mouse over. + + + + + Gets or sets the integer value used when indeterminate. + + + + + Gets or sets the int value. + + + + + Gets or sets the indeterminate string. + + + + + Gets or sets the string value. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Boolvalue is true or false Used for data-binding. + + + + + Gets/Sets BackColor + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the tick box. + + + + + Check whether the mouse is hover. + + + + + Check whether the mouse is hover. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Designer + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Componnent object + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + CheckedChanged EventArgs + + + + + Source type + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckedChangedEventArgs class + + Source type + + + + Gets the source of the Checked state changing. + + + + + Specifies possible sources of the Checked state changing. + + + + + Specifies that Checked state was changed by mouse. + + + + + Specifies that Checked state was changed by keyboard. + + + + + Specifies that Checked state was changed from code. + + + + + Checked ChangedEvent Handler + + object sender + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overrridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Image check box is used. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether checked property is true or false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Tristate of the CheckBoxAdv is true or false. + + + + + Gets or sets CheckedImage. + + + + + Gets or sets UncheckedImage. + + + + + Gets or sets IndeterminateImage. + + + + + Gets or sets Name. + + + + + Gets or sets the Text + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style. + + The style. + + + + Gets or sets the Office2007 color scheme. + + The Office2007 color scheme. + + + + Gets or sets the Office2010 color scheme. + + The Office2010 color scheme. + + + + Defines RadiobuttonAdv Styles + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Office 2007-like appearance. + + + + + Office 2007-like appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 colorful appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 white theme appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 dark gray theme appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 black theme appearance. + + + + + The RadioButtonAdv control is an alternative to the .Net RadioButton control. It has a very + customizable border and background and supports advanced DataBinding. + + + + + Indicates whether RadioBoxAdv is checked. + + + + + Determines whether OnClick event should be fired. + + + + + Specifies an advanced appearance this control. + + + + + Specifies office 2007 color scheme. + + + + + Color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Specifies office 2010 color scheme. + + + + + Color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Specifies Metro color. + + + + + Blend used for drawing normal background. + + + + + Blend used for drawing selected background. + + + + + Blend used for drawing internal border. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadioButtonAdv class. + + + + + Return Should serialize BackColor + + true if backcolor changed + + + + Reset backcolor to default value + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Raises the check changed event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the group check changed event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the paint event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Processes a mnemonic character. + + The character to process. + + true if the character was processed as a mnemonic by the control; otherwise, false. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + Event Argument + + + + Raises the event. + + Key Event argument + + + + Raises the event. + + Key Event argument + + + + Raises the event. + + Event argument + + + + Init method + + + + + Performs checkbox drawing routine. + + Graphics to draw on. + + + + Draws office 2007 style for radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws office 2010 style for radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws Metro style for radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Fills the background of the radio button with specified color. + + Graphics object + Back color + + + + Draws disabled background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws disabled background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws normal background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws selected background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws selected background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws pushed background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws pushed background of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws normal check mark of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws normal check mark of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws normal check mark of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws normal check mark of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws normal check mark of the radio button. + + Graphics object + + + + Draws border of the radio button. + + Graphics Object + Border color + + + + Gets check mark rectangle of the radio button. + + Represents Rectangle + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets path for the border of check mark of the radio button. + + Represents Rectangle + Returns Graphics path + + + + Onstyle Changed method + + + + + Presents current RadionButtonAdv state using ThemeStates enum. + + Return integer value + + + + Fills lstTabIndexes arrayList with RBInfo and then sorts it. + + ContainerControl whose children are enumerated. + ArrayList to fill. + + + + Determines RadioButtonAdv control to set checked. + + First tab index + Integer Value + + + + Determines checked RadioButtonAdv control. + + First tab index + Return integer value + + + + Occurs when the Checked property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the Checked property of in group changes. + + + + + Occurs when the Checked property changes + + + + + Gets the bounds of the check mark box. + + + + + Check whether the mouse is hover. + + + + + Check whether the mouse is hover. + + + + + Gets/Sets BackColor + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether check state of the RadioButton. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether OnClick event should be fired. + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the radioButtonAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether GDI Text renderer in RadioButton or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme color of the RadioButtonAdv + + + + + Gets or sets checked RadioButtonAdv in current container according to TabIndex. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + RadioButtonAdv designer class + + + + + Designer Action List collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadioButtonAdvDesigner class. + + + + + Initialize method + + Represents component + + + + Gets a ActionList collection + + + + + Class containig Control reference and its TabIndex. + + + + + Integer value Tab Index + + + + + Initailizes a Radio button with Defaut null value + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RBInfo class. + + Integer value Tab Index + RadioButtonAdv control + + + + Comparing the Taindex values + + Object value for button info + Returns the integer vvalue for tab index + + + + Gets a TabIndex value + + + + + Gets a object RadioButton. + + + + + RadioButtonAdvActionList Class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadioButtonAdvActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + InitializeActionList method + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether ImageCheckBox. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether checked property is true or false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating checked Image. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicatingUncheckedImage + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating Name + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating Text. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether ThemesEnabled property is true or false. + + + + + Gets or sets the Office2007 color scheme. + + The Office2007 color scheme. + + + + ColorDlgAdv class. + + + + + Update style for all the controls in the color dialog window. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + Bool value for Dissposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Defines ColorItemstate Normal + + + + + Defines ColorItemstate Highlighted + + + + + Defines ColorItemstate Selected + + + + + Represents Office 2007 Style ColorPicker. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Gets the metrocolor. + + + + + Updates layout and invalidates control. + + + + + Fills default groups with colors. + + + + + Font changed + + + + + Processes the dialog key. + + The keys. + Returns bool value + + + + Processes the dialog key internal. + + The keys. + Returns bool property + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Performs the work of setting the specified bounds of this control. + + The new property value of the control. + The new property value of the control. + The new property value of the control. + The new property value of the control. + A bitwise combination of the values. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets the StateButton + + + + + Gets the MoreColorButton + + + + + Gets or sets Office2007 theme for control drawing. + Default is blue color theme. + + + + + Gets or sets Office2010 theme for control drawing. + Default is blue color theme. + + + + + Gets or sets horizontal spacing between ColorItems. + + + + + Gets or sets border offset for ColorItems. + + + + + Gets or sets vertical spacing between ColorItems. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use Office2007 style for control drawing. + Default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the metrocolor. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets size for ColorItems. + + + + + Gets or sets the border style of the control. + + A value. The default is BorderStyle.None. + + + + Gets or sets groups collection of the control. + + + + + Gets or Sets Custom Groups collection of the control. + + + + + Gets the ThemeGroup + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment. + Default value is MiddleLeft alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets the the selected color. + + If color isn't found in any group it's added to recent colors group. + + + + Gets or sets color, which become selected after automatic button click. + Default value is black color. + + + + + Gets or sets index of TabPageAdv, that was selected in previous selection. + + + + + Raised when ColorItem is picked or new was added from . + + + + + Raised when mouse hovers over . + + + + + Gets the required creation parameters when the control handle is created. + + + A that contains the required creation parameters when the handle to the control is created. + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the lower limit that can specify. + + + An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + + A that represents the background color of the control. The default is the value of the property. + + + + + + + Specifies the style with which some controls will appear and behave. + + + Every control that incorporates these styles will define the styles differently, + so take a look at the individual control for more information. + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Office2007 appearance. + + + + + Office2010 appearance. + + + + + Office2016 Colorful + + + + + Office2016 White + + + + + Office2016 Black + + + + + Office2016 DarkGray + + + + + Metro appearance. + + + + + Delegate for the event. + + Sender Object + ColorPickedEventArgs that contains the event data. + The ColorPickedEventHandler uses the + class as the event data. + + + + This class is used for keep color that was picked in . + + + + + Get the BaseColor Item index + + Color Picker + Recent items + Standard items + 0 - RecentGroup, 1 - StandardGroup, 2 - ThemeGroup. + Index of new added ColorItem. + Integer value for BasecolorItem index + + + + Represents Theme Colors + + + + + Represents tandard Colors + + + + + Represents Recent Colors + + + + + represents Custom Colors + + + + + Gets collection of base ColorItems for this group. + + + + + Gets or sets type of the Group. + + + + + Gets or sets Group's header height. + + + + + Gets or sets group's name. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether group is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets count of visible SubColorItems. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether SubColorItems should be visible of hidden. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Designer + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + ColorUIAdv Office2007 Renderer class + + + + + ColorUIAdv Office2016 black theme Renderer class + + + + + ColorUIAdv Office2016 colorful theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets or sets Horizontal offset + + + + + Gets or sets vertical offset. + + + + + Alignment of the string. + + + + + Alignment of the string. + + + + + Alignment of the string. + + + + + Alignment of the string. + + + + + Item border color. + + + + + Highlight border color. + + + + + Selected item border color. + + + + + Select highlighted border color. + + + + + Default back color. + + + + + Group header back color. + + + + + Location of the text. + + + + + Control bounds. + + + + + control. + + + + + Fore color. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of class. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Draw the interior region of control. + + Graphics used to draw the control. + + + + Draws the header group of + + + + + + + Draw the control text. + + Graphics used to draw the text. + ColorUI group. + Rectangle region of the label. + + + + Draw the text. + + Graphics to draw the string. + Text to be drawn + Color of the text. + Font of the text. + Location of the text to be drawn. + DrawParam contains the bounds + + + + Change the alignment. + + Content alignment. + + + + + Change the alignment. + + Content alignment. + + + + + Gets text bounds of vertical alignment. + + Size of the text. + Rectangle region of the control. + Alignment of the string. + Vertical alignment rectangle region. + + + + Gets text bounds of horizontal alignment. + + Size of the text. + Rectangle region of the control. + Alignment of the string. + Horizontal alignment rectangle region. + + + + Calculate the text position. + + ColorUIAdv group. + Label bounds. + + + + Calculates the text rectangle. + + Graphics to draw the string. + ColorUIAdv group. + Alignment of the string. + Rectangle bounds of the label. + The text rectangle bounds. + + + + Draws the group interiors. + + Graphics to draw the groups. + ColorUIAdv group. + + + + Draws the inherited item + + Graphics to draw the string. + ColorUIAdv group. + Color item of the group. + Inherited rectangle region + + + + Gets the back color. + + + + + Gets the control bounds. + + + + + Gets the control. + + + + + Gets the Item border color. + + + + + Gets the highlighted border color. + + + + + Gets the selected border color. + + + + + Gets the selected highlight border color. + + + + + Gets the Group header back color. + + + + + Gets the fore color. + + + + + control. + + + + + Fore color. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of class. + + + + + + Gets the back color. + + + + + Gets the control. + + + + + Gets the Item border color. + + + + + Gets the highlighted border color. + + + + + Gets the selected border color. + + + + + Gets the selected highlight border color. + + + + + Gets the Group header back color. + + + + + Gets the fore color. + + + + + ColorUIAdv Office2016 white theme Renderer class + + + + + control. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of class. + + + + + + Gets the control. + + + + + Gets the Item border color. + + + + + Gets the highlighted border color. + + + + + Gets the selected border color. + + + + + Gets the selected highlight border color. + + + + + Gets the Group header back color. + + + + + Gets the fore color. + + + + + ColorUIAdv Office2016 dark gray theme Renderer class + + + + + control. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of class. + + + + + + Gets the back color. + + + + + Gets the control. + + + + + Gets the Item border color. + + + + + Gets the highlighted border color. + + + + + Gets the selected border color. + + + + + Gets the selected highlight border color. + + + + + Gets the Group header back color. + + + + + Gets the fore color. + + + + + GradientBar class. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + Bool value disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + Bool Disposing + + + + HexagonColorControl class. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + Bool Disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents Normal Color cell state. + + + + + Represents selected Color cell state. + + + + + CurrencyEdit class encapsulates a control and + adds the ability to drop down a . + + + The CurrencyEdit class derives from and embeds + a CurrencyTextBox class. + + The embedded CurrencyTextBox class is exposed through the + property. + + + The CurrencyEdit has full support for the Windows Forms designer and you + can just drag and drop it onto the form and set the properties. + + + The calculator button's visibility is controlled by the + property. + + + + + + // CurrencyEdit control + this.currencyEdit1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CurrencyEdit(); + // + // currencyEdit1 + // + this.currencyEdit1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat; + this.currencyEdit1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(16, 80); + this.currencyEdit1.Name = "currencyEdit1"; + this.currencyEdit1.SelectionLength = 0; + this.currencyEdit1.SelectionStart = 5; + this.currencyEdit1.ShowCalculator = true; + this.currencyEdit1.ShowTextBox = true; + this.currencyEdit1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(304, 22); + this.currencyEdit1.TabIndex = 1; + this.currencyEdit1.Text = "$1.00"; + this.currencyEdit1.TextAlign = System.Windows.Forms.HorizontalAlignment.Right; + // Add the CurrencyEdit control to the form + this.Controls.Add(this.currencyEdit1); + + + ' CurrencyEdit control + Me.currencyEdit1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CurrencyEdit + ' + ' currencyEdit1 + ' + Me.currencyEdit1.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat + Me.currencyEdit1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(16, 80) + Me.currencyEdit1.Name = "currencyEdit1" + Me.currencyEdit1.SelectionLength = 0 + Me.currencyEdit1.SelectionStart = 5 + Me.currencyEdit1.ShowCalculator = true + Me.currencyEdit1.ShowTextBox = true + Me.currencyEdit1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(304, 22) + Me.currencyEdit1.TabIndex = 1 + Me.currencyEdit1.Text = "$1.00" + Me.currencyEdit1.TextAlign = System.Windows.Forms.HorizontalAlignment.Right + ' Add the CurrencyEdit control to the form + Me.Controls.Add(Me.currencyEdit1) + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + The calculator button. + + + + + The CalculatorControl popup. + + + + + Indicates whether the calculator button is to be displayed. + + + + + Closes the calculator when this action occurs. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the CalculatorControl + should be transferred to the CurrencyTextBox. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the CurrencyTextBox should be + transferred to the CalculatorControl. + + + + + The LayoutType for the drop down calculator. + + + + + To prevent serialization of the child buttons. + + + + + Indicates whether calculator must be shown and got focus. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CurrencyEdit class. + + + The CurrencyEdit class also creates the controls that it hosts such + as the control and the + control. + + + + + Initializes the layout for the control. + Overrides InitializeLayout in . + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Draws the background of control depending on ReadOnly property . + + The context. + The within which to draw. + + Draws the background with ReadOnlyBackColor when + control is set to ReadOnly.Else,with default BackColor. + + + + + This method is the handler for the calculator button's click event. + + The calculator event. + The event data. + + Displays the PopupCalculator when the calculator button is clicked. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Font for the Calculator control. + + + + + To serialize Font property + + + + + + To reset Font property + + + + + Handles the PopupCalculator's CalculatorClosing event. + + The popup calculator. + The event data. + + + + This method raises the event. + + True if the Calculator display has been cancelled by a event handler; false otherwise. + + This event can be handled if you want to make some changes to the Calculator Control + before it is displayed. + + + + + Raises the event. This event is + raised by the calculator control before the popup calculator closes + when the '=' button is clicked. This event will not be raised when + the popup calculator control closes when it loses focus. + + Calculator close type + + + + Invokes the CalculatorClosing event. + + A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnPopupCalculatorClosing method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnStyleChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnStyleChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Invokes the BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay event. + + A BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplayEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + True if hte Calculator is showing. + + + + Handles the KeyDown event of the embedded TextBox and drops down the + Calculator Control. + + The TextBox. + The event args. + + + + Sets the CurrencyTextBox as the TextBox for this control. + + A CurrencyTextBox object. + + This override of the CreateTextBox method allows us to change the + default TextBox object that will be created with a + object. + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Invokes the ValidationError event. + + A ValidationErrorEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnValidationError method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnValidationError in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnValidationError method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + HandleTextBox ValidationErrorEvent + + Sender object + ValidationErrorArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + Overridden + + + + Stores the child buttons removed by the designer in a separate arraylist to prevent serialization + + Arraylist containing the child buttons + + + + Event raised before the calculator popup is displayed. + + + This event is a type + event. You can cancel the PopupCalculator from being displayed + by handling this event. + + + + + Event raised by a popup calculator when closing after the + specified button was clicked. + + + By default the CalculatorControl will raise this event when + the specified button is clicked. This event can be canceled + by a handler and the PopupCalculator will not be closed. + + + + + Gets the Calculator Button. + + + The Calculator Button can be used to change the appearance of the + button. + + + + + Gets or sets the action that will close the popup calculator. + + + This is set to by default. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout type for the Calculator Control. + + + The Calculator Control supports different layouts for + Financial and Windows Standard type calculators. + + The different layouts change the layout of the buttons + and their appearance. + + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the Popup Calculator + with respect to the ButtonEdit control. + + + Please refer to the type + for the types of alignments supported. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the Popup Calculator + with respect to the ButtonEdit control. + + + Please refer to the type + for the types of alignments supported. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calculator button is to be displayed. + If the Calculator is not to be used, you can use the + class that is used internally + by the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to transfer the values from the edit control to the calculator. + + + Indicates whether the current currency value of the CurrencyTextBox + is to be transferred to the CalculatorControl when the Calculator + is dropped down. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to transfer the calculated value to the edit control. + + + Indicates whether the calculated value is to be transferred to + the CurrencyTextBox when the popup calculator is closed. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Font for the Calculator control. + + + + + Gets the collection of Buttons that make up this ButtonEdit control. + + + + + Indicates whether the TextBox is to be displayed. + + + + + Gets the CurrencyTextBox control that defines the Currency behavior for this control. + + + See the control for more information. + + + + + Gets or sets the decimal value of the control. This will be formatted and + displayed. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + + Overrides the Text property. + + + The Text property is not persisted. + + + + + Raised when an unacceptable character is encountered as input. + + + + This event can be handled and you can do your processing based + on the information provided. The ValidationErrorEventArgs object + will provide the invalid text that was input and also the position + within that text where the error occurred. + + + + + Console.WriteLine("ValidationError in currencyTextBox1 InvalidText" + e.InvalidText); + Console.WriteLine("ValidationError in currencyTextBox1 StartPosition" + e.StartPosition ); + + Console.WriteLine(("ValidationError in currencyTextBox1 InvalidText" + e.InvalidText)) + Console.WriteLine(("ValidationError in currencyTextBox1 StartPosition" + e.StartPosition)) + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + CurrencyEdit + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + CurrencyEdit class encapsulates a CurrencyTextBox control and + adds the ability to drop down a popup calculator. + + + + + The left end button. + + + + + The left button. + + + + + The right button. + + + + + The right end button. + + + + + The datasource. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataButtonEdit class. + + + + + Sets the status of the data buttons depending on position. + + + + + Sets the position. + + The new position to move to. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the data manager. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source that the grid is displaying data for. + + + + + CurrencyEdit class encapsulates a CurrencyTextBox control and + adds the ability to drop down a popup calculator + + + + + The calculator button. + + + + + The popup control container for the calculator. + + + + + The Calculator Control. + + + + + The collection of Columns specifying the attributes of the columns of + the List displayed with the matches. + + + + + This method implements IDataViewListOwner.GetImageColumnIndex. + + The index of the column in the data source that provides the + index of images in the assigned image list. + + + + This method implements IDataViewListOwner.GetColumnWidth. + + The index of the column for which to + return the width. + + The width of the column. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DataLookupEdit class. + + + + + Get the AutoComplete DataColumnInfoCollection + + Returns AutoComplete DataColumnInfoCollection + + + + The image list that will be used by the AutoComplete object. + + + + + Initialize the dropdown + + Returns true if the the dropdown is initialized. + + + + Wire events. + + + + + Handle ListSelectionChanged + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Setting the selected value. + + Selected Value + + + + Raises when popup closed. + + Sender object + PopupClosedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the DoubleClick event of the drop down list. + + The drop down list. + The EventArgs object with event data. + + + + Checking whether dropdown is showing or not + + Returns true if Dropdown is showing. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Handles the calculator button's click event. + + The calculator event. + The event data. + + + + Displays the calculator. + + + + + Shows the calculator at the specified location. + + Location of the Popup. + + + + Raise Before DataListPopupDisplay Event + + Returns true if Datalistpopup display + + + + Invokes the BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay event. + + A BeforeCalculatorPopupDisplayEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCalculatorPopupDisplay method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + Returns true if evet is cancelled. + + + + Handles the CalculatorControl's PopupClosed event. + + The popup control container. + The event data. + + + + Closes the popup calculator if it is displayed. + + + + + Handles the popup control container's BeforePopup event. + + The popup control container. + The event data. + + + + Event raised before the calculator popup is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the columns that will be displayed in the popup control when the AutoCompleteMode is + set to AutoSuggest. The Columns property is a collection of AutoCompleteDataColumnInfo objects + that specify the attributes of a column. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the drop down list displaying the matches. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that will specify the images that will be used + by the popup control when in AutoSuggest Mode. + + + + + Gets or sets DataList view + + + + + Gets or sets the datasource for the DataButtonEdit. + + + + + Gets or sets DataListview + + + + + This class is a wrapper for Grid, used in MonthCalendarAdv, for + more extensibility. + + + + + Set the SuperToolTip when the mouse is on the date + + + + + Gets/ sets the ToolTipInfo + + + + + Gets the DateValue when the mouse is on the date. + + + + + This class is a wrapper for GridModel, used in MonthCalendarAdv, for + more extensibility. + + + + + This class is a wrapper for CurrentCell, used in MonthCalendarAdv, for + more extensibility. + + + + + Deactivates the current cell and confirms or rejects changes made to the current cell. + + Bool value for discard chnages + return true if the current cell is deactive. + + + + Notifies that the current cell is active ( or not ). + + Index of the cell's row. + Index of the cell's column + A value that details options how to + activate the current cell. You can specify if the associated control should get focus, if range + selection should be ignored and more + Return true if the current cell is active. + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal distance. + + + + + Gets the Index of the cell's row. + + + + + Gets the Index of the cell's column. + + + + + Sets ToolTip style for SuperToolTip + + + + + Normal Style SuperToolTip + + + + + Baloon Style SuperToolTip + + + + + Office2007 Style SuperToolTip + + + + + This class is used to return the event arguements when the mouse is hover the Date. + + + + + Initializes a new object. + + The row index. + The column index. + The cell button that is the target of the current mouse operation or NULL if the cell itself + is the target. + The originating + this event. + + + + Gets the date value of the current mouse operation. + + + + + Gets the cell button that is the target of the current mouse operation or NULL if the cell itself + is the target. + + + + + Gets the originating + this event. + + + + + Gets the Calender Model. + + + + + Gets/Sets the TooltipInfo for the SuperToolTip + + + + + DateTime CustomFormatParser. + + + + + Represents Field Type Day + + + + + Represents Field Type hour + + + + + Represents Field Type minute + + + + + Represents Field Type month + + + + + Represents Field Type seconds + + + + + Represents Field Type AMPM + + + + + Represents Field Type Year + + + + + Represents Field Type string + + + + + d The one or two-digit day. + + + + + dd The two-digit day. Single digit day values are preceded by a zero. + + + + + ddd The three-character day-of-week abbreviation. + + + + + The full day-of-week name. + + + + + h The one or two-digit hour in 12-hour format. + + + + + hh The two-digit hour in 12-hour format. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. + + + + + H The one or two-digit hour in 24-hour format. + + + + + HH The two-digit hour in 24-hour format. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. + + + + + m The one or two-digit minute. + + + + + mm The two-digit minute. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. + + + + + M The one or two-digit month number. + + + + + MM The two-digit month number. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. + + + + + MMM The three-character month abbreviation. + + + + + MMMM The full month name. + + + + + s The one or two-digit seconds. + + + + + ss The two-digit seconds. Single digit values are preceded by a zero. + + + + + Represents AMPMFormat.t The one-letter AM/PM abbreviation ("AM" is displayed as "A"). + + + + + tt The two-letter AM/PM abbreviation ("AM" is displayed as "AM"). + + + + + Represent the year format y The one-digit year (2001 is displayed as "1"). + + + + + Represent the year format yy The last two digits of the year (2001 is displayed as "01"). + + + + + Represent the year format yyyy + + + + + Represents DatetimeString format default style + + + + + The Class is used for the Office2016 Themes Support. + + + + + Holds the background color of datetimepickerAdv + + + + + Holds the background color of datetimepickerAdv + + + + + Holds the border color of datetimepickerAdv + + + + + Holds the Selection border color of datetimepickerAdv + + + + + Holds the border color of datetimepickerAdv while hover + + + + + Holds the border color of datetimepickerAdv while Selection + + + + + Holds the color of Icon foreclor + + + + + Holds the color of Icon back color while selection + + + + + Holds the color of Icon back color + + + + + Holds the color of Icon back color while Hover + + + + + Holds the color of Icon border color while Hover + + + + + Holds the color of Icon border color while Hover + + + + + Holds the color of checkbox Icon border color while Hover + + + + + Gets the background color of datetimepickerAdv + + + + + Gets the background color of datetimepickerAdv + + + + + Gets the border color of datetimepickerAdv + + + + + Gets the Selection border color of datetimepickerAdv + + + + + Gets the border color of datetimepickerAdv while + + + + + Gets the border color of datetimepickerAdv while Selection + + + + + Gets the color of Icon forecolor + + + + + Gets the color of Icon back color while selection + + + + + Gets the color of Icon back color + + + + + Gets the color of Icon back color while Hover + + + + + Gets the color of Icon border color while Hover + + + + + Gets the color of Icon border color while Hover + + + + + Gets the color of checkbox Icon border color while Hover + + + + + Drop button for drop down date calendar. + + + + + Indicates whether the calendar is dropped. + + + + + Indicates whether the calendar is selected (highlighted). + + + + + Normal mode backcolor. + + + + + Pressed mode backcolor. + + + + + Selected mode backcolor. + + + + + Arrow color. + + + + + Gets the color of the background. + + State of the button. + Return back color + + + + + Draws the styled control. + + Graphics object + State of the button. + State of the checkbox. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button dropped is state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button selected (highlighted) state. + + + + + Gets or sets normal mode back color. + If color empty then use default color. + + + + + Gets or sets pressed mode backcolor. + If color empty then use default color. + + + + + Gets or sets selected mode backcolor. + If color empty then use default color. + + + + + Type Converter for SpecificCultureInfo. Retrieves only specific cultures. + + + + + Collection of standard values. + + + + + Returns collection of standard values. + + ITypeDescriptor Context + Return stadard values + + + + Used for VS2003 designer auto-generated code for DateTimePickerAdv. + + + + + Invalid value is reverted to the last known valid value. + + + + + Is value is invalid, the nearest valid value is set. + + + + + Specifies that this control supports culture-dependent behavior. + + + + + The DateTimePickerAdv control extends the Windows Forms DateTimePicker control and provides several important features. + Internationalization - The DateTimePickerAdv control is fully culture aware. + Databinding - Supports DataBinding with a data source. Supports null value. + Custom dropdown - The DateTimePickerAdv can display a custom drop down calendar. + XP Themes - The DateTimePickerAdv control supports XP themes when applicable. + + + + + Sets DateTimePickerAdv font to MonthCalendar popup + + + + + + The popup window containing the calendar. + + + + + Gets bordercolor. + + + + + Variable for previous Font size + + + + + Variable for finding difference between current font size and previous font size + + + + + Variable for storing previous difference + + + + + Variable for storing previous None button difference + + + + + Variable to store size property + + + + + Gets the metrocolor. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to supress the Value of DateTimePicker on ValueChanged event + + + + + Holds the Office2016 Color + + + + + Raises StretchDropDownImageChanged event. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface. + + + + + Indicate whether the image for DropDownButton + is stretched or shrunk to fit the size of the DropDownButton. + + + + + To reset the fore color + + + + + To serialize Font property + + + + + + To reset Font property + + + + + Returns the Custom Popup Window with the calendar and wires the calendar events. + This is kept in a separate method so that it can be invoked from ISupportInitialize.EndInit(). + + + + + Serialize the SuppressValueChangedOnNavigation. + + + + + + Reset the SuppressValueChangedOnNavigation. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Virtual function used to initialize the default popup window. + + The default popup window . + + + + Specifies whether to show current date on pressing Enter key on the control. + + + + + Specifies whether to show current date in MonthCalenderAdv + + Specifies whether to navigate to current date + + + + Processes AMPM field. + + Key pressed + + + + Sets AM. + + + + + Sets PM. + + + + + Processes year field. + + Key pressed + + + + Sets max year value. + + + + + Sets min year value. + + + + + Processes month field. + + Key pressed + + + + Sets max month value. + + + + + Sets min month value. + + + + + Processes day field. + + Key pressed + + + + Sets max day value. + + + + + Sets min day value. + + + + + Processes minute field. + + Key pressed + + + + Sets max second value. + + + + + Sets min second value. + + + + + Processes minute field. + + Key pressed + + + + Sets max minute value. + + + + + Sets min minute value. + + + + + Processes hour field. + + Key pressed + + + + Sets max hour. + + + + + Sets min hour. + + + + + Override this method when you want to modify the default behavior of the DateTimePickerAdv + that jumps to select the first field when the last is selected and the right arrow is pressed and vice versa. + + A bool value that indicates whether to jump or not. + + + + Refreshes all date-time input fields of the control. + + + + + Checks is value is within the min/max range and if so, sets the Value property to the specified value. + + Datetime value + + + + Checks whether the specified value is within the specified range. + + DateTime value to be checked. + True if the value is acceptible according to the min-max range. + + + + Proceedes with date coercing, based on mix-max dates range settings. + + DateTime value to be checked. + Returns the specified date without change if it is within the min-max dates range, or returns the closest allowed value. + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Helper to reset colouring + + + + + Method to update popup control size in DateTimePickerAdv + + + + + Displays popup. + + + + + Handles Gestures + + Gesture message + true/false + + + + Cuts property to clipboard. + + + True if value has been sucessfully cut. + + + + + Copies property to clipboard. + + + True if value has been sucessfully copied. + + + + + Pastes clipboard data to property. + + + True if clipboard data has been sucessfully pasted. + + + + + Set border Color while hover the DatetimepickerAdv + + + + + + + Reset the border color when mouse leave the datetimepickerAdv + + + + + + + Set border color on Selection + + + + + + + Handles invalid selected date and restores it to default. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overrides font property + + + + + Occurs when check-box's checked state is changed. + + + + + Occurs on popup. + + + + + Occurs when property is changed. + + + + + Occurs before popup. + + + + + Occurs when popup is closed. + + + + + Occurs when property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when popup is closed. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme color of the DateTimePickerAdv + + + + + Gets or set the value to apply the border syle of the DateTimePickerAdv + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the shortest name of the weekdays should be used. This property value have influence only under Framework 2.0 and higher. + + + + + Gets currently used calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the image for DropDown button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image for scroll button + is stretched or shrunk to fit the size of the scroll button. + + + + + Gets the one-based index of the week of year. + + + + + Gets the Popup window calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the fields of the DateTimePickerAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected field of the DateTimePickerAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether calendar drop down should be shown when pressing ALT + down arrow key + when NULL date is set. + + + true if show drop down when null date is set; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Backspace or Delete keys make the date null. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the none date button visible. + + + if and are both set to false, + NoneButton is hidden anyway. + + + + + Gets or sets the Office style of the Date Time Picker. + + + + + Gets or sets the Office2007 theme used for drawing the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the Office2010 theme used for drawing the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether toggles the read only state of the picker. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the valueChange when control is readonly. + + + + + Gets or sets the drop down backcolor in normal mode. + If color is empty then uses the default color. + + + + + Gets or sets the drop down backcolor in pressed mode. + If color is empty then uses the default color. + + + + + Gets or sets the drop down backcolor in selected mode. + If color is empty then uses the default color. + + + + + Overrides Border Color property + + + + + Gets are sets the Back color of the control. (overridden property) + + + + + Gets or sets the keys which will toggle off null date. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calendar will size according to the widths of the days. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the null date support is enabled. If set to false the DateTimePicker will always have a selected date. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the context menu will be a Syncfusion XPMenu. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkbox, drop button, updown and calendar will be themed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the UpDown will have a VS like look. + + + + + Gets or sets the format of the value of the picker when copying. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether when copy or paste operation is done, only the selected field is taken into consideration. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the focus will be moved off the control when there are no fields to tab through. + + + This is active only when the TabForwarding property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown button will have a flat appearance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the DateTimePicker will advance to the next field. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether after the completion of a field the DateTimePicker advances to the next field. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the fields of the picker. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the popup Calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current culture of the machine will be used. The culture will be set to the culture. + + + + + Gets or sets the trailing forecolor of the popup calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the title forecolor of the popup calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the title backcolor of the popup calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor of the popup calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor of the popup calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the popup calendar. + + + + + Gets the popup calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checked state of the checkbox is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the image list of the popup menu of the popup calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the DateTimePickerAdv control. + + + + + Gets or sets the popup window`s alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CustomPopupWindow will be shown instead of the internal calendar popup. + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be shown instead of the internal calendar. + If the container contains controls implementing the interface and the Active property set to true the + picker will interact with those controls like the internal calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the year that will complete the year fields when typing. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to be displayed, when no date is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether there is no date selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the format of the picker. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the UpDown buttons will be visible when it gets the focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to supress the Value of DateTimePicker on ValueChanged event + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the UpDown buttons are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkBox will be visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value that can be picked from the picker. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value that can be picked from the picker. + + + + + Gets or sets the Nullable date of the Control + + + + + Gets or sets the selected date of the picker. + + + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the wrapper property around the selected date of the picker. Use this property if you + want to be able to set the value of the control to null. + + + + + Gets or sets the format of the picker when Format is Custom. + + + + + Gets or sets the current culture of the picker. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating what action should be chosen if user try to enter value that is not within the specified min or max range. + + + + + Specifies whether to show current date on pressing Enter key on the control. + + + + + Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether selection should be reset to first field on focus. + + + true if reset selection on focus; otherwise, false. + + + + + Modified version of MonthCalenderAdv class to fit the requirements of DateTimePickerAdv. + + + + + The MonthCalendarAdv extends the Windows Forms MonthCalendar control and provides several important features: + Internationalization - The MonthCalendarAdv control is fully culture aware. + XP Themes - The MonthCalendarAdv control supports XP themes when applicable. + Multiple selection - The MonthCalendarAdv can select multiple non-consecutive dates. + + + + + Default Column width + + + + + Holds the Office2016 Color + + + + + Specifies a value indicating whether the calendar control should handle Enter + key to move between cells. Set this to False if Enter should be ignored instead. + + + + + Mouse drag multiselect mode. + + + + + Moused drag multiselect firts row col point. + X - row. Y - col. + + + + + Moused drag multiselect last row col point. + X - row. Y - col. + + + + + When need skip CheckCell on CellClick event this member set to true; + + + + + Holds time when last mouse down event took place. + + Internal usage variable + + + + Holds cursor position while last mouse down event. + + Internal usage variable + + + + Gets the Date value from the current cell. + + + + + Indicates whether MonthCalendarAdv was double clicked. + + Internal usage variable + + + + Is need to restrict draw border of monthcalenderadv when used in DatetimepickerAdv + + + + + Variable for previous Font size + + + + + Variable for finding difference between current font size and previous font size + + + + + Variable for storing previous difference + + + + + the circle color. + + + + + value of mouse over. + + + + + gets the value on left button click. + + + + + gets the value on right button click. + + + + + The border type of the text box control. + + + + + The border sides for which you want the 3D border style applied. + + + + + The 3D border style for the control. + + + + + The single border color for the control. + + + + + Is need Draw themed border. + + + + + Use for drawing themed border. + + + + + Use for drawing system border. + + + + + The first day of the week. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Default Control Size + + + + + Default header height + + + + + Default Bottom height + + + + + Raises the BorderStyleChanged event. + + + + + Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. + + + + + Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. + + + + + Raises the BorderColorChanged event. + + + + + Raises the ThemedBorderChanged event. + + + + + Raises the NoneButton_Click event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the SelectionChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the DateSelected event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the DateChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Sets font to MonthCalendar popup + + + + + + Resets the style of the control to VisualStyle.Default. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Resets the color of the today font to SystemColors.ActiveCaption. + + + + + Resets the color of the metro button backcolor + + + + + Sets the PopupParent. + + + + + Resets the color of the day names to SystemColors.ControlText. + + + + + Resets the HeaderForeColor to SystemColors.ActiveCaptionText + + + + + Resets the color of the inactive month to SystemColors.InactiveCaptionText. + + + + + Resets the highlight color + + + + + Indicate wether the image for scroll button + is stretched or shrunk to fit the size of the scroll button. + + + + + Resets the size of the scroll button to (17,19). + + + + + Resets the color of the grid background to SystemColors.Window. + + + + + Resets the day names font. + + + + + Resets the color of the days to SystemColors.ControlText. + + + + + Resets the header font to Microsoft Sans Serif. + + + + + Resets the end color of the header to SystemColors.ControlDark. + + + + + Resets Today and None button forecolor for metro theme + + + + + Resets the start color of the header to SystemColors.ActiveCaption. + + + + + Resets the days font to Microsoft Sans Serif. + + + + + Serializes HeaderHeight propert + + + + + + Resets HeaderHeight property to its default value + + + + + Serializes DayNamesHeight property + + + + + + Resets DayNamesHeight property to its default value + + + + + To serialize Font property + + + + + + To reset Font property + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + + + applies the scaling + + + + + + + + + + Is control initializing at this time. + + + + + Contains map of month to GridRangeInfoList. + + + + + Initializes the grid. + + The CalendarGrid. + + + + Raises when the Key is pressed + + MonthCalendar + Key Event arguement + + + + Returns the vertical text alignment of DateCell. + + + + + Returns the horizontal text alignment of DateCell. + + + + + Returns the current style for a cell. + + The row index of the cell. + The column index of the cell. + The style of the cell. + + + + Sets the GridStyleInfo for the cell. + + The row index of the cell. + The column index of the cell. + The new style of the cell. + + + + Property that enables ClearSelection + + + + + Clears selected dates. + + + + + Raises the DateCellQueryInfo event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + + Fires InvalidDateSelected event. + + + + + Refreshes the calendar. + + + + + Refreshes the calendar if set to true. + + if set to true refreshes the calendar. + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Indicates whether week numbers displayed. + + + + + Called when the numbering of the weeks have changed. + + + + + Raises the ShowWeekNumbersChanged event. + + + + + Helps to reset the Coloring + + + + + draws the metroheader background. + + + + + Raises the MouseDown event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Check whether time interval between two last mouse down events is less + than SystemInformation.DoubleClickTime. + + value indicating whether time interval between two last mouse down events is less + than SystemInformation.DoubleClickTime + + + + Handles Gestures + + Gesture message + true/false + + + + Implement this method and draw your NonClient area using the passed in params. + + The PaintEventArgs using this to draw the nonclient area. + The control's window bounds into which to draw. Left and Top are usually 0. + The control's bounds in screen co-ords. + + Return a HRgn (as IntPtr) that excludes the region you just drew in the displayRect. + + + + + Applies the metro style. + + + + + Fired when user selects disabled date value. + + + + + Occurs when the user makes a date selection. + + + + + Occurs when the date selected in the MonthCalendarAdv changes. + + + + + Occurs when the selection of date within the control has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a NoneButton on the MonthCalendarAdv is clicked. + + + + + This event is raised if the BorderStyle property is changed. + + + + + This event is raised if the BorderSides property is changed. + + + + + This event is raised if the Border3DStyle property is changed. + + + + + This event is raised if the BorderColor property is changed. + + + + + This event is raised if the ThemedBorder property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Occurs when FirstDayOfWeek is changed. + + + + + Handle this event to provide custom formatting for calendar cells. + + + + + This event will be triggerred once mouse hover on date + + + + + Gets or sets boolean value to Restrict draw border of monthcalenderadv when used in DatetimepickerAdv + + + + + Overrides font property + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the calendar control should handle Enter + key to move between cells. Set this to False if Enter should be ignored instead. + + + + + Gets or sets mouse drag multiselect mode. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether the shortest name of the weekdays should be used. This property value have influence only under Framework 2.0 and higher. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style for the MonthCalendarAdv. + + + + + Indicates the Office2007 theme used for drawing the control. + + + + + Indicates the Office2010 theme used for drawing the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu for the MonthCalendarAdv. + + + + + Indicates whether the calendar will adapt it`s width to fit the contents of the day names. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the today date text in the calendar. + + + + + Returns the today button at the bottom of the calendar. + + + + + Returns the none button at the bottom of the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value selectable by the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value selectable by the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection types of the calendar. + + + + + Indicates the selection types of the calendar. + + + + + Sets the Selected date to null. + + + + + Gets or sets the imagelist of the popup menu. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the day names. + + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor of the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the trailing forecolor of the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the selected date. + + + + + Indicates the themed state of the scroll buttons. + + + + + Indicates the themed state of the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the scroll buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets image for left scroll button. + If this value is null then draw default button. + + + + + Gets or sets image for right scroll button. + If this value is null then draw default button. + + + + + Indicate wether the image for scroll button + is stretched or shrunk to fit the size of the scroll button. + + + + + Gets or sets first day of week. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected dates. + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor of the grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the day names. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the day names. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the grid lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the bottom controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the days. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image of the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the background image layout of the calendar. + + + + + Indicates whether the grid should wrap text. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the header. + + + + + Indicates whether the header gradient will be vertical. + + + + + Gets or sets the image of the header. + + + + + Indicates whether the header will show a gradient background. + + + + + Gets or sets the end color of the header gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the start color of the header gradient. Also used as backcolor. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the days. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the culture of the calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the border type of the text box control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border sides for which you want the 3D border style applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the 3D border style for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the single border color for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the draw themed border. + + + + + Gets/sets the background color, gradient, etc. for the days header. + + + + + gets or sets the touchmode + + + + + Gets is control initializing at this time. + + + + + Gets the week column offset. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the week numbers column. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color for weeks column. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color, gradient, etc. for the week numbers column. + + + + + Indicates whether to display column with week numbers. + + + + + Notifies that the numbering of the weeks have changed. + + + + + Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture + + + + + Gets currently used calendar. + + + + + Gets or sets the current value of the calendar. + + + + + Class used to simplify translation of calendar-dependent date and time to calendar-independent and vice-versa. + + + + + Calendar dependent year value. + + + + + Calendar dependent month value. + + + + + Calendar dependent day value. + + + + + Calendar dependent hour value. + + + + + Calendar dependent minute value. + + + + + Calendar dependent second value. + + + + + Current calendar independent date and time settings. + + + + + Indicates whether m_datetime value is valid or it should be updated. + + + + + Currently used calendar. + + + + + Returns the week of the year that includes the date in the specified System.DateTime. + + A System.Globalization.CalendarWeekRule value that defines a calendar week. + A System.DayOfWeek value that represents the first day of the week. + A positive integer that represents the week of the year that includes the date in the time parameter. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CultureSpecifiecDateTime class. + + Calendar-independent date and time value. + Calendar to be used for translating date and time. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CultureSpecifiecDateTime class. + + Calendar-dependent year. + Calendar-dependent month. + Calendar-dependent day of month. + Calendar-dependent hour. + Calendar-dependent minute. + /// Calendar-dependent second. + Calendar to be used for translating date and time. + + + + Updates calendar-independent setting using calendar-dependent settings. + + + + + Updates calendar-dependent settings using calendar-independent settings. + + + + + Gets or sets calendar-independent date and time. + + + + + Gets the one-based index of the day of week. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar-dependent year. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar-dependent month. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar-dependent day. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar-dependent hour. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar-dependent minute. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar-dependent second. + + + + + Gets the count of days in current month. + + + + + Delegate used for the NullButtonEvent of the IDateTimePickerAdvCalendar. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Delegate used for the SelectDateEvent of the IDateTimePickerAdvCalendar. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Delegate used for the DateChangedEvent of the IDateTimePickerAdvCalendar. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Position for insert next number. + + + + + Indicates whether to skip check year validating. + + + + + Resets insert year mode. + + + + + Parse current value with picker and field type. + + returns the current value of type int + + + + Gets or sets position for insert next number. + + + + + Represents Arrow Keys + + + + + Represents Numeric keys + + + + + Represents any key + + + + + The DateTimePickerExt type will soon be replaced with the DateTimePickerAdv for consistency in + Control naming in our library. + Please replace all occurrences of DateTimePickerExt with DateTimePickerAdv in your app. + + + + + DateTimePickerAdv CalendarStore class. + + + + + DateTimePickerAdv Menu class. + + + + + IDateTimePickerAdvMenu interface. + + + + + DateTimePickerAdv MenuExt class. + + + + + + A collection that stores objects. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + A from which the contents are copied + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + An array of objects with which to intialize the collection + + + + Adds a with the specified value to the + . + + The to add. + + The index at which the new element was inserted. + + + + + + Copies the elements of an array to the end of the . + + + An array of type containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + + + Adds the contents of another to the end of the collection. + + + + A containing the objects to add to the collection. + + + + + + Indicates whether the + contains the specified . + + The to locate. + + if the is contained in the collection; + otherwise. + + + + + + Copies the values to a one-dimensional instance at the + specified index. + + The one-dimensional that is the destination of the values copied from . + The index in where copying begins. + is multidimensional. -or- + The number of elements in the is greater than the available space between and the end of . + is . + is less than 's lowbound. + + + + + Returns the index of a in + the . + + The to locate. + + The index of the of in the + , if found; -1 otherwise. + + + + + + Inserts a into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index where should be inserted. + The to insert. + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through + the . + + Returns FieldDefenition + + + + + Removes a specific from the + . + + The to remove from the . + is not found in the Collection. + + + + Gets / sets the field definition at the specified index of the . + + The zero-based index of the entry to locate in the collection. + + The entry at the specified index of the collection. + + is outside the valid range of indexes for the collection. + + + + Interface used by DateTimePickerAdv. If the DateTimePickerAdv customDrop is true and the + CustomPopupWindow is the interface`s parent and Active is true then the interface will communicate with the picker through events. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the interface`s events are to be considered by the DateTimePickerAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets the font used to draw the calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to draw the foreground of calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to draw the month background of calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to draw the title background of calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to draw the foreground of the title of calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the color used to draw the trailing foreground of calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum date of the calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum date of the calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the date of the calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the culture of the calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Fired when the null button of the calendar that implements the interface is clicked. + + + + + Fired when a date is selected in the calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Fired when the date is changed in the calendar that implements the interface. + + + + + Handler for the event. + + + + + Provides information about the current calendar date cell that is being formatted. + + + The property provides the date that this + cell represents. The property can be set to any + valid values and it will be applied to the + calendar cell. Set the property to true for the + changes to be accepted. + + + + + Gets/Sets the the value to indicate the highlight color of the selected date. + + + + + The MonthCalendarExt type will soon be replaced with the MonthCalendarAdv for consistency in + Control naming in our library. + Please replace all occurrences of MonthCalendarExt with MonthCalendarAdv in your app. + + + + + Variable for storing previous difference + + + + + Variable for finding difference between current font size and previous font size + + + + + Specify the previous difference + + + + + The Class is used for the Office2016 Themes Support. + + + + + Holds the Office2016 style + + + + + Holds the HeaderStartColor + + + + + Holds the HeaderForeColor + + + + + Holds the GridBackColor + + + + + Holds the IconColor + + + + + Holds the YearStrokeColor + + + + + Holds the YearHoverStrokeColor + + + + + Holds the YearSelectionColor + + + + + Holds the IconHoverColor + + + + + Holds the IconStrokeColor + + + + + Holds the Todays Date TextColor + + + + + Holds the DaysTextColor + + + + + Holds the HoverDaysColor + + + + + Holds the Selection Days ForeColor + + + + + Holds the Selection Days Color + + + + + Holds the CurrentDaysColor + + + + + Holds the WeeksColor + + + + + Holds the MonthTextColor + + + + + Holds the SelectedMonthBackColor + + + + + Holds the MonthHoverColor + + + + + Holds the Month background color + + + + + Holds the button background color + + + + + Holds the button hover color + + + + + Holds the button selection color + + + + + holds the button fore color + + + + + holds the left column background color + + + + + Holds the rows background color on selected date + + + + + Holds the Border color of Button + + + + + Gets the Office2016Style + + + + + Gets the HeaderStartColor + + + + + Gets the HeaderForeColor + + + + + Gets the GridBackColor + + + + + Gets the IconColor + + + + + Gets the YearStrokeColor + + + + + Gets the YearHoverStrokeColor + + + + + Gets the YearSelectionColor + + + + + Gets the IconHoverColor + + + + + Gets the IconStrokeColor + + + + + Gets the TodaysDateTextColor + + + + + Gets the DaysTextColor + + + + + Gets the HoverDaysColor + + + + + Gets the Selection Days ForeColor + + + + + Gets the Selection Days Color + + + + + Gets the CurrentDaysColor + + + + + Gets the WeeksColor + + + + + Gets the MonthTextColor + + + + + Gets the SelectedMonthBackColor + + + + + Gets the Hovered Date BackColor + + + + + Gets the Month background color + + + + + Gets the button background color + + + + + Gets the button hover color + + + + + Gets the button selection color + + + + + Gets the button fore color + + + + + Gets the left column background color + + + + + Gets the rows background color on selected date + + + + + Gets the Border color of Button + + + + + MonthCalendarAdvConverter class. + + + + + Name NoneButton property of the MonthCalendarAdv. + + + + + Name TodyaButton property of the MonthCalendarAdv. + + + + + Name Appearance property for NoneButton and TodyaButton of the MonthCalendarAdv. + + + + + Name ButtonUseVisualStyle property for NoneButton and TodyaButton of the MonthCalendarAdv. + + + + + Name Office2007 color scheme property of the ButtonAdv. + + + + + Number of the comment lines. + + + + + Sets CodeFieldReferenceExpression of the CodeAssignStatement. + + Assign Statement + Property Value + + + + Sets CodePrimitiveExpression of the CodeAssignStatement. + + Assign Statement + Property Value + + + + Represents NumericUpDown for MonthCalendarAdv. + + + + + Extends the NumericUpDown to provide XP Look and Feel. + + + + Take a look at the and + properties. + + + + + Default windows message for gesture support. + + + + + Default windows message for Mouse captured. + + + + + Collects the boolean value if Control is selected by Touch or Mouse control. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Sends the specified message to the default windows procedure. + + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + To Show/Display the virtual keyboard + + + + + + To hide the touch keyboad. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used.Disposes the themed drawing enabled for the control. + + if set to true [disposing]. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The source of the event. + An that contains the event data. + Updates the height of the control to the preferred height based on settings. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + Overridden + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + Overridden.Updates the height of the control to the preferred height based on fontchange + + + + Updates the height of the control to the preferred height based on settings. + + + + + Positions child controls based on settings. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + Enables ThemedEditDrawing + + + + Metrocolor + + + + + Overridden. See . + + Parameter messsage + + + + Raises the ThemeChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The RaiseThemeChangedEvent method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding RaiseThemeChangedEvent in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's RaiseThemeChangedEvent method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BorderColorChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderColorChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderColorChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OmBorderSidesChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises ReadOnlyChanged event.Called inorder to set the buttons disabled when control edit portion is set to readonly. + + + + + Event will be triggered when control lost its Focus + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + Captures Up and Down buttons based on position + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets the border sides of the control that will be drawn in 3D mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the 2D border. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the 3D border. + + + This style is used when the BorderStyle is Fixed3D and when XP Themed drawing is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum length of the text that can be entered into the editable portion of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text can be changed by the use of the up or down buttons only. + + + + + Gets the value in hexadecimal numeration. + + + + + Gets or sets Office2007Theme for Office2007 style. + + + + + Gets or sets Office2010Theme for Office2010 style. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the up and down buttons . + + + + + Gets or sets the border style for the control. + + + + + Fired when the ThemesEnabled property is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when + available. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether you want themed border around the control when themes are enabled. + + + This property is used only when the property is set. + + + + + Gets or sets visual style that is used for drawing a control. + + + + + Gets or Sets the MetroColor + + + + + Occurs when Border3DStyle property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when BorderColor property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when BorderSides property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when a is changed. + + + + + + Draws background of the up/down button for MonthCalendarAdv with Office2007 visual style. + + Graphics object + Rectangle object + Button ID + Button State + + + + + Draws border of the up/down button for MonthCalendarAdv with Office2007 visual style. + + Graphics Object + Rectangle object + Button ID + Button State + + + + Image indexes. + + + + + ComboBoxAdv Items. + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the is synchronized (thread safe). + + + + + Gets the number of elements. + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the . + + + + + Represents a combo box control. + + + Similar to the Windows Forms' , + the ComboBoxAdv displays an editing field combined with a listbox, + allowing the user to select from the list or to enter new text. The + property determines the style of combo box to display. + + + + + Represents the base class for all combos with data binding support. Like + and . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializing this ComboBoxBase also requires you to set the + property. + + + + + Releases all resources used by the control. + + bool disposing + + Releases all resources used by the control. + + + + + + Creates the list control. + + Returns list control + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates the DisplayMember changing + + + + + Returns the selected value based on the Value Member + + Item Text + + + + Adds the specified items to the combo box. + + An array of to append to the combo box. + + + Finds the first item in the that starts with the specified string. + + Finds the first item in the combo box that starts with the specified string. + + The string to search for. + The zero-based index of the first item found; -1 if no match is found. + The search performed by this method is not case-sensitive. + The s parameter is a substring to compare against the text associated + with the items in the combo box list. The search performs a partial + match starting from the beginning of the text and returning the first + item in the list that matches the specified substring. You can then + perform tasks, such as removing the item that contains the search text + using the method + or changing the item's text. Once you have + found the specified text, if you want to search for other instances of + the text in the ComboBoxBaseDataBound, you must use the version of the FindString + method that provides a parameter for specifying a starting index + within the ComboBox. If you want to perform a search for an exact word + match instead of a partial match, use the method. + + + + Finds the first item after the given index which starts with the given string. The search is not case sensitive. + + The string to search for. + The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to -1 to search from the beginning of the control. + The zero-based index of the first item found; -1 if no match is found. + The search performed by this method is not case-sensitive. + The s parameter is a substring to compare against the text associated + with the items in the combo box list. The search performs a partial + match starting from the beginning of the text, returning the first + item in the list that matches the specified substring. You can then + perform tasks, such as removing the item that contains the search text + using the + method or changing the item's text. This method is + typically used after a call has been made using the version of this + method that does not specify a starting index. Once an initial item has + been found in the list, this method is typically used to find further + instances of the search text by specifying the index position in the + startIndex parameter of the item after the first found instance of the + search text. If you want to perform a search for an exact word match + instead of a partial match, use the method. + + + Finds the item that exactly matches the specified string. + + Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. + + The string to search for. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns -1 if no match is found. + + The search performed by this method is not case-sensitive. + The s parameter is a string to compare against the text associated + with the items in the combo box list. The search looks for a match + starting from the beginning of the text, returning the first item in + the list that matches the specified substring. You can then perform + tasks, such as removing the item that contains the search text using + the + method or changing the item's text. Once you have found the + specified text, if you want to search for other instances of the text + in the ComboBoxBaseDataBound, you must use the version of the FindStringExact method + that provides a parameter for specifying a starting index within the + ComboBox. If you want to perform partial word search instead of an + exact word match, use the method. + + + + + Finds the first item after the specified index that matches the specified string. + + The string to search for. + The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to -1 to search from the beginning of the control. + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns -1 if no match is found. + + The search performed by this method is not case-sensitive. The s + parameter is a string to compare against the text associated with the + items in the combo box list. The search looks for a match starting from + the beginning of the text, returning the first item in the list that + matches the specified substring. You can then perform tasks, such as + removing the item that contains the search text using the + method or changing the item's text. This method is typically used after a call + has been made using the version of this method that does not specify a + starting index. Once an intial item has been found in the list, this + method is typically used to find further instances of the search text + by specifying the index position in the startIndex parameter of the + item after the first found instance of the search text. If you want + to perform partial word search instead of an exact word match, use the + method. + + + + + Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. + + Text to search. + Indicates whether to ignore case during serach. + Index of specified text in list; -1, if nothing found. + + + + Raises the DropDownStyleChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + Called to determine the height of textArea of this control. + + A object. + A reference variable through which to return the height for the text area. + + + This method expects you to return a height for the text area through the reference variable, + set the height of this control (if not in ComboBoxStyle.Simple mode) and the height + of the drop-down button () based on the Font specified. + + + + + + Returns height of NonClientArea of ListControl. + + Returns height of NonClientArea of ListControl + + + + Called when selection changed on popup close]. + + + + + Raises the text box KeyUp event. + + The instance containing the event data. + Keys.Delete and Keys.Back are not caught in Keypress + + + + Raises KeyPress event and resets the list control if the popup is not showing. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Verifies whether new text is allowed to be entered from native message. + + The message. + True if the message is handled. + + + + Called when the popup is closed. + + + + + Sets the popup text. + + The value. + + + + Gets the popup text. + + Returns popup text + + + + Sets the selected text. + + The text. + Index of the found item. + + + + Filters the item . + + The item that is usually an entry in the list + Returns an object of Filter Item + + + + Returns the text associated with an item. + + The item that is usually an entry in the list. + The item's text. + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the DisplayMemberChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the SelectedIndexChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the SelectedValueChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the ValueMemberChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the validating event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Sets the internal items. + + The index of item. + The value. + + + + Indicates whether the Text property should be serialized in the designer. + + Return true if string is not empty + + + + Overriden. Indicates whether selected index of the ListControl has been changed. + + TRUE if index has been changed; FALSE otherwise. + + + + Need to add the items to the list and set the selected index. + + Items + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the items in the combo box are sorted. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control should resize to avoid showing partial items. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown + in the drop-down portion of the control. + + + + + Gets an object representing the collection of the items + contained in this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for this object. + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source + whose contents you want to display. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether allowing NewText. + + + + + Gets or sets the zero-based index of the currently selected item. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected item in the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the member property + specified by the property. + + + + + Gets / sets the text associated with this control. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is selected in the editable + portion of the combo box. + + + + + + Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the editable portion of the + combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting index of text selected in the combo box. + + + + + Gets or sets a string that specifies the property of the data source + from which to draw the value. + + + + + Specifies the FlatStyle. (overridden property) + + + + + Occurs when the property has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the changes. + + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Gets the object associated with this control. + + + + + Represents RemoveAt + + + + + Represents Remove + + + + + Represents Insert + + + + + Represents Clear + + + + + Represents SetItem + + + + + Represents Add + + + + + Represents AddRange + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The that owns this object collection. + + + + Returns an enumerator that can be used to iterate through the item + collection. + + + An object that represents the item + collection. + + + + + Removes the specified item from the . + + The to remove from the list. + + + + Inserts an item into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index location where the item is inserted. + An object representing the item to insert. + + + + Removes all items from the . + + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is located within the collection. + + An object representing the item to locate in the collection. + + + if the item is located within the collection; + otherwise. + + + + + Adds an item to the list of items for a ComboBoxBaseDataBound. + + An object representing the item to add to the collection. + + The zero-based index of the item in the collection. + + + + + Adds an array of items to the list of items for a ComboBoxBaseDataBound. + + An array of objects to add to the list. + + + + Copies the entire collection into an existing array of objects at a specified location within the array. + + The object array to copy the collection to. + The location in the destination array to copy the collection to. + + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this collection can be modified. + + + + + Gets / sets the item at the specified index. This is the Indexer property. + + Index value of the item. + Item at the specified index. + + + + Width of the borders. + + + + + Default height of combobox when comboBoxStyle is simple. + + + + + Default Item height + + + + + Image indexes. + + + + + Collection of ImageIndexItems. + + + + + Image list. + + + + + Show image of selected item in text box. + + + + + Show images in combo list box. + + + + + Show indent for images in combo list box. + + + + + Specifies whether selected index is changed or not. + + + + + Specifies whether selection change is committed. + + + + + Reset Font + + + + + To serialize Font + + + + + + Finds the first item in the combo box that starts with the specified string. + + The string to search for. + + The zero-based index of the first item found; -1 if no match is found. + + + + + + Finds the first item after the given index which starts with the given string. The search is not case sensitive. + + The string to search for. + The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to -1 to search from the beginning of the control. + + The zero-based index of the first item found; -1 if no match is found. + + + + + + Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. + + The string to search for. + + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns -1 if no match is found. + + + + + + Finds the first item after the specified index that matches the specified string. + + The string to search for. + The zero-based index of the item before the first item to be searched. Set to -1 to search from the beginning of the control. + + The zero-based index of the first item found; returns -1 if no match is found. + + + + + + Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. + + Text to search. + Indicates whether to ignore case during serach. + + Index of specified text in list; -1, if nothing found. + + + + + Handles Gestures + + Gesture message + true/false + + + + Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture + + + + + Gets or sets image list. + + + + + Gets image list indexes. + + + + + Gets collection of image indexes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether draw selected item image in text box. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether draw images in combo list box. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether show indent for images in combo list box. + + + + + Gets the collection of Items + + + + + Gets the ListBox associated with this combo. + + + + + Gets or sets the IntegralHeight + + + + + Gets or sets the textbox height in ComboBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets the DropDown Style + + + + + Gets or sets the Font of ComboBoxAddv + + + + + Update the renderer for Office2016 style. + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + ComboBoxAdv + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + Specifies the list box used in a . + + + + + Parent ComboBoxAdv. + + + + + Util to draw the Non client area. + + + + + Non client area for Control Drawing + + + + + Draws the image. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Draws the text. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Draws the Background + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the DrawItem event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + This method used to draw NonClient area using the passed in parameters. + + The using this to draw the non client area. + The control's window bounds into which to draw. + The control's bounds in screen co-ordinates. + HRgn (as IntPtr) that excludes the region drew in the displayRect. + + + + A ComboBox that will show a list of fonts installed in the system. + + + The method will let you refill the combo box at any time. + This method will be called initially from the constructor. + + You could get the selected Font text and construct a new Font as follows: + + Font newFont = new Font(this.fontCombo.Text, 10.0); + + + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Box Height + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FontComboBox class. + + + + + Handles Gestures + + Gesture message + true/false + + + + + + + + + + + Fills the combo box at any time. This will be called automatically in the constructor. + + + + + Convert color from RGB to BRG. + + Color object + Returns color + + + + Raises the event and sets DropDown according to ItemWidth. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the auto complete behaviour. + This property functions only when the DropDownStyle is set to DropDown. + + + + + Gets a value indicating that elements are drawn manually + + + + + Gets an object representing the collection of the items contained in control. + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + FontComboBox + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + A ListBox that will show a list of fonts installed in the system. + + + The method will let you refill the listbox at any time. + This method will be called initially from the constructor. + + You could get the selected Font text and construct a new Font as follows: + + Font newFont = new Font(this.fontListBox.Text, 10.0); + + + + + + + Specifies an advanced appearance this control. + + + + + + + + + + + Maintains the previous ItemHeight before enabling the EnableTouchMode + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + box height + + + + + + + + Applies the scaling + + + + + Font changed + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the control is a multi column control. + + + + + Fills the combo box at any time. This will be called automatically in the constructor. + + + + + Represents Variable to store the Bool Value. + + + + + Represents Variable to store the Backcolor. + + + + + Represents Variable to store the Forecolor. + + + + + Draws backcolor for Office2016 themes + + + + + + + Draws the text for Office 2016 themes + + + + + + + Use auto complete. + + + + + Reprsents Variable to store the value of the VisualTheme. + + + + + Find item index with auto complete string. + + AutoComplete String + Returns item + + + + auto complete string. + + + + + Need skip auto complete string reset. + + + + + process auto complete. + + Key data + Key processed. + + + + gets or Sets the touchmode + + + + + Gets or sets the theme color of the FontListBox + + + + + Gets the value for the Office 2016 Themes. + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the FontListBox + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is a multi column control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control use auto complete. + + + + + Gets or Sets the value for the Skin Manager. + + + + + RangeSlider Style + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office2016Colorful appearance. + + + + + Office2016White appearance. + + + + + Office2016Black appearance. + + + + + Office2016DarkGray appearance. + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + FontListBox + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the FontListBoxAccessibility + + A string describing the FontListBoxAccessibility. + + + + Represents a combo box that can show multiple columns in the dropdown. + + +

This combo box is meant to be used in data bound mode where it will + show all the records and the different fields in the data source in a + multi column grid, in the dropdown.

+

Data binding is done as usual through the , + and properties. + The DisplayMember is used to determine which field will be shown + in the combo.

+

If you bind an array of objects of custom type then the public properties + in that type will correspond to each column in the dropdown multi-column grid.

+

Note that in this version you cannot populate the of this combo manually.

+
+
+ + Metrocolor + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates the ListControl. + + Returns List control + + + + Updates the list box border style. + + + + + Gets the height of the list box border depending on Border Styles. + + Returns Listbox border height + + + + Gets the Item Collection. + + + + + Gets the Columns to be added for the MultiColumnComboBox. + + + + + Checks for binding data source + + + + + Raises the DisplayMemberChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + + Used to assign the DataTable for the Items proeprty. + + + + + Raises the DataSourceChanged event. + + The instance containing the event data. + If Control's DataSource is null,then the ListBox DataSource resets to null + + + + Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. + + String for searching + Returns the Found index + + + + Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. + + string for searching + Start Index + Returns the Found index + + + + Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. + + String for searching + Returns the Found index + + + + Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. + + string for searching + Start Index + Returns the Found index + + + + Finds the first item in the combo box that matches the specified string. + + String text + Bool value for ignore case + Returns the found index + + + + Handles Gestures + + Gesture message + true/false + + + + Called before the popUp is displayed + + Overridden.Depending on the number of items set as MaxDropDownItems,ListBox adjusts its height. + + + + Updates the property based on the PopupControl's selected value. + + Indicates whether the event should be fired if the text is changed. + True if the event was fired; False otherwise. + You normally do not have to call this method. However when you + programmatically update the SelectedValue of a plug in the list control, + you might have to call this method to update the combo's text based on that new value. + + + + Returns string with numbers only. + + Text string + Returns string with numbers only + + + + Gets or sets the theme color of the MultiColumnComboBoxAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the currently selected item. + + Overriden. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiple columns or a single column should be shown in the dropdown. + + + + + Gets the Item Collection. + + + + + + Gets the Columns to be added for the MultiColumnComboBox. + + + + + Gets the dropdown list box, which is an instance of the + associated with this combo. + + + + + Indicates whether the control should resize to avoid + showing partial items. + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for this control. + + + + + Gets or sets Office 2007 color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets Office 2010 color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether column headers should be displayed in the dropdown. + + + + + Gets or sets the for alpha blended row selections in the dropdown. + + + A for alpha blended row selections. It is important to set the alpha value to be less + than 255 when calling . + + + + + Gets/Sets if Dropdown opened using Touch Gesture + + + + + Gets / sets text. + + + + + Column collection for MultiColumnComboBox. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Adds the item to the Collection + + Column + + + + Removes the item from the Collection + + Column + + + + Provides the Indexer for the Collection + + + + + + + Provides collection for Item proeprty in MultiColumnComboBox. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + MultiColumnComboBox + + + + + Adds the item to the Collection + + Specifies the Row to add + + + + Removes the item from the Collection + + Specifies the Row to remove + + + + Removes the item at specified position + + Index + + + + Provides the Indexer for the Collection + + + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + MultiColumnComboBox + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + Specifies the list box used in a . + + The documentation for the base class GridListControl + is available as part of Essential Grid. + + + + The GradientLabel class provides a way to create fancy and appealing + labels in all your forms. + + The GradientLabel class is fully compatible + with the Windows Forms that it derives from. + The GradientLabel class gets most of its uniqueness from the + class that is used for the + property. + The look and feel of the GradientLabel is almost completely configurable + through the property. + The is another property that can specify the + look and feel of the GradientLabel. + + + + + // InitializeComponent + // Create the Gradient Label + this.gradientLabel1 = new GradientLabel(); + // Set formatting properties + this.gradientLabel1.Text = "Essential Suite Gradient Label"; + this.gradientLabel1.BackgroundColor = new BrushInfo(Syncfusion.Drawing.GradientStyle.Vertical, System.Drawing.SystemColors.Highlight, System.Drawing.SystemColors.HighlightText); + this.gradientLabel1.BorderStyle = Border3DStyle.Etched; + this.gradientLabel1.Font = new Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25F, (System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold | System.Drawing.FontStyle.Italic), System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((System.Byte)(0))); + this.gradientLabel1.Location = new Point(24, 16); + this.gradientLabel1.Name = "gradientLabel1"; + this.gradientLabel1.Size = new Size(440, 56); + this.gradientLabel1.TextAlign = ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter; + // Add the GradientLabel control to the form + this.Controls.Add(this.gradientLabel1); + + + + ' InitializeComponent + ' Create the GradientLabel control. + Me.gradientLabel1 = New GradientLabel() + ' Set formatting properties + Me.gradientLabel1.Text = "Essential Suite Gradient Label" + Me.gradientLabel1.BackgroundColor = New BrushInfo(Syncfusion.Drawing.GradientStyle.Vertical, System.Drawing.SystemColors.Highlight, System.Drawing.SystemColors.HighlightText) + Me.gradientLabel1.BorderStyle = Border3DStyle.Etched + Me.gradientLabel1.Font = New Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25!, (System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold Or System.Drawing.FontStyle.Italic), System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, CType(0, Byte)) + Me.gradientLabel1.Location = New Point(24, 16) + Me.gradientLabel1.Name = "gradientLabel1" + Me.gradientLabel1.Size = New Size(440, 56) + Me.gradientLabel1.TextAlign = ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter + ' Add the GradientLabel control to the form + Me.Controls.Add(Me.gradientLabel1) + + + + + + Specifies the border color of the gradient label. + + + + + Specifies the appearance of the border. + + + + + The border 3D style. + + + + + What sides have a border. + + + + + The background Brush info. + + + + + Indicates whether the text should be drawn active when the control is disabled. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + + Overrides the OnPainBackground method of the + class. + + The event args value for the event. + This method is overriden to paint the background of the + so that the text drawn by the default + painting routines will not be affected. + The 3D border specified through the + is also painted through this method. + + + + Draws the . + + PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Daras the . + + PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets StringFormat for . + + Returns String Format + + + + Gets horizontal alignment of the . + + Return String Alignment + + + + Gets vertical alignment of the . + + Return String Alignment + + + + Draws the background. This is invoked by the + override. + + The graphics object that the background is to be drawn on. + You can override this virtual function to provide your own + drawing methods. + + + + Draws the 3D border for the . This is invoked by the + override. + + The graphics object that the background is to be drawn on. + The 3D border specified in the property + is drawn in this method on the provided object. + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Font changed + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the border color of the gradient label. + Can be set only in case if BorderAppearance is FixedSingle. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the border appearance of the gradient label. + + + + + Gets or sets the BackColor. (overridden property) + + + + + Gets or sets the background color and other styles. + + This property is the most important attribute of the + class. The class + that is used by this property is a very extensive implementation + for custom painting. You can configure the different look and feel + you want to give your by changing this + value. + + + + Gets or sets the 3D border style for the GradientLabel. + + The GradientLabel replaces the default + provided for classes with the Border3DStyle type in + this property. + This property uses the enumeration. + Setting the value to shows no border. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text should be drawn active + when the control is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the sides of the label that has borders drawn. + + + This property uses the enumeration. + Setting the value to shows borders + on all sides. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + The clipping mode to be used by the control + when returning the text content of the control. + + + + + Include all literals in the data that's returned. + + + + + Exclude all literals in the data that's returned. + + + + + Resets the VisualStyle + + + + + Serailize the VisualStyle + + true/false + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + Proposed Size + Returns the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + + + Current distance for 100% opacity ("-1" - undefined) + + + + + Transparency changes' range + + + + + Gets or sets the color scheme used for painting + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the MiniToolBar. + + + + + Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. + + + + + Gets or sets the hides unused property of the base class + + + + + Gets or sets the opacity of minitoolbar + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether hides unused property of the base class + + + + + Gets or sets the control which is associated with MiniToolBar + + + + + Gets the transparency changes' range + + + + Set item location depending on RTL property. + MiniToolbar on which items lay out. + Item which must be positioned. + MiniToolbar RightToLeft property. + Position for item on MiniToolbar. + + + + MultiColumnTreeView Office2016 colorful theme Renderer class + + + + + Draw the tree node in the MultiColumnTreeView + + Tree node adv paint event args + TreeNodeAdv control. + + + + Draw the arrow in TreeNode + + TreeNodeAdvPaintEventArgs contains event data. + TreeNodeAdv to be drawn + + + + To draw the check box of the TreeNodeAdv + + The TreeNodeAdv which needs to drawn. + A graphics object which helps to provide the data. + The rectangle of the check box. + The button state of the check box + To specifies the check color + + + + To draw the RadioButton of the TreeNodeAdv + + The TreeNodeAdv which needs to drawn. + A graphics object which helps to provide the data. + The rectangle of the check box. + The button state of the check box + To specifies the metro color + + + + Gets the color table according to the theme. + + Theme name + Renderer color table. + + + + Gets the back color of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the border color of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header in MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header highlight border color in MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Hovermode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the icon color back color of the selected radiobutton. + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Normalmode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Hovermode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the arrowbackcolor in Clicked mode + + + + + Gets the tick background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the tick box hover background color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the Line Color + + + + + Gets the Check box tick mark color. + + + + + Gets the tick color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the radio button color. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 White theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the arrowbackcolor in Clicked mode + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header in MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 DarkGray theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the back color of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header in MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Normalmode + + + + + Gets the Line Color + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the arrowbackcolor in Clicked mode + + + + + Gets the radio button color. + + + + + Gets the tick color. + + + + + Gets the Metro color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the icon color back color of the selected radiobutton. + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Hovermode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Hovermode + + + + + CheckBoxAdv Office2016 black theme Renderer class + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the back color of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the border color of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header highlight border color in MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the back color of the header in MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Normalmode + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle on mouse hover. + + + + + Gets the Line Color + + + + + Gets the arrowbackcolor in Clicked mode + + + + + Gets the radio button color. + + + + + Gets the Metro color of the CheckBoxAdv. + + + + + Gets the icon color back color of the selected radiobutton. + + + + + Gets the tick color. + + + + + Gets the border color of the RadioButton circle. + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Selectedmode + + + + + Gets the arrow hover backcolor in Normal mode + + + + + Gets the Node BackColor in Hovermode + + + + + Gets the Node ForeColor in Hovermode + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Returns TreeNodeAdv instance + + + + + Gets/Sets which mouse button was pressed + + + + + Gets the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released + + + + + Gets the x-coordinate of the mouse during the generating mouse event. + + + + + Gets the y-coordinate of the mouse during the generating mouse event + + + + + Gets a signed count of the number of detents the mouse wheel has rotated, multiplied by the WHEEL_DELTA constant. A detent is one notch of the mouse wheel. + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvAfterFindArgs class + + TreeNodeAdv instance + TreeNodeAdv Text which needs to be searched + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdv instance that matches Search String + + + + + Gets/Sets value of search string + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeViewOnBeforeFindArgs class + + TreeNodeAdv instance + TreeNodeAdv text which needs to be searched + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches Search String + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvOnReplacingArgs class + + TreeNodeAdv Instance + Search String + Replace String + TreeViewSearchOption + TreeViewSearchRange + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches search string + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeViewAdv search option value + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeViewAdv search range value + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv replace text value + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvOnReplacedArgs class + + Search String + Replace String + TreeNodeAdv Instances + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches Search String + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv replace text value + + + + + Provides data for the MultiColumnTreeView selection events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvEventArgs class. + + A instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvEventArgs class. + + A instance. + A type. + + + + Gets or sets the associated with the event. + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with the event. + + + + + Provides data for the cancelable validation events in the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Provides data for the editing events in the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvEditEventArgs class. + + A instance. + The label for the node. + + + + Gets the label for the node. + + + + + Gets the that is currently being edited. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvCancelableEditEventArgs class. + + A instance. + The new text for the node. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be cancelled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing should end now. + + This property is consulted only when is set to true. + If you Cancel the operation and if this property is set + to false, editing mode will end; otherwise editing mode will be preserved. + Default is true. +

This property will be ignored by the + event.

+
+ + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvBeforeEditEventArgs class. + + Specifies the . + A instance. + + + + Gets the . + + + + + Gets the that is used to edit the node. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnStyleChangedEventArgs class. + Tree Column + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + Gets TreeColumnAdv + + + Gets StyleChanged EventArgs + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewColumnSelectedChangedEventArgs class. + Tree Column + + + Gets TreeColumnAdv + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewColumnResizeEventArgs class. + Tree Column + Previous Index + Current Index + + + Gets TreeColumnadv + + + Gets previous horizontal offset relatively start resizing position. + + + Gets current horizontal offset relatively start resizing position. + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewColumnResizedEventArgs class. + Tree Column + Previous Index + Current Index + + + Gets TreeColumnAdv + + + Gets previous column width. + + + Gets current column width. + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvSelectionEventArgs class. + Selected Nodes Collection + TreeviewAdv Action + + + Gets selected nodes collection + + + Gets TreeViewAdv Action + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvCancelableSelectionEventArgs class. + Selected Nodes Collection + TreeViewAdv action + True if cancel the event + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvNodeEventArgs class. + Tree node + + + + Gets the which is associated with the action. + + + + + Custom EventArgs class which is used in event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvCancelableNodeEventArgs class + + The node which is associated with the event + True if cancel the event + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event is to be cancelled. + + + + + Custom EventArgs class that is passed to BeforeCheck event of event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvBeforeCheckEventArgs class + + The node which is involved in the action + Parameter to indicate whether the action should be cancelled + The new state of check box associated with node + + + + Gets the checkstate of the node + + + + Base class fro TreeNode paint event message classes. + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvBasePaintEventArgs class. + Graphics object + Tree node + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvBasePaintEventArgs class. + Graphics object + Tree node + Rectangle bounds + + + + Gets the which is associated with the action. + + + + + Gets the bounds of + + + + Gets the object associated with the event + + + + Declaration of boolean values that can be used handled + by class inheritors. + + + + Represents Selected + + + + Represents Active + + + Represents Full Row Select + + + Represents HotTracker + + + Represents handled + + + Represents Handled Plus Minus + + + Represents Handled CheckBox + + + Represents Handled Option Button + + + Represents Handled LeftImagrList + + + Represents Handled State ImageList + + + Represents Hadled Right Image List + + + Represents Handled Text + + + + Event args that are passed in the DrawNode event of the TreeViewAdv control. + Contains information about the appearance of the node and the location and sizes of different parts of the node. + + + + Optimization of boolean values storage. (12 boolean varables) + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvPaintEventArgs class + + The node associated with event + The instance of Graphics class + Bounds of the Node + Location of Text + The Level of Node + The Indent of Node + Indicates whether the Node is selected + Indicates whether the Node is active + Indicates whether FullRowSelect is enabled + Indicates whether HotTracking is enabled + The foreground color of node + + + + Gets the level of node + + + An instance of + + + + Gets the visual style of the node + + + + + Gets the indent of node + + + An instance of + + + + Gets or sets foreground color + + + + + Gets or sets the RightMargin + + + + + Gets the location of text as + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event was handled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting PlusMinus button was handled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting CheckBox was handled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting Option button was handled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting images in left side was handled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting state image was handled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting text was handled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether painting images in right side was handled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is selected + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is Active + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the FullRowSelect is enabled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the HotTracking is enabled + + + + + Event args that are passed in the NodeBackGround event of the TreeViewAdv control. + Contains information about the appearance of the node background and the location and sizes of different parts of the node. + + + + Optimization of boolean values storage. (5 boolean varaibles) + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvPaintBackgroundEventArgs class. + The node associated with event + The instance of Graphics class + Indicates whether the Node is selected + Indicates whether the Node is active + Indicates whether FullRowSelect is enabled + Indicates whether HotTracking is enabled + The BrushInfo with which the background will be painted + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is selected + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is Active + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the FullRowSelect is enabled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the HotTracking is enabled + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event was handled + + + + + Gets or sets the BrushInfo with which the background will be painted by default, if you don't + mark this event as handled. + + You can optionally change the properties of this BrushInfo object + or provide a new BrushInfo without + marking this event as handled . + + + TreeColumn Style ChangedEventHandler + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + +

Handles the + and event.

+ Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. +
+ + + Handles the event of the MultiColumnTreeView control. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event of the MultiColumnTreeView control. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data./> + + + + Specifies the selection mode for the tree. + + + + + Lets you select one node at a time. + + + + + Lets you select multiple nodes within the same level. + + + + + Lets you select multiple nodes across all levels. + + + + + Specifies the different sort types that can be specified in the method. + + + + + Sorts by text. + + + + + Sorts by the tag value. + + + + + Sorts by the checkbox value. + + + + + Specifies the node positions in a node collection. + + + + Represents First Node position + + + Represents Last Node position + + + Represents Previous Node position + + + Represents Next Node position + + + Represents Text + + + Represents Left Images + + + Represents Right Images + + + Represents CheckBox + + + Represents State Image + + + Represents Option Button + + + Represents Custom Control + + + + Specifies the action that raised a TreeViewAdv event. + + + + + The event was caused by a keystroke. + + + + + The event was caused by a mouse operation. + + + + + The event was caused by the collapsing. + + + + + The event was caused by the expanding. + + + + + The action that caused the event is unknown. + + + + + Enum for specifying the options to find and replace in TreeView. + + + + + Enum for specifying the levels of range to find and replace in TreeView. + + + + + Enum for specifying the navigation style to find and replace in TreeView. + + + + + This collection contains checked nodes in treeView. Use Add/Remove methods to add/remove nodes. + These methods will check/uncheck proceed nodes automatically. + Use Clear method to delete and uncheck all nodes from collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckedNodesColection class. + + + + + Adds the specified node to the collection and checks it. + + Tree node object + Returns treenode index + + + + Removes specified node from collection and unchecks it. + + Treenode object + + + + Clears collection. + + + + + Add node to or remove from checked nodes collection and process the same way all node's subtree. + + Tree node + + + + Removes checked nodes in the specified collection from the list of checked nodes. + + Treenode collection + + + + Adds checked nodes from the collection to the list of checked nodes. + + Treenode Collection + + + + Adds the specified node and all it's checked subnodes to the collection. + + Tree node + Returns Treenode index + + + + Removes specified node and all it's subnodes from collection. + + Tree node + + + + Special class to support serializing the ChildStyle info. + + + + + Contains appearance and behavior information regarding the s. + + + + + An empty style object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvStyleInfo class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvStyleInfo class. + + The style object that contains the original data. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + A that holds data for this . + All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + A that holds the indentity for this . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + A that holds the indentity for this . + + A that holds data for this . + All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. + + + + + Returns the for this style or null if style is used outside a grid model. + + The this style belongs to or null. + + + + Reset value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize our property value + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize our property value + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize our property value + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset value to default value + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether we serialize closedImage property value + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize our property value + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize our property value + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize our property value + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset property LeftStateImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftStateImagePadding property value. + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset property RightStateImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightStateImagePadding property value. + + Returns bool value + + + + Reset property Multiline value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Multiline property value. + + Returns bool value + + + + Gets or sets information such as TreeNode for the current . + + + + + Gets the object that holds all the data for this style object. + + + + + Gets a with default settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of check symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of intermediate check symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the background of checkbox when it is in intermediate state. + + + + + Gets or sets the background of checkbox . + + + + + Gets or sets the color of Option button. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of Selected Option button. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the Color of the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the base style for the node from which to inherit. + + The specified base style should be available in the + collection. + + + + Gets or sets the background of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the help text of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the display member of the data bound to the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the checkbox of the node is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node will have an interactive checkbox. + + + + + Gets or sets the tag of the node. Can be used to store additional information for the node. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the plus/minus of the node is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the optionbutton of the node is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the left of the node`s text. + + + + + Gets or sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the right of the node`s text. + + + + + Gets or sets the image index indicating the image in the StateImageList where the node has no children. + + + + + Gets or sets the image index in the NodeStateImageList where the node is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the image index in the NodeStateImageList where the node is collapsed. + + + + + Gets or sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is not expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node`s controls will be themed. + + + + + Gets or sets the sort type of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the sort order of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the culture of the node used while sorting. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that compares two nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the compare options used in the sorting of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the buttons in the node are enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whetherIndicates whether the first child should be marked as if none of the other children is Optioned in a parent node. + + True to ensure a default optioned child. False otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the checkState of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that will be drawn on the left of the node`s text. + This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that will be drawn on the right of the node`s text. + This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RightImage property has or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that will be shown where the node is expanded. + This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether OpenImage property has or not + + + + + Gets or sets the image that will be shown where the node is collapsed. + This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image that will be shown where the node has no children. + This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image for state button where the node is expanded. + This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. + + + + + Gets or sets the image for state button where the node is collapsed. + This value has higher priority in comparing to ImageList indexes. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether LeftImagePadding property value has or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RightImagePadding property value has set or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether LeftStateImagePadding property value has set or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RightStateImagePadding property value has set or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiline text or single line.. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Multiline property value has set or not. + + + + Raises when click the List box + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Base class that provide functionality of DropDown list for PropertyGrid. + + + + ListBox Click + ender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Method return by order index real value that have to be stored as property value. + + selected item from list + corresponding value that index. + + + + On startup detect what item is selected and return it order index. + + Selected item from DropDown list. + Selection Index value + + + + Method return array of items that will be added as items into ListBox. User have to + select value from this array for property. + + Array of values. + + + Gets drop down control + + + Gets current context of editor. + + + + Method return by order index real value that have to be stored as property value. + + selected item from list + corresponding value that index. + + + + On startup detect what item is selected and return it order index. + + Selected item from DropDown list. + Selection Index value + + + + Method return array of items that will be added as items into ListBox. User have to + select value from this array for property. + + Array of values. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvImageListIndexUITypeEditor class. + + Type of list to use. + + + + Method return by order index real value that have to be stored as property value. + + selected item from list + corresponding value that index. + + + + On startup detect what item is selected and return it order index. + + Selected item from DropDown list. + Selection Index value + + + + Method return array of items that will be added as items into ListBox. User have to + select value from this array for property. + + Array of values. + + + ListBox DrawItem + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + Represents State + + + Represents Right + + + Represents Left + + + Represents Node state + + + + The MultiColumnTreeView control is an advanced tree control that surpasses the + functionality and look of the standard TreeView control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Default image index. + + + + + + + + + + A border width when Border style is set to BorderStyle.Fixed3D. + + + + + Minimum column width + + + + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Default value for the auto size for the columns. + + + + + Default item height + + + + Storage of all boolean internal varaibles. Optimize control memory usage. By default each + boolean field in class eat 4 bytes of memory - bit array reserve one bit for each boolean value and + align collection internal size to integer. + + + + stores the length of the longest node or child in the tree and assigns the value to the column + + + + + stores the length of the longest subitem in a column and assigns the value to that column. + + + + Indicates the current now which is selected by key pressing + + + Node which must be highlighted like parent for dragging. + + + Special graphics for text measuring. + + + + Header height + + + + Storage of columns. + + + + Custom control collection. Key - custom control. Value - node. + + + + + ImageList with images that are displayed + instead of expand/collapse button. + + + + + Index of default image for collapse button. + + + + + Index of default image for expand button. + + + + + Nodes needed to be highlighted for selecting child. + + + + + Point to remember last click-point. + NOTE : It will be set at OnMouseDown and null + ( set to Point.Empty ) at OnMouseUp. + ( need to fix issue # 180 ) + + + + + Collection contains checked nodes in tree + + + + + Indicates whether the pressed state. + + + + + To indicates whether the Mouse hover on last TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Checks whether the color has been changed internally while enabling the Office2016style. + + + + Indicates the currently selected keys. + + + + Sets the width of the column based on selected value. + + + + + Shows a PrintPreview dialog displaying the Tree control passed in. + + MultiColumnTreeView for print preview. + Title for document. + + + + Gets an image that shows the entire tree, not just what is visible on the Control + + + + + + Returns an image of the specified width and height, of a control represented by handle. + + + + + Returns Image + + + + This will store the width values of the columns before changing the to AllCellsExceptHeader + + + + + Method for storing the width values of the columns before changing the to AllCellsExceptHeader. + + + + + This will returns the nodes present in the tree. + + TreeNodeAdv as nodes + returns the nodes and child if the node is expanded + + + + Calls when the is AllCellsExceptHeader. + + + + + Creates a new MultiColumnTreeView control. + + + + + Event will be fired when the parent is changed for MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + + + Event will be triggered when location of the parent form is changed. + + + + + in destructor don't forget to clean resources. + + + Initialize control styles. Crete list of standard styles. + + + + + + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the BackColor property was modified. + + Returns bool property + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Determines if the property was modified. + + + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + + + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + + + + + + + Recreate CustomControlCollection. + + + + + Implement this interface to support keyboard based (Shift+F10) context menu + invocation. The context menu will then appear near the selected node. + + The PopupMenu in the XPMenus framework will then call this method to + determine the location for popup. + + + + + Calls the to raise the event. + + An ItemDragEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overloaded. Begins the editing of the specified node. + + The node to edit. + + + + Begins the editing of the selected node. + + + + + Saves or Cancels the editing of the selected node. + + True to cancel editing; false to save changes. + + + + Forces the end of the editing of the selected node. + + + + + Returns a that contains the image of the dragged nodes + with it's state image. + + A instance when there is atleast + one selected node; Null otherwise. + + + + Begins the printing process of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Returns the tree node at the specified point in client co-ordinates. + + The point in client co-ordinates. + A . + + + + Returns the location of the tree node in client co-ordinates. + + The whose location you need. + A . + Operation has linear computation complexity algorithm that is why use + it carefully on large tree hierarchies. + + + + Returns the total height of the rows from the specified start to end. + + The top row. + The bottom row. + The total height. + + + + Returns the rectangular area in which the tree node will be drawn. + + A . + A . + + + + Returns the tree node at the specified row index. + + The row index. + A . + + + + Returns the row index of a tree node. + + A . + The row index. + + + + Cancels any current mouse based selection and edit mode. + + + + + Returns a node from the specified path. Make sure that the path does not end with a separator when calling this. + + The path of the node. + The node that has the specified path. + + + + Returns the path of the specified node. + + Node whose path is to be returned. + The path of the node. + + + + Overloaded. Extends the selection to the specified node. + + A TreeNodeAdv. + This method will not do anything if the + property is set to TreeSelectionMode.Single. + + + + Extends the selection to the specified node. + + A TreeNodeAdv. + Indicates whether or not any current selection should be removed. + This method will not do anything if the + property is set to TreeSelectionMode.Single. + + + + Method fills an array with newly selected nodes. + + Currently selected node. + Indicates whether all nodes must be selected or only nodes on same level. + List of selected nodes. + + + + Begins a drag-and-drop operation. + Added by lucas in order to resolve problem 169. + + The data to drag. + One of the DragDropEffects values. + A value from the DragDropEffects enumeration that + represents the final effect that was performed + during the drag-and-drop operation. + + + + Returns the width required to draw the text specified using the font specified. + + A object. + The text that is to be drawn. + The using which to draw. + Width required. + + + + Returns the width required to draw the text specified using the font specified. + + A object. + The text that is to be drawn. + The using which to draw. + + Size required for text. + + + + Collapses all the tree nodes. + +

The CollapseAll method collapses all the + objects, including all the child tree nodes, that are in the + control.

The state of a TreeNodeAdv persists. For example, suppose that + a parent tree node is expanded. If the child tree nodes were not + previously collapsed, they will appear in their previously-expanded + state. Calling the CollapseAll method ensures that all the tree nodes + appear in the collapsed state.

+
+ + + Expands all the tree nodes. + +

The ExpandAll method expands all the + objects, including all the child tree nodes, that are in the + control.

+
+ + + Cancels the edit mode. + +

The CancelEditMode method cancels the edit mode when the node is in the EditingMode.

+
+ + + Retrieves the number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all + subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. + + true to count the + items that the subtrees contain; false otherwise. + The number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. + + If includeSubTrees is true, the result is the number of all the tree nodes in the entire tree structure. + + This example describes how to count all the nodes(including child nodes) of the treeViewAdv + The user could get the total number of nodes by calling GetNodeCount method with the + bool argument which indicates whether count should include sub trees or not. If we + pass it as true, it will count the nodes with the subtrees also. + + private void button1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + //Call the tree control's "GetNodeCount" method with true to + //get the total number of nodes in the tree + int TotalNodesInTree = this.treeViewAdv1.GetNodeCount( true ); + MessageBox.Show( "Total nodes in tree = " + TotalNodesInTree.ToString()); + } + //Add nodes + private void button2_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Nodes.Add(new TreeNodeAdv()); + } + //Remove nodes + private void button3_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Parent.Nodes.Remove(this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode); + } + + Private Sub button1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + ' Call the tree control's "GetNodeCount" method with true to + ' get the total number of nodes in the tree + Dim TotalNodesInTree As Integer = Me.treeViewAdv1.GetNodeCount(True) + MessageBox.Show("Total nodes in tree = " & TotalNodesInTree.ToString()) + End Sub + 'Add nodes + Private Sub button2_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Nodes.Add(New TreeNodeAdv()) + End Sub + 'Remove nodes + Private Sub button3_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Parent.Nodes.Remove(Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode) + End Sub + + + + + Overloaded. Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible. + + The node that requires visibility. + + + + Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible and + optionally forces it to be the top-most visible node. + + The node that is to be scrolled + + + + Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible and + optionally forces it to be the top-most visible node. + + The node that is to be scrolled. + True to force it to be the the top-most visible node; false to just scroll it into view. + + + + Overloaded. Returns the node at the specified location. + + The X co-ordinate. + The Y co-ordinate. + The node at the point. + + + + Returns the node at the specified location. + + The point. + The node at the point. + + + + Returns the node at the specified location. + + Location. + Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the text, not the whole bounds of the node. + The node at the point. + + + + Returns the node at the specified location. + + Location. + Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the text, not the whole bounds of the node. + Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the images and text, + not the whole bounds of the node. + The node at the point. + If both the pHitTextBounds and pHitTextOrImageBounds params are false then the testing will be done on the + whole node. + + + + Gets the treeNodeAdvSubItem at the specified location. + + + + + + + + Gets the treeNodeAdvSubItem at the specified location. + + + + + + + + Returns the node at the specified point. + + Specified point. + Node at specified point if exist; null otherwise. + + + Method called by column when it style changed. + + + + + Method called when selected column changed. + + + + + + + Method called when column catch click event. + + + + + + + Method called when column catch resized event. + + + + + + + Method called when column catch resizing event. + + + + + + + Method called when column catch double click event. + + + + + + + Raises the NodeEditorValidateString event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnNodeEditorValidateString method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidateString in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidateString method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the NodeEditorValidating event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnNodeEditorValidating method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidating in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidating method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the NodeEditorValidated event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnNodeEditorValidated method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidated in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidated method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the edit cancel event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnEditCancelled method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnEditCancelled in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnEditCancelled method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BeforeEdit event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnBeforeEdit method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeEdit in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeEdit method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the NodeStateImageListChanged event. + + + + + Raises the DefaultExpandImageIndexChanged event. + + + + + Raises the DefaultCollapseImageIndexChanged event. + + + + + Raises the ItemDrag event. + + An ItemDragEventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnItemDrag method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemDrag in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnItemDrag method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the NodeBackgroundPaint event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnNodeBackgroundPaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeBackgroundPaint in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeBackgroundPaint method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BeforeNodePaint event. + + An that contains the event data. + The OnBeforeNodePaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeNodePaint in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeNodePaint method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the AfterNodePaint event. + + An that contains the event data. + The OnAfterNodePaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterNodePaint in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterNodePaint method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BeforeExpand event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnBeforeExpand method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeExpand in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeExpand method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BeforeCollapse event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnBeforeCollapse method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCollapse in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCollapse method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the AfterExpand event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnAfterExpand method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterExpand in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterExpand method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the AfterCollapse event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnAfterCollapse method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCollapse in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCollapse method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the AfterSelect event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnAfterSelect method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterSelect in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterSelect method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the AfterCheck event. + + A that contains the event data. + The OnAfterCheck method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCheck in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCheck method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the AfterInteractiveChecks event. + + A that contains the event data. + The OnAfterInteractiveChecks method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterInteractiveChecks in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterInteractiveChecks method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BeforeSelect event. + + An that contains the event data. + The OnBeforeSelect method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSelect in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeSelect method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BeforeCheck event. + + An that contains the event data. + The OnBeforeCheck method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCheck in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCheck method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Selects a default node (the first visible one) if the tree did not + have anything focused. + + + + + Method handles nodes selection and scroll events on OnMouseUp event. + + Indicates whether Ctrl key is pressed. + Indicates whether Shift key is pressed. + Mouse event args. + + + + Font changed + + + + + Serializing the MetroColor property + + + + + Reset the MetroColor property + + + + + Serializing the NodeHoverColor property + + + + + Reset the NodeHoverColor property + + + + + This method indicates that the multipleNodes can be selected with mouseDown and drag . + + + + + + Raises the ThemeChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BorderStyleChanged event. + + The OnBorderStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderStyleChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderStyleChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BorderSingleChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderSingleChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderSingleChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderSingleChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BorderColorChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderColorChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderColorChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the GradientBackgroundChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnGradientBackgroundChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnGradientBackgroundChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnGradientBackgroundChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OmBorderSidesChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw any child controls. + + + + + Draws reversible line. + + Horizontal offset relatively client rectangle point (0,0) + + + + Gets column by mouse position + + + + + + + Method draws non-client area of an MultiColumnTreeView. + + EventArgs with Non-client info for drawing. + + + + Invalidates nodes in collection. + + Collection to invalidate. + + + + The PaintEventArgs using this to draw the non client area. + The control's window bounds into which to draw. Left and Top are usually zero. + The control's bounds in screen co-ordinates. + HRgn (as IntPtr) that excludes the region you just drew in the displayRect. + + + Method draw header of the tree view + Graphics on which we should draw columns. + Control bounds. + area reserved for borders + Height of header. + + + + Fills empty cell for column + + + + + + Draws the vertical lines of the tree. + Graphics object. + Node to draw the vertical lines to. + The RowIndex of the node. + The Last Visible Node Row Index for comparing if in the node iteration nodes have passed it. + + + + Method calculate how much space reserved for borders by control. + returned value must be be in range [0;2]. + pixels reserved for borders. + + + + Gets bounds for columns + + if true than calculates for all columns, else calculates for first column + + + + + Sets height for all columns + + + + + Returns the smallest rectangle enclosing the selected region of all the nodes specified. + + The nodes whose selected region is to be included in the resultant rect. + The bounding Rectangle. + The node's text and left images will be included in the rectangles. + + + Method recalculate Horizontal scroll Maximum value. + + + + Gets node by path. + + TreeNodeAdv object, root for search + Node path. + TreeNodeAdv object by path. + + + + Returns true/false if the specified node is under the collapsed node. + + The collapsed. + The node. + true if specified node under collapsed node; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns true/false if the active node is under the collapsed node. + + The collapsed. + true if active node under collapsed node; otherwise, false. + + + + + If the some columns has gradient style than return true. + + + + + + Removes the nodes list from selected nodes list, if its under the collapsed node. + + Collapsed node. + + + + Returns true if the node which is to be collapsed contains any selcted nodes. + + The Collapsed node. + true if collapsed node contains selection nodes; otherwise, it returns false. + + + + Exclude node from selection and if it is an ActiveNode - reset + ActiveNode value. + Node for removing from tree + + + + Method to iterate TreeNodeAdv in MultiColumnTreeView + + + + + + + This method is used internally by the tree control to add and remove selected nodes. This + method will fire the appropriate selection events to let the user cancel the selection, etc. + + The nodes to add. + The nodes to remove. + Specifies what kind of action triggered this call. + Indicates whether selection events should be fired before and after this selection change. + Indicates whether the specified nodes to be removed from selection will be removed even if the user + cancelled the selection change the BeforeSelect event handler. + True if the selection changed; false otherwise. + + + + Highlighted all parent nodes. + + + + + + Refresh Highlighting. + + + + + Gets bounds for area which must be select + + distance from top of clientArea to Y position of node + true if RightToLeft mode + current node object + + + + + Gets mouse down node + + Returns Mouse down node + + + + Serializing the Style property + + + + + Reset the Style property + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether recalculate height of nodes for proper multi-line text displaying + + + + Gets or sets the value that indicates how the column widths are determined. + + + + + Gets the number of tree nodes that can be fully visible in the tree view + control. + + + The number of items that can be fully visible in + the control. + + + The VisibleCount value can be greater than the number of tree nodes + in the tree view. The value is calculated by dividing the height of the + client window by the height of a tree node item. The result is the total + number of objects that the is + capable of displaying within its current dimensions. + + + + + Overriden. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether default graphics to be used for drawing instead of double buffering + for faster drawing performance. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the Horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the Vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables scrollbars. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the HistoryManager to use. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether register items in history list. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw + the instead when is true. + + True to ignore theme background; false otherwise. Default is false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control and it's parts should be drawn themed. + + True to enable themes; false otherwise. Default is false. + + + + Gets or sets the border sides of the control that will be drawn. + + One of the values. Default is Border3DSide.All. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background color, gradient and other styles. This will override the BackColor setting. + + + The provides this property to enable specialized + custom gradient backgrounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color, gradient and other styles for column's headers zone. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the 2D border. + + + + + Gets or sets the 2D border style. + + One of the values. Default is ButtonBorderStyle.Solid. + + + + Gets or sets the border style of the control. + + One of the values. Default is BorderStyle.Fixed3D. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the 3D border. + + One of the values. Default is Border3DStyle.Sunken. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control must draw dotted rectangle around + selected node when it has no focus. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether cue image should be drawn + at a distance below the mouse cursor while dragging. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether sort treeview including all the child nodes. + + true if sort all with child nodes; otherwise, false. + + This example describes how to sort all the nodes in the MultiColumnTreeView + + If SortWithChildNodes property is set to true,the user can sort all the nodes including all the child nodes in the treeViewAdv. + The SortOrder of the Root should be specified for the sorting all nodes. + // Sorts only the root nodes. + private void button1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Sort(); + } + // Sort all the root nodes and the child nodes in the TreeviewAdv + private void button2_Click_1(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.treeViewAdv1.Root.SortOrder=SortOrder.Ascending; + this.treeViewAdv1.SortWithChildNodes=true; + this.treeViewAdv1.Root.Sort(); + } + + 'Sorts only the root nodes. + Private Sub button1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Me.treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Sort() + End Sub + 'Sort all the root nodes and the child nodes in the TreeviewAdv + Private Sub button2_Click_1(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Me.treeViewAdv1.Root.SortOrder=SortOrder.Ascending + Me.treeViewAdv1.SortWithChildNodes=True + Me.treeViewAdv1.Root.Sort() + End Sub + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an alpha blended image of the selected nodes + should be drawn beside the cursor during drag and drop. + + True to show an alpha blended image; false otherwise. Default is true.You could customize the style in which nodes are drawn in the above image by + adding a "DragNodeCueStyle" style to the collection. + + + + Gets the first fully-visible tree node in the tree view control. + + A that represents the first fully-visible + tree node in the tree view control. + + Initially, the TopVisibleNode returns the first root tree node, which is + located at the top of the . However, if the user has scrolled + the contents, another tree node might be at the top. + + + + + Gets the last visible node. + + A instance. + + + + + Gets the helptext control of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + This is the control used to display the of the nodes. + + + + Gets the tooltip control of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + This is the control used to display the tooltip for the nodes when the text of the nodes are partially visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the selected node. + + Default is a system color. + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the selected node when not focussed. + + Default is a system color. + + + + Gets or sets the background of the selected node. + + Default is based on a system color. + + + + Gets or sets the background of the selected node when the control is not focussed. + + Default is based on a system color. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drag-drop operation will occur only if the node is dragged on the text area. + + Default is true. + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a tree node has no children. + + An index into the . Default is zero. + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a tree node is collapsed. + + An index into the . Default is 1. + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a tree node is expanded. + + An index into the . Default is 2. + + + + Gets or sets the imagelist that holds images to be drawn based on the state of the node. + + The , and + properties refer to an image inside this list. + + + + Gets or sets the imagelist that holds images to be drawn on the right of the node. + + The will then indicate + which images are to be drawn in the node. + + + + Gets or sets the imagelist that holds images to be drawn on the left of the node. + + The will then indicate + which images are to be drawn in the node. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the controls (eg PlusMinus) will have a transparent background. + Setting this property slows down drawing of the MultiColumnTreeView control. + + Default is false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selected node will be brought to view by scrolling, if necessary. + + Default is true. + + + + Gets or sets the selection mode for the tree. + + Default is TreeSelectionMode.Single. + + Note that setting this property does not affect the current selection state. + For example, if the current selection includes multiple nodes and this property gets set + to TreeSelectionMode.Single, then the + will not be cleared to show a single selection. + + + + + Gets a collection of base styles used in the tree. + + A Hashtable of style names versus styles. The style names are of type string and + the styles are of type . + + This collection holds the standard style that specifies the global node settings + for all the nodes (is named "Standard"), the node level styles for nodes at specific levels (should use the + convention "NodeLevelX") and other custom base styles. Also when you specify a style named + "DragNodeCueStyle" that style will be applied on the nodes before preparing the + drag-cue bitmap during drag-and-drop, a feature that can be turned on using the property. + + + + + Gets the standard style that all the nodes inherit from, by default. + + + + + Gets the standard style that all columns inherit from, by default. + + + + + Gets the standard style that all sub-items inherit from, by default. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the method adds a separator at the end of the path string returned. + + Default is false. + + + + Gets or sets the space left on the left side of the control. + + Default is 3. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the label text of the tree nodes can be edited. + + True if the label text of the tree nodes can be edited; false otherwise. The default is false. + + The method will let you begin editing a node + programmatically irrespective of this setting. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the and events will be fired before drawing a node. + + Default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event will be fired before drawing a node's background. + + Default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tree should follow the load-on-demand paradigm. + + Default value is false. + When set to true, all the nodes will have the plus-minus set to visible to begin with. + You should then handle the event of the nodes and add subnodes to the respective nodes. + The tree will then keep or hide the plus-minus based on whether or not children were added.This provides you a way to delay loading nodes in trees until the user initiates a node expand. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the MultiColumnTreeView is printing. + + + + + Gets the PrintDocument of the MultiColumnTreeView. + when you use print document it will give the snap shot only + so use printpreview + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the nodes will have an option button. + + Default value is false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether selected node is in editing mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the separator string that splits the path of a node. + Call to get the path of the specified node. + + Default value is "\". + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the plus minus controls are visible. + + Default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tree lines are visible. + + Default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether lines are drawn between the tree nodes that are at the root of the tree view. + + Default value is true. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether header drawn or not. + Default value is True. + + + + Gets or sets the indent of the child nodes from the parent node. + + Default value is 19. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the nodes will have a hot tracked appearance when the mouse cursor is hovering over them. + + Default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiple nodes can be selected with mouse down and drag. + + Default value is false. + + + + Gets the collection of Nodes which are in Expanded state. Result is + calculated on reach call. + + + + + Gets the collection of Nodes which are in Collapsed state. Result is + calculated on reach call. + + + + + Gets the selected nodes of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + Use this property only when property + lets you select multiple nodes. Otherwise, use to get the single selected node. + + + + Gets the checked nodes of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the MultiColumnTreeView will hide it's selected nodes when not focussed. + + True to hide selection; false otherwise. Default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the complete row will be highlighted when a node is selected. + + Default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the tree lines. + + Default is Color.Gray. + + + + Gets or sets the line style of the tree lines. + + Default value is DashStyle.Dot. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether keyboard based searching should be allowed. + + Default value is true. + + When set to true, the users can key in char keys to browse to the next node that begins with + that character(s). Multiple characters entered in succession will be assumed to be part of the + same word, so search will be performed on that substring. Search will be restricted to + and nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the state of the parent node's checkbox is based on the checkstate of it's child nodes' checkboxes. + + Default value is false. + + If all child nodes are checked the parent node is also checked. The same with unchecked. + If some child nodes are checked and some are unchecked then the parent node will have an indeterminate state. + If the CheckState of the parent node is set by code or by clicking on it the state of all subnodes will be set to that state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the collapsed node should be selected if any of the child node is selected or not. + + true if the collapsed node should be selected if that node has a selected child node; otherwise, false. + + If this property is set to false, it won't trigger the and event after collapsing the node. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether checkboxes will be shown for the nodes. + + Default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets the selected node of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + The tree fires the event to let you cancel the change + and event to notify you of a new selected node.Use to property when multi-node selection is turned on. + + + + Gets the base node, based on which multiple selection will be performed. + + A instance or null if there is no such node. + + This node will be consulted while extending the selection in a multi-select + scenario using user interaction or when calling the method. + + + + + Gets or sets the default height of the nodes. + + Default value is dependent on the control's font height. + + + + Gets or sets the root node of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets / sets the top-level nodes collection of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets / sets the columns of the MultiColumnTreeView. + + + + + Gets or sets the node on which the user did a right-mouse down. + + A instance. + This property will return a non-null value only when the user + has his mouse down or when the context menu is being shown for the tree.Use this property in your context-menu's popup event to determine on which + node the user had right-clicked. However, do not use this property in a context menu + item's Click property as this would be set to null by then. If the user right-clicked in the empty region then + this property will return null. + When the user instead used the keyboard to invoke the context menu (via Shift+F10) + then this property will return the currently selected node and the + menu will also appear beside the selected node. + + + + + Indicates whether the control should scroll while the user is dragging a horizontal scrollbar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Recalculation of the Nodes maximum height should be done while expanding/collapsing. + + true if suspend recalculate the nodes hieght while expand/collapse; otherwise, false. + + + This property can be reduced the delay while expanding/ collapsing the large number of nodes, if we set it as true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the size box should be drawn when both scrollbars are visible + and the control is not a docked window in an MDIChild window. Note: Another better solution is drawing the NonClientArea + ourselves. See SizeGripStyle which implements this newer solution. + + + Showing the size box works around a problem with .NET controls because by + default the the area at the bottom right is not drawn and that can cause + drawing glitches. Note: Another better solution is drawing NonClientArea + ourselves. See SizeGripStyle which implements this newer solution. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether If tree in design mode than all unvisible node should be displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether the control should scroll while the user is dragging a vertical scrollbar thumb. + + + + + Gets or sets ImageList with images that are displayed + instead of expand/collapse button. + + The below description helps the user to set Custom images for expand/collapse (+/-) signs in the MultiColumnTreeView + The standard +/- signs for the expand/collapse buttons in the MultiColumnTreeView can be replaced with + the custom images by setting ImageList to the newly added NodeStateImageList property of the MultiColumnTreeView. + Single click on the image expands or collapses the current node. + By setting some particular index of default image for expand/collapse button in the + TreeviewAdv's DefaultCollapseImageIndex and DefaultExpandImageIndex property ,all the + ParentNode's can be displayed with default Images for expanding and collapsing actions. + Each Parent Node's +/- signs can be set with different images ,by setting the TreeNodeAdv's + CollpaseImageIndex and ExpandImageIndex. + + + + Gets or sets index of default image for collapse button. + + + + + Gets or sets index of default image for expand button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default node should be selected on the MultiColumnTreeView control gains focus. + + true if node should be selected on MultiColumnTreeView gains focus; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables horizontal scrollbar. + This property will be set/reset by the tree as and when required. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Enables or disables vertical scrollbar. + This property will be set/reset by the tree as and when required. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether bounds of the nodes collecion update need. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether custom controls visibilITY and bounds update need. + + + + + Gets custom control collection. + + + + True if control has at least one column, otherwise False. + + + Gets or sets special measure graphics that allowing measuring without + control creation. + + + Gets vertical lines above plusminus rectangle + + + + This event will be triggered when mouse hover occurs in tree nodes and it returns the particular node details which is currently being pointed from its arguement. + + + + + Occures before a node gets into the edit mode. + + + + + Occurs when the text entered by the user changes in the Node editor control. + + + + + Occurs before the newly entered text in the Node editor gets stored. + + + + + Occurs after the newly entered text in the Node editor gets stored. + + + + + Occurs after the Editing mode gets cancelled by Escape key. + + + + + Occurs before a node is selected. + + + The collection in the property is + both read-only and fixed size. + + + + + Occurs before a node's checkbox is checked. + + + + + Occurs after a node is selected. + + + You can determine the selected node using the property. + + + + + Occurs after a node is checked. + + This event will be fired when the node's property has changed or when a new + node has been .You could alternatively listen to the individual node's + event. + + + + Occurs after one or more node's CheckState has changed due to setting. + + When is turned on in a parent node, changing the parent's or one + of it's children's will cause the CheckStates of the parent and the child nodes to be updated appropriately. + This event will be fired at the end of all these updates. + + + + Occurs before a node is expanded. + + + Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node before it's expanded. + Use this event when you set the property to true to add child nodes to the specified node before it is expanded. + + + + + Occurs before a node has collapsed. + + + Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node before it's collapsed. + + + + + Occurs after a node is expanded. + + + Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node after it's expanded. + + + + + Occurs after a node has collapsed. + + + Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node after it's collapsed. + + + + + Fired before a node is being painted when the property is set to true. + + + Handle this event when you want to draw the node yourself. If you set the + property to true the MultiColumnTreeView assumes that you have drawn all the contents of the node and no additional drawing will be done by the MultiColumnTreeView. + If you leave it to false the MultiColumnTreeView will automatically draw the usual contents of the node. Do not draw the background of the node here. + Otherwise it will draw over the vertical line. Use the NodeBackgroundPaint for painting the background. + + + + + Fired after a node is being painted when the property is set to true. + + + This event is ideal for custom drawing portions of the node in addition to the default drawing. + The HandledXXX properties of the event args can be ignored for this event. + + + + + Fired to draw the background of a node if the property is set. + + + Handle this event when you want to draw the background of the node yourself. + + + + + Occurs when the user begins a drag of one or more items in the tree view control. + +

The Item property in the argument is an array of MultiColumnTreeView nodes that + are currently selected.

+ You can choose to initiate an ole drag-and-drop operation in this event handler. +

+ + To initiate an ole drag-drop in this event handler: + + // MultiColumnTreeView.ItemDrag event listener + private void treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.ItemDragEventArgs e) + { + // Begin a drag and drop operation of the selected nodes (or some other data). + TreeNodeAdv[] nodes = e.Item as TreeNodeAdv[]; + DragDropEffects result = this.DoDragDrop(nodes, DragDropEffects.Copy | DragDropEffects.Move); + // more app logic based on result... + } + + ' MultiColumnTreeView.ItemDrag event listener + Private Sub treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.ItemDragEventArgs) Handles treeViewAdv2.ItemDrag + ' Begin a drag and drop operation of the selected nodes (or some other data). + Dim nodes As TreeNodeAdv() = CType(e.Item, TreeNodeAdv()) + Dim result As DragDropEffects = Me.DoDragDrop(nodes, DragDropEffects.Copy Or DragDropEffects.Move) + ' more app logic based on result... + End Sub 'treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag ' + Also take a look at our ..\Tools\Samples\Tree Package\TreeViewAdvDragDrop + sample for more information on how to turn on drag-drop cues. +
+ + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the tree's BorderStyle is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's Border3DStyle is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's Border2DStyle is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's BorderColor is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's GradientBackground is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's BorderSides is changed + + + + + Occurs when the ThemesEnabled property changes + + + + + Occurs when the tree's selected column changed. + + + + + Occurs when the tree's column is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the tree's column is double clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the tree's column is resized. + + + + + Occurs when resizing the tree's column. + + + + + This event will be triggered if double click occurs on TreeNodeAdv + + + + + This event will be triggered if single click occurs on TreeNodeAdv + + + + + This Event will be triggered when treenode match is found based on search string + + + + + This Event will be triggered once treenode match yet to be found based on search string + + + + + This Event will be triggered on matched treenode text is being replaced based on search string + + + + + This Event will be triggered on matched treenode text after gets replaced based on search string + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the color of the MetroColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to the color of the MetroColor. + + + + Gets Rectangle reserved by control for tree painting. + RTL mirror effect is applied on result rectangle automatically. + Scrolling effects also applied on result rectangle automatically. + + + Gets Rectangle reserved by control for tree painting. + + + + Gets or sets the value to the Style.. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + /// + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + True - we show header, otherwise False. + + + True - select node when collapsed, otherwise False. + + + True - enabled Undo/Redo manager, otherwise False. + + + True - force control to ignore recalculations requests, otherwise False. + + + Auto custom controls adding in MultiColumnTreeView.Controls + false - only in designer editor. + + + + + + True - indicate that tree is free for draging operation, otherwise False. + + + True - in control enabled hot tracking functionality, otherwise False. + + + True - show level lines in tree, otherwise False. + + + True - show root line in tree heirarchy, otherwise False. + + + True - control in printing process, otherwise False. + + + Indicates whether multiple nodes can be selected with mouse down and drag. + + + True - load data on user demand, otherwise False. + + + Indicates whether the and events will be fired before drawing a node. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + True - paint full row selection, otherwise paint only label selection. + + + True - on control focus lost do not show selection, otherwise False. + + + + + + True - indicate that we in Dragging process, otherwise False. + + + Indicates whether mouse has left out of control. + + + Stub variable which indicates whether artificial drag-and-drop works + when AllowDrop is set to false. + + + Indicates whether control must draw dotted rectangle around + selected node when it has no focus. + + + Indicates whether cue image should be drawn at a distance below the mouse + cursor while dragging. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indicates the direction of selection + + + + + + + + + + + + True - custom control refresh required, otherwise False. + Need update custom controls visibility and bounds. + + + True - indicate that control catch key down and processing it, otherwise False. + + + True - indicate that control catch Mouse down and processing it, otherwise False. + + + True - indicate Left mouse button catch and processing, otherwise False. + + + True - indicate Mouse up catch and procesing, otherwise False. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + To avoid nested calling of EndEdit method. + + + + + + + + + + + + True - force nodes to recalculate own height for multiline cases, + otherwise False. + + + + + + MUST BE LAST DECALRED IN ENUM!!! Maximum counter of bit flags. + + + + Visual Style of the MultiColumnTreeview + + + + + default style + + + + + Metro style + + + + + Represents the Office2016 colorful appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 colorful appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 dark gray colorful appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 black colorful appearance. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeViewAdvFindReplaceDialog class + + TreeViewAdv instance + + + + Highlights matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string + + Search Text + TreeViewSearchOption + TreeViewSearchRange + true if match found + + + + Highlights matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string + + Search Text + true if match found + + + + Highlights all matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string + + Search Text + TreeViewSearchOption + TreeViewSearchRange + returns true if match found + + + + Highlights all matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string + + Search Text + returns true if match found + + + + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Search Text + Text to be replaced + TreeViewSearchOption + TreeViewSearchRange + returns true if match found + + + + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Search Text + Text to be replaced + TreeViewSearchRange + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + + + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Search Text + Text to be replaced + TreeViewSearchOption + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + + + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Search Text + Text to be replaced + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + + + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Text to be replaced + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + + + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Search Text + Text to be replaced + TreeViewSearchRange + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + + + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Search Text + Text to be replaced + TreeViewSearchOption + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + + + Returns true if all matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Search Text + Text to be replaced + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + + + Returns true if all matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Search Text + Text to be replaced + TreeViewSearchOption + TreeViewSearchRange + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + + + Returns true if matched all TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + Text to be replaced + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced + + + + Defines if Search Text matches any TreeNodeAdv text + + Search String + returns true if match found + + + + Find and return TreeNodeAdv based on TreeSearchOption + + TreeNodeAdv instances + Search Text + SearchTreeNodeAdvCollection + + + + Find and return matched TreeNodeAdv Collection + + TreeViewAdv Instances + Search String + SearchTreeNodeAdvCollection + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdvCollection that matches search string + + + + + TreeViewAdv instance + + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeViewAdv Search Option + + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeViewAdv search range + + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdv search navigation type + + + + + Defines the constants that specifies how the width of the columns are adjusted. + + + + + No sizing. Default column width or defined width set to column. + + + + + Calculates the width of column based on cell contents. So that cell content�s are not truncated. + + + + The GroupViewItem objects are "child" controls in terms of accessibility so + return the number of GroupViewItems. + Returns the number of GroupViewItems + + + Gets the Accessibility object of the GroupViewItem identified by index. + Returns Child + Tree node index + + + Gets the role for the GroupView. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + Gets the state for the GroupView. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + The value of an accessible object, or null if the object has no value set. + + + + TODO: place correct comment here + + + + Style storage for column. + + + Reference on parent control. + + + Storage of text bounds + + + Column bounds + + + Column state + + + + This will become false if column width is set in sample level. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnAdv class. + text of column. + + + Called when control start initialization. + + + Called when control ends own initialization. + + + + Reset property Visible value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Visible property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Width value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Width property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Font value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Font property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Text value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Text property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property TextColor value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize TextColor property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Background value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Background property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property HelpText value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize HelpText property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property SortOrder value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize SortOrder property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Comparer value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Comparer property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Tag value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Tag property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property LeftImage value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImage property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property RightImage value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImage property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property LeftImageIndices value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImageIndices property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property RightImageIndices value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImageIndices property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property BorderSides value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSides property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property BorderStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderStyle property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Border3DStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Border3DStyle property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property BorderColor value to default value + + + + + Reset HighlightBorderColor value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Indicate whether to serialize HighlightBorderColor property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property BorderSingle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSingle property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property AreaBackground value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize AreaBackground property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property VerticalAlignment value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize VerticalAlignment property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property HorizontalAlignment value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize HorizontalAlignment property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Updates column's location. + + X position + Y position + + + + Update parent reference of column. + + Reference on parent control. + + + + Reset column reference on parent. + + + + Draw Column at specified position. + Graphics on which we should draw ourself. + X,Y coordinates. + + + Draw Column at specified position. + Graphics on which we should draw ourself. + X coordinate. + Y coordinate. + + + + Draws the Background image for the Column. + + Graphics + + + Method draw images from the left side of the column text. + In RTL mode logic is reversed and images drawn from right side. + Graphics for drawing. + Start position of images drawing. + New start position for other methods that will draw after us. + + + Gets reference on style that used by column. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether column selected state + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether column visible to user or not. + + + + + Gets or sets column width. + + + + + Gets or sets font that will be used for column text painting. + + + + + Gets or sets the column text. + + + + + Gets or sets the column text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the column background style. + + + + + Gets or sets height for column. + + + + + Gets or sets hint text for the column. + + + + + Gets or sets sorting order of the column. + + + + + Gets or sets custom comparer that will be used for column value sorting. + + + + + Gets or sets the column user data. + + + + + Gets or sets image that will be painted from left side of the column text. + Image will be stretched to column header height. + + + + + Gets or sets image that will be painted in the background of the Column. + Image will be stretched to column header height. + + + + + Gets or sets image that will be painted from right side of the column text. + Image will be stretched to column header height. + + + + + Gets or sets the base style for the column from which to inherit. + + The specified base style should be available in the + collection. + + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of text in column bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text in column bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highlight border. + + The color of the highlight border. + + + Gets the column size. + + + Gets or sets the column bounds. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RTL drawing algorithm is used or not. + + + + + Gets or sets area reserved for text drawing + + + + + Gets padding reserved for column border drawing. + + + + + Gets area reserved for background drawing. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnAdvCollection class. + Reference on parent Tree. + + + + Add column into collection. + + reference on column. + Order Index of column. + + + + Add range of columns into collection. + + Array of columns. + + + + Add range of columns into collection. + + Array of columns. + + + + Remove column from collection. + + Treecolumn object + + + Insert column into collection. + insert position. + Column reference. + + + + Method check is column in collection or not. + + reference on column to check. + True - column found in collection, otherwise False. + + + + Method return order index of item if it exists in collection, otherwise -1. + + reference on column. + -1 if nothing found, otherwise column order index. + + + Clone collection and it items. + Copy of the this collection. + + + Clone collection. + Reference on cloned version of the current collection. + + + Method return accumulated width of all columns. + Method ignore visibility settings. + Return Total Column WIdth + + + Method return accumulated width of all columns. + True - count only visible columns, otherwise False. + Accumulated width in pixels. + + + Methods return array infilled by visible to user columns. + Return array infilled by visible to user columns. + + + Utility method used for event + raising. + Event parameters. + + + On collection clearing method raise event + with corresponding parameters. + + + On item inserting into collection set correct parent. Method raise + event with corresponding parameters. + Treenode index + TreecolumnAdv value + + + On item remove from collection reset column parent. Method raise + event with corresponding parameters. + Tree node index + TreeColumn object + + + On item replace/set in collection change items Parents. Method raise + event with corresponding parameters. + Tree node Index + Old value + new Value + + + Method check correctness of input parameters. + parameter to check. + + + Access to collection items by index. + Treecolumn index + + + Gets array of visible columns. + + + Raised when collection detect own changes. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Visible. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Width. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Font. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Text. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: TextColor. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: HelpText. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: SortOrder. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Comparer. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Tag. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImage. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BackgroundImage. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImageIndices. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImagePadding. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: RightImage. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: RightImageIndices. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: RightImagePadding. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Background. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: AreaBackground. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BorderSides. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BorderStyle. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Border3DStyle. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BorderColor. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BorderSingle. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BaseStyle. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: VerticalAlignment. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: HorizontalAlignment. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: AllowTextOverlap. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: HighlightBorderColor. + + + + Static data must be declared static in derived classes (this avoids collisions + when StyleInfoStore is used in the same project for different types of style + classes). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnAdvStyleInfo class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeColumnAdvStyleInfo class. + + The style object that contains the original data. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + A that holds data for this . + All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + A that holds the indentity for this . + + + + + Override this method to return a default style object for your derived class. + + A default style object. + + You should cache the default style object in a static field. + + + + + Reset property Visible value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Visible property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property Width value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Width property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property Font value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Font property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property Text value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Text property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property TextColor value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize TextColor property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property Background value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Background property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property HelpText value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize HelpText property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property SortOrder value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize SortOrder property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property Comparer value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Comparer property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property Tag value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Tag property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property LeftImage value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImage property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property BackgroundImage value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BackgroundImage property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property LeftImageIndices value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImageIndices property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property RightImage value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImage property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property RightImageIndices value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImageIndices property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property BorderSides value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSides property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property BorderStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderStyle property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property Border3DStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Border3DStyle property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property BorderColor value to default value + + + + + Resets the color of the border. + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property BorderSingle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSingle property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property AreaBackground value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize AreaBackground property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property BaseStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BaseStyle property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property VerticalAlignment value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize VerticalAlignment property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property HorizontalAlignment value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize HorizontalAlignment property value. + + Returns a bool value + + + + Reset property AllowTextOverlap value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize AllowTextOverlap property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize AllowTextOverlap property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether column is visible to user or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Visible property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Width property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Font property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Text property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether TextColor property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the Background style of column. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Background property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether HelpText property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether SortOrder property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Comparer property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Tag property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether LeftImage property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BackgroundImage property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether LeftImageIndices property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether LeftImagePadding property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RightImage property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RightImageIndices property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RightImagePadding property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BorderSides property value. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BorderStyle property has set or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Border3DStyle property has set or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the highlight border. + + The color of the highlight border. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has highlight border color. + + + true if this instance has highlight border color; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BorderColor property has set or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BorderSingle property has set or not. + + + + + Gets or sets the background for column area reserved by control. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether AreaBackground property has set or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BaseStyle property has set or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether VerticalAlignment property has set or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether HorizontalAlignment property value has set or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether AllowTextOverlap. + + + + + Returns an array with base styles for the specified style object. + + The style object. + An array of style objects that are base styles for the current style object. + + + Gets the parent control. + + + Gets the parent column. + + + + The TreeNodeAdv represents a node in a . It contains information about the specific node like text, background style and other settings. + +

The collection holds all the child TreeNodeAdv objects assigned to the current + TreeNodeAdv. You can add, remove or clone a TreeNodeAdv; when doing so, all child tree + nodes are added, removed or cloned. Each TreeNodeAdv can contain a collection of other + TreeNodeAdv objects. This can make it difficult to determine where you are in the + when iterating through the collection. To determine your location in a tree + structure, use the property. The FullPath string can be parsed using the + string value to determine where a TreeNodeAdv label begins and ends. +

The TreeNodeAdv label is set by setting the + property explicitly. The alternative is to create the tree node using one of + the TreeNodeAdv constructors that has a string parameter that represents + the property.

You can specify images for the node using the , + , , + and properties. +

The order in which the tree node's contents are drawn is as follows: + CheckboxOption ButtonsLeft imagesState imageNode LabelRight images + The "State image" will be one of OpenImgIndex, ClosedImgIndex and NoChildrenImgIndex. +

+ Selecting specific tree nodes and iterating through the collection can be + achieved by using the following property values: , + , , , , + . Assign the object returned + by one of the aforementioned properties to the property to select that + tree node in the TreeViewAdv control. +

+ Tree nodes can be expanded to display the next level of child tree nodes. + The user can expand the tree node by pressing the plus (+) button next to the + TreeNodeAdv, if one is displayed or you can expand the TreeNodeAdv by calling the + method. To expand all child tree node levels in the + collection, call the method. You can collapse the child + TreeNodeAdv level by calling the method or the user can + press the minus (-) button next to the TreeNodeAdv, if one is displayed. You can + also alternate the TreeNode between the expanded and collapsed states using the property. +

+

+ The following example displays customer information in a + control. The root tree nodes display customer names, and the child tree + nodes display the order numbers assigned to each customer. In this + example, 1,000 customers are displayed with 15 orders each. The + repainting of the TreeViewAdv is suppressed by using the + and methods, and a wait Cursor is displayed while the + TreeViewAdv creates and paints the objects. This example + assumes you have a Customer object that can hold a collection of Order + objects. It also assumes that you have created an instance of a + TreeViewAdv control on a Form. +

+ // Create a new ArrayList to hold the Customer objects. + private ArrayList customerArray = new ArrayList(); + private void FillMyTreeView() + { + // Add customers to the ArrayList of Customer objects. + for(int x=0; x!=1000; x++) + { + customerArray.Add(new Customer("Customer" + x.ToString())); + } + // Add orders to each Customer object in the ArrayList. + foreach(Customer customer1 in customerArray) + { + for(int y=0; y!=15; y++) + { + customer1.CustomerOrders.Add(new Order("Order" + y.ToString())); + } + } + + // Display a wait cursor while the TreeNodeAdvs are being created. + Cursor.Current = new Cursor("C:\\Cursors\\MyWait.cur"); + // Clear the TreeViewAdv each time the method is called. + treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Clear(); + // Add a root TreeNodeAdv for each Customer object in the ArrayList. + foreach(Customer customer2 in customerArray) + { + treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Add(new TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName)); + // Add a child treenode for each Order object in the current Customer object. + foreach(Order order1 in customer2.CustomerOrders) + { + treeViewAdv1.Nodes[customerArray.IndexOf(customer2)].Nodes.Add( + new TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName + "." + order1.OrderID)); + } + } + // Reset the cursor to the default for all controls. + Cursor.Current = Cursors.Default; + } + + ' Create a new ArrayList to hold the Customer objects. + Private customerArray As New ArrayList() + Private Sub FillMyTreeView() + ' Add customers to the ArrayList of Customer objects. + Dim x As Integer + For x = 0 To 999 + customerArray.Add(New Customer("Customer" + x.ToString())) + Next x + + ' Add orders to each Customer object in the ArrayList. + Dim customer1 As Customer + For Each customer1 In customerArray + Dim y As Integer + For y = 0 To 14 + customer1.CustomerOrders.Add(New Order("Order" + y.ToString())) + Next y + Next customer1 + + ' Display a wait cursor while the TreeNodeAdvs are being created. + Cursor.Current = New Cursor("C:\Cursors\MyWait.cur") + + ' Clear the TreeViewAdv each time the method is called. + treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Clear() + + ' Add a root TreeNodeAdv for each Customer object in the ArrayList. + Dim customer2 As Customer + For Each customer2 In customerArray + treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Add(New TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName)) + + ' Add a child TreeNodeAdv for each Order object in the current Customer object. + Dim order1 As Order + For Each order1 In customer2.CustomerOrders + treeViewAdv1.Nodes(customerArray.IndexOf(customer2)).Nodes.Add( _ + New TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName + "." + order1.OrderID)) + Next order1 + Next customer2 + + ' Reset the cursor to the default for all controls. + Cursor.Current = System.Windows.Forms.Cursors.Default + + ' Begin repainting the TreeView. + treeViewAdv1.EndUpdate() + End Sub 'FillMyTreeView +
+
+ + + Inflate offset for drawing selection rectangle. + + + + + Default image index. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Collection of subitems. + + + + + + + + + + CustomControl relative location. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Node custom control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + X-delta reserved for Left Images drawing. + + + X-delta reserved for State Images drawing. State images is painting + after Left Images. + + + + + + X-delta reserved for horizontal anchor drawing. + + + + + + + Show plus on expand. Use only on LoadOnDemand mode. + + + + + Horizontal offset of text. + + + + + Width of node text. + + + + + Position of node with indents in pixels. X-delta reserved for level lines drawing. + + + + + + + Custom visible property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified label text. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified label text and child tree nodes. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Determines if the property was modified. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reset property Multiline value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Multiline property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Populates the provided SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the object . + + + + + + + Returns the child node who's option button is checked. + + + + + Raises the CheckStateChanged event. + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + The OnCheckStateChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a + derived class.Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCheckStateChanged in a + derived class, be sure to call the base class's OnCheckStateChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + Called by primitives collection when collection detect changes. + + + + + Custom control collection changing. + + + + + + Occurs when sub item collection changed. + + + + + Recalculates the dimensions of all the UI elements in this node + and it's children. + Method is call recalculation recursively. Please keep in mind that + this can greatly reduce performance. + + + + Returns the path of the node. + + The separator string. + The path of the node. +

You can also use the property to get the full path + with the path separator specified in the + property.

+
+ + Optimization method that allow to reduce cost of FullPath operation. + FullPath container. + The separator string. + + + + Expands parent nodes to make this node visible and also scrolls + the tree such that this node is brought into view. + + + + + Expands the node. + + + + + Expands this node and all the subnodes. + + + + + Collapses this node and all it's children. + + + + + Removes itself from the parent node, if there is any. + + + + + Returns the number of child tree nodes. + + True if the resulting count includes all tree + nodes indirectly rooted at this tree node; false otherwise. + The number of child tree nodes assigned to the collection. + + + + Moves this node to a different collection. + + + Moves the node to the end of the specified collection. + + + A to which this node will move. + + A node can be positioned to any other TreeNodeAdvCollection in the same tree or in a different TreeViewAdv control.Note: All of the descendants of the node will move along with it.Note: A node cannot be moved to one of it's own Descendants. + + + + Moves the node to a new collection at the specified index. + + + A to which this node will move. + + The new index of the node in the new collection. + + + Moving a node by index will ensure that the node ends up at the index + specified. Note that the node will first be removed from its existing + collection and then added to the specified collection at the specified index. + If the source collection and destination collection are the same, make sure + to take into account the above semantics while specifying the index, or + use the Move override that lets you specify a relative position. + + + + + Moves the node to a specified position in relation to the specified + "relative node". + + The "relative node" that determines this node's new position. + Specifies where this node will be moved in relation to the "relative node". + A node can be positioned relative to any other node in the same tree or even a different TreeViewAdv Control. + + + + Indicates whether the current node is a direct or indirect child of the specified node. + + The node that is to be tested for ancestry. + True if the targetNode is a parent of this node; False otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether node is contained in it's nodes collection or in it's subnodes nodes collection. + + Node to look for. + True if node is contained. + + + Method search by binary search algorithm node that has + specified unique row Index. + Null - if nothing found, otherwise reference on node. + Unique row index. Valid values are higher 0 (zero). + + + Method search node by relative position from current node. + Found node, otherwise Null. + Relative diff number. Negative values mean Previous node logic, + positive mean Next node logic. + + + + If "adv" node is multiparent for current node than returns true, else returns false. + Method uses recursion. + + + + + + + Sorts the tree nodes. + + + Sorts the tree nodes with the current + and . + + + + + Sorts the tree nodes with the specified sort type and the current + . + + One of the value. + This will also set the value in the to the + specified sort type. + + + + Simple memberwise clone. + Reference on cloned object. + + + + Creates a clone of this node. + + The clone of the node. + + + + stores Showlines width + + + + + Calculates width of string which must be drawn with specified font. + + Context device for drawing. + Specified font. + Limit measuring by width. + Width of specified string in pixel. + + + + Calculates width of string which must be drawn with specified font. + + Context device for drawing. + Specified font. + Width of specified string in pixel. + + + Draw text by native GDI API. + graphics which handle we have to use. + Font which we have to use for text drawing. + Text color. + + + + Draws dotted border around selected node. + This will be used to fast drawing when TreeCtrl loses focus. + + Device context needed for drawing. + + + + Calculating only the width, not the locations (as we don't know the Y) + + + + Be very discrete about calling this, as it could cause performance problems. + + + + + Called when the child maxX is changed. + + The child's maxX + + + + Gets image for collapse or expand button. + + + + + Method return True is node in RTL mode, otherwise False. + True - RTL mode enabled, otherwise False. + + + Caching Partial-Checked-State related : Start + + + Invalidate TreeView if we have reference on it. Invalidate + full window. + + + Invalidate TreeView if we have reference on it. Invalidate + part of windows specified by rect. + Invalidate rectangle. + + + + Return custom control bounds. + + + + + Force recalculation of VisibleNodeCount property value. Reset value cache. + True - force reset for child nodes too, otherwise False. + + + Call this when node gets expanded or collapsed, nodes are + changed or height is changed. + Allowed any values not equal to -1 value, other values + will force recursive update of VisibleNodeCount in upper direction + till root node. + + + Update node bounds. + New node bounds. + + + Method allow to replace Primitives collection if needed. Low level + jobs with internal node data. Only for inheritors. + + + + Method allow to replace subitems collection if needed. Low level + jobs with internal node data. Only for inheritors. + Collection that will replace current node Subitems collection. + + + Get subitem by it order index. + + + Get collection of node subitems. + + + Indicate has node subitems or not. + + + Get collection of primitives assigned to node. + + + + + + + Returns the collection of objects assigned to the + current tree node. + + + A that represents the tree nodes assigned + to the current tree node. + + + The property can hold a collection of other + objects. Each of the tree node in the collection has a property + that can contain its own . This nesting of + tree nodes can make it difficult to navigate a tree structure. The + property makes it easier to determine your location in a tree. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets node custom control. + + + + + Returns the horizontal padding used between the different parts of the tree node. + + + + + Gets / sets the font of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the color of the text. + + + + + Gets / sets the background of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the text of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the help text of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets is node text should be drawn as multiline text or single line. + + + + + Gets / sets the height of the node. + + + + + Indicates the color of the Check mark. + + + + + Indicates the color of the check mark when it is in intermediate state. + + + + + Indicates the appearance of checkbox background. + + + + + Indicates the appearance of checkbox background when the checkbox is in intermediate state. + + + + + Indicates whether the checkbox of the node is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets show plus on expand. Use only on LoadOnDemand mode. + + + + + Indicates whether the option button of the node is visible. + + + + + Indicates whether the plus/minus of the node is visible. + + + + + Indicates the color of the Option button. + + + + + Indicates the color of the Option button in selected state. + + + + + Gets / sets the sort order of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the sort type of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the object that compares two nodes. + + + + + Gets / sets the compare options used in the sorting of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the CheckState of the node. + +

Note that setting this property will fire the + event. If you do not want this event to be fired, you can access the tree's + internal data structure as follows:

+ treeNodeAdv.NodeStyle.CheckState = CheckState.Checked; + + treeNodeAdv.NodeStyle.CheckState = CheckState.Checked +
+
+ + + Gets / sets the base style for the node from which to inherit. + + The specified base style should be available in the + collection. + + + + Gets / sets the object that contains data about the tree node. + + + An that contains data about the tree node. The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + +

Any Object derived type may be assigned to this property. If this property is + being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text may be assigned.

When the tree node is cloned, if this object is cloneable (implements ICloneable + interface) then it will be.

+
+ + + Gets / sets the image index indicating the image in the StateImageList where the node has no children. + + + + + Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is not expanded. + + + + + Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets image index of image for expand button. + + + + + Gets or sets image index of image for collapse button. + + + + + Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the left of the node's text. + + + + + Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the right of the node's text. + + + + + Gets / sets left image for node + + + + + Gets / sets right image for node + + + + + Gets / sets open state image for node. + + + + + Gets / sets close state image for node. + + + + + Gets / sets image for node that has no children. + + + + + Gets / sets image for state button of expanded node. + + + + + Gets / sets image for state button of collapsed node. + + + + + Gets / sets the space between images for LeftImageList. + + + + + Gets / sets the space between images for RightImageList. + + + + + Gets / sets the space before StateImage. + + + + + Gets / sets the space after StateImage. + + + + + Indicates whether the node's controls will be themed. + + + + + Indicates whether the node will have an interactive checkbox. + + + + + Indicates whether the node has been expanded at least once. + + + + + Gets / sets the culture of the node. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is in editing state. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is the currently active node. + + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's drawing bounds. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's left images. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's state image. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's right images. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's checkbox. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's option button. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns a corresponding to the checkbox of a tree node. + + + + + Returns a corresponding to the option button part of a tree node. + + + + + Returns a corresponding to the plus-minus part of a tree node. + + + + + Indicates whether the node's checkbox is checked. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is enabled. + + + + Show/hide tree node from view. + + + + Indicates whether the buttons in the node are enabled. + + True to enable the buttons; False otherwise. + The checkbox and option buttons can be disabled keeping the rest of the node enabled + using this property. + + + + Indicates whether the first child should be marked as and this node's if none of the other children is Optioned in a parent node. + + True to ensure a default optioned child; False otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether the node's option button is checked. + + + + + Indicates whether the node has child nodes. + + + + Return absolute order index of tree node. + 0 (zero) - mean first node in tree. + + + + Returns the first child tree node in the tree node collection. + + The first child TreeNodeAdv in the collection. + + The FirstNode is the first child TreeNodeAdv in the + stored in the property of + the current tree node. If the has no child tree node, the + FirstNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the last child tree node in the tree node collection. + + The last child TreeNodeAdv in the collection. + + The LastNode is the last child TreeNodeAdv in the + stored in the property of + the current tree node. If the has no child tree node, the + LastNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the last visible child tree node in the tree node collection. + + + + + Returns the previous sibling tree node. + + A that represents the previous sibling tree node. + + The PrevNode is the previous sibling in the + stored in the + property of the tree node's parent TreeNodeAdv. If there is no previous + tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in + Visual Basic). + + + + + + + + + Returns the previous selectable tree node. + + A that represents the previous + selectable tree node. + + The PrevSelectableNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from + another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevSelectableNode + property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the next sibling tree node. + + A that represents the next sibling tree node. + + The NextNode is the next sibling TreeNodeAdv in the + stored in the + property of the tree node's parent TreeNodeAdv. If there is no next + tree node, the NextNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in + Visual Basic). + + + + + + + + + + Returns the next visible tree node. + + + A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next visible tree node. + + + The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from + another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property + returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the next selectable tree node. + + + A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next selectable tree node. + + + The NextSelectableNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from + another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextSelectableNode property + returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the child node who's option button is checked. + + + A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next visible tree node. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the tree node. + + + The that represents the bounds of the tree node. + + + The coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the control. + + + + + + + + Returns the bounds of the text area of the node. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the left images, state images, text area and the right images of the node. + + + + + Indicates whether the tree node is visible. + + Return True only if node has property Visible set to True, and + parent node Visible to user (expanded and visible). + + + + Returns the parent tree node of the current tree node, if there is any. + + A that represents the parent of the current + tree node. + + If this is the top most node in the tree, the Parent property returns the + TreeViewAdv's node. + + + + + Returns the position of the tree node in the 's tree node collection. + + + + + Returns the level of the node. + + + Specifies how deep a node is in the tree. The top-most visible nodes belong + to level 1. The node is level 0. + + + + + Gets / sets the parent tree view that the tree node is assigned to. + + A that represents the parent tree view that + the tree node is assigned to. + + + + Returns the path from the root tree node to the current tree node. + + The path from the root tree node to the current tree node. +

You can also use the more flexible method to + get the path with a specific path separator.

The path consists of the labels of all of the tree nodes that must be + navigated to get to this tree node, starting at the root tree node. The node + labels are separated by the delimiter character specified in the + property of the TreeViewAdv control that + contains this node. For example, if the delimiter character of the tree view + control named "Location" is set to the backslash character, (\), the FullPath + property value is "Country\Region\State".

If node not a part of tree then will be + used default OS Path separator .
+
+ + + Gets / sets the object that contains data about the tree node. + + + An that contains data about the tree node. The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Indicates the expanded state of a tree node. + + True if the tree node is in the expanded state; false otherwise. + + + + + Gets image for collapse button. + + + + + Gets image for expand button. + + + + + + + True - if node used as TreeView root node. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the TreeView History manager this node belongs to. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is in UndoRedo state. + + + + Get Font that used for HotTracking. + Don't forget to Dispose font after use. Property on each call return + new instance of Font. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets / sets the maximum width of all the children and subchildren of this given node. + + Value does not include subitems. + + + + + + New better name for API. this.Parent is obsolite property. + + + Return node style info. If Node has sub items then instead of + tree node style will be returned first sub item style. + + + Return calculated row bounds. Bounds contains visible and not + visible regions for user (scrolling in mind). + + + + Returns the information about the node's appearance and state. + + This property exposes the node's style information store. + + + + Returns the information about the immediate child-nodes' appearance and state. + + + + + Occurs when the check state of the node changes. + + This event will be fired when the CheckedState property of the node has changed or when a new node has been Optioned.You could alternatively listen to the + event of the tree which will be called when the CheckState is changing for any node in the tree. + If you want to cancel the check state change, then listen to + of the tree. + + + + Gets or private sets ShowLines width for the node + + + + Comparer that allow to sort TreeNodeAdv classes by internal + TreeRowIndex property value. Also can be used for binary searches. + + + Get reference on statically created comparer. + + + Hide constructor from user. Only one instance on class allowed in AppDomain. + + + Compare TreeNodes by TreeRowIndex property value. + + + Class is used by node visible property. + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + The , and methods + enable you to add and remove individual tree nodes from the collection. You can + also use the or methods to + add or remove all the tree nodes from the collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. + + Tree node + + + Method raise event is collection does not have + set property value + set to True. + Collection changes. + + + Method change parent of the collection. + Tree node + + + Reset collection parent to NULL value. + + + + Adds a to the collection. + + The to add. + The position of the added node in the list. + + + + Adds an array of TreeNodeAdv objects to the collection. + + An array of objects to add to the collection. + + + + Sorts the collection using the specified sort order. + + One of the entries. + + + + Gets reference on parent node. If node is NULL then we have detached + nodes collection. + + + + + Gets / sets a reference to the TreeNodeAdv at the specified index location in the + collection. + In C#, this property is the indexer for the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. + + The location of the TreeNodeAdv in the collection. + The reference to the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + Specifies the list of s currently selected in a . + + +

This collection contains references to all selected nodes in the TreeViewAdv. + Adding a to this collection will select the node. Removing a node from this collection will deselect the node.

+

Whenever a node is selected/deselected, either by user action or in code, + it is automatically added/removed from the SelectedNodes collection.

+

This collection is read-only, which means you can add and remove elements but cannot change + the existing elements.

+

You can listen to new selections being added to this collection using the collection's + event handler + or listen to the 's event.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the SelectedNodesCollection class. + + This collection is always read-only. But you can still add/remove nodes. + + + + Returns a node at the specified index. + + Note that you cannot change the entry at a particular index. + Tree node index + + + + This class holds information about the location and size of the node parts(eg plusminus,checkbox). + + + + Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImagePadding. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: RightImagePadding. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: LeftStateImagePadding. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: RightStateImagePadding. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Multiline. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvStyleInfoIdentity class. + that this is called only for ChildStyles. + + Tree node + + + Recursively add style and it's base styles + MultiColumn TreeView + Array List for styles + TreeNodeAdv StyleInfo + + + Reference on parent node. Can be NULL. + + + SubItem bounds. + + + Storage of text bounds. + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItem class. + Tree node + + + Class serialization. + Serialization Info + Streaming Context + + + Called when control start initialization. + + + Called when control ends own initialization. + + + + Reset property BaseStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BaseStyle property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Visible value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Visible property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property LineAlignment value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LineAlignment property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Alignment value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Alignment property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Text value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Text property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property TextColor value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize TextColor property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property HelpText value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize HelpText property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Tag value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Tag property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property LeftImage value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImage property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property LeftImageIndices value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImageIndices property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property RightImage value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImage property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property RightImageIndices value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImageIndices property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Background value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Background property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property BorderSides value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSides property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property BorderStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderStyle property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Border3DStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Border3DStyle property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property BorderColor value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property BorderSingle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSingle property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + + Reset property Font value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Font property value. + + True - serialization required, otherwise False. + + + Clone TreeNodeAdv sub-item + copy of this sub item. + + + Clone TreeNodeAdv sub-item + copy of this sub item. + + + + Draws background of subitem. + + Graphics object + Rectangle bounds + Mouse down node + If parent node for this subitem is selected then return true else return false + + + Method draw images from the left side of the column text. + In RTL mode logic is reversed and images drawn from right side. + Graphics for drawing. + Start position of images drawing. + New start position for other methods that will draw after us. + + + Gets parent Node. + + + Gets reference on parent control. + + + Gets reference on subitem style. + + + + Gets or sets the base style for the subitem from which to inherit. + + The specified base style should be available in the + collection. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether visible property has set. + Visibility of subitem also depends on column property value. + If column not visible then all corresponding subitems will be skipped on painting. + + + + + Gets or sets the line alignment of the text in subitem. + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment in subitem bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem text. + + Subitem that user get by ZERO index represents treenode text and style. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem help text. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem user data. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem left image. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem left side indices of images that stored in tree LeftImageList property. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem padding between text and left images. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem image from right side of the text. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem right side indices of images that stored in tree RightImageList property. + + + + + Gets or sets padding between text and right side images. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem background style. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem border sides settings. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem border style. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem border 3D style. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem single line border style. + + + + + Gets or sets the subitem text Font. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Is mirrored. True if RTL drawing algorithm, otherwise False. + + + + Gets or sets the column bounds. + + + + Gets or sets area reserved for text drawing + + + + + Gets padding reserved for column border drawing. + + + + + Gets area reserved for background drawing. + + + + Reference on the first SubItem in current collection. + + + Create array of items instead of sizable collection. + Copy of items from collection to array. + + + Saves first reference on first SubItem + + + Method check correctness of input parameters. + parameter to check. + + + Access to collection items by index. + Treenode index + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItemStyleInfo class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItemStyleInfo class. + + The style object that contains the original data. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItemStyleInfo class. + + A that holds data for this . + All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvSubItemStyleInfo class. + + A that holds the indentity for this . + + + + + Override this method to return a default style object for your derived class. + + A default style object. + + You should cache the default style object in a static field. + + + + + Reset property BaseStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BaseStyle property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize BaseStyle + + + + Reset property Visible value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Visible property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize visible + + + + Reset property Font value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Font property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Font + + + + Reset property LineAlignment value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LineAlignment property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Line Alignment + + + + Reset property Alignment value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Alignment property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Alignment + + + + Reset property Text value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Text property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize text + + + + Reset property TextColor value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize TextColor property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize text Color + + + + Reset property HelpText value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize HelpText property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Help text + + + + Reset property Tag value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Tag property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Tag property + + + + Reset property LeftImage value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImage property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Left Image + + + + Reset property LeftImageIndices value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImageIndices property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize left Image Indics + + + + Reset property LeftImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize LeftImagePadding property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Image Padding + + + + Reset property RightImage value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImage property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize Right Image + + + + Reset property RightImageIndices value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImageIndices property value. + + Returns a value indicating whether should serilize RightImageIndics + + + + Reset property RightImagePadding value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize RightImagePadding property value. + + Returns should serialize RightImagePadding property + + + + Reset property Background value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Background property value. + + Returns should serialize Background property + + + + Reset property BorderSides value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderSides property value. + + Returns should serialize Bordersides property + + + + Reset property BorderStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderStyle property value. + + Returns should serialize Border3DStyle property + + + + Reset property Border3DStyle value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize Border3DStyle property value. + + Returns serialize Border3DStyle property + + + + Reset property BorderColor value to default value + + + + + Indicate should or not we serialize BorderColor property value. + + Returns Bool value + + + + Reset property BorderSingle value to default value + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BaseStyle property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is Node subitem is visible or not. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Visible property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem text font. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Font property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the line alignment of the text in subitem. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether LineAlignment property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment in subitem bounds. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Alignment property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem text. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Text property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem text color. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether TextColor property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem help text. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether HelpText property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem user data. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Tag property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem left image. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether LeftImage property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem left side indices of images that stored in tree LeftImageList property. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether LeftImageIndices property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem padding between text and left images. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether LeftImagePadding property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem image from right side of the text. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RightImage property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem right side indices of images that stored in tree RightImageList property. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RightImageIndices property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets padding between text and right side images. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether RightImagePadding property value has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem background style. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Background has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem border sides settings. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BorderSides has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem border style. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BorderStyle has or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem border 3D style. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether Border3DStyle gas or not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem border color. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BorderColor has not. + + + + Gets or sets the subitem single line border style. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether BorderSingle or not. + + + + + Returns an array with base styles for the specified style object. + + The style object. + An array of style objects that are base styles for the current style object. + + + Gets parent control. + + + Gets parent node. + + + Gets parent subitem. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BaseStyle. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Visible. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Font. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: LineAlignment. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Alignment. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Text. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: TextColor. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: HelpText. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Tag. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImage. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImageIndices. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: LeftImagePadding. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: RightImage. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: RightImageIndices. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: RightImagePadding. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Background. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BorderSides. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BorderStyle. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: Border3DStyle. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BorderColor. + + + Declaration of storage propterty: BorderSingle. + + + + Static data must be declared static in derived classes (this avoids collisions + when StyleInfoStore is used in the same project for different types of style + classes). + + + + + A collection that stores objects. + + + + Reference on parent node. + + + flag for validating mode + + + + Adds pt to collction. + + TreeNode Primitive + Returns Integer + + + + Adds primitives to collection. + + TreeNode Primitive collection + + + + Removes pt from collection. + + TreeNode Primitive + + + Gets parent tree node. + + + + Raise by method. + + + + + Specifies the position where a drop can occur during drag-and-drop. + + + + Represents none Position + + + Represents onnode TreeViewDropPosition + + + Represents above node TreeViewDropPosition + + + Represents below node TreeViewDropPositions + + + Represents all TreeViewDropPositions + + + + Provides data for the + event. + + + + + Gets or sets the Color of DragHighLightTracker can be changed based on the tree's background Color + + + + + Provides data for the + event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the QueryAllowedPositionsEventArgs class. + + The node over which the mouse is during drag-and-drop. + The computed drop-position. + The allowed drop-positions. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drag over node should be drawn with the selection highlight. + + True to show the highlight; false otherwise. Default is true. + + + + Gets the currently highlighted node. + + + + + Gets the computed drop position. + + + + + Gets or sets the allowed drop-positions. + + Change this value if you want to prevent drop in the + . + + + + TreeViewAdv Drag and Drop UI helper class. + +

Use this class (will be referred to as "tracker" below) only when you want to support dropping adjacent (above or below) to a node. + Otherwise simply listen to the and events and provide/use the . + When used, this tracker will draw indicators above or below a node while dragging an item + over the node. The tracker needs to be updated as shown below in the DragXXX events.

+ The usage semantics for the tracker is as follows: +

Create an instance of this class and listen to the event.In the 's DragOver event update the highlighted node with a call to the + method.In the 's DragLeave event clear the highlighted node with a call to the + method.In the event handler, specify + whether a computed adjacent position should be allowed.In the 's DragDrop event get the highlighted node + and the drop-position from the tracker and insert the new node(s) accordingly.
+ + Please take a look at our sample in the ..\Essential Tools\Samples\Tree Package\TreeViewAdvDragDrop folder + for more information. + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewAdvDragHighlightTracker class. + + The instance where drag-and-drop will occur. + + + + + Clears the current highlight node setting. + + Call this method from the TreeViewAdv's DragLeave and DragDrop(after + you get the highlight information from the tracker class) events. + + + + Sets the node over which the mouse is currently hovering during drag-drop. + + The new highlight node. + The point in tree where the mouse is in the tree view's client co-ordinates. + + Call this method from the TreeViewAdv's DragOver method. + + + + + Occurs before drawing a highlight indicator above or below a node. + + You can listen to this event and prevent drawing highlights + for some specific nodes. + + + + Occurs before drawing a DragInsert position. + + You can listen to this event and change DragInsert highlight color. + + + + Gets or setsEdgeSensitivity + This property will soon be replaced by the + and + properties, please use them instead. + + Default is zero. + + + + Gets or sets a height for the top edge of a node while dragging over. + + Default is -1. +

+ By default (when value is negative), the top 1/3 of the node will be considered the top edge. + This value will be used when you allow dropping before a node using + the property. + Set this to zero if you never want to drop on top of a node. +

+
+ + + Gets or sets a height for the bottom edge of a node while dragging over. + + Default is -1. +

+ By default (when value is negative), the bottom 1/3 of the node will be considered the bottom edge. + This value will be used when you allow dropping below a node using the + property. + Set this to zero if you never want to drop below a node. +

+
+ + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drag over node should be drawn with the selected background. + + True to draw selected; false otherwise. Default is true. + + + + Gets the node over which the mouse is hovering for drop. + + + + + Gets the computed drop-position around the highlight node. + + + + + Gets or sets the time interval after which a node will be expanded on mouse + hover during drag and drop. + + Time in milliseconds. Default is 750. + + If you do not want a node to expand on drag over, set this value to -1. + + + + + Handles the event. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewCommand class. + + The node on which action is to be performed. + New text for the editing action. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TreeViewCommand class. + + The node on which action is to be performed. + The action to perform. + + + + Executes the action to be performed. + + + + + Performs the reverse action on the node. + + + + + Gets the node on whom the action is to be performed. + + + + + Gets the action to be performed on the node. + + + + + Specifies the action to be performed. + + + + Represents Add + + + Represents Remove + + + Represents Edit + + + Represents None + + + reference to source collection + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Sets height for all columns + + Column Height + + + + Gets unique name for collection of columns. + + Returns Uniquw Column name + + + + Checks column name on unigue. + + Returns true if column name is unique + Column Name + + + + Used for invalidate preview when user press Reset. + + sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Closes editor and saves data. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Closes editor and loses data. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + Gets or sets the Collection edited by dialog + + + + Class is used for TreeNodeAdv property Text + + + + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Represents Base + + + + + Represents Nodelevel + + + + + Represents Column + + + + + Represents Subitem + + + + + Controls bitmaps. + Key - control. + value - bitmap. + + + + + Paint control in bitmap if need and save bitmap in collection. + If Control has been painted return bitmap from collection. + + Control object + cCntrol Bounds + Return bitmap from collection + + + Helps keep track of the node that is being dragged. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + Specifiy the allowed drop positions for the specified highlight node. + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + MenuDropDown which is used Office Menu + + + + Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. + + + Separator width. + + + + Constructor of the MenuDropDown. + + The ToolStripItem instance. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resets timers and releases mouse capture. + + + + Handles release of mouse capture. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Call RedrawWindow method to Repaint Scroll buttons. + + + + Gets or sets the site of the control. + + The System.ComponentModel.ISite associated with the System.Windows.Forms.Control, if any. + + + + Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. + + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the lower limit that System.Windows.Forms.Control.GetPreferredSize(System.Drawing.Size) can specify. + + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the upper limit that System.Windows.Forms.Control.GetPreferredSize(System.Drawing.Size) can specify. + + + + + Gets the ToolStripItemCollection. + + + + + Gets the Main item collections. + + + + + Gets the AuxPanel item collections. + + + + + Gets the SystemPanel item collections. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the control. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the MainPanel. + + + + + Gets the AuxPanel. + + + + + Gets the SystemPanel + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Layout style. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether ToolTips are to be displayed on System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip items. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + PanelSite class. + + + + + Constructor of the PanelSite + + Provides the functionality requires all the components. + Provides the functionality required by site. + + + + Returns the service. + + The type represents type declarations: class types, interface types, array types, + value types, enumeration types, type parameters, generic type definitions, + and open or closed constructed generic types. + + + + + Gets the component. + + + + + Gets the Container + + + + + Gets the design mode + + + + + Gets or sets the Name. + + + + + Class Panel + + + + Default image width. + + + Default image height. + + + Separator width. + + + Width of toolstrip separator. + + + Interval for timer. + + + Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. + + + Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. + + + + Forces the control to apply layout logic to all its child controls. + + The rectangle which needs to be performed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Process position in Layout for items n Panel and if it not in right bounds that set correct value to it. + Position to process. + + + + Move controls to down according to scroll position and their location. + + + Move controls to up according to scroll position and their location. + + + + Handles mouse keeping pushed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Font for panel caption + + + Text for panel caption. + + + Caption height. + + + Position of rightmost tab Item. + + + + + + + + + Indicates if up scroll button is selected. + + + Indicates if down scroll button is selected. + + + Timer for handling mouse keeping pushed. + + + Interval for timer. + + + Currently pushed button. + + + Bounds of panel. + + + Index of first showed item. + + + Default font. + + + + Gets all the items that belong to a panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the size, in pixels, of images used in panel items. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of spaces to indent separators in the panel. + + + + Gets or sets the panel title's text. + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed in panel items. + + + Gets or sets caption height. + + + + Gets the size of a rectangular area into which the control can fit. + + A System.Drawing.Size containing the height and width, in pixels. + + + + Gets or sets minimum size of panel. + + An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Area in which user pushed mouse button. + + + Get bounds of up scroll button. + + + Get bounds of down scroll button. + + + Gets or sets position of TopMost Item. + + + Gets value that indicates if down scroll button is selected. + + + Gets value that indicates if up scroll button is selected. + + + + Different areas of the control. + + + + Out of scroll buttons. + + + Down scroll button. + + + Up scroll button. + + + + PanelStrip class + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the PanelStrip + + The panel instance. + + + Control should not be created + + + + Handles changes in layout + + + + + + Handles changes in layout + + + + + + Forwards ItemClicked event to parent + + + + + + Don't call base implementation to prevent parent's changing + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Owner panel + + + + + Layout engine + + + + Minimum size of PanelStrip. + + + + Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. + + The System.Windows.Forms.Layout.LayoutEngine for the control's contents. + + + + Gets or sets minimum size of PanelStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + PanelStripLayout class. + + + + + Constructor of the PanelStripLayout. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. + + The source of the control. + A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + MenuDropDownLayout class + + + + + Constructor of the MenuDropDownLayout. + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. + + The source of the control. + A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + ToolStripButton with HelpText below Text that displayed in Bold style. + + + + Minimum height of control. + + + + The constructor of the OfficeButton. + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Additional text displayed in Bold style near the Image. + + + Font for additional text. + + + Area for painting Image. + + + Area for painting Text. + + + Area for painting HelpText. + + + Size of Text. + + + Size of HelpText. + + + Internal layout instance. + + + Gets or sets additional text displayed in Bold style. + + + Gets font for additional text. + + + Gets or sets area for painting Image. + + + Gets or sets area for painting Text. + + + Gets or sets area for painting HelpText. + + + Gets or sets area for painting Text. + + + Gets or sets area for painting HelpText. + + + Gets or sets Internal layout instance. + + + + Gets or sets whether text and images are displayed on a System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem. + + One of the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle values. The default is System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.ImageAndText . + + + Control border width. + + + Margin between Text and Additional Text. + + + Minimum Image height. + + + Minimum Image width. + + + + Constructor of the OfficeButtonInternalLayout + + The OfficeButton instance. + + + Last preferred size of OfficeButton. + + + Instance of OfficeButton. + + + Bounds of image. + + + Bounds of text. + + + Bounds of help text. + + + Size of text. + + + Size of help text. + + + Size of image. + + + Get preferred size for OfficeButton. + + + Gets size of image. + + + Gets size of text. + + + Gets size of help text. + + + Gets TextFormatFlags to display Text. + + + Gets bounds of image. + + + Gets bounds of text. + + + Gets bounds of help text. + + + + Extended DropDown. + + + + Separator width. + + + Margin between text and Text border in Caption. + + + Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. + + + Interval for timer. + + + Width of scroll button that used for scrolling items in Panel. + + + + Constructor of the OfficeDropDown + + The ToolStripItem instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + Call RedrawWindow method to Repaint Scroll buttons. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Process position in Layout for items n Panel and if it not in right bounds that set correct value to it. + Position to process. + + + + Move controls to down according to scroll position and their location. + + + Move controls to up according to scroll position and their location. + + + + Handles mouse keeping pushed. + + + + + + + + + + Instance of DropDownExLayoutEngine. + + + Position of rightmost tab Item. + + + + + + + + + Indicates if up scroll button is selected. + + + Indicates if down scroll button is selected. + + + Timer for handling mouse keeping pushed. + + + Interval for timer. + + + Currently pushed button. + + + Bounds of panel. + + + Index of first showed item. + + + Caption height. + + + Text for caption. + + + Font for caption. + + + + Gets the LayoutEngine. + + + + + + + + + Area in which user pushed mouse button. + + + Get bounds of up scroll button. + + + Get bounds of down scroll button. + + + Gets or sets position of TopMost Item. + + + Gets value that indicates if down scroll button is selected. + + + Gets value that indicates if up scroll button is selected. + + + Gets or sets caption height. + + + Gets text for caption. + + + Gets font for caption. + + + + Different areas of the control. + + + + Out of scroll buttons. + + + Down scroll button. + + + Up scroll button. + + + + Layout engine for DropDownEx. + + + + + Lays out toolstrip items in StatusStripEx. + + The source of the control. + A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + ToolStripDropDownButton for MenuDropDown. + + + + Default width in which arrow paints. + + + Default interval for Timer. + + + + Constructor of the OfficeDropDownButton + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Base ToolStripDropDown creating replaced. + New instance of OFficeDropDown. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Timer to open DropDown. + + + Caption for DropDown. + + + Font for DropDown caption. + + + Get DropDown location as TopLeft corner of AuxPanel. + + + + Gets or sets caption for DropDown. + + + + + Gets or sets font for DropDown caption. + + + + ToolStripSplitButton for MenuDropDown. + + + Default width of DropDownButton. + + + Default interval for Timer. + + + + Constructor of the OfficeSplitButton + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Base ToolStripDropDown creating replaced. + New instance of DropDownEx. + + + Show SplitButton's DropDown. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if DropDownButton selected. + + + Timer for opening SplitButton's DropDown. + + + Caption for DropDown. + + + Font for DropDown caption. + + + Get DropDown location as TopLeft corner of AuxPanel. + + + Gets or sets if DropDownButton selected. + + + Gets or sets caption for DropDown. + + + Gets or sets font for DropDown caption. + + + + Interface for Spreadsheet Ribbon + + + + + Gets the bool value + + + + + RibbonControl advanced. + + + + + Office12 related properties. + + + + + Style of launcher. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Office2016 Color Scheme + + + + + The IDockExtended interface + + + + + Gets the Dock Style. + + + + + Width of border. + + + + + Size of Left and Right margins of Ribbon panels + + + + + Size of 125 DPI Left and Right margins of Ribbon panels + + + + + Size of 150 DPI Left and Right margins of Ribbon panels + + + + + + + + Width of menu button. + + + + + Height of Menu button + + + + + + + + + + Quick Menu touch height + + + + + Initializes static members. + + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of RibbonControlAdv. + + Control's initial size. + + + + Called by the delegate before context menu opens. + + + + + + + Called when header item is added. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when header item is removed. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when parent style is changed. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when parent is activated or deactivated. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + Event Occurs after the form is closed. + + MDI child form + FormClosedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds item to quick panel. + + + + + + + Removes item from quick panel. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used to open the Customize Ribbon dialog box,once the Customize Ribbon context menu is clicked. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the UpdateUI event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and its child controls and optionally releases the managed resources. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Processes Windows messages. + + The Windows to process. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provided accessibility to the control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets bounds of the RibbonPopup. + + A RibbonControlAdvHeader control. + Rectangle with RibbonPopup coordinates and size. + + + + + + + + + Redraws panels. + + + + + Redraws the parent. + + + + + + + + + + + To update RibbonPanel bounds. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks whethet toolstripitem of given type can be reflected in quick items panel. + + + + + + + gets toolstrip item at specified position at toolstrip. Remembers about panel items. + + Toolstrip to get item from. + Point to find item at in screen coordinates. + Found item or null if nothing was found. + + + + To Update SuperAccelerator + + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates context menu items. + + Point in screen coords. + True if additional menu items should be added; otherwise false. + + + + Checks whether the item height is changed. + + + + + Need to update the size of the context menu + + + + + Set the size when the touch mode is enabled. + + + + + Set the size when the touch mode is disabled. + + + + + Gets ColorScheme according to type. + + + + + + + Specifies the SetRibbon2013OptionValues. + + The value that contains the event data. + The item header text + The main item text. + The item header font. + The main item font. + + + + Gets ColorSchemeType specific to the ColorScheme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + To check whether the form is already in open state and it prevents from adding of TabItem on every action of activating the form. + + MDI child form + Returns True if the form is opened + + + + Used to check if the ToolstripEx has the same caption. + + Toolstrip to be merged + Currently checked Tab + Returns the TolstripEx which has the same caption text + + + + Used to check if the ToolstripEx has already been added to the RibbonPanel. + + Toolstrip to be added + Currently checked Tab + Returns true if the Toolstrip has same name + + + + To check for the toolstrip which is already present in Merging tabs + + Toolstrip need to be checked + Toolstrip need to be merged + True if the Toolstrip already exist + + + + To check for the existing ToolstriptabItem in + + Text of the ToolstriptabItem + Return the + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Forces the RibbonControlAdv to fire an UpdateUI event. + + + + + + + + + + + + Check if the hWnd is a child window of the parent control + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates the renderers. + + + + + To ensure that RibbonControlAdv in AutoHide/Normal state + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of MinimizeButton of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of RibbonDisplayOptionButton of the . + + + + + Resetting the value of the Office2013ColorTable. + + + + + + Serializing the value of the Office2013ColorTable. + + + + + + Resetting the value of the Office2013ColorTable. + + + + + + Serializing the value of the Office2013ColorTable. + + + + + + Gets the Color table instance. + + + + + List changed event + + + + + + + + Serializing the value of the Office2016ColorTable. + + + + + + Specify the MenuButtonArrowColor/MenuButtonHoverArrowColor property is whether appicable for BackStageView + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the UseTouchStyleArrowColor property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the UseTouchStyleArrowColor property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the useDefaultHighlightColor property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the useDefaultHighlightColor. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether a control can be extended. + + The control which need to be extended. + + + + + Gets or sets text displayed with component in quick panel customizing dialog. + + The components displayed in Quick panel. + + + + + Gets or sets text displayed with component in quick panel customizing dialog. + + The components displayed in Quick panel. + The value of the component. + + + + Indicates whether component should be available in quick access menu. + + The components displayed in Quick panel. + + + + + Indicates whether component should be available in quick access menu. + + The components displayed in Quick panel. + The indicates whether the component is need to be displayed in quick panel. + + + + Indicates whether component should be available in custom quick access dialog. + + The components displayed in Quick panel. + + + + + Indicates whether component should be available in Custom quick access dialog. + + The components displayed in Quick panel. + The indicates whether the component is need to be displayed in quick panel. + + + + Serializes the QuickPanel Alignment. + + returns false if the panel alignment is not false. + + + + Resets the QuickPanelAlignment. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Performs starting of RibbonControl initialization. + + + + + Performs completing of RibbonControl initialization. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns TRUE if hWnd is a tabItem's panel or it's child + + + + + + + Returns TRUE if hWnd is a handle of Popup window or of it's child + + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the LauncherStyle property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the launcher style. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the DefaultMinimumSize property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the DefaultMinimumSize. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the ShowCaption property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the show caption. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the ShowLauncher property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the ShowMinimizeButton property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the ShowMinimizeButton. + + + + + Resets the show launcher. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the CaptionStyle property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the caption style. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the TextStyle property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the caption text style. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the CaptionAlignment property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the caption alignment. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the CaptionFont property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the caption font. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the CaptionMinHeight property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the height of the caption min. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the BorderStyle property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the border style. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the CustomRibbonHeaderImage property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the CustomRibbonHeaderImage. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the HideToolTip property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the RibbonTouchModeEnabled property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the RibbonTouchModeEnabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the QuickDropDownToolTipText property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the QuickDropDownToolTipText. + + + + + Resets the HideToolTip. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the RibbonDisplayOptionToolTip property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the RibbonDisplayOptionToolTip. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the OfficeColorScheme property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the office color scheme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the Size property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the Size property is to be serialized. + + True, if the value is its default value + + + + Serializes the ShowCustomizeRibbon + + + + + + Resets the EnableHighContrastTheme. + + + + + Serializes the ShowCustomizeRibbon + + + + + + Resets the EnableHighContrastTheme. + + + + + Determines the Resizing behavior of the ToolStripEx in RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Serializes the CollapseBehavior. + + + + + + Resets the collapse behavior. + + + + + Resets the EnableHighContrastTheme. + + + + + Gets/sets the AutoSize property for the control. + + + + + Specifies the BackStage Navigation button style. + + + + + To reset MenuButtonAutoSize + + + + + To Specify MenuButtonAutoSize to be serialized or not + + + + + Resets the RibbonControlAdv default font. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the RibbonControlAdv's Font property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + To Reset CollapsePanel + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the TouchMode should be available. + + + + + Resets the TouchMode. + + + + + To Reset SuperAccelerator + + + + + To Indicate whether to serialize SuperAccelerator + + + + + Gets/Sets the MinimizeButton active area bounds. + + + + + Serializes the MinimizeButton bounds. + + + + + + Resets the MinimizeButtonBounds. + + + + + + + + + + To set Office2007 colorscheme ForeColor + + + + + Variable for CancelEvent. + + + + + This Event will be triggered when Customize Ribbon is selected from ContextMenu + + The argument contains the collection of the control objects. + + + + + This Event will be triggered when Customize QAT is selected from ContextMenu + + The argument contains the collection of the control objects. + + + + + Used to save the QAT image for the corresponding ToolstripItem. + + + + + Used to save the QAT image for the corresponding ToolstripEx. + + + + + Customized minimize button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Gets or set the size of the custom button. + + + + + Customized restore button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Customized Maximize button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Customized close button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. + + + + + Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. + + + + + Specifies whether high contrast theme to be enabled. + + + + + + + + + + Header. + + + + + Specifies the ribbon styled. + + + + + + + + + + Style of tool strips launchers. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Variable that holds whether panel is expanded/collapsed. + + + + + Indicates panel's minimize status + + + + + Indicates whether the panel can be shown. + + + + + Indicates panel's visibility status + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the user can expand or collapse the RibbonPanel. + + + + + Indicates that user can scroll TabItems by mouse wheel. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets whether default highlight color should be used + + + + + + + + + + Gets the Ribbon default font + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Color Scheme for RibbonStyle2013 + + + + + Color Scheme for RibbonStyle2016 + + + + + + + + + + Container for extended property Description. + + + + + Container for extended property UseInQuickAccessMenu. + + + + + Container for extended property UseInQuickAccessDialog. + + + + + + + + + + Toolstrip that contains quick items when they are places below ribbon. + + + + + Last pressed panel's ToolStripItem + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the event should be fired + in the next application idle event. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether ToolStripTabItems need to be sorted. + + + + + Indicates whether user can activate ToolStripItem(Button) on first click. + + + + + Indicates whether the Default ToolTip visibility status. + + + + + Indicates whether the customizeQTACheckBoxAdv checked state + + + + + Indicates whether the customizeQTACheckBoxAdv checked state save + + + + + Used to merge the ToolstripItem with this ToolstripEx + + + + + Collects the merged TabItem, Toolstrip in the particular MDI. + + + + + Shows QickItems customizing dialog. + + + + + Shows the Customize Ribbon item dialog box. + + + + + Saves the current state information to Isolated Storage. + + + + + Reads the persisted state information from the Isolated Storage. + + + + + Saves the current state information to the specified . + + Provides a mechanism for coordinating the serialization behavior of multiple components. + + + + Reads the persisted state information from the specified . + + Provides a mechanism for coordinating the serialization behavior of multiple components. + + + + Sets the BackColor for QATDialogBoxButtons + + + + + + Apply the TouchStyleColorTable for RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + + Gets/Sets the style of the ToolStripEx splitter. + + + + + Apply the TouchStyleColorTable for RibbonControlAdv with Splitter style + + color table + ToolStripSplitter style + + + + Gets or sets style of the launcher. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of MinimizeButton of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of RibbonDisplayOptionButton of the + + The default value is true. + true, if RibbonDisplayOptionButton should be shown, false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets whether caption should be shown. + + The default value is true. + true, if Caption should be shown, otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the launcher buttons are visible. + + true, if Launcher buttons are visible, false otherwise. The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the caption should be aligned to top or bottom. + + The default value is CaptionStyle.Bottom. + + + + Gets or sets the caption text should be drawn etched, plain or with shadow. + + The default value is CaptionTextStyle.Plain. + + + + Gets or sets the value for the ColorTable of Office2016 style RibbonControlAdv. + + The default value is Null. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the ColorTable of Office2016 style RibbonControlAdv. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of caption. + + The default value is CaptionAlignment.Center. + + + + Gets or sets whether the MenuButton is customized by using MenuButtonArrowColor/MenuButtonHoverArrowColor property of the TouchStyleColorTable in BackStageView. + + This property is only applicable when using RibbonStyle as TouchStyle + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or Sets whether default highlight color should be used + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the caption font. + + The System.Drawing.Font to apply to the text displayed by the control. The default is the value of the DefaultFont property. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum height of the caption. + + The default value is 0. + + + + Gets or sets the border style for the control. + + The default value is ToolStripBorderStyle.Etched. + + + + Gets or sets whether the Office color scheme should be Silver or Blue. + + The default value is ToolStripEx.ColorScheme.Default. + + + + Specifies where QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown,applicable only for Touch style. + + The default value is QuickPanelAlignment.Left. + + + + Gets or set the size of the custom button. + + + + + Gets/Sets the customized minimize button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Gets/Sets the customized minimize button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Gets/Sets the customized restore button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Gets/Sets the customized close button of the Ribbon Form + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Customize Ribbon needs to be displayed + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Customize Ribbon needs to be displayed + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether ToolStripTabItems need to be sorted. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether RibbonForm has defaultMinimumSize. + + The default value is false. + + + + Determines the Resizing behavior of the ToolStripEx in RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. + + The default value is true. + + + + Specifies whether to use default High Contrast theme color or customized color. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets/sets the AutoSize property for the control. + + The default value is false. + + + + Overrides the LayoutEngine property. + + + + + Gets or sets which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. + + The default value is DockStyleEx.TopMost + One of the values. The default is . + + + + Overrides DisplayRectangle property. It helps to gets the rectangle that represents the display area of the control. + + A System.Drawing.Rectangle that represents the display area of the control. + + + + Gets or sets the size that is the lower limit that System.Windows.Forms.Control.GetPreferredSize(System.Drawing.Size) can specify. + Overrides MinimumSize property. + + An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts. + Overrides. + + One of the System.Windows.Forms.RightToLeft values. The default is System.Windows.Forms.RightToLeft.Inherit. + + + + Gets Ribbon header. + + + + + Indicates whether user can activate ToolStripItem(Button) on first click. + + The default value is false. + + + + Indicates whether user can scroll TabItems by mouse wheel. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or Sets the image to be displayed in the menu button. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets or Sets value that enables resizing of form by truncate its caption text fit into the caption bar, + if caption length is greater than form's width. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets/Sets the BackStage Navigation button style. + + The default value is BackStageNavigationButtonStyles.Touch. + + + + Gets or Sets the image to be displayed in the menu button. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets or Sets the size of the menu button based on the size of the text + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or Sets the font in the menu button. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets or sets the default font settings of Ribbon items + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether menu button image should be scaled. + + + true if menu button image should be scaled; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + + + This property should be set for images whose size is less than Menu Button size. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected ToolStripTabItem in the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolStripDropDown to be displayed when menu button is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the default font settings of RibbonControlAdv + + The default font family is "Segoe UI" and the font size is 8.25F + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the control. + + The foreground System.Drawing.Color of the control. The default is the value of the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DefaultForeColor property. + + + + Gets the MenuDropDown to be displayed when menu button is clicked. + + + + + Gets the MenuButton DropDownItems if the Ribbon Header. + + + + + Gets or sets width of menu button. + + The default value is DEF_MENU_BUTTON_WIDTH (40). + + + + To align the BackStage Arrow button + + The default value is BackButtonAlignment.Left. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Menu button can respond to user interaction. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the BackStageView associated with the MenuButton. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets or sets the Menu color. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Office2013ColorScheme + + The default value is Office2013ColorScheme.White. + + + + Gets/Sets the Office2016ColorScheme + + The default value is Office2016ColorScheme.White. + + + + Gets or sets visibility of menu button. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or Sets whether the form title bar should be removed and replaced with + built in RibbonControlAdv system buttons + + + true if form title bar should be visible; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets panel's minimized status + + The default value is false. + + + + Occurs when MinimizePanel has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the panel should be shown for the ToolStripTabItem. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets panel's visibility status + + + + + Indicates whether the user can expand or collapse the RibbonPanel. + + The default value is true. + + + + Indicates whether the Minimized RibbonPanel will be shown on mouse hover. + + The default value is false. + + + + Indicates whether the Minimized RibbonPanel will be shown on mouse hover. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets the form title alignment in RibbonControlAdv header. + + The default value is TextAlignment.Center. + + + + Specifies the color of the TittleText in the RibbonControlAdv header. + + The default value is SystemColors.ActiveCaptionText. + + + + Gets or sets the font settings of the title. + + + + + Specifies the text for the items in the Quick Access Toolbar Editor. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the parent form. + + + + + Gets collection of tab groups. + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of quick panel. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets MinimizeButton ToolTip. + + The default value is "Minimize Ribbon". + + + + Gets or sets QuickDropDown ToolTip Text. + + The default value is "Customize Quick Access Toolbar". + + + + Gets or sets OverFlowButton ToolTip. + + The default value is "Show DropDown". + + + + Gets or sets MinimizeButton ToolTip. + + The default value is "Maximize Ribbon". + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether quick access toolbar should be shown below ribbon. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets the value for HideToolTip. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets value for TouchMode. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets value RibbonDisplayOptionToolTip. + + The default value is "Ribbon Display Option". + + + + Gets or sets value HideMenuButtonToolTip. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets value RibbonTouchModeEnabled. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets /Set the value for Showing 2010 Quick Items Dialog + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets / Sets the Menu button enabled or disabled. + + The default value is true. + + + + Indicates whether the event should be fired + in the next application idle event. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets / Sets the TabStop property needs to enabled or disabled. + + The default value is false. + + + + Occupied control height. + Occupied height is the control height with or without height of RibbonPanel, + it depends on MinimizePanel property. + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether should show the context menu in Ribbon header. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets/ Sets the SuperAccelerator. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets/Sets the MinimizeButton active area bounds. + + The default width and heights are 30, 20. + + + + + + + + + Gets or Sets the image to be displayed in the menu button. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets or Sets the image Layout of QuickPanelImage. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets or sets the image of the ribbon. + + The default value is RibbonHeaderImage.Birds + + + + Gets or Sets the image Layout of QuickPanelImage. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the control. + + A System.Drawing.Color that represents the background color of the control. + The default is the value of the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DefaultBackColor property. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the ribbon. + + The default value is RibbonStyle.Office2007. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the item to hide in Custom Quick Access dialog + + + + + Gets toolstrip that contains quick items when they are places below ribbon. + + + + + + + + + + Gets/set the TouchStyleColorTable for RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when right clicked on the Ribbon control and before context menu opens + + + + + Occurs when the user double-clicks the Menu button. + + + + + Occurs when the user clicks the Menu button. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer hovers over the Menu button. + + + + + Occurs if either the is on. + + + + + Occurs before the DropDown of QuickItemsDropDownButton is shown. + + + + + Occurs after the DropDown of QuickItemsDropDownButton is shown. + + + + + Occurs when selected(checked) ToolStripTabItem has changed. + + + + + Occurs when ColorScheme is changed. + + + + + Hiding Click event + + + + + Hiding MouseClick event + + + + + Occurs when the user double clicks the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when the Mouse down on the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when the Mouse up on the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when the Mouse wheel on the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when the Mouse enter on the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when the Mouse hover on the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when the Mouse leave on the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when the Mouse move on the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when the Mouse capture changed on the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. + + + + + Occurs when a key is pressed while the control has focus. + + + + + Occurs when a key is released while the control has focus. + + + + + This Event will be triggered when Customize QAT is selected from ContextMenu + + + + + This Event will be triggered when Customize Ribbon is selected from ContextMenu + + + + + Gets/Sets the style of the ToolStripEx splitter. + + + + + Occurs when ColorScheme is changed. + + + + + Occurs when MenuColor is changed. + + + + + Occurs when RibbonStyle is changed. + + + + + Layout engine for RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Lays out items of RibbonControlAdv. + + The container on which the layout engine will operate. + An event argument from a System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. + true if layout should be performed again by the parent of container; otherwise, false. + + + + Constructor of the RibbonControlPopup + + The instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a handle and give back lost focus to the RibbonControlAdv control. + + + + + Owner for RibbonControlPopup control. + + + + + + + + + + Gets owner for RibbonControlPopup control. + + + + + Gets the RibbonStyle + + + + + Gets the RightToLeft + + + + + Gets the Office2013ColorScheme. + + + + + Gets the Office2016ColorScheme. + + + + + Gets the TouchStyleColorTable + + + + + Gets the MenuColor + + + + + Gets whether default highlight color should be used + + + + + On right click delegate + + The source of the control. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for event. + + + + + Constructor for the ContextMenuEventArgs + + + + + Constructor for the ContextMenuEventArgs + + The argument contains the list of ToolStrip items. + + + + Gets the Context menu items list. + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the control. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for event. + + + + + Constructor of the BeforeQATEventArgs + + The argument contains the collection of objects. + + + + Gets the controls collection in the QATWindow + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + + + Provides data for event. + + + + + Constructor of the BeforeCustomizeRibbonEventArgs + + The argument contains the collection of objects. + + + + Gets the controls collection in the QATWindow + + + + + RibbonControlAdvStateInfo class. + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonControlAdvStateInfo + + + + + Initialize the MinimizePanel + + + + + Initialize the ShowQuickPanelBelowRibbon property + + + + + Initialize the QuickItems. + + + + + Initializes the Touch Mode + + + + + Specifies the BackStage Navigation button style. + + + + + Sets the BackStage Navigation button style like Office2013 menu button. + + + + + Sets the BackStage Navigation button style like Touch Style menu button. + + + + + Specifies the Alignment for QuickDropDownButton + + + + + Specifies the Left alignment for QuickPanel. + + + + + Specifies the Right alignment for QuickPanel. + + + + + Specifies the Top alignment for QuickPanel. + + + + + Specifies the default ToolStripEx border like in outlook + + + + + Specifies the ToolStripEx border which fits the Ribbon Panel + + + + + Determines the Resizing behavior of the ToolStripEx in RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Resizes to small icon then to DropDownButton + + + + + Resizes to DropDownButton + + + + + Specifies the Ribbon Style. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2007 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the TouchStyle Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2016 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 White Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 DarkGray Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 LightGray Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 Managed Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2016 White Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2016 DarkGray Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2016 Black Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2016 Colorful Color Scheme. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2007 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2007 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2010 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2013 Ribbon appearance. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether user can set custom image + + + + + Class used to save the properties for customized System button. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or set the image of the custom button. + + + + + Gets or set the tooltip text of the custom button. + + + + + Resets the ToolTipText property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the Image property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the Image property is to be serialized. + + True, if the value is its default value + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the ToolTipText property is to be serialized. + + True, if the value is its default value + + + + Gets or set the image of the custom button. + + + + + Gets or set the tooltip text of the custom button. + + + + + Color Table for TouchStyle RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Constructor of the TouchStyleColorTable. + + + + + Gets / sets the BackStageCaptionColor. + + + + + Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageTab. + + + + + Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageButton. + + + + + Variable to get/set the back color of the active RibbonPanel. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the Close Button in pressed state. + + + + + Gets /Sets the ForeColor of the Office2013 MenuButton. + + + + + Gets /Sets the BackColor of the Office2013 MenuButton. + + + + + Initialize the title color + + + + + Initialize the MinimizeButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the MinimizeButtonHoverForeColor + + + + + Initialize the MinimizeButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Initialize the MaximizeButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the MaximizeButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the MaximizeButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Initialize the RestoreButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the RestoreButtonHoverForeColor + + + + + Initialize the RestoreButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Initialize the CloseButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the CloseButtonHoverForeColor + + + + + Initialize the CloseButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageMinimizeButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageMinimizeButtonHoverForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageMinimizeButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageMaximizeButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageMaximizeButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageMaximizeButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageRestoreButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageRestoreButtonHoverForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageRestoreButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageCloseButtonForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStageCloseButtonHoverForeColor + + + + + Initialize the BackStage CloseButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the Check Box + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the Hover color of the DropDown background + + + + + Gets/Sets the background color of the ToolStripDropDown button + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ForeColor of the tab when the mouse is hover on it. + + The default value is Color.White. + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackColor of the tab when the mouse is hover on it. + + + + + Gets /sets the Caption color for the Backstage. + + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for Spliter. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for ToolStripBorder. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for ToolStripBorder. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Color of the BackStageButton for Hovering. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Color of the BackStageTab for Hovering. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for BackStageButton. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for BackStageTab. + + + + + Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageTab. + + + + + Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageButton. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for Image Margin. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for Image Margin. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for MenuButtonArrow + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for RibbonHeader. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for DropDown + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for DropDownSelected Item. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for the DropDown Text. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for the DropDown Title. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for DropDown MenuItem. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for OverFlowArrow. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for QATDown Arrow. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for TabScrollArrow. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the SplitButton for selected state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the SplitButton for Pressed state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the button for checked state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the Button for pressed state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the Button for hover state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the QATButton for hover state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the ToolStripTab. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the ToolStripTabItem. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for SystemButtonBackground. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the SystemButton in BackstageVisible mode. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the CloseButton in BackStageVisibleMode. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the close button. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the ToolStripTab. + + + + + Gets/Sets the back color of active RibbonPanel + + + + + Gets/Sets the back color of active toolstriptabitem + + + + + Gets/Sets the back color of the in active toolstriptabitem + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the TabForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the CheckedTab. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the Close Button in pressed state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the SystemButton in pressed state. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color for Button Border. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the selectedTabBorder. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the TabBorder. + + + + + Gets /Sets the ForeColor of the Office2013 MenuButton. + + + + + Gets /Sets the BackColor of the Office2013 MenuButton. + + + + + Gets/Set the TitleColor of the RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the MinimizeButtonForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the MinimizeButtonHoverForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the MinimizeButtonPressedForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the MaximizeButtonForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the MaximizeButtonHoverForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the MaximizeButtonPressedForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the RestoreButtonForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the RestoreButtonHoverForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the RestoreButtonPressedForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the CloseButtonForeColor + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the CloseButtonHoverForeColor + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the CloseButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMinimizeButtonForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMinimizeButtonHoverForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMinimizeButtonPressedForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMaximizeButtonForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMaximizeButtonHoverForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageMaximizeButtonPressedForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageRestoreButtonForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageRestoreButtonHoverForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageRestoreButtonPressedForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageCloseButtonForeColor + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStageCloseButtonHoverForeColor + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the BackStage CloseButtonPressedForeColor + + + + + Initializes the systemButtonBackground variable. + + + + + Gets or sets the BackStageCaptionColor. + + + + + Initializes the variable for captionBackColor. + + + + + Initializes the variable for captionForeColor. + + + + + Initializes the variable for contextMenuBackColor. + + + + + Initializes the variable for toolStripSpliterColor. + + + + + Initializes the variable for toolStripBorderColor. + + + + + Initializes the variable for contextMenuItemSelected. + + + + + Initializes the variable for splitButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Initializes the variable for splitButtonBackgroundPressed. + + + + + Initializes the variable for launcherColorChecked. + + + + + Initializes the variable for launcherColorSelected. + + + + + Initializes the launcherColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the toolStripBackColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the buttonBackgroundSelected variable. + + + + + Initializes the buttonBackgroundPressed variable. + + + + + Initializes the toolstripitemforecolor variable. + + + + + Initializes the ribbonPanelBorderColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the upDownButtonBackColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the hovertabForeColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the tabForeColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the checkedTabForeColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the tabBackColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the panelBackColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the selectedTabColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the minimizeButtonColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the minimizeButtonColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the restoreButtonColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the closeButtonColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the selectedTabBorderColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the checkedTabColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the headerColor variable. + + + + + Initializes the titlecolor variable. + + + + + Resetting the value of HeaderColor. + + + + + Serializes the HeaderColor property. + + HeaderColor + + + + Resetting the value of TitleColor. + + + + + Serializes the TitleColor property. + + TitleColor + + + + Resetting the value of CheckedTabColor. + + + + + Serializes the CheckedTabColor property. + + CheckedTabColor + + + + Resetting the value of SelectedTabBorderColor. + + + + + Serializes the SelectedTabBorderColor property. + + SelectedTabBorderColor + + + + Resetting the value of CloseButtonColor. + + + + + Serializes the CloseButtonColor property. + + CloseButtonColor + + + + Resetting the value of SelectedTabColor. + + + + + Serializes the SelectedTabColor property. + + SelectedTabColor + + + + Resetting the value of PanelBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the PanelBackColor property. + + PanelBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of CheckedTabForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the CheckedTabForeColor property. + + CheckedTabForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of TabForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the TabForeColor property. + + TabForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of HoverTabForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the HoverTabForeColor property. + + HoverTabForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of UpDownButtonBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the UpDownButtonBackColor property. + + UpDownButtonBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of RibbonPanelBorderColor. + + + + + Serializes the RibbonPanelBorderColor property. + + RibbonPanelBorderColor + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripItemForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripItemForeColor property. + + ToolStripItemForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of ButtonBackgroundPressed. + + + + + Serializes the ButtonBackgroundPressed property. + + ButtonBackgroundPressed + + + + Resetting the value of ButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Serializes the ButtonBackgroundSelected property. + + ButtonBackgroundSelected + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripBackColor property. + + ToolStripBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripBackColor property. + + ToolStripBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of LauncherColorNormal. + + + + + Serializes the LauncherColorNormal property. + + LauncherColorNormal + + + + Resetting the value of LauncherColorSelected. + + + + + Serializes the LauncherColorSelected property. + + LauncherColorSelected + + + + Resetting the value of LauncherBackColorSelected. + + + + + Serializes the LauncherBackColorSelected property. + + LauncherBackColorSelected + + + + Resetting the value of SplitButtonBackgroundPressed. + + + + + Serializes the SplitButtonBackgroundPressed property. + + SplitButtonBackgroundPressed + + + + Resetting the value of SplitButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Serializes the SplitButtonBackgroundSelected property. + + SplitButtonBackgroundSelected + + + + Resetting the value of ContextMenuItemSelected. + + + + + Serializes the ContextMenuItemSelected property. + + ContextMenuItemSelected + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripBorderColor. + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripBorderColor property. + + ToolStripBorderColor + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripSpliterColor. + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripSpliterColor property. + + ToolStripSpliterColor + + + + Resetting the value of ContextMenuBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the ContextMenuBackColor property. + + ContextMenuBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of CaptionForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the CaptionForeColor property. + + CaptionForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of CaptionBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the CaptionBackColor property. + + CaptionBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageCaptionColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageCaptionColor property. + + BackStageCaptionColor + + + + Resetting the value of MinimizeButton Color. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageCaptionColor property. + + BackStageCaptionColor + + + + Resetting the value of SystemButtonBackground. + + + + + Serializes the SystemButtonBackground property. + + SystemButtonBackground + + + + Specifies the owner of the Range + + + + + + Specifies the notify owner of the Range + + + + + Gets or Sets the instance range name + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the SystemButtonBackground. + + + + + Gets or sets the Caption color for the Backstage. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the CaptionBackColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the CaptionForeColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the ContextMenuBackColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the ToolStripSpliterColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the ToolStripBorderColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the ContextMenuItemSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the SplitButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the SplitButtonBackgroundPressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the LauncherBackColorSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the LauncherColorSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the LauncherColorNormal. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the ToolStripBackColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the ButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the ButtonBackgroundPressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the ToolStripItemForeColor. + + + + + Getsor sets the value of the RibbonPanelBorderColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the UpDownButtonBackColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the HoverTabForeColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the TabForeColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the CheckedTabForeColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the PanelBackColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the TabBackColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the SelectedTabColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the MinimizeButtonColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the MaximizeButtonColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the RestoreButtonColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the CloseButtonColor + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the SelectedTabBorderColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the CheckedTabColor + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the HeaderColor + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the TitleColor + + + + + Color Table for Office2016 Ribbon Style. + + + + + Initializing the Office2016ColorTable. + + + + + Specifies the owner of the Range + + + + + + Specifies the notify owner of the Range + + + + + Resetting the value of BottomToolStripBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the BottomToolStripBackColor property. + + BottomToolStripBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of GalleryItemNormalTextColor. + + + + + Serializes the GalleryItemNormalTextColor property. + + GalleryItemNormalTextColor + + + + Resetting the value of GalleryItemHoveredTextColor. + + + + + Serializes the GalleryItemHoveredTextColor property. + + GalleryItemHoveredTextColor + + + + Resetting the value of TabGroup ForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the TabGroup ForeColor property. + + TabGroup ForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of TabGroup BackColor. + + + + + Serializes the TabGroupBackColor property. + + TabGroupBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of GalleryItemNormalColor. + + + + + Serializes the GalleryItemNormalColor property. + + GalleryItemNormalColor + + + + Default value for the property. + + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageButtonHoverColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageButtonHoverColor property. + + BackStageButtonHoverColor + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageButtonHoverColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageButtonHoverColor property. + + BackStageButtonHoverColor + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageTabHoverColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageTabHoverColor property. + + BackStageTabHoverColor + + + + Default value for the BackStageItemSelectionColor. + + + + + Reset method for property. + + + + + Serializes the property. + + If not default returns false + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageButtonSelectionColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageButtonSelectionColor property. + + BackStageButtonSelectionColor + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageCaptionColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageCaptionColor property. + + BackStageCaptionColor + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageItemForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageItemForeColor property. + + BackStageItemForeColor + + + + Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageTab. + + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageTabForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageTabForeColor property. + + BackStageTabForeColor + + + + Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageButton. + + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageButtonForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageButtonForeColor property. + + BackStageButtonForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of GalleryItemCheckedColor. + + + + + Serializes the GalleryItemCheckedColor property. + + GalleryItemCheckedColor + + + + Resetting the value of GalleryItemPressedColor. + + + + + Serializes the GalleryItemPressedColor property. + + GalleryItemPressedColor + + + + Resetting the value of GalleryItemSelectedColor. + + + + + Serializes the GalleryItemSelectedColor property. + + GalleryItemSelectedColor + + + + Resetting the value of CloseButtonBackground. + + + + + Serializes the CloseButtonBackground property. + + CloseButtonBackground + + + + Resetting the value of SystemButtonBackground. + + + + + Serializes the SystemButtonBackground property. + + SystemButtonBackground + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageSystemButtonBackground. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageSystemButtonBackground property. + + BackStageSystemButtonBackground + + + + Resetting the value of QuickDropDownSelectedcolor. + + + + + Serializes the QuickDropDownSelectedcolor property. + + QuickDropDownSelectedcolor + + + + Resetting the value of QuickDropDownPressedcolor. + + + + + Serializes the QuickDropDownPressedcolor property. + + QuickDropDownPressedcolor + + + + Resetting the value of QuickDropDownBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the QuickDropDownBackColor property. + + QuickDropDownBackColor + + + + Gets / sets the BackStageCaptionColor. + + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageCaptionColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageCaptionColor property. + + BackStageCaptionColor + + + + Resetting the value of CaptionBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the CaptionBackColor property. + + CaptionBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of CaptionForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the CaptionForeColor property. + + CaptionForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of ContextMenuBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the ContextMenuBackColor property. + + ContextMenuBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of DropDownBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the DropDownBackColor property. + + DropDownBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of DropDownSelectedColor. + + + + + Serializes the DropDownSelectedColor property. + + DropDownSelectedColor + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripSpliterColor. + + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripSpliterColor. + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripSpliterColor property. + + ToolStripSpliterColor + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripBorderColor. + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripBorderColor property. + + ToolStripBorderColor + + + + Resetting the value of ContextMenuItemSelected. + + + + + Serializes the ContextMenuItemSelected property. + + ContextMenuItemSelected + + + + Resetting the value of SplitButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Serializes the SplitButtonBackgroundSelected property. + + SplitButtonBackgroundSelected + + + + Resetting the value of SplitButtonBackgroundPressed. + + + + + Serializes the SplitButtonBackgroundPressed property. + + SplitButtonBackgroundPressed + + + + Resetting the value of LauncherBackColorSelected. + + + + + Serializes the LauncherBackColorSelected property. + + LauncherBackColorSelected + + + + Resetting the value of LauncherColorSelected. + + + + + Serializes the LauncherColorSelected property. + + LauncherColorSelected + + + + Resetting the value of LauncherColorNormal. + + + + + Serializes the LauncherColorNormal property. + + LauncherColorNormal + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripBackColor property. + + ToolStripBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of ButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Serializes the ButtonBackgroundSelected property. + + ButtonBackgroundSelected + + + + Resetting the value of ContextMenuTitleBackground. + + + + + Serializes the ContextMenuTitleBackground property. + + ContextMenuTitleBackground + + + + Resetting the value of ButtonBackgroundPressed. + + + + + Serializes the ButtonBackgroundPressed property. + + ButtonBackgroundPressed + + + + Resetting the value of ToolStripItemForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripItemForeColor property. + + ToolStripItemForeColor + + + + Resets the value of ToolStripItemDisabledForeColor + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripItemDisabledForeColor property + + ToolStripItemDisabledForeColor + + + + Resets the value of ToolStripCheckBoxBackColor + + + + + Serializes the ToolStripCheckBoxBackColor property + + ToolStripCheckBoxBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of RibbonPanelBorderColor. + + + + + Serializes the RibbonPanelBorderColor property. + + RibbonPanelBorderColor + + + + Resetting the value of UpDownButtonBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the UpDownButtonBackColor property. + + UpDownButtonBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of ScrollButtonBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the ScrollButtonBackColor property. + + ScrollButtonBackColor + + + + + Serializes the ScrollButtonBorderColor property. + + ScrollButtonBorderColor + + + + + Serializes the ScrollButtonSelectedBorderColor property. + + ScrollButtonSelectedBorderColor + + + + Resetting the value of HoverTabForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the HoverTabForeColor property. + + HoverTabForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of TabForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the TabForeColor property. + + TabForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of CheckedTabForeColor. + + + + + Serializes the CheckedTabForeColor property. + + CheckedTabForeColor + + + + Resetting the value of PanelBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the PanelBackColor property. + + PanelBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of TabBackColor. + + + + + Serializes the TabBackColor property. + + TabBackColor + + + + Resetting the value of SelectedTabColor. + + + + + Serializes the SelectedTabColor property. + + SelectedTabColor + + + + Resetting the value of CheckedTabColor. + + + + + Serializes the CheckedTabColor property. + + CheckedTabColor + + + + Resetting the value of HeaderColor. + + + + + Serializes the HeaderColor property. + + HeaderColor + + + + Resetting the value of TitleColor. + + + + + Serializes the TitleColor property. + + TitleColor + + + + Resetting the value of BackStageTitleColor. + + + + + Serializes the BackStageTitleColor property. + + BackStageTitleColor + + + + Gets/Sets the color for BottomToolStripBackColor. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Color of the GalleryItem TextColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the Color of the GalleryItem hovered Text Color + + + + + Gets/Sets the Color of the TabGroup ForeColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the Color of the TabGroup BackColor + + + + + Gets / Sets the back color of the Gallery Item. + + + + + Gets or Sets BackStageItems fore color + + + + + Gets/Sets the Color of the BackStageButton for Hovering. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Color of the BackStageTab for Hovering. + + + + + Gets or Sets the pressed state color for BackStageButton and selected state color for BackStageTab + + + + + Gets/Sets the selection color for BackStageButton. + + + + + Gets/Sets the selection color for BackStageTab. + + + + + Gets or Sets BackStageItems fore color + + + + + Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageTab. + + + + + Gets/Sets the fore color for BackStageButton. + + + + + Gets/ sets the Checked Gallery item back color + + + + + Gets/Sets the pressed color of the Gallery Item. + + + + + Gets/sets the selected color of the Gallery Item. + + + + + Gets/Set the back color of the Close ButtonBackground. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the SystemButtonBackground. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the SystemButtonBackground. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the DropDown Arrow. + + + + + Gets /sets the Caption color for the Backstage. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the CaptionBackColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the CaptionForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ContextMenuBackColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ContextMenuBackColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the DropDownSelectedColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ToolStripSpliterColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ToolStripBorderColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ContextMenuItemSelected. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the SplitButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the SplitButtonBackgroundPressed. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the LauncherBackColorSelected. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the LauncherColorSelected. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the LauncherColorNormal. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ToolStripBackColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ButtonBackgroundSelected. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ButtonBackgroundPressed. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ToolStripItemForeColor. + + + + + Gets / Sets the value of ToolStripItem ForeColor in disabled state + + + + + Gets / Sets the value of ToolStripCheckBoxBackColor + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the RibbonPanelBorderColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the UpDownButtonBackColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ScrollButtonBackColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ScrollButtonBorderColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the ScrollButtonSelectedBorderColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the HoverTabForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the TabForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the CheckedTabForeColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the PanelBackColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the TabBackColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the SelectedTabColor. + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the CheckedTabColor + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the HeaderColor + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the TitleColor + + + + + Gets/Set the value of the TitleColor + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + RibbonControlAdv + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. + + Number of Child. + + + + Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. + + Index + Child specified to the index + + + + Retrieves the object that has the focus. + + >An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that specifies the currently focused child. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. + + + + Retrieves the currently selected child. + + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the currently selected child. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. + Returns null if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Navigates to another accessible object. + + One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleNavigation values. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + Gets the state of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + The description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + Change location of arrow button in backstage + + + + + Button location Left + + + + + Button location Right + + + + + Button location center + + + + + Specifies the control items. + + + + + AutoHide Mode + + + + + MinimizePanel Mode + + + + + RibbonPanel Mode + + + + + ImageButtonItem class + + + + + Constructor of the + + + + + ImageButton class + + + + + Constructor of the ImageButton + + + + + Raises the ImageButton.VisibleChanged event. + + + + + + Constructor of the ImageButton + + Provide the functionality for the Container. + + + + Provided accessibility to the control. + + + + + + Specifies the NotifyDefault + + Indicates value. + + + + Raises the click event + + + + + Preprocesses keyboard or input messages within the message loop before they are dispatched. + + A System.Windows.Forms.Message, passed by reference, that represents the message to process. + The possible values are WM_KEYDOWN, WM_SYSKEYDOWN, WM_CHAR, and WM_SYSCHAR. + true if the message was processed by the control; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / Sets the DialogResult. + + + + + Gets / Sets the HoverImage + + + + + Gets / Sets the DownImage + + + + + Gets / Sets the NormalImage + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + RibbonControlAdv + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the object that has the focus. + + >An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that specifies the currently focused child. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + Gets the state of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + The description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + RibbonMinimizePopUp class + + + + + Image size for default scaling. + + + + + Image size for 125 scaling. + + + + + Image size for 150 scaling. + + + + + Image for close button + + The color which needs to be applied. + Indicates whether the TouchMode enabled or disabled. + + + + + Image for Minimize button + + The color which needs to be applied. + Indicates whether the TouchMode enabled or disabled. + + + + + Image for maximize button + + The color which needs to be applied. + Indicates whether the TouchMode enabled or disabled. + + + + + Image for maximize button + + The color which needs to be applied. + Indicates whether the TouchMode enabled or disabled. + + + + + Returns the Help image + + + + + + Returns the Help image for Office2010 style. + + + + + + Returns the Help image for Office2013 style. + + + + + + Provides data for SelectedTabChangedEventHandler. + + + + + Constructor of the SelectedTabChangedEventArgs. + + Previous selected ToolStripTabItem. + New selected ToolStripTabItem. + + + + Previous selected ToolStripTabItem. + + + + + New selected ToolStripTabItem. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a SelectedTabChanged event. + + Control that raises event. + Provides with previous and new selected ToolStripTabItems. + + + + Provides data for DropDownEventHandler. + + + + + Constructor of the DropDownEventArgs + + The DropDown that will be shown. + + + + The DropDown that will be shown. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle a BeforeCustomizeDropDownPopup event. + + Control that raises event. + Provides with DropDown that will be shown. + + + + ToolStripTabItemsComparer class. + + + + + Compare the ToolStripTab items. + + The first item needs to be compared. + The second item needs to be compared. + + + + + RibbonSystemText class + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_ADD. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_REMOVE. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_OK. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_CANCEL. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RESET. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_NEWTAB. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_NEWGROUP. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAME. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_LABLE. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_CHOOSECOMMANDS. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_MAINTAB. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_CUSTOMIZATIONLABLE. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_CAPTION. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAMEFORMCAPTION. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAMEOKBUTTON. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAMECANCELBUTTON. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_RENAMEDISPLAYTEXT. + + + + + Initialization of the constant variable CRD_COLUMNHEADERTEXT. + + + + + Initialization of the locControl variable. + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonSystemText + + The control instance. + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Add' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Remove' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Reset' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Ok' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'NewTab' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'NewGroup' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Rename' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Customize Ribbon' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Choose Commands From' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Main Tab' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Customizations' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of Customize Ribbon Form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets text of Rename Form caption text in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'OK' button text in Rename dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button text in Rename dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Display' label text in Rename dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of ColumnHeader in ListBox of CustomizedRibbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of CustomizeRibbon in QAT drop down. + + + + + Serializes the ColumnHeaderText property. + + ColumnHeaderText + + + + Resets the ColumnHeaderText property. + + + + + Serializes the QuickAccessCustomizeRibbonText property. + + QuickAccessCustomizeRibbonText + + + + Resets the QuickAccessCustomizeRibbonText property. + + + + + Resets the QuickAccessCustomizeRibbonText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogAddText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogAddText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogAddText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogRemoveText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogRemoveText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogRemoveText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogResetText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogResetText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogResetText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogOKText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogOKText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogOKText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogCancelText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogCancelText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogCancelText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogNewTabText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogNewTabText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogNewTabText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogNewGroupText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogNewGroupText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogNewGroupText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogRenameText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogRenameText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogRenameText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogLabelText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogLabelText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogLabelText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogChooseCommandsText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogChooseCommandsText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogChooseCommandsText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogMainTabText property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogMainTabText + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogMainTabText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizationLabelText property. + + CustomizationLabelText + + + + Resets the CustomizationLabelText property. + + + + + Serializes the CustomizeRibbonDialogCaption property. + + CustomizeRibbonDialogCaption + + + + Resets the CustomizeRibbonDialogCaption property. + + + + + Serializes the RenameFormText property. + + RenameFormText + + + + Resets the RenameFormText property. + + + + + Serializes the RenameOkButtonText property. + + RenameOkButtonText + + + + Resets the RenameOkButtonText property. + + + + + Serializes the RenameCancelButtonText property. + + RenameCancelButtonText + + + + Resets the RenameCancelButtonText property. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Add' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Remove' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Reset' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Ok' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'NewTab' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'NewGroup' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Rename' button in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Customize Ribbon' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Choose Commands From' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Main Tab' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Customizations' label in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of Customize Ribbon Form caption. + + + + + Gets or sets text of Rename Form caption text in Customize Ribbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'OK' button text in Rename dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button text in Rename dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Display' label text in Rename dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of ColumnHeader in ListBox of CustomizedRibbon dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of CustomizeRibbon in QAT drop down. + + + + + Gets or sets text of menu command to add new item to Quick access bar + + + + + Gets or sets text of menu command to remove item from Quick access bar + + + + + Gets or sets text of menu command to customize Quick access bar. + + + + + Gets or sets text of menu command to place Quick access bar below Ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets text of menu command to place Quick access bar above Ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets text of menu command to minimize Ribbon. + + + + + Gets or sets title of Quick access customize dialog + + + + + Gets or sets label of command selector in Quick access customize dialog + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Add' button in Quick access customize dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Remove' button in Quick access customize dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'OK' button in Quick access customize dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Cancel' button in Quick access customize dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets text of 'Reset' button in Quick access customize dialog. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of drop down in Quick access customize dialog. + + + + + Info about ToolStripItem in the RibbonControlAdvHeader. + + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of ToolStripItemAdvInfo. + + Name of the underlying item. + + + + Reference to the underlying item. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The DropDownButtonAdvInfo class + + + + + Constructor of the DropDownButtonAdvInfo. + + The ToolStripItem instance. + + + + ToolStripMenuButton class + + + + + Constructor of the ToolStripMenuButton + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripDropDownItem has System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripDropDown controls associated with it. + + true if the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripDropDownItem has ToolStripDropDown controls; otherwise, false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the Office2007MenuStrip + + + + ToolStripSplitButton with text associated with DropDownButton instead of Image. + + + + Constructor of the ToolStripSplitButtonEx + + + + Get preferred Font for ToolStripSplitButtonEx. > + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Prevent OnClick event if user press mouse not in ImageBounds. + + + + + + Uses to paint SplitButtonEx in normal state after MouseUp event + if cursor not in bounds of SplitButtonEx. + + Message to process. + + + + Internal layout instance. + + + Current button state. + + + Image bounds. + + + Button bounds. + + + Indicates if Left mouse button is pressed. + + + Indicates if Left mouse button is pressed. + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed by the item. + + + The to apply to the text displayed by the . The default is the value of the property. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets Internal layout instance. + + + Gets or sets Image bounds. + + + Gets or sets Button bounds. + + + Gets or sets current button state. + + + If we have enough height to locate DropDown under the SplitButtonEx then + set DropDown location as BottomLeft corner of SplitButtonEx. + Otherwise DropDown will appear above the SplitButtonEx. + + + + Uses to paint SplitButtonEx in different states. + + + + Out of split button. + + + Mouse hover Image button. + + + Image button is pressed. + + + Mouse hover dropdown button. + + + Dropdown button is pressed or DropDown is opened. + + + + SplitButtonExInternalLayout class. + + + + Minimum Image height. + + + Minimum Image width. + + + Minimum Image width. + + + Control border width. + + + Control border width. + + + Width of DropDownButton. + + + 125 DPI Width of DropDownButton. + + + 150 DPI Width of DropDownButton. + + + + Constructor of the SplitButtonExInternalLayout. + + The instance of the ToolStripSplitButtonEx + + + Last preferred size of item. + + + Instance of ToolStripSplitButtonEx. + + + Bounds of Image. + + + Bounds of Text. + + + Bounds of DropDownButton. + + + Size of Image. + + + Size of Text. + + + Position of separator that divide SplitButtonEx + on button with arrrow and image areas. + + + Get preferred size for ToolStripSplitButtonEx. > + + + Gets bounds of Image. + + + Gets bounds of Text. + + + Gets bounds of DropDownButton. + + + Gets position of separator that divide SplitButtonEx + on button with arrrow and image areas. + + + Gets Image size. + + + Gets Text size. + + + + Visual group of tab items. + + + + + Name of group. + + + + + Color of group. + + + + + List of group bounds to draw at the header. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates new instance of ToolStripTabGroup. + + + + + Returns name of group. + + + + + + Gets or sets name of group. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the text displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets color of group. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control and all its child controls are displayed. + + true if the control and all its child controls are displayed; otherwise, false. The default is true. + + + + Gets list of group bounds to draw at the header. + + + + + Occurs when Name of the TabGroup changed. + + + + + Occurs when Color of the TabGroup changed. + + + + + Occurs when visibility of the TabGroup changed. + + + + + Occurs when font of the TabGroup changed. + + + + + Collection of tab groups. Also provides TabGroup extended property. + + + + + Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader. + + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of TabGroupCollection. + + Instance of underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader control. + + + + Returns true if component should be extended with TabGroup property. + + The source of the object. + + + + + Getter of TabGroup extended property. + + The component which needs to get in TabGroup. + + + + + Getter of TabGroup extended property. + + The component which needs to get in TabGroup. + The ToolStripTabGroup instance. + + + + Gets underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader control. + + + + + Event arguments for delegates related to tab groups. + + + + + Tab group. + + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of TabGroupEventArgs. + + Tab group. + + + + Delegate for events related to tab groups. + + The source of the control. + Event arguments for delegates related to tab groups. An event argument contains the event data. + + + + Type converter for TabGroup property, + + + + + String corresponding to null property value. + + + + + Allows converting from strings. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert from. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. (Converts from strings). + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context + The System.Globalization.CultureInfo to use as the current culture. + The System.Object to convert. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. (Converts to string.) + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Fills list of standard values. + Returns a collection of standard values for the data type this type converter is designed for when provided with a format context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context that can be used to extract additional information + about the environment from which this converter is invoked. This parameter or properties of this parameter can be null. + A System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.StandardValuesCollection that holds a standard set of valid values, or null if the data type does not support + a standard set of values. + + + + Enables standard values. + Returns whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list, using the specified context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + true if System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns whether the collection of standard values returned from System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() is an exclusive list of possible values, using the specified context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + true if the System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.StandardValuesCollection returned from System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() is + an exhaustive list of possible values; false if other values are possible. + + + + Serializer for TabGroupCollection. Serializes TabGroup extended property. + + + + + Performs serialization. Serializes the specified object into a CodeDOM object. + + The serialization manager to use during serialization. + The object to serialize. + A CodeDOM object representing the object that has been serialized. + + + + ToolStripTabItem class. + Represents a selectable ToolStripButton that can contain text and images. + + + + + + + + + + The IShortcutSupport interface + + + + + Default width of the ToolstripTabItem in Office 2010 Style. + + + + + Default height of the ToolstripTabItem in Office 2010 Style. + + + + + Constructor of the ToolStripTabItem. + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + Checks whether the added tab is Default tab + + + + + Indicates if TabItem is selected. + + + + + Indicates if RibbonPanel was auto generated + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the zero based index position of Tab items. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Ribbon panel. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Padding of the ToolStripTabItem. + + + + + Gets whether the control is selected or not. + + + + + Checks whether the added tab is Default tab + + + + + Gets/Sets value if TabItem is selected. + + + + + + + + + + CustomDescriptor class + + + + + Constructor of the CustomDescriptor. + + A System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor containing the name of the member and its attributes. + + + + Constructor of the CustomDescriptor. + Initializes a new instance of the System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptor class with the name in the specified System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor + and the attributes in both the System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor and the System.Attribute array. + + A System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor containing the name of the member and its attributes. + An System.Attribute array containing the attributes you want to associate with the property. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets the current value of the property on a component. + + The component with the property for which to retrieve the value. + The value of a property for a given component. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the value of the component to a different value. + + The component with the property value that is to be set. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, returns whether resetting an object changes its value. + + The component to test for reset capability. + true if resetting the component changes its value; otherwise, false. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resets the value for this property of the component to the default value. + + The component with the property value that is to be reset to the default value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, determines a value indicating whether the value of this property needs to be persisted. + + The component with the property to be examined for persistence. + true if the property should be persisted; otherwise, false. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets the type of the component this property is bound to. + + A System.Type that represents the type of component this property is bound to. When the System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptor.GetValue(System.Object) + or System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptor.SetValue(System.Object,System.Object) methods are invoked, the object specified might be an instance of this type. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets the type of the property. + + A System.Type that represents the type of the property. + + + + + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets a value indicating whether this property is read-only. + + true if the property is read-only; otherwise, false. + + + + MenuButtonGlyph class. + + + + + Constructor of the MenuButtonGlyph + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Provides hit test logic. + + A point to hit-test. + A System.Windows.Forms.Cursor if the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph is associated with p; otherwise, null. + + + + Provides paint logic. + + A System.Windows.Forms.PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets the bounds of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. + + A System.Drawing.Rectangle representing the bounds of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. + + + + + + + + + MenuButtonBehavior class + + + + + Constructor of the MenuButtonBehavior + + + + + Called when any mouse-down message enters the adorned window of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.BehaviorService. + + A System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. + A System.Windows.Forms.MouseButtons value indicating which button was clicked. + The location at which the click occurred. + true if the message was handled; otherwise, false. + + + + MenuButtonTypeItem class. + + + + + Constructor of the MenuButtonTypeItem + + + + + + Create a ToolStripItem + + The IServiceProvider provides the custom support to other objects. + + + + + A System.String containing the name of the System.ComponentModel.Component, if any, or null if the System.ComponentModel.Component is unnamed. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed on the item. + + A string representing the item's text. The default value is the empty string + + + + Array of standard items + + + + + MenuDropDownDesigner class + + + + + Constructor of the MenuDropDownDesigner. + + + + + Prepares the designer to view, edit, and design the specified component. + + The component for this designer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the design-time action lists supported by the component associated with the designer. + Overrides the ActionLists. + + The design-time action lists supported by the component associated with the designer. + + + + Overrides the selection rules. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MenuDropDownGlyph class + + + + + Constructor of the MenuDropDownGlyph + + The designer of the MenuDropDown + + + + Indicates whether a mouse click at the specified point should be handled by the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.ControlBodyGlyph. + + A point to hit test. + A System.Windows.Forms.Cursor if the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph is associated with p; otherwise, null. + + + + Overrides the paint event. + + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data + + + + Gets the bounds of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. + + A System.Drawing.Rectangle representing the bounds of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. + + + + MenuDropDownOpeningHandler class + + + + + Constructor of the MenuDropDownOpeningHandler + + Provide functionality required by all the components. + + + + Dispose the MenuDropDown. + + + + + + + + + + + + MenuDropDownItemsEditor class. + + + + + Constructor of the MenuDropDownItemsEditor. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + A System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) + method. If the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor does not support this method, then System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() + will return System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle.None. + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. + + + + Context class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the Context + + + + + + MenuDropDownTypeConverter class. + Provides a type converter to convert object references to and from other representations. + + + + + Constructor of the MenuDropDownTypeConverter + + A System.Type that represents the type to associate with this reference converter. + + + + Converts the given value object to the reference type using the specified context and arguments. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo that specifies the culture used to represent the font. + The System.Object to convert. + The type to convert the object to. + The converted object. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a particular value can be added to the standard values collection. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides an additional context. + The value to check. + true if the value is allowed and can be added to the standard values collection; false if the value cannot be added to the standard values collection. + + + + RibbonAdornerService class. + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonAdornerService. + + The IDesignerHost instance. It provides the designer transactions and components. + + + + RibbonAdornerService + + Provides the functionality for required site. + + + + + Add the Glyphs. + + The GlyphCollection instance. + + + + Remove the Glyphs. + + The GlyphCollection instance. + + + + Gets the Adorner + + + + + + + + + + Designer for RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Design time RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + + Action lists. + + + + + Glyph. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonControlAdvDesigner. + + + + + Initializes members. + + Provide functionality required by all the components. + + + + + + + + + + Adds new item to the control. + + Type of item to be added. + Placement of new item. + + + + Gets hit test. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enables design mode for newly added panel. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds new item to container if needed and subscribes for events. + + + + + + + Opening event handler for QuickToolStripDropDownButton + DropDown is disabled in design mode + + + + + + + Opening event handler for MenuButton dropdown + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Set Checked state item if necessary. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets collection of action lists. + + + + + Placement of item in RibbonControlAdvHeader. + + + + + Item is situated in the quick panel. + + + + + Item is situated in the main panel. + + + + + Action list for RibbonControlAdvHeaderDesigner. + + + + + Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeaderDesigner. + + + + + Collection of action items. + + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of RibbonControlAdvHeaderDesignerActionList. + + Design time RibbonControlAdv instance. + Underlying RibbonControlAdvDesigner. + + + + Adds new button to the top items. + + + + + Adds new tab item to the main items. + + + + + Used to customize the Ribbon. + + + + + Returns collection of action list items. + + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether quick access toolbar should be shown below ribbon. + + The default value is false. + + + + Glyph for RibbonControlAdvHeader. + + + + + Underlying control. + + + + + Behavior sefrvice. + + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of RibbonControlAdvHeaderGlyph. + + Underlying control. + Behavior. + + + + Returns true if hit text succeeds. + + + + + + + Gets bounds of items area. + + + + + Gets bounds of header. + + + + + Type converter for RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Checks whether type can be converted. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts types. + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + RibbonControlDescriptorService class + + + + + Initialize the RibbonControlDescriptorService + + Provide functionality for all the required sites. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + CustomDescriptor class + + + + + CustomDescriptor class. + + The PropertyDescriptor instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the System.ComponentModel.PropertyDescriptor class with the name in the specified System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor + and the attributes in both the System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor and the System.Attribute array. + + A System.ComponentModel.MemberDescriptor containing the name of the member and its attributes. + An System.Attribute array containing the attributes you want to associate with the property. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets the current value of the property on a component. + + The component with the property for which to retrieve the value. + The value of a property for a given component. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, sets the value of the component to a different value. + + The component with the property value that is to be set. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, returns whether resetting an object changes its value. + + The component to test for reset capability. + true if resetting the component changes its value; otherwise, false. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, resets the value for this property of the component to the default value. + + The component with the property value that is to be reset to the default value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, determines a value indicating whether the value of this property needs to be persisted. + + The component with the property to be examined for persistence. + true if the property should be persisted; otherwise, false. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets the type of the property. + + A System.Type that represents the type of the property. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets a value indicating whether this property is read-only. + + true if the property is read-only; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the IsBrowsable. Overridden property. + + + + + OfficeButtonTypeDescriptionProvider class + + + + + Constructor of the OfficeButtonTypeDescriptionProvider + + The type provider. + + + + Gets a custom type descriptor for the given type and object. + + The type of object for which to retrieve the type descriptor. + An instance of the type. Can be null if no instance was passed to the System.ComponentModel.TypeDescriptor. + An System.ComponentModel.ICustomTypeDescriptor that can provide meta data for the type. + + + + OfficeButtonTypeDescriptor class + + + + + Constructor of the OfficeButtonTypeDescriptor + + Provides an interface that supplies dynamic custom type information for an object. + + + + TypeConverter for ToolStripItemAdvInfo. + + + + + Checks whether type can be converted. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts types. + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Toolstrip that contains quick items when they are places below ribbon. + + + + + Specifis whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. + + + + + Specifies whether high contrast theme to be enabled. + + + + + Fake item to return for invisible items during filtering. + + + + + Collection of filtered items. + + + + + Indicates whether items should be filtered. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the BottomToolstrip + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader.QuickItemsCollection instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Anchors a BottomToolstrip to a particular place on a System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip. + + The System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem to anchor. + A System.Drawing.Point representing the x and y client coordinates of the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem location, in pixels. + + + + Get the ToolStripItem + + The ToolStripItem instance. + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether QuickItemsDropDownButton need to be shown. + + + + + Specifies whether to enable or disable HighContrast theme. + + + + + Retrieves the current display rectangle. + + A System.Drawing.Rectangle representing the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip area for item layout. + + + + Gets the ToolStripItemCollection + + + + + Overrides the LayoutEngine + Passes a reference to the cached System.Windows.Forms.Control.LayoutEngine returned by the layout engine interface. + + A System.Windows.Forms.Layout.LayoutEngine that represents the cached layout engine returned by the layout engine interface. + + + + + + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Forms.Control.Layout event. + + The source of the control + A System.Windows.Forms.LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + Dialog form for quick panel customization. + + + + + + Initialize the localized resources. + + + + + + + + + + Execute the RibbonControlAdv by using the instance of the RibbonControlAdvHeader. + + The RibbonControlAdvHeader instance. + + + + Fills source list view with new items from selected tool strip. + + + + + + + Updates state of Add button. + + + + + + + Updates availability of Remove button. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list view. + + + + + + + Removes items from destination list view. + + + + + + + Adds items to destination list on mouse double click. + + + + + + + Removed items from destination list on mouse double click. + + + + + + + Updates colection of quick buttons. + + + + + + Method clears destination list. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Cancel Button Event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + Ribbon panel to extract items from. + + + + Updates source list view: clears it and then fills again. + + DropDown to extract items from. + + + + Update the source list with Backstage button and ButtonAdv + + + + + + + + + + + + + Clears source list. + + + + + Updates destination list view: clears it and then fills again. + + + + + Clear destination list. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Extracts toolstrips and adds them to the collection. + + + + + Extracts supported items list from specified collection. + + Source items collection + list of suported items + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Collection of components reflected in quick panel. + + + + + Underlying RibbonControlAdvHeader to work with. + + + + + Collection of items in quick panel. + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + + + + + + StartPanel class + + + + + Constructor of the StartPanel + + The ToolStripDropDown instance. + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + The string value. + + + DropDown with items. + + + Gets DropDown with items. + + + + RibbonPanelItem class + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonPanelItem + + The ToolStripTabItem instance. + The text of the panel item. + + + + Overrides the ToString() method. + + The panel text value. + + + + Gets the RibbonPanel + + + + + QuickComparer class. + + + + + Constructor of the QuickComparer + + The IList instance. + + + + Compare the quick items. + + The first item which needs to be compared. + The second item which needs to be compared. + + + + + Represents progress bar able to reflect functionality of referenced toolstrip progress bar. + + + + + Values for progress bar related windows messages. + + + + + Reflected toolstrip progress bar. + + + + + NativeMessageHandler instance for subclassing reflected progress bar. + + + + + Creates new instance of ProgressbarReflectable. + + + + + Constructor of the ProgressbarReflectable + + The ToolStripProgressBar instance. + + + + + Processes messages of sub classed progress bar. + + Passes the windows messages + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + he custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets or sets reflected progress bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem. + + An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Represents quick button able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip button. + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickItemButton. + + + + + Constructor of the QuickButtonReflectable + + The ToolStripButton instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Variable for scaling factor + + + + + To update size of the ToolStrip items in 150 scaling + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Redirects mouse click to reflected button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reset the QuickButtonReflectable. + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality required by all the components. + + + + + Button that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Gets or sets button that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. + + + + + Gets / Sets the QuickButtonReflectable is enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the size of the item. + + A System.Drawing.Size, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Gets the parent control + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickItemButton. + + + + + Represents ComboBox able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip ComboBox. + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickComboboxReflectable. + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickComboboxReflectable. + + ToolStripComboBox to reflect. + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of QuickComboboxReflectable. + + ToolStripComboBox to reflect. + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Updates text of reflected combobox. + + + + + + Updates selected index of reflected combobox. + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates text. + + + + + + + Updates selected index. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Update properties from reflected combobox + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ComboBox that is reflected by current QuickComboboxReflectable. + + + + + Gets or sets ComboBox that is reflected by current QuickComboboxReflectable. + + + + + Gets / Sets whether the QuickCheckBoxReflectable enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickComboboxReflectable. + + + + + Represents DropDownButton able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip DropDownButton. + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. + + ToolStripDropDownButton to reflect + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of QuickDropDownButtonReflectable + + ToolStripDropDownButton to reflect. + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Prevents disposing of Reflected button's dropdown + + + + + + Detaches DropDown if quick item was removed + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + Update properties from reflected button + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + DropDownButton that is reflected by current QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets DropDownButton that is reflected by current QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. + + + + + Gets / Sets whether the QuickDropDownButtonReflectable enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Gets the parent control + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. + + + + + QuickGallery class + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Default dimensions for one row. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Currently selected item. + + + + + Currently selected gallery item. + + + + + Currently disabled item. + + + + + + + + + + Currently checked item. + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if item must be checked after user clicks on it. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Offset of scroll position. The upper position is 0. + + + + + Current real height of layouted component without scrollers. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Point where scroller was pressed. + + + + + Scroller offset at the moment when scroller was pressed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets Currently Pointed index + + + + + Gets no. of rows based on ToolStripGallery dimension + + + + + Checks for the Width of the Dropdown gallery exceeds the Dropdown of the gallery. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Hover color. + + + + + Serializes the GalleryItemHoverColor property. + + + + + + Resets the GalleryItemHoverColor property. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Selected color. + + + + + Serializes the GalleryItemSelectedColor property. + + + + + + Resets the GalleryItemSelectedColor property. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Checked color. + + + + + Serializes the GalleryItemCheckedColor property. + + + + + + Resets the GalleryItemCheckedColor property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Highlights items. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets area for laying out items. Excludes scrollers and caption. + + + + + + Gets item at point. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Method updates scroll offset value to show item entirely. + + Item's index. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resets Dimensions to its default value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Hover color. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Selected color. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Gallery Item Checked color. + + + + + Gets or Sets the ToolTip visiblity for Gallery + + + + + Gets or Sets value indicating whether toolstripgallary can Fit to its parent height. This property will take effect when AutoSize is enabled + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets checked item. + + + + + Gets or sets if item must be checked after user clicks on it. + + + + + Gets the current highlighted ToolStripGalleryItem in the ToolStripGallery. + + + + + Gets the current highlighted ToolStripGalleryItem in the ToolStripGallery. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor of the QuickGallery + + The ToolStripGallery instance. + + + + + + + + + + Update properties from reflected button + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickDropDownButtonReflectable. + + + + + A class which contains the extended property for ToolstripItems. + + + + + Used to store the image for the ToolstripItems + + + + + Used to store the image for the ToolstripEx + + + + + Used to store the image for the ButtonAdv + + + + + Used to store the image for the BackStageTab + + + + + Instance for Ribboncontroladv + + + + + Instance for Backstage + + + + + Creates a instance for the class + + + + + + Specifies whether this object can provide its extender properties to the specified object. + + The System.Object to receive the extender properties. + true if this object can provide extender properties to the specified object + + + + Calls the Dispose method to dispose the object. + + + + + Gets the QAT image of the object. + + ToolstripItem. + QAT Image of the control + + + + Sets the QAT image of the object. + + ToolstripItem + QAT Image of the control + + + + QuickSplitButtonEx class + + + + + Constructor of the QuickSplitButtonEx + + The ToolStripSplitButtonEx instance + + + + Constructor of the QuickSplitButtonEx + + The ToolStripSplitButtonEx instance + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Prevents disposing of Reflected button's dropdown + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Detaches reflected button's dropdown if item was removed + + + + + + Redirects mouse click to reflected button. + + + + + + Update properties from reflected button + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets / Sets the ReflectedItem + + + + + Gets / Sets whether the QuickSplitButtonExReflectable enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Gets the parent control + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickSplitButtonExReflectable. + + + + + Represents SplitButton able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip SplitButton. + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickSplitButtonReflectable. + + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of QuickSplitButtonReflectable. + + ToolStripSplitButton to reflect. + + + + Creates and initializes new instance of QuickSplitButtonReflectable. + + ToolStripSplitButton to reflect. + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Prevents disposing of Reflected button's dropdown + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Detaches reflected button's dropdown if item was removed + + + + + + Redirects mouse click to reflected button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Update properties from reflected button + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + SplitButton that is reflected by current QuickSplitButtonReflectable. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets SplitButton that is reflected by current QuickSplitButtonReflectable. + + + + + Gets / Sets whether the QuickSplitButtonReflectable enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Gets the parent control + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickSplitButtonReflectable. + + + + + Represents Textbox able to reflect functionality of referenced tool strip Textbox. + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickTextboxReflectable. + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Updates text of reflected text box. + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates current text. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Update properties from reflected button + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + Textbox that is reflected by current QuickTextboxReflectable. + + + + + Gets or sets Textbox that is reflected by current QuickTextboxReflectable. + + + + + Gets / Sets whether the QuickTextBoxReflectable enabled or disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left. + + true if items are to be placed from right to left and text is to be written from right to left; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / Sets the size of the item. (Overrides) + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickTextboxReflectable. + + + + + Represents dropdown button situated in quick items panel and reflecting existing toolstrip. + + + + + + + + + + Tool strip panel item. + + + + + + Reinits properties. + + + + + + + Gets tool strip panel item. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates new instance of QuickToolStripDropDownButton. + + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates current image. + + + + + + + Performs launcher click of reflected toolstrip. + + + + + + + Gets the item which needs to reflected. + + The instance of the component. + + + + + Creates an item able to reflect given component. + + Component that should be reflected. + ToolStripItem reflecting given component + or null if it can't be created because of actual type of component. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets list of items that reflect items of given toolstrip. + + Toolstrip to extract items from. + List of items that reflect items of given toolstrip. + + + + Update properties from reflected toolstrip. + + + + + Checks whether current class instance reflects given component. + + Provide functionality for all required components. + + + + + Toolstrip reflected by QuickToolStripDropDownButton. + + + + + + Gets or sets reflected toolstrip. + + + + + Gets or sets the QAT image for the ToolstripItem. + + + + + Gets the current parent for the control. + + + + + Gets component that is reflected by current QuickToolstripReflectable. + + + + + Handles the GetMinSizeHandler event. + + The size which needs to be specified. + + + + Raises the ColorSchemeChanged event. + + The source of the control. + The color scheme which needs to be applied. + + + + Raises the RibbonStyleChanged event. + + The source of the control. + Indicates the RibbonStyle + + + + Raises the MenuColorChanged event. + + The source of the control. + The menu color. + + + + Indicates the DockStyleEx. + + + + + Docking style is None. + + + + + Docking style is Top + + + + + Docking style is Bottom + + + + + Docking style is Left. + + + + + Docking style is Right. + + + + + Docking style is Fill. + + + + + Docking style is TopMost. + + + + + Docking style is BottomMost. + + + + + The ISpreadsheetRibbonStyleNotifier interface. + + + + + Gets the SpreadsheetRibbon + + + + + The Ribbon form combined with RibbonControlAdv which makes up an application's user interface. + + + + + Ribbon height when the Ribbon is minimized. + + + + + This message is used to perform asynchronous invalidate of the form. + To invalidate child controls the WParam parameter is TRUE. + + + + + Indicates whether the theme is active or not. + + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonForm. + + + + + + + + + + + To reset EnableAeroTheme + + + + + To Specify EnableAeroTheme to be serialized or not + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/Sets the visibility of the RibbonForm Border. + + + + + To reset EnableRibbonBorder + + + + + To Specify EnableRibbonBorder to be serialized or not + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + In Office2007 mode form's Size and ClientSize are equal. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used to check whether the theme changed in Windows 7. Fix for #WF-25790. + + + + + Occurrs when the composition changed. + + The Window message. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether a control can be extended. + + The object which needs to extend + + + + + + + + + + + + Update the frame. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Updates the renderers. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + To check whether any control is docked using docked windows. + + Returns true if docked Control is present + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Serialzing the HelpButton image. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the RibbonForm shortcut. + + The component which specified as shortcut. + + + + + Sets the RibbonForm shortcut. + + The component which set as shortcut + The shortcut key value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Height of all TopMost Ribbon controls + + + + + Height of all BottomMost Ribbon controls + + + + + + + + + + Indicates parent form's state. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Selected system button. (SC_NONE - no button is selected) + + + + + Pressed system button. (SC_NONE - no button is pressed) + + + + + Highlighted system button. (SC_NONE - no button is highlighted) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used to get the height of the Ribbon + + + + + Indicates whether the RibbonControlAdv is in Minimized state + + + + + Gets the Height of the Ribbon,when QuickPanel is below the Ribbon. + + + + + Gets/ Sets whether the AeroTheme has to be Enabled or Disabled. + + + + + Gets/Sets the visibility of the RibbonForm Border. + + + + + + Gets or sets HelpButtonToolTip + + + + + Gets or sets HelpButtonImage + + + + + Gets or sets TitleBarImage + + + + + Specifies the office color scheme of the Ribbon Form. + + + + + Specifies the appearance of the form. + + + + + Specifies the radius for the curved top left corner of the Ribbon Form. + + + + + Office2007 borders. + + + + + AutoScroll is not supported + + + + + The minimum size the form can be resized to. + + + + + Gets the bounds of the display rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets parent form state. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when get the Min size. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the ColorSchemeType + + + + + The managed custom color scheme. + + + + + The silver color scheme. + + + + + The Blue color scheme. + + + + + The Black color scheme. + + + + + Specifies the AppearanceType. + + + + + Default appearance. + + + + + Office2007 appearance. + + + + + FrameLayoutInfo class + + + + + Constructor of the FrameLayoutInfo + + The RibbonForm + + + + Perform the layout of the form. + + The width of the form. + The height of the form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialize the Icon box rectangle. + + + + + Initialize the minimize box rectangle. + + + + + Initialize the maximize box rectangle. + + + + + Initialize the close button rectangle. + + + + + Initialize the Help button rectangle. + + + + + Initialize the border width. + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the text box. + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the IconBox. + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the MinimizeBox + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the MaximizeBox + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the CloseBox + + + + + Gets the rectangle of the HelpButton + + + + + Gets the border width of the RibbonForm. + + + + + The CaptionManager class. + + + + + Constructor of the CaptionManager + + The RibbonForm + Indicates the whether the caption needs to be hide or not + + + + + + + + + Composition changed. + + + + + Indicates whether the composition enabled or not. + + Indicates whether the composition enabled or not. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fill region + + The graphics object which helps to draw the object. + The rectangle which needs to fill. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the IsCompositionEnabled + + + + + Window attribute. + + + + + Dtt flags. + + + + + Margin of the layout + + + + + The RibbonFormShortcutEditor class + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. + + + + Check the value. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + + + + + Event arguments for ToolStripEventHandler + + + + + Underlying ToolStrip. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ToolStripEventArgs class. + + Underlying ToolStrip. + + + + Delegate for events related to ToolStrips. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Control for managing layout of ToolStrips. + + + + Width of button that scrolling tab items. + + + Border width of Ribbon panel. + + + Interval for timer. + + + + Corresponding TabItem. Can be null if RibbonPanel is independent control. + + + + + Stores the Intermediate toolstrips. + + + + Position of rightmost tab Item. + + + Indicates if right scroll button is selected. + + + Indicates if left scroll button is selected. + + + + Timer for handling mouse keeping pushed. + + + + Interval for timer. + + + Currently pushed button. + + + + represents Right and Left space between toolstrip item and panel + + + + + represents Right and Left space between toolstrip item and panel + + + + + represents Toolstrip postion within the boundry + + + + + Represents MinimizeButtonWidth + + + + + Launcher style. + + + + + Indicates whether caption should be shown. + + + + + Indicates whether launcher should be shown. + + + + + Caption style. + + + + + Caption text style. + + + + + Caption alignment. + + + + + Caption font. + + + + + Caption minimal height. + + + + + Color scheme. + + + + + Border style. + + + + + Provided accessibility to the control. + + + + + + Gets/sets the AutoSize property for the control. + + + + + Gets or set the RightToLeft. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonPanel class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonPanel class. + + Corresponding tab item. + + + + Adds new tool strip to the control. + + ToolStrip to be added. + + + + Redraws toolstrips. + + + + + Redraws toolstrips using new renderers. + + + + + Redraws toolstrips using new renderers. + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fit. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + A System.Drawing.Size ordered pair, representing the width and height of a rectangle. + + + + Locates toolstrips according to RightToLeft value. + + ToolStripEx to be located. + RightToLeft value. + Left value for ToolStripEx. + + + + Updates toolstrips appearance. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + Reaction on selection scroll buttons also. + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + Reaction on deselection scroll buttons also. + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Resets timers and releases mouse capture. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + Handles release of mouse capture. + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Method search for opened DropDown and closes it. + + + + + Indicates if item has DropDown and this DropDown is opened. + + Item to check. + Returns true if closed the dropdown + + + + Returns collapsed width of all ToolStripEx + + Returns collapsed width + + + + To get the Width of the ToolStripEx in RibbonPanel. + + + + + To get Expanded width of the ToolStripEx. + + + + + + To get all the ToolStripEx Intermediate wwidth in RibbinPanel. + + + + + To get intermediate width of the ToolStripEx. + + + + + + To get the collapsed width of the TolStripEx + + + + + + Manages visibility of panel according to the state of corresponding tab item. + + + + + Initializes and starts timer. + + Area where mouse was pushed and caused timer to start. + + + Move controls to right according to scroll position and their location + and set needed properties for Layout or NCCalcSize methods. + + + Move controls to left according to scroll position and their location. + and set needed properties for Layout or NCCalcSize methods + + + Method checks position value and leave as it was before. + Scroll position + Returns Scroll position + + + + Occurs when Tab check state changed. + + The source of the control. + Te EventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when ToolStripItem clicked. + + The source of the control. + Thee ToolStripItemClickedEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Handles mouse keeping pushed.. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Gets or sets corresponding tab item. + + + + Gets or sets position of rightmost tab Item. + + + + Gets/sets the AutoSize property for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the RightToLeft of the Control. + + + + Gets or sets position of rightmost tab Item and transfer the value to ScrollPosition property. + + + Gets a value indicating whether if right scroll button must be located on Ribbon panel. + + + Gets a value indicating whether if left scroll button must be located on Ribbon panel. + + + Gets a value indicating whether if right scroll button is selected. + + + Gets a value indicating whether if left scroll button is selected. + + + + Gets or sets the space between controls. + + + + Gets or sets area in which user pushed mouse button. + + + Gets bounds of right scroll button. + + + Gets bounds of left scroll button. + + + + Gets or sets the height and width of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative + to the upper-left corner of its container. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control and all its parent controls + are displayed. + + + + + Gets the LayoutEngine (Overrides.) + + + + + Occurs when new toolstrip is added to the collection. + + + + + Occurs when toolstrip is removed from the collection. + + + + + Occurs when toolstrip item is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets launcher style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether caption should be shown. + + true, if Caption should be shown, false otherwise + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether launcher should be shown. + + true, if Launcher should be shown, false otherwise + + + + Gets or sets caption style. + + + + + Gets or sets caption text style. + + + + + Gets or sets caption alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets caption font. + + + + + Gets or sets caption minimal height. + + + + + Gets or sets border style. + + + + + Gets the Office2013ColorScheme + + + + + Gets the Office2013ColorScheme + + + + + Gets the RibbonStyle + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme. + + + + + Gets default color scheme + + + + + Gets default border style of toolstrips + + + + + Gets default caption style. + + + + + Gets default launcher style. + + + + + Different areas of the control. + + + + Out of scroll buttons. + + + Right scroll button. + + + Left scroll button. + + + + The RibbonPanelLayout class. + + + + Default distance between two ToolStrips inside a RibbonPanel. + + + + Represents the count of Toolstripitem placed in out of width + + + + + Represents a next ToolStripItem position + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonPanelLayout. + + The LayoutEngine provides the information about the layout. + + + + Initialize the RibbonPanelLayout. (Overrides) + + The source of the control. + The bounds specified. + + + + Overrides the layout. + + The source of the control. + The LayoutEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + RibbonControlAdv + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the number of children in the accessible object. + + Number of Child. + + + + Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the index. + + Index + Child specified to the index + + + + Retrieves the object that has the focus. + + >An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that specifies the currently focused child. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + Gets the state of this accessible object. + + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + The description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + The RibbonPanelRenderer class. + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonPanelRenderer + + The Office12ColorTable + + + + Intended for compatibility with the . Not to be used in the applications. + + Instance of Office2010ColorTable + + + + Gets the Ribbon panel border width. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + + + + + Draw the RibbonPanel background. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + The PaintEventArgs contains the data. + + + + Draw the Frame. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + + + + Draw the borders + + The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. + The RibbonPanel instance. + The ToolStripTabGroup instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the border. + + + + Draw the Right scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + Draw the Left scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + Indicates whether RibbonPanel is located above the corresponding TabItem. + + RibbonPanel control. + Returns bool value + + + + Represent Right arrow + + + + + Reprents left arrow + + + + + The Office2010RibbonPanelRenderer class + + + + + Constructor of the Office2010RibbonPanelRenderer + + + + + Constructor of the Office2010RibbonPanelRenderer + + The Office2010ColorTable + + + + Draw the RibbonPanel background. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + The PaintEventArgs contains the data. + + + + Draw the borders + + The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. + The RibbonPanel instance. + The ToolStripTabGroup instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the border. + + + + Draw the Frame. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + + + + Draw the Left scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + Draw the Right scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + The Office2013RibbonPanelRenderer class. + + + + + Constructor of the Office2013RibbonPanelRenderer + + + + + Constructor of the Office2013RibbonPanelRenderer + + The Office2010ColorTable + + + + Draw the RibbonPanel background. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + The PaintEventArgs contains the data. + + + + Draw the borders + + The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. + The RibbonPanel instance. + The ToolStripTabGroup instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the border. + + + + Draw the Frame. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + + + + Draw the Left scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + Draw the Right scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + The Office2016RibbonPanelRenderer class. + + + + + Constructor of the Office2016RibbonPanelRenderer + + + + + Constructor of the Office2016RibbonPanelRenderer + + The Office2010ColorTable + + + + Draw the RibbonPanel background. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + The PaintEventArgs contains the data. + + + + Draw the borders + + The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. + The RibbonPanel instance. + The ToolStripTabGroup instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the border. + + + + Draw the Frame. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + + + + Draw the Left scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + Draw the Right scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + Represent Right arrow + + + + + Reprents left arrow + + + + + The TouchStyleRibbonPanelRenderer class. + + + + + Constructor of the TouchStyleRibbonPanelRenderer. + + + + + Constructor of the TouchStyleRibbonPanelRenderer. + + The Office2010ColorTable. + + + + Draw the RibbonPanel background. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + The PaintEventArgs contains the data. + + + + Draw the borders + + The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. + The RibbonPanel instance. + The ToolStripTabGroup instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the border. + + + + Draw the RibbonPanel. + + The Graphics object which is used paint the RibbonPanel. + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to drawn + + + + Draw the Frame. + + The RibbonPanel instance. + + + + Draw the Left scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + Draw the Right scroll button. + + The Graphics object which is used paint scroll + The RibbonPanel instance. + The rectangle which needs to draw the scroll button. + + + + Collection of toolstrips. + + + + + Adds an object to the end of the ToolStripsCollection. + + The source of the control which needs to be added. The item can be added to end of the ToolStripsCollection + The ToolStripsCollection index at which the value has been added. + + + + Removes disposed control from collection. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raised when new toolstrip is added. + + + + + Raised when disposed toolstrip is removed. + + + + + Designer for RibbonPanel. + + + + + Collection of verbs. + + + + + Design time RibbonPanel instance. + + + + + Initialize the RibbonPanelDesigner + + The component which needs to specified. + + + + Add the ToolStrip + + The source of the object. + The EventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Indicates whether the specified control can be a child of the control managed by this designer. + + The source of the control to test. + true if the specified control can be a child of the control managed by this designer; otherwise, false. + + + + Occurs when ToolStrip added. + + The source of the control. + The ToolStripEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when ToolStrip removed. + + The source of the control. + The ToolStripEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when visibility of the panel changed. + + The source of the control. + The EventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when ToolStrip state changing. + + The source of the control. + The CancelEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when ToolStrip state changing. + + The source of the control. + The CancelEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Gets collection of verbs. + + + + + Gets the SelectionRules. (Overrides.) + + + + + RibbonPanelMerge Container + + + + + Constructor of the RibbonPanelMergeContainer + + + + + Sets the ToolstripItem position while merging + + + + + Sets the ToolStripEx position while merging + + + + + Sets the ToolStripTabItem position while merging + + + + + Gets or sets the height and width of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative + to the upper-left corner of its container. + + + + + Gets default color scheme + + + + + Gets default border style of toolstrips + + + + + Gets default caption style. + + + + + Class which contains the ToolstripTabItem, ToolstripEx information associated with the MDI child. + + + + + Contains the ToolstripItems to be merged with the default toolstripEx + + + + + ToolstripEx name to be merged with the Default Tab. + + + + + Contains the new tabs to be merged with the Parent form. + + + + + MDI child form opened at that instance + + + + + Contains the to check for the position of Items. + + + + + A class which contains the ToolstripTabItem, ToolstripEx information associated with the MDI child. + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolstripItems to be merged with the default toolstripEx + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolstripEx name to be merged with the Default Tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the new tabs to be merged with the Parent form. + + + + + Gets or sets the MDI child form opened at that instance + + + + + Gets or sets the for the position of the merged items. + + + + + A class which contains the extended property for ToolstripItems. + + + + + Used to store the index for the ToolstripItems + + + + + Used to store the index for the ToolstripEx + + + + + Used to store the index for the ToolstriptabItem + + + + + Instance for + + + + + Creates a instance for the class + + Gets the corresponding to merge + + + + Specifies whether this object can provide its extender properties to the specified object. + + The System.Object to receive the extender properties. + true if this object can provide extender properties to the specified object + + + + Calls the Dispose method to dispose the object. + + + + + Gets the index of the object. + + Gets the index of the merged ToolStripItem. + The index of the merged ToolStripItem. + + + + Gets the index of the object. + + Gets the index of the merged ToolStripEx. + The index of the merged ToolStripEx. + + + + Gets the index of the object. + + Gets the index of the merged ToolStripTabItem. + The index of the merged ToolStripTabItem. + + + + Sets the ToolStripItem index of the object while merging. + + ToolstripItem for which the index to be set + Index of the control + + + + Sets the ToolStripItem index of the object while merging. + + ToolstripItem + Index of the control + + + + Sets the ToolStripItem index of the object while merging. + + ToolstripItem + Index of the control + + + + RibbonTab Bar + + + RibbonTab Bar + + + + + Control that allows grouping child controls into tab pages. + + + Ribbon TabControl + + + + + Header control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabControl class. + + + + + Adds new ribbon tab group. + + Newly created tab group. + + + + Adds ribbon tab group to the control. + + RibbonTabGroup instance to be added. + Added RibbonTabGroup instance. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item to the new ribbon tab group. + + Newly created tab item. + + + + Adds toolstrip item to the newly created tab group. + + ToolStripItem instance to be added. + Added ToolStripItem instance. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item to the specified tab group. + + RibbonTabGroup that has to host new item. + Newly created RibbonTabItem.. + + + + Adds toolstrip item to the specified tab group. + + ToolStripItem instance to be added. + RibbonTabGroup that has to host the item. + Added ToolStripItem instance. + + + + Gets tab group located at the specified point in screen coordinates. + + Point in screen coordinates. + Group located at the specified point. + + + + Hides all pages. + + + + + Retrieves header for the control. + + IRibbonHeaderControl instance. + + + + Creates new tab page (if needed) and initializes. + + Sender object + RibbonTabItemEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Shows initial page. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Correctly docks new tab page. + + ControlEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the GroupsCaptionColor1 property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the GroupsCaptionColor1 property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the GroupsCaptionColor2 property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the GroupsCaptionColor2 property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the GroupsCaptionFontColor property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the GroupsCaptionFontColor property to it's default value. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets collection of tab groups. + + + + + Gets or sets Size of the header. + + + + + Gets or sets Docking style of the header. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. + + + + + Gets or sets the first color of caption gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the second color of caption gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets color of groups caption font. + + + + + Gets header control. + + + + + Raised when tab is about to be changed. + + + + + Raised when tab is changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabBar class. + + + + + Retrieves header for the control. + + IRibbonHeaderControl instance. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets left panel. + + + + + Gets top panel. + + + + + Raised when tab is about to be changed. + + + + + Raised when tab is changed. + + + + + RibbonTabBar Header + + + RibbonTabBar Header + + + + + Interface for RibbonHeaderControl. + + + + + Adds new ribbon tab group. + + Newly created tab group. + + + + Adds ribbon tab group to the control. + + RibbonTabGroup instance to be added. + Added RibbonTabGroup instance. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item to the new ribbon tab group. + + Newly created tab item. + + + + Adds toolstrip item to the newly created tab group. + + ToolStripItem instance to be added. + Added ToolStripItem instance. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item to the specified tab group. + + RibbonTabGroup that has to host new item. + Newly created RibbonTabItem. + + + + Adds toolstrip item to the specified tab group. + + ToolStripItem instance to be added. + RibbonTabGroup that has to host the item. + Added ToolStripItem instance. + + + + Returns control that has to be shown behind transparent childs. + + Required control. + + + + Returns header for tab control. + + Required tab header. + + + + Gets collection of tab groups. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. + + + + + Gets or sets the first color of caption gradiend. + + + + + Gets or sets the second color of caption gradiend. + + + + + Gets or sets color of caption font. + + + + + Raised when newly created tab item is added to the control. + + + + + Raised when tab is about to be changed. + + + + + Raised when tab is changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabBarHeader class. + + + + + Adds new ribbon tab group. + + Newly created tab group. + + + + Adds ribbon tab group to the control. + + RibbonTabGroup instance to be added. + Added RibbonTabGroup instance. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item to the new ribbon tab group. + + Newly created tab item. + + + + Adds toolstrip item to the newly created tab group. + + ToolStripItem instance to be added. + Added ToolStripItem instance. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item to the specified tab group. + + RibbonTabGroup that has to host new item. + Newly created RibbonTabItem. + + + + Adds toolstrip item to the specified tab group. + + ToolStripItem instance to be added. + RibbonTabGroup that has to host the item. + Added ToolStripItem instance. + + + + Returns control that has to be shown behind transparent childs. + + Required control. + + + + Returns header for tab control. + + Required tab header. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets ribbon header control. + + + + + Gets left panel. + + + + + Gets top panel. + + + + + Gets collection of tab groups. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. + + + + + Raised when newly created tab item is added to the control. + + + + + Raised when tab is about to be changed. + + + + + Raised when tab is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the first color of caption gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the second color of caption gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets color of caption font. + + + + + Renderer for RibbonTabBar. + + + + + Blend for painting gradient background. + + + + + Designer for RibbonTabBar. + + + + + Designer for RibbonTabControl. + + + + + Design time RibbonTabControl instance. + + + + + Collection of verbs. + + + + + Action list. + + + + + Pen for drawing adornment border. + + + + + Initializes new instance of RibbonTabControlDesigner. + + Component value + + + + Releases resources. + + Bool disposing + + + + Adds new ribbon tab group. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new toolstrip button. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new toolstrip label. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new toolstrip separator. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new combobox. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new textbox. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new progress bar. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new toolstrip item to the control. + + ToolStripItem child type indicating type of component that has to be created. + Newly created component instance. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab group to the control. + + Newly created RibbonTabGroup instance. + + + + Creates hosted component of given type. + + Type of component to create. + Indicates whether text property has to be assigned. + Newly created hosted component. + + + + Creates hosted component of given type. + + Type of component to create. + Newly created hosted component. + + + + Gets designer host of the component. + + Component to get designer host from. + Designer host of the control. + + + + Adds new toolstrip item to the control. + + ToolStripItem child type indicating type of component that has to be created. + Group to add item to. + Newly created component instance. + + + + Deactivates all groups so that they don't highlight selected items. + + + + + Paints dash border. + + PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new item to the group. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Initializes group designer. + + Sender object + RibbonTabGroupEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Activates corresponding group so that it highlights clicked item. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new single item. + + Sender object + NewItemDroppedAtSingleItemGroupEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Removes selected item highlighting if needed. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Removes single item group if single item was removed. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets verbs collection. + + + + + Gets action list. + + + + + Designer for RibbonTabBarHeader. + + + + + Interface for designer of header control. + + + + + Retrieves designer of part of header control that manages tabs. + + Designer of part of header control that manages tabs. + + + + Design time RibbonHeaderControl instance. + + + + + Initializes new instance of RibbonHeaderControlDesigner. + + Component param + + + + Retrieves designer of part of header control that manages tabs. + + Designer of part of header control that manages tabs. + + + + Event arguments for RibbonTabItemEventHandler. + + + + + Underlying tab item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItemEventArgs class. + + Underlying tab item. + + + + Event arguments for RibbonTabGroupEventHandler. + + + + + Underlying group item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabGroupEventArgs class. + + Underlying group item. + + + + Event arguments for RibbonTabItemChangedEventHandler. + + + + + Old tab item. + + + + + New tab item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItemChangedEventArgs class. + + Item that was selected. + Item that became selected. + + + + Event arguments for RibbonTabItemChangingEventHandler. + + + + + Indicated whether tab changing should be canceled. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItemChangingEventArgs class. + + Item that was selected. + Item that became selected. + + + + Event arguments for AddNewToolStripItemEventHandler. + + + + + Type of item to add. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AddNewToolStripItemEventArgs class. + + Item that became selected. + + + + Event arguments for NewItemDroppedAtSingleItemGroupEventHandler. + + + + + Indicates whether new single item has to be inserted before the sender ribbon tab group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NewItemDroppedAtSingleItemGroupEventArgs class. + + ToolStripItem that was dropped. + Indicates whether item was dropped closer to the left edge of the sender. + + + + Delegate for events related to RibbonTabItem. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Delegate for events related to RibbonTabGroup. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Delegate for RibbonTabItemChanged event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Delegate for RibbonTabItemChanging event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Delegate for AddNewToolStripItem event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Delegate for NewItemDroppedAtSingleItemGroup event. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Control representing header part of RibbonTabControl. + + + RibbonHeader Control + + + + + Width of empty tab group. + + + + + Additional width to add while laying out ToolStripControlHost items. + + + + + Collection of tab groups. + + + + + Indicates whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. + + + + + The first color of caption gradiend. + + + + + The second color of caption gradiend. + + + + + Color of groups caption font. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonHeaderControl class. + + + + + Adds new ribbon tab group. + + Newly created tab group. + + + + Adds ribbon tab group to the control. + + RibbonTabGroup instance to be added. + Added RibbonTabGroup instance. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item to the new ribbon tab group. + + Newly created tab item. + + + + Adds toolstrip item to the newly created tab group. + + ToolStripItem instance to be added. + Added ToolStripItem instance. + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item to the specified tab group. + + RibbonTabGroup that has to host new item. + Newly created RibbonTabItem. + + + + Adds toolstrip item to the specified tab group. + + ToolStripItem instance to be added. + RibbonTabGroup that has to host the item. + Added ToolStripItem instance. + + + + Returns control that has to be shown behind transparent childs. + + Required control. + + + + Returns header for tab control. + + Required tab header. + + + + Lays out tab groups. + + LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Initializes new ribbon tab item. + + Item to initialize. + + + + Occurs when TabItem check state changed. + + The source of the control. + The EventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Adds new tab group to the controls. + + Sender Object + RibbonTabGroupEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Lays out groups. + + Sender Object + RibbonTabGroupEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Initializes new tab item. + + Sender Object + ToolstripItemEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Performs layout. + + Sender Object + ToolStripItemEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets collection of tab groups. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. + + + + + Gets or sets the first color of caption gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets the second color of caption gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets color of groups caption font. + + + + + Raised when newly created tab item is added to the control. + + + + + Raised when tab is about to be changed. + + + + + Raised when tab is changed. + + + + + Control representing one tab group. + + + RibbonTab Group + + + + + Number of pixels to be added to the height of the font when size of the caption is being calculated. + + + + + Blend positions for gradient background. + + + + + Blend factors for gradient background. + + + + + Default caption font color. + + + + + Default first color of caption. + + + + + Default second color of caption. + + + + + Indicates whether group stores single item. + + + + + Color of caption font. + + + + + The first color of caption gradiend. + + + + + The second color of caption gradiend + + + + + Blend for painting gradient background. + + + + + Font for drawing caption titles. + + + + + Height of the caption. + + + + + Indicates whether group is active and should highlight clicked item in design time. For designer internal usage only. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabGroup class. + + + + + Forces inner controls of hosting items to invalidate. + + + + + Invalidates inner controls. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether group stores single item. + + + + + Gets or sets color of caption font. + + + + + Gets or sets the first color of caption gradiend. + + + + + Gets or sets the second color of caption gradiend. + + + + + Gets height of the caption. + + + + + Gets or sets new default value to GripSize property. + + + + + Gets or sets new default value to LayoutStyle property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether default value to AutoSize property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether CanOverflow property is set or not. + + + + + Control representing a tab item with associated tab page. + + + + + Width of tab item. + + + + + Associated tab page. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItem class. + + Ribbon tabpage + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabItem class. + + + + + Raises Activated event. + + + + + Activates the item. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets or sets associated tab page. + + + + + Control representing one tab page. + + + Ribbon TabPage + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabPage class. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Collection of tab groups. + + + + + Hides Add( object ) method. + + Ribbon tab group object + Returns Integer + + + + Removes disposed control from collection. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raised when new group is added. + + + + + Raised when disposed group is removed. + + + + + Behavior for ribbon header control. + + + + + Data format for drag drop operation. + + + + + Design time RibbonHeaderControl instance. + + + + + RibbonHeaderControl designer behavior service. + + + + + Rectangle used for beginning of drag drop operation. + + + + + Group that should be dragged if mouse moves enough for breaking m_dragBoxFromMouseDown. + Defined because mouse pointer can jump to another item while moving inside m_dragBoxFromMouseDown. + + + + + Group under drag drop ooperation. + + + + + Indicates whether mouse pointer during drag drop operation is situated closer to the right edge of the underlying group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HeaderControlBehavior class. + + Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. + Behavior Service + + + + Overrides the MouseDown event. + + Glyph + MouseButtons + The mouse down point + + + + + Overrides the MouseUp event. + + Glyph + MouseButtons + + + + + Called when any mouse-move message enters the adorner window of the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.BehaviorService. + + A System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph. + A System.Windows.Forms.MouseButtons value indicating which button was clicked. + The location at which the move occurred. + true if the message was handled; otherwise, false. + + + + Processes drag drop operation. + + Graphic object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Processes drag drop operation. + + Graphics object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets bool indicating whether given point is closer to the right edge of the item than to the left edge. + + Group under the point. + Point that should be analysed. In adorner coordinates. + True if point is located closer to the right edge; otherwise false. + + + + Returns selection service. + + Selection service + + + + Extracts group from IDataObject instance. + + IDataObject instance. + Extracted group. + + + + Gets group under drag drop operation. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether mouse pointer during drag drop operation is situated closer to the right edge of the underlying group. + + + + + Glyph for RibbonHeaderControl. + + + + + Width of group drop place highlighting rectangle width. + + + + + Design time instance of RibbonHeaderControl. + + + + + RibbonHeaderControl designer behavior service. + + + + + HeaderControlBehavior instance. + + + + + Brush for drawing drop place highlighting. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the HeaderControlGlyph class. + + Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. + RibbonTabGroup designer behavior service. + TabGroupBehavior instance. + + + + Provides hit test logic. + + A point to hit-test. + A System.Windows.Forms.Cursor if the System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph is associated with p; otherwise, null. + + + + Marks selected item. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets bounds of items area. + + + + + Designer for RibbonHeaderControl. + + + + + Design time RibbonHeaderControl instance. + + + + + Collection of verbs. + + + + + Glyph for header control. + + + + + Behavior for header control. + + + + + Action list. + + + + + Pen for drawing adornment border. + + + + + Initialize the RibbonHeaderControlDesigner + + The IComponent provides the all the required functionality. + + + + Gets a collection of System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph objects representing the selection borders and grab handles for a standard control. + + A System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.GlyphSelectionType value that specifies the selection state. + A collection of System.Windows.Forms.Design.Behavior.Glyph objects. + + + + Occurs when Tab control tab changed. + + The source of the control. + The RibbonTabItemChangedEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Retrieves designer of part of header control that manages tabs. + + Designer of part of header control that manages tabs. + + + + Gets verbs collection. + + + + + Gets action list. + + + + + Action list for RibbonTabControlDesigner. + + + + + RibbonTabControlDesigner instance. + + + + + List of action items. + + + + + Design time RibbonTabControl instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RibbonTabControlActionList class. + + RibbonTab Control + RibbonTabControl Designer + + + + Returns collection of action list items. + + Returns item collection + + + + Adds new ribbon tab group. + + + + + Adds new ribbon tab item. + + + + + Adds new toolstrip button. + + + + + Adds new toolstrip label. + + + + + Adds new toolstrip separator. + + + + + Adds new combobox. + + + + + Adds new textbox. + + + + + Adds new progress bar. + + + + + Adds new split button. + + + + + Adds new dropdown button. + + + + + Gets or sets Name of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets Dock of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether with of control should be filled with RibbonTabItems. + + + + + Designer for RibbonTabGroup. + + + + + Design time RibbonTabGroup instance. + + + + + Collection of verbs. + + + + + Glyph for tab group. + + + + + Behavior for tab group. + + + + + Initializes new instance of RibbonTabGroupDesigner. + + Component Value + + + + Adds new glyphs to collection. + + Glyph SelectionType + Returns Glyph Collection + + + + Adds new tab item. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new ToolStrip button. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new ToolStrip label. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new ToolStrip separator. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new combobox. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new textbox. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Adds new progress bar. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets verbs collection. + + + + + Raised when new toolstrip item should be added to the tab group. + + + + + Raised when ribbon tab group is clicked. + + + + + Raised when new single item has to be added. + + + + + Designer for RibbonTabPage. + + + + + Design time RibbonHeaderControl instance. + + + + + Collection of verbs. + + + + + Pen for drawing adornment border. + + + + + Initializes new instance of RibbonHeaderControlDesigner. + + Component value + + + + Paints dash border. + + PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets verbs collection. + + + + + Behavior for ribbon tab group. + + + + + Data format for drag drop operation. + + + + + Design time RibbonTabGroup instance. + + + + + RibbonTabGroup designer behavior service. + + + + + Rectangle used for beginning of drag drop operation. + + + + + Item that should be dragged if mouse moves enough for breaking m_dragBoxFromMouseDown. + Defined because mouse pointer can jump to another item while moving inside m_dragBoxFromMouseDown. + + + + + Selected item. + + + + + Item under mouse. + + + + + Indicates whether group is situated under mouse pointer. + + + + + Indicates whether drag drop operation is being currently performed. + + + + + Indicates whether mouse pointer during drag drop operation is situated closer to the right edge of the underlying item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabGroupBehavior class. + + Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. + Behavior Service + + + + Processes mouse click. Highlights selected item. + + Graphics Object + Mouse button + Mouse Location + Returns bool value + + + + Cancels drag drop operation. + + Graphics object + Mouse button + Returns bool value + + + + Processes drag drop operation. + + Graphics Object + Mouse button + Mouse location + Returns bool value + + + + Processes drag drop operation. + + Graphics Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Processes drag drop operation. + + Graphics Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Unmarks group as group under mouse pointer. + + Graphics Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Marks group as group under mouse pointer. + + Graphics Object + DrawEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Marks group as group under mouse pointer. + + Graphics Object + Returns bool value + + + + Unmarks group as group under mouse pointer. + + Graphics Object + Returns bool value + + + + Gets bool indicating whether given point is closer to the right edge of the item than to the left edge. + + Item under the point. + Point that should be analysed. In adorner coordinates. + True if point is located closer to the right edge; otherwise false. + + + + Raises GroupClicked event. + + Item for ToolStripItemEventArgs. + + + + Makes new item selected. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets selected item. + + + + + Gets item under mouse pointer. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether group is situated under mouse pointer. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether drag drop operation is being currently performed. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether mouse pointer during drag drop operation is situated closer to the right edge of the underlying item. + + + + + Raised when group is clicked. + + + + + Raised when new single item has to be added. + + + + + Glyph for RibbonTabGroup. + + + + + Width of item drop place highlighting rectangle width. + + + + + Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. + + + + + RibbonTabGroup designer behavior service. + + + + + TabGroupBehavior instance. + + + + + Pen for drawing item highlighting. + + + + + Brush for drawing drop place highlighting. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabGroupGlyph class. + + Design time instance of RibbonTabGroup. + RibbonTabGroup designer behavior service. + TabGroupBehavior instance. + + + + Processes cursor if it is inside of Bounds. + + Cursor point + Returns Cursor + + + + Marks selected item. + + PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets bounds of items area. + + + + + The SplashControl class provides an easy to use class that can be used + to display splash screens. + + + The SplashControl can just be dragged and dropped on to your form + from the controls toolbox. The SplashControl is implemented as a component + that is not visible at run time. It is visible in the component area + of your form where you can select it and set its properties. + + If the property is set to true, the SplashControl + will automatically be launched from the Load event of the host form (your + application's startup form). + + + If the is set to false, you need to call + at the appropriate time and the Splash screen will be displayed. + + + The SplashControl is by default a timed display splash screen. What this + means is that the Splash screen will be displayed for a specified period + and then closed. + + + The property specifies for how long the splash + screen should be visible. The unit of measurement for this property is milli + seconds. + + + The Splash screen can be made into a non timed splash screen by setting the + property to -1. + + + In this case you have to call method to close the non timed + Splash screen.This approach is more suitable when you are doing some + background processing in the main form and you want to keep the SplashScreen + up till the work is done. + + + The property needs to be set to your image for + the Splash screen. The SplashControl can only display a image as the + splash screen. Please refer to the class if you want + more flexibility in building a splash screen (or splash message box) that + provides more control in terms of displaying information and collecting response. + + + You can handle the event to process any code just + before the Splash screen is displayed. + + + The event is raised after the Splash screen + is shown on the screen and the event is raised + after the Splash screen is closed. + + + + + + // InitializeComponent + System.Resources.ResourceManager resources = new System.Resources.ResourceManager(typeof(MainForm)); + // Create the splash control + this.splashControl1 = new SplashControl(); + // Setting AutoMode to true will automatically launch + // splash screen - no additional code is required + this.splashControl1.AutoMode = true; + // The start position for the splash screen + this.splashControl1.DesktopAlignment = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SplashPanel.SplashAlignment.Center; + // The host form for the splash control + this.splashControl1.HostForm = this; + // Specifies if the splash screen should appear animated + this.splashControl1.ShowAnimation = false; + // The Splash image - specified through the designer + this.splashControl1.SplashImage = ((System.Drawing.Bitmap)(resources.GetObject("splashControl1.SplashImage"))); + // The time period for which the splash should appear + this.splashControl1.TimerInterval = 10000; + + + ' InitializeComponent + Dim resources As System.Resources.ResourceManager = New System.Resources.ResourceManager(GetType(MainForm)) + ' Create the splash control + Me.splashControl1 = New SplashControl() + ' Setting AutoMode to true will automatically launch + ' splash screen - no additional code is required + Me.splashControl1.AutoMode = True + ' The start position for the splash screen + Me.splashControl1.DesktopAlignment = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SplashPanel.SplashAlignment.Center + ' The host form for the splash control + Me.splashControl1.HostForm = Me + ' Specifies if the splash screen should appear animated + Me.splashControl1.ShowAnimation = False + ' The Splash image - specified through the designer + Me.splashControl1.SplashImage = CType(resources.GetObject("splashControl1.SplashImage"), System.Drawing.Bitmap) + ' The time period for which the splash should appear + Me.splashControl1.TimerInterval = 10000 + + + + + + A generic interface that defines a SplashPanel parent. + + Any object/Control that wants to act as a + parent should implement this interface. + + The SplashPanel provides an easy way to display different types of messages + and also collect user input in an unobtrusive manner. This interface + allows your class to get notifications from the SplashPanel object + you want to monitor without handling events. + + + + + + Invoker for notifying the splash parent before the splash panel is + displayed. + + The splash panel object. + + This method will be called by the + method. + + Return bool value + + + + Invoker for notifying the splash parent after the splash panel + is displayed. + + The splash panel object + + This method will be called by the + method. + + + + + Invoker for notifying the splash parent before the splash panel + is closed. + + The splash panel object + + This method will be called by the + method. + + splash Panel Object + + + + Invoker for notifying the splash parent when the + has closed. + + The child splash panel that was closed. + A SplashCloseType value. + + This method will be called by the + method. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Indicates whether the splash control will operate in auto mode. + In auto mode the control automatically binds to the host form's + load event and displays the splash screen for the specified period + of time. + + + + + The maximum display time allowed. The property DisplayTime + uses this to reject any values greater than this. + + + + + The host form for this control. Accessors provided for + this field by . + + + + + Holds the current display status of the splash window. + + + + + The form to be used as the Splash Form. Accessors provided + by SplashForm. + + + + + The background image for the default splash screen. Accessors + provided by . + + + + + Hides the host form for the duration of the Splash. + + + + + The location of the host form before it is hidden. + + + + + The HostForm's size before being hidden. + + + + + Specifies the initial WindowState of the HostForm. + + + + + Holds the HostForm's ShowInTaskbar value. + + + + + Indicates a custom panel if specified. + + + + + Indicates whether a custom panel is to be used as the SplashScreen. + + + + + Indicates whether the Splash Screen's owner is to be disabled when in AutoMode. + + + + + Indicates whether the needed information of host form is saved to restore. + + + + + Indicates whether the SplashControl needs to be disposed + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SplashControl class. + + + The SplashControl class uses the class as + the splash screen. It creates a SplashPanel object internally and manipulates + it based on the settings and the methods invoked. + + The property is initialized to true. + + + You need to specify the property for the + splash screen's background. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SplashControl class. + + The background image for the default splash screen. + + This sets the background image of the that will be + displayed as the splash screen. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Raises the event. When overriding this + make sure you call this base version. + + An that contains the event data. + + The can be used by a handling class + to cancel the splash screen from being closed. You can also handle + this event to get notified just before the Splash screen is closed. + You can perform custom actions in the handler as per your requirements. + + + + + Raises the event. When overriding this + make sure you call this base version. + + An that contains the event data. + + + The event is raised after the splash screen has been closed. + Handle this to perform any step after the screen is gone. One + use would be to hide the main form before displaying the splash + screen and then making the main form visible in this event's + handler. + + + private void splashControl1_SplashClosed(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + MessageBox.Show("The Splash screen has closed."); + } + + + Private Sub splashControl1_SplashClosed(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + MessageBox.Show("The Splash screen has closed.") + End Sub + + + + + + Raises the event. When overriding this + make sure you call this base version. + + An that contains the event data. + + The can be used by a handling class + to cancel the splash screen from being displayed. You can also handle + this event to get notified just before the Splash screen is displayed. + You can perform custom actions in the handler as per your requirements. + + + + + Raises the event. When overriding this + make sure you call this base version. + + An that contains the event data. + + The event is raised after the Splash screen is made visible to the + user. This can also be handled to do some custom processing like + displaying a status message in the main form. + + + + + Hides the splash screen if its being displayed. + + + This method does not do anything if the splash screen is + not being displayed. + + + + + Event handler for the Load event of the host form. This + applies only when the control's + is set to true. + + The host form control. + The event args. + + This method is not invoked when the is set to + false. You need to call in an appropriate + place in your form's code to display the splash screen. + + + + + Displays the splash screen. + + Indicates whether the splash screen should be displayed modally. + + You will need to call this method only when the property + is set to false. + + + + + Overloaded. Displays the Splash Panel as a modal dialog. + + The owner form. + The DialogResult value. + + + + Displays the Splash Panel as a modal dialog. + + The location at which the Splash Panel is to be displayed. + The owner form. + The DialogResult value. + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + This is the notification from the used by this Splash Control. + Implementation for . + + The object that has closed. + Specifies how the splash screen is closing. + + This raises the event. + + + + + This is the notification from the that the + splash screen is being displayed. + + The that is being made visible. + + This raises the event. + + Return bool value + + + + This is the notification from the that the + splash screen is closing. + + The that is closing. + + This raises the event. + + Return true if event is cancelled + + + + This is the notification from the that the + splash screen has been displayed. + + The that has been made visible. + + This raises the event. + + + + + The event that is raised before the splash screen is + displayed. + + + The can be used by a handling class + to cancel the splash screen from being displayed. You can also handle + this event to get notified just before the Splash screen is displayed. + You can perform custom actions in the handler as per your requirements. + + + + + The event that is raised after the splash screen is displayed. + + + This event is raised after the Splash screen is made visible to the + user. This can also be handled to do some custom processing like + displaying a status message in the main form. + + + + + This event is raised when the splash window is closed. + + + This event is raised after the splash screen has been closed. + Handle this to perform any step after the screen is gone. One + use would be to hide the main form before displaying the splash + screen and then making the main form visible in this event's + handler. + + + + + The event that is raised before the is closed. + + + This event is raised before the SplashControl is closed and it can be + handled to stop the SplashControl from closing or to some custom processing. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the splash screen should appear on the + screen in an animated manner. + + + The splash screen will be animated if the value is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the host form should be hidden when the splash screen is + displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the initial of the + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the splash screen is currently being displayed. + + + This property is not visible at runtime. This returns an internal + value that is maintained to indicate if the Splash panel is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashControl control operates in AutoMode. + + + When AutoMode is set to true, the control will automatically bind + to the Load event of the host form, hide the host form and display + the splash form as per the settings. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Splash Control is displayed modally in AutoMode. + + + When AutoModeModal is set to true, the splash screen will be displayed + modally. + + + + + Gets or sets the desktop alignment for the splash screen. + + + The type lists the values that + this property can take. The default value is + which places the splash screen in the center of the screen. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Splash screen shown by the SplashControl + is shown as a TopMost window when displayed. + + + True if the Splash screen is displayed as a TopMost window; false otherwise. The default is true. + + + Displaying the Splash screen as a TopMost window makes the Splash screen appear on top of + all other windows. + + If this property is to be false and the Splash screen is displayed in non modal mode, the + Splash screen might be hidden by the Form displaying the Splash screen. If you want the + Splash screen to be the TopMost window with respect to the application/Form displaying + it only, you should display the Splash screen modally with this property set to false. + + + + + + Gets or sets the time interval for which the splash screen is to be + displayed (in milliseconds). + + + The default value is 5000 milliseconds (or 5 seconds). + + Set the value to -1 if you want to treat this as a non timed + splash screen. In this case you will need to call + to close the window. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to dispose splash control's internal form after it has been displayed once. + + + true if splash control's form should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to close splash control after it has been displayed once. + If this property is true, SplashControl will be closed after displaying once. In this case trying to show the SplashControl + more than once will throw an error. If this property is set to false, SplashControl can be displayed any number of times. + + + + + Gets or sets the internal that is displayed as the splash screen. + + + This property is not available at design time. It can be accessed + at run time to set a different derived + object as the splash screen. + + The default method to changing the object's + look and feel is to set the property to your + image. + + + + + + Gets or sets the host form of this Splash Control. + + + This property is automatically set when the SplashControl is dragged + and dropped on a form. This is used to hook into the Load event of the + host form at run time to launch the splash screen automatically when + the is set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the default splash screen background image. + + + The SplashImage can be any image that can be assigned to the + Windows Forms class. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to be used to make the SplashImage transparent. + + + + + Gets or sets a custom if the default SplashPanel + is not to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel is to be shown in the Taskbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon for the SplashPanel. + + + + + Gets or sets the text for the Splash Control. + + + + + The default SplashScreen class that will be used internally by + the . + + + This derived class is used by the SplashControl class + as the splash screen that is displayed. The property + is added to this derived class. This is set to the + object. + + The size of the SplashPanel is set to the size of BackImage. + + + + + + The SplashPanel class is a derived + class that will let you design custom splash screens + within the Form's designer. The SplashPanel can take multiple child controls + that can be used to display information or collect information from the user. + + + + The SplashPanel class is a panel class that has uses beyond the typical + splash screen. It can be used to create non obtrusive message boxes + such as the Microsoft MSN messenger (as of MSN Messenger version 3.0 ) + message window that informs user that a new mail has arrived. These kind + of messages boxes are made very easy to create and use with the SplashPanel class. + + + To design a custom splash, drag and drop it off the toolbox + into a Form during design-time. Then populate it with + appropriate Controls just like you would any other Panel. + The splash panel can also appear in an animated manner on the + screen. The startup position of the splash panel can also be + specified through the property. + + + The Splash Panel itself can be set to have appealing gradient and + pattern backgrounds by specifying the + property. + + + When you are ready to display the splash, call this method. + This will show the splash panel at the specified location. + + The SplashPanel uses a + internally to automatically close the Splash screen after the set + interval is elapsed. This behavior can be changed by setting + the SplashPanel's property to + -1. The SplashPanel can be explicitly closed by calling + + The SplashPanel also raises the , + and events that you can handle. You could for example + set the focus on a Control within the SplashPanel in the + SplashDisplayed event handler. + + + + + // Create the splash panel + this.splashPanel1 = new SplashPanel(); + this.button1 = new Button(); + // The animation speed + this.splashPanel1.AnimationSpeed = 10; + // The background + this.splashPanel1.BackgroundColor = new BrushInfo(Syncfusion.Drawing.GradientStyle.Vertical, System.Drawing.SystemColors.HighlightText, System.Drawing.SystemColors.Highlight); + // The border style + this.splashPanel1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DStyle.Bump; + // The child controls - added through the designer + this.splashPanel1.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] { + this.linkLabel1}); + // The startup location for the splash panel + this.splashPanel1.DesktopAlignment = SplashPanel.SplashAlignment.SystemTray; + // Specifies whether the window should appear animated + this.splashPanel1.ShowAnimation = true; + // The interval for which the panel is to be displayed + this.splashPanel1.TimerInterval = 5000; + this.button1.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.button1_Click); + + + + ' Create the splash panel + Me.splashPanel1 = New SplashPanel() + Me.button1 = New Button() + ' The animation speed + Me.splashPanel1.AnimationSpeed = 10 + ' The background + Me.splashPanel1.BackgroundColor = New BrushInfo(Syncfusion.Drawing.GradientStyle.Vertical, System.Drawing.SystemColors.HighlightText, System.Drawing.SystemColors.Highlight) + ' The border style + Me.splashPanel1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DStyle.Bump + ' The child controls - added through the designer + Me.splashPanel1.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.linkLabel1}) + ' The startup location for the splash panel + Me.splashPanel1.DesktopAlignment = SplashPanel.SplashAlignment.SystemTray + ' Specifies whether the window should appear animated + Me.splashPanel1.ShowAnimation = True + ' The interval for which the panel is to be displayed + Me.splashPanel1.TimerInterval = 5000 + AddHandler Me.button1.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf button1_Click) + + + + + + + This interface is implemented by the class + to get notifications from the when + the wrapper form displays and closes a splash screen. + + + + + Informs the listener that the splash screen has been displayed. + + + This method is invoked from the + method. + + + + + Informs the listener that the splash screen has been closed. + + + This method is invoked from the + method. + + + + + The parent of this splash panel. + + + + + The wrapper form that will host this splash. + + + + + The discrete location specified for displaying the splash panel. + + + + + Indicates whether the splash display is to be animated. + + + + + The desktop alignment. + + + + + The timer used to specify when to dispose the splash window. + + + + + The border 3D style. + + + + + The display interval in milliseconds. Accessors provided + for this field by DisplayTime. + + + + + The background Brush info. + + + + + Specifies how fast the animation is shown when the window is displayed. + + + + + Specifies the number of pixels to increase or decrease in slide style. + + + + + Specifies how the splash was closed. + + + + + The sliding style. + + + + + Indicates whether the SplashPanel should be closed when the mouse is over it. + + + + + Indicates whether the mouse is over the SplashPanel or any other child control. + + + + + Used for animation. + + + + + To enable delayed closing. + + + + + Indicates whether the SplashPanel is to be displayed as the TopMost Window. + + + + + Indicates whether the Splash Panel should be in the Taskbar when shown. + + + + + The icon to be used when displayed in the Taskbar. + + + + + The text to be used when in the Taskbar. + + + + + Used for converting the background image into a region. + + + + + Region to be passed onto the Wrapper Form when its not null. + + + + + The border type for the Splash Panel. + + + + + Indicates whether the SplashPanel closes when the user clicks on it. + + + + + Indicates whether the SplashPanel can be moved by the user. + + + + + Indicates whether the SplashPanel can be resized by the user. + + + + + The width and height of the border area for resizing. + + + + + The width and height of the border area for resizing. + + + + + Indicates whether the SplashPanel was moved. If this is true the CloseOnClick property will be ignored. + + + + + Flag for checking the mouse entering and leaving. + + + + + Indicates whether the SplashPanel closes when the user activate the another window. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SplashPanel class. + + + The default value for the is set to + 5000 milli seconds. + The splash panel has animation turned and by default will appear in the + middle of the screen. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool value + + + + Raises the BeforeSplash event. + + A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeSplash method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSplash in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class' OnBeforeSplash method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Invokes the method to raise + the event. + + The value set for the + object used by the event data. A return value of true means the SplashPanel will + not be displayed. + + + This method creates a object to use as the + event data and invokes the method. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs instance containing + data pertaining to this event. + + The OnSplashDisplayed method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSplashDisplayed in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class' OnSplashDisplayed method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the SplashDisplayed event. + + + + + Raises the SplashClosing event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Invokes the method to raise + the event. + + The value set for the + object used by the event data. A return value of true means the SplashPanel will + not be displayed. + + + This method creates a object to use as the + event data and invokes the method. + + + + + Raises the SplashClosing event. + + A SplashClosedEventArgs instance containing + data pertaining to this event. + + The OnSplashClosing method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSplashClosing in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class' OnSplashClosing method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the SplashCosed event. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs instance containing + data pertaining to this event. + + The OnSplashMouseEnter method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSplashMouseEnter in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class' OnSplashMouseEnter method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs instance containing + data pertaining to this event. + + The OnSplashMouseLeave method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSplashMouseLeave in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class' OnSplashMouseLeave method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Overrides OnMouseEnter to support SuspendAutoCloseOnMouseOver. + + The event data. + + + + Suspends the auto closing of the SplashPanel after the + TimerInterval. + + + + + Restores the auto closing of the SplashPanel. + + + + + Raises the mouse down event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the MouseUp event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the MouseMove event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Draws the background of the panel using the information in the + property. + + The graphics object to draw on. + + Override this virtual function if you want to draw a different background + on change the way the drawing is done. + + + + + Refreshes the region from BackgroundImage. + + + + + Overrides OnPaintBackground to paint the user specified + as the background. + + The PaintEventArgs object that has the event data. + + + + This method implements the interface + to receive notification from the when the Splash window has been + displayed. + + + The SplashPanel receives notification from the SplashWrapperForm that actually displays this + SplashPanel on the desktop that the SplashPanel has been displayed. This is needed for the SplashPanel + to start its internal timer so that the SplashPanel can be closed in the time interval set in . + + + + + This methods is an implementation of the ISplashWrapperFormListener interface for + receiving notification from the when the window + is closed. + + The event is raised in response to this + method being invoked. + + + + Displays the SplashPanel. + + + + + Indicates whether the splash is currently displayed. + + True indicates splash is displayed; false otherwise. + + The SplashPanel considered visible if the that embeds this + SplashPanel is visible. + The method uses this method to ascertain if the SplashPanel is + indeed being displayed. + + + + + Displays the SplashPanel at the specified location. + + A point in screen coordinates. The value can be Point.Empty. + The form that will embed the SplashForm. This can be null. + Indicates whether the owner form is to be disabled. + + + + Displays the SplashPanel. + + + + + Overloaded. Displays the Splash Panel as a modal dialog. + + The location at which the Splash Panel is to be displayed. + The owner form. + The DialogResult value. + + + + Displays the Splash Panel as a modal dialog. + + The owner form. + The DialogResult value. + + + + Hides a splash with the specified SplashCloseType mode. + + A value. + The time period for which the close should be delayed. + + This method will close the SplashPanel when it is being displayed. It invokes + to ascertain that the SplashPanel is being displayed + before any further action is taken. + + The method will have no effect if the SplashPanel is not currently being displayed. + + + + + + Hides a splash with the specified SplashCloseType mode. + + A value. + + + + Cancels and hides a splash that is open. + + + Call this method to Hide a SplashPanel window that is being displayed currently. + The SplashPanel will be closed with the set to + . This method actually invokes the overloaded + version that takes a as the parameter. + + + + + Stops the timer object that is used to track the appearance of the SplashPanel. + + + This method stops the and closes the timer object. + This is invoked by the method and you will not need to + call this directly. + + + + + Starts the object that will be used to show the + SplashPanel for a specified period of time. + + Change the property if you want to + change the period for which the SplashPanel is displayed. + This method is invoked by and you will not need to + call this directly. + + This method will do nothing if the property is + set to -1. + + + + + + Handles the event of the object + that is used to track the time period for displaying the SplashPanel. + + The Timer object. + The event data for the Timer's elapsed event. + + This method hides the and closes the + object. + + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + + + + Font changed + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating SplashPanel can take a class that implements + as its parent for notification purposes. + + An instance that implements ISplashParent. + + You can implement the ISplashParent interface in your classes and set the + SplashParent property of the to your class to + get notifications. + + + + + Occurs when the splash is about to be shown. + + + + This event provides a way for the user to stop a SplashPanel from being + displayed. If you set the to be true, + the SplashPanel will not be displayed. + + + You can also access the SplashPanel's and make + changes to it if you want to do any modifications. + + + + + + Occurs after the SplashPanel has been displayed. + + + This event informs the handler that the SplashPanel is visible now. + You could display a status message or some feedback to the user in + another part of the application. + + + + + Occurs when a SplashPanel is being closed. + + + This event can be handled to prevent a SplashPanel from being closed + and also to do custom processing. + + + + + Occurs when a SplashPanel is closed. + + + Handling this event will tell you whether the splash was + closed or canceled by the user. This, in some cases, will then let you + know whether or not you should accept changes in the splash. + + The delegate for the event is . + + + You could handle this event and do any post SplashPanel displayed processing + in there. For example, you have an application that displays non obtrusive + message boxes using the SplashPanel class, you can handle this event to + check if the user has made any change or selection. + + + + + this.splashPanel1.SplashClosing += new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SplashClosedEventHandler(this.splashPanel1_SplashClosing); + // splashPanel1_SplashClosing event handler + MessageBox.Show("SplashPanel closing event handler"); + + AddHandler Me.splashPanel1.SplashClosing, New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SplashClosedEventHandler(AddressOf splashPanel1_SplashClosing) + ' splashPanel1_SplashClosing event handler + MessageBox.Show("SplashPanel closing event handler") + + + + + Occurs when the mouse enters the visible part of the SplashPanel or any of its child + controls. + + + This event informs that the mouse has entered the SplashPanel. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse leaves the visible part of the SplashPanel or any of its child + controls. + + + This event informs that the mouse has left the SplashPanel. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel should not be closed when the mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel is to be shown in the Taskbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon for the SplashPanel when displayed in the Taskbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the text when displayed in the Taskbar. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color and other styles. + + + The provides this property to enable specialized + custom gradient backgrounds for the splash screens you create. + + + + + Gets or sets the SlideStyle for the SplashPanel. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel is shown as a TopMost + window when displayed. + + + True if the SplashPanel is displayed as a TopMost window; false otherwise. The default is true. + + + Displaying the SplashPanel as a TopMost window makes the SplashPanel appear on top of + all other windows. + + If this property is false and the SplashPanel is displayed in non modal mode, the + SplashPanel might be hidden by the Form displaying the SplashPanel. If you want the + SplashPanel to be the TopMost window with respect to the application/Form displaying + it only, you should display the SplashPanel modally with this property set to false. + + + + + + Gets or sets the 3D border for the SplashPanel. + + + + The class provides 3D border styles for its + borders. + + + You can set the border style for the SplashPanel to any of the + values supported by the enumeration. Setting + the BorderStyle property to results in + no border being visible. + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of border. + + + + + Gets or sets the speed at which the animation unfolds on the screen and the SplashPanel becomes visible. + + + + The same speed is also used when the is closed. + To achieve the best animation effect, the animation speed should be set relative with + respect to the height and width of the . + + + The value for the animation speed is restricted to be between 5 and 50. + + + + + + Gets or sets the number of pixels at which the animation unfolds in sliding style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the window display should be animated. + + + Set this property to true if you want the splash window to appear + in an animated manner. + + See the property for changing the speed of animation. + + + + + + Gets or sets how the splash screen is aligned when it appears + initially with respect to the desktop. + + + lists the possible values for this property. + The default value for the DesktopAlignment is + which sets the SplashPanel to appear in the middle of the screen. + + + + + + Gets or sets the period of time the splash window should be visible for. + + + The unit of measurement for this is in milliseconds. The default value is + 5000 milliseconds which translates to 5 seconds. + + The time is taken into account after the window appears on the + screen. + + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the that will be + used to host this SplashPanel when displayed. + + The SplashWrapperForm object that will host this SplashPanel. + + SplashWrapperForm is the top level Form based control that hosts + this Splash Panel when displayed. + + The SplashPanel usually creates a custom SplashWrapperForm when it is asked to display + itself. However, you can provide your own SplashWrapperForm if you have a customized + version. + + + You could also get a reference to the + that the SplashPanel uses by default and make changes to it. + The SplashPanel creates a default SplashWrapperForm when there is no + SplashWrapperForm supplied to it, but ShowSplash was called to show the splash screen. + Hence, the best place to get the default SplashWrapperForm + associated with this SplashPanel is in the event handler. + + This property is not available at runtime. + + + + + Gets the splash form. + + The splash form. + + + + Gets or sets the transparent color for the background. + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor for the control. + + + A that represents the background color of the control. The default is the value of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the SplashPanel should auto hide. + + + + + Gets or sets the location to display the splash window. This is a + value that is in screen coordinates. + + + You can display a discrete location for the + to be displayed at. The location parameter passed to the constructor + of SplashPanel is used to set this value initially. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the CloseOnClick property closes the SplashPanel. If the user clicks inside the + SplashPanel and moves the SplashPanel (this is allowed if the AllowMove property is set to true), + the SplashPanel will not be closed. The SplashPanel will not be closed if the click is on a Child + control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the AllowMove property allows the user to click within the SplashPanel and + move the SplashPanel on the screen. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the AllowResize property allows the user to resize the SplashPanel. + Resize handles will be displayed when the user moves the mouse near the border + of the SplashPanel. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + gets or Sets the touchmode + + + + + Delagate used in ShowSplash for executed Invoke method. + + Point location + Owner form + Disable Owner + + + + Delagate used in PrepareSplash for executed Invoke method. + + Pont Location + Owner form + Returns bool value + + + + Delagate used in HideSplash for executed Invoke method. + + Splash close type + Delay InMilliseconds + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DefaultPanel class. + + + + The is set to 25 and the + is turned off by default. + + + You need to set the property. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DefaultPanel class. + + The image to be displayed in the splash window. + + The creating this sets the BackImage + to be its + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets / sets the BackImage with an image. + + + The image to be used as the background image. + The size of the SplashPanel is set to the size of BackImage. + + + + + Handles the SplashClosing event. + + The source of the event. + A SplashClosedEventArgs that + contains the event data. + + + + Delegate used for the thread-safe invoke of the GetComputedSizeInternal method. + + Control size + return size + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + The SplashClosed event is raised when a + is closed. The specifies the manner + in which the SplashPanel was closed. + + See the event for more information. + + + + + + The Splash close type object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SplashClosedEventArgs class. + + A SplashCloseType value. + + The SplashCloseType property is initialized with the + value passed in. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the way in which + the Splash was closed. + + + The SplashCloseType value indicates how the SplashPanel was closed. + + + + + Specifies the positioning of the splash with the desktop. + + + + + The Splash window will be made visible at the location closest + to the system tray clock (if available). + + + + + The splash window will be shown at the center of the screen. + + + + + The splash window will be shown at the top-left of the screen. + + + + + The splash window will be shown at the bottom -left of the screen. + + + + + The splash window will be shown at the top-right of the screen. + + + + + The splash window will be shown at the bottom-right of the screen. + + + + + Does not indicate any of the above alignments. + + + + + Specifies the way in which a splash control container was closed. + + + Signifies the mode in which the splash control container was closed. + This can be interpreted by the parent of the splash control container. + + + + + The user wants the changes made in the splash to be applied. + + + + + The user canceled the splash and expects the changes, if any to be ignored. + + + + + The popup was deactivated because it was displayed for the specified + time. This should be considered to be equivalent to the Done + type as the user may want some changes saved. + + + + + The current docking position of the windows task bar. + + + + + The taskbar is docked at the bottom of the current screen. + + + + + The taskbar is docked at the left of the current screen. + + + + + The taskbar is docked at the top of the current screen. + + + + + The taskbar is docked at the right of the current screen. + + + + + Specifies to the animation functions in + the class the nature of the slide + animation to be performed. + + + + + Slides horizontally from left to right. This animation effect + is typically used when the window is displayed at the left edge of the + screen. + + + + + Slides vertically from bottom to top. This slide animation effect is + typically used when the location of the window is at the right end + of the screen. + + + + + Slides horizontally from left to right. This animation effect + is typically used when the window is displayed at the left edge of the + screen. + + + + + Slides vertically from bottom to top. This slide animation effect is + typically used when the location of the window is at the right end + of the screen. + + + + + Slides vertically from right to left. + + + + + Slides vertically from top to bottom. + + + + + Fades from transparent to opaque. + + + + + Slides vertically + + + + + The default style. + + + + + Marquee style. + + + + + The Form derived class that hosts a when it is + displayed. + + + You will normally not have to use this class or refer to + an instance of this class. An instance of this class will + be automatically generated by the SplashPanel which + will then set this as its parent when + is called on it. + + + + + Borders indent. + + + + + Minimum animation size. + + + + + Fade animation increment delay. + + + + + Specifies how to space the SplashPanel within this host. + + + + + This object will be notified by the SplashWrapperForm + of important events. + + + + + The preferred width of the when it + becomes visible. + + + + + The preferred height of the when it + becomes visible. + + + + + The timer that is used to animate the window. The animation + is actually created by changing the height and width of the + window at regular time intervals. + + + The Windows API AnimateWindow does not work properly. It crashes + when some controls are added to the SplashPanel. + + + + + The timer that is used when the SplashPanel is being + closed to create the animation effect. + + + + + The that will be hosted by this + SplashWrapperForm object. + + + + + The for the animation. + + + + + The owner form - we don't use the Owner property as that requires a + TopLevel window. + + + + + Result when the SplashPanel is invoked as Modal. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WrapperForm class. + + The SplashPanel that will be displayed + by this SplashWrapperForm. + + The SplashWrapperForm will be initialized with the + object that it will host. The SplashWrapperForm will only be valid for the + duration that the SplashPanel is visible. + + The SplashWrapperForm works closely with the SplashPanel object it hosts + and will not be visible and the user will see the SplashPanel + as the SplashWrapperForm. + + + The SplashWrapperForm is set to be a top level window. + + + + + + Sets the border style for this SplashHost. The BorderStyle + is a value that is painted + by this control in the OnPaint handler. + + + You can override this method to provide your own FormBorderStyle for + this SplashWrapperForm. + + + + + Overrides the OnPaint method to paint the 3D border style. + + The PaintEventArgs event data. + + + + Draws the 3D border that is specified in the + property. + + The graphics object that is to be drawn on. + The Border3DStyle value to be used for drawing the border. + + You can override this virtual function and draw your own implementation + of the 3D border. + + + + + Displays the that this SplashWrapperForm is hosting. + + Indicates whether the SplashWrapperForm should + disable the owner form. + + This method calls or + depending on what the property is set to. + + + + + Displays the SplashPanel as a Modal dialog. + + Returns dialog result + + + + Places the hosted SplashPanel within the bounds of the SplashWrapperForm. + + + The default implementation of this method sizes the hosted + to occupy the entire area of the SplashWrapperForm except for the border. + + This method is invoked by the method. + + + + + + Displays the splash window without any animation. + + Indicates whteher the owner form is to be disabled. + + This method is invoked by the method + if the property is set to false. + + The is also notified that the window has been + displayed. + + + + + + No animation. + + + + + Displays the splash host window in an animated manner. + + Indicates whether the window is to be displayed modally. + + This method is invoked by the method when the + property is set to true. + + The used for the animation is based on the value + returned by the method. + + + + + + Overrides Show and display using SetWindowPos and SWP_NOACTIVATE so that + the focus is not grabbed. + + + + + The animation of the splash window is implemented using a timer + and its Elapsed event is handled in this method. + + The animation timer object. + The elapsed event args event data. + + + + The handler for the elapsed event of the Hide animation timer. Used + when the splash window is closing. + + The hide animation timer. + The elapsed event data. + + + + Hides this SplashWrapperForm. + + + This method is invoked by the method. + + This method also notifies the that the + window is being closed. + + + + + + Private helper function used for the animated display. + + The relative alignment with the desktop. + The style to be passed to the AnimateWindow function. + + + + Private helper method that gets the position of the Windows Taskbar. + + The position of the windows taskbar. + + + + The display location based on the current work area and the + desired alignment. + + Splash Alignment + The point where the splash window is to be displayed. + + + + Attaches the SplashPanel to the SplashWrapperForm. + + + This method associates the object with this + SplashWrapperForm. This adds the SplashPanel control to the form and + sets its position. + + + + + Sets the size of the host to the size of the SplashPanel and adjusts for + the borderwidth. + + + The size of the is adjusted to be the + size of the SplashWrapperForm except for the border. + + + + + Hides the SplashWrapperForm. + + + This method calls the or + method to hide the splash window. If this is a modal window, the DialogResult + is set to DialogResult.OK. + + + + + Hides the SplashWrapperForm. + + + This method calls the or + method to hide the splash window. If this is a modal window, the DialogResult + is set to DialogResult.OK. + + + + + Hides the SplashWrapperForm window in an animated manner. + + + Called by the method. + + + + + Gets Splash wrapper form Listener + This is the same as the hosted by the + SplashWrapperForm. This will be used by the SplashWrapperForm to + notify the SplashPanel of important events so that the SplashPanel + can respond. + + + A SplashPanel object that implements ISplashWrapperFormListener. + + + The value cannot be set through this property. All + SplashWrapperForm objects are single use only. The splash host will + be destroyed after the splash window is hiddden and + the only way to set the SplashPanel for a + SplashHost would be through the SplashHost contructor. + + + + + Overrides CreateParams to add extended styles for ToolWindow and + NoActivate. + + + The SplashWrapperForm object needs to be Top level window and + also should not be activated. These styles are set in this method. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that is hosted by this + . + + + The SplashPanel object is the reason the SplashWrapperForm + exists. This SplashPanel will be the only visible part of the + SplashWrapperForm. You should not add any other controls that + will be visible to the SplashWrapperForm. + + + + + Specifies the mode in which to show the Splash. + + + + + Represents Modeless + + + + + Represents Disable owner + + + + + Represents Modal + + + + + Specifies the border type for the Splash. + + + + + Borders in 3D style + + + + + No border. + + + + + Specifies which split panel is fixed, if any. + + + + + "None" - no panel; + + + + + "Panel1" - panel #1 respectively. + + + + + "Panel2" - panel #1 respectively. + + + + + Specifies splitter rendering style. + + + + + Style is absent. + + + + + Office 2007 Black style. + + + + + Office 2007 Blue style. + + + + + Office 2007 Silver style. + + + + + Office 2003 style. + + + + + Office XP style. + + + + + Visual Studio 2005 style. + + + + + Mozilla browser style. + + + + + default style. + + + + + Metro Style + + + + + Office2016Colorful Style + + + + + Office2016White Style + + + + + Office2016DarKGray Style + + + + + Office2016Black Style + + + + + Specifies splitter current state of being drawn. + + + + + when splitter is not hovered; + + + + + when splitter is hovered by the mouse. + + + + + Specifies whether the control is currently being dragged, and how. + + + + + the splitter is still; + + + + + the splitter is being dragged now; + + + + + the splitter is expanded; + + + + + the splitter is collapsed. + + + + + Specifies currently collapsed panel. + + + + + Panel1 respectively. + + + + + Panel2 respectively. + + + + + no panel is collapsed; + + + + + Specifies an event which leads to collapsing of previously specified panel. + + + + + panel is toggled when a click on it occurs; + + + + + panel is toggled when a doubleclick on it occurs. + + + + + Specifies needed property + + + + + Represents Unknown + + + + + BackgroundColor respectively + + + + + ExpandFill respectively + + + + + ExpandLine respectively + + + + + GripLight respectively + + + + + GripDark respectively + + + + + HotBackgroundColor respectively + + + + + HotExpandFill respectively + + + + + HotExpandLine respectively + + + + + HotGripLight respectively + + + + + HotGripDark respectively + + + + + Used in split container events to pass info about changed values to + event handlers. + + + + + Used for Splitter moving events. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Basic Renderer. + + + + + A class a renderer should be derived from. + + + + + Create a class derived from Renderer, implementing this interface, to make + your own renderers for custom splitter styles and behavior. + + + + + Creates RendererInfo instance and initializes it with default values. + + An instance to initialize + A RendererInfo instance to take parameters from + returns render info + + + + Draws splitter according to settings specified in RendererInfo. + + Drawing context + An instance of the needed RendererInfo to retrieve drawing settings from. + Bounds to draw within. + + + + Draws a background. + + Current paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. + Within these bounds we should draw. + + + + Draws a background while under mouse cursor. + + Current paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. + Within these bounds we should draw. + + + + Draws a thumbnail. + + Current paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. + Within these bounds we should draw. + + + + Draws a thumbnail while under mouse cursor. + + Current paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. + Within these bounds we should draw. + + + + Draws a foreground. + + Current paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. + Within these bounds we should draw. + + + + Draws a foreground while under mouse cursor. + + Current paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which is responsible for this SplitContainerAdv drawing. + Within these bounds we should draw. + + + + Gets theme settings appropriate to the current theme. + + An instance of SplitContainerAdv container, which owns this renderer. + Flag of current mode. If mode is initialization than properties will not be set. + Returns renderer info + + + + Compare current value with default value + + property identifier + current value + true if value is equal and false in other case + + + + Gets default value for some property + + Rendererer property + Returns default value + + + + Override this method to provide correct update renderer-specified information from control. + + An instance of holding container. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be updated. + Modified RendererInfo instance. + + + + Override this to draw a background. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Override this to provide hot background capabilities to your control's theme. + Hot background means that control can change its background color when under mouse cursor. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Override this to provide thumbnail drawing according to your theme. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Override this to provide hot thumbnail drawing according to your theme. + Hot thumbnail means that control can change its thumbnail color when under mouse cursor. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Override this to provide foreground drawing. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Override this to provide hot foreground. + Hot foreground means that control can change its hot foreground color when under mouse cursor. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + For usage only within SplitContainerAdv class. Just point "this" to this method, so + control properties will became appropriate for this theme. + These properties are NOT used while drawing "default" theme. We're just blanking them. + + + Override this to provide custom settings saving. In overriden method initialize container + properties you want to modify, with appropriate values from RendererInfo class. + + Spliter container + Bool value + Modified RenderInfo. + + + + Override this to compare with default renderer settings. + + Property identifier. + Compared value. + True if value is equal and false in other case. + + + + Gets default value for some property. + + Property identifier. + Default value. + + + + Override this to draw splitter according to renderer settings. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Provides with an appropriate renderer instance. + + Style by which an appropriate renderer is to be selected. + An instance of Render's inheritor class, regarding to provided style. + + + + storage for saving default value for ExpandFill property + + + + + storage for saving default value for ExpandLine property + + + + + storage for saving default value for GripDark property + + + + + storage for saving default value for GripLight property + + + + + storage for saving default value for BackgroundColor property + + + + + storage for saving default value for HotExpandFill property + + + + + storage for saving default value for HotExpandLine property + + + + + storage for saving default value for HotExpandGrip property + + + + + storage for saving default value for HotGripLight property + + + + + storage for saving default value for HotBackgroundColor property + + + + + Bit's flag, used for for suspending update. + + + + + If true than background orientation is autochanged. + + + + + For usage only within SplitContainerAdv class. Just point "this" to this method, so + control properties will became appropriate for this theme. + + Spliter containeradv container + bool value + Return render info + + + + Used here just for initialize background / hot background gradient colors in respect to orientation. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Draws background on graphics of some object. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + Render Info + Rectangle bounds + + + + Draws hotbackground on graphics of some object + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + Render Info + Rectangle bounds + + + + A stub: no thumbnails!!! + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + A stub: no hot thumbnails here! + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + A stub: no foreground here! + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + A stub: no hot foreground here! + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Gets default value for property. + + Renderer property + Returns object + + + + Updates renderer-specified information from control. + + An instance of holding container. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be updated. + Modified RendererInfo instance. + + + + Padding between grips. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BasicRenderer class. + + + + + Draws arrows on a thumbnail. + + Arguments passed to OnPaint event handler. + A brush for drawing background. + A pen which paints triangles. + Thumbnail rectangle. + Instance of RendererInfo which is used to retrieve settings from. + + + + Fills an array of points with coordinates of the right arrow angles. + + Thumbnail rectangle (a rectangle to draw thumbnail in). + Array of points which should be filled up with coordinates. + Is this a topmost arrow. + An array of points, which are coordinates of triangle which represents an arrow. + + + + Fills an array of points with coordinates of the left arrow angles. + + Thumbnail rectangle (a rectangle to draw thumbnail in). + Array of points which should be filled up with coordinates. + Is this a topmost arrow. + An array of points, which are coordinates of triangle which represents an arrow. + + + + Fills an array of points with coordinates of the top arrow angles. + + Thumbnail rectangle (a rectangle to draw thumbnail in). + Array of points which should be filled up with coordinates. + Is this a topmost arrow. + An array of points, which are coordinates of triangle which represents an arrow. + + + + Fills an array of points with coordinates of the bottom arrow angles. + + Thumbnail rectangle (a rectangle to draw thumbnail in). + Array of points which should be filled up with coordinates. + Is this a topmost arrow. + An array of points, which are coordinates of triangle which represents an arrow. + + + + Sets renderer info to default value + + + + + Retrieves an instance of DefaultRenderer + + "new DefaultRenderer()" + + + + Gets default value for ExpandFill + + + + + Gets default value for ExpandLine + + + + + Gets default value for DefaultGripDark + + + + + Gets default value for GripLight + + + + + Gets default value for Background color + + + + + Gets default value for ExpandFill + + + + + Gets default value for HotExpandLine + + + + + Gets default value for HotGripDark + + + + + Gets default value for HotGripLight + + + + + Gets default value for HotBackgroundColor + + + + + Gets renderer info + + + + + A class in which all renderer per-instance settings are stored. + + + + + gets or sets Draw state + Create a class implementing this interface for each custom Renderer and + add there members and properties representing SplitContainerAdv properties + you want to save in per-instance basis (s.a. Orientation, BackgroundColor.). + + + + + Default for this theme value for background brush. + + + + + Current renderer drawing orientation. Usually reflects container orientation. + + + + + Remembers the original orientation of the container. + + + + + Current control draw state; + + + + + Indicates whether the control themes are enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the control is enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the control's theme background should be ignored. + + + + + Themes control drawing. + + + + + Raiser for event OrientationChanged + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Gets or sets Background color + The background color, gradient and other styles can be set through + this property. + + + The SplitContainerAdv control provides this property to enable specialized + custom gradient backgrounds. + + + + + Gets or sets current renderer instance orientation. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether theming is enabled for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether if control is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the backcolor instead. + + + + + Gets or sets a themed control. + + + + + Raised when orientation changed + + + + + Gets or sets current control state. + + + + + Size of thumbnail. + + + + + Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail arrows. + + + + + Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail arrows while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Default for this theme value for brush to draw thumbnail arrows. + + + + + Default for this theme value for brush to draw thumbnail arrows while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail grips. + + + + + Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail grips while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail grip's shadow. + + + + + Default for this theme value for brush to fill thumbnail grip's shadow while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Default for this theme value for background brush while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Panel which should be collapsed by some event. + + + + + Panel which actually is collapsed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BasicRendererInfo class. + + + + + Gets renderer info data from SplitContainerAdv object + + SplitContianerAdv instance + Orientation value + + + + Gets renderer info data from SplitContainerAdv object + + SplitContianerAdv instance + Orientation value + + + + Sets base info property for SpliContainerAdv + + Split Container + Basic renderer + Orientation value + bool value for initmode + + + + Sets base info property for SpliContainerAdv + + SplitContainerAdv Container + Basic Renderer + Orientation value + + + + Gets or sets thumbnail size. + + + + + Gets or sets brush for filling thumbnail arrows. + + + + + Gets or sets brush for filling thumbnail arrows, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Gets or sets pen color for drawing thumbnail arrows. + + + + + Gets or sets pen color for drawing thumbnail arrows, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Gets or sets brush for drawing a shadow around grip in thumbnail, if any. + + + + + Gets or sets brush for drawing a shadow around grip in thumbnail, if any, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Gets or sets brush for drawing a grip in thumbnail, if any. + + + + + Gets or sets brush for drawing a grip in thumbnail, if any, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Gets or sets the hot (under mouse cursor) background color, gradient and other styles can be set through + this property. + + + The SplitContainerAdv control provides this property to enable specialized + custom gradient backgrounds. + + + + + Gets or sets panel which is collapsed now. + + + + + Gets or sets Panel which should be collapsed by some event. + + + + + Default renderer style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DefaultRenderer class. + No possibility to construct this class "normally"! + Use MozillaRenderer.GetInstance() method to retrieve instance pointer instead. + + + + + Retrieves an instance of DefaultRenderer + + "new DefaultRenderer" + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Metro Renderer class. + + + + + Draw thumbnail with respect to the orientation + + Graphics context. + BasicRender Info + Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drawn. + + + + Encapsulates thumbnail routines similar in DrawThumbnail and DrawHotThumbnail. + + Drawing context. + Bounds to draw within. + BasicRendererInfo instance to take properties from. + Size of thumbnail. + Smoothing mode. + Brush to draw thumbnail background color. + Pen to draw bounds of thumbnail arrows. + Indicates whether or not we will draw hot thumbnail. + + + + Draws hot thumbnail. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Retrieves an instance of MetroRenderer + + "new MetroRenderer" + + + + Draw thumbnail with respect to the orientation + + Graphics context. + BasicRender Info + Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drawn. + + + + Encapsulates thumbnail routines similar in DrawThumbnail and DrawHotThumbnail. + + Drawing context. + Bounds to draw within. + BasicRendererInfo instance to take properties from. + Size of thumbnail. + Smoothing mode. + Brush to draw thumbnail background color. + Pen to draw bounds of thumbnail arrows. + Indicates whether or not we will draw hot thumbnail. + + + + Draws hot thumbnail. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Retrieves the Panel Background Clor + + + + + Retrieves an instance of Office2016ColorfulRenderer + + "new Office2016ColorfulRenderer" + + + + Draw thumbnail with respect to the orientation + + Graphics context. + BasicRender Info + Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drawn. + + + + Encapsulates thumbnail routines similar in DrawThumbnail and DrawHotThumbnail. + + Drawing context. + Bounds to draw within. + BasicRendererInfo instance to take properties from. + Size of thumbnail. + Smoothing mode. + Brush to draw thumbnail background color. + Pen to draw bounds of thumbnail arrows. + Indicates whether or not we will draw hot thumbnail. + + + + Draws hot thumbnail. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Retrieves the Panel Background Clor + + + + + Retrieves an instance of Office2016WhiteRenderer + + "new Office2016WhiteRenderer" + + + + Draw thumbnail with respect to the orientation + + Graphics context. + BasicRender Info + Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drawn. + + + + Encapsulates thumbnail routines similar in DrawThumbnail and DrawHotThumbnail. + + Drawing context. + Bounds to draw within. + BasicRendererInfo instance to take properties from. + Size of thumbnail. + Smoothing mode. + Brush to draw thumbnail background color. + Pen to draw bounds of thumbnail arrows. + Indicates whether or not we will draw hot thumbnail. + + + + Draws hot thumbnail. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Retrieves the Panel Background Clor + + + + + Retrieves an instance of Office2016DarkGrayRenderer + + "new Office2016DarkGrayRenderer" + + + + Draw thumbnail with respect to the orientation + + Graphics context. + BasicRender Info + Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drawn. + + + + Encapsulates thumbnail routines similar in DrawThumbnail and DrawHotThumbnail. + + Drawing context. + Bounds to draw within. + BasicRendererInfo instance to take properties from. + Size of thumbnail. + Smoothing mode. + Brush to draw thumbnail background color. + Pen to draw bounds of thumbnail arrows. + Indicates whether or not we will draw hot thumbnail. + + + + Draws hot thumbnail. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Retrieves the Panel Background Color + + + + + Retrieves an instance of Office2016BlackRenderer + + "new Office2016BlackRenderer" + + + + This class allows user to draw splitter( half-tone brush filled rectangle ). + + + + + Draws splitter in specified rectangle. + + rectangle to draw splitter in + ( screen coordinates ). + + + + Retrieves device-specific information for the specified device. + + A handle to the DC. + The item to be returned. + + + + Logical pixels inch in X + + + + + Horizontal width in pixels + + + + + Horizontal width of entire desktop in pixels + + + + + Renderer of Mozilla style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MozillaRenderer class + No possibility to construct this class "normally"! + Use MozillaRenderer.GetInstance() method to retrieve instance pointer instead. + + + + + Draws a thumbnail. Draws it regarding to orientation. + + Graphics context. + Render Info + Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drown. + + + + Incapsulates thumbnail routines similar in DrawThumbnail and DrawHotThumbnail. + + Drawing context. + Bounds to draw within. + RendererInfo instance to take properties from. + Size of thumbnail. + Smoothing mode. + Brush to draw thumbnail background color with. + Pen to draw bounds of thumbnail arrows. + Indicates whether or not we will draw hot thumbnail. + + + + Draws grip with vertical orientation. + + Drawing context. + RendererInfo instance to take properties from. + Center of a grip. + A new center of a grip. + Incremental internal value. + Padding between grips. + Indicates whether we will write hot thumbnail. + + + + Draws grip with horizontal orientation. + + Drawing context. + RendererInfo instance to take properties from. + Center of a grip. + A new center of a grip. + Incremental internal value. + Padding between grips. + Indicates whether we will write hot thumbnail. + + + + Draws 1 grip, resulting from 7 points: 4 for foregroung and 2 for a shadow. + + PaintEventArgs. We usually use e.Graphics to draw. + Basic Render info + The point, which should be a center of a grip. + Bool for hot + + + + Draws hot thumbnail. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Retrieves an instance of MozillaRenderer + + "new MozillaRenderer()" + + + + Renderer of Office2003 style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2003Renderer class. + No possibility to construct this class "normally"! + Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. + + + + + Draws a thumbnail. Draws it regarding to orientation. + + Graphics context. + Container instance. + Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drown. + + + + Draws 1 grip, resulting from 7 points: 4 for foregroung and 2 for a shadow. + + PaintEventArgs. We usually use e.Graphics to draw. + A container instance. + The point, which should be a center of a grip. + True - use hot colors, otherwise false. + + + + Draws hot thumbnail. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Retrieves an instance of Office2003Renderer + + "new Office2003Renderer()" + + + + Draws a thumbnail. Draws it regarding to orientation. + + Graphics context. + Container instance. + Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drown. + bool value hot + + + + Renderer of Office2007Blue style. + + + + + Renderer of OfficeXP style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OfficeXPRenderer class. + No possibility to construct this class "normally"! + Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. + + + + + Draws a thumbnail. Draws it regarding to orientation. + + Graphics context. + Instance of RendererInfo which is used to retrieve settings from. + Container bounds, within which a thumbnail should be drown. + + + + Draws 1 grip, resulting from 7 points: 4 for foregroung and 2 for a shadow. + + PaintEventArgs. We usually use e.Graphics to draw. + Instance of RendererInfo which is used to retrieve settings from. + The point, which should be a center of a grip. + True - use hot colors, otherwise false. + + + + Draws hot thumbnail. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Retrieves an instance of OfficeXPRenderer + + "new OfficeXPRenderer()" + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2007BlueRenderer class. + No possibility to construct this class "normally"! + Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. + + + + + Retrieves an instance of Office2007Renderer + + "new Office2007Renderer()" + + + + Renderer of Office2007Black style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2007BlackRenderer class. + No possibility to construct this class "normally"! + Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. + + + + + Retrieves an instance of Office2007Renderer + + "new Office2007Renderer()" + + + + Renderer of Office2007Silver style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Office2007SilverRenderer class. + No possibility to construct this class "normally"! + Use FancyRenderer.GetInstance() property to retrieve instance pointer instead. + + + + + Retrieves an instance of Office2007Renderer + + "new Office2007Renderer()" + + + + This control is container that consists of two panels, splitter between them + and allows user simply put other controls on these panels + and drag splitter vertically or horizontally to resize these panels. + + + + + Default splitter encrement in pixels, when moving. + + + + + Default splitter position. + + + + + Default splitter border width. + + + + + Minimum splitter width allowed. + + + + + Minimum split panel's size allowed. + + + + + Default splitter width. + + + + + Default name of first panel + + + + + Default name of second panel + + + + + Default container size. + + + + + Used to ensure whether the splitter width has been changed externally. + + + + + Used to ensure whether the splitter width has been changed internally. + + + + + A splitter offset. + + + + + Determines the number of pixels the splitter moves + each increment. + + + + + Previously selected components at Design-Time before + splitter moving. + + + + + Indicates, is container still initializing or not. + + + + + Hosted Form. + + + + + Splitter distance from left( top ) border. + + + + + + + + + + Minimum panel1 size. + + + + + Minimum panel2 size. + + + + + Indicates, can user move splitter or not. + + + + + Used for selecting panels bounds recalculation method + during container resize, in case FixedPanel is not default. + + + + + Indicates, what panel size is fixed during container resize operations. + + + + + Split panels Border Style. + + + + + Left( or top ) split panel. + + + + + Right ( or bottom ) split panel. + + + + + A panel which will be collapsed when some events on it occurs. + + + + + Used to check, if user is adding any controls to container manually, + or container's split panels initialization in progress. + + + + + This panel is drawn highlited at design-time. + + + + + used for splitter drawing + + + + + Previous cursor before splitter moving operation is stored here. + + + + + Previous control's size before it is changed. + + + + + Indicates, is spliter moving operation in progress, or not. + + + + + Splitter rectangle, it is drawn in. + + + + + Splitter orientation( vertical or horisontal ). + + + + + Renderer, which draws control. + + + + + Renderer instance-specific information + + + + + Brush to draw background using gradient styles. + + + + + Brush to draw background using gradient styles, while under mouse pointer. + + + + + Indicates whether themes are enabled. + + + + + Themes control drawing. + + + + + Indicates whether we should ignore theme background. + + + + + To retain the panel background color at design time. + + + + + Current control style. + + + + + Current control draw state. We can draw regarding of state. + + + + + Current control drag state. We can draw respectively to this state. + + + + + Brush which fills a thumbnail arrow (if one). + + + + + Brush which fills a thumbnail arrow (if one), while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Brush which draws a thumbnail arrow. + + + + + Brush which draws a thumbnail arrow, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + If thumbnail exists and grip present, draws it. + + + + + If thumbnail exists and grip present, draws it, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + If thumbnail exists and grip present, draws a shadow near it. + + + + + If thumbnail exists and grip present, draws a shadow near it, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + An event which leads to collapsing of previously specified panel. + + + + + Indicates whether the panel is toggled. + + + + + If calculating of panel bounds in CollapsePanel function. + + + + + Indicates that calculating of panel bounds in OnSplitterDistanceChanged function. + + + + + Ratio of the splitContainer width(height) to panel1 width(height). + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + + + Applies scaling control + + + + + Font changed + + + + + Initialize splitter width and height. + + + + + Initialzies container and split panels + + + + + free child controls + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Invoked when splitter is moved. + + Arguments related to this event. + + + + New instance of the SplitContainerAdvAccessibility. + + SplitContainerAdvAccessibility + + + + Invoked when splitter is being moved. + + Arguments related to this event. + + + + Invoked when splitter is changing its fixed state. + + + + + Invoked when splitter is changing its distance. + + + + + Invoked when splitter changed its border. + + + + + Invoked when splitter changed its width. + + + + + Invoked when splitter changed its orientation. + + + + + Invoked when mouse grabs the splitter. + + + + + Invoked when mouse is moving over splitter. + + + + + Invoked when mouse leaves the splitter. + + + + + Invoked when mouse enters splitter region. + + + + + Invoked when mouse releases splitter. + + + + + + + + A standard OnPaint message handler. + + + + + Set minimum size to the panel, if the panel's autosize property is enabled + + + + + Increases bounds. + + + + + + Invalidates window. + + + + + Invoked when splitter theme is changed. + + + + + Invoked when a control is removed from the splitter container. + + + + + Invoked when a control is added to the splitter container. + + + + + Invokes when mouse clicks the splitter + + + + + + Invoked when mouse double clicks the splitter + + + + + + Invalidate splitter when SystemColor changed. + + + + + + + + + + + Start splitter moving operation. + + + + + Corrects an increment. + + Destination point to move splitter to. + Source point splitter is moving from. + Number of pixels for one step. + Corrected location. + + + + Checks, if splitter can be moved to spevified location, + according to minimum size, splitter size and orientation. + + Destination point to move splitter to. + Point is in container client coordinates. + True, if can move spliter to destination, otherwise - false. + + + + Moves splitter to specified point. + + + + + Correct Splitter Location according to minimul panels size + and mouse position. + + Splitter location to correct. + Corrected Splitter location. + + + + Finish splitter moving operation. + + If success is true, move splitter to new position, + otherwise - restore previous. + + + + Sets splitter cursor. + + + + + Restores previous cursor before split moving operations. + + + + + Set appropriate cursor. + + + + + + Invalidates splitter region. + + + + + Subscribes hosted form for events. + + + + + Unsubscribes hosted form from events. + + + + + Sets collapsed state for specified panel. + + + + + Draws splitter rectangle. + + Rectangle to draw splitter in. + + + + Recalculates panels bounds, if one of them is collapsed. + + true, if recalculated succesfully, othervise - false. + + + + Recalculates panels bounds according to container size + and fixed panel. + + true, if recalculated succesfully, othervise - false. + + + + Recalculates split panels bounds proportionally. + + + + + Sets new split panels bounds according to splitter location, + fixed and collapsed pannels. + + + + + Corrects split panels bounds and splitter position, if + any of panels has size less then minimum panel size allowed. + + + + + Updates current info on rendering information, basing on current settings. + + + This method must be called if any render relevant changes of + the instance were made. + + + + + If parameter panel equal Collapsed panel than collapses this panel + + event sender + + + + If parameter panel equal Collapsed panel and mode is DoubleClickMode than collapses this panel + + event sender + + + + Collapses a panel specified in m_panelToBeCollapsed, when specified event occurs. + + + + + Expands a panel specified in m_panelToBeCollapsed, when specified event occurs. + + + + + Returns an instance of SplitPanelAdv, according to provided CollapsedPanel. + + A CollapsedPanel enum member. + An appropriate SplitPanelAdv instance, already owned by this SplitContainerAdv, or null if panel == CollapsedPanel.None. + + + + Retrieves a panel opposite to the collapsed one. + + A SplitPanelAdv instance. + + + + Resets backgroung color to the default value. + + + + + Should a control serialize its background color. + + true, if yes. + + + + Resets hot backgroung color to the default value. + + + + + Should a control serialize its hot background color. + + true, if yes. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Invoked when splitter style is being changed. + + + + + Invoked when object's parent is changed. + + + + + + + Invoked when host is deactivated. + + + + + + + Raises OrientationChanged event. + + + + + This method is almost a stub, needed only for mouse hook subscribing. + + + + + + + Unselectes components at design time. + + + + + Restores previous selection at design-time. + + + + True, is container selected, otherwise - false. + + + + For handling mouse messages in design mode. + + + + + + + + In design mode, mouse messages can be handled only here. + + + + Begins control initializing. + + + + + Ends control initializing. + + + + + Occurs, when splitter is moved to new position. + + + + + Occurs, while splitter is moving. + + + + + Occurs, when splitter orientation is changed. + + + + + Occurs, when splitter theme is changed. + + + + + Gets Hosted Form. + + + + + Gets or Sets Panel1 minimum size. + + + + + Gets or Sets Panel2 minimum size. + + + + + Gets or Sets, whether user is allowed to move splitter or not. + + + + + Determines the number of pixels the splitter moves in + each increment. + + + + + Gets or Sets splitter distance from left( top ) border. + + + + + Gets or Sets, which panel has fixed size during container resizing. + + + + + Gets the collection of controls contained within this control. + + + + + Gets minimum container Width ( or Height, in Vertical Orientation case ) + allowed. + + + + + Gets or Sets split panel, drawn highlighted at design-time. + + + + + Indicates, is splitter moving operation is in progress or not. Readonly. + + + + + Gets or Sets splitter width. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the horizontal or vertical + orientation of the SplitContainerAdv panels. + + + + + Gets left( top ) split panel. + + + + + Gets right( bottom ) split panel. + + + + + Gets or Sets, whether Panel1 is collapsed or not. + + + + + Gets or Sets, whether Panel2 is collapsed. + + + + + Gets or Sets currently collapsed panel. + + + + + Gets or Sets the panel to be collapsed when some predefined event occurs on it. + + + + + An event which leads to collapsing of previously specified panel. + + + + + Determines split panels border style. + + + + + The background color, gradient and other styles can be set through + this property. + + + The SplitContainerAdv control provides this property to enable specialized + custom gradient backgrounds. + + + + + The hot (under mouse cursor) background color, gradient and other styles can be set through + this property. + + + The SplitContainerAdv control provides this property to enable specialized + custom gradient backgrounds. + + + + + Indicates whether the control is themed. + + + + + Indicates whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the backcolor instead. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to ignore the and Panel.BackgroundColor will be used instead. + + + + + Gets the Themed control. + + + + + Indicates the current style of the control. + + + + + Sets and gets current control state. + + + + + Sets and gets current control movement state. + + + + + Gets or sets brush details for filling thumbnail arrows. + + + + + Makes able to set brush for filling thumbnail arrows, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Makes able to set pen color for drawing thumbnail arrows. + + + + + Makes able to set pen color for drawing thumbnail arrows, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Makes able to set brush for drawing a shadow around grip in thumbnail, if any. + + + + + Makes able to set brush for drawing a shadow around grip in thumbnail, if any, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Makes able to set brush for drawing a grip in thumbnail, if any. + + + + + Makes able to set brush for drawing a grip in thumbnail, if any, while under mouse cursor. + + + + + Gives readonly access to container's RenderInfo. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the container enables the user to + scroll to any controls placed outside of its visible boundaries. + + + + + Gets the size of the auto-scroll margin. + + + + + Gets the minimum size of the auto-scroll. + + + + + Gets the location of the auto-scroll position. + + + + + Gets where this control is scrolled to + in System.Windows.Forms.ScrollableControl.ScrollControlIntoView( System.Windows.Forms.Control ). + + + + + Gets or Sets the touchmode + + + + + Accessibility class to provide Coded UI support. + + + + + Variable for SplitContainerAdv. + + + + + Constructor. + + SplitContainerAdv + + + + Retrieves the object that has the focus. + + + + + + Retrieves the currently selected child. + + Child + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate + The vertical screen coordinate + An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the child object + at the given screen coordinates. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + + + + Gets the role for the SplitContainerAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + + + + Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject + + + + + Gets the state of the accessible object. + + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + + + + Used for unique panel names generation. + + + + + Determines, is panel collapsed or not. + + + + + Used for unique panel names generation. + + + + + Parent contaiener, this splitter belongs to. + + + + + Background brush. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The background color, gradient and other styles can be set through + this property. + + + The GradientPanel control provides this property to enable specialized + custom gradient backgrounds. + + + + + Indicates whether the control is themed. + + + + + Indicates whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the backcolor instead. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates, draw panel selected or not at design-time. + + + + + Determines, is panel collapsed or not. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Accessibility class to provide Coded UI support. + + + + + Variable for SplitPanelAdv. + + + + + Constructor. + + SplitPanelAdv + + + + Retrieves the object that has the focus. + + + + + + Retrieves the currently selected child. + + Child + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate + The vertical screen coordinate + An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the child object + at the given screen coordinates. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + + + + Gets the role for the SplitPanelAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + + + + Gets the description of the Control.ControlAccessibleObject + + + + + Gets the state of the accessible object. + + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + + + + VS2005 style renderer. + + + + + Draws a background. + + Paint context. + An instance of RendererInfo, which should be used as datasource for painting. + Bounds within which we should paint. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the VS2005Renderer class. + + + + + Retrieves an instance of DefaultRenderer + + "new DefaultRenderer()" + + + + Initializes the designer with the specified component. + + The to associate with the designer. + + + + The Essential Tools StatusBarAdv is an extension to the Windows Forms StatusBar. + It supports different border and background styles and can contain other + controls besides StatusBarAdvPanel. + + + The StatusBarAdv control can be used programmatically as detailed below: + To create an instance of the StatusBarAdv class, + + StatusBarAdv statusBarAdv1; + Create the StatusBarAdv control + this.statusBarAdv1 = new StatusBarAdv(); + + + Dim statusBarAdv1 As StatusBarAdv + � Create the StatusBarAdv control + Me.statusBarAdv1 = New StatusBarAdv() + + Set the properties of the StatusBarAdv control. + + this.statusBarAdv1.Alignment = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.FlowAlignment.Far; + this.statusBarAdv1.Border3DStyle = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DStyle.RaisedInner; + this.statusBarAdv1.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black; + this.statusBarAdv1.BorderSides = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DSide.All; + this.statusBarAdv1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.Fixed3D; + this.statusBarAdv1.CustomLayoutBounds = new System.Drawing.Rectangle(0, 0, 0, 0); + this.statusBarAdv1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Bottom; + this.statusBarAdv1.GradientColors = new System.Drawing.Color[0]; + this.statusBarAdv1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(0, 318); + this.statusBarAdv1.Name = "statusBarAdv1"; + this.statusBarAdv1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(856, 24); + this.statusBarAdv1.Spacing = new System.Drawing.Size(5, 2); + this.statusBarAdv1.TabIndex = 12; + + Add StatusBarAdvPanel controls to the StatusBarAdv control. + + StatusBarAdvPanel statuBarAdvPanel1 = new StatusBarAdvPanel() + StatusBarAdvPanel statuBarAdvPanel2 = new StatusBarAdvPanel(); + StatusBarAdvPanel statuBarAdvPanel3 = new StatusBarAdvPanel(); + this.statusBarAdv1.Panels = new StatusBarAdvPanel[] + { + this.statusBarAdvPanel1, + this.statusBarAdvPanel2, + this.statusBarAdvPanel3}); + statusBarAdvPanel1 + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black; + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.BorderSides = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DSide.All; + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.Fixed3D; + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.GradientColors = new System.Drawing.Color[0]; + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(541, 2); + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Name = "statusBarAdvPanel1"; + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(100, 20); + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.TabIndex = 1; + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Text = "statusBarAdvPanel1"; + this.statusBarAdvPanel1.Type = StatusBarAdvPanelType.CapsLockState; + statusBarAdvPanel2 + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black; + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.BorderSides = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DSide.All; + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.Fixed3D; + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.GradientColors = new System.Drawing.Color[0]; + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(646, 2); + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Name = "statusBarAdvPanel2"; + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(100, 20); + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.TabIndex = 2; + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Text = "statusBarAdvPanel2"; + this.statusBarAdvPanel2.Type = StatusBarAdvPanelType.NumLockState; + statusBarAdvPanel3 + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Black; + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.BorderSides = System.Windows.Forms.Border3DSide.All; + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.Fixed3D; + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.GradientColors = new System.Drawing.Color[0]; + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(751, 2); + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Name = "statusBarAdvPanel3"; + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(100, 20); + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.TabIndex = 3; + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Text = "statusBarAdvPanel3"; + this.statusBarAdvPanel3.Type = StatusBarAdvPanelType.LongTime; + + Add the StatusBarAdv control to the form + + Add the StatusBarAdv control to the form + this.Controls.Add(this.statusBarAdv1); + + + �Add the StatusBarAdv control to the form + Me.Controls.Add(Me.statusBarAdv1) + + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + Metrocolor + + + + To indicate whether to serialize MetroColor or not + + + + + + To Reset MetroColor + + + + + Style for Statusbar + + + + + Reset the Appearance + + + + + + Serializes the Style + + + + + + Variable to store Border color. + + + + + Invokes when the border color changes. + + + + + + + + Enables the Metrocolor for Border. + + + + + Serializes the UseMetroColorAsBorder. + + + + + Resets the UseMetroColorAsBorder + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Begins initialization of the control. + + + + + Ends initialization of the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StatusBarAdv class. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + True if disposing. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Font changed + + + + + Indicates whether sizing should be enabled. + + True to enable sizing by the user; false otherwise. + + This method indicates whether the StatusBarAdv's is on, + is docked to the bottom, the right-bottom corner aligns with the parent's right-bottom + and that the Parent is not maximized. + + + + + Sets the preferred size in the layout of the specified control. + + + Use this method to set the preferred size of a control inside the StatusBar. + + The control whose preferred size is to be set. + The size. + + + + Sets the horizontal alignment options for the specified control. + + + If the StatusBar`s Alignment property is set to ChildContstraints, the StatusBar will use this option in the positioning and resizing of the control. + + The control whose HAlign is to be set. + The alignment option to be set to the specified control. + + + + Returns the preferred size of the specified control. + + The control whose preferred size is to be returned. + The preferred size of the control. + + + + Indicates whether the control should be drawn right-to-left. + + True if the control is to be drawn right-to-left; false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Statusbar will draw a themed background. Indicated settings: BorderStyle = None. + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroColor color of the Statusbar. + + + + + Indicates the appearance for StatusBar + + + + + + Occurs when the style changes + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Sizing grip is visible. + + + If SizingGrip is false the statusbar will not resize it`s parent. + + + + + Gets or sets a custom rectangle that the layout will use to display the panels. + + Set this property to specify new boundaries for the layout of the panels. + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets whether to set MetroColor as its Border color. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the panels. + + + This property determines the location of the panels. + If set to ChildConstraints the Panels` HAlign property will be used to position and size them. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing between the panels. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the StatusBar will resize the height of the panels according to it`s height. + + + The default value is true, indicating that when the StatusBar`s height changes the panels inside will also change their height. + + + + + Gets or sets the StatusBarAdvPanel controls contained in the StatusBarAdv. + + + Use this property to Add/Remove panels from the status bar. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the parent control is maximized. + + + + + To define the appearance of the control + + + + + To Set default appearance. + + + + + To set Metro appearance. + + + + + To set Office2016White appearance + + + + + To set Office2016Black appearance + + + + + To set Office2016Colorful appearance + + + + + To set Office2016DarkGray appearance + + + + + The StatusBarAdvPanel is used with the StatusBarAdv to show information like key states date and time. + + + + + Gap between image and text. + + + + + Default delay for aniamtion. + + + + + Default animation speed. + + + + + Alignment + + + + + Uses for animation displayed text. + + + + + A value indicating whether control uses + marquee style for displayed text. + + + + + A value indicating whether control uses + custom text feature for displaying the CAPS/SCROLL/NUMLOCK/INSERTKEY + + + + + Animation speed. + + + + + Delay for animation. + + + + + Point which uses for animation. + + + + + Direction of animation. + + + + + Style of animation. + + + + + Indicates whether animation can be started. + + + + + Currently direnction for animation. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Method is called when PreferredSizeChanged Event is triggered. + + + + + Method is called when MinimumSizeChanged Event is triggered. + + + + + Method is called when ConstraintsChanged Event is triggered. + + + + + Font changed + + + + + Method is called when AlignChanged Event is triggered. + + + + + Method is called when TypeChanged Event is triggered. + + + + + Method is called when IconChanged Event is triggered. + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StatusBarAdvPanel class. + + + + + Insert key KeyCode. + + + Used to determine, has insert state changed from initial, + when Insert key is pressed. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Booll disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Starts animation for marquee style. + + + + + Stops animation. + + + + + Begin animation. + + + + + Ends animation. + + + + + Restarts animation. + + + + + Gets size displayed text. + + Return Size + + + + Gets start point of animation. + + Marquee Direction + Return start point + + + + Method returns text according to the KeyState. + + returns string + + + + Raises the paint event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + + Event is raised if the list of constraints has changed. + + + + + Event is thrown at any time, if the alignment of panel changes. + + + + + Event is triggered when PanelType changes. + + + + + Event is raised when icon of the panel changes. + + + + + Raised when the IsMarquee property is changed. + + + + + Raised when the Animation speed is changed. + + + + + Raised when the Animation delay is changed. + + + + + Raised when the Animation direction is changed. + + + + + Raised when the Animation style is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the size of the panel will be automatically calculated by the size of it`s contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum size of the panel in the FlowLayout. + + + + + Gets or sets the preferred size of the panel in the FlowLayout. + + + + + Gets or sets the constraints in the FlowLayout. + + + + + Gets or sets the HorizontalAlignment in the FlowLayout. + + + Set this property if the parent StatusBar has the Alignment property set to ChildConstraints. + Otherwise this setting will not be taken into account. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon of the panel. + + + This icon represents the icon that appears in the panel. + It is a 16x16 icon. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the panel. + + + Set this property if you want the panel to display a predefined text representing key states, date/time information or culture information. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets the alignment type of the text and icon of the panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the panel. + + + This property will be ignored if the PanelType property is set to a value different than Custom. + + + + + + Gets or sets the custom ON text. + + The custom on text. + + This value represents the CustomOnText of the StatusBarAdvPanel. + The CustomOnText will be set only if EnableCustomText is set to True. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom OFF text. + + The custom OFF text. + + This value represents the CustomOFFText of the StatusBarAdvPanel. The CustomOnText is will be set only + if EnableCustomText is set to True. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control uses + marquee style for displaying text. + + + + + Gets or sets animation speed of marquee style. + + + + + Gets or sets delay for animation of marquee style. + + + + + Gets or sets direction of animation for marquee style. + + + + + Gets or sets style of animation for marquee style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the background color will be set to Transparent. Indicated settings: BorderStyle:Fixed3D, Border3DStyle = Etched. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw the backcolor instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor of the panel. + + + + + Represents custom + + + + + Num Lock state + + + + + Represents Caps Lock state + + + + + Represents Scroll lock state + + + + + Represents Long date + + + + + Represents Shortdate + + + + + Represents Longtime + + + + + Represents Shorttime + + + + + Represents Longtime in 24 Hours format + + + + + Represents Shorttime in 24 Hours format + + + + + Represents Currentculture + + + + + Represents InsertKeyState + + + + + Direction of the displaying text for marquee style. + + + + + Represents Left + + + + + Represents Right + + + + + Behaviour of the displayed text for marquee style. + + + + + Represents scroll + + + + + Represents Slide + + + + + Represent Alternate + + + + + This control represents StatusBarAdv control with own Themes Drawing support. + This means ability to use Themed StatusBarAdv on + non-themed OS. + Use property to draw control with selected theme. + property must be set to true to + draw control with theme. + + + + + Name bitmap file for Gripper. + + + + + Path to images. + + + + + Width for left gradient. + + + + + Height for top gradient. + + + + + Height for bottom gradient. + + + + + Transparent color for grip image. + + + + + Office2007 Color scheme. + + + + + Office2010 color scheme + + + + + StatusBarExt visual style + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Sets the default border color + + + + + Sets the bordercolor for Office2007 style + + + + + + sets the border color for office2010 style + + + + + + gets the office2010managed colors + + + + + gets the office2007 managed color + + + + + Image for grip button. + + + + + Constructor for StatusBarExt + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Drawing background. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Drawing background for 2010 style. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + Drawing grip button. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Loads bitmap from manifest. + + The bitmap name. + Reference to bitmap; NULL if bitmap failed to load. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Visual Style + + + + + Occurs when the style changes + + + + + Gets image for grip button. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Enumeration for visualstyle + + + + + Office2016 White Appearance + + + + + Office2016 Black Appearance + + + + + Office2016 Colorful Appearance + + + + + Office2016 DarkGray Appearance + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the component is shown in StatusStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the component is the last item in the group. + + + + + Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. + + + + + Context menu for StatusStripEx. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StatusContextMenuStrip class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StatusContextMenuStrip class. + + Status strip + + + + Fills in Items collection. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Cancels closing if needed. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Performs item click on Space key. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + Parent StatusStripEx. + + + Indicates if user menu or custom menu need to be used. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether user menu or custom menu need to be used. + + + + + Gets or sets parent StatusStripEx. + + + + StatusStrip control extended. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + + + + applies the scaling + + + + + + Font changed event + + + + + Indicates if button have separator after itself. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether button have separator after itself. + + + + + gets or sets the touchmode + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether button must be shown in StatusStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether button have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. + + + + StatusStrip control extended. + + + + + Indicates if label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. + + + + StatusStrip control extended. + + + + + Indicates if label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. + + + + StatusStrip control extended. + + + + + Indicates if label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. + + + + StatusStrip control extended. + + + + + Indicates if label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whetherlabel have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. + + + + StatusStrip control extended. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Fires when item in this controls is clicked. + + + + + Gets the collection of items to display on the ToolStripPanelItem + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of rows. + + + + + Gets or sets value for Default size. + + + + + Gets/sets whether the buttons should be grouped. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use Standard Layout. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether to display ToolTips on items. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether control is transparent. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Height of space between image and text and between text and down arrow in collapsed state dropdown button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Variable for scaling factor + + + + + Variable for DPIGraphics + + + + + To update the ToolStrip item size in 150 scaling + + + + + + Returns collection of toolstrip items. Pays caution to the state of toolstrip. + + Collection of toolstrip items. + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + The custom-sized area for a control. + An ordered pair of type System.Drawing.Size representing the width and height + of a rectangle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true to allow changing of State property + + + + + + + + + + Removes the added. + + Provides data for + + + + Drop down opening event. + + + Provides data for drop down event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises CollapsedDropDownClosing event if ToolStripEx is in collapsed state; + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Applies the ToolStripExStyle to the ToolStripComboBoxEx control + + ToolStripExStyle + ToolStrip items + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Stores the toolstripitems TextImageRelation + + + + + Stores the toolstripitems ImageScaling behavior + + + + + Stores the toolstripitems ImageScaling behavior + + + + + Gets the width of the toolstrip in collapsed state. + + + + + To Update the IntermediateState + + + + + Changes to the Original state before resizing + + + + + Indicates whether toolstrip can be transformed to Collapsed state. + + + + + It checkes whether all items changes to extrasmall + + Returns true if all items change to extrasmall + + + + Changes ToolStrip to expanded. + + + + + + + + Removes items from the DropDown + + + + + Adds the items to the DropDown. + + + + + Converts the Toolstrip items to smaller icons + + + + + Converts the Toolstrip items to extra small icons + + + + + Updates state of the control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Converts BoolEx to bool. + + Input BoolEx. + Output bool. + + + + Converts bool to BoolEx. + + Input bool. + Output BoolEx. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Imitates launcher clicking. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Custom ToolStripPanelItem. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the ToolStrip State is Changing. + + + + + State of the ToolStripEx. + + + + + Specifies an advanced appearance this control. + + + + + DropDown button shown in collapsed state. + + + + + Gets the expanded size of the ToolStrip + + + + + Gets the intermediate size of the ToolStrip + + + + + Get size of intermediate + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + To update the ToolStrip item size according to Scaling + + + + + Checks whether the Form is expanding + + + + + Gets or Sets whether the caption should be shown or not. + + true, if caption should be shown, false otherwise + + + + Gets or Sets whether the Launcher should be shown or not. + + true, if Launcher should be shown, false otherwise + + + + Gets or sets whether the caption should be aligned to top or bottom. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the caption text should be drawn etched, plain or with shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption font. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum height of the caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the border style for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the launcher style should be Office12 or Office2007. + + + + + Gets or Sets whether the buttons should be grouped. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the launcher is selected. + + + + + Gets the height of caption. + + + + + Gets the width of border. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether ToolTips are to be displayed on the Toolstrip + items. + + + + + Gets or sets corresponding ToolStripTabItem. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether Office12 mode should be turned on. + + true if [office12 mode]; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the ToolStripEx. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Office color scheme should be Silver or Blue. + + + + + Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. (overridden property) + + + + + Gets or sets state of ToolStripEx. + + + + + Gets or sets the image of collapsed state dropdown button. + + + + + Gets or sets the text of collapsed state dropdown button. + + + + + Width of toolstrip in collapsed state. + + + + + Width of toolstrip in collapsed state. + + + + + Size of toolstrip in expanded state. + + + + + To get the IntermediateSize of the ToolStripEx + + + + + Gets or sets the image of ToolStripEx (shown in quick items panel). + + + + + Gets or sets control fore color. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Dropdown button. + + + + + Custom ToolStripPanelItem. + + + + + Occurs when the image is changed + + + + + State of ToolStripEx. + + + + + All the items are visible. + + + + + All the items are hidden to the dropdown. + + + + + All items are shown as small icons. + + + + + Used to set the touch mode size when it is enabled. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Performance improvement + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether control is transparent. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets value for Default size. + + + + + + + + + + Rows count + + + + + Columns count + + + + + Rows height + + + + + Columns width + + + + + Total width + + + + + Total height + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Set item location depending on RTL property. + Toolstrip on which items lay out. + Item which must be positioned. + ToolStrip RightToLeft property. + Position for item on ToolStrip. + + + + + + + + + + Instance of PanelItemLayout. + + + + Indicates if label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label must be shown in StatusStrip. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether label have separator after itself. + + + + + Gets the text that is to be displayed on the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is to be displayed in context menu. + + + + StatusStrip control extended. /// + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which a control can be fitted. + + Proposed size + Returns Size + + + + Holds the Metro Seperator color + + + + + Reset Metro Seperator color + + + + + Indicates whether to serialize Metro Seperator Color + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + + + + applies the scaling + + + + + + Font changed event + + + + + + Specify the RenderMode. + + + + Update renderer according to choiced color scheme. + + + Gets ColorScheme according to type. + Colorscheme type + Returns Color Scheme + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the OfficeColorScheme property is to be serialized. + + Returns bool value + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the is to be serialized. + + Returns boolean value + + + + Resets the Separator + + + + + Resets the office color scheme. + + + + + separator field + + + + Instance of StatusStripExLayoutEngine. + + + Items that located in left side of StatusStrip and not + represent IStatusItem interface. + + + Items that located in right side of StatusStrip and + represent IStatusItem interface. + + + Color scheme that used in Rendering. + + + Area where Status controls painting. + + + Area where Notifications controls painting. + + + Dock value of StatusStripEx. + + + MenuStrip for StatusStripEx. + + + + Specifies an advanced appearance this control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the separator should be displayed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets which control borders are docked to its parent control and determines how a control is resized with its parent. + + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + Gets items that located in left side of StatusStrip and not + represent IStatusItem interface. + + + + + Gets items that located in right side of StatusStrip and + represent IStatusItem interface. + + + + + Gets/Sets the MetroSeperatorColor of StatusStripEx + + + + + Gets or sets separator position that divide StatusStripEx on two areas. + + + + + Gets the area where Status controls are located. + + + + + Gets area where Notifications controls painting. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Office color scheme should be Silver or Blue. + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the StatusStripEx. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme color of the ColorUI + + + + + + Gets a cached instance of the control's layout engine. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu strip associated with this control. (overridden property) + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + gets or sets the touchmode + + + + + Gets or sets the StatusStripEx render mode. + A value that indicates the visual style to apply. The default value is Custom. + + + + + Layout engine for StatusStripEx. + + + + + Lays out toolstrip items in StatusStripEx. + + Container object + LayoutEventArgs that contains the event data. + returns bool value + + + Set item location depending on RTL property. + Status Strip + Toolstrip Item + Location point + + + Set main separator location depending on RTL property. + Sgtatus Strip + Separator position + + + Set separator position and add it to list depending on RTL property. + Status StripEx + Separator position + + + + StatusStripEx Style + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office2016 White Appearance + + + + + Office2016 Colorful Appearance + + + + + Office2016 Black Appearance + + + + + Office2016 DarkGray Appearance + + + + + Initializes new instance of RibbonTabGroupDesigner. + + Component parameter + + + + Updates all glyphs for StatusStripEx's items. + + + + Design time StatusStripEx instance. + + + Action lists. + + + + StatusStripEx items' glyphs. + + + + + RibbonAdorner service to have access to StatusStripEx glyphs. + + + + + Action list for RibbonControlAdvHeaderDesigner. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StatusStripExDesignerActionList class. + + Design time StatusStripEx instance. + Underlying StatusStripExDesigner. + + + + Adds new StatusLabel. + + + + + Adds new DropDownButton. + + + + + Adds new SplitButton. + + + + + Adds new PanelItem. + + + + + Adds new TrackBarItem. + + + + + Adds new ProgressBar. + + + + + Adds new StatusStripButton. + + + + + Adds new StatusStripLabel. + + + + + Adds new ProgressBar to the status bar. + + + + + Adds new DropDownButton to the status bar. + + + + + Adds new SplitButton to the status bar. + + + + + Adds new PanelItem to the status bar. + + + + + Returns collection of action list items. + + Returns collection of action list items + + + + Underlying StatusStripExDesigner. + + + + + Collection of action items. + + + + + Design time StatusStripEx instance. + + + + Gets or sets Dock of the control. + + + + TrackBar control extended by decrease and increase buttons. + + + + + Height of channel. + + + + + Minimal height of TrackBar. + + + + + Initial width of TrackBar. + + + + + Large change of TrackBar value. + + + + + Maximum value of TrackBar. + + + + + Minimum value of TrackBar. + + + + + Small change of TrackBar value. + + + + + Interval for timer. + + + + + Backcolor value + + + + + Size of decrease button. + + + + + Size of increase button. + + + + + Size of slider. + + + + + Default start color of trackbar gradient. + + + + + Default end color of trackbar gradient. + + + + + Default color of buttons. + + + + + foreColorvalue + + + + + Default color of highlighted buttons. + + + + + Default color of pushed buttons. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + + Default channel height + + + + + Default button size + + + + + Indicates whether buttons should be shown. + + + + + Height of channel. + + + + + Size of decrease button. + + + + + Size of increase button. + + + + + Stores custom height when AutoSize set to true. + + + + + Large change of TrackBar value. + + + + + Maximum value of TrackBar. + + + + + Minimum value of TrackBar. + + + + + Small change of TrackBar value. + + + + + Value of TrackBar position. + + + + + Size of slider. + + + + + Timer for for handling mouse keeping pushed. + + + + + Indicates whether slider is being moved with mouse. + + + + + Area where mouse pointer is currently situated. + + + + + Currently pushed item. + + + + + Indicates whether control background should be transparent. + + + + + Interval for timer. + + + + + Indicates whether focus rect should be shown. + + + + + Start color of trackbar gradient. + + + + + End color of trackbar gradient. + + + + + Color of button. + + + + + Color of highlighted button. + + + + + Color of pushed button. + + + + + Specify the orientation of TrackBarEx control. + + + + + Blend for slider. + + + + + Blend for buttons. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Resets the ForeColor + + + + + To serialize ForeColor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TrackBarEx class. + + + + + Decreases value by small change. + + + + + Decreases value by large change. + + + + + Increases value by small change. + + + + + Increases value by large change. + + + + + Draws buttons. + + Graphics object to draw to. + + + + Draws metro buttons. + + Graphics object to draw to. + + + + Draws Office2016 themes buttons + + + + + + Draws the slider for Office2016 themes + + + + + + Draws slider. + + Graphics object to draw to. + + + + Disallows background painting. + + PaintEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Paints TrackBarEx. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws focus rectangle if needed. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Hides focus rectangle if needed. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Invalidates control. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Sets height on AutoSize. + + X position + Y Position + Bounds Width + Bounds Height + Bounds Speified + + + + Processes mouse click. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Resets timers and releases mouse capture. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles release of mouse capture. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles mouse moving. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + mouse over variable + + + + + mouse over variable + + + + + mouse over variable + + + + + Handles Mouse entering + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Resets current area. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Handles keyboard. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Accepts needed keys. + + Key Data + Return True if Inputkey + + + + Gets preferred height. + + Returns Preferred Height + + + + Creates path for slider from rectangle. + + Rectangle to create path from. + Created slider path. + + + + Draws background of buttons. + + Graphics object to draw to. + Rectangle of button. + State of the button. + + + + Gets slider end color according to the given state. + + State to retrieve color for. + Retrieved color. + + + + Initializes and starts timer. + + Area where mouse was pushed and caused timer to start. + + + + Invalidates given area of control. + + Area to invalidate. + + + + Translates bounds that are the bounds of buttons of TrackBarEx. + + Bounds of buttons of TrackBarEx that are being modified. + Non-modified rectangle if orientation is horizontal, + modified rectangle - otherwise. + + + + Modifies given mouse location according to TrackBarEx orientation. + + Mouse location which is to be modified. + Non-modified mouse location if orientation is horizontal, + modified mouse location - otherwise. + + + + Invalidates focus rectangle. + + + + + Handles mouse keeping pushed.. + + Sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + To serialize ButtonSignColor + + + + + Resets the ButtonSignColor + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether buttons should be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets height of channel. + + + + + Gets or sets size of decrease button. + + + + + Gets or sets size of increase button. + + + + + Gets or sets large change of TrackBar value. + + + + + Gets or sets small change of TrackBar value. + + + + + Gets or sets minimum value of TrackBar. + + + + + Gets or sets maximum value of TrackBar. + + + + + Gets or sets value of TrackBar position. + + + + + Gets or sets size of slider. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control background should be transparent. + + + + + Gets or sets interval for timer. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether focus rect should be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets start color of trackbar gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets end color of trackbar gradient. + + + + + Gets or sets color of the buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets color of highlighted buttons. + + + + + Gets or sets color of pushed buttons. + + + + + Overrides ForeColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of TrackBarEx control. + + + + + Gets display rectangle of TrackBarEx control. If orientation is vertical, + rectangle will be the same as when orientation is horizontal. + + + + + Gets color for painting buttons border. + + + + + Gets start color for buttons gradient painting. + + + + + Gets start color for highlighted buttons gradient painting. + + + + + Gets color of buttons signs. + + + + + Gets bounds of decrease button. + + + + + Gets bounds of increase button. + + + + + Gets bounds of channel. + + + + + Gets bounds of slider. + + + + + Gets inflated slider bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets area where mouse pointer is currently situated. + + + + + Gets or sets currently pushed item. + + + + + Occurs when the Value property of a track bar changes, either by movement of the scroll box or by manipulation in code. + + + + + Occurs when either a mouse or keyboard action moves the scroll box. + + + + + Gets or sets a value for style. + + + + + Makes AutoSize property visible in property grid. + + + + + selects theme for skin manager + + + + + Different areas of the control. + + + + + Out of control. + + + + + Decrease button. + + + + + Increase button. + + + + + Channel on the left of the slider. + + + + + Channel on the right of the slider. + + + + + Represents Slider. + + + + + Different states of control items (buttons and slader). + + + + + Default state of the item. + + + + + Item should be drawn highlighted. + + + + + Item is pushed. + + + + + Specifies the Office 2016 Colorful theme of the control + + + + + Specifies the Office 2016 White theme of the control + + + + + Specifies the Office 2016 DarkGray theme of the control + + + + + Specifies the Office 2016 Black theme of the control + + + + + Designer for TrackBarEx. + + + + + Returns left and right sizers only when AutoSize is on. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TrackBarItem class. + + + + + + + + applies the scaling + + + + + + Font changed event + + + + + + Create the actual control, note this is static so it can be called from the + constructor. + + Returns control + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control is transparent. + + + Gets or sets value of TrackBar position. + + + Gets or sets minimum value of TrackBar. + + + Gets or sets maximum value of TrackBar. + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of TrackBarEx control. + + + + + gets or sets the touchmode + + + + + Occurs when the Value property of a track bar changes, either by movement of the scroll box or by manipulation in code. + + + + + Occurs when either a mouse or keyboard action moves the scroll box. + + + + + To define the SuperAccelerator appearance + + + + + To Set default appearance. + + + + + To set Metro appearance. + + + + + To set Office 2016 Colorful appearance. + + + + + To set Office 2016 White appearance. + + + + + To set Office 2016 DarkGray appearance. + + + + + To set Office 2016 Black appearance. + + + + + To define the SuperAccelerator alignment + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on left of the control. + To Set default alignment. + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on Top left of the control + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on Top Center of the control + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on Top Right of the control + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on Middle Left of the control + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on Middle Center of the control + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on Middle Right of the control + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on Bottom Left of the control + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on Bottom Center of the control + + + + + The SuperAccelerator appears on Bottom Right of the control + + + + + Represents Variable to store the Backcolor. + + + + + Represents Variable to store the Forecolor. + + + + + Method to set the BackColor and ForeColor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + To reset EnableSuperAcceleratorOnF10 + + + + + To Specify EnableSuperAcceleratorOnF10 to be serialized or not + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Holds the super accelerator appearance + + + + + Holds the SuperAccelerator alignment + + + + + To Reset the Appearance + + + + + Indicate whether to serialize Appearance + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets accelerator associated with a component + + + + + + + Sets accelerator associated with a component + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the accelerator of a MenuButton instance on RibbonControlAdv. + + The RibbonConrolAdv with MenuButton which tooltip should be get. + String concatenating accelerator text. + + + + Assigns the accelerator to a MenuButton instance on RibbonControlAdv. + + The RibbonConrolAdv with MenuButton to which the tooltip should be assigned. + The accelerator string. + + + + Assigns the accelerator to a CollapsedDropDownButton instance on ToolStripEx. + + The ToolStripEx with CollapsedDropDownButton to which the accelerator should be assigned. + The accelerator string. + + + + Gets the accelerator to a CollapsedDropDownButton instance on ToolStripEx. + + The ToolStripEx with CollapsedDropDownButton to which the accelerator should be get. + + + + Indicates whether the current value of MenuButtonAccelerator is to be serialized. + + + + + + + Resets the MenuAccelerator to its default value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Invokes BackstageTab child item visibility upon selection + + + + + + BackStageTab child level verification + + + + + + Returns selected BackStageButton + + + + + + + + + + + Attaches to owner's window + + + + + Detaches from owner's window + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides revert functionality from BackStageView + + + + + Ensures BackStage visibilty + + + + + Verify display level status + + Accelerator invoked recently + Accelerator invoked in previous + + + + + Hides accelerators upon keypress + + + + + Returns accelerator count + + Accelerators Count + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Shows the acceleraors associate with the ToolStripItem. + + indicates whether to display the accelerator for ToolStripTabItem and ToolStripMenuButton alone + indicates if this call is caused by item clik of a parent item + indicates if this call is caused by item clik of a BackStageTab + + + + Represents Bool Variable to indicate the Color changes. + + + + + Determine accelerator invoke level + + Accelerator invoke status + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Checks if the specified item is in the CollapsedDropDownButton.Panel.Items collection + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the specified component can be added to the SuperAccelerator. + + ToolStripItem to be added + String specifying the accelerator + True if this accelerator can be added + + + + Sets accelerator associated with a component + + + + + + + + + ToolStripItem to be added to the SuperToolTip + Existing item in SuperAccelerator against which component scope is to be decided. + True if both the ToolStripItems exists under the same ToolStripTabItem + + + + + ToolStripItem against which the value is to be comapred + String that acts as the accelerator + True if accelerator value can exists in the given scope + + + + Gets or sets the font for the accelerator key. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether to show/hide the SuperAccelerator when F10 key is pressed. + + + + + Gets ot sets the backcolor of the accelerator key. + + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor for the accelerator key text. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the accelerator should be active or not. + + true if active; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets/Sets the SuperAccelerator appearance + + + + + Gets/Sets the SuperAccelerator alignment + + + + + Gets or sets whether an underline should be drawn under the accelerator text. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is active. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if linked component is disabled + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/Sets the Accelerator appearance + + + + + Gets/Sets the Accelerator alignment + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if all accelerators are disabled + + + + + Specifies the way image and text are situated on tool tip. + + + + + Image is situated before text. + + + + + Text is situated before image. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies an advanced appearance this control. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Shows the tooltip at a specified location. + + The ToolTipInfo created. + The position to be displayed. + + + + Shows the tooltip at a specified location for a particular amount of time. + + The ToolTipInfo created. + The position to be displayed. + Duration (in milliseconds) to display the ToolTip (-1 to display infinitely) + + + + Hides the tooltip. + + + + + Hides the tooltip using component. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets SuperToolTip associated with a component. + + + + + + + Sets SuperToolTip associated with a component. + + The component to which the tooltip should be assigned. + The toolTipInfo created. + + + + Indicates whether the current value of ToolTip is to be serialized. + + + + + + + Resets the ToolTip to its default value. + + + + + + Gets the tooltip from the MenuButton on RibbonControlAdv + + The RibbonConrolAdv with MenuButton from which the tooltip should be get. + + + + + Assigns the tooltip to a MenuButton instance on RibbonControlAdv. + + The RibbonConrolAdv with MenuButton to which the tooltip should be assigned. + The toolTipInfo created. + + + + Indicates whether the current value of MenuButtonToolTip is to be serialized. + + + + + + + Resets the MenuToolTip to its default value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Called when owner's handle is destroyed. + + The sender. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Reset the ShowAlways property. + + + + + Serializes the ShowAlways property. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the duration of the ToolTip (in sec) when mouse hovers over a control. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width of SuperToolTip. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the theme color of the ButtonAdv + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the RangeSliderAdv. + + + + + Occurs when the tool tip pops up. + + + + + Occurs when the tool tip is updated. + + + + + SuperToolTip Style + + + + + Default appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office-2016 Colorful appearance. + + + + + Office-2016 White appearance. + + + + + Office-2016 Black appearance. + + + + + Office-2016 Dark Gray appearance. + + + + + + + + + + Creates instance of tooltip control + + + + + Creates instance of child control for designer + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the balloon location. + + The component. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets delay time in seconds + + + + + + + + + + Gets delay time in milliseconds + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the style. + + The style. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ReflectionHelper class helps to get the TabStyle and TabTypes. + + + + + Returns the Tab style names. + + The Array List + The ArrayList + + + + Returns the name of the TabRenderer. + + The Type. + The name of the tab renderer. + + + + Returns the renderer type. + + The tab style name. + The Type. + + + + TabStyleEditor class provides a base class, that can be used to design value editors, that can provide a user interface (UI) for representing and + editing the values of objects of the supported data types. + + + + + Remove the invalid renderer types. + + The ArrayList. + + + + Constructor of the TabStyleEditor. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the EditValue method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + A UITypeEditor.EditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. + If the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor does not support this method, then UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() will return UITypeEditorEditStyle.None. + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. + + + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. + + + + The TabStyleConverter provides a type converter to convert string objects to and from other representations. + + + + + Returns whether this object supports a standard set of values that can be picked from a list, using the specified context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + true if System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() should be called to find a common set of values the object supports; + otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a collection of standard values for the data type, this type converter is designed for when provided with a format context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context that can be used to extract additional + informationabout the environment from which this converter is invoked. This parameter or properties of this parameter can be null. + A System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.StandardValuesCollection that holds a standard set of valid values, or null if the data type + does not support a standard set of values. + + + + Returns whether the collection of standard values returned from System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() + is an exclusive list of possible values, using the specified context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + true if the System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.StandardValuesCollection returned from System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.GetStandardValues() is + an exhaustive list of possible values; false if other values are possible. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this converter can convert, an object in the given source type to a string using the specified context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you wish to convert from. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + Overrridden. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + The System.Globalization.CultureInfo to use as the current culture. + The System.Object to convert. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + The TabControlCollectionSerializationProvider class provides an interface that enables access to a serializer. + + + + + Constructor of the TabControlCollectionSerializationProvider. + + The Control.ControlCollection instance. + The ITabControlAdvDesigner instance. + + + + Gets a serializer using the specified attributes. + + The serialization manager requesting the serializer. + An instance of the current serializer of the specified type. + This can be null if no serializer of the specified type exists. + The data type of the object to serialize. + The data type of the serializer to create. + An instance of a serializer of the type requested, or null if the request cannot be satisfied. + + + + Current color table. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + enumerator for the Precision mode + + + + + The rating item will be filled exactly based on the rating value. + + + + + The rating item will be filled partially based on the rating value. + + + + + enumerator for the orientation + + + + + Horizontal Arrangement of the Rating Control + + + + + Vertical Arrangement Of the Rating Control + + + + + DrawModes + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enumerator for getting the shapes for the control + + + + + OfficeColorSchemes + + + + + Rating Control Class in which all the functionalities of the rating control has been defined. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. + + + + Reset button click event + + + + + + + Reset method that resets the value + + + + + Instance for the CustomImageCollection. + + + + + Instance for the ResetButton. + + + + + To Serialize the style for the Rating Control. + + + + + To Reset the style. + + + + + Sets the colorscheme + + + + + + To Serialize Apply Gradient Color. + + + + + To Reset the Apply Gradient Color. + + + + + To Serialize DrawMode. + + + + + To Reset DrawMode. + + + + + To Serialize ItemBackColor + + + + + To Reset ItemBackColor. + + + + + To Serialize Orientation + + + + + To Reset Orientation. + + + + + To Serialize the value. + + + + + To reset the Value. + + + + + To Serialize the OfficeColorScheme. + + + + + To Reset the OfficeColorScheme. + + + + + To Serialize the Precision. + + + + + To Reset the Precision. + + + + + To Serialize the Shape of the Rating Control. + + + + + To Reset the Shape of the Rating Control. + + + + + To Serialize the ShowTooltip. + + + + + To Reset the ShowTooltip. + + + + + To Serialize the Spacing. + + + + + To Reset the Spacing. + + + + + To Serialize the ItemsCount. + + + + + To Reset the ItemsCount. + + + + + To Serialize the ItemBorderColor. + + + + + To Reset the ItemBorderColor. + + + + + To Serialize the ReadOnly. + + + + + To reset the ReadOnly. + + + + + To Serialize the ItemHighlightColor. + + + + + To Reset the ItemHighlightColor. + + + + + To Serialize the ItemHighlightStartColor. + + + + + To Reset the ItemHighlightStartColor. + + + + + To Serialize the ItemHighlightEndColor. + + + + + To Reset the ItemHighlightEndColor. + + + + + To Serialize the ItemSelectionColor. + + + + + To Reset the ItemSelectionColor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the variable to store Backcolor. + + + + + Represents the variable to store Border Color. + + + + + Represents the variable to store Highlight Color. + + + + + Represents the variable to store Highlight End Color. + + + + + Represents the variable to store Highlight Start Color. + + + + + Represents the variable to store Selection color. + + + + + Represents the variable to store Selection Start color. + + + + + Represents the variable to store Selection End Color. + + + + + Method to set the Themes. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overrides the Size changed method + + + + + + Represents the Integer value. + + + + + Overrides the Control's Paint method + + + + + + Gets the Shape points for full selection and drawing + + + + + + + Gets the shape points for the half selection + + + + + + + Draws the basic shapes with provided points + + + + + + + + Draws the basic shapes with provided points + + + + + + + + Draws the Circle shape + + + + + + + + Draws the Circle shape + + + + + + + + Draws the Custom Shape with the provided image + + + + + + + + Draws the customshapes images + + + + + + + + Draws the heart shape + + + + + + + + Draws the heart shape + + + + + + + + OnMouseDown method to calculated the number of selecting shapes + + + + + + Mouse up method has been overrided + + + + + + Gets the mousedown value + + + + + Mouse enter method has been overrided + + + + + + Mouse leave method has been overrided + + + + + + Overrided mouse move method + + + + + + Control's onClick has been overrided to calculate the selected star and selected half star + + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the Rating Control. + + + + + Represents the Varuable to store the Bool Value. + + + + + New instance for AccessibleObject + + RatingControlAccessibleObject + + + + Get or set for the CustomImageCollection + + + + + Get or set for the ResetButton. + + + + + Return the number of hover stars + + + + + Gets or Sets the value of Visual Style for the Rating Control. + + + + + Gets or Sets whether to apply the gradient colors + + + + + Gets or Sets the Drawmode + + + + + Gets or Sets ShapeBackColor + + + + + Gets or Sets Orientation + + + + + Gets or Sets the Rating value + + + + + Gets or Sets the Office 2007 ColorScheme. + + + + + Get for the ToolTipSettings. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Office 2007 ColorScheme + + + + + Gets or Sets the office 2010 color scheme + + + + + Gets or Sets the Precision types + + + + + Gets or Sets the reset button visible + + + + + Gets or Sets the reset button visible + + + + + Gets or Sets the reset button visible + + + + + Gets or Sets the reset button visible + + + + + Gets or Sets the reset button visible + + + + + Gets or Sets the Shapes to be drawn + + + + + Gets or Sets Whether to show the ToolTip. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Spacing between the shapes + + + + + Gets or Sets the number of shapes to be drawn + + + + + Get for the MouseHover. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Shapes border color + + + + + Gets or Sets whether to enable readonly mode + + + + + Gets or Sets the Shape highlight color + + + + + Gets or Sets the Gradient Highlight Start Color + + + + + Gets or Sets the Shape highlight color + + + + + Gets or Sets the Shape Selection color + + + + + Gets or Sets the shape selection start color + + + + + Gets or Sets the Shape Selection end color + + + + + Gets or Sets the Shape size + + + + + Gets or Sets the Shape Border weight + + + + + Gets or Sets the Shape Border weight + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + Enumeration for the Styles + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Office 2007-like appearance. + + + + + Office 2010-like appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 colorful appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 white theme appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 black theme appearance. + + + + + Office 2016 dark gray theme appearance. + + + + + Class for adding subproperties + + + + + custom image properties class + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + class that converts the properties and combines + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + RatingControl Designer + + + + + Designer ActionList collection + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvDesigner class + + + + + Overridden Initialize method. + + Component object + + + + Gets a value indication the designer action + + + + + Class for adding Reset button subproperties + + + + + custom image properties class + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + class that converts the properties and combines + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + QueryShapeInformation event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Class for RatingControlAccessibleObject + + + + + Variable for RatingControl. + + + + + Constructor for EditControlAccessibleObject class. + + The instance of the RatingControl. + + + + Returns whether the control is Focused or not + + Indicates whether its focused. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An EditControlAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Gets Role of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program. + + + + + Gets Name of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Bounds of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Description of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets Parent of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Gets State of the RatingControl which is used by Accessibility program + + + + + Returns Text value of RatingControl + + + + + RatingControlActionList class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CheckBoxAdvActionList class. + + Represents component + + + + Overrridden InitializeActionList. + + + + + Gets or sets Name. + + + + + Gets or sets the shapecount + + + + + Gets or sets the value + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style. + + The style. + + + + Gets or sets the Officecolor scheme. + + The Officecolor scheme. + + + + Gets or sets the Shape. + + Shape. + + + + The TabPrimitiveTypeConverter class provides a unified way of converting types of values to other types, as well as for accessing standard values and sub properties. + + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + Overridden. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + The TabPrimitivesCollection provides the collection TabPrimitives. + + + + + Occurrs when TabPrimittives collection changed. + + + + + Add the TabPrimitive to TabPrimitivesCollection. + + The TabPrimitive instance. + + + + Indicates whether the TabPrimitivesCollection contains the TabPrimitive or not. + + The TabPrimitive instance. + + + + + Remove the TabPrimitive from TabPrimitivesCollection. + + The TabPrimitive instance. + + + + Returns the index of the TabPrimitive in TabPrimitivesCollection + + The TabPrimitive instance. + The index of the TabPrimitive. + + + + Insert the TabPrimitive in specified index. + + The index TabPrimitivesCollection, the TabPrimitive is inserted to. + The TabPrimitive instance. + The index of the TabPrimitive. + + + + Occurs when Tab primitive insertion completed. + + The index of the tab primitive inserted. + The value needs to inserted. + + + + Occurs when Tab primitive removed. + + The index of the tab primitive inserted. + The value needs to inserted. + + + + Performs additional custom processes after setting a value in the System.Collections.CollectionBase instance. + + The zero-based index at which oldValue can be found. + The value to replace with newValue. + The new value of the element at index. + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + + + + Occurs when TabPrimitivesCollection changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the TabPrimitive based on the index. + + + + + + + The TabPrimitiveClickEventArgs class provides the information of the TabPrimitive. + + + + + Clicked primitive. + + + + + Constructor of the TabPrimitiveClickEventArgs. + + The TabPrimitive instance. + + + + Gets the primitive that gets clicked. + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the control. + The TabPrimitiveClickEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + The TabPrimitive class provides the required information. + + + + + Primitive host. + + + + + This primitive visibility. + + + + + This primitive location. + + + + + This primitive size. + + + + + Button state. + + + + + Primitive type. + + + + + Image for draw foreground. + + + + + Transparent image color. + + + + + Default image. + + + + + If can click this button. + + + + + Primitive indent. + + + + + Is full mode image. Using only in DropDown primitive type. + + + + + Tab primitive name. + + + + + ToolTip text for the tabPrimitive. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The color value. + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Constructor of the TabPrimitive. + + The instance of the TabPrimitiveType. + The instance of the Image. + The transparent image color. + indicates whether the visible or not. + The indent value. + The name if the TabPrimitive. + The ToolTip text. + + + + Load image from resourse. + + + + + Calculate image rectangle for paint. + + Image size. + Returns Image Rectangle + + + + Draw primitive background. + + Graphics object + + + + Draw primitive border. + + Graphics object + + + + Draw primitive foreground. + + Graphics object + + + + Draw primitive. + + Graphics object + + + + Sets primitive state. + + Button State + + + + Gets or sets tab primitive name. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether fullmode or not. This property using only in DropDown primitive type. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether primitive enabled or not. + If TabPrimitivType isn't Custom or DropDown then Enabled is sets automatically. + + + + + Gets or sets primitive indent. + + + + + Gets or sets transparent image color. + + + + + Gets or sets image for draw foreground. + If this value is null then draw default image. + + + + + Gets or sets primitive type. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolTip text for this tabPrimitive. + + The toolTip text for this tabPrimitive. + + + + Gets primitive state. + Flat == Hot. + + + + + Gets primitive bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether primitive visible or not. + + + + + Gets this primitive size. + + + + + Gets this primitive location. + + + + + The TabPrimitivesHost class contains the TabPrimitive information. + + + + + Interval of showing the tooltip when mouse moves between the tabPrimitives. + + + + + Initial interval of showing the toolTip. + + + + + Offset of the tooltip from the mouse position. + + + + + Tab control. + + + + + Collection of primitives. + + + + + Control visibility. + + + + + This control location. + + + + + This control size. + + + + + If layout needed. + + + + + This alignment. + + + + + Pushed primitive. + + + + + PopupMenu of drop down primitive. + + + + + Used when user holds the mouse over the tabPrimitives. + + + + + The toolTip control. + + + + + The mouse position. + + + + + The tabPrimitive where mouse is over. + + + + + Indicates whether toolTip shows for the first time. + + + + + Represent parent bar item default style value. + + + + + Represent whether previous style is office 2016 themes. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The alignment of the TabPrimitiveHost. + + + + Refresh parent tab control. + + + + + Calculate control size. + + + + + Calculate child primitive location. + + + + + Refresh child primitive CanClick properties. + + + + + Initializes the timer. + + + + + Initializes the tooltip. + + + + + Handles mouse hovering over the tabPrimitives. + + Sender Object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Validates position to show tooltip in. + + Position to check. + True, if position is in tab's bounds to show tooltip for, otherwise- false. + + + + Shows or hides the toolTip window. + + Text to show in toolTip. If text is null or empty + string, toolTip is hidden. + + + + Starts showing tooltips. + + Tootip interval + + + + Stops showing tooltips + + + + + Occurs when TabPrimtive buttons clicked. + + The instance of the TabPrimitive. + + + + Initialize DropDown PopupMenu. + + + + + Fill items in DropDown PopupMenu. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the Component and optionally releases the managed resources. + + to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources. + See the documentation for the class and its Dispose member. + + + + Gets Collection of primitives. + + + + + Gets parent tab control. + + + + + Gets bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets host alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether control is visible or not. + + + + + Gets this control size. + + + + + Gets this control location. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether layout needed or not. + + + + + Gets the toolTip text. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether tooltips should be shown. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether rotate control on 90 degree needed. + + + + + The PrimitiveDropDownPopupMenu provides the information about the DropDown popup menu. + + + + + Indicates whether a specified control is part of the popup hierarchy. + + The control instance. + Indicates whether the control is part of the popup hierarchy. + + + + + Gets or sets the active bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the TabControlAdv. + + + + + indicates the alignment of the TabPrimitiveHost. + + + + + Represents far + + + + + Represents Near + + + + + Indicates the type of the Tab primitive. + + + + + Represents First tab + + + + + Represents Last Tab + + + + + Represent Next page + + + + + Represents Previous page + + + + + Represents Next tab + + + + + Represents Previous tab + + + + + Represents close + + + + + Represents dropdown + + + + + Represents custom + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + Tab Size + Returns Overlap size + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Returns the default backcolor for the panel. + Overridden. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the default Inactive Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor inactive state. + + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + Tab Size + Returns Overlap size + + + + Gets the default items border color. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of the class. + + The source of the event. + A DrawTabEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event of + . + + + This class contains all the information needed for the user to paint the specified + item. It provides the BackColor, ForeColor, Bounds (includes space for the border), + BoundsInterior(does not include space for the borders), etc. It also provides access + to the default drawing logic of the tabs using its DrawXXX methods. + + In case you use the default drawing logic for drawing the borders, then you can use + the BoundsInterior to get the rectangular area without the borders to draw your custom + interior. + + + + + + Initialize the active forecolor. + + + + + Initialize the Inactive forecolor. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DrawTabEventArgs. + + The Graphics object into which to draw. + The font using which to draw the tab. + The exterior bounds of the tab. + The index of this tab in the TabControlAdv. + The state of this item. + The color of the text. + The background color. + The interior bounds of this tab. + A reference to the method that performs default background drawing. + A reference to the method that performs default border drawing. + A reference to the method that performs default image and text drawing. + + + + Creates a new instance of the DrawTabEventArgs. + + The Graphics object into which to draw. + The font using which to draw the tab. + The exterior bounds of the tab. + The index of this tab in the TabControlAdv. + The state of this item. + The color of the active tab text. + The color of the inactive tab text. + The background color. + The interior bounds of this tab. + A reference to the method that performs default background drawing. + A reference to the method that performs default border drawing. + A reference to the method that performs default image and text drawing. + + + + Constructor of the DrawTabEventArgs. + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Draws the borders within the bounds specified in the DrawTabEventArgs + constructor and with the appropriate color. + + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding DrawBorders in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's DrawBorders method. + + + + + Draws the text and image within the bounds specified in the DrawTabEventArgs + constructor and with the appropriate color. + + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding DrawInterior in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's DrawInterior method. + + + + + Gets / sets the background color. + + A Color value. + + + + Gets / sets the color of the text. + + A Color value. + + + + Gets / sets the text color of the active tab page. + + A text color value of the active tab page. + + + + Gets / sets the text color of the inactive tab page. + + A text color value of the inactive tab page. + + + + Returns the index value of the item that is being drawn. + + + + + Returns the graphics surface to draw the item on. + + + + + Gets / sets the state of the item being drawn. + + + + + Returns the interior of the tab minus the borders. + + A Rectangle specifying the interior area. + + + + Returns the rectangle that represents the bounds of the item that is + being drawn. + + + + + Gets / sets the font assigned to the tab being drawn. + + + + + Gets / sets the text brush, with which to draw the text in the tabs. + + A instance with which to draw the text. + + This value will be null when the event gets fired. + If you then specify a brush before calling the method, + that brush will be used to draw the text. + + + + + Performs default background drawing. + + + + + Performs default border drawing. + + + + + Performs default image and text drawing. + + + + + Manages custom s (custom tab styles). + + + When you create a custom tab style, you have to register it with the framework + through the method. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + A unique name associated with your tab style. + A implementation. + A implementation. + + Each "tab style" (that you can specify in the property) + is represented by a type that implements the interface + and a corresponding implementation to specify certain default tab control properties. + Register these implementations with this method before specifying them in the property. + A good place to do the registration is from your implementation's + static constructor. + + Note that your implementation should have a non-default constructor that takes + the following 2 parameters: ( and ). + + + + + Returns a new instance of a registered given the custom tab style name. + + The custom tab style name. + The tab control that requests a new instance. + The panel renderer that requests a new instance. + A instance. + + + + Returns a list of registered types. + + Indicates whether this list is for design-time. + An ArrayList of instances. + + If forDesignTime is true, then tab styles with the + property set to false will be excluded from the returned list. + + + + + Returns the + instance associated with the specified tab style. + + The tab style name. + A instance. + + + + Specifies the sizing mode of a class. + + + + + The width of each tab is sized to accommodate what is displayed on the tab, + and the size of tabs in a row are not adjusted to fill the entire width of + the container control. + + + + + The width of each tab is sized so that each row of tabs fills the entire + width of the container control. This is only applicable to tab controls with + more than one row. + + + + + All tabs in a control are of the same width. + + + + + The width of each tab is shrunk so that all the tabs are visible. This property + can be set only when in single-line mode. + + + + + Specifies the relative alignment of the Image with respect to the text in a . + + + + + The image will be drawn to the left of the text. + + + + + The image will be drawn to the right of the text. + + + + + The image will be drawn above the text. + + + + + The image will be drawn below the text. + + + + + The text will be drawn over the image. + + + + + Represents the mode in which scrolling will take place in a . + + + + + Scroll by tab. + + + + + Scroll by page. + + + + + Specifies the direction in which to scroll. + + + + + Scrolls to the left. + + + + + Scrolls to the right. + + + + + Specifies the preferred vertical alignment of the tabs when the tabs are aligned to the left or right of the control. + + + + + Tabs are rendered based on the Control's RightToLeft property setting. + + + + + Tabs are aligned to the top of the control regardless of the RightToLeft property value. + + + + + Tabs are aligned to the bottom of the control regardless of the RightToLeft property value. + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + The class that contains data for the event. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabPanelPropertyChangedEventArgs class. + + The affected property. + The old value for the property. + The new value for the property. + + + + Returns the property that was changed. + + + + + Returns the old value of the property. + + + + + Returns the new value of the property. + + + + + The interface that represents the tab panel's data. + + + + + Indicates whether a tab is selectable. + + The tab's index. + Indicates whether check is for visual selection or programmatic selection. + True if selectable; false otherwise. + + + + Creates a new . + + + + + This will fire the property changed event indicating the change in SelectedIndex. + + + + + The tab style with which to draw. + + + + + Returns the border style with which to draw. + + + + + Returns the tab alignment with which to align the tabs. + + + + + Returns the tab size if in fixed width mode. + + + + + Returns the tab gap between tabs. + + + + + Returns the vertical alignment of the tabs when they are aligned to the right or left. + + + + + Indicates whether to draw the tabs in multiline mode. + + + + + Indicates whether the selected tab should be moved to the front row when in multiline mode. + + + + + Returns the tab sizing mode. + + A value. + + + + Returns the tab panel's back color. + + + + + Returns the border color when in mode. + + + + + Returns the tab panel's font. + + + + + Returns the active tab's font. + + + + + Returns the active tab's color. + + + + + Returns the inactive tab's color. + + + + + Returns the imagelist. + + + + + Returns the selected tab index. + + + + + Returns the text alignment of the text in the tab. + + + + + Returns the text line alignment of the text in the tab. + + + + + Returns the relative image alignment of the images with respect to the text in the tab. + + + + + Returns y-position of the image. + + + + + Adjusts the gap between the tabControlAdv's top and the tabs. + + + + + Indicates whether image should be disabled when TabPage is not selected. + + + + + Indicates whether the text and the image should be in the same level. + + + + + Indicates whether to rotate the tabs when aligned vertically. + + + + + Indicates whether to rotate the tabs when aligned left. + + + + + Returns the left and top padding to use when calculating the tab positions. + + + + + Indicates whether hot tracking is enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether tooltips are enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether users are allowed to move tabs. + + + + + Returns a collection of . + + + + + This event is thrown when one of the tab's property is changed. + + + + + This event is fired before the property is changed. + + + + + The extended interface that represents the tab panel's data. + + + + + Indicates whether SuperToolTips are enabled. + + + + + The default implementation of the interface. + + + + + Adjusts y-position of the image. + + + + + Adjusts the gap between the tabControlAdv's top and the tabs. + + + + + Indicates whether image should be disabled when TabPage is not selected. + + + + + Indicates whether the text and the image should be in the same level. + + + + + Changes the selected tab index. + + + + + Indicates whether the tab is selectable, visually or programmatically. + + The index of the tab page. + Indicates whether check is for visual selection or programatic selection. + True if the tab page can be selected; false otherwise. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Create a new instance of the TabPanelData class. + + The Control parent. + + + + Fires the event. + + The property name that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Fires the event. + + A instance with information regarding this event. + + + + Adjusts y-position of the image. + + + + + Adjusts the gap between the tabControlAdv's top and the tabs. + + + + + Indicates whether image should be disabled when TabPage is not selected. + + + + + Indicates whether the text and the image should be in the same level. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets Vertical alignment of the TabPanel data. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets / sets the border color when in mode. + + + + + Gets/Sets the color of the separator. + + + + + Gets/Sets the border color of the Form. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the size mode of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the text alignment of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the text line alignment of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Indicates whether to rotate the tabs when aligned vertically. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the padding of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the HotTrack of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the ShowToolTips. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets/Sets the visibility of the separator. + + + + + Gets or sets the UserMoveTabs. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets the TabsData. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the active tab font of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the active tab color of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the inactive tab color of the Tab panel data. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Fired when one of the 's properties is changed. + + + + + Fired before the property is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the ShowSuperToolTips property. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Declare the TabbedMDIManager + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabDataCollection class. + + The that contains this collection. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Moves items from one location to another. + + The starting index. + The target index. + The number of items to move. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Called when the collection is about to change. + + + + + Calls the CollectionAffected event. + + + + + Gets / sets the indexer for this collection. + + A object. + + + + Gets/Sets the TabbedMDIManager + + + + + Fired when this collection is affected. + + + + + Called by implementation to allow custom drawing. + + A instance. + True to indicate custom drawing was done; false otherwise. + + + + Handle the event. + + A instance. + + + + Class that encloses certain utility methods to be used by tab renderer implementations. + + + + + Transforms (or removes the transform) a given rectangle, based on alignment, such that + drawing code written for the TabAlignment.Top logic can be reused for all other alignments. + + The associated Graphics object when the paint event occurs. + The current alignment. + The RectangleF that is to be transformed. + Indicates whether to transform or to remove the transform. + The transformed rectangle, if apply is true; the rectangle on which + the reverse transform is applied otherwise. + + Use this in conjunction with the TabRendererBase.ApplyTransform in your custom + implementation of TabRendererBase. + + + + + A instance + that implements the multi-line tab mode. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The instance of the ITabControl. + + + + Overridden. See . + + The Graphics object. + Indicates the preferred size. + + + + Invalidates the union of the tab regions specified by their indices. + + The beginning tab index. + The ending tab index. + + + + Returns the minimum width required in the tab panel to show all the tabs. + + A instance. + The minimum width in float. + + + + Computes the tab positions given the Graphics context. + + The context. + + Called by the Layout to calculate the tab positions. + + + + + Provides the information of the TabPageAdv + + + + + Constructor of the TabPageInfo. + + + + + Constructor of the TabPageInfo. + + Indicates the text value. + Indicates the order. + Indicates whether the control is selected or not. + + + + Gets or Sets the Text. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Order of the TabPageAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets the IsSelected. + It indicates whether the TabPageAdv is selected or not. + + + + + Provides the information about the TabControlAdv. + + + + + Constructor of the TabControlInfo. + + The TabControlAdv instance. + + + + ISerializable implementation. + + The SerializationInfo instance. + The StreamingContext + + + + Returns the information of the TabPageAdv + + The name of the TabPageAdv. + + + + Handles the and event handler. + + The source of the event. + An value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event handler. + + The source of the event. + An value that contains the event data. + + + + Contains a collection of TabPageAdv objects. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + A instance. + The parent tab control. + An instance of the interface. + + + + Moves tab pages around without removing and re-inserting them. + + The old position. + The new position. + + + + Moves tab pages around without removing and re-inserting them. + + The old position. + The new position. + + + + Returns the instance of the specified . + + The collection to search. + The ITabData instance. + A instance. Can be null. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for a range of elements in the System.Collections.ArrayList. + + The zero-based starting index of the TabPageAdvCollection section that the enumerator should refer to. + The number of TabPageAdv in the TabPageAdvCollection section that the enumerator should refer to. + An System.Collections.IEnumerator for the specified range of elements in the TabPageAdvCollection. + + + + Removes the TabPageAdv at the specified index of the TabPageAdvCollection. + Overridden. See . + + The zero-based index of the TabPageAdv to remove. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific TabPageAdv from the TabPageAdvCollection. + This method ensures that the obj argument is of type TabPageAdv. + + The System.Object to remove from the TabPageAdvCollection. The value can be null. + + + + Removes a range of elements from the TabPageAdvCollection. + + The zero-based starting index of the range of elements to remove. + The number of elements to remove. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Adds an object to the end of the TabPageAdvCollection. + Overridden. See . + + The TabPageAdv to be added to the end of the TabPageAdvCollection. The value can be null. + The TabPageAdvCollection index at which the value has been added. + + + + Sort is disabled for this collection. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Reverse is disabled for this collection. + Overridden. See . + + + + + InsertRange is disabled for this collection. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Adds the elements of an System.Collections.ICollection to the end of the TabPageAdvCollection. + Overridden. See . + + + + + + SetRange is disabled for this collection. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Adds a TabPageAdv to the collection. + + The TabPageAdv to add. + + + + Indicates whether a specified tab page is in the collection. + + The TabPageAdv to locate in the collection. + True if the specified TabPageAdv is in the collection; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the index of the specified tab page in the collection. + + The TabPageAdv to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of the tab page; -1 if it cannot be found. + + + + Removes a TabPageAdv from the collection. + + The TabPageAdv to remove. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets / sets a TabPageAdv with the specified index in the collection. + In C#, this property is the indexer for the TabPageAdvCollection class. + + The zero-based index of the tab page to get / set. + The TabPageAdv at the specified index. + + + + The TabControlExt type will soon be replaced with the TabControlAdv for consistency in + Control naming in our library. + Please replace all occurrences of TabControlExt with TabControlAdv in your app. + + + + + Contains information about the + event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The index of the TabPageAdv which is moved from. + The target index of the TabPageAdv which is moved to. + + + + Gets the index of Tab to be moved from. + + + + + Gets the Tab index where the Tab should be inserted. + + + + + Contains information about the and + events. + + + + + Edit edit text + + + + + Constructor of the EditEventArgs. + + The edit text. + + + + Gets or sets edit text + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Contains information about the event. + + + + + TabPageAdv index that is being HotTracked. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class with the specified parameters. + + + + + TabPageAdv index that is being HotTracked + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Contains information about the event. + + + + + TabPageAdv that is closing. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class with the specified parameters. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class with the specifed parameters. + + + + + Gets TabPageAdv that is closing + + + + + Contains information about the event. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class with the specifed parameters. + + The new selected index that will be set. + + + + Returns the newly selected tab index that is going to be set in the tab control. + + + You can get access to the corresponding using the + property, as follows: + + private void tabControlAdv1_SelectedIndexChanging(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SelectedIndexChangingEventArgs args) + { + TabPageAdv newPage = this.tabControlAdv1.TabPages[args.NewSelectedIndex]; + if(newPage == this.tab1) + { + MessageBox.Show("Cannot select tab page 1"); + args.Cancel = true; + } + } + + + Private Sub tabControlAdv1_SelectedIndexChanging(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.SelectedIndexChangingEventArgs) + Dim NewPage As TabPageAdv = Me.tabControlAdv1.TabPages(args.NewSelectedIndex) + If NewPage = Me.tab1 Then + MessageBox.Show("Cannot select tab page 1") + args.Cancel = True + End If + End Sub + + + + + + The TabPageExt type will soon be replaced with the TabPageAdv for consistency in + Control naming in our library. + Please replace all occurrences of TabPageExt with TabPageAdv in your app. + + + + + Constructor of the TabPageExt. + + + + + Constructor of the TabPageExt. + + The instance of the ITabData. + The instance of the ITabPanelDefaultProperties. + + + + Constructor of the TabPageExt. + + The text of the TabPageExt. + + + + TabControlAdv WeakContainer. + + + + + Constructor of the TabControlAdvWeakContainer class. + + The instance of the TabControlAdv. + + + + Handles the MenuColorsChanged event. + + The source of the control. + The EventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Handles the MenuColorsChanged event for Office2003Colors. + + The source of the control. + The EventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + Tab size + Returns the overlap size + + + + Indicates whether to draw ellipsis if text width is larger than tab width. + + + + + This renderer allows user to draw TabPages VS2005DockingStyle style. + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererDockingWhidbey class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the preferred size for the tabs. + + + + + Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for the tab. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics path + + + + Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. + + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Indicates the border color of the tabs. + + + + + Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. + See . + + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererDockingWhidbey class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the preferred size for the tabs. + + The Graphics object. + The preferred size + + + + Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for the tab. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics path + + + + Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. + + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Indicates the border color of the tabs. + + + + + Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. + See . + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + This renderer allows user to draw TabPages with Office2003 style. + + + + + Unique renderer name. + + + + + Selected item line width. + + + + + Selected item border color. + + + + + Color to draw tabs borders with. + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Registers the custom tab style. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererWhidbey class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the preferred size for the tabs. + + The Graphics object. + + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Indicates the border color of the tabs. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + Unique renderer name. + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererDockingWhidbeyBeta class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + Tab size + Returns the overlap size + + + + Returns the current drawing bounds. + + The bounds as a rectangle. + If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the bounds + returned by . + + + + Returns the current drawing bounds. + + The bounds as a rectangle. + If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the + bounds returned by . + + + + Gets the interior bounds of the tab. + + The bounds of the current tab + The Tab which is selected + Rectangle bounds + + + + Gets points of vertical border curve. + + Bounds to calculate borders for. + If true, calculate left border, othrerwise - + right border. + Returns points of vertical border + + + + Gets name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + tab size + Returns Overlap size + + + + This renderer allows user to draw TabPages with Internet Explorer 7 style. + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererIE7 class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the preferred size for the tabs. + + The Graphics object. + The preferred size + + + + Returns the overlap size. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Indicates the border color of the tabs. + + + + + Gets / sets the current bounds of this tab. + See . + + + + + This renderer allows user to draw TabPages with Office2003 style. + + + + + Width of line, drawn under items, when any item is selected. + + + + + The default horizontal overlap. + + + + + Unique renderer name. + + + + + Item border width. + + + + + Used for correct item bounds calculation. + + + + + Used to draw borders in Office2003 style. + + + + + Width of shadow rectangle. + + + + + Used in shadow shape creation. + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererOffice2003 class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the position where the text should be drawn given a layout rectangle and the Graphics context. + + The instance. + The text to draw. + The font with which to draw. + The layout rectangle. + The . + The position where the text should be drawn. + + + + Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. + + The mouse position to test. + True if hit; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the preferred size for the tabs. + + The Graphics object. + The preferred size. + + + + Returns the overlap size. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Gets the interior bounds + + Current Bounds + Selected Tab + Returns interrior bounds + + + + Indicates whether the item is the first item from the specified side. + + true if Right to Left + Returns true if first tab + + + + Returns the border's path for item, based on item's bounds and whether item is selected or not. + + Returns the border's path + Rectangle bounds + true if selected + + + + Returns the path to draw the shadow in. + + Shadow rectangle. + Path to draw shadow in. + + + + Returns the rectangle to draw shadow in from item's bounds. + + Item bounds to draw shadow for. + Returns Shadow bounds + + + + Draws shadow in specified Rectangle. + + Graphics object + Shadow Ractangle + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. + + + + + The TabRenderer that implements look and feel of the Office2007 style. + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Contains information about Office2007 theme colors. + + + + + Gets the TabPanel bounds + + + + + Contains information about Office2007 color theme. + + + + + The TabControl. + + + + + Blend for drawing top ellipse when office2007ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. + + + + + Blend for drawing bottom ellipse when office2007ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. + + + + + Registers the type of the tab. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabRendererOffice2007 class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the preferred size for the tabs. + + The Graphics object. + The preferred size. + + + + Returns the overlap size. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Gets the path for the line beneath the tabs. + + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the path for the tab. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics path + + + + Gets the path for for the tab and the line beneath the tabs. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets specified rounded path for the rectangle for drawing top ellipse + when office2007ColorScheme is black and tabPage is highlighted. + + Rectangle bounds + Returns Graphics Path + + + + Gets the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Gets the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Gets information about Office2007 theme colors. + + + + + Gets or sets information about Office2007 color theme. + + + + + Gets the tab border color. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default forecolor for the tabs. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + Tab Size + Overlap Size + + + + Manages the theme handle given a control and exposes some basic themed Drawing methods. + + + + + Constructor of the ThemedTabDrawing. + + The instance of the TabControlAdv. + Pointer to a string that contains a semicolon-separated list of classes, as expected in the OpenThemeData API. + + + + Draw the themed background of the Tab Pane. + + A System.Drawing.Graphics object to draw the TabPane. + The background System.Drawing.Rectangle to draw the TabPane. + + + + Draw the themed background of the Tab Pane. + + A System.Drawing.Graphics object to draw the TabPane. + The background System.Drawing.Rectangle to draw the TabPane. + The clip rectangle to draw the background. + + + + Draw the body of the tab. + + A System.Drawing.Graphics object to draw the body of the tab. + The background System.Drawing.Rectangle to draw the TabPane. + + + + Draw the tab background. + + A System.Drawing.Graphics object to draw the body of the tab. + The instance of the ITabRenderer. + Indicates whether the selected tab. + The rectangle of the tab. + + + + Remove the tab control. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + Returns the overlap size. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + Overridden. See . + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + Returns the overlap size. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the default active tab panel font. + Overridden. See . + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Font value. + + Returns the default inactive tab font, after making it bold. + + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + Overridden. See + + + + + The tab renderer that implements workbook mode tabs look-and-feel. + + + + + The default horizontal overlap. + + + + + The default vertical overlap. + + + + + Registers custom tab styles with the framework. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabRendererWorkbookMode class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the overlap size. + Overridden. See . + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. + Overridden. See . + + The mouse position to test. + True if hit; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the polygonal border of the tab from the bounds. + + The tab's bounds. + The polygonal border. + + + + Returns the current drawing bounds. + Overridden. See . + + The bounds as a rectangle. + If this is the selected tab, then this method adds the overlapped size to the + bounds returned by . + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Returns y-coordinate offset for Label Edit control, in Tab's captions editable case. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + Indicates the border color of the tabs. + + + + + Represents the default tab properties for the + tab style. + + + + + The selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs by this much. + + Indicates the size of the tab. + The overlap size. + + + + Returns the default Active Tab Color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default Inactive TabColor. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default backcolor for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + Returns the default single border color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + This implementation returns a system color. + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Indicates whether the background color is solid. + + True if solid; false otherwise. + + + + This tab renderer implements the Office 2003 OneNoteStyle vertical flat tabs look-and-feel. + + + + + Constructor of the OneNoteStyleFlatTabsRenderer class. + + The instance of the ITabControl + The instance of the ITabPanelRenderer. + + + + Returns the overlap size. + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Indicates whether the specified position is within the current bounds. + + The mouse position to test. + True if hit; false otherwise. + + + + Draws the background of the tab. + + The object that has information regarding this tab and paint event. + + + + + + + Gets the TabPanelPropertyExtender. + + + + + Gets the TabStyleName. + + + + + Gets space in pixels between tab's interior and close button. + + + + + This collection contains checked nodes in treeView. Use Add/Remove methods to add/remove nodes. + These methods will check/uncheck proceed nodes automatically. + Use Clear method to delete and uncheck all nodes from collection. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class. + + + + + Adds the specified node to the collection and checks it. + + + + + Removes specified node from collection and unchecks it. + + + + + + Clears collection. + + + + + Add node to or remove from checked nodes collection and process the same way all node's subtree. + + + + + Removes checked nodes in the specified collection from the list of checked nodes. + + + + + Adds checked nodes from the collection to the list of checked nodes. + + + + + Adds the specified node and all it's checked subnodes to the collection. + + + + + + Removes specified node and all it's subnodes from collection. + + + + + + The TreeNodeAdv with specified index in CheckedNodesColection. + + + + + + + TreeNodeAdv collection editor. It provides a base class that can be used to design value editors that can provide a user interface (UI) for representing and editing + the values of objects of the supported data types. + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the GetEditStyle() method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. + + + + Gets the editor style used by the CustomControlEditor.EditValue method. + + Provides contextual information about a component, such as its container and property descriptor. + A System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by the EditValue method. + If the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor does not support this method, then System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() will return System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle.None. + + + + Primitives Collection EditorForm + + + + + Constructor of the PrimitivesEditorForm + + The primitives the contains TreeNodePrimitivesCollection. + + + + + + + + + Gets the TreeNodePrimitivesCollection + + + + + Provides information about a TreeViewAdv, that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + TreeViewAdv which needs to be used for accessibility application. + + + + The GroupViewItem objects are "child" controls in terms of accessibility so return the number of GroupViewItem + + The number of Tree nodes. + + + + Gets the Accessibility object of the GroupViewItem identified by index. + + The index of the accessibility object. + + + + + Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. + + An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. + + + + Retrieves the currently selected child. + + An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that represents the currently selected child. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is selected. + Returns null if is no child is currently selected and the object itself does not have focus. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Navigates to another accessible object. + + One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleNavigation values. + An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. + + + + Gets the role for the TreeViewAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name. + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object bounds. + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + The description of what the object does or how the object is used. + + + + Parent of the AccessibleObject + + An TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. + + + + Gets the state for the TreeViewAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + The value of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Provides information that accessibility applications use to adjust an application's user interface (UI) for users with impairments. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeNodeAdvAccessibleObject + + The TreeNodeAdv which needs to be used for accessibility application. + + + + Navigates to another accessible object. + + One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleNavigation values. + n TreeNodeAdvAcessibleObject that represents one of the AccessibleNavigation values. + + + + Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Not all objects have a default action. + + A description of the default action for an object, or null if this object has no default action. + + + + Modifies the selection or moves the keyboard focus of the accessible object. + + One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleSelection values. + + + + Retrieves the object that has the keyboard focus. + + An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that specifies the currently focused child. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is focused. Returns null if no object has focus. + + + + Retrieves the accessible child corresponding to the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the accessible child. + + + + + Retrieves the number of children belonging to an accessible object. + + The number of children belonging to an accessible object. + + + + Gets the state for the TreeNodeAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets the role for the TreeViewAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + One of the System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleRole values, or System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleRole.None if no role has been specified. + + + + Gets the parent of an accessible object. + + An System.Windows.Forms.AccessibleObject that represents the parent of an accessible object, or null if there is no parent object. + + + + Gets or sets the object name. + + The object name, or null if the property has not been set. + + + + Gets a string that describes the default action of the object. Not all objects have a default action. + + A description of the default action for an object, or null if this object has no default action. + + + + Gets the location and size of the accessible object. + + A System.Drawing.Rectangle that represents the bounds of the accessible object. + + + + Gets a string that describes the visual appearance of the specified object. Not all objects have a description. + + A description of the object's visual appearance to the user, or null if the object does not have a description. + + + + Gets or sets the value of an accessible object. + + The value of an accessible object, or null if the object has no value set. + + + + This class holds information about the location and size of the node parts(eg plus minus,check box). + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Initialize the Indent of the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Initialize the size + + + + + Constructor of the TreeNodeAdvPart + + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the TreeNodeAdv before enabling the TouchMode. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds of the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + overrides the Visible property + + + + + Overrides the Visible property + + + + + Specifies the PredefinedPrimitiveTypes of the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + TreeNodePrimitive class + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + TreeNodePrimitive + + + + + Constructor of the TreeNodePrimitive. + + The index of the TreeNode primitive type. + The PredefinedPrimitiveTypes + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the TreeNodeAdv primitive. + + A shallow copy of the TreeNodeAdv primitive. + + + + Gets/Sets the Index. + + + + + Gets/Sets the PrimitiveType. + + + + + A collection that stores objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of 'PrimitiveCollection'. + + + + + Adds pt to collection. + + + + + Adds primitives to collection. + + + + + Removes pt from collection. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the . + + A shallow copy of the . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raise by method. + + + + + Indexer. + + + + + The TreeNodeAdv represents a node in a . It contains information about the specific node like text, background style and other settings. + + +

The collection holds all the child TreeNodeAdv objects assigned to the current + TreeNodeAdv. You can add, remove or clone a TreeNodeAdv; when doing so, all child tree + nodes are added, removed or cloned. Each TreeNodeAdv can contain a collection of other + TreeNodeAdv objects. This can make it difficult to determine where you are in the + when iterating through the collection. To determine your location in a tree + structure, use the property. The FullPath string can be parsed using the + string value to determine where a TreeNodeAdv label begins and ends. +

+

The TreeNodeAdv label is set by setting the + property explicitly. The alternative is to create the tree node using one of + the TreeNodeAdv constructors that has a string parameter that represents + the property.

+

You can specify images for the node using the , + , , + and properties. +

+

The order in which the tree node's contents are drawn is as follows: + + Checkbox + Option Buttons + Left images + State image + Node Label + Right images + + The "State image" will be one of OpenImgIndex, ClosedImgIndex and NoChildrenImgIndex. +

+

+ Selecting specific tree nodes and iterating through the collection can be + achieved by using the following property values: , + , , , , + . Assign the object returned + by one of the aforementioned properties to the property to select that + tree node in the TreeViewAdv control. +

+

+ Tree nodes can be expanded to display the next level of child tree nodes. + The user can expand the tree node by pressing the plus (+) button next to the + TreeNodeAdv, if one is displayed or you can expand the TreeNodeAdv by calling the + method. To expand all child tree node levels in the + collection, call the method. You can collapse the child + TreeNodeAdv level by calling the method or the user can + press the minus (-) button next to the TreeNodeAdv, if one is displayed. You can + also alternate the TreeNode between the expanded and collapsed states using the property. +

+
+ +

+ The following example displays customer information in a + control. The root tree nodes display customer names, and the child tree + nodes display the order numbers assigned to each customer. In this + example, 1,000 customers are displayed with 15 orders each. The + repainting of the TreeViewAdv is suppressed by using the + and methods, and a wait Cursor is displayed while the + TreeViewAdv creates and paints the objects. This example + assumes you have a Customer object that can hold a collection of Order + objects. It also assumes that you have created an instance of a + TreeViewAdv control on a Form. +

+ + // Create a new ArrayList to hold the Customer objects. + private ArrayList customerArray = new ArrayList(); + + private void FillMyTreeView() + { + // Add customers to the ArrayList of Customer objects. + for(int x=0; x!=1000; x++) + { + customerArray.Add(new Customer("Customer" + x.ToString())); + } + // Add orders to each Customer object in the ArrayList. + foreach(Customer customer1 in customerArray) + { + for(int y=0; y!=15; y++) + { + customer1.CustomerOrders.Add(new Order("Order" + y.ToString())); + } + } + + // Display a wait cursor while the TreeNodeAdvs are being created. + Cursor.Current = new Cursor("C:\\Cursors\\MyWait.cur"); + // Clear the TreeViewAdv each time the method is called. + treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Clear(); + // Add a root TreeNodeAdv for each Customer object in the ArrayList. + foreach(Customer customer2 in customerArray) + { + treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Add(new TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName)); + // Add a child treenode for each Order object in the current Customer object. + foreach(Order order1 in customer2.CustomerOrders) + { + treeViewAdv1.Nodes[customerArray.IndexOf(customer2)].Nodes.Add( + new TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName + "." + order1.OrderID)); + } + } + // Reset the cursor to the default for all controls. + Cursor.Current = Cursors.Default; + } + + + ' Create a new ArrayList to hold the Customer objects. + Private customerArray As New ArrayList() + Private Sub FillMyTreeView() + ' Add customers to the ArrayList of Customer objects. + Dim x As Integer + For x = 0 To 999 + customerArray.Add(New Customer("Customer" + x.ToString())) + Next x + + ' Add orders to each Customer object in the ArrayList. + Dim customer1 As Customer + For Each customer1 In customerArray + Dim y As Integer + For y = 0 To 14 + customer1.CustomerOrders.Add(New Order("Order" + y.ToString())) + Next y + Next customer1 + + ' Display a wait cursor while the TreeNodeAdvs are being created. + Cursor.Current = New Cursor("C:\Cursors\MyWait.cur") + + ' Clear the TreeViewAdv each time the method is called. + treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Clear() + + ' Add a root TreeNodeAdv for each Customer object in the ArrayList. + Dim customer2 As Customer + For Each customer2 In customerArray + treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Add(New TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName)) + + ' Add a child TreeNodeAdv for each Order object in the current Customer object. + Dim order1 As Order + For Each order1 In customer2.CustomerOrders + treeViewAdv1.Nodes(customerArray.IndexOf(customer2)).Nodes.Add( _ + New TreeNodeAdv(customer2.CustomerName + "." + order1.OrderID)) + Next order1 + Next customer2 + + ' Reset the cursor to the default for all controls. + Cursor.Current = System.Windows.Forms.Cursors.Default + + ' Begin repainting the TreeView. + treeViewAdv1.EndUpdate() + End Sub 'FillMyTreeView + +
+
+ + + Inflate offset for drawing selection rectangle. + + + + + Default image index. + + + + + Node custom control. + + + + + To check whether the node is moving through Move function. + + + + + Metro Arrow HighLightColor + + + + + office16 Arrow HighLightColor + + + + + Indicate whether to recalculate Visible Node count + + + + + Show plus on expand. Use only on LoadOnDemand mode. + + + + + Horizontal offset of text. + + + + + Width of node text. + + + + + Position of node with indents in pixels. + + + + + Image index of image for expand button. + + + + + Image index of image for collapse button. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Holds the name of the TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Resets the Name property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Serializes LabelEdit property + + + + + Resets LabelEdit property + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Determines if the property was modified. + + + + + + Called when the child maxX is changed. + + The child's maxX + + + + Returns the next node. + + TreeNodeAdv that represents the next node from the current treenode. + + This method will returns the next node regardless whether the node is collapsed state or not. + + + + + Returns the child node who's option button is checked. + + + + + + Gets image for collapse or expand button. + + + + + Removes itself from the parent node, if there is any. + + + + + Returns the number of child tree nodes. + + True if the resulting count includes all tree + nodes indirectly rooted at this tree node; false otherwise. + The number of child tree nodes assigned to the collection. + + + + Determines whether the distance between the node's text and Leftimage is changed. + + + + + Determines whether the distance between the node's text and Rightimage is changed. + + + + + Populates the provided SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the object . + + Stores all the data needed to serialize or de-serialize an object. + The source and destination of a given serialized stream, and provides an additional caller-defined context. + + + + Raises the CheckStateChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnCheckStateChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCheckStateChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnCheckStateChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforePopupHelpText event. + + A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforePopupHelpText method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Note to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforePopupHelpText in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforePopupHelpText method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the ExpandImageIndexChanged event. + + + + + Raises the CollapseImageIndexChanged event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified label text. + + Passes the text value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + with the specified label text and child tree nodes. + + Passes the text value. + Contains the TreeNodeAdv collection + + + + Sorts the tree nodes. + + + Sorts the tree nodes with the current + and . + + + + + Sorts the tree nodes with the specified sort type and the current + . + + One of the value. + This will also set the value in the to the + specified sort type. + + + + + Moves this node to a different collection. + + + Moves the node to the end of the specified collection. + + + A to which this node will move. + + + A node can be positioned to any other TreeNodeAdvCollection in the same tree or in a different TreeViewAdv control. + Note: All of the descendants of the node will move along with it. + Note: A node cannot be moved to one of it's own Descendants. + + + + + Moves the node to a new collection at the specified index. + + + A to which this node will move. + + The new index of the node in the new collection. + + + Moving a node by index will ensure that the node ends up at the index + specified. Note that the node will first be removed from its existing + collection and then added to the specified collection at the specified index. + If the source collection and destination collection are the same, make sure + to take into account the above semantics while specifying the index, or + use the Move override that lets you specify a relative position. + + + + + Moves the node to a specified position in relation to the specified + "relative node". + + The "relative node" that determines this node's new position. + Specifies where this node will be moved in relation to the "relative node". + + A node can be positioned relative to any other node in the same tree or even a different TreeViewAdv Control. + + + + + Describes Number of nodes + + + + + Describes how many nodes added in each scroll + + + + + Indicates whether the current node is a direct or indirect child of the specified node. + + The node that is to be tested for ancestry. + True if the targetNode is a parent of this node; False otherwise. + + + + Creates the control instance. + + Create the control with specified name. + Specifies the namespace name + + + + + Specifies the control properties. + + Defines the control + Holds the property list. + + + + Clone the custom control. + + The control needs to be cloned. + + + + + Creates a clone of this node. + + The clone of the node. + + + + Expands parent nodes to make this node visible and also scrolls + the tree such that this node is brought into view. + + + + + Expands the node. + + + + + Expands this node and all the subnodes. + + + + + Collapses this node and all it's children. + + + + + Calculates width of string which must be drawn with specified font. + + Context device for drawing. + Specified font. + Width of specified string in pixel. + + + + + + + + + + + Draws dotted border around selected node. + This will be used to fast drawing when TreeCtrl loses focus. + + Device context needed for drawing. + Node's parent. + + + + Indicates whether node is contained in it's nodes collection or in it's subnodes nodes collection. + + Node to look for. + True if node is contained. + + + + Returns the path of the node. + + The separator string. + The path of the node. + +

You can also use the property to get the full path + with the path separator specified in the + property.

+
+
+ + + CustomControl relative location. + + + + + Calculates the Longest node length + + Longest Length + + + + Return custom control bounds. + + + + + + Variable to set the custom bounds + + + + + Reset the Custom control location. + + + + + Serializes the custom control location. + + Returns true if the location is empty. + + + + Custom control collection changing. + + + + + + + Be very discrete about calling this, as it could cause performance problems. + + + + + Recalculates the dimensions of all the UI elements in this node and it's children. + + + + + TreeNodeAdv Dispose + + + + + TreeNodeAdv Virtual Dispose + + + + + + Destructor + + + + + Metro PlusMinus Arrow Color + + + + + Gets or sets node custom control. + + + + + Gets or sets show plus on expand. Use only on LoadOnDemand mode. + + + + + Position of node with indents in pixels. + + + + + Position of line with respect to right side. + + + + + Returns the horizontal padding used between the different parts of the tree node. + + + + + Returns the information about the node's appearance and state. + + This property exposes the node's style information store. + + + + Returns the information about the immediate child-nodes' appearance and state. + + + + + Gets / sets the font of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the color of the text. + + + + + Gets / sets the background of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the text of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the name of the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Gets / sets the help text of the node. + + + + + Gets/Sets the ShowLine of the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Gets / sets the height of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the MultiLine of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the Size of the PlusMinus. + + + + + Indicates the color of the Check mark. + + + + + Indicates the color of the check mark when it is in intermediate state. + + + + + Indicates the appearance of check box background. + + + + + Indicates the appearance of check box background when the check box is in intermediate state. + + + + + Indicates whether the checkbox of the node is visible. + + + + + Indicates the color of the Option button. + + + + + Indicates the color of the Option button in selected state. + + + + + Indicates whether the option button of the node is visible. + + + + + Indicates whether the plus/minus of the node is visible. + + + + + Gets / sets the sort order of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the sort type of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the object that compares two nodes. + + + + + Gets / sets the compare options used in the sorting of the node. + + + + + Gets/Sets, whether to allow Node Editing and this is applicable only when LabelEdit is enabled in TreeViewAdv. + + True if the label text of the tree node can be edited; false otherwise. + The default is true. + + + + Gets / sets the CheckState of the node. + + +

Note that setting this property will fire the + event. If you do not want this event to be fired, you can access the tree's + internal data structure as follows:

+ + treeNodeAdv.NodeStyle.CheckState = CheckState.Checked; + + + treeNodeAdv.NodeStyle.CheckState = CheckState.Checked + +
+
+ + + Gets / sets the base style for the node from which to inherit. + + The specified base style should be available in the + collection. + + + + Gets / sets the object that contains data about the tree node. + + + An that contains data about the tree node. The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + +

Any Object derived type may be assigned to this property. If this property is + being set through the Windows Forms designer, only text may be assigned.

+

When the tree node is cloned, if this object is cloneable (implements ICloneable + interface) then it will be.

+
+
+ + + Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the left of the node's text. + + + + + Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the right of the node's text. + + + + + Gets or Sets whether the node to be selected or not + + + + + Gets / sets the image index indicating the image in the StateImageList where the node has no children. + + + + + Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is not expanded. + + + + + Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is expanded. + + + + + Indicates whether the node's controls will be themed. + + + + + Indicates whether the node will have an interactive checkbox. + + + + + Indicates whether the node has been expanded at least once. + + + + + Gets / sets the culture of the node. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is in editing state. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is the currently active node. + + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's drawing bounds. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's left images. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's state image. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's right images. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's checkbox. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns the horizontal distance between the tree border and the beginning + of the node's option button. + + This property returns a valid value only when queried from + an owner draw paint event like . + + + + Returns a corresponding to the checkbox of a tree node. + + + + + Returns a corresponding to the option button part of a tree node. + + + + + Indicates whether the node's checkbox is checked. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the buttons in the node are enabled. + + True to enable the buttons; False otherwise. + The checkbox and option buttons can be disabled keeping the rest of the node enabled + using this property. + + + + Indicates whether the first child should be marked as and this node's if none of the other children is Optioned in a parent node. + + True to ensure a default optioned child; False otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether the node's option button is checked. + + + + + Indicates whether the node has child nodes. + + + + + Gets / sets the maximum width of all the children and subchildren of this given node. + + + + + Returns the first child tree node in the tree node collection. + + The first child TreeNodeAdv in the collection. + + The FirstNode is the first child TreeNodeAdv in the + stored in the property of + the current tree node. If the has no child tree node, the + FirstNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the last child tree node in the tree node collection. + + The last child TreeNodeAdv in the collection. + + The LastNode is the last child TreeNodeAdv in the + stored in the property of + the current tree node. If the has no child tree node, the + LastNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the previous sibling tree node. + + A that represents the previous sibling tree node. + + The PrevNode is the previous sibling in the + stored in the + property of the tree node's parent TreeNodeAdv. If there is no previous + tree node, the PrevNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in + Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the previous visible tree node. + + A that represents the previous + visible tree node. + + The PrevVisibleNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from + another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevVisibleNode + property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the previous selectable tree node. + + A that represents the previous + selectable tree node. + + The PrevSelectableNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from + another branch. If there is no previous tree node, the PrevSelectableNode + property returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the next sibling tree node. + + A that represents the next sibling tree node. + + The NextNode is the next sibling TreeNodeAdv in the + stored in the + property of the tree node's parent TreeNodeAdv. If there is no next + tree node, the NextNode property returns a null reference (Nothing in + Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the next visible tree node. + + + A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next visible tree node. + + + The NextVisibleNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from + another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextVisibleNode property + returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the next selectable tree node. + + + A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next selectable tree node. + + + The NextSelectableNode can be a child, sibling or a tree node from + another branch. If there is no next tree node, the NextSelectableNode property + returns a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the child node who's option button is checked. + + + A TreeNodeAdv that represents the next visible tree node. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the tree node. + + + The that represents the bounds of the tree node. + + + The coordinates are relative to the upper left corner of the control. + + + + + Gets the DragCueBounds + + + + + Returns the bounds of the text area of the node. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the left images, state images, text area and the right images of the node. + + + + + Indicates whether the tree node is visible. + + + + + Returns a corresponding to the plus-minus part of a tree node. + + + + + Returns the parent tree node of the current tree node, if there is any. + + A that represents the parent of the current + tree node. + + If this is the top most node in the tree, the Parent property returns the + TreeViewAdv's node. + + + + + Returns the position of the tree node in the 's tree node collection. + + + + + Returns the level of the node. + + + Specifies how deep a node is in the tree. The top-most visible nodes belong + to level 1. The node is level 0. + + + + + Gets / sets the parent tree view that the tree node is assigned to. + + A that represents the parent tree view that + the tree node is assigned to. + + + + Returns the path from the root tree node to the current tree node. + + The path from the root tree node to the current tree node. + +

You can also use the more flexible method to + get the path with a specific path separator.

+

The path consists of the labels of all of the tree nodes that must be + navigated to get to this tree node, starting at the root tree node. The node + labels are separated by the delimiter character specified in the + property of the TreeViewAdv control that + contains this node. For example, if the delimiter character of the tree view + control named "Location" is set to the backslash character, (\), the FullPath + property value is "Country\Region\State".

+
+
+ + + Gets / sets the object that contains data about the tree node. + + + An that contains data about the tree node. The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + + + Returns the collection of objects assigned to the + current tree node. + + + A that represents the tree nodes assigned + to the current tree node. + + + The property can hold a collection of other + objects. Each of the tree node in the collection has a property + that can contain its own . This nesting of + tree nodes can make it difficult to navigate a tree structure. The + property makes it easier to determine your location in a tree. + + + + + Indicates the expanded state of a tree node. + + True if the tree node is in the expanded state; false otherwise. + + + + + Gets or sets image index of image for expand button. + + + + + Gets or sets image index of image for collapse button. + + + + + Gets image for collapse button. + + + + + Gets image for expand button. + + + + + Gets / sets the space between images for LeftImageList. + + + + + Gets / sets the space between images for RightImageList. + + + + + Gets / sets the space before StateImage. + + + + + Gets / sets the space after StateImage. + + + + + Returns the TreeView History manager this node belongs to. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is in UndoRedo state. + + + + + Occurs when the check state of the node changes. + + + This event will be fired when the CheckedState property of the node has changed or when a new node has been Optioned. + You could alternatively listen to the + event of the tree which will be called when the CheckState is changing for any node in the tree. + If you want to cancel the check state change, then listen to + of the tree. + + + + + Occurs before a popup of the TreeNodeAdv HelpText is opened. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + A collection that contains Primitives objects. + + + + + Gets/ Sets the location for the custom control. + + + + + Specifies the different sort types that can be specified in the method. + + + + + Sorts by text. + + + + + Sorts by the tag value. + + + + + Sorts by the checkbox value. + + + + + Specifies the node positions in a node collection. + + + + + The first TreeNodeAdv of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + The last TreeNodeAdv of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + The previous TreeNodeAdv of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + The next TreeNodeAdv of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Special class to support serializing the ChildStyle info. + + + + + Contains appearance and behavior information regarding the s. + + + + + An empty style object. + + + + + Overloaded. Initalizes a new style object. + + + + + Initalizes a new style object and copies all data from an existing style object. + + The style object that contains the original data. + + + + Initalizes a new style object and associates it with an existing . + + A that holds data for this . + All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. + + + + Initalizes a new style object and associates it with an existing . + + A that holds the indentity for this . + + + + + Initalizes a new style object and associates it with an existing . + + A that holds the indentity for this . + + A that holds data for this . + All changes in this style object will be saved in the object. + + + + + Returns the for this style or null if style is used outside a grid model. + + The this style belongs to or null. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resets LabelEdit property + + + + + Serializes LabelEdit property + + + + + + Holds identity information such as TreeNode for the current . + + + + + Returns the object that holds all the data for this style object. + + + + + Returns a with default settings. + + + + + Gets / sets the font of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the Color of the text. + + + + + Gets / sets the base style for the node from which to inherit. + + The specified base style should be available in the + collection. + + + + Gets / sets the background of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the text of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the help text of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the display member of the data bound to the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the height of the node. + + + + + Indicates the color of check symbol. + + + + + Indicates the color of intermediate check symbol. + + + + + Indicates the background of checkbox when it is in intermediate state. + + + + + Indicates the background of checkbox . + + + + + Indicates whether the checkbox of the node is visible. + + + + + Indicates whether the node will have an interactive checkbox. + + + + + Gets / sets the tag of the node. Can be used to store additional information for the node. + + + + + Indicates whether the plus/minus of the node is visible. + + + + + Gets / Sets whether to allow Node Editing and this is applicable only when LabelEdit is enabled in TreeViewAdv + + + + + Indicates the color of Option button. + + + + + Indicates the color of Selected Option button. + + + + + Indicates whether the option button of the node is visible. + + + + + Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the left of the node`s text. + + + + + Gets / sets the image indices of the images to be drawn on the right of the node`s text. + + + + + Gets / sets the image index indicating the image in the StateImageList where the node has no children. + + + + + Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is expanded. + + + + + Gets / sets the image index in the StateImageList where the node is not expanded. + + + + + Indicates whether the node`s controls will be themed. + + + + + Gets / sets the sort type of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the sort order of the node. + + + + + Gets / sets the culture of the node used while sorting. + + + + + Gets / sets the object that compares two nodes. + + + + + Gets / sets the compare options used in the sorting of the node. + + + + + Indicates whether the node is enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the buttons in the node are enabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the first child should be marked as if none of the other children is Optioned in a parent node. + + True to ensure a default optioned child. False otherwise. + + + + Gets / sets the checkState of the node. + + + + + Constructor of the ChildTreeNodeAdvStyleInfo + + + + + Constructor of the ChildTreeNodeAdvStyleInfo + + It provides identity information for Syncfusion.Styles.StyleInfoBase objects. + It provides the storage of the TreeNodeAdvStyleInfoStore + + + + Constructor of the ChildTreeNodeAdvStyleInfo + + It provides identity information for Syncfusion.Styles.StyleInfoBase objects. + + + + CustomControlEditor used to design value editors that can provide a user interface (UI) for representing + and editing the values of objects of the supported data types. + + + + + Constructor of the CustomControlEditor. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the CustomControlEditor.EditValue method. + + Provides contextual information about a component, such as its container and property descriptor. + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the GetEditStyle() method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. + + + + To draw the check box of the TreeNodeAdv + + The TreeNodeAdv which needs to drawn. + A graphics object which helps to provide the data. + The rectangle of the check box. + The button state of the check box + indicates whether the metro style specified or not + To specifies the metro color + + + + To draw the RadioButton of the TreeNodeAdv + + The TreeNodeAdv which needs to drawn. + A graphics object which helps to provide the data. + The rectangle of the check box. + The button state of the check box + indicates whether the metro style specified or not + To specifies the metro color + + + + Provides data for the event + + + + + Constructor of the TreeViewAdvSelectionEventArgs + + The A instance. + A type. + + + + Gets the selected node collection + + + + + Gets the TreeViewAdvAction + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeViewAdvCancelableSelectionEventArgs. + + The A instance. + A type. + The selection needs to be canceled or not. + + + + Gets or sets the cancel property. + + + + + Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Gets the which is associated with the action. + + + + + Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. + + + + + Custom EventArgs class which is used in event. + + + + + Initializes the TreeViewAdvCancelableNodeEventArgs class + + The node which is associated with the event + + + + + A boolean property which indicates whether the event is to be cancelled. + + + + + Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. + + + + + Custom EventArgs class that is passed to BeforeCheck event of event. + + + + + Initializes the TreeNodeAdvBeforeCheckEventArgs class + + The node which is involved in the action + Parameter to indicate whether the action should be cancelled + The new state of check box associated with node + + + + Gets the checkstate of the node + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Specifies the action that raised a TreeViewAdv event. + + + + + The event was caused by a keystroke. + + + + + The event was caused by a mouse operation. + + + + + The event was caused by the collapsing. + + + + + The event was caused by the expanding. + + + + + The action that caused the event is unknown. + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + The , and methods + enable you to add and remove individual tree nodes from the collection. You can + also use the or methods to + add or remove all the tree nodes from the collection. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the collection. + + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the TreeNodeAdvCollection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + + + + + + + + + Adds a to the collection. + + The to add. + The position of the added node in the list. + + + + Adds an array of TreeNodeAdv objects to the collection. + + An array of objects to add to the collection. + + + + Sorts the elements in the entire TreeNodeAdvCollection. + + + + + Sorts the collection using the specified sort order. + + One of the entries. + + + + Occurs before a removing the TreeNodeAdv from TreeNodeAdvCollection. + + + + + Gets / sets a reference to the TreeNodeAdv at the specified index location in the + collection. + In C#, this property is the indexer for the TreeNodeAdvCollection class. + + The location of the TreeNodeAdv in the collection. + The reference to the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + Specifies the list of s currently selected in a . + + +

This collection contains references to all selected nodes in the TreeViewAdv. + Adding a to this collection will select the node. Removing a node from this collection will deselect the node.

+

Whenever a node is selected/deselected, either by user action or in code, + it is automatically added/removed from the SelectedNodes collection.

+

This collection is read-only, which means you can add and remove elements but cannot change + the existing elements.

+

You can listen to new selections being added to this collection using the collection's + event handler + or listen to the 's event.

+
+
+ + + Creates a new instance of this class. + + This collection is always read-only. But you can still add/remove nodes. + + + + + Creates a shallow copy of the TreeNodeAdvCollection + + A shallow copy of the TreeNodeAdvCollection. + + + + Returns a node at the specified index. + + Note that you cannot change the entry at a particular index. + + + + Summary description for TreeNodeAdvCollectionEditor. + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the GetEditStyle() method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. + + + + Gets the editor style used by the CustomControlEditor.EditValue method. + + Provides contextual information about a component, such as its container and property descriptor. + + + + + Summary description for TreeNodeAdvBaseStylesEditor. + + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the GetEditStyle() method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. + + + + Gets the editor style used by the CustomControlEditor.EditValue method. + + Provides contextual information about a component, such as its container and property descriptor. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert expandable objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeNodePrimitiveConverter + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Summary description for TreeNodeAdvConverter. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeNodeAdvConverter + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Provides a type converter to convert expandable objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeNodePrimitiveConverter + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Provides a type converter to convert expandable objects to and from various other representations. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeNodePrimitiveConverter + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Type that represents the type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified context and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Event args that are passed in the DrawNode event of the TreeViewAdv control. + Contains information about the appearance of the node and the location and sizes of different parts of the node. + + + + + Initializes the TreeNodeAdvPaintEventArgs class + + The node associated with event + The instance of Graphics class + Bounds of the Node + Location of Text + The Level of Node + The Indent of Node + Indicates whether the Node is selected + Indicates whether the Node is active + Indicates whether FullRowSelect is enabled + Indicates whether HotTracking is enabled + The foreground color of node + + + + Gets / Sets the RightMargin + + + + + Gets the which is associated with the action. + + + + + Gets the location of text as + + + + + Get the bounds of + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the event was handled + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting PlusMinus button was handled + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting CheckBox was handled + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting Option button was handled + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting images in left side was handled + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting state image was handled + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting text was handled + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether painting images in right side was handled + + + + + Gets the object associated with the event + + + + + Gets the level of node + + + An instance of + + + + + Gets the indent of node + + + An instance of + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the node is selected + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the node is Active + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the FullRowSelect is enabled + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the HotTracking is enabled + + + + + Gets / Sets foreground color + + + + + Event args that are passed in the NodeBackGround event of the TreeViewAdv control. + Contains information about the appearance of the node background and the location and sizes of different parts of the node. + + + + + + + The node associated with event + The instance of Graphics class + Indicates whether the Node is selected + Indicates whether the Node is active + Indicates whether FullRowSelect is enabled + Indicates whether HotTracking is enabled + The BrushInfo with which the background will be painted + + + + Gets the which is associated with the action. + + + + + Get the bounds of + + + + + Gets the object associated with the event + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the node is selected + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the node is Active + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the FullRowSelect is enabled + + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the HotTracking is enabled + + + + + Gets / Sets the BrushInfo with which the background will be painted by default, if you don't + mark this event as handled. + + You can optionally change the properties of this BrushInfo object + or provide a new BrushInfo without + marking this event as handled . + + + + Gets / Sets a value indicating whether the event was handled + + + + + Summary description for TreeViewAdvStyleInfoStore. + + + + + + + + Call this constructor only to initialize ChildStyles. Assumption is made in GetBaseStyles + that this is called only for ChildStyles. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates the TreeViewAdv Visual style appearance. + + + + + Represents the Default Visual style appearance. + + + + + Represents the Metro style appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2007 Visual style appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2010 Visual style appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 colorful appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 colorful appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 dark gray colorful appearance. + + + + + Represents the Office2016 black colorful appearance. + + + + + Show Arrow in TreeView + + + + + Show Plus Minus in TreeView + + + + + Specifies the selection mode for the tree. + + + + + Lets you select one node at a time. + + + + + Lets you select multiple nodes within the same level. + + + + + Lets you select multiple nodes across all levels. + + + + + Enum for specifying the options to find and replace in TreeView. + + + + + This option helps match the whole searched text with the TreeNodeAdv text, while performing a search in TreeViewAdv. + + + + + This option specifies whether casing needs to be considered during the search process. + + + + + Enum for specifying the levels of range to find and replace in TreeView. + + + + + This option helps specify whether the search needs to be performed with all levels of TreeNodeCollection in TreeViewAdv. + + + + + This option helps to specify whether the search needs to be performed only with the parent level of the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + This option helps to specify, whether the search needs to be performed only with the child level of TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Enum for specifying the navigation style to find and replace in TreeView. + + + + + This option helps to specify whether the search needs to be performed from the bottom to the top of TreeViewAdv. + + + + + This option helps to specify whether the search needs to be performed from the top to the bottom of TreeViewAdv. + + + + + This option helps to specify whether the search can be performed in all cases (SearchUp, SearchDown) repeatedly. + + + + + The TreeViewAdv control is an advanced tree control that surpasses the functionality and look of the standard TreeView control. + It displays a hierarchical collection of labeled items, each represented by a TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Default image index. + + + + + Initialize the borderSides as All. + + + + + Initialize the border3DStyle as Sunken. + + + + + Initialize the borderStyle as Fixed3D. + + + + + Initialize the borderSingle as Solid. + + + + + Initialize the borderColor. + + + + + Initialize the themedDrawing property. + + + + + Initialize the themedEditDrawing property. + + + + + Indicates whether the themedBorder is needs to be enabled or disabled. + + + + + Initialize the ignoreThemeBackground property. + + + + + Initialize the help text of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Initialize the ignoreNextMouseMove property. + + + + + Initialize the timer. + + + + + Initialize the ToolTipNode. + + + + + Initialize the OptionedNode. + + + + + Initialize the paintFilter property. + + + + + Indicates whether mouse has left out of control. + + + + + Nodes needed to be highlighted for selecting child. + + + + + Node which must be highlighted like parent for dragging. + + + + + Stub variable which indicates whether artificial drag-and-drop works + when AllowDrop is set to false. + + + + + Indicates whether control must draw dotted rectangle around + selected node when it has no focus. + + + + + Indicates whether cue image should be drawn + at a distance below the mouse cursor while dragging. + + + + + ImageList with images that are displayed + instead of expand/collapse button. + + + + + Index of default image for collapse button. + + + + + Index of default image for expand button. + + + + + Delays the Tool tip + + + + + Point to remember last click-point. + NOTE : It will be set at OnMouseDown and null + ( set to Point.Empty ) at OnMouseUp. + ( need to fix issue # 180 ) + + + + + Initialize the m_lastButtonDownNode + + + + + Initialize the NodeLevelStyleBaseName value. + + + + + Initialize the BaseStyleBaseName value. + + + + + Initialize the components. + + + + + Initialize the Root TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initialize the default height of the nodes. + + + + + Initialize the indent of the child nodes from the parent node. + + + + + Initialize the DefaultBaseStyleName. + + + + + Initialize the active TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + The base node, based on which multiple selection will be performed. + + + + + The base node, based on which multiple selection will be performed. + + + + + Indicates the mouseBasedSelectionOn. + + + + + Indicates whether keyboard based searching should be allowed. + + + + + Initialize the keyInputTimer + + + + + Initialize the Label Editor. + + + + + Initialize the key search. + + + + + Initialize the searchFromNextSelectableNode + + + + + Indicates whether the navigation up. + + + + + Indicates whether the navigation down. + + + + + Indicates whether the navigation to Root node. + + + + + Indicates whether the TreeNodeAdv expanded or not. + + + + + Initialize the Line style. + + + + + Initialize the Line color. + + + + + Indicates whether the complete row will be highlighted when a node is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether the TreeViewAdv will hide it's selected nodes when not focused. + + + + + Indicates whether the DragCueBitmap is prepared or not + + + + + Initialize whether the TreeNodeAdv is dragging. + + + + + Indicates the CustomControlsImage. + + + + + Collection contains checked nodes in tree. + + + + + Collection contains selected nodes in TreeViewAdv + + + + + Indicates whether the TreeNodeAdc clicked on selection. + + + + + Initialize the Mouse Down point. + + + + + Timer for Label Edit + + + + + Initialize the active TreeNodeAdv for LabelEdit. + + + + + Indicates whether the TreeNodeadv can dragged. + + + + + Indicates whether the nodes will have a hot tracked appearance when the mouse cursor is hovering over them. + + + + + Indicates the DisableReplacing property. + + + + + Initialize the DisableFinding property + + + + + Indicates whether multiple nodes can be selected with mouse down and drag. + + + + + Initialize whether the lines are showed in TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Initialize whether the Root lines are showed in TreeViewAdv + + + + + Initialize the path separator + + + + + Indicates whether the TreeViewAdv is printing. + + + + + Initialize the tool tip control of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Indicates the loadOnDemand + + + + + Indicates whether the and events will be fired before drawing a node. + + + + + Indicates whether the event will be fired before drawing a node's background. + + + + + Indicates whether the themed button drawing on TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Indicates whether the themed tree drawing. + + + + + Initialize the whether the Label edit is enabled or disabled. + + + + + Indicates whether the TreeNodeAdv.GetPath method adds a separator at the end of the path string returned. + + + + + Initialize the space left on the left side of the control. + + + + + Initialize the measuringGraphics. + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv Count. + + + + + Initialize the selection mode for the tree. + + + + + Indicates whether the selected node will be brought to view by scrolling, if necessary. + + + + + Checks whether the color has been changed internally while enabling the Office2016style. + + + + + Indicates whether the controls (example, PlusMinus) will have a transparent background. + Setting this property slows down drawing of the TreeViewAdv control. + + + + + Initialize the leftImageList. + + + + + Initialize the rightImageList. + + + + + Initialize the stateImageList. + + + + + Indicates whether the drag-drop operation will occur only if the node is dragged on the text area. + + + + + Initialize the background of the selected node. + + + + + Initialize the background of the selected node when the control is not focused. + + + + + Initialize the text color of the selected node. + + + + + Initialize the text color of the inactive node. + + + + + Initialize the Right Mousedown TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initialize the Right Mousedown TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initialize the curSelectedNodeIndex. + + + + + Initialize the background color + + + + + Initialize the Drag helper. + + + + + Indicates whether an alpha blended image of the selected nodes should be drawn beside the cursor during drag and drop. + + + + + Initialize the base styles. + + + + + Initialize the bound styles. + + + + + Indicates whether the dragged TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Indicates whether the TreeNodeAdv Bring into View. + + + + + Indicates the direction of selection. + + + + + Indicates the currently selected keys. + + + + + Indicates the current now which is selected by key pressing. + + + + + To indicates the whether the child nodes are needs to sorted or not. + + + + + Indicates if node dimension calculation should be done on load. + + + + + To indicates whether the focus Failed OnValidation + + + + + To indicates whether the TreeNodeAdv is refreshed or not. + + + + + Initialize the first key press. + + + + + Initialize the second key press. + + + + + Initialize the TimeSpan. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Default item height + + + + + Initialize the cachedRgn. + + + + + Implemented for FR:730. + + + + + To initialize the disabled node selection. + + + + + Indicates whether the FocusRect of the TreeNodeAdv is shown or not. + + + + + Initialize the m_RemovedCustomControls. + + + + + Initialize the m_ControlBounds. + + + + + Initialize the m_ControlParent. + + + + + Initialize the StyleNamePairsList + + + + + To avoid nested calling of EndEdit method. + + + + + Initialize the StyleNamePairsList + + + + + Initialize the scale factor + + + + + Initialize the EnableTouchMode property. + + + + + Initialize the HistoryManager. + + + + + Indicates whether register items in history list. + + + + + Initialize the ScrollersFrame. + + + + + Indicates whether the suspendExpandRecalculate property. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Initialize the Metro color + + + + + Initialize Visual style appearance as Default. + + + + + Specifies office 2007 color scheme. + + + + + Specifies office 2010 color scheme. + + + + + Initialize the TreeNode Collection + + + + + Get the Expanded node collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the collapsed node should be selected if any of the child node is selected or not. + + + + + Auto custom controls adding in TreeViewAdv.Controls + false - only in designer editor. + + + + + Custom control collection. + Key - custom control. + Value - node. + + + + + Holds whether TreeNodeAdv text can be validated. + + + + + Indicates whether the HScrollValueChanged. + + + + + To indicates focus subscribed + + + + + Initialize the horizontal scroll bar + + + + + To initialize the vertical scroll bar + + + + + Initialize the position of the Horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + Initialize the Vertical scroll. + + + + + Initialize the Horizontal scroll. + + + + + Initialize the position of the Vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Initialize the key pressed state for TreeViewAdv + + + + + Indicates whether the KeyDown. + + + + + Indicates whether the MouseDown + + + + + To ensure whether the selected nodes has been added internally. + + + + + Indicates whether the pressed state. + + + + + Indicates whether the Mouse move operation. + + + + + Indicates whether the MouseDown by using Left MouseButton . + + + + + Indicates whether the mouse up. + + + + + Indicates whether the last selected node + + + + + To initialize the ensureVisible property. + + + + + Need update custom controls visibility and bounds. + + + + + To indicates whether the MouseDown with Ctrl button pressed. + + + + + To indicates whether the Mouse hover on last TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initialize whether the Tool tip should be visible or not. + + + + + Initialize the CancelEventArgs. + + + + + Initialize the HelpTextNode. + + + + + Indicates the text selection length. + + + + + Indicates the text selection start. + + + + + Indicates the last text. + + + + + Indicates whether the cancel edit. + + + + + Initialize the dragCueOn property. + + + + + Indicates whether the updating the value. + + + + + To indicates whether the ignoreLeave property. + + + + + Creates a new TreeViewAdv control. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Raises the NodeEditorValidateString event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnNodeEditorValidateString method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidateString in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidateString method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the NodeEditorValidating event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnNodeEditorValidating method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidating in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidating method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the NodeEditorValidated event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnNodeEditorValidated method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeEditorValidated in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeEditorValidated method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the edit cancel event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnEditCancelled method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnEditCancelled in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnEditCancelled method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeEdit event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeEdit method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeEdit in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeEdit method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the leave event in LabelEditor + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the Timer event of the LabelEditStartTimer. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + This will be called in a native application. scenario (with COM interop) + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Performs actions required while drag enter. (Overridden method) + + + + + + Performs actions required while drag leaves. (Overridden method) + + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Performs the actions required while drag over. (Overridden method) + + + + + + Performs the actions required on drag drop. (Overridden method) + + + + + + Performs actions required while QueryContinueDrag. (Overridden method) + + + + + + Performs actions required OnGiveFeedback. (Overridden method) + + + + + + Dispatches the drag over operation. + + + + + + Dispatches the drag drop operation + + + + + + Dispatches the drag enter operation. + + + + + + Dispatches the DragLeave operation. + + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Dispatches the QueryContinueDrag operation. + + + + + + Dispatches the GiveFeedback operation. + + + + + + Raises the ThemeChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + + + A value that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Calls the to raise the event. + + An ItemDragEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the ItemDrag event. + + An ItemDragEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnItemDrag method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemDrag in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnItemDrag method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the NodeBackgroundPaint event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnNodeBackgroundPaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnNodeBackgroundPaint in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnNodeBackgroundPaint method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeNodePaint event. + + An that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeNodePaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeNodePaint in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeNodePaint method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the AfterNodePaint event. + + An that contains the event data. + + The OnAfterNodePaint method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterNodePaint in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterNodePaint method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeExpand event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeExpand method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeExpand in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeExpand method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeCollapse event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeCollapse method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCollapse in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCollapse method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the AfterExpand event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnAfterExpand method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterExpand in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterExpand method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the AfterCollapse event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnAfterCollapse method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCollapse in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCollapse method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the AfterSelect event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnAfterSelect method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterSelect in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterSelect method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the AfterCheck event. + + A that contains the event data. + + The OnAfterCheck method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterCheck in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterCheck method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the AfterInteractiveChecks event. + + A that contains the event data. + + The OnAfterInteractiveChecks method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterInteractiveChecks in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterInteractiveChecks method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeSelect event. + + An that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeSelect method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeSelect in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeSelect method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeCheck event. + + An that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforeCheck method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeCheck in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforeCheck method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Implements the draw method. + + + + + + Raises the Size changed event of TreeViewAdv + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the Scrollbars VisibleChanged event of TreeViewAdv + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the Leave event of TreeViewAdv + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the selected nodes changed event. + + The source of the event.> + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates whether the Focus Internal event handler. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + This method indicates that the multipleNodes can be selected with mouseDown and drag . + + + + + + Raises the keyInputTimer Tick event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the Timer Tick event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the Parent GotFocus event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the style changed event. + + + + + + Raises the Office2010ManagedColorsApplied event. + + + + + + Raises the BorderStyleChanged event. + + + The OnBorderStyleChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderStyleChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBorderStyleChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BorderSingleChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderSingleChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderSingleChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderSingleChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BorderColorChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderColorChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderColorChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the GradientBackgroundChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnGradientBackgroundChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnGradientBackgroundChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnGradientBackgroundChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the VerticalGradientChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnVerticalGradientChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnVerticalGradientChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnVerticalGradientChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the GradientColorsChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnGradientColorsChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnGradientColorsChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnGradientColorsChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. + + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OmBorderSidesChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Represents ExpanderType either arrow or plus-minus + + + + + Represents show plus minus in office 16 and metro styles + + + + + Initialize the Print Document + + + + + Initialize the MetroColorTable; + + + + + Returns the collection of Expanded Node + + + + + Describes Number of nodes + + + + + Describes how many nodes added in each scroll + + + + + Indicates whether Virtualization is enabled. + + + + + Store new value of vertical scroll bar + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Virtual method for adding nodes to the tree view + + + + + Raises the OnVscroll Event + + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value. + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized or not. + + The value. + + + + Overrides the AccessibleObject. + + The that owns the TreeViewAdvAcessibleObject. + + + + Raises the OnEnter event. + + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the OnPaint event. + + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the OnMouseDown + + A value that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Performs actions required on mouse hover. (Overridden method) + + + + + + Overriding the OnMouseWheel function to handle the mouse wheel processing for scroll bars. + + + + + + + + + + + + Overrides System.Windows.Forms.Control.WndProc(System.Windows.Forms.Message@). + + The Windows System.Windows.Forms.Message to process. + + + + + + + + + + Performs actions required on setting up the cursor. (Overridden method) + + + + + + Selects a default node (the first visible one) if the tree did not + have anything focused. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Do this instead of listening to KeyDown in TextBox which prevents the gong sound when hitting esc key in text box. + In a native applications. scenario this won't be hit, so we instead listen to the TextBox's KeyDown event and process the keys there. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Method to invoke TreeNodeAdv's Dispose method + + + + + + StopAutoScrollingInternal for scrolling purpose. + + + + + StartAutoScrollingInternal for scrolling purpose. + + + + + Dispatches the Drag drop operation. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overloaded. Begins the editing of the specified node. + + The node to edit. + + + + Begins the editing of the selected node. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Saves or Cancels the editing of the selected node. + + True to cancel editing; false to save changes. + + + + Forces the end of the editing of the selected node. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + + Forces the end of the editing of the selected node. + + + + + + + + + + Invalidates nodes in collection. + + Collection to invalidate. + + + + + + + + + + + Recreate CustomControlCollection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is used internally by the tree control to add and remove selected nodes. This + method will fire the appropriate selection events to let the user cancel the selection, etc. + + The nodes to add. + The nodes to remove. + Specifies what kind of action triggered this call. + Indicates whether selection events should be fired before and after this selection change. + Indicates whether the specified nodes to be removed from selection will be removed even if the user + cancelled the selection change the BeforeSelect event handler. + True if the selection changed; false otherwise. + + + + Highlighted all parent nodes. + + + + + + Refresh Highlighting. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true/false if the specified node is under the collapsed node. + + The collapsed. + The node. + + true if specified node under collapsed node; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns true/false if the active node is under the collapsed node. + + The collapsed. + + true if active node under collapsed node; otherwise, false. + + + + + Removes the nodes list from selected nodes list, if its under the collapsed node. + + Collapsed node. + + + + Returns true if the node which is to be collapsed contains any selcted nodes. + + The Collapsed node. + + true if collapsed node contains selection nodes; otherwise, it returns false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the CustomControl image + + A CustomControl used in TreeNodeAdv. + bitMap + + + + Returns the smallest rectangle enclosing the selected region of all the nodes specified. + + The nodes whose selected region is to be included in the resultant rect. + The bounding Rectangle. + The node's text and left images will be included in the rectangles. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the AlignCustomControl method is called + + + + + Specifies the location of the Custom Control. + + + + + Aligns the start of custom control in the same location. + + Location of the Custom Control + + + + Calculates the Longest node length + + Longest Length + + + + Calculates the Longest node length + + Longest Length + + + + Calculates the Longest node length for child nodes. + + TreeNodeAdv + Longest Length + + + + Calculates the Longest node length for child nodes. + + TreeNodeAdv + Longest Length + + + + If Left/Right images has been assigned then those width has also been included. + + TreeNodeAdv + Width of the image + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the NodeStateImageListChanged event. + + + + + Raises the DefaultExpandImageIndexChanged event. + + + + + Raises the DefaultCollapseImageIndexChanged event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Implement this interface to support keyboard based (Shift+F10) context menu + invocation. The context menu will then appear near the selected node. + + The PopupMenu in the XPMenus framework will then call this method to + determine the location for pop-up. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Draws the vertical lines of the tree. + + Graphics object. + Node to draw the vertical lines to. + The RowIndex of the node. + The Last Visible Node Row Index for comparing if in the node iteration nodes have passed it. + + + + Updates Layout for CustomControl in all nodes. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Selectess all nodes from current active node to first or last node. + + If True - select all nodes from current active node to first. + Otherwise - select all nodes from current active node to last one. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets node by path + + TreeNodeAdv object, root for search + Node path. + TreeNodeAdv object by path. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overrides + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Creates a ToolTip + + + + + Creates the HelpText + + + + + Begins the printing process of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Begins the printing process of the TreeViewAdv + and shows TreeViewAdv before printing. + + + + + Gets the image + + Returns the image. + + + + Returns a that contains the image of the dragged nodes + with it's state image. + + A instance when there is atleast + one selected node; Null otherwise. + + + + Returns the tree node at the specified point in client co-ordinates. + + The point in client co-ordinates. + A . + + + + Returns the location of the tree node in client co-ordinates. + + The whose location you need. + A . + + + + Returns the total height of the rows from the specified start to end. + + The top row. + The bottom row. + The total height. + + + + Returns the rectangular area in which the tree node will be drawn. + + A . + A . + + + + Returns the tree node at the specified row index. + + The row index. + A . + + + + Returns the row index of a tree node. + + A . + The row index. + + + + Cancels any current mouse based selection and edit mode. + + + + + Returns a node from the specified path. Make sure that the path does not end with a separator when calling this. + + The path of the node. + The node that has the specified path. + + + + Returns the path of the specified node. + + Node whose path is to be returned. + The path of the node. + + + + Overloaded. Extends the selection to the specified node. + + A TreeNodeAdv. + This method will not do anything if the + property is set to TreeSelectionMode.Single. + + + + Extends the selection to the specified node. + + A TreeNodeAdv. + Indicates whether or not any current selection should be removed. + This method will not do anything if the + property is set to TreeSelectionMode.Single. + + + + Begins a drag-and-drop operation. + Added by lucas in order to resolve problem 169. + + The data to drag. + One of the DragDropEffects values. + A value from the DragDropEffects enumeration that + represents the final effect that was performed + during the drag-and-drop operation. + + + + Returns the width required to draw the text specified using the font specified. + + A object. + The text that is to be drawn. + The using which to draw. + Width required. + + + + Collapses all the tree nodes. + + +

The CollapseAll method collapses all the + objects, including all the child tree nodes, that are in the + control.

+

The state of a TreeNodeAdv persists. For example, suppose that + a parent tree node is expanded. If the child tree nodes were not + previously collapsed, they will appear in their previously-expanded + state. Calling the CollapseAll method ensures that all the tree nodes + appear in the collapsed state.

+
+
+ + + Expands all the tree nodes. + + +

The ExpandAll method expands all the + objects, including all the child tree nodes, that are in the + control.

+
+
+ + + Cancels the edit mode. + + +

The CancelEditMode method cancels the edit mode when the node is in the EditingMode.

+
+
+ + + Retrieves the number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all + subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. + + true to count the + items that the subtrees contain; false otherwise. + The number of tree nodes, optionally including those in all subtrees, assigned to the tree view control. + + If includeSubTrees is true, the result is the number of all the tree nodes in the entire tree structure. + + This example describes how to count all the nodes(including child nodes) of the treeViewAdv + The user could get the total number of nodes by calling GetNodeCount method with the + bool argument which indicates whether count should include sub trees or not. If we + pass it as true, it will count the nodes with the subtrees also. + + private void button1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + //Call the tree control's "GetNodeCount" method with true to + //get the total number of nodes in the tree + int TotalNodesInTree = this.treeViewAdv1.GetNodeCount( true ); + MessageBox.Show( "Total nodes in tree = " + TotalNodesInTree.ToString()); + } + //Add nodes + private void button2_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Nodes.Add(new TreeNodeAdv()); + } + //Remove nodes + private void button3_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Parent.Nodes.Remove(this.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode); + } + + + Private Sub button1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + ' Call the tree control's "GetNodeCount" method with true to + ' get the total number of nodes in the tree + Dim TotalNodesInTree As Integer = Me.treeViewAdv1.GetNodeCount(True) + MessageBox.Show("Total nodes in tree = " & TotalNodesInTree.ToString()) + End Sub + 'Add nodes + Private Sub button2_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Nodes.Add(New TreeNodeAdv()) + End Sub + 'Remove nodes + Private Sub button3_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode.Parent.Nodes.Remove(Me.treeViewAdv1.SelectedNode) + End Sub + + + + + + Overloaded. Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible. + + The node that requires visibility. + + + + Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible and + optionally forces it to be the top-most visible node. + + The node that is to be scrolled + + + + Scrolls the control so that the specified node becomes visible and + optionally forces it to be the top-most visible node. + + The node that is to be scrolled. + True to force it to be the the top-most visible node; false to just scroll it into view. + + + + Overloaded. Retrieves the TreeNodeAdv at the point with the specified coordinates. + + The X - coordinate position to evaluate and retrieve the TreeNodeAdv from TreeViewAdv. + The Y - coordinate position to evaluate and retrieve the TreeNodeAdv from TreeViewAdv. + The at the specified location, in TreeViewAdv (client) coordinates, + or null if there is no node at that location. + + + + Returns the node at the specified location. + + The System.Drawing.Point to evaluate and retrieve the node from. + The at the specified point, in TreeViewAdv (client) coordinates, + or null if there is no node at that location. + + + + Returns the node at the specified location. + + Location. + Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the text, not the whole bounds of the node. + The node at the point. + + + + Returns the node at the specified location. + + Location. + Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the text, not the whole bounds of the node. + Indicates whether the testing will be done using the bounds of the images and text, + not the whole bounds of the node. + The node at the point. + If both the textBounds and textOrImageBounds params are false then the testing will be done on the + whole node. + + + + Returns the node at the specified point. + + Specified point. + Node at specified point if exist; null otherwise. + + + + Occurs when the tree's BorderStyle is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's Border3DStyle is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's Border2DStyle is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's BorderColor is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's GradientBackground is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's VerticalGradient is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's GradientColors is changed + + + + + Occurs when the tree's BorderSides is changed + + + + + Occurs when the ThemesEnabled property changes + + + + + This event will be triggered when mouse hover occurs in tree nodes and it returns the particular node details which is currently being pointed from its argument. + + + + + Occurs when the user begins a drag of one or more items in the tree view control. + + +

The Item property in the argument is an array of TreeViewAdv nodes that + are currently selected.

+

+ You can choose to initiate an ole drag-and-drop operation in this event handler. +

+
+ + To initiate an ole drag-drop in this event handler: + + // TreeViewAdv.ItemDrag event listener + private void treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.ItemDragEventArgs e) + { + // Begin a drag and drop operation of the selected nodes (or some other data). + TreeNodeAdv[] nodes = e.Item as TreeNodeAdv[]; + DragDropEffects result = this.DoDragDrop(nodes, DragDropEffects.Copy | DragDropEffects.Move); + // more application logic based on result... + } + + + ' TreeViewAdv.ItemDrag event listener + Private Sub treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.Windows.Forms.ItemDragEventArgs) Handles treeViewAdv2.ItemDrag + ' Begin a drag and drop operation of the selected nodes (or some other data). + Dim nodes As TreeNodeAdv() = CType(e.Item, TreeNodeAdv()) + Dim result As DragDropEffects = Me.DoDragDrop(nodes, DragDropEffects.Copy Or DragDropEffects.Move) + ' more application logic based on result... + End Sub 'treeViewAdv1_ItemDrag ' + + Also take a look at our ..\Tools\Samples\Tree Package\TreeViewAdvDragDrop + sample for more information on how to turn on drag-drop cues. + +
+ + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Occurs before a node is selected. + + + The collection in the property is + both read-only and fixed size. + + + + + Occurs before a node's check box is checked. + + + + + Occurs after a node is selected. + + + You can determine the selected node using the property. + + + + + Occurs after a node is checked. + + + This event will be fired when the node's property has changed or when a new + node has been . + You could alternatively listen to the individual node's + event. + + + + + Occurs after one or more node's CheckState has changed due to setting. + + + When is turned on in a parent node, changing the parent's or one + of it's children's will cause the CheckStates of the parent and the child nodes to be updated appropriately. + This event will be fired at the end of all these updates. + + + + + Occurs before a node is expanded. + + + Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node before it's expanded. + Use this event when you set the property to true to add child nodes to the specified node before it is expanded. + + + + + Occurs before a node has collapsed. + + + Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node before it's collapsed. + + + + + Occurs after a node is expanded. + + + Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node after it's expanded. + + + + + Occurs after a node has collapsed. + + + Handle this event when you want to do some processing of the specified node after it's collapsed. + + + + + Fired before a node is being painted when the property is set to true. + + + Handle this event when you want to draw the node yourself. If you set the + property to true the TreeViewAdv assumes that you have drawn all the contents of the node and no additional drawing will be done by the TreeViewAdv. + If you leave it to false the TreeViewAdv will automatically draw the usual contents of the node. Do not draw the background of the node here. + Otherwise it will draw over the vertical line. Use the NodeBackgroundPaint for painting the background. + + + + + Fired after a node is being painted when the property is set to true. + + + This event is ideal for custom drawing portions of the node in addition to the default drawing. + The HandledXXX properties of the event args can be ignored for this event. + + + + + Fired to draw the background of a node if the property is set. + + + Handle this event when you want to draw the background of the node yourself. + + + + + This Event will be triggered when TreeNodeAdv match is found based on search string + + + + + This Event will be triggered once TreeNodeAdv match yet to be found based on search string + + + + + This Event will be triggered on matched TreeNodeAdv text is being replaced based on search string + + + + + This Event will be triggered on matched TreeNodeAdv text after gets replaced based on search string + + + + + This event will be triggered if double click occurs on TreeNodeAdv + + + + + This event will be triggered if single click occurs on TreeNodeAdv + + + + + Occurs when the text entered by the user changes in the Node editor control. + + + + + Occurs before the newly entered text in the Node editor gets stored. + + + + + Occurs after the newly entered text in the Node editor gets stored. + + + + + Occurs after the Editing mode gets canceled by Escape key. + + + + + Occurs before a node gets into the edit mode. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Themed Drawing + + + + + Gets/Sets the ThemedEditDrawing + + + + + Gets/Sets the ThemedButtonDrawing + + + + + Gets/Sets the TreeNodeDragHelper + + + + + Gets/Sets the ThemedTreeDrawing + + + + + Gets/Sets the ThemedBorder + + + + + Gets/Sets the IsBroughtIntoView + + + + + Gets the MultiSelect + + + + + Gets the SingleSelect + + + + + Gets the BoundStyle + + + + + Gets/Sets the NodeCount + + + + + Gets the NeedRootLinesSpace + + + + + Gets/Sets the MouseBasedSelectionOn + + + + + Gets/Sets the LMouseDownNode + TODO: Should we clear this on MouseLeave? + + + + + Gets the LinePen + + + + + Gets the SelectedNodesBounds + + + + + Gets custom control collection. + + + + + Gets the ClientHeight + + + + + Gets the IsVerticalGradient + + + + + Gets the IsHorizontalGradient + + + + + Gets/Sets the LabelEditStartTimer + + + + + Gets or sets custom controls visibility and bounds update need. + + + + + Gets/Sets the DragCueOn + + + + + Gets or sets the Key pressed state of the TreeViewAdv. + + Default value is false. + True will be return, if keyboard input key is raised by KeyDown, KeyUp and KeyPress events, otherwise return false. + + + + Gets or sets the HistoryManager to use. + The Default value is Null. + It is used for Undo/Redo operations. + + + + + Indicates whether register items in history list. + The default value is false. + The helps tor record the actions for Undo\Redo usage. + + + + + Indicates whether the control will ignore the theme's background color and draw + the instead when property is set as true. + + True to ignore theme background; false otherwise. Default is false. + + + + Indicates whether the control and it's parts should be drawn themed. + + True to enable themes; false otherwise. Default is false. + + + + Gets or sets the border sides of the that will be drawn. + + One of the values. Default is Border3DSide.All. + One of the BorderSides value. + + + + Gets or sets the background color for the . (overridden property) + The default is the value of the System.Windows.Forms.Control.DefaultBackColor property. + + + + + Gets or sets to make disabled node selection. + The default value is false. + + + + + Gets or sets the FocusRect of the node. + The Default value is true. + If, the property enabled, + the selected rectangle will be focused. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color, gradient and other styles. This will override the BackColor setting. + + The provides this property to enable specialized custom gradient backgrounds. The + BackgroundColor. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the 2D border. + + The default value is Color.Black. + The property is applied to TreeViewAdv + when BorderStyle is set as FixedSingle. + The BorderColor of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + Gets or sets the 2D border style. + + One of the values. Default is ButtonBorderStyle.Solid. + The property is applied to TreeViewAdv + when BorderStyle is set as FixedSingle. + + + + Gets or sets the border style of the control. + + One of the values. Default is BorderStyle.Fixed3D. + + + + Gets or sets the style of the 3D border. + + One of the values. Default is Border3DStyle.Sunken. + + + + Gets/Sets whether TreeNodeAdv text can be validated + + The Default value is false. + + + + Indicates whether an alpha blended image of the selected nodes + should be drawn beside the cursor during drag and drop. + + + True to show an alpha blended image; false otherwise. Default is true. + You could customize the style in which nodes are drawn in the above image by + adding a "DragNodeCueStyle" style to the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets a value to scale the control based upon. + + The default value is 1. + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled. + + The default control size before enabling the TouchMode. + The control size before enabling the TouchMode. + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touch mode to the controls. + + Default value is false. + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scale factor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets the active TreeNodeAdv. + + The default value is Null. + + + + Gets the help text control of the TreeViewAdv. + + This is the control used to display the of the nodes. + + + + Gets the tool tip control of the TreeViewAdv. + + This is the control used to display the for the nodes + when the text of the nodes are partially visible. + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the selected TreeNodeAdv. + + The default is a SystemColors.HighlightText. + + + + Gets or sets the text color of the selected node when not focused. + + The default value is a SystemColors.ControlText. + + + + Gets or sets the background of the selected node. + + The default value is SystemColors.Highlight. + + + + Gets or sets the background of the selected node when the control is not focused. + + The default value is SystemColors.Control. + + + + Indicates whether the drag-drop operation will occur only if the node is dragged on the text area. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a TreeNodeAdv has no children. + + An index into the . The default value is zero. + A zero-based index that represents the position of an Image in an ImageList. + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a TreeNodeAdv is collapsed. + + An index into the . Default is 1. + A zero-based index that represents the position of an Image in an ImageList. + + + + Gets or sets the index value of the image that is displayed when a TreeNodeAdv is expanded. + + An index into the . Default is 2. + A zero-based index that represents the position of an Image in an ImageList. + + + + Gets or sets the image list that holds images to be drawn based on the state of the node. + + The , and + properties refer to an image inside this list. + The ImageList that contains the System.Drawing.Image objects used by the tree nodes. + The default value is null. + + + + Gets or sets the image list that holds images to be drawn on the right of the node. + + The will then indicate + which images are to be drawn in the node. + The ImageList that contains the System.Drawing.Image objects used by the tree nodes. + The default value is null. + + + + Gets or sets the image list that holds images to be drawn on the left of the node. + + The will then indicate which images are to be drawn in the node. + The ImageList that contains the System.Drawing.Image objects used by the tree nodes. + The default value is null. + + + + Indicates whether the controls (example, PlusMinus) will have a transparent background. + Setting this property slows down drawing of the TreeViewAdv control. + + The default is false. + + + + Indicates whether the selected node will be brought to view by scrolling, if necessary. + + The default is true. + + + + Gets or sets the selection mode for the tree. + + The default value is TreeSelectionMode.Single. + + Note that setting this property does not affect the current selection state. + For example, if the current selection includes multiple nodes and this property gets set + to TreeSelectionMode.Single, then the + will not be cleared to show a single selection. + + One of the TreeSelectionMode + + + + Returns a collection of base styles used in the tree. + + A Hash table of style names versus styles. The style names are of type string and + the styles are of type . + + This collection holds the standard style that specifies the global node settings + for all the nodes (is named "Standard"), the node level styles for nodes at specific levels (should use the + convention "NodeLevelX") and other custom base styles. Also when you specify a style named + "DragNodeCueStyle" that style will be applied on the nodes before preparing the + drag-cue bitmap during drag-and-drop, a feature that can be turned on using the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the base style name pairs. + + + + + Returns the standard style that all the nodes inherit from, by default. + + + + + Indicates whether the method adds a separator at the end of the path string returned. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets the space left on the left side of the control. + + Default is 3. + + + + Indicates whether the label text of the tree nodes can be edited. + + True if the label text of the tree nodes can be edited; false otherwise. + The default is false. + + The method will let you begin editing a node + programmatically irrespective of this setting. + + + + + Indicates whether the and events will be fired before drawing a node. + + The default value is false. + + + + Represents ExpanderType either arrow or plus-minus in office 2016 and metro styles + + + + + Represents show plus minus in office 16 and metro styles + + + + + Indicates whether the event will be fired before drawing a node's background. + + The default value is false. + + + + Indicates whether the tree should follow the load-on-demand paradigm. + + The default value is false. + + When set to true, all the nodes will have the plus-minus set to visible to begin with. + You should then handle the event of the nodes and add sub nodes to the respective nodes. + The tree will then keep or hide the plus-minus based on whether or not children were added. + This provides you a way to delay loading nodes in trees until the user initiates a node expand. + + + + + Indicates whether the TreeViewAdv is printing. + + + + + Gets or sets the PrintDocument. + + + + + Indicates if node dimension calculation should be done on load. + The default value is true. + + + + + Indicates whether the nodes will have an option button. + + Default value is false. + + + + Indicates whether the selected node is in editing mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the separator string that splits the path of a node. + Call to get the path of the specified node. + + The delimiter string that the tree node System.Windows.Forms.TreeNode.FullPath property uses. + The default value is the backslash character (\). + + + + Indicates the visual style. + + The default value is true. + + + + Specifies the Visual Theme + + + + + Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme. + + The default value is Office2007Theme.Blue + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme. + The default value is Office2010Theme.Blue + + + + + Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the Metro color. + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroColorTable to customize appearance of the collapse/expand button. + + + + + Indicates whether the plus minus controls are visible. + + true if plus sign and minus sign buttons are displayed next to tree nodes that contain child tree nodes; otherwise, false. + The default value is true. + + + + Indicates whether the tree lines are visible. + + true if lines are drawn between tree nodes in the tree view control; otherwise, false. + The default value is true. + + + + Indicates whether lines are drawn between the tree nodes that are at the root of the tree view. + + true if lines are drawn between the tree nodes that are at the root of the tree view; otherwise, false. + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the indent of the child nodes from the parent node. + + The distance, in pixels, to indent each of the child tree node levels. + The default value is 19. + + + + Indicates whether the nodes will have a hot tracked appearance when the mouse cursor is hovering over them. + + The default value is false. + true if a tree node label takes on the appearance of a hyper-link as the mouse pointer passes over it; otherwise, false. + + + + Indicates whether multiple nodes can be selected with mouse down and drag. + + Default value is false. + + + + Returns the collection of Nodes which are in Expanded state + + + + + Returns the collection of Nodes which are in Collapsed state + + + + + Returns the selected nodes of the TreeViewAdv. + + Use this property only when property + lets you select multiple nodes. Otherwise, use to get the single selected node. + + + + Returns the checked nodes of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Indicates whether the TreeViewAdv will hide it's selected nodes when not focused. + + true if the selected tree node is not highlighted when the tree view has lost the focus; otherwise, false. + The default value is true. + + + + Indicates whether the complete row will be highlighted when a node is selected. + + The default value is false. + true if the selection highlight spans the width of the tree view control; otherwise, false. + + + + Get or sets the OfficeScrollBars + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the tree lines. + + Default is Color.Gray. + The System.Drawing.Color of the lines connecting the tree nodes. + + + + Gets or sets the line style of the tree lines. + + Default value is DashStyle.Dot. + One of the Line style + + + + Indicates whether keyboard based searching should be allowed. + + Default value is true. + + When set to true, the users can key in char keys to browse to the next node that begins with + that character(s). Multiple characters entered in succession will be assumed to be part of the + same word, so search will be performed on that substring. Search will be restricted to + and nodes. + + + + + Indicates whether the state of the parent node's check box is based on the check state of it's child nodes' check boxes. + + Default value is false. + + If all child nodes are checked the parent node is also checked. The same with unchecked. + If some child nodes are checked and some are unchecked then the parent node will have an indeterminate state. + If the CheckState of the parent node is set by code or by clicking on it the state of all sub nodes will be set to that state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the collapsed node should be selected if any of the child node is selected or not. + + true if the collapsed node should be selected if that node has a selected child node; otherwise, false. + + If this property is set to false, it won't trigger the and event after collapsing the node. + + + + + Indicates whether check boxes will be shown for the nodes. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets the selected node of the TreeViewAdv. + + The tree fires the event to let you cancel the change + and event to notify you of a new selected node. + Use to property when multi-node selection is turned on. + The that is currently selected in the . + The default value is Null. + + + + The base node, based on which multiple selection will be performed. + + A instance or null if there is no such node. + + This node will be consulted while extending the selection in a multi-select + scenario using user interaction or when calling the method. + + + + + Gets or sets the default height of the nodes. + + The default value is dependent on the control's font height. + The height, in pixels, of each tree node in the tree view. + + + + Gets or sets the root node of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Gets or sets the top-level nodes collection of the TreeViewAdv. + + A that represents the tree nodes assigned to the tree view control. + + + + Gets or sets the value to indicate whether virtualization support is enabled for + + + + + Gets or sets the node on which the user did a right-mouse down. + + A instance. + + This property will return a non-null value only when the user + has his mouse down or when the context menu is being shown for the tree. + Use this property in your context-menu's pop up event to determine on which + node the user had right-clicked. However, do not use this property in a context menu + item's Click property as this would be set to null by then. If the user right-clicked in the empty region then + this property will return null. + + When the user instead used the keyboard to invoke the context menu (via Shift+F10) + then this property will return the currently selected node and the + menu will also appear beside the selected node. + + + + + + Indicates whether the control should scroll while the user is dragging a horizontal scrollbar thumb. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Recalculation of the Nodes maximum height should be done while expanding or collapsing. + + + true if suspend recalculate the nodes height while expand/collapse; otherwise, false . The default value is false. + + + This property can be reduced the delay while expanding/ collapsing the large number of nodes, if we set it as true. + + + + + Indicates whether the size box should be drawn when both scrollbars are visible + and the control is not a docked window in an MDIChild window. Note: Another better solution is drawing the NonClientArea + ourselves. See SizeGripStyle which implements this newer solution. + + The default value is false. + + Showing the size box works around a problem with .NET controls because by + default the area at the bottom right is not drawn and that can cause + drawing glitches. Note: Another better solution is drawing NonClientArea + ourselves. See SizeGripStyle which implements this newer solution. + + + + + Indicates whether the control should scroll while the user is dragging a vertical scrollbar thumb. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets ImageList with images that are displayed + instead of expand or collapse button. + + The below description helps the user to set Custom images for expand/collapse (+/-) signs in the TreeViewAdv + The standard +/- signs for the expand/collapse buttons in the TreeViewAdv can be replaced with + the custom images by setting ImageList to the newly added NodeStateImageList property of the TreeViewAdv. + Single click on the image expands or collapses the current node. + By setting some particular index of default image for expand/collapse button in the + TreeviewAdv's DefaultCollapseImageIndex and DefaultExpandImageIndex property ,all the + ParentNode's can be displayed with default Images for expanding and collapsing actions. + Each Parent Node's +/- signs can be set with different images ,by setting the TreeNodeAdv's + CollpaseImageIndex and ExpandImageIndex. + The ImageList that contains the System.Drawing.Image objects used by the tree nodes. + The default value is null. + + + + Gets or sets index of default image for collapse button. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of default image for expand button. + + + + + Indicates whether the scroll control can increase the . (overridden property) + + The default value is false. + + + + Delays the Tool tip by one second + + The default value is false. + + + + Indicates whether control must draw dotted rectangle around + selected node when it has no focus. + + The default value is true. + + + + Indicates whether cue image should be drawn + at a distance below the mouse cursor while dragging. + + The default value is false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether sort TreeViewAdv including all the child nodes. + + + true if sort all with child nodes; otherwise, false. The default value is false. + + + This example describes how to sort all the nodes in the TreeViewAdv + + If SortWithChildNodes property is set to true,the user can sort all the nodes including all the child nodes in the treeViewAdv. + The SortOrder of the Root should be specified for the sorting all nodes. + //Sorts only the root nodes. + private void button1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Sort(); + } + //Sort all the root nodes and the child nodes in the TreeviewAdv + private void button2_Click_1(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.treeViewAdv1.Root.SortOrder=SortOrder.Ascending; + this.treeViewAdv1.SortWithChildNodes=true; + this.treeViewAdv1.Root.Sort(); + } + + + 'Sorts only the root nodes. + Private Sub button1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Me.treeViewAdv1.Nodes.Sort() + End Sub + 'Sort all the root nodes and the child nodes in the TreeviewAdv + Private Sub button2_Click_1(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) + Me.treeViewAdv1.Root.SortOrder=SortOrder.Ascending + Me.treeViewAdv1.SortWithChildNodes=True + Me.treeViewAdv1.Root.Sort() + End Sub + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the default node should be selected on the TreeViewAdv control gains focus. + + + true if node should be selected on TreeViewAdv gains focus; otherwise, false. The default value is true. + + + + + Gets or sets padding within the control. + + A System.Windows.Forms.Padding indicating the space between the control edges and its contents. + + + + Occurs when the control's padding changes. + + + + + Enables or disables horizontal scrollbar. + This property will be set/reset by the tree as and when required. + + + + + Enables or disables vertical scrollbar. + This property will be set/reset by the tree as and when required. + + + + + Overridden. Enables or disables vertical scrollbar. + + The default value is true. + + + + Overridden. Enables or disables horizontal scrollbar. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the position of the Horizontal scrollbar. + + The default value is 1. + + + + Gets or sets the position of the Vertical scrollbar. + The default value is 1. + + + + + Returns the first fully-visible tree node in the tree view control. + + A that represents the first fully-visible + tree node in the tree view control. + + Initially, the TopVisibleNode returns the first root tree node, which is + located at the top of the . However, if the user has scrolled + the contents, another tree node might be at the top. + + + The that represents the first fully-visible tree node in the . + + + + Gets the number of tree nodes that can be fully visible in the TreeViewAdv. + + The number of items that can be fully visible in the control. + + The VisibleCount value can be greater than the number of tree nodes + in the tree view. The value is calculated by dividing the height of the + client window by the height of a tree node item. The result is the total + number of objects that the is + capable of displaying within its current dimensions. + + The number of items that can be + fully visible in the . + + + + Returns the last visible node. + + A instance. + + + + + Gets/ Sets whether the Tool tip should be visible or not. + + The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the virtualaization to true or false + + + + + Overrides System.Windows.Forms.Control.CreateParams. + + A System.Windows.Forms.CreateParams that contains the required creation parameters when the handle to the control is created. + + + + Specifies the location of the Custom Control. + + + + + Gets or sets the theme colors for the Visual style. + + + + + TreeViewAdvFindReplaceDialog class for search functionality. + + + + + Specifies the Matchfound on initialization. + + + + + Initialize the Node index. + + + + + Initialize the search text. + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdvCollection. + + + + + Initialize the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Initialize the TreeViewSearchOption as MatchWholeText. + + + + + Initialize the TreeViewSearchRange as TreeView. + + + + + Initialize the TreeViewSearchNavigation as SearchAll. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeViewAdvFindReplaceDialog class. + + TreeViewAdv instance + + + + Highlights matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string + + The Search Text + The search option for . + The search range for . + true if match found + + + + Highlights matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string. + + Search Text. + true if match found + + + + Highlights all matched TreeNodeAdv based on the search string. + + Search Text. + The search option for . + The search range for . + returns true if match found. + + + + Highlights all matched TreeNodeAdv based on search string. + + Search Text. + returns true if match found. + + + + Replace the search text with replace text by specified the TreeViewSearchOption and TreeViewSearchRange. + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Search Text. + Text to be replaced. + The search option for . + The search range for . + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Replace the search text with replace text by specified the TreeViewSearchRange. + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Search Text. + Text to be replaced. + The search range for . + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Replace the search text with replace text by specified the TreeViewSearchOption. + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Search Text. + Text to be replaced. + The search option for . + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Replace the search text with replace text. + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Search Text. + Text to be replaced. + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Text to be replaced. + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Replace the all the TreeNodeAdv search text with replace text by using specified the TreeViewSearchRange. + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Search Text. + Text to be replaced. + The search range for . + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Replace the all the TreeNodeAdv search text with replace text by using specified the TreeViewSearchOption. + Returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Search Text. + Text to be replaced. + The search option for . + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Replace the all the TreeNodeAdv search text with replace text. + Returns true if all matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Search Text. + Text to be replaced. + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Replace the all the TreeNodeAdv search text with replace text by using specified the TreeViewSearchOption and TreeViewSearchRange. + Returns true if all matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Search Text. + Text to be replaced. + The search option for . + The search range for . + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Returns true if matched all TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + Text to be replaced. + returns true if matched TreeNodeAdv text replaced. + + + + Defines if Search Text matches any TreeNodeAdv text. + + Search String. + returns true if match found. + + + + Find and return TreeNodeAdv based on TreeSearchOption + + TreeNodeAdv instances. + Search Text. + Returns the Search . + + + + Find and return matched TreeNodeAdv Collection + + TreeViewAdv Instances + Search String + Returns the Search . + + + + Gets/Sets the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdvCollection that matches search string. + + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeViewAdv Search Option. + + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeViewAdv search range. + + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdv search navigation type. + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the and event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event of the TreeViewAdv control. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the TreeViewAdv selection events. + + + + + Initialize the TreeViewAdvAction. + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of this class. + + A instance. + + + + Creates a new instance of this class. + + A instance. + A type. + + + + Gets / sets the associated with the event. + + + + + Gets / sets the associated with the event. + + + + + Provides data for the cancelable validation events in the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Provides data for the editing events in the . + + + + + Initialize the label of the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TreeNodeAdvEditEventArgs. + + A instance. + The label for the node. + + + + Returns the label for the node. + + + + + Returns the that is currently being edited. + + + + + Initialize the cancel that event needs to cancel or not. + + + + + Initialize whether the editing needs to end or not. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + A instance. + The new text for the node. + + + + Indicates whether the event should be cancelled. + + + + + Indicates whether editing should end now. + + This property is consulted only when is set to true. + If you Cancel the operation and if this property is set + to false, editing mode will end; otherwise editing mode will be preserved. + Default is true. + This property will be ignored by the event. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initialize the Mouse Button. + + + + + Initialize the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released. + + + + + Initialize the x-coordinate of the mouse point. + + + + + Initialize the y-coordinate of the mouse point. + + + + + Initialize the signed count of the number of detent the mouse wheel has rotated. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TreeViewAdvMouseClickEventArgs + + A instance. + A + Number of the Mouse click. + X-coordinate of the mouse point. + Y-coordinate of the mouse point. + The number of detent the mouse wheel has rotated. + + + + Gets TreeNodeAdv instance + + + + + Gets/Sets which mouse button was pressed + + + + + Gets the number of times the mouse button was pressed and released. + + + + + Gets the x-coordinate of the mouse during the generating mouse event. + + + + + Gets the y-coordinate of the mouse during the generating mouse event + + + + + Gets a signed count of the number of detents the mouse wheel has rotated, multiplied by the WHEEL_DELTA constant. A detent is one notch of the mouse wheel. + + + + + TreeNodeAdvAfterFindArgs class + + + + + Initialize the Search text + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvAfterFindArgs class + + A instance + A Text which needs to be searched + + + + Gets/Sets value of TreeNodeAdv instance that matches Search String + + + + + Gets/Sets value of search string + + + + + TreeNodeAdvBeforeFindArgs class + + + + + Initialize the search text. + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvBeforeFindArgs class + + A instance + The text of the which needs to be searched + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches Search String + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value + + + + + TreeNodeAdvOnReplacingArgs class + + + + + Initialize the replace text + + + + + Initialize the search text + + + + + Initialize the TreeViewSearchOption + + + + + Initialize the TreeViewSearchRange + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvOnReplacingArgs class + + TreeNodeAdv Instance + Search String + Replace String + TreeViewSearchOption + TreeViewSearchRange + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches search string + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeViewAdv search option value + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeViewAdv search range value + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv replace text value + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Initializes new instances of TreeNodeAdvOnReplacedArgs class + + Search String + Replace String + TreeNodeAdv Instances + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv instance value that matches Search String + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv search string value + + + + + Gets/Sets TreeNodeAdv replace text value + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initialize the TextBox. + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + Specifies the . + A instance. + + + + Returns the . + + + + + Returns the that is used to edit the node. + + + + + StyleNamePairsList class + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Constructor of the StyleNamePairsList class + + A + + + + Adds the elements of an System.Collections.ICollection to the end of the System.Collections.ArrayList. + + The System.Collections.ICollection whose elements should be added to the end of the System.Collections.ArrayList. + The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null. + + + + Adds an object to the end of the System.Collections.ArrayList. + + The System.Object to be added to the end of the System.Collections.ArrayList. The value can be null. + The System.Collections.ArrayList index at which the value has been added. + + + + StyleNamePair class + + + + + Initialize the string name. + + + + + A appearance and behavior information regarding the + + + + + Constructor of the StyleNamePair. + + Passes the name + A appearance and behavior information regarding the + + + + TreeBoundStyleInfoStore class + + + + + Initialize the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeBoundStyleInfoStore + + The + + + + Overrides the HasValue + + Provides a unique identifier for a property in a style object and stores information about the associated property. + + + + + + Metro color table for collapse/expand button. + + + + + Initialize the MetroPlusMinus Arrow NormalColor + + + + + Initialize the MetroPlusMinus Arrow SelectedColor + + + + + Initialize the MetroPlusMinus Arrow PressedColor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroPlusMinus Arrow color in normal state. + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroPlusMinus Arrow color in hover state. + + + + + Gets or sets the MetroPlusMinus Arrow color in pressed state. + + + + + The TreeViewPrintDocument class helps to provide the custom printing support for TreeViewAdv. + + + Use the following code for printing: + + TreeViewPrintDocument printDocument = new TreeViewPrintDocument(this.treeViewAdv1); + printDocument.Print(); + + Use the following code for print preview: + + TreeViewPrintDocument printDocument = new TreeViewPrintDocument(this.treeViewAdv1); + printDocument.PrintPreview(); + + + + + + Initialize the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Initialize the header text + + + + + Initialize the header color + + + + + Initialize the Header font. + + + + + Initialize the Header height. + + + + + Initialize the Header text alignment + + + + + Initialize the footer text. + + + + + Initialize the footer color. + + + + + Initialize the footer font. + + + + + Initialize the footer height. + + + + + Initialize the Footer text alignment + + + + + Initialize whether the page number is shown or not. + + + + + Initialize whether the date time is shown or not. + + + + + Indicates whether Custom Header is enabled or not. + + + + + Indicates whether Custom Footer is enabled or not. + + + + + Initialize whether the header is displayed on all the pages. + + + + + Initialize whether the header is displayed only on first page. + + + + + Initialize the PrintPosition. + + + + + Initialize the image control. + + + + + Initialize the Node height. + + + + + Initialize the scrollbar height. + + + + + Initialize the scrollbar width. + + + + + Initialize the Page Number. + + + + + Initialize the Date time. + + + + + Initialize the Page count. + + + + + Initialize the Direction to print the TreeViewAdv. + + + + + Initialize whether the TreeViewAdv print directly + + + + + Constructor of the TreeViewPrintDocument + + + + + Constructor of the TreeViewPrintDocument + + The instance of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + Start the TreeViewAdv to printing process. + + + + + Start the TreeViewAdv to printing process. + + The TreeViewAdv which needs to be printed. + + + + Begins the printing process of the TreeViewAdv and it shows TreeViewAdv before printing. + + + + + Shows a PrintPreview dialog displaying the Tree control passed in. + + The TreeView instance for print preview. + + + + Prints entire control directly on default printer. + + + + + Gets an image that shows the entire tree, not just what is visible on the form + + The instance of the TreeViewAdv. + + + + Returns the PrintDocument. + + The TreeViewAdv instance. + The value of the TreeViewPrintDocument. + + + + Returns an image of the specified width and height, of a control represented by handle. + + The handle of the custom control. + The width of the custom control. + The width of the custom control. + The image. + + + + Draw the image with custom controls. + + The handle of the control. + The width of the control. + The height of the control. + The custom control collections. + The image. + + + + Raises the event + + A that contains the event data + + + + Raises the event + + A that contains the event data + + + + Raises the BeginPrint event. It is called after the Print() method is called and before the first page of the control prints. + + The PrintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Raises the PrintPage event. It is called before a control prints. + + The PrintPageEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the value of the Header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the Header text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the Header font. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the HeaderAlignment + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the Footer text. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the Footer text color. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the Footer font. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that specifies the height of the footer. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the Footer Alignment + + + + + Indicates whether the page number is shown or not. + + true, if the Page number is showed in printing process. Otherwise, false. The default value is true. + + + + Indicates whether the date time is shown or not. + + true, if the DateTime is showed in printing process. Otherwise, false. The default value is false. + + + + Indicates whether the Header and Footer shown on all the pages. + + If PrintHeaderOnFirstPageOnly is enabled, then Header will shown on first page only. + + + + Indicates whether the Header is shown on first page only. + + + + + Indicates whether Custom Header is enabled or not. + + + + + Indicates whether Custom Footer is enabled or not. + + + + + Handle the event to draw Header to the TreeViewAdv print document + + + + + Handle the event to draw Footer to the TreeViewAdv print document. + + + + + Represents the methods that handles and events. + + The source of the event + A that contains the event data + + + + Provides data for the and events + + + + + Initialize the rectangle to draw the Header or footer. + + + + + Initialize the page number. + + + + + Initialize the page count. + + + + + Initialize the Graphics object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Rectangle area to draw Header / Footer + Printer graphics + Current page number + Total page count + Indicates whether printing should be canceled. + + + + Gets the current page number. + + + + + Gets the total page count. + + + + + Gets the Rectangle area to draw Header or Footer. + + + + + Gets the printer graphics + + + + + Specifies the Print direction which needs to print the control. + + + + + Specifies the Horizontal direction which needs to print the control. + + + + + Specifies the Vertical direction which needs to print the control. + + + + + Summary description for TreeViewAdvBaseStylesEditorForm. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeViewAdvBaseStylesEditorForm + + A instance. + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Specifies the position where a drop can occur during drag-and-drop. + + + + + Provides data for the + event. + + + + + Constructor of the QueryDragInsertInfoEventArgs class + + A instance. + + + + The Color of DragHighLightTracker can be changed based on the tree's background Color + + + + + Gets the TreeNodeAdv. + + + + + Provides data for the + event. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The node over which the mouse is during drag-and-drop. + The computed drop-position. + The allowed drop-positions. + + + + Indicates whether the drag over node should be drawn with the selection highlight. + + True to show the highlight; false otherwise. Default is true. + + + + Returns the currently highlighted node. + + + + + Returns the computed drop position. + + + + + Gets / sets the allowed drop-positions. + + Change this value if you want to prevent drop in the + . + + + + TreeViewAdv Drag and Drop UI helper class. + + +

Use this class (will be referred to as "tracker" below) only when you want to support dropping adjacent (above or below) to a node. + Otherwise simply listen to the and events and provide/use the . + When used, this tracker will draw indicators above or below a node while dragging an item + over the node. The tracker needs to be updated as shown below in the DragXXX events.

+

+ The usage semantics for the tracker is as follows: +

+ + Create an instance of this class and listen to the event. + In the 's DragOver event update the highlighted node with a call to the + method. + In the 's DragLeave event clear the highlighted node with a call to the + method. + In the event handler, specify + whether a computed adjacent position should be allowed. + In the 's DragDrop event get the highlighted node + and the drop-position from the tracker and insert the new node(s) accordingly. + +
+ + Please take a look at our sample in the ..\Essential Tools\Samples\Tree Package\TreeViewAdvDragDrop folder + for more information. + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The instance where drag-and-drop will occur. + + + + Clears the current highlight node setting. + + Call this method from the TreeViewAdv's DragLeave and DragDrop(after + you get the highlight information from the tracker class) events. + + + + Sets the node over which the mouse is currently hovering during drag-drop. + + The new highlight node. + The point in tree where the mouse is in the tree view's client co-ordinates. + + Call this method from the TreeViewAdv's DragOver method. + + + + + Occurs before drawing a highlight indicator above or below a node. + + You can listen to this event and prevent drawing highlights + for some specific nodes. + + + + Occurs before drawing a DragInsert position. + + You can listen to this event and change DragInsert highlight color. + + + + + This property will soon be replaced by the + and + properties, please use them instead. + + Default is zero. + + + + Gets / sets a height for the top edge of a node while dragging over. + + Default is -1. + +

+ By default (when value is negative), the top 1/3 of the node will be considered the top edge. + This value will be used when you allow dropping before a node using + the property. + Set this to zero if you never want to drop on top of a node. +

+
+
+ + + Gets / sets a height for the bottom edge of a node while dragging over. + + Default is -1. + +

+ By default (when value is negative), the bottom 1/3 of the node will be considered the bottom edge. + This value will be used when you allow dropping below a node using the + property. + Set this to zero if you never want to drop below a node. +

+
+
+ + + Indicates whether the drag over node should be drawn with the selected background. + + True to draw selected; false otherwise. Default is true. + + + + Returns the node over which the mouse is hovering for drop. + + + + + Returns the computed drop-position around the highlight node. + + + + + Gets / sets the time interval after which a node will be expanded on mouse + hover during drag and drop. + + Time in milliseconds. Default is 750. + + If you do not want a node to expand on drag over, set this value to -1. + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Provides a user interface for browsing the properties of an object. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeViewAdvEditorPropertyGrid + + It used for retrieving a service object; that is, an object that provides custom support to other objects. + + + + Summary description for TreeViewAdvEditorForm. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Constructor of the TreeViewAdvEditorForm + + A instance. + It used for retrieving a service object; that is, an object that provides custom support to other objects. + + + + Constructor of the TreeViewAdvEditorForm + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Checks whether destinationNode is child node of the sourceNode. + + + + + + + + Controls bitmaps. + Key - control. + value - bitmap. + + + + + Paint control in bitmap if need and save bitmap in collection. + If Control has been painted return bitmap from collection. + + + + + + + + + Summary description for TreeViewCommands. + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of command for the node's Text editing action. + + The node on which action is to be performed. + New text for the editing action. + + + + Creates a new instance of command for the node's action. + + The node on which action is to be performed. + The action to perform. + + + + Executes the action to be performed. + + + + + Performs the reverse action on the node. + + + + + Returns the node on whom the action is to be performed. + + + + + Returns the action to be performed on the node. + + + + + Specifies the action to be performed. + + + + + Specifies whether the TreeNodeAdv needs to added. + + + + + Specifies whether the TreeNodeAdv needs to removed. + + + + + Specifies whether the TreeNodeAdv needs to edited. + + + + + Default action + + + + + Extends the DomainUpDown to provide XP Look and Feel. + + + + Take a look at the and + properties. + + + + + Default windows message for gesture support. + + + + + Default windows message for Mouse captured. + + + + + Collects the boolean value if Control is selected by Touch or Mouse control. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + To show/display the touch keyboard + + + + + + To hide the touch keyboad. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Sends the specified message to the default windows procedure. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + The source of the event. + An that contains the event data. + Overridden.Sets the PreferredHeight and position controls based on settings + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + Positions child controls based on settings. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + Overridden + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + Overridden. + + + + Updates the height of the control to the preferred height based on settings. + + + + + Displays the previous item in the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + Displays the next item in the object collection. + + + + + + + + + + + Positions child controls based on settings. + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + Overridden and activate the themes + + + + Metrocolor + + + + + Raises the ThemeChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The RaiseThemeChangedEvent method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding RaiseThemeChangedEvent in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's RaiseThemeChangedEvent method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the Border3DStyleChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorder3DStyleChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorder3DStyleChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorder3DStyleChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BorderColorChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderColorChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBorderColorChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderColorChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BorderSidesChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBorderSidesChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OmBorderSidesChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBorderSidesChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the SpinOrientationChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Event will be triggered when the DomainUpDownExt lost its Focus. + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + Gets the CapturedButton according to MousePosition + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + Overridden and captures the Up or Down buttons based on MousePosition. + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets the border sides of the control that will be drawn in 3D mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the 2D border. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the 3D border. + + + This style is used when the BorderStyle is Fixed3D and when XP Themed drawing is disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum length of the text that can be entered into the editable portion of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets UpDownButton's orientation. + + + + + Gets or sets visual style that is used for drawing a control. + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme for control. + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme for control. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color. (overridden property) + + + + + Overrides the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the up and down buttons on the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the border style for control. + + Overridden.Cannot set BorderStyle to None when ThemesEnabled. Use ThemedBorder property to disable borders when themed. + + + + Gets or Sets the metrocolor + + + + + Fired when the ThemesEnabled property is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when + available. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether you want themed border around the control when themes are enabled. + + + This property is used only when the property is set. + + + + + Occurs when border's 3D style is changed. + + + + + Occurs when border's color is changed. + + + + + Occurs when border's sides are changed. + + + + + Occurs when the SpinOrientation property has changed. + + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + DomainUpDownExt + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + Provides information about a control that can be used by an accessibility application. + + + + + NumericUpDownExt + + + + + Constructor + + The RibbonControlAdv instance. + + + + Retrieves the child object at the specified screen coordinates. + + The horizontal screen coordinate. + The vertical screen coordinate. + An RibbonControlAdvAccessibility that represents the child object at the given screen coordinates. + This method returns the calling object if the object itself is at the location specified. + Returns null if no object is at the tested location. + + + + Bounds of the Control + + The accessible object bounds. + + + + Gets the role for the RibbonControlAdv. This is used by accessibility programs. + + + + + Gets or sets the accessible object name + + The accessible object name. + + + + Gets the description of the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility + + A string describing the RibbonControlAdvAccessibility. + + + + The base class for wizard-like controls. + + + + + Called when AfterPageSelect event is fired + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Called when OnBeforePageSelect event is fired + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Called when Next event is fired + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Called when Back event is fired + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Sets the container for the pages. + + Wizard Container + + + + Called by the designer when the control is created for the first time. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Adds the specified page to the wizard. + + The to add. + + + + Removes the selectedPage. + + + + + Removes the specified page. + + The to remove. + + + + Selects the next page. + + + + + Selects the previous page. + + + + + Allow changes in wizard to be redrawn or prevents changes from being redrawn based on parameter. + + Indicates whether to redraw changes. + + + + This event is fired when the Next button is pressed or the NextPage method of the Wizard is called. + + + + + This event is fired when the Back button is pressed or the PreviousPage method of the Wizard is called + + + + + This event gets fired when selected page is about to change + + + + + This event gets fired when selected page get changed + + + + + Gets the Panel based class that holds the pages. + + + + + Gets the Designer Host. + + + + + Gets the CardLayout component used to switch between the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the array that holds the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected page. + + + + + The WizardControl is a control derived class that enables the creation of wizard applications. + The manipulation of the WizardPages is easy through the designer verbs that are available to the user and it`s properties. + + + + + Auto layout banner in banner control. + + + + + Auto layout title in banner control. + + + + + Auto layout title in description control. + + + + + Raises the Help event + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the Finish event + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the Cancel event + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Initializes the dynamic controls used in the wizard. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Raises the BeforeNext event. + + A CancelEventArgs that lets you cancel the action. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBeforeNext method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeNext + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBeforeNext method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeBack event. + + A CancelEventArgs that lets you cancel the action. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBeforeBack method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeBack + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBeforeBack method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeCancel event. + + A CancelEventArgs that lets you cancel the action. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The BeforeCancel method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding BeforeCancel + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + BeforeCancel method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforeFinish event. + + A CancelEventArgs that lets you cancel the action. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBeforeFinish method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeFinish + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBeforeFinish method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Positions the Navigation buttons. + + bool Mirrored + + + + Raises the BannerControlLocationChanging event + + Banner control + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Occurs before Help button is clicked + + + + + Occurs before Finish button is clicked + + + + + Occurs before Cancel button is clicked + + + + + Gets the Help button of the WizardControl. + + + + + Gets the Finish button of the WizardControl. + + + + + Gets the Next button of the WizardControl. + + + + + Gets the Back button of the WizardControl. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the ValidatePage event being fired. + + + + + Gets the Cancel button of the WizardControl. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether auto layout banner in banner control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether auto layout title in banner control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether auto layout title in description control. + + + + + Gets or sets the label that shows the description of the current page. + + +

The specified Label, if not a child of the BannerPanel will then be made a + child of the BannerPanel.

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the label that shows the title of the current page. + + +

The specified Label, if not a child of the BannerPanel will then be made a + child of the BannerPanel.

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the array that holds the pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the PictureBox that shows the Banner Image of the Wizard. + + + + + Gets or sets the Banner Panel of the WizardControl. + + + + + Gets or sets the PageContainer of the WizardControl. + + + + + Gets the used to layout the different + controls in the WizardControl. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected wizard control page. + + + + + Occurs before the Next button is clicked. + + You can validate the current and cancel the next button click, if necessary. + + + + Occurs before the Back button is clicked. + + You can validate the current and cancel the back button click, if necessary. + + + + Occurs before the Finish button is clicked. + + You can validate the current and cancel the finish button click, if necessary. + + + + Occurs before the Cancel button is clicked. + + You can cancel the cancel button click if necessary. + + + + Occurs when Banner Panel controls are laid out. + + + + + Gets or sets the FlatStyle for the Wizard Button. + + + + + WizardControl Designer. + + + + + WizardControl Designer. + + + + + The WizardControlPage is used with the WizardControl. + + + + + The WizardControlPage is used with the WizardControl. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Raises the PageLoad event + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Fired when the settings (Title or LayoutName) of the page are changed. + + + + + Occurs when this page has been selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the next page. + + + + + Gets or sets the previous page. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the page as seen by the Wizard. Used with the SelectedPage property of the Wizard. + + + + + Gets or sets the title of the page. Appears in the Title Label of the Wizard. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Occurs to notify that the cancel button was clicked. + + + + + Occurs to notify that the back button was clicked. + + + + + Occurs to notify that the next button was clicked. + + + + + Occurs to notify that the finish button was clicked. + + + + + Occurs to notify that the help button was clicked. + + + + + Occurs to validate a page before a new page is selected. + + You can validate this page + and cancel new page selection, if necessary. + + + + Gets or sets the description of the page. Appears in the Description Label of the BannerPanel of the WizardControl. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the BannerPanel of the WizardControl is hidden when this page is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Cancel button is positioned over the Finish button. + + This will override the setting if true. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Help button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Help button is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Finish button is visible. + + This will be overridden by the property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Finish button is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Next button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Next button is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Back button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Back button is enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Cancel button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Cancel button is enabled. + + + + + The WizardContainer is used with the WizardControl. It holds a collection of WizardPage controls. + + + + + WizardPageSelect EventArgs. + + + + + Gets or sets the Wizard Page + + + + + The XPTaskPane is a WordXP like control that you can see on the right when you start Microsoft Word XP. + It is a wizard based class. + You can easily Add/Remove pages using the designer verbs in the designer or by calling the AddPage/RemovePage methods of the base class. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + + + + + + Color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Resets the BackColor property to its default value. + + + + + Metrocolor of xptaskpane + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + Bool disposing + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Called by the Designer when the control is first created. + + + + + Gets rounded borders for drawing control in Office2007 style. + + Bounds of the control ot get path from. + Returns Graphics path + + + + Performs VerticalScrolls layout logic + + + + + Called by the designer when the user clicks on the next or back buttons. + + Point for hit point + Returns true if designer click + + + + Gets or sets the scrolling speed of Vertical Scroll. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether enables scroll buttons that occupy vertical space instead of horizontal space instead of default scrollbar. + + + + + Gets the vertical down scroll bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the PageContainer of the XPTaskPane. + + + + + Gets or sets the array that holds pages. + + + + + Gets or sets the wizard pages. + + + + + Gets the Header Panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor. (overridden property) + + + + + Gets the Header Title-Label. + + + + + Gets the Header's left XPToolBar control. + + + + + Gets the Header's right XPToolBar control. + + + + + Gets the Header's dropdown menu (). + + + + + Gets or sets the style to be used for drawing the control. + + + + + Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme for the control. + + + + + Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme for the control. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + The Panel based XPTaskPage. + + + + + The XPTaskPane Designer. + + + + + VerticalScroll Bar + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the VerticalScrollBar class + + Defines scroll direction + + + + Timer used for scrolling. + + + + + Defines scroll direction. + + + + + Internal use flag - indicates whether mouse is currently over VerticalScrollBar. + + + + + Brush used to draw VerticalScrllBar when Mouse is over it. + + + + + Brush used to draw VerticalScrollBar. + + + + + Pen used to draw VerticalScrollbar border. + + + + + Updates brushes and pens used for drawing routine. + + + + + Scrollbar direction arrow drawing routine. + + Graphics to draw on. + + + + Starts scroll timer. + + + + + Stops scroll timer. + + + + + Gets or sets brush used to draw VerticalScrollbar when mouse is over it. + + + + + Gets or sets brush used to draw VerticalScrollbar. + + + + + Gets or sets pen used to draw VerticalScrollbar border. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether mouse is over VerticalScrollbar. + + + + + Gets Scrolling speed. + + + + + Gets or sets timer used for scrolling purporses. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether scrolling direction is up or not. + + + + + This enum represents the style of XPTaskBar + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Office 2007-like appearance. + + + + + Office 2010-like appearance. + + + + + Metro theme appearance. + + + + + This options represents the Office2016Colorful Style + + + + + This options represents the Office2016Black Style + + + + + This options represents the Office2016White Style + + + + + This options represents the Office2016DarkGray Style + + + + + Represents a Windows XP like task menu panel. + + + + An XPTaskBar is a panel that can display a set of command items + () or frequently + used features (like "Search", "Advanced Search", etc) in panels, that + can be classified, contained and displayed within one or more command boxes + (). + The command boxes themselves can be expanded and collapsed by the user, to show or hide its set of + command items and optionally a child panel. + This task bar panel can be used to provide quick and easy shortcuts to commonly + used commands and features. + To enable themes support in XP turn on the property. + This is the look-and-feel used in the Windows XP Control Panel Window. + + + The following example creates a with 2 s and few s. + Use the Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools namespace for this code. + + XPTaskBarBox taskBarBox1 = new XPTaskBarBox(); + taskBarBox1.HeaderBackColor = Color.Blue; + taskBarBox1.ImageList = this.imageList1; + taskBarBox1.Text = "Header Text"; + taskBarBox1.ItemBackColor = Color.WhiteSmoke; + taskBarBox1.Items.Add(new XPTaskBarItem("Item 1", Color.Black, 0, "Tag1")); + taskBarBox1.Items.Add(new XPTaskBarItem("Item 2", Color.Black, 0, "Tag2")); + taskBarBox1.ItemClick += new XPTaskBarItemClickHandler(xpTaskBarBox_ItemClick); + XPTaskBarBox taskBarBox2 = new XPTaskBarBox(); + taskBarBox2.HeaderBackColor = Color.Blue; + taskBarBox2.ImageList = this.imageList1; + taskBarBox2.Text = "Another Header Text"; + taskBarBox2.ItemBackColor = Color.WhiteSmoke; + taskBarBox2.Items.Add(new XPTaskBarItem("Item 3", Color.Black, 0, "Tag3")); + taskBarBox2.ItemClick += new XPTaskBarItemClickHandler(this.xpTaskBarBox_ItemClick); + this.xpTaskBar1.Controls.Add(taskBarBox1); + this.xpTaskBar1.Controls.Add(taskBarBox2); + + Dim taskBarBox1 As XPTaskBarBox + taskBarBox1 = New XPTaskBarBox() + taskBarBox1.HeaderBackColor = Color.Blue + taskBarBox1.ImageList = Me.imageList1 + taskBarBox1.Text = "Header Text" + taskBarBox1.ItemBackColor = Color.WhiteSmoke + taskBarBox1.Items.Add(New XPTaskBarItem("Item 1", Color.Black, 0, "Tag1")) + taskBarBox1.Items.Add(New XPTaskBarItem("Item 2", Color.Black, 0, "Tag2")) + AddHandler taskBarBox1.ItemClick, New XPTaskBarItemClickHandler(AddressOf taskMenuBox_ItemClick) + Dim taskBarBox2 As XPTaskBarBox + taskBarBox2 = New XPTaskBarBox() + taskBarBox2.HeaderBackColor = Color.Blue + taskBarBox2.ImageList = Me.imageList1 + taskBarBox2.Text = "Another Header Text" + taskBarBox2.ItemBackColor = Color.WhiteSmoke + taskBarBox2.Items.Add(New XPTaskBarItem("Item 3", Color.Black, 0, "Tag3")) + AddHandler taskBarBox2.ItemClick, New XPTaskBarItemClickHandler(AddressOf taskMenuBox_ItemClick) + Me.xpTaskBar1.Controls.Add(taskBarBox1) + Me.xpTaskBar1.Controls.Add(taskBarBox2) + + + + + Offset for width of XPTaskBarBox by border style. + + + + + Offset for width of XPTaskBarBox by border style. + + + + + Indicates whether theme is changed at run time + + + + + Indicates XPTaskBar has been already initialized. + + internal usage flag + + + + Indicates whether layout is in progress. + + internal usage flag + + + + Specifies an advanced appearance this control. + + + + + Specifies office 2007 color scheme. + + + + + Color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Specifies office 2010 color scheme. + + + + + Color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the back color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border color is changed or not. + + + + + Indicates, whether WM_SETFOCUSED was received by child. + + + + + Minimum size for XPTaskBar. + + + + + specifies the Alignment of Taskbar box items. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + + + + Raises the MinimumSizeChanged event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the XPTaskBar class. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Resets the back color to it's default value. (overridden method) + + + + + Overridden. See . + + bool disposing + + + + Default value for PADY property + + + + + Serializes the PADY property + + Returns true if it has default value + + + + Resets the PADY value. + + + + + Lays out its children. + + The Graphics object based on which to determine the sizes and positions. + + Note that the XPTaskBar control follows a different layout pattern from the usual Windows Forms Control. + When requested a layout by the default Windows Forms Layout event, this control will only mark its + child positions as dirty and recalculate its child positions when a subsequent Paint event occurs, + with a call to this Layout method. This technique is followed to reduce flicker. + + + + + Calculates taskBarBoxesHeight. + + Children heght + used only with vertical layout + + + + This method gets called every time before the XPTaskBarBoxes get laid out + by the component. + + + You shouldn't have to override this method typically. Do so when you need a + different layout logic than the default one. When overriding this method, make sure to call the base class. + The base class will set up the margins and bounds for the layout. + The FlowLayout component used internally can be accessed using the FlowLayout property. + + + + + Internal method used to layout the s. + + TaskBar Box height + + + + Gets offset for width of XPTaskBarBox by different . + + Returns BOrder Style offset + + + + Metrocolor + + + + + Gets or sets the border color. + + + + + To reset EnableDefaultPADY + + + + + To Specify EnabledefaultPADY to be serialized or not + + + + + Occurs when the style changes + + + + + Overloaded. Saves the expanded state of the child task bar boxes in the Isolated Storage. + + +

Call this method whenever you want to save the current expanded state of + the task bar boxes in the Isolated Storage.

+

Note that you do not have to call this method to persist state. You could + use the property instead.

+
+
+ + + Saves the expanded state of the child task bar boxes + into the specified serializer. + + A instance. + +

Call this method whenever you want to save the current expanded state of + the task bar boxes in a custom location (instead of the default Isolated Storage).

+

Note that you do not have to call this method to persist state. You could + use the property instead.

+
+
+ + + Overloaded. Loads the expanded state of the child task bar boxes from the Isolated Storage. + + +

Call this method whenever you want to load the saved expanded states of + the task bar boxes from the Isolated Storage.

+

Note that you do not have to call this method to persist state. You could + use the property instead.

+
+ Returns Load expanded states +
+ + + Loads the expanded state of the child task bar boxes from the specified AppStateSerializer. + + A instance. + True if loaded successfully; false otherwise. + +

Call this method whenever you want to load the saved expanded states of + the task bar boxes from a specific location.

+

Note that you do not have to call this method to persist state. You could + use the property instead.

+
+
+ + + Applies the deserialized expanded state information on the current task bar boxes. + + A instance. + + This method will be called to apply the persisted expanded-state of the + task bar boxes. The hash table should contain text-boolean pairs indicating + the text of the task bar box and it's collapsed state (true for collapsed, false for expanded). + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Gets the Office2016 style colors respective to the XPTaskBarRenderer style + + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + + + Gets/Sets Control size before touch enabled + + + + + Gets or sets the Taskbar box's items alignment. + + + + + Gets or sets an advanced appearance for the xpTaskBar. + + + + + Gets or sets office 2007 color scheme. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets office 2010 color scheme. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical spacing between the layout task bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the backcolor. (overridden property) + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal spacing between the layout task bar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the s should be aligned vertically + or horizontally in this control. + + True to align vertically, one below the other; false to align horizontally. + Default is true. + + When you set this property to false, you should typically also set the + property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to automatically persists the collapsed state of the child boxes. + + True to persist the expanded state every time the control is disposed; false otherwise. + Default is true. + +

When this property is true, the expanded states of the child task bar boxes are + cached as the users expands/collapses them and when this control is disposed, the cached + state is persisted in the Isolated Storage.

+

+ When the application loads again and when child task bar boxes are added to this control, + the saved state is reapplied on the task bar boxes. +

+

+ State is saved in the Isolated Storage of the system, scoped by the current user identity. +

+

You can also optionally, explicitly control the persistent store and/or + the time of persistence using explicit calls to + and methods.

+
+
+ + + Gets the ScrollerFrame + + + + + Gets or Sets whether to have custom scrollbar + + + + + Gets or sets the width for each column when in horizontal alignment mode. + + + Default is 100. + + + This property will be used when the s are aligned + horizontally, by setting the property to false. + + + + + Gets or sets minimum size for XPTaskBar. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the control is automatically resized to display its entire contents. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the height and width of the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether need layout + Internal method, not to be used directly. + + + + Indicates whether this control's content needs to be laid out. + + + + + + Gets / sets the vertical padding provided in pixels between contents of the header and the header's top and bottom borders. + + + + + Returns true if TaskBar style is Office2007. + + + + + Returns true if TaskBar style is Office2010. + + + + + Returns true if TaskBar style is Metro. + + + + + Gets the Offie2016Colorful style when it returns the true + + + + + Gets the Office2016Black style when it returns the true + + + + + Gets the Office2016White style when it returns the true + + + + + Gets the Office2016DarkGray style when it returns the true + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList that will be used to draw the header images in the individual . + + An instance. Default is null. + + This ImageList will automatically be used by the child XPTaskBarBox instances. + You can override this behavior by setting a different ImageList in the property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when + available. + + + This property will also affect the + children's themes usage. + + + + + Gets the component used + to manage the layout of the s inside this control. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Metrocolor + + + + + Enable / disable the default padding property + + + + + Specifies the Taskbar box's items alignment + + + + + Represents Vertical + + + + + Represents Horizontal + + + + + This class represents the renderer class for Office2016 color support + + + + + Constructor for renderer class + + + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar back color. + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar header back color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar header fore color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar item back color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar border color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar highlighted item back color + + + + + Gets the highlighted item border color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar expander button arrow color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header back color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header fore color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled item back color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled border color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled expander button arrow color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar item fore color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr disabled item fore color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr drag drop indicator color + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr header hover back color + + + + + This class represents the rendered class for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar header back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar header fore color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar item back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar border color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar highlighted item back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar highlighted item border color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar expander Button arrow Color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header fore color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled item back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled border color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled expander button arrow color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar item fore color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled item fore color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr drag drop indicator color for Office2016 Colorful theme. + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr header hover back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + This class represents the rendered class for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar header back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar header fore color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar item back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar border color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar highlighted item back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar highlighted item border color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar expander button arrow color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header fore color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled item back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled border color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled expander button arrow color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar item fore color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled item fore color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr drag drop indicator color for Office2016 Black theme. + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr header hover back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + This class represents the rendered class for Office2016White + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar header back color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar header fore color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar item back color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar border color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar highlighted item back color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar highlighted item border color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar expander button arrow color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header back color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header fore color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled item back color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled border color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled expander button arrow color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar item fore color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled item fore color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr drag drop indicator color for Office2016 white theme. + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr header hover back color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + This class represents the rendered class for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar header back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar header fore color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar item back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar border color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar highlighted item back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar highlighted item border color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar expander button arrow Color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled header fore color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled item back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled border color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskbar disabled expander button arrow color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar item fore color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskBar disabled item fore color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr drag drop indicator color for Office2016 DarkGray theme. + + + + + Gets the XPTaskabr header hover back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Provides data for the XPTaskBarBox's event. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarBox class. + + The item that was clicked. + + + + Returns the item that was clicked. + + + + + Handles the + event in the . + + The source of the event. + An that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the + and event. + + + If the bounds can be represented by a Rectangle then the + Bounds property will have a valid value. If it cannot be + represented by a Rectangle then the Path property will have a + valid value. + + + + + Creates an instance of the ProvideBrushEventArgs class. + + The bounds for which a brush is requested. + The GraphicsPath for which a brush is requested. + + + + Returns the bounds for which a brush is requested. + + The Rectangle specifying the bounds. + + + + Returns the GraphicsPath for which a brush is requested. + + A GraphicsPath object. + + + + Gets / sets the Brush that will be used to draw the specified + Bounds or Path. + + A Brush object. + The event handler should set this property for it + to be used while drawing the specified bounds. + + + + Handles the + and in the . + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Represents a task bar box within the . + + + + The contains + a header and a content area. + The content area further contains 2 portions. + The first portion(Task-List portion) shows a list of clickable tasks represented by the s. + The second portion(Panel portion) shows a in the content area, if there is a child Panel + added to the child Controls list. Note that the can + contain only one Panel. If you try to add more than one Panel to the list, + an exception will be thrown. + This control is XP Themes aware and if themes support is turned ON + ( property set to true), it will draw + the header and the content portion using themes in XP. Optionally, you can owner draw + the header portion and the content portion with a + custom brush to create a Windows XP task menu look-and-feel in other platforms. + + + Take a look at the XPTaskBar class reference for an example on how to use this class. + + + + + Name for visible property. + + + + + Indicates whether tooltip is shown. + + + + + Representes the Tooltip control. + + + + + Tooltip initialization. + + + + + Retrieves the XPTaskBarItem item at point. + + Point ( in screen coordinates ) to get item from. + + + + To calculate the bounds of the image rectangle for MetroStyle + + + + + Indicates whether the XpTaskBarbaritem's text should get wrapped or not + + + + + Serializes the Wraptext value + + + + + + resets the wraptext value + + + + + Indicates whether themed drawing should be simulated for color schemes other than the default blue. + + This is necessary because the themes API uses the blue color scheme to draw + the background colors for all theme colors. Turn this off if you want to use the blue color scheme for + all the other color schemes. + + + + Specifies the animation delay when the task box is opened/closed. Default is 50ms. + + + + + Specifies the total animation positions. Default is 10. + + + + + Holds the DPI Scaling 125% + + + + + Holds the DPI Scaling 150% + + + + + Holds the DPI Scaling 175% + + + + + Default image Size + + + + + vertical Padding for button + + + + + Holds the DPI Scaling 200% + + + + + Specifies the text header alignment. + + + + + Specifies the header direction. + + + + + Indicate whether occurs same action about XPTaskBarItem. + + + + + Item which animating. + + + + + Indicate whether the items added or removed it's drawing with animation. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header back color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header fore color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item back color is changed or not. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fore color is changed or not. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarBox. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is starting. + + + + + Signals the object that initialization is complete. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.Control.ForeColor property value changes. + + sender object + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Lays out it's items. + + The Graphics object based on which to determine the sizes and positions. + + Note that the XPTaskBarBox control follows a different layout pattern from a usual Windows Forms Control. + When requested a Layout by the default Windows Forms Layout event, this control will only mark its + child positions as dirty and recalculate its child positions when a subsequent Paint event occurs, + with a call to this Layout method. This technique is followed to reduce flicker. + + + + + + Overrides default layout behavior. + + + + This control will delay laying out itself and its children until the next paint message. + To force a layout call the method. + + + + + Called when a child gets added to this control. + + A instance. + + + + Called when the child panel gets removed from this control. + + The instance. + + + + Called to update the child panel's bounds, based on the current settings and layout. + + The top location for the Panel. + + + + Overridden. See . + + The ControlEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden. See . + + The ControlEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush event. + + A ProvideBrushEventArgs instance + containing data regarding this event. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. The OnProvideHeaderBackGroundBrush method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvideHeaderBackGroundBrush + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnProvideHeaderBackGroundBrush method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + Take a look at the class reference for an example of this event handler + that uses a gradient brush to draw the header's background. + + + + + Raises the ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush event. + + A ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush instance + that contains data related to this event. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnProvideItemsBackGroundBrush method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvideItemsBackGroundBrush + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnProvideItemsBackGroundBrush method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the CollapsedStateChanged event. + + A EventArgs instance + that contains data related to this event. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnCollapsedStateChanged method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCollapsedStateChanged + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnCollapsedStateChanged method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the CollapsedStateChanging event + + + A EventArgs instance + that contains data related to this event. + + + + variable for UseVisualStyleHeaderColor + + + + + Serializes UseVisualStyleColor property + + + + + + Resets UseVisualStyleColor property to its default value + + + + + Resets the header backcolor to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the Header BackColor has a value different from its default value. + + + + + Resets the header forecolor to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the Header ForeColor has a value different from its default value. + + + + + Resets the item backcolor to its default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the Item BackColor has a value different from its default value. + + + + + Returns the preferred height for this box. + + The height in pixels. + Internally used by the XPTaskBar while laying out these controls. + + + + Returns the size of the expand/collapse button. + + The Size of the button. + + + + Overloaded. Expands the content area of this task bar box, if collapsed, with animation. + + + + + + Expands the content area of this task bar box, if collapsed. + + Indicates whether to use animation while expanding. + + + + + Overloaded. Collapses the content area of this task bar box, if expanded. + + Indicates whether to use animation while collapsing. + + + + + Collapses the content area of this task bar box, if expanded, with animation. + + + + + + Raises the LayoutNeed event. + + A EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the BeforeAnimation event. + + A EventArgs that contains the event data. + True if there were listeners; false otherwise. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnBeforeAnimation method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforeAnimation + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnBeforeAnimation method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the AfterAnimation event. + + A EventArgs that contains the event data. + True if there were listeners; false otherwise. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. For more information, see Raising + an Event. The OnAfterAnimation method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterAnimation + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnAfterAnimation method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + The context. + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + + + Updates the expander button position based on the current box dimensions. + + + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + The context. + The height for the items area. + + + Called by + to determine the height for the items area. + + + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + The context. + The height for the items area. + /// + + Called by + to determine the height for the items area. + + + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + The context. + The height for the header portion. + + + Called by + to determine the height for the header area. + + + + + + Advanced method to aid customization. + + The context. + The text for which to determine the height. + The available width. + The preferred height. + + + Called to determine the required height for the specified text given the available width. + + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + The Rectangle representing the header. + + A Rectangle instance. + + + + The Rectangle representing the Items area. + + A Rectangle instance. + + + + Draws the items portion of the task bar box. + + The PaintEventArgs containing information about this Paint event. + + + + Draws the header portion of the task bar box. + + The PaintEventArgs containing information about this Paint event. + + + + Indicates whether mirrored icon and expander button in header is required. + + + + + + Returns the header text bounds. + + A Rectangle in the XPTaskBarBox client area. + + + + Used to determine, start drag and drop or not. + + + + + Item to drag. + + + + + Indicates whether dragging is performed. + + + + + Used to draw separator line between items, when dragging. + + + + + Returns the index to insert the item, from the specified point. + + Point to determine insertion index for. + Item index or the inset item after; -1 indicates item should be inserted first. + + + + + Returns separator line bounds. + + + + + Draws separator between items, when dragging is performed. + + + + + Initiates the DragEnter process. + + + + + Initiates the DragLeave process. + + + + + Initiates the DragOver process. + + + + + Initiates the DragDrop process. + + + + + Indicates whether the collapse button has to be toggled. + + + + + Returns the at the specified point on the client. + + The representing the client co-ordinates. + The XPTaskBarItem at the specified point. Null if none is found. + + + + Deactivate tooltip on LostFocus event. + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + + + + Toggles the collapsed/expanded state of the box. + + Indicates whether to use animation. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Raises the ItemClick event. + + An XPTaskBarItemClickArgs instance + containing data regarding this event. + Raising an event invokes the event handler + through a delegate. The OnItemClick method also + allows derived classes to handle the event without + attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique + for handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemClick + in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's + OnItemClick method so that registered + delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the event for the specified . + + A instance. + + + + Overridden. See . + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Returns the object representing the + header border. + + The GraphicsPath object. + + + + Indicates whether tooltip is shown. + + + + + Indicates whether the XpTaskBarBox expands or collapses only when + the Collapse Button is clicked or always when the header is clicked. + + + + + Indicates whether the item's text in XPTaskBarBox should get wrapped + + + + + Indicates the state of the task bar box. + + True if collapsed; false otherwise. Default is false. + + + + Gets / sets the header direction. + + + + + Returns the button in the header used to collapse, expand the task bar box. + + + + + Gets / sets the horizontal padding provided in pixels between contents of the header and the header's left and right borders. + + + + + Gets / sets the vertical padding provided in pixels between contents of the header and the header's top and bottom borders. + + + + + Gets the Office2016Colorful style when it returns true + + + + + Gets the Office2016Black style when it returns true + + + + + Gets the Office2016White style when it returns true + + + + + Gets the Office2016DarkGray style when it returns true + + + + + Indicates whether it's dimensions have changed, requiring a fresh layout. + + + Internal property. You do not have to call this property directly. + + + + + Gets or sets the hot tracking color. + + The color of the hot track. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether header text should be clipped. + + true if header text should be clipped; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control has input focus. + + true if the control has focus; otherwise, false. + + + + + + + Returns the list of s. + + + A object. + + + You can add, remove, insert s into this collection. + + + + + Indicates whether to show or hide the expand-collapse button in the header. + + + + + Gets / sets the header text alignment. + + + + + Returns the current child , if any. + + + + + Gets / sets the preferred height required to draw the child panel. + + + + This will be the height set on the child panel. + The Panel's width will be automatically set based on the available width for the . + + + + + + Occurs when the header portion of the gets drawn. + + + This event allows you to provide a Brush with which the + background of the header will get drawn. This event will not be fired when + XP Themes is set to be used to render the header. + + + + private void xpTaskBarBox_ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideBrushEventArgs args) + { + // Blend settings + float[] relativeIntensities = {0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f}; + float[] relativePositions = {0.0F, 0.5f, 1.0F}; + Blend blend = new Blend(); + blend.Factors = relativeIntensities; + blend.Positions = relativePositions; + + XPTaskBarBox box = sender as XPTaskBarBox; + + // Header back brush + LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = new LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, + Color.White, box.HeaderBackColor, 0, true); + lgBrush.Blend = blend; + args.Brush = lgBrush; + } + + private void xpTaskBarBox_ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideBrushEventArgs args) + { + // Blend settings + float[] relativeIntensities = {0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f}; + float[] relativePositions = {0.0F, 0.5f, 1.0F}; + Blend blend = new Blend(); + blend.Factors = relativeIntensities; + blend.Positions = relativePositions; + + // Items back brush + LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = new LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, + Color.WhiteSmoke, Color.Silver, 91, false); + lgBrush.Blend = blend; + args.Brush = lgBrush; + } + + Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As ProvideBrushEventArgs) + + ' Blend settings + Dim relativeIntensities() As Single + relativeIntensities = New Single() {0.0!, 0.0!, 1.0!} + Dim relativePositions() As Single + relativePositions = New Single() {0.0!, 0.5!, 1.0!} + Dim blend As Blend + blend = New Blend() + blend.Factors = relativeIntensities + blend.Positions = relativePositions + Dim box As XPTaskBarBox + box = CType(sender, XPTaskBarBox) + ' Header back brush + Dim lgBrush As LinearGradientBrush + lgBrush = New LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.White, box.HeaderBackColor, 0, True) + lgBrush.Blend = blend + args.Brush = lgBrush + + End Sub + Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As ProvideBrushEventArgs) + + ' Blend settings + Dim relativeIntensities() As Single + relativeIntensities = New Single() {0.0!, 0.0!, 1.0!} + Dim relativePositions() As Single + relativePositions = New Single() {0.0!, 0.5!, 1.0!} + Dim blend As Blend + blend = New Blend() + blend.Factors = relativeIntensities + blend.Positions = relativePositions + ' Items back brush + Dim lgBrush As LinearGradientBrush + lgBrush = New LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.WhiteSmoke, Color.Silver, 91, False) + lgBrush.Blend = blend + args.Brush = lgBrush + + End Sub + + + + + Occurs after the box has been collapsed or expanded. + + + + + Occurs when the box has being collapsed or expanded. + + + + + Occurs when the content portion of the XPTaskBarBox gets drawn. + + + This event allows you to provide a Brush with which the + background of the content portion will be drawn. This event will not be fired + when XP Themes is set to be used for drawing the . + + + + private void xpTaskBarBox_ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideBrushEventArgs args) + { + // Blend settings + float[] relativeIntensities = {0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f}; + float[] relativePositions = {0.0F, 0.5f, 1.0F}; + Blend blend = new Blend(); + blend.Factors = relativeIntensities; + blend.Positions = relativePositions; + + XPTaskBarBox box = sender as XPTaskBarBox; + + // Header back brush + LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = new LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, + Color.White, box.HeaderBackColor, 0, true); + lgBrush.Blend = blend; + args.Brush = lgBrush; + } + + private void xpTaskBarBox_ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideBrushEventArgs args) + { + // Blend settings + float[] relativeIntensities = {0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f}; + float[] relativePositions = {0.0F, 0.5f, 1.0F}; + Blend blend = new Blend(); + blend.Factors = relativeIntensities; + blend.Positions = relativePositions; + + // Items back brush + LinearGradientBrush lgBrush = new LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, + Color.WhiteSmoke, Color.Silver, 91, false); + lgBrush.Blend = blend; + args.Brush = lgBrush; + } + + Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ProvideHeaderBackgroundBrush(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As ProvideBrushEventArgs) + + ' Blend settings + Dim relativeIntensities() As Single + relativeIntensities = New Single() {0.0!, 0.0!, 1.0!} + Dim relativePositions() As Single + relativePositions = New Single() {0.0!, 0.5!, 1.0!} + Dim blend As Blend + blend = New Blend() + blend.Factors = relativeIntensities + blend.Positions = relativePositions + Dim box As XPTaskBarBox + box = CType(sender, XPTaskBarBox) + ' Header back brush + Dim lgBrush As LinearGradientBrush + lgBrush = New LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.White, box.HeaderBackColor, 0, True) + lgBrush.Blend = blend + args.Brush = lgBrush + + End Sub + Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ProvideItemsBackgroundBrush(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As ProvideBrushEventArgs) + + ' Blend settings + Dim relativeIntensities() As Single + relativeIntensities = New Single() {0.0!, 0.0!, 1.0!} + Dim relativePositions() As Single + relativePositions = New Single() {0.0!, 0.5!, 1.0!} + Dim blend As Blend + blend = New Blend() + blend.Factors = relativeIntensities + blend.Positions = relativePositions + ' Items back brush + Dim lgBrush As LinearGradientBrush + lgBrush = New LinearGradientBrush(args.Bounds, Color.WhiteSmoke, Color.Silver, 91, False) + lgBrush.Blend = blend + args.Brush = lgBrush + + End Sub + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets / sets the background color with which the header will be drawn. + + A Color value representing the header backcolor. + + This setting will be ignored when XP Themes is set to be used for drawing + the header. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to enable HeaderBackColor, HeaderForeColor, ItemBackColor in XPTaskBarBox based on VisualStyle + + + + + Gets or sets the fore color of the header. + + + This setting will be ignored when XP Themes is set to be used for drawing + the header. + + + + + Gets / sets the text font with which the header text will be drawn. + + A Font value. Default is the Font property with Bold setting. + This will be ignored when is set to true. + + + + Indicates whether the control should take focus when the user click the header or an item. + + True to take focus; false otherwise. Default is true. + + + + Indicates whether the control should take focus when the user click the header or an item. + + True to take focus; false otherwise. Default is true. + + + + Gets / sets the color with which the Items portion of the XPTaskBarBox will be drawn. + + The Color value with which the Items portion will be drawn. + This setting will be ignored when XP Themes is set to be used for drawing + the content portion. + + + + Gets / sets the ImageListAdv which contains the images with which the and the header will be drawn. + + An ImageListAdv instance containing the images. + + + + Gets / sets the HeaderImageListAdv which contains the images with which the and the header will be drawn. + + An HeaderImageListAdv instance containing the images. + + + + Gets / sets the ImageList which contains the images with which the and the header will be drawn. + + An ImageList instance containing the images. + + + + Gets / sets the ImageList that will be used to draw the header image. + + An instance. Default is the + value from the parent property. + + This ImageList will automatically be picked up from the parent instance. + You can override this behavior by setting a different ImageList in this property. + + + + + Gets / sets the index into the . + + + The zero-based index to the image in the XPTaskBarBox.HeaderImageList + The default is -1, which signifies no image. + + + + + Gets / sets the preferred height for this control with the current settings. + + + + + Gets / sets the parent. + + + + + Reflects the corresponding property in the + parent. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether focus should be set only to the text bounds. + + true if focus to be set to text bounds; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets / sets the AnimationDelay for the XPTaskBarBox. + + + Set this property to a different value if the AnimationDelay for this + XPTaskBarBox is to be different. By default this is set to . + + + + + Gets / sets the AnimationPositions count for the XPTaskBarBox. + + + Set this property to a different value if the AnimationPositions count for this + XPTaskBarBox is to be different. By default this is set to . + + + + + Gets or sets value indicating whether the items added or removed it's drawing with animation. + + + + + Specifies whether background color is propagated to items when it changes. + + + + + The event that gets thrown when the user clicks on an item. + + + The XPTaskBarItemClickArgs contains a reference to the XPTaskBarItem that was clicked. + + + + private void xpTaskBarBox_ItemClick(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPTaskBarItemClickArgs e) + { + this.aboutDrawingLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None; + this.aboutLable.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None; + this.aboutItemsLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None; + + switch(e.XPTaskBarItem.Tag as string) + { + case "about": + this.aboutLable.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle; + break; + case "about items": + this.aboutItemsLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle; + break; + case "about drawing": + this.aboutDrawingLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle; + break; + case "aboutSyncfusion": + this.ShowAboutDialog(); + break; + } + } + + Private Sub xpTaskBarBox_ItemClick(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As XPTaskBarItemClickArgs) + + Me.aboutDrawingLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None + Me.aboutLable.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None + Me.aboutItemsLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.None + Select Case CType(e.XPTaskBarItem.Tag, String) + Case "about" + Me.aboutLable.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle + 'End Section + Case "about items" + Me.aboutItemsLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle + 'End Section + Case "about drawing" + Me.aboutDrawingLabel.BorderStyle = BorderStyle.FixedSingle + 'End Section + Case "aboutSyncfusion" + Me.ShowAboutDialog() + 'End Section + End Select + + End Sub + + + + + This event gets called before the box expands or collapses. + + + + + This event gets called after the box expands or collapses. + + + + + This event is raised when + + + + + Indicates whether the mouse is currently over the header portion. + + True to indicate the mouse is over the header; false otherwise. + + + + Gets / sets the current on which the mouse is on. + + An XPTaskBarItem instance. + + + + Specifies the header direction format. + + + + + Specifies the action which occurs with item. + + + + + Item is showing. + + + + + Item is hiding. + + + + + A collection of s. + + + + + Gets / sets a reference to the XPTaskBarItem at the specified index location in the + XPTaskBarItemsCollection object. + In C#, this property is the indexer for the XPTaskBarItemsCollection class. + + The location of the XPTaskBarItem in the + XPTaskBarItemsCollection collection. + The reference to the XPTaskBarItem. + + + + Class implementing IComparer that assists in sorting of XpTaskBarBox Items. + + + + + Implementation of compare method. + + + + + + + + Represents an item in the . + + + Take a look at the class reference for an example of the usage of this class. + + + + + Used to draw item's image, after item has been dragged to other TaskBarBox. + + + + + Indicates whether the item is displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether the item can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Name of the item. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + An SyncfusionPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnPropertyChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPropertyChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnPropertyChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarItem class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarItem class and + sets its text, forecolor, imageIndex and indicates + whether it is a hyper link. + + The text of the item. + The forecolor for the item. + The index into the XPTaskBarBox's ImageList. + A tag object that you can set for convenience. + + + + Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarItem class and + sets its text, forecolor, imageIndex, tag and indicates + whether it is a hyper link. + + The text of the item. + The forecolor for the item. + The index into the XPTaskBarBox's ImageList. + A tag object that you can set for convenience. + + + + Creates a new instance of the XPTaskBarItem class and + sets its text, forecolor, imageIndex, tag and indicates + whether it is a hyper link. + + The text of the item. + The forecolor for the item. + The index into the XPTaskBarBox's ImageList. + A tag object that you can set for convenience. + Contains text for tooltip. Empty string or null value means no tooltip. + Indicates whether the item is displayed. + Indicates whether the item can respond to user interaction. + Name of the item. + + + + Creates a copy of ArrayList Collection. + + + + + Occurs when one of the XPTaskBarItem's property has changed. + + + This event may not be thrown for some of the properties + in BarItem. Take a look at the property's documentation + to confirm whether this event will be thrown for a property. + This event will also be raised when it's associated + MainBarManager's value changes too. + + + + Returns item's image. + + + + + Gets / sets the text for tooltip. Empty string or null value means no tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the item font. + + + + + Gets or sets the spacing (indent) to the left of text. + + The left spacing. + + + + Indicates whether the item is displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether the item can respond to user interaction. + + + + + Gets / sets the name of the item. + + + + + Gets / sets the item's text. + + A string value. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + Retrieves the image list associated with the item. + + + + + Gets / sets an index into the ImageList in the corresponding XPTaskBarBox. + + A zero-based index that represents the position + in the ImageList control (assigned to the ImageList + property of the XPTaskBarBox) where the image is located. The default is -1. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + Gets / sets the XPTaskBarBox that this item is part of. + + + + + Gets / sets the foreground color (typically the color + of the text) property of the XPTaskBarItem. + + + A color that represents the foreground color. The default is + Color.Empty. + + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + Gets / sets the object that contains data about the item. + + + An Object that contains data about the control. + The default is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic). + + + Any type derived from the Object class can be assigned + to this property. If the Tag property is set through + the Windows Forms designer, only text may be assigned. + + + + + Specifies the button that is drawn on a XPTaskBarBox header help expand/collapse it. + + + + + Draws office2007 like collapse button. + + + + + + + + Draws office2010 like collapse button. + + + + + + + + Draws Metro collapse button. + + + + + + + + Draws office 2016 collapse button + + + + + + + + Gets / sets the bounds of the button in the XPTaskBarBox's client Rectangle. + + + + + Indicates whether the button is expanded or collapsed. + + True for expanded state; false for collapsed. + + + + This is a designer for the AutoComplete control. + + + + + Designer verb for adding a button. + + + + + The collection of designer verbs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ButtonEditDesigner class. + + + + + Handles the AddButton. + + The designer. + The event data. + + + + Overrides initialize. Here we add an event handler to the selection service. + Notice that we are very careful not to assume that the selection service is + available. It is entirely optional that a service is available and you should + always degrade gracefully if a service could not be found. + + The AutoComplete control that is being designed. + + + + Overrides Dispose. Here we remove our handler for the selection changed + event. With designers, it is critical that they clean up any event they + have attached. Otherwise, during the course of an editing session many + designers may get created and never destroyed. + + + + + Handles the SelectionChanged event of the Selection service. + + The selection service. + EventArgs with the event data. + + + + Updates the current selection. + + The ISelectionService object. + + + + Adjusts the set of properties the component exposes through a TypeDescriptor. + + An IDictionary that contains the properties for the class of the component. + + + + Removes a set of properties. + + The control to which the changes apply. + The array of property names to exclude. + Contains the properties for the class of the component. + + + + Returns the designer verbs collection. + + + + + Designer verb for adding a button. + + + + + The collection of designer verbs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ButtonEditDesigner class. + + + + + Handles the AddButton. + + The designer. + The event data. + + + + Overrides initialize. Here we add an event handler to the selection service. + Notice that we are very careful not to assume that the selection service is + available. It is entirely optional that a service is available and you should + always degrade gracefully if a service could not be found. + + The AutoComplete control that is being designed. + + + + Overrides Dispose. Here we remove our handler for the selection changed + event. With designers, it is critical that they clean up any events they + have attached. Otherwise, during the course of an editing session many + designers may get created and never destroyed. + + + + + Handles the SelectionChanged event of the Selection service. + + The selection service. + EventArgs with the event data. + + + + Updates the current selection. + + The ISelectionService object. + + + + Adjusts the set of properties the component exposes through a TypeDescriptor. + + An IDictionary that contains the properties for the class of the component. + + + + Removes a set of properties. + + The control to which the changes apply. + The array of property names to exclude. + Contains the properties for the class of the component. + + + + Returns the designer verbs collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets current Dte from running object table( ROT ). + + + + + Summary description for BarManagerDesigner. + + + + + + + + Name to Office2007Theme property of the Barmanager. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show text box. + + true if show text box; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the button style. + + The button style. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use visual style. + + true if use visual style; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the buttons. + + The buttons. + + + + Gets or sets the name. + + The name. + + + + Extends the design time capabilities of . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ButtonEditChildButtonDesigner class. + + + + + Adjusts the set of properties the component exposes through a TypeDescriptor. + + An IDictionary that contains the properties for the class of the component. + + + + + + + + + + + + Extends design-time behavior for the control. + + + + + Designer verb for adding a button. + + + + + Designer verb for removing a button. + + + + + The collection of designer verbs. + + + + + Instance of ButtonEdit + + + + + Instance of TextBoxExt + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ButtonEditDesigner class. + + + + + Prepares the designer to view, edit and design the specified component. + Overrides ComponentDesigner.Initialize. + + The component for this designer. + + + + + + + Handles the ComponentChanged event of the IComponentChangeService. + + The IComponentChange Service. + The event data. + + + + Handles the AddButton verb. + + The designer. + The event data. + + + + Handles the RemoveButton verb. + + The designer. + The event data. + + + + Returns the designer verbs collection. + + + + + Returns the collection of components associated with the designer. + + + + + UITypeEditor for class. + + + + + + Indicates whether this editor supports the painting of a representation + of an object's value. + + + + An that can be used to provide additional context information. + + + + if PaintValue is implemented; + otherwise. + + + + + + Paints a representative value of the specified object to the specified canvas. + + + Paints a representative value of the specified object to the + specified canvas. + + A drawing canvas to paint the value's representation on. + + Painting will occur within the boundaries of the specified rectangle. + + + + + + + + Fields + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Summary description for CurrencyCultureEditor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Summary description for CommandBar Designer. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Extends design-time behavior for the control. + + + + + To prevent unserializable child control from getting serialized + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CurrencyEditDesigner class. + + + + + Prepares the designer to view, edit and design the specified component. + Overrides ComponentDesigner.Initialize + + The component for this designer. + + + + Overrides PreFilterProperties and removes the properties + visible in the designer for the SplashControl. + + + + + + Helper function for removing a list of properties. + + + + + + + + TypeConverter for DataColumnInfo. + + + + + Indicates whether this converter can convert an object to + the given destination type using the context. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext object that provides a format context. + A object that represents the type to which you want to convert. + + + + + This member overrides . + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The Object to convert. + The Type to convert the value parameter to. + + + + + TypeConverter for AutoCompleteTarget. + + + + + Indicates whether this converter can convert an object to + the given destination type using the context. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext object that provides a format context. + A object that represents the type to which you want to convert. + + + + + This member overrides . + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A CultureInfo object. If a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The Object to convert. + The Type to convert the value parameter to. + + + + + + Summary description for DockingManagerDesigner. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This class provides extended design-time behavior for mouse processing + and allows user to handle it at design time in VS2005. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The designer for the SplashControl class. + + + + + Designer verb for previewing the Splash Form. + + + + + Designer verb for cancelling the Splash Form being + previewed. + + + + + The designer verbs collection + + + + + For the preview splash verb. + + + + + Indicates whether a custom splash panel is being used. + + + + + Creates a new object of type SplashControlDesigner + + + + + Overrides initialize. Here we add an event handler to the selection service. + Notice that we are very careful not to assume that the selection service is + available. It is entirely optional that a service is available and you should + always degrade gracefully if a service could not be found. + + + + + Implementation for the verb PreviewSplash. + + The sender. + The event data. + + + + Handler for the CancelSplash verb. + + Event sender + Event data. + + + + Handler for the SplashClosed event. + + The splash form + Event data. + + + + Overrides PreFilterProperties and removes the properties + visible in the designer for the SplashControl. + + + + + + Helper function for removing a list of properties. + + + + + + + + Returns the designer verbs collection. + + + + + Splitter distance property name. + + + + + Split container, this designer is associated with. + + + + + Used to handle components selection changed in VS003 designer + to config correctly menu commands in VS2003 main menu, etc. + + + + + Indicates, is designer active or not. + + + + + Subscribes selection service events. + + + + + Unsubscribes selection service events. + + + + + Initializes designer. + + + + + + Unsubscribe DesignerHost events. + + + + + Subscribe DesignerHost events. + + + + + + + + + + + Shows context menu. + + + + + Ensure that references to all split containers have been created + + + + + update specified split container properties to notify designer that they are changed + and needed to be serialized. + + + + + Enables container's split panels design-time behaviour. + + + + + Additional logic on designer activation is implemented here. + + + + + Additional logic on designer deactivation is implemented here. + + + + + Additional logic for selected control changing is implemented here. + + + + + + + Gets selection service to handle components selection changed in + VS003 designer to config correctly menu commands in VS2003 main menu, + etc. + + + + + This class implements specific for nested controls design-time behaviour + to split panels. + + + + + Offset, used for selection frame drawing. + + + + + Used to get brigtness per cent in panel's background color + to determine selection frame color. + + + + + used for mathematic float comparision operations. + + + + + Split panel, this designer is associated with. + + + + + Initialize designer. + + Component, designer is associated with. + + + + Additional drawing logic is implemented here. + + + + + + Draws selection frame around panel. + + + + + Gets selection rules allowed to this component at design-time. + + + + + Notifies the IComponentChangeService that this component has been changed. + + A MemberDescriptor that indicates the member that has been changed. + The old value of the member. + The new value of the member. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Called after control is desserialized. + + + + + The CommandBarController acts as a central point of control for the s hosted on a form. + + +

+ The Essential Tools CommandBars framework implements a hosting environment that can be used for + creating toolbars, statusbars and rebars similar to those that are present + in the Microsoft Visual Studio.NET IDE and the Microsoft Office XP product suite. + A CommandBar, similar to Win32/MFC control bars, is purely a container control that + is responsible only for it's layout state and it is the client window, such as a ToolBar, + StatusBar or any other Windows Forms control, that provides the CommandBar with it's + functional identity. +

+

CommandBars have two basic states - a docked state and a floating state. + In the docked state, the CommandBars are usually aligned along one of the borders + (left, right, top or bottom) of the host form. Depending upon the preferences set, + the bar can either take up an entire row as in the case of a menu or share it's + space with other bars within a particular row as with toolbars and rebars. By default, + a docked CommandBar has a gripper and a drop-down button with a customizable click event. + The gripper can be used to reposition the bar within a row, move it between rows and to drag + it out of the frame and float as a separate window. In the docked mode, when the row + width is adequate, the CommandBars are usually sized to their maximum length. However, + reducing the frame width/height will, based on the user-setting, force the CommandBar to + reduce in size while retaining the same height or wrap thereby increasing the bar height. + The wrapping mode is particularly useful for toolbars and is fully customizable. + In the floating state, the CommandBar is parented by a floating window + that can dragged around the desktop. A floating CommandBar can be redocked to it's host + by either double-clicking it or by dragging it over one of the edges of the host form. +

+

+ The CommandBarController class, as the name implies, serves as a form-scope controller for all the CommandBars. + Attributes that are common across all CommandBars within a host form, such as the + and are + usually set on the CommandBarController instance. The CommandBarController implements + the API and the requisite design-time support for creating and working with CommandBars. +

+
+ + + The sample code shows how to create and initialize a CommandBarController, create a CommandBar + control that is initially docked to the top border of the form and hosts a Panel control and finally add + the CommandBar to the CommandBarController's collection. + + + private void InitializeCommandBars() + { + // Create the CommandBarController + this.commandBarController1 = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBarController(); + ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.commandBarController1)).BeginInit(); + + // Set the CommandBarController's host form + this.commandBarController1.HostForm = this; + this.commandBarController1.PersistState = true; + + // Create the CommandBar control + this.commandBarAddress = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBar(); + + // Set the CommandBar Layout/Behavior/Appearance attributes + this.commandBarAddress.DockBorder = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockBorder.Top; + this.commandBarAddress.HideDropDownButton = true; + this.commandBarAddress.MaxLength = 400; + this.commandBarAddress.MinHeight = 26; + this.commandBarAddress.MinLength = 50; + this.commandBarAddress.Name = "commandBarAddress"; + this.commandBarAddress.RowIndex = 1; + this.commandBarAddress.RowOffset = 1; + this.commandBarAddress.Text = "Address"; + + // Create the ComboBox control and add it to the CommandBars Controls collection + this.comboBox1 = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox(); + this.commandBarAddress.Controls.AddRange(new System.Windows.Forms.Control[] {this.comboBox1}); + + // Add the CommandBar to the CommandBarController.CommandBars collection + this.commandBarController1.CommandBars.Add(this.commandBarAddress); + + ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.commandBarController1)).EndInit(); + } + + + Private Sub InitializeCommandBars() + + ' Create the CommandBarController + Me.commandBarController1 = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBarController(Me.components) + CType(Me.commandBarController1, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() + + ' Set the CommandBarController's host form + Me.commandBarController1.HostForm = Me + Me.commandBarController1.PersistState = True + + ' Create the CommandBar control + Me.commandBarAddress = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBar() + + ' Set the CommandBar Layout/Behavior/Appearance attributes + Me.commandBarAddress.DockState = Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.CommandBarDockState.Top + Me.commandBarAddress.MaxLength = 400 + Me.commandBarAddress.MinHeight = 26 + Me.commandBarAddress.MinLength = 50 + Me.commandBarAddress.Name = "commandBarAddress" + Me.commandBarAddress.RowIndex = 1 + Me.commandBarAddress.RowOffset = 1 + Me.commandBarAddress.Text = "Address" + + ' Create the ComboBox control and add it to the CommandBars Controls collection + Me.comboBox1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox() + Me.commandBarAddress.Controls.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.Control() {Me.comboBox1}) + + ' Add the CommandBar to the CommandBarControllers CommandBars // collection + Me.commandBarController1.CommandBars.Add(Me.commandBarAddress) + + CType(Me.commandBarController1, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() + + End Sub + + +
+ + + Colors for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Colors for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Indicates whether brought the CommandBar to the front of the z-order. + + + + + Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Metrocolor + + + + + Metrocolor + + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Resumes the back color to default value. + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the . + + + + + Creates a new instance of the and initializes it with the container. + + An object implementing the + interface to associate with this instance of the CommandBarController. + + + + Overloaded. Persists the current state of the objects to IsolatedStorage. + + + + + + Persists the current state of the objects using the specified storage medium and location. + + + Writes the CommandBar state information onto the persistence medium specified by the + parameter and at the path specified by the object. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is highly recommended that + you use the and + methods. + + This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible SaveCommandBarState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. + + + A value describing the persistence medium. + The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or registry key in which the + state information is to be persisted. + + + + Persists the current state of the objects using the specified . + + + Writes the CommandBar state information onto the persistence medium. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is highly recommended that + you use the and + methods. + + A reference to the instance. + + + + Overloaded. Retrieves the persisted state of the objects from Isolated Storage. + + TRUE if the load is successful; FALSE otherwise. + + + + + Retrieves the persisted state of the objects using the specified storage and location. + + A value describing the persistence medium. + The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or registry key containing the persisted information. + TRUE if the load is successful. + + Reads the CommandBar state information from the specified persistent store and + applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree + of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval + it is highly recommended that you use the + and methods. + + This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadCommandBarState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. + + + + + + Retrieves the persisted state of the objects using the specified . + + An instance of AppStateSerializer, from which to load. + TRUE if the load is successful. + + Reads the CommandBar state information from the specified persistent store and + applies the new state. This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree + of control over the serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval + it is highly recommended that you use the + and methods. + + + + + Restores the default state of the objects. + + + Loads the state set within the designer. + + TRUE if the load is successful. + + + + Sets location for CommandBar from ChildFrameBarManager; + + + + + Need this to avoid recursive mdichild and owned forms activating. + Especially issue occurs when activating mdichild form, which is in minimized state, and + has some floating forms related to it's ChildBarManager. + + + + + Reads deserialized data to CommandBar. + + + + + Loads the command bar state from cache + + + + + + Overloaded. Forces a layout recalculation. + + + Forces a recalculation of all s occupied by the + state specified by the value. + + A value representing the CommandBar position. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Layout the bars which are docked. + + The dock bar which should be ignored while layouting. + + + + Forces a layout recalculation on the specified . + + The CommandBar for which the layout is to be recalculated. + + + + Brings the CommandBar to the front of the z-order. + + + + + Sends the CommandBar to the back of the z-order. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the Dock bar + + + + + + + Raises the ProvidePersisteceID event. + + + An ProvidePersistenceIDEventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. + + + The OnProvidePresistenceID method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvidePresistenceID in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvidePresistenceID method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Resumes the dock bar z-order to default value. + + + + + Begins the initialization of the component. + + + + + Ends the initialization of the component. + + + + + Gets the list of commandBars in the commandBars Collection. + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information + of different instances of your Form type. + + + The default persistence logic assumes that there will be only a single CommandBarController + in an application. But that might not be the case if you have more than 1 MDI parent. + In such cases, the persisted state of one MDI parent will get overridden by the other + since the default logic doesn't distinguish these 2 different instances. + + + + + Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information + of different instances of your Form type. + + + The default persistence logic assumes that there will be only a single CommandBarController + in an application. But that might not be the case if you have more than 1 MDI parent. + In such cases, the persisted state of one MDI parent will get overridden by the other + since the default logic doesn't distinguish these 2 different instances. + + + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when the property is changed. + + + + + Occurs when CommandBars' layout is internally suspended. + + + + + Occurs when CommandBars' layout is internally resumed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether brought the CommandBar to the front of the z-order. + + + + + Gets or sets the host form. + + The Form that will host the s. + + + + Gets or sets the edges of the form along which s are allowed to dock. + + A value specifying the dockable edges. + + + + Gets the Office2016 Colors + + + + + Gets the Office2016 Colors + + + + + Indicates whether the application's CommandBars state should be persisted. + + When TRUE the application's CommandBars state will be persisted. The default is FALSE. + + + + Gets or sets FreezeLayout + + + + + Returns a reference to the s that belong to this CommandBarController. + + A that contains the CommandBars in this + CommandBarController. + + + + Gets or sets the CommandBarSerializer + + + + + Indicates whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for CommandBars. + + True to turn on themes; false otherwise. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control's elements are aligned RightToLeft. + + + + + Gets or Sets the MetroColor + + + + + Gets or Sets the MetroColor + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the CommandBars. + + A value. Default is VisualStyle.OfficeXP. + Note that this setting will be ignored when is turned on and themes are available in the OS. + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets colors for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets colors for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color used to draw the host form's dockable regions. + + A that represents the background color. + + The dockable region is the area along the 's border + on which the s are docked. The uses the + specified color for drawing the Form's dockable regions. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the CommandBarsCollection class. + + The that this collection belongs to. + + + + Adds a to the collection. + + The CommandBar to be added. + The total number of CommandBars present in the collection. + + + + Removes the from the collection. + + The CommandBar to be removed. + + + + Indicates whether the is present. + + The CommandBar to locate in the collection. + TRUE if the CommandBar is present; FALSE otherwise. + + + + Returns the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the CommandBar to get. + + + The CommandBar designer use this interface for communicating mousemove messages. + + + CommandBar serialization wrappers should implement the ICommandBarSerializer interface + along with ISerializable. + + + + Gets name of CommandBar for save serialization data. + + + + + Indicating whether state of the CommandBar loaded from isolated storage. + + + + + Indicating whether state of the CommandBar loaded from isolated storage. + + + + + Specifies the edges of the host form along which s may be docked. + + + The CommandBarDockBorder enumeration is used with the + and properties for specifying the host form edges along which + s may be docked. +

+ This enumeration has the FlagsAttribute that allows a bitwise combination of its member values. +

+
+
+ + + None of the host form's borders is enabled for docking. + + + + + The top edge is enabled for docking. + + + + + The bottom edge is enabled for docking. + + + + + The left edge is enabled for docking. + + + + + The right edge is enabled for docking. + + + + + Provides state information for a . + + + The CommandBarDockState enumeration is used with the + property for specifying the docked/floating state of the . + + + + + + The CommandBar is in an uninitialized state. + + + + + The CommandBar is docked to the top border of the form. + + + + + The CommandBar is docked to the bottom border of the form. + + + + + The CommandBar is docked to the left border of the form. + + + + + The CommandBar is docked to the right border of the form. + + + + + The CommandBar is in a floating state. + + + + + Specifies the type of resizing that a is undergoing. + + + The CommandBarResizeType enumeration is used by the event to provide + information on the type of resizing. + + + + + + No resizing. + + + + + A floating CommandBar is being resized with the top edge being used as the resize handle. + + + + + A docked/floating CommandBar is being resized with the bottom edge being used as the resize handle. + + + + + A floating CommandBar is being resized with the left edge being used as the resize handle. + + + + + A docked/floating CommandBar is being resized with the right edge being used as the resize handle. + + + + + Provides information about the event. + + + CommandBarWrappingEventArgs is a custom event argument class used by the class + for notifying users of wrap events and also for getting the new size of the CommandBar's client + control during custom wrapping. + + . + + + + Creates a new instance of the CommandBarWrappingEventArgs class. + + The current/proposed size of the 's client control. + A value specifying the type of resizing. + + + + Gets / sets the current/proposed size of the 's client control. + + A Size value indicating the width and height for the CommandBar's client control. + + + + Returns the type of resizing taking place. + + A value. + + + + Delegate that will handle the event. + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + The CommandBarStateChangingEventArgs is a custom event argument class used by the + event for notifying subscribers + that a 's dock/float state is about to change. + + + + + + Indicating whether + the event should be canceled. + + + + + Creates an instance of the CommandBarStateChangingEventArgs class. + + A value indicating the new state of the . + + + + Gets / sets the 's new position. + + A value. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether + the event should be canceled. + + + + + Delegate that will handle the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Implements a container for creating dockable toolbar, statusbar and rebar type controls. + + +

+ The CommandBar class is a part of the Essential Tools CommandBars framework and allows + Windows Forms developers to add to their applications dockable command bars similar to + those that are present in the Microsoft Visual Studio.NET and Office XP environments. +

+

+ The CommandBar, similar to to the MFC/Win32 control bars, is a container control that primarily + serves as a host for some other Windows Forms control. The CommandBar class implements the hosting + and layout logic while the contained control provides the functional significance. +

+
+ +
+ + + Indicates whether to refresh floating caption text color and text font. + + + + + Color for chevron. + + + + + Reference to renderer for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Reference to renderer for floating CommandBar + + + + + Gets visual state for DropDown button. + + + + + Gets visual state for close button of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Gets rectangle for display text of the docked CommandBar. + + + + + Gets rectangle for display text of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Gets font for caption of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Indicates whether the chevron must be displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether the text must be displayed. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Calculates the CommandBar's maximum length for the specified client width. + + + Estimates the value for the to + host a client control of the specified width. + + The client control width. + The maximum length estimate. + + + + Calculates the client control bounds for the specified size and dock position. + + The CommandBar size . + A value. + The client control bounds. + + + + Changes the command bar orientation. + + + + + Gets the size of the floating bar. + + + + + Updates color scheme. + + + + + Sets renderer for CommandBar. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Raises the event. + + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An value that contains the event data. + + + + Creates a new instance of the CommandBar class. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Handles the mouse down event. + + + + + Occurs when the is being wrapped. + + + The CommandBarWrapping event is fired whenever the CommandBar is in the process of + being wrapped. Handle this event for customizing the resizing/wrapping behavior + of the CommandBar. +

+ See and for + more information. +

+
+
+ + + Occurs when the dropdown button on a is clicked. + + + The CommandBarDropDownClicked event is fired when the dropdown button on a + is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when a 's dock/float state is about to change. + + + The CommandBarStateChanging event is fired before a CommandBar's dock/float state changes. + Handle this event to perform any custom processing before state changes. + and + + + + + + Occurs after a 's dock/float state changes. + + + The CommandBarStateChanged event is fired after a CommandBar's dock/float state changes. + Handle this event to perform any custom processing required after a state change. + + + + + + Occurs when a floating is hidden by the user. + + + The event occurs when a floating CommandBar is hidden as a + result of the user clicking the close button. + + + + + Gets / sets the current dock or float state for the . + + A value. + + + + Gets / sets the edges of the Form along which the may be docked. + + A value. + + + + Gets / sets the linear offset of the within a row. + + An integer value representing the row offset. + + + + Gets / sets the index of the row/column for the . + + A zero-based integer value representing the row index. + + + + Gets / sets the minimum linear dimension of the . + + An integer value representing the minimum length. + + + + Gets / sets the maximum(ideal) linear dimension of the . + + An integer value representing the ideal length. + + + + Gets / sets the ideal lateral dimension of the . + + An integer value representing the minimum height. + + + + Gets / sets the incremental step by which the 's lateral dimension increases when wrapped. + + An integer value representing the incremental height. + + + + Indicates whether the text caption should be displayed on a docked . + + TRUE if the text is to be displayed. The default is TRUE. + + + + Indicates whether the 's positioning gripper should be hidden. + + TRUE if the gripper is to be hidden. The default is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether the should be drawn without a chevron. + + + When a docked CommandBar is sized less than the value, a + chevron will normally be displayed on it's trailing edge. + + TRUE if the chevron is to be hidden. The default is FALSE. + + + + Gets or sets color for chevron. + + + + + Indicates whether the 's dropdown button should be hidden. + + TRUE if the dropdown button is to be hidden. The default is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether the will have a close button when floating. + + TRUE if the close button is to be hidden. The default is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether the should wrap when docked. + + + Setting this property to TRUE will force a docked CommandBar to wrap when it's + bounds are less than the value. + + TRUE indicates that the CommandBar will wrap. The default is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether the should wrap when floating. + + + Setting this property to TRUE will force a floating to wrap + when it's bounds are less than the value. + + TRUE indicates that the CommandBar will wrap. The default is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether the should occupy the entire row when docked. + + TRUE indicates that the CommandBar will occupy the entire row. The default is FALSE. + + + + Returns the current dock/float state of the . + + TRUE if the CommandBar is floating. + + + + Gets / sets the bounds of a floating . + + A Rectangle value that represents the float bounds of the CommandBar. + + + + Indicates whether the is allowed to float. + + TRUE if floating is to be disallowed. The default is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether the is allowed to dock. + + TRUE if docking is to be disallowed. The default is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether the is always docked to the leading edge. + + TRUE to enforce leading edge docking. The default is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether the is always docked to the trailing edge. + + TRUE to enforce trailing edge docking. The default is FALSE. + + + + Gets / sets the font used to display text in the control. + + A Font object. + + + + Indicates whether the chevron is currently displayed. + + TRUE if the chevron is visible; FALSE otherwise + + + + Gets / sets the Virtual Left property - used for layout. + + + + + Gets / sets the Virtual Right property - used for layout. + + + + + Gets / sets the Virtual Location property - used for layout. + + + + + Returns the Virtual Bounds property - used for layout. + + + + + Gets / sets the PopupContainer control to be displayed when the dropdown button is clicked. + + An instance of the class. + + + + Gets / sets the PopupMenu to be displayed when the dropdown button is clicked. + + An instance of the class. + + + + Gets value indicating whether quick customizing is allowed and dropdown arrow should be drawn. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + ControlAccessibleObject derived class that implements the Accessibility object for the CommandBar. + + + + + Represents helper methods for drawing primitives of the CommandBar and ControlBar + with like Office2003 and OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Indent for gripper. + + + + + Space before for gripper. + + + + + Size for point of the gripper. + + + + + Offset for rectangle. + + + + + Radius for rounded corner of the DropeDown button. + + + + + Distance between chevron's arrows. + + + + + Number of the chevron arrows. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar for like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws text of the floating CommandBar for like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws text of the ControlBar for like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropDown button for like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropDown button for like Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper for like Metro visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper for Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper for like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper for OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper for OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws the background region of the CommandBar like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws the background region of the CommandBar like Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws the background region of the CommandBar for OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the floating CommandBar like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the floating CommandBar like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropDown button of the floating CommandBar like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropDown button for OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws arrows for DropDown button of the CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Draws arrow for DropDown button of the floating CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Draws background for ControlBar. + + + + + Draws DropDown button for ControlBar. + + + + + Draws close button for ControlBar. + + + + + Draws DropDown button for ControlBar with themes. + + + + + Draws chevron arrow for OfficeXP visual style of the docked CommandBar. + + Rectangle of the DropDown button. + + + + Draws DropDown button for docked CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws DropDown button for vertical docked CommandBar with like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropDown button for horizontal docked CommandBar with like Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws the background region of the CommandBar + like Office2003 visual style when in a horizontal docked state. + + + + + Draws the background region of the CommandBar + like Office2016 visual style when in a horizontal docked state. + + + + + Draws the background region of the CommandBar + like Office2016 visual style when in a vertical docked state. + + + + + Draws the background region of the CommandBar + like Office2003 visual style when in a vertical docked state. + + + + + Draws chevron arrow for DropDown button of the horizontal docked CommandBar. + + Rectangle of the DropDown button. + + + + Draws chevron arrow for DropDown button of the vertical docked CommandBar. + + Rectangle of the DropDown button. + + + + Draws DropDown arrow for DropDown button of the horizontal docked CommandBar. + + Rectangle of the DropDown button. + + + + Draws DropDown arrow for DropDown button of the horizontal docked CommandBar for office2016 visualstyle. + + Rectangle of the DropDown button. + + + + Paint DropDown arrow for DropDown button of the vertical docked CommandBar for office2016. + + Rectangle of the DropDown button. + + + + Paint DropDown arrow for DropDown button of the vertical docked CommandBar. + + Rectangle of the DropDown button. + + + + Gets path for DropDown button of the horizontal docked CommandBar. + + + + + Gets path for DropDown button of the vertical docked CommandBar. + + + + + Sets exclude clip for CommandBar background. + + + + + Gets number gripper points. + + + + + The Class is used for the Office2016 Themes Support. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Holds the Visual style + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the Visual style + + + + + Gets the border color of dock Commandbar + + + + + Gets the back color of dock Commandbar + + + + + Gets the back color of float Commandbar + + + + + Gets the Fore color of dock Commandbar + + + + + Gets the Fore color of Float Commandbar + + + + + Gets the Hover color of drop down + + + + + Gets the Selection color of drop down + + + + + Gets theFloating command bar Border color + + + + + Gets the gripper color + + + + + Gets the gripper color + + + + + Gets theClose button color in hover mode + + + + + Gets the DropDown button color in hover mode + + + + + Gets theClose button fill color in hover mode + + + + + Gets the DropDown button fill color in hover mode + + + + + Gets theClose button fill color in hover mode + + + + + Gets theClose DropDown button fill color in hover mode + + + + + Gets theClose button color in pressed mode + + + + + Gets the DropDown button color in pressed mode + + + + + Gets theClose button fill color in Pressed mode + + + + + Gets the DropDown button fill color in Pressed mode + + + + + Gets theClose button fill color in Pressed mode + + + + + Gets the DropDown button fill color in Pressed mode + + + + + Gets theClose button color in Default mode + + + + + Gets the DropDown button color in Default mode + + + + + Gets theClose button fill color in Default mode + + + + + Gets the DropDown button fill color in Default mode + + + + + Gets theClose button fill color in Default mode + + + + + Gets the DropDown button fill color in Default mode + + + + + Gets the background color of the CommandarBar + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2003 visual style for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2003 visual style for floating CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2003 visual style for docked ControlBar. + + + + + Draws text of the ControlBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the ControlBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the ControlBar. + + + + + Draws gripper of the ControlBar with Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2007 visual style for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2007 visual style for floating CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2007 visual style for docked ControlBar. + + + + + Draws text of the ControlBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the ControlBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the ControlBar. + + + + + Draws gripper of the ControlBar with Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2010 visual style for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2010 visual style for floating CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the Office2010 visual style for docked ControlBar. + + + + + Draws text of the ControlBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the ControlBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the ControlBar. + + + + + Draws gripper of the ControlBar with Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the OfficeXP visual style for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Gets rectangle of the DropDown button for OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the OfficeXP visual style for floating CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Represents renderer of the OfficeXP visual style for docked ControlBar. + + + + + Draws text of the ControlBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the ControlBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the ControlBar. + + + + + Draws gripper of the ControlBar with OfficeXP visual style. + + + + + Represents themed renderer for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Gets rectangle of the DropDown button. + + + + + Represents themed renderer for floating CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Draws close button of the floating CommandBar with themes. + + + + + Gets color for caption text. + + + + + Gets font for caption text. + + + + + Represents themed renderer for docked ControlBar. + + + + + Draws text of the ControlBar with themes. + + + + + Draws background of the ControlBar with themes. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with themes. + + + + + Draws close button of the ControlBar. + + + + + Draws gripper of the ControlBar with themes. + + + + + Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for docked CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for floating CommandBar. + + + + + Draws text of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws gripper of the CommandBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the floating CommandBar. + + + + + Represents renderer of the VS2005 visual style for docked ControlBar. + + + + + Draws text of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws background of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws DropBownButton of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws close button of the ControlBar. + + + + + Draws gripper of the ControlBar with VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Summary description for CommandBarWeakContainer. + + + + + + + + + + + + If True - indexes of command bars in array are higher, + then index of commandbar that is current processing. + + + + + + Updates color scheme. + + + + + Draws themed background. + + + + + Draws background for Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws background for VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws background for Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Draws background for Metro visual style. + + + + + Draws background for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws background for Office2010 visual style. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + Form class that hosts the CommandBars in the floating state. + + + + Gets color for border amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + ControlAccessibleObject derived class that implements the Accessibility object for the CommandDockBar. + + + + +

+ A is a specialized implementation of the class that + is used for hosting controls within the Essential Tools XPMenus Framework. A ControlBar can contain two controls - + the main control that occupies the ControlBar's client region and optionally, a that is + displayed within the ControlBar's caption region. While just about any instance + can be used as the ControlBar's main client, the caption control position is normally occupied by single line controls such as a + ToolBar, TextBox or ComboBox. ControlBars thus function as full-featured docking windows that can be docked along + the host form's borders or floated as top-level windows, while following the layout limitations of the XPMenus toolbars. + Examples of the ControlBar concept include the Microsoft Office 2003 TaskPane window. +

+

+ ControlBars are supported through the XPMenus framework and can be added to any form that has been initialized + with a . Invoking the MainFrameBarManager's AddControlBar design-time verb will + create a new ControlBar and add it to the form. Dropping a control onto the ControlBar sets it as the ControlBar's main client. + To assign the caption control, drop control onto the ControlBar and set the to reference it. +

+
+
+ + + Reference to renderer for ControlBar. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the ControlBar class. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Updates color schemes. + + + + + Sets renderer for ControlBar. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets rectangle for display text of the ControlBar. + + + + + Gets / sets the height of the caption area. + + An integer value representing the caption height. + + + + Gets / sets the size of the ControlBar in pixels. + + + + + Gets / sets the minimum extent to which the ControlBar can be sized. + + A value. + + + + Gets / sets the maximum extent to which the ControlBar can be sized. + + A value. + + + + Gets / sets the control that is displayed in the CommandBar's caption region. + + A instance. + + + + Gets the client control in the control collection. + + + + + Summary description for ControlBarWeakContainer. + + + + + Specifies the AutoHideAniamation state. + + + + + No AutoHide Animation state. + + + + + Hiding the AutoHide window. + + + + + Showing the AutoHide window. + + + + + Auto Hide Tab page. + + + + + Initialize the DHCClient. + + + + + Constructor of the AHTabPage. + + The DockStateControllerBase instance + The string of the AH tab page. + + + + + Gets the DockStateControllerBase. + + + + + Summary description for AHTabControl. + + + + + The AHTabControlBase class + + + + + Constructor of the AHTabControlBase. + + + + + Returns the GroupItem Rectangle. + + + + + + + + Gets the TabDataCollection + + + + + Initialize the TopLevel Form. + + + + + Constructor of the AHTabControl. + + The DockingManager instance. + The DockingStyle. + + + + Forces immediate layout of control. + + + + + Occurs on DockingManager ImageList changed. + + + The EventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Add the padding on AHControl. + + The value that needs to be assigned + + + + Add the tab from the DockStateControllerBase. + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + Indicates whether control is shown or not. + + + + Remove the tab in AHTabControl. + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + + + + Initialize the WindowAutoHidingEventArgs + + + + + Show the AHTab control. + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + Indicates whether the Animation needs to specified or not. + + + + Show the AHTab control. + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + Indicates whether the Animation needs to specified or not. + Specifies whether control needs to be activated after shown. + + + + Recalculating location and size for inner control childs. + + New layout rectangle. + + + + Hide the Controller in AHTabControl. + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + Indicates whether the Animation needs to specified or not. + + + + Hide the Controller in AHTabControl. + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + Indicates whether the Animation needs to specified or not. + Indicates whether the controls needs to hide immediately. + + + + Update the AH TabItem text. + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + + + + Returns the Active TabGroup Or SubGroup Rectangle. + + + + + + Returns the ActiveTabGroup Or SubGroupDockHostRect. + + + + + + Update the Renderer. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Font. + + + + + Gets/Sets the ActiveTabFont + + + + + Gets /Sets the Padding. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Tab alignment. + + + + + Gets the DockingStyle. + + + + + Sets the LeadSpace. + + + + + Sets the TrailSpace + + + + + Gets the EmptyLeft. + + + + + Gets the ThemedControlDrawing. + + + + + Gets the DockingManager. + + + + + The TabGroup item class. + + + + + Constructor of the TabGroupItem. + + + + + Constructor of the TabGroupItem. + + The text of the TabGroupItem. + The image index. + The tag value + + + + Occurs on Property changed. + + + + + Gets / Sets the text. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Image index. + + + + + Gets /Sets the tag value. + + + + + The TabGroupItemsList class. + + + + + Gets/Sets the TabGroupItem index. + + The index value. + + + + + The TabGroupData class. + + + + + Constructor of the TabGroupData. + + + + + Gets the TabGroupItemsList. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Padding. + + + + + Gets /Sets the text. + + + + + Gets /Sets the ImageIndex. + + + + + Occurs when Selected index changed. + + + + + Gets / Sets the SelectedIndex. + + + + + TabPanelPropertyTabGroup contains the required information. + + + + + Returns the default back color for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the overlap size. + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Returns the default inactive tab's color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns whether the ShowInDesignMode + + + + + The TabGroupRenderer class. + + + + + ITabGroupRenderer interface helps to paints the tab in group mode. + + + + + Gets group item bounds form number of items. + + number of items. + Group item bounds. + + + + Gets overlap size for current size. + + Starting size. + Overlap size. + + + + Gets preferred size for item. + + Graphics in which to measure strings. + Preferred size. + + + + Gets/sets group tab data. + + + + + Gets/sets bounds. + + + + + Initialize the OVERLAPX + + + + + Constructor of the TabGroupRenderer. + + The ITabControl instance + + + + + Gets the GroupItem bounds. + + The index. + + + + + Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item + + Color of the active tab item + + + + Overrides the fore color of the tab item + + Color of text in tab item + + + + Gets the Preferred size + + + + + + + Returns the TabStyleName. + + + + + Returns the TabPanelPropertyTabGroup + + + + + Gets /Sets the TabData. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Bounds. + + + + + AHTabRenderer class + + + + + Constructor of the AHTabRenderer. + + + + + + Returns the Group Item rectangle. + + The tab index + The group index + + + + + The AHTabPanelData class. + + + + + Constructor of the AHTabPanelData + + + + + + Creates the New Tab Data + + + + + + Closing control. + + + + + Auto-hiding control. + + + + + Showing popup menu. + + + + + Maximizing control. May be used alone or in pair with Restore button. + + + + + Restoring control's previous size. May be used only in pair with Maximize button. + + + + + User-defined button. + + + + + Specifies the Caption Button state of the docking windows. + + + + + Normal state of Caption Button. + + + + + Active state of Caption Button. + + + + + Pushed state of Caption Button. + + + + + Caption Buttons collection. + + + + + Adds the caption button to the control. + + The CaptionButton instance. + + + + Returns whether the CaptionButtonsCollection contains the Caption button. + + The Caption Button instance. + + + + + Remove the Caption button. + + The Caption Button instance. + + + + Returns the index of the Caption button. + + The Caption Button instance. + + + + + Insert the Caption button in specified index. + + + The Caption Button instance. + + + + Dispose the caption button. + + + + + Returns the cloned CaptionButtonsCollection. + + + + + + Serves to merge with caption buttons collection. + + The CaptionButtonsCollection instance. + Indicates whether the CaptionButtonsCollection are cloned. + + + + Exclude the common buttons + + The CaptionButtonsCollection instance. + + + + Gets /Sets the index of the caption button. + + The index of the caption button + + + + + Gets / Sets the name of the caption button. + + The name of the caption button. + + + + + Occurs when the collection changed. + + + + + Occurs when the Collection Item changed. + + + + + The CaptionButtonOptionsCollection class. + + + + + Add the CaptionButtonOptions + + The CaptionButtonOptions instance. + + + + Check whether the CaptionButtonOptionsCollection contains the CaptionButtonOptions. + + The CaptionButtonOptions instance. + + + + + Remove the CaptionButtonOptions from its collection. + + + + + + Returns the index of the CaptionButtonOptions. + + The CaptionButtonOptions instance. + + + + + Insert the CaptionButtonOptions in specified index + + The index which needs to insert the CaptionButtonOptions. + The CaptionButtonOptions instance. + + + + Gets/Sets the CaptionButtonOptions + + The index of the CaptionButtonOptions. + + + + + Occurs when the collection changed. + + + + + The CaptionButtonOptionsTable class + + + + + Add the CaptionButton and CaptionButtonOptions. + + The CaptionButton instance. + The CaptionButtonOptions instance. + + + + Remove the item from CaptionButtonsCollection and CaptionButtonOptionsCollection. + + The index which needs to be removed. + + + + Clear the collection. + + + + + Dispose the collection. + + + + + Returns whether its disposed. + + + + + Returns the CaptionButtonsCollection. + + + + + Returns the CaptionButtonOptionsCollection. + + + + + The CaptionButton class which contains the required details. + + + + + Constructor of the CaptionButton. + + + + + Constructor of the CaptionButton. + + The Caption button type. + + + + Constructor of the CaptionButton. + + The Caption button type. + The name of the caption button. + + + + Constructor of the CaptionButton. + + The CaptionButtonType. + The name of the Caption button. + The index of the image. + The color + The ToolTip of the caption button + + + + Occurs when caption button captured. + + + + + + Returns the cloned caption button. + + + + + + Returns the HasDefaultValue + + + + + + + Gets / sets customizable SuperToolTip drawing info used by the caption button. + + A used to draw supertooltip for current button. + + + + Gets/Sets the name of this button. + + + + + Gets/sets text that will be displayed in ToolTip when cursor is over this button. + + + + + Indicates what color in button's image should be transparent. + + + + + Indicates index of image to use when displaying this button. + External ImageList should be used. + + + + + Indicates type of this button. + + + + + Raises the click event. + + + + + Raises when Caption button changed. + + + + + Raises when type changing. + + + + + The CaptionButtonOptions class. + + + + + Constructor of the CaptionButtonOptions. + + + + + Constructor of the CaptionButtonOptions + + Indicates whether the modified. + + + + Gets / Sets the ModifiedView. + + + + + Constructor of the CaptionPainter + + The DockHostController instance. + + + + Returns the Caption hit area. + + The mouse action on caption + The coordinate point. + + + + + Returns the Caption Button image bounds. + + The CaptionButtonType. + + + + + Returns the CaptionButton Bounds + + The index of the caption button. + + + + + Returns the caption button index + + The index of the caption button. + + + + Gets the caption button. + + The caption button. + + + + Returns the caption button from the specified point + + The coordinate point. + The caption button. + + + + Paint the caption. + + The Graphics objects + The Pen which needs to paint the caption. + + + + Returns the CaptionButtonsCollection. + + + + + Returns the default border width. + + + + + Returns the caption rectangle. + + + + + Returns the Caption height. + + + + + Returns the caption button height. + + + + + Returns the Caption Button width. + + + + + Specifies the caption hit area. + + + + + None + + + + + Indicates the caption rectangle. + + + + + Indication the caption button rectangle. + + + + + Indicates whether the caption button down. + + + + + Indicates whether the caption button up. + + + + + Editor for DockAbility extended property of controls in DockingManager. + + + + + Constructor of the DockAbilityEditor. + + + + + Gets the editor style used by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + A System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle value that indicates the style of editor used by the + System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.EditValue(System.IServiceProvider,System.Object) method. If the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor does not support this method, + then System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() will return System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditorEditStyle.None. + + + + Edits the specified object's value using the editor style indicated by the System.Drawing.Design.UITypeEditor.GetEditStyle() method. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that can be used to gain additional context information. + An System.IServiceProvider that this editor can use to obtain services. + The object to edit. + The new value of the object. If the value of the object has not changed, this should return the same object it was passed. + + + + Constructor of the DockAbilityUI. + + + + + Dispose the DockAbility. + + + + + Indicates the start dock ability. + + + + + + Returns the value of the DockAbility. + + + + + Constructor of the InternalArrowControl + + The DockingStyle. + Indicates whether its checked or not + + + + Returns the checked. + + + + + Returns the DockingStyle. + + + + + Returns the internal brush. + + + + + Specifies the type of docking. + + + The DockingStyle enumeration is used by the to convey + and to get information about a dock operation. The DockingStyle value is always + expressed relative to the dock target. For example, when a control is being + docked to the main form and DockingStyle.Left is used, this implies that the + control will be docked to the left border of the form and have a width equal to the specified + width and a height equal to the form's client rectangle height. + + + + + The control is docked to the left edge of the parent control. + + + + + The control is docked to the right edge of the parent control. + + + + + The control is docked to the top edge of the parent control. + + + + + The control is docked to the bottom edge of the parent control. + + + + + The control is docked as a tabbed window along with the dock target. This style + is not applicable when the dock target is the host form. + + + + + For internal use. + + + + + No dock border. + + + + + Specifies transit operations. + + + This enum is used by ApplyDockInfo method. + + + + + Initialize the name. + + + + + Intialize the relation. + + + + + Constructor of the RelationNamePair + + The name + Indicates the relation. + + + + Specifies where user can dock in some control using drag providers. + + + This enum is used by DockAbility and OuterDockAbility extended properties in DockingManager. + + + + + No docking available in current control. + + + + + The user can dock to the left side of control. + + + + + The user can dock to top of control. + + + + + The user can dock to the right side of control. + + + + + The user can dock to bottom of control. + + + + + The user can dock another control in tab group. + + + + + Left, Right and Tabbed docking enabled. + + + + + Top, Bottom and Tabbed docking enabled. + + + + + All kinds of docking enabled. + + + + + Defines control states according to its size. + + + + + Control is maximized. + + + + + Control is maximizing. + + + + + Control is restoring from minimized/maximized states. + + + + + Control is minimizing. + + + + + Indicates the Mouse action. + + + + + Specifies whether the left mouse button down. + + + + + Specifies whether the left mouse button up. + + + + + Specifies whether the Right mouse button down. + + + + + Specifies whether the Right mouse button up. + + + + + Specifies whether the double click. + + + + + Specifies whether the mouse move. + + + + + Specifies whether the mouse leave. + + + + + Specifies the Dock preference. + + + + + Indicates docked control preferred to dock in all direction. + + + + + Indicates the docked control preferred to dock in horizontal. + + + + + Indicates the docked control preferred to dock in vertical. + + + + + Indicates the docked control preferred to tab docked. + + + + + No dock preference. + + + + + Initialize the DockControllerBase + + + + + Initialize the DockingStyle. + + + + + Initialize the priority. + + + + + Initialize the dock index. + + + + + Initialize the dock preference. + + + + + Initialize the dock area. + + + + + Initialize the control area. + + + + + Constructor of the DockInfo. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DockingStyle + The priority + The index of the control. + The DockPreference. + The rectangle of the docked control. + + + + Constructor of the DockInfo. + + The DockInfo + + + + Private constructor called during the de-serialization process. + + The SerializationInfo + The StreamingContext + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Gets/ Sets the controller name. + + + + + Gets the Dock information. + + + + + Custom Event argument class used for controller change notifications. Parent Controller's, while being undocked, + use this event argument to notify all child subscriber controllers of the new dock parent controller information. + + + + + Constructor of the ControllerChangedEventArgs. + + The DockInfo + The dock relationship. + + + + Gets the NewDockInfo. + + + + + Gets the Dock relationship. + + + + + Delegate used for ControllerChangedEvent notifications + + The source of the object. + The ControllerChangedEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Initialize the relation. + + + + + + + + + + Initialize the dock preference. + + + + + Initialize the dock index. + + + + + Constructor of the DCRelationship + + The dock relation. + + The Dock preference. + The index of the dock control. + + + + Specifies no particular direction. + + + + + Specifies horizontal direction. + + + + + Specifies vertical direction. + + + + + Specifies horizontal and vertical directions at a time. + + + + + Specifies the Minimization. + + + + + Controller is horizontally minimized. + + + + + Controller is vertically minimized. + + + + + Controller is not minimized. + + + + + The ControllerDCRPair class + + + + + Constructor of the ControllerDCRPair. + + The DockControllerBase + The DCRelationship. + + + + DockingManagerException raised when user tries to perform + restricted operation in DockingManager. + + + + + Default message to show when exception fired. + + + + + Constructor of the DockingManagerException. + + + + + Constructor of the DockingManagerException. + + Inner exception. + + + + Constructor of the DockingManagerException. + + message to show. + + + + Constructor of the DockingManagerException. + + message to show. + inner exception. + + + + Constructor of the DockingManagerException. + + info. + context. + + + + Supports a simple iteration over a nongeneric collection. + + + + + Constructor of the IEnumWrapper. + + + + + + Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. + + true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; false. + if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. + + + + Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. + + + + + Gets the current element in the collection. + IEnumerator implementation + + The current element in the collection. + + + + The DockControllerBase + + + + + Refresh the controller. + + + + + Overrides the AddToDCR. It helps to add the docked control with specified dock relationship. + + The DCRelationship + + + + Overrides the RemoveFromDCR. It helps to remove the docked control. + + The DCRelationship. + + + + Overrides the InsertIntoDCR. It helps to insert the docked control with specified dock relationship. + + The ArrayList. + The index which needs to be added. + The DCRelationship + + + + Update the docked control index + + The DCRelationship + + + + Validate the target controller in specified point. + + The coordinate point. + + + + + Validate the target controller in specified point. + + The control needs to be validated. + + + + + Add the Child in DockingManager. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DockingStyle. + + + + Insert the Child in DockingManager. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The index which needs to be insert the child. + The DockingStyle + + + + Remove the child from DockingManager. + + The DockControllerBase. + + + + Replace the child in DockingManager. + + The current DockControllerBase instance. + The new DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Get the child at specified index. + + The index of the child. + + + + + Get the child host index. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + Adjust the layout of the docked control. + + + + + Get the dock info of the docked control. + + The dock enabled control. + The coordinate point that needs to get the dock information. + The DockInfo. + + + + Dock the docked on dropped position. + + The control which needs to be drop. + The DockingStyle. + + + + + The Close controller. + + + + + Occurs when controller changed. + + The Dock info + The DCRelationship. + + + + Invoke the Docking in DockingManager. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Invoke the previous dock, float transition. + + Indicates whether the show floating. + + + + Redock the controller. + + The DockInfo + Indicates whether it forced to new + + + + + Attempt the docked control relationship docking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The IEnumerator. + + + + + Invoke the docked control relationship with Docking + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DCRelationship. + + + + Returns the value of the Query dock relationship. + + The DCRelationship instance. + + + + + Dispose the DockControllerBase. + + + + + Apply Dock info for the docked control. + + + + + Move the controller. + + + + + Dock as MDI child. + + + + + Update the control. + + + + + Controller Changed Event - fired whenever a target controller is changed + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockingManager. + + + + + Gets the HostControl + + + + + Gets / Sets the Deleting. + + + + + Gets / Sets the ParentController. + + + + + Gets the ToplevelController + + + + + Gets / Sets the LayoutRect + + + + + Gets / Sets the DICurrent. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DITransient. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockBoundary. + + + + + Gets / Sets the floating. + + Returns true if the controller is hosted within a floating frame. Else false + + + + Gets the MainFormController + + + + + Gets the Child count. + + + + + Gets the Child Host count. + + + + + Gets the IEnumerator + + Returns null. + + + + Gets / Sets the current DCRelationship + + + + + Gets the ChildEnumerator + + Returns null. + + + + Gets the ChildControllers + + Returns null. + + + + Gets the ChildHostEnumerator. + + Returns null. + + + + Gets / Sets the MinimumSize. + + + + + A DockStateControllerBase type can be dragged around as well as serve as drop targets. This controller provides + feedback and also allows itself to be dropped on other controllers. + + + + + Initialize the control in AutoHide + + + + + Initialize the control in AutoHide Sizing. + + + + + Indicates control is entered in Auto hide mode. + + + + + Exit the Auto hide mode. + + Indicates whether the close on exit. + + + + + Gets the DockingStyle + + + + + Gets / Sets the Auto hide index + + + + + Gets / Sets the PreviousAutoHideIndex + + + + + Gets / Sets the new DockInfo + + + + + Gets / Sets the previous DockInfo. + + + + + Gets / Sets the AutoHideMode. + + + + + Enum of permissible drag axis. + + + + + No drag axis specified. + + + + + X - co-ordinate point. + + + + + Y - co-ordinate point. + + + + + XY - co-ordinate point. + + + + + All components that expect to be dragged will need to implement the IDraggable interface. This interface + is used by the drag provider to provide drag services to the component. + + + + + The DockingManager designer uses this interface for communicating mouse messages + to the docked/floating controls. + + + + + ITabFeedback is implemented by controls that allow tabbed docking/undocking. The FBProvider implementation + uses the ITabFeedback methods to interact with controls, primarily dockhosts, during a tabbed docking + + + + + Add the rectangle value. + + The Rectangle. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Rectangle for specified index. + + + + + + + Indicates the Splitter width. + + + + + Calculate the size. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The parent size. + The new parent size. + + + + Helper Recursive functions + + + + Re get the child controllers. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The ArrayList that contains the DockControllerBase + + + + DockHostControllers provide the visual feedback while dragging and are responsible for sizing the host controls. + + + + + Property to check the DockVisibility + + + + + Constructor of the DockHostController + + The DockingManager instance. + The DockHost instance. + + + + Overrides the AddToDCR. It helps to add the docked control with specified dock relationship. + + The DCRelationship. + + + + Overrides the RemoveFromDCR. It helps to remove the docked control. + + The DCRelationship. + + + + Overrides the InsertIntoDCR. It helps to insert the docked control with specified dock relationship. + + The ArrayList. + The index which needs to be inserted. + The DCRelationship. + + + + Overrides the AddChild. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DockingStyle + + + + Overrides the InsertChild. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The index to be inserted. + The DockingStyle + + + + Overrides the RemoveChild. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Gets the child at specified index. + + The index of the DockControllerBase + Null. + + + + Gets the index of the ChildHost index. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + Overrides the AdjustLayout. + + + + + Show the controller. + + + + + Undock the controller from the present dock/float state and then hide and dispose it. + + + + + Gets the Tab Dock target rectangle. + + The Rectangle + + + + Get the DockInfo. + + The dock enabled control. + The coordinate point. + The DockInfo. + + + + Overrides the QueryDropProceedWithDock. + + The control which needs to be drop. + The DockingStyle. + + + + + + Overrides the InvokePrevDockFloatTransition + + Indicates whether the show floating. + + + + Invoke the previous dock, float transition. + + + + + Transit the docked control to previous Float state. + + Indicates whether the Floating needs to be shown or not. + + + + Transit the control to previous Dock state. + + + + + Sets controllers size according to siblings. + + if location is floating. + + + + Transit the docked control to Floating state. + + + + + Transit the Floating control to Docked state. + + + + + Transit the Docked control in Float to Floating state. + + + + + Transit the Floating to Docking in Floating state. + + + + + Transit the docked control dock in Floating state. + + + + + Transit the docked control to another docking state. + + + + + Move floating control to floating state. + + + + + Overrides the InvokeDocking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Invoke the tabbed docking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Overrides the QueryRelationship. + + The DCRelationship instance. + + + + + Overrides the AttemptDCRDocking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The IEnumerator. + + + + + Overrides the InvokeDCRDocking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DCRelationship. + + + + Invoke the internal DCRDocking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DCRelationship. + + + + Redock the controller. + + The DockInfo + Indicates whether its force to new. + + + + + Overrides the UpdateDCRIndex. + + The DCRelationship + + + + Creates the Floating form frame. + + The location of the floating form + Indicates whether its shown or not. + + + + + Switching to the Auto hide mode + + Indicates whether the animation is appeared or not. + + + + Switching to Auto Hide mode + + + + + Enter the Auto hide mode. + + + + + Load in Auto hide mode. + + + + + Exit the AutoHideMode. + + + + + + Drag splitter moved. + + The source of the control. + The SplitterEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Returns the DockInfo. + + + + + + Returns the previous DockInfo. + + + + + + Apply dock info. + + + + + Move the controller. + + + + + Overrides the DockAsMDIChild. It helps to dock control as MDIChild. + + + + + Update the docked control. + + + + + Gets/sets if control is closing. + + + + + Gets / sets the Control's location in undocked mode. + + + + + Gets/Sets size of controller, when controllers dock visibility is false + and must be set to controller after showing it. + + + + + Gets / sets the Control's size in undocked mode. + + + + + Returns the selected tab page. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Unique name. + + + + + Gets or sets the ParentController. + + + + + Returns the host control. + + + + + Gets / sets the dock label for the controller. + + + + + Gets/ Sets the MDI image index. + Newly Added + + + + + Gets / sets the image index for the host controller. + + + + + Gets / sets the control image for the controller. + + + + + Gets / sets the layout rectangle for the controller. + + + + + Gets / Sets the floating. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Floating window target size. + + + + + Gets whether floating window is in auto hide mode + + + + + Gets the child count. + + + + + Gets the child host count. + + + + + Gets the IEnumerator + + + + + Gets / Sets the DCRelationship. + + + + + Gets/ Sets the DockDCRList. + + + + + Gets / Sets the FloatDCRList. + + + + + Gets / sets the visibility state of the controller. + + + + + Gets / Sets the previous DockInfo + + + + + Gets/ Sets the Dock Tab control. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Auto Hide Mode + + + + + Gets / Sets the Float only. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Hide caption. + + + + + Gets / Sets the MaximizeButton Visibility + + + + + Gets / Sets the Auto Hide Visibility + + + + + Gets / Sets the close button visibility. + + + + + Gets / Sets the MenuButton visibility. + + + + + Gets/ Sets the Minimum size. + + + + The DockHost class implements a container for hosting a dockable control. Any control embedded in a + DockHost automatically avails of the docking frameworks functionality. The DockHost is responsible + for the frame, caption rect, docking/floating transitions etc., DockHosts interact with the + docking framework through the DockHostController class. DockHost classes are never directly exposed + to the users. Users are oblivious of the existence of the dockhost class and all programmatic interaction + occurs through the DockingManager instance. Calling DockControl/FloatControl on the dockingmanager will create a dockhost for the + particular control and lay it out as per the configuration. + + + + Constructor of the DockHost. + + The DockingManager instance. + The dock enabled control. + + + + Initialize the Dock host. + + The DockingManager instance. + The dock enabled control. + + + + Subscribe the child control events. + + The Dock enabled control. + Indicates whether the event subscribe or not. + + + + Implementation of the IDraggable interface methods + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + Initiate the drag. + + The Mouse Action + The mouse coordinate point. + + + + + Returns the allowed drag axis. + + The mouse point of the drag location. + The mouse point. + The dragged axis. + + + + Indicates the DrawHollow. + + + + + + Cancel the Drag operation. + + + + + Gets the QueryDragProceedWithDock. + + + + + + Provide Tab Feedback. + + The IDraggable instance. + The Mouse action + + + + + Handles the Mouse down event. + + Indicates the Mouse Buttons + The coordinate point + + + + Handles the Mouse move event. + + Indicates the Mouse Buttons + The coordinate point + + + + Handles the Mouse up event. + + Indicates the Mouse Buttons + The coordinate point + + + + Handles the Double click event. + + + + + + Handles the Mouse leave event. + + + + + Initiate the Floating resize + + The coordinate point + + + + + Gets the Design mode of the DockingManager + + The DesignMode of the DockingManager. + + + + Retrieves the next control forward in the tab order of docked controls. + + The Control to start the search with. + The next control in the tab order. + + + + Subscribe the DockHost Events. + + + + + Unsubscribe the DockHost Events + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + Gets the DockControllerBase. + + + + + + Gets the ClientRectangle. + + + + + Gets the internal controller. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Image index. + + + + + Gets / Sets the MDI Image index. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Drag DockInfo + + + + + Gets/ Sets the DragRectangle. + + + + + Gets the Title Bar + + + + + Generate the name + + The dock enabled control. + + + + + Coded UI Accessibility for Docking Manager + + + + + Hold Host Controller instance + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets the Accessible Role + + + + + Gets the Accessible Name + + + + + Gets the Accessible Value + + + + + Gets the Description + + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users of dockstate changes. + + + The DockStateChangeEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for the and events. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockStateChangeEventArgs class. + + The control(s) being docked/floated. + + + + Returns the collection of controls undergoing the dockstate transfer. + + + + + Handles the and + events. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Custom event argument base class used for providing data for docking window events. + + + The DockControlEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for a dockable control. + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockControlEventArgs class. + + The control undergoing the state change. + + + + Returns the control undergoing the state change. + + A value. + + + + Handles the and + events. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the selected control + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users once mouse selection is done on control caption. + + + + + Gets control which is selected + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockControlMouseSelection class. + + Active Control + + + + Gets mouse selected control + + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users of DockVisibility state changes. + + + The DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for the event. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class. + + The control for which the DockVisibility state has changed. + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class with specified arguments. + + The control for which the DockVisibility state has changed. + The action which caused the event. + + + + Gets the DockingAction. + + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users of DockVisibility state changing. + + + The DockVisibilityChangingEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for the event. + + + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class. + + The control for which the DockVisibility state is changing. + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class + with specified Cancel property value. + + The control for which the DockVisibility state is changing. + The value of Cancel property. + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockVisibilityChangedEventArgs class + with specified Cancel property value. + + The control for which the DockVisibility state is changing. + The value of Cancel property. + + + + Gets the DockingAction + + + + + Indicates whether to close the selected docking window. + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users of docking controls + programmatically using context menu. + + + The DockMenuClickEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for the event. + + + + + Creates the instance for DockMenuClickEventArgs. + + + + + Returns the docking style of the window. + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users of docking controls + state is loaded successfully or not. + + + The DockStateLoadEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for the event. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class with the dock state loaded result. + + if set to true dock state is successfully loaded. + + + + Returns a bool value indicating whether the dock state is loaded successfully or not. + + + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users of activation state changes. + + + The DockActivationChangedEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for the and + events. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockActivationChangedEventArgs class. + + The control for which the activation state has changed. + + + + Handles the + and events. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users of the start/stop of an autohide animation. + + + The AutoHideAnimationEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for the and + events. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the AutoHideAnimationEventArgs class. + + The control undergoing the autohide animation. + The dock style of the control. + The bounds of the control. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control undergoing the autohide animation. + The dock style of the control. + The bounds of the control. + The autohide roll state. + + + + Returns the border along which the AutoHide tab is aligned. + + A value. + + + + Gets / sets the display bounds of the autohidden control. + + A value. + + + + Indicates the roll state of the autohidden control. + + + + + Indicates the roll state of the autohidden control. + + + + + When the autohidden control is rolled in. + + + + + When the autohidden control is rolled out. + + + + + No state. + + + + + Handles the + and events. + + The source of the event. + An value that contains the event data. + + + + Custom cancellable event argument class used for the event. + + + The uses the event to provide information + about an impending drag operation and provides a chance to accept/cancel the drag. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockAllowEventArgs class. + + The control being dragged. + + + + Returns the control that is about to be dragged. + + A instance representing the control that is about to be dragged. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + An value that contains the event data. + + + + Creates the custom cancellable event argument, The class used for the event. + + + + + Initialize the control + + + + + Initialize the Cancel operation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the WindowAutoHidingEventArgs class. + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. + + + + Gets the Control, which is about to Auto Hide. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether to enable/disable, Auto Hide behavior on mouse leave. + true if the event should be canceled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the control. + A value that provides the event data. + + + + Custom cancellable event argument class used for the event. + + + The uses the event to provide information + about an impending dock operation and provides a chance to accept/cancel the + dock based on the participating controls and the style. + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockAllowEventArgs class. + + The control being dragged. + The target control. + The dock style. + + + + Returns the control being dragged. + + A Control object that represents the control being dragged. + + + + Returns the dock target control. + + A Control object that represents the target control for the dock. + + + + Returns the dock operation style. + + A value that represents the style of the dock + operation. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that provides the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that provides the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that provides the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that provides the event data. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that provides the event data. + + + + Base size changed event args that informs user which controls size state changed. + + + + + Default constructor of the ControlSizeStateChangedEventArgs. + + Changing control. + + + + returns changing control. + + + + + Event args for size restore event. + + + + + Overridden. Constructor of the ControlRestoredEventArgs. + + The Dock enabled control. + Previous size state of control. + + + + Gets previous size state of changing control. + + The previous ControlSizeStates. + + + + Arguments for control minimize event. + + Contains only changing control. + + + + Overridden. Constructor of the ControlMinimizedEventArgs. + + The Dock enabled control. + + + + Arguments for control maximized event. + + Contains only changing control. + + + + Overridden. Constructor of the ControlMaximizedEventArgs. + + The Dock enabled control. + + + + Arguments for Maximize control event. + + + Adds ability to cancel operation. + + + + + Overridden. Constructor of the ControlMaximizeEventArgs. + + The Dock enabled control. + + + + Gets/sets if to cancel operation. + + + + + Custom event argument class used by the event. + + The uses the event to + allow users to modify the context menu displayed when a docking window's caption + is right-clicked. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockContextMenuEventArgs class. + + The control displaying the menu. + The menu being displayed. + + + + Returns the control that is displaying the context menu. + + + + + Gets / sets the context menu to be displayed. + + An instance of the class. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that provides the event data. + + + + Custom event argument class used for obtaining the Graphics objects used for rendering + the caption of docked windows. + + The uses the event to + obtain custom Graphics objects from the application to be used for drawing the caption area of docked windows. +

+ NOTE: The main caption for floating windows is rendered by the Win32 system and cannot be customized. +

+ +
+
+ + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The dockable control for which the caption is being drawn. + The caption bounds. + Indicates the active/inactive state of the control. + + + + Returns the dockable control for which the caption is being drawn. + + A instance. + + + + Returns the bounds of the caption. + + A value. + + + + Returns the active/inactive state of the docking window. + + TRUE if the window is active. + + + + Gets / sets the Brush to be used for drawing the caption background. + + An instance of the class. + + + + Gets / sets the Color to be used for drawing the caption text and buttons. + + A value. + + + + Gets / sets the Font to be used for the caption text. + + An instance of the class. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users that dock state information does not exist for a control. + + + The DockStateUnavailableEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for the event. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockStateUnavailableEventArgs class. + + The control for which the dock state information is not available. + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Custom event argument class used by the to notify that a previously persisted + dockable control cannot be located during a operation. + + + Applications can use the as a hint to create and initialize + controls selectively based on the control set in the previously persisted docking layout. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the InitializeControlOnLoadEventArgs class. + + The name of the control that the DockingManager is attempting to load. + + + + Returns the property of the control. + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Custom event argument class used for notifying users that a control is being transferred from + it's current to another manager. + + + The TransferManagerEventArgs class is used by the to + provide event data for the and + events. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TransferManagerEventArgs class. + + The control whose is undergoing the transfer. + + + + Handles the + and events. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Custom event argument class used by the event. + + The uses the event to + allow users to modify the context menu displayed when a AutoHideTab is right-clicked. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the AutoHideTabContextMenuEventArgs class. + + The menu being displayed. + The docked edge of AutoHidetab control displaying the menu. + + + + Gets / sets the context menu to be displayed. + + An instance of the class. + + + + Returns the side to where the AutoHideTab aligned. + + + + + Handles the event. + + The source of the event. + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Specifies the close action of docked controls. + + + + + Specifies that the close action is by mouse. + + + + + Specifies that the close action is by code. + + + + + Specifies the docking behavior of docked controls. + + + + + Specifies that the Docking behavior based on Visual Studio 2008. + + + + + Specifies that the Docking behavior based on Visual Studio 2010. + + + + + Specifies the style of dragging. + + + The DragProviderStyle enumeration is used by the to enable the style of dragging + the docking windows. VS2005 style is set for Visual Studio 2005 by default. Standard style will set for VS 2002 and VS 2003 .NET Framework. + + + + + + Enables the normal style of helper frame for docking windows. + + + + + Enables the Visual Studio 2005 style of docking. + + + + + Enables the Visual Studio 2005 Beta 2 style of docking. + + + + + Enables visual studio 2008 style for the drag provider. + + + + + Enables visual studio 2010 style for the drag provider. + + + + + Enables visual studio 2012 style for the drag provider. + + + + + Enables Office2016Colorful style for the drag provider. + + + + + Enables Office2016Black style for the drag provider. + + + + + Enables Office2016Dark style for the drag provider. + + + + + Specifies appearance and behavior of docking windows context menus. + + + + + Appearance and behavior are similar to menus in Visual Studio 2003. + + + + + Appearance and behavior are similar to menus in Visual Studio 2005. + + + + + Specifies the Painter type. + + + + + Specify the painter type as Halftone. + + + + + Specify the painter type as Colored. + + + + + Custom painter type. + + + + + Specifies the Alignment style of the dock tab. + + + + + + The Tab is aligned to the Top. + + + + + The Tab is aligned to the Bottom. + + + + + The Tab is aligned to the Left. + + + + + The Tab is aligned to the Right. + + + + + Specifies the Selection style of the AutoHided window. + + + + + The AutoHided window can be show/hide by MouseHover. + + + + + The AuotHided window can be show/hide by Click. + + + + + Specifies the Alignment style of the dock label. + + + + + The Caption text is aligned to the Left by default. + + + + + The Caption text is aligned to the Left. + + + + + The Caption text is aligned to the Center. + + + + + The Caption text is aligned to the Right. + + + + + The DockingManager provides the functionality for creating and working with docking windows. + + +

+ The Essential Tools Docking Windows framework enables developers to add docking windows, similar + to those found in the Microsoft Visual Studio.NET IDE, to their Windows Forms applications. At the + most basic level a docking window may be defined as a control that attaches itself to a host form's + border, is capable of being dragged around and docked to different edges within the form and can also be + dragged off the host form and floated as an individual top-level window. The docking + framework allows just about any child control on a form to be made into a fully qualified + docking window. The framework, in addition to the core docking interactions, implements + some highly advanced features such as multiple docking levels, nested docking, tabbed docking, + tear-off tabs, autohide mode, state persistence etc. To facilitate the addition of these + complex features, the DockingManager has a full-fledged WYSIWYG visual designer that enables + developers to create the exact docking layout that they desire without having to write a single line of code. +

+

The DockingManager class is the central component of the Essential Tools Docking Windows implementation. + The class coordinates and facilitates the multitude of complex interactions that take place between + a dockable control and it's host form as well as between the dockable controls themselves. + DockingManagers are form-centric and adding an instance of the component to a form makes the + form into a 'dock-enabled' host. The DockingManager is implemented as an Extender Provider and + upon adding it to a Form or UserControl, the controls that are immediate children of the container qualify for + the docking services provided by the docking framework. +

+

+ The 'EnableDocking' () extended property that the + DockingManager adds to controls serves as the trigger for enabling/disabling a control as a dockable window. + Upon setting the EnableDocking property, the control is enclosed within a dockable container and will be + docked to a default border. The control can now be repositioned by dragging it around within the designer. + The DockingManager persists the dock positions set during design time, ie., the dock state + information, as a part of the application's resource and uses this persisted info when loading + the application. Thus the DockingManager implements a true WYSIWYG visual designer. There is also + a simple and intuitive API available for programmatic manipulation of the docking windows. +

+
+ + The sample code shows how to create and setup a simple docking windows layout constituting + of a ListBox control docked to the left side of the form and having a width of 175 units, a second + ListBox that is docked as a tab within the first ListBox, a TreeView control that is docked to the form's + right border, has a width of 150 units and starts off in the AutoHide mode, and a + CheckedListBox control that is initially a floating window. +

+ NOTE: The layout initialization code shown here is required only when docking window is being used programmatically. + When using the designer, the layout state will automatically be written to the application's resource file. +

+ + private void InitializeDockingWindows() + { + // Create the DockingManager instance and set this form as the host form. + this.dockingManager = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager(this.components); + this.dockingManager.BeginInit(); + this.dockingManager.HostForm = this; + + // Disable state persistence + this.dockingManager.PersistState = false; + // Enable display of the default context menus + this.dockingManager.EnableContextMenu = true; + // Set the imagelist that will provide the icons for the docking windows. + this.dockingManager.ImageList = this.ilDocking; + + // Dock listbox1 to the left border of the form and with an initial + // width of 175 units. + // NOTE - Calling DockControl() on a control for the first time, + // will initialize it as a docking window. This is the equivalent of + // the DockingManager.SetEnableDocking() call. + this.dockingManager.DockControl(this.listBox1, this, + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left, 175); + // Set the text to be displayed in the dockingwindow caption + this.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(this.listBox1, "ListBox 1"); + // The image index used for this control + this.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(this.listBox1, 0); + + // Now dock listbox2 as a tab onto listbox1 + this.dockingManager.DockControl(this.listBox2, this.listBox1, + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed, 175); + this.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(this.listBox2, "ListBox 2"); + this.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(this.listBox2, 1); + + // Dock the treeView to the right border of the form with a width of 150. + this.dockingManager.DockControl(this.treeView1, this, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Right, 150); + // Set treeView1 to start off in the AutoHide position. + this.dockingManager.SetAutoHideMode(this.treeView1, true); + this.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(this.treeView1, "TreeView"); + this.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(this.treeView1, 2); + + // Set checkedListBox1 to be initially in a floating position. + Rectangle rcfrm = this.Bounds; + this.dockingManager.FloatControl(this.checkedListBox1, + new Rectangle(rcfrm.Right+25,rcfrm.Bottom-250,175,300)); + this.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(this.checkedListBox1, "Checked ListBox"); + this.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(this.checkedListBox1, 3); + this.dockingManager.EndInit(); + } + + + + Private Sub InitializeDockingWindows() + + ' Create the DockingManager instance and set this form as the host form. + Me.dockingManager = New Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager(Me.components) + Me.dockingManager.BeginInit() + Me.dockingManager.HostForm = Me + + ' Disable state persistence + Me.dockingManager.PersistState = False + ' Enable display of the default context menus + Me.dockingManager.EnableContextMenu = True + ' Set the imagelist that will provide the icons for the docking windows. + Me.dockingManager.ImageList = Me.ilDocking + + ' Dock listbox1 to the left border of the form and with an initial + ' width of 175 units. + ' NOTE - Calling DockControl() on a control for the first time, + ' will initialize it as a docking window. This is the equivalent of + ' the DockingManager.SetEnableDocking() call. + Me.dockingManager.DockControl(Me.listBox1, Me, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left, 175) + ' Set the text to be displayed in the dockingwindow caption + Me.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(Me.listBox1, "ListBox 1") + ' The image index used for this control + Me.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(Me.listBox1, 0) + + ' Now dock listbox2 as a tab onto listbox1 + Me.dockingManager.DockControl(Me.listBox2, Me.listBox1, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed, 175) + Me.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(Me.listBox2, "ListBox 2") + Me.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(Me.listBox2, 1) + + ' Dock the treeView to the right border of the form with a width of 150. + Me.dockingManager.DockControl(Me.treeView1, Me, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Right, 150) + ' Set treeView1 to start off in the AutoHide position. + Me.dockingManager.SetAutoHideMode(Me.treeView1, True) + Me.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(Me.treeView1, "TreeView") + Me.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(Me.treeView1, 2) + + ' Set checkedListBox1 to be initially in a floating position. + Dim rcfrm As Rectangle + rcfrm = Me.Bounds + Me.dockingManager.FloatControl(Me.checkedListBox1, New Rectangle((rcfrm.Right + 25), (rcfrm.Bottom - 250), 175, 300)) + Me.dockingManager.SetDockLabel(Me.checkedListBox1, "Checked ListBox") + Me.dockingManager.SetDockIcon(Me.checkedListBox1, 3) + Me.dockingManager.EndInit() + + End Sub + +
+ +
+ + + Initialize the static Field + + + + + Static Constructor + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the and initializes it with the container. + + An object implementing the interface to associate with this instance of the DockingManager. + + + + Specifies the BARITEM_IMAGES_PATH. + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Frame painter + + + + + Point where the floating form need to be shown. Added to increase the customization + + + + + Controls Collection used to add the controls that need cusomization of floating form location + + + + + Animation interval used by the auto hide timer + + + + + Gets/Sets the step size of autohide animation.It can be used to control the speed of animation + + An integer value specifying step size.Default is 25 + This example describes how to prevent the animation when we hide controls + + private void dockingManager1_AutoHideAnimationStart(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoHideAnimationEventArgs arg) + { + if (arg.DockBorder == DockStyle.Left || arg.DockBorder == DockStyle.Right) + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Width; + else + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Height; + } + + + Private Sub DockingManager1_AutoHideAnimationStart(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoHideAnimationEventArgs) Handles DockingManager1.AutoHideAnimationStart + If (arg.DockBorder = DockStyle.Left Or arg.DockBorder = DockStyle.Right) Then + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Width + Else + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Height + End If + End Sub + + + + + + Gets whether the previous theme is Metro or not. + + + + + Specify the Inactive caption forecolor for MetroStyle + This property is only applicable when Visual Style is set as Metro. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Specify the Active caption forecolor for MetroStyle + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Initialize the caption line to show. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value of the ShowMetroCaptionLines. + + + + MetroColor + + + + + Variable to hold useAutoHideAnimation value + + + + + Gets the value whether the Active Caption Font is changed or not. + + + + + Gets the value whether the InActive Caption Font is changed or not. + + + + + Resets the value. + + + + + Resets the value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the EnableAutoAdjustCaption property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Initialize the forecolor of the Docked tab control. + + + + + Holds the value for Backcolor of the Docked tab panel + + + + + Holds the value for Separator color of the DockTabControl + + + + + Holds the value for Backcolor of the Active DockTabControl. + + + + + Holds the value for Forecolor of the Active DockTabControl. + + + + + Holds the value for Backcolor of the Inactive DockTabControl. + + + + + Indicates the Padding x for docked tab control. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + The value of the docked tab control padding. + + + + Specify the forecolor of the AutoHide tab control + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of the property is to be serialized. + + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the property to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the CaptionButtonForeColor to it's default value. + + + + + Resets the CaptionButtonForeColor to it's default value. + + + + + Begins the initialization of the component. + + + + + Ends the initialization of the component. + + + + + To get then title of the Active window. + + + + + + Locks host form's updates. + + + This example shows how to avoid flickering during loading a dockstate + + dockingManager1.LockHostFormUpdate(); + dockingManager1.LoadDockState(); + dockingManager1.UnlockHostFormUpdate(); + + + DockingManager1.LockHostFormUpdate() + DockingManager1.LoadDockState() + DockingManager1.UnlockHostFormUpdate() + + + + + + Unlocks host form's updates. + + + + + Locks panel repainting. + + + + + Unlocks panel repainting. + + + + + Call this so that the DockingManager will not attempt to layout the elements on the form + when another action is taking place (like merging MDI children into the menus) + + Specifies if the Hooks used by the DockingManager should be temporarily unhooked for the duration of the suspension. + + + + Call this so that the DockingManager can continue to layout elements on the form (if it was previously suspended). + + + + + Call this so that the DockingManager can continue to layout elements on the form (if it was previously suspended). + + + + + Suspends listening to system wide hooks. + + + + + Resumes listening to system wide hooks. + + + + + IGetMsgProcListener implementation + + + The system message to progress. + The system message to progress. + + + + ICallWndProcListener implementation. + + + The system message to progress. + The system message to progress. + + + + Sets a new size for the dockable control. + + The docked/floating control. + Specifies the new size of the control. + + The SetControlSize method changes the dimensions of the docked control by displacing the + horizontal/vertical splitter that is closest to the particular control. + + + + + Gets the size of the dockable control. + + The docked or floating control. + Size of the dockable control. + + + + Specifies the minimum width and height to which the dockable control can be resized to. + + The docking window. + A value specifying the minimum bounds. Default value is Size.Empty. + + + The SetControlMinimumSize method is a part of the DockingManager's programmatic API and is not exposed by + the docking windows designer. The application should invoke this method for each dock-enabled control that + requires a set minimum size. The best place to call this method is from a handler for the + event. + + + Please note that the control's minimum bounds are only a hint. While the will + enforce the set extents far as possible, layout constraints may at times force it to overrun the minimum size. + + + + + + Returns the minimum bounds specified for the dockable control. + + The docking window. + A value indicating the minimum bounds. The default value is Size.Empty. + + + + Implementation of the IExtenderProvider::CanExtend method. + + The target of the control. + + + + + Indicates whether the control is a docking window. + + The control to be queried. + TRUE if the control is a docking window; FALSE otherwise. + + + + Enables or disables the control as a docking window. + + The control instance. + TRUE indicates that the control is set as a docking window; FALSE to disable a dock-enabled control. + + + + Sets the text to be displayed in the docking window caption. + + The dock-enabled control. + A String value representing the text caption. + + + + Returns the text displayed in the docking window caption. + + The dock-enabled control. + A String value representing the text caption. + + + + Returns the index of the image associated with the docking window. + + The dock-enabled control. + A zero-based index into the property value. + + + + Sets the index of the image associated with this docking window at MDI Child state. + + The dock-enabled control. + The index of the Mdi child. + + + + Sets the index of the image associated with this docking window at MDI Child state. + + The dock-enabled control. + The icon of the MDI child. + + + + Sets the Image associated with the docking window. + + The dock enabled control. + The representing the docking window. + + This overloaded version of the method is normally used only + in combination with the property. Setting ControlScopeImages to + TRUE signifies that dockable controls will provide their own images objects during initialization and the + scope of these images will be restricted to the control's existence as a docking window. + + + + + + Returns the index of the image associated with the docking window. + + The dock-enabled control. + A zero-based index into the property value. + + + + Gets the index of the image associated with this docking window at MDI Child state. + + The dock-enabled control. + + + + + Sets the control as a non-dockable float-only window. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE to disable docking. + + + + Indicates whether the control is a non-dockable float-only docking window. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE if the control is a float-only docking window. + + + + Indicates whether the control can transit to floating state. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE if the control can transit to floating state. + + + + Sets if the control can transit to floating state. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE to allow floating. + + + + Specifies whether the docking window should be in the autohide mode on application startup. + + The dock-enabled control. + Indicates whether the control is in Auto hide on application start up. + + + + Specifies whether the docking window should be in the autohide mode on application startup. + + The dock-enabled control. + + + + + Specifies whether the docking window should be hidden on application startup. + + The dock-enabled control. + Indicates whether the control is in Auto hide on application start up. + + + + Specifies whether the docking window should be hidden on application startup. + + The dock-enabled control. + + + + + Specifies whether the docking window should not be resized. + + The dock-enabled control. + Indicates whether the docking window should not be resized. + + + + Specifies whether the docking window should not be resized. + + The dock-enabled control. + + + + + Indicates where user can dock in this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). + + The dock-enabled control. + The DockAbility of the control. + + + + Specifies where user can dock in this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). + + The dock-enabled control. + The index of the DockAbility. + + + + Indicates where user can dock in this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). + + The dock-enabled control. + The DockAbility. + + + + Indicates whether user can dock in this control, using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). + + The dock-enabled control. + + + + + Indicates where user can dock this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). + + The dock-enabled control. + The DockAbility of the control + + + + Specifies where user can dock this control using drag providers (Arrow drag providers only). + + The dock-enabled control. + The index of the DockAbility. + + + + Indicates where user can dock this control using drag providers (Whidbey and VS2005 drag providers only). + + The dock-enabled control. + The DockAbility. + + + + Indicates where user can dock this control using drag providers (Whidbey and VS2005 drag providers only). + + The dock-enabled control. + + + + + Gets custom caption buttons collection for each docked control. + + The dock-enabled control. + + + + + Sets custom caption buttons collection for each docked control. + + The dock-enabled control. + The CaptionButtonsCollection. + + + + Sets the auto hide button's tooltip. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Returns the auto hide button's tooltip. + + A value which is displaying as the tooltip of AutoHideButton. + + + + Sets the close button's tooltip. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Returns the close button's tooltip. + + A value which is displaying as the tooltip of Close Button. + + + + Sets the window position button's tooltip. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Returns the window position button's tooltip. + + Text for window position button tooltip . + + + + Sets the maximize button's tooltip. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Returns the maximize button's tooltip. + + Text for maximize button tooltip . + + + + Sets the restore button tooltip. + + Tooltip text. + + + + Returns the restore button tooltip. + + Text for restore button tooltip . + + + + Returns the visibility state for the docking window's autohide button. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE if the autohide button is displayed. Default is TRUE. + + + + Sets the visibility state for the docking window's autohide button. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE to display the autohide button. Default is TRUE. + + + + Sets the visibility state for the docking window's close button. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE to display the close button. Default is TRUE. + + + + Returns the visibility state for the docking window's close button. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE if the close button is displayed. Default is TRUE. + + + + Sets the visibility state for the docking window's window position button. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE to display the window position button. Default is TRUE. + + + + Returns the visibility state for the docking window's window position button. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE if the window position button is displayed. Default is TRUE. + + + + Returns the docking window's visibility state. + + + A control's DockVisibility indicates whether the control is currently 'closed' or is + an active participant in the interactions within the current set of docking windows. + This is different from the Control.Visible property as a dockable control that is not + visible may still be a part of the docking implementation such as when it is in the + autohide or tabbed docking modes. + + The control for which the DockVisibility is to be queried. + TRUE if the control is a part of the current dock set; FALSE if it has been closed. + + + + Sets the docking window's visibility state. + + + A control's DockVisibility indicates whether the control is currently 'closed' or is + an active participant of the interactions within the current set of docking windows. + This is different from the Control.Visible property as a dockable control that is not + visible may still be a part of the docking implementation such as when it is in the + autohide or tabbed docking modes. + + The control for which the DockVisibility is to be set. + TRUE indicates that the control will be a part of the current dockset. Else + the control will be closed. Clicking the 'X' button sets the DockVisibility to be false. + Location whether the floating form need to be displayed, in case of floating control + + + + Sets the docking window's visibility state. + + + A control's DockVisibility indicates whether the control is currently 'closed' or is + an active participant of the interactions within the current set of docking windows. + This is different from the Control.Visible property as a dockable control that is not + visible may still be a part of the docking implementation such as when it is in the + autohide or tabbed docking modes. + + The control for which the DockVisibility is to be set. + TRUE indicates that the control will be a part of the current dockset. Else + the control will be closed. Clicking the 'X' button sets the DockVisibility to be false. + + + + Maximizes the specified dockable control. + + The control instance. + + + + Restores the specified dockable control. + + The control instance. + + + + Activates the specified dockable control. + + The control instance. + + If the control is in the AutoHide mode or is part of a tabbed docking group, then invoking + this method will bring the control to the foreground and set focus to it. + + + + + Hides the locked autohidden control. + + + If an autohidden control is visible and in the locked mode, then invoking this method will + unlock and hideItem the control. + + Indicates whether the locked autohidden control should + be hidden with an animation. + + + + Hides the locked autohidden control. + + + + + Transfers the dockable control into or out of the autohide mode. + + The dock-enabled control. + Indicates whether the control is set in autohide mode. + + + + Transfers the dockable control into or out of the autohide mode. + + The dock-enabled control. + Indicates whether the control is set in autohide mode. + Indicates whether only the specified control should go into autohide mode, if tabbed. + + + + Indicates the autohide mode of the control. + + The dockable control for which the autohide mode is being queried. + TRUE if the control is in autohide. + + + + Sets the control as an MDI child. + + The dock enabled control. + Indicates whether the docked control is specified as MDI or not. + + + + Sets the control as an MDI child. + + The dock enabled control. + Indicates whether the docked control is specified as MDI or not. + The Rectangle for the MDI child. + + + + Indicates whether the specified control is in MDI Child mode or not. + + Instance of a control. + + true if the specified control is in MDI Child mode; otherwise, false. + + Control must be enabled for docking. + + + + Indicates the dock/float state of the dockable control. + + The control for which the dock/float state is being queried. + TRUE if the control is floating. + + + + Returns the current docking style of the control. + + The Instance of a control. + A value that specifies the dock type\position. + Control must be enabled for docking. It will return DockingStyle.Fill for Floating state and Tabbed group. + + + + Returns array of controls which are tabbed with the given control. + + + The instance of control whose tabbed siblings are to be returned + + Array of controls + + + + Determines whether the second control is under the same group of the first control. + + The instance of a control. + The instance of a control. + + true if the second control is under the first control tab group ; otherwise, false. + + + Both controls must be a part of tab group, otherwise it will return false. + + + + + Gets the tab position of the specified control. + + The instance of a control. + An Integer value that specifies the tab position of the control. + Control must be part of tab group. + + + + Sets the docked control's position within tab group. + + The control instance. + New position of control's page. + + Control must be part of tab group. newPosition must be valid page index of tab group. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified control is tabbed or not. + + The Instance of a control. + + true if the specified control is tabbed; otherwise, false. + + Control must be enabled for docking. + + + + If contextmenu is enabled, then displays the Syncfusion XP menus. + Else fires the contextmenu event with a null popup menu. + + The DockHostController instance. + The coordinate point. + + + + Shows the Docking caption context menu at the specified point. + + Instance of a control + The location of the menu to be displayed. + + + + Adds the DockingManager to the target providers list belonging to the current manager. + + The DockingManager to be added to the target list. + + Specifying a DockingManager as a target provider by adding it to another DockingManager's target list + allows controls from the source manager to be dragged and docked onto the docking layout hosted + by the target manager. + + + + + + + + Removes the DockingManager from the target providers list belonging to the current manager. + + The DockingManager to be removed from the target list. + + Specifying a DockingManager as a target provider by adding it to another DockingManager's target list + allows controls from the source manager to be dragged and docked onto the docking layout hosted + by the target manager. + + + + + + + + Serves to remove the specified controller from the docking manager. + + The Dock host controller + + + + Adds controller to the docking manager. + + Dock host controller. + + + + Sets the RTL property for the specified control. + + The dock-enabled control. + TRUE indicates that the control is set as Mirrored; FALSE to disable Mirrored for a specified control. + + + + Forces the host form to recalculate it's layout. + + + + + Restricts dock fill auto hide border. + + The DockingStyle + + + + Returns the serialized controls collection enumerator in the specified Serializer. + + + + + Specifies whether control contains serialization information. + + The AppStateSerializer + The dock-enabled control. + + + + + Applies deserialized state to the control. + + Docking manager serialization wrapper + + + + Applies deserialized state. + + The DockingMgrSerializationWrapperAdv instance. + + + + Reads the persisted dockstate from the Isolated Storage. + + TRUE if the read is successful. + + + + Reads a previously serialized dockstate. + + A value. + The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or the + registry key containing the persisted dockstate information. + TRUE if the load is successful. + + Reads the dockstate information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadCommandBarState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. + + + + + + Reads a previously serialized dockstate using the AppStateSerializer object. + + A reference to the instance. + TRUE if the load is successful. + + Reads the dockstate information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + + + //Loading DockState from IsolatedStorage + AppStateSErializer appstser=new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.IsolatedStorage, null); + dockingManager1.LoadDockState(appstser); + //Loading DockState from xml file(DockState.xml located in Application folder) + AppStateSerializer appstser =new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "DockState"); + dockingManager1.LoadDockState(appstser); + + + 'Loading DockState from IsolatedStorage + Dim appstser As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.IsolatedStorage, Nothing) + dockingManager1.LoadDockState(appstser) + 'Loading DockState from xml file(DockState.xml located in Application folder) + Dim appstser As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "DockState") + dockingManager1.LoadDockState(appstser) + + + + + + Reads a previously serialized dockstate for the specified dockable control and applies the new state. + + A reference to the instance. + TRUE if the load is successful. + + When attempting to read from the store, the LoadDockState method first attempts to locate persisted data pertaining to this + control from the stored dockstate information for the 's full control set and failing that looks for + dockstate information that is exclusive to the control. + + + + + + + Restores the dockstate to that set within the visual designer. + + TRUE if the load is successful. + + + + Saves the dockstate information for the specified dockable control. + + A reference to the instance. + + Takes a snapshot of the control's current dock state in the 's layout and serializes this information + to the persistence medium set in the AppStateSerializer. + + + + + + + Overloaded. Saves the current dockstate to Isolated Storage. + + + + + Saves the current dockstate information to the specified persistence medium. + + A value. + Specifies the name of an IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or a registry key to + which the persistence information will be written. + + Writes the docking windows information to the persistence medium specified by the + parameter and at the path specified by the object. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible SaveDockState(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. + + + + + + Saves the current dockstate information to the specified . + + A reference to the instance. + + Writes the docking windows information to the persistence medium. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + + + //Saving DockState to IsolatedStorage + AppStateSErializer appstser=new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.IsolatedStorage, null); + dockingManager1.SaveDockState(appstser); + appstser.PersistNow(); + //Saving DockState to xml file(DockState.xml located in Application folder) + AppStateSerializer appstser =new AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "DockState"); + dockingManager1.SaveDockState(appstser); + appstser.PersistNow(); + + + 'Saving DockState to IsolatedStorage + Dim appstser As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.IsolatedStorage, Nothing) + dockingManager1.SaveDockState(appstser) + appstser.PersistNow() + 'Saving DockState to xml file(DockState.xml located in Application folder) + Dim appstser As New AppStateSerializer(SerializeMode.XMLFile, "DockState") + dockingManager1.SaveDockState(appstser) + appstser.PersistNow() + + + + + + Initializes the control as a docking window and sets it to be in the autohide mode. + + The control instance. + The host container edge along which the control will be autohidden. + The autohide window size. + + + + Sets the control as a separate floating window. + + + Floats the control as a resizable frame using the coordinates and bounds specified by the rcscreen parameter. + + The control to be floated. + The bounds for the floating parent frame. + + + //Float control panel1 in specified manner. + dockingManager1.FloatControl(panel1,new Rectangle(1,1,200,200)); + + + 'Float control panel1 in specified manner. + DockingManager1.FloatControl(Panel1,new Rectangle(1,1,200,200)) + + + + + + Sets the control as a separate floating window. + + + Floats the control as a resizable frame using the coordinates and bounds specified by the rcscreen parameter. + + The control to be floated. + The bounds for the floating parent frame. + When control is on DockTabPage, make entire DockTabControl floating if true. + + + //Float control panel1 in specified manner. + dockingManager1.FloatControl(panel1,new Rectangle(1,1,200,200),true); + + + 'Float control panel1 in specified manner. + DockingManager1.FloatControl(Panel1,new Rectangle(1,1,200,200),true) + + + + + + Overloaded. Docks the control to the specified dock-enabled parent control. + + + The value provides the docking information and size. + The interpretation of the dockstyle and nsize values depends upon the context of + the dock operation. + + The control to be docked. + The parent control that will host the new control. This can be + the or any other dock-enabled control. + A value that specifies the dock type position. + Specifies the docked bounds for the control. + + + //Code to dock a control to left of HostForm with width 100 + dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,this,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left,100); + //Code to dock a control(panel1) to top of another docked control(panel2). + dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Top,100);//panel1 will take space from panel2 at the top + //Code to dock a control(panel1) into another docked control(panel2) in tabbed style + dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed,100); + + + 'Code to dock a control to left side of HostForm with width 100 + DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,this,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left,100); + 'Code to dock a control(Panel1) to top of another docked control(Panel2). + DockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Top,100);//Panel1 will take space from Panel2 at the top + 'Code to dock a control(Panel1) into another docked control(Panel2) in tabbed style + DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,Panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed,100); + + + + + + Docks the control to the specified dock-enabled parent control. + + + The value provides the docking information and size. + The interpretation of the dockstyle and nsize values depends upon the context of + the dock operation. + + The control to be docked. + The parent control that will host the new control. This can be + the or any other dock-enabled control. + A value that specifies the dock type\position. + Specifies the docked bounds for the control. + Indicates whether to dock whole tab group + or specified control only. If control is not part of tab group this parameter is ignored. + + + //Code to dock a control to left of HostForm with width 100 + dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,this,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left,100); + //Code to dock a control(panel1) to top of another docked control(panel2). + dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Top,100);//panel1 will take space from panel2 at the top + //Code to dock a control(panel1) into another docked control(panel2) in tabbed style + dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed,100); + //Code to Dock a control(panel1) into another docked control(panel2) in tabbed style with whole tab group + dockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,DockingStyle.Tabbed,150,false); + + + 'Code to dock a control to left side of HostForm with width 100 + DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,this,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Left,100); + 'Code to dock a control(Panel1) to top of another docked control(Panel2). + DockingManager1.DockControl(panel1,panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Top,100);//Panel1 will take space from Panel2 at the top + 'Code to dock a control(Panel1) into another docked control(Panel2) in tabbed style + DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,Panel2,Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle.Tabbed,100); + 'Code to Dock a control(Panel1) into another docked control(Panel2) in tabbed style with whole tab group + DockingManager1.DockControl(Panel1,Panel2,DockingStyle.Tabbed,150,false); + + + + + + Update Dock tab panel Colors + + + + + + Resets the active control in docking manager. It is preferable to handle this call in AutoHideAnimationStop event + + + + + Raises the ProvidePersistenceID event. + + + An ProvidePersistenceIDEventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. + + + The OnProvidePresistenceID method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvidePresistenceID in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvidePresistenceID method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Generate DockHostController of Floating Form in VS 2010 DockBehavior + + Floating Form + + + + + Transfers a dockable control to or from an MDI child window state. + + The dockable window to be transferred. + TRUE to set the control as an MDI child; FALSE to restore to the dockable state. + The size and position of the MDI Child window + + This method is valid only when the form hosting the is an MDIContainer. + + + + + Calculates and sets size relations with siblings. + + controller to calculate relations for. + + + + Creates an instance of FloatingForm. + + A that has been created. + + + + Raises the event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A value that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Toggles autohide state for specified DockHostController. + + DockHostController to toggle state for. + If true - enter AH state, else exit AH state + IF parent is DockTabControl specifies if to toggle AH state for single dhc or for entire DockTabControl. + If to animate autohiding. + + + + Toggles autohide state for specified Control. + + Dock enabled control to toggle state for. + If true - enter AH state, else exit AH state + IF parent is TabControl specifies if to toggle AH state for single Control or for entire TabControl. + If to animate autohiding. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + To raise OnCaptionDoubleClick event + + Active docked child + + + + To Synchronize Docking Manager child controls Caption Buttons + + Child Control + + + + To DeSynchronize Docking Manager child controls Caption Buttons + + Child Control + + + + Occurs when the property changes. + + + The ImageListChanged event occurs when a new imagelist is assigned to the DockingManager. + + + + + Occurs when a docking window is about to be dragged. + + The DragAllow event is used by the to provide + information about an upcoming drag operation. The drag can be cancelled by + setting the event argument's Cancel property. + + + This example shows how to cancel dragging on a particular control + + private void dockingManager1_DragAllow(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DragAllowEventArgs arg){ + //Check the control which is going to be dragged and cancel according to that + if(arg.Control==panel1) + arg.Cancel=true; + } + + + Private Sub dockingManager1_DragAllow(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DragAllowEventArgs) Handles dockingManager1.DragAllow + 'Check the control which is going to be dragged and cancel according to that + If(arg.Control==panel1)Then + arg.Cancel=true; + EndIf + End Sub + + + + + + + Occurs just before a dock operation takes place. + + + + + Occurs immediately after a dock operation. + + + + + Occurs before control is going to maximize. + + + + + Occurs after control is maximized. + + + + + Occurs after control is minimized. + + + + + Occurs after control is restored. + + + + + Occurs after a control's DockVisibility state has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a control's DockVisibility state is changing. + + + This example demonstrates how to cancel closing of a docked control + + private void dockingManager1_DockVisibilityChanging(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockVisibilityChangingEventArgs arg){ + //Check the control and cancel closing. + if (arg.Control == panel1) + arg.Cancel = true; + } + + + Private Sub dockingManager1_DockVisibilityChanging(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockContextMenuEventArgs) Handles dockingManager1.DockVisibilityChanging + 'Check the control and cancel closing. + if (arg.Control == Panel1) Then + arg.Cancel = true; + End If + End Sub + + + + + + Occurs when a dockable control gets activated. + + + + + Occurs when a dockable control gets deactivated. + + + + + Occurs just before the start of autohide animation. + + This example describes how to prevent the animation when we hide controls + + private void dockingManager1_AutoHideAnimationStart(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoHideAnimationEventArgs arg) + { + if (arg.DockBorder == DockStyle.Left || arg.DockBorder == DockStyle.Right) + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Width; + else + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Height; + } + + + Private Sub DockingManager1_AutoHideAnimationStart(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.AutoHideAnimationEventArgs) Handles DockingManager1.AutoHideAnimationStart + If (arg.DockBorder = DockStyle.Left Or arg.DockBorder = DockStyle.Right) Then + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Width + Else + Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingManager.AnimationStep = arg.Bounds.Height + End If + End Sub + + + + + + Occurs immediately after the end of autohide animation. + + + + + Event occurs before control AutoHide, when mouse pointer leave its bounds. + The event will raised when AutoHideSelectionStyle is specified as MouseHover. + + + + + Occurs when the right mouse button is clicked over a docking window's caption. + + + This example demonstrates how to remove menu for a particular control + + private void docMgr_DockContextMenu(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockContextMenuEventArgs arg){ + //Checking the control and assigning an empty menu + if (arg.Owner == panel1) + arg.ContextMenu = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPMenus.PopupMenu(); + } + + + Private Sub dockingManager1_DockContextMenu(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockContextMenuEventArgs) Handles dockingManager1.DockContextMenu + 'Checking the control and assigning an empty menu + If (arg.Owner == panel1) Then + arg.ContextMenu = new Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPMenus.PopupMenu() + End If + End Sub + + + + + + Occurs when the redock context menu item has been clicked. + + + + + Occurs just before a new dock state is loaded. + + + + + Occurs immediately after a new dock state has been loaded. + + We can get the result of dock state loading operation if we cast the event handler argument to the DockStateLoadEventArgs + + + private void dockingManager1_NewDockStateEndLoad(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + DockStateLoadEventArgs dsle = (DockStateLoadEventArgs)e; + Console.WriteLine(dsle.LoadResult.ToString()); + } + + + Private Sub DockingManager_NewDockStateEndLoad(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As System.EventArgs) Handles DockingManager.NewDockStateEndLoad + Dim dsle As DockStateLoadEventArgs = CType(e, DockStateLoadEventArgs) + Console.WriteLine(dsle.LoadResult) + End Sub + + + + + + Occurs just before the start of feedback of a drag operation. + + + + + Occurs immediately after the end of feedback of a drag operation. + + + + + Occurs whenever a dockable control's caption needs to be painted. + + + This sample illustrates how to use this event to custom paint title bar of a docked control + + void dockingManager1_ProvideGraphicsItems(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideGraphicsItemsEventArgs arg) + { + if (arg.Control == panel1) //Checks if the control is panel1 + { + if (arg.IsActiveCaption)//Different drawing for active and inactive states + { + arg.CaptionBackground = Brushes.Blue; + arg.CaptionFont = new Font("Times New Roman", 10); + arg.CaptionForeground = Color.White; + } + else{ + arg.CaptionBackground = Brushes.Gray; + arg.CaptionFont = new Font("Times New Roman", 10); + arg.CaptionForeground = Color.White; + } + } + } + + + Private Sub DockingManager1_ProvideGraphicsItems(ByVal sender As System.Object, ByVal arg As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.ProvideGraphicsItemsEventArgs) Handles DockingManager1.ProvideGraphicsItems + If arg.Control Is Panel1 Then ' Checks if the control is panel1 + If arg.IsActiveCaption then 'Different drawing for active and inactive states + arg.CaptionBackground = Brushes.Blue + arg.CaptionFont = New Font("Times New Roman", 10) + arg.CaptionForeground = Color.White + Else + arg.CaptionBackground = Brushes.Gray + arg.CaptionFont = New Font("Times New Roman", 10) + arg.CaptionForeground = Color.White + End If + End If + End Sub + + + + + + Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information + of different instances of the Form type. + + + The default persistence logic assumes that applications will have only unique instances of top-level Forms. + In applications that deviate from this normal and have multiple instances of the same top-level form, the + persisted state of one form will be overridden by another as the default logic makes no attempt to distinguish between + the multiples. The ProvidePersistenceID event allows users' to workaround this particular condition, by permitting + unique identifiers to be assigned for each instance of the form. + + + + + Occurs if serialized information is not available for a dockable control when loading a persisted dock state. + + + The fires this event when it cannot find any persistence information for a dockable control when + loading a saved dock state. The particular control's DockVisibility property will be set to FALSE and the control hidden. + + + + + Occurs when the DockingManager is not able to locate a control during + a call. + + + The fires this event when it is unable to find a previously persisted control + during a operation. Applications can use this event as a hint to create and initialize + controls selectively based on the control set present in the previously persisted docking layout. + + + + + Occurs when a dockable control hosted by this is about + to be transferred to the docking layout hosted by some other DockingManager. + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a dockable control that previously belonged to some other + DockingManager has been transferred to the docking layout hosted by this . + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the right mouse button is clicked over a AutoHideTabControl. + + + + + Gets or sets color scheme for Office2007 MDI children + The default value is Office2007Theme.Managed + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether floating form need to be repainted. + + + true if floating form repaint needed; otherwise, false. + + If there is any flickering while resizing floating form, this property can be set to false. + This property is applicable for visual styles other than Default and VS2005. + + + + + Gets or sets if docking MDI children should be in Office2007 style. + + + true if Office2007MdiChildForm; otherwise, false. The default value is false. + + + + + Get or sets the previous active control. + + + Internal Property used to persist the Last (previous) active control of the docking manager when the container of the docking manager lose the focus. + This is mainly used to persist the control when the Main Form Lose it's focus when a pop up like messagebox is shown. + + + + + Get or sets the Validating cancelled control if any. + + + Internal Property used to restore the focus when validating is cancelled by any of the child controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the floating form's location. + + + + + Maintains the collecition of control that needs customization. + + + + + Gets/Sets the border width for FloatingForm in MetroTheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the control's parent before docking. + + + + + Gets of sets the control which was the the parent of the control to be docked, before docking. + + + + + Gets or sets the Control hosting the and all the associated dockable controls. + + The that will host the docking windows. + + This property references the Control containing the DockingManager and all the dockable controls. + A Control can contain only a single instance of the DockingManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the form hosting the and all the associated dockable controls. + + The that will host the docking windows. + + This property references the form containing the DockingManager and all the dockable controls. + A form can contain only a single instance of the DockingManager. + + + + + Gets the dock are controllers. + + + + + A MemoryStream containing the dockstate information set by the visual designer. + + + + + Indicates whether the application's docking windows state should be persisted. + + TRUE indicates the application's dock state will be persisted. Default is FALSE. + + When this property is set to TRUE, the application's dock state will be persisted upon application exit + and restored during the subsequent launch. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of dragging. + + + The DragProviderStyle enumeration is used by the to enable the style of dragging + the docking windows. VS2005 style is set for Visual Studio 2005 by default. Standard style will be set for VS 2002 and VS 2003 .NET Framework. + + + + + Gets or sets the menu style. + + + + + Gets the Office16themes Colors + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style for the docking controls. OfficeXP style will reflect the Office2003 style. + + A containing the various visual styles. + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor of the Inactive caption. + This property is only applicable when Visual Style is set as Metro. + + + + + Gets or sets the fore color of the Active caption when Visual style is set as Metro. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the ShowMetroCaptionDottedLines. + + true, if lines are shown. otherwise false. The default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets the splitter back color when Visual style is set as Metro. + + + + + Gets or sets the Caption button color when Visual style is set as Metro. + + + + + Indicates the metro color. + + Default value is true. + + + + Gets or sets color theme for Office2007-like visual styles. + + + + + Gets or sets color theme for Office2010-like visual styles. + + + + + Gets or sets the imagelist containing the image objects used by the dockable controls. + + A containing the images associated with the various docking windows. + + + + Gets or sets the tooltipintervel for DockingManger using tooltip. + + A instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the Ballon style for DockingManger using tooltip. + + A instance. + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip used by the dockable controls. + + A instance. + + + + Indicates whether controls will provide their own images. + + A boolean value; the default is FALSE. + + Setting the ControlScopeImages property to TRUE denotes that dockable controls will furnish the actual Image + objects during initialization using the overload that accepts an Icon + parameter and these images will be bound to the control's lifetime as a docking window. This contrasts with the + default implementation where the references an + object and controls merely provide the index to an Image in the ImageList. + + + + + Determines whether to show images in captions of docked controls and floating forms. + + + + + Gets or sets if to display scroll button on DockTabControl. + + + + + Determines whether to show icons in AutoHide context menu. + + The default value is true. + + + + Indicates the visibility state for docking panel button's tooltip. + + The default value is true. + + + + Indicates whether the autohidden tabs can be dragged to make it float. + + FALSE indicates that the dragging feature is disabled + + When this property is TRUE, all the autohidden tabs can be dragged to make them float. + + + + + Indicates whether the autohide feature is enabled. + + FALSE indicates that the autohide feature is disabled. Default is TRUE. + + When this property is TRUE, all docked windows will contain an autohide button that can be + used to set/unset the particular control to/from the autohide mode. + + + + + Specifies if the DockingManager is currently suspended. + + + + + Indicates whether the key combinations for menu shortcuts should be passed to the Host form + + True indicates all the key combinations will pass to the HOST form. + + + + Indicates whether the menu button is enabled. + + FALSE indicates that the menu button is disabled. Default is TRUE. + + When this property is TRUE, all docked windows will contain the menu button that can be + used to show context menu with dock/float/autohide functionalities + + + + + Indicates whether the close button is present in docking windows. + + FALSE indicates the close button is hidden. The default is TRUE. + + When this property is TRUE, all docking windows will contain a close button that can be + used to hideItem the particular control. + + + + + Indicates whether the maximize button is present in docking windows. + + FALSE indicates the maximize button is hidden. The default is TRUE. + + When this property is TRUE, all docking windows will contain a maximize button that can be + used to maximize the particular control. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption buttons collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of DockLabels. + + The default value is DockLabelAlignmentStyle.Default. + + + + Gets or sets the Selection style of Auto Hide window. + + The default value is AutoHideSelectionStyle.MouseHover. + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of tabs in tab groups. + + + + + Indicates whether a context menu is displayed. + + FALSE indicates that the context menu is not displayed. Default is TRUE. + When this property is true, clicking the right mouse button over the caption area of a + docking window will display a context menu. The menu can be tailored by handling + the event. + + + + + Indicates whether a AutoHideTab context menu is displayed. + + FALSE indicates that the AutoHideTab context menu is not displayed. Default is TRUE. + When this property is true, clicking the right mouse button over the AutoHideTab + will display a context menu. The menu can be tailored by handling + the event. + + + + + Indicates whether a border is drawn around the host form's client rectangle. + + FALSE indicates that the border is hidden. The default is TRUE. + When this property is TRUE, the 's available client + rectangle is enveloped by a single-line border. The border will not be drawn if the form is + an MDIContainer or if it contains a control. + + + + + Indicates whether to paint docked control's borders. + + + + + Gets or sets the border color of docked controls. + + + + + Information about the brush using which the caption background is going to painted + + + + + Gets or sets if to enable super tool tip for dock caption buttons. + + + + + Information about the brush using which the caption background is going to painted when the docked control is in inactive state. + + + + + Color of the caption text in active state. + + + + + Color of the caption button in inactive state. + + + + + Color of the caption button in active state. + + + + + Color of the caption text in inactive state. + + + + + Gets or sets the Font of the active caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the font of the inactive caption. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the key, which can be used to tab through the docked controls. + + + + dockingManager1.BrowsingKey = Keys.F10; + dockingManager1.BrowsingKey=((System.Windows.Forms.Keys)(Enum.Parse(typeof(Keys), "F12, Shift, Control"))); //This will set Ctrl+Shift+F12 as browsing key + + + DockingManager1.BrowsingKey = Keys.F10 + Me.DockingManager1.BrowsingKey = CType(Enum.Parse(typeof(Keys), "F12, Shift, Control"),System.Windows.Forms.Keys) 'This will set Ctrl+Shift+F12 as browsing key + + + + + + Returns an enumerator that can iterate through the list of dockable controls. + + A for the control list. + + This example shows how to get the collection of controls + + IEnumerator ienum = this.dockingManager1.Controls; + ArrayList dockedctrls = new ArrayList(); + while(ienum.MoveNext()) + dockedctrls.Add(ienum.Current); + foreach(Control ctrl in dockedctrls) + Console.WriteLine(ctrl.ToString()); + + + Dim ienum As IEnumerator = Me.dockingManager1.Controls + Dim dockedctrls As ArrayList = New ArrayList() + Do While ienum.MoveNext() + dockedctrls.Add(ienum.Current) + Loop + Dim ctrl As Control + For Each ctrl In dockedctrls + Console.WriteLine(ctrl.ToString()) + Next + + + + + + Returns an array of dockable controls. + + + + + Returns the last active docking window. + + A value. Null if no window has been activated yet. + + + + Gets or Sets a value indicating whether custom buttons can be drawn in floating window + + + + + Indicates whether docked control will occupy the form's full client region. + + A boolean value; default is FALSE. + + When the DockToFill property is set to TRUE, controls are docked such that they occupy the + host form's entire available client region. +

+ The DockToFill option should not be set when the host form is an MDIContainer or if it contains an instance of the + control. +

+
+
+ + + Indicates whether the controls are allowed to be floated. + + A boolean value. Default is FALSE. + + When the DisallowFloating property is set to TRUE, controls may be moved around + and docked within the form or other dockable controls, but are not allowed to be floated. + + + + + When docked control is in unpinned autohide state this value + indicates whether to slide back selected control. + + A boolean value. Default is FALSE. + + + + Enables or disables the MDI child activation triggered floating control visibility. + + A boolean value. Default is TRUE. + + When the MDIActivatedVisibility property is enabled floating controls associated with s hosted in + MDI child forms will be shown only when the particular form is the active MDI child. When the MDI child loses activation + all floating windows tied to the DockingManager will be hidden. +

+ NOTE: This property applies only when the DockingManager is hosted, either directly or indirectly through a ContainerControl, in an MDI child form. +

+ +
+
+ + + Indicates whether to bind floating control visibility state to the host control's visibility. + + A boolean value. Default is TRUE. + + When the HostActivatedVisibility property is enabled floating controls associated with a + hosted in a ContainerControl will be shown only when the host control is visible. Hiding the host control will + automatically hide all floating windows tied to that control. +

+ NOTE: This property applies only when the DockingManager is hosted in a ContainerControl. +

+ +
+
+ + + Indicates whether XP Themes(visual styles) should be used for the docking windows. + + True to turn on themes; false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the interval between mouse movement across an autohide tab and showing or hiding the control. + + An integer value specifying the time in milliseconds. + + + + Gets or sets the width of splitters between docking windows. + + Integer value between 0 and 30. Default value is 4. + + + + Indicates whether docked and floating windows can be resized using the medial splitters. + + Resizing is disabled when TRUE. Default is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether to paint panel's caption. + + Boolean value. Default value is True. + + + + Indicates whether to show full autohide tabgroup's page caption. + + Boolean value. Default value is FALSE. + + + + Indicates whether to auto adjust selected caption in Autohide mode. + + Boolean value. Default value is true. + + This property is not applicable for Visual style VS2005 and VS2010. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the tab control used in tabbed docking groups. + + An integer value. + + + + Gets/sets the caption font of the docked control + + + + + Gets/Sets Docking behavior of Docking Manager + + + + + Gets or sets the Font for the tab control used in tabbed docking groups. + + A value. + + + + Gets or sets the tab panel background color of tabbed dock window. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to draw the separator between the tabs in dock window. + + + + + Gets or sets the header background color of selected tab in dock window. + + + + + Gets or sets the tab header background color of inactive tabbed items in dock window. + + + + + Gets or sets the header foreground color of active tab item in dock window. + + + + + Gets or sets the Forecolor of the Docked tab control. + + + + + Gets / sets the padding to use to the left of the tabs while calculating the tab positions. + A float value representing the horizontal padding. The default value is 5.0F + + + + + Gets/Sets the forecolor of the AutoHiden tab control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to reduce flickering in RTL mode on startup. + + + true if reduce flickering in RTL mode; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the autohide tab control. + + An integer value. + + + + Determines whether allow to move tabs inside DockTabControl. + + + + + Gets or sets the font for the autohide tab control. + + An integer value. + + + + Returns the current RTL setting based on the host control's setting. + + + + + Enable or disable the firing of DragFeedback events upon dragging splitters. + + + + + Enable or disable the state transition upon double click on caption + + + + + Gets or sets whether PriorityController need to be set when in DockToFill mode. + + + + + To get/set the Target dockingManager. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether docking control should be imported. + + + true if docking control should be imported; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns the key used for serializing the state information. + + A String value. + + This method can be overridden to provide a custom serialization key. + + + + + Enable user to detect once double click occurs on docked windows caption + + + + + NotifyNativeWindow class + + + + + Constructor of the NotifyNativeWindow + + The DockingManager instance. + The HostControl. + + + + Returns the Painter. + + The FramePainter contains the Brush, Color, Opacity, Painter Type and Painter. + + + + + The FramePainter class provides the data (Brush, Color, Opacity, Painter Type and Painter). + + + + + Constructor of the FramePainter. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Painter. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Brush. + + + + + Gets/Sets the PainterType. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Color. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Opacity. + + + + + SplitterWidthException class + + + + + Constructor of the SplitterWidthException + + + + + Constructor of the SplitterWidthException + + Error message + + + + Constructor of the SplitterWidthException + + Exception + + + + Constructor of the SplitterWidthException + + Error message + Exception + + + + The DockingMgrSerializationWrapperAdv class helps to serialize the dock state information. + + + + + Initialize the HashTable. + + + + + Constructor of the DockingMgrSerializationWrapper. + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the DockingMgrSerializationWrapper. + + The DockingManager instance. + + + + Gets the GetDHCSerializationWrapper + + The DockHostController instance. + + + + + Gets the DHCSerializationWrapper. + + + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the DockingMgrSerializationWrapperAdv. + + The DockingManager instance. + + + + The DHCSerializationWrapper helps to provide serialization support. + + + + + Constructor of the DHCSerializationWrapper. + + The DockHostController instance. + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Initialize ArrayList. + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the ControllerWrapper + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the MainFormControllerWrapper. + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the LayoutControllerWrapper. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Layout rectangle. + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the FloatingFormControllerWrapper. + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the SizingControllerWrapper. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockPreference + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockingStyle + + + + + Gets / Sets the Priority + + + + + Gets / Sets the TransientRect + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the DockHostControllerWrapper. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockingStyle + + + + + Gets / Sets the ControlName + + + + + Gets / Sets the UniqueName + + + + + The InternalDockStateWrapper class provides the serialization support. + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the InternalDockStateWrapper. + + + + + Gets / Sets the InternalController. + + + + + Gets/ Sets the Relations + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the DockStateWrapper. + + + + + Gets / Sets the StoredLayoutSize. + + + + + Gets / Sets the InternalController + + + + + Gets / Sets the Relations. + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the DragSplitterControllerWrapper + + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Constructor of the DockTabControllerWrapper. + + + + + Gets the controls. + + + + + The DockingWrapperForm provides the Office2007 UI interface. + + + + + Defines an interface through which a child + will get notifications from a regarding certain events. + + + + You should implement this interface when you want to customize certain features in the + TabbedMDIManager. You can customize the context menu that pops up when the user + right clicks on the tab, for example. + + + + + + Called when a is attached to the main form. + + The TabbedMDIManager. + + This will also get called when a new child form implementing this interface is being created and + added to an mdi parent bound to a TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Called to indicate that the TabbedMDIManager is being detached from the mdi parent. + + The TabbedMDIManager. + + + + Called before the context menu is shown when the user right-clicks on a tab. + + The + representing the context menu. + + + + Called after the context menu is shown when the user right-clicks on a tab. + + The + representing the context menu. + + + + Called when the mdi child has been added to a new . + + The to which the mdi child form was added to. + The tab index representing the mdi child form in the tab control. + Use the property to get a reference to the tab control. + + + + + Returns the custom text for the tab. + + Set this "out" param to true + if you intend to provide a custom tab text, or else set it to false. + A string value that will be the corresponding tab's text, + if you intend to return a valid value; else return value will be ignored. + + + + Indicates whether the user can drag and drop the tab corresponding to this + mdi child in the tabbed mdi. + + + + + Constructor of the DockingWrapperForm. + + The DockingManager + The dock enabled control. + + + + Constructor of the DockRelation. + + + + + Constructor of the DockRelation. + + The ArrayLis + The DockInfo. + + + + Populates a System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo with the data needed to serialize the target object. + + The System.Runtime.Serialization.SerializationInfo to populate with data. + The destination (see System.Runtime.Serialization.StreamingContext) for this serialization. + + + + Gets / Sets the RelatedControllers. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Relation + + + + + The DockStateControllerWrapper class provides the Dock information. + + + + + Redock the controller. + + The DockInfo + Indicates whether it forced to new + + + + + Overrides the CloseController + + + + + Constructor of the DockStateControllerWrapper. + + The DockingManager instance. + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + + + + Overrides the Refresh. + + + + + Validate the target controller in specified point. + + The co ordinate point. + False. + + + + Update the Control. + + + + + Overrides the DockAsMDIChild + + + + + Overrides the GetDockInfo + + The dock enabled control. + The co ordinate point of docked control + The DockInfo. + + + + Overrides the EnterAutoHideMode + + + + + Overrides the ExitAutoHideMode + + Indicates the control close on exit. + + + + Calculate the size. + + Parent size + The new parent size + + + + + Indicates the Vertically Re sizable or not. + + False. + + + + Indicates the Horizontally Re sizable or not. + + + + + + Gets/Sets the InternalControl. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Relations. + + + + + Gets / Sets the floating. + + Returns true if the controller is hosted within a floating frame. Else false + + + + Gets / Sets the LayoutRect + + + + + Gets the HostControl + + + + + Gets / Sets the AutoHide Mode. + + + + + The DockTab controlller class provide the abiltiy to tab the docked control. + + + + + Variable indicating last hit tab button of tab control. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is being disposed of. + + + + Constructor of the DockTabController + + The DockingManager instance. + The DockTabControl instance. + + + + Overrides the AddToDCR. It helps to add the docked control in specified dock relationship. + + The DCRelationship + + + + Overrides the InsertIntoDCR. It helps to insert the docked control in specified index. + + The ArrayList + The index which needs to be inserted + The DCRelationship. + + + + Overrides the RemoveFromDCR. It helps to remove the tab page. + + The DCRelationship. + + + + Update the DCR index. + + The DCRelationship. + + + + Remove the tab page + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Gets the Tab page at specified index. + + The index of the tab page. + + + + + Gets the index of the Child Host. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + Returns the Host index. + + + + Gets the Dock information. + + The dock enabled control. + The co ordinate point + The DockInfo. + + + + QueryDropProceedWithDock + + The control which needs to be drop. + The DockingStyle. + + + + + Set the Host control for selection. + + + + + The event raised when Dock tab selected index changed. + + The source of the control. + The EventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Occurs when Resizing the hostcontrol. + + The source of the control. + The EventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Adjust the layout of the DockTabControl. + + + + + Close all tabpages and dispose tabcontrol. + + + + + Close the controller. + + The DockHostController instance. + + + + Transit the Floating control to Docked state. + + + + + Transit the docked control to Floating state. + + + + + Transit the docked control to another docking state. + + + + + Transit the docked control dock in Floating state. + + + + + Transit the Floating to Docking in Floating state. + + + + + Transit the Docked control in Float to Floating state. + + + + + Invoke the previous dock, float transition. + + Indicates whether the Show floating. + + + + Refresh the parent controller. + + + + + Remove the DockHostFromTab + + The DockControllerBase instance + Indicates whether transit to previous state. + + + + Invoke Docking + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Returns the value of the Query dock relationship. + + The DCRelationship instance. + + + + + Attempt the docked control relationship docking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The IEnumerator. + + + + + Invoke the docked control relationship with Docking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DCRelationship. + + + + Redock the controller. + + The DockInfo + Indicates whether it forced to new + + + + + Enter the Dock tab control in AutoHide Mode + + + + + Exit the AutoHideMode + + Indicates whether close on exit. + + + + Calculate the size + + The parent size + The new parent size. + + + + + Returns whether its resized vertically. + + + + + + Returns whether its resized horizontally. + + + + + + Recreates wrapper for current controller. + + + + + Gets type of current transit operation. + + + + + + Apply Dockinfo. + + + + + Dock the control as MDI Child. + + + + + Update the Control. + + + + + Returns the Drag tab page. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the control is being disposed of. + + + + + Gets/ Sets the Layout Rectangle. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Floating + + + + + Gets the Dock Tabbed control + + + + + Gets the host control. + + + + + Gets / Sets the HostController. + + + + + Gets / Sets the ParentController. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Pause Activation. + + + + + Gets the child count. + + + + + Gets the IEnumerator. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DCRelationship. + + + + + Gets / Sets the SelectedController + + + + + Gets the MinimumSize + + + + + Gets the ChildControllers + + + + + The DockTabPage class. + + + + + Initialize the DockHostController. + + + + + Constructor of the DockTabPage. + + The DockHostController instance. + The text of the Dock tab page. + The image index. + + + + Override the ForeColor of the TabData + + + + + The DockTabControl class, provides tab appearance in dock control. + + + + + Constructor of the DockTabControl. + + The DockingManager instance. + The DockHostController instance. + + + + Initialize the forecolor of the docked tab control + + + + + Initialize the DockingManager + + + + + Insert the tab in DcokTab control. + + The index which needs to be insert the tabpage + The DockTabpage instance. + + + + Add the DockTab page in Docked tab control. + + The DockTabPage instance. + + + + This hostcontroller calls this method, when it's parent has changed. Reparent remaining tab dockclients to the + hostcontroller's new parent + + + + + + Handle the Mouse down event. + + The MouseButtonse + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Handle the Mouse move event. + + The MouseButtonse + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Handle the Mouse up event. + + The MouseButtonse + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Handle the Double click event. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Handle the Double click event. + + + + + Initiate the Floating form resize. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Gets the design mode. + + + + + + Gets the index of the tab item + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Update the Renderer. + + + + + Gets the InternalController + + + + + Gets the tab for ThemedControlDrawing. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Font. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Active font. + + + + + Gets or sets the forecolor docked tab control + + + + + Gets or sets the DockingManager. + + + + + Gets/Sets the padding. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Tab alignment. + + + + + Indicates the Scroll button whether should display or not + + + + + the DockTabThemedRenderer class. + + + + + Constructor of the DockTabThemedRenderer. + + The ITabControl instance. + The ITabPanelRenderer instance. + + + + Gets the Overlap size. + + + + + + + Gets the TabStyleName. + + + + + The DragSplitterController class. + + + + + Constructor of the DragSplitterController + + The DockingManager instance. + The DragSplitter instance. + + + + Overries the AddChild. It helps to add a child. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. + + + + Overrides the InsertChild. It helps to insert the child. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The index which needs to insert the child. + The DockingStyle. + + + + Overrides the RemoveChild. It helps to remove the child. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Gets the child with the specified index. + + The index of the child + Null. + + + + Gets the index of the child host. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + Adjust the layout of the DragSplitter. + + + + + Gets the DockInfo + + The dock enabled control. + The co ordinate point, + The DockInfo + + + + Dock the docked on dropped position. + + The dock enabled control. + The DockingStyle. + + + + + Based on the new splitter position, resize target controls + + + + + Calculate the Size. + + The parent size. + The new parent size. + + + + + Indicates whether vertically re sizable. + + + + + + Indicates whether horizontally re sizable. + + + + + + Overrides the DockAsMDIChild. It helps to dock control as MDIChild. + + + + + Update the Control + + + + + Gets the Host control. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Layout Rectangle. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Floating. + + + + + Gets the Child count. + + + + + Gets the Child host count. + + + + + Gets the IEnumerator + + + + + Gets the Minimum size. + + + + + The DragSplitter class. + + + + + Constructor of the DragSplitter + + The DockingManager instance. + + + + Update the cursor. + + + + + Returns the suitable dock target. + + The DockControllerBase interface. + + + + + Initiate the drag. + + The MouseAction on dragging. + The co ordinate point. + + + + + Returns the allowed drag axis. + + The mouse point of the drag location. + The mouse point. + The dragged axis. + + + + Returns the DrawHollow + + + + + + Cancel the drag operation. + + + + + Returns the QueryDragProceedWithDock. + + + + + + Handle the Mouse down event. + + The MouseButtonse + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Handle the Mouse move event. + + The MouseButtonse + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Handle the Mouse up event. + + The MouseButtonse + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Handle the Double click event. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Handle the Double click event. + + + + + Initiate the Floating form resize. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Gets the design mode. + + + + + + Events fired before and after the splitter is moved + + + + + Event fired on DragSplitter moved. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Internal controller. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DragDockInfo. + + + + + Gets / Sets DragRectangle. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Cursor. + + + + + Coded UI Accessibility for DragSplitter Accessibility + + + + + Hold FloatingForm instance + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets the Accessible Role + + + + + The DragDockInfo class the contains the dragged control information. + + + + + Gets/ sets the DockPreference + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockingStyle + + + + + Gets / Sets the Dock Area + + + + + Gets/ Sets the priority. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockControllerBase. + + + + + IFrameBorderPainter interface. + + + + + Draw the Frame + + The rectangle needs to be drawn. + + + + Draw the tab frame. + + The rectangle needs to be drawn. + The DockTabAlignmentStyle. + + + + Gets / Sets the Tab height. + + + + + Gets / Sets the IsMirrored + + + + + Helps to display Splitter appearance in higher screen resolution + + + + + Holds the value indicating the whether the drag provider style is standard or not. + + + + + Overrides the StartPaint + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Event handles to hide splitter form when it lost focus + + + + + Overrides the EndPaint + + + + + Draw the Frame. + + The rectangle needs to be drawn + + + + Draw the tab frame. + + The rectangle needs to be drawn. + The DockTabAlignmentStyle. + + + + Overrides the DrawRectangle. + + The rectangle of the screen. + + + + Overrides the DrawRectangle. + + The rectangle of the screen. + The VisualStyle + + + + Method to hide the splitter form when it lost focus + + + + + Retrieves device-specific information for the specified device. + + A handle to the DC. + The item to be returned. + + + + Logical pixels inch in X + + + + + Horizontal width in pixels + + + + + Horizontal width of entire desktop in pixels + + + + + Show Floating + + + + + Constructor of the ColorBorderPainter. + + The brush needs to be painted. + + + + Constructor of the ColorBorderPainter. + + The color needs to painted. + + + + Overrides the StartPaint. + + + + + Overrides the EndPaint + + + + + Draw the Frame. + + The rectangle needs to be drawn + + + + Draw the tab frame. + + The rectangle needs to be drawn. + The DockTabAlignmentStyle. + + + + Overrides the DrawRectangle + + + + + + Overrides the DrawRectangle + + + + + + + Gets/ Sets the Opacity. + + + + + Sets the Brush color. + + + + + Sets the Brush. + + + + + Indicates the PaintFigure. + + + + + Indicates the BorderRectangle + + + + + Specifies the different target position of the docking window. + + + + + Inner Left of the target window. + + + + + Inner Top of the target window. + + + + + Inner Right of the target window. + + + + + Inner Bottom of the target window. + + + + + Inner Tab of the target window. + + + + + Outer Left of the target window. + + + + + Outer Top of the target window. + + + + + Outer Right of the target window. + + + + + Outer Bottom of the target window. + + + + + None of the target position in a window. + + + + + Contains the details about the currently dragging control and target position of the docking control. + + + + + Creates a new instances of a class. + + + + + Overloaded constructor. + + + + + Returns the Target position of the docking windows. + + + + + Returns the area of Host form where the docked window is to be docked. + + + + + Contains the details about the currently dragging control that allows the highlight of the docking control. + + + + + Constructor of the AllowHighlightEventArgs + + + + + + Gets / Sets AllowHighlight. + + + + + Handles the OnMouseEnter event. + + The source of the control. + The DragControlEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Handles the OnMouseLeave event. + + The source of the control. + The DragControlEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Handles the OnMouseUp event. + + The source of the control. + The DragControlEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Handles the OnAllowHighlight event. + + The source of the control. + The AllowHighlightEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Handles the OnMouseMove event. + + The source of the control. + The AllowHighlightEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Constructor of the DragTargetForm. + + + + + Constructor of the DragTargetControl. + + + + + Show the control. + + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Paint the control. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Set the bounds. + + The Rectangle. + + + + Raised on mouse move. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Process the Mouse up event. + + The Mouse point. + + + + + Dispose Drag target control. + + + + + Occurs when mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs when mouse leave. + + + + + Occurs when mouse up. + + + + + Occurs when mouse move. + + + + + Gets / Sets the parent control. + + + + + Gets / Sets Active image. + + + + + Gets / Sets Inactive image. + + + + + Gets the visible + + + + + Gets the current image. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Drag Target. + + + + + Gets the Internal control. + + + + + Gets the Controller Rectangle. + + + + + Returns the image + + The index. + + + + + Show the control. + + + + + Hide the control + + + + + Show outer control + + + + + Hide outer control. + + + + + Show inner control. + + + + + Hide inner control. + + + + + Gets the mouse move + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Returns the mouse up. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Dispose the drag control. + + + + + Occurs on mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs on mouse leave. + + + + + Occurs on mouse up. + + + + + Occurs in allow highlight. + + + + + Gets / Sets the OuterControlller rectangle. + + + + + Gets/ Sets the InnerController Rectangle + + + + + Gets the inner visible. + + + + + Gets the outer visible. + + + + + Gets the visible. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockAbility. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Outer DockAbility + + + + + Returns the controller rectangle. + + + + + Returns the image. + + + + + + + Drag OuterControl. + + parent control. + + + + Returns the image. + + + + + + + Show the control + + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Returns the mouse down. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Returns the mouse move. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Returns the mouse up. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Dispose drag outer control. + + + + + Occurs on mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs on mouse leave. + + + + + Occurs on mouse up. + + + + + Occurs on mouse move. + + + + + Occurs on allow highlight.. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockAbility. + + + + + Gets / Sets the OuterDockAbility. + + + + + Gets / Sets the ParentControl + + + + + Gets/ Sets the Controller Rectangle. + + + + + Drag the InnerControl + + The DragControl instance. + + + + Show the control + + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Paint the Drag Inner control. + + + + + + + Returns the mouse move. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Returns the mouse up. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Dispose drag inner control. + + + + + Occurs on mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs on mouse leave. + + + + + Occurs on mouse up. + + + + + Occurs on allow highlight. + + + + + Gets / Sets the ParentControl + + + + + Gets the Center point. + + + + + Gets/ Sets the Controller Rectangle. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockAbility. + + + + + Gets / Sets the OuterDockAbility. + + + + + Contains the details of the mouse and painting messages for internal use. + + + + + Returns the true if the messages are either painting or mouse. Otherwise it will return false. + + + + + The IDragProvider interface. + + + + + Custom Drag Provider class will provide the option to change the default drag provider style. + + + + + Static field to get or set the bool value whether the DisallowFloating cursor should be displayed or not. + + + + + Indicates the flag to Initiate the drag or not + + + + + Specifies the current point of the dragging window. + + + + + Specifies the initial position of the dragging point. + + + + + Instance of the DragMessageFilter class to specify the messages of Mouse and Paint messages. + + + + + Occurs on key down + + + + + Occurs the keyup event. + + + + + Update colors. + + + + + Dispose the custom drag provider. + + + + + Returns if it is allowed do dock IDraggable control to specified target controller. + + Dragging control. + Dock target control. + Is dock operation allowed. + + + + Returns if it is allowed do dock IDraggable control to internal target controller. + + Dragging control. + Is dock operation allowed. + + + + + + + + Creates a new instances of a class. + + + + + Overloaded constructor. + + + + + Overridable method. It gets current the Docking Information + + + + + Force the StopDrag + + + + + Overridable method. + + + + + Overridable method. + + + + + Overridable method. + + + + + Overridable method. + + + + + Overridable method. + + + + + Overridable method. + + + + + Overridable method. Returns the control being dragged currently. + + + + + Correct docked window location, after it has been dragged outside of + working area, so it becomes visible. + + + + + + Returns the CanFloat When DisallowFloating + + + + + Gets / Sets the SingleTabOperate. + + + + + Specifies whether dragging of controls is allowed. + + + + + Specifies the currently being dragged control. + + + + + Gets/sets the docking manager instance. + + + + + Overrides the ProcessMouseMove. + + The DockControllerBase intstance + The IDraggable interface. + The mouse point. + + + + Overrides the ProcessMouseUp. + + The DockControllerBase intstance + The IDraggable interface. + The mouse point. + + + + Overrides the ProcessDoubleClick event. + + + + + Terminate the drag operation. + + The dock enabled control. + The mouse point. + + + + Gets / Sets the Border color + + + + + Gets / Sets the border width. + + + + + Force the control to stop drag. + + + + + Constructor of the WhidbeyDragProvider + + The DockingManager instance. + + + + Dispose the target form. + + + + + Overrides the ProcessCtrlKeyDown. + + + + + Overrides the ProcessCtrlKeyUp + + + + + Overrides the ProcessMouseDown + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The IDraggable instance. + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Overrides the ProcessMouseMove + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The IDraggable instance. + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Overrides the ProcessMouseUp + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The IDraggable instance. + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + Terminate the drag. + + The IDraggable instance. + + + + + Retrurns the scaling. + + The scalig value. + + + + Overrides the GetUnderlyingControl + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Get the Drag + + The host rectangle. + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DragTarget instance. + + + + + Overrides the CanFloatWhenDisallowFloating + + + + + Constructor of the TargetForm. + + + + + + Initialize the InternalForm + + + + + Show the region on drag and drop. + + The DockTabAlignmentStyle + + + + Show the rectangle of the target form. + + The rectangle of the target form. + + + + Hide the target form + + + + + Dispose the internal form. + + + + + Gets/ Sets the BackColor + + + + + Gets/ Sets the BorderColor + + + + + Gets / Sets the BorderWidth + + + + + Gets / Sets the Opacity + + + + + Gets / Sets the Bounds. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Location. + + + + + Gets the visible. + + + + + Spcifies the device information. + + + + + Vertical height in pixels + + + + + Horizontal width of entire desktop in pixels + + + + + DragProvider in Whidbey style. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2012DragProvider. + + see the + + + + Updates Colors. + + + + + Creates target form with specific parameters. + + The + + + + DragProvider in Office2016DragProvider + + + + + Constructor of the Office2016ColorfulDragProvider + + see the + + + + Updates Colors. + + + + + Creates target form with specific parameters. + + The + + + + DragProvider in Office2016DragProvider + + + + + Constructor of the Office2016ColorfulDragProvider + + see the + + + + Updates Colors. + + + + + Creates target form with specific parameters. + + The + + + + DragProvider in Office2016BlackDragProvider + + + + + Constructor of the Office2016ColorfulDragProvider + + see the + + + + Updates Colors. + + + + + Creates target form with specific parameters. + + The + + + + DragProvider in Whidbey style. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2010DragProvider. + + see the + + + + Updates Colors. + + + + + Creates target form with specific parameters. + + The + + + + DragProvider in Whidbey style. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2005DragProvider. + + see the + + + + Updates Colors. + + + + + Creates target form with specific parameters. + + The + + + + Drag control for Whidbey drag provider style. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2005DragControl. + + + + + Loads images. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + WhidbeyDragTargetControl. + + + + + Defines constatn hilight color. + + + + + Overrider for its special hilight behaviour. + + The source of the component + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Get current image. + + + + + InnerDragControl fo Whidbey drag provider. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2005InnerDragControl. + + Parent controller + + + + Initializes components. + + + + + Calculates hit areas. + + + + + Paints control area. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Processes mouse move. + + Mouse position. + if processed. + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Generates hilighting graphics path . + + index of docking(top, left...) + Graphics path. + + + + Occurs on mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs on mouse leave. + + + + + Occurs on allow highlight. + + + + + OuterDragControl for Whidbey drag provider. + + + + + Default constructor of the VS2005OuterDragControl. + + Parent Controller. See the + + + + Initializes provider with specific parameters. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + InnerDragControl fo Whidbey drag provider. + + /// + WhidbeyDragTargetControl. + + /// + Drag control for Whidbey drag provider style. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2012DragControl. + + + + + Loads images. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Defines constatn hilight color. + + + + + Overrider for its special hilight behaviour. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Get current image. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2012InnerDragControl. + + Parent controller + + + + Initializes components. + + + + + Calculates hit areas. + + + + + Paints control area. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Processes mouse move. + + Mouse position. + if processed. + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Generates hilighting graphics path . + + index of docking(top, left...) + Graphics path. + + + + Occurs on mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs on mouse leave. + + + + + Allows to highlight. + + + + + OuterDragControl for Whidbey drag provider. + + + + + Default constructor of the VS2012OuterDragControl. + + Parent Controller. See the + + + + Initializes provider with specific parameters. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + InnerDragControl fo Whidbey drag provider. + + /// + WhidbeyDragTargetControl. + + /// + Drag control for Whidbey drag provider style. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2010DragControl. + + + + + Loads images. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Defines constatn hilight color. + + + + + Overrider for its special hilight behaviour. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Get current image. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2010InnerDragControl. + + Parent controller + + + + Initializes components. + + + + + Calculates hit areas. + + + + + Paints control area. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Processes mouse move. + + Mouse position. + if processed. + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Generates hilighting graphics path . + + index of docking(top, left...) + Graphics path. + + + + Occurs on mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs on mouse leave. + + + + + Occurs on allow highlight. + + + + + OuterDragControl for Whidbey drag provider. + + + + + Default constructor of the VS2010OuterDragControl. + + Parent Controller. See the + + + + Initializes provider with specific parameters. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + VS2008DragProvider is used to provide docking in VS2008 style. + + + + + Class constructor of the VS2008DragProvider. + + Parent DockingManager class. + + + + Initializes DragProvider class. + + + + + Refreshes colors used to paint DropTargetForm. + + + + + Creates target form to point the drop location. + + Parent DockingManager + + + + Constants used by Vs2008 DragProvider + + + + + Event args used to force opacity change. + + + + + Constructor of the FadeEventArgs. + + The sender of the object. + + + + + Drag control class is used to layout and manage drop arrows. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2008DragControl. + + + + + Returns the mouse move. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + VS2008 drag provider system uses VS2005 image names. + + + + + Method is used to refresh look of VS2008DragProvider. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockAbility. + + + + + VS2008OuterDragControl class is used to layout and + manage drag arrows used to dock control to host form. + + + + + Creates new instance of VS2008OuterDragControl class. + + Parent DragControl. + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Shows drag arrows with fade effect. + + + + + Gets if mouse cursor is above DragControl. + + + + + VS2008InnerDragControl class is used to layout and manage dreag arrwos used to dock + control to another dock enabled control. + + + + + Creates new instance of VS2008InnerDragControl class. + + The VS2008DragControl instance. + + + + Returns the mouse move. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Shows control with fade effect. + + + + + Immediately hides control. + + + + + Gets/sets layout rectangle for this control. + + + + + Gets/sets current DockAbility. + + + + + VS2008DragTargetControl class is used to show drop arrows. + + + + + Paints control. + + Sender + Paint event args + + + + Indicates if mouse pointer is above this control. + + + + + Timer used to calculate and perform fade effect. + + + + + Initializes new instance of VS2008FadeTimer class. + + + + + Fires fade change event. + + Fade change args. + + + + Initiates animation. + + + + + Forces timer to stop. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2012DragControl. + + + + + Loads images. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Defines constatn hilight color. + + + + + Overrider for its special hilight behaviour. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Get current image. + + + + + Constructor of the Office2016InnerDragControl + + Parent controller + + + + Initializes components. + + + + + Calculates hit areas. + + + + + Paints control area. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Processes mouse move. + + Mouse position. + if processed. + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Generates hilighting graphics path . + + index of docking(top, left...) + Graphics path. + + + + Occurs on mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs on mouse leave. + + + + + Allows to highlight. + + + + + OuterDragControl for Whidbey drag provider. + + + + + Default constructor of the VS2012OuterDragControl. + + Parent Controller. See the + + + + Initializes provider with specific parameters. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2012DragControl. + + + + + Loads images. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Defines constatn hilight color. + + + + + Overrider for its special hilight behaviour. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Get current image. + + + + + Constructor of the Office2016InnerDragControl + + Parent controller + + + + Initializes components. + + + + + Calculates hit areas. + + + + + Paints control area. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Processes mouse move. + + Mouse position. + if processed. + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Generates hilighting graphics path . + + index of docking(top, left...) + Graphics path. + + + + Occurs on mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs on mouse leave. + + + + + Allows to highlight. + + + + + OuterDragControl for Whidbey drag provider. + + + + + Default constructor of the VS2012OuterDragControl. + + Parent Controller. See the + + + + Initializes provider with specific parameters. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Constructor of the VS2012DragControl. + + + + + Loads images. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Defines constatn hilight color. + + + + + Overrider for its special hilight behaviour. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Hide the control. + + + + + Get current image. + + + + + Constructor of the Office2016InnerDragControl + + Parent controller + + + + Initializes components. + + + + + Calculates hit areas. + + + + + Paints control area. + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Processes mouse move. + + Mouse position. + if processed. + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + Generates hilighting graphics path . + + index of docking(top, left...) + Graphics path. + + + + Occurs on mouse enter. + + + + + Occurs on mouse leave. + + + + + Allows to highlight. + + + + + OuterDragControl for Whidbey drag provider. + + + + + Default constructor of the VS2012OuterDragControl. + + Parent Controller. See the + + + + Initializes provider with specific parameters. + + + + + Dispose the control. + + + + + The FloatingFormController class. + + + + + Constructor of the FloatingFormController. + + The DockingManager instance. + The FloatingForm instance. + + + + Host control resize + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Overrides the AddChild. It helps to add child.. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DockingStyle + + + + Overrides the InsertChild. It helps to insert the child. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The index which needs to be inserted. + The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. + + + + Overrides the RemoveChild. It helps to remove the child. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Overrides the ReplaceChild. + + The current DockControllerBase instance. + New DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Gets the child in specified index. + + The index of the child control. + + + + + Gets the child host index. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + Overrides the AdjustLayout. + + + + + Invoke close controller on child + + + + + Indicates the target controller. + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Overrides the GetDockInfo + + The dock enabled control. + Mouse point + The DockInfo + + + + Overrides the QueryDropProceedWithDock + + The dock enabled control. + The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. + + + + + Invoke Redocking + + + + + Invoke the docked control to Redock with dock relationship. + + + + + Overrides the AttemptDCRDocking + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The IEnumerator. + + + + + Overrides the ApplyDockInfo + + + + + Overrides the DockAsMDIChild + + + + + Update the control. + + + + + Gets / Sets the ImageIndex. + + + + + Gets the HostControl. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Layout Rectangle. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Floating. + + + + + Gets the ChildCount + + + + + Gets the ChildHostCount. + + + + + Gets the ChildEnumerator + + + + + Gets the IEnumerator. + + + + + Gets the ChildControllers. + + + + + Gets the MinimumSize + + + + + Indicates the AutoHide status + + + + + The auto hidden control in collapsed state. + + + + + The auto hidden control in expanded state. + + + + + The floating form control. + + + + + Holds the border style of the FloatingForm. + + + + + Used to ensure whether the FormBorderStyle property has been changed. + + + + + Indicates the enable. + + + + + Indicates the enable. + + Indicates whether it needs to be enable or not. + + + + Disable the control. + + + + + Constructor of the floating form. + + The DockingManager instance. + + + + Updates Form BorderStyles, Icon and caption text for Vista Aero Themed OS. + + + + + Performs toggling auto hide state in floating forms + + + + + Implementation of the IDraggable interface methods + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + Initiate the drag + + The mouse action. + The mouse point + + + + + Returns the allowed drag axis. + + The mouse point of the drag location. + The mouse point. + The dragged axis. + + + + Returns the DrawHollow + + + + + + Cancel the Drag operation. + + + + + Returns the QueryDragProceedWithDock. + + + + + + Indicates if the Default//VS2005 style is set with Vista Aero Theme enabled. + + + + + + Defnes if to passby windows messages. + + + + + Shows close button's tool tip. + + + + + Hide close button's tool tip. + + + + + Update the control box visibility. + + + + + Handles the mouse down. + + The MouseButtons. + The mouse point. + + + + Handles the mouse move. + + The MouseButtons. + The mouse point. + + + + Handles the mouse up. + + The MouseButtons. + The mouse point. + + + + Handles the double click. + + The mouse point. + + + + Handles the mouse leave. + + + + + Initiate the FloatingResize. + + The mouse point + + + + + Gets the design mode of the FloatingForm. + + + + + + Overrides the Refresh. + + + + + Gets the controller. + + + + + + To update maximize and restore caption button based on windows state. + + + + + Gets the Image rectangle. + + + + + Gets / Sets the CloseButtonVisibility + + + + + Gets/Sets value to define AutoHideMode in Floating Form + + + + + Gets/Sets value to display AutoHideButton in Floating Form + + + + + Gets / Sets the InternalController + + + + + Gets / Sets the DragDockInfo + + + + + Gets / Sets the DragRectangle + + + + + Gets / Sets the Text + + + + + Gets/sets PassbyMessages value. + + + + + Gets or sets the border style of the form. + + + + + Coded UI Accessibility for Docking Manager + + + + + Hold FloatingForm instance + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Gets the Accessible Role + + + + + Gets the Accessible Value + + + + + Gets the Accessible Name + + + + + Gets the Accessible Description + + + + + Occurs on Mdi activation + + + + + Occurs when de activate the control. + + + + + Occurs on close. + + + + + Handles the OnMdiActivate, OnDeactivate and OnClose events. + + + + + + + The MainFormController class. + + + + + Constructor of the MainFormController + + The DockingManager instance. + The ContainerControl. + + + + Invoked by the docking manager when the form first loads + + + + + Returns the TargetController + + The mouse co ordinate point. + + + + + Gets the BorderController + + The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle + + + + + Gets the GetAHTabControl + + The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. + + + + + Gets the dock info for controller. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + Overrides the InvokeDocking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Overrides the AttemptDCRDocking + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + + Overrides the InvokeDCRDocking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + Add child + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. + + + + Insert the child + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The index which needs to be inserted. + The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. + + + + Overrides the RemoveChild + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Gets the child in specified index. + + The index of the child. + + + + + Gets the Child host index from the child. + + + + + + + Gets the Dock info. + + The dock enabled control. + The mouse co ordinate point. + The dock info. + + + + Overrides the QueryDropProceedWithDock + + The dock enabled control + The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. + + + + + Adjust the layout of the Form controller. + + + + + Adjust the layout dock area. + + + + + Refresh the control. + + + + + Draw the outer border for the splitter control + + The source of the control. + The PaintEventArgs contains the event data. + + + + Enter on AutoHideMode + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + Indicates whether it need to be animate or not. + + + + Load in AutoHideMode + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + + + + Exit the AutoHideMode + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + Indicates whether its closed on exit. + + + + Allow the splitter sizing. + + The DockStateControllerBase instance. + + + + + + Overrides the DockAsMDIChild. + + + + + Update the control. + + + + + Gets the HostControl + + + + + Gets / Sets the PriorityController + + + + + Gets / Sets the Layout Rectangle. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Floating. + + + + + Gets the ChildEnumerator + + + + + Gets the ChildCount + + + + + Gets the ChildHostCount. + + + + + Gets the IEnumerator. + + + + + Gets the FocusHolderControl + + + + + Gets the ChildControllers. + + + + + Represents a Panel derived control for use with the Essential Tools Docking Windows framework. + + + The DockingClientPanel is a subclass of the control and implements + a docking layout aware container that may be used for hosting the non-dockable controls on the Form or ContainerControl + that houses the . By virtue of it being aware of the docking layout, the DockingClientPanel's + bounds are automatically repositioned or resized when the container's client area changes during the course + of docking/undocking operations. Controls placed on the DockingClientPanel can thus avail of it's static boundary for + implementing any required layout management. +

+ NOTE: The DockingClientPanel should not be used in MDIContainer forms as the equivalent functionality is provided by + the MDIClient window. +

+
+ +
+ + + Creates an instance of the class. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the container enables the user to + scroll to any controls placed outside of its visible boundaries. + + A boolean value. + + + + Indicates whether the control is sized to fill + the form's client area. + + A boolean value. During runtime this is always TRUE. + + + + Gets or sets the border style of the control. + + A value. The default is BorderStyle.FixedSingle. + + + + Defines the edges of the container to which a certain control is bound. + When a control is anchored to an edge, the distance between the control's + closest edge and the specified edge will remain constant. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DockStyle + + + + + THe FocusHolder class. + + + + + Constructor of the FocusHolder + + + + + The SizingController class provides the required information. + + + + + Constructor of the SizingController. + + The DockingManager instance. + The dock enabled control. + The DockPreference. + + + + Add To DCRSharedList + + + + + + + Call CloseController on this controller's immediate children. This will invoke recursion. + + + + + Invoke the docking in SizingController. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Overrides the QueryRelationship. + + The DCRelationship + + + + + Overrides the AttemptDCRDocking + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + + Overrides the InvokeDCRDocking. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DCRelationship + + + + Add the child in SizingController. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The DockingStyle + + + + Insert the child in SizingController. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + The index which needs to be inserted. + The DockingStyle + + + + Overrides the RemoveChild + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Overrides the ReplaceChild. + + The current DockControllerBase instance. + New DockControllerBase instance. + + + + Gets the child in specified index. + + The index of the child control. + + + + + Gets the child host index. + + The DockControllerBase instance. + + + + + Overrides the GetDockInfo + + The dock enabled control. + Mouse point + The DockInfo + + + + Overrides the QueryDropProceedWithDock + + The dock enabled control. + The Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.DockingStyle. + + + + + Update the control. + + + + + Overrides the AdjustLayout. + + + + + Overrides the RedockController. + + The DockInfo. + Indicates whether the control is forced to new dock. + + + + + Calculate the size. + + The parent size. + New parent size. + + + + + Gets whether its Vertically Resizable or not. + + + + + + Gets whether its Horizontally Resizable or not. + + + + + + Overrides the DockAsMDIChild + + + + + Gets the ChildControllers. + + + + + Gets / Sets the PriorityController + + + + + Gets the HostControl. + + + + + Gets / Sets the Layout Rectangle. + + + + + Gets / Sets the DICurrent. + Overrides. + + The DockInfo + + + + Gets / Sets the Floating. + Travel up the hierarchy till you reach a windowed controller + + + + + Gets the ChildCount + + + + + Gets the ChildHostCount. + + + + + Gets the IEnumerator. + + + + + Gets the ChildEnumerator + + + + + Gets / Sets the current DCRelationship. + + + + + Gets the ChildHostEnumerator. + + + + + Gets the IsEmpty + + + + + Gets the DockPreference + + + + + Gets the Minimum size. + + + + + Constructor of the LayoutResizer. + + The SizingController instance. + + + + Calculate the size. + + + + + Gets the rectangle. + + Indicates the index of the control. + + + + + VSSubclass is used to detect showing/hiding of Visual studio. + + + + + Is VS window is visible. + + + + + Override. + + Windows message. + + + + Raises VisibleChanged event. + + + + + Indicates whether VS window is visible. + + + + + Occurs when visibility is changing. + + + + + Handles the VisibleChangedEventH event. + + The source of the control. + Indicates the visibility. + + + + Base class to others that keep colors for different part of docking windows. + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableBase. + + + + + Refresh the colors when theme changed. + + + + + + Initialize the color table + + Specifies the theme + + + + Initialize the color table. + + + + + Gets the theme. + + + + + Base class to other Office2010-like color tables. + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2010Base. + + + + + Initialize the color table. + + + + + Initialize the color table + + Specifies the theme + + + + Refresh the colors when theme changed. + + + + + + Gets/ Sets the Office2010Theme. + + + + + Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the BorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionUpperTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionUpperBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionLowerTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionLowerBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionUpperTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionUpperBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionLowerTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionLowerBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the SplitterColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office 2010-like appearance). + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2010. + + + + + Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Base class to other Office2007-like color tables. + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2007Base. + + + + + Initialize the color table. + + + + + Initialize the color table + + Specifies the theme + + + + Refresh the colors when theme changed. + + + + + + Gets/Sets the Office2007Theme. + + + + + Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the BorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionUpperTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionUpperBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionLowerTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionLowerBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionUpperTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionUpperBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionLowerTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionLowerBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the SplitterColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office 2003-like appearance). + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2003. + + + + + Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveTextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the OuterBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the GripperForegroundColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the GripperBackgroundColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Visual Studio 2005-like appearance). + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableVS2005. + + + + + Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveTextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the BorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the SplitterColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office VS2010-like appearance). + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableVS2010. + + + + + Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveTextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the OuterBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the GripperForegroundColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the GripperBackgroundColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Visual Studio 2012-like appearance). + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableVS2012. + + + + + Contains the TextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveTextColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the BorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the InnerBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the CaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionTopColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveCaptionBottomColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonImageColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ButtonColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the SplitterColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office 2007-like appearance). + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2007. + + + + + Contains the ButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the ActiveButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Contains the PushedButtonBorderColor of appropriate themes. + + + + + Keeps the different colors for different part of docking windows (Office 2007-like appearance). + + + + + Constructor of the ColorTableOffice2007Outlook + + + + + The IControlStyleLayout interface. + + + + + Sets the DEF_OUTER_BORDER_WIDTH. + + + + + Hit Test Area. + + Indicates whether the mouse buttons pressed + The mouse co ordinates point. + + + + + Gets the Button ImageBounds + + + + + + Reset the caption button index. + + + + + Returns the caption button index which mouse button pressed. + + + + + + Returns the caption button which mouse button pressed. + + + + + + Returns the Caption Button bounds + + The index of the caption button. + + + + + Gets/Sets the ControlBounds. + + + + + Gets/Sets the IsMirrored. + + + + + Gets/Sets the CaptionOrientation. + + + + + Gets/Sets the CaptionEnabled. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Floating. + + + + + Gets/Sets the ImageEnabled. + + + + + Gets/Sets the CaptionButtonOptionsTable + + + + + Returns the ActiveButtonIndex. + + + + + Returns the PushedButtonIndex. + + + + + Gets the Border width. + + + + + Gets the TheckBorderWidth + + + + + Gets the ThinBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets/Sets the OuterBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets the CaptionWidth. + + + + + Gets the CaptionBounds. + + + + + Gets the ThinBorderCaptionBounds. + + + + + Gets the ThickBorderCaptionBounds. + + + + + Gets the TextBounds. + + + + + Gets the ImageBounds. + + + + + Gets the TextRectHeight. + + + + + Constructor of the CustomLayout. + + + + + Hit Test Area. + + Indicates whether the mouse buttons pressed + The mouse co ordinates point. + + + + + Gets the Border width. + + + + + Gets the ThickBorderWidth + + + + + Gets the ThinBorderWidth + + + + + Returns the Text bounds. + + + + + Returns the Image bounds. + + + + + Returns the caption bounds. + + + + + Gets/Sets the TextRectHeight. + + + + + Gets the ThickBorderCaptionBounds. + + + + + Gets the ThinBorderCaptionBounds. + + + + + Constructor of the LayoutOffice2003. + + + + + Gets the CaptionWidth. + + + + + Gets the GripperRectangle. + + + + + Gets the OuterBorderWidth + + + + + Constructor of the LayoutVS2005. + + + + + Gets the CaptionWidth + + + + + Gets the OuterBorderWidth. + + + + + VS2010 layout appearance + + + + + Constructor of the LayoutVS2010. + + + + + Gets the CaptionWidth. + + + + + Gets the GripperRectangle. + + + + + Gets the OuterBorderWidth + + + + + Constructor of the LayoutVS2012. + + + + + Gets the CaptionWidth. + + + + + Gets the OuterBorderWidth. + + + + + Constructor of the LayoutOffice2007Base. + + + + + Gets the CaptionWidth. + + + + + Gets the ThinBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets the ThickBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets the OuterBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. + + + + + Gets the CaptionLowerBounds. + + + + + Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. + + + + + Gets the CaptionLowerBounds. + + + + + Constructor of the LayoutOffice2010Base. + + + + + Gets the CaptionWidth + + + + + Gets the ThinBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets the ThickBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets the OuterBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. + + + + + Gets the CaptionLowerBounds. + + + + + Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. + + + + + Gets the CaptionLowerBounds + + + + + Gets the CaptionUpperBounds. + + + + + Gets the CaptionLowerBounds + + + + + Provides the interface for for rendering + the docking manager with the different themed color. + + + + + Draws the docking windows. + + + + + Draws the splitter control. + + + + + Draws the AutoHide panels. + + + + + Initializes color scheme in accordance with current theme. + + + + + Initializes Office2007 colors according to given theme. + + + + + Initializes Office2010 colors according to given theme. + + + + + Refreshes renderer's info about painted docked control. + + + + + Returns the HitTest area on the docking caption. + + + + + Returns index of button for HitTestArea.Button hit test result. + + + + + Returns index of button that is currently highlighted. + + + + + + /// Returns CaptionButton for HitTestArea.Button hit test result. + + + + + Resets all data related to last performed hit test. + + + + + Gets/Sets the VisualStyle for docking windows. + + + + + Get/sets the bounds of the control. + + + + + Gets the bounds of caption. + + + + + Returns the width of the caption. + + + + + Returns the width of the Border. + + + + + Indicates the whether the caption to be painted from RTL or not. + + + + + Caption bar of the docking windows. + + + + + Creates the instance of the Caption bar. + + + + + Overloaded Constructor.Creates with the CaptionState. + + + + + Overloaded Constructor. Creates with Enabled state. + + + + + Overloaded Constructor. Creates with the Label text. + + + + + Overloaded Constructor. Creates with Caption state, docking label, + Docking label alignment and with the customized font. + + + + + Gets/sets the Caption state of the docking windows. + + + + + Returns the enabled state of the docking windows. + + + + + Gets/sets the Docking Label of the docking windows. + + + + + Gets/sets the Dock label alignment style of the docking windows. + + + + + Gets/sets the font for the docking windows caption. + + + + + Rendering the docking manager with specified visual style. + + + + + Creates the instances of the DockingManagerRenderer. + + + + + Holds the rectangle bounds of the renderer region. + + + + + Holds the PaintDockControlArgs of the renderer region. + + + + + Initialize the caption line to show. + + + + + Draws the docking windows. + + + + + Draws the caption button of the floating window. + + + + + Refreshes renderer's info about painted docked control. + + + + + Draws the splitter control. + + + + + Draws the AutoHide panels. + + + + + Returns the HitTest area on the docking caption. + + + + + Returns index of caption button at the specified point. + + + + + Returns index of button that is currently highlighted. + + + + + /// Returns CaptionButton for HitTestArea.Button hit test result. + + + + + Initializes color scheme in accordance with current theme. + + + + + Initializes Office2007 colors according to given theme. + + + + + Initializes Office2010 colors according to given theme. + + + + + Resets all data related to last performed hit test. + + + + + Indicates the whether the CaptionLines is shown in Metro style. + + + + + Gets or sets of alignment of the DockingManager caption text. + + + + + Gets/sets the Visual Style of the docking windows. + + + + + Returns the width of the caption. + + + + + Returns the width of the Border. + + + + + Gets/Sets the FloatBorderSize. + + + + + Returns the width of the thick border. + + + + + Returns the width of the thin border. + + + + + Get/sets the bounds of the control. + + + + + Gets the bounds of caption. + + + + + Indicates the whether the caption to be painted from RTL or not. + + + + + Collection of the docking windows different part + of the classes such as Caption, Close Button and Pin Button. + + + + + Creates the instance of the class. + + + + + Overloaded constructor. + + The caption bar of the docking window + The CaptionButtonOptionsTable instance. + Indicates whether the border needs to be painted or not + Indicates whether the floating + The caption image index. + The ImageList instance + + + + Overloaded constructor. + + The caption bar of the docking window + The CaptionButtonOptionsTable instance. + Indicates whether the border needs to be painted or not + Indicates whether the floating + The caption image index. + The ProvideGraphicsItemsEventArgs contains the event data. + The ImageList instance + + + + Gets/sets the Caption of the docking windows. + + + + + Gets/Sets the borders of the docking windows. + + + + + Determines whether to paint FloatingForm or docked window: + TRUE - paint FloatingForm; + FALSE - paint docked control. + + + + + Gets/Sets the image that should be painted in caption. + + + + + Gets/Sets additional painting arguments. + + + + + Gets caption buttons and options associated with them. + + + + + Gets ImageList that contains images used to paint CaptionButtons. + + + + + Used to indicate whether painted control is in design mode. + + + + + Returns the Renderer + + The VisualStyle. + + + + + Specifies the edges of the host form to auto hide. + + + + + For Internal use. + + + + + Left edge of the host form. + + + + + Top edge of the host form. + + + + + Right edge of the host form. + + + + + Bottom edge of the host form. + + + + + Specifies the area which is hit by mouse pointer. + + + + + None of the area. + + + + + Border area of the docking window. + + + + + Caption part of the docking window. + + + + + Caption button of docking window. + + + + + Specifies the Caption of the docking windows. + + + + + Normal state of Caption. + + + + + Active state of Caption. + + + + + Specifies the different XP OS themes. + + + + + Classic theme of XP OS. + + + + + XP Blue theme of XP OS. + + + + + XPOlive theme of XP OS. + + + + + XPSilver theme of XP OS. + + + + + Zune theme of XP OS. + + + + + Represents the Office2007 tab properties for the tab style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Returns the default fore color for the tabs. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns SystemColors.WindowText. + + + + + Draws the background of the tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + + + + DockTabRenderer for Office2007 style. + + + + + Use TabPanelPropertyExtender property as my default properties provider. + + + + + Returns the overlap size. + + The overlap size. + This implementation returns (0, 0). + + + + Overrides the Docked tab fore color + + Color of the docked tab item + + + + Overrides the fore color of Active tab. + + Color of the active tab item + + + + Creates a new instance of the DockTabRenderer Office2007 class. + + The tab control parent. + The parent. + + + + Returns the unique name of this tab renderer. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Paints the background. + + The Graphics objects. + The Rectangle needs to be painted. + The Brush instance. + + + + Paint the borders + + The Graphics objects. + The Rectangle needs to be painted. + The Brush instance. + The width of the border. + + + + Paints the Gripper. + + The Graphics objects. + The Orientation which paints the gripper. + The location of the gripper. + The Brush instance for foreground. + The Brush instance for background. + Indicates the dot count. + + + + Paints the Gripper. + + The Graphics objects. + The Orientation which paints the gripper. + The location of the gripper. + The Bitmap instance + Indicates the dot count. + + + + Paints the Button background. + + The Graphics objects. + The Rectangle needs to be painted. + The Pen instance to draw the border + The Brush instance to draw the + + + + Draw the text. + + The Graphics objects. + The string which needs to be drawn. + The font of the text. + The brush instance. + The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the text. + The StringFormat + + + + Paint the custom button image. + + The Graphics objects. + The Image instance. + The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the text. + + + + Paint the close button image. + + The Graphics objects. + The Pen instance + The Rectangle which needs to be draw close button image. + + + + Paint the PinButton image in vertical. + + The Graphics objects. + The Pen instance. + The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Pin button image in vertical. + + + + Paint the PinButton image in Horizontal. + + The Graphics objects. + The Pen instance. + The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Pin button image in horizontal. + + + + Paint the MenuButtonImage + + The Graphics objects. + The Pen instance. + The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Menu button image. + + + + Paint the Maximize button image. + + The Graphics objects. + The Pen instance. + The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Maximize button image. + + + + Paint the Restore button image. + + The Graphics objects. + The Pen instance. + The Rectangle which needs to be draw the Restore button image. + + + + The IStyleRenderer interface. + + + + + Constructor of the StyleRenderer. + + + + + Refresh paint information. + + The rectangle which needs to refreshed. + The PaintDockControlArgs contains the event data. + + + + Reset the ResetCaptionButtonsIndices. + + + + + Paint DockedControl + + The Graphics object. + The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the docked control. + The PaintDockControlArgs contains the event data. + + + + Paint the Splitter. + + The Graphics object. + >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. + The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. + + + + Paint the Auto hide panels. + + The Graphics object. + The Rectangle which needs to be paint the AutoHide panels. + The AutoHideSide. + + + + Get the Highlighted button index. + + + + + + Refresh the colors. + + + + + + Refresh the Office2007 theme. + + The Office2007Theme. + + + + Refresh the Office2010 theme. + + The Office2010Theme. + + + + Returns the HitArea. + + The MouseButtons whether the pressed or not. + The co ordinate point of the hit area. + + + + + Gets the Caption button index by using the mouse operation. + + The caption button index. + + + + Gets the caption button. + + The CaptionButton + + + + Gets the CaptionWidth + + + + + Gets the BorderWidth + + + + + Gets the ThickBorderWidth + + + + + Gets the ThinBorderWidth + + + + + Gets/Sets the Control bounds. + + + + + Gets the Caption bounds. + + + + + Gets/Sets the IsMirrored. + + + + + Refresh the colors. + + + + + + Paint DockedControl + + The Graphics object. + The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the docked control. + The PaintDockControlArgs contains the event data. + + + + Paint the Auto hide panels. + + The Graphics object. + The Rectangle which needs to be paint the AutoHide panels. + The AutoHideSide. + + + + Paint the Splitter. + + The Graphics object. + >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. + The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. + + + + Gets the highlighted caption button index. + + + + + + Constructor of the RendererOffice2003. + + + + + Paint the Splitter. + + The Graphics object. + >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. + The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. + + + + Specifies the Button color + + + + + Specifies the Splitter color + + + + + Specifies the Border color. + + + + + Constructor of the RendererMetro. + + + + + Holds the Inactive Caption Background color + + + + + Initialize the caption line to show. + + + + + Paint the Splitter. + + The Graphics object. + >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. + The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. + + + + Paint DockedControl + + The Graphics object. + The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the docked control. + The PaintDockControlArgs contains the event data. + + + + Gets the ThickBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets or sets the ShowCaptionLines + + + + + Gets or sets of alignment of the DockingManager caption text. + + + + + Constructor of the RendererVS2005. + + + + + Renderer class for visual studio 2010 theme + + + + + Constructor of the RendererVS2010. + + + + + Paint the Splitter. + + The Graphics object. + >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. + The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. + + + + Refresh the Office2007 theme. + + The Office2007Theme. + + + + Refresh the Office2010 theme. + + The Office2010Theme. + + + + Constructor of the RendererOffice2010 + + + + + Constructor of the RendererOffice2007 + + + + + Constructor of the RendererOffice2007Outlook. + + + + + Renderer class for Office2016theme + + + + + Holds the metero Color + + + + + InActiveCaptionColor + + + + + ActiveCaptionColor + + + + + Specifies the Button color + + + + + Specifies the Border color. + + + + + Constructor of the RendererMetro. + + + + + CreateGraphicObjects + + + + + + CreateCaptionBrushes + + + + + + Dispose used brushes + + + + + DisposeCaptionBrushes + + + + + override GetCaptionBrush + + + + + + + override GetTextBrush + + + + + + + Initialize the caption line to show. + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets InActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets CaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets InActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets SplitterColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Holds CpationLines Color + + + + + Holds CpationLines Color + + + + + Holds MenuBackgroundColorr + + + + + Holds MenuItemHoverColor + + + + + Holds TabPanelBackColor + + + + + Holds DockTabBackColor + + + + + Holds DockTabForeColor + + + + + Holds DockTabActiveForeColor + + + + + Holds DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Holds DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelLineColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelLineHoverColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Paint the Splitter. + + The Graphics object. + >The Rectangle which needs to be paint the splitter. + The Orientation which needs to be paint the splitter. + + + + Paint DockedControl + + The Graphics object. + The Rectangle which needs to be drawn the docked control. + The PaintDockControlArgs contains the event data. + + + + Override to DrawText + + + + + + + Override to Paint Caption + + + + + + + Override to paint border + + + + + + + Gets the ThickBorderWidth. + + + + + Gets or sets the ShowCaptionLines + + + + + Gets or sets of alignment of the DockingManager caption text. + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets InActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets CaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets InActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets SplitterColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets CpationLines Color + + + + + Gets CpationLines Color + + + + + Gets MenuBackgroundColor + + + + + Gets MenuItemHoverColor + + + + + Gets TabPanelBackColor + + + + + Gets DockTabBackColor + + + + + Gets DockTabForeColor + + + + + Gets DockTabActiveForeColor + + + + + Gets DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Gets DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelLineColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelLineHoverColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Renderer for Office2016White + + + + + Constructor of the RendererMetro. + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets InActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets CaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets InActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets SplitterColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Holds CpationLines Color + + + + + Holds CpationLines Color + + + + + Holds MenuBackgroundColorr + + + + + Holds MenuItemHoverColor + + + + + Holds TabPanelBackColor + + + + + Holds DockTabBackColor + + + + + Holds DockTabForeColor + + + + + Holds DockTabActiveForeColor + + + + + Holds DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelLineColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelLineHoverColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Holds DragproviderStyle + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets InActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets CaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets InActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets SplitterColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets CpationLines Color + + + + + Gets CpationLines Color + + + + + Gets MenuBackgroundColor + + + + + Gets MenuItemHoverColor + + + + + Gets TabPanelBackColor + + + + + Gets DockTabBackColor + + + + + Gets DockTabForeColor + + + + + Gets DockTabActiveForeColor + + + + + Gets DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelLineColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelLineHoverColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Gets DragproviderStyle + + + + + Renderer for Office2016DarkGray + + + + + Constructor of the RendererMetro. + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets InActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets CaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets InActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets SplitterColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + + Holds CpationLines Color + + + + + Holds MenuBackgroundColorr + + + + + Holds MenuItemHoverColor + + + + + Holds TabPanelBackColor + + + + + Holds DockTabBackColor + + + + + Holds DockTabForeColor + + + + + Holds DockTabActiveForeColor + + + + + Holds DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelLineColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelLineHoverColor + + + + + Holds DragproviderStyle + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets InActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets CaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets InActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets SplitterColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets CpationLines Color + + + + + Gets CpationLines Color + + + + + Gets MenuBackgroundColor + + + + + Gets MenuItemHoverColor + + + + + Gets TabPanelBackColor + + + + + Gets DockTabBackColor + + + + + Gets DockTabForeColor + + + + + Gets DockTabActiveForeColor + + + + + Gets DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelLineColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelLineHoverColor + + + + + Gets DragproviderStyle + + + + + Renderer for Office2016Black + + + + + Constructor of the RendererMetro. + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets InActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets CaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets InActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets SplitterColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + + Holds CpationLines Color + + + + + Holds MenuBackgroundColorr + + + + + Holds MenuItemHoverColor + + + + + Holds TabPanelBackColor + + + + + + Holds DockTabForeColor + + + + + Holds DockTabActiveForeColor + + + + + Holds DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelLineColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelLineHoverColor + + + + + Holds AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Holds DragproviderStyle + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCpationBarColor + + + + + Gets InActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets ActiveCaptionForeColor + + + + + Gets CaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonFillColor + + + + + Gets PresseCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets HoverCaptionButtonBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets InActiveButtonColor + + + + + Gets SplitterColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets ActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingInnerBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveFloatingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets InActiveDockingOuterBorderColor + + + + + Gets CpationLines Color + + + + + Gets CpationLines Color + + + + + Gets MenuBackgroundColor + + + + + Gets MenuItemHoverColor + + + + + Gets TabPanelBackColor + + + + + Gets DockTabBackColor + + + + + Gets DockTabForeColor + + + + + Gets DockTabActiveForeColor + + + + + Gets DockTabActiveBorderColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelLineColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelLineHoverColor + + + + + Gets AHTabpanelForeColor + + + + + Gets DragproviderStyle + + + + + TabGroupRendererOffice2003 paints tabs in group mode. + + + + + Item border width. + + + + + Width of shadow rectangle. + + + + + Properties for panel painting for current style. + + + + + Registers class types. + + + + + Creates an instance of the . + + The instance. + The parent instance. + + + + Returns the rectangle to draw shadow in from item's bounds. + + Item bounds to draw shadow for. + + + + Draws shadow near the tab. + + Graphics to use. + Rectangle to shadow near. + + + + Draws borders of tab. + + Drawing arguments. + + + + Draws background of tab. + + Drawing arguments. + + + + Gets tab style name. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Paints group tabs in office 2007 style. + + + + + Border width. + + + + + Properties for panel painting for current style. + + + + + Registers class types. + + + + + Creates an instance of the . + + The instance. + The parent instance. + + + + Corrects bounds of tab item. + + default bounds. + corrected bounds. + + + + Corrects bounds for interior. + + default bounds. + + + + Gets text color + + Color of text in tab item + + + + Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item + + Color of the active tab item + + + + Draws borders of tab. + + Drawing arguments. + + + + Draws background of tab. + + Drawing arguments. + + + + Gets tab style name. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Office2007Theme. + + + + + TabUIOffice2003Properties describes properties for painting tab groups + in AH mode Offise2003 style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + + + + Paints panel back ground. + + Panel owner. + Graphics to use. + Background color. + Bounds of panel to paint. + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + + + + + TabUIOffice2007Properties describes properties for painting tab groups + in AH mode Offise2007 style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + + + + Paints panel back ground. + + Panel owner. + Graphics to use. + Background color. + Bounds of panel to paint. + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + + + + + Paints AH tab groups in VS2005 style. + + + + + TabGroupRendererVS2005 paints tabs in group mode Visual studio 2005 Beta style. + + + + + Offset between tab items. + + + + + Width correction. + + + + + Properties for panel painting for current style. + + + + + Stores bounds of tab items. + + + + + Defines if bounds changed. + + + + + Stores tab group bounds. + + + + + Collection to store hit rectangles of items. + + + + + Offset for hit region. + + + + + Inner shadowed border path. + + + + + Offset for text in curved borders. + + + + + Registers class types. + + + + + Creates an instance of the . + + The instance. + The parent instance. + + + + Gets group item bounds. + + Number of item. + Bounds. + + + + Gets outer and inner border path from bounds in VS2005 style. + + Bounds in which to draw border. + Border path. + + + + Override. + + See the + + + + Override. + + See the + + + + Performs hit test. + + Mouse position. + If any tab item is hit. + + + + Gets preferred size for tab item. + + Graphics for string measuring. + preferred size. + + + + Calculates overlap size. + + tab size. + Size. + + + + Draws interior. + + Arguments for draw interior action. + + + + Corrects + + + + + + + Gets current bounds. + + Current bounds. + + + + Gets interior(separator of tabs)bounds. + + Current bounds. + If tab is selected. + Interior bounds. + + + + Calculates hit bounds for current item. + + Bounds of item. + + + + Draws background. + + Painting arguments. + + + + Draws borders. + + Draw bounds action arguments. + + + + Event hangler for Items changed event. + + object sender. + Change collection event arguments. + + + + Event hangler for item bounds changed event. + + object sender. + + + + Sets item bounds. + + Graphics to use. + Bounds of tab items. + + + + Gets tab style name. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Returns the + instance that provides default properties for this renderer. + + + + + Border Color. + + + + + Gets/sets bounds. + + + + + Gets/sets tab (group) data. + + + + + Width correction to base tab item width. + + + + + Stores calculated width of AH tab items. + + + + + Registers class types. + + + + + Creates an instance of the . + + The instance. + The parent instance. + + + + Overrides the GetOverlapSize. + + The size of the tab. + + + + + Returns preferred size for group items. + + Graphics to measure strings. + Preferred size + + + + Borders are not painted in this method// see PaintBorders. + + Info needed to draw tab item. + + + + Overrides the fore color of the tab item + + Color of text in tab item + + + + Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item + + Color of the active tab item + + + + Overriden. + + Info needed to draw tab item. + + + + No background in VS2005 style. + + + + + + Paints borders. Called from DrawInterior(). + + + + + + Performs hit test for this renderer style. + + MousePosition for hit test. + if mouse is over rendered area. + + + + Sets bounds for each item. + + Graphics to use. + Bounds of tab items. + + + + Gets AH caption to draw. + + Default caption for item. + Caption to draw. Reformated if needed. + + + + Gets tab style name. + + + + + Paints AH tab groups in VS2010 style. + + + + + Width correction to base tab item width. + + + + + Stores calculated width of AH tab items. + + + + + Registers class types. + + + + + Creates an instance of the . + + The instance. + The parent instance. + + + + Overrides the GetOverlapSize. + + The size of the tab. + + + + + Returns preferred size for group items. + + Graphics to measure strings. + Preferred size + + + + Borders are not painted in this method// see PaintBorders. + + Info needed to draw tab item. + + + + Overrides the fore color of the tab item + + Color of text in tab item + + + + Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item + + Color of the active tab item + + + + Overrides the DrawInterior. + + Info needed to draw tab item. + + + + No background in VS2005 style. + + + + + + Paints borders. Called from DrawInterior(). + + + + + + Performs hit test for this renderer style. + + MousePosition for hit test. + if mouse is over rendered area. + + + + Sets bounds for each item. + + Graphics to use. + Bounds of tab items. + + + + Gets AH caption to draw. + + Default caption for item. + Caption to draw. Reformated if needed. + + + + Gets tab style name. + + + + + Width correction to base tab item width. + + + + + Stores calculated width of AH tab items. + + + + + Registers class types. + + + + + Creates an instance of the . + + The instance. + The parent instance. + + + + Overrides the GetOverlapSize. + + The size of the tab. + + + + + Returns preferred size for group items. + + Graphics to measure strings. + Preferred size + + + + Borders are not painted in this method// see PaintBorders. + + Info needed to draw tab item. + + + + Overrides the fore color of the tab item + + Color of text in tab item + + + + Overrides the fore color of the Active tab item + + Color of the active tab item + + + + Overriden. + + Info needed to draw tab item. + + + + No background in VS2005 style. + + + + + + Paints borders. Called from DrawInterior(). + + + + + + Performs hit test for this renderer style. + + MousePosition for hit test. + if mouse is over rendered area. + + + + Sets bounds for each item. + + Graphics to use. + Bounds of tab items. + + + + Gets AH caption to draw. + + Default caption for item. + Caption to draw. Re formated if needed. + + + + Gets tab style name. + + + + + TabUIVS2005Properties describes properties for painting AH tab panel in + VS2005 style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default back color for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default inactive tab's color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default active tab's color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + + + + Paints auto hide tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + + + + + TabUIVS2010Properties describes properties for painting AH tab panel in + VS2010 style. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default back color for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default inactive tab's color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default active tab's color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + + + + Paints auto hide tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + + + + + Space between top border and panel. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default back color for the panel. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default inactive tab's color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default active tab's color. + + The tab panel data. + The tab control. + A Color value. + + This implementation returns the tab control's BackColor. + + + + + Returns the size by which the selected tab overlaps the inactive tabs. + + + + + Paints auto hide tab panel. + + The parent implementation. + The Graphics into which to draw. + The background color. + The rectangular bounds of the tab panel. + + + + Indicates whether to draw from left to right. + + + + + Panel that contains layout info about hosts contained in MDIClient. + + + + + A default coefficient for panels dividing. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Divides panel on two parts, sets locations and sizes for panel. + + + + + Method finds TabHost equal to previous TabHost and creates new LayoutPanel + on its place with TabHost and previous TabHost. + + Previous TabHost. + Newly created TabHost. + Horizontal alignment for LayoutPanel. + + + + + Method finds TabHost and delete it reference from LayoutPanel. + + Previous LayoutPanel. + TabHost to remove reference. + + + + + + + + + + Set LayoutPanel's TabHost. + + + + + Gets TabHost which belong to Panel. + + Indicates that TabHost should be get from ComponentOne, otherwise from ComponentTwo. + + + + + Set LayoutPanel's unique name based on this TabHost's name. + + + + + Uses in deserialization. Set LayoutPanel's components to null if LayoutPanel is nullable. + + + + + + Uses in deserialization. Some panels can contain ComponentOne and + ComponentTwo with null values. + + + + + Indicates if panel ComponentOne and ComponentTwo have null references. + + + + + + Set LayoutPanel for own TabHosts. + + + + + Sets equal weights for all the tab hosts. + + + + + Sets coefficient to default value. + + + + + Toggles LayoutPanel alignment. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get quantity of TabHost controls in a current LayoutPanel. + + The quantity of TabHost controls in a current LayoutPanel. + Indicates whether additonal tab host must be added. + + + + + Divides TabHost controls which are situated before current TabHost control and + after it and fills corresponding collections. + + Current TabHost control. + Collection with TabHost controls which are + situated before current TabHost control. + Collection with TabHost controls which are + situated before current TabHost control. + Indicates to which collection TabHost control must be added. + + + + Gets size of current TabHost. + Used to change TabHost size when visual style of TabbedMDIManager is changed. + + The current TabHost. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates how Panel divides itself on two parts. True - horizontally, false - vertically. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + LayoutPanel's size. + + + + + LayoutPanel's location. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + TabHost that contain info about SplitterHost. + + + + + Coefficient uses in panel dividing. + + + + + Unique name to indentify Tab hosts and layout panels. + Used in serialization and deserialization. + + + + + Name of first Tab host. + + + + + Name of second Tab host. + + + + + Gets or sets objects allocation inside Panel. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets unique name to indentify Tab hosts and layout panels. + + + + + + + + + + Represents the class that manages the tabbed mdi. + + The TabbedMDIManager enables a tabbed look and feel for the MDI children in its + MDI client area popularized in Visual Studio.Net(r). This can be accomplished + without having to make any changes to the MDI parent or the MDI child. + It also supports horizontal and vertical tab groups and supports dragging the mdi children + into and away from the groups. + You can also merge items to the Context Menu provided by the TabbedMDIManager.Note that when you attach a TabbedMDIManager to your MDI parent, you should use + the TabbedMDIManager's property instead of the MDI parent's MDIChildren + property. This is because the tabs manager, introduces additional mdi children into the + mdi client that are not part of your application. For the same reason you should also use the property + to auto-insert mdi child windows into a instead of the property. + This however, is not necessary when you use XPMenus.The TabbedMDIManager also automatically stores the user's preferences in the isolated storage with respect + to the tab group alignment, number of tab groups and their sizes. Note that this persisted state is reapplied + on the existing mdi children, the next time you call . So, this pattern requires + you to instantiate all the mdi children before you call AttachToMdiContainer in your app.Take a look at + for some sample codes that deals with issues like displaying the mdi children in the MDI Windows menu, etc. + You can optionally, programmatically control the number of tab groups and which tab group + a form gets associated with using the , and other methods. + + The is the form that hosts each tab group. The + is the tab control that is used to draw the tab group. + + + Initializing the tabbed MDI layout is simple. In your Form Load handler: + + this.tabbedMDIManager = new TabbedMDIManager(); + this.tabbedMDIManager.AttachToMdiContainer(this); + + Me.tabbedMDIManager = New TabbedMDIManager() + Me.tabbedMDIManager.AttachToMdiContainer(Me) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Minimum TabHost width when Splitter is moving. + + + + + Minimum TabHost height when Splitter is moving. + + + + + Specifies the Row count + + + + + + + + + + + Instance that holds base level Layout Panel + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the activetab host. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Close button visible. + + + + + Indicates whether the control is displayed. + + + + + Indicates whether object was disposed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The visibility of the drop down button. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Panel that contains layout data. + + + + + Uses for backward compatibility. + + + + + + + + + + + True - indicates that TabbedMDIManager mode is on, false - TabbedMDIManager mode is off. + + + + + + Hash table of MDIChild forms and corresponding wrappers of SublassHWMD type, + where MDIChild form is key and SublassHWMD instance is value. + + + + + Native window subclass for MDI container form. + + + + + Indicates whether BeforeMDIChild event should be raised. + + + + + Used to set the ToolTip for DropDownButton and CloseButton. + + + + + Initialize the background color for selected tab. + + + + + Initialize the background color for tabs header. + + + + + Initialize the foreground color for selected tab header. + + + + + Initialize the foreground color for tabs header. + + + + + Initialize the background color for tab panel. + + + + + Initialize the font used to draw active tab header. + + + + + + Initialize the color to draw the bottom line in tab panel. + + + + + To store the MDIChild collection, if the AutoSize value as True while load the form + + + + + Collection of forms which needs to show Close button. + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the TabHost specified is still in use in the TabbedMDIManager. + + The to validate. + True if the TabHost is still in use; false otherwise. + + + + Sets the tooltip for the tab associated with the specified Form. + + The mdi child Form. + The tooltip string. + + + + Returns the tooltip specified for the form. + + The form whose tooltip is required. + The corresponding tooltip string. + This method returns the tooltip text set using a previous call to . + + + + Indicates whether a new horizontal tab group can be created, off the active child form. + + + + + + Creates a new horizontal tab group, moving the active child form to that group. + + Tab group name. + + + + Creates a new horizontal tab group, moving the active child form to that group. + + + + + Indicates whether a new vertical tab group can be created, off the active child form. + + + + + + Creates a new vertical tab group, moving the active mdi child to that group. + + Tab group name. + + + + Creates a new vertical tab group, moving the active mdi child to that group. + + + + + Indicates whether the current active form can be moved to the previous tab group. + + True if possible; false otherwise. + + + + Moves the current active mdi child to its previous tab group, if any. + + + + + Indicates whether the current active form can be moved to the next tab group. + + True if possible; false otherwise. + + + + Moves the current active mdi child to its next tab group, if any. + + + + + Returns the given a mdi child form. + + A mdi child form instance. + A that hosts the mdi child Form. + Will return null if the mdi child form is not found. + + + + + Returns the given a mdi child form. + + A mdi child Form instance. + A that hosts the mdi child form. + Will return null if the mdi child form is not found or not associated with a tab page. + + + + + Moves the active form to the specified tab group. + + The representing the tab group. + + Use the property to get the current list of s. + + + + + + Moves the active form to the specified tab group. + + The representing the tab group. + A MDIChild form. + + + + Moves a child form to the specified tab group. + + The child Form. + The representing the tab group. + + Use the property to get the current list of s. + + + + + + Helps to customize the BackColor, ForeColor and Font of Active and Inactive Tabs. + + + + + Sets next TabHost control for a current one. + + Current TabHost control. + TabHost control to add. + + + + Sets previous TabHost control for a current one. + + Current TabHost control. + TabHost control to add. + + + + Adds TabHost controls to collections of TabHost controls, + which are next and previous TabHost controls for MDIChild form + + Current TabHost control. + + + + Adds TabHost control to collection of TabHost controls, + which are next TabHost controls for MDIChild form. + + TabHost control to which + current TabHost control must be added. + Current TabHost control. + + + + Adds TabHost control to collection of TabHost controls, + which are previous TabHost controls for MDIChild form. + + TabHost control to which + current TabHost control must be added. + Current TabHost control. + + + + Consolidates the child forms in different tab groups into a single tab group. + + + + + Removes the Tab host. + + + + + + Removes TabHost's reference from existent TabHosts. + + TabHost which is removed. + + + + Method removes TabHost from LayoutPanel and modifies it. + + TabHost to remove. + + + + Cancels the pending splitter operation. + + True if successful; false if nothing was canceled. + + + + Cancels a pending operation. Dragging the splitters, for example. + + True if successful; false if nothing was cancelled. + + + + Suspends the layout. + + + + + Resets the layout to it's default value. + + + + + Updates the active tab host. + + + + + + + + Reads the tab group state information from a persistence medium. + + + Reads the tab group states from the Isolated Storage. + + TRUE if the read is successful. + + This method loads and applies the saved tab group states on the currently + loaded child forms. Note that the loaded state information is not cached to be + applied to child forms that might be created later. + + This method is automatically + called by the method. You could optionally call this + method or it's other overloaded variants to load the tab group states at a different time. + + + + + Reads the previously serialized tab group states. + + A value. + The name of the IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or the + registry key containing the persisted tab group information. + TRUE if the load is successful. + + Reads the tab groups information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible LoadTabGroupStates(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. + + + + + Reads the previously serialized tab group states. + + A reference to the instance. + TRUE if the load is successful. + + Reads the tab groups information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. Note that the and + methods get called automatically when you enable/disable tabbed mdi. + + You could also cosider using the other overloaded variant + that loads the information from the Isolated Storage. + + + + + Applies deserialized state to the control. + + + + + + Method tries to deserialize layout information that contains in serialized + LayoutPanel class. + + The nullable panel for refilling needed layout info. + The deserialization info. + + + + Gets TabHost with equal hame. + + Name to find. + + + + + + + + + + Locks the Host Form redrawing. + + + + + Locks the MDI client redrawing.(MDI Client alone) + + + + + Unlocks the MDI Client redrawing. + + + + + UnLocks the Host Form redrawing. + + + + + Saves the current tab groups information into a persistence medium. + + + Saves the current tab group states to Isolated Storage. + + + Calling this method saves the current tab group states in Isolated Storage. + + This method is also called by the method + to save the tag group states while disabling tabbed mdi. You could call this or any + of it's overloaded variants to explicitly save the state at any specific time. + + + + + Saves the current tab groups information to the specified persistence medium. + + A value. + Specifies the name of an IsolatedStorage/INI/XML file or a registry key to + which the persistence information will be written. + + Writes the mdi tab groups information to the persistence medium specified by the + parameter and at the path specified by the object. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. For normal state storage and retrieval it is advisable to + use the and + methods. + + This method will be removed in a future version. Please use the more flexible SaveTabGroupStates(AppStateSerializer) variant, instead. + + + + + Clears the state of the saved tab group. + + + + + Saves the current tab groups information to the specified persistence medium. + + A reference to the instance. + + Writes the mdi tab groups information to the persistence medium. + This method has been provided only to allow a higher degree of control over the + serialization process. Note that the and + methods get called automatically when you enable/disable tabbed mdi. + + You could also consider calling the other overloaded variant + that stores the tab group informtion in Isolated Storage. + + + + + Detaches an mdi parent from the TabbedMDIManager. + + The mdi parent to be detached that was previously + attached through AttachToMdiContainer. + True indicates that it will layout mdi children in cascade mode after + detaching itself; false otherwise. + + This will remove all references to the mdi parent and resume default mdi behavior. + + This method will also save the current tab group state in Isolated Storage. + + + + + Detaches an mdi parent from the TabbedMDIManager. + + The mdi parent to be detached that was previously + attached through AttachToMdiContainer. + True indicates that it will layout mdi children in cascade mode after + detaching itself; false otherwise. + + + This will remove all references to the mdi parent and resume default mdi behavior. + + + This method will also save the current tab group state in Isolated Storage. + + + + + This method is almost a stub, needed only for mouse hook subscribing. + + + + + Checks if command key can be processed. + + + + + + + This will be called after the controls and forms are done with processing the ProcessCmdKey. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Attaches a mdi parent to the TabbedMDIManager. + + The mdi parent to attach to. + + This will attach the TabbedMDIManager to the mdi parent and invoke tabbed look-and-feel + in the mdi client area. You should typically do this in the mdi container's constructor + or in the Form Load event. + + This method will also call to load and apply + the saved tab group states on the loaded child forms. Note that this loaded state + will not be cached to be applied on child forms that might be loaded in a later stage. + + + + + Method creates wrapper for MDIChild form handle, + sets MessageFilter to filter received messages and + adds values to hashtable. + + MDIChild form whose handle is to be wrappered. + + + + Method sets MessageFilter as null reference to prevent handling messages + If MDIChild form is removed method also removes references of MDIChild form + from hash table and message filter. + + MDIChild form which message handling must be stopped. + True determines that MDIChild form is removed, + otherwise TabbedMDIManager simply changes its state to detached. + + + + Renames tabHosts. Begins renaming from "TabHost_1". + + + + + Lets you specify the weights for the tab groups when allocating + the available space between them. + + An array of integers. + + An integer array with the same count as the current number of tab groups. The sum + of these weights should be greater than 1. + + Use to take a tab group take all the available area. + + + + + Divides layout panels and allocates space for Tab hosts + according to default coefficient of each panel. + + + + + Divides layout panels and allocates space for Tab hosts + equaly. + + + + + Call this method to make the tab group hosted in the specified + occupy the maximum space. + + A instance. + + + + Updates scroll offset of currently activated MDI child form. + + + + + Suspends MDIClient window and MDI container redrawing. + + Indicates if MDI container should be suspended for redrawing. + + + + Redraws MDIClient window and MDI container. + + MDI container + MDI client. + Indicates if MDI container should be redrawn. + + + + + + + + + + Resumes layout for the MDIContainer and MDICLient. + + Specified MDIContainer. + Specified MDIClient. + Indicates whether resume layout will perform for MDIContainer. + True - resume layout will be performed. + + + + Suspends redrawing specified form. + + + + + Resumes redrawing for the specified form. + + + + + Asynchronously redraws MDIClient window and MDI container. + + + + + Resumes layout for the MDIContainer and MDICLient. + + Indicates whether resume layout will perform for MDIContainer. + True - resume layout will be performed. + + + + Asynchronously resumes redrawing for the specified form. + + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event args. + + + + Fires BeforeDropDownPopup. + + + + + + Overridden + + + + + Fires the event. + + The event args. + + + + Fires the event. + + The event args. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overridden + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Set TabHost's SplitterHosts bounds to Rectangle.Empty value. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The event handler for the "New Horizontal Tab Group" menu item. + + The event source. + The event data. + + + + The event handler for the "Cancel" menu item. + + The event source. + The event data. + + + + The event handler for the "Close" menu item. + + The event source. + The event data. + + + + The event handler for the "New Vertical Tab Group" menu item. + + The event source. + The event data. + + + + The event handler for the "Move Previous" menu item. + + The event source. + The event data. + + + + The event handler for the "Move Next" menu item. + + The event source. + The event data. + + + + Initializes the tab control representing a tab group. + + A derived instance. + + + + Creates and returns an MDITabPanel. + + A reference to an MDITabPanel control. + + MDITabPanel is a TabControlAdv derived class used internally by TabbedMDIManager. You + can use this instance just as you would any TabControlAdv instance. + + You can customize the tab being drawn by providing a custom MDITabPanel derived + tab or modifying the properties of the MDITabPanel instance returned by the base class. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Called when an mdi child form gets removed. + + The mdi child Form. + + + + Raised when size of the image in the mdi tabs is changed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Called when ShowCloseButton property is changed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds a form to a tab host. + + The form to add. + The destination . + + + + + + + Creates a to host a tab group (in a tab control). + + A new instance. + + + + Initializes the as soon as it gets created. + + The to initialize. + The tab group index which this tab host will represent. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Validates the active child form. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Refreshes all MDI tab panel. + + + + + Update close and drop down buttons. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get distances for splitter moving. + + SplitterHost to move. + Value splitterHost can move to right or up side. + Value splitterHost can move to left or down side. + + + + + + + + + This function helps, to maintain equal size for loaded TabGroup. + + Specifies no. of Row to be displayed, greater than 2 + + + + To Set equal Spacing for TabGroups loaded in TabbedMDI Manager + + + + + To update the coefficient + + + + + To update the coefficient value based on level + + + + + Creates LayoutPanel with one TabHost. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Method modifies remaining redundant collections and properties. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ToolStrip item to which MDIChildren menu items should be added or removed. + + + + + List which contain menu items with MDIChild window reference. + + + + + Container which is used to manipulate child windows. + + + + + Activates MDIChild window selected by user. + + + + + + + Updates dropdown items by MDIChildren list. + + + + + + + + + + + Removes menu items which belong to MDIChildren references from ToolStrip menu item + + ToolStrip menu item from which menu items should be removed. + + + + + Gets MDIChildren from MDI container. + + + + + Indicates whether the current value of AttachedTo is to be serialized. + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether ActiveTabBackColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if ActiveTabBackColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the ActiveTabBackColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether TabBackColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if TabBackColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the TabBackColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether ActiveTabForeColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if ActiveTabForeColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the ActiveTabForeColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether TabForeColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if TabForeColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the TabForeColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether TabPanelBackColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if TabPanelBackColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the TabPanelBackColor back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether ActiveTabFont has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if ActiveTabFont were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the ActiveTabFont back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether TabFont has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if TabFont were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the TabFont back to its default value. + + + + + Determines whether TabPanelBorderColor has been modified and its contents should be serialized at design-time. + + True if TabPanelBorderColor were changed; False otherwise. + + + + Resets the TabPanelBorderColor back to its default value. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the close button. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip text for the close button. + + + + + Gets or Sets the ToolTip text for the DropDownButton + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tabs should be closed on middle button click. + + true if to be closed on middle button click; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the drop down button. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for selected tab. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for tabs header. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color for selected tab header. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color for tabs header. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color for tab panel in which arrange the tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets font used to draw the active tab header. + + + + + Gets or sets font used to draw the tabs header. + + + + + Gets or sets the color to draw the bottom line in tab panel. + + + + + Indicates whether the control is displayed. + + + + + Gets or Sets update for HostedForm + + + + + Indicates whether the active child form will be validated before activating + a new child form. + + + True to perform validation before switching the active child form; false otherwise. Default is false. + + + The default mdi behavior is to let you switch child forms even if validation + fails for the active form. This is the default behavior in the TabbedMDIManager as well. + When this property is turned on and if validation failed on the active form, + the user cannot click on a tab or use Ctrl+Tab keys to activate a new page. + However, note that the active child form can still be changed programmatically. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu that will be used along with the default tab context menu + when the user right-clicks on a tab. + + A ContextMenu instance. + TabbedMDIManager uses our XP Menus classes for its context menu.Using this you can add additional menu items to the context menu that pops up + when a user clicks on a tab.This menu will be merged with the default tab context menu. The items + in the default tab menu have a merge order of 10. Using the appropriate merge + order you can insert the custom items before or after the default items. + + This example adds a custom context menu to the tabbed mdi manager. + + // Append menus to the standard mdi tab context menu + ParentBarItem contextMenuItem = new ParentBarItem(); + BarItem newDocItem = new BarItem(); + newDocItem.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.addDoc1_Click); + newDocItem.Text = "Custom Item: Insert New Doc"; + newDocItem.MergeOrder = 30; + contextMenuItem.Items.Add(newDocItem); + BarItem exitItem = new BarItem(); + exitItem.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.FileExit_Clicked); + exitItem.Text = "CustomItem: Exit"; + exitItem.MergeOrder = 30; + contextMenuItem.Items.Add(exitItem); + contextMenuItem.BeginGroupAt(newDocItem); + // Items in this ParentBarItem will be merged with the standard context menu ParentBarItem of the mdi tab. + tabbedMDIManager.ContextMenuItem = contextMenuItem; + ' Append menus to the standard mdi tab context menu + Dim contextMenuItem As ParentBarItem + contextMenuItem = New ParentBarItem() + Dim newDocItem As BarItem + newDocItem = New BarItem() + AddHandler newDocItem.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf addDoc1_Click) + newDocItem.Text = "Custom Item: Insert New Doc" + newDocItem.MergeOrder = 30 + contextMenuItem.Items.Add(newDocItem) + Dim exitItem As BarItem + exitItem = New BarItem() + AddHandler exitItem.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf FileExit_Clicked) + exitItem.Text = "CustomItem: Exit" + exitItem.MergeOrder = 30 + contextMenuItem.Items.Add(exitItem) + contextMenuItem.BeginGroupAt(newDocItem) + ' Items in this ParentBarItem will be merged with the standard context menu ParentBarItem of the mdi tab. + tabbedMDIManager.ContextMenuItem = contextMenuItem + + + + Gets the Defaultcontext menu + + + + + Returns the mdi children of the associated mdi parent. + + An array of forms containing the mdi children. + + Use this property instead of accessing the mdi parent's MDIChildren property + to get a list of mdi children. This is necessary because the TabbedMDIManager inserts + additional mdi children that your application need not and should not access/modify. + + + foreach(Form form in this.tabbedMDIManager.MdiChildren) + { + children += form.Text + "\r\n"; + } + Dim form As Form + For Each form In Me.tabbedMDIManager.MdiChildren + ' Process form + Next + + + + Gets or sets the close button color. + + + + + Returns an array of instances that contains + the tab control(see ) used to draw a tab group. + + + + + Returns the representing + the "Close" menu item. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the image in mdi tabs. + + + + + Gets or sets the tabs to be painted as 2D, 3D(regular), WorkbookMode or other registered tab types. + + + + + Gets or Sets, show close button for tab only when mouse is over it. + This property will work only if property is set to true. + + + + + Gets or Sets, show close button back color. + + + + + Gets or Sets, close button back color. + + + + + Gets or Sets, show close button for individual tabs or not. + + + + + Returns the current mdi parent form managed. + + + + + Indicates whether to use Icons in tabs. + + True to use icons; false otherwise. Default is true. + When true, the Tabs will get the Icon from the mdi child form's Icon property. + + + + + Indicates whether the user can drag and drop tabs(child forms) from one tab group to another. + + True to allow the user to customize the tab group settings; false otherwise. + + If this property is true, the user will be allowed to create new tab groups and move + tabs (child forms) between tab groups through the context menus and simple drag and drop. + + If false, the creation and sizes of the tab groups can only be set programmatically. + + This property also determines whether the tab group's settings are persisted for use + across application instantiation. The state will be persisted only if this is set to true. + + + + + Specifies whether the MDI Client will be locked when certain tasks are performed. + + + + + Gets or sets a unique ID to differentiate different instances of this class. + + + The runtime persisted information of this class will be scoped by this ID. + + + + + Indicates whether the tabs should be drawn XP themed. + + True to draw themed; false otherwise. Default is false. + + + + Gets or sets the menu item to which the MDI Children list should be added. + + The to which the list should be added. + Use this property instead of the property.This is necessary because the tabbed mdi manager inserts additional + mdi children that your user should not and need not be aware about. + Note that when you use XP Menus in Essential Tools as your mdi container's main-menu + then this property need not be set. You should instead use the + in XP Menus to represent the mdi child windows list. XP Menus framework automatically handles + the case when the mdi child windows layout is managed by the TabbedMDIManager. + + + The following example shows how to initialize the TabbedMDIManager with a form that + is an mdi container. It also sets a menu to be an mdi list (using the TabbedMDIManager.MdiListMenuItem + property) and adds custom entries to the default tab context menu. + + public MainForm() { + // + // Required for Windows Form Designer support + // + InitializeComponent(); + tabbedMDIManager = new TabbedMDIManager(); + //tabbedMDIManager.UseIconsInTabs = false; + //Add Window Menu + this.miWindow = mainMenu.MenuItems.Add("Window"); + miWindow.MergeOrder = 10; + miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Cascade", new System.EventHandler(this.WindowCascade_Clicked)); + miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Tile Horizontal", new System.EventHandler(this.WindowTileH_Clicked)); + miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Tile Vertical", new System.EventHandler(this.WindowTileV_Clicked)); + miWindow.MenuItems.Add("MDI Tabbed", new System.EventHandler(this.TabbedWindows_Clicked)); + // Let the TabbedMDIManager insert the Mdi Child windows list + this.tabbedMDIManager.MdiListMenuItem = miWindow; + + // Append menus to the standard mdi tab context menu + ParentBarItem contextMenuItem = new ParentBarItem(); + BarItem newDocItem = new BarItem(); + newDocItem.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.addDoc1_Click); + newDocItem.Text = "Custom Item: Insert New Doc"; + newDocItem.MergeOrder = 30; + contextMenuItem.Items.Add(newDocItem); + BarItem exitItem = new BarItem(); + exitItem.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.FileExit_Clicked); + exitItem.Text = "CustomItem: Exit"; + exitItem.MergeOrder = 30; + contextMenuItem.Items.Add(exitItem); + contextMenuItem.BeginGroupAt(newDocItem); + // Items in this ParentBarItem will be merged with the standard context menu ParentBarItem of the mdi tab. + tabbedMDIManager.ContextMenuItem = contextMenuItem; + } + // Convenient way to toggle TabbedMDI mode. + private bool TabbedMDIOn + { + get { return this.tabWindowsOn; } + set + { + if(!(this.tabWindowsOn == value)) + { + this.tabWindowsOn = value; + if(this.tabWindowsOn) + { + this.tabbedMDIManager.AttachToMdiContainer(this); + } + else + { + this.tabbedMDIManager.DetachFromMdiContainer(this, false); // false to not invoke the Cascade mode after detaching. + } + } + } + } + //Add a document + private void AddDocument(Form doc) { + doc.MdiParent = this; + doc.Show(); + } + private void MainForm_Load(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + // Add 4 documents + this.addDoc1_Click(this, EventArgs.Empty); + this.addDoc1_Click(this, EventArgs.Empty); + this.addDoc1_Click(this, EventArgs.Empty); + this.addDoc1_Click(this, EventArgs.Empty); + // Turn on MDI Tabbed Documents mode. + // Call this after loading the mdi children to restore their previous state. + this.TabbedMDIOn = true; + } + private int document1Count = 0 ; + private void addDoc1_Click(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + document1Count++ ; + Document1 doc = new Document1("DocumentOne " + document1Count.ToString()); + AddDocument(doc); + } + //Window->Cascade Menu item handler + protected void WindowCascade_Clicked(object sender, System.EventArgs e) { + this.TabbedMDIOn = false; + this.LayoutMdi(MdiLayout.Cascade); + } + Public Sub New() + MyBase.New() + ' + ' Required for Windows Form Designer support + ' + InitializeComponent() + tabbedMDIManager = New TabbedMDIManager() + 'tabbedMDIManager.UseIconsInTabs = false; + 'Add Window Menu + Me.miWindow = mainMenu.MenuItems.Add("Window") + miWindow.MergeOrder = 10 + miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Cascade", New System.EventHandler(AddressOf WindowCascade_Clicked)) + miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Tile Horizontal", New System.EventHandler(AddressOf WindowTileH_Clicked)) + miWindow.MenuItems.Add("Tile Vertical", New System.EventHandler(AddressOf WindowTileV_Clicked)) + miWindow.MenuItems.Add("MDI Tabbed", New System.EventHandler(AddressOf TabbedWindows_Clicked)) + + ' Let the TabbedMDIManager insert the Mdi Child windows list + Me.tabbedMDIManager.MdiListMenuItem = miWindow + + ' Append menus to the standard mdi tab context menu + Dim contextMenuItem As ParentBarItem + contextMenuItem = New ParentBarItem() + Dim newDocItem As BarItem + newDocItem = New BarItem() + AddHandler newDocItem.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf addDoc1_Click) + newDocItem.Text = "Custom Item: Insert New Doc" + newDocItem.MergeOrder = 30 + contextMenuItem.Items.Add(newDocItem) + Dim exitItem As BarItem + exitItem = New BarItem() + AddHandler exitItem.Click, New System.EventHandler(AddressOf FileExit_Clicked) + exitItem.Text = "CustomItem: Exit" + exitItem.MergeOrder = 30 + contextMenuItem.Items.Add(exitItem) + contextMenuItem.BeginGroupAt(newDocItem) + ' Items in this ParentBarItem will be merged with the standard context menu ParentBarItem of the mdi tab. + tabbedMDIManager.ContextMenuItem = contextMenuItem + End Sub + ' Convenient way to toggle TabbedMDI mode. + Property TabbedMDIOn() As Boolean + Get + Return Me.tabWindowsOn + End Get + Set(ByVal Value As Boolean) + If (Not (Me.tabWindowsOn = Value)) Then + Me.tabWindowsOn = Value + If Me.tabWindowsOn Then + Me.tabbedMDIManager.AttachToMdiContainer(Me) + Else + Me.tabbedMDIManager.DetachFromMdiContainer(Me, False) + End If + End If + End Set + End Property + Protected Overloads Overrides Sub Dispose(ByVal disposing As Boolean) + MyBase.Dispose(disposing) + If (Not (components) Is Nothing) Then + components.Dispose() + End If + End Sub + Private Sub AddDocument(ByVal doc As Form) + doc.MdiParent = Me + doc.Show() + End Sub + Private Sub MainForm_Load(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) + ' Add 4 documents + Me.addDoc1_Click(Me, EventArgs.Empty) + Me.addDoc1_Click(Me, EventArgs.Empty) + Me.addDoc1_Click(Me, EventArgs.Empty) + Me.addDoc1_Click(Me, EventArgs.Empty) + ' Turn on MDI Tabbed Documents mode. + ' Call this after loading the mdi children to restore their previous state. + Me.TabbedMDIOn = True + End Sub + Private Sub addDoc1_Click(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) + document1Count = (document1Count + 1) + Dim doc As Document1 + doc = New Document1(("DocumentOne " + document1Count.ToString)) + AddDocument(doc) + End Sub + ' Window->Cascade Menu item handler + Protected Sub WindowCascade_Clicked(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal e As EventArgs) + Me.TabbedMDIOn = False + Me.LayoutMdi(MdiLayout.Cascade) + End Sub + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the representing + the "Cancel" menu item. + + + + + Returns the representing + the "Move Next" menu item. + + + + + Returns the representing + the "Move Previous" menu item. + + + + + Returns the representing + the "New Horizontal Tab Group" menu item. + + + + + Returns the representing + the "New Vertical Tab Group" menu item. + + + + + + + + Gets the Active child's TabHost. + + + + + Returns whether tabStyle is Office2003 style or not + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether to align the tab groups horizontally or vertically. + + True indicates the tab groups should be aligned Horizontally; + false indicates vertical alignment. Default is true. + + + + Gets panel that contains layout data. + + + + Get or sets reference on form to which we attach a TabbedMDIManager. + + + + Fired to let you provide a custom tab control. + + The TabControl property of the event args will be null when + this event is called. You can provide a custom derived + class in this event's args. + If you just have to set some properties on the tab control, then listen + to the event which will be called before + creating the tab control. + + + + Fired before drop down popup menu. + + + + + Fired to let you configure the tab control's + appearance and behavior. + + + If you have to provide a derived instance + to the TabbedMDIManager, use the event. + + + + + Fired after a tab control in a tab group was removed. + + + You would typically listen to this event and unsubscribe to the tab control events that + you previously subscribed to in the handler. + + + + + Fired to notify that the locked mdi client area is being unlocked. + + + Sometimes the locks(prevents painting) the mdi client window for a short period + to avoid flicker as the tabbed mdi gets laid out.This happens in this version when a new mdi child form + gets added to the mdi parent form and gets shown. The mdi client gets locked when the mdi child gets + added and gets unlocked a while (100 ms) after the mdi child gets activated. This avoids unseemly + flicker when the new mdi child gets activated. + + Due to this locking you may not be able to perform certain operations in the + event like setting the focus on a child control in the new mdi child form (since the Form is locked along with the mdi client). + In fact, calling the child form's property will return false when the mdi client is being locked. + You should instead perform such operation in this event handler. + + + + Occurs before a MDI child is added to the TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolStrip menu item to which + MDI Children list should be displayed. + + + + + + + + + + + Used to avoid misuse of this class (with null reference to ). + + + + + Constructs class instance. + + Reference to valid instance. + has to be non-null. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Default group name. + + + + + Default name format. + + + + + Collection of Tabbed groups. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initialize new instance of TabbedGroupedMDIManager. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Called when tab is moved from one group to another group. + + + + + + + + + + + + Called when an mdi child form gets removed. + + The Form that gets removed. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the TabbedGroup in the TabHost. + + The group of TabHost to be found. + + + + Returns the group that contains the form. + + The form in the group. + + + + Gets the name of the group. + + + + + + Gets the unique name of the group. + + + + + + Gets the group name of the tab host. + + The tab host. + + + + + + + + + + Validates the position of TabbedGroups. + + + + + Gets the Tabbed groups collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified group name is unique. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Default group name. + + + + + Default name format. + + + + + + + + Default group unique ID. + + + + + Default group Unique name. + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the TabbedGroup class. + + Name of the group. + + + + + + + + Adds a form to the corresponding tabgroup + + The form. + if set to true property changed event is fired. + + + + Adds a form to the corresponding tabgroup + + The form. + + + + Removes a form from the corresponding tabgroup + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the property changed event. + + + + + + Returns the tabGroup Name + + + + + Returns the tabGroup unique Name + + + + + Returns the MDI children collection + + + + + Occurs when a property gets changed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Disposes this object. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This class is the parent form of a tabbed MDI tab control(tab group) managed by the + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Uses for backward compatibility. + + + + SplitterHost bounds. + + + + + Indicates LayoutPanel in which TabHost instance is located. + + + + + Indicates a collection of next TabHost controls to which current MDIChild form can be moved. + + + + + Indicates a collection of previous TabHost controls to which current MDIChild form can be moved. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The corresponding instance. + Meant to be used by the framework. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a for use within this Form. + + A instance. + + This method inturn uses + to create the tab control. + + + + + + Specifies the tooltip for a contained form. + + The form. + The tooltip. + This tooltip will be set on the form's corresponding tab in its tab group. + + + + Removes the mdi child form from this tab group. + + The child form to remove. + Internal flag. + True if the form was found and removed; false otherwise. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Performs layout for TabHost's MDITabPanel control. + + Preferred size for TabHost. + + + + Draw borders for top tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Draw borders for left tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Draw borders for bottom tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Draw borders for right tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets outer borders for top tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets inner borders for top tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets outer borders for left tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets inner borders for left tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets outer borders for bottom tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets inner borders for bottom tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets outer borders for right tabAlignment. + + + + + + + Gets inner borders for right tabAlignment. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the tab control within this form. + + + + + Represents 's border height. + + + + + Represents 's border color. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets SplitterHost bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets LayoutPanel in which TabHost instance is located. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of next TabHost controls to which current MDIChild form can be moved. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of previous TabHost controls to which current MDIChild form can be moved. + + + + + Returns the weight associated with this tab host + when allocating the available space between tab groups. + + + + + Indicates whether host OS is Vista. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets if TabGroup is Vertically aligned or Horizontally aligned + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets popup menu location. + + + + + Gets X coordinates of popup menu location. + + + + + Gets Y coordinates of popup menu location. + + + + + Gets parent bar item of popup menu. + + + + + DropDownPopupEventArgs delegate. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + True indicates horizontal alignment for splitter, false - vertical one. + + + + + + + Indicates LayoutPanel to which SplitterHost is belong to. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets LayoutPanel to which SplitterHost is belong to. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Array of hints. + + + + + Alignment of TabHosts in TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + Contains string Vs ArrayList + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + TabbedMdiManager's LayoutPanel that contains all layout data. + + + + + + + + + + + + Private constructor called during the deserialization process + + Serialization info. + Streaming context. + + + + Gets data from TabbedMdiManager to save TabHosts and MdiClients states. + + Serialization info. + Streaming context. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets index of group's selected page. + + Indicates group name. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets TabbedMdiManager's LayoutPanel that contains all layout data. + + + + + The event args for the , + and events. + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets / sets the tab control instance that is being added or removed. + + You can set a custom instance only when the current value is null, + otherwise an exception will be thrown. + + + + Handles the , + and events. + + + + + + + + Delegate for the TabbedMDIManager.BeforeMDIChildAdded event. + + + + + + + Event data for the TabbedMDIManager.BeforeMDIChildAdded event. + + + + + The control/form that is to be added to the TabbedMDIManager. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the child controls in MDI Child Form. + + MDI Child Form. + + + + + Calls this method when MDIParent is deactivated. + + MDI Parent Form + The event args + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Horizontal padding. + + + + + Vertical padding. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Redraws non-client area when ToolStrip locates on the grouped RibbonPanel. + + + + + + Redraws non-client area. + + + + + + + + + + Custom ToolStripPanelItem. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. + + ToolStrip instance. + True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, + otherwise - False. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Drawing the combobox text + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Window API enumerations + + + + + Windows API Functions + + + + + Retrieves a pointer to the Shell's IMalloc interface. + + Address of a pointer that receives the Shell's IMalloc interface pointer. + + + + + Retrieves the path of a folder as an PIDL. + + Handle to the owner window. + A CSIDL value that identifies the folder to be located + Token that can be used to represent a particular user + Reserved + Address of a pointer to an item identifier list structure specifying the folder's location relative to the root of the namespace ( the desktop ). + + + + + Converts an item identifier list to a file system path. + + Address of an item identifier list that specifies a file or directory location relative to the root of the namespace ( the desktop ). + Address of a buffer to receive the file system path. + + + + + Takes the CSIDL of a folder and returns the pathname. + + Handle to an owner window. + A CSIDL value that identifies the folder whose path is to be retrieved. + An access token that can be used to represent a particular user. + Flags to specify which path is to be returned. It is used for cases where the folder associated with a CSIDL may be moved or renamed by the user. + Pointer to a null-terminated string which will receive the path. + + + + + Translates a Shell namespace object's display name into an item + identifier list and returns the attributes of the object. This function is + the preferred method to convert a string to a pointer to an item identifier + list ( PIDL ). + + Pointer to a zero-terminated wide string that contains the display name to parse. + Optional bind context that controls the parsing operation. This parameter is normally set to NULL. + Address of a pointer to a variable of type ITEMIDLIST that receives the item identifier list for the object. + ULONG value that specifies the attributes to query. + Pointer to a ULONG. On return, those attributes that are true for the object and were requested in AttrToQuery will be set. + + + + + Retrieves the IShellFolder interface for the desktop folder, + which is the root of the Shell's namespace. + + Address that receives an IShellFolder interface pointer for the desktop folder. + + + + + This function takes the fully-qualified pointer to an item + identifier list ( PIDL ) of a namespace object, and returns a specified + interface pointer on the parent object. + + The item's PIDL. + The REFIID of one of the interfaces exposed by the item's parent object. + A pointer to the interface specified by riid. You must release the object when you are finished. + // The item's PIDL relative to the parent folder. This PIDL can be used with many of the methods supported by the parent folder's interfaces. If you set ppidlLast to NULL, the PIDL will not be returned. + + + + + Accepts a STRRET structure returned by + ShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf that contains or points to a string, and then + returns that string as a BSTR. + + Pointer to a STRRET structure. + Pointer to an ITEMIDLIST uniquely identifying a file object or subfolder relative to the parent folder. + Pointer to a variable of type BSTR that contains the converted string. + + + + + Takes a STRRET structure returned by IShellFolder::GetDisplayNameOf, + converts it to a string, and places the result in a buffer. + + Pointer to the STRRET structure. When the function returns, this pointer will no longer be valid. + Pointer to the item's ITEMIDLIST structure. + Buffer to hold the display name. It will be returned as a null-terminated string. If cchBuf is too small, the name will be truncated to fit. + Size of pszBuf, in characters. If cchBuf is too small, the string will be truncated to fit. + + + + + Displays a dialog box that enables the user to select a Shell folder. + + // Pointer to a BROWSEINFO structure that contains information used to display the dialog box. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Applies managed color scheme based on default scheme. + + Container form. + Office2007 color scheme. + + + + Applies managed color scheme based on color. + + Container form. + Color for managed scheme. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets converted color by adding some values to HSL values. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the color that is the border color to use on a MenuStrip. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the color used when the image of a selected ToolStripItem is rendered. + + + + + Gets the solid color used in the Launcher background. + + + + + Gets the color that is the border color of a Launcher. + + + + + Gets the color that is the text color of a Launcher. + + + + + Gets the color that is the text color of a Launcher, when Launcher is selected. + + + + + Get the end color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered. + + + + + Get the starting color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered, + when MenuButton is selected. + + + + + Get the end color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered, + when MenuButton is selected. + + + + + Get the starting color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered, + when MenuButton is pressed. + + + + + Get the end color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered, + when MenuButton is pressed. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used for the ToolStripGalleryDropDown's grip. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in ToolStripButton background, + when ToolStripButton is in inactive state. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in ToolStripButton background, + when ToolStripButton is in inactive state. + + + + + Get the color used when image for a ScrollButton arrow is rendered, + when ScrollButton is disabled. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used when RibbonPanel border is rendered, + and RibbonPanel is part of a group. + + + + + Gets the color which is the border color of ToolStripRadioButton, + when it is selected. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is highlighted. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStrip background, when ToolStrip is highlighted. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the starting color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip. + + + + + Gets the end color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip. + + + + + Gets the starting color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, + when the caption is highlighted. + + + + + Gets the end color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, + when the caption is highlighted. + + + + + Gets the starting color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, + when ToolStrip lays out on a RibbonPanel, which is part of a group. + + + + + Gets the end color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, + when ToolStrip lays out on a RibbonPanel, which is part of a group. + + + + + Gets the starting color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, + when ToolStrip lays out on a RibbonPanel, which is part of a group, when the caption is highlighted. + + + + + Gets the end color of the gradient used to draw the caption background on a ToolStrip, + when ToolStrip lays out on a RibbonPanel, which is part of a group, when the caption is highlighted. + + + + + Gets the color that is the text color of a caption. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStripItem background, + when ToolStripItem is grouped. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStripItem background, + when ToolStripItem is grouped. + + + + + Gets the color that is the border color of the ToolStripItem, when it is grouped. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the RibbonControlAdvHeader title background. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the RibbonControlAdvHeader title background. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the RibbonControlAdvHeader title background, + when RibbonControlAdv is in inactive state. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the RibbonControlAdvHeader title background, + when RibbonControlAdv is in inactive state. + + + + + Gets the color that is border color of a RibbonForm and RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Gets the color that is border color of a RibbonForm and RibbonControlAdv, + when RibbonForm or RibbonControlAdv are in inactive state. + + + + + Gets the color that if ForeColor of a RibbonControlAdv. + + + + + Gets the color that is text color of a ToolStripTabItem. + + + + + Gets the color that is text color of a ToolStripTabItem, when it is inactive. + + + + + Gets the color that is text color of a RibbonControlADvHeader title. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the QuickPanel background. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the QuickPanel background. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background. + + + + + Gets the color that is the border color of SystemButton. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background, + when it is selected. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background, + when it is selected. + + + + + Gets the color used in a flash image is rendered, when SystemButton is selected. + + + + + Gets the color that is border color of a SystemButton, when it is selected. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background, + when it is pressed. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the SystemButton background, + when it is pressed. + + + + + Gets the solid color used in a flash image is rendered, when SystemButton is pressed. + + + + + Gets the color that is border color of a SystemButton, when it is pressed. + + + + + Gets the solid color used in SystemButton foreground. + + + + + Gets the solid color used in SystemButton foreground, when it is selected. + + + + + Get the starting color used when the image of a MenuButton is rendered. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the MenuButtonDropDown background. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in MenuButtonDropDown background. + + + + + Gets the color that is border color of a MenuButtonDropDown. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, + when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, + when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, + when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is selected. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, + when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is selected. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, + when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is pressed. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient, used in the ToolStrip background, + when ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is pressed. + + + + + Gets the starting color used when the image of a ToolStrip rendered, + and ToolStrip is in the collapsed state. + + + + + Gets the end color used when the image of a ToolStrip rendered, + and ToolStrip is in the collapsed state. + + + + + Gets the starting color used when the image of a ToolStrip rendered, + and ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is pressed. + + + + + Gets the end color used when the image of a ToolStrip rendered, + and ToolStrip is in the collapsed state and is pressed. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx is rendered. + + + + + Gets the middle color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx is rendered. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx is rendered. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the StatusStripEx's StatusControls background. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the StatusStripEx's StatusControls background. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx's item is rendered. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used when separator of StatusStripEx's item is rendered. + + + + + Gets the color that is text color of a ContextMenu title. + + + + + Get the solid color used in the BottomToolStrip background. + + + + + Gets the solid color used in the RibbonPanel background. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used when image for OfficeButton arrow is rendered. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used when image for OfficeButton arrow is rendered. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ScrollButton. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ScrollButton. + + + + + Gets the color used when image for a ScrollButton arrow is rendered. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, + when ScrollButton is highlighted. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, + when ScrollButton is highlighted. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, + when ScrollButton is selected. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, + when ScrollButton is selected. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, + when ScrollButton is pressed. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the standard ScrollButton background, + when ScrollButton is pressed. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background. + + + + + Gets the color that is the border color of a ToolStripGallery's Scroller. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background, + when Scroller is selected. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background, + when Scroller is selected. + + + + + Gets the color that is the border color of a ToolStripGallery's Scroller, + when Scroller is selected. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background, + when Scroller is pressed. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ToolStripGallery's Scroller background, + when Scroller is pressed. + + + + + Gets the color that is the border color of a ToolStripGallery's Scroller, + when Scroller is pressed. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used when RibbonPanel border is rendered. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used when RibbonPanel border is rendered. + + + + + Gets the color used when ToolStripTabItem separator is drawn. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the color used when image for a ScrollButton large arrow is rendered. + + + + + Gets the color used when image for a ScrollButton large arrow is rendered, + when it is disabled. + + + + + Gets the starting color of a gradient used in the ScrollButton, + when ScrollButton is disabled. + + + + + Gets the end color of a gradient used in the ScrollButton, + when ScrollButton is disabled. + + + + + Gets the starting color used when RibbonControlAdvHeader separator is drawn. + + + + + Gets the end color used when RibbonControlAdvHeader separator is drawn. + + + + + Gets the starting color used when RibbonControlAdvHeader separator is drawn + and RibbonControlAdvHeader is in inactive state. + + + + + Gets the end color used when RibbonControlAdvHeader separator is drawn + and RibbonControlAdvHeader is in inactive state. + + + + + Gets the color which is the border color of ToolStripCheckBox. + + + + + Gets the color which is the border color of ToolStripCheckBox, + when it is selected. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + First themes color + + + + + Last theme color + + + + + + + + + + Summary description for Registry. + + + + + Structures to interoperate with the Windows 32 API + + + + + Point creation from lParam `s data + + + + + + Point creation from lParam `s data.(Win64 compatible) + + + + + + + + + + + Contains parameters for the SHBrowseForFolder function and + receives information about the folder selected + by the user. + + + + + StatusStripEx Style + + + + + Classic appearance. + + + + + Metro-like appearance. + + + + + Office2016 Colorful + + + + + Office2016 White + + + + + Office2016 Black + + + + + Office2016 DarkGray + + + + + Workaround to fix overflow button bounds + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Inserts an item to the System.Collections.IList at the specified index + + The zero-based index at which value should be inserted + The System.Object to insert into the System.Collections.IList + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the System.Collections.IList + + The System.Object to remove from the System.Collections.IList + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the System.Collections.IList + + The System.Object to locate in the System.Collections.IList + The index of value if found in the list; otherwise, -1 + + + + Determines whether the System.Collections.IList contains a specific value + + The System.Object to locate in the System.Collections.IList + true if the System.Object is found in the System.Collections.IList; otherwise, false + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Destination for newly created ToolStripItems + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + MetroToolStripRenderer + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. + + ToolStrip instance. + True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, + otherwise - False. + + + + Indicates if a ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel. + + ToolStrip instance. + True - ToolStrip locates on grouped RibbonPanel, + otherwise - False. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Clean up specified resources being used. + + Hastable of resources to dispose + + + + Handle changes of display settings and user preferences. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Office 2016 Theme Colors + + + + + Holds the Office2016Style + + + + + Holds the DefaultBorderColor + + + + + Holds the DefaultBackColor + + + + + Holds the HoverColor + + + + + Holds the SelectionColor + + + + + Holds the SelectionTextColor + + + + + Holds the TextColor + + + + + Holds the IconColor + + + + + Holds the DisableIconColor + + + + + Holds the DisableTextColor + + + + + Holds the LineColor + + + + + Gets/Sets the Office2016Style + + + + + Gets the DefaultBorderColor + + + + + Gets the DefaultBackColor + + + + + Gets the HoverColor + + + + + Gets the SelectionColor + + + + + Gets the SelectionTextColor + + + + + Gets the TextColor + + + + + Gets the IconColor + + + + + Gets the DisableIconColor + + + + + Gets the DisableTextColor + + + + + Gets the LineColor + + + + + Office2016Renderer + + + + + To Render Border + + + + + To render Item on hover + + + + + To render Background + + + + + To render MenuItem Background + + + + + To render Image Margin + + + + + Holds the ContextMenuStripEx + + + + + Holds the ContextMenuStyle + + + + + Holds the Office2016Colors + + + + + To paint ToolStrip border + + + + + To get Item Bounds + + + + + To render highlighted Items + + + + + To render control background + + + + + To get Item rect + + + + + To paint selectedItem Background + + + + + To paint ContextMenuStripEx Background + + + + + To paint ContextMenuStripEx Background + + + + + To paint Image Margin + + + + + Gets/Sets the ContextMenuStripEx + + + + + Gets or sets title height. + + + + + Gets or sets Title Size + + + + + ContextMenuStyle Color + + + + + Gets/Sets the Office2016Colors + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Index of image in gallery's image list. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ToolTipText for this GalleryItem + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Enable Gallery Item + + + + + Gets or sets tooltip text + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Summary description for BarControlInternalWeakContainer. + + + + + Represents class for correctly drawing bitmap or icons. + + + + + A value of transparency. + + + + + Displayed icon. + + + + + Displayed bitmaps. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. + + + + + Draws icon or bitmap. + + + + + Gets duplicate displayed image. + + + + + Gets size of image. + + + + + Draws shadow for image. + + + + + Draws grayed image. + + + + + Gets or Sets, the transparency color for the image. + + + + + Measures text. + + The graphics. + The text. + The text's font. + The text's format. + Size of the measured text. + + + + Measures text with default text format. + + The graphics. + The text. + The text's font. + Size of the measured text. + + + + Draws separator for dafault visual style. + + + + + Draws separator for Office2016 visual style. + + + + + + + Draws separator for Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws separator for VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws separator for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws separator for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws the text. + + The graphics. + The text. + The text's font. + Color of the text. + The rectangle of the text. + The text's format. + + + + Gets fore color for default visual style. + + + + + Gets fore color for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Fore color for office2016 themes + + + + + + + Gets fore color for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets fore color for VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Gets fore color for Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Gets disabled forecolor for current BarItem control. + + Current BarItem control. + Color that is forecolor for BarItem control. + + + + Gets state for drawing of the BarItem. + + + + + Gets pen for border of the BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets pen for border of the pressed BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets pen for border of the checked BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets light color of the pressed BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets dark color of the pressed BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets light color of the highlighted BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets dark color of the highlighted BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets light color of the checked BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets dark color of the checked BarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used to correct customization selection rectangle for ComboDropDown items. + + + + + Used due to ComboDropDown item should be drawn with little left and right margins. + + + + + Process keyboard messages. + + + + + + + Gets color of the ComboBox button amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets color of the highlighted ComboBox button amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets color of the pressed ComboBox button amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets color for arrow of the ComboBox button amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Draws ComboButton background. + + + + + Draws arrow for ComboButton. + + + + + + + + + + + This event is triggered when the internal TextBox gets added to the . + + + + + Provides data for the TextBoxBoundEvent. + + + + + This event is triggered when the internal TextBox gets added to the . + + + + + Provides data for the TextBoxItemBoundEvent. + + + + + Text Box. + + + + + True - need refresh text box layout. + + + + + True - this control need highlighted. + + + + + Gets bar controls. + + + + + + Returns true, if control must be mirrored. + + + + + Gets visible text box rectangle. + + + + + Gets text box rectangle. + + + + + + Gets TextBoxBarItem. + + + + + Gets text box control. + + + + + MenuActivationControl class using subclassing to detect deactivate application message. + + + + + Fires application deactivate event. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Detecting deactivate application message. + + windows message. + + + + Event method. + + + + + Event fired on mouseActivate message. + + + + + Event fired on activate application message. + + + + + Delegate for event. + + + + + This class allows users to draw BarItem and CommandBar for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Radius for rounded polygon. + + + + + Default size for flash image. + + + + + Blend for horizontal shadow item. + + + + + Blend for vertical shadow item. + + + + + Blend for flash. + + + + + Hashtable for flash bitmaps. + + + + + Color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets rectangle for background of the BarItem + + + + + Gets rounded polygon. + + + + + Gets modified color. + + + + + Gets vertical linear gradient brush. + + + + + Gets vertical linear gradient brush. + + + + + Gets horizontal linear gradient brush. + + + + + Gets horizontal linear gradient brush. + + + + + Draws background. + + + + + Draws outside border for pressed state. + + + + + Draws inside border for pressed state. + + + + + Draws border for pressed state. + + + + + Draw highlighted border. + + + + + Gets flash bitmap. + + + + + Draws shadow for BarItem. + + + + + Draws flash for pressed state of the BarItem. + + + + + Draws flash for selected state of the BarItem. + + + + + Draws flash for checked state of the BarItem. + + + + + Draws highlighted background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws pressed background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws checked background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws check highlighted background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws background for DropDownBarItem. + + + + + Draws dropdown background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws background for TextBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws border for TextBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws background for ComboButton of the ComboBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws arrow for ComboButton. + + + + + Draws background for normal state of the ComboButton. + + + + + Draws background for highlighted state of the ComboButton. + + + + + Draws background for pressed state of the ComboButton. + + + + + Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws separator. + + + + + Draws BarItem. + + + + + Draws DropDownBarItem. + + + + + Draws TextBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws ComboButton for ComboBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem. + + + + + Gets bitmap for checked flash. + + + + + Gets bitmap for selected flash. + + + + + Gets bitmap for pressed flash. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Radius for rounded polygon. + + + + + Default size for flash image. + + + + + Blend for horizontal shadow item. + + + + + Blend for vertical shadow item. + + + + + Blend for flash. + + + + + Hashtable for flash bitmaps. + + + + + Color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets rectangle for background of the BarItem + + + + + Gets rounded polygon. + + + + + Gets modified color. + + + + + Gets vertical linear gradient brush. + + + + + Gets vertical linear gradient brush. + + + + + Gets horizontal linear gradient brush. + + + + + Gets horizontal linear gradient brush. + + + + + Draws background. + + + + + Draws outside border for pressed state. + + + + + Draws inside border for pressed state. + + + + + Draws border for pressed state. + + + + + Draw highlighted border. + + + + + Gets flash bitmap. + + + + + Draws shadow for BarItem. + + + + + Draws flash for pressed state of the BarItem. + + + + + Draws flash for selected state of the BarItem. + + + + + Draws flash for checked state of the BarItem. + + + + + Draws highlighted background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws pressed background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws checked background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws check highlighted background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws background for DropDownBarItem. + + + + + Draws dropdown background for BarItem. + + + + + Draws background for TextBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws border for TextBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws background for ComboButton of the ComboBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws arrow for ComboButton. + + + + + Draws background for normal state of the ComboButton. + + + + + Draws background for highlighted state of the ComboButton. + + + + + Draws background for pressed state of the ComboButton. + + + + + Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem for office2016 visualstyle. + + + + + Draws separator. + + + + + Draws BarItem. + + + + + Draws DropDownBarItem. + + + + + Draws TextBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws ComboButton for ComboBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem. + + + + + Draws background for ComboBoxBarItem for office2016 visualstyle . + + + + + Gets bitmap for checked flash. + + + + + Gets bitmap for selected flash. + + + + + Gets bitmap for pressed flash. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Visual state of the BarItem. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle the event of the class. + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Indicates if BarRenderer is in dragging mode + + + + + MetroColor + + + + + Variable to detect if application is active or inactive. + + + + + Corrects customization selection rectangle for ComoDropDown item. + + + + + See . + + + + + + gets or sets the metrocolor + + + + + Gets a value indicating wether the renderer has a vertical alignment. + + + + + Returns the currently selected bar item in the corresponding toolbar. + + This will return null if no bar item is currently selected. + + + BarControl's bounds for specified renderer. + Changed client bounds according to specified renderer. + + + + Gets brush of the pressed DropDown button amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets pen for highlighted border of the DropDownBarItem amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets pen for selected border of the DropDownBarItem. + + + + + Internal class used to renderer a toolbar or a . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether background color has been changed or not. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the BarControlInternal class. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + MetroColor + + + + + MetroColor + + + + + Raises the ThemeChanged event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnThemeChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnThemeChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnThemeChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Specifies whether font should be serialized. + + + + + + Serves to start keyboard based navigation. + + + + + Stops keyboard based navigation. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Updates color scheme. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified coordinates are within BarItem. + + X coordinate. + Y coordinate. + Returns the BarItem which bounds contains point with specified coordinates. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Returns the associated with this control. + + + + + Specifies the visual style of this Control. + + A value. Default is VisualStyle.OfficeXP. + Note that this setting will be ignored when is turned on and themes are available in the OS. + + + + gets or sets the metrocolor + + + + + gets or sets the metrocolor + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether XP Themes (visual styles) should be used for this control when + available. + + True to turn on themes; false otherwise. + + + + This event will be fired when the ThemesEnabled property is changed. + + + + + Allows you to set a PopupParent to this control. Useful when hosting this in a PopupControlContainer. + + + + + Specifies whether the icons should be drawn large. + + + Internal property, not to be used directly. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether control's elements should be drawn for RightToLeft locales. + + + One of the values. + + + + + Indicating whether the state for CommandBars from the Form loaded from isolated storage. + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + Contains the name of the children form for which loaded CommandBar state. + + + + + This method will be called to fill the ParentBarItem that represents the menu + that drops down when right-clicking in the toolbar area. + + The that represents the dropdown menu. + + + + Indicating whether the state for CommandBars of the ChildFrameBarManager loaded. + + + + + Loads state for CommandBars of the ChildFrameBarManager + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets a value indicates whether the + relate to . + + + + + Gets name of the MDI Children form which needs save state. + + + + + Indicates whether to show shadows for Popups. + + + + + WM_APP + 3 + + + + + WM_APP + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Hash that stores to each window handle its menu handle. + key - handle to MdiChild window. + value - handle to MdiChild menu. + + + + + Tooltip for MDIChild ControlBox when Maximized. + + + + + + To toggle the ToolTip appearance for the System Buttons in the Bar when MDI child is maximized. + + + + + + Indicating whether the PopupSystemMenu need paint. + + + + + Static constrcutor - initialize static members: Icons. + + + + + Extracts icon from resources. + + resource name + Instance of recovered icon + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + To show the tooltips for the System Buttons in the Bar when the MDI Child is maximixed. + + Either Close or Minimize or Maximize button representation in HandleMouseMove method. + + + + + Gets color for highlight button. + + + + + Attaches Hook which allows easy catch of: MDI child maximization, + MDI Child restore, MDI Child switching and etc. + + + + + Detaches hook on class destroy. + + + + + Hook function that catches MDI child's actions. + + + + + Finds by Handle the corresponding MDI Child. + + Handle to check. + Null - if nothing found; otherwise MDI Child form + + + + Locks repainting of MainForm. After Locking window stops redrawing + until UnLock action done. You can safely call BeginUpdate several + times (but always must be corresponding code which will call EndUpdate), + because we have internal counter which accumulates calls. Several + calls simply increase counter for UnLock method EndUpdate. + + + + + UnLocks repainting of MainForm. After UnLocking form Invalidation + will work. We have internal counter that is why each call of BeginUpdate + must have corresponding EndUpdate method call, otherwise window redrawing + will be in locked state till end of time. + + + + + Force window invalidation. Window will redraw itself even if + repainting is locked. + + + + + Invalidates only part of form - it's Caption NonClient area. + + + + + Updates toolbar and set variables which indicate toolbar to show + control box buttons and sys menu icon. + + Active child reference. + + + + Resets variables to state in which toolbar will be drawn with only barItems and + without system menu and caption buttons. + + + + + Returns the handle of active MDI Child. + + Handle of active MDI Childs. + True if child is maximized; false otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the System Button ToolTips on the Bar when MDI Child Form is maximized. + + Display System Button ToolTip; otherwise, do not display System Button ToolTip. + + + + + Gets / sets the Visual Style. + + + + + Indicates whether the control box should be drawn with the minimize, maximize and close buttons. + + True to show the control box; false otherwise. Default is true. + +

If a child form's ControlBox property is set to false, then the control box buttons will be drawn + inactive rather than hidden, in accordance with the .NET menus behavior.

+

If you want to alter this behavior and instead want the control box to be hidden, set this property + to false.

+
+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Throws an event when the NeedMenuButtons property changes. + + + + + + + + + + Default constructor. Set parent reference and Attach + NativeWindow subclassing to MDIClient. + + Reference on owner. + + + + Subclassing WndProc for MDIClient window. We skip WM_MDISETMENU + and WM_MDIREFRESHMENU messages for disabling MDI menus. On + WM_MDIACTIVATE and WM_MDINEXT we are locking redrawing to disable + flicking of child forms. + + Message class + + + + Summary description for Cursors. + + + + + Represents TypeEditor for . + + + + + Extension for icon file. + + + + + Loads icon from stream. + + + + + Loads image from stream. + + + + + Gets filter string for OpenDialog. + + + + + A derived class that will drop down a when the user + clicks on it. + + + This derived class allows you to show custom drop-downs from + submenus, context menus and tool bars. Use the property to + associate this item with a . + You can use this to display for example a Color picker drop-down (by placing a + in a derived . + + + + + Helper class for hiding implementation in derived classes. + + + + + See appropriate constructor. + + + + + See appropriate constructor. + + + + + See appropriate constructor. + + + + + See appropriate constructor. + + + + + See appropriate constructor. + + + + + See appropriate constructor. + + + + + Hides HandleDoubleClick property from Intellisense and property grid for derived classes. + + + + + Overloaded. Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class with default settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class and sets its + caption. + + The DropDownBarItem's caption. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class, sets its caption + and event handler for the event of the DropDownBarItem. + + The DropDownBarItem's caption. + The event handler for the ItemClick event. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class, sets its caption, + event handler for the event and + the Shortcut for this item. + + The DropDownBarItem's caption. + The event handler for the ItemClick event. + The Shortcut for this item. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DropDownBarItem class, sets its merge type, + merge order, shortcut, caption, event handler for ItemClick, event handler + for Popup and the event handler for Selected. + + The item's + The item's merge order. + The item's Shortcut. + The item's caption. + The handler for the ItemClick event. + The handler for the Popup event. + The handler for the Select event. + + + + + + + Creates a clone of this DropDownBarItem instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this DropDownBarItem. + + Creates a new instance of DropDownBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. + It does not copy over the property value. + + + + + Gets or sets the PopupControlContainer that will be dropped down from this item when placed in a menu or toolbar. + + + A PopupControlContainer that represents the popup control associated + with this Item. + + This item will popup the specified PopupControlContainer when the user clicks + on the drop-down portion of the bar item. + + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + The set PopupControlContainer will be disposed when this DropDownBarItem is disposed. + + + + + Gets or sets the ParentStyle in which the menu will be drawn. + + + A ParentBarItemStyle value indicating the ParentStyle in which the menu + will be drawn. The default value is ParentBarItemStyle.DropDown. + Take a look at the documentation for the ParentBarItemStyle enumeration + for more information on the interpretation of each ParentBarItemStyle value. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Represents a bar item that provides the combo box functionality in the XP Menus framework. + + + + This item provides you the flat look combo-boxes in your menus and toolbars. + The item can operate in either editable or listbox mode (controlled by the Editable property). + The represents the current Text in the text box selected by the user. + + + When in list box mode, you can fill the with the choices you want to provide the user. + When in editable mode, you can turn on which will make the framework track and persist + the entries made by the user and automatically append them to the choice list + in the drop-down. Turning on AutoAppend will ignore the entries you made in the ChoiceList. + The entries made by the user will be stored in the registry for reuse across applications. This entry will + be associated with a custom AutoAppend category ID which will be synthesized based on the ComboBoxBarItem's text and CategoryID property. + + + When in editable mode, a event will be thrown when the user presses the Return key + when in the TextBox or when the user selects an item from the drop-down. + When in list box mode, an event will be thrown when the user selects an + item from the drop-down list box. + + + Use the property to provide a minimum width the corresponding bar item should be drawn with. + The actual width might be bigger than the provided MinWidth in some cases. + + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package\ folder + for usage example. + + + + + Holds ComboTextBox to set focus in it + + + + + Raises the TextBoxBound event. + + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + + + + Begins the initialization. + + + + + Implementation of the interface. + + + + + Indicates that the initialization is complete. + + + + + Sets input Focus to the control + + + + + Creates a new instance of the ComboBoxBarItem class. + + + + + Raises the InitListBox event. + + An that contains the event data. + + The OnInitListBox method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnInitListBox in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnInitListBox method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the TextBoxValueChange event. + + + + + + Creates a clone of this ComboBoxBarItem instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this ComboBoxBarItem. + + Creates a new instance of ComboBoxBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Copies the properties of this ComboBoxBarItem into the specified BarItem. + + The ComboBoxBarItem where the values should be copied to. + + This method will also call to copy over base class properties. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Lets handle the textBox inside the ComboBox. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of this item when placed in a menu or toolbar. + + + The minimum width with which this item should be drawn. + + Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of items to be shown in the drop-down portion of the ComboBoxBarItem. + + The maximum number of items in the drop-down portion. The minimum for this property is 1 and the maximum is 100. + The maximum number is set less than one or greater than 100. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the dropdown. + + -1 indicates the dropdown width will be as wide as the combo. + Default is -1. The width could be bigger if the combo's width is bigger. + + + + Indicates whether the DropDown list should close when an item is selected. + + + + + Indicates whether the user can edit the value in this item with a TextBox. + + True to let the user edit the value through a TextBox. False to draw this in list box mode. + Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. + + + + Indicates whether to automatically append items + entered by the user in the TextBox into the drop-down list. + + True to turn on auto append; flase otherwise. + + This property will be used only when in editable mode. + Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to persist autoappend list when autoappend is true. + + + true if [persist auto append list]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns the choice list for the user. + + A StringCollection representing the choices available to the user. + This collection will be reset when you turn-on AutoAppend and when in editable mode. + Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. + + + + Gets or sets the value in the TextBox. + + The string representing the value in the TextBox. + Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. + + + + Indicates whether the TextBoxValue should be persisted when the application is shutdown. + + True to persist; false otherwise. Default is false. + This property need not be set when is true. + When AutoAppend is turned on, the latest value will be persisted automatically. + + + + Gets or sets a custom ListBox in the combo's dropdown. + + A ListBox instance. Default is null. + + The ListBox specified using this property will be used in the dropdown region + of the combo. When no value is specified a default ListBox will be used. + Changing this property will fire the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + This event optionally lets you customize the listbox before it's drop down. + + + This event will be fired after the user clicks on the dropdown button and + before the listbox is shown. + Also if this combo is editable, then this event will also be fired when + the user uses the keyboard to browse through the different items. + + + + + This event optionally lets TextBoxValue change. + + + + + Occurs when combo dropdown is opened. + + + + + Occurs when combo dropdown is closed. + + + + + Represents a bar item that could be used as a label for an adjacent bar item. + + + The StaticBarItem does not respond to user mouse click and move. + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the StaticBarItem class with default settings. + + + + + Creates a new insatnce of the StaticBarItem class and initializes its Text property. + + + + + Creates a clone of this StaticBarItem instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this StaticBarItem. + + Creates a new instance of StaticBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Copies the properties of this StaticBarItem into the specified StaticBarItem. + + The StaticBarItem where the values should be copied to. + + The Tags will be copied over only if the actual objects are cloneable (implements IClonable). + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the flat border around this item when parented by a Bar (toolbar). + + A value. Default is Color.Empty. + + + + A derived class that expands into a list when shown. + + + Use this class when you have to represent a dynamic list of s. + When shown this bar item will be replaced by a numbered list of + s based on the supplied list and when one of the items gets + clicked by the user a event is thrown by this instance with the + args. + This also means you should not use a ListBarItem in a tool bar. If you do so, you + might see unpredictable behavior. The user will automatically be prevented from dropping a ListBarItem into a tool bar during customization. + Note that the event handler will be called with a + argument containing data pertaining to the child item that was clicked. Which means you + should cast the regular EventArgs argument into this type in your handler. + A typical example is the Most Recently Used Files list. The framework also + internally uses this to represent the MDI Child list(). + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + Creates an instance of the ListBarItem class. + + + + + Called before the item gets expanded by its parent. + + + This is a good place to fill the ChildCaptions list with appropriate values. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The event args for the event. + + + + Called after this item's parent expands this item. + + The parent where this item is hosted. + The index into the parent representing the BarItem corresponding to the first item in the ChildCaptions list. + The index into the parent representing the BarItem corresponding to the last item in the ChildCaptions list. + + With the reference to the parent, you can insert items if necessary before the parent gets shown. + + + + + Updates the checked state of the expanded list BarItems. This method + is usable only when the ListBarItem is being shown in a submenu. + + + + + Creates a clone of this ListBarItem instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this ListBarItem. + + Creates a new instance of ListBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Copies the properties of this ListBarItem into the specified ListBarItem. + + The ListBarItem where the values should be copied to. + + The tags will be copied over only if the actual objects are cloneable (implements IClonable). + + + + + Occurs before the expansion of the Captions into BarItems. This is a + good place to delay-insert Captions into the ChildCaptions list. + + + + + Occurs after the expansion of the Captions into BarItems. + + + The handler for this event is a good place to access the expanded BarItems and set some properties on it. + Note that these expanded items will be disposed when the parent menu is hidden. + + + + + Returns the items in the ChildCaptions list that should be marked as checked. + + A list of indices into the ChildCaptions list. + + This list will be used to determine the checked state of the expanded + BarItems. + + + + + Indicates whether to use numbers in the expanded list. + + True to include numbers; false otherwise. + + + + Returns a list of expanded BarItems. + + An ArrayList if the expanded BarItems are currently shown. Null (or Nothing) otherwise. + This property will return a non-null value only when queried from + the event handler. It's recommended that you do not + hold any references to the BarItems returned by this property. + + + + Returns the captions for the expanded bar items. + + Represents the StringCollection that will hold the list of captions. + + + + Returns the list of application specific values corresponding to the ChildCaptions entries. + + The list that contains the application specific values. + + + + The class that represents the event arguments provided by the + event. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the CanDragDropEventArgs class. + + The destination ParentBarItem or Bar. + The initial cancel state. + + + + Returns the parent into which a drag-drop is attempted. + + This object could be a ParentBarItem or a Bar. + + + + The class that represents the event arguments + for the + event. + + + + + Creates a new instance of ContainmentChangedEventArgs. + + The destination ParentBarItem or Bar. + Indicates whether the BarItem was inserted or removed. + + + + Returns the new logical parent from which the BarItem was removed or into which the + BarItem was inserted. + + This object could be a ParentBarItem or a Bar. + + + + Indicates whether the BarItem has been inserted or removed. + + + + + The class that represents the event arguments in the 's + event. + event. + + + Note that the event handler will be called with a + argument containing data pertaining to the child item that was clicked. Which means you + should cast the regular EventArgs argument into a in your handler. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the ListBarItemClickedEventArgs class. + + An index into the corresponding ListBarItem's ChildCaptions list. + + + + Returns an index into the ChildCaptions list, identifying the item that was clicked. + + + + + Represents the item that will expand to show the current list of toolbars and their visible states. + + + You would typically use this item as a child in the "View" submenu in the main menu bar + of a . + Users can show/hide toolbars through this submenu and also invoke the customization dialog. + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + Represents the submenu that can be dropped down when part of a tool bar or another submenu in the XP Menus framework or when + associated with a . + + + The property of this class lets you add s to this ParentBarItem. + The function allows you to merge two ParentBarItems together. + You can turn on partial menus behavior by setting the property to true. + You can also make the ParentBarItem act like a Checked-ListBox by setting the + property to false. + Note that when you call Dispose on the ParentBarItem object, it will not automatically dispose + the BarItems in its Items collection. You will have to manually call Dispose on the children yourself, if necessary. + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + Default scrolling speed for displayed child items ( in milliseconds ). + + + + + Set BackColor of ParentBarItem + + + + + Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the ParentBarItem class and sets it default values. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the ParentBarItem class and sets it caption. + + The caption for this item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the ParentBarItem class, sets its caption and its shortcut. + + The caption for this item. + The shortcut for this item. + + + + Creates a new instance of the ParentBarItem class, + sets its merge type, merge order, Shortcut, caption, Popup event handler + and the Selected event handler. + + The item's . + The item's merge order. + The item's shortcut. + The item's caption. + The handler for the Popup event. + The handler for the Selected event. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Indicates whether to add item to parentBarItem. + + Item to add to parentBarItem. + True if item can be added, otherwise false. + + + + Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the dropdown. + + A value. Default is VisualStyle.OfficeXP. + Note that by default this value will be inherited from the + that contains this ParentBarItem. If this ParentBarItem is not parented by any BarManager, then + you might have to set this style manually. + + + + + Gets or sets the metro back color + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Serialize the property. + + + + + Reset the property. + + + + + Serialize the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + + + + Resets the property. + + Once you reset, the property will then + return a value based on the parent , if any. + + + + Indicates whether the specified key is a shortcut in any of the contained child and + if so fires it's Click event. + + The shortcut key. + True if shortcut processed; false otherwise. + + + + Finds a visible and enabled item whose is set to the specified key. + + The shortcut key to search. + A with the specified shortcut. + + This method does a recursive search on all the child and s as well. + + + + + Shows popup for this item. + + This method will not work for the items contained in XPToolBar component. + Use method instead. + + + + Hides currently open popup. + + This method will not work for the items contained in XPToolBar component. + Use method instead. + + + + Creates a clone of this ParentBarItem instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this ParentBarItem. + + Creates a new instance of ParentBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Creates a clone of this ParentBarItem instance. + + Indicates whether to copy clones of baritems, which are containing in 's collection of s. + An object that has similar properties to this ParentBarItem. + + Creates a new instance of ParentBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Copies the properties of this ParentBarItem into the specified ParentBarItem. + + The ParentBarItem where the values should be copied to. + + The items list will be shallow copied over. + + + + + Copies the properties of this ParentBarItem into the specified ParentBarItem. + + The ParentBarItem where the values should be copied to. + Indicates whether to copy clones of baritems, which are containing in 's collection of s. + + + + Lets you specify a separator in the items list. The separator will be + just before the specified BarItem. + + A BarItem present in the Items list. + + + + Removes the separator just before this BarItem. + + A BarItem present in the Items list. + + + + Indicates whether a separator is drawn just before the specified BarItem. + + A BarItem present in the Items list. + True if there is a separator; false if not. + + + + Removes an item from the Items list. + + The BarItem to remove. + + + + Raises the PopupClosing event. + + A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the PopupClosed event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnPopupClosed method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPopupClosed in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnPopupClosed method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Merges this with another ParentBarItem. + + A that is to be merged with this one. + + Bar items with the same text value are merged according to their MergeType + and MergeOrder properties. + Menu merging of MDI parent and MDI children is handled automatically when the + toolbars and the menu items follow the merge rules. You can use this method to merge two + objects (and their submenu items) into a single ParentBarItem. Note that the + menu items in the source ParentBarItems should already be added to the BarManager that contains the destination ParentBarItem. + For example, you can call this method to merge + the menu items of a File and Edit ParentBarItems into a single ParentBarItem + that can then be associated with and displayed by a PopupMenu. + + The parentItemSrc cannot be the same as this object. + + + + Raises the Popup event. + + An EventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnPopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPopup in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnPopup method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the BeforePopup event. + + A CancelEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnBeforePopup method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeforePopup in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeforePopup method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether check box overlaps baritem image bounds or not + + + + + Gets or Sets scrolling speed for displayed child menu items. + + + + + Gets or Sets, scroll items in menu, when mouse moves over scroll buttons. + + + + + Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Returns the collection of BarItem objects associated + with this ParentBarItem. + + + A BarItems collection that represents the list of BarItem objects + stored in the menu. + You can use this property to obtain a reference to the list of bar items + that are currently stored in the ParentBarItem. With the reference to the + collection of bar items for the ParentBarItem (provided by this property), + you can add and remove bar items, determine the total number of bar items + and clear the list of bar items from the collection. + A ParentBarItem can be placed within a tool bar or within another + ParentBarItem. It can also be associated with a PopupMenu to create context + menus. All the above can be accomplished during design-time with simple drag + and drop in the presence of a BarManager. + + + The following example code creates a context menu with three items and shows it. + + private void Form1_MouseUp(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs e) + { + if(e.Button != MouseButtons.Right) + return; + + PopupMenu popup = new PopupMenu(); + ParentBarItem parentItem = new ParentBarItem(); + + barItem1.Checked = true; + barItem1.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); + barItem2.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); + + barItem3.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); + + parentItem.Items.Add(barItem1); + parentItem.Items.Add(barItem2); + parentItem.Items.Add(barItem3); + + popup.ParentBarItem = parentItem; + popup.Show(this, new Point(e.X, e.Y)); + } + + + + + + Gets or Sets maximum count of child items to be displayed at one time. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets or sets the ParentStyle on which the menu will be drawn. + + + A ParentBarItemStyle value indicating the ParentStyle in which the menu + will be drawn. The default value is ParentBarItemStyle.Default. + Take a look at the documentation for the ParentBarItemStyle enumeration + for more information on the interpretation of each ParentBarItemStyle value. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Gets or Sets the MetroBack Color + + + + + Gets/Sets whether multiline function can be used. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether UseGDIDrawing can be used in ParentBarItems. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Length for text wrapping. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether Vertical/Horizontal ParentBarItem function can be used in ParentBarItem. + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Indicates whether the menu should close when an item is selected. + + + True if the menu should be closed when an item is selected; false otherwise. + Default value is true. + If set to true, the menu can only be closed by clicking elsewhere or + by pressing the Esc key. This setting is useful to implement, for example, + a Checked-List like behavior for the drop-down menus. + + + The following example code creates a Checked-List like menu with three items. + The item's Checked value will be toggled as the user selects it. + + private void Form1_MouseUp(object sender, System.Windows.Forms.MouseEventArgs e) + { + PopupMenu popup = new PopupMenu(); + ParentBarItem parentItem = new ParentBarItem(); + parentItem.CloseOnClick = false; + + barItem1.Checked = true; + barItem1.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); + barItem2.Checked = true; + barItem2.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); + + barItem3.Checked = true; + barItem3.Click += new EventHandler(ItemClicked); + + parentItem.Items.Add(barItem1); + parentItem.Items.Add(barItem2); + parentItem.Items.Add(barItem3); + + popup.ParentBarItem = parentItem; + popup.Show(this, new Point(e.X, e.Y)); + } + private void ItemClicked(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + BarItem itemClicked = sender as BarItem; + itemClicked.Checked = !itemClicked.Checked; + } + + + + + + Indicates whether the ParentBarItem will first + show a list of Recently Used Items and an Expand button when dropped down. + + + True to turn on partial menus; false otherwise. Default is false. + + When in partial menus mode and when this menu is dropped down, it will hide the child BarItems + that has the IsRecentlyUsedItem property set to false. When the user presses the Expand button + then all the child bar items will be made visible. + + In addition if this ParentBarItem is parented to a BarManager, which in turn is associated with a Form, + then the user's historical menu usage pattern will be reflected in the partial menus behavior. + Which means any item that the user had selected in the past 90 days (or the value set + in the BarManager's RecentlyUsedItemResetDelay property) will be marked as a recently used item. + Also, if parented to a BarManager, the BarManager's UsePartialMenus property should be true + in addition to this UsePartialMenus property for partial menus mode to be turned on in this submenu. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the event should be fired MFC style for + the bar items in this parent menu before the dropdown. + + True to fire the UpdateUI event; false otherwise. Default is false. + + Take a look at the event for more information + on if and when you should use this pattern for your BarItem UI update. + + + + + Occurs just before the dropdown gets closed. + + + + + Occurs before the submenu item's list of menu items is displayed. + + + This event only occurs when a menu item has submenu items to display. + You can use this event handler to add, remove, enable, disable, check + or uncheck menu items based on the state of your application before + they are displayed. + + + + + Occurs just after the menu item has closed. + + + + + Occurs before the submenu gets shown allowing you to cancel it. + + + + + Raises the TextBoxItemBound event. + + + + + Creates a clone of this TextBoxBarItem instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this TextBoxBarItem. + + Creates a new instance of TextBoxBarItem and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Copies the properties of this TextBoxBarItem into the specified TextBoxBarItem. + + The TextBoxBarItem where the values should be copied to. + + The Items list will be shallow copied over. + + + + + Lets handle the textBox inside the textBoxItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the value in the text box. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the item. + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + This class represents a collection of objects stored in a BarManager, + or . + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + Used to avoid infinite recursion on backward merges update of items collection (from MergedBar to underlying Bar). + + + + + Overloaded. The constructor that instantiates a BarItems class. + + + + + The constructor that instantiates a BarItems class and intializes it with + the supplied array of BarItems. + + An array of BarItem(s). + + + + The constructor that instantiates a BarItems class and sets its BarManager to + the specified BarManager. + + A BarManager instance. + + + + To clear the BarItem. + + + + + To remove the BarItem. + + + + + + To remove the bar item based on index. + + + + + + Adds an array of BarItem objects to the collection. + + An array of objects to add to the collection. + + + + Override. See . + + + + + Override. See . + + + + + Override. See . + + + + + Merges into appropriate and + if necessary. + + BarItem to merge. + + + + Tests whether a BarItem will be unique when added to this list with the + specified text and categoryID. A reference to the BarItem itself is passed + so that the BarItem if already in the list will be ignored in the test for uniqueness. + + The BarItem to validate for uniqueness. + The text value of the BarItem when it will get added to the list. + True if the BarItem will make a unique entry in the list; false if not. + + + + Overloaded. Finds a in the list given it's ID. + + The BarItem's ID. + A with the specified ID. Null, if not found. + + + + Finds a in the list given it's text and categoryIndex value. + + The BarItem's text value. + The BarItem's category Index value. + A with the specified text and categoryIndex. Null, if not found. + + If there are multiple bar items with the same text and categoryindex value, then the BarItem returned will + be one of those in random. + + + + + Finds the nested BarItem in XPToolbar. + + The baritem ID. + The baritem containing the id + + The method can be used to iterate through all items in XPToolBar to find the item + containing the mentioned ID. + + + + + Returns the BarItem that has this hotkey in the list, if any. + + The hotkey for which to retrieve the BarItem. + The BarItem if found; null otherwise. + + + + Overridden. See . + + Event sender. + Event data. + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the BarItem at the specified index location in the + BarItems object. + In C#, this property is the indexer for the BarItems class. + + The location of the BarItem in the BarItems collection. + The reference to the BarItem. + + + + Returns a based on it's BarItemId. + + + + + Returns a based on it's BarItemId string. + + + + + Gets or sets the BarManager to which this collection will be associated with. + + + The BarManager to which this BarItems collection will be associated with. + + When this collection is associated with a BarManager, all the existing and any + newly added BarItem child's Manager property will be reset to this Manager property. + + + + + + Specifies the style in which the bar items will be painted. + + + + + By default the BarItem will be painted based on what they are parented by. In a + main menu, only the text of the items will be drawn; in other tool bars only + the image will be drawn; in a drop-down menu, both the image and text will be drawn. + + + + + Image will be ignored in all the above cases. + + + + + Image will be ignored only when the BarItem is in a drop-down menu. + + + + + Both image and text will be drawn in all the above cases. + + + + + Specifies the appearance and behavior of a . + + + The uses this enum to determine whether to act like a drop-down parent + or a submenu parent. + + + + + The parent item will be drawn like a regular submenu item. + + + + + The parent item will be drawn like a drop-down parent. The parent item itself + will be clickable and the drop-down can be dropped down by an arrow to the right. + + + + + Specifies the Text Orientation of ParentBarItem + + + + + Specifies whether ParentBarItem text gets rendered in Vertical Orientation + + + + + Specifies whether ParentBarItem text gets rendered in Horizontal Orientation + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Creates an instance of the BarItemClickedEventArgs class. + + The BarItem that was clicked. + + + + Returns the BarItem that was just clicked. + + + + + Handles the event of the BarManager component in XP Menus framework. + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + The event that will be thrown when a gets added or removed to a or . + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + The event that will be thrown when a gets dragged over a (submenu) or a (Tool Bar) + during user-customization in the XP Menus framework. + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Specifies the style in which a (tool bar) will be drawn in the XP Menus framework. + + + This enumeration has a FlagsAttribute attribute that allows a bitwise + combination of its member values. + The tool bars use this enum to specify their drawing style. + + + + + No Style. + + + + + This will draw an arrow button to the right of the tool bar that will allow + the user to drop-down a menu from which they can select hidden items, add or remove + buttons and invoke the Customization dialog. + + + + + Marks this bar as the MainMenu. Setting this flag will force the bar to occupy the + whole row irrespective of the MultiLine setting and enables MainMenu like keyboard + and mouse based navigation. It also shows the Minimize/Maximize/Close buttons to the right + and the System Menu to the left when an MDI child window is maximized. + When there are more than one bar marked as IsMainMenu, the first setting is + honored and the rest are ignored. + + + + + Wraps the bar into multiple rows when there isn't enough space in a row + while docked or when the user resizes the floating bars. + + + + + When this flag is set, the text in the bars will always be drawn horizontal + irrespective of which border the bar is docked to. If not set, the text will be + drawn vertical when the bars are docked to the left or right border. + + + + + Lets you show or hide a bar. + + + + + Forces the bar to take the whole row when docked to a form's border. + + + + + Allows the user to drag the bar around, allowing him to move it within the + dock border, dock to a different border or float it. If not set, the bar cannot be + moved. + + + + + Marks this Bar as the status bar. This will take the Bar to take the whole row + and dock to the bottom of the application. When there are more than one bar marked as IsStatusBar, + the first setting is honored and the rest are ignored. You can also not specify + IsMainMenu and IsStatusBar for the same Bar. The IsMainMenu setting will take precedence. + + + + + Specifies that the text should be drawn below the image in this toolbar. + + + + + Represents and encapsulates the data required for a tool bar in the XP Menus framework. + + + + + This class represents a tool bar's data structure. + This has to be associated with a instance + to be displayed in the associated form's command bar. This class is also used by the class + to represent a tool bar. + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + Allow resize bar in floating mode. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + A SyncfusionPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + The OnPropertyChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPropertyChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnPropertyChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the Bar. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the Bar class and + associates it with a BarManager. + + A BarManager instance. + + + + Creates a new instance of the BarManager class and + associates it with a BarManager. + + A BarManager instance. + An integer array of indices representing the positions where separators should be introduced. + + + + Creates a new instance of the BarManager class and + associates it with a BarManager. + + A BarManager instance. + The bar's name. + + + + Creates a new instance of the BarManager class and + associates it with a BarManager. + + A BarManager instance. + The bar's name. + The bar's style. + A list of s. + A list of indices representing the separator positions. + + + + + + + Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Removes all separators between bar items in the tool bar. + + + + + Lets you specify a separator in the Items list. The separator will be + just before the specified BarItem. + + A BarItem present in the items list. + + + + Removes the separator just before this BarItem. + + A BarItem present in the items list. + + + + Indicates whether a separator is drawn just before the specified BarItem. + + A BarItem present in the Items list. + True if there is a separator; false if not. + + + + Removes a from the BarItems list. + + The BarItem to remove. + + + + Merges this with another Bar. + + A that specifies + the Bar to merge with this one. + + Bar items with the same text value are merged according to their MergeType + and MergeOrder properties. + Menu merging of MDI parent and MDI children is handled automatically when the + toolbars and the menu items follow the merge rules. You can use this method to manually merge two + objects (and their submenu items) into a single Bar. Note that the + menu items in the source bar should already be added to the BarManager that contains the destination bar. + + The barSrc cannot be the same as this object. + + + + Raises the CaptionChanged event + + + + + Raises the CaptionChanged event. + + + + + Creates a clone of this bar instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this bar. + + Creates a new instance of bar and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Copies the properties of this bar into the specified bar. + + The bar where the values should be copied to. + + The items list will be shallow copied. + + + + + Creates a clone of this bar instance. + + Indicates whether to copy clones of baritems, which are containing in 's collection of s. + An object that has similar properties to this bar. + + Creates a new instance of bar and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Copies the properties of this bar into the specified bar. + + The bar where the values should be copied to. + Indicates whether to copy clones of baritems, which are containing in 's collection of s. + + The items list will be shallow copied. + + + + + Gets or sets the BarManager this is associated with, if any. + + An instance of the BarManager object. Can be null. + + + + Occurs when a property's value changes in this object. + + + This event may not be thrown for some of the properties + in BarItem. Take a look at the property's documentation + to confirm whether this event will be thrown for a property. + + + + + Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Advanced property, meant for use by the design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Occurs when the Caption value changes in this object. + + + + + Gets or sets user friendly bar's caption string, which appears when the tool bar floats and in the customization dialog. + + + This will appear as the caption when the tool bar floats and in the customization dialog as the bar's identity. + + + + + Gets or sets the bar's name. + + The bar's name. + + This will appear as the caption when is empty. + The names of these different bars within the manager should be unique. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Gets or sets the merge order for the corresponding menu item in the toolbar list popup menu. + + + The items in the context menu that show up with the list of toolbars when right-clicked in the + menu area will be ordered based on this setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the bar's style. + + One of the BarStyle values. + + The BarStyle will be used only when this bar is associated with a BarManager. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Indicates whether the toolbar items can be dragged out and into this bar by the user. + + True to allow user customizing; false otherwise. Default is true. + + Changing this property's value will fire the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Indicates whether the bar items in this toolbar will be reordered + when the toolbar is shrunk to show more bar items. + + True to allow reordering; false otherwise. Default is true. + + Changing this property's value will fire the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Indicates whether this toolbar can be hidden by the user during runtime. + + True to allow user hiding; false otherwise. Default is true. + + Changing this property's value will fire the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Returns the BarItems list. + + The BarItems collection. + + You can add, remove and insert BarItems into this + collection. + Changing this property's value will throw the PropertyChanged event. + + + + + Gets or sets allow resize bar in floating mode. + + + + + Generates the new ID based on the provided ID. + + The ID based on which to generate the new ID. + The new ID. + + If "File" is passed the new ID will be "File_1". If "File_1" is passed, the new ID will be "File_2", etc. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified ID could have been generated automatically. + + The ID to analyze. + True if possibly auto generated; false otherwise. + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + + + + + + + + Provides data for TextBoxValueChanging Event + + + + + Gets the previously selected ComboBoxBarItem Text. + + + + + Gets the currently selected ComboBoxBarItem Text. + + + + + Enable/Disable to update the TextBoxValue value when the selected item is changed in List Items. + + + + + Delegate for the event. + + + See the event for more information. + + + + + Provides data for the TextBoxValueChange event. + + + + + Handles the event. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Gets or sets the corresponding Font object. + + The Font object returned will be font that will be used by default. + + + + Specifies the text alignment of the bar. + + + + + Specifies that the contents of a text are aligned with the near. + + + + + Specifies that the contents of a text are aligned with the far. + + + + + Specifies that the contents of a text are aligned with the center. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the item that will expand to show the list of MDI Children in an MDI environment. + + + You would typically use this item as a child in the Window submenu in the main menu bar + of a . + When its parent is dropped down, this item will be replaced by the list of MDI children + currently being shown and optionally a "Windows..." item to show the whole list when + the number of children is more than 10 (or as specified in the property. + When the user clicks on one of the entries, the corresponding mdi child will be activated. + Clicking on the "Windows..." item will open a dialog where the users can see all the + available MDI child windows. + + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package\XPMenusMDI folder + for usage example. + + + + + Gets / sets the number of mdi child links to be shown in the expanded list before the \"More Items\" BarItem. + + Default is 10. + + + + State of changes propagation. + + + + + Allows propagation of changes to collection from to underlying . + + + Works only for SDI forms and MDI forms without MDI children forms. + + + + + Returns the array of bars used to create this MergedBar. + The MDI parent form's is always at index zero. + + + + + Gets or sets user friendly bar's caption string, which appears when the tool bar floats and in the customization dialog. + + + + This will appear as the caption when the tool bar floats and in the customization dialog as the bar's identity. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the Active control + + + + + Gets the Command bar dock border + + + + + Gets the PaintEventArgs + + + + + Gets the control bounds + + + + + DockBarPaintEventHandler delegate + + + + + + + UpdateType Enumerator + + + + + Raised when ActiveWindowChanged + + + + + Handles the BarControlBindingChanged event of a . + + The source of the event. + A object that contains the event data. + + + + + + The MainFrameBarManager manages the application's main window's menus, tool bars + and the user customization capabilities in the XP Menus framework. + + + Make sure to take a look at the 's documentation before you start using + this derived class. + You should associate an instance of this class with a form that will be the main form + in an MDI scenario or the single top-level form in an SDI scenario. + Note that in an MDI scenario, optionally you can provide the prior knowledge + of the all the child form types that it might parent, in order that the menus and tool bars + provide a seamless interface to the user even though they are part of different child forms' BarManager. + You do this using the MainFrameBarManager's method. + If you do not call the RegisterMdiChildTypes method, the child menus will be added/merged with the parent + menus as and when the child forms are added to the mdi parent. + When using this class in a SDI Form, it is recommended that you put all your controls in the form + within a with the DockStyle.Fill property set, + so that they resize as the menu's height changes. This is necessary because the menus occupy the client area of the form. + This is not necessary if you are using this in an MDI Container (IsMdiContainer property set to true). + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + The BarManager manages a form's menus and tool bars and lets it participate in + the user-customization feature. + + + + + The BarManager should contain a reference to all the BarItems ( property) + that you intend to use in the associated form's menu structure and the tool bars. + The BarItems should have a unique ID. + The BarManager also has a list of tool bars ( property) associated with the form. + There is a "Customize" verb associated with the BarManager's designer which will allow + you to design your form's menu structure and tool bars visually during + design-time without writing a single line of code. Use the "Activate Menus" verbs in the + VS2003 designer in case the menus/toolbars don't respond to mouse clicks in the designer. + + The BarManager also allows you to set certain global settings like enabling + user-customization, enable partial menus, enable large icon mode for tool bars, etc. + You don't normally use this class directly. You would instead use one of the + following derived classes based on your form type. Use a + (for the main window in an MDI and + SDI scenario) or a (for the child windows in an MDI scenario). + Since the BarManager is a component derived class, you can simple drag and drop + one of the above managers on your form during design-time to bind it to your form. + When initializing one of the derived classes in code, make sure to call + and . + + Note: A BarManager (ChildFrameBarManager or MainFrameBarManager) cannot be simultaneously used with a + . + Use the property to + add generic tool bars to your form. + + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + Indicates whether to show BarItem highlighted when mouse is moves over it. + + + + + Indicates whether to show shadow for images. + + + + + Indicates whether to show shadows for Popups. + + + + + Specifies in milliseconds, the time after which an expanded partial menu will revert back to the + collapsed state. + + Specify the time in milliseconds. Default is 5000. + + + + Default font style of the control + + + + + Font which stored after changed in design + + + + + Creates an instance of the BarManager class and sets its default properties. + + + + + Begins the initialization of a that is used + on a form. + + + + The Visual Studio .NET design environment uses this method to start + the initialization of a component that is used on a form or used by + another component. The method ends the initialization. + Using the BeginInit and EndInit methods prevents the control from + being used before it is fully initialized. + + + + + + Ends the initialization of a that is used + on a form. + + + + The Visual Studio .NET design environment uses this method to end + the initialization of a component that is used on a form or used by + another component. The method starts the + initialization. Using the BeginInit and EndInit methods prevents the + control from being used before it is fully initialized. + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Metrocolor + + + + + MetroBackcolor + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Initializes from designer. + + + + + Returns the bar associated with the bar ID. + + + + + + + Returns the Bar from the Bar name. + + Name of the bar + Bar object + + + + Returns the bar associated with the bar item ID. + + + + + + + Returns the merged equivalent, if any, of a or when in MDI mode. + + + Returns the merged ParentBarItem that has replaced the original in the menu structure. + + The original . + The default return value if a merged ParentBarItem was not found. + A ParentBarItem if a merged equivalent was found; defaultReturnValue otherwise. + + Often in an MDI scenario, ParentBarItems created during design-time in the MDI Parent + and MDI children are merged together (if satisfying the merge criteria) + into a new ParentBarItem which will replace the original + in the menu structure. + Once replaced changes made to the original ParentBarItem, like adding a new + will not be reflected in the merged one. So, you should access + the merged item directly to add child BarItems, for example. This method lets you do the same. + + + + + + Returns the merged bar that has replaced the original in the menu structure. + + The original . + The default return value if a merged Bar was not found. + A bar if a merged equivalent was found; defaultReturnValue otherwise. + + Often in an MDI scenario, bars created during design-time in the MDI Parent + and MDI children are merged together (if satisfying the merge criteria) + into a new bar which will replace the original + in the menu structure. + Once replaced changes made to the original bar, like adding a new + will not be reflected in the merged one. So, you should access + the merged bar directly to add child BarItems, for example. This method lets you do the same. + + + + + + Updates the container + + Parent control + Source control + Adjacent bar item + Update type + Update data of type object + true if update info need to be kept + + + + Removes all references to that are not parented by this + and are in the bars and ParentBarItems + of this BarManager. + + + + + Removes all the references for the bar item specified. + + + + + + Updates the bar items. + + + + + + + + + Called when the attached Form is being removed. + + + + + Called when a form is set using the Form property. + + + + + Returns the CommandBarManager. + + + + + + Returns the CommandBar associated with the Bar object. + + + The instance whose associated CommandBar is needed. + The that the bar is currently bound to. Can be null. + + For an MDI app, this binding is very transient as the bar gets bound and unbound frequently + as the active child form changes. Hence do not cache the CommandBar returned by this method. + A far is usually bound to a CommandBar whenever the form containing the corresponding + BarManager is active. The method will return null if the bar is not bound to a + CommandBar at the time this method is called. + + As an alternative, consider listening to the + event which occurs whenever the bar is bound/unbound to a . + + + + + + Refreshes the command bars after the designer has loaded. + + + + + + Attaches the command bars of the form + + + + + + + + Gets called when the form is loaded. (virtual method) + + + + + + + Looks for bindable properties in each Baritem associated with manager and create a new PD entry for it. + It then creates a brand new PDC combining the PDs of the originalList and the new entries and returns the new PDC. + + + The original list. + A collection of property descriptors. + + + + Imports s from one BarManager to another. Not to be confused with "MDI Merging". + + The source from which to import bar items. + + + Note that the BarManager class implements the IBarItemsRepository interface, due to which you can + import items from an instance of BarManager. + + + This method will move all BarItems from the source BarManager to the + destination BarManager. The BarItems will be moved into their corresponding + categories in the destination BarManager. If there is a clash in Text value + of these items (no 2 items within the same category can have the same Text + value), a new category will be created and the clashing item from the source + BarManager will be moved to that new category. + + + + + + Looks for a BarManager associated with the specified form in a global hashtable and if found + returns it. + + A form that has a BarManager associated with it. + The associated BarManager; Null if not found. + + A BarManager gets associated with a form when you create an instance of the BarManager passing in the + form in it's constructor. + + + + + Processes the command key + + + reference Message. + + + Key data of type Keys + + + + + + Checks whether the key can be processed for shortcut + + Key + true if can process + + + + Starts or stops the Customization mode and opens the Customization dialog. + + True to start customization; false to stop. + + Call this method to start Customization mode by opening the + Customization dialog. If EnableCustomizing is not true then + this method will return immediately without starting customization. + + + + + Starts or stops the Customization mode and opens the Customization dialog. + + designerHost is of type IDesignerHost. + + + + Makes the caret visible on the screen at the caret's current position. + + + + + Removes the caret from the screen. + + + + + Returns whether the control can start dragging. + + + + + + + Returns a list of BarItems under the specified category ID. + + An index into the Categories list. + A BarItems list containing BarItem objects that has the specified category ID. + + + + Gets merged bars. + + + + + Sets form's property named "IsUsedWithBarManager" if + form is of Office2007Form type. + + The new value for the property. + The form whose property value will be set. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + The OnBarControlBindingChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBarControlBindingChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBarControlBindingChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the CustomizingItemChanged event. + + + An object containing data pertaining to this event. + + + The OnCustomizingItemChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCustomizingItemChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnCustomizingItemChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the SelectedItemChanged event. + + + An object containing data pertaining to this event. + + + The OnSelectedItemChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnSelectedItemChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnSelectedItemChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + + An object containing data pertaining to this event. + + + The OnPropertyChanged method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnPropertyChanged in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnPropertyChanged method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the CustomizationBegin event. + + + An EventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. + + + The OnBeginCustomization method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnBeginCustomization in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnBeginCustomization method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the CustomizationDone event. + + + An EventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. + + + The OnCustomizationDone method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnCustomizationDone in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnCustomizationDone method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the ItemClicked event. + + A object containing data pertaining to this event. + + The OnItemClicked method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnItemClicked in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnItemClicked method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Raises the AfterClone event. + + A object containing data pertaining to this event. + + The OnAfterClone method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnAfterClone in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnAfterClone method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + // Listen to the AfterClone event of the ChildFrameBarManager and + // set the cloned BarManager's ImageList and LargeImageList. + // This is necessary because cloning an ImageList (il1.ImageStream = il2.ImageStream;) seems to be broken in 1.1. + private void childFrameBarManager_AfterClone(object sender, Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPMenus.BarManagerClonedEventArgs args) + { + System.Resources.ResourceManager resources = new System.Resources.ResourceManager(this.GetType()); + + // Load the images from the resource and set it to the ImageLists. + // You can typically copy the right-hand side portion of the following statements from the + // designer generated code in the InitializeComponent method. + // imgList16 and imgList24 are the names of the ImageList instances in this Form. + args.ClonedBarManager.ImageList.ImageStream = ((System.Windows.Forms.ImageListStreamer)(resources.GetObject("imgList16.ImageStream"))); + args.ClonedBarManager.LargeImageList.ImageStream = ((System.Windows.Forms.ImageListStreamer)(resources.GetObject("imgList24.ImageStream"))); + } + + + ' Listen to the AfterClone event of the ChildFrameBarManager and + ' set the cloned BarManager's ImageList and LargeImageList. + ' This is necessary because cloning an ImageList (il1.ImageStream = il2.ImageStream;) seems to be broken in 1.1. + Private Sub childFrameBarManager_AfterClone(ByVal sender As Object, ByVal args As Syncfusion.Windows.Forms.Tools.XPMenus.BarManagerClonedEventArgs) + Dim resources As System.Resources.ResourceManager = New System.Resources.ResourceManager(Me.GetType()) + + ' Load the images from the resource and set it to the ImageLists. + ' You can typically copy the right-hand side portion of the following statements from the + ' designer generated code in the InitializeComponent method. + args.ClonedBarManager.ImageList.ImageStream = (CType((resources.GetObject("imgList16.ImageStream")), System.Windows.Forms.ImageListStreamer)) + args.ClonedBarManager.LargeImageList.ImageStream = (CType((resources.GetObject("imgList24.ImageStream")), System.Windows.Forms.ImageListStreamer)) + End Sub + + + + + + Assists the serializer to perform serialization + + + + + + + Copies the properties of this BarManager into the specified BarManager. + + The BarManager where the values should be copied to. + + + + + + + Returns the current working bar. + + BarItem contains in searched Bar. + Parental Bar of specified BarItem. + + + + Returns the bar renderer from bar. + + Bar whose renderer should be returned. + Bar renderer. + + + + Bar to currently work with. + + + + + Shows popup of specified item. + + Parent bar item whose popup must be shown. + + + + Hides currently open popup. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Retrieves BarItem object by associated keyboard shortcut. + + Keyboard shortcut. + BarItem object. + + + + Indicates whether to highlight BarItem when mouse moves over it. + + + + + Indicates whether to show shadow for BarItem's images. + + + + + Gets or Sets the metrocolor + + + + + Gets or Sets the metrobackcolor + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether to show shadows for Popups. + + + + + Indicates whether the events for the BarItems + should be fired mfc style when the mouse moves over it or before it gets shown in a dropdown menu. + + True to fire the UpdateUI event; false otherwise. Default is false. + + + + Indicates whether the BarItems in this BarManager should appear in the + Customization dialog that the user invokes. + + True to indicate they should appear; false otherwise. Default is true. + + If the value is true, some of the BarItems will still not appear if their + corresponding categories are excluded in the CategoriesToIgnoreInCustDialog list. + If the value is false, then none of the BarItems will appear in the dialog irrespective + of the settings in the CategoriesToIgnoreInCustDialog property. + + + + + Gets or sets the delay in days after which an item's recently used setting will be reset. + + + Specifies the delay after which an item's recently used setting will be reset. + Default value is 100 days. + When a user selects an item in a partial menus enabled submenu and if the item + is not a recently used item, the item will be marked as recently used (its IsRecentlyUsedItem property will + be true) for the time-interval specified by this property. After this + time-interval the property will be reset to false. + + + + + Enables or disables Partial Menus mode in submenus. + + + Indicates whether the Partial Menus mode should be enabled or disabled globally in all the parent items + associated with this BarManager. Default is true. + + + + + Enables or disables customization of menus and toolbars during run-time. + + + Indicates whether customization of menus and tool bars is allowed during run-time. + This property is true by default. + If this property is set to false and if the Customize method gets called, then + it will not start the customization mode. + + If this property is true and the is + set to false, then users will be able to customize their menus, but the customized state + will not be persisted for use across application instantiations. + + + + + + Enables or disables automatic expansion of the partial menus into full menus after a delay. + + + Indicates whether the partial menus should be expanded automatically. + This is true by default. + If this property is false the user will have to click on the expander button to + view the full menu. If true the menu will expand automatically after 5 seconds. + + + + + Used to store the positional information of the tool bars by the designer. + + + This property is used by the BarManager's designer to store positional information of the + contained tool bars. In the case of the MainFrameBarManager, this information + will be used to initialize the corresponding tool bars during runtime and design + time. In the case of the ChildFrameBarManager, this information will be used to + position the tool bars only during design-time. + The structure of the MemoryStream is internal to this library and hence do not + try to set/get this property. + + + + + Gets or sets a user-friendly name that will be used to refer to a form type in the Customization dialog. + + + Specifies the user-friendly name that will be used to refer to a form type in + the Customization dialog. In an MDI scenario the Customization dialog categorizes the + tool bars and bar items based on their BarManager/Form type. And its recommended + to provide a user-friendly name for these BarManager/Form types. If this property is + null or empty, then the form type will be used to mark these BarManagers/Forms. + + + + + Gets the customization dialog. + + + + + Indicates whether the customization dialog is created or not. + + + + + Indicates whether the user is currently customizing the menus. + + + You will typically not have to use this property. Advanced users while extending + the BarManager framework might find this property useful. + + + + + Indicates whether the DndCustomizing is true or false. (virtual property) + + + + + Reflects the RightToLeft setting of the form this BarManager is attached to. + + + One of the values. The default is . + + + + + Gets or sets the item that is currently selected by the user through the mouse or keyboard. + + + + + Gets or sets the item that is currently being selected or dragged by the user + during customization. + + + You will typically not have to use this property. Advanced users while extending + the BarManager framework might find this property useful. + Changing this property's value will throw the CustomizingItemChanged event. + + + + + Returns the list of bars representing the toolbars for the corresponding form. + + + Specifies the list of tool bars associated with this BarManager. + The BarManager's designer takes care of filling this list with one entry + for each tool bar. + + + + + Returns the list of categories defined in this BarManager, under which + the BarItems will be grouped. + + + The entries in this list are strings representing the category names. + The CategoryID property of the BarItems in this BarManager's Items list + is an index into this Categories list. Also, the items in the CategoriesToIgnoreInCustDialog + list are indices into this Categories list. + The BarItems when added to a BarManager are identified by the framework based + on their CategoryID and Text property. When these two properties combined is not + unique for a BarItem within the BarManager then an exception will be thrown during runtime. + + + + + Returns the list of BarItems associated with this BarManager. + + + Specifies the list of BarItems associated with this BarManager. + + Every item that needs to be part of the form's menu structure/tool bar should be + included in this list. When included in this list, the BarItem's CategoryID and Text + property, combined, should be unique. + + + + + + Gets or sets the central repository of images to which the BarItems refer to when in small icons mode. + + + Specifies the ImageList where the images that will be used by the BarItems are + stored (when in small icons mode). + The BarItem's ImageIndex property is usually an index into this ImageList. + However, if the BarItem has its own ImageList then its ImageIndex property will be + an index into that ImageList. + + + + + Gets or sets the central repository of images to which the BarItems refer to when in small icons mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the central repository of images to which the BarItems refer to when in large icons mode. + + + Specifies the ImageList where the images that will be used by the BarItems are + stored (when in large icons mode). + The BarItem's ImageIndex property is usually an index into this ImageList. + However, if the BarItem has its own ImageList then its ImageIndex property will be + an index into that ImageList. + + + + + The ImageListAdv to which the BarItems refer to when in large icons mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to which the BarItems refer to when disabled. + + + + + The ImageListAdv to which the BarItems refer to when disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to which the BarItems refer to when disabled and using LargeIcons mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which the BarItems refer to when disabled and using LargeIcons mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to which BarItems refer to when highlighted. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which BarItems refer to when highlighted. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to which BarItems refer to when highlighted. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which BarItems refer to when highlighted. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to which BarItems refer to when pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which BarItems refer to when pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageList to which BarItems refer to when pressed. + + + + + Gets or sets the ImageListAdv to which BarItems refer to when pressed. + + + + + Returns the categories that should not be shown in the Customization Dialog. + + The IntList instance containing a list of category indices. + + The indices in this list refer to an item in the Categories list. + Note that this list will be consulted only when the ShowItemsInCustomizationDialog + property is true. + + + + + Enables or disables LargIcons mode for items in the tool bar. + + + Indicates whether the images in the tool bar should be drawn large or small. + The default value is false. + When in small icons mode, the images are of the size specified by the BarItem's + ImageList's ImageSize property. When in large icons mode, the images are of the size + specified by the BarItem's LargeImageList's ImageSize property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the form to which this BarManager is associated with. + + + Specifies the form to which this BarManager is associated with. + BarManagers should be associated with a form in order for the form to be + adorned with menus and tool bars. + + + + + Returns the MainFrameBarManager if this is a ChildFrameBarManager. + + + Specifies the MainFrameBarManager if this is a ChildFrameBarManager. + If this is a MainFrameBarManager then the property will return this. + If this BarManager is not associated with an mdi child form then this property will + return null. + + + + + Gets or sets the current base form type. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual style of the toolbars and main-menus in this . + + A value. Default is VisualStyle.OfficeXP. + Note that this setting will be ignored when + is turned on and themes are + available in the OS. Also note that setting VisualStyle.Default + will result in the same effect as VisualStyle.OfficeXP. + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Indicates whether the BarItems should check for ActiveForm before displaying tooltip. Workaround for using from MFC applications. + + + + + Occurs when the floating bar gets closed + + + + + Occurs when reset BarItem is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when bar visibility is changed by the user. + + + + + Occurs when a object is bound or unbound to a Control. + + + + + + The component (representing a toolbar and a main-menu) gets associated + with a control during runtime. This binding is static + in an SDI app, but usually very transient in an MDI application. In an MDI, a bar + will frequently get bound and unbound to controls as the active child form changes. + The object itself exposes some + styles to affect the look-and-feel of the toolbars through it's property. + However, you might want to access the control hosting + the object for some advanced customization of the toolbar. + You can do so by handling this event which is fired whenever the + bar object gets bound/unbound to a Control. For the toolbars and the main-menu, + this control is an instance of the class and hence can be cast to it. + + + You could also use the method to get the + currently bound to a . + + + + + + Occurs when the BarManager's CustomizingItem property has changed. + + + This event will also be raised when it's associated + MainBarManager's CustomizingItem property changes. + + + + Occurs when a new is selected or unselected + by the user. + + + This is a good event to listen to if you want to, for example, + show a selected item's tooltip in the status bar. Use the + property to get a reference to the selected . + + + + + Occurs when the BarManager's LargeIcons or ThemesEnabled property has changed. + + + This event will also be raised when it's associated + MainBarManager's LargeIcons or ThemesEnabled property changes. + + + + Occurs when the Customization dialog is about to be shown. + + + + + Occurs when the Customization dialog has been closed. + + + + + Occurs when one of the items in this BarManager was clicked. + + + + + Occurs after a clone of this BarManager was created in an MDI scenario. + +

This is usually called for a + when merging happens in an MDI scenario.

+

+ This event is provided to workaround a 1.1 framework bug which prevents us from cloning an + ImageList (The code "imageList.ImageStream = anotherImageList.ImageStream" doesn't work in 1.1). +

+
+
+ + + Indicates whether bar manager is in process of initializing, i.e. was called first time. + + + + + Indicates whethr to hide Popups on form deactivation. + Default is true. + + + + + Indicates whether to ignore working area of the display before showing popups. + + + + + Internal field, not meant to be used directly. + + + + + Default font style of the control + + + + + Font which stored after changed in design + + + + + Font for BarItems. + + + + + Name of the MDI Children form which needs save state. + + + + + Automatic scaling for control. + + + + + specifies the bar's child control's visibility. + + + + + + + + This method is called when the user hides a using the "Add or Remove Buttons" + context menu of the toolbar. + + The that has been made visible or hidden in the specified bar. + The corresponding . + Indicates whether to show or hide the BarItem in the bar. + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the MainFrameBarManager class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the MainFrameBarManager class and sets its Form property. + + The form to associate this manager with. + + + + Creates a new instance of the MainFrameBarManager class and sets its Form property. + + The logical container. + The form to associate this manager with. + + + + Called by the to determine if user-customization info is available + in the specified serializer. + + An instance. + True if available; false otherwise. + + + + Initializes the drag and drop customization. + + + + + + Serves to end the drag and drop customization. + + + + + Reset the BarVisible property. + + + + + Serializing the BarVisible property. + + + + + + Raises the ProvidePersisteceID event. + + + An ProvidePersistenceIDEventArgs object containing data pertaining to this event. + + + The OnProvidePresistenceID method also allows derived classes to handle the event + without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for + handling the event in a derived class. + Notes to Inheritors: When overriding OnProvidePresistenceID in a derived + class, be sure to call the base class's OnProvidePresistenceID method so that + registered delegates receive the event. + + + + + Indicates the bar item's visibility. + + + + + + + Checks whether the bar item is customizable. + + + Bar item to be checked. + + True if the bar item is customizable + + + + Saves the current toolbars state information to the specified persistence medium, + for toolbars which relate to form. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the + relate to . + + + + + Gets CommandBars which relate to form. + + + + + Update the CommandBars's state for toolbars which relate to form. + + + + + Checks whether the key can be processed for shortcut + + + + + + + Processes the command key. + + + + + + + + Forces to execute shortcuts in menus when child forms are opened. + In this case standard ProcessMnemonic doesn't raise. + + + TRUE if processed; FALSE otherwise. + + + + Checks whether the message being passed is a pre-filtered message. + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Checks whether the child type is a registered type. + + + + + + + + Gets called when the form is loaded. + + control + Event arguments + + + + Registers the MDI child form types that could be created + during the course of an MDI application. + + + An array of Form types. + + Explicit MDI Merging: + + Calling this method merges the menus and toolbars of the child forms with that + of the main form (in an MDI scenario), immediately. The toolbars from the child forms + will then be available in the "Toolbars List" for user-customization. + You should call this in either your MDI Parent Form's + constructor or Load event handler. + This method is intended to support the following scenario. In an MDI app, + you might want the XPMenus framework to + merge the child form types's menus and toolbars that the MDI Parent will be + parented to during the course of the application, even before the child forms are visible. + Doing so will then present a seemless interface to the user with the + toolbars and menus from all the different child form types being available + for user-customization, all the time. + Also a dummy instance of the child form types will be created at this time + to retrieve the bar items, requiring the child types to include a default constructor. + Take a look at our User's Guide (section MDI Merging) for more information + on how the , + and the properties of BarItems influence the merge behavior of + those BarItems. + Automatic MDI Merging: + If you do not call this method explicitly with your child form types, + the framework will call it for you when a child form (with XPMenus) gets loaded + and then automatically unregister + (using the method) + the child form type when all the corresponding instances of the child type are closed. + + Delayed MDI Merging: + Sometimes you will dynamically load new child form types into your + MDI. In such cases you could optionally call this method in a later stage after + you access these new types and before instances of such types get + parented by the MDI parent. If you do not call this method, the child's menus + will still be merged (see above "Automatic MDI Merging"), but they will be removed + when the child form is closed. + In such dynamic child-form loading scenarios, you might also not know whether + your child forms are associated with a ChildFrameBarManager in order for you to register + such types using this method. You can determine that using the + method. + Use the UnregisterMdiChildTypes method to "unmerge" toolbars and menus from one or + more child form types. Take a look at the method reference for more information. + + + Will be thrown if either of the types in the array is not derived from + the Form class, if either of the types do not have a default constructor, + if the passed in types do not have a ChildFrameBarManager associated with them + or if the form associated with this MainFrameBarManager + is not an MdiContainer. + + + + + Re-registers forms that have been unregistered with a call to + . + + The child form that needs to be re-registered. + +

+ Use this method in the context of "Automatic MDI Merging" (see + for more information). In that context, you can use this method, for example, to merge/unmerge the menus + of a child form while it is active. The steps to do so are as follows: +

+ + Add a show a new mdi child form to the mdi parent. + The menus defined in the mdi child form (using a ) will be merged automatically + with that of the main form. + Add and show one or more instances of the same child form type, if necessary. + Call to unregister this child form type. Then the menus + defined in these child forms will be unmerged from the mdi parent's menu structure. + Call ReRegisterMdiChild one of these child forms to re-register this child form type. Then, + the menus of all these child forms will be merged with the mdi parent's menus, once again. + +
+
+ + + Removes the merging of one or more child form types. + + An array of form types. + Indicates whether main form is forcedly redrawn after unregistering types of MDI child forms. + + + This is an advanced method that lets you "unmerge" menus and toolbars from + the child types that were either manually-registered using the + method or auto-registered when new instances of such types were created (see the RegisterMdiChildTypes + method for more information on manual and auto registration). + + You can "remerge" the child form's menus + with a call to . + + + + + Removes the merging of one or more child form types. + + An array of form types. + + + This is an advanced method that lets you "unmerge" menus and toolbars from + the child types that were either manually-registered using the + method or auto-registered when new instances of such types were created (see the RegisterMdiChildTypes + method for more information on manual and auto registration). + + You can "remerge" the child form's menus + with a call to . + + + + + Removes all the references of the specific bar item. + + + + + + + Removes all the references to the items in the specified manager. + + + + + + + Resets the toolbar positions to the default designer set positions. + + + Calling this method will move the toolbars to the designer set positions. Note that + this applies only the toolbars in the not the ones + in the (that manages a MDI Child). This is because + the toolbars in an mdi child do not have any positional information associated with them. + + + + + Reads the previously serialized toolbar or menu states. + + A reference to the instance. + + Reads the persisted information from the specified persistent store and applies the new state. + This is an advanced method provided to let you customize the serialization path. By default, the framework + will automatically store the user customized menu and toolbar information in the Isolated Storage (this would however + be controlled by the AutoPersistCustomization and AutoLoadToolBarPositions settings). + + + + + Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. + + A reference to the instance. + + This method is not public because loading and saving of the user customized info + needs to be performed at a specific time and the framework doesn't support calling + this method at any other time. + + To customize this persistence mechanism, please override this method and provide a + custom instance. + + + + + + Saves the current toolbars or menus state information to the specified persistence medium. + + A reference to the instance. + + Saves the persisted information into the specified persistent store. + This is an advanced method that lets you save the customized state of menus and toolbars into a custom persistence location. + By default, the framework will handle saving and loading this information automatically. + + + + + Saves the user customized information to the specified persistence medium. + + A reference to the instance. + + This method is not public because loading and saving of the user customized info + needs to be performed at a specific time and the framework doesn't support calling + this method at any other time. + + To customize this persistence mechanism, please override this method and provide a + custom instance. + + + + + + Resets recently used items list. + + + + + Resets the container. + + + + + + Resets user customization done to this item. + + A instance. + True if the reset was done immediately; false if the reset will happen during next application load. + + Changes will be seen only when the application is restarted. + + + + + Removes the previously added change image BarUpdateinfo. + + The bar item. + + + + This method will be called when the user inserted an item into a or + during runtime using customization. + + The that has been inserted into the container. + The next to which the above item has been inserted. + The or into which the soruceItem is being inserted. + Indicates whether the sourceItem is inserted before or after the adjacentItem. + + + + This method will be called when the user removed a in a + or during runtime customization. + + The that was removed. + The or from which the sourceItem was removed. + + + + Records the bar caption. + + + Source bar + + + Caption + + + + + Records modified caption. + + + + + + + Records recently used item clicked. + + + + + + Adds custom parent menu. + + + unique id to be used for this menu + + + + Serves to remove the custom menu. + + + + + + Adds the custom bar. + + + Bar Name + + + + + Serves to remove the custom bar. + + + + + + Specifies whether the bar can be deleted by the user. + + + Bar to be checked + + True if the bar can be deleted by user, else returns false. + + + + Performs the actions required while the form being closed. + + + + + + Performs the actions required while the form gets activated. + + + + + + Performs the actions required while the form gets deactivated. + Note: + updateBars lets you optionally delay the updation of the bars in OnFormActivated. + + + + + + + Saves the user customized information. + + Saves data only when property is set tofalse. + + + + Saves the user customized information to the specified persistence medium. + + Saves data only when property is set tofalse. + + + + Saves the user customized information to the specified persistence medium. + + + + + Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. + + The state serializer. + if set to true, method also load bars' state. + Loads data only when property is set tofalse. + + + + Loads the user customized information. + + Loads data only when property is set tofalse. + + + + Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. + + The state serializer. + Loads bars' state. + Loads data only when property is set tofalse. + + + + Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. + + The state serializer. + if set to true, method also load bars' state. + + + + Loads the user customized information from the specified persistence medium. + + The state serializer. + Loads bars' state. + + + + Creates a clone of this MainFrameBarManager instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this MainFrameBarManager. + + Creates a new instance of MainFrameBarManager and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Overloaded. Converts specified point in screen coordinates to point in + hosted form client coordinates, excluding Command Bars Bounds. + + + + + Converts specified point in screen coordinates to point in + hosted formclient coordinates, excluding Command Bars Bounds. + + + + + Synchronously suspends redrawing of dock bars. + + + + + Synchronously resumes redrawing of dock bars. + + + + + Gets or sets font for BarItems. + + + + + Gets or sets LockHostedFormForMDIChanges + + + + + Gets or sets the ActiveChildBarManager + + + + + Gets or sets the Form. (overridden property) + + + + + Gets or sets the UserControl that will be used in the Customization dialog to allow the end user + to customize the menu structure. + + + Specifies the UserControl that will be used in the Customization dialog to allow the end user + to customize the application's menu structure. + This property allows you to provide a custom look for the customization dialog in + your application. To do so, derive a class from the default CustomizationPanel class + (the Visual Studio make this a snap using the "Add/Add Inherited Control..." menu item + in the Solution Explorer view, even providing your derived class with a design time + to work with), instantiate that class and assign that instance to this property, all + this from within your form's constructor. + + + + + Gets or sets delay in milliseconds before the displayed DropDown on ToolBar gets closed. + + + + + Indicates whether the user-customization info is available in a persisted state due to a previous run of this application. + + True if it available; False otherwise. + + If the application is run for the very first time then user-customization info will not be available + and this method will return false. For subsequent runs, this method will return true if + the user-customization info persistence is turned on through the property, + false otherwise. + + + + + Indicates whether to use themes ("visual styles") to draw certain portions of the menus and toolbars. + + True to turn on themes; false otherwise. + + + Setting this to true will include the BarStyle.RotateWhenVertical in all + the bars currently in the manager. + + + + + + Gets or sets the selected bar item. (overridden property) + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Gets the DndCustomizing behaviour + + + + + Indicates whether, on application shutdown all persisted information should be reset. + + + Note that setting this property will reset the persisted information only when application is shutdown + and so the reset state will be seen only when the application is restarted (not as soon as this property + is set). + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Returns a list of CommandBar instances that will be merged with the XP Menus framework. + + + Use this property to add generic command bars (containing custom controls) to the + XP Menus framework. During design-time you can do the same by invoking the "Add Detached Bar" + verb in the MainFrameBarManager designer. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically load the + persisted toolbar positions when the application is restarted. + + True to automatically load the toolbar positions; false if not. + + + + Indicates whether user should be allowed to change the names of the menu items during runtime. + + True to allow renaming; false otherwise. + + + + Specifies the visibility of the CommandBars. + + + + + Indicates whether to persist and load user-customized info from or to + isolated storage. + + True to persist; false otherwise. + + + If this property is set to false, persisted user-customized information will neither be loaded + nor will new information be persisted in isolated storage. Existing information + in the isolated storage will also be destroyed. + + To control persistence of toolbar positions, use the property. + Users can still customize their menus and toolbars with this flag off, but their + changes will not be persisted when the application is closed. Use to prevent users from customizing. + + To prevent loading of user-customized information, this property should be either set (to false) using the designer or + set in your form's constructor before calling the method. + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Returns the list of ChildFrameBarManagers associated with this MainFrameBarManager. + + + Specifies the list of ChildFrameBarManagers associated with this + MainFrameBarManager. + + This list will be an instance of each form type specified in the RegisterMDIChildTypes call. + + + + + Returns the main-menu toolbar in the form. + + A object. Can be null. + + During design-time a is designated as the main-menu by including + the IsMainMenu enum in the property. + + However, during runtime, a new instance + is created by merging the main-menus of the mdi container and all the mdi children. This merged + main-menu is exposed through this property. + You can modify insert items into the main-menu during runtime in code, if necessary, through this bar. + + Merging takes place when you call + or when the form gets activated. If you call this property before merging takes place then the + in the collection with the + property containing the IsMainMenu enum will be returned. Will return null, if no such bar exists. + + + + + + Indicates if activating menu should activate parent form. + + + + + Gets or sets name of the MDI Children form which needs save state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether brought the CommandBar to the front of the z-order. + + + + + Gets or sets the automatic scaling for control. + + + + + Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information of different instances of your Form type. + + + The default persistence logic assumes that there will be only a single MainFrameBarManager + in an application. But that might not be the case if you have more than 1 MDI parent. + In such cases, the persisted state of one MDI parent will get overridden by the other + since the default logic doesn't distinguish these 2 different instances. + + + + + Lets you specify a unique ID used to distinguish the persistence information + of different instances of your Form type. + + + The default persistence logic assumes that there will be only a single CommandBarController + in an application. But that might not be the case if you have more than 1 MDI parent. + In such cases, the persisted state of one MDI parent will get overridden by the other + since the default logic doesn't distinguish these 2 different instances. + + + + + Occurs while the dock bar background is being drawn. + + + + + Occurs when is changed. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically load user's customization data when form is activating. + + + + + Indicates whether to automatically save user's customization data when form is closing. + + + + + The ChildFrameBarManager manages the menus and tool bars of a child window (in an MDI + scenario), in the XP Menus framework. + + + Make sure to take a look at the class's documentation before you start using + this derived class. + Always associate an instance of this class with a form that will be parented to another form (making it + a child Form in an MDI scenario). + Note that in an MDI scenario, optionally you can provide the prior knowledge + of the all the child form types that it might parent, in order that the menus and tool bars + provide a seamless interface to the user even though they are part of different child forms' BarManager. + You do this via the MainFrameBarManager's method. + If you do not call the RegisterMdiChildTypes method, the child menus will be added/merged with the parent + menus as and when the child forms are added to the mdi parent. + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the ChildFrameBarManager class. + + The form to which this instance will be associated. + + + + Creates a new instance of the ChildFrameBarManager class. + + The logical container parenting this instance. + The form to which this instance will be associated. + + + + Creates an instance of the ChildFrameBarManager and sets it's defaults. + + + + + Creates a clone of this ChildFrameBarManager instance. + + An object that has similar properties to this ChildFrameBarManager. + + Creates a new instance of ChildFrameBarManager and calls the method to copy over properties. + + + + + Gets the Object data. (overridden method) + + + + + + + Indicates whether the component should draw right-to-left for RTL languages. (overridden property) + + + + + Bar changed event handler delegate + + + + + + + Returns the Bar that was closed. + + + + + The event args received in the + and events. + + + This is the type of the EventArgs received in the >Form.MenuStart and Form.MenuComplete + events when the XPMenus framework is used in the form to show the main-menu and context menus. + + Currently this type doesn't include any properties, it just lets you distinguish between + the .NET menus and the XPMenus in the Form.MenuStart and Form.MenuComplete events. + + + + + + Holds a list of instances. + + + Used by a class to hold a list of bar instances representing the tool bars. + + + Take a look at our XPMenus samples under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package folder + for usage example. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the Bars class. + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a bar instance at the specified index. + + The index where a bar is searched for. + The bar at the specified index. + + + + Move the BarItems from the source to the destination. + + + + + + + Returns the Bar object using the BarName. + + + + + + + + Returns the MainMenu in the BarManager + + + + + + + Returns the Category Index of a particular Category.If the Category is not available it creates a new Category and returns the Index of the new Category. + + + + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + A BarControlBindingChangedArgs specifies which object + is being bound/unbound to a control as specified by the . + + + + + Returns the Bar whose binding was changed. + + + + + Returns the nature of change in Control binding. + + + + + Specifies the nature of change in control binding. + + + + + The component is being unbound from a toolbar control. + + + + + The component is being bound to a control. + + + + + Handles the event of the BarManager component in XP Menus framework. + + The source of the event. + A that contains the event data. + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the BarManagerClonedEventArgs type. + + The manager that was cloned. + + + + Returns the BarManager that was just cloned. + + + + + Specifies the UserControl that will be used in the XP Menus Customization dialog to allow the end user + to customize the application's menu structure. + + + Derive from this UserControl and customize by adding more controls, if necessary, during design-time. + Then use the property + to let the framework use your custom control. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the CustomizationPanel class. + + + + + Initializes the CustomizationPanel object. + + The dialog where this control is hosted. + The BarManager that this control is customizing. + + This method will be called to initialize the CustomizationPanel + and pass its references to the above objects. + Inheritors could override this function and perform custom + initialization at this time. When you override this function make + sure to call the base class for proper initialization. + + + + + Called when the dialog in which this control is hosted is closing. + + + Inheritors can override this function to perform custom clean up. + Make sure to call the base class when you override this function + for proper clean up. + + + + + Cleans up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Called when the dialog in which this control is hosted is loaded. + + + This virtual is available for inheritors to override and + perform custom initialization. Make sure to call the base + class when you override. + + + + + Called when the dialog in which this control is hosted is + either made visible or hidden. + + + This virtual is available for inheritors to override and + perform custom operations. Make sure to call the base class + when you override. + + + + + Refresh items layout in menu grid. + + + + + + The IDesignerHost interface in which the BarManager is hosted + during design time. + + A reference to an object implementing the IDesignerHost interface. + + This will be called only when the BarManager is customized + in design mode. + + + + + Initializes menus for faster dropdown-the first time. + + + + + Gets / sets a custom type representing the drop-down menus. + + A type deriving from MenuGrid. Default is null. + Specify null to make the framework use the default type. + + + + The data passed to the drag drop handlers while dragging a BarItem during + User Customization. + + + + + Summary description for MenuGridControlBaseWeakContainer. + + + + + Gets pen for border of the selected item amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Get BrushInfo for column amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Get BrushInfo for highlighted item amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Get BrushInfo for static item amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Updates color schemes. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Indicates whether host OS is Vista. + + + + + Gets or Sets, scroll items in menu, when mouse moves over scroll buttons. + + + + + Current highlighted . + + + + + Indicates whether must be drawing highlight background. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether must be drawing highlight background. + + + + + Default offset for right-ot-left drawing. + + + + + Gets adjusted rectangle for button. + + + + + Gets rectangle of the gradient brush for fill ComboButton. + + + + + Gets rectangle for arrow of the ComboButton. + + + + + Draws DropDown arrow. + + + + + Indicates whether must be drawing highlight background. + + + + + Indicates whether the drop-down is currently dropped-down and visible. + + + + + Gets color of the combo button amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets brush of the highligh combo button amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets brush of the combo button amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets pen for border of the combo button amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Default glyph height. + + + + + Default glyph width. + + + + + Gets pen for separator line amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets pen for separator amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets pen for border of the check mark amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets color of the check mark amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Gets color of the selected check mark amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Summary description for MenuArrowButtonControlWeakContainer. + + + + + Gets color for background of the highlight arrow amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + Update colors of the colorscheme. + + + + + Gets rectangle for arrow. + + + + + Draws double arrow. + + + + + Drawa single arrow. + + + + + Draws border for arrow. + + + + + Draws arrow for default style. + + + + + Draws arrow for Office2003 style. + + + + + Draws arrow for VS2005 style. + + + + + Draws arrow for Office2007Outlook style. + + + + + Update colors of the colorscheme. + + + + + Sets drawing region. + + + + + Prepares layout of popup host and hosted menu control before showing UI. + + Hosted menu control. + Predered size of popup. + Indicates whether partial menus are used. + Updated szie of popup. + + + + Gets GridBorder amenably with VisualStyle. + + + + + This class allows users to draw menu for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Radius for rounded polygon. + + + + + Arrow height. + + + + + Arrow width. + + + + + Default offset for RightToLeft drawing. + + + + + Blend for highlighted item of the menu. + + + + + Blend for top part background pushed comboButton of the menu. + + + + + Blend for bottom part background pushed comboButton of the menu. + + + + + Color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets modified color. + + + + + Gets rounded polygon. + + + + + Gets rounded polygon for menu. + + + + + Gets rectangle for arrow. + + + + + Gets arrow polygon. + + + + + Draws arrow for ComboButton. + + + + + Draws arrow. + + + + + Draws highlight ComboButton. + + + + + Draws ComboButton when ComboBox is highlighted. + + + + + Draws ComboButton when ComboBox popup menu is visible. + + + + + Draws TextBox item of the menu. + + + + + Draws ComboButton for ComboBox of the menu. + + + + + Draws check mark for menu. + + + + + Draws background for highlighted item of the menu. + + + + + Draws border for highlighted item of the menu. + + + + + Draws border for menu. + + + + + Draws column background of the menu. + + + + + Draws button for DropDownBarItem of the menu. + + + + + Draws button for parentBarItem of the menu. + + + + + Gets rounded region for menu. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + This class allows users to draw menu for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Radius for rounded polygon. + + + + + Arrow height. + + + + + Arrow width. + + + + + Default offset for RightToLeft drawing. + + + + + Blend for highlighted item of the menu. + + + + + Blend for top part background pushed comboButton of the menu. + + + + + Blend for bottom part background pushed comboButton of the menu. + + + + + Color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets modified color. + + + + + Gets rounded polygon. + + + + + Gets rounded polygon for menu. + + + + + Gets rectangle for arrow. + + + + + Gets arrow polygon. + + + + + Draws arrow for ComboButton. + + + + + Draws arrow. + + + + + Draws highlight ComboButton. + + + + + Draws ComboButton when ComboBox is highlighted. + + + + + Draws ComboButton when ComboBox popup menu is visible. + + + + + Draws TextBox item of the menu. + + + + + Draws ComboButton for ComboBox of the menu. + + + + + Draws check mark for menu. + + + + + Draws background for highlighted item of the menu. + + + + + Draws border for highlighted item of the menu. + + + + + Draws border for menu. + + + + + Draws column background of the menu. + + + + + Draws button for DropDownBarItem of the menu. + + + + + Draws button for parentBarItem of the menu. + + + + + Gets rounded region for menu. + + + + + Gets or sets color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + To Set ParentBarItem BackColor + + ParentBarItem BackColor + + + + This class allows users to assign menu colors for Office2016 visual style. + + + + + Holds arrow width + + + + + Holds the arrow height + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Holds the VisualStyle of the menu + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Holds Check mark icon color + + + Holds Check mark icon color + + + + Method to hightlight color of the DropDown Menu + + + + + + + + Method to drawn background of the DropDown Menu + + + + + + + + Method to draw the border of Dropdown menu + + + + + + + + + + Draws check mark for menu. + + + + + Draw the ComboButton + + + + + + + + + + + Draw menu Textbox Item + + + + + + + + + Draws button for parentBarItem of the menu. + + + + + Draws button for DropDownBarItem of the menu. + + + + + Gets the VisualStyle of the menu + + + + + Gets the Fore color of the menu + + + + + Gets the Hover Fore color of the menu + + + + + Gets the Hover Fore color of the menu + + + + + Gets the Hover Back color of the menu item + + + + + Gets the pressed Back color of the menu item + + + + + Gets the background color of the menu + + + + + Gets the background color of the ComboBox + + + + + Gets the Forecolor of the Textbox + + + + + Gets the Hover color of the menu drop down + + + + + Gets the Selection color of the menu drop down + + + + + Gets the Background color of the menu drop down + + + + + Gets the Fore text color of the menu drop down + + + + + Gets the color of the menu drop down border + + + + + Gets the Disabled Fore text color of the menu drop down + + + + + Gets the Command bar dock bg color + + + + + Gets the Selection color of Combo Box + + + + + Gets the Hover color of Combo Box + + + + + Gets the Hover color of Combo Box arrow color + + + + + Gets the Hover color of Combo Box arrow color + + + + + Gets the Selection color of Combo Box arrow color + + + + + Gets the Hover color of Combo Box Border color + + + + + Gets the Hover color of Combo Box Border color + + + + + Gets the Combo box pressed arrow color + + + + + Gets the Combo box Normal arrow color + + + + + Gets the Combo box Normal arrow color + + + + + Gets the Check mark icon color + + + + + Gets the Check mark icon color + + + + + Provides the extended "XPContextMenu" property and manages the activation of Context Menus + () in the XP Menus framework. + + Using this class you can easily associate a control + with a . + This class provides an extended property "XPContextMenu" through which you can associate + a for any control on your form. + Once set, the PopupMenusManager will automatically + show the PopupMenu when the user right-clicks on the control. + Note that when this component is disposed, it will not dispose any of the associated + control or PopupMenus. + + + Take a look at our XPToolbarsAndContextMenus sample under the Tools\Samples\Menus Package\ folder + for usage example. + To associate a control with a + use the SetXPContextMenu method in code as follows: + + this.popupMenusManager1.SetXPContextMenu(this.richTextBox1, this.popupMenu2); + + + Me.popupMenusManager1.SetXPContextMenu(Me.richTextBox1, Me.popupMenu2) + + + + + + Ignore working area when menu begin popup. + + + + + Overloaded. Creates a new instance of the PopupMenusManager class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the PopupMenusManager class and adds itself to the specified container. + + The container into which to add. + This constructor is used at design-time to add a component to the form's + IContainer field so that it gets disposed when the form gets disposed. + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources. + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + Associates a PopupMenu with a control. + + The control to associate with. + The PopupMenu to associate. Null to remove any association with the control. + The PopupMenusManager will automatically show the PopupMenu when the user + right clicks on the control. + + + + Returns the associated PopupMenu of the control. + + The control whose PopupMenu is required. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the ParentForm property is to be serialized. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether to ignore the working area. + + + + + Gets or sets the ParentForm for responding when parent form is a modal dialog. + + + + + Serves to listen to the command keys and popup events. + + + + + manager != null means the PopupMenusManager is using this instance. + + + + + form and control above will be the same instance. + form != null means the BarManager is using this instance. + + + + + When this is != null the tabbedMDIManager is expecting the ProcessCmdKey calls + + + + + + + + + + The position where the context menu should be shown. + + + + + Adds the tool bar to an array list. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Disposes of the resources, other than memory, used by the . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Displays the popup menu. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the PopMenusManager + + + + + Gets or sets the main menu form. + + + + + Gets or sets the tabbed MDI manager. + + + + + The XPMenusProvider class implements the interface and + serves as the menu provider for the Syncfusion Essential Tools XPMenus. Controls that have a + object set as their menu provider will display a instance. + + + + + + + Creates an instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the ContextMenu items Count. + + + + + + Indicates whether "Add or Remove buttons" is needed. + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + Clears all menu entries. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets context menu instance. + + + + + Occurs when menu is popped up. + + + + + Occurs when menu is collapsed. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Summary description for NewBarItemDialog. + + + + + Required designer variable. + + + + + Clean up any resources being used. + + + + + Required method for Designer support - do not modify + the contents of this method with the code editor. + + + + + Provides designer like context menu support for a PropertyGrid during runtime. + + +

This derived menu has a + "Reset" menu item, which automatically + provides the property-resetting service when made the context-menu of + a , during runtime. It also + includes a "Description" menu item to let you show/hide the description portion of the property grid. + Just as in the VS.Net property grid.

+

+ To use this component, just create it passing the PropertyGrid in the constructor. + The context menu will then start appearing for that PropertyGrid. There is no + design time support for this component. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new instance of the PropertyGridPopupMenu. + + The to which + this will be made a context menu. + + + + + This class allows users to simply draw chevron button with different Themes and Styles. + + + + + Chevron button border width. + + + + + Draws chevron button. + + Graphics object to draw on. + Chevron button bounds. + Visual style to draw chevron with. + Button state to draw chevron with. + Indicates whether to draw chevron in RightToLeft mode. + + + + Draws highlighted chevron background with specified style, button state and themes used. + + + + + Draws chevron arrows with specified style. + + + + + Blends 30% of menu selection color. + + + + + Draws highlighted chevron background in Office2003 style. + + + + + Draws highlighted chevron background in VS2005 style. + + + + + Draws highlighted chevron background using Themes. + + + + + Draws common highlighted chevron background, if Style and Themes are not used. + + + + + Draws chevron arrows using Office2003 style. + + + + + Draws chevron arrows using Themes or default style. + + + + + The XPToolBar class provides you a tool bar like look-and-feel that you can use + outside the XPMenus framework to display BarItems. + + + The XP tool bar look-and-feel is becoming so popular that they are beginning to get used + outside of the form's menu structure, inside the forms. A good example is the PropertyGrid + control that uses this look and feel to provide users some command buttons at the top + (the Categorized/Alphabetic button, etc.). + This XPToolBar makes it easy for you to get this tool bar look-and-feel outside the + BarManager framework. Drop this control anywhere in your form and fill the items list + with BarItems. You can also insert separators using the BeginGroupAt method. + + + + In code, you can initialize an XPToolBar as follows: + XPToolBar xpToolBar1; + // Create a new tool bar control. + + XPToolBar xptoolbar2 = new XPToolBar(); + // Add some one or more instances of BarItem to it. + xptoolbar2.Items.AddRange(new BarItem[]{this.barItem1, this.barItem2, this.barItem3}); + // Setup a separator. + xptoolbar2.BeginGroupAt(this.barItem2); + + // Set its position and add it to the Form. + xptoolbar2.Dock = DockStyle.Top; + xptoolbar2.Size = new Size(200, 30); + this.Controls.Add(xptoolbar2); + + + Dim xpToolBar1 As XPToolBar + ' Create a new tool bar control. + Dim xptoolbar2 As New XPToolBar() + + ' Add some one or more instances of BarItem to it. + xptoolbar2.Items.AddRange(New BarItem() {Me.barItem1, Me.barItem2, Me.barItem3}) + ' Setup a separator. + xptoolbar2.BeginGroupAt(Me.barItem2) + + ' Set its position and add it to the Form. + xptoolbar2.Dock = DockStyle.Top + xptoolbar2.Size = New Size(200, 30) + Me.Controls.Add(xptoolbar2) + + + + + + Indicates whether to use show chevron if not all BarItems are visible. + + + + + Indicates whether to show BarItem highlighted when mouse is moves over it. + + + + + Indicates whether items of the XPToolBar will be draws Horizontal + when XPToolBar is vertical docked. + + + + + Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Color table for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the foreground color is changed or not. + + + + + Default size of the control + + + + + Default font style of the control + + + + + Font which stored after changed in design + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the XPToolBar class. + + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + value to scale the factor based upon. + + + + Scale the control based on the scale factor passed in the argument. + + + + + Occurs when the System.Windows.Forms.Control.ForeColor property value changes. + + sender object. + EventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Get or Set of Skin Manager Interface + + + + + Sets dock style for renderer. + + + + + Gets correctly size for XPToolBar + + + + + Gets correctly location for XPToolBar + + + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overrides the ShouldPreProcessTab method. + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Forces BarItem to fire The ItemClick event, when specified shortcut for this BarItem entered by the user. + + Shortcut to process. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Lets you specify a separator in the BarItems list. The separator will be + just before the specified BarItem. + + A BarItem present in the Items list. + + + + Removes the separator just before this BarItem. + + A BarItem present in the Items list. + + + + Indicates whether a separator is drawn just before the specified BarItem. + + A BarItem present in the Items list. + True if there is a separator; false if not. + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Draws background for Office2003 visual style. + + + + + Draws background for VS2005 visual style. + + + + + Draws background for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Draws background for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Draws background for Office 2016 visual style + + + + + + Specified whether themed background of the parent control will be drawn. + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Overridden. See . + + + + + + Shows the popup of the specified item. + + Parent bar item to show popup items. + + + + Hides the currently open popup. + + + + + Gets the Office2016 style colors respective to the XPToolBarRenderer style + + + + + Indicates whether to show chevron. + + + + + Gets or sets value to enable or disable the Touchmode to the controls. + + Scale factor will be updated automatically if scalefactor is equal to 1 + + + + Indicates whether to highlight BarItem when mouse moves over it. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether items of the XPToolBar will be draws Horizontal + when XPToolBar is vertical docked. + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets or sets colorschemes for Office2010 visual style. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Gets color table for Office2007 visual style. + + + + + Indicates whether the events for the BarItems + should be fired MFC style on Application.Idle. + + True to fire the UpdateUI event; false otherwise. Default is false. + Take a look at event description for more + information on when and how this pattern should be used. + + + + Indicates whether the BarItems should check for ActiveForm before displaying tooltip. Workaround for using from MFC applications. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can give the focus to this + control using the TAB key. + + + + + + + + Read only. Gets the invisible BarItems that are hidden in the popup when the ShowChevron is set to true. + + Array or BarItems. + Should be used when ShowChevron is set to true + + + + Returns the collection of BarItem objects associated + with this XPToolBar. + + + A BarItems collection that represents the list of BarItem objects + stored in the XPToolBar. + You can use this property to obtain a reference to the list of bar items + that are currently stored in the XPToolBar. With the reference to the + collection of bar items for the XPToolBar (provided by this property), + you can add and remove bar items, determine the total number of bar items + and clear the list of bar items from the collection. + + + The following example code adds three bar items to the XPToolBar. + + private void Form_Load(object sender, System.EventArgs e) + { + this.barControl1.Items.Add(this.barItem1); + this.barControl1.Items.Add(this.barItem2); + this.barControl1.Items.Add(this.parentBarItem1); + } + + + + + + Advanced property, meant for use at design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Advanced property, meant for use at design-time. + + Do not use this property directly. + + + + Gets / sets the background color, gradient and other styles of the toolbar. + + + The provides this property to enable specialized + custom gradient backgrounds. This property is used only when XP Themes is disabled + through the property or when themes are inactive in the OS. + + + + + Indicates whether the images from the + of the s should be used while drawing the BarItems. + + True to use the large image list; false to use the default image list. Default value is false. + + Make sure that a large image list is associated with the BarItem when you + set this property to true. Exceptions will be thrown otherwise. + + + + + gets the separator indices. + + + + + Returns the preferred size based on the current settings. + + A instance. + + + + Provides information, whether popup is ignoring + working area of the display before showing. + + + + + This class represents renderer class for Office2016 color support + + + + + Constructor for renderer class + + + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar back color + + + + + Gets the XpToolBar disabled back color + + + + + Gets the XPTollBar disabled bar items fore color + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox back color + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox arrow color + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox border color + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox Text area back color + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled seperator line color + + + + + This class represents Rendered class for Office2016Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled bar items fore color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox arrow color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox border color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox text area back color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled seperator line color for Office2016 Colorful theme + + + + + This class represents Rendered class for Office2016White theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar back color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled back color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled bar items fore color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox back color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox arrow color for Office2016 white theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox border color for Office2016 white theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox text area back color for Office2016 white theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled seperator line color for Office2016 White theme + + + + + This class represents Rendered class for Office2016DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled light back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled bar items fore color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox arrow color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox border color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox text area back color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled seperator line color for Office2016 DarkGray theme + + + + + This class represents Rendered class for Office2016Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled bar items fore color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox arrow color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox border color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled ComboBox text area back color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + Gets the XPToolBar disabled seperator line color for Office2016 Black theme + + + + + This renderer is used to draw toolbar with chevron. + + + + + Angle to rotate transform for vertical algnment. + + + + + Used to determine invisible items count. + + + + + ToolBar this renderer is rendering. + + + + + Used to determine state of chevron button. + + + + + Indicates whether chevron button is still pushed. + + + + + Invisible items are displayed in this menu if chevron button is pressed. + + + + + Creates a new instance of this class. + + + + + + Converts the point in screen coordinates to client coordinates. + + The point to convert. + Point in client coordinates. + + + + Shows menu with hidden items. + + + + + Returns the appropriate chevron button state, according to mouse position and whether the mouse button pushed. + + Mouse Position in client coordinates. + True for mouse button pushed state; false otherwise. + + + + Gets rotated rectangle. + + + + + Occurs when chevron button is pushed. + + + + + Returns the menu, hidden items are shown in, when chevron is pressed. + + + + diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Release/DPM2016.vbprojResolveAssemblyReference.cache b/DPM2016/obj/Release/DPM2016.vbprojResolveAssemblyReference.cache index 189ebe3..a0153ca 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Release/DPM2016.vbprojResolveAssemblyReference.cache and b/DPM2016/obj/Release/DPM2016.vbprojResolveAssemblyReference.cache differ diff --git a/DPM2016/obj/Release/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache b/DPM2016/obj/Release/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache index 8fd5be3..29b9c4a 100644 Binary files a/DPM2016/obj/Release/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache and b/DPM2016/obj/Release/DesignTimeResolveAssemblyReferences.cache differ